Programs and Majors

Your education at Lehigh University will help prepare Strong programs in business, the humanities, education, you to excel by discovering and building upon your per- arts and sciences, and human services compliment our well- sonal strengths in a campus community where active known strength in engineering. Lehigh students can choose learning connects with real-world applications. Learning from an array of courses and enjoy the resources and facili- at Lehigh incorporates active academic research and ties of a major research university and the atmosphere and hands-on experiences, both in and outside the classroom. personal attention of a small college. While most of the As a comprehensive university, Lehigh offers students an undergraduate programs listed are offered as majors, many education that integrates course work across four colleges are also available as minors. Graduate programs are offered and different fields of study in a dynamic learning expe- in many of the subjects listed as well. These are described in rience that can be customized to individual interests. Section IV, Graduate Study and Research.

Arts, Humanities, and Civil and Environmental Sciences2 Education and Human Social Sciences Computer Science Services Africana Studies Design Counseling Psychology1 American Studies Ecology Counseling and Human Services1 Anthropology Electrical Engineering Educational Leadership Architecture Electrical Engineering and 1 2 Educational Technology Art Engineering Physics Elementary Counseling1 Arts and Engineering2 Engineering Mechanics Elementary and Secondary Asian Studies Engineering Physics Education (5 year program) Classical Civilization Environmental Engineering School Psychology1 Classics Environmental Science Secondary Counseling1 Cognitive Science Geological Sciences Special Education1 Ecology Industrial Engineering Economics Information and Systems Engineering Cross-Disciplinary Environmental Studies Materials Science and Engineering Programs English Mathematics Africana Studies French Mechanical Engineering American Studies German Molecular Biology Arts and Engineering2 History Optoelectronics Science and Engineering Asian Studies International Relations Physics Classical Civilization Journalism Statistics Bioengineering Music Structural Engineering (IBE only) Civil Engineering/Environmental Music Composition Biosciences and Sciences Philosophy Bioengineering Cognitive Science Political Science Computer Science and Business Psychology Applied Life Science Electrical Engineering/Engineering Religion Studies Behavioral Neuroscience Physics Russian Studies Biochemistry Health and Biopharmaceutical Science Writing Bioengineering Economics1 Science, Technology, and Society Biology Integrated Business and Engineering Sociology and Anthropology Molecular Biology Pre-dental Science3 Sociology/Social Psychology Information Science and Pre-medical Science3 Spanish Technology Pre-optometry Science3 Theatre Science, Technology, and Society Urban Studies Computer Engineering Computer Science Special Cross-Disciplinary Engineering, Science and Computer Technology (IBE only) Programs of Study Mathematics Information and Systems Engineering Arts and Engineering Astronomy Optoelectronics Science and Engineering Computer Science and Business Astrophysics Business and Economics Enterprise Systems Leadership Applied Mathematics Integrated Business and Engineering Applied Science Accounting Music and Engineering/Science4 Business Economics Behavioral Neuroscience 1 Economics Graduate level only Biochemistry 2 Bioengineering Finance Dual-degree (5-year) program Biology Management 3Combined-degree programs only Chemical Engineering Marketing 4Music and Engineering/Science is not a Chemistry Information Systems major in itself. However, Lehigh attracts Civil Engineering Supply Chain Management many engineering and science students who wish to continue their active involvement in music and the music department, as dual majors, minors or elective participants. 3

Contents

Academic Calendar I. Information of General Interest 5 II. University Resources 19 III. Undergraduate Studies 27 IV. Graduate Study and Research 50 V. Courses, Programs and Curricula 86 VI. An Overview from Past and Present 377 VII. Administration, Faculty and Staff 386 Index 407 4 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004 2004-2005 Academic Calendar Fall 2004 December 6 (Monday) - Review-consultation-study July 1 (Thursday) - Deadline to apply for period for Monday classes September degree December 7 (Tuesday) - Last day for January doctoral July 23 (Friday) - Last day for September degree candidates to complete all Doctoral candidates to deliver approved degree requirements dissertation drafts to dean December 7 (Tuesday) - Final exams begin August 13 (Friday) - Last day for September masters December 15 (Wednesday) - Final exams end candidates to submit unbound thesis December 20 (Monday) - Grades due copies to the Registrar’s Office; Spring 2005 Last day for September doctoral January 13-14 (Thursday-Friday) - Graduate candidates to complete all degree Registration requirements January 16 (Sunday) – Degree awarding date August 19-20 (Thursday-Friday) - Graduate Registration January 17 (Monday) - Registration; First day of class August 23 (Monday) - Classes begin; registration January 21 (Friday) - Last day web registration; August 27 (Friday) - Last day web registration; Last day to add courses without Last day to add courses without instructor’s permission instructor’s signature January 28 (Friday) - Last day for spring registration; September 3 (Friday) - Last day of registration; Last day to drop a course without a “W” Last day to drop a course without a “W” February 4 (Friday) - Last day to select or cancel September 5 (Sunday) - Degree awarding date pass/fail September 6 (Monday) - Labor Day - classes held February 16 (Wednesday) - Four o’clock quizzes September 10 (Friday) - Last day to select or cancel February 17 (Thursday) - Four o’clock quizzes pass/fail grading February 22 (Tuesday) - Four o’clock quizzes September 16 (Thursday) - Rosh Hashanna February 23 (Wednesday) - Four o’clock quizzes September 21 (Tuesday) - Four o’clock quizzes March 1 (Tuesday) - Last day for filing September 22 (Wednesday) - Four o’clock quizzes applications for May graduation September 25 (Saturday) - Yom Kippur March 4 (Friday) - Mid-term grades due September 29 (Wednesday) - Four o’clock quizzes March 5-13 (Saturday-Sunday) - Spring break September 30 (Thursday) – Four o’clock quizzes March 14 (Monday) - Classes resume October 7-10 (Thursday-Sunday) - Pacing Break - March 25 (Friday) - Good Friday - classes held no classes March 26 (Saturday) - Passover October 11 (Monday) - Classes resume; Friday March 30 (Wednesday) – Four o’clock quizzes classes meet March 31 (Thursday) – Four o’clock quizzes October 12 (Tuesday) - Thursday classes meet April 5 (Tuesday) – Four o’clock quizzes October 13 (Wednesday) - Mid-term grades due April 6 (Wednesday) – Four o’clock quizzes October 28 (Thursday) - Four o’clock quizzes April 8 (Friday) - Last day to withdraw from a November 1 (Monday) - Applications for January course with a “W” degree due April 11-22 (Monday-Friday) Registration for Fall November 2 (Tuesday) – Four o’clock quizzes and Summer 2005 November 3 (Wednesday) – Four o’clock quizzes April 22 (Friday) - Last day for hourly exams; November 4 (Thursday) – Four o’clock quizzes Last day for May doctoral candidates to November 8-19 (Monday-Friday) - Registration for deliver approved dissertation drafts to dean Spring 2005 April 29 (Friday) - Last day for May master’s November 9 (Tuesday) - Last day for January candidates to submit unbound thesis doctoral candidates to deliver approved copies to the Registrar’s Office; dissertation drafts to dean; Last day to Last day for May doctoral candidates to withdraw from a course with a “W” complete all degree requirements; November 23 (Tuesday) - Last day for hourly exams Last day to drop a class or withdraw November 24-28 (Wednesday-Sunday) - Thanksgiving with WP/WF grades; Last Class Day Vacation April 30 (Saturday) - Review-consultation-study December 3 (Friday) - Last day of classes; Last day period for Tuesday classes to drop a course with a WP/WF May 2 (Monday) - Review-consultation-study grades; Last day for January master’s period for Monday classes degree candidates to submit unbound May 3 (Tuesday) - Final exams begin thesis copies to the Registrar’s Office May 9 (Wednesday) - Final exams end December 4 (Saturday) - Review-consultation-study May 14 (Saturday) - Grades due period for Tuesday classes May 23 (Monday) - University Commencement Day

Lehigh University defines a semester as 14 weeks and 70 individual days of instruction to be followed by 2 days of a reading-consultationand study period in preparation of 9 consecutive calendar days of final examinations with four periods per day of 3 hour exam blocks. The summer term is 12 weeks with measured sessions. The academic year consists of one summer and two regular terms.

Lehigh on the Web Other hot links Lehigh at a glance-Fast Facts: www.lehigh.edu Catalog: www.lehigh.edu/lufacts Admissions information: www.lehigh.edu/catalog Campus visits, interviews and open houses: www.lehigh.edu/admissions Undergraduate academic programs: www.lehigh.edu/visitinglehigh Parents & family: www.lehigh.edu/programs Sights and Sounds of Lehigh: www.lehigh.edu/parents Frequently Asked Questions: www.lehigh.edu/tour www.lehigh.edu/faq Information of General Interest 5

I. Information of General Interest

This section includes information related to accredita- Minimum subject matter requirements (16 units) tion, admission, advanced placement, transfer students, English 4 units tuition and fees, financial aid, campus life and academic foreign languages* 2 units regulations. Similar information for graduate students social science 2 units may be found in Section IV. The university’s history, laboratory science 2 units biographies of its presidents and descriptions of its build- college preparatory mathematics 3 units ings are found in Section VI. elective subjects 3 units Accreditation *Only in exceptional cases, and for otherwise well-qualified Lehigh University is accredited by the Middle States candidates, will the Committee on Admissions waive the Association of Colleges and Schools. foreign language requirement for admission to any one of the three undergraduate colleges. Both the undergraduate general and accounting pro- grams and the master of business administration Students planning on enrolling in the College of programs are accredited by the American Assembly of Engineering and Applied Science must have studied Collegiate Schools of Business. The engineering curricula mathematics through trigonometry, and should have are accredited by the Accreditation Board for studied chemistry, physics and mathematics through pre- Engineering and Technology. In addition, the computer calculus. Calculus is recommended. Students planning to science program offered in the College of Engineering enroll in the College of Business and Economics must and Applied Science is accredited by the Computer have completed mathematics through trigonometry, but Science Accreditation Board, Inc. The Commonwealth also should strongly consider taking pre-calculus or calcu- of Pennsylvania approves for educational certification lus. Candidates for the College of Arts and Sciences various programs within the College of Education. preparing for a bachelor’s of science degree must also take Programs in chemistry are approved by the American math through trigonometry. Chemical Society. Minimum course work requirements can be misleading The department of theatre is accredited by the National since most students who gain admission to Lehigh Association of Schools of Theatre, recognized by the University exceed the minimum course work. Strength of U.S. Department of Education as the accrediting body preparation can be difficult to assess since each individual for the field of theatre. comes from a different background. However, the Committee on Admissions will look for things such as (in Policy of Equality no particular order): Lehigh University provides equal opportunity on the • Rank or relative rank in class basis of merit without discrimination because of race, •How the student’s grades compare to those of his or color, religious creed, ancestry, national origin, age, her classmates at that particular school handicap, sex, sexual orientation or union membership. •Evidence of improvement or deterioration in grades during the secondary school career with particular Admission Guidelines attention paid to performance in senior year courses The total undergraduate and graduate enrollment of • The quality of performance in courses that relate to Lehigh University is regulated by action of the board of the student’s anticipated area of study trustees, with a resulting limitation in the number of • The difficulty of courses taken with special attention candidates who can be admitted each year to the various paid to courses recognized as being accelerated by divisions of the university. national academic organizations Because of the limitations on enrollment, the Office of • Comments and recommendations from the principal, Admissions, under the leadership of the Dean of headmaster, guidance counselor, or other professional Admissions and Financial Aid, conducts a selective review educators within the school system of candidates for admission. Several criteria are used in an •Performance on standardized testing attempt to predict a student’s ability to successfully com- plete four years of rigorous study at Lehigh University. •Extra-curriculum/work experience with particular emphasis placed on demonstrated leadership The material that follows pertains to undergraduates. Graduate students should consult Admission to •Demonstrated interest in Lehigh University Graduate Standing, Section IV. Entrance Examinations The admission policy of the university is designed to SAT/ACT: Each candidate for admission to the first year enroll students with a variety of backgrounds. The class is required to write either the Scholastic Assessment course work or units required for admission represent Test (SAT) or the American College Test (ACT). It is the equivalent of the usual four-year college preparatory highly recommended that the student request that his or curriculum with certain specific course work being her scores be forwarded to Lehigh (CEEB code 2365) required for enrollment in certain programs within the directly. It is not the responsibility of the high school university. Evidence of academic growth, ability to learn, guidance office to forward the results. If, during the eval- and motivation are special qualities that may not be uation process, it is discovered that the test results are reflected in the accumulation of units. Such qualities are missing, the student will be notified by mail or phone. also considered by the admissions committee. Unnecessary delays in the decision-making process can result if the committee does not have the scores. 6 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

The Committee on Admissions recommends that stu- How to Apply dents take the exam in the junior year and again as early Students may secure applications by writing to the in the senior year as possible. In the evaluation process, Office of Admissions, 27 Memorial Drive West, Lehigh the highest score in each category will be used regardless University, Bethlehem, P.A. 18015, or by calling (610) of the test date. 758-3100. Students may also apply on-line at SAT II Tests: SAT II tests are recommended, but not www.lehigh.edu/apply. required. It is also recommended that students who Students may also use the Common Application avail- plan to study a foreign language take the SAT II or able from school guidance counselors, or they may apply Advanced Placement Test for the language they intend by using the Common Application on-line at www.com- to study. Also, students interested in advanced place- monapp.org. The Common Application is accepted as the ment and/or receiving college credit in chemistry, equal of the Lehigh application. Students also are English or modern language and literature should take required to submit a supplemental form to the Common the SAT II tests. Please read the Advanced Placement Application that can be obtained through the Common section for specific requirements. Application web site or the Lehigh web site. Test information and applications may be secured from Applications should be filed according to the following high school guidance offices or the College Board at deadlines: either of the following addresses: P.O. Box 592, Princeton, N.J. 08541, or 1947 Center St., Berkeley, November 15 — Early Decision C.A. 94704. Candidates writing tests outside the United November 15 — 7 year BA/MD Program States should direct their correspondence to the January 1 — Seven-year dental program with the Princeton address. University of Pennsylvania January 1 — Seven-year optometry program with the Candidates should register for the tests early in the senior SUNY State College of Optometry year and not later than one month prior to the test date January 1 — Regular Decision (two months for candidates who will be tested in Europe, January 1 — Early Decision II Asia, Africa, Central and South America and Australia). Each application must be accompanied by an application As with other standardized testing, the candidate has the fee of $60. This fee is non-refundable and does not responsibility to have the results sent to Lehigh. apply towards tuition fees. Waivers of application fees are Recommendations accepted when forwarded on the appropriate forms from The Office of Admissions requires, as part of a candi- the school guidance office. Students for whom the appli- date’s file, a letter of recommendation from the guidance cation fee is a hardship should consult the guidance counselor, principal, or headmaster from the candidate’s offices at their schools. school. One teacher recommendation is also required. Early Decision Such recommendations should address the candidate’s Our program is a binding early decision plan, meaning other qualifications such as character, intellectual motiva- that the student is expected to withdraw all applications to tion, participation in school activities, and established other schools if accepted to Lehigh. The student, his or habits of industry and dependability. her parents, and guidance counselor must sign an Early Interviews Decision Request form to confirm their understanding of Prospective first-year students and their parents are high- this provision. Students applying early should be sure that ly encouraged to visit Lehigh and to participate in a Lehigh is their first choice school. Early Decision I is for campus tour and to meet with a representative officer for students who meet the November 15 deadline. an individual information session or a group information Notification will be completed around December 5. Early session. No appointment is necessary for a campus tour Decision II is for students who have met the January 1 or group information session, but interviews must be regular application deadline and who declare their inten- scheduled by appointment. Visit www.lehigh.edu/schedule tion to apply Early Decision II by January 15. These for a schedule of tours and information sessions. A call students will be notified early February. It is understood to the Office of Admissions is recommended because the that all early decision candidates will continue to perform schedule of tours and interviews can change several times at a satisfactory academic level throughout the remainder during the year as the academic calendar changes. While of his or her senior year. visiting our campus, it is often possible to meet with fac- The early decision plan is not for everyone. It is for the ulty, coaches or other professional staff of the university. student who has been early and active in their college Requests for such meetings should be made prior to the search, and is sure that he or she wants to attend Lehigh. actual visit so as to facilitate scheduling. When reviewing an early decision application, the com- The Office of Admissions is open for interviews most mittee will defer a decision on any candidate when there weekdays beginning at 9 a.m. Tours are available several is insufficient information to make an early decision times a day during the school year. Some Saturday commitment. It is also possible that a student may be morning tours are available during the fall and winter. denied admission. The Admissions Committee will give early decision applicants some slight advantage in bor- In certain cases, an interview may be required if, in the derline cases because of the commitment of applying opinion of the Dean of Admissions and Financial Aid, early, but the student must still present a strong record. the additional information gained through an interview would be helpful in making the correct decision regard- Early decision candidates who have filed the ing admission. In such cases, the candidate will be CSS/Financial Aid Profile application, available at notified of our request. www.collegeboard.com, and prior year tax forms, will be Information of General Interest 7 notified of their financial aid packages as soon as possible Advanced Placement after the decisions on admission are made by the Office The university offers capable students who have superior of Admissions. All other financial aid forms must be preparation an opportunity for advanced placement filed by the deadline indicated on each application. and/or college credit. Many secondary schools, in associ- Admission and Deposit ation with the College Board, offer college-level work. Notification of admissions decisions are made by mail. Students participating in these courses should write the Admission is granted only through written notice by the Advanced Placement Tests offered by the College Board. Office of Admissions. An admitted student may secure a Students who achieve advanced placement are afforded place in the entering class by notifying the university that three major advantages. First, they commence study at he or she intends to enroll at Lehigh and by forwarding Lehigh at a level where they will be academically com- the appropriate enrollment deposit postmarked by May fortable. Second, students who qualify for college credits 1. This fee is applicable towards the fall-term bill. may be graduated at an earlier time—with resulting sav- Students who do not attend will forfeit their deposit. ings in time and tuition outlay. Third, qualified students may, in the Lehigh senior year, enroll for a limited Transfer Students amount of work for graduate credit. Each January and August, students who have attended Entering freshmen that ask the College Board to send another college or university are admitted with advanced their advanced placement grades to Lehigh are consid- standing. Candidates for transfer admission must meet ered for advanced placement. the high school subject matter requirements prescribed for incoming first-year students, but entrance examina- Some departments noted below offer examinations dur- tions are not required if a student has completed at least ing Freshman Orientation to students who studied one year of full-time study at another institution. college-level subjects in secondary school but did not Exceptions to fulfilling high school requirements will be write the advanced placement tests. Entering freshmen granted following the review of a college level transcript. wishing to write an examination in any Lehigh course The academic performance at the college level is the pri- should notify the Office of Admissions in writing prior mary focus when giving consideration to admission. to August 1. The student should specify the number and title of the course. Students who receive credit on the Candidates who have been dropped for poor scholar- basis of advanced placement grades need not write ship, or who are not in good standing, or who have Lehigh tests to confirm the credit granted. been released for disciplinary reasons are not eligible for admission. Current practice at Lehigh is as follows: Each candidate must submit an official transcript and Art and Architecture. Six credit hours for Art 1 and Art course descriptions from each institution attended. An 2 are granted to students who earn a grade of 5. Three admissions decision cannot be made without this infor- credit hours for Art 099 Free Elective in Art History are mation. Students wishing to enter in the spring should granted for those students who earn a grade of 4. Those apply no later than November 1 and applicants for the students who earn grades of 5 on the Advanced fall semester should have their application in by April 1. Placement Studio Art Examination receive three credit Applications may be obtained by writing to the Transfer hours for Art 3. Coordinator, Office of Admissions, 27 Memorial Dr. Biology. Four credit hours for EES 31, Introduction to West, Lehigh University, Bethlehem, PA 18015 or by Environmental/Organismal Biology, given to those who calling (610) 758-3214. The application is also available earn grades of 4 or 5. at Lehigh’s web site www.lehigh.edu/tapply. Each applica- Chemistry. Eight credit hours for CHM 21, CHM 22, tion must be accompanied by an application fee of $60. and CHM 31 are granted to students who earn a grade Students are encouraged to take an active role in seeing of 5. Those students who earn a grade of 4, or who score that the various components of the student’s admission 750 or higher on the SAT II chemistry subject test, are application have arrived at the university. Decisions are granted five credit hours for CHM 21 and CHM 22 and made as soon as possible after the application is com- may apply to the department for a special examination plete. Students will be notified by the Registrar as to that, if completed successfully, will result in an addition- how many credits Lehigh will grant to the student in al three credit hours for CHM 31. advanced standing. Computer Science. Students who receive a grade of 4 or Housing: Transfer students are guaranteed housing for at 5 on the AP exam will receive 3 credits for CSE 012 least their first semester provided an enrollment deposit Economics. Students will receive three credit hours of is received by the date established within the text of the ECO 00 Economics Elective for a score of 4 or 5 on the offer of admission letter. Every effort is made to accom- microeconomics or macro economics exam. Students modate transfer student housing needs. All students are receiving a score of 4 or 5 on both the microeconomics guaranteed on-campus housing through the end of the and macroeconomics exams will receive 4 credits for sophomore year. Contact the Office of Residential ECO 001 and 2 credits of Economics Elective and satis- Services, Rathbone Hall, Lehigh University, 63 fy the College of Business and Economics degree University Drive, Bethlehem, PA 18015 or call (610) requirements. 758-3500. This office also can provide information English. Students who earn a score of 5 on one of the about off campus housing. Fraternities and sororities College Board Advanced Placement Tests in English often have room for members or boarders. Information (either in English Language and Composition or in on this option may be obtained through the Dean of English Literature and Composition) or who achieve a Students, Coordinator of Greek Affairs, University score of 750 or higher on the SAT II Subject Test in Center, 27 Trembley Drive, Lehigh University, Writing receive six hours of Lehigh credit for freshman Bethlehem, PA 18015 or call (610) 758-4157. 8 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

English (and exemption from the requirement). Students and II, he or she should see the chairperson of the physics who receive a score of 4 on either of the Advanced department with evidence of laboratory experience. A test Placements Tests in English or who have a score of 700- is offered during Freshman Orientation. 749 on the SAT II Writing Subject Test will receive three Psychology. Four credit hours of PSYC 1 are granted to hours of credit in freshman English; these students will students who earn a grade 4 or 5. complete the six-hour requirement by taking an English course suggested by the department, typically ENGL 11. Statistics. Student s scoring a 4 or 5 will receive 4 cred- its; for MATH 12 if enrolled in the College of Arts & Environmental Science. Students scoring a 4 or 5 on Sciences or the College of Engineering & Applied the environmental science exam will receive 4 credits Science, or 3 credits for ECO 145 if enrolled in the for EES 3. College of Business & Economics. Government and Politics. Four credits for POLS 1 are International Baccalaureate. Students who earn the awarded to those students that score a 4 or 5 on the international baccalaureate may be granted credit in American Government test, and four credits for POLS 3 higher-level or advanced subjects with scores of 5 or bet- are awarded to those that score a 4 or 5 on the ter or “B” or better. All students will have their Comparative Politics exam credentials evaluated on an individual basis for specific History. Students earning a grade of 4 or 5 in the course equivalency. American History Advanced Placement examination will receive 4 credits for HIST 41. Students earning a grade Estimate of Expense for Undergraduates of 4 or 5 in the European History exam will receive four Principally three areas of income support the operating credits for HIST 12 Students receiving advanced place- expense of Lehigh University: tuition and fees, endow- ment in American history may not later enroll in ment earnings, and gifts and grants. The university is History 41; students receiving advanced placement credit conscious that educational costs are significant and it in European history may not later enroll in History 12. strives to maintain a program of high quality instruction Latin. Students receive three semester hours of credit for a while recognizing that there are limitations on what fam- grade of 4 or 5 in the Virgil examination; those who suc- ilies can afford to pay. Costs will vary somewhat from cessfully write in more than one area (e.g. Virgil and lyric student to student depending upon the various options poetry) receive six hours of credit. Credit will be awarded chosen. for Latin 099 Latin Elective. Students receiving credit for Tuition, Room, and Board Latin and who wish to continue their study of Latin must There are three major plans that cover the major expense consult with the Director for proper placement. associated with university attendance. These are as follows: Mathematics. Four semester hours of credit for Math The Tuition Plan. 21, Calculus I, are granted to those who earn grades of 4 The university provides comprehensive academic and or higher on the Calculus AB examination. To those who student services under its tuition plan. The tuition sum earn a grade of 4 or higher on the Calculus BC examina- is inclusive of most athletic events, basic treatments in tion, eight hours of credit are granted for Math 21 and the Health Center, libraries, and laboratory services. A Math 22, Calculus I and II. Credit for Math 21 and 22 technology fee of $200 is charged to all full-time stu- or both may also be earned by passing the examination dents. An additional $300 fee is charged to all students offered by the Mathematics Department during enrolled in the College of Engineering and Applied Sci- Freshman Orientation. Students regardless of whether ence or with a declared major in natural science. The they have taken the advanced placement examination full-time tuition rate is charged to students enrolled in may take this examination or not. twelve or more credit hours per semester. For students Modern Languages and Literature. Students receive four enrolled in less than twelve credit hours, tuition is semester hours of credit at the intermediate level I for charged on a per-credit-hour basis. grades of 4, and eight hours of credit at the intermediate The Residence Halls Plan. level I & II for grades of 5 on the advanced placement A variety of living arrangements are available. The univer- tests. Those who write the SAT II subject tests and score sity provides housing for approximately 2,200 students 600 to 699 receive four hours of credit; 700 and above on or near the campus in a wide selection of housing receive eight hours of credit. The maximum number of facilities. The housing arrangements are grouped within credits given is eight. Those students receiving grades of four basic categories, with rates associated with the cate- 4 or higher on the French or Spanish literature examina- gory level. Upperclass students contracting for residence tions will receive 4 credits for French or Spanish 151. halls housing will be required to submit a $400 advance Music. Three semester hours of credit for MUS 80 are deposit. This deposit is credited toward the room charge given to those students who earn a grade of 3 or higher for the respective semester. The deposit is either full or on the Advanced Placement test in Music, partially refundable based upon a published schedule. Listening/Literature of Music: Theory. The Board Plan. Physics. Four hours of credit are given for Physics 11, Ten board plans are available. First-year residents are Introductory Physics I, for a grade of 5 on the Physics B required to participate in one of the Category I Meal examination or a grade of 4 on the mechanics section of Plans. Upperclass students living in residence halls are the Physics C examination. If a student receives credit for required to participate in one of the Category I or II Physics 11, four hours of credit will be given for Physics Meal Plans, with the exception that upperclass students 21, Introductory Physics II, for a grade of 4 on the elec- living in the smaller houses of Warren Square may also tricity and magnetism section of the Physics C select to participate in the category III meal plan. Sub- examination. If a student wishes to be considered for cred- scription to special program meals is required of Taylor it for Physics 12 or 22, Introductory Physics Laboratory I Residential College members. Centennial I sorority resi- Information of General Interest 9 dents are required to participate in their sorority house along with the Category I or II room fee and a meal plan and have the option to choose any of the Cat- Category I meals board plan. The total cost for the egory I, II, III, IV, or V Meal Plans. Students residing in four areas would be $37,570 to $37,910 for the 2004- campus apartments, fraternities, or any off-campus facili- 05 academic year. ties have the option to choose any of the plans offered. Other Fees Each board plan includes Dining Dollars. This pre-paid (applied to prevailing circumstances) declining balance account was designed for maximum flexibility and convenience and can be used at most din- Per credit charge for credit or audit $1,215 ing locations on campus to further increase your Engineering and Science Fee purchasing options. (for specified students) 300 Tuition and Fees Application fee (for undergraduate admission consideration) 60 All charges and fees are due two weeks prior to the start of classes each semester. On a per-term basis, the expenses Late pre-registration (assigned to all full-time are charged at one-half the per-year charge. Accounts not students who do not select their full class load settled by the due date are subject to a late-payment fee. during the designated period each term) 50 All figures given are for the academic year (two semesters). Late registration 50 Tuition, 2004-2005 $29,140 Late application for degree 25 Technology Fee 200 Examination make-up (after first Residence Halls scheduled make-up) 10 Category I (Dravo, Drinker, Richards, Late payment (after announced date) 100 McClintic-Marshall, Centennial I & II, Returned check fine 20 Warren Square, UMOJA, ROTC) $4,700 Key/lock change (lost or non-return), Category II (Taylor College, Trembley Park room door, residence halls/sorority 25 Suite Singles, Brodhead House) 5,040 Identification card (replacement) 10 Category III (Sayre Park Village, Campus Square, Trembley Park Apartments ) 5,420 The university reserves the right at any time to amend or add charges and fees, as appropriate, to meet current Board requirements. Fees applicable to the 2004-05 academic The number of meals specified is per week. year will be announced no later than February 2004. Category I Other Expenses The Whole Enchilada - $ 3,530 19 meals including $100 Dining Dollars A student should plan to meet various other expenses. These expenses include the purchase of books and sup- The Square Mealer - 3,530 plies from the Lehigh University Bookstore located in any 14 meals including $200 Dining Dollars Campus Square. Necessary purchases supporting one’s The Flexible Diner - 3,530 academic program should average approximately $1,200 any 12 meals including $300 Dining Dollars per year. The Bookstore carries basic goods for students’ 225 Block Plan - 3,530 needs. A student should also plan an allowance to handle any 225 meals per semester including $100 personal and travel expenses. Dining Dollars Plan of Payments Category II An itemized statement of charges is mailed from the The Deluxe Diner - 3,120 Bursar’s Office approximately six weeks prior to the start any 10 meals including $200 Dining Dollars of each semester. Payment is expected in full by the spec- The Dynamic Diner - 3,120 ified due date. Payment plans are available for those any 8 meals including $500 Dining Dollars desiring extended payment arrangements. 150 Block Plan - 3,120 Persons desiring a payment plan can elect participation any 150 meals per semester including $300 in the university’s educational payment plan which pro- Dining Dollars vides for the payment of tuition, room, and board over four months per semester. The university also offers a Category III plan under which enrolled undergraduate students can The Value Plus - 1,900 pre-pay more than one year of tuition at current rates. any 75 meals per semester including $500 Complete information is available from the Bursar’s Dining Dollars Office. Those persons desiring to use one of the plans Category IV must complete the necessary details no later than two weeks prior to the due date for payment. The Social Light - 1,480 any 50 meals per semester including $500 Students attending the university under a provision with Dining Dollars a state board of assistance or with financial aid from other outside agencies must provide complete informa- Category V tion to the Bursar’s Office if assistance is to be The Dining Dollars - 600 recognized on the semester statement. $600 Dining Dollars Based upon the above charges, most first-year students are normally billed the tuition rate and technology fee 10 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

Refunds of Charges gated for housing rental charges if vacancy in the resi- dence hall facilities exists and without regard to Tuition and Academic Fees location. An advance deposit is required to hold a A student in good standing who formally withdraws room. This deposit is non-refundable to entering first- before 50% of the semester has been completed or year students and either full or partially refundable to reduces his or her course enrollment below twelve credit upperclass students based upon specific criteria and a hours will be eligible for a tuition refund. published refund schedule. The tuition refund for a student who withdraws or drops Prior to registration, housing rental refunds are made in a course(s) is calculated on a weekly basis. No refunds full in the event a student does not register because of for tuition can be made for one-week workshops after illness, injury, or death; is dropped from the university the first day of class. due to academic reasons; attends a university-approved The date used to calculate refunds is based on when a study abroad or co-op program; graduates; or voluntari- properly authorized withdrawal or drop/add is received ly withdraws from the university. After registration, by the Registrar’s Office. prorated housing rental refunds are granted based on separation from the university due to illness, injury, or Academic fees are non-refundable after the first day of death. In the event of voluntary withdrawal, a prorated classes. refund is possible only with the provision that the lease In the event of the death of a student, tuition will be can be transferred to another student for whom no refunded in proportion to the semester remaining. other university accommodations exist. Prorated Tuition Credit/Suspension refunds are based upon the date the room key is returned to the Office of Residential Services. Any stu- A student who is suspended from the university for dis- dent suspended or expelled from the university will not ciplinary reasons will be eligible for a tuition credit be granted any housing rental refund. toward the semester immediately following the period of suspension. The amount credited will be based on the Refunds for Board Plans regular tuition refund schedule and calculated on the Board plan refunds are made in full in the event a stu- tuition rate in effect during the period of suspension. dent does not register and has not purchased any meals The date used to calculate the tuition credit will be the from the plan. date of the incident that resulted in the suspension. Under After registration, a student who purchases meals on the no circumstances will a tuition refund be provided to stu- board plan but withdraws from the university will dents who are suspended for disciplinary reasons. receive a pro-rata board plan refund based on the num- Summer Sessions ber of unused weeks remaining on the plan. Students who preregister for a summer session by the Any student suspended or expelled from the university end of April will receive an invoice for their tuition. will not be granted a board plan refund. Those who do not receive an invoice are expected to Board plans may be changed within the requirements of make payment at the time of registration. Registration the living area up to the tenth day of class each semester will not be permitted until all charges are paid. Students at the Bursar’s Office with charges assessed per an estab- in good standing who formally withdraw or reduce their lished pro-ration schedule. course enrollment before 50% of the semester has been After the tenth day of class, a student who wishes to completed will be eligible for a tuition refund. The change a board plan must petition and receive approval refund schedule for student withdrawals and course form the Office of Residential Services. If the change is adjustments is as follows: approved, an adjustment will be processed on a pro-rata The tuition refund for a student who withdraws or drops basis to the meal portion of the plan charge as of the a course(s) is calculated on a weekly basis. No refunds week following the last meal purchased. for tuition can be made for one-week workshops after the first day of class. Adjustments to Financial Aid The Office of Financial Aid is responsible for determin- The date used to calculate refunds is based on when a ing the appropriate redistribution of charges and refunds properly authorized withdrawal or drop/add is received when students receive any financial assistance. These by the Registrar’s Office. decisions are made on the basis of federal, state and insti- Because of the short time involved, no refunds for tutional policies. Any refunds due to the Title IV tuition charged in the one-week workshops will be made programs will be refunded in the following order: after the first day of class. Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loan In the event of the death of a student, tuition will be Subsidized Federal Stafford Loan refunded in proportion to the fraction of the summer Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan term remaining at the time of the death. Federal Direct Subsidized Stafford Loan Residence Hall Refunds Federal Perkins Loan Federal PLUS Loan Residence hall rooms are rented on an annual basis Direct PLUS Loan only. A student who signs a room contract is expected Federal Pell Grant to reside in residence hall housing for both the fall and Federal SEOG spring semesters of the specific academic year for which Any other Title IV program the contract was signed. A student who forfeits a hous- ing reservation and who returns to the university at any time during the contracted academic year is still obli- Information of General Interest 11

Financial Aid 15, 2005. Finally, Lehigh University expects citizens of the United States, and eligible non-citizens, to apply for The mission of the Office of Financial Aid is to reduce federal and state student aid. To be considered for federal the financial barriers to a Lehigh education for those student aid, including Federal Pell Grants and Federal families whose resources alone would make it impossible Stafford Loans, complete the Free Application for to meet the cost of attendance. The university is deeply Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) which is available at your committed to providing need-based financial aid. high school or from the web at: www.ed.gov. Complete Lehigh expects each family to make every effort to pay after January 1, 2005 but no later than February 1, tuition and other educational expenses. Our aid program 2005. Lehigh’s federal school code is 003289. is designed to measure the difference between our costs Early Decision Candidates and the amount of money your family can be expected to contribute towards those costs. That difference is For Early Decision I called “financial need” and represents financial aid “eligi- To receive information on your financial aid eligibility bility.” The majority of Lehigh’s funds are awarded on you will be required to register with CSS by November the basis of financial need. Our merit-based aid program 1, 2004 and complete the filing process by November is explained below. 15, 2004. We require a complete signed copy of your parent’s 2003 IRS 1040 form by November 15, 2004. The basic forms of financial aid are grants and scholar- Completion of the FAFSA and submission of 2003 tax ships, employment and loan assistance. Grants and returns are the same as noted above. scholarships are not repayable. The majority are award- ed on the basis of “need” and are renewable on the For Early Decision II basis of both continuing “need” and some stated mini- To receive information on your financial Aid eligibility mum academic progress criteria. Employment provides you will be required to register with CSS by January 1, money for books and personal expenses, and is paid 2005 and complete signed copies of your parent’s 2003 through bi-weekly payroll checks based on hours sub- IRS 1040 form by January 15, 2005. Completion of the mitted. Loans are repayable funds from one or more FASA and submission of 2004 tax returns are the same sources, repayable after the student ceases to be as stated above. enrolled on at least a half-time basis. International students are eligible for university-funded Additional sources of aid are: state agencies, employers, financial aid. Opportunities are limited. Two forms are and various clubs, churches, religious and fraternal required: the Foreign Student Financial Aid Application organizations, and foundations. High school guidance and the Certificate of Finances. The Office of counselors are able to provide information about local Admissions will send both forms upon receipt of a com- aid programs. There are also database scholarship search pleted application for admission. organizations that can be accessed via the World Wide Renewal of Aid Web. Some examples are www.collegeboard.com, It is necessary to reapply for financial aid for each year www.finaid.org and www.fastweb.com. (Caution: there are of study and is limited to four years, for a four year many scam operations that promise great things if you program. Extensions beyond that time period require send them a check. It is better to limit your efforts to the petitions to the Committee on Undergraduate Finan- proven sites referenced above. ) You are expected to cial Aid. Applications and filing instructions are apply for all possible kinds of outside financial assistance, available in January in the Office of Financial Aid, or especially the Pell Grant and state grants. You are also as otherwise posted. expected to take maximum advantage of outside sources to enable Lehigh to spread its own funds farther and to Returning students must file the CSS PROFILE as well limit student borrowing. as the Renewal FAFSA by April 15, 2005. The filing deadline for all forms, including signed copies of both Application Procedures for 2004-2005 parents’ and student’s 2004 federal tax return, is April The following instructions are addressed to prospective 15, 2005. Your application will not be reviewed until the freshmen. FAFSA, PROFILE, Lehigh application and the federal To be given proper consideration for financial aid, your income tax forms are received. application must be completed and ready for review by To receive any type of aid, you must be making satisfac- February 15, 2005. To meet that deadline, you must tory academic progress. The written university policy on register by January 15, 2005 with the College satisfactory academic progress is available in the Office Scholarship Service PROFILE. Register over the web of Financial Aid. Generally speaking, it includes 1) (www.collegeboard.com). The PROFILE service will be an remaining in good standing (based on your GPA), 2) exclusively on-line service, Students who do not have advancing a minimum of 24 new credits per academic internet access should contact CSS at 1-800-778-6888. year (minimally, 12 credits per semester) and, 3) keeping Complete the personalized PROFILE application as pace with your class, progressing from freshman to soph- soon as possible, and be sure to complete the PROFILE omore, etc. This is dependent upon your academic to CSS by February 1, 2005; supplemental forms should program. Recipients of Lehigh grants and scholarships be sent directly to Lehigh by February 15, 2005. Within are expected to achieve at least a 2.00 GPA each semester two to four weeks CSS will report the results to Lehigh (or higher as noted on the financial aid notification). and send you an acknowledgment. You may find it nec- Students on academic or disciplinary probation are not essary to use estimates in completing financial aid forms. normally eligible for university grant aid during any It is better to use estimates and file on time. Late filers period of the probation. Students not maintaining satis- are at risk of not be aided. Submit complete, signed factory progress, as defined by Lehigh or the appropriate copies of your and your parent’s 2004 IRS 1040 forms, governmental agency, may be ineligible for all forms of including all schedules and W2 statements by February federal aid, including loans and employment. Appeals, 12 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

based on extenuating circumstances, may be submitted Athletic Awards to the Committee on Undergraduate Financial Aid using Alumni Student Grants are awarded on the basis of forms provided by the Office of Financial Aid. financial need and exceptional athletic talent as evaluated Sources of University Aid by the Department of Intercollegiate Athletics. Grants are supported by annual alumni contributions. Alumni Several forms of university-funded aid, based on need Student Grants replace the loan and employment por- and merit, are available. tion of a financial aid package. Lehigh also awards Lehigh University Grants NCAA grants in the sports of wrestling and men’s and Funds budgeted from general income to provide need- women’s basketball. based, non-repayable assistance. University Tuition Loans Sponsored Scholarships Lehigh uses these loan funds to supplement other types Individuals, foundations, and corporations provide these of educational loans, especially in the freshman and funds through annual contributions to the university. sophomore years when the federal Stafford loan limits Lehigh has 60 such sponsored funds. are $2,625 and $3,500 respectively. Parental endorse- ment is required on the promissory note. Repayment Endowed Scholarships begins three months after graduation or withdrawal from Income from invested gifts to the university make these the university, until the loan principal and interest are scholarships possible. The university has over 800 such repaid. The minimum monthly repayment rate is $50 funds, half of which are for general, unrestricted use. plus interest, which is seven percent (7%) per annum. Curriculum, geographic, outside interests, etc. restrict Interest begins to accrue after you are no longer at least a most of the others. half-time student. Deferments, up to a maximum of three years can be extended for service in the military, Dean’s Scholarships VISTA, or Peace Corps; for those who are experiencing Approximately 70 scholarships, in an annual amount undue hardship; or for those who return to school on at of $10,000 will be awarded to members of the class of least a half time basis. The average debt level of Lehigh 2009. Selections are made by the Office of Admis- students graduating in 2003 was $16,774. sions based on academic excellence and significant extra-curricular and leadership activities. Awards are Loan-Cancellation Awards renewable over four years of undergraduate study, and This is a unique Lehigh award that may be used as an require a 3.00 average and satisfactory progress toward incentive if your academic average is not sufficiently a Lehigh degree. competitive for scholarship consideration. Limited to $4000, a Loan-Cancellation begins as a loan, with the Baker Gifted Arts Scholarships same terms as our regular University Tuition Loan. This Awards are valued at $2,500 per year, renewable over form of aid has the potential of being converted to a four years. Selections are made by the faculties of the grant if the following conditions are met: 1) the required Music and Theatre departments, and are based on taped grade point average for the award period as shown on performances and letters of recommendation. the award notification is achieved; 2) 12 or more credits have been passed for each award term; courses above the Asa Packer Scholarships 12 credits may be repeated courses; 3) all outstanding X Approximately 30 scholarships, in an annual amount of or N grades must be removed prior to the end of the fol- $15,00 will be awarded to entering freshmen. Selections lowing academic period. It is the responsibility of the are made by the office of Admissions based on academic student to notify the Office of Financial Aid when any excellence, extra curricular and leadership activities. outstanding courses have been completed. If not can- Awards are renewable for four years of undergraduate celed, the loan is repayable according to the terms for study and require a 3.2 average and satisfactory progress university tuition loans. toward a Lehigh degree. President’s Scholars Program Army ROTC Leadership Awards This program provides an opportunity to receive free In certain instances, the university may supplement an tuition for a period of up to 12 months immediately fol- Army ROTC scholarship with a leadership award that lowing the awarding of the baccalaureate degree. You can range from $3,000 up to the cost of room and may be declared a President’s Scholar if, upon comple- board. These are highly competitive and require a 2.5 tion of 90 Lehigh credit hours, you have a cumulative average for renewal. GPA of 3.75; or, if upon graduation, you are accorded Merit Scholarships Highest Honors. The Registrar is responsible for deter- mining eligibility. For further eligibility requirement Lehigh is a collegiate sponsor of the National Merit information please go to the Registrar’s Office Web page Scholarship program. Scholarships ranging from at lehigh.edu. $1,000 to $2,000 per year may be awarded to Merit finalists selecting Lehigh as their first-choice college, Availability of Jobs and who are not also receiving another form of If you are offered work-study as part of your aid pack- National Merit scholarship. age, the Office of Financial Aid will provide you with Rodale Program in On-line Communication the necessary forms and orientation to student employ- Qualified students may receive a $2,500 scholarship ment. Jobs are available throughout the university and (which may be renewed for three additional years); oppor- are funded through federal and university sources. Pay tunities to intern at Rodale Press or other prominent rates range from the federal minimum wage to $10.50 media; and one-on-one instruction with Lehigh faculty. per hour. You are paid on a bi-weekly basis, as you work Information of General Interest 13 and submit timesheets. Your work-study earnings are not For Returning Students deducted from your billed expenses. 1. Register for the CSS PROFILE service by April 1, The Job Locator Development Program is designed to 2005, and complete the application by April 15, assist you if you do not qualify under the Federal Work- 2005. Study program to find employment off-campus or with a number of incubator companies located on the 2. Complete and submit the Renewal Free Application Mountaintop Campus. This program is coordinated for Federal Student Aid by April 15, 2005. through the Office of Career Services. 3. Complete and return the Lehigh University Application for Undergraduate Financial Aid, Aid from the government together with complete, signed copies of your par- Lehigh University is an eligible participant in federally ents and your 2004 IRS 1040 forms with all funded student aid programs. Campus-based programs, schedules and W2 forms, to the Office of Financial where the university makes the awards based on the dol- Aid by April 15, 2005. lars available, include: Information for all financial aid applicants Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants Federal Perkins Loans 1. Check to be sure that the correct social security Federal Work-Study number is listed on all forms. If you do not have a Direct entitlement programs (where the government number, apply for one and notify Lehigh as soon as directly, or through commercial lenders for loan pro- it is received. grams, provides the necessary funds) include: 2. Photocopy all forms filed for your records. Federal Pell Grants 3. Submit the appropriate state grant application, espe- Federal Stafford Loans cially if a resident of Ohio, Massachusetts, Federal Unsubsidized Stafford Loans Connecticut, Rhode Island, Maryland, Delaware, Parent Loan for Undergraduate Students (PLUS) Vermont, or West Virginia - states from which Commercial Loan Programs Lehigh students have brought scholarships. Be guid- The Office of Financial Aid can provide a list of pro- ed by the specific instructions. The FAFSA will be grams with current interest rates and terms and the basic form for state grant consideration, conditions of repayment. although some states do require a supplemental application. The latest date for filing the FAFSA, Army ROTC Scholarships and being assured it will be received on time, is The U.S. Army awards scholarships in varying amounts, February 15, 2004 for prospective freshmen, and supplemented with $480 toward course-related books April 15, 2005 for continuing students. and a $250 per month stipend. Lehigh University is one Student Rights of a handful of universities whose ROTC recipients may receive a scholarship of $20,000 for four years. Recipi- Students have the right to know: ents incur an obligation to serve on active duty as • the cost of attendance; commissioned officers. Contact the Department of Mili- • the refund policy for students who withdraw; tary Science for details. • the financial assistance available from federal, state Checklist for Financial Aid and institutional sources; For prospective freshmen: •procedures and deadlines for submitting applications 1. Register for the CSS PROFILE service by January for financial aid; 15, 2005, and complete the application by February •how financial aid recipients are selected; 1, 2005. •how eligibility was determined, including all resources 2. Complete the Free Application for Federal Student the aid office considered available to the student; Aid (FAFSA) by February 15, 2005. •how and when funds will be disbursed; 3. Mail a complete, signed copy of both your parents’ • an explanation of each type of award received; and your 2004 federal income tax return, including all schedules and W2 forms by February 15, 2005. • for any student loan received: the interest rate, total amount to be repaid, when repayment begins, the For students transferring from another college or university length of the repayment period, and the cancellation 1. Register for the CSS PROFILE service by February or deferment provisions of the loan; 15, 2005 and complete the application by March 1, • for any Federal Work-Study or university-funded job: 2005. a description of the job, the hours to be worked, the 2. Complete the Free Application for Federal Student rate of pay, and how and when the student will be Aid (FAFSA) by March 1, 2005. paid; 3. Mail a complete, signed copy of both your parents’ • the criteria used to determine satisfactory academic and your 2004 federal income tax returns including progress for financial aid purposes; and all schedules and W2 forms to the Office of •how to appeal a decision by the Office of Financial Financial Aid by March 1, 2005. Aid concerning any aid award. 4. Complete and mail the Lehigh University Transfer Application for Financial Aid which is sent to all admission candidates by the Office of Admission. 14 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

Student Responsibilities who provides assistance in personal and academic mat- It is the student’s responsibility to: ters, refers students to other offices where appropriate, helps mediate conflicts, and develops educational, social, •read directions thoroughly, complete all application and recreational programs. In addition to the student forms accurately, and to comply with any deadlines; staff, six professional Residence Life Coordinators live in •provide any supplemental information or documenta- the residence halls thus providing additional resources tion required by the Office of Financial Aid or other for students. agency if applicable; In every residence hall there are also House Councils that •read, understand, and keep copies of any forms the are part of the larger Residence Hall Association. student is required to sign; Participation in the Residence House Council provides a •repay any student loans received; chance to develop leadership, programming, human rela- tions, and budgeting skills. It is a vital and active • attend an entrance interview and an exit interview if organization, whose prime focus is to help fund residence federal, state or university loans are received while in hall programs, to assess students’ opinions on issues affect- attendance at Lehigh; ing them, and to develop many service-oriented programs • notify the Office of Financial Aid of any change in to aid resident students in their stay on campus. enrollment status or financial status (including any When a candidate accepts an offer of admission to the scholarships or grants received from outside sources); freshman class, the candidate is sent a Room and Board changes of address and enrollment status must also be Application-Contract. Those desiring accommodation in reported to lender(s) for any loan(s); the residence halls must return this application-contract • satisfactorily perform the work agreed upon in a promptly. Priority for assignment is based on the date Federal Work-Study or university-funded work pro- the candidate accepts admission. Normally, freshmen are gram; and informed of their room assignment and other informa- • know and comply with all requirements for continua- tion in early July by the Office of Residential Services. tion of financial aid, including satisfactory academic Currently, all freshmen and sophomores are guaranteed progress requirements. housing on campus. Although juniors and seniors may For more information write to the Office of Financial not initially be guaranteed housing, in the past there Aid, Lehigh University, 218 W. Packer Avenue, has been sufficient space available to meet the needs of Bethlehem, PA 18015; telephone (610) 758-3181; FAX all students who desire residence hall housing. The (610) 758-6211, email [email protected] Office of Residential Services uses a lottery to provide for fair and equitable distribution of available housing among upperclass students. The lottery is scheduled Campus Life early in the spring semester. Students who are guaran- Approximately 70 percent of all undergraduate men and teed housing pay a $400 deposit to hold the space for women live on campus. Campus living facilities include the following academic year. traditional residence halls, apartments, suites in a multi- Fraternities and Sororities story building, or residence in fraternity or sorority houses. Physical facilities are also described in Section VI. The university has a long tradition of Greek life. The continued strength of this system is due in part to the Residence Halls efforts of the Interfraternity Council, Panhellenic The offices of Residential Life and Residential Services at Council, the Greek Alumni Council, the Office of Lehigh University are committed to providing quality Residential Services and the Office of the Dean of housing and educational services to its resident students. Students to improve the quality of fraternity and sorority Lehigh firmly believes that living in a residence hall life through membership, leadership, social, educational, allows students to become members of a special commu- housing, and financial management training. nity, offering the opportunity to live with and learn from Greek life is an attractive alternative among the residence a diverse group of people. Efforts are made to integrate options at Lehigh. Each fraternity or sorority is like a academic and out-of-the-class learning in order to enable close-knit community. These groups determine their students to develop a balanced and realistic approach to own goals; organize their own houses and business affairs life after they leave the university. with the assistance of the Office of Residential Services; Approximately half of Lehigh undergraduates live in uni- conduct their own social, philanthropic, and athletic versity residence halls. The university has eleven activities; assist with planning their own meals; and principal residence halls for undergraduate men and select their own membership. Because they are largely women. Most rooms are designed for two students, but a self-governing, these organizations offer numerous limited number of singles, triples, and 4-person suite and opportunities for student involvement and leadership. apartment units are available. Residence halls offer a The twenty-three fraternities and nine sororities form a wide variety of special live-in programs including: Taylor larger Greek community comprising approximately 36 Residential College, ROTC House, Umoja House percent of the undergraduate population at Lehigh. (Multicultural Living), Substance Free Housing areas, Through the Interfraternity Council (I.F.C.) and the traditional dormitory-style living (in buildings with cor- Panhellenic Council, they determine policies and organ- ridors), and suite/apartment-style living. ize social, philanthropic, and educational activities for To help facilitate and maximize a student’s residence the Greek community as a whole. experience, approximately ninety staff members of the There are nine sorority chapters at Lehigh. Five are office of residence life live in the residence halls. On housed in the Centennial I complex on the Asa Packer every hall there is a student staff member, a Gryphon, Campus and four are located in Sayre Park. The sorori- Information of General Interest 15 ties are Alpha Chi Omega, Alpha Gamma Delta, Alpha Students are invited to view a complete list of campus Omicron Pi, Alpha Phi, Chi Omega, Delta Gamma, organizations by going to the following URL Gamma Phi Beta, Kappa Alpha Theta, Pi Beta Phi. www.lehigh.edu/instuact/sac.html or by visiting Twenty-two of the fraternities are located in Sayre Park the Lehigh University homepage and selecting the link on the Asa Packer Campus. One is located near the cam- to clubs and organizations. pus. The fraternities are Alpha Chi Rho, Alpha Sigma Lehigh University Theatre Phi, Alpha Tau Omega, Beta Theta Pi, Chi Phi, Chi Psi, Delta Phi, Delta Sigma Phi, Delta Tau Delta, Delta In Spring, 1997, the department of theatre moved to the Upsilon, Kappa Alpha, Kappa Sigma, Lambda Chi Zoellner Arts Center, Lehigh’s impressive performing arts Alpha, Phi Gamma Delta, Phi Kappa Theta, Phi Sigma facility. Three theatres, scene and costume shops, a dance Kappa, Psi Upsilon, Sigma Alpha Mu, Sigma Chi, Sigma studio, music practice rooms, classrooms and more Phi Epsilon, Theta Chi, Theta Delta Chi, and Theta Xi. enhance the department’s curricular activities. The depart- ment of theatre’s annual production program includes Religious Activities four productions in the three hundred-seat Diamond The Religious Program is under the general supervision Theater and multiple lab productions in the one-hundred of the university chaplain. The chaplain participates in seat Black Box Theater. The plays range from classics to the ceremonial life of the University and conducts spe- world premieres and recent mainstage seasons have includ- cial university worship services throughout the year. All ed Flyin’ West, Electra, A Streetcar Named Desire, Runaways, worship services are interdenominational, with some Talk Radio, Fools, Miss Julie and Macbeth. being inter-religious. Roman Catholic masses are held Shows directed and produced by students as class proj- regularly. The Newman Center can be contacted for a ects or independent work occur regularly in the Black schedule of services. Box Theater. Recent lab theatre productions have includ- Lehigh University is non-denominational. Packer ed Extremeties, In The Blood, A Yet-To-Be-Title Cabaret Memorial Church, dedicated in 1887 in honor of the Revue (written and directed by a Lehigh 2002 graduate), University’s Founder, Asa Packer, continues to be the The Likeness, The Marriage Proposal, Yesterday’s Window, center for campus worship services. Hello From Bertha, Haiku, The Colored Museum, Nin the Morning and ‘Dentity Crises. One of the preceding plays The University Chaplain works with representatives of was written by a Lehigh graduate. Many events are spon- campus religious groups of all faiths and assists students in sored by the Mustard and Cheese Drama Society, the planning religious life programming. The chaplain’s office country’s second oldest collegiate drama club. sponsors an Oxfam Fast in November, organized the origi- nal Community Service Desk that helps coordinate Auditions and production crews are open to all members volunteer services on campus, and creates opportunities of the university community. Production opportunities for discussion of moral and spiritual issues through the exist in performance, choreography, set and costume con- Chaplain’s Forum. In addition to providing pastoral coun- struction, properties management, lighting, sound, house seling, supporting religious groups, and helping bring management and publicity. Advanced students have oppor- speakers to campus, the chaplain seeks to provide leader- tunities to direct or design, under faculty supervision. ship to the university on religious and ethical issues. Outstanding work in the mainstage or lab theatre sea- Over fifteen religious groups on campus provide oppor- sons may be recognized with Williams prizes and tunities for religious fellowship. The groups include the theatre department prizes in acting, directing, design, Newman Association for Roman Catholic students and technical production. under the guidance of a resident priest; the Jewish Professional guest artists — directors, playwrights, Student Center, which sponsors various activities for designers, and actors — frequently visit the Lehigh cam- Jewish students; and organizations for Hindu and pus to work on mainstage productions, teach classes, and Muslim students. A variety of Protestant Christian conduct seminars and workshops for all interested stu- organizations are available to students, including the dents. The department also sponsors artists-in-residence, Lehigh Christian Fellowship, Navigators, and the guest lecturers, workshops, and touring performances. Fellowship of Christian Athletes. Musical Organizations The chaplain’s office makes information about religious life available to all students through the Chaplain’s web The music department offers students an array of ensem- page and can be contacted at any time for information bles in which to perform and develop leadership skills. about worship opportunities and religious activities The choruses, bands, orchestra, and ensembles are con- either on campus or in the local Bethlehem community. ducted by members of the faculty and managed by elected student leaders. Nearly all performances, except Student Organizations Christmas Vespers, are held in Baker Hall in the Lehigh offers a wide variety of extracurricular activities Zoellner Arts Center. and student organizations. The student-run campus Students earn one credit per semester for each ensemble newspaper keeps the campus informed while the student or lesson course in which they are registered. run-campus radio station and the many drama and The Lehigh University Philharmonic Orchestra, Paul musical organizations entertain. Additionally, the Lehigh Chou, director. The Lehigh University Philharmonic University Student Senate recognizes over 150 student Orchestra, a group of over seventy-five instrumentalists, clubs ranging from academic organizations and cultural makes its home in the Zoellner Arts Center. The groups to competitive club sports and political organiza- Philharmonic performs approximately five times each tions. Student club activities are open to everyone and year and has been featured in concerts in Washington, many of their activities are advertised on Lehighlive.com, D.C., Florida, and Pennsylvania and on tour in Austria, an interactive site that lists campus events, movie listings, the Czech Republic, China, and most recently in Brazil. upcoming programs, and much more! 16 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

The orchestra has consistently earned standing ovations Flair and imagination characterize the Overtones, a from audiences when performing, often for a full house. small a cappella jazz group auditioned from the members The Jazz Ensemble, Bill Warfield, director, performs of the University Choir. They frequently appear in bene- contemporary literature as well as the music of the more fit concerts and also tour with the University Choir. The traditional bands such as Basie, Ellington, Goodman and Overtones’ repertoire runs the gamut from Barbershop Herman. In addition to performances on campus each to Broadway, doo-wop to jazz. semester, other concerts take place in New York City and LUVME (Lehigh University Very Modern Ensemble), the surrounding areas. Membership is by audition. directed by Paul Salerni, combines students, faculty, and The Jazz Band, directed by Bill Warfield consists of stu- professionals in performances of recent music. LUVME dent, faculty, and community musicians performing also sponsors concerts of music by Lehigh students. contemporary and traditional big band literature. Volunteer and Community Services Concerts are performed in the fall and spring at Lehigh as well as in the surrounding communities. Membership Lehigh’s Community Service Office, located in the is by audition or invitation. Ulrich Student Center, is a place where students, facul- ty, staff, and student organizations interested in The Jazz Combo is an advanced combo (chamber volunteering in the community can get information. group) for the most experienced improvisers under the The Office is staffed by students who serve as direction of Dave Riekenberg. The group performs sever- Community Service Assistants, and the Community al times each semester on and off campus. Membership Service Coordinator, a professional staff member in the is by invitation only. Dean of Students Office. The Jazz Improvisation Workshop is a small ensemble Students are involved in a wide range of service pro- gathered for the development of improvisational skills grams. Some of the projects include tutoring and for students of all levels. The group participates in the mentoring programs with local youth through opportu- fall and spring jazz concerts. nities such as America Reads and America Counts, The Marching 97 meets during the fall semester of each Community Work Study and The Boys and Girls Club. year and plays at each Lehigh home game, as well as sev- Many students are also active in local hospitals, with eral away games. Made up of students from all of the environmental groups, senior citizen centers, and shel- colleges at Lehigh, the band is a student-run organiza- ters. The Office also provides students the opportunity tion dedicated to building a positive Lehigh spirit at to travel around the country during Spring Break to games and off the field. Band camp is held three days serve with Habitat for Humanity, in homeless shelters, during the week prior to the start of classes. on environmental projects and with youth programs. The Symphonic Band meets and performs only in the Part of the Lehigh experience is getting involved. If you spring semester of each year. The ensemble consists of want to work in the community, contact the students, faculty and staff who are interested in playing Community Service Office at (610) 758-4583 or check music, and no audition is necessary. out our web site at www.lehigh.edu/service/center.html! The Wind Ensemble under the direction of David B. Guest Speakers Diggs, is a select group of students dedicated to perform- ing music for woodwinds, brass and percussion. These Students have the opportunity to hear a wide variety of students represent many diverse majors. In 1999 The notable speakers. The speeches are offered free of charge. Wind Ensemble was honored by Downbeat Magazine, Many of the speakers appear under the auspices of the receiving the award for the most outstanding college Visiting Lecturers Committee. The VLC is made up of classical symphonic band. Lehigh University students, faculty and staff who are involved with speaker selection, booking and presenta- The Lehigh University Choir, directed by Steven tion. This committee along with others, student groups Sametz, is an active force in campus life. The 50 mixed and academic departments regularly offers presentations voices of the Choir, drawn from all majors of the by scholars from various disciplines. In addition to deliv- University, are auditioned at the beginning of the aca- ering a formal address, the speakers are often invited for demic year. They give three major concerts on campus brief residencies to provide opportunities for more infor- and tour internationally. The Choir frequently performs mal interaction with students. with orchestra and regularly performs new music, including many works written especially for them. They Among those to visit the campus have been former have been heard five times on National Public Radio. President of Poland, Lech Walesa; writer Salmon Recent tours include Moscow, St. Petersburg, and Berlin; Rushdie; Maya Angelou; attorney F. Lee Bailey; Lee Florida; California; the Virgin Islands; Germany; Austria; Iacocca; Princeton Professor Cornel West; General Colin France; and a five-city tour of Asia. Powell; South Africa’s Bishop Desmond Tutu; and novel- ist John Irving. Thomas Armstrong, director of the The Lehigh University Choral Union, composed of stu- Whitney Museum, spoke with students during a week- dents, faculty, staff, and Lehigh Valley community long residency. An Engineering Expo with speakers members under the direction of Steven Sametz, performs representing many prominent industries featured Peter three times a year with internationally known soloists Bridenbaugh, vice president of science and technology, and a full symphony orchestra. The 200 singers of the Alcoa. From art to engineering, the campus stays in Choral Union bring major works such as Beethoven’s touch with current issues, trends, and movements Ninth Symphony, Mahler’s Second Symphony, and the through its many and varied speaker series. Brahms Requiem to a broad audience. Information of General Interest 17

Athletic Opportunities Good Citizenship Students can participate in many intercollegiate, recre- The university exists for the transmission of knowledge, ation, and intramural athletic programs. the pursuit of truth, the development of students, and the NCAA Division I intercollegiate varsity sports include general well-being of society. Free inquiry and free expres- the following. FALL: football, men’s and women’s cross- sion are indispensable to the attainment of these goals. All country, men’s and women’s soccer, women’s field members of the academic community are encouraged to hockey, and women’s volleyball. WINTER: men’s and develop the capacity for critical judgment and to engage women’s basketball, wrestling, men’s and women’s indoor in a sustained and independent search for truth. track and field, and men’s and women’s swimming and Out of concern for individuality and respect for the pri- diving. SPRING: baseball, men’s and women’s tennis, vacy of all persons, the university does not impose a men’s and women’s golf, men’s and women’s outdoor common morality on its members. Institutional exis- track and field, men’s and women’s lacrosse, women’s tence, however, is a privilege granted by public trust, softball and women’s crew. subject to the sanctions and responsibilities defined by Athletic facilities are located in Taylor Gymnasium and the society of which the university is a part. Grace Hall on the Asa Packer campus, and on the Murray Furthermore, society generally provides legal canons, H. Goodman campus, which is located one and one- half ethical mores, and conduct expectancies pertaining to miles south of the main campus. The 500-acre Goodman individual and collective behavior. Thus, the university athletic complex includes Stabler Arena, which seats 5,600 has the obligation to establish standards of conduct and hosts all Lehigh basketball games and tournament appropriate and applicable to the university community. wrestling matches. The campus also contains Goodman Lehigh accepts its responsibility as an institution within Stadium, a 16-000-seat football stadium, and the Philip the broader social community. The standards of behavior Rauch Field House, which includes a one-eighth-mile expected of its members are those that the university track and indoor tennis and basketball courts. The four- regards as essential to its educational objectives and to court Lewis Indoor Tennis Center was completed in 1994. community living. A new dual field complex, Ronald J. Ulrich Sports Complex, features both artificial turf and natural grass Lehigh relies primarily on general principles and state- fields for lacrosse, soccer and field hockey. Other facilities ments of expectation for standards of conduct, and on the campus include a championship cross-country assumes that those admitted to the university communi- course, baseball and softball fields, outdoor tennis courts, ty are capable of accepting that responsibility. Specific the John C. Whitehead Football Practice Complex, the A. regulations are kept to a reasonable minimum and are Haigh Cundey Varsity House, numerous practice fields, published in the Lehigh Student Handbook. Students are and an all-weather, nine-lane, outdoor 400-meter track. responsible for knowing the procedures, rules and regu- lations as published in the Handbook. Lehigh is affiliated with the National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA), the Patriot League and the Eastern In accordance with these purposes and objectives, disci- Intercollegiate Wrestling Association (EIWA). Lehigh fre- plinary action will be taken when necessary to protect quently hosts collegiate championship events in men’s and the academic integrity of the university and the welfare women’s sports and is the summer training camp facility of of its members. the Philadelphia Eagles of the National Football League. All members of the university community are subject to municipal, state, and federal laws. The university is not a Intramural/Club Sports sanctuary for persons who violate these laws. Lehigh is The Department of Intramural and Club Sports super- concerned, however, about the rights of students as citi- vises some 40 intramural and club sports. The aim is zens and will direct them to legal counsel when to insure the health and physical development of stu- necessary. Off-campus misconduct may be the basis for dents while participating in various levels of disciplinary action. competition. ALL PARTICIPANTS ARE RESPONSI- Further, the university as a part of the community has an BLE TO SUPPLY THEIR OWN APPROPRIATE obligation to report serious crimes to civil authorities. INSURANCE COVERAGE. Through its program of intramural sports, the university endeavors to maintain among its students a high degree In Bethlehem, An Educational of physical fitness, to establish habits of regular and Tradition healthful exercise, to foster the development of such valuable byproducts as self-confidence, good sportsman- Lehigh University shares in the historical heritage of ship, a spirit of cooperation and to provide each student Bethlehem, even though, having been founded in 1865, with ample opportunity for acquiring an adequate degree it is a relative newcomer. The fact that Lehigh was estab- of skill in sports of the type in which participation can lished in Bethlehem reflects the tradition of education be continued after graduation. established by the community’s first settlers thirty years before the founding of the nation. Club sports are oriented toward mutual interest and physical activity. The underlying purpose of any club is The first Moravians were among the many German reli- to join together those members of the student popula- gious sects that came to the New World, and especially to tion that share a common activity interest. Club Pennsylvania, during the early 1700s. But unlike William competition can range from a club varsity status (Crew Penn, who established his sylvania as a new land where he or Ice Hockey), Club Competitive (Ski Team, Men’s might hold his Quaker beliefs away from England’s Volleyball, Lacrosse, Rugby, etc.) to Club Developmental oppression, the Moravians came as missionaries with the (Soccer, Gymnastics, Tae-Kwon-Do, etc). intent of converting the Indians to Christianity. For this purpose they settled the Lehigh Valley. 18 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

The early Moravians were industrious. Their first build- The first bridge across the Lehigh River was built in ing, the Gemein Haus (community house) was 1794. It was replaced in 1816, but the latter was completed in 1741. This building stands today, one of destroyed by a flood in 1841. In 1759, the turnpike (toll thirty-nine remarkably preserved pre-Revolutionary War road) over South Mountain, generally along the route of buildings constructed by the Moravian settlers and in the present Wyandotte St. hill, was opened. The present continuous use ever since by the Moravian community. Hill-to-Hill Bridge was built some fifty years ago. Many of these buildings are located on Church St., west “Black gold.” During the late 18th century, anthracite of the City Center; industrial buildings are located in the th was found in the mountains north of the Lehigh Valley. 18 Century Industrial Area in the Monocacy Creek In 1818, the Lehigh Coal Co. and the Lehigh valley west of the business district. Navigation Co. were formed, one to mine the anthracite The leader of the Moravians was Count Nicholas von on the upper Lehigh River, the other to transport it Zinzendorf of Dresden. He arrived in the settlement in down river to metropolitan markets. time for their observance of Christmas Eve in 1741 The Lehigh River was difficult to navigate. and gave the settlement the name Bethlehem—“house Consequently, in 1829 the Lehigh Canal was completed of bread”. from Mauch Chunk (now Jim Thorpe), through The settlers built high-quality structures of stone, Bethlehem to Easton, where it connected with the demonstrating principles of engineering that were not Delaware Canal. During the 1840s, iron mines were generally used elsewhere. They were interested in music, opened in the area, and several blast furnaces, fueled by and established the first symphony orchestra in America. coal, were in operation. Zinc ore, was found in neigh- In 1748, the settlement had a fourteen-man orchestra. boring Upper Saucon Township. In the 1850s Asa The community’s first organ was built in 1757 by John Packer built the Lehigh Valley Railroad. These origins Gottlob Klemm. The musical tradition, including the eventually led to the heavy industry that continues in the trombone choir, continues today, perhaps most visibly in Lehigh Valley today. the Bach Choir of Bethlehem, whose yearly Bach Festival When Asa Packer founded Lehigh University in 1865, is held in the university’s Packer Memorial Church. In th one of his objectives was to make possible broadly based 1985, the 300 anniversary of the birth of Johann education for young people of the region, combining the Sebastian Bach was observed. technical skills needed to run the flourishing industry of Zinzendorf envisioned Bethlehem as the center for man- the Lehigh Valley with a liberal education. ufacturing; outlying Moravian settlements, such as In addition to its role as a steel-making center, Nazareth, Pa., would be primarily devoted to agriculture. Bethlehem today is a major tourist attraction. The On October 15, 1742, a large barn was “raised” with the Moravian community sets up an elaborate nativity scene help of most of the residents. Three months later a grist and the entire city is decorated with lighting during the mill at the community spring produced the first flour. In holiday period. The Moravian tradition of a single can- 1758, the Sun Inn was built along Main St., a haven for dle (now electric) in each window is widely observed. travelers. Reconstruction of the picturesque inn was completed in 1982, and it now operates as a community Atop South Mountain is a steel tower known as the center and restaurant. Star of Bethlehem. During the holiday period, the star’s hundreds of bulbs create a 95-foot-high star that can be Zinzendorf’s determination that Bethlehem would be a seen for many miles. The star was the gift to the com- major industrial center was assisted by the completion in munity of Marion Brown Grace, wife of Eugene 1755 of the water works, the first public utility in the Gifford Grace, the steel magnate and president of the New World. university board of trustees. The Moravian dedication to education was an extension The community of Bethlehem has a population of of the philosophy of John Amos Comenius, who had approximately 78,000 persons with segments from a written, “Everyone ought to receive a universal educa- variety of nations who retain traditions of their country tion.” The Moravian educational institutions that of origin. continue today, including Moravian Academy and Moravian College, stem from this tradition. There are five principal independent colleges in the Lehigh Valley besides Lehigh. They are Lafayette, DeSales The Moravians, although avowedly opposed to war, University, Moravian, Muhlenberg, and Cedar Crest. A found their community pressed into service as a hospital cooperative program is maintained that allows cross-regis- when Washington’s troops bivouacked at Valley Forge tration for courses as well as shared cultural events. There during the winter of 1777-78. Washington came to the are also two community colleges in the area. community once, and many other Continental Army officers were visitors. In August 1984, Bethlehem held its first Musikfest, a 10- day annual festival that features a variety of musical The Sun Inn was also used as a hospital during the war; performances and ethnic foods. An instant success, among its patients was an aristocratic renegade from Musikfest was the brainchild of Jeffrey A. Parks, a lawyer France, Marie Joseph Paul Ives Gilbert Motier, the and 1970 Lehigh graduate. Marquis de la Fayette. Lafayette had come to assist the Continental Army aboard his own ship, the “Victory.” Fifty years later a college in Easton was named in his honor and it became Lehigh’s traditional football rival. University Resources 19

II. University Resources

full range of electronic indexes, reference works, full text A student enrolled at an institution of the size and tradi- databases, and image databases, all accessible to Lehigh tion of Lehigh can draw upon many resources to enhance students from on and off campus. Students and faculty the educational experience. These range from classrooms can move seamlessly from the Lehigh online catalog or and laboratories with modern equipment to expert faculty from individual print or electronic citations to full text members and extensive library collections. Indeed, Lehigh articles in electronic journals. Lehigh also offers an inno- University’s 1,600 acres comprising its three Bethlehem vative “My Library” portal that organizes this wealth of campuses are a special resource, providing a beautiful envi- information from a variety of resources into a convenient ronment for learning. Following are descriptions of subject-based gateway. In addition, forty million books various resources related to academic programs. in Pennsylvania’s largest academic libraries may be iden- tified by users through a shared online catalog for quick borrowing. Students and faculty may borrow books Library and Technology directly from other academic libraries in the Lehigh Services Valley, and through interlibrary loan, from collections throughout the world. The exponential growth and increasing sophistication of information technology offer new and exciting opportu- Networking and Voice Communications nities for enhanced teaching, learning, and research. At Lehigh University’s campus is fully wired, increasingly Lehigh University, one merged organization called wireless, and capable of providing gigabit connectivity to Library and Technology Services (LTS) delivers commu- the desktop in several research-oriented buildings and nications, computing, distance education administration, laboratories. All this technology is tied together by a enterprise systems implementation, library, and media high-speed fiber optic backbone network. Residential services to capitalize on these new opportunities. students, including those in fraternities and sororities Additional information about Library and Technology receive extensive networking assistance through the Services, can be found at www.lehigh.edu/lts. WIRED program described below. Most major campus buildings, three outside plazas, and commons areas in all Libraries residences are wireless. For up-to-date information on Two major facilities, the Fairchild-Martindale Library and wireless locations, consult www.lehigh.edu/wireless. The the Linderman Library, house the university collection of new Campus Portal allows members of the Lehigh com- more than one million volumes. Both libraries provide munity to fully customize their access to web-based collaborative learning spaces, wireless connectivity, and information and applications. comfortable lounge areas. The Fairchild-Martindale The World-Wide Information Resources in Every Dorm Library contains books, journals, newspapers, audio-visu- (WIRED) program is designed to assist Lehigh students al resources, and microform collections in all branches of with connecting their personal computers to the campus science, engineering, mathematics, and the social sciences, local area network (LAN) and to the Internet. WIRED including business and education. More than 12,000 staff communicate with first year students in early June print and electronic journals allow the university to com- to identify for them compatible hardware and software pete successfully with many larger institutions in for use on the campus network. When students bring supporting scholarly research. As a government deposito- their computers to campus, WIRED staff help them get ry, the Fairchild-Martindale Library also holds more than connected quickly and then provide continuing assis- 220,000 printed federal and Pennsylvania documents, as tance with any networking problems throughout the well as additional collections on microform of these and semester. The front line WIRED consultants are well- United Nations documents. trained students who live in the residences and can The historic Linderman Library with its stained glass readily provide prompt, on-site support. Full-time grad- skylight, spiral staircase, and gothic detailing evokes the uate and undergraduate students who live off-campus in classic collegiate atmosphere of the late nineteenth cen- the local area are eligible for a free university-provided tury. Appropriately, it houses books and journals in the Internet Service Provider (ISP) subscription to facilitate humanities and Lehigh’s impressive collection of rare their access to the Internet. books. Students can examine original editions of Through its Enterprise Systems Implementation effort, important works in science and technology such as more interactive and convenient Web-based services such Darwin’s Origin of Species. New digitized collections as Web-based course registration and online grades are make these resources more available on the Internet. th offered to students. Library and Technology Services also These include: Digital Bridges (19 century works on has a state-of-the-art telephone system, with voice-mail bridge construction), The Problem of Planets (works by services to the entire campus, including residence facilities. Copernicus and Brahe), and Lehigh Valley Geology Historical Works. Other strengths of these Special Computing Collections, numbering some 25,000 volumes, are trav- Library and Technology Services provides computing el and voyages, James John Audubon’s four-volume services to all university departments and research cen- elephant folio edition of Birds of America, and English ters, serving the needs of students, faculty, and and American literature. Some 30 separate archival col- administrative users. More than 400 microcomputers lections focus on industrial and regional history. (primarily IBM-compatible and some Apple personal The “virtual electronic library” at Lehigh is just as computers) are distributed across campus for convenient important as the print-based one. Lehigh has available a use by Lehigh students at more than 20 computing sites. 20 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

For example, there are more than one hundred micro- International Multimedia Resource Center computers in the libraries and computing center, and (IMRC) another hundred in Rauch Business Center. A twenty- The IMRC is located in Maginnes Hall adjacent to the four hour site at Grace Hall has 30+ machines. There are Fairchild-Martindale Library and Computing Center. In also portable laptops equipped with wireless network cooperation with the College of Arts and Sciences, the cards available for short-term loan to students at both IMRC assists students in using multimedia resources and libraries and at the Media Center. producing Web-based and multimedia projects. The Local and wide area networking solutions are in place to IMRC also assists faculty in incorporating educational give students and faculty access to site-licensed software technology into the academic curriculum. Workshops applications and central file space from the campus sites emphasize Web-authoring and multimedia production. or their residence facility. Each full-time student receives In addition student language and cultural learning is access to an enhanced Microsoft Professional software enhanced through the provision of interactive multime- package for his or her own computer. In addition, LTS dia resources at the IMRC. The World View Room, a provides other software at public sites such as desk top comfortable facility accommodating up to 40 people, publishing and graphics software, programming lan- can be used for viewing satellite programming, special guages, mathematical and statistical packages, and cable programming, or video presentations. specialized applications for engineering, scientific pub- The IMRC coordinates programming on several Lehigh lishing, and creative writing. channels of the campus cable network including one The Fairchild-Martindale Computing Center houses a channel that features SCOLA, a multi-university consor- network of high-performance computers, configured as a tium that transmits foreign news broadcasts. PBS/ALS centralized network service cluster. A separate powerful digital downlinks are offered, as well as other internation- machine serves as a scientific “compute server” to sup- al programs and university programs relating to academic, port computer-intensive applications such as cultural and athletic life. Another channel supports pro- programming and statistical software. UNIX-based gramming oriented to campus residential life. workstations, a Beowulf cluster, and a Condor grid are available for research applications. The university com- Media Production Center puting capacity and bandwidth are constantly being The Media Production Center in Linderman Library increased to meet the escalating demand. Lehigh also offers students and faculty consulting assistance, instruc- offers higher-speed connections to the research-based tion, and a wide range of modern and traditional Internet2 network by virtue of its charter membership in technology for the creation of high quality audio, graph- that organization. ic, or video resources for classroom presentations, Providing technology and consulting services to support projects, and portfolios. Students can scan and edit text, classroom teaching, laboratories, and other aspects of the photographs, and slides, and these images can be output academic program is a strategic priority for Lehigh to standard laser printers, color printers, or to computer University. The Technology Resource Learning Center files for transfer and manipulation. Video cameras, a supports faculty innovation—see the Faculty small video studio, and both entry-level and professional Development section of this catalog for details. Library editing equipment facilitate the production of audio and and Technology Services provides technical support for video material to support the academic program. Stu- about 100 technology enhanced classrooms with com- dents can use digital cameras, a photo-quality printer, puter projection systems, VCR/DVDs, and instructor image-manipulation software, and a photography studio. podiums. Some classrooms provide wireless connectivity Student Services and/or computers for “hands-on” instruction. In addi- The libraries, computing center, and most distributed tion, portable microcomputers and portable computer computing facilities are open seven days per week and projectors are available through Library and Technology for extensive evening hours during the fall and spring Services to enable faculty or students to give computer- semesters. For most of these hours, a help desk located at based presentations in any classroom. the Fairchild-Martindale Library provides general help Media Center and Services for students and faculty on-site and for telephone inquiries relating to both library research and comput- The Instructional Technology Support Service operates ing. Help desk staff refer difficult or more specialized three facilities to provide students with access to and questions to experts as needed. There are also service instruction in a wide range of traditional and high-tech desks located at the Linderman Library, and the Com- media resources: the International Multimedia Resource puting Center. Center or IMRC, the Media Production Center, and the Media Center. The Media Center in Fairchild- Students may also take advantage of virtual help desks Martindale Library offers videos and a basic production where they enter the questions or problems relating to facility (scanners, color printers). Resources include library research, computing hardware or software, or audio, video, and electronic media and the equipment telecommunications at any hour of the day or night for and viewing spaces needed for their use. More than response at a later time, usually within one working day. 3,000 videos are available for viewing or short-term loan. Most library and computing services are available elec- The Center also coordinates the rental of films and tronically; for example, requests for books to be recalled, videos for classroom use. A supply of laptops for short- film rental requests, and seminar registrations. “Live term use by students, faculty or departments are housed chat” library reference and computing help services are there as well. The Media Center is also the location of also available during many hours. Lehigh’s Technology Resource Learning Center offering Each semester Library and Technology Services’ Client faculty the services of instructional designers and the use Services Group offers an extensive program of seminars of a high technology demonstration classroom. and course-based instructional sessions for students. University Resources 21

Attendees learn how to use software applications, the Goodman campus. The Ralph L. Wilson Study Gallery extensive print and electronic library resources, and the and Open Storage facility is located in Building J, World Wide Web. Students learn how to create their mountaintop campus and available by appointment. own “home pages” as part of seminars on authoring doc- LUAG offices are in the Zoellner Arts Center. uments for the Web. In class sessions, LTS staff work closely with faculty, to integrate library, computing and Exhibitions media resources into the curriculum. LTS computing, Exhibitions and gallery events are planned to supple- library, and instructional technology consultants have ment formal classroom study in the visual arts, to create been instrumental in facilitating the use of course man- educational opportunities for the entire student body, agement software, online courses of various kinds, and and to enrich the cultural life of the campus and the course projects in a wide range of disciplines using inter- community at large. The annual schedule includes the active Web sites created by faculty and students. exhibition of works from the permanent collection, the use of borrowed objects, and traveling exhibitions on Online and printed guides and manuals for computing loan from major museums and cultural institutions. and library resources are provided for students. Through Experts in various fields serve as guest curators of special seminars and policies on use of print and electronic project exhibitions. Interdepartmental projects within resources, students are taught computer ethics, recom- the university encourage increased involvement by facul- mended computing practices such as frequent backup ty and students. Undergraduates may take advantage of and password changes, and an understanding and respect courses in museum studies including internship and for state and federal laws governing copyright, privacy, independent study in the collection. and destruction or vandalism of library resources or computer systems, networks, databases or software. An Collections electronic newsletter, LTS Digest, with quick tips and Lehigh University’s permanent art collection is a updates is published throughout the year and is available work/study collection intended as a resource for students to students who register to receive it by email. pursuing formal study in the visual arts and/or museum Library and Technology Services maintains a variety of studies, for the faculty, and for interested members of facilities for printing, copying, and duplicating within the community. Each year, several exhibitions are pre- the constraints of copyright legislation. In the libraries, pared from the collection and works are loaned to major public photocopiers and microform printers are main- museums throughout the nation. tained for convenience in copying print or microform The permanent art collection consists of a variety of resources. The Media Production Center (described works by old masters and contemporary artists. under Media Services) can duplicate audio and video Important collection groups include: the Marion B. resources. For computer printing at central and distrib- Grace Collection of European Paintings (Gainsborough, uted sites, a network of PostScript laser printers is Reynolds, Goya, Hobbema, Hoppner, and others); the provided. Larger printing jobs can be routed electronical- Dreyfus Collection of French Paintings (Bonnard, Sisley, ly to the high-volume laser printers at the Vuillard, Courbet); the Ralph L. Wilson Collection of Fairchild-Martindale Computing Center. American Art (paintings by Prendergast, Sloan, Henri, Student Employment Lawson, Bellows, Davies, Burchfield; prints by Whistler, Hassam, Motherwell, Johns, Rauschenberg, Calder, Student assistants are essential for the operation of most Warhol); the Prasse Collection of Prints (Delacroix, Library and Technology Services functions. Working for Matisse, Renoir, Kent, Kunyoshi, Rivera); the Philip and LTS, students gain valuable skills and good work habits. Muriel Berman Collection of Contemporary Sculpture At the job fair held each fall there are opportunities to (Kadishman, Unger, Tumarkin, Bertoia, Shaw). learn in-depth about the jobs available. Also, the Fearnside Collection of European Old Master Art Galleries - Museum Operation Prints and Drawings; the Baker Collection of Chinese The Lehigh University Art Galleries maintain and devel- Porcelains; the Langermann Collection of Pre- op the university’s permanent art collection, and present Columbian and Ethnographic Sculpture; the Mr. and temporary exhibitions designed to make visual literacy a Mrs. Franklin H. Williams African Collection (gold result of the university learning experience. More than weights of the Akan and West African objects); the twenty exhibitions a year in seven campus galleries intro- Lehigh University Photography Collection (Fox-Talbot, duce students and the community to current topics in Jackson, Atget, Steiner, Mendieta, Kasebier, Brandt, art, architecture, history, science, and technology. The Siskind, Clark, Martinez-Canas, Serrano); and the exhibition schedule is supplemented by lectures, films, Lehigh University Contemporary Prints and Drawings workshops, and research opportunities in the permanent Collection (Bearden, Rivers, Soto, Roth, Ruscha, Tobey, collection. The art galleries play an important role in the Calder, Kitaj, Marca-Relli, Cruz Azaceta, Segal, Lam, educational mission of the university through its exhibi- Picasso, Warhol, Llinas, Golub, Jimenez, Piper, tions and programs. The galleries occupy exhibition, Simpson), and the Philatelic and Numismatic collection. storage, office and workshop space in several campus Faculty Development and Learning locations. The Upper Gallery and Lower Gallery perma- nent exhibitions are in the Zoellner Arts Center. Innovations Maginnes Hall houses the DuBois Gallery, the Girdler Faculty Development connects professors with resources Student Gallery is in the University Center, and the on teaching and learning. Teaching/learning events have Siegel Gallery is in Iacocca Hall on the mountaintop included 1) faculty-led workshops on topics such as using campus. The Muriel and Philip Berman Sculpture small groups in the classroom, cooperative learning, and Gardens are located in the courtyard of Mudd, Mart, using course management software (Blackboard); 2) facul- Whitaker and Sinclair buildings; and on the mountain- ty-led seminars based on books about teaching, learning, top campus, and Saucon Fields on the Murray H. 22 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

and the academic life; 3) one- and two-day workshops led History of Technology: Essays in Honor of Melvin Kranzberg, by nationally known consultants on specific teaching tech- ed. Stephen Cutcliffe and Robert Post; Exiles in niques; and 4) live videoconferences on teaching and Hollywood: Major European Film Directors in America, by learning from several sources. Gene D. Phillips; Science at Harvard University, by Clark Faculty Development co-sponsors events with the Elliot and Margaret Rossiter; Revelation and Revolution: Teaching and Learning Technology Roundtable, and Basic Writings of Thomas Muntzer, by Michael G. Baylor; with other departments and centers. Each year Faculty Virtue, Corruption and Self-Interest: Political Values in the Development funds faculty trips to teaching conferences Eighteenth Century, by Richard K. Matthews; Sentenced to such as the Lilly Conferences on College Teaching and Remember (A Holocaust Memoir), by William Kornbluth; the annual American Association of Higher Education Life on a Mexican Ranche, ed. Dolores L. Latorre; Maxwell conferences. At monthly faculty development lunches, on Heat and Statistical Mechanics: On Avoiding All Personal faculty give reports from these conferences, or discuss Enquiries: of Molecules, ed. Elizabeth Garber, et al.; other aspects of teaching. Transatlantic Brethren: Rev. Samuel Jones (1735-1814) and His Friends: Baptists in Wales, Pennsylvania, and Beyond, by Faculty Development coordinates these programs within Hywel M. Davies; Toward a Dialogue of Understandings: the structure of the Lehigh Lab, a concept that the Loren Eiseley and the Critique of Science, by Mary Ellen University as a whole is a laboratory in which faculty, stu- Pitts; Leonardo da Vinci’s Sforza Monument Horse: The Art dents, and staff work and experiment together, across and the Engineering, ed. Diane Cole Ahl; Baptized in the disciplines and departments, to advance learning. Central Fire of Revolution: The American Social Gospel and the to the Lehigh Lab concept is the Technology Resource YMCA in China, 1919-1937, by Jung Xing; A World of Learning Center (TRLC) located in the Fairchild- Crisis and Progress: The American YMCA in Japan, 1890- Martindale Library and Computing Center. A 1930, by Jon Thares Davidann; Sentential Probability state-of-the-art technology classroom, public scanning and Logic: Origins, Development, Current Status and Technical editing area, consulting space for instructional technology, Applications, by Theodore Hailperin; The Life and Times and a Faculty Fellow office are the primary components of of Goldsworthy Gurney: Gentleman Scientist and Inventor, the TRLC. In the TRLC, support teams from Library and 1793-1875, by Dale H. Porter; Separatism the Allies, and Technology Services bring expertise to projects proposed the Mafia: The Struggle for Sicilian Independence, 1943- by faculty. The Lehigh Lab Faculty Fellow and the Faculty 1948, by Monte S. Findelstein; The Nightmare of History: Development Director mentor faculty as they use technol- The Fictions of Virginia Woolf and D.H. Lawrence, by ogy in teaching and research. A small group of faculty Helen Wussow; ‘Pleasing to Our Use’: David Tannenberg serve as the Lehigh Lab Advisory Committee to the and the Organs of the Moravians, ed. Carol Traupman- Faculty Fellow and the Director. Carr; Wings for an Embattled China, by W. Langhorne The Faculty Development Director provides confiden- Bond; The Terror of Our Days: Four American Poets tial, voluntary consultation to faculty about their Respond to the Holocaust, by Harriet L. Parmet; One teaching, which may include videotaping of class ses- Woman Determined to Make a Difference: The Life of sions, and classroom observation visits. Informal Madeleine Zabriskie Doty, by Alice Duffy Rinehart; and mid-semester evaluations in classes may be done by the An American Musical Dynasty: A biography of the Wolle Director. family of Bethlehem, Penasylvania, by Paul S. Larson. Dr. Greg Reihman, Faculty Development Director, may For more information, contact Dr. Philip A. Metzger, be contacted at 610-758-6840. Lehigh University Press, 30 Library Drive, Lehigh University, Bethlehem, PA 18015-3067, by phone (610- Lehigh University Press 758-3933); by fax (610-758-6331) or by website Lehigh University Press represents a clear expression of (http://fp1.cc.lehigh.edu/inlap/). faculty and institutional commitment to the advance- ment of scholarship. Philip A. Metzger, Curator of Resources for Students Special Collections, Lehigh University Libraries, serves as Lehigh’s administrators firmly believe that the interrela- director of the press, and members of the faculty of the tionship between students’ classroom and nonclassroom four colleges serve on its editorial board. activities can be fostered to become an educational The press is interested in all fine scholarship, but places avenue through which students grow, accept responsi- special emphasis on traditional areas of strength at bility, and gain maturity in ways that will contribute to Lehigh: Science, Technology and Society (STS) studies; productive and meaningful lives. Through various serv- and Eighteenth-Century studies, and the relationship of ices, students are assisted in becoming informed America and Asia. In linking the name of the university decision makers. They are also encouraged to develop to a list of exemplary work by scholars across the nation, greater self-awareness and self-confidence in their abili- the press reinforces the value of excellence in the aca- ty to lead the lives they choose. demic environment for faculty, graduate and Support and assistance for individual students often undergraduate students alike, and helps to maintain begins in the residential setting. Staff members in the intellectual contact with alumni. residence halls include six live-in professional residence A representative list of press publications, including works life coordinators, and approximately ninety undergradu- by our own faculty, contains: The Trans-Alaska Pipeline ate residence hall assistants, known as Gryphons. All staff Controversy, by Peter Coates (winner of the press’s first members are carefully selected, extensively trained, and manuscript competition, and the W. Turrentine Jackson are available to assist resident students who may have a Award of the Western History Association); Joseph variety of concerns. Wharton: Quaker Industrial Pioneer and Lehigh University: Students are also encouraged to seek counsel and guid- A History of Education in Engineering Business, and the ance from professionals in many areas of student life. The Human Condition, by W. Ross Yates; History and the Office of the Dean of Students serves as a central agency University Resources 23 to help students who have questions about academic and grams are designed to encourage peak performance and procedural matters, personal problems, and other general avoid high-risk behavior. Confidential individual and concerns, both through its staff and through referral to group counseling and consultation services are available other student affairs and academic offices. Through the to students who find themselves having problems programs and services provided by the Dean of Students because of their own substance use, or related to friends office, students can become involved in community serv- and/or family members having problems with substance ice, leadership skill development, multicultural use. Appointments are easy to make by calling the office opportunities, and a myriad of other activities designed to of Counseling and Psychological Services at 610-758- develop the well-rounded individual. 3880 or by visiting the 4th floor of Johnson Hall during Students who need assistance with their physical well- office hours (8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. with some addition- being are referred to the university health center. al evening hours), Monday through Friday. If a student has interests or concerns related to any per- Theme weeks and sponsored outreach programs such as sonal or interpersonal issues, the office of University Alcohol and Drug Awareness Week and National Counseling and Psychological Services offers a wide Alcohol Screening Day provide educational programs on range of options, confidential and free of charge. a variety of AOD and peak performance topics. Peer Counseling Center staff interact with students around education consultation is also available to students creat- campus in classrooms, residence halls, and other set- ing programs and planning interventions. Intervention tings. In addition, traditional services such as services include training programs for Residence Life individual and group counseling, psychological evalua- staff, peer educator groups, athletes, and students tion, and crises intervention are provided by the referred by the Dean of Students office, and other mem- licensed professionals in the center. bers of the Lehigh community. Individual and group counseling is provided by the office of Counseling and The university chaplain is available for the student with Psychological Services. Students who struggle with defin- religious, moral, or personal concerns that are interfering ing their own values regarding substance use and with peace of mind and studies. A Roman Catholic addiction are encouraged to clarify and process their chaplain also is in residence and available for counseling. beliefs in a safe, confidential environment. On-campus A member of the faculty serves as adviser to Hillel counseling may allow students to successfully enter into Foundation members, who also may obtain spiritual recovery (from alcoholism or chemical dependency) advice from a local rabbi. The Office of Career Services without having to disrupt their university careers. If a offers assistance to students in identifying and develop- student cannot accomplish this on campus, referrals to ing career options that can be initiated at graduation. in-patient or outpatient treatment programs can be The office also manages an active on-campus interview- made. Aftercare services can be provided once the stu- ing program for graduating students. dent returns to campus, utilizing on-campus counseling The registrar assists students who have questions involv- or by referral to 12-step group meetings (such as A.A. ing matters of transferred credits, graduation and N.A). These meetings are held on campus and in requirements, and allied topics. the surrounding community. Referral to other treatment The Office of Financial Aid consults with students who programs, community service programs, and programs have financial concerns that are affecting their educa- associated with the court system can also be facilitated tional plans. by various offices within Student Affairs. The Center for Writing, Math and Study Skills offers Disability Support Services free individual tutoring in reading and study skills, In accordance with federal legislation, specifically Section mathematics, and writing. 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 and the Ameri- Many members of the teaching faculty are also interested cans with Disabilities Act, Lehigh University recognizes in students and student life. They serve as academic the special needs of students with physical, sensory and advisers, activity sponsors, group sponsors and advisers, learning disabilities. Services for students with physical and in friendly personal relationships with students. disabilities are coordinated by director of Facilities Ser- In these and in other ways Lehigh University endeav- vices. Academic support services for students with ors to maintain the close contacts with students that learning disabilities and other cognitive and sensory dis- characterize the smaller institution. Services are avail- orders are coordinated by the Dean of Students Office. able for all student concerns, and the student need The Dean of Students Office works in conjunction with only turn to his or her nearest Residence Life faculty members to provide appropriate classroom Coordinator, professor, or the Lehigh Handbook to accommodations for students with a diagnosed learning learn where help can be obtained. disability. Students requesting accommodations must present the university with a current and comprehensive Alcohol and Other Drug Programs psycho-educational evaluation. For more information Alcohol and Other Drug (AOD) programs, education, about support services for students with disabilities, con- and services are integrated into many aspects of student tact the Dean of Students Office (phone: 610-758-4152; life with administrative coordination of much of this University Center, room 212). work provided by the Office of Counseling and Psycho- logical Services (610-758-3880) located in Johnson Hall. Health & Wellness Center Web based (see Counseling Service Site) and direct serv- The university offers health services to all students at the ices are provided for a wide range of issues ranging from Health Center in Johnson Hall. During the fall and wellness and health to matters of substance use and mis- spring semesters, providers are available to see patients use. Because members of the Lehigh community from 8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Monday to Friday. recognize that substance abuse and chemical dependency Providers include nurse practitioners and physicians. A can significantly affect student lives, educational pro- registered nurse is present to see patients on Saturday 24 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

10:00 a.m. to 4 p.m. with a provider on call. During campus community through consultation, teaching, breaks, hours are shortened. research, and various other types of involvement. The Health Center staff treats a variety of health prob- II. Direct Services lems, including illnesses and injuries. Gynecologic care is To accomplish its mission, and while upholding the available by appointment. Allergy injections can be established state and APA (American Psychological administered. Some minor surgery is performed at the Association) ethical principles and code of conduct Health Center. Many laboratory studies can be done at for psychologists, the UCPS provides a variety of serv- the Health Center; students are referred to local facilities ices to the Lehigh University community including: for X-rays. Patients are referred to local medical and sur- gical specialists when indicated. More seriously ill •Crisis Intervention Services students are sent to a general hospital. The UCPS provides assistance to individuals and Prior to arrival on campus, each new or transfer student groups in crisis. Psychologists provide 24-hour cover- must submit to the Health Center a completed health age via pager access (call campus police dispatcher at history form, and updated immunization record. A 758-4200) during the Fall and Spring semesters. recent physical examination is required if a student plans •Group and Individual Psychotherapy to participate in varsity athletics. UCPS staff members provide group and individual Following enrollment, additional examinations are pro- counseling and psychotherapy services to both under- vided by the Health Center for students participating in graduate and graduate students. A short-term intercollegiate athletic programs, and when required for treatment model is used for individual work while graduate school or scholarship programs. The Health much of the group work is of longer duration. Center does not provide examinations for military, insur- Referrals for psychiatric consultation are made when ance or employment purposes, with few exceptions. requested and appropriate. All counseling and therapy There is no charge for most of the care provided to stu- services within the UCPS are confidential. dents. Some exceptions are as follows: referrals to •Outreach Programming physicians, hospitals, or other medical facilities outside The UCPS provides programming focused on the the student Health Center, and medications not carried developmental needs of college students—designed to by the Health Center which require prescriptions. A low- enhance the capacity of students to maximize their cost university-sponsored insurance plan is available, personal, social, and academic potential. These pre- which complements the services of the Health Center. sentations occur in various settings, including living Expenses covered include costs for services that are not residences, classrooms, athletic sites, and meeting available at the Health Center, such as X-rays, laboratory rooms across the university. Topics may include issues studies, consultant fees, and medications not stocked by related to race, eating and body image, sexuality, the Center. Hospital expenses are also covered. Students drinking and other drug use, study styles, athletic per- are urged to check with their parents regarding existing formance, grieving, stress, and relationships. Some of insurance coverage and to consider purchasing the uni- this programming may include partnership with versity-sponsored plan if they are not adequately covered. UCPS sponsored student peer education groups. Please consult your insurance carrier or physician if your • Assessment and Evaluation plan is of the managed care/preferred provider type. Upon request and when appropriate, UCPS personnel A health service brochure is available through the Health administer and use personality and career exploration Center. Or consult our web page at www.lehigh.edu/health. instruments. They also utilize a wide variety of assess- Counseling and Psychological Service ment tools when assisting groups and individual The University Counseling and Psychological Service (at students. 610-758-3880 is located on the fourth floor of Johnson • Consultation Services Hall. The office is open from 8:00 - 5:00 (with some Staff members provide consultative services to the additional evening hours), Monday through Friday. Most university community with the objective of helping services are free of charge. Counselors are available for students, faculty and staff identify and resolve difficul- 24-hour emergency consultations via campus police ties that may be exerting a negative effect on some (610-758-4200). individual, group, or system. This may include the I. Philosophy & Mission use of referral resources within the university or in the The University Counseling and Psychological Service local community. (UCPS) is dedicated to the belief that a person’s col- •Training lege years are a time of challenge, inquiry, One component of UCPS work is to help persons experimentation, productivity and change. Services such as residence life staff, peer counselors, university are designed to help students not only manage crises, personnel, student leaders, and faculty more effective- but to thrive in meaningful ways . . . to grow in self- ly advise, counsel, interact and communicate with understanding in order to make more satisfying and others. A second component is to enhance the devel- better use of their personal and interpersonal opment of persons specifically interested in securing resources. Individual contacts, group therapy, faculty the identity and skills of a psychologist - these typical- and staff consultation, and numerous outreach activi- ly being advanced graduate students, doctoral level ties are some of the primary means by which the interns, and professional staff. mission is accomplished. UCPS staff members are committed to providing assistance to all registered •Advocacy Lehigh students interested in personal, social, and Staff of the UCPS advocate for those students and academic growth and discovery, and to the larger groups who struggle for understanding and respect in University Resources 25

a society sometimes blinded by traditional norms and and to develop the potential to become self-reliant man- expectations. Through dialogue, education, program- agers of their own careers. ming, consultation, and direct service, the staff is The Office of Career Services is committed to the prepa- committed to being engaged with issues such as ration and education of all Lehigh students during the racism, sexism, and other practices that destroy self transition from the academic environment to the work and group esteem. place. Career Services offers the following resources and The Center for Writing, Math, and Study Skills: services to help students prepare for professional oppor- 110 Drown tunities after graduation: Success at Lehigh depends, in part, on mastery of a Career Counseling. Students may meet with professional number of advanced academic skills. Students must be counselors to discuss their career options and goals, indi- able to write well, to study effectively, to take examina- vidual job-search strategies, effective interviewing, and tions, to communicate well, to understand advanced related interests. Self-assessment tools are available to mathematical concepts, and to keep up with a great deal assist students in identifying interests, skills and values. of critical reading. Peer Educators. Peer Educators are student volunteers The Center for Writing, Math, and Study Skills sup- who have applied and interviewed to be trained to pro- ports these vital academic abilities, providing trained vide career assistance to their peers. Peer Educators are consultants in writing, math, and study skills. The available throughout the semester to students who walk Center provides a variety of services such as (1) individ- in with quick questions regarding resume assistance, ual or small group tutoring for students enrolled in the LUCIE system, library resources, and general job undergraduate math courses, (2) writing consultation searching help. for students and for the Lehigh community, (3) study Career Resources. Among the resources available in the skills strategies, and (5) seminars and presentations to Career Library are books and articles on career planning, Lehigh student groups on effective study skills, time current information on career opportunities, occupation- management, and several other topics. Tutoring and al information, graduate school resources, job-search consultations are provided by graduate students and directories, a library of employer literature, and a data- faculty; the service is free of charge. base of alumni contacts who have volunteered to assist The Center is located in room 110 of Drown Hall. students with their job search strategies. Students may Appointments can be scheduled by calling 758-3098. obtain a free Job Search Manual that describes how to Both single-session and continuous weekly appointments use the on-campus interviewing system, prepare for are available. For more information, refer to the Center interviews and plant/office visits, write resumes and let- website at www.lehigh.edu/incent/incent.html. ters, and develop individual strategies. Workshops and Special Programs. Throughout the year Career Services counselors conduct a variety of seminars and presenta- One function of a college education is to foster the tions in collaboration with academic departments, growth and development of the student to prepare for a professional societies, living groups, and other interested meaningful and satisfying life after college. Lehigh pro- campus organizations. Workshops are offered on resume vides career planning services for undergraduate and writing, interviewing techniques, networking, career graduate students as an integral part of the career devel- portfolios, job searching and internet strategies. Special opment process. programs are conducted each semester, including career Career planning can best be described as an education- panels and mini career classes. al process through which students (1) identify and Experiential Education. Experiential Education pro- develop their abilities, aptitudes, and interests; (2) learn grams are designed to enable Lehigh students to make the relationship between their capabilities and interests, educated decisions about career choices. Through partic- their university experiences, and professional opportu- ipation in these programs, students gain firsthand nities outside the university; and (3) prepare for those knowledge and experience in a particular career field. opportunities. Experiential Education programs include: summer Career Services assists students through the process of employment, internships, part-time positions, extern- researching targeted organizations that provide the types ships and cooperative education. of work desired, interviewing for specific positions On-Campus Interviewing. Career Services works with through which career or professional interests can be sat- over 200 organizations that interview on campus each isfied, and then selecting from the available options the year. Students utilize web-based software called LUCIE one that best meets the student’s needs. This part of the (Lehigh University Career Information Exchange) to process requires students to develop skills in such areas as view job openings, apply for positions using an on-line effective resume and cover letter writing, interviewing resume and sign-up electronically for specific interview techniques, and individual job search strategies to times. Employers interview undergraduate and gradu- enhance productive interactions with employers. ate candidates from all four colleges. Each year the The goals of this process include: to enable Lehigh stu- OCI program is kicked off by a Career Fair that show- dents to think of themselves as educated individuals with cases over 100 employers interested in recruiting skills and abilities of value to employers; to think in Lehigh students. terms of functional responsibilities rather than simply Lehigh Listings On-Line. Lehigh Listings On-Line is a linking major subjects to jobs; to acquire and develop searchable job listing database available on Career the skills necessary to become self-reliant and informed Service’s Web Page as part of the LUCIE system. Job decision-makers; to prepare for a competitive job market; openings for part-time, summer, full-time and advanced- level positions can be searched by employer, location, job function, or major. Undergraduates and graduate stu- 26 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

dents from all four colleges will find listings related to Summer Studies their fields of study. There has been a summer session at Lehigh for over a Pre-professional Advising. The pre-professional advisor, century and, through the years, it has developed into a along with a faculty advisory committee, provides infor- significant part of the University’s overall academic pro- mation and guidance to candidates pursuing careers in gram. Lehigh now offers over 200 courses each summer. medicine, dentistry, and other health professions, includ- They range from travel programs in Europe, to field ing individualized advising, special programs on camp in the Rocky Mountains to on-campus courses health-related topics and field trips. In addition, infor- that service Lehigh undergraduates and graduates, adult mation and assistance is provided for students interested professionals in business and education, and students at in law school and legal careers. other colleges who return to their Lehigh Valley region The office is open throughout the year. The main phone homes during the summer. At Lehigh, summer is a time number is (610)-758-3710. for educational experimentation. There are many special summer offerings not available during the regular aca- demic year, including a number of courses offered Special Academic Programs completely on-line. For more information visit the sum- mer sessions website at www.lehigh.edu/summersessions or Distance Education call (610) 758-3966. The University’s distance education program provides graduate degree programs, certificate programs, individ- Continuing Education ual graduate credit courses, and non-credit short courses Lehigh University departments, research centers, and in convenient and cost-effective format. The goal is to administrative agencies offer a varied selection of non- allow working professionals to pursue their educational credit continuing education programs for adults. goals through Lehigh University while remaining highly Reflecting Lehigh’s traditional educational strengths, productive employees. Admission standards and course these offerings focus on professional development, orga- requirements are the same for distance and on-campus nizational problem solving, and technical skills. They students, and distance education students receive the often carry no regular academic credit, but participants same degrees and diplomas. Lehigh distance education is can earn some form of continuing education credential. delivered to the students by satellite (Lehigh Educational Lehigh continuing education programs are often Satellite Network or LESN) or Internet (LESN-Online) designed to meet specific needs. Contents, schedules, with some use of videoconferencing, Internet2, CD- and timing are adapted to effectively serve the audiences Rom, and videotapes. for which they have been developed. Apart from public Programs by satellite include Master’s Degrees in programs presented on the Lehigh campus, a number of Chemistry, Pharmaceutical Chemistry, Chemical programs are available for “in-house” presentation to Engineering, Manufacturing Systems Engineering, organizations on a contract basis. For more information Molecular Biology, Quality Engineering, Polymer about these programs, contact the appropriate depart- Science and Engineering, and the MBA. Satellite courses ment or research center. are transmitted on Ku-band digital channels and received directly at students’ work sites. English Language Learning Center LESN-Online, using the WWW, delivers programming (ELLC) to distance students with Internet access. Featuring both For ESL students who want to improve their ability to synchronous and asynchronous streaming media technol- comprehend English on-campus and off-campus in ogy, LESN-Online allows students to see and hear their formal and informal settings. The tutors provide lan- instructors while they view course materials as down- guage tutoring and guidance with the interactive loadable graphics. The following programs are now fully language software. available online: non-credit professional and technical The ESL English Language Leaning Center provides short courses; individual credit courses; credit/non-credit professional English language tutoring for undergraduate certificate programs, including Supply Chain and graduate international students and their spouses Management, Project Management and a full Master’s wanting to improve their English skills in all skill areas: Degree in Pharmaceutical Chemistry. academic and conversational speaking, listening, reading, For specific information on course offerings, admissions, writing and grammar, and test preparation for TOEFL, registration, and technical requirements, visit the dis- GRE and GMAT. tance education website at www.distance.lehigh.edu or call The ELLC lab is located in the ESL Department Office (610) 758-4373. in Coxe Hall, Room 204. Contact the ESL office for more information: (610) 758-6099 or email [email protected]. Also, please visit our website for online English assistance and information www.lehigh.edu/~inesl/ELLC Undergraduate Studies 27

III. Undergraduate Studies

Graduation Requirements Advisement Every undergraduate is assigned a faculty adviser. Students are expected to maintain regular progress Undeclared majors in the College of Business and toward the baccalaureate degree by carrying the “nor- Economics are assigned to the undergraduate adviser and mal” course load—between 12 and 18 credit hours each a student mentor. Until the major is declared, assistance semester. Each student is expected to complete the bac- is also available through the dean’s office of the college in calaureate degree by attending four consecutive years and which the student is enrolled. When the major has been eight semesters. They may, however, wish to accelerate chosen, a faculty member from the major department the pace toward graduation by using advanced place- will act as the academic adviser. ment credits, summer session study, and receiving credit for courses through examination. This adviser is one of the most valuable resources in the educational process, not only to assist in making aca- Students in good academic standing earn their degrees demic selections to match the student’s particular by meeting the requirements of their specific degree cur- background, interests, and future objectives, but also to riculum as well as general university requirements. identify program options, to work out an academic pace, Students should confer with their advisers on matters and to develop career planning strategies. The adviser related to curriculum. will help to identify other resources and support systems Students are expected to satisfy the credit-hour require- available at the university, such as The Learning Center, ments of their chosen curriculum. Basic military science the counseling service, and the Office of Career Services. credit hours are in addition to the credit hours specified in the curricula. A maximum of six credit hours of advanced military science courses may be applied toward Guide to Academic Rules and the baccalaureate degree. Regulations Undergraduate Residency Requirement The university has adopted over the years numerous To be eligible to receive a Lehigh baccalaureate degree, rules and regulations. Some of the principal rules and the candidate must have completed either a minimum of regulations are given here so that currently enrolled and 90 credit hours in residence, or all of the last 30 credit potential undergraduates and graduate students will be hours at the University or in residency programs. apprised of what is expected of them, and what they can expect of the university. Five-Year, Two-Bachelor-Degree This section concerns academic regulations. Additional Programs regulations can be found in the Lehigh Handbook, and The university’s five-year, two-degree programs enable a there is a comprehensive statement of all policy in the student to receive two bachelor degrees upon completion publication Rules and Procedures of the Faculty. All stu- of five years of study. dents are given a Handbook at the beginning of the fall The civil engineering and earth and environmental sci- semester; Rules and Procedures is available on Lehigh’s ences program that affords two bachelor degrees, and the website. electrical engineering and engineering physics two- Eligibility for Degree degree program are examples of programs in the College of Engineering and Applied Science. In order to be graduated, a candidate for a baccalaure- ate degree must achieve a minimum cumulative average Some five-year, two-degree programs appear in the of 2.00. description of courses under Arts-Engineering and Five- Year Programs in Section V. It is possible to arrange for a To be eligible for a degree, a student must not only have dual bachelor degree program even after studying at completed all of the scholastic requirements for the Lehigh for some time. Engineering students, for exam- degree, but also must have paid all university fees, and in ple, who decide at any stage of study that they wish to addition all bills for the rental of rooms in the residence meet the requirements for both the bachelor of arts and halls or in other university housing facilities. Payment bachelor of science degree may complete the combined also must have been made for damage to university requirements in five years if the decision is made before property or equipment, or for any other indebtedness for the third year. scholarship loans or for loans from trust funds adminis- tered by the university. Second degree candidates—A student entering Lehigh to obtain a second bachelor’s degree, or those Lehigh stu- Responsibility for meeting academic requirements. dents who wish to declare a second major in another Each student is responsible for his or her progress toward college, or both a B.A. and a B.S. degree within the meeting specific requirements for graduation. Academic College of Arts and Sciences must have a minimum of advisers and department chairs are available to assist the 30 additional credit hours beyond the first degree credit- student. It is strongly recommended that the student hour requirements in order to qualify for the second specifically consult with his or her adviser prior to the degree. All of the 30 additional credit hours must be senior year to ascertain eligibility for the degree for taken at Lehigh or in Lehigh residency programs. All which he or she desires to qualify and to determine that special second degree programs must be approved by the all program and hours requirements are met. dean of the college in which the degree is to be offered and the Standing of Students Committee. 28 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

The registrar’s office will provide, at the student’s Grades in the range of A through D–, P, and Cr may be request, a printout of a degree audit noting all program credited toward baccalaureate degrees within the limits deficiencies. The degree audits are also available on the of program requirements. Grades of F, N, X, Z, W, WP, web for all undergraduate students. All students are and WF cannot be credited toward the degree. Grades of requested to go through this process before registering W and WP do not count as hours attempted. for their senior year. Courses in which grades of D+,D, D-,F, W, WF, N, X, Final date for completion of requirements. For gradua- or Z are recorded do not meet prerequisite requirements. tion, all requirements, scholastic and financial, must The grade N (grade) may be used to indicate that one or have been satisfied prior to the date stated in the univer- more course requirements (e.g., course report) have not sity calendar. been completed. It is the obligation of the student to Application for Degree explain to the satisfaction of the instructor that there are extenuating circumstances (e.g., illness or emergency) Candidates for graduation on University Day in May that justify the use of the N grade. If the instructor feels must file with the registrar on or before March 1 a writ- the N grade is justified, he or she assigns a grade of N ten notice of candidacy for the degree; candidates for supplemented by a parenthetical letter grade, (e.g., N©). graduation in September file a notice of candidacy on or In such cases, the instructor calculates the parenthetical before July 1; candidates for graduation in January file a grade by assigning an F (or zero score) for any incom- notice of candidacy on or before November 1. plete work unless he or she has informed the class in Failure to file such notice by such dates mentioned writing at the beginning of the course of a substitute debars the candidate from receiving the degree at the method for determining the parenthetical grade. ensuing graduation exercises. If a petition for late filing In each case in which an N grade is given, the course is granted, a fee is assessed. instructor shall provide written notification to the Graduating Thesis department chairperson stating the name of the student receiving the grade, the reason for the incomplete work, The original of the undergraduate thesis, when required, the work to be done for the removal of the N grade and is accompanied by drawings and diagrams whenever the the grade for the work already completed. subject needs such illustration. The original is kept by the university, as a part of the student’s record, for future A student who incurs an N grade in any course is required reference; but copies may be retained by students and to complete the work for the course by the fifth day of may be published, provided permission has first been instruction in the next regular semester. The N grade will obtained from the faculty. be converted into the parenthetical grade after the tenth day of instruction in the next regular semester following Undergraduate Credit and Grades receipt of the N grade unless the instructor has previously A “semester hour,” used interchangeably with “credit changed the grade using the removal-of-incomplete proce- hour,” is a course unit normally involving three to four dure. The parenthetical grade will be dropped from the hours of student effort per week during one semester. transcript after the assignment of the course grade. This includes both in-class contact hours and out-of- In no case shall the grade N be used to report absence class activities. The major parameters influencing the from a final examination when all other course require- in-class/out-of-class division include the mode of instruc- ments have been met. tion and the level of the course. N grades do not count as hours attempted and are not Latest date for registration. No registration is accepted used in computations of cumulative averages. later than the tenth day of instruction in any semester, or The grade X (grade) is used to indicate absence from the fifth day of a summer session. final examination when all other course requirements have Definitions of grades. Course grades are A, A–, B+, B, been met. The grade in parentheses is determined by B–, C+, C, C–, D+, D, D–, P, F, N, X and Z. The including in the grade calculation an F (or zero score) for meaning of each grade is as follows: A, A–, excellent; B+, the missing final exam. The X grade may be removed by a B, and B–, good; C+ and C, competent; C–, continua- make-up examination if the absence was for good cause tion competency (the student has achieved the level of (e.g., illness or other emergency). To be eligible for the proficiency needed for the course to satisfy prerequisite make-up exam, the student must file a petition and the requirements); D+, D, and D–, passing, but perform- petition must be approved by the Committee on the ance is not adequate to take any subsequent course Standing of Students. If the student fails to petition, or if which has this course as a prerequisite. The student must the petition is not granted, or if the student fails to appear petition to waive a prerequisite. Upon presentation of for the scheduled make-up examination, then the X grade evidence of substantially equivalent preparation and with will be converted into the parenthetical grade after the first the approval of the instructor of the course, the teaching scheduled make-up examination following the receipt of department chair and the chair of the major department, the X grade. If the petition is granted and the final exami- the prerequisite will be waived. P, pass-fail grading with a nation is taken, the X grade will be changed by the grade equivalent to D– or higher; F, failing; N, incom- instructor using the make-up examination procedures and plete; X, absent from the final examination; Z, absent the parenthetical grade will be dropped from the transcript. from the final examination and incomplete. Where valid reasons exist for not taking the make-up Other symbols used for courses on student records are: examination at the scheduled time, the student may peti- Cr, credit allowed; W, withdrawn; WP, withdrawn with tion for a later examination with a fee. permission and with passing performance at the time of The notation of NR (not reported) is temporarily placed withdrawal; WF, withdrawn beyond the deadline and/or in a student record when due to circumstances, no grade with failing performance. was reported by the instructor by the established deadline. Undergraduate Studies 29

The grade Z (grade) is used to indicate both absence on financial aid and those playing intercollegiate athlet- from the final examination and incompletion of one or ics) will be expected to maintain whatever hours are more course requirements. The instructor calculates the required for eligibility. parenthetical grade using an F (or zero score) for the Removal from probation. Students are removed from final examination and either an F (or zero score) or the probation at such time as they meet the standard listed substitute method of calculation as described above for above, effective at the end of any semester or the second the incomplete work. summer session. The Z grade may be removed by the procedures present- Dropped for poor scholarship. A student who makes a 2.2 ed in the previous paragraph for removing the X grade. GPA or better in the probationary semester but fails to If this results in an N grade because the course work is meet the standards stipulated is continued on probation still incomplete, the provisional Incomplete (N grade) for another semester. A student who makes less than a 2.2 above shall apply, except that in no case shall the dead- GPA in the probationary semester and fails to meet the line for completion of the work be later than the last day standards stipulated above, is dropped for poor scholarship. of classes in the first full semester in residence (except summer) following receipt of the Z grade. If a student goes on scholastic probation for a second (although not necessarily consecutive) term, a review by X and Z grades do not count as hours attempted and are the Committee on the Standing of Students will deter- not used in computations of cumulative averages. mine whether the student will continue on scholastic Where failure to complete coursework prevents the stu- probation or be dropped for poor scholarship. dent from taking the make-up examination at the Withdrawal From a Course. A student dropping a scheduled time, the student may petition the Committee course within the first ten days of the semester (five days on the Standing of Students for a later examination. for summer sessions) will have no record of the course A Z grade that is still outstanding after the tenth day of on the transcript. A student dropping all courses for instruction in the next academic-year semester following which he or she is registered is considered to be with- receipt of the Z grade will be converted into the paren- drawing from the university and the policy is noted thetical grade. The parenthetical grade will be dropped below. A student who drops a course with the approval from the transcript. of his/her advisor and section instructor after the tenth day of instruction and before the end of the eleventh Scholastic Averages and Probation week of instruction will have a grade of “W” assigned to Scholastic requirements for undergraduate students are the course. A student who drops a course with the expressed in terms of the cumulative grade point average approval of his/her advisor and section instructor after (GPA)—the weighted average of all grades received in the eleventh week of instruction and before the end of residence or at institutions specifically approved for classes receives a “WP” or “WF” at the discretion of the grade transfer. The cumulative GPA is computed at the instructor. A “WF” is considered to be a failing grade. end of each semester and the second summer session. An Add/Drop form signed by the student’s advisor must Following are the cumulative GPA requirements for be submitted to the registrar’s office, before the deadlines good standing: noted above, to be official. st freshmen 1 semester 0 to 21 credits earned 1.70 University Withdrawal. A student withdrawing from the sophomores 22 to 51 1.80 university (dropping all courses during a given term) juniors and seniors more than 52 2.00 must submit the withdrawal form to the dean of stu- For computational purposes students who have complet- dents office. Withdrawal after registration day and ed 22 or fewer earned hours shall be required to achieve during the first 11 weeks of instruction will be noted on a 1.70 cumulative grade point average. Students who the academic transcript by assigning a grade of “W” to have completed 23 but fewer than 53 earned hours at all courses. A withdrawal after the eleventh week of the end of the most recent graded term shall be required instruction and before the end of classes will have the to achieve a 1.80 cumulative grade point average. grade of “WP” or “WF” assigned for each course at the Students who have completed 53 earned hours at the discretion of the instructor. The date of the withdrawal end of the most recent graded term shall be required to will be noted on the academic transcript for a withdraw- achieve a 2.00 cumulative grade point average. Other al at any time during the term. undergraduates including all General College Division, A student who reduces his or her course load below the Lehigh Valley Association of Independent College cross minimum required for standing as a full-time student, registered students, high school scholars and R.O.T.C. but does not withdraw from the university, becomes a students will be required to achieve a 2.0 cumulative part-time student for the rest of that semester. Some grade point average – the minimum average required for areas affected by part-time status are financial aid, athlet- graduation – to remain in good academic standing. ic eligibility, veterans affairs, immigration status, Any undergraduate student who achieves a l.69 or lower insurance and loan deferment. cumulative grade point average in a given term is eligible Release of Final Grades. Grades for undergraduate stu- to be reviewed by and may be placed on probation at the dents are available from the registrar as soon as possible discretion of the Committee on the Standing of Students. following the deadline for reporting of grades on line Students who do not meet the above requirements will using the secure access facility. Undergraduates students be placed on scholastic probation. Students who, regard- who would like a grade report must submit the request less of their cumulative average, have failed more than in writing to the Registrar’s Office each term. Instructors eight hours of course work in any semester are also may develop their own policies for release of unofficial placed on scholastic probation. reports of academic progress to individual students, or to While there is no specific credit hour requirement for their advisers, deans, or financial aid officers, on a need- good standing, certain categories of students (e.g., those to-know basis, including early release of unofficial final 30 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

course grades. Any such policies must respect the rights Under this system, the student surrenders his or her of students to privacy. equity to letter grades of A through D–, except as speci- Repeating of courses. If a course is repeated, the final fied below. A grade of P applies to the student’s grade received upon repetition of the course is counted graduation requirements but is not used in the computa- in the cumulative average. The original grade and credit tion of the cumulative average; whereas an F grade is hours received will be dropped from the cumulative aver- included in the cumulative grade point average. age. However, a student who fails a repeated course after If a student changes his or her program such that a receiving a passing grade the first time will have the orig- course previously taken for pass-fail grading is not inal grade deleted from his or her average, but will retain allowed for pass-fail grading in the new program, the credit for the course toward graduation. student must submit a petition to the Committee on the A grade that was originally received in a course may Standing of Students requesting acceptance by the new not be changed by repeating the course under the pass- program of the pass-fail grading for that course, or sub- fail option. stitution of the original letter grade submitted by the instructor for the pass-fail grade, or the substitution of Students repeating a course that has been graded C or another course for the course taken pass-fail. The recom- better may not overload (greater than eighteen credits) mendation of the adviser must accompany the petition. during that term. For deletion of a grade from the cumulative average after repeating a course, a student Course Auditing must (a) file the deletion form with the registrar’s A student who is in good academic standing and has Office; and (b) repeat the identical course with a final not failed any courses in the previous term may be grade at Lehigh. admitted as an auditor in not more than one course, Pass-Fail Systems for Undergraduates which shall be outside the curriculum requirements. Application for such admission is by petition approved Student Option System. The pass-fail grading option is by the departmental chair and the Standing of Students intended to encourage students to take challenging Committee. In no case shall a student who has attend- courses outside the major field that otherwise might be ed a course as an auditor be given an anticipatory avoided for fear of lowering grade-point averages. examination for credit or register for the same course in Students are not permitted to take courses numbered the future. A student completing a course in this man- below 100 and over 400 using the optional pass/fail ner will have the course and the notation AU indicated grading system and should avoid wasting this option on on the permanent record. A student rostered on an unsuitable courses, such as courses having no college- audit basis may be withdrawn from the course with a level prerequisite or corequisite. The restrictions on the grade of W for poor attendance. use of the system are listed below. A student may register for no more than one course pass- Review-Consultation-Study Period fail numbered above 100 and below 400 in any one The Review-Consultation-Study (RCS) period is intend- semester. Students should check the pass/fail restrictions ed to provide a few days for informal academic work for specific courses noted in section V of the catalog. He between the end of the formal instruction period and the or she may take a maximum of six courses pass-fail per beginning of the final examinations. undergraduate career if the student is on a four-year pro- It is expected that students will use this period to consol- gram, or a maximum of eight courses per undergraduate idate their command of the material in their courses. career with a five-year, two-degree program. If a student Faculty members make themselves available to their stu- changes a course after the first ten days of instruction dents at announced times during this period. from pass-fail grading to regular grading, as provided below, that course shall still count toward the maximum No quiz or exam may be given during the last five class number of courses taken pass-fail during the student’s days before final examination period begins. undergraduate career. Graduation Honors Each college faculty shall decide under what conditions Beginning with all new degree seeking students in the and which courses or categories of courses throughout Fall of 2004 or any students graduating in the Spring of the university may be taken for pass-fail credit by stu- 2008, degrees with honors are awarded by vote of the dents registered in that college, except for courses university faculty to those students who have attained an designated specifically for pass-fail grading. Each college average of not less than 3.40 in a minimum of 90 credit shall keep the educational policy committee advised of hours in residence at Lehigh University or in programs changes in its rules. approved by the faculty to have grades and credit accept- A student designates the course(s) to be taken pass-fail ed toward the undergraduate degree. normally at preregistration but not later than the fifteenth Degrees with high honors are awarded by vote of the day of instruction in a regular semester or the fifth day of university faculty to those students who have attained an instruction in any summer session. Prior to this deadline, average of not less than 3.60 in a minimum of 90 credit the student may transfer from pass-fail to regular grading, hours in residence at Lehigh University or in programs or vice-versa, without penalty. The courses designated for approved by the faculty to have grades and credit accept- pass-fail grading by the student require the written ed toward the undergraduate degree. acknowledgment of the academic adviser. Degrees with highest honors are awarded by vote of the Since the instructor giving the course is not officially university faculty to those students who have attained an notified which students are taking the course pass-fail, a average of not less than 3.80 in a minimum of 90 credit regular letter grade is reported to the Registrar for the hours in residence at Lehigh University or in programs pass-fail students. The Registrar then records “P” for approved by the faculty to have grades and credit accept- reported letter grades from A through D–, and “F” for a ed toward the undergraduate degree. reported letter grade of F. Undergraduate Studies 31

For the purposes of graduation honors calculations, chapter of the United States. Any undergraduate who courses taken more than once at Lehigh will only have has questions about any of the items in this desired pro- the most recent grade used in the calculation. Courses file, especially about courses in the humanities that the taken under the cross-registration policy of the LVAIC, Phi Beta Kappa Council recognizes for purposes of the Washington Semester and the Urban Studies semes- meeting the profile, should contact Prof. Scott Gordon, ter program will be used. Executive Secretary of Lehigh’s Phi Beta Kappa chapter. Students who spend part of their career at another insti- Office phone: 610-753-3320; e-mail: [email protected] tution, or are transfer admits to degree programs and Beta Gamma Sigma. Election to membership in Beta have fewer than ninety hours of in residency courses, Gamma Sigma is the highest scholastic honor that a stu- may qualify for graduation honors under the following dent in business administration can achieve. Beta Gamma conditions: Sigma is the only national honorary scholarship society in The student must have at least sixty credit hours of regu- the field of business administration recognized by the larly graded (not pass/fail) courses that meet the residency American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business. requirement. The graduation honors category is deter- Tau Beta Pi. Tau Beta Pi recognizes high achievement in mined by the lower of the two averages computed as all engineering curricula. The national Tau Beta Pi was follows: (1) the average of grades received at Lehigh; (2) founded at Lehigh in 1885. A bronze marker in front of the average of all grades received at Lehigh and grades for Williams Hall commemorates this event. courses taken elsewhere for a regular grade and that are Among course societies are the following: Alpha Pi Mu, appropriate to be considered for transfer to Lehigh, or in for those in industrial engineering; Beta Alpha Psi, provisionally approved study abroad programs. accounting; Chi Epsilon, civil engineering; Eta Kappa Department Honors Nu, electrical engineering; Lambda Mu Sigma, market- ing; Omicron Delta Epsilon, economics; Omicron Delta Many departments offer honors work adapted to its Kappa, leadership; Order of the Omega, leadership in curriculum for students who wish to demonstrate Greek activities; Phi Alpha Theta, history; Phi Beta unusual academic ability and interest in exploring a Delta, international; Phi Eta Sigma, freshman scholastic chosen field through independent study and research. excellence; Pi Tau Sigma, mechanical engineering; Psi The precise nature of the program for each student is Chi, psychology; Sigma Tau Delta, English; and Sigma determined by the academic major department, but Xi, research. may include: unscheduled work or independent study, participation in graduate (400-level) courses, and an honors thesis or project. College of Arts and Sciences Qualified candidates should inform their academic advis- Anne S. Meltzer, dean; Hannah W. Stewart-Gambino, ers by the end of the junior year of their intention to associate dean work for departmental honors. The adviser will give the Under the name “School of General Literature,” the college and the registrar names of seniors working for College of Arts and Sciences was a part of the original departmental honors in particular majors. Names of plan of the University. Although its aims have remained those students attaining departmental honors are pub- constant over the years, the means employed to achieve lished in the commencement program. those aims have been adapted to the changing times. Undergraduates in the College of Arts and Sciences may The main purpose of the undergraduate programs in the apply for acceptance into the College Scholar Program, College is to prepare each student for the exercise of which offers unique opportunities for those qualified to individual responsibility in the affairs of mature life. We develop their critical faculties and intellectual interests. seek to prepare students for life-long commitment to the public trust of a privileged education. The College facul- Honor Societies ty recognizes three distinguishing characteristics of an There are at least 18 honor and course societies. The educated person: the ability to think and communicate three best-known are: in a disciplined manner, the ability and willingness to Phi Beta Kappa. The oldest honor society in the United make discerning judgments, and the capacity to apply States invites into its membership those undergraduates one’s creative imagination. The well-educated person from each of Lehigh’s three undergraduate colleges who accepts that continuous learning is the basis for making meet the following desired profile: agile adaptations in one’s contributions to enterprise, family, and community in response to changing circum- •A minimum cumulative GPA of 3.5 stances and that making such well-adapted contributions •A minimum of six hours each of natural sciences is the true path to personal growth and fulfillment. In (including a lab); social sciences; and humanities order to achieve the College’s purpose, the College facul- (especially reading/critique of literature beyond fresh- ty shares with the student facts and ideas and guides the men English) student in transforming the raw material of facts and • Calculus or advanced mathematics that requires calcu- ideas into knowledge and understanding. Students in the lus as a prerequisite College develop new habits of mind that characterize the •Foreign language roughly equivalent to second year liberal arts education, such as testing assumptions, ques- college level tioning authority, respecting evidence, and probing the unknown with curiosity and an open mind. Those habits •No academic violations sufficient to warrant proba- prepare our graduates to thrive in an uncertain world. tion, suspension, or expulsion. We also expect students to discipline their use of time While satisfaction of this profile does not guarantee elec- and to master the fundamentals of rational discourse and tion, it ensures being considered by the council of the scholarly inquiry. The basic elements of the Arts and Beta chapter of Pennsylvania and the Alpha Gamma Sciences education remain what they have been for gen- 32 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

erations of liberal arts students—comprehensive study of Bachelor of Science Degree the broad domains of knowledge and the development Applied life science, astrophysics, behavioral neuro- of expertise in one domain. science, biochemistry, biology, chemistry, computer The College of Arts and Sciences offers several curricular science, ecology, environmental science, geological sci- options: ences, mathematics, molecular biology, physics, •A four-year arts and sciences curriculum leading to a psychology, statistics bachelor of arts or bachelor of science degree in desig- General Plan of Undergraduate Study nated fields Students in the College are required to choose – usually •A five-year arts-engineering curriculum leading to a by the end of the sophomore year – a major field and to bachelor’s degree from the College of Arts and Sciences complete a program of courses, selected in consultation and a bachelor of science degree in a specific field from with the student’s adviser, to provide the breadth that is the College of Engineering and Applied Science the mark of a liberal education. For most students, the •Double degree programs within the college and in con- credits earned for the major and those earned for the dis- junction with the other two undergraduate colleges. tribution requirements are not enough to meet the Teacher preparation graduation requirement of 121, and students take free elective courses in areas of interest to earn the remaining •A five-year program leading to a bachelor’s degree credits. Three schemes of courses – one in the student’s from the College of Arts and Sciences and a master’s area of concentration (the major-field requirements), a degree in Education from the College of Education second set drawn from certain designated disciplines (the Specific requirements for many of the degree programs distribution requirements representing the minimum described in this section may be found in Section V. set), and a third set without constraints – make up the Major Degree Programs in the College educational program in the College. Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science Degree Major Field of Concentration By majoring in a specific discipline, a student establishes Programs a foundation of knowledge in that field, learns to frame Two distinct bachelor-degree programs are offered by the its particular kind of questions, and starts to apply its College, each distinguished mainly by the proportion of traditional body of knowledge. By submitting to increas- courses taken in the major field. For the Bachelor of Arts ingly challenging and complex exercises in a distinct degree the student takes a comparatively smaller number discipline over several semesters under the guidance of of courses to fulfill the major requirements plus a selec- mature practitioners, the student can start to feel the tion of courses in various fields outside the major. For rewards of intellectual mastery of a subject. The student the more professionally oriented Bachelor of Science thus experiences the gratification of developing expertise degree, offered by the College in designated disciplines, and intellectual sophistication. the student takes a more extensive concentration in the major field, along with a proportionally smaller number Along with introductory courses in the discipline, the of courses outside the major. Except for this distinction, minimum number of credits for the major is 30. The the same basic requirements must be met for both degree student must maintain a minimum grade-point average programs (including the minimum number of 121 hours of 2.0 in the major field. for graduation and the minimum average in the major of Standard major sequences. When a student chooses one 2.0). No more than six hours of military science may be of the standard majors, a faculty member from the applied toward either degree. department or program offering the major becomes a student’s major adviser and assists the student in con- Bachelor of Arts Degree structing a program of study. In all cases, the final Humanities: architecture, art, Asian studies, classical civ- responsibility for meeting both major and non-major ilization, classics, design arts, English, modern languages requirements rests with the student. and literature (French, German and Spanish), music, Special interdisciplinary majors. In addition to the stan- music composition, philosophy, religion studies, Russian dard major programs, specially structured studies, theatre interdisciplinary major sequences between majors are Social Sciences: Africana studies, American studies, possible. For example, a student interested in a profes- anthropology, cognitive science, economics, environmen- sional school of urban or regional planning might wish tal studies, history, international relations, journalism, to structure a special major consisting primarily of cours- journalism/science writing, political science, psychology, es in political science and economics or in economics STS (science, technology and society), sociology/social and social relations. psychology, sociology and anthropology, urban studies Any student may, with the aid of faculty members chosen Mathematics and Natural Science: Applied life science, from the disciplines involved, devise an interdisciplinary astronomy, behavioral neuroscience, biology, chemistry, major program to include not less than thirty credits of computer science, earth and environmental science, related course work, of which at least 15 credits must con- mathematics, molecular biology, physics sist of advanced courses. The major advisers and the dean BA degrees in predental science, premedical science, or of the college must approve the program. preoptometry science are available to students who are Multiple majors and Double degrees. A student who admitted to certain combined degree programs (see wishes to fulfill the requirements for more than one Health Professions Programs). major program has two options. A double major is a sin- gle BA degree with two majors (some students complete triple majors). A student pursues a double major by Undergraduate Studies 33 declaring both majors. Typically, double majors can be E. Natural Sciences 8 credits completed in four years, but sequencing of courses and Chosen from those designated in: astronomy, time conflicts with required courses can introduce delays. biological anthropology, biosciences, chemistry, No more than three courses may overlap two majors. A earth and environmental sciences, physics, and double degree program is a combined BA and BS pro- neuroscience. gram. The BA is in the College of Arts and Sciences, and At least one science course must also include the BS may be in any one of the three undergraduate the associated laboratory. colleges. A student pursues a double degree by declaring F. Social Sciences 8 credits the first program and then petitioning the standing of Chosen from those designated in:anthropology, students committee for permission to pursue the second classics, economics, political science, history, degree program. The double-degree student must satisfy international relations, journalism, psychology, major and distribution requirements for both degrees social psychology, social relations, sociology, and earn a minimum of 30 additional credits beyond STS, and urban studies. those required for the first degree. All of the 30 addition- G. Arts and Humanities 8 credits al credits must be taken at Lehigh or in Lehigh residency Chosen from those designated in: architecture, programs. The requirement of 30 additional credits typi- art, classics, history, modern languages and cally makes the double degree program a five-year literature, English, music, philosophy, religion program. There is no limit on the number of overlap- studies, and theatre. ping courses between two degrees, but there must be at least 30 credits of non-overlapping coursework in each Total required for graduation: 121 credits degree program. For administrative purposes, students A student’s program, including the choice of distribution who take two degrees or two majors must designate one requirements, is not official until approved by the adviser. as the primary major or primary degree. Junior-Year Writing Certification Distribution Requirements The faculty of the College of Arts and Sciences holds Whatever expertise in a single discipline an undergrad- that writing is an essential tool for learning and that uate may achieve, in the course of a lifetime, curiosity writing well is indispensable for performing responsibly lures most of us beyond the confines of a single chosen in a profession and in one’s life as a citizen. Beyond the specialty. Furthermore, in a swiftly changing world, two writing courses required in the first year, students in careers are being rapidly redefined, and only a person the College are encouraged to take courses that provide of broad intellectual orientation can intelligently con- continued practice in writing throughout their years at sider where one may be most useful to our society and Lehigh. In particular each student in the College must find most personal gratification. Many of the basic complete at least one “writing-intensive” course—nor- modes of thought and work in various fields are being mally during the junior year—and receive writing reformulated, often producing surprising influences in certification from the instructor. Some major programs the public and private spheres. In this world—to devise require that the writing-intensive course must be taken for oneself a satisfying professional life and to be a in the major field; others, that it be taken in a specific responsible citizen—one needs some awareness of the department outside the major; still others, that it may be concepts and methods specific not to one field only but chosen freely from writing-intensive courses offered by to a variety of disciplines. any department in the College. Courses that satisfy the The distribution requirements are the four domains of writing-intensive requirement may also be used to fulfill learning in which the College faculty requires students to major or distribution requirements. develop an introductory level of expertise through Foreign Language Study encountering the body of knowledge that each discipline has gathered, the kinds of phenomena it describes and Students planning to pursue graduate study toward a doc- manipulates, and the types of problems it addresses. torate are reminded that most graduate schools require Specified numbers of credits are required in each of the doctoral candidates to demonstrate a reading knowledge four domains: the mathematical sciences, the natural sci- of one or two foreign languages. Proficiency in foreign ences, the social sciences, and the arts and humanities. languages is advantageous for careers in law, government, journalism, commerce, industry and other fields. Distribution Requirements for the B.A. and the B.S. Internships A. Arts 1, Choices and Decisions 1 credit (first semester at Lehigh) Many departments and programs offer optional intern- B. College Seminar/First-Year Class 1-4 credits ship courses, and some require an internship as part of a (one course during the first year) major program. Students should consult with the depart- ment offering the internship course for information C. English Composition 6 credits about how the internships are arranged. The University (two courses during the first year) faculty has established three important criteria that must Students and advisers should monitor closely the be met by all internships: 80 hours of work are required progress toward completion of requirements D through for each credit awarded, no credit can be awarded for an G. Courses taken to satisfy a major program may be internship ex post facto, and the student must register for used to satisfy distribution requirements in only one dis- the internship course during the same term that the tribution area. internship work is actually conducted. Students should D. Mathematical Sciences 3 credits be sure to pre-arrange all internship experiences with the Chosen from mathematics or designated appropriate department. Internship credits cannot be courses from philosophy or computer science awarded for work experiences without a distinct educa- tional component. A memorandum of understanding 34 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

circulated among the employer, student, and departmen- Students in the College of Arts and Sciences may also tal internship course director helps to promote a complete a minor in Business through the Business common understanding of the educational and work College or an Engineering minor through the College of objectives of the internship. Engineering. IPD and LEO Actuarial Science (Mathematics) Africana Studies Two multidisciplinary, non-degree-granting University American Literature (English) programs offer students special integrated learning Anthropology (Sociology and Anthropology) opportunities. LEO, the Lehigh Earth Observatory, Art (Art and Architecture) engages students and faculty from all four of Lehigh’s Art/Architecture History (Art and Architecture) colleges. Students from economics, political science, Asian Studies Earth and environmental science, civil and environmen- Astronomy tal engineering, history, art and architecture, and Biology (Biological Sciences) education are among those who have staffed LEO proj- British Literature (English) ects. LEO activities emphasize communication and Chemistry information sharing across the disciplines. The range of Chinese (Modern Languages and Literature) projects includes water-quality monitoring on the Classical Civilization (Classical Studies) Lehigh River, the development of a geographic informa- Classics (Classical Studies) tion system for the Lehigh River watershed, operating a Cognitive Science seismic station and a network of weather-monitoring Communication (Journalism and Communication) stations, and collaborative work with the Nature Computer Science (Electrical Engineering and Comput- Conservancy and the Wildlands Conservancy. The LEO er Science) program director is Prof. Stephen Cutcliffe (History) Design Arts The Integrated Product, Process, and Project Earth and Environmental Sciences Development (IPD) Program integrates the three funda- Economics mental pillars of successful product design and Education (Education Minor, this section) commercialization: design arts, engineering, and busi- English ness. Student teams produce technical and feasibility Environmental Studies studies, design mock-ups, develop working prototypes, French (Modern Languages and Literature) and prepare business plans for real clients. IPD empha- German (Modern Languages and Literature) sizes a solid grasp of engineering science, industrial Graphic Communication (Art and Architecture) design, business fundamentals, good communication Health and Human Development (Health Professions skills, a superior understanding of the design and manu- Programs, this section) facturing process, and an appreciation of History multidisciplinary teamwork. The IPD program director Humanities Minor in Ethics is Prof. John Ochs (Mechanical Engineering). Humanities Minor in Medieval Studies Minor Programs in the College International Relations Jewish Studies Certain departments, divisions, and programs in the Journalism (Journalism and Communication) College of Arts and Sciences afford an opportunity to Latin American Studies minor in an additional field of concentration other than Mathematics, Applied (Mathematics) the major field. Mathematics, Pure (Mathematics) A minor consists of at least 15 credits; the specific con- Military Science tent is determined by the department, division, or Molecular Biology (Biological Sciences) program concerned. A minor is optional and, if success- Museum Studies (Art and Architecture) fully completed, will be shown on the university Music transcript in the same manner as the major field. A 2.0 Philosophy minimum grade-point average is required for courses in Physics the minor. Because of this requirement, no course in the Political Science minor program may be taken with Pass/Fail grading. No Probability and Statistics (Mathematics) more than one course may be double-counted toward a Psychology major and a minor, and no more than one course may Public Administration (Political Science) overlap between two minors. Public Relations (Journalism and Communication) It is the responsibility of students desiring a minor to initi- Religion Studies ate it no later than the beginning of the junior year by Russian (Modern Languages and Literature) filing a minor program with the department, division, or Russian Studies program where it is offered. The student’s minor adviser Science, Technology and Society maintains appropriate records. Science Writing (Journalism and Communication) Minors in the College of Arts and Sciences departments Social Relations (Sociology and Anthropology) and programs are available for degree candidates in other Sociology (Sociology and Anthropology) colleges within the university, with approval of their col- Social Psychology (Sociology and Anthropology) lege adviser. Spanish (Modern Languages and Literature) Studio Art (Art and Architecture) The following are established minors in the College of Theatre Arts and Sciences. Program descriptions may be found in Urban Studies the alphabetical listing of Section V. Some minor-program Women’s Studies descriptions are collected within departmental descrip- Writing (English) tions, or located elsewhere, as indicated by parentheses. Undergraduate Studies 35

College Scholar Program Whatever the topic, FYCs involve considerable effort on The Roy Eckardt College Scholar Program is intended the part of students. Some classes emphasize reading for students who show outstanding academic promise or assignments, papers, and oral presentations; others unusual creativity and those whose interests transcend include tests, laboratory work, or fieldwork. traditional programs. It is a highly selective program, Pre-Law Programs restricted to a small number of especially qualified stu- The university has a strong pre-law tradition. In keeping dents, some of whom are enrolled at the time of with the policy of the Association of American Law admission to the university and the rest in the following Schools, the university does not have a prescribed pre- two years. Entering freshmen may join the program at law program. the invitation of the College Scholar Advisory Council. Applications from freshmen and sophomores are evaluat- Lehigh students have been successful in attaining entrance ed by the advisory council on the basis of their academic into law schools from diverse curricula in all three of the records and written statements of educational goals, and undergraduate colleges. Illustrative courses in the arts and recommendations from two faculty members. sciences include constitutional law, civil rights, administra- tive law, media ethics and law, and American constitutional The program allows students to devise individualized and legal history. Correspondingly, there are courses such courses of study and to engage in scholarly work of an as Introduction to Law and Legal Environment of Business advanced nature. Participants are obliged to obtain 121 in the College of Business and economics. That college also credits, including Arts 1 and the junior writing require- offers basic accounting courses that are often recommend- ment, take at least one college scholar seminar, and ed as part of an undergraduate’s pre-law preparation. pursue departmental or interdisciplinary majors. With the approval of the program director, they design their In addition to formal academic instruction, Lehigh pro- own academic programs. They are released from distri- vides other opportunities for learning about law and bution requirements and, if necessary, modifications may careers in law. The annual Tresolini Lecture series brings be made in major requirements. Responsibility for the nationally recognized speakers to campus for extended student’s over-all program lies with the director who interactions with faculty and students. Tresolini lecturers cooperates closely with the major adviser. In the final have included present and past U.S. and state Supreme two years, the student receives up to twelve credits for Court justices and renowned legal scholars and practi- work with a faculty member, leading to a senior project tioners. Lehigh also provides opportunities for gaining of substantial dimensions. This can take whatever form academic credit in several off-campus programs which is appropriate to the nature of the subject. Seniors pres- provide practical experience in law and public affairs. ent accounts of their projects at the annual college Counseling is available to prospective pre-law students scholar graduation dinner and are eligible for the George on a continuous basis from freshman orientation B. Lemmon Prize, which is presented each year to mem- through the law school application process in the senior bers whose academic achievements have been particularly year. The pre-professional adviser in Career Services meritorious. The award of the College Scholar gradua- coordinates these pre-law counseling services. tion honors is subject to the recommendation of the program director (Prof. Ian Duffy, 340 Maginnes Hall) Health Professions Programs and the chair in the major field. Schools of medicine, dentistry, optometry, podiatry, and In addition to the academic privileges of the program, veterinary medicine stress the importance of a strong lib- college scholars are offered a variety of extracurricular eral arts education as well as prescribed studies in the opportunities. These include invitations to meet visiting sciences. Although most pre-health students will choose speakers, informal meetings with faculty members, din- a major in a pure or applied science, as long as candi- ners, lectures, plays, musical events, and other cultural dates have the essential courses in biology, chemistry, activities in the Lehigh Valley and nearby cities. For a physics, and mathematics, they may major in any of the listing of courses and advisory council members, see three undergraduate colleges. College Scholar Program entry, section V. A health professions advisory committee, which includes a pre-professional advisor and faculty members from the College Seminar/First-Year Class (FYC) sciences, provide career and academic counseling and Program work closely with students from freshman orientation During the fall or spring semester of the first year, every through the entire process of applying to professional student in the College of Arts and Sciences is required to schools. Students are urged to consult with the pre-pro- enroll in a College Seminar or First-Year Class (FYC) fessional adviser in Career Services as early as possible in taught by a member of the faculty. With ten to 20 stu- their academic career. Students interested in other allied dents per class, these college seminars and special classes health fields may also obtain information to aid them in provide an intimate and supportive environment that planning their courses with their academic advisers. facilitates the transition to university life. Students begin Combined-Degree Program in Medicine to develop many of the skills that serve as a framework for their future scholarly work—how to read closely, In cooperation with Drexel University College of Medi- think critically, write clearly, learn cooperatively, speak cine the university offers an accelerated program that persuasively, and solve problems creatively. enables selected students to earn both the bachelors of arts degree in premedical science and the M.D. degree Courses in this program are an excellent way to explore a after seven years of study at the two institutions. The subject that may be new, or to enter more deeply into an program was initiated in 1974, and approximately ten area of previous interest. Many of the topics are non-tra- students matriculate each year. ditional or interdisciplinary subjects of special interest to the professor. 36 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

The program includes three academic years at Lehigh dur- include: three years of combined biomedical ing which time credit hours are earned toward the 121 research/internship experiences, guaranteed, paid sum- credits required for the baccalaureate degree. The next four mer research opportunities ($3,000 per summer) years are spent in the regular program of medical education between the sophomore-junior and junior-senior years in Philadelphia. After successfully completing the one year that will provide practical experience in biomedical set- at the medical school, students will have acquired necessary tings to promote and accelerate skill development, joint additional credit hours for the baccalaureate degree. faculty and physician advising, special courses in modern During the pre-professional years at Lehigh, students are medical economics, business practices, and ethics, travel expected to make satisfactory progress in academic areas as to major professional society meetings to present research well as in the more subtle task of personal growth in those and learn about state-of-the-art developments, a lec- attributes ultimately needed as a physician. Drexel ture/dinner series that will include special, individual University College of Medicine receives student grades and sessions with distinguished speakers. monitors student progress through feedback from Lehigh. This is a highly competitive program open to a limited Students are expected to maintain an overall GPA of 3.45 number of outstanding, strongly motivated students. or better (A=4.0) and a minimum GPA of 3.25 in the pre- requisite sciences and receive no grades in any course less Combined-Degree Program in Dentistry than a “C”. Credentials again will be processed through the The university, in cooperation with the School of Dental medical school’s Admissions Committee prior to extending Medicine at the University of Pennsylvania, offers an a final definitive acceptance. This program also requires accelerated program that enables selected students to that students take the Medical College Admissions Test. earn a combined baccalaureate and doctor of medicine The results will be evaluated by the committee prior to degree after a minimum of seven years of study at the final acceptances. It is expected that the three numbered two institutions. scores be 9 or better on the 1-15 scale or a total of 30 on The program includes three academic years during any given exam with no score less than a 7 or an M. which time credit hours are earned toward the baccalau- The medical college reserves the right to withdraw an reate degree. The next four years are spent in the regular offer of acceptance if academic or personal concerns program of dental education in Philadelphia. cause the college to question a student’s academic or per- During the first three years at Lehigh, students are sonal maturation. expected to make satisfactory progress in the academic Application for admission to the program is made areas as well as in the areas of personal growth, develop- through Lehigh Office of Admissions. Criteria for admis- ing those attributed ultimately needed to become a sion includes SAT scores (minimum combined score of dentist. Students must maintain a minimum overall and 1360 recentered scale), scholastic achievement, maturity, science GPA of 3.2 throughout the three years at Lehigh and motivation for medicine. SAT II scores are required and are required to take the Dental Admissions Test with in mathematics, English composition, and chemistry. a minimum of 16 in all subject areas. Completed applications are reviewed by the Office of The dental school reserves the right to withdraw an Admissions, and a pool of students chosen for interview acceptance if academic or personal concerns cause the at Drexel University College of Medicine. college to question a student’s ability to function as a dentist. The dental school also reserves the right to Interviews are not required at Lehigh, but students are require that students spend additional time at Lehigh if encouraged to make arrangements to come to campus to the school feels that this is necessary to insure the stu- have an interview and to become better acquainted with dent’s academic or personal maturation. Lehigh and the special features of the program. Application deadline is December 1. Application to the program occurs when a student applies to Lehigh University. The dental school takes Required Science and Math Courses: action on the applicant in the spring of an academic Chemistry: CHM 21, 22; CHM 31; CHM 51, 53, 52, 58 year. Final decisions are forwarded to Lehigh University Biology: EES 31, BIOS 41, 42; BIOS 115, 116 about March 20. The applicant is notified of joint Physics: PHY 10, 12, 13, 22 acceptance by Lehigh University. Admission is based on Math: MATH 21, 22 or MATH 51, 52 plus one SAT scores (a minimum combined score of 1270 recen- additional approved math course tered scale), scholastic achievement, maturity, and Required Non-Science Courses: motivation for dental school. Application deadline is Choices and Decisions January 1. Freshman Seminar Required Science and Math Courses: English Comp & Lit (two semesters) Chemistry: CHM 21, 22; CHM 31; CHM 51, 53, 52, 58 Humanities (3 courses, 9-12 credits) Biology: EES 31; BIOS 41, 42; BIOS 115, 116; two Social Sciences (3 courses, 9-12 credits) approved BIOS electives (6 credits) Writing Intensive Physics: PHY 10, 12, 13, 22 Approved Electives: (12-16 credits) Math: MATH 21 or 51; MATH 22 or 52 Lehigh-Pool Scholars Premedical Education Program Required Non-Science Courses: Lehigh University and Lehigh Valley Hospital have Choices and Decisions established a unique premedical education program Freshman Seminar that emphasizes the link between academic and practi- English Comp & Lit (2 semesters) tioner training. Humanities (3 courses, 9-12 credits) Social Sciences (3 courses, 9-12 credits) Project-based, experiential learning is the driving educa- Writing Intensive tional philosophy behind the program. Highlights Approved Electives: (12-16 credits) Undergraduate Studies 37

Joint Degree Program in Optometry health issues, adult life crises such as illness and loss, and In cooperation with the State University of New York, dimensions of aging. Students are able to serve as State College of Optometry located in New York City, research assistants in some of these studies. Lehigh offers a seven-year Bachelor of Arts in Behavioral The minor consists of a minimum of 15 credit hours Neuroscience and Doctor of Optometry (O.D.) Pro- chosen in consultation with the program director, gram. Students accepted into the joint degree program Donna Kosteva, in the Office of Career Services. are admitted into the behavioral neuroscience major and Required courses (6 credit hours) are simultaneously admitted to candidacy in the SUNY SSP 160 Medicine and Society (3) and College of Optometry’s professional program of study. PSYC 107 Child Development (3) or Application to the program occurs when a student PSYC/SSP 109 Adulthood and Aging (3) applies to Lehigh or while enrolled at Lehigh. Criteria Elective courses (9 credit hours) chosen from three dif- for selection is based upon maturity and motivation; an ferent disciplines: interest in the basic understanding of the optometric ANTH 321 Anthropology of Physical profession; a minimum of 1180 SAT recentered score, and Mental Health (3) 92 high school grade point average, and ranked in the top 10% of the high school graduating class. Or as a PHIL 116 Bioethics (3) first- or second-year Lehigh student, a minimum overall PSYC 107 Child Development (3) 3.2 GPA in undergraduate coursework and in all prereq- PSYC/SSP 109 Adulthood and Aging uisite math and science courses completed at the time of PSYC 305 Abnormal Psychology (3) application with no grade below a C. A committee com- PSYC 351 Cognitive Development prised of representatives from both institutions selects in Childhood (3) the students for admission into the program. PSYC 361 Personality & Social Development Students will spend three years at Lehigh during which in Adulthood (3) time credit hours are earned toward the baccalaureate PSYC 363 Personality and Social Development degree. Upon maintaining a minimum 3.2 GPA in the in Childhood (3) math and science prerequisites, attaining total science SSP 152 Alcohol, Science & Society (3) scores of 320 or above on the Optometry Admissions SSP 160 Medicine and Society (3) Test (OAT), and passing reasonable personal interview SSP 162 AIDS and Society (3) standards, these students will be admitted to the SSP 366 Sociology of Aging (3) SUNY College of Optometry at the completion of SSP 341/WS 341 Women and Health (3) their third year at Lehigh. All science and math prereq- uisite courses must be satisfied with a C or higher. Education Minor Students must submit a formal application, transcripts, The education minor helps undergraduates explore and recommendations at this time. After successfully career options in school teaching or other professional completing all first-year coursework at the college of careers with elementary, secondary, or special-education optometry, a BA degree on behavioral neuroscience students. The minor may accelerate entry into a teaching will be granted by Lehigh. career because appropriate credits from the minor may The optometry school reserves the right to withdraw be applied toward completion of teacher-certification an acceptance if academic or personal concerns cause credits for those admitted to Lehigh’s graduate-level the school to question a student’s ability to function as Teacher Intern Program. an optometrist. The minor offers a systematic background of profession- Application for admission to the program for incoming al education experiences, coordinating practicum students is made through Lehigh Office of Admissions. activities with theory courses designed to provide a foun- Application deadline is January 1. For curriculum infor- dation for future educational studies. Its focus is mation, consult with the pre-professional advisor in exploratory. No career decision is required but the minor Career Services. is provided for those with a serious interest in consider- ing the teaching profession. Health and Human Development Minor The experiences of the minor are intended to enrich an The minor in health and human development, located individual’s understanding of education as a central primarily within the College of Arts and Sciences, is an intellectual activity of our culture and to provide self- interdisciplinary program designed to provide insight understanding of one’s own potential as an educator. into the social scientific aspects of health issues through the human life cycle. While this minor program is open An undergraduate may take one or all of these courses to anyone in the three undergraduate colleges, it may during the junior and senior years with the approval of be of particular interest to students preparing for the adviser and minimum GPA of 2.75. Completion of careers in any aspect of health care, social work, and the minor does not assure admission to the Teacher child or adult development. Intern Program to become a certified professional. However, if the student passes the screening process on The program is administered through the Program in the basis of previous work and interviews, he or she may Health and Human Development, an interdisciplinary enter the intern program with advanced standing toward group of faculty members who have research interests in certification. this area. Current research studies cover all aspects of the life cycle, including the health dimensions of both nor- The program coordinator is Lynn Columba, Program mal and abnormal child development, reproductive Coordinator, College of Education, Mountaintop Campus, 111 Research Drive. 38 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

Fifteen credit hours are chosen from among the follow- Students seeking formal admission to the program after ing courses for those in the education minor: one year of study must have: EDUC 312 Classroom Practice (1) •Satisfactorily completed EDUC 312 and 314 (Note: (must be taken concurrently with students entering the program in their junior year will EDUC 314) then take these courses) EDUC 314 Intern Seminar (2) •Declared a major(s) and been assigned an advisor in (must be taken concurrently with the College of Arts and Sciences EDUC 312) EDUC 394 Special Topics in Instruction •Two letters of reference and Curriculum (3) •At the end of their junior year, students must have EDUC 429 Child Development (3) successfully completed EDUC 398. EDUC 441 Youth in Society (3) In the last semester of their senior year, students must Elective Education course (appropriate to complete an application for advancement to graduate student’s objective (3) standing in the College of Education, including: The Five-Year B.A. or B.S./M.A. or M.Ed. •A minimum cumulative 2.75 GPA Combined Degree and Teacher •Satisfactory experience in all field experiences Certification Program • Completion of a graduate application form The College of Arts and Sciences and the College of •One letter of recommendation addressing the candi- Education offer a five-year degree program that is dates’ potential as a teacher designed to allow students to earn both a bachelor’s •A master’s program approval form should be complet- degree and a master’s degree in five years instead of the ed upon admission to the graduate program traditional six. For information students should contact Professor Lynn The combined degree program leads to either a B.A. or Columba, College of Education, Mountaintop Campus, B.S. degree in an academic discipline, and an M.A. or 111 Research Drive. M.Ed. degree in either elementary or secondary educa- tion. In addition, an Instructional I teaching certificate from the Pennsylvania Department of Education is also College of Business and earned. These certification areas are: Economics Elementary Education Richard M. Durand, Herbert E. Ehlers dean; Joan B. •Secondary Education: DeSalvatore, associate dean, director of undergraduate •Biology programs; Kathleen A. Trexler, associate dean, director of • Chemistry graduate programs; Kenneth P. Sinclair, chair, depart- ment of accounting; Thomas J. Hyclak, chair, • Earth and Space Science department of economics; Richard J.Kish, chair, depart- •English ment of finance and law; Michael G. Kolchin, chair, •French department of management and marketing; James A. •General Science Dearden, director, Ph.D. program; Robert J. Thornton, director, master of science in economics; John W. Paul, •German director, master of science in accounting. •Mathematics The College of Business and Economics offers the bach- •Physics elor of science degree in business and economics. In the •Social Studies dynamic global environment of the 21st Century, today’s business students face unprecedented challenges. Lehigh’s •Spanish College of Business and Economics prepares them to Freshmen are able to apply for admission into the pro- meet these challenges and to succeed. gram during their second semester. Those accepted will The College of Business and Economics consists of four begin their education courses in the second semester of departments: accounting, economics, finance and law, their sophomore year. Sophomores who wish to enter the and management and marketing. Its programs, accredit- program will complete their introductory courses in the ed by the AACSB International–The Association to summer between their sophomore and junior years. Advance Collegiate Schools of Business–provide students Accommodations can be made for transfer students. with a solid foundation in business and economics prin- Criteria for admission to the program include: ciples. In addition to the traditional undergraduate •A demonstrable commitment to learning and intellec- majors of accounting, economics, finance, management tual growth and marketing, the College offers innovative programs • An expressed interest in teaching as a career and courses that respond to today’s unique business requirements, including: •Previous experience in working with young people; this can be gained in the summer between freshman The Business Information Systems major that answers a and sophomore years. recognized need in the business world. As businesses seek to make themselves more productive and competi- tive, they have become more reliant on information technology. Students with a good understanding of information systems can help businesses enhance their use of this technology. Undergraduate Studies 39

The Supply Chain Management major is another Computer Science and Business response to the complex environment facing business Program graduates. This undergraduate major gives students solid exposure to supply management, logistics, business-to- The College of Business and Economics and the business marketing and operations management. Computer Science and Engineering department in the P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Science The College of Business and Economics has joined with jointly offer the Computer Science and Business (CSB) the College of Engineering to offer two cross-college program. This 135 credit hour degree integrates technol- programs. These programs, Integrated Business and ogy skills in software development with a solid Engineering (IBE) and Computer Science and Business background in business and economics. Deep immersion (CSB) are described in full in the following “Crossing in both of these areas distinguishes CSB from programs Boundaries” section. offered by other universities. At the same time it is well Crossing Boundaries balanced with approximately one third of the courses in liberal arts, one-third in computer science, and one-third A major strength of the College of Business and in business. Economics is its ability to develop programs by partner- ing across academic disciplines within the College, across After four years the program leads to a degree in the colleges within the University and with the business Computer Science and in Business, which is jointly community. Students are able to cross traditional bound- awarded by the College of Business and Economics and aries and take advantage of all that the College of the P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Business and Economics and other colleges of the Science. The CSB major meets the accreditation require- University have to offer. The partnerships built with ments for both Computer Science (CSAB) and Business alumni and the business community afford students the (AACSB). Graduates of the program will be ideal candi- opportunity for internships in their areas of interest. dates for placement within large consulting firms, small consulting teams, and startup companies. This program As the needs in the marketplace change, the ingredients provides students with the background needed to necessary for success must reflect these new require- become the CIO’s, decision makers, and general man- ments. From courses in e-commerce to supply chain agers of information age corporations. management and joint degree programs, the College of Business and Economics provides today’s undergraduate While honors-like in quality and rigor, the CSB program students with the skills necessary to become tomorrow’s is open to any student wishing to accept the challenges it business leaders. offers. Students may matriculate at Lehigh specifically into CSB or enter the program at a later point. Career Placement Transferring into CSB after freshman year, however, may The undergraduate programs in the College of Business require students to take additional credits to graduate. and Economics provide the students with a strong foun- The co-directors of the CSB program are James A. Hall, dation in business and economic principles necessary for Associate Professor of Accounting and Information success in business. Upon graduation, the majority of Systems ([email protected]) and Edwin Kay, Professor of students from the College of Business and Economics Computer Science and Engineering ([email protected]). enter business in many different professional positions For additional information see Section V of this catalog including accounting, investment banking, advertising, or visit the CSB web site at: www2.lehigh.edu/page. marketing, management consulting and information sys- asp?page=distinctiveprograms tems. Further professional studies in law, graduate business schools or specialized graduate education in eco- Integrated Business and Engineering nomics, operations research, or other related fields are Honors Program additional options open to graduates. The Integrated Business and Engineering Program (IBE) Variety of Options is offered jointly by the College of Business and While preparing students for a career in business and Economics and the P. C. Rossin College of Engineering economics, we recognize the importance of a well-round- and Applied Science. This program recognizes the need ed individual. At Lehigh, this important exposure to for today’s leaders in business and industry to have a science, language and the arts and humanities is accom- sound foundation in both commerce and technology. plished by distribution requirements, within which the After four years and a minimum of 137 credits, students student has wide choice. Students have a minimum of will receive a single Bachelor of Science Degree in 52 free electives, 48 of which must be taken outside the Business and Engineering. The program meets the College of Business and Economics. accreditation standards of AACSB International. The bachelor of science in business and economics may Students are required to maintain a minimum GPA of also lead to admission into the master of business admin- 3.25 in order to remain in the program. istration program at Lehigh or another institution after Students in the IBE Honors Program can major in any graduates have at least 2-3 years of work experience. In area of business or engineering that Lehigh offers. After addition, the college also offers the following graduate freshman year, each student will elect a major in either degrees: doctor of philosophy, master of business admin- the College of Business and Economics or the P. C. istration and engineering, master of business Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Science. administration and educational leadership, master of sci- Students wanting to major in an area of business can ence in accounting and information analysis, master of select from: accounting, business information systems, science in economics, master of science in health and economics, finance, marketing, management or supply bio-pharmaceutical economics and master of science in chain management. analytical finance. These are described in Section IV. 40 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

Admission to the Integrated Business and Engineering Major Programs (15 credits - 21 credits) Honors Program is highly selective, with annual admis- Before the end of the first semester of the junior year, sion limited to approximately 50 students. The students select a major consisting of sequential or related University’s Office of Admissions (610-758-3100) can courses in one of the following major programs: explain the procedure for applying to the program. accounting, business information systems, economics, It is possible that a small number of exceptional students finance, management, marketing and supply chain man- may be admitted to the program following the completion agement. A GPA of 2.0 or higher in the major program of their freshman year. Admission at this point would be is required for graduation. highly competitive and based upon freshman year GPA, faculty recommendations, and space availability. Distribution Requirements (15 credits) Students are required to take six (6) credits of humani- The co-directors of the IBE Honors Program are ties (HU), six (6) credits of social science (SS), and three Stephen G. Buell, Professor of Finance and Business (3) credits of science (NS) for a total of 15 credits of dis- Information Systems ([email protected]) and Robert H. tribution requirements. Students should refer to the Storer, Professor of Industrial and Manufacturing department in the catalog to determine which course Systems Engineering ([email protected]). For additional offerings may be taken to satisfy these requirements. information, see the IBE Honors Program entry in Section V of this catalog or visit the IBE web site at Electives (52-58 credits) - depending on major www.lehigh.edu/inibep/inibep.html. Students will earn 52-58 credits of “free” electives; a Centers and Institutes maximum of ten credits may be taken from other course work in the College of Business and Economics. A mini- The college also oversees research and scholarship in a mum of 48 credits are to be taken outside the College of number of centers and institutes, where graduate and Business and Economics. undergraduate students work closely with faculty mem- bers. These include: Iacocca Institute, Martindale Center In the College of Business and Economics, the pass-fail for the Study of Private Enterprise, Murray H. option is available for elective courses only. A student Goodman Center for Real Estate Studies, Philip Rauch desiring Lehigh credit for a course taken at another insti- Center for Business Communications, Value Chain tution must complete a transfer credit form and obtain Research Institute, Financial Services Laboratory, and approval from the appropriate Lehigh academic depart- Small Business Development Center. ment in advance. Bachelor of Science in Business and Business Minor Economics The purpose of the business minor program is to enable non-CBE students to pursue a course of business studies For the bachelor of science degree in business and eco- that will enable them to supplement their major studies nomics, 124 credit hours are required. A writing and make them more marketable. The overall learning requirement, which is included within the required 124 objective of the program is to provide non-CBE students credit hours, is also a part of the college curriculum. with the knowledge and skills with which to make more Planning Courses of Study informed business decisions. First year Courses offered in the business minor program are not ENGL 1 Composition and Literature I (3) open to students currently in the CBE nor may these ENGL 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 Composition and Literature II (3) classes count as substitutes for CBE core classes should a MATH 21 Calculus I (4) or student later decide to transfer into the CBE. MATH 75/76 Calculus I – Parts A & B (2 each) Program of Studies: The business minor consists of 14 ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) credit hours. These courses are integrated across the BUS 1 Introduction to Business (3) entire program and must be taken in a locked step Excel competency must be completed before ACCT 151 sequence. These 14 credit hours plus the prerequisite and ECO 145. consist of the following courses: Second Year Required prerequisite course: ACCT 151 Introduction to Financial Accounting (3) • ECO 1 – Principles of Economics (4 credit hours). ACCT 152 Introduction to Managerial Accounting (3) ECO 1 can be taken in either the freshman or sopho- BIS 111 Management Information Systems (3) more year and must be completed prior to entering ECO 129 Money, Banking and Financial Markets (3) the business minor program. ECO 145 Statistical Methods (3) ECO 146 Applied Microeconomic Analysis (3) Required courses: Third Year •BUS 125 – Behavioral Skills Workshop (1 credit FIN 225 Business Finance (3) hour. Fall.). Prerequisite: ECO 1 LAW 201 Legal Environment of Business (3) •BUS 126 – Information Analysis and Financial MKT 211 Principles of Marketing (3) Decision Making I (3 credit hours. Fall.). Co-requi- MGT 280 Management of People and Operations (4) site: BUS 125. Fourth Year •BUS 127 – Information Analysis and Financial MGT 301 Business Management Policies (3) Decision Making II (3 credit hours. Spring.) Prerequisite: BUS 126. Undergraduate Studies 41

•BUS 225 – Developing, Producing, and Marketing The Mission of the college is to prepare undergraduate Products and Services I (3 credit hours. Fall.). and graduate students to be critical thinkers, problem Prerequisite: BUS 127. solvers, innovators, leaders and life-long learners in a •BUS 226 – Developing, Producing, and Marketing global society and to create an environment where stu- Products and Services II (3 credit hours. Spring.) dents pursue cutting-edge research in engineering and Prerequisite: BUS 225. engineering science. •BUS 326 – Business Strategy (1 credit hour. Spring.) Major Subjects Recommended courses: The P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Science includes seven departments and offers under- •Probability Theory and Statistics (e.g., ECO 145, graduate and graduate degree programs at the bachelor, MATH 12, IE 111, PSYC 110, etc.) master, and doctor of philosophy levels. • An Integrated Learning Experience (e.g., ME/BUS The undergraduate degree programs leading to the bach- 211, MGT 311, or internship) elor of science degree are: The courses required in the business minor program will applied sciences be offered in a lock step sequence requiring completion bioengineering of each course in the sequence before being able to con- chemical engineering* tinue with the next course. That is, students must first chemistry complete BUS 126 before taking BUS 127, BUS 127 civil engineering* before taking BUS 225, and BUS 225 before taking 226. computer engineering* BUS 125 and BUS 326 are to be taken in conjunction computer science** with BUS 126 and BUS 226, respectively. electrical engineering* Program admission requirements: Each spring, 80 stu- engineering mechanics dents will be accepted into the business minor program engineering physics for the following fall. Application into the program will environmental engineering be made by students and submitted to the program industrial engineering* director by March 1st. An admissions committee com- information and systems engineering prised of the business minor program director, associate materials science and engineering* dean for the undergraduate CBE program, and the busi- mechanical engineering* ness minor curriculum committee will make admission *Accredited by the Engineering Accreditation Commission decisions based on G.P.A., experience, and interest in of the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology. pursuing business opportunities upon graduation from Lehigh (to be evaluated on the basis of a written essay). **Accredited by the Computing Science Accreditation Students will be notified of admissions decisions prior to Board, Inc. registration for the fall semester. Entrance into business Programs in chemistry and physics have been minor classes will be controlled by restricted overrides by approved by the faculty program review committee in the director of business minor program. these disciplines. Information about each of these programs may be found College of Education under alphabetical listings in Section V. Each of the curricula includes course requirements in the The university’s College of Education offers opportuni- physical sciences, mathematics, engineering, and the ties for advanced study in the field of education. For advanced engineering or science course work essential for information, see Graduate Study in Education, Section the particular degree. In addition, each curriculum IV, or College of Education, Section V. requires study in humanities and social sciences (HSS). P.C. Rossin College of Declaration and Change of Curriculum In the second semester of the freshman year, at registra- Engineering and Applied tion for the sophomore year, students usually indicate their choice of curriculum. However, since the sopho- Science more year programs for several curricula are very much Mohamed S. El-Aasser, dean alike, it is possible to transfer from one curriculum to John P. Coulter, associate dean for graduate studies and another as late as the end of the sophomore year. This is research done by filing a new declaration of major form. There Richard N. Weisman, associate dean for undergraduate are instances where such a transfer may require one or studies two courses to be taken during a summer session at Lehigh or elsewhere. The P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Science offers the bachelor of science degree in 15 pro- Undergraduates with interests in such topical areas as grams, combining a strong background in sciences and environmental biotechnology or aerospace engineering mathematics with requirements in humanities and social may pursue their interests through electives provided in sciences. Students in college programs learn principles each of the curricula. Effective preparation for graduate they can apply immediately in professional work; those study in such specialties consists of basic programs in who plan on further academic experience can design a engineering and science, along with electives especially curriculum centering on interests they will pursue in chosen for the field of interest. Such electives are chosen graduate school. from among all the offerings of the university and are usually taken during the senior year. 42 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

Free Electives The Co-Op schedule provides for interviews and selec- The college, through its advisers, is prepared to help stu- tion by the companies in the spring semester of the dents to use the credit hours of “free electives” that, sophomore year. Those students selected attend Lehigh along with other electives in the curriculum, may be for a challenging summer schedule of junior-level course- used to develop a program of personal interest. Free elec- work, then begin their first work rotation with the tives may be satisfied by taking regular course offerings sponsoring company in mid-August. This rotation will or up to six credit hours from Mus 21-79, or up to six last until mid-January when the student returns to credit hours from Jour 1-8, or up to six credit hours of Lehigh for the second semester coursework of the junior advanced ROTC courses. year. The Co-Op experience is completed with a second work rotation the following summer (mid-May through Qualified juniors in the college planning to continue August). Students earn 3 free elective credits per success- their formal education in graduate school are urged to ful work assignment for a total of 6 free elective credits. take advantage of the flexibility in their programs and design their senior-year “free elective” opportunities in a Recommended Freshman Year In manner that provides an effective foundation for a grad- Engineering and Applied Science uate program. Students who plan their programs in this A recommended outline of courses for the freshman manner can, upon recommendation of the department year, which satisfies requirements for all students in the and petition to the Associate Dean, apply up to six hours college, is shown below. For schedules of the courses of their total undergraduate credit hours toward gradu- required in the following three years, refer to Section V. ate-level courses. Freshman year, first semester (15 credits) Technical Minors ENGL 1 Composition and Literature (3) Minors are offered in technical or scientific specialties CHM 21, 22 Introductory Chemical Principles and that are not normally included within the standard cur- Laboratory (5) or ricula. Each minor program contains at least 15 credit PHY 11, 12 Introductory Physics I hours of technical and/or scientific courses. and Laboratory (5) The student interested in a technical minor should contact MATH 21 Calculus I (4) the associate chair of the department in which the minor is ENGR 1 Engineering Computations (3) or desired for specific requirements. A student successfully ENGR 5 Introduction to Engineering Practice (3) completing a technical minor will receive recognition of Freshman year, second semester (15 credits) this accomplishment on his or her transcript. ENGL 2 Composition and Literature: Fiction, Currently, the following technical minors are offered by Drama, Poetry (3) these departments: PHY 11, 12 Introductory Physics I Technical Minor Department and Laboratory (5) or aerospace engineering Mechanical Engineering CHM 21, 22 Introductory Chemical Principles biotechnology Chemical Engineering and Lab (5) chemical engineering Chemical Engineering MATH 22 Calculus II (4) computer science Computer Science ENGR 1 Engineering Computations (3) or & Engineering ENGR 5 Introduction to Engineering Practice (3) environmental engineering Civil & Environmental Humanities/Social Sciences (HSS) Engineering Requirement for all Accredited Engineering Majors manufacturing systems Industrial & Systems Basic Requirement: English and Economics. (Three Engineering courses totaling a minimum of ten credit hours): materials science Materials Science & Students must complete English 1 or 3, English 2, 5, or Engineering 11 and Economics 1. Students with advanced place- polymer science & Center for Polymer Science ments in English I usually take English 11 to complete engineering & Engineering the English requirements. Music Option Advanced Requirement: Breadth and Depth. 13 credits Music and Engineering is not a major in itself. However, in courses designated as HU (humanities) or SS (social Lehigh attracts many engineering and science students science), not including one-credit courses, with the fol- who wish to continue their active involvement in music lowing restrictions: and the music department. For those students who are 1. At least eight credits must be in a common disci- interested in pursuing this option, music can be taken as pline and from the same department or program. At a second degree or minor. least three of these credits must be a the 100-level or above, or at the intermediate level or above for a sin- Cooperative Education (Co-Op) gle modern foreign language. Co-Op is a selective program available for undergrad- 2. At least three credits in a discipline different from, uates in the P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and and not cross-listed with, the discipline employed to Applied Science; the program provides eight months satisfy the concentration requirement above. of paid, full-time work experience, bridging the gap 3. At least three credits must be designated as HU. between engineering theory and application and allowing students to graduate within a four year time- 4. HSS Credit is not given for a first elementary-level frame. Because of the rigorous academic schedule, modern foreign language course (e.g. Spanish 1) only the top third of a given class is invited to partici- until after the second elementary-level course (e.g. pate in the program. Spanish 2) is completed satisfactorily. Undergraduate Studies 43

5. None of the courses taken to satisfy the HSS honors program cohort. The additional time necessary to requirement can be taken Pass/Fail. complete the second degree will depend on the curricu- lum selected, and the number of advanced placement Minors in Humanities/Social Sciences credits. The number of additional credit hours will typi- For greater emphasis in a particular area, a student may cally be in the range of 27 to 30. choose to complete a minor in Humanities and Social Students in the IBE Honors Program can major in Sciences (HSS). Specific requirements may be found nearly any area of engineering or business that Lehigh under the heading Minor Programs in the College. offers. After their freshman year, each student will elect Because students must fulfill the HSS requirements, this a major in either the P. C. Rossin College of will result in taking as many as seven HSS courses. Engineering and Applied Science or the College of Therefore, a student electing a minor must use personal Business and Economics. (free) electives. Each curriculum in the college contains a minimum of two such free electives. Admission to the Integrated Business and Engineering Program is highly selective, with annual admission lim- Written permission to pursue a minor in HSS must be ited to approximately 45 students. The University’s obtained from the sponsoring department, and the stu- Office of Admissions can explain the procedure for dent’s academic advisor, and filed with the registrar. A applying to the program. student successfully completing a HSS minor will receive recognition of this accomplishment on his or It is possible that a small number of exceptional students her transcript. may be admitted to the program following the completion of their freshman year. Admission at this point would be Minor in Engineering highly competitive and based upon freshman year GPA, The minor in engineering is available to students in the faculty recommendations, and space availability. Colleges of Arts and Sciences and Business and The Co-Directors of the IBE Honors Program are Economics only. The courses that comprise the minor Robert H. Storer, Professor of Industrial and Systems cannot be taken by students in the College of Engineering ([email protected]) and Stephen G. Buell, Engineering and Applied Sciences. The purpose of the Professor of Finance ([email protected]). For additional minor is to educate non-engineering students concern- information, see the IBE Honors Program entry in ing engineering methodology, specifically how Section V of this catalog or visit the IBE web site at engineers solve problems, how they design, manufac- www.lehigh.edu/inibep/inibep.html. ture, and analyze, and how factors such as economics, safety, environmental issues affect the process. The pro- Centers and Institutes gram will not result in an engineering education, but Faculty and students in the college also have research an education about engineering. Note that all the and scholarship activities in a number of centers and courses in the minor are “integrated”; none are specific institutes, where graduate and undergraduate students to an engineering discipline. work closely with faculty members. These include: The minor has two prerequisites, a mathematics course Center for Advanced Technology for Large Structural (Math 51 or equivalent) and a physics course (Physics Systems, Biopharmaceutical Technology Institute, 5 or equivalent). There are 2 required courses in the Chemical Process Modeling and Control Center, minor, and an additional 3 elective courses must also Emulsion Polymers Institute, Energy Research Center, be taken. Contact the Associate Dean’s office of the Enterprise Systems Center, Fritz Laboratory, Institute of P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Thermo- Fluid Engineering and Science, Sherman Science for details. Fairchild Center for Solid-State Studies, Polymer Interfaces Center, Polymer Science and Engineering Integrated Business and Engineering Center, Structural Stability Research Council, Council Honors Program on Tall Buildings and Urban Habitat, Center for The Integrated Business and Engineering Honors Manufacturing Systems Engineering, Ben Franklin Program (IBE) is offered jointly by the P. C. Rossin Center, Manufacturers Resource Center, Center for College of Engineering and Applied Science and the Advanced Materials and Nanotechnology, and Center for College of Business and Economics. The program recog- Optical Technologies. nizes the need for today’s leaders in business and industry to have a sound foundation in both commerce Special Undergraduate and technology. Academic Opportunities After four years and a minimum of 137 credits, stu- dents will receive a single Bachelor of Science Degree in The academic programs in the colleges are supplemented Integrated Business and Engineering. The program by five-year, two-degree programs as well as opportuni- meets the accreditation standards of the American ties for advanced, foreign, and experiential study. Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business. Students are expected to maintain a minimum GPA of 3.25 in Arts-Engineering Option order to remain in the program. The curriculum in arts-engineering is designed for A second option is the five-year dual degree program. students wanting a professional education in a field of This option allows students to obtain a second Bachelor engineering and also the opportunity to study a sec- of Science degree in engineering by completing course ond field. work in the engineering field chosen by the student as Arts-engineers fulfill all requirements for the professional their IBE major. Students enrolled in the four year IBE engineering degree for which they are working. However, Honors Program and in satisfactory standing are able to the first three years of science and engineering courses transfer to a dual-degree at any time, and stay within the are scheduled over four years for the arts-engineer. 44 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

During this period the arts-engineer is a student in the state, and insights into the range of possible correspon- College of Arts and Science pursuing a bachelor of arts ding methodological approached and solutions to the or bachelor of science major program. global environmental questions humanity confronts. In many instances it may be advisable to take the two This program complements existing Environmental degrees at the end of the fifth year. Arts-engineers work- Sciences as well as the program in Environmental ing towards the bachelor of science in biology, computer Engineering. science, environmental science, geological sciences, geo- Science, Technology and Society Program (STS). physics, molecular biology, and statistics are advised to Faculty from all three colleges explore the interrelation- pay special attention to the engineering humanities and ships between science and technological advancement and social science requirements, which must be met in time the quality of human life in the popular STS program. for the student to qualify for the B.S. in engineering. Arts-engineers have the same opportunities for multiple Office of International Students majors and special interdisciplinary majors as are avail- able to students working for the baccalaureate (B.S. or and Scholars B.A. degree only) in the College of Arts and Sciences. “The development of future leaders in our global society is Additional information may be obtained by contacting first among Lehigh’s purposes.” Prof. Daniel Zeroka, 496 Seeley Mudd Building. – Lehigh University Mission Statement Bachelor/Master Degree Programs 32 Sayre Drive, Coxe Hall, Bethlehem, PA, 18015-3123; Of increasing interest to undergraduates are the two- (610) 758-4859. Fax (610) 758-5156. E-mail: degree programs that may lead to both a bachelor and a [email protected]. www.lehigh.edu/intnl/ master’s degree in five years. Because Lehigh’s well-estab- Lehigh fosters an environment that welcomes and lished graduate programs are closely integrated with the encourages the international exchange of students and undergraduate programs, it is possible to consider pro- scholars, and that integrates their global experience into grams leading to the arts/master of business the academic and cultural community. The Office of administration degree and the engineering/master of sci- International Students and Scholars (OISS) is a universi- ence in material science, among others. The fifth-year ty-wide resource for students and scholars from abroad, program in the School of Education enables those receiv- for U.S. students studying abroad, and for U.S. students ing a B.A. or B.S. degree to accomplish professional and faculty who are interested in the global focus. Its teacher training and serve as salaried interns in public mission is to provide support services for international schools. After the completion of one year of full-time students and scholars to ensure maximum opportunities teaching, secondary teachers can receive the master of for them to achieve their goals; be a resource to the fac- arts and elementary teachers can receive master of educa- ulty, staff and administration on issues related to tion degrees. international students and scholars, cross-cultural com- Many other five-year, graduate-level combination pro- munication and diversity; support the University’s efforts grams exist, and students are advised to consult with to internationalize the campus; and create an environ- their adviser in planning such programs. ment where the Lehigh community is exposed to a Interdisciplinary Programs multitude of cultures, traditions and viewpoints by pre- senting internationally-focused academic, cultural and The university’s interdisciplinary programs are designed social programming. to cross the boundaries between colleges to accommo- date new and developing fields as well as the interests of International Students and Scholars students. They include such programs as the following: Bill Hunter, Director, 32 Sayre Drive, Coxe Hall, Africana Studies. A program offering a minor is available Bethlehem, PA, 18015-3123; (610) 758-4505. Fax (610) to students interested in exploring various aspects of the 758-5156. E-mail: [email protected]. African American experience. Courses covering African www.lehigh.edu/intnl/ American art, history, literature, music, and society are ISS serves the unique needs of foreign nationals who offered. The program is complemented with a lecture, come to Lehigh as students, scholars, faculty and staff film, and arts series that highlights the richness and members, and their families. More than 700 people from diversity of black culture. over 65 nations currently live, work and study on our Applied Life Sciences. The Applied Life Sciences pro- campus. ISS offers advising on immigration, visa, and gram offers options for talented students seeking personal matters. The office acts as a liaison with other non-traditional careers at the interface of life science and offices and departments on campus, and with national other fields. It is designed to provide a flexible curricular and international agencies. design for students interested in social science, humani- Services ties, and business applications of the bioscience revolution, as well as those who wish to work at the A variety of cross-cultural programs are initiated by the intersections among the natural sciences. The program is OISS, including a combined undergraduate and gradu- a Liberal Arts complement to the Bioengineering pro- ate orientation, spouse conversation groups, seminars on gram that provides an opportunity to combine immigration matters, international tax advising, Thanks- traditional Engineering disciplines with the life sciences. giving Dinner, the International Bazaar, monthly social programs, International Week, and The International Environmental Studies. The Environmental Studies pro- Update Newsletter. Lehigh is a member institution of gram will provide broad exposure to the range of issues Phi Beta Delta, international honorary society. The Beta confronting the human condition, cultural and historical Pi Chapter recognizes scholarly achievement of interna- perspectives on how society has evolved to its present Undergraduate Studies 45 tional students and scholars, US students who have stud- The Global Union is a collaboration of more than 22 ied abroad and faculty and staff involved in international student clubs and organizations that promote global activities. awareness and cultural understanding within the Lehigh The year for international students and scholars at community. There are more than 600 members of the Lehigh begins with the International Orientation. Global Union from over 30 countries, including two- Orientation takes place in conjunction with other pro- thirds from the United States. grams offered by the undergraduate admissions office Located on the second floor of Coxe Hall, the Global and/or graduate departments, starting immediately Union hosts panel discussions on world issues, before the university-wide orientation at the beginning International Education Week, dinners and cultural festi- of each semester. Orientation is strongly recommended vals, musical performances, and a language exchange for all new international students and scholars. Issues program. All events at the Global Union are open to the discussed include filing for a social security number, Lehigh community. opening a banking account, health insurance, and The lounge also has a TV/VCR, satellite dish, stereo, adjustment to university life at Lehigh and to the United comfortable couches and a microwave, and can be used States. International Orientation is a time to become for meetings, quiet study or film presentations. accustomed to life in America, and to meet other foreign students. Each person will receive a Handbook for The Global Union lounge can be reserved by calling (610) International Students and Scholars . 758-4505 ten business days before the proposed event. For more information regarding the Global Union, Additional Special Services for check our website at www.lehigh.edu/inglobal/ International Students Career Services: Advising and special workshops for Study Abroad careers for international students are provided. Food Service: For undergraduate students on the meal “Lehigh University recommends international study. We plan, menus meet the international dietary needs of the support programs that offer rigorous academic environ- students. There is a stir-fry bar and balanced meals for ments, immersion in host cultures, and opportunities for vegetarian diets. personal growth. Students should return to Lehigh with an enhanced ability to appreciate global concerns. Health Center: Fully staffed medical personnel meet both the physical and personal needs of all students. - Study Abroad Mission Statement The Counseling Center has special services for interna- Erica Smith, Director; Katie McCleary, Study Abroad tional students. Advisor. Coxe Hall, 32 Sayre Drive, Bethlehem, PA Immigration/Visa Advising: Complete service. 18015; (610) 758-3351; Fax (610) 758-5156; email [email protected] www.lehigh.edu/studyabroad Learning Center: Free tutors are provided in writing, math and science. The Study Abroad office maintains a list of more than 60 approved semester and yearlong programs of academ- National Clubs: Home country clubs from all regions of ic study in over 40 countries The programs are regularly the world are established on campus. They form an impor- evaluated and monitored by faculty in order to ensure tant part of the cross-cultural dimension of the campus, high academic quality and immersion in host cultures. providing social events, films, and international dialogue. Students attending these programs receive Lehigh credit. Phi Beta Delta, International Honor Society: Lehigh’s The Study Abroad Office conducts extensive advising Beta Pi chapter of Phi Beta Delta, the international hon- activities, guiding students through the process of identi- orary society with chapters across the U.S. and overseas, is fying programs that fit personal and academic goals, an important international organization on campus. The consulting with Lehigh faculty to obtain course purpose of the society is to honor those involved in high approval, applying, and other aspects of study abroad. academic achievement and service in the international Group and individual advising sessions take place every dimension, and to foster international exchange on cam- week. The Office provides mandatory pre-departure ori- pus. The honor society has three categories of entation meetings for all students going abroad, and membership: international students who have demonstrat- continuous registration at Lehigh. A comprehensive web ed high scholastic achievement at Lehigh; U.S. students site with information on all aspects of participation is who have demonstrated high scholastic achievement in maintained by the Office: www.lehigh.edu/ studyabroad. the pursuit of international studies including study abroad; faculty and staff distinguished in international Lehigh University maintains formal exchange agreements endeavors. Gisela M. Nansteel, Chapter Coordinator. with universities in Australia, Belgium, Mexico, the United Kingdom, France, Hong Kong and Japan. Religious Services: Services for all the major religions are Students are selected through faculty interviews for these on campus or nearby, including Muslim, Christian, programs. Jewish, Hindu and Buddhist. Requirements: Good standing, and a minimum GPA of Global Union: at least 3.0 or a GPA of 3.0 in the last two regular full- Bill Hunter, Director, 32 Sayre Drive, Coxe Hall, time semesters of study at Lehigh. Any student with less Bethlehem, PA 18015-3123, (610) 758-4505; Fax: (610) than this and who believes for good reason that there are 758-5156. E-mail: [email protected]. extenuating circumstances may appeal to the committee www:lehigh.edu/inglobal/ on the standing of students for an exception to this rule before leaving to study abroad. 46 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

Applications: Students who receive Lehigh academic English as a Second Language credit for a study abroad program must submit an appli- Timothy Bonner, Director, cation through the Study Abroad Office. Applicants are 205 Coxe Hall, required to consult with academic advisors, have courses Bethlehem, PA, 18015, (610) 758-6099 approved by departments, and in some cases request rec- www.lehigh.edu/~inesl ommendations by faculty. The English as a Second Language Program (ESL) offers Academic Credit: Academic credit is given for programs academic semester and summer courses for undergradu- approved by Lehigh faculty only. Students must receive a ate and graduate students and their families. In addition, ‘C’ or better for credit to transfer. Grades earned on semes- academic support is provided for ESL students through ter and year programs do not count in the student’s G.P.A. the ELLC language lab, conversation groups, and lan- Foreign Language: Students are encouraged to study guage enrichment courses. in the language of their program country, which typi- English Department (Credit) Courses. After reviewing cally requires four semesters of college-level language placement test results, undergraduates accepted by the ESL study. Lehigh also has approved programs where stu- program may take English 3 and English 5 (Composition dents may learn the host language while taking other and Literature for ESL Writers I and II) in substitution for courses in English. required English 1 and 2. Native English speaking or near Fees & Financial Aid: Lehigh endeavors to make study native-speaking upperclass and graduate students who are abroad available to all students. Financial aid, as deter- interested in the ESL field as a career can get an introduc- mined by the Financial Aid Office, continues when the tion to teaching ESL/EFL in English 310 and English 314. students study abroad. Lehigh requires the payment of (Refer to the English department course listings.) Lehigh’s tuition, minus any financial aid, for all students ESLP (Credit) Courses. Both undergraduate and gradu- who study abroad who receive Lehigh credit. Study ate students may select from a variety of supplemental Abroad then pays the student tuition fees to the program ESL credit courses in conversation, accent reduction, abroad. Students are responsible for room, board, and reading, and writing offered throughout the year. (Refer airfare, in most cases. to the English as a Second Language course offerings.) Scholarships: The Philip and Muriel Berman Center for Intensive ESL (Non-credit) Program. The StepUp Jewish Studies sponsors summer, semester and year pro- Program provides an intensive academic ESL experience grams in Israel in cooperation with Tel Aviv University for both enrolled Lehigh students and for other students and Hebrew University in Jerusalem. Contact the Center preparing to enter a U.S. university or who need profes- for Jewish Studies, 324 Maginnes, 9 Packer Avenue, sional English skills. StepUp enhances English skills in Bethlehem, PA 18015; (610) 758-4869. academic reading and writing and formal academic lan- The Department of Modern Languages and Literature guage, and provides an orientation to American (MLL) offers limited merit scholarships. Contact MLL, university culture. For more information, view our web- Maginnes Hall, 9 West Packer Avenue, Bethlehem, PA site at www.lehigh.edu/~inesl/StepUp 18015; (610) 758-3090. English Language Learning Center (ELLC). The ESL Fulbright, Rhodes, Marshall and other applicants may Program offers English language study through the use seek assistance from the Office of Fellowship Advising. of interactive ESL software and tutoring. Call the ESL Director: Professor Ian Duffy; [email protected]. Office or view the ELLC program on our website. Other scholarship opportunities are available; see the Study Abroad website. International Multimedia Summer Programs: Lehigh offers several faculty-led summer and winter (break) study abroad programs. The Resource Center number of programs and academic offerings varies, so Johanna Brams, Instructional Technology Specialist, 473 students are advised to consult the web: Maginnes; (610) 758-6134, 6295. www.lehigh.edu/studyabroad. Past programs have included: Business & History in Belgium; Business in The International Multimedia Resource Center, located Prague; Architecture in Paris; Art History & Religion in in Maginnes Hall, provides a diversity of services ranging Rome & Florence; Art & Architecture in Vicenza; from multimedia to telecommunications. Under the aus- Internships & Language in Shanghai; Sustainable pices of Information Resources, working directly with Development in Costa Rica; French & Africana Studies Media Production and the Media Center, in collabora- in Martinique; MLL in Spain; Special Topics Seminar in tion with the College of Arts and Sciences , and Modern Ghana; Economics & Humanities in Ireland; Languages and Literature, the IMRC maintains a multi- Archaeology in Honduras. Lehigh credit and grades are media computing center (470 Maginnes Hall) equipped applied to a student’s transcript. with state-of-the-art multimedia computers, a head end room (473) and the World View Room (490 Maginnes Lehigh University sponsors several six-week summer lan- Hall) that broadcasts international, historical, and cultur- guage programs in Europe and Mexico through LVAIC, al events on our wide screen television. As a resource the Lehigh Valley Association of Independent College. center, the IMRC supports the efforts of faculty and staff Credits and grades transfer to Lehigh and are counted in in the design , construction and application of either the Student’s GPA. original or off-the-shelf multimedia presentations and projects. New CD ROM based immersive software pro- grams enhance language learning. Student-centered web-research projects occur through partnerships with various faculty members throughout the year. Web uti- Undergraduate Studies 47 lization, research and design workshops are held regular- The curriculum consists of national-government semi- ly, focusing on diverse software web, desktop and design nars, an internship, and a written research project. applications. An extensive collection of international Besides the national government program, the student audio, video and multimedia programs is maintained. may choose other program offerings such as economic Moreover, the IMRC sponsors business, university, and policy semester, journalism, public administration, for- international broadcasting, as well as teleconferencing eign policy semester and justice semester. events through satellite and videoconferencing technolo- Inspection trips. The location of the university in the gies. The IMRC also maintains the two broadcast center of industrial activities of various types affords video channels at Lehigh: the Academic Channel unusual opportunities for visits to manufacturing plants. (Channel 21: including international news (SCOLA), Inspection trips to individual plants are a required part student produced programming, academic programs of specific courses in various engineering curricula. and labs, sports and special events, etc.) and the Movie Written reports may be required. These trips are general- Channel (Channel 22: popular, independent, and for- ly held during the senior year and involve an average eign movies programmed by a student-elected expense of $25 to $50. committee). As a ‘Window to the World,’ the World View Room shows or hosts daily scheduled interna- tional and cultural programs, films and Credit by Examination teleconferences; as well as being open for news watch- Upon petition and presentation of evidence that he or ing all day long. Comfortably furnished, the World she has qualified for it, a student already enrolled at View Room accommodates 25 – 35 people. A new 51 Lehigh may be permitted by the standing of students inch flat screen television supports regular viewing, as committee to take a special examination for credit well as films, satellite downlinks and newly added per- towards graduation. Special examinations are granted manently installed DVD and VHS technologies. only for extraordinary reasons and upon petition. There Newly added is our refurbished (five-meter dish) digi- must be adequate supporting evidence of sufficient tal link, which facilitates PBS, ALS and The Business cause accompanying each petition. There is a fee for all Channel teleconferencing. special examinations. Experiential Learning Students taking a special exam after matriculation at The accommodation of student interest extends beyond Lehigh will have the grade and credits assigned to their regular departmental offerings. Hands-on experiences in permanent Lehigh record. Special exam credit will be learning enrich classroom instruction. Each of the three counted as in residence credit and the grade will be used colleges offers a number of such experiences to under- in all grade point average calculations. No special exam graduates. Among them: will be granted in a course that the student has already The Philadelphia Urban Semester. Undergraduates in taken (except senior reexaminations) for credit or on an all fields of study can earn 16 Lehigh credit hours by audit basis, or in a course in which the student has spending a semester studying in the nation’s fourth- already completed more advanced work at Lehigh. largest metropolis. They live, work, and study with other students from two dozen other institutions, supervised Preparation for Graduate Work by faculty of the Great Lakes Colleges Association. This consortium of such leading Midwestern institutions as Students planning to continue in graduate programs DePauw, Kenyon, Oberlin, and Wooster is a recognized should take advantage of the flexibility in many under- leader in providing extra-mural academic programs both graduate programs to design an upper-division here and abroad. curriculum that meets requirements in the anticipated graduate program. The curriculum consists of two four-credit seminars and an eight-credit internship. All students are enrolled in a The policies of the colleges provides as much flexibility core “Seminar on the City” which introduces them to the as possible for students who wish to change to new but field of urban affairs and to Philadelphia. The second sem- related fields of study after the baccalaureate degree. inar is elected from a half-dozen more specialized urban Students should consult with their previous program topics; recent choices available have included “Folklore in adviser and the department representative of the new Philadelphia,” “Art in the City” (which met each week at a field to establish an academic program that will remedy different site), and “Justice.” Internships involve working any deficiencies in background. four days weekly in a public or private placement which tests the student’s aptitude in a variety of practical ways Guidelines for Undergraduates while enhancing appreciation of city life. The Washington Semester. Opportunity is available to Take Graduate Level Courses each year for six juniors or seniors to spend a term 1. No undergraduate student may take a 400-level studying in Washington, D.C., in cooperation with course during a term where the student’s total cred- American University. Lehigh University is a member its are greater than 18 (including audits). with 180 other colleges and universities. 2. All students receiving a graduate degree must be Students enroll at Lehigh but spend the semester in resi- enrolled one full semester or summer as a regular dence at American University with the students from student prior to the awarding of a graduate degree. other participating colleges. 3. An undergraduate student may use no more than 12 credits taken as an undergraduate toward a graduate degree. These courses must be at the 300 and 400 level and beyond all undergraduate degree requirements. 48 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

4. Students should have achieved junior standing and a Provisional Courses. Departments may introduce provi- grade point average of 3.0 to take 400 level courses. sional courses temporarily within a semester, either 5. Students must petition the Graduate and Research experimentally or as a response to a contemporary social and the Standing of Students for a possible excep- or scientific issue. If successful, a course may become tion to theses standards. part of the regular curriculum. Such courses, identified with a 95, 96, 97 or 98 number (preceded by a 1, 2, or 3 indicating level) may sometimes take provisional cours- Apprentice Teaching es numbered above 100 on a pass/fail basis. The apprentice teaching program is designed to benefit Independent Study. Juniors and seniors of ability who juniors and seniors who wish to learn about teaching wish to concentrate in their chosen field can substitute under the guidance of an experienced teacher. no more than four or six credit hours of independent, Apprentices often do a limited amount of supervised lec- unscheduled work each semester for an equal number turing or leading of discussions, assist in making up and of credit hours of elective work required for gradua- evaluating written assignments, and are available for tion. Students, in collaboration with the major adviser, individual consultation with students. with the advice of the departmental chairperson and To participate in the apprentice teaching program a stu- consent of the college dean, may structure such a proj- dent must: ect for study in any curriculum and most major study sequences. 1. Have an over-all cumulative grade point average of 2.80 or better; Pass/Fail Option. Students have the opportunity to study in areas without concern for possible poor grades 2. Have a cumulative grade point average of at least 3.3 by electing a pass/fail option. Intended to encourage and have completed at least two courses in the exploration at the upper division level outside the major field in which apprentice teaching is done; major field, this option is open to those who are sopho- 3. Have previously taken for credit the course or its mores and above, in good standing, who have declared equivalent in which the apprentice teaching will a major. Courses numbered below 100 will not be eligi- be done. ble for pass/fail. The pass/fail option may not be used A student may register for apprentice teaching only once for major or minor subject credit toward graduation or each semester, only once in a given course, and only for distribution requirements. Consultation with the twice during a college career. adviser is required. To register for apprentice teaching each student-teacher Graduate Courses. Qualified undergraduates may peti- partnership will submit an apprentice teaching agree- tion the graduate committee to register for 400-level ment, indicating the duties and obligations for approval courses if they are certified by the course instructor and to the department chair and the dean of the student’s the department chairperson concerned. college in which the course is taken. This form must be 1. No undergraduate student may take a 400-level submitted to the registrar before the first day of classes in course during a term where the student’s total cred- the semester. To complete the course, the apprentice its are greater than 18 (including audits). teachers must submit a written report of their experience 2. All students receiving a graduate degree must be to the supervising teacher, who will forward it to the enrolled one full semester or summer as a regular Office of the Provost. student prior to the awarding of a graduate degree. 3. An undergraduate student may use no more than 12 Curricular Flexibility credits taken as an undergraduate toward a graduate degree. These courses must be at the 300 and 400 Choice is a regular part of university life, and encom- level and beyond all undergraduate degree require- passes the determination of a college and major, the ments. selection of courses each term, and the development of life goals and career options. 4. Students should have achieved junior standing and a grade point average of 3.0 to take 400 level courses. Many of these choices are academic in nature. The undergraduate curricula are flexible, designed to accom- 5. Students must petition the Graduate and Research modate the changing interests and needs of students. and the Standing of Students for a possible excep- Boundaries between colleges are as fluid as possible to tion to theses standards. provide many options in an educational program. For LVAIC Cross-Registration instance, students may take a bachelor of science (B.S.) degree in the College of Business and Economics or the Currently enrolled full-time degree seeking undergradu- College of Engineering and Applied Science with a ate students in good academic standing who have minor in journalism in the College of Arts and Sciences. achieved sophomore status may register for up to two There are five-year programs for which degrees are courses per term that cannot be scheduled at the home awarded in two colleges. institution at any one of the member institutions (Allentown College of St. Francis de Sales, Cedar Crest Transfers between undergraduate colleges is permitted College, Lafayette College, Moravian College, and but only after the freshman year. Students considering Muhlenberg College). The student must obtain the such a transfer must confer with their advisers to begin appropriate approvals of his or her own adviser and the the process. host institution registrar. The courses must be in the Academic offerings of the various departments are normal academic load and not produce an overload. described in Section V. To provide additional flexibility Graduate students and courses (courses numbered 400 and encourage student initiative and depth of investiga- and above) are not eligible for cross registration. tion, the university has developed academic alternatives including the following: Undergraduate Studies 49

All grades of courses taken through the LVAIC cross reg- Students in the division, as non-degree candidates, do istration process will be accepted by the home institution not meet the eligibility criteria for federal student aid, and entered on the permanent record, and such grades under Title IV, including Federal Pell Grants and Federal will be used in computing the grade point average. Stafford Student Loans. Similarly, institutional financial Credits taken through the cross-registration process will aid also is limited to degree candidates. be calculated as in residence. The number of credit hours Students in the division are not candidates for degrees assigned to a course is the responsibility of the home and must maintain a minimum 2.00 grade point aver- institution registrar. age. A student may transfer to regular matriculated Students may not repeat a course at another LVAIC undergraduate status in any of the colleges only upon institution in which they expect to have a Lehigh cumu- petition to, and with the approval of, the Committee lative grade point average adjustment. on the Standing of Students. Transfer to the graduate Lehigh University students are not permitted to cross- school is possible only through the normal graduate register for courses in all January intersession admission process. programs, the evening program at Muhlenberg With the exception above, students in the General College, all weekend courses at Cedar Crest College, College Division are subject to the same rules and regu- or the Access program at Allentown College. All inde- lations as students of the university. They pay the tuition pendent study music lessons or groups and and fees established for regularly matriculated students. correspondence courses are prohibited from cross-reg- istration without prior approval of the Lehigh University standing of students Committee. Summer Session Lehigh students must have been registered full time in the prior spring semester to be eligible to cross-register for a summer term. A maximum of two courses per session, and 12 credit hours over the course of the entire summer may be rostered. Students may not cross-register for a course being offered at Lehigh dur- ing the summer term. The General College Division The General College Division supplements the mission of the established undergraduate curricula. The division provides an opportunity for persons not planning to qualify for a degree to pursue work of a general or spe- cialized nature that their preparation and interests make desirable; provides a trial period for those who wish to become candidates for baccalaureate or graduate degrees, but whose preparation does not satisfy the entrance requirements for the established curricula; and provides an opportunity for qualified students to continue their education without being committed to a restricted or specialized program of studies. Courses taken in the General College Division may not be submitted to meet the requirements for a graduate degree. For admission to the General College Division, the stu- dent must submit a special, simplified application to the undergraduate admissions office; the application must be submitted at least one month prior to the start of the semester in which the student hopes to enroll. The appli- cant must show maturity, seriousness of purpose and evidence of ability to pursue with profit the program of studies he or she desires. The student must have the established prerequisites for courses in which he or she wishes to enroll, and may register for courses up to and including those at the 300-level. There is no established curriculum for the General College Division. Each student works on a program out- lined to meet his or her special needs. Each program must be approved by the registrar, director of the divi- sion. Students must obtain permission of the instructor for courses in which they want to enroll. Students in the division are not permitted to take courses using their optional pass/fail grading system, or cross register for courses in the LVAIC. 50 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

IV. Graduate Study and Research

Graduate Study Information on the various degree programs appears below in section V or can be obtained from the respec- Lehigh began awarding graduate degrees in 1882. The tive Graduate Programs Office in each college. first recipient, T.H. Hardcastle, of the Class of 1880, wrote his thesis on Alexander Pope, entitled it The College of Business and Economics Rights of Man, and read it aloud at commencement in Richard M. Durand, Herbert E. Ehlers, dean June 1882. Kathleen A. Trexler, associate dean, director- MBA program The first Ph.D. was granted in 1893 to Joseph W. Richards, Class of 1886. Richards, who had a back- The College of Business and Economics offers the mas- ground in metallurgy and electrochemistry, taught at ter of science degree in accounting and information Lehigh until his death in 1921. analysis; master of science degree in economics; master of science degree in health and bio-pharmaceutical eco- Women were admitted to the graduate program in 1918 nomics; master of business administration with when the faculty and the board of trustees agreed to concentrations in finance, marketing, information sys- grant the degrees of M.A. and M.S. to women, provided tems management, entrepreneurship through the vSeries they attended classes in the late afternoon and on program; international business and supply chain man- Saturdays “so that the general character of campus life agement; and the doctor of philosophy degree in shall not be affected.” Three women received graduate business and economics. Three joint degrees are also degrees in 1921, the first women to complete graduate offered. The College of Business and Economics and the work at Lehigh. In 1929, the rule was changed, and P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Science women were admitted on much the same basis as men. offer the MBA Engineering. Students in this program In 1936, the Graduate School was established to admin- will have the opportunity to concentrate in both a busi- ister the graduate program. The Ph.D., which was ness area and an engineering area during their Master’s temporarily discontinued in 1894, was reinstated in nine studies. The College of Education and the College of departments: chemistry, chemical engineering, civil engi- Business and Economics offer a joint masters degree in neering, geology, history, mathematics, mechanical MBA/Educational Leadership. This degree will develop engineering, metallurgical engineering, and physics. skills in business disciplines as well as preparing educa- Tomlinson Fort, professor of mathematics, was selected tors for roles in school administration. The College of in 1938 as the first dean of the Graduate School. Business and Economics and the P.C. Rossin College of In 1995, graduate programs were decentralized and are Engineering offer a master’s degree in analytical finance. now administered by the four colleges of the university, This degree provides a strong education in advanced as described below. finance and quantitative financial analysis tools. Students will be prepared to create innovative solutions for real College of Arts and Sciences financial problems using state of the art analytical tech- Anne S. Meltzer, dean niques and computing technology. Hannah Stewart-Gambino, associate dean of graduate There are four departments in the college: Accounting, programs Economics, Finance and Law, and Management and The College of Arts and Sciences offers graduate degrees Marketing. Course descriptions can be found listed in the humanities, social sciences, mathematics, and nat- under business and economics graduate courses in ural sciences. The master of arts, master of science, and Section V. More information about the various degree the doctor of philosophy degrees are given in most of programs appears below. The college publishes a packet the traditional academic departments and in some inter- describing its graduate programs, which may be obtained disciplinary programs. by contacting the College of Business and Economics, Advanced degrees may be obtained in the departments Graduate Programs Office, Rauch Business Center, 621 of biological sciences, chemistry, English, earth and envi- Taylor Street, Bethlehem, Pa. 18015, 610-758-5280. ronmental sciences, history, mathematics, physics, College of Education political science, psychology, and sociology. In addition, interdisciplinary degrees are available in American stud- Sally A. White, Dean and Professor ies, photonics, and polymer science and engineering. The College of Education was established as a School of Although degree requirements vary from department to Education in 1966, elevating it from its former depart- department, most require a combination of formal mental status under the College of Arts and Sciences. In coursework and independent research. Students work 1985 the school was given its present status as a college, closely with a faculty adviser in formulating and carrying headed by a dean. The current vision statement affirms out their research programs. Students interested in an that the College of Education aspires to be a world interdisciplinary approach are admitted to a traditional leader in all disciplines represented in the college. It department but formulate a program of study and focuses on academic excellence and innovation in research which draws on faculty and facilities in other research and teaching, and recruits faculty and students areas of the college or the university. of the highest quality. The College of Education faculty collaborates directly with school-based, human service, Outstanding candidates may qualify for financial support instructional design and technology professionals. in the form of assistantships as teaching assistants, graduate Further, the faculty strives to solve world issues by being or research assistants, and scholarships or fellowships. leaders in their fields. Graduate Studies 51

Headed by a dean the College of Education is configured ties with theoretical work and is designed to provide organizationally into a Department of Education and a foundation for further educational studies at the Human Services that encompasses six programs: graduate level. Counseling Psychology, Educational Leadership, 3. Five-year Programs in Teacher Education. The Educational Technology, School Psychology, Special College of Education operates two programs for stu- Education, and Technology-based Teacher Education. dents interested in entering the teaching profession. Each program(s) has a coordinator who works with the The B.A./M.A./M.Ed. programs require that stu- faculty, while the department chair facilitates day-to-day dents major in a content area within one of the operations of programs. three other colleges. Students begin their coursework In addition, there are three other units within COE: toward their education degree as undergraduates and complete a fifth year during which they obtain a The Office of International Programs Master’s degree and fulfill requirements for teacher The mission of the international program is to have fun- certification in Pennsylvania. Additionally, students damental concern for all schools in the new millennium who major in Materials Science & Engineering and focus on the continual need for professional devel- (B.S.) can also enter a fifth year program that will opment of teachers and administrators. Life-long earn them teaching certifications in physics, mathe- learning is crucial to all educators who are in the busi- matics, general science, and possibly chemistry. ness of promoting global awareness and appreciation. These students also earn a Master’s degree (M.Ed.) The College of Education at Lehigh University is com- in education at the completion of their fifth year. mitted to providing and facilitating the exchange and transmission of knowledge. P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Science The Center for Promoting Research to Practice Our mission is to generate new knowledge that will truly Mohamed S. El-Aasser, dean impact the lives of individuals with disabilities. The pri- John P. Coulter, associate dean of graduate studies and mary objective of Center is to create a living laboratory research that establishes partnerships with schools, parents and There are seven academic departments within the P.C. families, and community service providers to enhance Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Science: the use of best practices for individuals with disabilities. chemical engineering, civil and environmental engineer- ing, computer science and engineering, electrical and Centennial School computer engineering, industrial and systems engineer- The College of Education operates the Centennial ing, materials science and engineering, and mechanical School, a laboratory facility for children with emotion- engineering and mechanics. Master of science and doctor al/behavior disorders, that has both an elementary and a of philosophy degrees are available in each of these secondary component. Centennial School provides departments, as well as in computational and engineer- research opportunities as well as practical experience for ing mechanics, environmental engineering, and polymer advanced students in counseling, school psychology, and science and engineering. In addition, master of science special education. programs are provided in analytical finance, computer The College of Education offers a master of arts in edu- engineering, photonics, quality engineering, information cation, a master of education, a master of science in and systems engineering, management science, and wire- education, the educational specialist, a joint master in less and networking engineering. Master of engineering business administration/maser of education, post-bac- degrees are offered in chemical engineering, civil engi- calaureate certificates in various concentrations, the neering, electrical engineering, environmental doctor of education, and the doctor of philosophy. A engineering, industrial engineering, materials science and total of 550 students were involved in advanced study mechanical engineering. In co-operation with the during the 2003-2004 academic year. More information College of Business and Economics, students can also about these programs can be found on pages 211-221. pursue a Master of Business Administration and Engineering (MBA&E) degree. A certificate program is The College of Education is a graduate college offering available in the area of nanomaterials. several different alternatives for undergraduate students to become teachers. These include: Graduate study in the P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Science is most often related to 1. An intern teaching program is specifically designed the college’s extensive research activity, and graduate stu- for qualified persons who hold a bachelor of arts dents are expected to engage in analytical or degree and who desire to enter the field of teaching. experimental research as part of their programs of study. Those admitted to this program have the opportuni- This activity involves students in the process of creating ty to accomplish their professional training and serve new knowledge under the direction of the college’s dis- as interns in the public schools. After two semesters tinguished faculty and brings them into contact with of directed full-time study, students may begin the some of the most modern and advanced experimental teaching internship. Upon completion of the fifth- techniques. Many college research programs are support- year program and the required semesters of intern ed by contracts, fellowships, and grants from industry teaching, these students ordinarily will have com- and from federal, state, and local governments. This pleted requirements for the M.A. (secondary funding not only provides financial support for out- teachers) or the M.Ed. (elementary teachers), as well standing students but also allows them to deal with some as state certification. of the more complex and pressing problems facing our 2. Undergraduate minor in education: Upper-level society in the 21st century. undergraduates are given an opportunity to take a Many faculty members and graduate students in the P.C. minor in education that combines practicum activi- Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Science are 52 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

associated with interdisciplinary research centers and Foreign graduate students are required to take the Test of institutes as well as with their own departments. The English as a Foreign Language and achieve a minimum opportunity for interdisciplinary study allows them to score of 550 on the paper-pencil test or 213 on the com- cross departmental lines in specific technological areas puter-scored test. and to work with faculty and graduate students from Individual departments may evaluate their candidates for other departments. Centers and institutes currently carry admission according to higher standards and additional on research in the areas of biotechnology, health sciences, criteria. Students seeking admission to Professional thermofluids, materials, energy, environmental sciences, Certification Programs may have to meet additional surfaces and coatings, solid-state studies, optical tech- requirements to comply with Pennsylvania Department nologies, structural and geotechnical studies, high-rise of Education Regulations. Departments should be con- habitats, emulsion polymers, fracture and solid mechan- sulted for information regarding required examinations ics, metal forming, robotics, computer-integrated for admission. For example, candidates for the M.B.A. manufacturing, and design and management innovation. program are required to take the Graduate Management Extensive research in many of these areas is also conduct- Admissions Test (GMAT). This does not include MBA ed within academic departments. & Engineering students in the College of Engineering Further information on the graduate programs appears and Applied Science who may substitute the Graduate under the departmental listings in Chapter V and in the Record Exam if required by the Engineering Interdisciplinary Graduate Study and Research section of Department. In some cases the GRE subjects tests are Chapter IV. Students can also contact the Office of required. Graduate Studies and Research, P.C. Rossin College of Admission of a student to graduate standing is executed Engineering and Applied Science, 19 Memorial Drive through the Office of Graduate Studies in each college West, Bethlehem, PA 18015. or the respective dean’s office. Credentials for admission to counseling psychology and school psychology pro- Admission to Graduate Study grams and to the doctoral programs in special education are acted upon only once a year. Completed applications A graduate of an accredited college or university may be accompanied by requests for financial aid must be sub- considered for admission to graduate study. The decision mitted by January 15 for admission in the following fall to admit a student rests with the applicant’s major semester. Applications received after this deadline, for department and stands for one year following the first programs with early deadlines, will be dealt with on a semester for which admission was offered. If more than space-available basis. one year elapses, the prospective student’s department Associate Graduate Students. Associate graduate student reserves the right to reconsider the original offer. status may be offered to applicants who apply but fail to Students wishing to pursue an interdisciplinary degree qualify for regular graduate student status. Only associate may, in some cases, apply to the program directly. student applications will be considered during the late Applications for admission may be obtained on-line at admissions period between the end of the regular admis- the university’s graduate website or by writing to the sion period and the first day of classes. Applicants for department to which admission is sought, or writing to associate status may submit unofficial rather than official the office of the dean of the prospective college. transcripts; letters of recommendation are not required at An applicant may enter the graduate program as a stu- that time. The Registrar will require an official final tran- dent in the following categories: regular, associate, or script, however, before grades are released. Certain non-degree. Except for qualified Lehigh undergraduates, departments or programs have earlier deadlines and more only those who have been admitted officially by the stringent requirements. Applicants should consult their graduate program office of an appropriate college or by a respective departments. department in one of the categories above may register Associate graduate students who are admitted during the for graduate courses or take them for credit. late admission period and who clearly qualify for admis- Regular Graduate Students. Only regular graduate stu- sion as regular graduate students may petition for regular dents are candidates for graduate degrees. Application for status after classes begin if all credentials are in order. admission as a regular graduate student must be filed by There is no late application fee. Individual departments July 15 for the following fall semester or by Dec. 1 for may have more stringent requirements. the spring semester. Regular applications for the summer Other associate graduate students must meet the follow- sessions are accepted until April 30. Certain depart- ing condition before they may petition for regular status: ments or programs have earlier deadlines. Applicants completion of the first nine credit hours of courses num- should consult their respective departments or their bered 300 or higher with at most one grade of below B-. dean’s office. In order to be considered for admission as a Students receiving a grade lower than a C will be regular graduate student, the applicant must satisfy at dropped from the program. Students should note that least one of the following conditions: have an undergrad- individual departments may impose more rigorous pro- uate G.P.A. of at least 2.75 out of 4.00 (note: College of bationary standards. Education GPA minimum is 3.0); have an average of at When the probationary period of nine credit hours is least 3.00 for the last two semesters of undergraduate completed successfully, associate graduate students must study; have a graduate grade-point average of at least petition for regular student status in order to continue. 3.00 for a minimum of twelve credit hours of graduate This requires the submission of regular admission docu- work completed at other institutions; or have successful- ments not already on file. Courses completed during a ly satisfied the probationary conditions as an associate successful probationary period may count toward a grad- graduate student discussed below). Satisfying one of uate degree if they are part of an approved program. these conditions is a necessary but may not be sufficient condition for admission as a regular graduate student. Graduate Studies 53

Non-Degree-Seeking Students. Students who do not ate credit. Lehigh undergraduates may apply course cred- wish to enter a degree program may seek admission with its taken in the undergraduate program toward a non-degree status. In this case, the prospective student graduate degree under the following conditions: (a) the completes an abbreviated application form (available course credits are not submitted as part of the require- from the appropriate college). The admissions criteria for ment for an undergraduate degree; and (b) courses for non-degree graduate students are: 1) a bachelor’s degree possible graduate credit are approved in advance by the from an approved institution with an overall grade point course instructor, department chairperson, and the dean average of at least 3.0; (applicants with undergraduate of the college. The student must receive a grade of B- or GPAs below 3.0 may be admitted with the approval of better. the department in which they wish to take courses;) or Readmission. A student who has not been registered in a 2) evidence that the applicant is presently a student in Lehigh graduate program for one year must petition for good standing in an appropriate graduate program at an readmission. Petitions approved by the student’s major approved institution; or 3) evidence that the applicant department must be forwarded to the registrar’s office. has received an appropriate graduate or other advanced degree from an approved institution. 4) International International Students and Scholars. International students are required to demonstrate English language applicants must hold an American bachelor’s degree or skills equal to those required of degree-seeking students. an equivalent foreign degree requiring at least 16 years of All international applicants whose native language is not primary, secondary, and university education. English must take the TOEFL (Test of English as a International applicants must submit all documents Foreign Language). A minimum score of 550 (or 213 on required for regular graduate student status, as explained the computer scored test) is required for admission. This above. Brochures for international applicants may be TOEFL requirement may be waived if the international requested from individual departments. applicant has studied full-time in an English-speaking Registration university for at least one year. Requirements. All graduate students using Lehigh Admission decisions for non-degree students are made University resources must be registered. No graduate stu- by the dean of the appropriate college or other responsi- dent may register for more than 16 credits per semester. ble official designated by him/her for this purpose. The University employees may register for, at most, two signature of the designated official on the application courses per semester with appropriate approval. The and registration forms confers admission to the non- maximum registration in a summer session is two con- degree graduate student status. Informal transcripts will current courses and no more than 14 summer credits. be accepted for initial admission, but formal transcripts Full-time Status. In order to maintain full-time enroll- must be on record before the student can receive any ment status, a graduate student must ordinarily register transcript or grade report from the university or enroll for a minimum of nine credits each semester. for additional courses. Identification as a full-time student is important for Non-degree students may take no more than twelve three purposes: (1) eligibility for financial aid, (2) com- hours of graduate study at Lehigh. Any transcript or pliance with visa requirements for international students, other record from the university will clearly indicate the and (3) for university and national graduate enrollment student status as non-degree. Students in a non-degree data. status are not eligible for financial aid. After fulfillment of degree credit-hour requirements and Graduate Course Auditing: With the permission of the in some other circumstances, full-time status may be departmental chair, graduate students can be admitted to maintained with fewer than nine credits of registration, a course as auditors. This course will not count for credit provided that the student is, in fact, continuing a pro- towards any graduate degree, and may not subsequently gram of full-time study and research. In such cases, the be taken for credit. In no case shall a student who has status must be certified on the Graduate Full Time attended a course as an auditor be given an anticipatory Certification request form, first by the department and examination for credit or register for the same course in then by the appropriate college. the future A student completing a course in this manner Registration Procedure. Registration is scheduled for a will have the course and the notation “AU” indicated on two-week period at a time designated on the university the permanent record. A student rostered on an audit calendar. Graduate registration for new students is held basis may be withdrawn from the course with a grade of during the week preceding the start of classes. Students “W” for poor attendance. should check with their departments for registration and Lehigh University Undergraduates. A Lehigh under- semester class schedules. Graduate students may register graduate with a 3.0 cumulative grade point average who using the on-line system after consultation with their has achieved Junior standing may take any 400-level adviser, or complete registration forms available in their course for which he or she is qualified. The qualifications departments. A course adviser will discuss course selec- are defined by the department and are certified by the tions with students and provide the registration PIN or course instructor and department chairperson through sign registration forms upon approval. petition to the graduate and research committee. For Late Registration Penalties. Registration after the desig- additional information on constraints on undergraduates nated period during the prior term for continuing full taking graduate level courses please see Section III time graduate students or between the second and tenth Curricular Flexibility. day of class during the fall and spring semesters, and the Undergraduates at Lehigh who are within a few hours of second and fifth day of class during the summer sessions meeting the requirements for a baccalaureate degree may, will require a late registration fee. Students who have not with the special approval of the graduate and research completed the registration process by the tenth day of committee, enroll for 12 credit hours of study for gradu- the regular academic semester or by the fifth day of the summer session will not be permitted to attend class. 54 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

Graduate Credit and Grades Once on probation, students remain on probation until Course grades are defined as for undergraduates except they are granted regular status or graduate. Students who that no grade lower than C may be counted toward a are eligible to be granted regular status but fail to apply graduate degree and pass-fail registration is not allowed by the regular student deadline will be evaluated accord- for graduate students. No regularly admitted student ing to the regular student criteria. who receives more than four grades below a B- in cours- Regular Students: will be placed on probation at the end es numbered 200 or higher is allowed to continue of the term in which they are assigned their fourth grade registration as a graduate student. below a “B-” in courses numbered 200 or above; The N grade is defined as for undergraduates except that will be dropped for poor scholarship at the end of any graduate students have a calendar year to remove course term in which they are assigned their fifth grade below a incomplete grades unless an earlier deadline is specified “B-”. by the instructor. Graduate student incomplete course Once regular students are placed on probation they will grades that are not removed remain as N grades on the remain on probation until they receive their degrees. student’s record. Thesis or research project N grades may Readmission: graduate students who have been dropped remain beyond one year until the work is completed. for poor scholarship are ineligible to enroll for the next The X grade is defined as for undergraduates except that regular term. After one term away they may petition for to be eligible for a make-up examination a graduate stu- readmission. The department and the dean’s office must dent must file a petition and the petition must be approve the petition. The student will be readmitted on approved by the graduate and research committee. probation and may be dropped again with any additional The Z grade is defined as for undergraduates except that grades below a “B-”. graduate students have a calendar year to complete Graduation coursework following a Z grade unless an earlier comple- tion deadline is specified by the instructor. The X Degree Registration. A student must be registered in the portion of the grade is removed as described for under- semester in which the degree is conferred. If a student is graduates. Z grades which are not removed remain on not registered for a course, he/she must register for the record of graduate students. All petitions for excep- maintenance of candidacy. tions are sent to the graduate and research committee. Application for Degree. Candidates for degrees to be Withdrawal from a Course. A student dropping a conferred on University Day in May must file an appli- course within the first ten days of the semester (five days cation for degree with the registrar by March 1. for summer sessions) will have no record of the course Candidates for degrees to be conferred in January must on the transcript. A student dropping all courses for file by November 1. Candidates for degrees to be con- which he or she is registered is considered to be with- ferred in September must file by July 1. Late application drawing from the university and the policy is noted for a degree will incur a penalty fee of $25. below. A student who drops a course after the tenth day Clearance. Graduate students must receive clearance of instruction and before the end of the eleventh week of from the university prior to the awarding of the degree. instruction will have a grade of “W” assigned to the The following obligations must be satisfied: course. A student who drops a course after the eleventh •Students must complete all coursework for incom- week of instruction and before the end of classes receives pletes they may have received. a “WP” or “WF” at the discretion of the instructor. A “WF” is considered to be a failing grade. An Add/Drop • Theses must be cleared by the Registrar’s Office. form signed by the student’s adviser must be submitted •Dissertations must be cleared by the appropriate to the registrar’s office before the deadlines noted to be dean’s office. official. • All financial obligations must be cleared with the bur- University Withdrawal. A student withdrawing from the sar. Tuition fees, bookstore charges, library fines, and university (dropping all courses during a given term) motor or vehicle fines must be paid before gradua- must submit the Drop/Add form signed by the adviser tion. to the registrar’s office. Withdrawal after registration day • All library books on loan must be returned. and during the first eleven weeks of instruction will be noted on the academic transcript by assigning a grade of •Students must turn in their student identification “W” to all courses. A withdrawal after the eleventh week cards at the I.D. card office. of instruction and before the end of classes will have the The interdepartmental clearance sheet must be complet- grade of “WP” or “WF” assigned for each course at the ed. This form requires the signature of the student’s discretion of the instructor. The date of the withdrawal department chairperson (except for the College of will be noted on the academic transcript for a withdraw- Education), and the facilities services office before it is al at any time during the term. submitted to the registrar at least three days prior to Graduate Student Scholastic Requirements. The guide- graduation. lines state the requirements for all graduate students. Tuition and Fees Associate and Non-Degree Students: will be placed on pro- Tuition Payment. Graduate students who register at least bation when they receive their first grade below a “B-” six weeks prior to the start of classes will receive a tuition and will be dropped for poor scholarship at the end of a bill at their home address. Included with the tuition bill term when the student is assigned either two “C” OR will be information about the various payment options “C+” grades or one grade “C-” or below. that are available. Students that register less than six If an associate student is assigned two grades below a weeks prior to the start of classes will most likely not “B-” in the same term the student is eligible to be receive a tuition bill prior to the start of classes. To dropped without any term on probation. remain in good standing, tuition charges must be paid Graduate Studies 55 prior to the start of classes even if the student has not Late registration 50 received a tuition bill because of his/her late registration for (for completing registration after announced day) classes. Students can review their current account balance Late application for degree 25 on-line at www.lehigh.edu/inrgs/index.htm. Additional infor- Late payment (after announced date) 100 mation on payment options is available on the Bursar’s Returned check fine 20 Office web site at www.lehigh.edu/inburs/ or by calling the Identification card (replacement) 10 Bursar’s Office. Thesis, microfilming 35 Tuition Refunds. A student in good standing who formally Dissertation, microfilming 60 withdraws from a course before 60% of the semester has Supervision fee, College of Education (per 3 credits) been completed is eligible for a tuition refund. Academic Intern courses require a special supervision fee which fees, such as the Technology Fee, are non-refundable after varies from $100 to $250. Inquire at your department. the first day of classes. The refund schedule for student withdrawals and course adjustments is as follows. Financial Aid Tuition Refunds Financial aid is ordinarily available only for regular, full- time graduate students. Teaching assistantships, research The tuition refund for a student who withdraws or drops assistantships, graduate assistantships, fellowships, and a course(s) is calculated on a daily basis according to the scholarships are academic awards made by individual aca- Federal Refund Calculation Guidelines. No refunds for demic departments. Several graduate assistantships tuition can be made for one-week workshops after the unrelated to a particular area of study can be obtained by first day of class. applying to administrative offices. International students Students should note that the first calendar week begins are also encouraged to apply for funding to outside spon- with the first day of classes at the university. soring agencies and/or home governments. Finally, please note that all student loan programs, and the Federal Work- Tuition and Fees for 2004-2005 per credit hour Study program, are administered by the Office of Financial College of Arts & Sciences $950 Aid located at 218 W. Packer Avenue. (Please read the sec- College of Business & Economics 620 tion, below, on loans and work-study.) College of Education, and for full-time Academic Awards. Requests for fellowships, scholarships, elementary and secondary teachers and research assistantships, teaching assistantships, and gradu- administrators enrolled in the other ate assistantships to begin in the fall semester must be filed three colleges 490 with academic departments no later than January 15. College of Engineering & Applied Science 950 Generally, a special committee formed by department fac- Special Programs ulty selects the recipients of these awards based upon merit; MBA & Engineering $730 students are not required to submit a financial statement. MBA/Educational Leadership $545 In addition to their stipends, graduate students holding Technology Fee half-time teaching appointments generally receive tuition All full-time (9 credit hours or more, or remission. Fellowship holders also receive a stipend and certified full-time) graduate students are tuition award. Scholarship recipients are awarded assessed the Technology Fee at $100 per semester tuition. Research assistants receive a stipend for research Audit charge per course – same as credit services, but their tuition is commonly paid directly by charge in the appropriate college research projects. Maintenance of candidacy – same as a Teaching Assistants and Graduate Assistants. Teaching one-credit charge in the appropriate college assistant and graduate assistant (TA/GA) are technical Master’s candidate registration fee – same as terms used to describe specific types of Lehigh University a one-credit charge in the appropriate college graduate students. The duties of TAs and GAs are gener- Living Accommodations. The university maintains a ally set by the departments or offices that appoint them, graduate student housing complex in the Saucon Valley but certain conditions must be satisfied before a student that has 135 living units. This complex, Saucon Village can be classified as a teaching assistant or a graduate Apartments, provides units generally on a yearly lease assistant. These include: basis. For the 2004-2005 period beginning in • Each TA/GA must be a regular full-time resident September, the following are the monthly rents Lehigh graduate student, which normally requires reg- exclusive of utilities: istration for at least nine credit hours per semester. Efficiency apartment $435 •A TA/GA is a half-time position and each TA/GA One-bedroom apartment 510 provides services to Lehigh University of up to twenty Small two-bedroom apartment 545 hours per week. Quarter-time and eighth-time Two-bedroom apartment w/o AC 560 TA/GA appointments are possible for full-time resi- Two-bedroom apartment w/AC 575 dent graduate students, with stipends and tuition Three-bedroom apartment 585 remission appropriately reduced. Other Fees • Each TA/GA must be paid a specific stipend, which is set for the academic year by the dean of the appropriate Application fee $ 50 college after consultation with the Director of Budget. (for graduate admission consideration) Non-degree application (engineering, education, •Qualified TAs/GAs receive tuition remission for at business) 20 most ten credit hours in a regular semester. No TA/GA may register for more than ten credit hours. Late pre-registration (assigned to full-time graduate 50 A student who is a TA/GA during the preceding aca- students who do not select their full class load demic year is entitled to at most three hours of thesis, during the designated period each term) 56 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

research, or dissertation registration (not course credit) credit hours in each summer session of appointment and in the following summer without payment of tuition. receive tuition remission for that registration. • Each TA/GA is appointed by a process which begins Other Graduate Assistantships. Graduate students may with a formal letter of appointment issued by the appro- apply directly to administrative offices for graduate priate department chairperson. The appointment letter assistantships unrelated to their areas of study. The avail- specifies standard university conditions including ability of these assistantships is based upon the needs of stipend level, time of arrival, length of service, and the the individual departments. GAs are appointed regularly requirement of satisfactory academic progress and per- by the office of the vice provost for student affairs, the formance of duties. Each department chairperson dean of students office, the university counseling service, submits written notification of TA/GA appointments to and by career services. the appropriate college dean or vice president. Loans and Work-study Awards. Graduate students may The graduate and research committee endorsed academic apply for the federally funded Stafford and Perkins loans, guidelines for new teaching assistants which exceed mini- Lehigh University Tuition Loans (UTL), and Federal mum admission requirements. Each TA should satisfy Work-Study through the Office of Financial Aid located one of the following: have a G.P.A. of 3.0 or better in at 218 W. Packer Avenue. These funds are awarded on the undergraduate major field of study; have a G.P.A. of the basis of demonstrated need using the Free Application 3.5 in the senior year major field; rank in the 85th per- for Federal Student Aid. In addition, the University centile or higher on the Graduate Record Exam or other requires a university application (Graduate Student standardized test; or have a G.P.A. of 3.5 in at least Financial Aid Application) and a copy of the most recent twelve hours of graduate work in the major field. (2001) federal tax return and W-2. Applications for Exceptions to these guidelines shall be made only with loans cannot be processed, and funds cannot be dis- the approval of the appropriate dean. bursed, until the FAFSA, and attending forms, are In addition, each teaching assistant must make normal received and reviewed. Because Stafford loans are progress toward a graduate degree. The definition of nor- financed through commercial lenders, their availability is mal progress may vary among departments, but the virtually assured if a student qualifies. There is, however, criteria for satisfactory progress are established by the only limited availability of Federal Perkins loans, Work- department faculty and the graduate and research com- Study, and University Tuition Loans. mittee. Teaching assistants who fail to satisfy these Special Concerns Regarding the Processing of Federal criteria are ineligible for reappointment. Stafford Loans for Graduate Students. Eligibility for In addition to a minimum TOEFL score of 550 (213 student loans is based on: (1) the number of credits to be CBT), Teaching Assistants whose native language is not taken, (2) the amount of financial aid received, and (3) English must have on record with the ESL Program a the calculated financial need. Any change to the number SPEAK score of 230+ (TSE 55+) in order to work with of credits to be taken, or the amount of aid received may Lehigh undergraduates in academic settings (i.e., class- affect loan eligibility. To avoid problems with your loan rooms, recitations, labs, office hours, etc.). application, it is important that you notify the Office of Financial Aid of any changes in your enrollment or in Those whose SPEAK score is 200-225 may also be the amount of aid received. Unfortunately, students fre- appointed as TAs, but they are required to attend ESL quently change the number of rostered credit hours, or courses until their comprehensibility score is at least 230 receive Graduate School aid, after their loan application or until they no longer have a TA position. A comprehen- has already been processed. When either of these things sibility score of 195 or below eliminates an international happen, a student’s eligibility may change dramatically. graduate student from being appointed as a TA. Literature on student loan programs is available through The SPEAK is given at announced times throughout the the Financial Aid office or the website (www. academic year. Contact the ESL Program (ext. 86099) Lehigh.edu). for details and for information concerning ESL courses. The TSE is given by ETS several times each year throughout the world. Degree Information Tuition remission for qualified TAs/GAs is authorized by The following degrees are offered by the university: the the appropriate dean or vice president as part of the reg- master’s degree, the doctor of philosophy, the doctor of istration process. Each college dean or appropriate vice education, and the doctor of arts. president will be provided tuition remission accounts against which TA/GA remissions will be charged. The Master’s Degree accounts will be budgeted at an amount equal to the Candidates for the master’s degree have six years in nine hour TA/GA tuition rate times the approved num- which to complete their programs. Students should con- ber of TA/GA positions and will be included in the fer with their advisers to be certain that specific annual operating budget. The budgets shall not be department and program course requirements are met. exceeded. If additional TA/GA positions are desired on a The following requirements must be satisfied by master’s temporary basis, the account executive must provide for candidates in all departments. the transfer of budget support to the remission account. Program for the Master’s Degree. A student’s program These budgets are to be used exclusively for tuition must include: not less than 30 credit hours of graduate remission for authorized TA/GA positions. work; not less than 18 credits of 400-level coursework There are a limited number of summer TA/GA appoint- (research or thesis registration counts as part of the 400- ments. These TA/GA’s employees must receive the same level coursework requirement); not less than 18 credits monthly stipend as academic year TAs/GAs and devote of coursework in the major of which 15 credits must be of up to twenty hours per week their GA/TA responsibil- at the 400 level. All coursework for the master’s degree ities. A summer TA/GA registers for a maximum of three must be taken under at least two instructors and must be Graduate Studies 57 approved by Lehigh University. With the approval of the that was performed at the external partner institution. appropriate dean, a maximum of nine credits may be Approval of such programs is required by the dean of the transferred to a Lehigh master’s program of 30 credits. relevant Lehigh college. For a master’s program of more than 30 credits, students Full-time students working toward the doctorate nor- should contact the associate dean of their college. A peti- mally register for a minimum of nine credits each tion is submitted, with course descriptions and semester. If the minimum degree registration require- transcript, as well as departmental recommendation. ment of 72 or 48 credits is attained prior to formal Course grades of B or better are required. admission to doctoral candidacy, continued registration A student must complete the form, “Program for Master’s of at least three credits per semester is necessary. Full- Degree,” setting forth the courses proposed to satisfy the time student status must be certified on the graduate degree requirements. This form should be approved by the registration form. department and then submitted to the registrar as soon as Students seeking to receive both a master’s degree and a possible after 15 credit hours toward the degree have been doctoral degree must complete a minimum of 72 gradu- completed. Approval of the program by the registrar signi- ate credits at Lehigh and must meet the requirements of fies that the student has formally been admitted to both degrees. candidacy for the master’s degree. After admission to doctoral candidacy, a student must Thesis and Comprehensive Exam. Candidates may be maintain candidacy by registering at least two times each required to submit a thesis or a report based on a calendar year (in each academic semester or in one aca- research course of at least three credit hours, or to pass a demic semester and one summer session). After comprehensive examination given by the major depart- completion of the minimum registration requirement ment. The department will specify which of these plus any additional requirements of the student’s depart- requirements apply and may require both. If required, ment or program, registration is permitted for the thesis or report shall not count for more than six ‘Maintenance of Candidacy.’ The tuition charge is for credit hours, and thesis registration is limited to a maxi- one credit-hour. Full-time status again must be certified mum of six credit hours. University procedures must be on the graduate registration form. followed if the thesis or research project involves human subjects. One unbound copy of the thesis, approved by Residence. Each Ph.D. candidate must satisfy Lehigh’s the thesis adviser and the department chair, must be residence requirement. The residence requirement is delivered to the registrar’s office at least three weeks intended to ensure that doctoral students spend a period before the degree is conferred. A binding and microfilm- of concentrated study and intellectual association with ing fee must be paid to the bursar, and the bursar’s other scholars. Either two semesters of full-time graduate receipt presented with the completed thesis. Guidelines study or 18 credit hours of graduate study within a stipulating the form of the thesis are available in the reg- twelve-month period must be completed. istrar’s office. Individual departments may impose additional stipula- A non-thesis option exists for certain programs in the tions. Candidates should check with their advisers to be Colleges. Students should check with their departments certain that they have satisfied their residence require- regarding that option. ments. Language Requirements. Language requirements for the Doctor of Philosophy Ph.D. are the option of and in the jurisdiction of the Time and Registration Requirements. A candidate for candidate’s department. Since proficiency in a language the doctor of philosophy degree ordinarily is expected to is not a university requirement, each department decides devote at least three academic years to graduate work. In which languages, if any, constitute part of the doctoral no case is the degree awarded to someone who has spent program. less than two full academic years of graduate work. All Qualifiers. Many departments require students who wish post-baccalaureate work toward the doctorate must be to enroll in doctoral programs to pass qualifying exami- completed within ten years. A student beginning doctor- nations. Since these examinations vary among al coursework after an elapsed period of at least one departments, students should ask their advisers or semester after the master’s degree has been conferred is department chairpersons for more detailed information. granted seven years in which to complete the doctoral If a qualifying examination is not used, students should program. find out how and when eligibility to pursue doctoral Doctoral students whose graduate study is carried out studies is determined. entirely at Lehigh University must register for a mini- Admission to Candidacy. With the help of an academic mum of 72 credits beyond the Bachelor’s degree. adviser, the student names the faculty members of the However, resident students who during their entire doc- doctoral committee, a special committee formed to toral program, including the semester of graduation, guide the student through the doctoral program. The have paid full tuition continuously (normally a mini- committee is responsible for assisting the student in for- mum of 9 credits per academic semester) will have mulating a course of study, satisfying specific satisfied the tuition requirements for the doctoral degree departmental requirements, submitting a suitable disser- upon completion of all other requirements. Students tation proposal, overseeing progress in research, and who have earned a Master’s degree at another university evaluating the completed dissertation. At least four facul- must register for a minimum of 48 credits. These ty are appointed to the committee; one must be a requirements include registration for research or disserta- member of an outside department. Committee member- tion credits. Students participating in approved ship must be approved by the university’s graduate and dual-degree doctoral programs involving external institu- research committee. tions may transfer up to 25% of their total required doctoral program research credits to Lehigh for work 58 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

A doctoral student should apply for candidacy no later Graduate Degrees in Business than one year after completion of the master’s degree or its equivalent and after passing qualifying examinations if Administration and Economics they are required by the major department. The prospec- tive Ph.D. candidate must submit to the doctoral Candidates for admission to graduate study in the committee a written program proposal that includes a College of Business and Economics must provide the discussion of proposed dissertation research. Upon results obtained in either the Graduate Management receiving approval of the proposal, the candidate submits Admissions Test (GMAT) for a degree in business the proposal, signed by the committee members, to the administration, and the M.S. in Accounting and appropriate dean for action by the graduate and research Information Analysis or the Graduate Record committee. The dean will advise the student of the com- Examination general test (GRE) and the subject test in mittee’s decision. economics for degrees in economics. International stu- dents applying to the M.S. and Ph.D. Programs in If the dissertation research involves human subjects, uni- Economics are required to take the TOEFL for admis- versity procedures must be followed. sion to the program. General Examinations. Examinations composed and administered by the members of the student’s doctoral Master of Business Administration committee are designed to test the candidate’s proficien- The Lehigh MBA provides a rich, integrated learning cy in a particular field of study. These examinations, experience for students. Business issues are viewed and which may be both written and oral, should be passed at taught from the perspective of the firm as a whole rather least seven months before the degree is to be conferred. than along departmental lines. Lehigh’s MBA curriculum If a student fails the general examination, a second is a fully integrated model which simulates a real world examination will be scheduled not earlier than five business environment in the classroom. The six core months after the first. If the results of the second exami- courses are interdisciplinary and taught by an eight- nation are unsatisfactory, no additional examination is member faculty team. scheduled. In the capstone experience, students are assigned to Dissertation and Defense. The Ph.D. candidate is teams based on years and types of work experience, disci- required to write a dissertation prepared under the direc- plinary background and industry. These teams closely tion of a Lehigh University professor. The dissertation resemble interdisciplinary corporate teams where each must treat a topic related to the candidate’s specialty in person has a different and valuable set of knowledge, the major subject, show the results of original research, skills and experience. The teams perform a complete provide evidence of high scholarship, and make a signifi- analysis of the assigned organization. Past projects have cant contribution to knowledge in the field. centered on Boeing, WalMart, merger of AOL and Time Upon approval of the advising professor and, if required Warner, Citibank and Hershey Foods. The teams also by the department secondary readers, the final draft of compete in a simulation with teams from other MBA the dissertation is submitted to the appropriate dean for Programs. inspection by the date posted in the academic calendar. Due to the compact and integrated core, students have Upon its return, the student should distribute copies of increased flexibility to tailor the program to their indi- the draft to the members of the doctoral committee for vidual needs. Students may select a concentration in review and for suggestions for revision. The candidate finance, marketing, international business, entrepreneur- then schedules a dissertation defense before the doctoral ship through the vSeries program, or supply chain committee, additional faculty members the department management or pursue a broader experience by selecting may add to the examining committee, and the general courses from a variety of disciplines. Students may only public. After the dissertation has been defended and have one concentration. revised accordingly, the student must submit the finished Effective oral and written communication skills and dissertation to the appropriate dean for review by the leadership ability have become increasingly important university’s graduate and research committee no later keys to success in business. Using case studies, group than the date specified in the academic calendar for projects and a team approach to learning, Lehigh’s cur- completion of all degree requirements. One unbound riculum helps students experience the dynamics of group copy must be delivered to the dean’s office. It must bear behavior within organizations and the methods used to the original signatures of the special committee mem- motivate workers and resolve conflicts. bers. In addition, the candidate must pay a microfilming fee of $60 and present a bursar’s receipt for the payment. Certificates Guidelines stipulating the standard form of the disserta- Students may also earn a certificate in entrepreneurship, tion are available in the dean’s office. project management, organizational leadership or supply chain management by completing 12 credit hours of Doctor of Arts (D.A.) coursework as defined in the certificate program. The doctor of arts degree (D.A.) is offered to students MBA Mission Statement. To develop the knowledge, preparing for careers in college teaching in the field of skills and abilities of managers through a comprehen- chemistry. The program requirements are similar to sive and integrated core curriculum with customized those for the Ph.D. with the following exceptions: (1) a concentrated learning designed to meet the individual broader distribution of graduate courses in the field, (2) needs of students. a minor area of study for students interested in bidisci- plinary preparation for two-year college teaching, (3) Innovative Structure. The MBA Program requires 36 coursework and training in interpersonal awareness, (4) a credit hours. Full-time students can fulfill that require- supervised internship in college teaching, and (5) a ment in 12 to 15 months. Most part-time students research project appropriate to college teaching in the require three years. Students may select a concentration student’s field of specialization. in finance, marketing, international business, informa- Graduate Studies 59 tion systems management, entrepreneurship through the Work Experience. Students are required to have 2 years vSeries program, supply chain management, or manage- of full-time, professional work experience. ment of technology or pursue a broader experience by International Students/TOEFL. International students selecting courses in a variety of disciplines. must have 16 years of formal education, including four Prerequisites. Students should have completed under- years at the university level, to be considered for admis- graduate courses in computer literacy, principles of sion to Lehigh’s graduate programs. Applicants whose microeconomics and macroeconomics, financial account- native language is not English are required to take the ing and statistics before entering the MBA program. Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). For The statistics prerequisite may be fulfilled by having information, write or call the TOEFL Registration taken a class within the past 5 years and receiving a “B” Office, P.O. Box 6154, Princeton, N.J., 08541-6154 or or better, or by taking a proficiency exam. The at www.toefl.com. Accounting prerequisite may be waived by taking GBUS Flexible Class Scheduling. Most classes are scheduled 401, Financial Accounting for Managers and Investors at Monday through Thursday in late afternoons and Lehigh or by taking a proficiency exam. evenings. Seminars are offered on Fridays and Saturdays. If a student has no previous background in financial Part-time students may complete the entire program accounting or statistics, he/she is encouraged to take a during evenings. Many students accelerate completion of course in the subject area. If a student has previously the program by taking courses during the two six-week taken coursework but has not achieved a grade of “B” or summer sessions. the course has exceeded the time limit, self-directed Two-day seminars provide the opportunity to explore a learning and a proficiency exam may be appropriate. single topic in depth. Business ethics, virtual communi- The prerequisites of financial accounting and statistics ties and e-commerce, anatomy of entrepreneurship, must be completed before enrolling in MBA 402 or intellectual property, performing a business audit and MBA 403. new venture organization are examples of some seminars. Each seminar counts as one credit of elective work. Core Courses Student Profile. MBA students average seven years of pro- MBA 401 Introduction to the Organization and Its fessional work experience. Approximately sixty percent of Environment (2) the students have undergraduate degrees in engineering or MBA 402 Managing Financial and Physical science and over thirty percent have undergraduate Resources (4) degrees in business. The combination of work experience Prerequisite: Financial Accounting and diversity of background brings valuable professional MBA 403 Managing Information (4) Prerequisites: perspectives to classroom discussions. Financial Accounting and Statistics The average GPA for undergraduate work is 3.2 and MBA 404 Managing Products and Services (4) over 20% of the students have graduate degrees in dis- MBA 405 Managing People (4) ciplines outside of business. The average GMAT score MBA 406 Integrative Experience (3) for students who entered the Program in Fall 2003 was Electives. Students will take 15 credits of electives. 610 and average TOEFL scores exceeded 250 for inter- Students may design a concentration to best suit their national students. career goals. Nine credit hours of approved electives are There are approximately 300 part-time students and 50 required for a concentration in information systems full-time students currently in the MBA Program. management, marketing, international business, and Almost 100 of the part-time students take some or all supply chain management. Concentrations in finance, classes by distance learning through satellite broadcast or and entrepreneurship require twelve credit hours of on the internet. approved electives. An MBA Program brochure and application for admis- To increase flexibility, students may also take up to six sion may be obtained by contacting Mary Theresa credit hours of electives outside of the College of Taglang, Director of Recruitment and Admissions - Business and Economics (but within Lehigh University). MBA Program, Lehigh University, College of Business All elective courses must be at the 400 level. and Economics, 621 Taylor Street, Bethlehem, PA Waiver Policy. There are no waivers for courses in the 18015. Prospective students may call (610) 758-5280 or MBA Program. send e-mail to [email protected] for additional informa- tion. GMAT Scores. All applicants are required to take the Graduate Management Admissions Test (GMAT) Further information can be obtained from: administered by the Educational Testing Service (ETS). Office of Graduate Studies The computer-based exam is given during several weeks P.C. Rossin College of Engineering & Applied Science each month. To make an appointment to take the 610-758-6310 GMAT exam call 1-800-GMAT NOW or by registering www.lehigh.edu/engineering online at www.gmac.com. GMAT applications can be or obtained by writing to the Educational Testing Service, The Graduate Programs Office P. O. Box 6103, Princeton, NJ 08541-6103. College of Business & Economics Students taking the GMAT in the United States, must 610-758-5280 submit the application and fee to ETS at least four weeks www.lehigh.edu/MBA before the testing date. If taking the test elsewhere, sub- mit the materials at least six weeks in advance. After the test, the results will be sent to the student and to the institutions designated within four weeks. 60 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

Certificate Programs organizational structure and information systems and integrated with enterprise-wide procurement, managerial Certificate in Corporate Entrepreneurship accounting and cash flow management activities. Exter- Businesses often nurture the entrepreneurial spirit by nal linkages, increasingly through e-commerce with forming New Ventures groups within their organizations. customers and suppliers, are shown in terms of market The members of these groups require a special blend of transactions and collaborative relationships. The certifi- education to develop the skills of discovery, innovation cate requires 12 credit hours of coursework and leadership that starting a new enterprise requires. This certificate program prepares students to successfully evalu- Required Courses ate business opportunities within a corporate GBUS 450 Strategic Supply Management (3) environment. A complete series of courses prepares them GBUS 453 Transportation and Logistics for all facets of entrepreneurship including venture capital, Management (3) financial forecasting, target markets, intellectual property, GBUS 464 Business to Business Marketing (3) performing a business audit and building a business plan. Elective Courses Requirements GBUS 447 Negotiations (3) The certificate requires 12 credit hours of coursework GBUS 459 Survey of Project Management (3) with six credit hours of required coursework and six Or choose from the following seminars: credit hours of electives. Price Productivity Improvement (1) Required Courses Cost and Performance Management (2) Anatomy of Entrepreneurship: Start-Ups and Established Activity Based Costing (ABC) & Activity Based Companies (1 cr.) Management (ABM) (1) Integrating Suppliers and Customers Into Key Market Opportunity: Targeting Strategies and Selling Supply Chain Processes (1) Tactics (1 cr.) Legal Aspects of Managing People, Products & Performing a Business Enterprise Audit: Developing an Services (1) Industry Perspective (1 cr.) Admission Requirements: The New Venture Organization: Management Design and Governance (1 cr.) Students admitted to the certificate program will enter as non-degree students. Applicants are required to have a Financial Forecasting: Developing Pro Forma Financial 3.0 undergraduate GPA from an accredited College or Statements (1 cr.) University and at least 2 years of full-time professional Financing Start-Ups: Seeking Outside Venture Capital work experience. (1 cr.) Certificate in Project Management Elective Courses: A successful project is one that has been completed on Business Plan I: Strategic Considerations (2 cr.) time, remained at or under budget, met or exceeded its goals and satisfied the client/key stakeholders. Regardless Business Plan II: Operating Strategies and of the size of the project or the organization, the plan- Implementation (2 cr.) ning and coordination of a successful project requires a Intellectual Property: Management and Valuation (1 cr.) specific set of skills in managing time, money, people, Processes and Infrastructure: Creating Production and and materials. Good project managers are highly desir- Delivery (1 cr.) able and sought-after, particularly as intense global competition increasingly demands that projects be com- Establishing Credit Facilities: Asset-Based and Cash Flow pleted on time and within budget. Forecasting (1 cr.) This 12 credit hour certificate will prepare students to Developing Exit Strategies: Concepts and Approaches take the Project Management Professional certification (1 cr.) exam offered by the Project Management Institute Integrative Experience/New Venture Internship (1-4 cr.) (PMI) – the field’s leading global professional associa- Admission Requirements: tion. The certificate is cohort based and is completed within 12 months through both on-line and on-campus Students admitted to the certificate program will enter as modules. non-degree students. Applicants are required to have a 3.0 undergraduate GPA from an accredited College or Required Courses (12 credits): University and at least 2 years of full-time professional PMGT 401 Course Framework & Project Leader work experience. Assessment (1) Certificate in Supply Chain Management PMGT 402 Skills and Abilities for Effective Increasingly sophisticated information technology appli- Leadership of Teams (1) cations and the shift toward global economic activity PMGT 403 Initiating the Project and Planning have shaped a competitive environment that rewards cre- Scope and Schedule (2) ating value for customers while reducing cost and cycle PMGT 404 Planning Resources, Communication, time. Through in depth study of the organizations’ value Quality and Risk Management (2) chain -logistics, operations, marketing, sales and service- PMGT 405 Project Leader Communications the certificate in supply chain management demonstrates Expertise and Evaluating Team how these activities are linked both internally and exter- Performance (1) nally. Internal linkages are explored in terms of the PMGT 406 Implementing and Managing Projects (2) Graduate Studies 61

PMGT 407 Controlling Performance and Designed to meet the accreditation requirements of Assessing Outcomes (2) AACSB, the Lehigh Master of Science in Accounting PMGT 408 Problem Solving, Decision Making and Information Analysis program also satisfies the 150- and Ethics (1) hour CPA educational requirement adopted by almost all states. The program serves as an excellent foundation Admissions: for professional certification, including the CPA and Students may enter the Project Management Certificate CMA exams and, very importantly, provides the broad program either through the College of Business & Eco- business education employers value so highly. nomics or through the College of Education. Applicants The Master of Science in Accounting and Information must have a four year degree from an accredited college Analysis curriculum is designed to be flexible so that stu- or university. Graduate students at Lehigh University dents may choose either a general degree or one with a may apply for the program without meeting additional specialization. The concentrations include Consulting requirements. and Business Risk Management, Financial Services, and Certificate in Organizational Leadership Strategic Cost Management. The 12 credit hour Certificate in Organizational Leader- With the help of the Program Director and Lehigh ship is designed to develop the leadership knowledge, Career Services, students are encouraged to obtain an skills and abilities for working professionals to enable internship during the summer prior to beginning the them to make better decisions, communicate more effec- program. The internship will complement the chosen tively, understand and strengthen their personal concentration and provide an excellent practical frame- leadership style, lead their areas in times of crisis and work to enrich the academic coursework experience. change and enhance their negotiation skills. Non-Accounting Majors. High value is placed on Required Courses (6 credits) employees who bring a broad background to their posi- tion. Recognizing this fact, the M.S. in Accounting and GBUS 447 Negotiations (3) Information Analysis program accommodates those stu- GBUS 459 Survey of Project Management (3) dents who bring an undergraduate business degree to the Elective Seminars (6 credits required) program. A Link Program, available in the summer prior to beginning the master’s degree, provides the requisite Crisis Management and Communication (1) background. The courses in the Link Program include Effective Team Leadership (1) topics typically found in intermediate accounting, cost Ethical Decision Making (1) accounting, and other related accounting courses. Leadership Styles and Assessment (1) Mission Statement. Pursuit of excellence is the hallmark Translating Vision into Strategy (1) of Lehigh University’s Accounting Department. The pro- Cross Cultural Communication (1) grams offered by the Department seek to instill in Change Management (1) students such qualities as technical knowledge, business Leadership Skills Assessment acumen, work as a virtue and vehicle for service, and the and Development (1) ability to approach all challenges with confidence and self- Admission Requirements: discipline. Additionally, the Accounting Department’s balance of scholarly, professional and student development Students admitted to the certificate program will enter as initiatives enhances students’ command of critical career non-degree students. Applicants are required to have a success factors, including critical thinking, effective com- 3.0 undergraduate GPA from an accredited College or munication and interpersonal skills. University and at least 2 years of full-time professional work experience. Innovative Approach. A two semester, full-time 30 hour program, the Lehigh M.S. in Accounting and Master of Science in Accounting and Information Analysis program provides the knowledge Information Analysis and skills required in a professional accounting career. The Lehigh Master of Science in Accounting and With emphasis on business solutions, students learn how Information Analysis degree program offers an outstand- to use both information and technology to improve ing opportunity to prepare for a career in today’s business processes. demanding field of accounting. Accounting professionals Prerequisites. Students should have completed an under- are engaged in a variety of services, including assurance graduate degree program in business with a major in services, business valuation, information resources, and accounting. For those business students without the consulting. Lehigh’s unique program recognizes the accounting background, a Link Program is available in impact of technology on business processes and the value the summer prior to beginning the M.S. program. chain while paying respect to the time honored useful- Core Program. Six required courses of the core program ness of accounting information. accommodate students entering the assurance practice of The focus of the program is business solutions. Students public accounting firms, as well as those desiring to cus- learn how to use both information and technology to tomize their program of study. improve business processes and forge business solutions. MACC 401 Professional Issues in Accounting (3) Focal points include understanding the business frame- MACC 412 Advanced Information Systems work, exposure to business subjects in complementary and IS Auditing (3) areas, advanced communications skills, strategic use of MACC 413 Corporate Financial Reporting: technology, specialized accounting knowledge, consulting Research, Theory and Practice (3) skills, advanced technical information systems skills, MACC 420 Business Consulting: Process leadership, and globalization. and Practice (3) 62 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

MACC 424 Information Quality Assurance GMAT Scores. All applicants are required to take the and Business Risk (3) Graduate Management Admissions Test (GMAT) MACC 427 Information Analysis for Management administered by the Educational Testing Service (ETS). and Business Solutions (3) Undergraduate students should take the exam in the jun- Electives. Twelve elective credits (four courses) are ior year. The computer-based exam is given during required to complete the degree. Elective courses are several weeks each month. To make an appointment to available in the following disciplines: Accounting, take the GMAT exam call 1-800-GMAT-NOW or by Business Law, Economics, Finance, Industrial registering online @www.gmac.com. GMAT applications Engineering, Management, Marketing, Information can be obtained by writing to the Educational Testing Systems, and International Business. Service, P. O. Box 6103, Princeton, NJ 08541-6103. Concentrations. Concentrations allow students to pur- Students taking the GMAT in the United States must sue one of three specialties: Consulting and Business submit the application and fee to ETS at least four weeks Risk Management, Financial Services, and Strategic Cost before the testing date. If taking the test elsewhere, sub- Management. mit the materials at least six weeks in advance. After the test, the results will be sent to the student and to the Concentration in Consulting and Business Risk institutions designated within four weeks. Management. Rapid technological innovation, emer- gence of virtual organizations, increasing global Internships. The work experience gained from intern- competition and higher customer expectations can lead ships provides a practical framework and enhances to unexpected challenges and opportunities. The understanding of the course material. All students are Consulting and Business Risk Management concentration encouraged to take one or more internships prior to is ideal for those students who are interested in pursuing beginning the program. Students should meet with the a career with management consulting organizations, cor- Program Director prior to the summer preceding the Fall porations with business risk management and corporate semester start of the program to arrange an internship. audit departments, and the consulting and assurance The internship will be taken during the summer prior to practices of national and regional public accounting the start of the program and will complement the stu- firms. Students interested in developing their own con- dent’s concentration, if any. sulting practice also benefit from this concentration. International Students/TOEFL. International students Core courses 18 credits must have 16 years of formal education, including four Total Quality Management 3 years at the university level, to be considered for admis- Electives (3) 9 sion to Lehigh’s graduate programs. Applicants whose Total: 30 credits native language is not English are required to take the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). For Concentration in Financial Services. Financial Services information, contact the TOEFL Registration Office, P. is a broad field that includes investment banking, securi- O. Box 6154, Princeton, NJ 08541-6154 or at ties, corporate finance and financial institutions such as www.toefl.org. banks and insurance companies. What is common to all of these areas is a shortage in the number of professionals Flexible Class Scheduling. Classes are scheduled who have an in-depth knowledge of accounting. Monday through Thursday during the day and evenings. Consequently, the opportunities for the graduate who An M.S. in Accounting and Information Analysis has both financial and accounting skills are abundant. Program brochure and application for admission may be This concentration is ideal for students with a back- obtained by contacting Dr. Jack W. Paul, Director–M.S. ground in either finance or accounting. in Accounting and Information Analysis Program, Core Courses 18 credits Lehigh University, College of Business and Economics, Financial Statement Analysis & Interpretation 3 621 Taylor Street, Bethlehem, PA 18015. Prospective Investments & Portfolio Management 3 students may call (610) 758-5824 or send e-mail to Advanced Topics in Financial Management OR [email protected] for additional information. Financial Markets and Institutions 3 Master of Science in Health and Bio- Elective (1) 3 Pharmaceutical Economics Total: 30 credits The M.S. in Health and BioPharmaceutical Economics Concentration in Strategic Cost Management. Industry is designed for students with undergraduate life science accountants spend the majority of their time within their degrees. The government, health insurers, health care companies as internal consultants or business analysts. providers, biotechnology firms and pharmaceutical man- The Strategic Cost Management concentration is ideal ufacturers have become increasingly interested in the cost for those students seeking a career with industrial and effectiveness of new drugs and therapies. This course of manufacturing firms in the areas of strategic and study will develop the quantitative and analytical skills advanced cost management. This concentration is also that, in combination with their science training, will pre- designed for students pursuing a career in consulting. pare them to carry out sophisticated studies of the Core Courses 18 credits benefits and costs associated with new drugs, medical Advanced Cost Management 3 therapies and diagnostic procedures and to perform criti- Strategic Supply Management 3 cal analyses in support of strategic marketing decisions Electives (2) 6 and the management of risk and uncertainty in portfo- Total: 30 credits lios of R&D projects. Waiver Policy. There are no waivers for courses in the Prerequisites M.S. in Accounting and Information Analysis Program. Applicants should have completed at least two calculus courses, a course in statistics, and courses in both princi- ples and intermediate economics. Applicants lacking one Graduate Studies 63 or more of these background courses may still be admit- Doctor of Philosophy ted to the program but courses taken to remedy The Ph.D. degree in business and economics is designed background deficiencies will not count toward minimum to provide advanced knowledge and the capacity to carry credit hours for the master’s degree. on independent research in various areas of business and Required Courses (21 credits) economics. Holders of the Ph.D. are normally employed ECO 402 Managerial Economics (3) in academic positions in departments of economics or in schools of business administration, or in policy analysis ECO 412 Mathematical Economics (3) and research positions in banks, business, government, ECO 415 Econometrics (3) and research organizations. Employment opportunities ECO 425 BioPharmaceutical Economics (3) are excellent for graduates with this degree. ECO 447 Economic analysis of Market Competition (3) The Ph.D. program requires a minimum of 48 semester hours of study (including dissertation) beyond the mas- ECO 455 Health Economics (3) ter’s degree or 72 hours of study beyond the bachelor’s ECO 457 Cost-Benefit Analysis degree. Each student is expected to choose three major In addition, students must take 9 credit hours of elective fields of specialized study. Economic theory must be courses, selected in consultation with and approved by included as one of the major fields. Each student must the MS advisor. A thesis is not required. take the eight core courses in micro-economics, macro- economics, econometrics, mathematical economics, and Admission economic history. Students must also take written and Prospective students must have an undergraduate degree oral comprehensive examinations in their major fields. with a major in the life sciences or a related field (such as The chairperson of the doctoral committee will help to chemistry, pre-med, chemical or bio-engineering, etc.). arrange a plan of study suitable for each student’s pro- Applicants must submit scores from either GRE and gram and to prepare the student to pass the GMAT. International students must also take the examinations. TOEFL exam. Applications for regular student status are due by July 15. Associate students may be admitted up if Major fields of specialization normally available include a completed application is received prior to two weeks economic theory, international economics, labor eco- before the start of classes. nomics, managerial economics, money and banking, and public finance. Master of Science in Economics Under the guidance of a dissertation chairperson and The Master of Science program in Economics is available committee formed after passing of the examinations, the for students wishing to pursue graduate study in the candidate undertakes research culminating in an accept- areas of economics or economics and business. The pro- able dissertation. The Ph.D. is awarded upon the gram offers considerable flexibility with respect to the successful completion of the doctoral dissertation and its selection of courses as well as the ability to concentrate oral defense. in a particular area of study. Students may pursue the For additional information or an application packet, degree on either a full-time or part-time basis. Recent please contact Dr. James Dearden, Adviser, Ph.D. graduates of the M.S. program have accepted employ- Program, College of Business and Economics, Lehigh ment with such firms as AT&T, Pennsylvania Power and University, 621 Taylor Street, Bethlehem, PA 18015 or Light, and with the Federal Reserve System. Other stu- call (610) 758-5280. dents have pursued the master’s degree as a stepping stone to the Ph.D. degree. A minimum of 30 semester hours of course work is Graduate Degrees in Education required. Lehigh’s College of Education offers only graduate As part of the 30 hours, the following courses must be degree programs. Students enrolled in the College of taken: Education should check with their advisers for a list of ECO 402 Managerial Economics (3) regulations and requirements governing degree programs. ECO 412 Mathematical Economics (3) Financial assistance. Graduate assistantships and ECO 415 Econometrics I (3) research assistantships are available in the college and in ECO 417 Advanced Macroeconomic Analysis(3) various administrative offices on campus. In addition, ECO 447 Economic Analysis of Market graduate students may be recommended for a limited Competition (3) number of fellowships and endowed scholarships, which are awarded by the college. Each student in the M.S. program is also encouraged to concentrate in one field of specialization within econom- Lehigh’s Centennial School, a laboratory school for chil- ics. (A listing of the fields currently offered is available dren with emotional/behavior disorders, provides through the M.S. director.) Students may also elect to employment for some Lehigh education students. write an M.S. thesis. The thesis is worth six hours of Graduate students may apply for teaching internships, credit toward the degree and is particularly encouraged which pay tuition plus salaries. for those who may be considering the Ph.D. program. Master of Education (M.Ed.) Further information about the program may be obtained This degree is offered in the following professional spe- by contacting the Graduate Programs Office of the cializations: elementary education, secondary education, College of Business and Economics, 610-758-5280 or special education, educational leadership, counseling and Dr. Robert J. Thornton, Director of the M.S. in human services, global educational leadership, and ele- Economics Program. mentary and secondary school counseling. Degree requirements vary from program to program. 64 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

Master of Arts (M.A.) Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) The master of arts degree offered in the field of second- The College of Education also offers the Ph.D. degree ary education provides a major in education with an to students enrolled in the fields of school psychology, academic specialty. The student must take 18 credits of special education, and counseling psychology. The graduate work in education plus 12 credits of graduate requirements for this degree are the same as those for work in an academic field. The academic fields that the Ph.D. in the other colleges and as described in pre- cooperate with the College of Education in offering this vious sections. program include: modern languages and literature, English, mathematics, political science, sociology, and physical and natural sciences. Graduate Studies Organizations Master of Science (M.S.) The Graduate and Research Committee The master of science degree is awarded in instructional The graduate and research committee consists of twelve design and development and is aimed at students who members representing the faculties of Lehigh’s colleges: are actively seeking to become designers or developers of four from the College of Arts and Sciences; two from the technology-based teaching/learning materials and will College of Business and Economics; four from the P.C. work to make the transition in competence from “stu- Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Science; and dent” to “professional” as quickly as possible. Students two from the College of Education; plus the college deans, pursuing this masters will be expected to work on proj- the registrar, the vice provost for research, the director of ects throughout their program and will work outside the office of research, two non-voting graduate student class settings to maintain and enhance their skills. members, and a member of the student senate. Master in Business The committee formulates policies and regulations on graduate education, and it recommends policies and pro- Administration/Master of Education cedures for research-related activities. The committee (MBA/M.ED.) interprets and applies faculty rules governing graduate The MBA and Master’s of Education joint degree pro- students and degrees, including questions concerning gram offers students the opportunity to acquire a solid student petitions and appeals. foundation in both business and education. Designed to Graduate Student Council increase the administrative skill required in today’s edu- cational systems, the MBA/M.Ed. provides a framework The graduate student council, comprised of one graduate where excellent education and sound business practices student from each academic department, represents the can flourish. The MBA/M.Ed. will provide an additional graduate student community regarding graduate programs option for students for business and students of educa- and graduate student life at Lehigh. It provides a forum tional leadership. The program will enhance the student’s for discussion with university officials and committees. marketability in private and public sector education Graduate students selected by the graduate student coun- while providing students with an understanding of the cil are non-voting members of the graduate and research cultures of both business and education. committee and the educational policy committee. Besides functioning as a forum for discussion, the gradu- Educational Specialist (Ed.S.) ate student council maintains a graduate student center. Specialized post-master’s degree programs for practition- The council plans social events and disseminates infor- ers are available in school psychology. mation in order to facilitate communication among Certification Programs and Post-bac- graduate students. calaureate Certificates The college offers state certifications in various profes- Interdisciplinary Graduate sional specialties and also offers post-baccalaureate Study and Research certificate programs in Counseling in the Global School Community, Adapting Instruction for the In addition to offering graduate degrees within academic Diverse Learner, English as a Second Language, and departments, Lehigh University offers interdisciplinary Global Leadership. These programs are 12 credits, graduate degrees in the fields of American Studies, clini- focused concentrations taken by students enrolled in cal chemistry, manufacturing systems engineering, the international education program. In a joint pro- pharmaceutical chemistry, photonics, polymer science gram with the College of Business and Economics, and engineering, business administration and engineer- students can complete a post-baccalaureate certificate in ing, and business administration and educational Project Management. leadership, and analytical finance. Doctor of Education (Ed.D.) Lehigh University also offers graduate certificate pro- grams in certain specialized fields of study. Graduate The doctor of education degree program provides spe- certificates consist of a minimum of twelve credits, six of cialized study in educational leadership and educational which must be at the 400-level. Students are admitted to technology. Successful professional experience is required certificate programs in the same way as to degree pro- for admission to candidacy for this degree in most pro- grams. More specific information on admission criteria grams. The requirements for the Ed.D. degree parallel and completion requirements are available from certifi- those already stated for the Ph.D. degree with the fol- cate program administrators. lowing exceptions: language examinations are not required. The residence requirement for the Ed.D. is the In addition, Lehigh’s interdisciplinary research centers same as that for the Ph.D. and institutes address the research needs of government, industry, and society. Organized to recognize research Graduate Studies 65 efforts in interdisciplinary problem areas, they supple- Electives or courses that may be substituted, upon an ment the university’s academic departments. Graduate approved petition, for core requirements in clinical students pursuing M.S. and Ph.D. degrees in academic chemistry can be drawn from those listed in the Ph.D. departments as well as students enrolled in interdiscipli- programs in molecular biology or pharmaceutical chem- nary degree programs may pursue research opportunities istry (see below). in the various centers. Students may be admitted into this program from A complete listing of research centers, institutes, and undergraduate majors in chemistry, biology, medical other research organizations appears following the sec- technology, or other areas of the biochemical life sci- tion on interdisciplinary graduate programs. ences. One semester of undergraduate physical chemistry Financial Assistance. Teaching assistantships and fellow- is required for the M.S. in clinical chemistry although in ships are provided by individual academic departments, some cases this course may be taken while enrolled as a while research assistantships are available through both graduate student but for no graduate credit. Graduates academic departments and research centers. Students of the program are encouraged to continue their educa- interested in research are encouraged to seek appoint- tion toward the doctorate in any one of the several ments with members of the faculty working in their biological chemistry programs offered at Lehigh. areas of special interest, with department chairpersons, or Master of Business Administration and with center or institute directors. Engineering Graduate Certificates in Arts and In today’s business environment expertise is required Sciences over a broad spectrum of skills in order to maximize per- formance. To meet this challenge, Lehigh has developed Certificate in Cognitive Science an interdisciplinary graduate program that provides a (For details see “Cognitive Science” in Section V) solid foundation in both business and engineering. The Certificate in Stereotypes, Prejudice, joint Master of Business Administration and Engineering (MBA&E) degree has been developed through the co- Discrimination, and Intergroup Relation operative efforts of the P.C. Rossin College of (For details see “Psychology” in Section V) Engineering & Applied Science and the College of Busi- Interdisciplinary Graduate Programs ness & Economics. This program is part of Lehigh’s commitment to developing the industrial leaders needed Several interdisciplinary programs are offered to the to enhance our competitiveness in the new global mar- Lehigh graduate student. ketplace, and is aimed at students with an engineering or American Studies science background. A Master of Arts degree in American Studies is offered The basic 45 credit hour course sequence consists of: jointly by English, History, and other departments in the MBA core courses 18 credits humanities and social sciences. Candidates for the mas- Engineering core courses 12 credits ter’s degree must complete at least 30 credit hours. In Business electives 5 credits addition to the Theory and Method course, students Engineering electives 6 credits must choose two courses in American history and two Free electives 3 credits courses in American literature and film from those Integrated project 1 credit offered by the history department and the English department. Students must also take one special topics Students can choose an appropriate engineering curricu- seminar. The other four courses for the master’s degree lum from any of the following programs – chemical will be divided between thesis or “thesis paper” credits engineering, civil engineering, computer engineering, elec- and American Studies courses not in history or litera- trical engineering, industrial and systems engineering, ture/film. To fulfill the thesis requirement, students will manufacturing systems engineering, materials science and write one longer thesis or two thesis papers that are engineering, mechanical engineering and mechanics. aimed at conference presentation and/or publication. MBA Core Courses Clinical Chemistry MBA 401 Introduction to the Organization and The M.S. program in clinical chemistry is offered by the Its Environment (2) Department of Chemistry in cooperation with local hos- MBA 402 Managing Financial and Physical pitals. It is directed toward training clinical laboratory Resources (4) scientists to be active in hospital-based and industrial MBA 403 Managing Information (4) laboratories in both patient sample service and new MBA 404 Managing Products and Services (4) product development. The program requires fulfillment MBA 405 Managing People (4) of a clinical laboratory practicum as well as a research project at the M.S. level. The core requirements for the Engineering Core Courses degree are: Each engineering program has its own set of core cours- CHM 371 Elements of Biochemistry I (3) es. Course choices are intended to be as flexible as CHM 372 Elements of Biochemistry II (3) possible, and are tailored to meet the needs of individual CHM 332 Analytical Chemistry (3) students. Further information can be obtained from the appropriate departmental graduate coordinator, or from CHM 336 Clinical Chemistry (3) the Office of Graduate Studies (610-758-6310) in the CHM 358 Advanced Organic Chemistry (3) P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Science. CHM 437 Pathophysiological Chemistry (3) Electives. Engineering electives are chosen from courses CHM 421 Chemistry Research (1-4) in the appropriate RCEAS engineering program, and the Clinical Laboratory Practicum business electives are selected from course offerings in 66 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

CBE. Electives can also be chosen from joint courses MBA Core Courses that are being developed by RCEAS & CBE. Introduction to the Organization Project. A short interdisciplinary project is required of & Its Environment 2 all students. Project topics, based on the specific inter- Managing Financial & Physical Resources 4 ests of each student, will be developed by CBE and Managing Information 4 RCEAS faculty. Managing Products & Services 4 Admissions. Applications must be accepted by the MBA Practicum: Integrative Experience 1 program and by the relevant department in the P.C. MBA Electives 5 Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Science. Electives. Educational electives are chosen from courses When required by the engineering program, students in the College of Education and the business electives are must take the GRE. If this is not required, then the selected from course offerings in the College of Business GMAT examination must be taken. Students will not be and Economics. required to take both tests. Admission Requirements. Applications need to be Further information can be obtained from: approved through both the MBA Program and the Office of Graduate Studies Educational Leadership program. Students are required P.C. Rossin College of Engineering & Applied Science to take the GMAT. Students must have at least 2 years of 610-758-6310 professional post graduate work experience to apply for www.lehigh.edu/engineering this joint degree program. or Further information about the program may be obtained The Graduate Programs Office by contacting C. Russell Mayo, Assistant Professor, College of Business & Economics College of Education, 610-758-3392 or 610-758-5280 [email protected]. www.lehigh.edu/mba Analytical Finance Master of Business Administration and This program provides students with a strong education Educational Leadership in advanced finance and quantitative financial analysis The MBA & Master of Education joint degree program tools to develop graduates who can create innovative offers students the opportunity to acquire a solid foun- solutions for real financial problems, using state of the dation in both business and education. Designed to art analytical techniques and computing technology. Stu- develop the administrative skills required in today’s edu- dents with undergraduate degrees in computer science, cational systems, the MBA/M.Ed. provides a framework economics, engineering, finance, mathematics and the where excellent education and sound business practices hard sciences should have the quantitative background can flourish. The MBA/M.Ed. will provide an additional needed for success in this field. option for business students in educational leadership. The program will enhance the students’ marketability in Prerequisites private and public sector education while providing stu- Applicants must show basic competency in the following dents with an understanding of the cultures of both areas: finance, corporate finance, investments, financial business and education. Core courses from both colleges accounting, economics, money and banking, statistics will ensure that recipients of the joint degree will bring and calculus. These courses will not count toward the to their future positions an extraordinary medley of skills masters degree. to manage human and financial resources efficiently Required Courses while employing expertise in instructional supervision and training in both education and corporate settings. The 33 credit hour program is a joint venture of the This program of study will enhance training and skills College of Business and Economics, the P.C. Rossin Col- for those currently in the area of business and financial lege of Engineering and Applied Science and the management in the field of education. Department of Mathematics. Required courses are as fol- lows: The Lehigh MBA/Ed. Leadership is a 45-credit joint GBUS 422 Derivatives and Risk degree program. Students earning an MBA/Ed. Management (3) Summer Leadership will be prepared for positions such as: School MATH 467 Financial Calculus I (3) Fall Superintendent, Principal, and School District Administration GBUS 473 International Finance (3) Fall Educational Leadership Core Courses IE 316 Optimization Models and Applications (3) Fall Introduction to Organizational Leadership 3 ECO 415 Econometrics (3) Fall Supervision of Instruction 3 IE 4YY Financial Engineering Human Resources Management 3 Projects (3) Fall/Spring School Financial Management 3 MATH 468 Financial Calculus II (3) Spring School Law 3 GBUS 421 Advanced Investments (3) Spring Practicum in School Business Management 1 IE 447 Stochastic Programming and Research 3 Portfolio Analysis (3) Spring Multicultural Issues 3 ECO 424 Advanced Numerical Methods (3) Spring Electives 3 STAT 410 Probability and Its Applications (3) Spring Admissions. Students will apply through the Industrial and Systems Engineering Department in the P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Science or College Graduate Studies 67 of Business & Economics. Students must take the GRE Admission requirements or GMAT . International students must have 16 years of schooling with four years at the University level to be con- •A bachelor’s degree in engineering or an appropriate sidered for admission. Applicants whose native language science is required. is not English, are required to take the Test of English as • Candidates enroll in this program through one of the a Foreign Language (TOEFL). Since the first course, university’s engineering departments, depending on GBUS 422 – Derivatives and Risk Management, is individual backgrounds and interests. offered during the first summer session, students are • All candidates must have at least six months work encouraged to apply to the program by May 1. experience in industry. Manufacturing Systems Engineering • All candidates must follow admission procedures and Lehigh’s award-winning graduate program leading to the standards established by Lehigh University. master of science degree in manufacturing systems engi- For further information contact: Carolyn Jones, MSE neering (MSE) is sponsored by all the departments in Program Coordinator, 200 West Packer Avenue, the P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Sci- Bethlehem, PA 18015 (610) 758-5157, FAX (610) 758- ence and is administered by the Center for 6527, Email [email protected] or visit our web site at Manufacturing Systems Engineering. In addition, the www.lehigh.edu/inmse/gradprogram/ College of Business and Economics participates in teach- ing accounting, business, finance, management, and Pharmaceutical Chemistry marketing aspects affecting manufacturing systems. The graduate program in pharmaceutical chemistry leads to the interdisciplinary professional M.S. or to the Ph.D. This graduate curriculum aims to develop engineers who degree. This curriculum prepares individuals who want can design, develop, install, operate and modify manu- to pursue careers in pharmaceutical or biomedical facturing systems involving materials, processes, research, teaching, administration, or in some aspect of equipment, facilities, logistics, and people using leading public health. edge technologies. A systems perspective is integrated by means of interdisciplinary course offerings. Individuals may elect to specialize in one of the follow- ing areas: medicinal chemistry, drug development, Distance Education diagnostic technologies, pharmaceutical spectroscopy, It is possible for distance students to earn the MS in analytical methodologies, process chemistry, metabolism MSE degree remotely. mechanisms, and molecular biological approaches to Major Requirements selected topics in pharmaceutical chemistry. The core The degree requires completion of 30 credits of graduate course distribution and selection of electives may be level work, including: altered to reflect the area of specialization. An internship four (4) core MSE courses. or work experience in pharmaceutical industry is strong- MSE 362 Logistics and Supply Chain ly encouraged and the program adviser will assist in Management (3) corporate placement. MSE 421 (GBUS 481) Technology, Core Courses Manufacturing & Competitive Students select at least six of the following core courses: Strategy (3) CHM 336 Clinical Chemistry (3) MSE 427 (IE 443) Automation and CHM 350 Special Topics (1-3) Production Systems (3) CHM 371/372 Elements of Biochemistry MSE 438 Agile Organizations and I and II (3 each) Manufacturing Systems (3) CHM 423 Bio-organic Chemistry (3) either CHM 424 Medicinal and Pharmaceutical MSE 451 Manufacturing Systems Chemistry (3) Engineering Project (3) CHM 435 Advanced Topics in or Clinical Chemistry (3) MSE 490 Manufacturing Systems CHM 437 Pathophysiological Chemistry (3) Engineering Thesis (6) CHM 456 Spectral Analysis (3) and CHM 477 Topics in Biochemistry (1-3) Elective courses (12 or 15 credits). At least one elective CHM 479 Biochemical Techniques (3) must be an MSE-numbered course. BIOS 421 Molecular Cell Biology I (3) Elective courses are selected in consultation with the BIOS 422 Molecular Cell Biology II (3) MSE academic adviser and faculty, from technical and Students, with the consent of their graduate committee business areas related to manufacturing, members, may petition to substitute courses for some of These areas include: the required ones. The substitution must be approved for the student’s area of research concentration. In addi- • design tion, each student selects, with the guidance of the • materials, manufacturing processes and quality control committee, sufficient courses from the following to satis- • automation, control systems, and computer integration fy the requirements for the masters degree. The selection • computer and information systems of electives from business and management areas is encouraged; the program adviser will assist in such • business, management, organization, and operations choices. research CHM 358 Advanced Organic Chemistry (3) CHM 421 Chemistry Research (1-6) CHM 423 Bio-organic Chemistry (3) 68 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

CHM 424 Medicinal and Pharmaceutical PHY 363 Solid State Physics Chemistry (3) PHY 369 Quantum Mechanics CHM 430 Chemical and Biochemical PHY 421-422 Electricity and Magnetism Separations (3) MAT 302 Electronic Properties of Materials CHM 441 Chemical Kinetics (3) MAT 423-427 Electron Microscopy (TEM and SEM) CHM 458 Topics in Organic Chemistry (3) MAT 430 Glass Science CHM 471 Eukaryotic Biochemistry (3) PHY 312/412 Advanced Laboratory in Photonics CHM 480 Advanced Biochemical Preparations (1-3) ECE 373/473 Optical Communications Laboratory CHM 481 Chemistry Seminar (1-6) In order to complete the MS degree requirements of the BIOS 345 Molecular Genetics (3) University, candidates must submit either a Master’s the- BIOS 353 Virology (3) sis or a report based on a research course of up to 6 BIOS 405 Special Topics in Molecular Biology (1-3) credit hours. Research courses should be at the 400 level. BIOS 411 Advanced Cell biology (3) BIOS 415 Neuropharmacology (3) Polymer Science and Engineering BIOS 464 Molecular Biology of Eukaryotic Lehigh has a diverse group of faculty members with strong, Organisms (3) primary interest in polymer science and engineering. In order to provide better opportunities for courses and Students admitted into this program may have research in this interdisciplinary field, activities are coordi- majored in biology, chemistry, animal science, ento- nated through the Center for Polymer Science and mology, veterinary science, pharmacy, or some other Engineering (CPSE), and its academic Polymer Education areas of the life sciences. Committee. Polymer faculty from traditional departments All students in the Ph.D. program are required to pass a of chemical engineering, chemistry, materials science and qualifying examination, a general examination, and com- engineering, physics, and mechanical engineering and plete a dissertation. Completion of a project is required mechanics, are participants of the CPSE. of M.S. students. There are two ways in which qualified graduate students, For further information, contact Ned D. Heindel, with degrees in the above or related fields, may partici- Department of Chemistry, Lehigh University, 6 E. pate. Students may pursue graduate studies within an Packer Avenue, Bethlehem, Pa. 18015-3172. appropriate department. Departmental procedures must Photonics be followed for the degree sought. The student’s adviser The Master of Science Degree in Photonics is an interdis- may be in that department, or in another department, or ciplinary program designed to provide students with a research center, in which case, the student receives a nor- broad training in the various aspects of photonics, includ- mal departmental degree, with emphasis in polymer ing topics in physics, electrical engineering and materials courses and research. science. Admission to the program requires a B.S. or M.S. Alternatively, students may elect to pursue studies toward in either the physical sciences or engineering. an interdisciplinary M.S., M.E., or Ph.D. degree in poly- Applications should be directed to one of the three spon- mer science and engineering. The procedures for this soring departments (Electrical Engineering, Materials latter case are summarized as follows. Science and Engineering, or Physics). Procedures and Students enter through the departments and must meet admission criteria are the same as those followed by the each entering department’s criteria. When the student is home department. International students must satisfy ready (must have taken/be taking at least one polymer minimum university language requirements. The admis- course and be in good standing in the department), the sions process is under the supervision of an student petitions to transfer to the Center for Polymer inter-departmental coordinating committee chaired by Science and Engineering. After entering the center the program director. degree program, his/her degree program becomes Required Courses*(15 credits): Polymer Science and Engineering, but the student PHY 352 Modern Optics (3) remains in the home department. [Prerequisite: Math 205, PHY 212/ M.S. in Polymer Science and Engineering. For the ECE 202] M.S., the student’s program must include: not less than PHY 355/455 Lasers and Nonlinear Optics (3) 30 credits of graduate work; not less than 18 credits of [Prerequisite: PHY 31**, PHY 213/ 400-level course work, and not less than 18 credits of ECE 203 or MAT 201] course work in the major, of which 15 must be at the ECE 348/448 Lightwave Technology (3) 400-level. The program must include six course credits [Prerequisite: ECE 203] in the student’s admitting department, six research cred- ECE 372/472 Optical Networks (3) its, and a research report or thesis to the satisfaction of [Prerequisite: ECE 81] the faculty advisor, to be filed with the Polymer MAT 496 Photonic Materials (3) Education Committee. Selected pre-requisites for the required courses may be Required courses: waived by the program director for students with equiva- CHE (Chm/Mat) 388 Synthesis and lent background. Characterization Lab (3) A minimum of three courses must be selected from the CHE (CHM/MAT) 393; Physical Polymer Science (3) following list: CHE (CHM) 394 Organic Polymer Science (3) ECE 371/471 Optical Information Processing Research (6) ECE 347/447 Introduction to Integrated Optics Three 400-level polymer courses to be selected from the ECE 407 Linear and Nonlinear Optics following list (list may vary slightly from year to year): ECE 451 Physics of Semiconductor Devices Graduate Studies 69

CHE 428 Theology (3) 18015. Please address applications to one of the partici- PHY 472 Polymer Physics (3) pating departments. CHE (CHM) 483 Emulsion Polymers (3) Certificate Programs CHE (CHM/MAT)) 482 Engineering Behavior of Polymers (3) Cognitive Science CHE (CHM/MAT) 485 Polymer Blends and Stereotypes, Prejudice, Discrimination, Composites (3) and Intergroup Relations CHE 486 Polymer Processing (3) Business College Certificates CHM 489 Organic Polymer Science II (3) Education College Certificates CHM 491 Physical Chemistry of Organic Polymer Coatings (3) CHE (CHM) 492 Topics in Polymer Science (3) Research Centers and Institutes CHM 493 Organic Chemistry of Organic Lehigh has developed a number of centers and institutes Polymer Coatings (3) to provide greater research and academic opportunities CHE 487 Polymer Interfaces (3) for primarily graduate students and faculty. Centers and Courses in the admitting department must include one institutes are generally interdisciplinary and complement of the following: the scholarly activities of academic departments and rep- CHE (CHM) 400 Chemical Engineering resent scholarship and research based on the expertise and Thermodynamics (3) capabilities of a group of faculty members. Frequently, CHM (CHE) 445 Elements of Physical Chemistry (4) centers relate to the broad-based research needs of gov- MAT 401 Thermodynamics and Kinetics I (3) ernment, industry, and the social community. ME 420 Advanced Thermodynamics Biopharmaceutical Technology Institute PHY 442 Statistical Mechanics The Biopharmaceutical Technology Institute coordinates plus one other 300- or 400-level non-polymer related the education and research activity in the biopharmaceu- course from the admitting department. tical area of the chemistry and chemical engineering M.E. in Polymer Science and Engineering. The M.E. departments at Lehigh University. The main focus of this degree requires the same course work structure as the institute is to contribute to the creation and to the dis- M.S. degree above, however, instead of six hours of semination of engineering and scientific knowledge research credits leading to a thesis or research report, the required to develop, improve and regulate biotechnology student would take six hours of course work. The addi- and pharmaceutical industry processes and products. tional six hours of coursework must include two Research Activities. The research program of this insti- additional 300 or 400 level polymer courses, or one tute is devoted specifically to the engineering and polymer and one non-polymer home department course. scientific fundamentals related to development, design, For full-time graduate students electing the M.E. degree validation, cGMP (current Good Manufacture Practice) option, the polymer course program must include operation, safety, monitoring and control of fermenta- Chem. Eng. (CHM.; MAT) 388, Polymer Synthesis and tion, purification, product modification and Characterization, a laboratory course. formulation. Part-time and Distance Education M.S. and M.E. degree The research thrusts of the institute include: immuno- students in Polymer Science and Engineering may substi- chemistry applied to clinical diagnostics; modification tute another polymer course for Chem. Eng. (CHM; and use of monoclonal antibodies in radiosensitization Mat) 388. and NMR imaging; structural analysis of glycoprotein Ph.D. in Polymer Science and Engineering. For the pharmaceuticals; tumor image enhancement; medicinal Ph.D., the student must satisfactorily complete a qualify- chemistry; chemistry of biologically potent molecules; ing examination administered by the Polymer Education fundamental kinetics of microbial, mammalian and plant Committee; satisfactorily complete graduate course work cell and enzyme systems; design and scale-up of bioreac- determined in consultation with the doctoral committee; tor and bioseparation systems; development of pass a general examination administered by the Polymer instrumentation for the on-line monitoring of biological Education Committee; and defend to the satisfaction of unit operations; development of novel separation and the doctoral committee, a dissertation in the field of purification schemes for recovery of biologically active polymer science and engineering. Students deficient in macromolecules, antigens, and antibodies; development polymer science or related topics may be required by of cGMP validation procedure for biopharmaceutical their committee to take remedial course work. processes and products; and biopharmaceutical drugs The doctoral committee consists of the research adviser, research, design and delivery systems. at least two other members of the center for polymer sci- Specific examples of projects recently carried out within ence and engineering, and at least one outside person. the institute are: development of Fourier transform The committee’s composition is subject to approval by infrared spectroscopy for the on-line monitoring of sub- the Polymer Education Committee and the Graduate strate, product and cell concentrations; kinetics of and Research Committee of the university. recombinant microbial and cell culture systems analysis For more information, write to Dr. M.S. El-Aasser, of nutritional limitations and medium formulation for Director, Center for Polymer Science and Engineering, mammalian cell systems; use of cell cycle for enhancing Iacocca Hall, Mountaintop Campus, Lehigh University, mammalian cell culture productivity; fundamental stud- Bethlehem, PA 18015, or Dr. L.H. Sperling, Chairman, ies of separation systems such as continuous Polymer Education Committee, Whitaker Laboratory, chromatography, and aqueous two-phase extraction; Lehigh University, 5 E. Packer Avenue, Bethlehem, PA plasmid DNA and recombinant protein purification; 70 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

fundamental studies of protein conformation in biopro- Building and Architectural Technology cessing by 2D FT1 HNMR; perfusive effects in Institute chromatographic separations; effect of cross-linking on biological activity of biopharmaceuticals; kinetics and BATI is concerned with the entire scope of the built enzyme production by cellulolytic fungi/actionamycetes; urban environment, the social, and the cultural aspects bioprocessing equipments cleaning and validation. of building technology. BATI researchers and faculty carry out border-crossing studies aimed at the develop- The research is conducted in Iacocca Hall, Mountaintop ment of enhanced livability of the urban environment Campus, where the laboratories for the Department of and its structures, their suitability to the environment for Biological Sciences research group, the Department of which they are planned, mutations in urban function Chemical Engineering, the Emulsion Polymers Institute, and conditions, and the concurrent architectural, urban and the Chemical Process Modeling and Control planning, and design problems. Research Center are located. Because of the interdiscipli- nary nature of the research, projects typically involve The institute provides a center for interdisciplinary joint supervision by faculty from chemical engineering, study, research activity, information dissemination, and molecular biology, and chemistry/biochemistry. stimulation for the use of new information in design. BATI has as its goal both the enhancement of academ- The Biopharmaceutical Technology Institute presently ic knowledge through academic research and the occupies 3600 square feet of laboratory and 2250 square practical solution of current physical problems through feet of pilot plant space in the C wing of Iacocca Hall of applied research. the Mountaintop Campus. The institute is equipped with 30/250l of pilot-scale computer-controlled bioreac- BATI provides a forum for faculty discussion, not only tors, monitored and controlled by Leeds & Northrup from the different disciplines on the campus as they MAX 1 Distributed Digital Control Unit. In addition, relate to the built environment (architecture, history, numerous small-scale reactors are available for batch and sociology, psychology, business, and economics), but also continuous culture work. Key emerging monitoring sys- for visiting fellows and professors. It also provides a con- tems used on the pilot-scale fermentation equipment tact between the academic and the business worlds. include a UTI Quadropole Mass Spectrometer, Research Activities. The institute provides the opportu- BioChem Technology Fluromeasure System, and an ASI nity to identify research problems, develop proposals, ReactlR 1000 FTIR Spectrophotometer with steam ster- and seek mechanisms for their solution. This can include ilizable DiCompTM probe. Pilot scale separations the traditional single-discipline approach, but typically it capability is being developed and currently includes a involves work across the disciplines within the university Millipore Pellicon Unit, Sharples centrifuges and large- and with other academic and commercial entities. scale chromatography. Educational Opportunities. The resources of the insti- The fermentation and separations facilities are supported tute, the Council on Tall Buildings and Urban Habitat, by analytical equipment and facilities including UV/visi- and other related centers at Lehigh University are avail- ble spectrometer, isocratic and gradient HPLC’s with able to interested scholars. refractive index and variable wavelength UV/visible For more information write to Dr. Tom F. Peters, detectors, gas chromatographs with FID and TCD Director, Building and Architectural Technology detectors, YSI analyzer, Branson cell sonifier, Institute, Lehigh University, 17 Memorial Drive East, incubator/shakers, laminar flow hood, microscopes, cen- Bethlehem, PA 18015-3007. trifuges and ultracentrifuges, scintillation and gamma counters, liquid and gas liquid chromatographs, high- Center for Crisis Public Relations and field NMR, etc. Litigation Studies Mammalian cell cultivation is conducted in a recently The mission of the Center for Crisis Public Relations constructed class 1000 laboratory equipped with CO2 and Litigation Studies is to promote the study and pro- incubators, vertical laminar flow hoods, a Bellco roller fessional application of crisis public relations, with an bottle apparatus, Millipore Milli-Q purification system, emphasis on civil litigation as organizational crisis. The inverted microscope, etc. intercollegiate, multidisciplinary center was established Educational Opportunities. As listed in the course to both support and to serve as a clearinghouse for cut- descriptions for the Department of Chemistry and ting-edge research and “best practices” in crisis Department of Chemical Engineering, the faculty of the communication and litigation management. It also pro- Biopharmaceutical Technology Institute conduct a vari- vides a unique environment where academic and ety of courses as part of the graduate education professional experts can collaborate on research or con- curriculum in biochemcial engineering and chemistry. sulting projects for clients. The typical graduate level biochemical engineering cur- Crisis used to be referred to in public relations as the riculum would also include core courses in chemical “unthinkable.” Today, not only is it imaginable, but also engineering and basic science courses in microbiology, it has become a day-to-day reality for every organization, biochemistry, and molecular biology offered through the evidenced by the fact that crisis is ranked among the 10 departments of biological sciences and chemistry. top threats that worry companies most. By far the most For more information, write to Dr. James T. Hsu, prevalent forms of crises are class-action lawsuits and Director, Biopharmaceutical Technology Institute, product recalls. Lawsuits represent nearly a third of all Lehigh University, 111 Research Drive, Bethlehem, PA crisis news in the U.S. media, while recalls account for 18015. 15 percent. It is not surprising, then, that litigation pub- lic relations, crisis management and media training have become growth industries. Graduate Studies 71

What is surprising is that 40 percent of Fortune 1000 degree in Manufacturing Systems Engineering. This industrial companies have no operational crisis plan, world-renowned program started in January of 1984 as a even though most experts agree that advance planning is result of a major initiation grant from the IBM the key to successfully managing most crises. The num- Corporation. It now has 350 alumni who are working as ber of smaller, more vulnerable companies without plans managers and technical leaders in industry around the is even greater. In addition to the need to educate man- world. The center works with an Industrial Advisory agers and communicators about effective crisis planning Board to ensure that classroom instruction is current, and management, the relatively new specialty of litiga- and that research goals are compatible with the long- tion public relations also warrants careful study from range needs of industry. The center has four major strategic, legal and ethical perspectives. thrusts: 1) A graduate program which offers a curricu- Interdisciplinary Research. The center encourages a lum leading to the master of science degree in MSE. 2) broad range of faculty, graduate and undergraduate Research directed at solving problems of manufacturing; research projects covering multiple disciplines in the this also serves to maintain faculty currency and provides social sciences, business and economics, law, education a vehicle for student project and thesis studies. 3) and industrial design. Particular emphasis is placed on Technology transfer to sustain the free flow of knowl- the impact of lawsuits on organizational reputation, edge from the research laboratories to industrial business practices, public opinion, public policy, govern- applications, and from leading-edge member industries ment regulation, global competitiveness, and the judicial back into the classrooms. 4) The provision of services by process. For example, while extensive studies have been sponsoring conferences, clinics, workshops and other done on the effect of pre-trial publicity on the outcome means for communicating and disseminating the advan- of criminal trials, research is needed on the relationship tages of sound manufacturing systems engineering between litigation journalism (media coverage of law- practice. suits) and jury verdicts in high-profile lawsuits. This is Graduate Education. The 30-credit master’s degree MSE only one of many research areas related to crisis and liti- program is cross-disciplinary, administered by the gation that are supported by the center and pursued by College of Engineering and Applied Science, with addi- its academic and professional affiliates. tional courses provided by the College of Business and Educational Opportunities. In pursuit of its mission to Economics. Four core courses, 4-5 graduate level elective further the professional application of crisis planning, courses (at least one elective must be an MSE-numbered management and communication, the center provides course) and a 3-or 6-credit research project or thesis are professional consulting in addition to conducting work- requirements of all candidates for the M.S. degree. shops, executive training courses, seminars and certificate Courses are offered on campus and scheduled so that programs using both traditional and non-traditional part-time students can complete the degree in two years. methods of scheduling and delivery. Topics offered or It is possible for distance students to earn the MS in planned include school and workplace violence, product MSE degree remotely. Special activities in the program liability, crisis planning and management, media train- are team intensive and include in depth studies of com- ing, cyber crises, risk communication, class action panies, tours of industry, industry-related research and lawsuits, litigation journalism/litigation public relations, internships. Additionally, an MSE option is available in product recalls and withdrawals, environmental crisis, the MBA&E program. conflict resolution and consensus building, testimony at Research Activities. Students in the MS in MSE pro- public meetings and hearings, and public participation/ gram undertake research of interest either to their citizen advisory panels, and community relationship employers, or to industry in general. Research activities management. have included microelectronics packaging, design sys- To support its educational activities, the center is affiliat- tems, thick film hybrids, the characterization of coatings ed with more than a dozen visiting and Lehigh faculty, as and package interfaces, and the use of lead free solders. A well as nationally and internationally recognized profes- microelectronics manufacturing laboratory was set up by sional experts in crisis and litigation. Besides means of grants and equipment from the AT&T participating in workshops, courses and certificate pro- Foundation and IBM Corporation. It possesses equip- grams, professional affiliates serve as adjunct instructors ment for thick film hybrid manufacturing and other or invited speakers in classes, and as public lecturers on processes. There are investigations into activity-based the Lehigh campus. costing, design management, application of financial information systems, and injection molding. There is For more information, contact Carole Gorney, Director, collaboration with other centers, departments and labo- Center for Crisis and Litigation Public Relations, Lehigh ratories in the preparation and planning of research University, 29 Trembley Drive, Bethlehem, Pa. 18015; e- proposals and programs which aim to improve the mail: [email protected]; or call (610) 758-4178. understanding of manufacturing. Center for Manufacturing Systems For more information, contact: Keith M. Gardiner, Engineering [email protected], Director, Center for Manufacturing The Center for Manufacturing Systems Engineering Systems Engineering, H. S. Mohler Laboratory, Lehigh serves as a catalyst between the University community University, 200 W. Packer Avenue, Bethlehem, PA and industry for coordination and development of cam- 18015, or call (610) 758-5157 or visit our website at pus activities associated with manufacturing. The center www.lehigh.edu/inmse/center/ was created in response to the expressed needs of indus- try for educational and research services which were distinctively cross-disciplinary. A primary responsibility of the center is the administration of an award winning educational program leading to a Master of Science 72 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

Center for Polymer Science and Reactors, including Bottle Polymerizer, Tubular Reactor, Engineering Stirred Tank Reactors with on-line sample analysis for residual monomer and interfaced with computer for con- The Center for Polymer Science and Engineering trol operations. (CPSE) was formally established at Lehigh University in July 1988. The center provides a unique opportunity for Educational Opportunities. Programs of study for indi- faculty and students from the traditional departments of vidual students are designed to meet the student’s chemistry, chemical engineering, materials science and interests, the requirements of the academic department, engineering, mechanical engineering and mechanics, and and the student’s dissertation committee. Considerable physics to perform interdisciplinary research in polymers. flexibility is permitted in the selection of courses and a The center is an umbrella organization encompassing research topic. Lehigh University has been awarding polymers research and graduate studies at Lehigh interdisciplinary M.S. and Ph.D. degrees in Polymer University. The center’s primary missions are preparation Science and Engineering since 1975. Graduate students of first rate scientists and engineers with proficiency in conducting polymer research may also earn the M.S. and polymers, fostering cross-disciplinary polymer research, Ph.D. degrees in the classical fields of chemistry, chemi- organizing and teaching continuing education short cal engineering, materials science and engineering, courses in areas of interest to the polymer industry; and physics, or mechanical engineering and mechanics. For organizing campus wide seminars. further information please refer to the Polymer Science and Engineering Program in the section: The center’s Polymer Education Committee graduate Interdisciplinary Graduate Programs. studies through the academic departments leads to the Master of Science, Master of Engineering, and Doctor of For more information about the center activities, admis- Philosophy in Polymer Science and Engineering. sion to graduate school, or financial aid, contact; Dr. Students may also elect to pursue studies towards a clas- Mohamed S. El-Aasser, Director, Center for Polymer sical degree in their respective departments with an Science and Engineering, Iacocca Hall, Room D330, emphasis in polymer courses and research. Both Lehigh University, 111 Research Drive, Bethlehem, PA advanced undergraduate and graduate courses in poly- 18015; (610) 758-3590 or Dr. L. H. Sperling, mer science and engineering are offered through the Chairman, Polymer Education Committee, Lehigh participating departments. Current course offerings University, 5 East Packer Avenue, Bethlehem, PA 18015; include polymer synthesis and characterization laborato- (610) 758-3845. Please address applications to one of ry, physical polymer science, organic polymer science, the participating departments. Please visit the web site: engineering behavior of polymers, rheology, polymer www.lehigh.edu/esd0/cpse/home.html or e-mail processing, emulsion polymers, polymer blends and [email protected] or [email protected]. composites, fatigue and fracture of engineering materials, Center for Social Research colloid science, and polymer interfaces. The Center for Social Research is a multidisciplinary Research Activities. The center has a wide range of organization designed to stimulate and conduct research research activities covering the field of polymers. The fol- involving the social and behavioral sciences. lowing are the major research themes: emulsion polymerization and latex characterization, surface/inter- Several disciplines are involved in the activities of the facial aspects of polymer colloids, adhesion, polymer center: psychology, sociology, anthropology, and educa- blends and composites, polymerization mechanisms and tion. The center also cooperates with the university’s kinetics, polymerization reactors modeling and control, other research centers and with several science and engi- structure/property relationships of interpenetrating poly- neering departments. mer networks, macromolecular chemistry of biopolymers Founded in 1965 as the Center for Business and and coal, polymer coatings for corrosion protection, and Economics, the focus of the center was later broadened, microelectronic packaging. and the name changed to the Center for Business, Research Facilities. The following research instrumenta- Economics and Urban Studies. The center’s early activi- tion is available for the Center for Polymer Science and ties included research on economics and business Engineering: X-Ray Photoelectric Spectroscopy (ESCA), forecasting, and on transportation problems. The change Scanning Auger Electron Spectroscopy, Laser Raman to include urban studies broadened the center’s scope to Spectroscopy, Mossbauer Spectroscopy, Nuclear Magnetic encompass the disciplines of political science, sociology, Resonance Spectroscopy of both solids and solutions and history. In 1972, the center’s scope was further (NMR) (3 instruments; 90 MHz, 300 MHz and 500 broadened to include behavioral science and internation- MHz), Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy (FTIR) al affairs, and the present name was selected to more (both conventional and photo-acoustic), a variety of accurately reflect this broadened focus. advanced transmission and scanning electron microscopes, Interdisciplinary Research. The social perspective of the modulated differential scanning calorimetry, hi-res-ther- center’s research is interdisciplinary in nature and is rele- mogravimetric analysis, instruments for rheological studies vant to the community outside the university—local, (including a Rheometrics RDA2 and Bohlin Rheometer), regional, national, and international. Many research particle sizing instruments (Coulter N4M, Joyce-Loebl activities are based on a cooperative university-communi- Disc Centrifuge, Capillary Hydrodynamic Fractionation, ty relationship through which the research goals of the and Hydrodynamic Chromatrography), Gel Permeation center are achieved and community needs met. and Gas Chromatography units, Electrophoretic Mobility Interdisciplinary research activities of the center are cur- apparatus, mechanical testing devices such as the rently being conducted in the following areas: Rheovibron Dynamic Mechanical Spectroscopy, Instron Health and Human Development. Members of the Tensile Test equipment, several computer-controlled servo- departments of psychology, sociology/anthropology, and hydraulic fatigue test machines, and Polymerization education, participate in research on health and human Graduate Studies 73 development. The program focuses on life from early Interdisciplinary collaboration is encouraged with other childhood to maturity. Research interests include the research groups, centers, or institutes engaged in biotech- effect of perinatal loss on families and family members; nology, polymer processing, environmental science, the influence of family and community on health; man- applied statistics, signal processing, chemical reaction agement aspects of organizations that serve elderly engineering, and process design. individuals; psychological aspects of aging; and, psycho- Direct industrial benefit is realized by participation in logical aspects of late life physical disabilities such as the center by a number of companies through an indus- stroke and amputation. trial consortium and its advisory committee. This Families and Children. Members of the departments of committee actively participates in setting the research psychology, sociology/anthropology, and education par- areas; collaborates with the center faculty, students, and ticipate in studies pertaining to families and children. staff in program assessment and implementation and Research interests include family dynamics and child provides a portion of the funding for the operation of rearing practices and the emphasis on families included the center. under the health and human development program. Education. An integral part of the center is the commit- Current research focuses on the effect of child rearing ment to conduct an outstanding program dedicated to practices on children’s development of competence. the education of undergraduate and graduate students. Program Evaluation. Members of the departments of The center has and continues to attract top quality stu- psychology, sociology/anthropology, and economics, par- dents from a large group of well-recognized international ticipate in research to evaluate the effects of a variety of universities. In addition to these gifted students, each programs. Particular emphasis is on improving program year several industrial companies send employees to evaluation methodology. Current research interests receive advanced training and engage in research efforts include evaluation of several business, science and engi- for particular company technical requirements. Because neering programs in the university. Research has recently of the recognition of the value of the program and the been conducted on the effect of compensatory education quality of the students, the center has established a and social service programs. worldwide reputation as an outstanding educational and For more information, write to Diane Hyland, Director, research unit in this critical area of technology develop- Center for Social Research, Lehigh University, 516-520 ment and implementation. More than a dozen graduate Brodhead Ave., Bethlehem, Pa. 18015. students are engaged in the center’s research efforts and are candidates for Ph.D and masters degrees in this area Chemical Process Modeling and Control of specialization. Research Center Faculty. The center brings together six faculty members The mission of the Chemical Process Modeling and and research staff from different engineering disciplines in Control Research Center at Lehigh University is to col- the university engaged in the research and educational laborate with industrial partners for their benefit through efforts of the center. Visiting faculty from other well-rec- the application and advancement of research in the areas ognized universities supplement these researchers and of control, design, synthesis, optimization and automa- provide opportunities for diversity of thinking and inno- tion of a broad range of processing systems. A key vative research. All of the associated faculty members are execution strategy includes incorporation of a strong recognized around the world as leaders in their respective graduate education program at the M.S. and incorpora- fields of specialization. They are invited very frequently to tion of a strong graduate education program at the M.S. present plenary lectures in international conferences, and Ph.D. levels grounded in work defined with indus- industrial company meetings, and various universities. trial partners. Our commitment is the delivery of Center They organize and chair national and international con- technologies and services that will meet or exceed the ferences and symposia. They also serve as consultants to a expectations of economic return while advancing the variety of industries seeking their advice on leading tech- knowledge in the field of process automation. nological developments in process modeling and control. The Chemical Process Modeling and Control Research Facilities. The Center is located in Iacocca Hall on the Center was established in January 1985 through the Mountaintop Campus of Lehigh University. This build- efforts of faculty members of the chemical engineering ing represents a unique facility available to the center as department at Lehigh University, leading industrial pro- well as the chemical engineering department and the cessing companies, the Ben Franklin Partnership Emulsion Polymers and Bioprocessing Institutes. The Program of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, cou- center has the use of several dedicated computer facilities pled with the organizational and financial support of the with more than 50 PC or workstation computers contin- National Science Foundation (NSF). Many of the origi- uously available to the students, faculty, and staff. In nal industrial member companies have been continuous addition to the local computing network, the center’s supporters of the center. researchers have access to the Lehigh University central The center provides a unique atmosphere for fundamen- computing facilities and its outside links to other world- tal research, development of specific techniques, wide computing systems and data networks. The center application to real industrial processes, and opportunities has several laboratories with sophisticated equipment for advanced education in chemical process modeling dedicated to process control research work. and control for academics and industrial practitioners. Areas of Research. The research activities of the Center Facilities are available for real-time testing of new algo- span a wide spectrum of problems in large complex chem- rithms in experimental process units, development of ical process design, dynamical analysis and control, as well dynamic simulations of real processes, and the close col- micro and nanoscale complex process development, evalu- laboration with researchers in several other fields of ation, dynamical analysis and control. The research chemical processing. themes emphasize a combination of new theoretical devel- 74 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

opments, new applications and translation of new theoret- control algorithms are being tested on numerous ical developments to practical problems. The focal areas of application platforms, including continuous stirred research in the Center as summarized below: tank reactors, continuous polymerization processes I. Synthesis and Plant-Wide Control and reactive distillation. During the last decade Center faculty have done pio- IV. Multi-Model and Hybrid Systems Analysis and Control neering work in the area of plantwide control, which Hybrid and multi-model systems are a class of systems has resulted in the only textbook that covers this in which there is interaction between continuous important area. There continue to be a number of dynamical behavior of systems with discrete switching projects in this area. behavior. For example, systems described by piecewise (a) On-Demand Control of Processes with Multiple linear multiple models are continuous and linear Products: This project studies the design and con- within a prescribed region and switch to a different trol of processes in which consecutive reversible linear model description in a different prescribed reactions produce multiple products. The demand region of the state-space. Other examples include for these products can vary, so the process and its switches and overrides that switch one of a family of control system must be able to produce exactly controllers into the closed-loop, based on the operat- the desired amount of each individual product. ing space and control objective. An ideal system has been studied first in which Our research in this area has focused on two broad the effect of equilibrium constants and volatilities problems (1) control of systems described by multiple can be explored. A real chemical system is also piecewise linear models; (2) formulation of saturated being studied (the production of methyl amines). systems as switched/piecewise linear models and sub- (b) Design and Control of Tubular Reactors Systems: sequent anti-windup controller design using piecewise Adiabatic gas-phase exothermic reactions are often car- quadratic functions. We demonstrated, through a case ried out in tubular reactors. There are several types of study, the control of a highly nonlinear solution systems: a single adiabatic reactor, multiple adiabatic copolymerization reactor using multi-model switching reactors in series with either intermediate cooling or MPC. The algorithm was successful in reducing off- “cold shot” cooling (mixing some cold feed with the specification product to less than a third, when hot reactor effluent) and a cooled tubular reactor. compared with a open-loop transition. We have also These alternatives are being studied in terms of both shown how an appropriate anti-windup controller steady-state design (which has the lowest total annual synthesis problem can be formulated using piecewise cost) and dynamic controllability (which provides the quadratic Lyapunov functions. tightest temperature control in the face of disturbances) V. Dynamics and Control of Micro and Nanochemical II. Dynamics and Control of Distillation Systems Reactive distillation is an emerging area in chemical Microchemical systems are a new generation of minia- engineering because it offers potential savings in capi- ture chemical systems that carry out chemical tal and energy costs in some systems, particularly for reactions and separations in precisely fabricated three reversible reactions. A recent project explored several dimensional microreactor configurations in the size reactive distillation systems: ETBE, methyl acetate, range of a few microns to a few hundred microns. TAME, ethylene glycol and metathesis of pentene. Typical microchemical systems combine fluid han- The steady-state economic designs of these systems dling and reaction capabilities with electronic sensing were studied. Then their dynamics and control were and actuation, are fabricated using integrated circuit explored. Different types of chemical systems require (IC) manufacturing techniques and use silicon and types of control structures. These columns are some- related IC industry materials, polymers, ceramics, times operated using of an excess of one of the glass or quartz as their material of construction. reactants and sometimes using exact stoichiometric The goal of this integrated research and education pro- amounts of the two fresh reactant feeds. Both the gram is to study the unique dynamical properties of such process design and the control scheme are different integrated microchemical systems and to develop a with these two scenarios. framework for designing implementable feedback control III. Convex Optimization Techniques in Linear and techniques for this class of microsystems. Concepts for Nonlinear Process Control distributed and boundary control theory will be employed to study the model-based feedback control for- The last few years have seen the emergence of a new mulation of microchemical systems and to develop a class of optimization problems that have been various- technical framework for microsystem controller design. ly referred to as a Linear Matrix Inequalities (LMIs), The Integrated Microchemical Systems Laboratory semi-definite programming (SDP) problems and con- (under the direction of Professor M.V. Kothare) con- vex problems. We were one of the first groups to ducts this research as part of the Center. explicitly show the applicability of LMIs in process control by reformulating the model-based predictive For more information, contract Mayuresh V. Kothare control (MPC) algorithms as LMI problems. There (co-Director) or William L. Luyben (co-Director), are several classes of problems involving control of Center for Chemical Process Modeling and Control, systems subject to constraints that are amenable to Iacocca Hall, Lehigh University, 111 Research Drive, LMI formulation. These include efficient off-line Bethlehem, PA 18015-4791, (610) 758 6654, fax (610) MPC for fast sampling time processes, observer-based 758 5297, e-mail: [email protected], nonlinear, MPC, multi-model transition control using [email protected]. MPC, anti-windup, moving horizon estimation and evaluation of robustness, i.e, the impact of model uncertainty on controller performance. These new Graduate Studies 75

Emulsion Polymers Institute research opportunities exist for postdoctoral scholars and The Emulsion Polymers Institute, established in 1975, visiting scientists as well as resident graduate students. provides a focus for graduate education and research in For more information, write to Mohamed S. El-Aasser, polymer colloids. Formation of the institute constituted Emulsion Polymers Institute, Iacocca Hall, Lehigh formal recognition of an activity that had grown steadily University, 111 Research Drive, Bethlehem, Pa. 18015. since the late 1960s. Please visit our web site at www.lehigh.edu/esd0/epi- The institute has close ties with polymer and surface sci- home.html entists in the Center for Polymer Science and Energy Research Center Engineering, Polymer Interfaces Center, Zettlemoyer Energy research at Lehigh is a multidisciplinary activity, Center for Surface Studies, CAMN, Center for Chemical involving faculty and students from engineering, the Process Modeling and Control, and the departments of physical sciences, life sciences, business and economics, chemical engineering, chemistry, physics, and materials and the social sciences. The Energy Research Center pro- science and engineering. vides a structure within which faculty and students from Polymer colloids or polymer latexes, as they are more different backgrounds can explore their specific research commonly called, are finely divided polymer particles interests. that are usually dispersed in an aqueous medium. The center coordinates the university’s energy research, Important products produced and utilized in latex form helping the faculty respond to research opportunities and include synthetic rubber, latex paint, adhesives and paper developments in energy. It is also the major contact coatings. The small particle size of typical latexes makes between the university and industry and government for their colloidal properties as important as the polymer matters dealing with energy research. Originally founded properties in a number of applications. Hence, the study in 1972 as the Task Force for Energy Research, the cen- of emulsion polymers is an interdisciplinary activity. ter was organized into its present form in 1978. Research Activities. Emulsion polymers research includes The research within the center involves a wide range of a broad range of problems in the areas of preparation, topics related to the supply and use of energy. Work in modification, characterization, and application of poly- progress—supported by contracts and grants from gov- mer latexes. Most commercial polymer latexes contain a ernment, industry, and private foundations—deals with number of important ingredients, some in only small fuels and energy resources, energy conversion systems, quantities. energy conservation and the environment. Research programs at Lehigh are aimed at understanding The Energy Research Center has particularly close ties the function of recipe components during the preparation with industry. A number of joint research projects and application of the latexes. The research projects are a involve Lehigh faculty and students and research staff blend of fundamental and applied efforts as well as a mix- from industry. The center also operates the Energy ture of theoretical and experimental problems: emulsion Liaison Program, through which participating companies polymerization kinetics, mechanisms, and morphology of and government facilities have access to faculty consult- core/shell latexes; colloidal, surface, and bulk properties ants, make use of laboratory facilities and library of polymer colloids; dispersion polymerization; services, and receive assistance on research problems, fea- miniemulsion polymerization; film formation and prop- sibility studies and other projects related to energy. erties; NMR studies of polymer colloids; and particle size Through the center’s Energy Intern Program, opportuni- characterization via capillary chromatography. ties also exist for students to receive part of their training Significant research support for institute activities is in industry. Through this program, a graduate student obtained from industrial organizations through their involved in energy can do a research internship in indus- membership in the Emulsion Polymers Liaison Program. try under the joint supervision of company research staff Hence some considerable effort is made to relate the and the student’s faculty adviser. research results to industrial needs. Consequently, gradu- Experimental support for energy research is provided in ates can find excellent opportunities for employment. a number of specialized laboratories maintained by the Educational Opportunities. Graduate students in the university. These laboratories, furnished with the latest Institute undertake dissertation research leading to the instrumentation and equipment, include the following: master of science or doctor of philosophy degree in exist- boiling and two-phase flow, fluidized bed, fluid mechan- ing science and engineering curricula or in the Center ics, surface chemistry, chemical kinetics, GC/mass for Polymer Science and Engineering. spectrometer, atomic absorption spectrometer, electron Programs of study for individual students are designed to optical, mechanical testing, structural testing, welding, meet the student’s interests, the requirements of the metal forming, fracture mechanics, ceramics, polymer, appropriate academic department, and the student’s dis- hydraulics and water resources, van de Graaff accelerator, sertation committee. Considerable flexibility is permitted biotechnology, aquatic biology, and microprocessor in the selection of courses and a research topic. development. Faculty members of the institute are involved in teaching All faculty members who participate in Energy Research normal university courses and continuing education Center activities belong to academic departments. In courses for industrial personnel. The annual one-week addition, a number of faculty and staff members affiliat- short course, Advances in Emulsion Polymerization and ed with the center have close ties with other on-campus Latex Technology, typically attracts about 100 industrial research centers and institutes, assuring broad interac- participants and 20 Lehigh students. This course is an tions between center personnel and experts from many important mechanism for developing meaningful inter- research specialties, including economics, social science, actions between institute staff and students and materials and metallurgy, marine biology, fracture and industrial scientists and engineers. Educational and solid mechanics, metal forming, structural design, sani- tary and water resources engineering, thermal science, fluid mechanics, surface chemistry, and biotechnology. 76 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

Energy Research. Research within the center falls within is designed to meet the specific needs and interests of the five major categories. Projects of interest include: student, the faculty adviser and the company. Fossil Fuels. Fluidized bed combustion of coal; heat trans- Financial support for graduate students is available fer in fluidized beds, pulverized coal combustion, catalytic through the Energy Research Center by means of fellow- combustion, cyclonic combustion, coal slagging; freezing ships and research assistantships related to sponsored of coal, coal chemistry, microbial desulfurization of coal, research. kinetics of coal gasification, fluidized bed gasification, Each year Lehigh faculty members offer a number of dynamic simulation of coal conversion systems, kinetics of special energy-related courses at the undergraduate and coal liquefaction, hydrogen-enhanced crack growth in graduate levels; many of them are outgrowths of current high-strength steels, organic coatings for flue gas desulfur- faculty research. Recent examples include courses dealing ization service, weld repair of steam turbine rotors, with energy economics, the international politics of oil, mechanical properties of cryogenic steels for LNG applica- nuclear reactor engineering, public policy and nuclear tions, toughness of pipeline steels, fracture analysis of power, air pollution, coal catalysis, coal technology, pipelines, and mechanisms of tertiary oil recovery. materials for modern energy systems, and solar energy. Nuclear Technology. Instrumentation for reactor safety The Energy Research Center also sponsors an annual studies; boiling heat transfer in water-cooled reactors; seminar series, bringing outstanding people in the fracture toughness of reactor steels; static and dynamic energy fields to campus to speak. Covering a range of fracture toughness of steel welds; microstructural charac- topics from economics to energy policy to science and terization of pressure vessel welds; pressure vessel design, engineering, these seminars provide an opportunity for radioactive waste disposal; high-energy particle physics, faculty and students to learn of new developments in and nuclear physics. energy. Environmental Impact of Energy systems. Oil pollution For more information, write to Edward K. Levy, studies in the coastal and wetlands environment, effects Director, Energy Research Center, Lehigh University, of power plant operations on biological life in the New 117 ATLSS Drive, Bethlehem, Pa. 18015. Please visit Jersey estuarine region, acid rain, trace metal contamina- our website at www.lehigh.edu/inenr/inenr.htm. tion of aquatic ecosystems, and hazardous waste disposal and control. Engineering Research Center For Conservation and Renewable Resources. Biological con- Advanced Technology For Large version of cellulose to chemicals and fuels; catalysis for Structural Systems (ATLSS) alcohols from biomass, energy recovery from municipal The ATLSS Engineering Research Center is a national solid waste, fuel derived from waste water treatment, center for research and technology on structures and energy conservation in the metal-forming industries, materials for the basic infrastructure of bridges, build- instrumentation and analysis of industrial processes, use ings, and ship structures. First established in May 1986 of computers for process control, development of micro- with a grant from the National Science Foundation processors for residential load control, cooling of electric (NSF), the center now addresses the research needs of utility generators and high-capacity electric motors, the U.S. Navy, U.S. Department of Transportation, design of cryogenic turbines, instrumentation for HVAC Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, and NSF; and collabo- applications, and siting of wind-power applications. rates with many industry groups and government Energy Economics. Dynamic analysis of energy supply- agencies. About 70 people, including graduate and demand systems; model of an investor-owned electrical undergraduate students, research associates, faculty and utility; and peak-load pricing of electricity and natural gas. staff members representing the disciplines important to Educational Opportunities. The extensive involvement large structural systems are active at the center. of faculty in energy research has created a wide range of ATLSS research topics include Innovative Structural opportunities for graduate studies in energy. Most of the Systems and Materials, Condition Assessment and Life departments in the College of Engineering and Applied Prediction, Renewal Engineering, and Seismic Behavior. Science, as well as several departments within the Projects follow the life-cycle processes of experimenta- College of Arts and Sciences and the College of Business tion, design, fabrication and construction, operation, and Economics, are active in energy research and offer and renewal and retrofit. The studies are conducted in both masters and doctoral degree programs suitable for close association with engineers and scientists from sever- studies of energy-related topics. al Lehigh departments, industry, government, design and All degrees are granted by the academic departments and professional groups and other universities. graduate students interested in energy enroll in tradition- ATLSS has excellent research facilities and equipment, al graduate degree programs in departments of their including two world-class structural testing facilities: the choice. These students specialize in energy by comple- Fritz Engineering Laboratory and the major newer menting their programs with a selection of special (1989) ATLSS Laboratory, in which researchers study energy-related courses. They pursue their graduate large-scale complex connections, assemblages and struc- research in energy areas under the supervision of faculty tures under static, dynamic, and/or cyclic from the Energy Research Center or from other research multidirectional loading with complete computer-con- centers or academic departments. trolled experimentation. ATLSS also has and shares Opportunities also exist for students to receive part of outstanding resources for computing, mechanical testing, their training in industry through a program in which a welding, metallography, and non-destructive evaluation. graduate student involved in energy can do a research Research Activities: internship in industry under the joint supervision of com- High-Performance Materials. Research is conducted on pany research staff and the student’s faculty adviser. The innovative structural forms and structural systems to Energy Intern Program is individualized: each internship promote competitive use of high performance materials, Graduate Studies 77 including high-performance steel and steel weldments, and sciences with the opportunity to work on teams concrete, fiber-composites, and mixed systems for bridge, with faculty and professional engineers to solve a variety building, and ship-hull applications. of real world industry problems. Participation in these Connection Design Methodologies. Research is con- work teams provides students with a level of work expe- ducted to advance connection technology in rience representative of what they will encounter construction. Connections for seismic resistance are following graduation. Since its inception, the ESC has emphasized. completed more than 100 projects with industry and government partners that have provided more than 500 Condition Assessment of Structures. Field and laborato- students with an integrated learning experience that ry assessments are made on bridge, highway, railway and develops leadership skills and sharpens entrepreneurial ship structures for evaluations of behavior, corrosion, thinking. and fatigue and fracture damage, with an aim to life pre- diction and improved design specifications. Forensic Research Activities. The ESC conducts research into the studies of damaged structures are also made. development and implementation of effective strategies to put information technology to work adding value to Renewal and Retrofit Techniques. Renewal and retrofit engineering education and enterprise applications. In its technologies are studied for civil and marine structures, applied research efforts, the Center focuses on opera- with an aim to life extension. tional improvements, enterprise resource integration, and Educational Opportunities. The ATLSS Center facili- product development and enhancement. Operational tates programs of study and research that provide a improvement research with partner companies has fundamental, broad approach to the fields of structures explored strategies for manufacturing support, the devel- and materials. Graduate students in the center’s pro- opment of decision support systems, processes for grams receive master of science, master of engineering, or work-flow analysis and facility reorganization, analysis of doctor of philosophy degrees; usually in structural engi- constraints and throughput improvement, and new solu- neering, materials science and engineering, or tions to supply chain management. Work in enterprise mechanical engineering. They pursue course work relat- resource integration has included methodologies for ed to a broad understanding of materials and structures business process re-engineering and for the analysis and while conducting research in the center. selection of Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) systems. Financial support for graduate students is available Applied research in product development and enhance- through the ATLSS Center by means of fellowships and ment has included the use of computer modeling and research assistantships related to sponsored research pro- simulation to support integrated product development grams. along with analysis and evaluation of existing products, and design for manufacturability and assembly support. Undergraduates participate in the center’s research through summer internships and academic-year special Involvement in these applied research activities with projects. industry partners provides Lehigh students with hands- on learning experiences built on progressive For more information, write to Dr. Richard Sause, responsibility and contribution to real-world company Director, ATLSS, Lehigh University, 117 ATLSS Drive, projects. From these activities, students gain leadership Bethlehem, PA 18015-4728. Or, address him at skills and valuable industry experience. [email protected]. The creation of technology-enabled educational Enterprise Systems Center (ESC) resources augments traditional learning models. Coupled The Enterprise Systems Center (ESC), an affiliate of the with knowledge management technology, these resources Industrial and Systems Engineering Department, was create integrated learning experiences and materials to established in 1995. This multidisciplinary center is support engineering courses. The ultimate objective is to committed to fusing student experiential learning with identify key components of entrepreneurial behavior and industry value creation. The center also seeks to advance develop the educational methods necessary to transfer to interdisciplinary research and scholarship relating to students the skills and experiences that will prepare them information technology, new process development, and for leadership roles in society. integrated enterprise systems. Additional research initia- Within the ESC is the Learning Collaboratory, an tives focus on discovering new methods for collaboration innovative educational environment designed to pro- among education, industry and government partners mote inquiry-based and competency-driven through the use of advanced technology. Emphasis is experiential learning that enriches the classroom lec- given to an entrepreneurial approach to problem-solving. tures with practical experience through corporate Started as the Computer-Aided Manufacturing partner interactions. The Collaboratory supports Laboratory in the mid-seventies, the CAM Lab trans- small-group learning, action learning, and the applica- formed into the Computer-Integrated Manufacturing tion of technology to augment educational resources. Laboratory when it became clear that improvements in Collaboratory participants, including students, profes- plant operational efficiency would require computer- sors, and industry partners, can take advantage of such based integration of the manufacturing processes powerful communication methods as broadband involved. Driven by industry and research needs to seek exchanges, internet conferences, digital real-time link- performance improvements beyond the traditional man- ages, and electronic management of information. ufacturing domain, the CIM Lab expanded its mission Educational Opportunities. The ESC provides support to encompass the entire enterprise, becoming the for courses in the analysis and design of manufacturing Enterprise Systems Center. Housed in Mohler systems and decision support systems, computer graphics, Laboratory, the ESC provides undergraduate and gradu- computer-integrated manufacturing, industrial engineer- ate students from a variety of university disciplines ing techniques, and experimental projects in industrial including engineering, business, education, and the arts 78 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

engineering. The ISE senior project class utilizes ESC es on challenging students as they learn about cultural facilities and a video teleconferencing system to step and business practices with other students, faculty, and beyond the traditional classroom experience in the prepa- entrepreneurs. ration and presentation of its culminating project. These The Iacocca Institute is also the center for Lehigh courses are offered through the Industrial and Systems University’s Career Awareness Programs (CAP). The Engineering department. Graduate studies leading to both CAP Programs are designed for bright and talented stu- masters and doctoral degrees are also available through the dents of color who are between their junior and senior Industrial and Systems Engineering department. years in high school and have an interest in further stud- Participation in industry partner projects is open to all ies in Accounting/Business, Design Arts or Engineering. Lehigh students, both undergraduate and graduate, The one-week summer programs are open to African regardless of academic major, based on an interview American, Asian American, Latino or Native American process. This emphasis on interdisciplinary cooperation students with a minimum grade point average of 3.0. provides the opportunity to learn and work in an envi- Students selected for CAP receive a full scholarship, ronment analogous to the cross-functional teamwork including room and board, to the one-week in residence structure employed in many businesses. Applied research program at the Lehigh University campus. and project work is conducted with both industry and The Iacocca Institute, part of the College of Business government partners. and Economics, was established in 1987 with the sup- For more information, contact Dr. Emory W. Zimmers, port of Lee A. Iacocca, former chairman and chief Jr., Director, Enterprise Systems Center, Lehigh executive officer, Chrysler Corporation, and a member University, Mohler Lab, 200 West Packer Avenue, of Lehigh’s Class of 1945. Bethlehem, PA, 18015 ([email protected]) For more information, contact Richard M. Brandt, Iacocca Institute Director, Iacocca Institute, Iacocca Hall, Lehigh University, 111 Research Drive, Bethlehem, PA 18015. Over the years, Lehigh University has developed an impressive ability to forge university-industry-govern- Institute for Biomedical Engineering ment partnerships. These partnerships are critical not and Mathematical Biology only to the future of universities, but, also to improve The Institute for Biomedical Engineering and U.S. competitiveness. It is primarily through partner- Mathematical Biology was established July 1, 1988 to ships – with companies, schools, government agencies foster interdisciplinary research and support graduate and other universities – that the Iacocca Institute pursues study in the application of engineering and mathematics its mission of preparing current and future leaders for a to medicine and biology. Faculty from several engineer- globally competitive marketplace. One of these partner- ing departments and from mathematics and biology ing activities is the Global Village for Future Leaders of actively participate in the institute. Current research Business and Industry. includes the mathematical analysis of transport and The Global Village provides young adults from around exchange in microcirculatory physiology, theoretical and the world the chance to experience the type of total- experimental biomechanics, experimental biofluidme- immersion leadership program usually reserved for top chanics, fracture and failure in skeletal units and in executives. Its purpose is to provide personal and organi- prostheses, shock propagation through the human body, zational change needed to thrive in the emerging global and design for the handicapped. economy. During the GV these interns who share the The institute has established an extensive network of dream of a leadership career in business and industry, interaction and generated significant research collabora- focus on leadership and entrepreneurial skills, global net- tion with a number of major medical centers. An working relationships, and business and industry effective liaison program fosters interaction between the knowledge. To date over 360 interns from over 70 coun- university and industry in the biomedical field. tries have graduated from the program and are now part of the growing list of Iacocca Institute Interns. The Graduate students interested in studying biomedical Global Village interns represent undergraduate students, engineering or mathematical biology at Lehigh enroll in MBA and graduate students, and managers from global one of the engineering departments or in the applied corporations and family-owned businesses. mathematics program, and satisfy the corresponding degree requirements. The institute provides the opportu- The Iacocca Institute also fulfills its mission for leader- nity for interdisciplinary research for both the master’s ship development in two other program areas, Post thesis and the Ph.D. dissertation. Graduate Education and High School Programs. The Institute establishes and maintains the infrastructure nec- For more information, write to Eric P. Salathe, Director, essary for Lehigh University to continue and grow an Institute for Biomedical Engineering and Mathematical active program of professional education, serving leaders Biology, Chandler-Ullmann Hall, Lehigh University, 17 in business, industry, government and education. The Memorial Drive East, Bethlehem, PA 18015. Institute works with all the Colleges on the Lehigh cam- Institute for Fracture and Solid pus to identify appropriate post graduation courses to serve the markets in the tri-state area of New York, New Mechanics Jersey and Pennsylvania. The institute of Fracture and Solid Mechanics was estab- The Iacocca Institute has the privilege of hosting the lished in the fall of 1970 to enable faculty members and Pennsylvania Governor’s School for Global students within the university to participate in research Entrepreneurship. This program is a unique learning relevant to fracture and solid mechanics on an interdisci- program to educate top high school students from plinary basis. A branch of this institute was established in Pennsylvania and from around the world on global the Republic of China in 1987 to carry out cooperative entrepreneurship. The 5-week residential program focus- research activities. An area of special interest to the insti- Graduate Studies 79 tute has been in fracture mechanics, which deals with the with experimental data obtained from instrumented study of structural and material sensitivity to flaws. Such metal forming laboratories (such as those maintained at flaws can seriously affect the design and strength of ships, the institute), or from our research partners in industry. aircraft, automobiles, bridges and buildings. In the design Research Activities. Current research areas include: of nuclear power plants, the incorporation of the fracture extrusion of metals, powders and polymers, sheet materi- mechanics concept of safety in the presence of flaws is al formability, rolling, wire drawing, forging, semi-solid required. In addition, fracture mechanics is finding appli- forming, light-optical and electron-optical micro-texture cation in such areas as bone fracture, environmentally analysis, coatings of powders, tooling design and tooling accelerated cracking of pavements and structural mem- materials, thermo-mechanical processing of metals, rapid bers, the fracture of rocks, and erosion of materials by prototyping, rapid tooling, and machinability of sintered solid or water particle impingement. powder materials. The activities of the institute include: expansion of Educational Opportunities. Students interested in metal research capabilities to include the application of concepts forming should refer to course offerings in the depart- of fracture mechanics to geology (rocks), medicine ments of materials science and engineering, mechanical (bones), and composite materials; editing books on timely engineering and mechanics, and industrial and manufac- subjects in fracture and solid mechanics; compilation and turing systems engineering. collection of written materials to establish and maintain a special library of fracture mechanics; planning of confer- For more information contact Wojciech Z. Misiolek, ences on fracture and solid mechanics; offering short Director, Institute for Metal Forming, 242 Whitaker courses and seminars on special topics; and conducting Laboratory, Lehigh University, 5 East Packer Avenue, liaison programs with industry and government agencies. Bethlehem, PA 18015. Research Activities. There are several research programs Institute of Thermo-Fluid Engineering being conducted in solid and fracture mechanics, spon- and Science sored by industry and government agencies. They The Institute of Thermo-Fluid Engineering and Science, include: established in 1978, provides a focus for research and Fracture mechanics. Analytical: stress analysis of engi- educational activities in fluid mechanics, thermodynam- neering structure weakened by flaws. ics, and heat transfer. Experimental: static and dynamic fracture toughness This institute seeks to consolidate the substantial ongo- testing of metallic, nonmetallic and composite materials. ing research effort in these fields, to aid in the further Solid mechanics. Analytical and numerical methods of development of such research, and to facilitate the uti- analysis. Plates and shells. lization of this interdisciplinary strength in the university’s educational programs. Educational Opportunities. Students interested in frac- ture and solid mechanics should refer to course offerings Currently 28 full-time faculty and staff from the depart- in the departments of mechanical engineering and ments of chemical engineering, mechanical engineering mechanics, materials science and engineering, civil engi- and mechanics, mathematics, and physics are among the neering, chemistry and biology. institute members. Graduate students and undergradu- ates as well as part-time and visiting staff members, join For more information, write to Herman F. Nied, in the institute’s activities. Institute of Fracture and Solid Mechanics, Packard Laboratory, Lehigh University, 19 Memorial Drive West, Research facilities for thermo-fluids programs are based Bethlehem, Pa 1805. in the College of Engineering and Applied Science. Among the facilities available are laboratories for experi- Institute for Metal Forming mental investigations of fluid mechanics, gas dynamics, The Institute for Metal Forming was established in 1970 turbulent structure, solid-gas fluidization, boiling heat to teach the principles and applications of metal forming transfer and two-phase flow, refrigeration and heat pump technology to graduate and undergraduate students, to systems, internal combustion engines, radiation and provide instructions and equipment for graduate research optical measurements, unit operations, thermodynamic in metal forming processes, and to assist industry with properties, and reaction engineering. The university’s solutions to problems in metal forming. Computing Center as well as various minicomputers are The main objective of the institute’s research is to con- available for use in analytical computations. duct cross-disciplinary process engineering studies to The institute also conducts the Thermo-Fluids Liaison better understand and control manufacturing processes Program to promote the interchange of knowledge and their impact on the microstructural response of a between researchers at Lehigh and engineers and scien- material. Recently, classical metal forming research has tists in industry and government. In cooperation with been expanded to include projects in powder processing, companies participating in the liaison program, the insti- microstructure analysis, and forming of polymers. tute’s staff members seek to apply their specialized The study of metal forming encompasses visioplacticity capabilities in thermo-fluids to current industrial and (physical modeling of a forming process); simulation of governmental engineering and scientific problems. microstructure response to process parameters (via repro- Research Activities. The institute’s staff members are duction of the thermo-mechanical conditions that a involved in three interrelated areas: fluid mechanics, heat material experiences during deformation); and computa- transfer and thermal science, and applied thermodynam- tional numerical modeling. Computer enhanced analysis ics and modeling. of material flow also allows us to optimize tooling design Combining experimental investigations with theoretical in many manufacturing processes. The combined quanti- analyses, the researchers seek to understand and quantify tative results of these techniques may then be compared the phenomenological mechanisms governing thermo- 80 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

fluid processes. This knowledge is then brought to bear 1936 and 1970. Gipson received the Pulitzer Prize in on relevant engineering problems of current concern in History in 1962 for Volume 10, subtitled, The Great such applications as energy conservation, power produc- War For Empire. When he died in 1971, Professor tion, coal conversion, aerodynamics, weather modeling, Gipson left his entire estate to Lehigh and provided the and nuclear energy. original endowment for the institute. The institute’s current research programs include more Research Activities. The income from the endowment of than twenty grants sponsored by industry and various the institute is used to encourage faculty and student governmental organizations. A wide spectrum of subjects research in the eighteenth century by providing small are under investigation, including research on flow- grants to defray travel costs, copying, and other expenses induced vibrations, unsteady turbulent flows, coherent to permit scholars to visit necessary libraries and deposito- turbulent boundary layer structures, blade flutter in ries. The Gipson Institute normally awards one fellowship compressors and fans, stochastic optimal control, colloid annually to a Ph.D. candidate enrolled at Lehigh size distributions by hydrodynamic chromatography, flu- University for dissertation research and writing in any idized combustion of coal, heat transfer in fluidized field of eighteenth-century studies. The institute also helps beds, heat pump systems, two-phase flow instrumenta- provide additional resources to build the university tion, boiling heat transfer and two-phase flows, and library’s research collections in eighteenth-century studies. nuclear reactor thermal safety. Educational Opportunities. The institute invites leading Educational Opportunities. Formal courses in fluid scholars to give occasional lectures and supports relevant mechanics, heat transfer, and thermodynamics are programs such as interdisciplinary seminars and visiting offered in the College of Engineering and Applied scholars interested in the eighteenth century. Annual Science. Institute staff members regularly teach both symposia honor Professor Gipson by bringing to campus undergraduate and graduate courses in the departments distinguished scholars to lecture and discuss various top- of mechanical engineering and mechanics, chemical ics. The essays generated at the symposia have been engineering, and physics. Undergraduates can select a published and the institute maintains a continuing close program of study, in consultation with their advisers, relationship with Lehigh University Press for publishing with emphasis on thermo-fluid sciences by elective original manuscripts on the eighteenth century. choices among the departmental offerings. A formal For more information, write to either of the co-directors, minor program in fluid mechanics is available. Graduate Jean R. Soderlund, Department of History, Maginnes studies leading to the M.S. or Ph.D. with concentration Hall, 9 W. Packer Ave., or Scott Paul Gordon, in thermo-fluids are available in the three departments. Department of English, Drown Hall, Lehigh University, Participation by both undergraduate and graduate students 35 Sayre Drive, Bethlehem, PA 18015. in the thermo-fluids research activities is encouraged. Many undergraduates participate as individuals or as groups in Philip and Muriel Berman Center for term projects under the supervision of institute faculty Jewish Studies members. This provides an opportunity for interested stu- The Philip and Muriel Berman Center for Jewish dents to obtain first-hand experience in pioneering Studies, established in 1984, develops, administers, and thermo-fluids research. The research programs directed by coordinates a comprehensive program in Jewish studies institute staff members also provide support for graduate at Lehigh University. The center is directed by Laurence research assistantships, enabling selected graduate students J. Silberstein, Philip and Muriel Berman professor of to pursue their education and research in thermo-fluids on Jewish Studies. either a part-time or full-time basis. Besides teaching on their home campuses, Berman facul- In cooperation with various academic departments, the ty offer Jewish studies courses at DeSales University, institute sponsors seminars by both staff specialists and Lafayette College, and Moravian College. In 2001, as the by invited speakers from other institutions. These semi- result of a gift from Susan Ballenzweig Beckerman, the nars are open to the university community, liaison center established the position of Writer-in-Residence in program participants, and to engineers and scientists cooperation with the department of English. The center from neighboring industries. The institute anticipates also coordinates the Richard and Susan Master Visiting organizing topical meetings, workshops, and short cours- Professorship in Jewish Studies at the Pontifical es on specialized subtopics within the over-all discipline. Gregorian University in Rome, a program initiated by Meeting topics will be selected to reflect ongoing Philip and Muriel Berman of Allentown, Pa. research activities of the staff members and contempo- Other activities of the center include designing and imple- rary engineering concerns. menting new courses and seminars, an annual lecture For more information, write to John C. Chen, Director, series, scholarly colloquia, and academic conferences. The Institute of Thermo-Fluid Engineering and Science, center organizes the “Lehigh in Israel” summer program Iacocca Hall, Lehigh University, 111 Research Drive, taught by Lehigh faculty and provides financial awards to Bethlehem, Pa. 18015. Lehigh undergraduates for study in Israel through the Howard Ballenzweig Memorial Fund. In addition, the Lawrence Henry Gipson Institute for center publishes a book series with New York University Eighteenth-Century Studies Press titled New Perspectives on Jewish Studies. The Lawrence Henry Gipson Institute for Eighteenth- For more information on the Berman Center and its pro- Century Studies was established in 1971, to honor one grams, write to Dr. Laurence J. Silberstein, Director, of America’s most distinguished scholars, who served as a Philip and Muriel Berman Center for Jewish Studies, long-time member of the faculty at Lehigh. Gipson’s Lehigh University, 9 W. Packer Avenue, Bethlehem, PA monumental life work, The British Empire Before the 18015, or call 610 758-4869 ([email protected]). American Revolution (15 volumes) was written between Graduate Studies 81

Martindale Center for the Study of tract. The faculty team consists of 9 members in three Private Enterprise engineering departments. Also, the CAMN was awarded a 5 year, $4.5 million contract through PTIA in support The Martindale Center for the Study of Private of a collaboration with Carnegie-Mellon University and Enterprise, part of the College of Business and the University of Pittsburgh. This award has enabled the Economics, was established in 1980 by a gift from Harry CAMN to successfully engage all four Colleges at Lehigh and Elizabeth Martindale. The primary purpose of the University. This award has provided us with the support center is to contribute through scholarship to the of many initiatives. These include the development of advancement of public understanding of the structure the premiere Materials Science and Engineering web- and performance of our economic system. based professional education program; the Attention is focused on the private sector of the econo- implementation of a needs assessment of Pennsylvania my and on public policies as they influence the private industry in the areas of advanced materials, photonics, sector. To achieve this end, the center activities include and biomaterials; the purchase of world class instrumen- the sponsorship of lectures and conferences, support of tation; and the support of research interactions with faculty research and case studies, and administration of the Pennsylvania industries. visiting scholar and executive-in-residence programs. The Educational Opportunities. This center facilitates pro- center sponsors and administers the Martindale Students grams of study and research that cross the traditional Association Program (for undergraduates) and the publica- boundaries of science and engineering curricula, provid- tion of their journal, Perspectives on Business and ing a fundamental, broad approach to the field of Economics. The center has established the Canadian materials science and technology. Studies Institute which encourages scholarship dealing with the business and economic environment of Canada Graduate students participating in the center’s program and with U.S./Canadian business and economic relations; usually receive master of science or doctor of philosophy and the Kalmbach Institute for the Study of Regional degrees in the academic discipline of their choice, i.e., Political Economy which focuses attention on the business chemistry, physics, materials science and engineering, and economic environment of the Lehigh Valley and other electrical engineering and computer science, etc.; or in regions throughout the U.S. The Center along with the an interdisciplinary program such as polymer science and Department of International Relations is partnering with engineering. However, they are expected to pursue the U.S. Department of State to establish a lecture series coursework related to a broader understanding of materi- on Global Political Economy. als and to conduct research on an interdisciplinary materials problem in one of the center’s six laboratories. For more information, write to Dr. J. Richard Aronson, Director, Martindale Center for the Study of Private Financial support for graduate students is available Enterprise, Rauch Business Center, Lehigh University, through the CAMN by means of research assistantships 621 Taylor Street, Bethlehem, PA 18015. related to sponsored research programs. For more information, write to Martin P. Harmer, Center for Advanced Materials and Director, CAMN, Lehigh University, 5 E. Packer Nanotechnology (CAMN) Avenue, Bethlehem, Pa. 18015-3194. The CAMN was established in 1962 to encourage inter- action among the science and engineering disciplines The Murray H. Goodman Center for with an interest in materials. The mission of the CAMN Real Estate Studies is to promote interdisciplinary research and education in The Murray H. Goodman Center for Real Estate Studies materials science by coordinating and administering was established in 1988 through a major gift from multi-investigator projects and developing and managing Murray H. Goodman, ’48. The center is a self-support- world class multi-user facilities. The center also conducts ing, interdisciplinary unit of the College of Business and the Materials Industrial Liaison Program. Founded in Economics. The center provides financial support and 1963, this program serves as an interface between indus- other assistance for undergraduate courses in real estate try and the intellectual resources and facilities of Lehigh and real estate finance, supports scholarly research in real University. In this capacity, the program objectives are to estate, and sponsors joint activities with practitioners in provide expertise on materials related issues and to facili- the real estate field. tate industrial interactions. Educational Opportunities. The center provides Research Activities. The CAMN is currently engaged in resources for the teaching of undergraduate courses in a wide variety of research activities i.e. the processing, real estate and real estate finance. Sponsored courses characterization, properties, and utilization of materials. include FIN 336 – Real Estate Finance, FIN 395 – These efforts include research programs in microstruc- Starting, Managing and Growing a Business Enterprise, tural characterization; processing and properties of and FIN 396/397 – Senior Practicum in Real Estate. In ceramics; deformation and fracture of materials; elec- addition, the center sponsors a continuing series of semi- tronic materials and packaging; polymer science; thin nars and presentations by real estate executives and films and coatings; joining and solidification; and com- practitioners. The center also serves as a clearinghouse puter modeling of materials processes. Major highlights for students seeking internships with real estate firms include the following research projects. After approxi- and related companies. mately a year of development, the CAMN was awarded a Research Activities. Consistent with the university’s $2 million contract through the PA Technology encouragement of scholarly research, the center provides Investment Authority (PTIA) to work with Penn State funding for faculty research in the real estate area. and a local manufacturing facility in the area of micro- Funding possibilities include: summer faculty research electronic packaging. This effort has resulted in an grants; travel, telephone and administrative support; and alliance anticipated to extend beyond this initial con- grants for part-time graduate assistants. The center also 82 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

maintains a file of sponsored research opportunities avail- engineering, and physics. The center also has research able through private foundations, government agencies scientists and engineers who help guide the research pro- and practitioner organizations and provides administrative gram. The current research effort is divided into two support to faculty applying for such funding. theme areas: Practitioner Interaction. The third aspect of the center’s A. Polymer adsorption/characterization. Investigators activities is its interaction with practitioners in the real are elucidating the processes of water-soluble poly- estate field. The increased emphasis on continuing edu- mer adsorption and desorption from water onto cation and research among real estate practitioner colloidal and planar surfaces such as polystyrene, organizations, as well as Lehigh’s proximity to major real TiO2 and silica. estate markets, enable the center to engage the practi- B. Wetting/adhesion. Using industrially important tioner community in a variety of joint projects. These metal and plastic surfaces, researchers in this area joint projects include: 1) sponsored research projects; 2) investigate the fundamentals of wetting and adhe- continuing education programs and short courses; 3) sion and the means of varying these processes by special conferences and events of national and/or region- altering the molecular structure at the interface. al interest; and, 4) center-sponsored databases and Another aspect of this theme is to examine the continuing activities of interest to the practitioner com- mechanical behavior of polymer interphases. munity. Selected projects include investigations of film for- For more information, write to Dr. Stephen F. Thode, mation, role of mechanical interlocking on Director, Murray H. Goodman Center for Real Estate adhesion, and “toughening” mechanisms and fatigue Studies, Rauch Business Center, Lehigh University, 621 resistance in plastics that are modified with rubbery Taylor Street, Bethlehem, PA 18015, or call (610) 758- and/or glassy inclusions. 4788 or email [email protected]. Research Facilities. Instrumentation available to PIC Musser Center for Entrepreneurship includes Atomic Force Microscopy in contact, non-con- tact and scanning tunneling modes; X-Ray The Warren V. Musser Center for Entrepreneurship was Photoelectron Spectroscopy; Scanning Auger Electron established through a gift from “Pete” Musser, Lehigh Spectroscopy; Laser Raman Spectroscopy; Fourier class of 1949, CEO of Safeguard Scientifics, Inc., a com- Transform Infrared Spectroscopy; Attenuated Total pany that leads in incubating and operating premier Reflectance Infrared Spectroscopy; Dynamic Light developing technology companies in the Internet infra- Scattering; Total Internal Reflectance Fluorescence; structure market. Ellipsometry; Surface Forces Instrument; Laser Trap; The Musser Center for Entrepreneurship, part of the Microcalorimetry; MoireInterferometry; Scanning College of Business and Economics, is currently being repo- Electron Microscopy; Transmission Electron Microscopy; sitioned with a focus on e-business for the entrepreneur. Solid-State and Liquid-State Nuclear Magnetic For more information, write to the Dean’s Office, Rauch Resonance Spectroscopy; Column Impregnation Units; Business Center, Lehigh University, 621 Taylor Street, Serum Replacement Cells; and a variety of Mechanical Bethlehem, PA 18015. Property Test Equipment. Educational Opportunities. PIC supports graduate-level Polymer Interfaces Center research for M.S. and Ph.D. degree students in subjects The Polymer Interfaces Center (PIC) is an related to the center’s goals. Students receive degrees Industry/University Cooperative Research Center that from their respective academic departments, but they was established at Lehigh University in 1991. It is spon- also take special courses on polymer interfaces given by sored by the National Science Foundation (NSF) and is the center faculty and participate in the multidisciplinary one of approximately 50 centers that have been estab- activities of the center. There are a few opportunities for lished at universities throughout the U.S. in an effort to research by undergraduates who have achieved senior leverage industrial development with university science. standing in a science or engineering major. In this arrangement, university professors, research scien- For more information, write to Manoj K. Chaudhury, tists and graduate students conduct industrially-relevant Director, Polymer Interfaces Center, Iacocca Hall, fundamental research while member companies and the Lehigh University, 111 Research Drive, Bethlehem PA NSF provide operating funds and guidance on the kinds 18015; or call (610) 758-3701. of model polymers, model substrates and goals that are of interest to them. Sherman Fairchild Center for Solid- PIC is developing a molecular-level understanding of the State Studies structural, dynamic, kinetic and energetic characteristics The Sherman Fairchild Laboratory was established by a of the interphase region between polymers and substrates major grant from the Sherman Fairchild Foundation and while also developing versatile methodologies to charac- was opened in the fall of 1976. The laboratory houses an terize the interphase region. Center research addresses interdisciplinary staff consisting of faculty and students such topics as adsorption, desorption, dynamic wetting, from the departments of physics, materials science and adhesion, charge transfer, transport, miscibility, compati- engineering, and electrical engineering and computer sci- bility and mechanical behavior. The center’s ultimate goal ence. While work on various aspects of solid-state science is to generate a scientific database to assist in designing is carried out at many locations on the Lehigh campus, advanced polymers for such diverse applications as lubri- the Sherman Fairchild Center provides the focal point cants, water treatment, secondary oil recovery, coatings, for studies of electronic materials and devices. inks, adhesives, and engineering plastics. Research Activities. The Sherman Fairchild Center’s fac- Research Activities. The center is interdisciplinary and ulty and students have a wide range of interests that includes faculty from four academic departments; chemi- include experimental and theoretical studies of the cal engineering, chemistry, materials science and physics of defects in non-metallic solids and of disordered Graduate Studies 83 materials; advanced semiconductor processing technolo- Fairchild Foundation and/or by university resources. In gy; and semiconductor device design, fabrication, and addition, teaching assistantships are available through characterization. The materials systems of interest are the departments and a number of research assistant posi- equally diverse and include silicon, silicon dioxide, com- tions are supported by research grants and contract pound semiconductors, wide bandgap semiconductors awards obtained by the laboratory staff. All of these (SiC, ZnSe, and GaN), ferroelectrics and glasses. arrangements typically permit graduate students in the The Sherman Fairchild Center houses several experimen- solid-state studies to take three courses per semester in tal laboratories. The Microelectronics Research addition to their teaching or research activities. There are Laboratory provides processing facilities for the fabrica- numerous opportunities for undergraduate students to tion of CMOS, CCD, MNOS, bipolar devices and participate in the research activities of the center with integrated circuits. Available technology includes low- the possibility of support during summer through the pressure chemical vapor deposition, RF metallization, Fairchild Summer Scholar Program. plasma chemistry, photolithography, oxidation and diffu- For more information write to Marvin H. White, sion. A new Display Research Laboratory has been Director of the Sherman Fairchild Center for Solid State established for work on electronic devices and thin-film Studies, Lehigh University, 16A Memorial Drive E, materials for large flat panel displays. The Compound Bethlehem, PA 18015-3184. Semiconductor Research Laboratory has facilities for processing and characterizing high speed integrated cir- Technology Studies Resource Center cuits. A new facility for the growth of compound The Technology Studies Resource Center, based in the semiconductor thin films by metalorganic vapor phase College of Arts and Sciences, creates and disseminates epitaxy is being constructed. materials and programming that will lead a wide range A 3 MeV Van de Graaff accelerator provides a radiation of people to an understanding of the mutual interaction facility that can be used to produce high energy electrons of technology and social institutions and values. for the generation of point defects. Individual laborato- Through the center, academics from all disciplines can ries provide instrumentation for optical excitation and collaborate on research and develop educational oppor- luminescence, electron paramagnetic resonance (EPR), tunities in technology studies with academic colleagues deep level transient spectroscopy (DLTS), and Fourier and with nonacademic sponsors. transform infrared spectroscopy (FTIR) for the study of The Technology Studies Resource Center’s activities defects in semi-conductors. There are also facilities for embrace the needs of academics, pre-college and college the study of transport in mesoscopic devices at students, and industrial, political, and public audiences, milliKelvin temperatures, Raman spectroscopy, and who seek information about technology as a force in ultrasonic attenuation. Theoretical work is facilitated by contemporary society. Four principal areas of activities the university’s extensive network of workstations. are the development and dissemination of resource mate- Current research programs include work on 1) VLSI rials, professional development programming, microelectronics, a study of the characterization of small- educational programming, and stimulation and coordi- geometry solid-state devices for VLSI, with emphasis on nation of technology studies and research projects. CMOS transistors; 2) nonvolatile semiconductor memo- Specific activities include: collecting and distributing col- ries that offer the possibility of a “semiconductor disk;” 3) lege-level course syllabi in technology studies; publishing SiC materials for application in power electronics at high bibliographies in specific areas of technology studies; temperature; 4) the fundamental properties of impurities publishing the Science, Technology and Society and simple lattice defects in silicon and wide bandgap Curriculum Development Newsletter; maintenance of a compound semiconductors; a variety of methods (crystal data base of personnel, curricula, and materials resources growth, diffusion, electron irradiation) are used to intro- in technology studies; sponsoring conferences, work- duce defects which can then be studied by spectroscopic shops, seminars, and institutes in technology studies; and techniques that include electron paramagnetic resonance integrating technology studies material with existing (both conventional and optically detected), deep-level high school curricula and developing better courses in transient spectroscopy, and infrared absorption spec- science and mathematics in cooperation with regional administrators and faculty. troscopy; 5) the oxidation of Si1-xGex alloys and SiC with emphasis on the very early stages of oxidation and impu- For more information write to Stephen H. Cutcliffe, rity enhanced oxidation; 6) quantum mechanical Director, Technology Studies Resource Center, Maginnes calculations of the structural, vibrational, and electronic Hall, Lehigh University, 9 W. Packer Avenue, properties of defects in SiO2 and wide bandgap semicon- Bethlehem, Pa. 18015. ductors like GaN; 7) the fabrication of prototype active matrix displays; 8) the fabrication and characterization of Other University Related high speed, compound semiconductor integrated circuits; and 9) the collective dynamics of partially ordered and Centers disordered ferroelectrics and glasses. Educational Opportunities. Graduate students associat- Ben Franklin Technology Partners of ed with the Sherman Fairchild Center usually enroll for Northeastern Pennsylvania the master of science or doctor of philosophy degree in The Ben Franklin Technology Partners of Northeastern the traditional discipline of their choice, such as physics, Pennsylvania (BFTP/NEP) is based on the Murray H. materials science and engineering, electrical engineering, Goodman campus and is a wholly-owned subsidiary of etc., with specific course requirements and research par- Lehigh. The Center is part of a four-member state-fund- ticipation coordinated through the appropriate ed economic development system that brings together department chairperson. Students are financially sup- the best of Pennsylvania’s people, ideas, and technology ported by graduate fellowships provided by the Sherman and serves as a catalyst for advancing the state’s technolo- 84 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

gy economy. Ben Franklin frequently utilizes the faculty, Engineering, American Society of Civil Engineers, students, and resources of Lehigh to accomplish its tasks. American Institute of Architects, American Planning BFTP/NEP fosters innovation to stimulate economic Association, International Union of Architects, American growth and prosperity. The center collaborates with edu- Society of Interior Designers, Japan Structural cational institutions, communities, other economic Consultants Association, Urban Land Institute, and development organizations, and government to help International Federation of Interior Designers. In 1974 companies succeed. By providing knowledge and invest- the Council was admitted as a consulting nongovern- ment resources, Ben Franklin facilitates the creation of mental organization to the United Nations Educational, new products, sophisticated technologies, and fresh ideas Scientific and Cultural Organization. among entrepreneurs and established companies to help Recognized as the source for information on tall build- them prosper. The result: the creation and retention of ings worldwide, the Council’s mission is to disseminate high quality local jobs and a strong economic climate. information on healthy urban environments and tall The goals of BFTP/NEP include helping early-stage building technology, maximize the international interac- technology-oriented businesses to form and grow, help- tion of professionals involved in creating the built ing established manufacturers to improve productivity environment, and to make the latest knowledge available through the application of new technologies and prac- to professionals in a useful form. tices, and promoting an innovative community-wide The Council focuses on the role of tall buildings in the infrastructure that fosters a favorable business environ- urban environment. Providing adequate space for life ment for high-growth companies. and work involves not only technological factors, but Founded in 1983, the Ben Franklin Technology Partners social and cultural aspects as well. of Northeastern Pennsylvania has: The Council hosts global conferences on the topics of •Created and retained over 21,900 jobs. tall buildings and the urban habitat and publishes the • Established 298 companies. “CTBUH Review”, which includes papers submitted by researchers, scholars, suppliers and practicing profession- • Commercialized and implemented over 450 new als who are engaged in the planning, design, products and processes. construction and operation of tall buildings and the The Ben Franklin program is structured to help compa- environment throughout the world. In addition, the nies achieve sustainable competitive advantage. Council operates the “High Rise Buildings Database” BFTP/NEP is measured on the basis of the commercial which contains date on thousands of tall buildings. success achieved by its clients as a direct result of assis- The Council is not an advocate for tall buildings, per se, tance provided. but in those situations in which such buildings are Assistance includes expertise, largely contributed in the viable, it seeks to encourage the use of the latest knowl- northeast by the center’s association with Lehigh University edge in their implementation. and other leading research universities, and funding, with The headquarters of the Council is at Lehigh investments ranging from $30,000 to $150,000 per year University. Nearly 1,200 specialists, primarily engi- for up to three years. Faculty and students involved with neers, architects, planners, and sociologists from 70 Ben Franklin gain experience in solving real issues for countries, are involved in the work of the Council, a working businesses. Technical and business assistance serv- number of whom provide advisory guidance for rele- ices are provided on a year-round basis. vant Lehigh research projects. The Northeast Center operates a business incubator on For more detailed information, contact David M. Maola, Lehigh’s Mountaintop campus. The 12,000 square foot Council on Tall Buildings and Urban Habitat, Lehigh incubator holds up to ten start-up companies. Thirty com- University, 117 ATLSS Drive, Bethlehem, Pa. 18015; panies have graduated from the BFTP/NEP incubator. Phone: (610) 758-3515, Fax: (610) 758-4522; e-mail: For the 2001 funding year, the Northeast Center [email protected]. Visit our website under Research received over $6.2 million from the state Department Centers and Institutes on Lehigh’s homepage or at of Community and Economic Development, with www.ctbuh.org. nearly $11.3 million in matching funds committed from private-sector businesses, educational institutions Manufacturers Resource Center and other sources. The mission of the Manufacturers Resource Center For more information, contact the Ben Franklin (MRC) is to help small and mid-sized manufacturers Technology Partners of Northeastern Pennsylvania, and related industries enhance their ability to compete Lehigh University, 125 Goodman Drive, Bethlehem, PA successfully by providing them with strategic partner- 18015-3715; 610-758-5200; www.nep.benfranklin.org. ing, consulting and education. The MRC is a first stop, E-mail: [email protected]. full service, highly responsive, easy-to-use resource cen- ter providing information, problem solving and Council on Tall Buildings and Urban funding assistance. Habitat The MRC is one of seven statewide Industrial Resource The Council on Tall Buildings and Urban Habitat, an Centers (IRCs) and one of 70 federally funded National international organization sponsored by engineering, Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) architectural, planning and construction professionals, Manufacturing Extension Partnership (MEP) centers. was established in 1969 to facilitate exchanges among Over the last twelve years, MRC has worked with those involved in all aspects of the planning, design, con- approximately 500 companies on over 2,000 projects. struction, and operation of tall buildings. The top six industries MRC has worked with include The Council’s nine professional society sponsors are: industrial/commercial machinery, fabricated materials, International Association for Bridge and Structural electronics, rubber/plastics, primary metals and chemi- Graduate Studies 85 cals. The top seven project types are lean manufacturing, Development Center. The ITDP helps companies with quality management, business planning, management exportable products to develop export marketing plans systems, business systems, and human resources/work- and establish direct contacts with international markets. force development. The five main products groups for Seminars, trade missions and research projects support MRC are quality/lean manufacturing, operations the efforts of this program. (including IT), business practices, workforce develop- The Government Marketing Assistance Program assists ment, and information technology/e-business. potential suppliers to government in identifying and The MRC serves Berks, Carbon, Lehigh, Northampton, developing procedures. Clients are handled on a one-to- and Schuylkill. Services are delivered through experi- one basis. Trade fairs and seminars are also offered. enced staff and industry professionals, private and The Financing Assistance Program provides assistance in academic consultants, customized training programs, and loan packaging and financial planning and helps clients Internet portals. identify appropriate financing sources. The program For further information or assistance, please contact administers the Lehigh Valley Small Business Loan Pool Edith Ritter, Executive Director, at (610) 758-5599. and the Lehigh Valley Chapter of the Northeastern Pennsylvania Angel Network, a partnership program The Philip Rauch Center for Business with the Ben Franklin Technology Partners of Communications Northeastern PA. Contracts with the The Rauch Center for Business Communications is an aca- Lehigh/Northampton Revolving Loan Fund, the Lehigh demic center of Lehigh University that aims to support Valley Economic Development Corporation and other and foster development of e-business paradigms within the funding agencies provide resources for this assistance. College of Business and Economics. In addition, the The Lehigh Valley Export Network (LEXNET) is the Center focuses on the more traditional modes of business regional office of the Team Pennsylvania Export communication such as writing technique, rhetoric, and Network. Throughout the year LEXNET brings PA oral presentation skills. Philip Rauch, retired chairman of foreign office representatives to the Lehigh Valley to Parker Hannifin Corporation and a prominent member of meet with SBDC clients and discuss in-country export Lehigh University’s class of ’33, established the Center in assistance needs. LEXNET also assists with export 1981 through a generous contribution. finance programs such as Market Access Grants allow- The role of the Center is: ing small and mid-sized manufacturing or service •To recognize and impart to students the communica- companies to participate in international trade events. tion skills needed to function in e-business today; Specialized training events and seminars are also held throughout the year. •To function as a faculty-friendly teaching, learning, and technology center; Technology Business Development Program (TBDP) – The TBDP provides assistance to companies in the areas •To support and develop the initiatives of affiliated of technology, product development, patent searches, CBE Centers, such as the Musser Center and the trademarks, copyright, Internet strategies, commercial Small Business Development Center. potential, business socio-economic certifications and The Rauch Center for Business Communications is ded- defense conversion. Special assistance with SBIR/STTR icated to providing students and faculty with an research funding opportunities is available. Clients are accessible, diversified, and up-to-date range of services, handled on a one-to-one basis. Seminars and workshops designed to most effectively meet current, and anticipate are also available. future business communication needs. Business Education and Training Program (BETP) – The For more information, write to Robert R. Kendi, Business Education and Training Program of the Small Director, The Philip Rauch Center for Business Business Development Center provides specialized work- Communications, Rauch Business Center, Lehigh shops, seminars and customized training for the small University, 621 Taylor Street, Bethlehem, PA 18015- business community. In addition, BETP hosts a quarter- 3117 or email [email protected] or phone ly Venture Luncheon Series, providing a networking 610-758-4608. forum for entrepreneurs and venture capitalists. Small Business Development Center LUMAC. The Lehigh University Management Assistance Counseling program (a graded three-credit Established in 1978, the SBDC provides general man- course) was established in 1972 on the initiative of agement assistance to over 2,000 entrepreneurs and small undergraduate students. Through support from the businesses per year in the Lehigh Valley and surrounding SBDC, approximately 150 students per year gain practi- areas. Primary funding for this program comes from cal experience by providing counseling to sixty major grants from the U.S. Small Business businesses. Administration and the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. SCORE. The Service Corps of Retired Executives is Specialized Programs. The Management Assistance associated with the SBDC. SCORE, which works most Program delivers general management consulting to closely with the SBDC, is chartered by the U.S. Small existing small firms and start-up ventures. Services are Business Administration and provides business expertise offered to retail, service, wholesale, construction and to current or potential business owners. manufacturing firms. Support is offered through elec- tronic data base research. Seminars are offered on many For more information, write to Sandra Holsonback, topics of interest to growing firms. Director, Small Business Development Center, Rauch Business Center, 621 Taylor Street, Bethlehem, PA The International Trade Development Program (ITDP) 18015. is a specialized outreach effort of the Small Business 86 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

V. Courses, Programs and Curricula

This section includes listings of undergraduate and grad- requisites must in order to be admitted to a course either uate courses offered by Lehigh University. For purposes obtain on line permission from the designated college or of record, all approved courses are listed. It must be department officer or, file with the registrar at the time understood, however, that the offerings in any given of registration and on a standard form provided, a waiver semester are contingent upon a number of factors, of prerequisites signed by the course instructor, the including student needs as determined at the time of teaching department chair and either the chair of the early registration. student’s major department or the associate dean. All academic departments and programs are listed in Academic work completed elsewhere must be attested in alphabetical order. this manner as being substantially equivalent to prereq- uisites listed, unless the student’s records in the Office of Credit Hours the Registrar show that the proper officers have so evalu- The number in parentheses following each course title ated this preparation previously. indicates the credit value of the course in terms of In a few cases, corequisites are indicated. In such semester hours (“credit hours”). instances the corequisite course is taken in the same Course Numbering semester. The course numbering system specifies which courses Information Limits can be applied to the program of study as the student The course descriptions are intended to guide the stu- progresses toward the undergraduate or graduate degree. dent in selecting appropriate courses. For reasons of In general, the numbering series is as follows: space, descriptions are brief. In most cases, courses will 0-99. Courses primarily for freshmen or sophomores. have a significantly broader scope than the topics listed Not available for graduate credit. in the description. In some courses, material may 100-199. Intermediate-level undergraduate courses. Not change from what is described. If there is doubt con- open to freshmen except on petition. Not available for cerning the appropriateness of any course for the graduate credit. individual’s educational objectives, it is suggested that the student confer with the adviser. 200-299. Advanced undergraduate courses. Courses in the College of Business and Economics and specific Abbreviations departments as noted in the listings are open to fresh- Whenever possible, course listings contain information men and sophomores only on petition. Not available for indicating what requirements the course satisfies, the graduate credit in the major field. semester or semesters in which it is offered, and the 300-399. Advanced undergraduate courses. Same as name of the scheduled instructor or instructors. 200-299, but available for graduate credit in major field. While all information herein is subject to change, the 400-499. Graduate-level courses, open to undergradu- information is included to serve as a guide in the selec- ates only by petition. tion of appropriate courses that best fulfill the student’s academic requirements and personal goals. Provisional Courses The symbols following course descriptions for some Each instructional department is authorized to offer pro- College of Arts and Sciences courses include: visional courses, or those offered on a trial basis, as well as special opportunities courses. Such courses can GC. Courses that meet the Global Citizenship program become a permanent part of the university curriculum. requirements. These courses are numbered, as is appropriate, . . . 95- HU. Courses that meet the Humanities distribution 98 . . . 195-198, . . . 295-298, . . . 395-398, for a requirements. maximum of two semesters. NS. Courses that meet the Science distribution require- Apprentice Teaching and Cooperative ments. Undergraduate Education SS. Courses that meet the Social Science distribution For details of these programs, see descriptions under requirements. “Apprentice Teaching” and “Cooperative Undergraduate MA. Courses that meet the Mathematical distribution Education,” in section III. requirements. Prerequisites ND. Not designated to meet distribution requirements. Academic preparation required for admission to courses The symbols following course descriptions for some is indicated under “prerequisites” included at the end of College of Engineering and Applied Science courses each course description. Prerequisites are stated in most include: cases for purposes of convenience in terms of Lehigh ES. This code plus the following number indicates that courses. Academic status required for admission, where the course satisfies a number of hours of engineering sci- numbering does not fully describe this status, is also ence requirements for ABET accreditation. indicated under “prerequisites.” ED. This code plus the following number indicates that A student who does not have the status (e.g., sophomore the course satisfies a number of hours of engineering standing) or the academic preparation set forth as pre- design requirements for ABET accreditation. Accounting 87

Accounting Content: •Develop in each student an appreciation for the role Professors. James A. Largay, III, Ph.D. (Cornell), C.P.A.; of the accounting profession in the external business John W. Paul, Ph.D. (Lehigh), C.P.A.; Kenneth P. environment including societal, global, technological, Sinclair, Ph.D. (Massachusetts), chair, department of ethical, legal, and regulatory issues. accounting. •Provide students with a perspective of the role of the Associate professors. Karen M. Collins, Ph.D. (VPI), accounting professional in the internal business environ- C.P.A.; Parveen P. Gupta, Ph.D. (Penn State); James A. ment, including business strategy, organizational Hall, Ph.D. (Oklahoma State); Manash R. Ray, Ph.D. structure and behavior, uses of technology, ethics, diversi- (Penn State); ty, and the interrelationship of business functional areas. Assistant professor. Stephen L. Liedtka, Ph.D. •Provide students with a theoretical framework and (Maryland), C.P.A. develop their ability to apply problem-solving skills in the areas of financial accounting, managerial account- Professor of Practice. Paul N. Gordon, M.B.A. ing, information systems, auditing, and taxation. (University of Wisconsin at Madison), C.P.A To the extent that the above objectives are achieved, Adjunct professors. Daniel A. Bayak, M.B.A. Accounting Program graduates will be well-prepared for (Scranton), C.P.A., C.M.A; Martin Rudolph, M.B.A. positions in public accounting, industry, not-for-profit (Drexel), C.P.A.; Susan J. Toohey, M.A. (University of organizations, and graduate school. Although preparation Northern Colorado), C.I.A., C.F.E; Kindra S. Walker, for professional examinations is not a primary objective of M.B.A. (New York University), C.P.A. Lehigh’s Accounting Program, students successfully com- The Accounting Program offered through the pleting the Accounting Program will have the background Department of Accounting provides a variety of courses to take professional examinations in accounting. to support College of Business and Economics (CBE) core requirements and to provide an undergraduate The Accounting Major major in accounting and a M.S. degree in accounting. The undergraduate program in accounting is accredited The mission of the Accounting Program is to provide rig- by AACSB-The International Association for orous professional accounting education that prepares Management Education. This achievement places the high quality undergraduate and graduate students with program within a small group of schools which have sat- diverse backgrounds for life-long learning and positions of isfied a rigorous examination of the program, faculty, leadership in the business community. Consistent with the and students that extend beyond the accreditation stan- missions of Lehigh University and the College of Business dards applied to the entire College of Business and and Economics, the Accounting Program continuously Economics undergraduate and graduate programs. seeks to be recognized as one of a select group of programs In addition to the existing sophomore prerequisites, in the United States where an educational experience of Introduction to Financial Accounting (ACC 151) and the highest possible quality is obtainable. Introduction to Managerial Accounting (ACC 152), Within the accounting major, there is an opportunity to accounting majors are required to take four junior-level, explore the various career opportunities within the broad accounting core requirements (12 credits) and one con- field of accounting: Public Accounting Assurance and Tax centration (9 credits): Services, Financial Services and Corporate Accounting, Core Requirements and Information Systems. In addition to the undergradu- (typically taken junior year) Credits ate program, the Master of Science in Accounting and Financial I and II (ACC 315 and 316) 6 Information Analysis degree offers an outstanding oppor- Accounting Information Systems (ACC 311) 3 tunity to prepare graduate students for a career in today’s Cost Accounting (ACC 324) 3 demanding field of accounting. Lehigh’s unique program 12 recognizes the impact of technology on business processes Concentration (typically taken senior year)– and the value chain while paying respect to the time hon- three courses, one of which is accounting 9 ored usefulness of accounting information. The Accounting Program recognizes the learning objectives set 21 forth by the College of Business and Economics as an The following three concentrations are available: integral part of the curriculum, as well as the importance 1. Public Accounting Assurance and Tax Services of providing students with a strong foundation in liberal This concentration is suited for students interested in arts, humanities, and science as set out in the CBE core entering public accounting. This concentration requires curriculum. In addition to the CBE core curriculum, the the core and the following 9-credit concentration: accounting curriculum is designed to foster the following •Fundamentals of Federal Income Taxation (ACC 307) learning objectives: •Fundamentals of Auditing (ACC 320) •Advanced Financial Accounting (ACC 317) Skills: 2. Financial Services and Corporate Accounting •Cultivate and develop in each student, a capacity for This concentration may appeal to students seeking life-long, self learning. accounting positions at financial services firms and •Develop students’ oral and written communication industrial corporations. For some time representatives skills. from these companies have sought Lehigh students with •Develop students’ interpersonal skills, including inter- a strong accounting background. External constituencies personal dynamics, leadership, teamwork, and suggest that a dose of finance will strengthen these stu- negotiation. dents and make them even more attractive. •Develop students’ problem-solving skills, including critical thinking and decision-making skills. 88 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

Because Lehigh’s finance faculty determined that two ACCT 307. Fundamentals of Federal Income courses, Investments (FIN 323), and Corporate Taxation (3) Financial Policy (FIN 328), are both needed to have a An introductory study of the principles and concepts of core understanding of finance, this second concentration federal income taxation of individuals, corporations, requires these two courses. Also, a new course, Analysis partnerships, and fiduciaries; and federal gift and estate of Financial Statements, ACC 318, is positioned at the taxes. Determination of tax liabilities and opportunities interface of accounting and finance. for planning are emphasized. Problem-solving using the •Investments (FIN 323) source materials of tax law and tax research are impor- • Corporate Financial Policy (FIN 328) tant components of the course. Prerequisite: Acct 151. • Analysis of Financial Statements (ACC 318) ACCT 309. Advanced Federal Income Taxation (3) 3. Information Systems An advanced study of the taxation of business organiza- Public accounting firms seek graduates for the rapidly tions, estates, trust, and wealth transfer taxes. Planning growing area of global risk management (GRM). and research are the basic components of the course. Students entering GRM will be responsible for assess- Problem-solving and written research are emphasized. ing accounting system and computer risks that impact Prerequisite: Acct 307. the financial statements of the organization and for evaluating internal controls in place to minimize such ACCT 311. Accounting Information Systems (3) risks. Their findings become an important element in An introduction to the concepts underlying information the conduct of the financial audit. This new career systems as they relate to organizational structure, mana- path thus requires students who possess strong sys- gerial decision making and accounting. The course tems skills and an understanding of financial acquaints students with the reports and documents gen- accounting, management accounting, and auditing. erated by information systems, as well as procedures and Taxes and advanced financial accounting topics are controls employed in a variety of business applications. less important in this setting. Therefore, the following Students apply these concepts, techniques and proce- courses comprise this concentration. dures to the planning, analysis and design of manual and •Fundamentals of Auditing (ACC 320) computer-based information systems. Prerequisite: Acct •Systems Analysis and Design (BIS 311) 152 and BIS 111. •Electronic Commerce (BIS 331) or E-Business ACCT 315. Financial Accounting I (3) Systems (BIS 342) or Internship in Prague (BIS 360) Intensive study of the basic concepts and principles of The description and requirements of the Master of financial accounting, emphasizing the problems of fair Science in Accounting and Information Analysis presentation of an entity’s financial position and operat- Program are found under Graduate Study and Research. ing results. Consideration of the conceptual framework of accounting, review of the accounting process, and Undergraduate Courses measurement and valuation of current assets, current lia- ACCT 108. Fundamentals of Accounting (3) bilities, plant assets, intangibles, investments, and A one-semester survey of accounting principles and prac- long-term debt. Problem-solving skills and critical analy- tices designed for those students which includes an sis are stressed. Prerequisite: Acct 152. introduction to industrial cost systems designed for those ACCT 316. Financial Accounting II (3) non-CBE students planning to take only one accounting The sequel to Accounting 315, this course continues with course. Other students should take the Acct 151-152 intensive study of such topics as stockholders’ equity, valu- sequence. ation and disclosure of leases and pensions, income tax ACCT 151. Introduction to Financial allocation, changing prices, revenue issues, earnings per share, and complexities related to the statement of changes Accounting (3) in financial position. Analysis and interpretation of finan- The organization, measurement and interpretation of eco- cial statements and problem-solving skills are integral parts nomic information. Introduction to accounting theory, of the course. Prerequisite: Acct 315. concepts and principles, the accounting cycle, information processing, and financial statements. Exposure to contro- ACCT 317. Advanced Financial Accounting (3) versial issues concerning income determination and A study of specialized topics in financial accounting, valuation. Prerequisite: sophomore standing and successful including partnership accounting, business combinations completion of Excel competency exam. and consolidated financial statements, segment and inter- im reporting, foreign currency transactions and translation, ACCT 152. Introduction to Managerial and accounting and reporting for governmental and other Accounting (3) nonprofit organizations. Involves considerable problem- An introduction to internal accounting information for solving and critical evaluation of controversial theoretical all levels of management. Topics include cost flow in a issues. Prerequisite: Acct 315 or 316. manufacturing operation; planning, evaluating and con- trolling through budgeting and standard costing; and ACCT 318. Analysis of Financial Statements (3) decision-making using cost-volume-profit analysis, direct This course uses financial statement information to ana- costing, and relevant costs. Prerequisite: Acct 151. lyze companies’ profitability and risk. Understanding the form, content and relationships among the financial For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduate statements is integrated with the use of ratios and ana- Students lytic adjustments to augment the information in Courses numbered 200 and above in the College of published financial reports. Current developments, busi- Business and Economics are open to sophomores only ness strategies and off-balance-sheet financing are linked on petition. to assessments of companies, performance. Case studies, team projects and presentations involve actual compa- Africana Studies 89 nies, financial statements. Prerequisite: Acct 316 (may be The major and minor in Africana Studies constitute an taken concurrently); open only to graduating seniors. interdepartmental and comparative program of study for ACCT 320. Fundamentals of Auditing (3) undergraduates who wish to integrate the insights and An introduction to auditing theory, objectives, and prac- methods of several disciplines to understand the history, tices related largely to the responsibilities of independent culture, social, and political experience of people of professional accountants. The auditing environment, African descent globally. The Africana Studies curricu- generally accepted auditing standards, internal control lum encompasses two intended lines of inquiry: (1) the theory, and reporting alternatives are considered. diverse influences in Africa and the African diaspora that Exposure to operational auditing is provided. have shaped African American culture, and (2) the vari- Prerequisites: Acct 311 and 315. ety of ways that the African American experience has shaped and been shaped by American culture. ACCT 324. Cost Accounting (3) An in-depth study of cost concepts appropriate for prod- The Major uct costing in a manufacturing operation, planning and The major in Africana Studies consists of a minimum of controlling routine operations, and nonroutine decision- ten (10) courses, constituting at least 30 credit hours and making. Topics include job order and process costing, no less than four (4) upper level courses. It entails train- joint and by-products, cost allocation, budgeting, stan- ing across disciplinary lines as well as concentrated study dard costing, direct costing, cost-volume-profit analysis, in a single discipline: and relevant costs for decisions. Prerequisite: Acct 152. Introductory Course (1) ACCT 371. Directed Readings (1-3) Humanities (3) Readings and research in various fields of accounting; Social Sciences (3) designed for superior students who have a special interest Disciplinary Concentration (3) in some topic or topics not covered by the regularly ros- In addition, students are encouraged to pursue inde- tered courses. Written term paper(s) required. Prerequisite: pendent study opportunities to enhance their knowledge preparation acceptable to the department chair. of specific aspects of Africana Studies. ACCT 372. Special Topics (1-3) The Minor Special problems and issues in accounting for which no regularly scheduled course work exists. When offered as The minor consists of a minimum of five (5) courses, group study, coverage varies according to interests of the constituting at least 15 hours of study that includes the instructor and students. Prerequisite: preparation in introductory course and no less than two upper level accounting acceptable to the program coordinator. courses in the field. Course descriptions for the College of Business and Core Courses: Economics graduate courses can be found in this section Core courses concentrate on subject material directly rel- (Section V) under the heading of Business and Economics evant to the study of past and present experiences of Graduate Courses. people of African descent. AAS 3. Introduction to Africana Studies (4) Africana Studies An interdisciplinary examination of the roots, culture, and politics of the modern black world through study of Professors. William R. Scott, Ph.D. (Princeton), classic works in Africana Studies with emphasis on the Professor of History, program director; Elizabeth N. Fifer, continuities among African peoples worldwide and the Ph.D. (Michigan), Professor of English; Jean R. social forces that have shaped contemporary black life in Soderlund, Ph.D. (Temple), Professor of History. Africa and the Americas. Scott. (SS) Associate professors. Berrisford W. Boothe, M.F.A AAS 5. (HIST 5) African Civilization (4) (Maryland Institute College of Art), Associate Professor of Sub-Saharan Africa through the millennia of the ancient Art and Architecture. world to the present. Human origins, state and non-state Assistant professors. Seth Moglen, Ph.D. (UC systems, the external slave trade; colonialism, resistance Berkeley), Assistant Professor of English; Heather Johnson, to European rule; independence movements; neocolo- Ph.D. (Northeastern University); Assistant Professor of nialism. Scott. (SS) Sociology and Anthropology; Kashi Johnson, MFA AAS 38. (ENGL 38) Introduction to African (University of Pittsburgh) Literature (3) Adjunct professors. Mildred Rivera- Martinez, Ph.D. Sub-Saharan African literary themes and styles, historical (Stanford University); Sharon Levy, Ed.D. (Lehigh); and social contexts, African folk tales, oral poetry, colo- Jeffrey B. Fleisher, Ph.D. (University of Virginia). nial protest literature, postcolonial writing, films on The purpose of the Africana Studies Program is to contemporary Africa. Staff. (HU) engender in Lehigh students an intellectual appreciation AAS 64. (ECO 64, HIST 64) Plantation to Ghetto (2) of the life and culture of people of African descent Examination of topics in the economic history of African worldwide, especially in the United States, thereby Americans from the 1500s to the present. Explores the enriching the Lehigh curriculum and increasing the rele- slave trade, slavery, post-Civil War South, the black fami- vance of a Lehigh education to a culturally diverse ly, migration, urbanization, and race and poverty. society and world. In the best tradition of a liberal arts O’Brien, Scott. (SS) education, Africana Studies expands all Lehigh students’ critical understanding of their own heritage in interac- AAS 103. (SSP 103) Race and Ethnicity (4) fall tion with other cultures. Examines race and ethnicity from a sociological perspec- tive. Focus on the role of the major racial and ethnic communities in modern American society. Explores the 90 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005 roles of race and ethnicity in identity, social relations, chances and structuring opportunity, as well as their and social inequality. Topics include racial and ethnic roles in the perpetuation of social inequality across gen- communities, minority/majority groups, assimilation, erations. We will address contemporary debates prejudice/discrimination, identity and the social con- surrounding public policy, tax laws, anti-poverty pro- struction of the concept of “race.” H. Johnson. (SS) grams and other reform efforts aimed at decreasing the AAS 129. (HIST 129) Black Political Thought in gap between the “Haves” and the “Have-Nots.” H. Johnson (SS) America (4) Black leadership, organizations, and philosophy in AAS 263. Caribbean Artistic and Cultural America from Reconstruction to the Civil Rights Era; Traditions (4) ideas and programs of Booker T. Washington, W.E.B. Representation of contemporary popular culture in the DuBois, Marcus Garvey, Malcolm X and Martin Luther Caribbean in literature, music, painting and other artis- King, Jr. Scott. (SS) tic expressions. Major attention is devoted to the AAS 130. (HIST 130) African American History (4) influences on tradition, folklore and religion in modern Blacks in America from the first importation of Africans Caribbean life. Martinez-Rivera. (HU) to the implementation of civil rights laws. West African AAS 310. (SSP 310, WS 310) Gender, Race and origins, slave trade, slavery, free blacks and emancipation Sexuality: The Social Construction of and study of Reconstruction, segregation, urbanization, Differences (4) and the struggle for racial equality. Staff. (SS) This course will provide the student with an opportunity AAS 138. Introduction to African American to engage current debates about the meaning and use of Literature (4) racial and sexual classification systems in society. Using a Survey of African American prose narrative and poetry multidisciplinary and critical approach, we will examine from the 18th century to the present. Features writers the historical and sociological contexts in which specific from the Harlem Renaissance, the Black Arts Movement, theories of racial and sexual differences emerged in the and the post-Black Power era. Levy. (HU) U S. Prerequisite: SSP 103, or department permission. Staff. (SS) AAS 140. (THTR 140) African American Theatre (4) Foundations of African American theater: historical, lit- AAS 331. (HIST 331) United States and Africa (4) erary, and practical. K.Johnson. (HU) Reciprocal relationships between North America and the African continent from the slave trade in the seventeenth AAS 142.(PSYC 142) The Psychology of African century to the twentieth century Afrocentric movement; Americans (4) impact of Americans on shaping of modern Africa, Pan- Exploration of scholarship on the attitudes and actions African relations; influence of African Americans on of black Americans stressing the psychological dynamics, U.S. policies toward Africa. Scott. (SS) popular culture and behavior of contemporary African Americans. Staff. (SS) AAS 332. (HIST 332) Slavery and the American South (4) AAS 145. (WS 145) African American Women The emergence and demise of the “peculiar institution” Writers (4) of African American slavery in British North America Literature by African American women writers with a focus and the Old South. African background, colonial begin- on the experiences and images of black women in the U.S. nings, 19th century slave community, the ruling race Explores the written portraits and voices of 20th century and proslavery ideology, the death of slavery and its black female novelists and poets, including Hurston, Petry, aftermath, slavery and freedom in a comparative context. Morrison, Angelou, and Walker. Levy. (HU) Staff (SS) AAS 148. Cultural Diversity in the Caribbean (4) AAS 359. (HIST 359) History of South Africa (4) Cultural diversity in the Caribbean islands and the South Africa’s history from its earliest human settlement to Guyanas, with emphasis on the African, Amerindian, its emergence as a racist political order and transition to a and Indian influences. The sociological and cultural non-racial democratic state. Includes comparisons with implications of the region’s diversity, with special empha- political thought and practices in the U.S. Scott. (SS) sis on ethnicity, slavery and indenture, emancipation and independence, modernization, immigration, the impact AAS 371, 372. Independent Study (1-3) of tourism and the development of Creole cultures. Independent study in advanced areas of Africana Lecture and discussion. Rivera-Martinez. (SS) Studies. Independent research with an individual faculty member in the Africana Studies program. Consent of AAS 150. (ART 150) Africans in the New World (3) director. (ND) African American art, architecture, and craft from pre- colonial Africa to the present. Early primitivism, AAS 379. (SSP 379) Race and Class in America (4) neo-classicism, the Harlem renaissance, modernism, and The ways in which race and class intersect in the social, contemporary directions. Guest lecturers, open dialogue, economic, and political structures of American society. gallery visits, and media presentations. Writing Intensive. Through sociological literature, fiction, non-fiction, Staff. (HU) film, and other media we will explore the place of race and class in American society. We will examine how race AAS 166. (SSP 166) Wealth and Poverty in the and class operate on a personal, “micro” level, while at United States (4) the same time operating on a large-scale, “macro” level. Examines the sociology of wealth and poverty — afflu- H. Johnson. (SS) ence and disadvantage, “rags and riches” — in American AAS 381. Special Topics. (ND) Society. Focus is a critical analysis of the wealth gap, its causes, consequences and social context. We will consid- AAS 382. Seminar on a topic in Africana er the roles of wealth and poverty in determining life Studies. (ND) American Studies 91

Collateral Courses Lehigh in New York combines course work on New York ANTH 12 Human Evolution and Prehistory culture, art, and history with experiential learning in the HIST 334 American City in the 20th Century city itself. Walking tours, theatre, art museums, and just POLS 330 Movements and Legacies of the 1960s hanging out deepen students’ classroom study of one of POLS 352 Civil Rights the world’s great cities. POLS 322 Politics of Developing Nations Students stay in a New York University dormitory in Greenwich Village and attend classes within easy walking distance. The program cost includes eight Lehigh American Studies University undergraduate credits, dormitory room, meal plan, and special events. American Studies Faculty. John Pettegrew, Ph.D. (Wisconsin), associate professor of history, Director of the Each student selects two courses out of three or four that American Studies Program; David Amidon, Jr., M.A. (Penn are normally offered. Courses offered usually include State), professor of urban studies; Peter G. Beidler, Ph.D. The History of New York City’s Built Environment (Lehigh), Lucy G. Moses Distinguished Professor of English; (HIST 96) and TV in New York and Beyond Gail A. Cooper, Ph.D. (UC., Santa Barbara), associate (COMM/HIST/SSP 197). professor of history; Berrisford Booth, M.F.A. associate Requirements for the major: professor (Maryland Institute College of Art); Stephen H. The American Studies major consists of a minimum of Cutcliffe, Ph.D. (Lehigh), associate professor of history; Alex 35 credit hours, normally ten courses. The major must Doty, Ph.D. (Illinois), professor of English; Edward J. complete the following three groups of courses: Gallagher, Ph.D. (Notre Dame), professor of English; Norman J. Girardot, Ph.D. (Chicago), professor of religion I. Four Required Courses studies; Heather Johnson, PhD (Northeastern), assistant AMST 101 Introduction to American Studies (4) professor of sociology; Dawn Keetley, Ph.D. (Wisconsin), AMST 372 Special Topics Seminar in assistant professor of English; Judith N. Lasker, Ph.D. American Studies (4) (Harvard), professor of sociology; Alexander Levine, Ph.D. AMST 391 Senior Thesis or Project (2) (U.C., San Diego), associate professor of philosophy; Jack AMST 392 Senior Thesis or Project (4) Lule, Ph.D. (Georgia), professor of journalism; James R. II. Three Courses Split between the Departments of McIntosh, Ph.D. (Syracuse), professor of sociology; Richard English and History (a minimum of nine credits)–at K. Mathews, Ph.D. (Toronto), distinguished professor of least one course must be at the 200 level or higher political science; Seth Moglen, Ph.D. (U.C., Berkeley), assistant professor of English; Edward T. Morgan, Ph.D. III. Three Further Courses on a Topical or Chronological (Brandeis), professor of political science; Monica Najar, Focus (a minimum of nine credits), one of which must Ph.D. (Wisconsin), assistant professor of history; Kathy be outside English and History. At least one course must Olson, Ph.D. (North Carolina), assistant professor of jour- be at the 200-level or higher. nalism; Michael L. Raposa, Ph.D. (Pennsylvania), professor In close consultation with his/her adviser, majors will of religion studies; William R. Scott, Ph.D. (Princeton), select a topical focus (e.g., ethnicity and race, film and professor of history; Roger D. Simon, Ph.D. (Wisconsin), electronic media, art and literature, popular culture, gen- professor of history; John K. Smith, Ph.D. (Delaware), asso- der, cross-cultural studies, legal and political thought) or ciate professor of history; Jean R. Soderlund, Ph.D. a chronological focus (e.g., antebellum America, the (Temple), professor of history; Albert Wurth, Ph.D. (North twentieth century), which they will explore in at least Carolina), associate professor of political science. three courses plus their senior thesis or project. American Studies is the interdisciplinary study of Core American Studies Courses: American thought, literature, and culture–both past and AAS 138 Introduction to African present. Born in the early years of the Cold War and American Literature with an implied commitment to American exceptional- AAS 140 African American Theater ism, American Studies has since transformed itself into a AAS 145 African American Writers multi-faceted critical examination of United States socie- AAS 150 Africans in the New World ty. Comparative frameworks along with close attention ARCH 107 History of American Art to applying cultural and literary theory to such matters ART 150 Africans in the New World as violence, citizenship, democracy, community, poverty ENGL 123 American Literature I and prosperity, politics, race, and gender in the United ENGL 124 American Literature II States make American Studies an intellectually sophisti- cated yet practical course of undergraduate study. ENGL 163 Topics in Film Studies ENGL 316 Native American Literature American Studies is an excellent major for those seeking ENGL 376 Early American Literature a general education in the liberal arts and social sciences. Students have found it a particularly good major for ENGL 377 American Romanticism careers in journalism, law, and teaching. ENGL 378 American Realism ENGL 379 Twentieth-Century American Literature Lehigh in New York Summer Program ENGL 380 Contemporary American Literature The American Studies Program hosts a six-week sum- ENGL 387 Film History, Theory and Criticism mer academic session in New York City. Several HIST 41 United States to 1865 professors of History, Sociology and Anthropology, Art HIST 42 United States, 1865-1941 and Architecture, English, and other departments con- HIST 43 United States Since 1939 tribute their teaching and research expertise on New HIST 64 Plantation to Ghetto York City to the program. HIST 124 Women in America 92 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

HIST 129 Black Political Thought in America history and two courses in American literature and film HIST 130 African American History from those offered by the history department and the HIST 315 American Environmental History English department. Students must also take one special HIST 323 American Cultural History Since 1900 topics seminar. The other four courses for the master’s HIST 325 History of Sexuality and the degree will be divided between thesis or “thesis paper” Family in the U.S. credits and American Studies courses not in history or HIST 328 American Intellectual History literature/film. To fulfill the thesis requirement, students since 1900 will write one longer thesis or two thesis papers that are HIST 331 United States and Africa aimed at conference presentation and/or publication. HIST 332 Slavery and the American South Courses: HIST 360 American Legal History AMST. 400. American Studies: Theory and Method PHIL 239 Figures/Themes in An introduction to the theoretical orientations and Contemporary Philosophy methodological strategies of American Studies. Seminar POLS 227 Socialization and the Political System involves extensive reading as well as application of theo- POLS 229 Propaganda, media, and ry and method to students’ research. American Politics AMST. 401. Special Topics in American Studies POLS 230 Movements and Legacies of the 1960s Graduate seminar focused on one particular subject area POLS 251 Constitutional Law in American Culture. POLS 252 Civil Rights and Civil Liberties POLS 267 American Political Thought POLS 271 U.S. Politics and the Environment Anthropology REL 152 American Judaism See listings under Sociology and Anthropology. REL 180 Religion and the American Experience SSP 103 Sociological Perspectives on Racial and Ethnic Communities Applied Mathematics and SSP 310 Gender, Race, and Sexuality: The Social Construction of Differences Statistics SSP 379 Race and Class in America Professors. Bennett Eisenberg, Ph.D. (M.I.T.); B. K. SSP 394 Historical Sociology: Identity and the Ghosh, Ph.D. (London); Wei-Min Huang, Ph.D. Social Problems of Generations (Rochester); Eric P. Salathe, Ph.D. (Brown); Joseph E. This is not a comprehensive list. New courses may be Yukich, Ph.D. (M.I.T.). offered each semester. Students should check with the Associate professors. Garth Isaak, Ph.D. (Rutgers); director for an updated list. Ramamirthan Venkataraman, Ph.D. (Brown). Courses: The Division of Applied Mathematics and Statistics was AMST 101. Introduction to American Studies (4) established within the Department of Mathematics to An introduction to the methods, concerns, and practices promote and administer undergraduate and graduate of American Studies through the examination of a criti- education in applied mathematics and statistics, and to cal decade of cultural transformation (e.g. the 1770s, foster interdisciplinary research in the mathematical sci- 1850s, 1890s, 1930s or 1970s). Will draw on literature , ences at Lehigh. Courses and programs offered by the philosophy, painting, architecture, landscape design, division may be found under the departmental listing. social thought and cultural criticism, crime, reform movements, sports, and popular culture to explore such topics as responses to economic change, ideas of nature Applied Sciences and culture, the meaning of work and leisure, law and Director, associate dean of the P.C. Rossin College of politics, race, construction of gender, family structure, Engineering and Applied Science population dynamics, science and technology, sexuality, The Applied Science Program enables students to create class, urban experience, and the American polity. interdisciplinary specialties that prepare them for careers AMST 372. Special Topics in American Studies (4) in a world that increasingly bridges academic disciplines. Focused interdisciplinary study of one particular subject Students pursue subject-area concentrations that repre- area in American culture. sent academic interests they wish to integrate into a AMST 391. Senior Thesis or Project (2) meaningful program. The core offers students the intel- Independent work with an individual faculty member on lectual tools to identify connections between the a research thesis or other project approved by faculty concentrations and engage in interdisciplinary problem- member and adviser. solving and critical thinking. The program leads to the Bachelor of Science in Applied AMST 392. Senior Thesis or Project (4) Science. Each student’s curriculum combines a general Continuation of AMST 391. engineering education with a carefully customized concen- Graduate Work in American Studies tration in engineering and/or science as well as another A Master of Arts degree in American Studies is offered area of emphasis, which may include courses taken inside jointly by the departments of English and History. Can- the PC Rossin College of Engineering & Applied Science didates for the master’s degree must complete at least 30 and may also include courses taken in one or more of the credit hours. In addition to the Theory and Method other three Colleges within the University. course, students must choose two courses in American Art and Architecture 93

In order to ensure the success of this individualized senior year, second semester (18 credits) approach to education, Applied Science places primary PHIL 128: Philosophy of Science (3) emphasis on advisement. Each student is teamed with an approved elective (3) advisor who helps the student plan the course of study major (6) and who supervises independent study and internships. HSS elective (3) The advisor remains the student’s advisor throughout his free elective (3) or her undergraduate career. Unlike students in the traditional college programs, stu- Apprentice Teaching dents in the Applied Science program of individualized 300. Apprentice Teaching (1-4) study do not declare a major in a particular academic Supervised participation in various aspects of the teach- department. Instead, they develop a concentration that ing of a course. Transcript will identify department in may combine study in several areas. Students are encour- which apprentice teaching was performed. Prerequisite: aged by their advisor to develop the concentration in such consent of department chairperson. The transcript will a way that the student will be well prepared for further reflect the subject area in which the teaching was done. study in graduate school or for pursuing a particular career path.While the chosen concentration can be highly cus- tomized in consultation with the advisor, examples of Art and Architecture concentrations include: Technical Communications, Professors. Lucy Gans, M.F.A. (Pratt); Tom F. Peters, Digital Media, Entertainment Science, Technology/Science M.ARCH (ETH Zurich dipl.ARCH.ETH) and Dr.sc. and Education, Technology/Science and Pre-law, (techn.) ETH Zurich, director, Building and Architectural Technology/Science and Pre-Medicine, Technology Technology Institute; Ricardo Viera, M.F.A. (R.I.S.D.), Management, Technology Marketing, and Engineering director of Lehigh University Art Galleries; Ivan Zaknic, and Architecture. Many other combinations are possible. M. ARCH. and Urban Planning (Princeton). The College of Engineering & Applied Science Associate professors. Berrisford W. Boothe, M.F.A. requirements in math and basic sciences, as well as the (Maryland Institute College of Art); Amy Forsyth, humanities and social science requirements must also M.ARCH (Princeton University); Bruce Thomas, Ph.D. be satisfied. (University of Calif., Berkeley), Anthony Viscardi, Recommended Sequence of Courses M.ARCH (Georgia Institute of Technology). first engineering year (see Section III) Professor’s of Practice. Douglas Mason, B.F.A. (R.I.S.D), Christine Ussler, M.ARCH (Columbia sophomore year, first semester (15 credits) University). EES 31 Introduction to Environmental and Organic Biology (4) or Lecturer. Ann Priester, Ph.D. (Princeton). EES 21 Introduction to Earth Materials and The department of art and architecture offers two major Processes and Laboratory (4) programs: CHM 51, 53 Organic Chemistry and Laboratory (4) The architecture major is a multidisciplinary major MATH 23 Analytic Geometry and Calculus III (4) based in a department that draws on the resources of all ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) Lehigh’s colleges. Although architectural design is the sophomore year, second semester (17 credits) primary concern of this major, other courses in architec- major subject (3) tural history, art studio and technology are also required. A special track is available within the architecture major approved elective (3) for students interested in architectural history. MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) PHYS 21, 22 Introductory Physics II and Laboratory (5) The architecture major leads to the liberal arts B.A. HSS elective (3) (Bachelor of Arts), a pre-professional four-year degree. This degree is satisfactory for admission to graduate junior year, first semester (16 credit hours) study in architecture and candidacy for the M.ARCH. EES 21 Introduction to Earth Materials and professional degree. Processes and Laboratory (4) or In recent years students have gone on to graduate EES 31, 32 Introduction to Environmental/ study in architecture at Yale, Harvard, Columbia, Organismal Biology and Laboratory (4) University of Pennsylvania, Maryland and Washington PSYC 1 Introduction to Psychology (4) University, among other schools, or to entry-level MATH 231 Probability and Statistics (3) employment in the profession. major (3) The Arts/Engineering five-year degree, in which the stu- HSS elective (3) dent earns both B.A. (architecture) and B.S. (civil junior year, second semester (15 credit hours) engineering), is available for those interested in both fields. approved electives (6) A major in art introduces the student to the basic media of major (6) art such as drawing, sculpture, printmaking, painting, and elective (3) photography. For those interested in becoming creative senior year, first semester (18 credit hours) artists, intensive study at Lehigh as well as the other Lehigh approved electives (6) Valley colleges is recommended; such students can expect major (6) to take more than the required number of credits for the HSS elective (3) major. Cooperation with Moravian College allows students free elective (3) to register for art courses not offered at Lehigh, such as ceramics. A major in art may also focus on museum stud- ies, graphic design, or product and industrial design. 94 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

A major in art may also be combined with a series of Required courses (22 credit hours) linked, interdisciplinary courses known as Integrated ART 1 or ARCH 1 Art History 1 or Product Development (IPD), focusing on industrial Architectural History I (3) products. ART 2 Art History II (3) A major in art can also be combined with psychology for ART 3/DES 3 Design Foundations I (3) those who seek a career in art therapy. It may also be ART 4/DES 4 Design Foundations II (3) combined with theater for those interested in costume ART 13 Sculpture I (3) design or with architecture and theater for those interest- ART 15 Figure I (3) ed in set design. A major in art and minor in education is available for students interested in becoming public ART 120 20th-Century Art (4) school art teachers. A special track is available within the plus one of the following (3 credit hours) art major for students interested in art history. ART 22/REL 22 Visions of God: 2000 Years of The resources of the Lehigh University art collection and Christian History and Art (4) the Zoellner Art Center are made available to many stu- ART 121/WS 121 Women in Art (4) dents taking classes in art. Prints, photographs, and ART 150/AAS 150 Africans in the New World (3) paintings are often brought into the classroom and visits ART 175 Introduction to Museum to art exhibitions on campus and elsewhere in the Work (3) Lehigh Valley are a common part of art instruction. ART 206/ARCH 206 Medieval Art and The Lehigh University Art Galleries maintain and develop Architecture (3) the university’s permanent art collection. LUAG presents ART 207/ARCH 207 Renaissance Art and temporary exhibitions, designed to provide visual literacy Architecture (3) as part of the university learning experience. Exhibitions ARCH 210 20th-Century Architecture (3) and gallery events supplement formal classroom study ART 222 Seminar in Contemporary across the disciplines and create educational opportunities Art (3) for the student body, enriching the cultural life of the plus six studio major courses (18 credit hours) campus and community at large. The university’s public Art studio; six courses, two at the advanced level collection of outdoor sculpture, in a variety of sizes and Students who desire an art history concentration are materials such as steel, aluminum, bronze, slate and wood, required to take ART 1 or ARCH 1 and ART 2, ART 3, can be found on all three campuses. ART 4, ART 120 plus one other studio. At least six cours- Approximately 20 exhibitions a year introduce contem- es in the history or philosophy of art and/or architecture porary topics in art and culture. The exhibition must be selected in consultation with the instructor. schedule includes gallery talks, lectures and workshops, as well as opportunities for research in the permanent Architecture Major collection. Experts in various fields serve as guest cura- Fifty-two credit hours are required. tors of special projects. Design Sequence (22 credit hours) In addition to these two major programs, individually ARCH 43 Architectural Design I (4) structured programs may be planned, such as art or ARCH 143 Architectural Design II (6) architecture with an emphasis in history, art history with ARCH 243 Architectural Design III (6) an emphasis on museum training, and architecture with ARCH 343 Architectural Design IV (6) an emphasis on planning, urban studies, graphic design, or government. Minor programs are available in art, with Art Studio (12 credit hours) an emphasis on studio art, art/architectural history, ART 3/DES 3 Design Foundations I (3) graphic communication, and museum studies. Course ART 4/DES 4 Design Foundations II (3) requirements are specified, and a list of courses accept- plus two other studios (various choices) (6) able for the minor is available in the department. Architectural History (9 credit hours) Note: A student must achieve a 2.0 or higher in each ART 1 or ARCH 1 Art History 1 or major course. Architectural History 1 (3) Departmental Honors: ARCH 2 Architectural History II (3) ARCH 210 20th Century Architecture (3) Exceptional students in art or architecture may apply for Materials and Building Systems (3 credit hours) departmental honors at the end of their junior year or beginning of their senior year. To be eligible, a student ARCH 147 Building Materials and must have attained a 3.5 GPA in her/his major program Methods (3) and a minimum overall GPA of 3.0. Candidates should Architecture and its intellectual context submit to the department chair a written proposal, pre- (6 credit hours) pared in consultation with a faculty advisor. The project (including Architecture and Technology courses) could result in a research paper, design project, or exhibi- ARCH 107 History of American tion, accompanied by an oral presentation. Successful Architecture (3) completion of the project and presentation would result ARCH 204/CLSS Ancient City and Society (3) in the “Departmental Honors” designation being affixed ARCH 206/ART 206 Medieval Art and to the student’s transcript. Architecture (3) Art Major ARCH 207/ART 207 Renaissance Art and Architecture (3) Forty-three credit hours are required. ARCH 209 Architecture and Ideas (3) ARCH 213 The City (3) Art and Architecture 95

ARCH 2 The Architecture of Carlos ART 4 (DES 4). Design Foundations II (3) Scarpa/Theory and Practice (3) An introduction to the basic elements and principles of ARCH 253 Paris, The Planning of a design. Course involves use of various materials to solve Metropolis (3) 3-D design problems in studio and computer lab. ARCH 254 Modern Architecture in France: Problem solving in variety of materials for 3-D design New Directions (3) including assemblages, models, constructions, and con- ARCH 342 Theory of Architecture (3) ceptual forms. Required for all majors in department. ARCH 367 Modernism to Staff (HU) Post-Modernism (3) ART 11. Drawing I (3) ANTH 335 Religion, Symbolism and Concepts and practice of drawing, both traditional and Cosmology (4) contemporary. Includes drawing from life and an intro- ECO 311 Environmental Economics (3) duction to materials and techniques. Staff. (HU) ECO 312 Urban Economics (3) ART 13. Sculpture I (3) HIST 334 American Urban History (4) Projects directed toward developing design in sculpture. PHIL 123 Aesthetics (3) Exploration of materials and their application. Emphasis PSYC 373 Sensation and Perception (4) on sculptural form as it relates to techniques. Gans. (HU) US 62 Contemporary Urban Issues (4) ART 15. Figure I (3) US 363 Philadelphia: Development of a Drawing and modeling in clay from direct observation Metropolis (4) of the human figure. Fundamental principles of drawing, Architecture and Technology and two- and three- dimensional design through analysis ARCH 10/CEE 10 Engineering/Architectural of the human form. In-class exercises cover basic scale, Graphics and Design (3) proportion, structure, drawing media and techniques, ARCH 361/HIST 361Evolution of Highrise Building and clay modeling. Emphasis on personal expression, the Construction(3) human figure as vehicle for narrative, abstract or formal ARCH 363/HIST 363 Evolution of Long-span drawings or sculpture. Gans. (HU) Bridge Building (3) ART 22 (REL 22). Visions of God: 2000 Years of ARCH 365/HIST 365Evolution of the Modern Building Techniques (3) Christian History and Art (4) An interdisciplinary course that combines art history and For the architecture major, students must fulfill the the history of Christianity. From the beginnings of their mathematics requirement with MATH 21 & 22 or tradition, Christians have represented their theologies MATH 51 & 52 or MATH 75/76 and MATH 22 or and religious sentiments in visual arts and architecture, MATH 52; the physical science requirement must be and for the same two millennia, a myriad of Christians filled with PHYS 10 or 11 and 12. have learned their Christianity through visual representa- ARCH 5 Introduction to Architecture (2) and ARCH 6 tions. Provides a one-semester survey of the history of Introduction to Architectural Drawing (2) are recom- Christianity as expressed in the visual arts. mended for first-year students. A typical first semester Priester/Wright (HU) schedule might include ART /ARCH 1, ART ART 35. Painting I (3) /Architectural History I [required for major], ART Painting in oil beginning with color mixing and basic 3/DES 3 Design Foundations I [required for major] and layering techniques. Students learn the basic mechanisms ARCH 5 Introduction to Architecture [recommended for creative expression. Emphasis on understanding the for major]. A typical second semester schedule might physical nature of the materials. Studio prerequisite: include ARCH 2 Architectural History II [required for ART 3, 4, 11 or consent of instructor. Boothe. (HU) major], and ART 4/DES 4 Design Foundations II [required for major]. ART 37. Survey of Printmaking I (3) fall For students contemplating graduate studies in architec- Introduction to various techniques in relief and intaglio ture, MECH 2 is recommended. printing: monoprints, woodcuts, linocuts, drypoint, etching grounds, aquatint, and other intaglio techniques. Undergraduate Courses in Art Includes an historical survey through slides and actual ART 1. Art History: Ancient and Medieval (3) fall examples. Viera. (HU) Survey of major monuments of art and architecture from ART 38. Survey of Printmaking II (3) spring the prehistoric caves of Lascaux and Altamira through Introduction to the fundamentals of stone and metal the Gothic cathedrals of Chartres and Notre-Dame of lithography and the basics of screen printing as a fine art Paris, along with highlights of art and architecture of the print medium: various screen stencils, blockouts, and non-Western civilizations of Africa, India, and China. color transparencies; drawing methods and transfer. Work seen in the context of cultural, historical, and Includes an historical survey through slides and actual technological developments. Priester. (HU) examples. Viera (HU) ART 2. Art History: Renaissance to Present (3) ART 53 (DES 53). Graphic Design I (3) fall and spring spring Survey of Western painting and sculpture from Design principles are explored with emphasis on visual Renaissance to present. Priester. (HU) communication. Students learn basic concepts for design ART 3 (DES 3). Design Foundations I (3) and typography including the vocabulary and historical An introduction to the basic elements and principles of precedence of graphic design and computer graphics. design. Course involves use of various materials to solve Introduction to professional-level formal exercises con- 2-D design problems in studio and computer lab. tributes to the development of visual thinking and Required for all majors in department. Staff (HU) original ideas. Prerequisite: ART 3/DES 3. Staff (HU) 96 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

ART 68 (DES 68). Color Theory (3) ART 148. (DES 148). Furniture Design 1 (3) Application of color in design. Color in graphics, Design methodology, fabrication techniques, and meth- product, digital imaging, and all related fields of ods of design presentation. Prerequisite: ART/DES 4. design. (HU) Forsyth. (HU) ART 73. Introductory Studio Practice (1-3) ART 150. (AAS 150) Africans in the New World An introduction to the methods and techniques of stu- (3) spring dio art. Designed to acquaint the student with general African American art, architecture, and craft from pre- studio practice, covering topics not covered in other spe- colonial Africa to the present. Early primitivism, cific studio course listings. May be repeated for credit. neo-classicism, the Harlem renaissance, modernism, and Staff (ND) contemporary directions. Guest lecturers, open dialogue, ART 77. Photography I (3) gallery visits, and media presentations. Writing intensive. Introduction to photography as a fine art. Emphasis on Boothe. (HU) interaction of technique, perception and communication ART 153 (DES 153). Graphic Design II (3) spring in making and responding to photographic image. Aspects of design are inter-related in function, concept or Lectures, demonstrations, critiques. Students must pro- planning processes. Students focus on the poster in order vide own hand camera. Mason. (HU) to solve a variety of contemporary design problems. ART 111. Drawing II (3) Professional-level formal team exercises include a series of Projects in creative drawing designed to build on con- informative posters, identity systems, publication, and cepts and practices initiated in basic drawing and life advertising design. Computer graphics and Macintosh lab drawing. Prerequisite: ART 11. Staff. (HU) are employed as integral design tools in graphic design. Prerequisite: ART 53/DES 53. Staff. (HU) ART 113. Sculpture II (3) Development of principles and techniques in Sculpture ART 169. Special Topics in Art History (1-3) I. Modeling, casting, fabrication and carving. Directed projects for students in the history of art or Emphasizes an approach to sculptural form and an architecture. Prerequisites: consent of instructor. May be exploration of the evolution of modern sculpture. repeated for credit. Staff. (HU) Prerequisite: ART 13. Gans. (HU) ART 174. (ARCH 174, CLSS 174, ANTH 174) ART 115. Figure II (3) Greek Archaeology (3) Projects in figure modeling and drawing from direct Ancient Greek cultures from the neolithic to hellenistic observation of the human figure, designed to build on periods. Reconstructions of Greek social dynamics from concepts and practices initiated in Figure I. Students study of artifacts. Small. (SS) may elect to concentrate in one particular medium, ART 176. (ARCH 176, CLSS 176, ANTH 176) although the primary investigation of form will always Roman Archaeology (3) incorporate both two- and three-dimensional work. Cultures of the Roman Empire. Reconstructions of Prerequisite: ART 15. Gans. (HU) social, political, and economic dynamics of the imperial ART 120. 20th-Century Art (4) system from study of artifacts. Small. (SS) th A survey of the major movements of 20 century art ART 177. Photography II (3) including Cubism, Expressionism, Surrealism, Abstract Intensive work in photography as fine art. Advanced Expressionism, Pop, Minimalism, Conceptual Art, study of problems of the photographic images. Lectures, Feminism and Post-Modernism. Priester. (HU) demonstrations, critiques. Students must provide own ART 121. (WS 121) Women in Art (4) hand camera. Prerequisite: ART 77. Mason. (HU) Women artists from Renaissance to present. Attitudes ART 179. History of Photography (1) toward women artists and their work; changing role of Photography as fine art from earliest images to present women in the art world. Visits to museums and artists’ day. Problems in contemporary photography. Mason. studios. May be repeated for credit as topic varies. (HU) Gans. (HU) ART 206. (ARCH 206) Medieval Art and ART 135. Painting II (3) Architecture (3) A sustained exploration of paint media. Students con- Focus on art and architecture in Western Europe from centrate on developing a body of related images using 313 A.D. until ca. 1500 A.D. Topics include: the emer- various media and approaches. Prerequisite: ART 35. gence of Christian art and architecture; the art of Boothe. (HU) barbarian migrations; the Carolingian Renaissance; ART 144 (REL 144). Raw Vision: Creativity and monasticism, pilgrimage and the Romanesque; the Ecstasy in the Work of Shamans, Mystics, and Gothic cathedral; and medieval manuscript illumination. Artist Outsiders (4) Priester. (HU) Comparative exploration of the nature and meaning of ART 207. (ARCH 207) Renaissance Art and religious and artistic experience as reflected in shaman- Architecture (3) ism (both prehistoric and tribal), mystic traditions Survey of the art and architecture of the Italian (especially Taoism and Christianity), and contemporary Renaissance from its beginnings in 13th and 14th centu- self-taught artistic visionaries (e.g. Jean Dubuffet, ry Tuscany and its first flowering in 15th century Howard Finster, Mr. Imagination, Lonnie Holley, Florence through the brilliant achievements of the mas- Norbert Kox). Various disciplinary perspectives will be ters of the High Renaissance and later 16th century. employed including comparative religions, anthropology, Priester. (HU) art history, and psychology. Girardot. (HU) Art and Architecture 97

ART 211. Drawing III (3) ART 337. Multimedia Workshop (3) Projects in traditional and contemporary drawing. A workshop emphasizing individual instruction and Oriented toward developing an individual portfolio. allowing students to explore all art mediums and/or Drawing as a vehicle for ideas, creative expression, and combinations while developing a relationship between image making. Students investigate a broad range of ideas and materials. May be repeated for credit. materials, forms and traditions. Prerequisite: ART 111. Prerequisite: consent of professor. Viera. (HU) Boothe or Gans. (HU) ART 350. Special Topics in Graphic Design and ART 213. Sculpture III (4) Theory Seminar (1-4) Development of principles and techniques in Sculpture Current topics in graphic communication theory and II for advanced students. Modeling, casting, fabrication practice. Course will cover preparation, production, and and carving. Prerequisite: ART 113. Gans. (HU) formulation of individual portfolio. Selected readings and discussions in professional ethics as well as legal ART 215. Figure III (3) issues in the field will be covered. May be repeated for Further exploration of the human figure as the subject of credit. Prerequisites: ART/DES 253. Staff (ND) art. More advanced students may elect to concentrate in either two- or three- dimensional representations in any ART 352. Advanced Studio Practice (1-4) media. The emphasis will be on personal interpretation Advanced studio for art or architecture majors under and independent work with the instructor. Prerequisite: guidance of faculty. Oral and written critiques. Variable ART 115. Gans. (HU) media. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisites: Third- level (200-numbered) course of a studio art discipline ART 222. Seminar in Contemporary Art (3) and permission of instructor. Staff (HU) Recent aspects, developments in contemporary art. Exploring ideas and consequences of today’s image-mak- ART 353. Graphic Design Internship (1-4) ing. Studio workshops, readings, discussions and Practical in-field experience in a communication design museum visits. Prerequisite: ART 2. Staff. (HU) field. Preapproved a semester in advance by instructor and host organization. A minimum of 15 hours per ART 235. Painting III (3) week. Prerequisite: Art/Des 253. Staff. (ND) Emphasis on identifying an individual creative style or direction with the media. Students are encouraged to ART 373. Studio Art Internship (1-4) develop a body of painted work ready for professional Practical in-field experience in an artist’s studio or art- exhibitions. Outside critics invited to final reviews. related apprenticeship opportunity. Requires approval a Prerequisite: ART 135 or consent of instructor. May be semester in advance by instructor and host organization. repeated for credit. Staff. (HU) Staff. (ND) ART 248. (DES 248). Furniture Design II (3) Museum Studies Advanced fabrication. Contemporary art issues and furni- ture history. Prerequisite: ART/DES 148. Forsyth. (HU) ART 175. Introduction to Museum Work (3) fall Introduction to the methods and procedures of research ART 253. (DES 253). Graphic Design III (3) fall and interpretation of art objects, historical material sites, A combination workshop/seminar course in which the documents, specimens, and living entities. The nature of student, as part of a design team, through classroom and museum work in its practical aspects. Field trips and individual discussion with the instructor and respective workshops. Each student completes several interactive non-profit clients, develops and produces a minimum of projects. Viera. (ND) two major design projects. Readings and classroom dis- cussions of contemporary graphic design history and ART 275. Museography and Museology (4) fall- current trends form an essential part of the course. spring Prerequisite: ART/DES 153. Staff (HU) Theory and practice in contemporary museums and gal- leries. Practicum in the L.U.A.G. Museum operation, ART 269. Special Topics in Art History (1-3) dealing with collection management, exhibition, and Directed projects for advanced students in the history of interpretation issues. Student completes a research report art or architecture. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. or equivalent. Recommend that concentration/minors May be repeated for credit. Staff. (ND) repeat this course. Prerequisite: ART 175. Viera. (ND) ART 273. Special Topics in Studio Practice (1-4) ART 370. Special Topics in Museum Studies (1-4) Individually directed projects for advanced students Special project and/or internship for graduate and capable of undertaking independent creative work in advanced undergraduates in the museum studies. studio art. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. May be Prerequisite: Art 275 or equivalent course in repeated for credit. Staff. (ND) Anthropology or History. Viera (ND) ART 277. Special Topics in Photography (1-4) ART 375. Museum Internship (3) fall-spring Individually directed projects in photography for Internship under professional supervision in one or more advanced students capable of undertaking creative work of the following areas: education/interpretation, collec- in photography. Prerequisites: ART 177 and consent of tion management, curatorial, exhibition/installation, and instructor. May be repeated for credit. Mason. (ND) development/PR, administration; in one of the following ART 311. Art Portfolio (1-4) regional organizations: Allentown Art Museum, Lehigh The concept, layout, and preparation of a portfolio for County Historical Society, Bethlehem Historical graduate school application or employment search, Partnership, Hugh Moore Park, Canal Museum. including graphic techniques and reproduction method. Prerequisite: ART 275. Viera. (ND) Student must contact sponsoring professor. Prerequisite: ART 111 or consent of instructor. (ND) 98 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

Undergraduate Courses in Architecture ARCH 161. (THTR 161) Theatre Design and Technology (4) ARCH 1. Architectural History I (3) fall Theatre environments, equipment systems and acoustics. Survey of architecture from earliest building to the Functions and ethics. (HU) Renaissance, examined in the context of culture forma- tion, design concepts, and the built environment. ARCH 171. Special Topics in Architecture (1-4) Thomas. (HU) Directed projects for students in architecture. Student must initiate contact with sponsoring professor. ARCH 2. Architectural History II (3) spring Prerequisite: Major standing in department and/or per- Survey of architecture from the Renaissance to the present, mission of instructor. Staff (ND) examined in the context of culture formation, design con- cepts, and the built environment. Thomas. (HU) ARCH 174. (ART 174, CLSS 174, ANTH 174) ARCH 5. Introduction to Architecture (2) fall Greek Archaeology (3) An introduction to the discipline of architecture for first- Ancient Greek cultures from the neolithic to hellenistic year probable architecture majors. Covers basic periods. Reconstructions of Greek social dynamics from principles, aspects of the profession, how to understand study of artifacts. Small. (SS) building, etc. Staff. Freshman Year Class. (HU; FYC) ARCH 176. (ART 176, CLSS 176, ANTH 176) ARCH 6. Introduction to Architectural Drawing Roman Archaeology (3) (2) spring Cultures of the Roman Empire. Reconstructions of An introduction to basic architectural drawing skills for social, political, and economic dynamics of the imperial first-year probable architecture majors. Covers sketching system from study of artifacts. Small. (SS) techniques, orthographic drawing, axonometric, etc. ARCH 204. (CLSS 204) Ancient City and Staff (ND) Society (3) ARCH 10 (CEE 10) Engineering/Architectural Ancient theories of city and city planning; attitudes to Graphics and Design (3) life in the city; rise of urban civilization from Neolithic Graphical communication of civil engineering or architec- prototypes through the Near East, Egypt, Greece, Rome, tural projects using manual techniques and commercial and New World; insights applicable to current urban state-of-the-art computer software. Topics include visuali- problems. (SS) zation and sketching; orthographic, isometric and other ARCH 206. (ART 206) Medieval Art and drawings; points, lines and planes in descriptive geometry; Architecture (3) site design; overview of geographical information systems Focus on art and architecture in Western Europe from and 3-D applications. Teamwork on design projects with 313 A.D. until ca. 1500 A.D. Topics include: the emer- oral and graphical presentations. Open to a limited num- gence of Christian art and architecture; the art of ber of architecture, design arts or other students with barbarian migrations; the Carolingian Renaissance; project roles consistent with students’ background. Not monasticism, pilgrimage and the Romanesque; the available to students who have taken MECH 10. Gothic cathedral; and medieval manuscript illumination. ARCH. 43. Architectural Design I (4) Priester. (HU) Fundamental design studio for architecture majors. ARCH 207. (ART 207) Renaissance Art and Composition, spatial concepts; precedent; materials and Architecture (3) detail; light and color in architecture. Instruction in Survey of the art and architecture of the Italian basic communication techniques. Prerequisite: Renaissance from its beginnings in 13th and 14th century ART/DES 3 and ART/DES 4. Reserved for declared Tuscany and its first flowering in 15th century Florence Architecture majors. Viscardi or Ussler. (ND) through the brilliant achievements of the masters of the ARCH 107. History of American Architecture (3) High Renaissance and later 16th century. Priester. (HU) spring ARCH 209. Architecture and Ideas (3) Survey of American building from European coloniza- Examination of philosophical, technological, and cultur- tion to the present. Prerequisite: ART/ARCH 1 and al forces shaping Western architecture and urbanism. ARCH 2 or permission of instructor. Thomas. (HU) Prerequisites: ART/ARCH 1 and ARCH 2 or permission ARCH 143. Architectural Design II (6) of instructor. Writing intensive. Thomas. (HU) Studio format, introductory course in architectural ARCH 210. 20th-Century Architecture (3) design which introduces students to new ways of think- History and theory of modern architecture. Analysis of ing about architecture and the perception of space, buildings and architects, theories and manifestoes, from three-dimensional composition, drawing, and model- industrial revolution to avant-garde movements. making. Previous or concurrent courses in studio art Prerequisite: Art 1 or ARCH 1 and another course in and/or architectural history are recommended. architectural history is recommended. Zaknic. (HU) Prerequisite: ARCH 43. Zaknic. (ND) ARCH 211. Architectural Drawing/Analysis and ARCH 147. Building Materials and Methods (3) Expressions (3) alternate summers in Italy The primary structural material block, wood, steel and This studio course is part of the Lehigh in Italy summer reinforced concrete are examined in their relationship to program and will utilize several different architectural architectural design. Peters. Prerequisite: ARCH 43 or drawing techniques to study aspects of architecture from consent of professor. (ND) analysis of a piazza to architecture in detail. It will employ pencil sketching, charcoal drawing, and watercol- or. These drawings will act as a way of seeing the Italian urban landscape and supplement the study and analysis Art and Architecture 99 of the Italian architects’ contemporary work. Fulfills an orthographic drawing (plan, elevation, section). The ori- art studio elective requirement. Viscardi. (ND) gin, history, and theory of three-dimensional drawing ARCH 212. The Architecture of Carlos techniques will also be studied. Prerequisite: ARCH 243. Ussler. (ND) Scarpa/Theory and Practice (3) alternate summers in Italy ARCH 342. Theory of Architecture (3) This course which is part of the Lehigh in Italy summer Study of the genesis of form, its representation and its program will survey several of the Venetian architect’s most interrelationship to related artistic disciplines. Formal famous works. Meet with architects who worked with notions will be studied, compared and manipulated Scarpa and completed his unfinished projects. Explore the- through the role of time, scale, perceptual analysis and matic principles behind Scarpa’s work, their origin and roll material transformation. Permission of instructor in his unique process of design. Viscardi. (HU) required. Viscardi. (ND) ARCH 213. The City (3) ARCH 343. Architectural Design IV (6) Historical development of the modern city. Continuation of ARCH 243. The design of buildings Philosophical, technological, and cultural forces shaping and building groups, with the emphasis on urban design urban experience. Western culture beginning with the and the city. Prerequisite: ARCH 1/ART 1, 210, 243 Enlightenment. Prerequisites: Art 1 or ARCH 1 and and one art studio. Ussler. (ND) ARCH 2 or permission of instructor. Thomas. (HU) ARCH 345. Architectural Design V (3) ARCH 243. Architectural Design III (6) Undergraduate thesis. An individual design project Continuation of ARCH 143. Design principles of space exploring, with faculty approval, some aspect of architec- and form stressed in earlier studios to issues of “material- ture of interest to the student. Prerequisite: Architectural ity,” “structure,” “modes of representation” and the Design I-IV; all other courses required for major, previ- “process of making.” Prerequisites: ARCH 1, 143 and ously or concurrently. Staff. (ND) one art studio. Viscardi. (ND) ARCH 346. Construction, Materials and Design ARCH 253. Paris, the Planning of a Metropolis (3) (3) alternate summers in Paris The influence of construction, structure, and material The splendor of modern Paris is due in large part to choice on the design of a small building. The studio also bold, large-scale modernization and changes in the city’s deals with the relationship between different scales of patterns during the 19th century. This course, which is design concern. Pre-requisite: ARCH 147 and ARCH part of the Lehigh in Paris summer program, will cover a 243. Peters. (ND) century of change and focus on the major accomplish- ARCH 361. (HIST 361) Evolution of Highrise ments of its visionary planners. Zaknic (HU) Building Construction (3) ARCH 254. Modern Architecture in France: New The new materials iron and concrete led to new ways of Directions (3) alternate summers in Paris thinking about building. The Industrial Revolution initi- The course, which is part of the Lehigh in Paris summer ated the development of our modern culture of building program, will cover the most important contributions to and our current urban society. Peters. (HU) modern architecture in the Paris region including Centre ARCH 363. (HIST 363) Evolution of Long-span Pompidou, Musee d’Orsay, Le Grand Louvre, Parc de la Bridge Building (3) Villette, La Defense, and the new satellite towns around New materials, forms of education and technology con- Paris. Zaknic (HU) tributed to advance structural understanding. ARCH 271. Special Topics in Architecture (1-4) Specialization and the rise of technological thinking led to Directed projects for advanced students in architecture new bridge types and increasing span size. Peters. (HU) or architectural criticism. Prerequisites: ARCH 1 and ARCH 365. (HIST 365) Evolution of the Modern 143. Major standing in the department or consent of Building Process (3) instructor. Student must contact sponsoring professor The criteria of trade—time and money—entered the and complete a contract sheet at pre-registration. May be world of building in the 19th century. The unplanned repeated for credit. Staff. (ND) interlude between the design and the inauguration of a ARCH 311. Portfolio (1) building became a new professional field: the building The concept, layout, and preparation of a portfolio for process. Peters. (HU) graduate school application or employment search, ARCH 367. Modernism to Postmodernism (3) including graphic techniques and reproduction method. Re-examine the central issues facing the great masters of Student must contact sponsoring professor. Prerequisite: twentieth-century architecture: how they formulated ARCH 243. Staff. (ND) their principles, how they applied them, and how those ARCH 321. Architectural Internship (1-3) who inherited the legacy have interpreted it. The major Supervised internship in architectural firm, planning or attention will focus on either the great master builders preservation office. Internship plan must be approved in such as Le Corbusier, Mies vander Rohe, Frank Lloyd writing before it is pursued. Staff. (ND) Wright and Walter Gropius, or on second generation ARCH 328. Architectural Representation (3) including the transitional figures such as Philip Johnson Studio format, instruction in rendering media such as and other groups: The Whites, Greys, High-Tech, etc. graphite, charcoal, color pencil, water color and pastel Prerequisite: Art I/ARCH I or Art 2/ARCH 2 and and a variety of three-dimensional drawing techniques. ARCH 210. Zaknic. (HU) Intended for architectural students who have mastered 100 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

ARCH 388. Advanced Architectural Design (3) freshman year, second semester (18 credit hours) spring ENGL 2 Composition/Literature II 3 Intensive design projects under a sequence of visiting MATH 22 Calculus II 4 design instructors. Prerequisites: ARCH 210, 243 and CHM 21 Intro Chemical Principles 4 consent of the instructor. Zaknic. (ND) CHM 22 Chemical Principles Lab 1 ENGR 1 Engineering Computations 3 Arts and Sciences ENGR 5 First-Year Design Experience 3 Selection of a major in the College of Engineering and ARTS 1-9. Choices and Decisions (1) Applied Science occurs prior to beginning the sopho- Introduction to decision making with emphasis on cur- more year. A major leading to a degree in the College of riculum, career planning, and social options. Techniques Arts and Sciences should be chosen prior to beginning for using values, family history, and social norms as guide- the junior year. lines for decision-making processes. Pass-fail grading. Basic Arts-Engineering programs leading to a bachelor of ARTS 251. Fieldwork (1) arts degree from the College of Arts and Sciences and a Structured fieldwork for students who have previously Bachelor of Science degree in an area of engineering are taken Arts 250 without the fieldwork component. suggested below. The listed courses may be taken in any Students will be required to provide some regular written order if prerequisites are met. Arts-Engineering candidates and oral reports of activity and then write a detailed should recognize that pursuit of a bachelor of science analysis/assessment report of particular issues and lessons degree (e.g., biology, chemistry, biochemistry, earth and learned. Prerequisite: 3 credits of Arts 250 (without environmental sciences, mathematics, and physics) or a fieldwork component) and instructor’s consent. (ND) bachelor of arts program with larger than average credit requirements (e.g., art, architecture, physical sciences, cog- ARTS 250. Communications, Cultures, Behaviors nitive science, international careers, among others) will and Attitudes (4) severely restrict choices of free electives. For these students, Writing-intensive experiential focus on communications, very careful planning of the academic program is necessary development of social roles and life skills required for to guarantee completion of all major, distribution and total effective functioning in a diverse society in America and credit requirements for the two degrees in five years. globally. Models of group processes; small group projects; The designation AS-courses/electives refers to those communications; critical thinking and its application to courses which meet the major and distribution require- course content; cognitive processes in handling individual ments for the degree in the College of Arts and Sciences differences in race, gender, class, religion, disabilities, sex- while other types of electives meet major requirements ual harassment, religions of the world, sexual orientation, in the College of Engineering. When selected properly, and culture; synthesis of class experiences with readings courses which meet distribution requirements in the and discussions; and social role implications on choices. College of Arts and Sciences will also satisfy most distri- The application of lessons learned in the course to real bution requirements of the College of Engineering and life situations such as structured fieldwork will be Applied Science. Note that the bookkeeping used to arrive required in addition to in class work. As part of the field- at the total credits for each dual degree program assumes 33 work experience, students will be required to provide credit hours were earned in the freshman year. some regular written and oral reports of activity and then write a detailed analysis/assessment report of particular Arts-Bioengineering issues and lessons learned. Students may not receive credit A total of 164-5 credit hours is needed for the bachelor for both Arts 250 and Comm 65. (ND) of arts and the bachelor of science degrees depending on the bioengineering track selected. Arts-Engineering freshman year, first semester (17 credit hours) ARTS 2 Choices & Decisions 1 The Arts-Engineering program provides the student with BIOE 1 Intro to Bioengr I 1 an opportunity to experience the breadth of an arts edu- ENGR 1 Engineering Computations 3 cation and simultaneously follow the more focused ENGL 1 Composition/Literature 3 curriculum of an engineering major. This is a five-year, MATH 21 Calculus I 4 dual-degree program administered by the College of Arts and Sciences. An Arts-Engineering graduate is awarded CHM 21 Intro Chemical Principles 4 two bachelors degrees, one from the College of Arts and CHM 22 Chemical Principles Lab 1 Sciences and another from the College of Engineering freshman year, second semester (17 credit hours) and Applied Science. BIOE 2 Intro to Bioengr II 1 A typical freshman year class schedule for an Arts- ENGL to be selected 3 Engineer is shown below. Note that the MATH 22 Calculus II 4 Arts-Bioengineering program has a different freshman PHY 11 Intro Physics I 4 year class schedule. PHY 12 Intro Physics Lab I 1 freshman year, first semester (15-17 credit hours) BIOS 41 Biology Core I: Cellular ARTS 2 Choices & Decisions 1 and Molecular 3 ENGL 1 Composition/Literature I 3 BIOS 42 Biology Core I: Cellular and MATH 21 Calculus I 4 Molecular Lab 1 PHY 11 Intro Physics I 4 sophomore-fifth year (130-131 credit hours) PHY 12 Intro Physics Lab I 1 Please read the section of the catalog referring to B.S. in (Dept) 90 College Seminar or FYC 2-4 Bioengineering. Then contact either Professor Ou-Yang Arts- Engineering 101 or Professor White for further advice on which of the 3 sophomore year, first semester (16 credit hours) tracks to select and the courses that should be taken. MATH 23 Calculus III (4) Arts-Chemical Engineering MECH 2 Elementary Engineering Mechanics (3) A total of 163 credit hours is needed for the bachelor of CEE 10 Engineering/Architectural Graphics arts and the bachelor of science degrees. and Design (3) AS courses/electives (6) See electives (1) through (5) for the chemical engineer- ing program in Section III. Careful planning is required sophomore year, second semester (18 credit hours) so that these may be scheduled during the senior year MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) and fifth year of the program. Any order that does not MECH 12 Strength of Materials (3) violate prerequisites is acceptable. PHY 21 Introductory Physics II (4) sophomore year, first semester (17 credit hours) PHY 22 Introductory Physics Lab II (1) CHE 31 Material and Energy Balances of CEE 170 Introduction to Environmental Chemical Processes (3) Engineering (4) CHM 31 Chemical Equilibria in Aqueous AS course/elective (3) Solutions (3) junior year, first semester (16 credit hours) MATH 23 Calculus III (4) MAT 33 Engineering Materials and Processes (3) ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) CEE 123 Civil Engineering Materials (1) AS course/elective (3) CEE 11 Surveying (1) sophomore year, second semester (18 credit hours) CEE 12 Civil Engineering Statistics (2) CHE 44 Fluid Mechanics (4) CEE 121 Mechanics of Fluids (3) PHY 21 Introductory Physics II (4) Engineering Science Elective* (3) PHY 22 Introductory Physics Lab II (1) AS course/elective (3) BIOS 41 Biology Core I: Cell and junior year, second semester (15 credit hours) Molecular Biology (3) CEE 117 Numerical Methods in Civil MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) Engineering (2) AS courses/electives (3) CEE 222 Hydraulic Engineering (3) junior year, first semester (17 credit hours) ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) CHE 151 Introduction to Heat Transfer (3) AS courses/electives (6) CHM 51 Organic Chemistry I (3) senior year, first semester (15 credit hours) CHM 53 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (1) CEE 142 Fundamentals of Soil Mechanics (3) CHM 192 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (2) CEE 159 Structural Analysis I (4) AS courses/electives (8) AS courses/electives (8) junior year, second semester (17 credit hours) senior year, second semester (15 credit hours) CHE 244 Mass Transfer and Separation CEE 262 Fundamentals of Steel Processes (3) Structural Design (3) CHE 210 Chemical Engineering or CEE 264 Fundamentals of Concrete Thermodynamics (4) Structural Design (3) CHE 179 Professional Development (1) CEE 242 Principles and Practice of CHM 52 Organic Chemistry II (3) Geotechnical Engineering (3) AS courses/electives (6) Civil Engineering electives** (3) senior year, first semester (15 credit hours) AS courses/electives (6) CHE 201 Methods of Analysis in fifth year, first semester (17 credit hours) Chemical Engineering (3) CEE 202 Civil Engineering Planning and CHM 189 Physical Chemistry II (3) Engineering Economics (3) electives for engineering major* (6) CEE 203 Professional Development (2) AS courses/electives (3) Civil Engineering electives** (6) senior year, second semester (15 credit hours) AS courses/electives (6) CHE 211 Chemical Reactor Design (3) fifth year, second semester (15 credit hours) CHE 242 Introduction to Process Control CEE 290 Civil Engineering Capstone Design (3) and Simulation (3) Civil Engineering elective** (6) electives for engineering major* (6) AS courses/electives (6) AS courses/electives (3) **Of seventeen CEE elective credits, three credits are satis- fifth year (31 credit hours) fied by a 300 level course in the major AS department; the See program description for senior year of Chemical other fifteen approved by the CEE department chairperson; Engineering. see list on department web site. *These electives are chosen with the chemical engineering Arts-Computer Engineering adviser. A total of 166 credit hours is needed for the bachelor of Arts-Civil Engineering arts and bachelor of science degrees. A total of 160 credit hours is needed for the bachelor of sophomore year, first semester (16 credit hours) arts and the bachelor of science degrees. This total may MATH 23 Calculus III (4) differ depending on selection of electives that satisfy PHY 21 Introductory Physics (4) requirements for both degrees. 102 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

PHY 22 Introductory Physics Lab (1) junior year, second semester (18 credit hours) ECE 33 Introduction to Computer Engineering (4) CSE 216 Software Engineering (3) AS course/elective (3) CSE 262 Programming Languages (3) sophomore year, second semester (17 credit hours) CSE 340 Design and Analysis of Algorithms (3) CSE 17 Structured Programming and AS courses/special electives* (9) Data Structures (4) senior year, first semester (18 credit hours) MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) CSE 318 Automatic and Formal Grammars (3) ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) MATH 230 Numerical Methods (3) AS courses/electives (6) AS courses/special electives* (12) junior year, first semester (16 credit hours) senior year, second semester (15 credit hours) ECE 81 Principles of Electrical Engineering (4) ECE 201 Computer Architecture (3) MATH 231 Probability and Statistics (3) or CSE 252 Computers, the Internet, MATH 309 Theory of Probability (3) and Society (3) AS courses/electives (9) AS courses /special electives* (9) junior year, second semester (16 credit hours) fifth year, first semester (17 credit hours) ECE 82 Sophomore Laboratory (1) CSE 303 Operating System Design (3) ECE 108 Signals and Systems (4) CSE 379 Senior Project (3) AS courses/electives (11) AS courses/special electives* (11) senior year, first semester (16 credit hours) fifth year, second semester (15 credit hours) ECE 121 Electronic Circuits Laboratory (2) CSE 302 Compiler Design (3) ECE 123 Electronic Circuits (3) AS courses/special electives* (12) CSE 109 Systems Programming (3) *Special electives [technical electives (15 credit hours) and approved technical elective* (3) professional electives (6 credit hours), with one of the elec- AS courses/electives (5) tives being a hardware-oriented course] are required and senior year, second semester (16 credit hours) are chosen with the approval of the major advisor. See the ECE 138 Digital Systems Laboratory (2) catalog listing for B.S. in Computer Science in the P. C. ECE 201 Computer Architecture (3) Rossin College of Engineering for further details. CSC 216 Software Engineering (3) Arts-Electrical Engineering CSC 261 Discrete Structures (3) A total of 165 credit hours is needed for the bachelor of AS courses/electives (5) arts and bachelor of science degrees. fifth year (36 credit hours) sophomore year, first semester (15 credit hours) See program description for senior year of computer MATH 23 Calculus III (4) engineering. PHY 21 Introductory Physics II (4) *Approved technical electives, chosen with the advisor’s con- PHY 22 Introductory Physics Lab II (1) sent, are subjects in the area of science and technology. They AS courses/electives (6) are not restricted to offerings in the department of computer sophomore year, second semester (15 credit hours) science and electrical engineering. One elective must be an MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) engineering science elective from another department. approved elective* (3) Arts-Computer Science AS courses/electives (9) A total of 164 credit hours is needed for the bachelor of junior year, first semester (16 credit hours) arts and the bachelor of science degrees. ECE 33 Introduction to Computer sophomore year, first semester (16 credit hours) Engineering (4) MATH 23 Calculus III (4) ECE 81 Principles of Electrical Engineering (4) PHY 21 Introductory Physics II (4) MATH 208 Complex Variables (3) PHY 22 Introductory Physics Lab II (1) AS courses/electives (5) CSE 17 Structured Programming and Data junior year, second semester (16 credit hours) Structures (4) ECE 82 Sophomore Laboratory (1) AS course/ special elective* (3) ECE 108 Signals and Systems (4) sophomore year, second semester (16 credit hours) ECE 126 Fundamentals of Semiconductor MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) Devices (3) CSE 109 Systems Programming (3) MATH 231 Probability and Statistics (3) ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) AS courses/electives (5) AS courses/ special electives* (6) senior year, first semester (18 credit hours) junior year, first semester (16 credit hours) ECE 121 Electronic Circuits Laboratory (2) CSE 261 Discrete Structures (3) ECE 123 Electronic Circuits (3) ECE 33 Introduction to Computer ECE 202 Introduction to Electromagnetics (3) Engineering (4) ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) MATH 231 Probability and Statistics (3) or approved elective* (3) MATH 309 Theory and Probability (3) AS courses/electives (3) AS courses/special electives* (6) Arts- Engineering 103 senior year, second semester (16 credit hours) senior year, second semester (15 credit hours) ECE 125 Circuits and Systems (3) SSE Electives* (5) ECE 138 Digital Systems Laboratory (2) AS courses/elective or SSE elective (3) ECE 203 Introduction to Electromagnetic AS courses/electives (7) Waves (3) fifth year, first semester (15 credit hours) approved technical elective* (3) PHY 340 Thermal Physics (3) or AS courses/elective (5) ME 104 Thermodynamics I (3) fifth year (36 credit hours) SSE Elective* (3) See program description for senior year of electrical engi- AS courses/electives (9) neering, under Electrical Engineering. fifth year, second semester (16 credit hours) *Approved technical electives are subjects in the areas of sci- AS courses/electives (16) ence and technology. Students must select a minimum of *The 14 credit hours of SSE electives must include ECE four courses from the ECE or CSC course listings, with a 251 or 252 or PHY 273 (must be a design project with an minimum of two courses in one of the technical areas engineer co-advisor). Advisor has list of approved SSE elec- described in the following list. Students must also choose at tives. Must include at least 30 credits taught by engineers least one engineering elective in either materials, mechanics, and sufficient engineering design and engineering science thermodynamics, fluid mechanics or physical chemistry, and credits to satisfy ABET guidelines. at least one science elective in physics, chemistry or biology. For students interested in solid state electronics, quantum Optical Sciences Concentration mechanics is recommended for the science elective. junior year, first semester (15 credit hours) Arts-Engineering Physics PHY 212 Electricity and Magnetism I (3) A total of 161 credit hours is needed for the bachelor of PHY 362 Atomic and Molecular Structure (3) arts and bachelor of science degrees. MATH 322 Methods of Applied Analysis I (3) sophomore year, first semester (17 credit hours) OE Elective** (3) PHY 21 Introductory Physics II (4) AS courses/electives (3) PHY 22 Introductory Physics Lab II (1) junior year, second semester (18 credit hours) MATH 23 Calculus III (4) PHY 213 Electricity and Magnetism II (3) ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) PHY 262 Advanced Laboratory (2) ECE 81 Principles of Electrical Engineering (4) PHY 215 Classical Mechanics (4) sophomore year, second semester (16 credit hours) OE Elective** (3) PHY 31 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics (3) AS courses/electives (6) PHY 190 Electronics (3) senior year, first semester (17 credit hours) MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) PHY 352 Modern Optics (3) MATH 208 Complex Variables (3) OE Elective** (9) ECE 108 Signals and Systems (4) AS courses/electives (5) The student must choose either the Solid State senior year, second semester (15 credit hours) Electronics or the Optical Sciences concentration, listed PHY 355 Lasers and Non-linear Optics (3) below. OE Elective** (6) Solid State Electronics Concentration AS courses/electives (6) fifth year, first semester (15 credit hours) junior year, first semester (16 credit hours) PHY 340 Thermal Physics (3) or PHY 212 Electricity and Magnetism I (3) ME 104 Thermodynamics I (3) ECE 33 Introduction to Computer AS courses/electives (12) Engineering (4) ECE 123 Electronic Circuits (3) fifth year, second semester (15 credit hours) MATH 322 Methods of Applied Analysis I (3) AS courses/electives (15) AS courses/electives (3) **The 18 credit hours of Optical Engineering electives must junior year, second semester (18 credit hours) include ECE 257 or 258 or PHY 273 (must be a design project with an engineer co-advisor). Must include at least PHY 213 Electricity and Magnetism II (3) two of ECE 347, 348, 371, and 372. Advisor has list of PHY 262 Advanced Laboratory (2) approved OE electives. Must include at least 30 credits PHY 215 Classical Mechanics I (4) taught by engineers and sufficient engineering design and ECE 126 Fundamentals of Semiconductors engineering science credits to satisfy ABET guidelines. Devices (3) AS courses/electives (6) Arts-Environmental Engineering senior year, first semester (15 credit hours) A total of 160 credit hours is needed for the bachelor of PHY 362 Atomic and Molecular Structure (3) arts and the bachelor of science degrees. This total may PHY 363 Physics of Solids (3) differ depending on the selection of electives that satisfy the requirements for both degrees, Some CAS require- SSE Elective* (3) ments may be satisfied by taking courses such as SSE Elective* or AS courses/ CEE/EES cross-listed courses that can reduce this total. electives (3) AS courses/electives (3) sophomore year, first semester (17 credit hours) MATH 23 Calculus III (4) MECH 2 Elementary Engineering Mechanics (3) 104 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

CHM 51 Organic CHEM I (3) IE 112 Computer Graphics (1) CHM 53 Organic CHEM Lab I (1) ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) AS courses/electives* (6) sophomore year, second semester (16 credit hours) sophomore year, second semester (17 credit hours) IE 121 Applied Engineering Statistics (3) MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) IE 131 Work Systems and Facilities Planning (3) PHY 21 Introductory Physics II (4) IE 132 Work Systems and Facilities PHY 22 Introductory Physics Lab II (1) Planning Lab (1) CEE 170 Introduction to Environmental ACCT 108 Fundamentals of Accounting (3) Engineering (4) AS courses/electives (6) CEE 272 Environmental Risk Assessment (2) junior year, first semester (15 credit hours) AS course/elective* (3) MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) junior year, first semester (17 credit hours) MAT 33 Engineering Materials and Processes (3) CEE 12 Civil Engineering Statistics (2) AS courses/electives (9) CEE 121 Mechanics of Fluids (3) junior year, second semester (17 credit hours) CEE 276 Env. Engineering Processes (3) IE 122 Software Tools (1) CHE 31 MAT. & Energy Bal. Of CHE Process (3) IE 220 Introduction to Operations Research (3) AS course/elective* (6) ECE 81 Principles of Electrical Engineering (4) junior year, second semester (17 credit hours) IE 224 Information Systems Analysis and CEE 222 Hydraulic Engineering (3) Design (3) CEE 274 Environmental Water Chemistry (3) AS courses/electives (6) CHE 60 Unit Ops Survey (3) senior year, first semester (16 credit hours) ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) IE 215 Fundamentals of Modern AS courses/electives* (4) Manufacturing (3) senior year, first semester (16 credit hours) IE 216 Manufacturing Laboratory (1) CEE 142 Fundamentals of Soil Mechanics (3) MECH 2 Elementary Engineering Mechanics (3) CEE 378 Solid & Haz. Waste Management (3) AS courses/electives (9) EES 31 Intro. Env./Organismal Biology (4) senior year, second semester (15 credit hours) AS courses/electives* (6) IE 226 Engineering Economy and Decision senior year, second semester (14 credit hours) Analysis (3) CEE 275 Enviro-Geo-Hydraulics Lab (2) ME 104 Thermodynamics I (3) EES 21 Intro. Planet Earth (4) IE Elective (See IE Program for Possible Electives) (3) Technical electives** (3) AS courses/electives (6) AS courses/electives* (5) summer fifth year, first semester (14 credit hours) IE 100 Industrial Employment (0) CEE 202 Planning and ENGR. Economics (3) fifth year (34 credit hours) CEE 203 Professional Development (2) See program description for senior year of Industrial CEE/EES 379 Env. Case Studies (3) Engineering. Technical electives** (3) Arts-Information and Systems AS courses/electives* (3) Engineering fifth year, second semester (15 credit hours) A total of 160 credit hours is needed for the bachelor of CEE 377 Environmental Engineering Design*** (3) arts and bachelor of science degrees. Technical elective** (3) sophomore year, first semester (17 credit hours) AS courses/electives* (6) IE 111 Engineering Probability and Statistics (3) Free elective (3) MATH 23 Calculus III (4) *AS courses must include POLS 111. CSC 17 Structured Programming and Data ** 9 technical (approved) elective credits approved by the Structures (4) academic advisor to satisfy proficiency in three focus areas of AS courses /electives (6) water supply and resources, environmental chemistry, and sophomore year, second semester (17 credit hours) hazardous waste management; approved list available from IE 121 Applied Engineering Statistics (3) CEE department. MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) ***CE 290 acceptable substitute when offered as a multidis- ACCT 108 Fundamentals of Accounting (3) ciplinary course that includes environmental engineering as PHY 21, 22 Introductory Physics II and a major focus Laboratory (5) Arts-Industrial Engineering AS course /elective (3) A total of 163 credit hours is needed for the bachelor of junior year, first semester (16 credit hours) arts and bachelor of science degrees. IE 122 Software Tools (1) sophomore year, first semester (17 credit hours) IE 220 Introduction to Operations Research (3) MATH 23 Calculus III (4) BIS 211 Management Information Systems (3) PHY 21 Introductory Physics II (4) MECH 2, PHY 22 Introductory Physics Lab II (1) ME 104 Elementary Engineering Mechanics (3), IE 111 Engineering Probability and Statistics (3) Thermodynamics I (3), or Arts- Engineering 105

MAT 33 Engineering Materials and Processes (3) ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) AS courses /electives (6) MAT 101 Professional Development (2) junior year, second semester (17 credit hours) junior year, second semester (15 credit hours) IE 170 Algorithms in Systems Engineering (3) ENGR 211 Integrated Product Development IE 171 Algorithms in Systems Engineering Projects I (3) Laboratory (1) MAT 204 Processing and Properties of IE 275 Fundamentals of Web Applications (3) Polymeric Materials (3) ECE 81 Principles of Electrical Engineering (4) MAT 206 Processing and Properties of Metals (3) AS courses /electives (6) MAT. 210 Macro Materials Processing Lab (2) senior year, first semester (16 credit hours) MAT 214 Processing and Properties of IE 224 Information Systems Analysis and Ceramic Materials (3) Design (3) MAT 226 Materials Selection in Design (1) IE 345 Manufacturing Information Systems (3) senior year, first semester (17 credit hours) ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) ENGR 212 Integrated Product Development TE Technical Elective (3)* Projects II (2) AS course /elective (3) AS courses/electives (15) senior year, second semester (16 credit hours) senior year, second semester (15 credit hours) IE 226 Engineering Economy (3) CHE 60 Unit Operations Survey (3) IE 305 Simulation (3) AS courses/electives (12) IE 339 Stochastic Models (3) fifth year (34 credit hours) TE Technical Elective (3)* See program description for senior year of Materials Sci- AS courses /electives (4) ence and Engineering, except replace ENGR 212 (2) summer with AS course (3) and CHE 60 (3) with AS course (3). IE 100 Industrial Employment (0) Note: Students interested in the industrial or research fifth year, first semester (15 credit hours) options should consult with the department chairperson prior to their fourth year. Students selecting the research IE 316 Advanced Operations Research option should elect MAT 240, Research Techniques, in Techniques (3) the first semester of the senior year. Students selecting IE 372 Systems Engineering Design (3) the industrial option should elect MAT 327 & MAT TE Technical Elective (3)* 329, Industrial Project. AS courses /electives (6) fifth year, second semester (15 credit hours) Arts-Mechanical Engineering IE 154 Senior Project (3) A total of 163 credit hours is needed for the bachelor of IE 341 Data Communication Systems arts and the bachelor of science degrees. Analysis and Design (3) sophomore year, first semester (16 credit hours) TE Technical Elective (3)* PHY 21 Introductory Physics II (4) AS courses /electives (6) PHY 22 Introductory Physics Lab II (1) *Technical Electives from approved list MATH 23 Calculus III (4) ME 10 Graphics for Engineering Design (3) Arts-Materials Science and Engineering ME 111 Professional Development (1) A total of 165 credit hours is needed for the bachelor of AS courses/electives (3) arts and bachelor of science degrees. sophomore year, second semester (18 credit hours) sophomore year, first semester (16 credit hours) MECH 2 Elementary Engineering Mechanics (3) MAT 33 Engineering Materials and Processes (3) ME 104 Thermodynamics I (3) MATH 23 Calculus III (4) MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) PHY 21 Introductory Physics II (4) AS courses/electives (9) PHY 22 Introductory Physics Lab II (1) junior year, first semester (17 credit hours) MAT 10 Materials Laboratory (1) MECH 12 Strength of Materials (3) AS courses/elective (3) ECE 81 Principles of Electrical Engineering (4) sophomore year, second semester (17 credit hours) ECO 1 Economics (4) MECH 2 Elementary Engineering Mechanics (3) AS courses/electives (6) MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) junior year, second semester (15 credit hours) MAT 20 Computational Methods in Materials MECH 102 Dynamics (3) Science (2) ME 21 Mechanical Engineering MAT 203 Structure and Characterization of Laboratory I (1) Materials (3) ME 231 Fluid Mechanics (3) MAT 205 Thermodynamics and Phase Diagrams (3) ECE 162 Electrical Laboratory (1) AS courses/electives (3) AS courses/electives (7) junior year, first semester (15 credit hours) senior year, first semester (15 credit hours) MAT 201 Physical Properties of Materials (3) MAT 33 Engineering Materials and Processes (3) MAT 216 Diffusion and Phase Transformations (3) ME 215 Engineering Reliability (3) or MAT 218 Mechanical Behavior of Materials (3) MATH 208 Complex Variables (3) or 106 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

MATH 230 Numerical Methods (3) or Program, Maginnes Hall, 9 W. Packer Ave, 758-3091 MATH 231 Probability and Statistics (3) (cac8), or any of the Asian Studies faculty listed above ME 252 Mechanical Elements (3) (www.lehigh.edu/~inasp/). AS courses/electives (6) Major in Asian Studies senior year, second semester (16 credit hours) The Asian Studies major is designed to accomplish three ME 211 Mechanical Engineering Design I (3) goals: to ground the student in a regional language and ME 242 Mechanical Engineering Systems (3) culture (Chinese or Japanese), to survey various disci- ME 240 Manufacturing (3) plines in Asian Studies more broadly, and to provide ME 121 Mechanical Engineering Laboratory II (1) advanced research opportunities in the upperclass years. AS courses/electives (6) The program, when successfully completed, prepares the fifth year (33 credit hours) student for further graduate work, professional educa- See program description for senior year of Mechanical tion, or employment in the public or private sector. Engineering & Mechanics. One of the courses is an AS There is an increasing demand for graduates who com- course/elective (3). bine a major in a disciplinary field (e.g., business, economics, international relations) with a second major (or minor) in Asian Studies, including Chinese or Asian Studies Japanese language competence. Professors. John Gatewood, Ph.D. (Illinois), Sociology The major in Asian Studies may have a Chinese studies and Anthropology; Norman Girardot, Ph.D. (Chicago), or a Japanese studies concentration, each requiring a Religion Studies; Kenneth Kraft, Ph.D. (Princeton), minimum of 9 courses (36 credits). The distribution of Religion Studies; Michael Notis, Ph.D. (Lehigh), the credits is as follows, subject to the guidance of the Materials Science and Engineering; David Pankenier, academic advisor, Dr. Constance Cook, Director, Asian Ph.D. (Stanford), Modern Languages and Literature; Studies Program, Maginnes Hall, 9 W. Packer Ave, 758- Nicola Tannenbaum, Ph.D. (Iowa), Program Director, 3091 (cac8). Students may also request an advisor from Sociology and Anthropology; Raymond Wylie, Ph.D. among the Asian Studies faculty above. (London, England), International Relations. Minor in Asian Studies Associate professors. Constance Cook, Ph.D. (U.C., Berkeley), Modern Languages and Literature; Gail The minor in Asian Studies is intended to complement a Cooper, Ph.D. (U.C., Santa Barbara), History; Alexander student’s major field of study and it is flexible according Levine, Ph.D. (San Diego), Philosophy; Michael to individual needs. Students are free to survey the field Mendelson Ph.D. (San Diego), Philosophy; Kiri Lee, broadly or concentrate in a special area such as Chinese or Ph.D. (Harvard), Modern Languages and Literature. Japanese studies. The minor is composed of a minimum of 4 courses (16 credits) in Asian studies, chosen from an Assistant professors. Amardeep Singh, Ph.D. (Duke), approved list in consultation with the minor advisor, Dr. English; Robert Rozehnal, Ph.D. (Duke), Religion Constance Cook, Director, Asian Studies Program, Studies; Elizabeth Vann, Ph.D. (Virginia), Sociology and Maginnes Hall, 9 W. Packer Ave, 758-3091 (cac8). Anthropology. While students minoring in Asian Studies are encour- The Asian Studies program provides undergraduates in aged to study languages, only 8 credits of language study any college within Lehigh an opportunity to acquire a count towards the Asian Studies minor. Students inter- systematic knowledge of Asia, specifically East Asia, ested only in language study are encouraged to minor in Southeast Asia, and the Pacific. The program focuses on Chinese or Japanese (see MLL). the rich historical and cultural heritage of the countries of Asia, as well as their growing importance in world Study Abroad Programs affairs and their critical relationship to the national inter- Students are encouraged to spend a summer, semester, or ests of the United States. year in an approved study program in China, Japan, Courses offered at other LVAIC institutions and may be Korea, Southeast Asia, South Asia or the Pacific. Students taken for credit by Lehigh students. Students are encour- who wish to study abroad, and who wish to have the aca- aged to participate in a variety of extracurricular demic work taken in that program count toward a Lehigh activities that are offered in Asian Studies, such as special degree, must have a GPA of 2.7 or higher. Any student lectures and seminars, films, performances, and exhibits. with a lower GPA may petition the Committee on the The overall program is administered by the Asian Studies Standing of Students for an exception to this rule before Committee, an interdisciplinary body of faculty with a applying to an approved study abroad program. These special interest in the region. This committee oversees programs are open to all LVAIC students subject to the both the formal academic work within the program as regulations of their home institutions. For details on all well as the extracurricular activities sponsored at the uni- programs, consult Erica Smith, Director, Study Abroad versity. It also cooperates with the Asian Cultural Society Office, Coxe Hall, 32 Sayre Dr, 610-758-3351, (ers5) and other campus organizations involved in aspects of (www.lehigh.edu/studyabroad). Asian Studies. I. Core Requirements The courses listed are regularly offered in the program and A. Language and Culture: Chinese or Japanese or other new ones are currently under development in a number of approved Asian languages to intermediate level (2 years); subject areas. (Consult the Registrar’s Schedule of Classes or 4 courses (16 credits), based on placement, chosen for specific offerings in any particular semester.) from the following *: For further information, interested students should con- sult Dr. Constance Cook, Director, Asian Studies Asian Studies 107

ASIA 91. Elementary Asian Language and Culture CHIN 013. Intermediate Spoken Chinese I (2) Abroad (1-8) Further development of communicative skills in Chinese Elementary Language and culture abroad other than using situational dialogues and class discussion; emphasis Chinese or Japanese. (HU) on oral proficiency. Not open to native speakers. (Fall) Prerequisite: Chin 004, Chin 011, or permission of the ASIA 191. Intermediate Asian Language and instructor. Staff. (HU) Culture Abroad (1-8) Intermediate language and culture other than Chinese CHIN 014. Intermediate Spoken Chinese II (2) and Japanese. (HU) Continuation of Chin 013: further development of com- municative skills in Chinese using situational dialogues CHIN, JPNS 91. Language and Culture Abroad I and class discussion; emphasis on oral proficiency. Not (1-8) open to native speakers. (Fall) Prerequisite: Chin 012, Intensive study of conversation in the language of the Chin 013, or permission of the instructor. Staff. (HU) country; reading, development of writing skills and selected aspects of the culture. (HU) CHIN 111. Advanced Chinese Reading & Writing I (2) CHIN, JPNS 191. Language and Culture Reading, translation, and writing practice using text- Abroad II (1-8) based exercises, short stories, essays, and other selected Intensive study of conversation in the language of the materials. (Fall). Prerequisites: Chin 014, Chin 113 or country; rapid review of basic grammar, the reading and permission of the instructor. Staff. (HU) analysis of moderately difficult texts, development of rudimentary writing skills, supplemented study of select- CHIN 112. Advanced Chinese Reading & Writing ed aspects of contemporary civilization. Prerequisites: II (2) consent of chair and proficiency examination in the tar- Continuation of Chin 111: reading, translation, writing get country. (HU) exercises using text-based exercises, short stories, essays, and other selected materials. (Spring). Prerequisites: CHIN 001. Beginning Chinese Reading & Chin 111, Chin 113, or permission of the instructor. Writing I (2) Staff. (HU) Introduction to the Chinese writing system and begin- ning character acquisition; reading practice with pinyin CHIN 113. Advanced Spoken Chinese I (2) transcription system. (Fall) Co-requisite: Chin 003 or Topical discussions and oral presentations in Chinese. permission of the instructor. Staff. (HU) (Fall) Prerequisite: Chin 014, Chin 111, or permission of the instructor. Staff. (HU) CHIN 002. Beginning Chinese Reading & Writing II (2) CHIN 114. Advanced Spoken Chinese II (2) Continuation of Chin 001: continued character acquisi- Continuation of Chin 113: topical discussions and oral tion, reading practice in pinyin and simple character presentations in Chinese. (Fall) Prerequisite: Chin 112, texts. (Spring) Prerequisites: Chin 003, Chin 004 or per- Chin 113, or permission of the instructor. Staff. (HU) mission of the instructor. Staff. (HU) JPNS 1. Elementary Japanese I (4) fall CHIN 003. Beginning Spoken Chinese I (2) Introduction to the oral and written language with Introduction to Mandarin Chinese pronunciation, the emphasis on spoken Japanese and syllabaries. Language pinyin transcription system, and modern colloquial laboratory. (HU) Chinese; emphasis on oral proficiency. Not open to JPNS 2. Elementary Japanese II (4) spring native speakers. (Fall) Co-requisite: Chin 001 or permis- Continuation of Japanese 1. Prerequisite: Japanese 1 or sion of the instructor. Staff. (HU) equivalent. (HU) CHIN 004. Beginning Spoken Chinese II (2) JPNS 11. Intermediate Japanese I (4) fall Continuation of Chin 003: further practice with text- Continuation of Japanese 2. Structural patterns in both based dialogues in modern colloquial Chinese; emphasis spoken and written languages. 150 kanji (Chinese char- on oral proficiency. Not open to native speakers. acters). Prerequisite: JPNS 2 or equivalent. (HU) (Spring) Prerequisite: Chin 002 or permission of the JPNS 12. Intermediate Japanese II (4) spring instructor. Staff. (HU) Continuation of Japanese 11. Prerequisite: Japanese 11 CHIN 011. Intermediate Chinese Reading & or equivalent. (HU) Writing I (2) JPNS 141. Advanced Japanese I (4) fall Continued focus on vocabulary/character acquisition Advanced reading and oral comprehension. and text-based reading and writing exercises using Conversation and writing practice. Prerequisite: JPNS 12 Chinese characters. (Fall) Prerequisites: Chin 013 or per- or equivalent. (HU) mission of the instructor. Staff. (HU) JPNS 142. Advanced Japanese II (4) spring CHIN 012. Intermediate Chinese Reading & Continuation of JPNS 141. Prerequisite: JPNS 141 or Writing II (2) equivalent. (HU) Continuation of Chin 011: vocabulary/character acquisi- *Note 1. Students with prior knowledge of Chinese or tion and text-based reading and writing exercises using Japanese will be placed on the basis of a competence test. Chinese characters. (Spring). Prerequisites: Chin 013, Native speakers placing out of the language requirement in Chin 014, or permission of the instructor. Staff. (HU) part or in whole will be required to take additional Asian studies courses to make up a minimum of 36 credit hours. 108 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

B. Humanities and Social Science: 3 courses (minimum ASIA 76. (HIST 76, MLL 76) Understanding 10 credits) chosen from the following: Contemporary China (4) ASIA 61. (IR 61) Pacific Asian International An overview of recent history, politics, economy, reli- Relations (4) gion, problems of modernization, popular culture, and Introduction to Pacific Asian international relations, attitudes. Contemporary Chinese society viewed against with emphasis on post-1945 period: historical back- the backdrop of tradition and the tumultuous history of ground; Cold War conflicts; China’s rise to power; twentieth-century China. Pankenier (SS) Japan’s growing role; Korea and the NIC’s; Southeast ASIA 77. (REL 77) The Islamic Tradition (4) Asia; U.S. and Russian policies; current and future A thematic introduction to Islamic history, doctrine and issues. Wylie (SS) practice. Topics include: Qur’an; prophecy and sacred ASIA 60. (REL 60) Religions of South Asia (4) history; ritual practices; community life; legal interpreta- A thematic introduction to the foundational religious tion; art and aesthetics; mysticism; politics and polemics. traditions of South Asia: Hinduism, Jainism, Buddhism, Rozehnal. (HU) Sikhism and Islam. Students explore the social and spiri- MLL 78. (ASIA 78) Asian-American Studies (4) tual dimensions of these religious worlds through A survey of issues concerning Asians living in the United scripture, ritual practices, narrative and teaching tradi- States from the perspectives of history, language, litera- tions, music and art. Rozehnal. (HU) ture, and film. (HU) ASIA 62. (REL 62) Religions of India (4) ASIA 100. Seminar in Asian Studies (1-4) Origin, development and meaning of the major forms of Topics in Asian Studies. May be repeated for credit. Indian religious traditions. Attention to elite and popular (HU/SS depending on topic) forms of Hinduism, Yoga, early Buddhism. (HU) ASIA 125. (MLL 125) Immortal Images: ASIA 64. (REL 64) Religions of China (4) Traditional Chinese Literature in Translation (4) History and meaning of the major forms of Chinese reli- Explore age-old themes in literature as diverse as pre- gion- especially Confucianism and Neo-Confucianism, modern novels, ghost stories, poetry, divination Taoist mysticism, Buddhism (Ch’an/Zen), and popular manuals, and medical texts. Cook (HU) religion. Girardot. (HU) ASIA 65. (REL 65) Religions of Japan (4) ASIA 140. (PHIL 140) Eastern Philosophy (4) Survey of selected texts and issues in the eastern philosoph- A survey of Japan’s diverse religious heritage and its ical traditions. Attention will be given to the development impact on contemporary culture. Japanese approaches to and interrelations of these traditions as well as a compari- the self, the world, and the sacred are considered in com- son of western and eastern treatments of selected issues. parative perspective. Topics covered include: Shinto, Areas of focus may include Confucianism, Taoism, and Buddhism, Zen, Confucianism, the way of the warrior, Zen Buddhism. (HU) folklore, and postwar movements. Kraft. (HU) ASIA 67. (REL 67) Japanese Civilization (4) ASIA 141. (STS 141) Science and Technology in The history and culture of Japan from its origins to the East Asia (4) present. Special consideration will be given to the rise The development of science and technology in East Asia and fall of the warrior class, developments in art and reli- with emphasis on Japan and China. (SS) gion, the dynamics of family life, and Japan’s “economic ASIA 145. (REL 145) Islam and the Modern miracle.” Kraft. (H/S) World (4) ASIA 68. (MLL 68) Japanese Language: Past and Examines how numerous Muslim thinkers-religious Present (4) scholars, modernists, and Islamists-have responded to the Historical and contemporary aspects of the Japanese lan- changes and challenges of the colonial and post-colonial guage, including the origins of Japanese in relation to eras. Special emphasis is placed on the public debates Korean, the influence of Chinese, syntactic features over Islamic authority and authenticity in contemporary which reflect the hierarchical character of Japanese socie- South Asia. Rozehnal. (HU) ty, differences in female and male speech, and use of ASIA 146. (REL 146) Islam in South Asia (4) foreign loan words. Prerequisite JPNS 1. Lee (HU) A survey of the dynamic encounter between Islamic and ASIA 73. (MLL73, WS 73) Film, Fiction, and Indic civilizations. Topics include: Islamic identity, piety Gender in Modern China (4) and practice; art and aesthetic traditions; inter-communal exchange and conflict; the colonial legacy; and the politics Study of the struggle for an individual “modern” identity of contemporary religious nationalism. Rozehnal. (HU) out of traditionally defined roles for men and women as depicted by Chinese writers and filmmakers. Class, texts, ASIA 160. (REL 160) The Taoist Tradition (4) and films in English. Students interested in setting up a Consideration of the religious and cultural significance of corollary Chinese language component may discuss this Taoism in its various historical forms. Primary attention will possibility with the professor. Cook (HU) be given to a close reading of some of the most important ASIA 74. (MLL 74) Chinese Cultural Program (1-8) texts of the early philosophical tradition (e.g. Tao Te Ching, Chuang Tzu) and of the later religious tradition (e.g. Pao P’u A summer program in China, taught in English. (HU) Tzu and other selections from the Tao Tsang). Contemporary ASIA 75. (HIST 75, MLL 75) Chinese implications of Taoist thought will also be considered (e.g. Civilization (4) “The Tao of Physics”, “a Taoist on Wall Street”, and “the Tao The development of traditional Chinese thought, beliefs, of Japanese Management”). Girardot. (HU) technology, and institutions from a historical perspective, from earliest times to China’s encounter with the West. Pankenier (H/S) Asian Studies 109

ASIA 161. (IR 161) China in World Affairs (4) change, and protracted revolution on Chinese traditions, China in world affairs, emphasizing role in Pacific Rim: values, and institutions. Pankenier (H/S) historical background; domestic politics; foreign and ANTH 184. (Asian Studies 184) Cultures of the security policies; relations with regional and global pow- Pacific (4) ers; policies toward Asia and Third World; current and Cultures of the Pacific Islanders prior to substantial dis- future issues. Wylie. (SS) ruption by European influences. Culture histories, ASIA 162. (REL 162) Zen Buddhism (4) language families, social organizations, and religions of History, doctrines, and practices of Zen Buddhism in Australian, Melanesian, Polynesian, and Micronesian China, Japan, and the West. Monastic life, notable Zen peoples. Gatewood. (SS) masters, Zen’s cultural impact, and enlightenment. ANTH 187. (Asian Studies 187) Peoples of Current aspects of the Zen tradition. (Optional medita- tion workshop.) Kraft. (HU) Southeast Asia (4) Peoples and cultures of Burma, Laos, Cambodia, ASIA 163. (IR 163) Japan in World Affairs (4) Thailand, Malaysia, Singapore, Indonesia, and the Japan in world affairs, emphasizing role in Pacific Rim: Philippines. World view, religion, economy, politics, and historical background; domestic politics; foreign and social organization. Tannenbaum. (SS) security policies; relations with regional and global pow- ers; policies toward Asia and Third World; current and II. Advanced Electives future issues. Wylie. (SS) Two courses (7 or 8 credits) chosen from the following, 1 course (4 credits) of which must be at the 300 level: ASIA 164. (IR 164, REL 164) Japan’s Response to the West (4) A. Language and Culture: A survey of Japanese history and culture from 1500 to CHIN 251. Special Topics (1-4) the present, following the theme of Japan’s contact with Literary and linguistics topics not covered in regular the West. What enabled Japan to modernize and courses. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: consent Westernize so successfully? Topics covered include: the of the instructor. (HU) expulsion of Christianity, the first samurai mission to the U.S., the postwar American occupation, and contempo- JPNS 290. Special Topics (1-4) rary issues. Readings include Japanese novels and short Literary or linguistics topics not covered in regular cours- stories (in translation). Kraft. (SS) es. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. (HU) ASIA 164. (REL 164, IR 164) Japan’s Response to ASIA 291. Advanced Asian Language and Culture the West (4) A survey of Japanese history and culture from 1500 to Abroad (1-8) the present, following the theme of Japan’s contact with Advanced language and culture abroad other than the West. What enabled Japan to modernize and Chinese and Japanese. (HU) Westernize so successfully? Topics covered include: the CHIN, JPNS 291. Language and Culture Abroad expulsion of Christianity, the first samurai mission to the III (1-8) U.S., the postwar American occupation, and contempo- Intensive practice of speaking and writing in the lan- rary issues. Readings include Japanese novels and short guage of the country aimed at providing the student stories (in translation). Kraft. (H/S) with extensive proficiency of expression and the ability ASIA 167. (REL 167) Engaged Buddhism (4) to discriminate linguistic usage. Idiomatic expressions Examines a contemporary international movement that and an introduction to stylistics. Reading and analysis of applies Buddhist teachings and practices to social, politi- more difficult texts, supplemented by in-depth study of cal, and environmental issues. Topics include: important selected aspects of contemporary civilization. thinkers, forms of engagement, and areas of controversy. Prerequisites: consent of MLL chair and proficiency Kraft. (HU) examination in the target country.(HU) ASIA 168. (REL 168) Buddhism in the Modern CHIN 371. Special Topics (1-4) World (4) Directed study of an author, genre, or period not covered Explores contemporary Buddhism in Asia, America, and in regular courses. May be repeated once for credit. Europe. Topics include the plight of Tibet, Buddhist envi- Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. (HU) ronmentalism, and the emergence of a socially engaged B. Humanities and Social Sciences: Buddhism. How are Westerners adapting this ancient tra- ASIA 221. (REL 221) Topics in Asian Religions (4) dition to address present-day concerns? Kraft. (HU) Selected thematic and comparative issues in different ASIA 169. (REL 169) Classics of Asian Religion (4) Asian religious traditions. May include Buddhism and Sacred scriptures of Asia and an introduction to the reli- Christianity, religion and martial arts, Asian religions in gions they represent. What do these texts teach about America, Taoist meditation, Zen and Japanese business, reality, humanity, divinity, and society? How is the path Buddhist ethics. May be repeated for credit. Girardot, of spiritual practice presented in the different traditions? Kraft. (H/S) Prerequisite: one prior course in Religion or Asian ASIA 247. (REL 247) Islamic Mysticism (4) Studies. Kraft, Girardot. (HU) Sufism, the inner or ‘mystical’ dimension of Islam, has deep ASIA 177. (HIST 177, MLL 177) China Enters historical roots and diverse expressions throughout the the Modern Age (4) Muslim world. Students examine Sufi doctrine and ritual, The collapse of the imperial order and China’s agonizing the master-disciple relationship, and the tradition’s impact transformation into a modern nation-state over the past on art and music, poetry and prose. Rozehnal. (HU) 150 years. The impact of imperialism, war, radical social 110 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

ASIA 254. (REL 254) Buddhism and Ecology (4) Astronomy and Astrophysics Buddhism’s intellectual, ethical, and spiritual resources are reexamined in light of contemporary environmental Professors. George E. McCluskey, Jr., Ph.D. problems. Is Buddhism the most green of the major (Pennsylvania), head; Gary G. DeLeo, world religions? What are the moral implications of Ph.D.(Connecticut). actions that affect the environment? Prerequisite: One Astronomy and Astrophysics are offered in the depart- prior course in religion, environmental studies, or Asian ment of Physics. studies. Kraft. (HU) Astrophysicists apply physics and mathematics to the ASIA 240 .(PHIL 240) Figures/Themes in Eastern study of planets, stars, galaxies, pulsars, black holes, Philosophy (4) quasars and the universe, among many other fascinating This seminar course will involve in-depth focus upon a objects in order to understand their origin, evolution and major figure in Eastern thought or upon the Eastern ultimate fate. Students who major in astronomy or astro- treatment of a particular theme or set of themes. physics usually have very inquisitive minds and a good Content varies. May be repeated for credit. (HU) aptitude for physics and mathematics. The bachelor ASIA 340. (HIST 340) History of Japanese degree programs in astronomy and astrophysics provide the student with a solid background in laboratory and Industrialization Since 1800 (3-4) theoretical astrophysics as well as in the fundamentals of He late Tokugawa economic development, rise of an physics and mathematics. Research opportunities are avail- entrepreneurial class, importation of western technology, able to supplement classroom instruction. and the rise of social, political and economic which sup- port industrial growth. Cooper. (SS) The bachelor of science degree in astrophysics is designed for students who wish to go on to graduate ASIA 361. Internship in Asian Studies (1-4) studies in astrophysics with the goal of becoming profes- Internship in public or private agency involved in some sional astronomers. Professional astronomers generally aspect of Asian studies. Individual faculty mentor. Written find positions at colleges, and universities, national labs, report required. May be repeated for credit. Program per- NASA or its contractors and in various space industries. mission required. (HU/SS depending on topic) This degree also prepares you for many jobs in related ASIA 364. (IR 364) International Relations of fields such as computer science, mathematics or physics. Pacific Asia (4) The bachelor of arts degree in astronomy is intended for Research-oriented seminar on contemporary internation- students who desire a broad background in astronomy, al relations of Pacific Asia. Special emphasis on China, mathematics and physics but do not plan to do graduate Japan and regional and global powers. Substantial work in astrophysics. With this broad background, the research paper on topic of student’s own choice is student is well prepared in many fields of endeavor, required. Prerequisite: IR 61 or 161 or 163 or 164. including planetarium and museum work, teaching Wylie. (SS) astronomy at colleges and universities, secondary educa- ASIA 371. Advanced Readings in Asian Studies tion, science writing, or, in fact, in many professions in which the ability to learn is critical. (1-4) Directed course of reading and writing in advanced topic Both of these degrees can be profitably combined with not covered in regular Asian Studies course offerings. physics, mathematics, and other sciences producing May be repeated for credit. Program permission excellent double majors or double degrees. required. (HU/SS depending on topic) A minor program in astronomy is also available for stu- ASIA 381. Special Topics in Asian Studies (1-4) dents who wish to enlarge their potential for a career Advanced study of aspects of Asian studies not covered choice or who may be eager to learn more about astro- in regular course offerings. Individual faculty supervi- physics than an introductory course can provide. sion. Research paper required. May be repeated for Astronomy and Astrophysics Degree credit. Program permission required. (HU/SS depending Programs on topic) Requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree in ASIA 391. Senior Seminar in Asian Studies (1-4) astronomy: Advanced seminar focusing on discussion and research Mathematics on specialized subjects in Asian studies. Variable subject MATH 21, 22, 23, and 205 [15] matter. Offered by faculty on rotating basis. May be repeated for credit. Program permission required. Basic and Intermediate-Level Science (HU/SS depending on topic) ASTR 7/8 (4) PHY 11/12 or 10/12 (5) ASIA 399. Senior Thesis in Asian Studies (1-4) Advanced, individual research project on topic agreed PHY 21/22 or 13/14 (4-5) between faculty and student. Research paper and oral PHY 31, 262 (5) defense required. May be repeated for credit. Open to CHM 21/22 or 75/76 (5-8) Asian studies majors only. Program permission required. EES 21 (4) (HU/SS depending on topic) EES 113 or 2-4 cr. hr. at 100 level or above (2-4) C. Other suitable courses at LVAIC or other approved insti- [29-35] tutions in the United States. Intermediate - Advanced Astronomy/Astrophysics D. Other suitable courses in approved study abroad pro- ASTR/PHY/EES 105 (4) grams in Asia. ASTR/PHY 110 (1) ASTR/PHY 201 or 202 (4) [9] Astronomy and Astrophysics 111

Approved Electives (2) Students may wish to select EES 113 or another course Two additional physics/astronomy courses at the 200 that satisfies this EES requirement by deferring a distribu- level or above (6) tion requirement. Two additional science or mathematics courses at the College of College of 200 level or above (6) Arts & Sciences Engineering [12] Concentration in: Approved Electives are subject to the approval of the stu- Physics Astronomy Solid-State Optical dent’s advisor, and should be chosen to provide a B.A. B.S. B.A. B.S. Electronics Sciences coherent program. Frshmn English 6 6 6 6 6 6 Recommended courses are MATH 12, PHY 212, EES Coll. Ment. & Sem 4 4 4 4 31, BIOS 31. Distrb. Courses *16 *16 *16 16 17 17 Required Prelim 56 66 53 66 85 78 Requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree in & major courses Astrophysics Apprvd Electives 16 17 12 12 11 18 Mathematics Electives 23 15 30 20 12 12 MATH 21, 22, 23, 205, (320 or 332) [18] Total 121 124 121 124 131 131 Basic and Intermediate-Level Science Departmental Honors in Astronomy or Astrophysics. PHY 11/12 or 10/12 (5) Students receiving a BA in Astronomy or a BS in PHY 21/22 or 13/14 (4-5) Astrophysics may earn Departmental Honors by satisfy- PHY 31, 212, 215, (262 or 352) (12-13) ing the following requirements: CHM 21/22 or 75/76 (5-8) 1. Academic Performance: Minimum grade point average EES 21 (4) of 3.50 in astronomy and physics courses used to sat- EES 113 or 2-4 cr. hr. at 100 level or above (2-4) isfy the major degree requirements. [32-39] 2. Research or Project-Based/Creative Activity: completion Intermediate - Advanced Astronomy/Astrophysics of approved* special topics courses in astronomy that ASTR/PHY/EES 105 (4) include written reports, or completion of 6 credits of PHY 273 (research) or ASTR/PHY 110 (1) equivalent, or ASTR/PHY 201, 202 (8) completion of a summer research project with written ASTR/PHY (332 or 342 or 350) (3) report and oral presentation [16] 3. Additional Course Work: Completion of at least one Approved Electives approved* 300-level course in either physics or Three additional physics/astronomy courses at astronomy beyond those required in the student’s the 200 level or above (9) degree program. This course may not be selected from One additional science course (not physics or special topics or research courses such as ASTR/PHY astronomy) at the 100 level or above (3) 350 or PHY 372. [12] specific approvals are granted by the Program Director Recommended sequence of courses for the first The minor program in Astronomy. The requirements two years: for a minor in astronomy are: B.A. Astronomy B.S. Astrophysics PHY 11/12 and 21/22 Fall Spring Fall Spring ASTR 105, 201, and 202 Freshman year One ASTR course at the 300 level ENGL 1 (3) ENGL 2,4 (3) ENGL 1 (3) ENGL 2, 4... (3) Two courses (minimum of 6 credit hours) selected from EES 21 (4) PHY 11(4) PHY 11 (4) EES 21 (4) the following: Any ASTR course (except ASTR 7 or 8) MATH 21 (4) PHY 12 (1) PHY 12 (1) MATH 22 (4) CSC 17, MATH 208, 231, PHY 31, 213, 215, 348, 362. ASTR 7/8 (4) MATH 22 (4) MATH 21 (4) Col Sem and/or The minor program must be designed in consultation Dist Req (3-6) with the program director. Coll Ment (1) Col Sem (3-4) Col Sem or Undergraduate Courses in Dist req(1) (3-4) Coll Ment (1) Astronomy/Astrophysics [16] [15-16] [16-17] [14-17] Sophomore Year ASTR 7. (PHY 7) Introduction to Astronomy PHY 21 (4) PHY 31 (3) PHY 21 (4) PHY 31 (3) (3) fall PHY 22 (1) MATH 205 (3) PHY 22 (1) MATH 205 (3) Introduction to planetary, stellar, galactic, and extra- galactic astronomy. An examination of the surface MATH 23 (4) ASTR 110 (1) MATH 23 (4) ASTR 110 (1) characteristics, atmospheres, and motions of planets and ASTR 105 (4) CHM 21 (4) ASTR 105 (4) CHM 21 (4) other bodies in our solar system. Properties of the sun, Dist req(2) CHM22 (1) Dist reg(2) CHM 22 (1) stars, and galaxies, including the birth and death of stars, (3-4) (3-4) stellar explosions, and the formation of stellar remnants Dist req(2) (3-4) Dist req(2) (3-4) such as white dwarfs, neutron stars, pulsars, and black [16-17] [15-16] [16-17] [15-16] holes. Quasars, cosmology, and the evolution of the uni- (1) If the College Seminar is deferred until spring, students verse. May not be taken by students who have previously may choose to select ASTR 7 by deferring a distribution completed ASTR/PHY 105, 201, or 202. (NS) requirement. 112 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

ASTR 8. (PHY 8) Introduction to Astronomy Biochemistry Laboratory (1) fall Laboratory to accompany ASTR/PHY 7. (NS) An interdepartmental B.S. biochemistry major is offered ASTR 105. (PHY 105, EES 105) Planetary in the College of Arts and Sciences. The B.S. in bio- chemistry degree is managed by an interdepartmental Astronomy (4) fall committee composed of biochemists, bioorganic Structure and dynamics of planetary interiors, surfaces, chemists, and molecular/cellular biologists. The commit- and atmospheres. Models for the formation of the solar tee administers the degree, monitors the academic system and planetary evolution. Internal structure, surface program, provides research possibilities, and advises stu- topology, and composition of planets and other bodies in dent majors. The director of the program is currently our solar system. Comparative study of planetary atmos- Linda J. Lowe-Krentz. Faculty in both Biological pheres. Organic materials in the solar system. Properties of Sciences (Lowe-Krentz and Iovine) and Chemistry the interplanetary medium, including dust and mete- (Schray) serve as advisors. Majors should be declared in oroids. Orbital dynamics. Extrasolar planetary systems. Biological Sciences. ASTR 110. (PHY 110) Methods of Observational Bachelor of Science Degree in Astronomy (1) Techniques of astronomical observation, data reduction, Biochemistry and analysis. Photometry, spectroscopy, CCD imaging, I. College and University Requirements (26) and interferometry. Computational analysis. Examination a. ENGL 1, 2 (6) of ground-based and spacecraft instrumentation, and data b. ARTS 1 (1) transmission, reduction, and analysis. (NS) c. First Year Seminar (3) For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduate d. Non-science electives: 16 hours to be broadly distributed in fields of thought other than natural Students science and mathematics, including at least 8 ASTR 201. (PHY 201) Modern Astrophysics I (4) hours each in humanities and social sciences. fall II. Collateral Science Requirements at least (24) Physics of stellar atmospheres and interiors, and the for- a. Physics 10, 12, 13, 22 (or 11, 12, 21, 22) (9 or 10) mation, evolution, and death of stars. Variable stars. The b. Mathematics 51,52,43 (or 21, 22, 23) and a evolution of binary star systems. Novae, supernovae, statistics course (at least 12) white dwarfs, neutron stars, pulsars, and black holes. c. Survey of Computer Science 12 or Engineering 1 (3) Stellar spectra, chemical compositions, and thermody- III. Required Chemistry Courses (25 to 26) namic processes. Thermonuclear reactions. Interstellar a. Introductory Chemistry 75, 76 (8*) medium. Prerequisites: PHY10 and 13, or PHY 11 and 21, MATH 22 or 52. (NS) b. Organic Chemistry 51, 52, 53, 58 (8) c. Inorganic Chemistry 205 or 307 (2 or 3) ASTR 202. (PHY 302) Modern Astrophysics II (4) d. Physical Chemistry 187 or 194 (3) spring e. Analytical Chemistry 332 (3) The Milky Way Galaxy, galactic morphology, and evolu- tionary processes. Active galaxies and quasars. Observed *The Chemistry 21/22/31 sequence may be substituted. properties of the universe. Relativistic cosmology, and IV. Required Biological Science courses (24) the origin, evolution and fate of the universe. Elements a. Biology Core I: Cellular and Molecular of General Relativity and associated phenomena. and Laboratory 41, 42 (4) Prerequisites: PHY 10 and 13, or PHY 11 and 21, b. Biology Core II: Genetics 115 (3) MATH 22 or 52. (NS) c. Biochemistry 371, 372, 377 (9) ASTR 332. (PHY 332) High-Energy Astrophysics d. Advanced Laboratory (4) (3) spring, odd-numbered years e. Electives in Biological Sciences (3 hours Observation and theory of X-ray and gamma-ray minimum*) sources, quasars, pulsars, radio galaxies, neutron stars, f. Technical Writing ( 2 hours minimum) black holes. Results from ultraviolet, X-ray and gamma *The three credit hours of biological sciences electives are ray satellites. Prerequisites: MATH 23 or 33 previously chosen with the approval of the adviser. or concurrently, and PHYS 21. McCluskey. (NS) Model Pattern Roster ASTR 342. (PHY 342) Relativity and Cosmology (3) spring, even-numbered years freshman year Special and general relativity. Schwarzschild and Kerr CHM 75,76 Concepts, Models, and black holes. Supermassive stars. Relativistic theories of Experiments I and II (8) the origin and evolution of the universe. Prerequisites: BIOS 41,42 Biology Core I: Cell and Molecular MATH 23 or 33 previously or concurrently, and PHY and Laboratory (4) 21. McCluskey. (NS) MATH 51,52 Survey of Calculus I and II (7) or MATH 21,22 Calculus I and II (8) ASTR 350. Topics in Astrophysics (3) fall-spring Dept 90 College Seminar (3) For science or engineering majors who desire to study an active area of research in astrophysics. Individual supervi- ARTS 1 Choices & Decisions (1) sion. Prerequisites: ASTR 201, and MATH 23 or 33 and ENGL 1,2 Composition and Literature (6) PHY 21. May be repeated for credit with the consent of PHY 10,12 General Physics I and Laboratory (5) or the program director. (NS) PHY 11, 12 Introductory Physics I and Laboratory (5) Biological Sciences 113 sophomore year in ecology and environmental biology, see the Department CHM 51, of Earth and Environmental Sciences listing. 52, 53, 58 Organic Chemistry and Laboratory (8) The requirements for the B.A. and B.S. in biology, PHY 13, 22 General Physics II and Laboratory (4) behavioral neuroscience, and molecular biology are listed or below. Research interests of the faculty and instrumenta- PHY 21, 22 Introductory Phys. II and Laboratory tion are described in the section on graduate education. MATH 43 Linear Algebra (3) or B.A. with Major in Biology MATH 23 Calculus III BIOS 130 BioStatistics** College and university requirements for all majors CHM 187 Physical Chemistry I (3)* (26 credit hours) BIOS 115 Biology Core II: Genetics ENGL l, 2 Composition and Literature (6) ARTS 1 Choices and Decisions (1) *Alternatively, if CHM 194 is elected, it would be taken First Year Seminar (3) fall of junior year Social Sciences (8) **A statistics course from the MATH department could also Humanities (8) fulfill the statistics requirement Major Program (50-51 credit hours) junior year Biology (30 credit hours) CHM 332 Analytical Chemistry (3) BIOS 41 Biology Core I: Cellular and BIOS 371,372 Elem. of Biochemistry I and II (6) Molecular (3) BIOS 377 Biochem. Lab (3) BIOS 42 Biology Core I: Cellular and CHM 205 Main Group Elements (2)* Molecular Laboratory (1) CSE 12 Survey of Computer Science (3) BIOS 115 Biology Core II: Genetics (3) Technical Writing (2) BIOS 116 Biology Core II: Genetics Laboratory (1) *If CHM 194 is taken in the junior year, CHM 205 BIOS 120 Biology Core III: Integrative and would be displaced to senior year. If CHM 307 is elected in Comparative (4) place of CHM 205, it would be taken in the senior year. Electives * Biology electives senior year *Approved electives (18 credit hours, no more than 3 cr. BIOS Advanced laboratory course(s) from the following courses: 161, 261, 262, 391,393, Col- BIOS elective lege scholar project, not BIOS 130 and no more than 1 course from the following courses: EES 253, EES 255, EES 259, EES 265, EES 351). Biological Sciences Mathematics (7-8 credit hours) Professors. Neal Simon, Ph.D. (Rutgers), chair; Barry MATH 51 Survey of Calculus I (4) Bean, Ph.D. (Rockefeller); Michael J. Behe, Ph.D. MATH 52 Survey of Calculus II (3) or (Pennsylvania); David Cundall, Ph.D. (Arkansas); MATH 12 Basic Statistics (4) or Murray Itzkowitz, Ph.D. (Maryland); Steven Krawiec, BIOS 130 BioStatistics (4) Ph.D. (Yale); Linda J. Lowe-Krentz, Ph.D. Collateral Sciences (13 credit hours) (Northwestern); John Nyby, Ph.D. (Texas); Jeffrey A. CHM 21 Introductory Chemical Principles (4) Sands, Ph.D. (Penn State). CHM 22 Chemical Principles Laboratory (1) Associate professors. Lynne Cassimeris, Ph.D. (North CHM 51,53 Organic Chemistry I and lab (3,1) Carolina); Michael R. Kuchka, Ph.D. (Carnegie CHM 52,58 Organic Chemistry II and lab (3,1) Mellon); Jill Schneider, Ph.D. (Wesleyan); Jennifer Swann, Ph.D. (Northwestern); Vassie C. Ware, Ph.D. The B.S. in Biology (Yale). The bachelor of science in biology offers broad scientific Assistant professors. Maria Bykhovskaia, Ph.D. (Russian preparation in biology to facilitate advanced work in the Academy of Sciences); Matthias Falk, Ph.D. life sciences. Progression through the program is best (Heidelberg); Mary Kathryn Iovine, Ph.D. served through early commitment. (Washington); Stefan Maas, Ph.D. (Heidelberg); Tamra Requirements for the B.S. in Biology Mendelson (Duke); Robert V. Skibbens, Ph.D. (North Carolina); Colin J. Saldanha, Ph.D. (Columbia) College and university requirements as above Adjunct professors. Martin L. Richter, Ph.D. (Indiana) (26 credit hours) The biological sciences include the study of living sys- Major Program (76 credit hours) tems at levels ranging from the structure and function of Biology (37 credit hours) molecules to the behavior and evolution of communities BIOS 41 Biology Core I: Cellular of organisms. The department offers four different and Molecular (3) routes to mastering skills and knowledge in this broad BIOS 42 Biology Core I: Cellular area. The B.A. and B.S. programs in biology provide a and Molecular Lab (1) broad introduction to biology with opportunities for BIOS 115 Biology Core II: Genetics (3) students to create a program of study suited to their spe- BIOS 116 Biology Core II: Genetics Laboratory (1) cific interests. Programs of study focused on particular BIOS 120 Biology Core III: Integrative and aspects of biology are the B.A. and B.S. degree in the areas Comparative (4) of behavioral neuroscience and molecular biology and the BIOS 317 Evolution (3) interdepartmental B.S. degree in biochemistry managed in Electives* Biology electives (22) conjunction with the chemistry department. For programs *Biology electives must include one course from list A, one course from list B and at least four credits of laboratory 114 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005 experience (e.g. two 2 credit laboratory courses and may junior year include no more than one course from the following courses: PHY 10, 12 General Physics I and Laboratory (5) EES 253, EES 255, EES 259, EES 265, EES 351). These PHY 13, 22 General Physics II and Laboratory (4) will be chosen in consultation with the major advisor. Approved biology electives including one from list A and List A one from list B (9-12) BIOS 276 Behavioral Neuroscience II (3) senior year BIOS 313 Vertebrate Histology (4) BIOS 317 Evolution (3) BIOS 314 Vertebrate Development (3) elective Biology electives including at least 4 BIOS 335 Animal Behavior (3) credits of laboratory (10-14) BIOS 337 Behavioral Ecology (3) Minor in Biology BIOS 382 Endocrinology of Behavior (3) A minor in biology may be achieved by completing the List B following requirements (18 credits): BIOS 324 Bacteriology (3) BIOS 41, 42 Biology Core I: Cellular and Molecular BIOS 345 Molecular Genetics (3) and Laboratory (4) BIOS 353 Virology (3) BIOS 115, 116 Biology Core II: Genetics and BIOS 356 Human Genetics and Reproduction (3) Laboratory (4) BIOS 367 Cell Biology (3) BIOS 120 Biology Core III: Integrative and BIOS 371 Elements of Biochemistry I (3) Comparative (4) or Mathematics (14 credit hours minimum) BIOS 177 Behavioral Neuroscience I (3) either CHM 51 Organic Chemistry (3) MATH 51, Survey of Calculus I, II Elective Biology electives at the 200 52, 43 and Linear Algebra (10) or 300 level (3 or 4) or MATH 21, Analytic Geometry and B.A. with major in Behavioral 22, 23 Calculus I, II, III (12) Neuroscience and The B.A. in Behavioral Neuroscience is a natural science BIOS 130 BioStatistics (4) major for B.A. distribution purposes. Collateral Sciences (25 credit hours) Required Major Courses CHM 75,76 Concepts, Models and BIOS 41 Biology Core I: Cellular Experiments I and II (8) or and Molecular (3) CHM 21, 22, 31 BIOS 42 Biology Core I: Cellular and CHM 51, 52 Organic Chemistry I and II (6) Molecular Laboratory (1) CHM 53, 58 Organic Chemistry Laboratory BIOS 115 Biology Core II: Genetics (3) I and II (2) BIOS 116 Biology Core II: Genetics Laboratory (1) PHY 10 General Physics I (4) or BIOS 120 Biology Core III: Integrative and PHY 11 Introductory Physics I (4) Comparative (4) PHY 12 Introductory Physics Laboratory I (1) BIOS 130 BioStatistics (4) PHY 13 General Physics II (3) BIOS 177 Behavioral Neuroscience I (3) PHY 22 Physics Lab II (1) BIOS 276 Behavioral Neuroscience II (3) Recommended B.S. Biology Sequence BIOS 277 Experimental Neuroscience freshman year Laboratory (1) BIOS 41 Biology Core I: Cellular BIOS 382 Endocrinology of Behavior (3) and Molecular (3) Major Electives (6 credits) BIOS 42 Biology Core I: Cellular BIOS 234 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy (4) and Molecular Laboratory (1) BIOS 313 Vertebrate Histology (4) MATH 51, 52 Survey of Calculus I and II (7) BIOS 314 Vertebrate Development (3) CHM 75, 76 Concepts, Models and Experiments BIOS 317 Evolution (3) I and II (8) BIOS 324 Bacteriology (3) Dept 90 First Year Seminar (3) BIOS 328 Immunology (3) ARTS 1 Choices & Decisions (1) BIOS 335 Animal Behavior (3) sophomore year BIOS 337 Behavioral Ecology (3) BIOS 115 Biology Core II: Genetics (3) BIOS 345 Molecular Genetics (3) BIOS 116 Biology Core II: Genetics Laboratory (1) BIOS 353 Virology (3) CHM 51, 52, BIOS 356 Human Genetics and Reproduction (3) 53, 58 Organic Chemistry and Laboratory (8) BIOS 367 Cell Biology (3) MATH 43 Survey of Linear Algebra BIOS 368 Cell Biology Laboratory (2) BIOS 120 Biology Core III: BIOS 371 Elements of Biochemistry I (3) Integrative and Comparative(4) BIOS 372 Elements of Biochemistry II (3) BIOS 130 BioStatistics (4) BIOS 377 Biochemistry Laboratory (3) Biological Sciences 115

CHM 31 Chemical Equilibria in BIOS 120 Biology Core III: Integrative Aqueous Systems (3) and Comparative (4) PSYC 117 Cognitive Psychology (3) BIOS 324 Bacteriology (3) or PSYC 153 Personality (4) BIOS 328 Immunology or PSYC 154 Introduction to Clinical Psychology (3) BIOS 353 Virology PSYC 176 Mind and Brain (4) BIOS 325 Bacteriology Lab (2) or PSYC 305 Abnormal Psychology (4) BIOS 368 Cell Biology Lab (2) or PSYC 307 Seminar in Cognition (4) BIOS 377 Biochemistry Lab (3) Required Collateral Courses BIOS 371 Elements of Biochemistry I (3) MATH 51, 52 Survey of Calculus I and II (7) or BIOS 345, 346 Molecular Genetics (3) and Lab (2) MATH 21, 22 Calculus I and II (8) BIOS 367 Cell Biology (3) CHM 21 Introductory Chemical Principles (4) BIOS approved electives (6 credit hours) CHM 22 Chemical Principles Laboratory (1) Mathematics (8-10 credit hours) CHM 51, 52 Organic Chemistry (6) MATH 21 and 22 Calculus I & II (8) or CHM 53, 58 Organic Chemistry Laboratory MATH 51, 52, & 43 Survey of Calculus I & II, and I and II (2) Linear Algebra (10) PSYC 1 Introduction to Psychology (4) Chemistry (16 credit hours) CHM 21, 22 Introductory Chemical Principles (4) Other Options and Lab (1) The B.A. in Behavioral Neuroscience is a traditional lib- CHM 31 Chemical Equilibria in eral arts degree that can be structured for a wide variety Aqueous Systems (3) of possibilities (see listing of recommended elective CHM 51, 52, courses). By using free electives to take additional sci- 53, 58 Organic Chemistry I, II and ence, the B.A. also can serve as a preprofessional degree Lab I & II (8) for many graduate and professional schools. Students Physics (9 credit hours) interested in a particular career-based program should consult their advisor or the program director, Professor PHY 10, 12 General Physics I and Lab I (5) or John Nyby. PHY 11, 12 Introductory Physics I and Lab (5) PHY 13, 22 General Physics II and Lab (4) B.S. in Behavioral Neuroscience The B.S. in Molecular Biology B.S. majors are required to take the core courses of the B.A. program and to fulfill the elective requirements of Requirements for the B.S. in Molecular Biology the B.A. program. An early commitment to the B.S. is Major Program (93 credit hours) desirable to meet all the requirements of this program. Mathematics (12 credit hours) Additional requirements are shown below. MATH 21, 22, 23 Calculus I, II and III Math and Science Requirements for the B.S. (12 credit total) or MATH 51, MATH 51, 52, 43 and one of MATH 12, or 231 52, 43 Survey of Calculus I, II or BIOS 130 (13-14, credit total) and Linear Algebra (10) Chemistry (16 credit hours) CHM 21, 22 Introductory Chemical Principles CHM 21 Introductory Chemical Principles (4) & Lab (5) CHM 22 Chemical Principles Laboratory (1) CHM 51, 52 Organic Chemistry I and II (6) CHM 51, 52 Organic Chemistry I and II (6) CHM 53, 58 Organic Chemistry Laboratory (2) CHM 53, 58 Organic Chemistry Laboratory (2) BIOS 234 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy (4) CHM 31 Chemical Equilibria in BIOS 371, 372 Elements of Biochemistry I & II (6) Aqueous Systems (3) BIOS 377 Biochemistry Laboratory (3) or Physics (9-10 credit hours) BIOS 368 Cell Biology Laboratory (2). If this PHY 10 (or 11) General Physics I (4) course is elected, Cell Biology BIOS PHY 12 Introductory Physics Laboratory I (1) 367 must be taken as an elective PHY 13 (or 21) General Physics II (3 or 4) PHY 10, 12 General Physics I and Laboratory (5) or PHY 22 Physics Lab II (1) PHY 11, 12 Introductory Physics I and Laboratory (5) Molecular Biology (37-39 credit hours) PHY 13, 22 General Physics II and Laboratory (4) BIOS 41 Biology Core I: Cellular or and Molecular (3) PHY 21, 22 Introductory Physics II and Laboratory (5) BIOS 42 Biology Core I: Cellular and PSYC 1 Introduction Psychology (4) Molecular Lab (1) B.A. with major in Molecular Biology BIOS 115 Biology Core II: Genetics (3) BIOS 116 Biology Core II: Genetics Requirements for the B.A. in Molecular Biology Laboratory (1) College and university requirements (see above). BIOS 120 Biology Core III: Integrative and Biology (30 credit hours) Comparative (4) BIOS 41, 42 Biology Core I: Cellular and Molecular (3) BIOS 324 Bacteriology (3) or and Lab (1) BIOS 328 Immunology (3) or BIOS 115, 116 Biology Core II: Genetics (3) BIOS 353 Virology (3) and Lab (1) 116 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

BIOS 325 Bacteriology Laboratory (2) or of their research. This work must be presented in a sym- BIOS 368 Cell Biology Laboratory (2) or posium at the end of the project. Students must meet BIOS 377 Biochemistry Laboratory (3) regularly to discuss their research progress either in BIOS BIOS 345 Molecular Genetics (3) 387 and BIOS 388 or with their advisor and research BIOS 346 Molecular Genetics Laboratory (2) group to facilitate progress in the research project. BIOS 367 Cell Biology (3) Undergraduate Courses in Biological BIOS 371 Elements of Biochemistry I (3) Sciences BIOS 372 Elements of Biochemistry II (3) Courses with numbers below 010 are intended for non- BIOS 381 Physical Biochemistry (3) majors and may not be used to satisfy any life science Approved Molecular Biology Electives (12) major or minor requirement. Recommended sequence for the B.S. in Molecular BIOS 1. Biology for Non-Majors (3 or 4) Biology Basic and applied biology for non-science majors. May freshman year not be used in satisfaction of life science major or minor BIOS 41 Biology Core I: Cellular programs. Focus of topics at the discretion of the and Molecular (3) instructor. May be taught with (4 credits) or without (3 credits) a laboratory. (NS) BIOS 42 Biology Core I: Cellular and Molecular Laboratory (1) BIOS 7. Human Reproduction (3) MATH 21, 22 Calculus I and II (8) Basic and applied human reproductive biology for non- CHM 21, 22 Introductory Chemical Principles science majors. May not be used in life science major or and Lab (5) minor programs. (NS) CHM 31 Chemical Equilibria in BIOS 8. Drugs and Behavior (3) Aqueous Systems (3) Basic principles of drug action in the central nervous sophomore year system. Effects of stimulants, depressants, intoxicants BIOS 115 Biology Core II: Genetics (3) and drug abuse on behavioral function. Clinical use of BIOS 116 Biology Core II: Genetics drugs in the treatment of various psychological and psy- Laboratory (1) chiatric disorders. (NS) BIOS 120 Biology Core III: Integrative BIOS 9. Anatomy and Physiology (4) and Comparative (4) Introduction to the structure and function of the major MATH 23 Calculus III (4) systems of the body. (NS) CHM 51, 52 Organic Chemistry (6) BIOS 41. Biology Core I: Cellular and CHM 53, 58 Organic Chemistry Laboratory (2) Molecular (3) PHY 10, 12 General Physics I and Lab (5) Basic building blocks and higher-order structures PHY 13, 22 General Physics II and Laboratory (4) required for cellular processes. Topics include the charac- junior year and senior year ter of membranes, the molecular/cellular basis of energy BIOS 324 Bacteriology (3) or production, cell cycle progression, DNA replication, BIOS 328 Immunology (3) or gene expression, signal transduction, and cell division. BIOS 353 Virology (3) Pre- or co-requisite: CHEM 21 or 75. (NS) BIOS 325 Bacteriology Laboratory (2) or BIOS 42. Biology Core I: Cellular and Molecular BIOS 368 Cell Biology Laboratory (2) or Lab (3) BIOS 377 Biochemistry Laboratory (3) Experiments, observations, and discussions related to the BIOS 345 Molecular Genetics (3) principal topics covered in BIOS 41. Corequisite: BIOS 41. BIOS 346 Molecular Genetics Laboratory (2) BIOS 115. Biology Core II: Genetics (3) BIOS 371, 372 Elements of Biochemistry I and II (6) The structure, function, and continuity of hereditary BIOS 367 Cell Biology (3) information. Classical genetic analysis. Molecular biolo- BIOS 381 Physical Biochemistry (3) gy of genes and genomes. Population genetics and Approved Molecular Biology Electives (12) evolution. Genetics of complex traits. Prerequisites: BIOS 41. (NS) Molecular Biology Minor The molecular biology minor program consists of BIOS BIOS 116. Biology Core II: Genetics Laboratory (1) 41 (3), 42 (1), 115 (3), 116 (1), 345 (3), 346 (2), and a Laboratory work that demonstrates major principles of minimum of 4 additional credits of BIOS coursework at genetics: included are experiments on microorganisms the 200 or 300 level. Collateral coursework must and the common fruit fly, Drosophila melanogaster. include: MATH 51 or 21 (4 credit hours), CHM 21 (4), Prerequisite: BIOS 115, preferably concurrently. CHM 22 (1), and CHM 51 (3). BIOS 120 Biology Core III: Integrative and Comparative (4) Departmental Honors Experimental and historical approaches to the analysis of A student may apply for admission to the departmental structural and functional properties in organisms. Use of honors program through a potential thesis advisor. scientific method to study species diversity. Introduction Requirements for Departmental Honors include a major to the analysis of organismal attributes that explain GPA of 3.25 and at least 2 semesters of research for a behavioral repertoire and ecological relationships. minimum of 6 cr. The student must write a research Prerequisites: BIOS 115, 116 (NS). proposal for their project and a thesis at the conclusion Biological Sciences 117

BIOS 130. BioStatistics (4) BIOS 262. Research Proposal (3) Elements of statistics and probability theory with Literature and methods of research in area of department emphasis on biological applications. Statistical analysis of faculty expertise. Requires development of detailed pro- experimental and observational data. Prerequisite: BIOS posal for research to be performed in senior year. 41 (ND) Prerequisites: Major in any biological sciences degree BIOS 152. (EES 152) Ecology (4) program; junior standing; GPA of 3.0 in major; and Basic principles and applications of ecological interrela- consent of the department chair. (NS) tionships. Examination of ecological phenomena at the BIOS 276. Behavioral Neuroscience II (3) individual, population, community, and ecosystem lev- Neuronanatomy and neurophysiology of animal and els. Impact of human activities on global ecosystems. human behavior. Feeding, thirst, sleep, emotions, learn- Prerequisite: EES 31. (NS) ing, and psychopathology. Prerequisite: BIOS 177. (ND) BIOS 161. Supervised Research (1-3) fall-spring BIOS 277. Experimental Neuroscience Apprenticeship in ongoing faculty research program. Laboratory (1) Literature review, experimental design, data collection This laboratory course examines the specialized proper- and analysis, and professional writing under faculty ties of the neuron which shape its function within neural sponsor supervision. May be repeated but only 3 credits networks, the development and structure of the nervous can be counted toward any life science major. system, and the preparation of neural tissue for micro- Prerequisite: Consent of department. (ND) scopic examination. Included are experiments and BIOS 177. Behavioral Neuroscience I (3) demonstrations utilizing important biochemical, cellular Nervous system functioning with varying emphasis on and molecular techniques used in modern neurobiology. neurophysiology, neuroanatomy, behavior genetics, Prerequisites: BIOS 177 and consent of department information transmission, research techniques, sensory chair. (NS) and motor functions. Prerequisite: BIOS 41. (NS) For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduate BIOS 202. Biomedical Externship (1-3) Students Analysis of individualized experiences at external bio- medical clinical or research sites. Limited enrollment. BIOS 313. Vertebrate Histology (3) May not be taken for pass-fail grading. May be taken Microstructural and ultrastructural properties of verte- only once and may not be used to satisfy any life science brate cells and tissues. Techniques of tissue preparation. major or minor requirement. Prerequisite: Consent of One lecture and two labs. Prerequisite: BIOS 234. (ND) department chair required. (NS) BIOS 314. Vertebrate Development (3) BIOS 233. Invertebrate Zoology (4) Germ cell formation, fertilization, early development, Survey of representative invertebrates. Structure and and the origin of the principal organ systems. Location, behavior of selected types and concepts of evolutionary structure, and regulation of information from molecular relationships among the major groups. Two lectures and to organismal levels of organization. Prerequisite: BIOS two laboratory periods. Prerequisite: BIOS 120. (NS) 115 and BIOS 234. (NS) BIOS 234. Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy (4) BIOS 317. Evolution (3) A course in vertebrate zoology with emphasis on the Mechanisms of evolution, emphasizing genetic structure study of homologous body structures in the various ver- and variation of populations, and isolation. Origin of tebrate classes and their relationship to the functional species and higher taxa. Rates of evolution, extinction. demands of habit and environment in each class. Prerequisite: BIOS 115. (NS) Detailed dissections of representative vertebrates are BIOS 324. Bacteriology (3) made in the laboratory. Two lectures and two laboratory The structure, physiology, growth, genetics and taxono- periods. Prerequisite: Consent of department. (NS) my of prokaryotes. Prerequisites: CHM 51 and BIOS BIOS 241. Vertebrate Natural History (4) 115. Corequisite: BIOS 325. (NS) An introduction to the ecology, behavior, distribution BIOS 325. Bacteriology Laboratory (2) and evolution of vertebrates, with emphasis on the Standard procedures and metabolic tests used in determi- North American fauna. Two lectures, one tutorial and native bacteriology; aseptic technique, sterilization, one laboratory and field trip. This course may be used to enumeration, and control of bacterial growth; other fulfill junior writing requirements with the permission of selected topics. Corequisite: BIOS 324. the instructor. Prerequisite: BIOS 115. (NS) BIOS 328. Immunology (3) BIOS 251. Writing and Biological Sciences (3) Distinction of “self” and “non-self” through humoral A course designed to acquaint students with some of the and cellular mechanisms. Antigens; biochemical struc- intellectual foundations of science, with attention to the tures, cellular mechanisms, genetic control and distinctiveness of molecular biology. Format includes read- processing, phylogenetic distribution, diseased states. ings, intensive writing, extemporaneous speaking, and Prerequisite: BIOS 115. (NS) discussion. Prerequisite: Consent of department. (NS) BIOS 329. Herpetology (3) BIOS 261. Special Topics in Biological Sciences Biology of amphibians and reptiles. Two lectures, one (1-3) laboratory or field trip per week. Prerequisite: Consent Research, conferences and reports on selected topics not of department. (ND) covered in the general undergraduate offerings. May be BIOS 335. (PSYCH 335) Animal Behavior (3) taken more than once for credit. Prerequisite: Consent Discussion of the behavior of invertebrates and verte- of the department chair. (NS) brates and analysis of the physiological mechanisms 118 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005 responsible for behavioral stimuli, and adaptive value of BIOS 369. Comparative Physiology of Vertebrate specific behavior patterns. Prerequisite: BIOS 115. (NS) Systems (4) BIOS 336. Animal Behavior Laboratory (2) Functional analysis of energy balance in vertebrate ani- Experiments and field observations illustrating principles mal models. Digestion, respiration, circulation, and discussed in BIOS 335. Emphasis on observing animals, excretion, across aquatic and terrestrial vertebrates. performing experiments, collecting and analyzing data, Homeostatic mechanisms of salt, water, and gas and individual research. Six hours of laboratory per exchange. Ionotropic and metabetropic signal transduc- week. Corequisites: BIOS 335 or 337. tion. Hormonal and electrical cellular communication among muscles, glands, and neurons. Sensory systems, BIOS 337. Behavioral Ecology (3) movement and reproduction. Physiological adaptations Social systems of vertebrate and invertebrate groups. to extreme environments. Includes one laboratory meet- Emphasis on ecological and evolutionary factors that ing per week. Prerequisite: BIOS 120. (NS) influence social behavior. Prerequisites: BIOS 115. (NS) BIOS 370. Plant Molecular Biology (3) BIOS 345. Molecular Genetics (3) Molecular aspects of photosynthesis; chloroplast biogen- The organization and replication of genetic material; esis; plant gene expression; plant development; mutagenesis; mechanisms of regulation; mechanisms of plant-microbe interactions; genetic engineering in plant gene transmission involving prokaryotes and eukaryotes systems. Prerequisite: BIOS 345. (NS) and their viruses; techniques for intervention into genetic organization and expression. Prerequisite: BIOS BIOS 371. (CHM 371) Elements of Biochemistry 115. (NS) I (3) fall A general study of carbohydrates, proteins, lipids, nucle- BIOS 346. Molecular Genetics Laboratory (2) ic acids and other biological substances and their Laboratory experiments related to the topics covered in importance in life processes. Protein and enzyme chem- BIOS 345. Emphasis is on molecular characterization of istry are emphasized. Prerequisite: one year of organic DNA and the principles of gene isolation and transfer. chemistry. (NS) Corequisite: BIOS 345. BIOS 372. (CHM 372) Elements of Biochemistry BIOS 347. Advanced Topics in Genetics (3) Lectures and student projects on selected aspects of II (3) spring genetics such as the genetics and evolution of particular Dynamic aspects of biochemistry; enzyme reactions organisms, regulation of gene expression and transmis- including energetics, kinetics and mechanisms; metabo- sion, human genetics, gene therapy, etc. Prerequisites: lism of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins and nucleic acids; BIOS 345 or consent of department chair. (NS) photosynthesis, electron transport mechanisms, coupled reactions, phosphorylations, and the synthesis of biologi- BIOS 353. Virology (3) cal macromolecules. Prerequisite: BIOS 371 and BIOS Structure and replication of viruses. Emphasis on the 41 or consent of the instructor. (NS) organization, replication, and regulation of expression of viral genomes; the mechanisms of virus assembly and BIOS 376. Classical & Molecular Embryology (3) release; and on virus-host interactions. Special attention Differentiation of multicellular organisms from a single given to human pathogenic viruses. Prerequisite: BIOS cell. Axis determination; gradients; induction and pat- 115 and CHM 52. (NS) tern formation viewed through modern analysis of regulated gene expression. Prerequisite: BIOS 345 (pre- BIOS 356. Human Genetics and Reproduction (3) viously or concurrently). (NS) Processes and mechanisms of human heredity. Emphasis at the cellular and molecular levels. Analysis, organiza- BIOS 377 (CHM 377). Biochemistry Laboratory tion, expression, and evolution of human genome. (3) fall Genetic aspects of reproduction and development, map- Laboratory studies of the properties of chemicals of bio- ping human chromosomes, cell hybridation, molecular logical origin and the influence of chemical and physical analysis of gene structure and function, behavior and factors on these properties. Laboratory techniques used intelligence, primate origins and evolution, immuno- for the isolation and identification of biochemicals. genetics, cancer and oncogenes, genetic technologies. Prerequisite: BIOS/CHM 371 previously or concurrent- Prerequisite: BIOS 115. (NS) ly. (ND) BIOS 367. Cell Biology (3) BIOS 378 (CHM 378). Biochemical Preparations Molecular aspects of cell biology. Emphasis on mem- (1-3) spring brane structure and function, organelle biogenesis, cell A laboratory course involving the preparation or isola- motility, the cytoskeleton, and extracellular matrix. tion, purification and identification of chemicals of Prerequisite: BIOS 115. (NS) biological origin. Prerequisites: BIOS/CHM 377 and 372, previously or concurrently. (ND) BIOS 368. Cell Biology Laboratory (2) Basic methods used in cell biology laboratories around the BIOS 381 Physical Biochemistry (3) world and the opportunity to carry out an independent Topics include: thermodynamics of biological systems; research project. Techniques include histology and Forces acting on and between biological molecules; microscopy (both white and fluorescent light), tissue cul- Principles of macromolecular structure; Physical meth- ture and sterile procedures, cellular fractionation, nuclear ods used to characterize biomolecules; and other topics import assays, and immunological probing. Co- or pre-req- to be determined. Prerequisite BIOS/CHM 371 and uisite Bios 367. Departmental permission required. (NS) BIOS 41. (NS) Biological Sciences 119

BIOS 382. (PSYCH 382) Endocrinology of the program students must successfully complete core Behavior (3) courses, pass a qualifying exam, prepare, submit, and Hormonal effects upon animal and human behavior. successfully defend a written research proposal, complete Emphasis on neuroendocrinology of steroid hormone the research described in the proposal, and submit a involvement in reproductive behaviors. Prerequisite: written dissertation and defend the completed research BIOS 177. (NS) to the department. BIOS 383. Biological Sciences Colloquia (1) Once students enter the department, their progress is Analysis of weekly colloquia in molecular biology. For monitored by the graduate committee until they are senior biology and molecular biology majors. May be admitted to candidacy. Members of the committee taken twice for credit. (ND) meet with the student each semester to assess the stu- dent’s progress towards the degree and to assist BIOS 384 Eukaryotic Signal Transduction (3) students in choosing the appropriate courses to pro- Signal transduction between cells of multi-cellular vide a solid scientific foundation and an up-to-date eukaryotic organisms examined in the context of special- understanding of the discipline. This will be assessed ized functions that include: nutrition, hormones and by the qualifying exam. neurotransmitters, vision, muscle contraction, adhesion, The qualifying exam generally should be taken after the and the immune system. The evolution of cancer based third semester and no later than the fourth semester of on mutations in these signaling systems. Prerequisite course work. It will be prepared, administered and grad- BIOS 367 or 372. ed by the faculty associated with the specific graduate BIOS 385. Neurophysiology and Memory (3) program in which the student is enrolled. It consists of a Lectures and seminars on mechanisms of neuronal com- two-day written exam and an oral examination. The munication, the ability of neuronal networks to store exam can be repeated once. Admission to candidacy is and retrieve information, cellular basis for memory. granted after successful completion of the qualifying Prerequisite: BIOS 177 and PHY 13, or consent of the exam and the thesis proposal. The proposal is a written instructor. (NS) description of an original research project developed BIOS 387. Biological Sciences Honors Seminar (1) under the guidance of a faculty member chosen by the Development, presentation and implementation of student to be his/her advisor. The proposal will be pre- research proposals, and discussions of research. Required sented orally to the thesis committee, typically after the for senior biology and molecular biology majors pursu- fifth semester. Following the presentation of the propos- ing departmental honors. Departmental permission al, an oral examination will take place in which the thesis required. (ND) committee will question the student about general sci- ence related to the project. This will constitute the BIOS 388. Biological Sciences Honors Seminar (1) general examination. Continuation and extension of BIOS 387. Departmental Core requirements for each division are listed below. The permission required. (ND) graduate school requires students to register for at least BIOS 391. Undergraduate Research (1-3) 72-post baccalaureate credits to earn the Ph.D. In addi- Laboratory research under tutorial with a faculty member. tion, all students must take BIOS 408 (0 credits) May be taken more than once for credit. Prerequisites: Responsible Conduct of Science within their first year of junior standing, and consent of instructor. (ND) graduate study. All students must also attend departmen- BIOS 393. Thesis (3) tal seminars and enroll in BIOS 406 (1 credit) Biological Literature review and design of project in selected area, Sciences Seminar at least twice in the first four semesters. execution of the project, final report and presentation. A minimum of 24 course credits may be chosen from Departmental permission. Intended for senior majors in upper level courses in biochemistry, molecular biology, BIOS only. May be repeated one time for additional cell biology, behavioral biology and evolutionary biology, credit. (ND) and neuroscience. At least 12 of these credits must be at the 400 level. Special Health Professions Programs In the biochemistry program, research areas include Students may apply for admission to an accelerated DNA structure and function, regulation of protein syn- B.A.-Doctor of Medicine program and a B.A.-Doctor thesis, and signal transduction. Students admitted to of Medical Dentistry program. A six-year B.A.-M.D. graduate study in biochemistry will typically have an program is offered in conjunction with Drexel Univer- undergraduate degree in chemistry or biochemistry. sity College of Medicine, and a seven-year Students with an undergraduate degree in a related disci- B.A.-D.M.D. program is offered in conjunction with pline will be expected to have the following the University of Pennsylvania School of Dental Medi- undergraduate preparation for graduate study beyond cine. Students in these programs receive a B.A. from introductory chemistry and a year of organic chemistry: Lehigh and a graduate degree from the designated pro- at least one semester of analytical chemistry and one fessional school within a six- or seven-year period. For semester of physical chemistry - thermodynamics and details concerning admission to these programs, see kinetics, with appropriate math. Students without that Health Professions, Section III. Undergraduate courses, background will be expected to take courses to fulfill please see listings for BIOS and EES. those requirements as part of their graduate study. Graduate Study in the Biological Required courses: BIOS 371, 372 Elements of Biochemistry I and II, BIOS 469, 470 Biochemical Sciences Problem Solving I and II, CHM 423 Bio-Organic Rigorous, research-oriented graduate programs leading Chemistry, BIOS 345 Molecular Genetics, and a semi- to a Doctor of Philosophy are offered in three divisions nar course. BIOS 408 or CHM 400 must also be of the Department of Biological Sciences: biochemistry, completed before beginning research. integrative biology, and molecular biology. To complete 120 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

The graduate program in integrative biology is designed Graduate Courses in the Biological to train students in advanced organismal biology with Sciences the emphasis on behavioral ecology, evolution, function- al morphology, endocrinology, and neurobiology of BIOS 401. Professional Skills for Biological animals. The mission of the program is to create students Sciences Graduate Students (3) who are broadly trained and uniquely capable of asking Students learn expectations and fundamental skills relat- questions and solving problems at the interface of these ed to success in the biological sciences. The course is traditionally defined fields. Students admitted to the designed to help students make the most out of their program should have a basic knowledge of evolution, graduate education. Students learn the principles under- anatomy, physiology, behavioral neuroscience, and/or lying fundable, publishable research, and how these behavioral ecology. Students will begin by taking core general principles can be applied to their specific courses providing a broad foundation in integrative biol- research area. They learn to write and review manu- ogy at the graduate level and work toward a Ph.D. with scripts and grant proposals by serving on a mock a concentration in either behavioral neuroscience or editorial board and scientific review panel. They gain behavioral and evolutionary biology. Regardless of con- experience in giving oral presentations. Readings are centration, all students in the program develop an from texts on scientific writing and research styles, and appreciation for the fact that all aspects of biology, from original journal articles and grant proposals written whether cellular, physiological, anatomical, behavioral, by the faculty. No prerequisites. Required of all environmental , or social, are inextricably linked and can- Integrative Biology graduate students. not be fully understood as separate, parallel systems of BIOS 404. (PSYC 404) Behavioral Neuroscience (3) knowledge. All students must take 4 courses, with at least Theoretical and empirical issues in biopsychology. one from each of the three core areas: (1) Behavior/ Prerequisite: Graduate standing or consent of instructor. Evolution- BIOS 439 Advanced Behavioral Ecology, BIOS 409 Evolutionary and Functional Morphology; (2) BIOS 405. Special Topics in Molecular Biology Neurobiology I- BIOS 453 General Neuroanatomy, (1-3) BIOS 457 Advanced Behavioral Neuroendocrinology; (3) Research, conferences, and reports on selected topics not Neurobiology II- BIOS 416 Neurophysiology and covered in the general graduate offerings. May be taken Memory, BIOS 450 Developmental Neurobiology. All more than once for credit. core courses will be offered at least every second year. In BIOS 406. Biological Sciences Seminar (1) addition, one year of graduate level statistics is required- An advanced seminar in current developments including either PSYC 421 and 422 Statistical Analysis of departmental research. Required for candidates for grad- Psychological Data or EDUC 410 and 411 Univariate uate degrees in molecular biology. May be taken more and Multivariate Statistics, as well as BIOS 406 Biological than once for credit. Sciences Seminar, BIOS 408 Responsible Conduct of Science, and BIOS 401 Professional Graduate Skills BIOS 407. Research in Biological Science (1-9) (strongly recommended to be taken in the first two years Laboratory investigations in one of the department’s of the program). Two additional elective courses are research areas. required and may be chosen from core courses not used BIOS 408. Responsible Conduct of Science (0) to fulfill core requirements or BIOS 429 Advances in Responsible practice in research. Training in general lab- Herpetology, BIOS 455 Systematics and Evolution, BIOS oratory methods; human subjects concerns; radiation 411 Advanced Cell Biology, BIOS 421 Molecular Cell safety; chemical hazards; aseptic technique; physical, Biology I (prerequisite is BIOS 345), BIOS 371 Elements mechanical, biological, and fire hazards; animal welfare. of Biochemistry I, BIOS 372 Elements of Biochemistry II Occupational and workplace considerations. (prerequisite is BIOS 371), or BIOS 471 Elements of Recombinant DNA guidelines; patent and proprietary Eukaryotic Biochemistry (prerequisite is BIOS 372 or rights; controversies over applications of science. BIOS 411 or permission of instructor). Appropriate aspects required of investigators in all In the molecular biology program, research areas include departmental research projects. microbial evolution and genetics, plant and animal BIOS 409. Evolutionary and Functional molecular genetics, eukaryotic cell biology, and regula- tion of gene expression. Required core courses include Morphology (3) BIOS 345 Molecular Genetics, BIOS 371 Elements of Readings in the current literature, demonstrations and Biochemistry I, BIOS 372 Elements of Biochemistry II, laboratory exercises exploring the applications of com- BIOS 411 Advanced Cell Biology, BIOS 421 Molecular parative methods to the analysis of evolutionary patterns Cell Biology I, and BIOS 422 Molecular Cell Biology II. at a range of morphological levels (molecular and macro- Additional courses to reach 24 credits are chosen from scopic). Students will also learn experimental approaches upper level electives in molecular biology, cell biology, to testing relationships between form and function in and biochemistry. vertebrates. Emphasis will be on the musculoskeletal and nervous systems. Prerequisite BIOS 234 Comparative Facilities available for research in the biological sciences Vertebrate Anatomy, BIOS 317 Evolution, or permission include core facilities with equipment (for example, for of instructor. DNA synthesis, confocal microscopy, digital imaging, chromatography, cell culture, centrifugation, controlled BIOS 410. Special Topics in Behavioral and environments, gamma and scintillation counting, flow Evolutionary Bioscience (1-3) cytometry, and rodent surgery). Individual research labo- Readings and discussions on selected topics not covered ratories and advanced teaching laboratories contain a in the general graduate offerings. May be taken more variety of additional equipment. Ongoing interactions than once for credit. with a variety of private companies contribute additional opportunities for student experiences. Biological Sciences 121

BIOS 411. Advanced Cell Biology (3) BIOS 427. Techniques in Cell and Molecular Cell structure and biochemistry, as related to specialized Biology (3) cell functions. Laboratory experiences in three or more cell and molecu- BIOS 412. Metabolic Influences on Behavior (3) lar biological techniques: gel electrophoresis of nucleic Sensory systems that detect metabolic energy availability acids/proteins; polymerase chain reaction; DNA/RNA and affect the behavior of humans and other animals: sequencing; molecular hybridization techniques; fluores- food intake and body weight regulation, sexual and cence microscopy; confocal microscopy; flow cytometry; parental behavior, aggression, learning, and body tem- electron microscopy tissue preparation; immunological perature regulation. Prerequisite: BIOS 404 and consent detection methods; molecular cloning techniques; oocyte of instructor. microinjection techniques; tissue culture methods; and autoradiography. BIOS 414. Sexual Differentiation (3) Genetic and hormonal events mediating the develop- BIOS 429. Advances in Herpetology (3) ment and expression of sexual dimorphisms in Lectures and readings from the primary literature on physiology and behavior. Current theoretical models; current research in amphibian and reptilian biology. Two emphasis on biochemical, neuroanatomical and molecu- lectures, one discussion session and one laboratory or lar biological considerations. Prerequisite: BIOS 404 and field trip. Not open to students who have received credit consent of instructor. for BIOS 329. BIOS 415. Neuropharmacology (3) BIOS 431. Advanced Topics in Cell Biology (3) Mechanism of drug action in the central nervous system, Current research problems in cell biology. May be including cell surface receptors and second messenger repeated when a different topic is offered. Prerequisite: systems. Drug use/abuse and cellular changes mediating BIOS 367 or equivalent. behavioral effects. Drug use in clinical therapy. BIOS 432. Advanced Topics in Molecular Prerequisite: BIOS 404 and consent of instructor. Genetics (3) BIOS 416. Neurophysiology and Memory (3) Current research in molecular genetics. May be repeated Lectures and seminars on mechanisms of neuronal com- when a different topic is offered. Prerequisite: BIOS 345 munication, the ability of neuronal networks to store or equivalent. and retrieve information, cellular basis for memory. BIOS 433. Advanced Topics in Prerequisites: Background in neuroscience and under- Developmental Biology (3) graduate physics or consent of instructor. Current research problems in developmental biology. BIOS 418. Analysis of Reproduction and Mating May be repeated when a different topic is offered. Systems (3) Prerequisite: BIOS 345 or equivalent. Study of reproduction and sexuality in plants and animals BIOS 437. (CHM 437) Pathophysiological with emphasis on current hypotheses as reported in the Chemistry (3) literature. Topics include hermaphroditism, neoteny, larval Biochemical basis of human diseases involving abnormal forms, parental investment, complex life cycles, popula- metabolism of proteins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, and tion structure. Readings from primary source material and lipids. Emphasis on the correlation of the clinical presen- review articles. One review paper and one research pro- tation of disease processes seen as physiological posal are required, and together with readings forms the dysfunctions with clinical laboratory methods. Lectures, basis for discussion sections and examinations. student presentations, and clinical case discussions. Prerequisite: Consent of the department chair. Prerequisite: consent of the department chair. BIOS 419. Bacterial Genetics (3) BIOS 439. Advanced Behavioral Ecology (3) Structure and function of genetic information in Critical evaluation of the theoretical foundation in socio- prokaryotes. Composition, size, and organization of biology. Emphasis placed on kinship, altruism, mate chromosomes and accessory elements; mechanisms of choice, parental investment, parent-offspring conflict, replication, recombination, transmission, and mutation; etc. Lectures and seminars. Prerequisite: BIOS 317 variation within and among strains. Evolution or equivalent. Not open to students who have BIOS 420. Pheromonal Communication (3) taken BIOS 337. Mechanisms of pheromone synthesis, biochemistry, sen- BIOS 445. Systematics and Evolution (3) sory transduction, neuroanatomy/neuroendocrinology, Theoretical, philosophical and methodological founda- and adaptive significance. Prerequisite: BIOS 404 and tions of the classification of eukaryotic organisms and consent of instructor. the manner in which systematic theory and method BIOS 421. Molecular Cell Biology I (3) relate to evolutionary theory. Two lectures and one lab- Molecular aspects of cell structure, cell motility, intracel- recitation-discussion session. Prerequisite: BIOS 317. lular transport; and biomembrane dynamics. BIOS 450. Developmental Neurobiology (3) Prerequisite: BIOS 411 or equivalent. Fundamental mechanisms underlying neural development. BIOS 422. Molecular Cell Biology II (3) Early events leading to the induction of the neuroectoderm Molecular aspects of gene expression, including genome and the reorganization of the vertebrate central nervous structure and replication, RNA synthesis/processing, and system during adulthood and aging. Major developmental protein synthesis. Prerequisite: BIOS 345 or equivalent. events such as phenotype commitment, cell migration, dif- ferentiation and growth cone guidance. Emphasis on the BIOS 425. Male Reproductive Biology (2 or 3) interplay between concepts emerging from organismal and Molecular, cellular, and genetic aspects of the mam- molecular levels of analyses. malian male reproductive system. Prerequisite: BIOS 367 or equivalent. 122 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

BIOS 453. General Neuroanatomy (3) BIOS 470. (CHM 470) Biochemical Problem Graduate level study of the neuroanatomy and neuro- Solving II (1) spring chemistry of systems that underlie behavior in Applications of concepts covered in BIOS/CHM 372 vertebrates. Emphasis will be on the traditional and including techniques used in research. Prerequisite: novel methodologies used to reveal neuroanatomical BIOS/CHM 372 previously or concurrently. pathways as well as the function of these pathways. Prerequisites: BIOS 177 Introduction to Behavioral BIOS 471. (CHM 471) Eukaryotic Biochemistry (3) Neuroscience and BIOS 375 Neuroanatomy of Behavior alternate years or permission of instructor. Biochemistry of selected eukaryotic processes including hormone chemistry, blood clotting, immunochemistry, BIOS 457. Advanced Behavioral vision chemistry, muscle chemistry and photosynthesis. Neuroendocrinology. (3) The second part of the course will involve presentation A seminar course that covers current primary literature on and discussion of the current literature by class partici- the hormone-nervous system interactions that underlie pants. Prerequisite: BIOS/CHM 372 or consent of physiology and behavior. The course covers the neuroen- department chair. docrinology of reproduction, sex behavior, parental behavior, social behavior, agonistic and territorial behavior, BIOS 472. (CHM 472) Lipids and Membranes learning and memory, homeostasis (caloric, nutritional, (3) alternate years water and salt balance, temperature regulation), circadian Structure, physical properties and functions of lipids and rhythms and seasonality in a variety of vertebrates. their biological aggregates. Techniques for studying lipid Prerequisite: BIOS 382 or permission of instructor. assemblies, enzymes which act on lipids, membrane pro- teins and lipoproteins will also be discussed. Prerequisite: BIOS 463. Advances in Plant Molecular Biology (3) BIOS/CHM 372 or consent of department chair. Gene expression and molecular biology of plants. Biochemistry of photosynthesis and chloroplast develop- BIOS 473. (CHM 473) Biochemistry of Complex ment; higher plant developmental genetics; Carbohydrates (3) plant/microbe interactions; plant viruses; advances in alternate years genetic engineering in plants. Prerequisite: BIOS 345 or Consideration of the structure, function and metabolism equivalent. of complex carbohydrates (glycolipids, glycoproteins and proteoglycans) with particular emphasis on glycopro- BIOS 464. Molecular Biology of Eukaryotic teins. The first part of the course will consist of lectures Organisms (3) to familiarize the student with basic terms, concepts and Comparative analysis of several eukaryotes as model sys- processes. The second part will involve critical readings, tems in cell biology, developmental biology, genetics, and presentation and discussion of the current primary molecular biology. Prerequisite: BIOS 345 or equivalent. research literature by class participants. BIOS 466. Structure and Function of RNAs and BIOS 477. (CHM 477) Topics in Biochemistry (1-3) Ribonucleoprotein Complexes (3) Selected areas of biochemistry; such as mechanisms of Biochemistry and function of small nuclear RNPs, enzyme action, new developments in the chemistry of RNase P, ribosomes, self-splicing introns, signal recogni- lipids, nucleic acids, carbohydrates and proteins. May be tion particle, RNA viruses. Functions of RNA in DNA repeated for credit when different topics are offered. replication, in regulation, as an enzyme, and as a repres- Prerequisite: consent of the department chair. sor. Prerequisite: BIOS 345 or equivalent. BIOS 479. (CHM 479) Biochemical Techniques (3) BIOS 467. (CHM 467) Principles of Nucleic Acid Laboratory studies of the techniques and principles Structure (3) involved in the isolation, identification, and biochemical alternate years transformation of carbohydrates, lipids, nucleic acids An examination of the principles underlying nucleic acid and proteins. Prerequisite: BIOS 371 or its equivalent structure including stereochemistry, electrostatics, hydra- previously or concurrently. tion, torsional constraints, sequence specific effects, and BIOS 480. (CHM 480) Advanced Biochemical interaction with nuclear proteins. Special emphasis will be placed on DNA structure. Prerequisites: one year of Preparations (1-3) biochemistry and one year of physical chemistry or per- An advanced laboratory course in the preparation, isola- mission of the department chair. tion, purification, and identification of biochemically produced materials. Emphasis is placed on materials and BIOS 468. (CHM 468) Principles of Protein procedures of current interest in biochemistry. Structure (3) Prerequisite: consent of the department chair. alternate years BIOS 483. Special Topics in Behavioral An examination of the principles underlying protein struc- ture including stereochemistry, preferred tertiary Neuroscience (3) structures, protein homology, excluded volume effects, Examination of the biological substrates of behavior. time dependent structural fluctuations, and prediction of Topics may include animal communication, sociobiolo- protein structure from sequence information. gy, behavioral endocrinology, or behavior genetics. May Prerequisites: one year of biochemistry and one year of be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: BIOS 404 or consent physical chemistry or permission of the department chair. of department. BIOS 469. (CHM 469) Biochemical Problem BIOS 488. Seminar in Neuroscience, Behavior, Solving I (1) fall and Evolution (1) Applications of material covered in BIOS/CHM 371 Advanced seminar in current research developments. including techniques used in research. Prerequisite: May be taken more than once for credit. BIOS/CHM 371 previously or concurrently. Biology 123

Ph.D. (Imperial College, London), Electrical Engineering; Biology H. Daniel Ou-Yang, Ph.D. (UCLA) Physics; Theodore Biology, life science, and related courses at Lehigh K. Ralphs, Ph.D. (Cornell); Industrial and Systems University are offered in a variety of settings that reflect Engineering; Eric P. Salathe, Ph.D. (Brown), the various levels of organization in life science and dif- Mathematics; Jill Schneider, Ph.D. (Wesleyan), Biological ferent orientations relating to areas of application. The Sciences; Neal G. Simon, Ph.D. (Rutgers), Biological College of Arts and Sciences offers degree programs in Sciences; Robert V. Skibbens Ph.D. (North Carolina), Applied Life Science, Behavioral Neuroscience, Biological Sciences; Svetlana Tatic-Lucic, Ph.D. Biochemistry, Biology, Earth and Environmental (California Institute of Technology), Electrical and Science, Ecology, Environmental Science, and Molecular Computer Engineering; Richard P. Vinci, Ph.D. Biology. The P. C. Rossin College of Engineering and (Stanford), Materials Science and Engineering; Arkady S. Applied Science offers degree programs in Voloshin, Ph.D. (Tel-Aviv University, Israel), Bioengineering. Refer to the catalog entries below for Experimental Mechanics; Marvin H. White, Ph.D. (Ohio complete descriptions. State) Electrical Engineering. Major and minor Catalog entry The Bioscience and Biotechnology program is designed to meet the goals of students seeking educational oppor- programs tunities at the interface of life science with engineering, Applied Life Science Bioscience and Biotechnology humanities, business, social science, or other natural sci- (BA or BS) ences. Two degree programs are offered: Applied Life Behavioral Neuroscience Biological Sciences Science in the College of Arts & Sciences and (BA or BS) Bioengineering in the P.C. Rossin College of Biochemistry (BS only) Biochemistry Engineering and Applied Science. The programs were Bioengineering (BS only) Bioscience and Biotechnology developed jointly by faculty from both Colleges and Biology (BA or BS) Biological Sciences were motivated by the anticipated societal impact of the Earth and Environmental human genome and proteome projects. They share sever- Science (BA only) Earth and Environmental al common courses, lab facilities, faculty participation, Sciences and opportunities for undergraduate research while Ecology (BS only) Earth and Environmental retaining distinct identities and educational goals. Sciences Degrees available to students are: Bachelor of Arts or Environmental Science Bachelor of Science in Applied Life Science (Arts & (BS only) Earth and Environmental Sciences) or Bachelor of Science in Bioengineering Sciences (Engineering and Applied Science). Molecular Biology Applied Life Science (BA or BS) Biological Sciences The Applied Life Science program provides a flexible Courses related to life science interest can be found curriculum in the liberal arts tradition for students inter- under the catalog entries above as well as in other ested in bridging life science with disciplines such as departments, including Chemical Engineering, mathematics, economics, political science, philosophy, Chemistry, Mathematics, Physics, Psychology, and international relations, information management, chem- Sociology and Anthropology. istry, communications, or business. The educational goals of the program include the development of critical analytical capabilities, strong communication skills, a Bioscience and Biotechnology core understanding of bioscience and biotechnology, and the capacity to bring an integrative, multidisciplinary Program perspective to the analysis of issues emanating from For additional information, students should contact advances in life science. These goals are achieved through Professor Neal G. Simon, Chair, a learning environment that features integrative practices Department of Biological Sciences at 610-758-3620 or on four levels: uniting traditionally separate academic [email protected] or disciplines, bridging theory and practice through class- room and project-based experiential learning, working in Professor Anand Jagota, research environments that foster team-based problem Department of Chemical Engineering at 610-758-4396 or solving and professional responsibility, and partnerships [email protected] and research opportunities with faculty, clinicians and Core Professors. Maria Bykhovskaia, Ph.D. (Russian the private and public sectors. Academy of Sciences), Biological Sciences; Lynne The B.A. and B.S. programs will provide students with Cassimeris, Ph.D. (North Carolina), Biological Sciences; preparation for a range of careers based primarily on the Manoj Chaudhury, Ph.D. (SUNY Buffalo), Chemical field that is hybridized with the life science core. Engineering; Volkmar Dierolf, Ph.D. (Utah), Physics; Potential career paths including law (particularly intellec- James D. Gunton, Ph.D. (Stanford), Physics; Mitiadis tual property), management in biotechnology- related Hatalis, Ph.D. (Carnegie Mellon), Electrical Engineering; industries, ethics, journalism, policy analysis, finance, Ned Heindel, Ph.D. (University of Delaware), information management, or medicine as well as gradu- Chemistry; James T. Hsu, Ph.D. (Northwestern), ate and professional school are among the many Chemical Engineering; Mary Katherine Iovine, Ph.D. possibilities open to Applied Life Science majors. (Washington, St. Louis), Biological Sciences; Himanshu Jain, Eng.Sc.D. (Columbia), Materials Science and For additional information, students should contact Engineering; Linda Lowe-Krentz, Ph.D. (Northwestern) Professor Neal G. Simon, Chair, Department of Biological Sciences; Sudhakar Neti, Ph.D. (Kentucky), Biological Sciences at 610-758-3620 or [email protected]. Mechanical Engineering and Mechanics; Karl Norian, 124 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

BA in Applied Life Science BS in Applied Life Science The B.A. in Applied Life Science is intended to provide The B.S. in Applied Life Science follows the same phi- a technical concentration in a liberal arts context. It is losophy as the B.A., but requires a larger number of core well-suited for students who are interested in the broad courses and a greater focus on major requirements. impact of the life science revolution on society including While there is lesser flexibility compared to the B.A. the economic, social, political, and legal implications. program, a B.S. student can complete minors, partici- The program provides sufficient flexibility for the stu- pate in a faculty research project, or prepare for graduate dent to explore a range of interests and to pursue a study in a different field (e.g., economics, journalism, double major or minor. Students can prepare for gradu- ethics). ate school but are advised to seek guidance early to University and College Requirements (24 to 27 credits) insure appropriate preparation. ENGL 001 and 002 (6 credits) University and College requirements (24 to 27 credits) Choices and Decisions (1 credit) ENGL 001 and 002 (6 credits) College seminar (1 to 4 credits) Choices and Decisions (1 credit) Social Sciences (at least 8 credits of designated coursework) College seminar (1 to 4 credits) Humanities (at least 8 credits of designated coursework) Social Sciences (at least 8 credits of designated Collateral Requirements (41 credits) coursework) MATH 012, 021 and 022 (12 credits) Humanities (at least 8 credits of designated coursework) PHY 011, 012 (5 credits) Collateral requirements (16 to 17 credits) CHM 075 and 076 (or 021, 022, and 031) (8 credits) MATH 021 (4 credits) CHM 051, 053, 052, and 058 (8 credits) CHM 021 and 022 or CHM 075 (4 or 5 credits) BIOS 41, 42, 115, 116 (8 credits) BIOS 41, 42, 115, and 116 (8 credits) Major Requirements (at least 42 credits) Major requirements (at least 36 credits) 1. Core 1. Core BIOE 110 (3 credits) BIOE 110 (3 credits) Applied Bioscience or Bioengineering Applied Bioscience or Bioengineering Physiology or Physiology or MATH/CHE 207 (3 credits) MATH/CHE 207 (3 credits) 2. Concentration 2. Concentration a. 3 courses from A (life science specialization; a. At the time of declaring the major, the student see below) (at least 9 credits) will meet with an adviser in the Applied Life Science program and design a group of courses b. 5 courses from B (complementary specializa- to suit the student’s interests. The courses tion; see below) (at least 15 credits) selected must form a cogent grouping to the adviser’s satisfaction. The student’s individual- c. 3 courses selected from A and B (selection ized program must be drawn up and approved must be approved by the adviser and consti- by the adviser before the 10th day of classes in tute a cogent grouping) (at least 9 credits) the student’s fifth college semester (i.e., with at d. 1 senior seminar (at least 3 credits) least three semesters remaining to be rostered). b. The concentration must include at least 30 e. Up to 4 credits of adviser–preapproved inde- credits of natural science, mathematics, and pendent work may be included and count engineering beyond the 6 credits required for towards either A or B. the core. At least 20 credits of the concentra- f. No more than 3 BIOS courses after 115/116 tion must be at the 100 level or above, and at may be included in the major. least 8 credits of the concentration must be at the 300 level. g. The concentration must also include at least c. No more than 3 BIOS courses after 115/116 one of the designated advanced Applied Life may be included in the major. Science seminar courses, which counts d. CHM 031 (or CHM 076) is strongly toward the credits required at the 300 level. recommended. 3. Practicum e. The concentration must also include at least The student must complete an experience preap- one of the designated Advanced Applied Life proved by the adviser and relating to the practical Science seminar courses, which counts toward application of methods in applied life science. the credits required at the 300 level. Laboratory or independent work courses or an intern- f. Up to 4 credits of adviser–preapproved inde- ship or other work experience may satisfy all or part pendent work may be included in the major. of the practicum. The practicum need not entail aca- demic credit but must be the equivalent of at least 4 Free electives credits of effort (at least 8 weeks of full–time employ- Sufficient coursework to bring the total to at least 121 ment in a suitable activity). Detailed information is credits. Students are advised to include courses in ethics, available from the adviser. history and philosophy of science, and economics among their electives. Free electives At least 12 credits to bring the total to at least 121 credits Bioscience and Biotechnology 125

The concentration 367, BIOS 371, BIOS 372, BIOS 382, A. Life Science specialization BIOS 384 The biological basis for the student’s concentration, B. Complementary specialization provided by advanced courses in Bioengineering, Bio- ECO 001, ECO 105 or 146, ECO 145 or logical Sciences, or kindred disciplines (e.g., ecology, MATH 012, ECO 231*, ECO 234, ECO biochemistry). 246, ECO 315, ECO 323, ECO 333, ECO 357, ECO/IE 358, ECO 368, PHIL B. Complementary specialization 105, PHIL/REL 116*, PHIL 126, PHIL The complementary coursework for the student’s con- 128, PHIL 137, SSP 160, SSP 162, SSP centration, provided by courses outside the life sciences. 341, SSP 367, STS 011*, STS/JOUR Concentrations (*denotes required course for the 124, STS/HIST 145 concentration) 1. Biophysics concentration Bioengineering A. Life Science specialization The Bioengineering program provides a structured cur- BIOE 120/121, Applied Bioscience, riculum for students interested in working at the Biomedical Instrumentation and Sensors, interface between engineering and life science. The BS in Integrated Bioelectronics/Biophotonics Bioengineering degree is comprised of three tracks. Bio- Lab, Photonics for Biomedical pharmaceutical Engineering is for students whose Applications, BIOS 345, BIOS 353, interests lie in genomics, proteomics, bioinformatics, BIOS 367, BIOS 371, BIOS 372, BIOS recombinant DNA, protein engineering, bioprocessing, 381, BIOS 384 drug synthesis and delivery. The Bioelectronics/photon- ics track covers education and research dealing with B. Complementary specialization signal processing, biosensors, MEMs, biochips for DNA CHE 044, ECE 081, ECE 108, ECE sequencing, laser and fiber based optical technology for 123, ECE 125, ECE 212, MATH 023*, biomedical applications. Cell and Tissue Engineering MATH 205*, MATH 242, MATH 320, encompasses biomaterials and biomechanics, from cells MATH 322, MATH 323, MECH 002, and tissue to organs and systems. BIOE 120/121, PHY 021/022*, PHY 091, PHY 190, PHY 212, PHY 213, An integral part of the BS in Bioengineering program is PHY 352, PHY 355, PHY 380 Longitudinally Integrated Experiential Learning (LIEL). 2. Mathematical and Computational Life Science LIEL facilitates research and direct interaction with indus- concentration try and clinical partners. It is intended to teach the value A. Life Science specialization of a team approach to problem solving. LIEL projects Applied Bioscience, Bioengineering Physi- continue form the sophomore to the senior year with two ology, BIOS/EES 152, BIOS 317, BIOS summers of internships. Bioengineering students will 324, BIOS 328, BIOS 337, BIOS 345, intern at relevant sites, including regional hospitals and BIOS/EES 351, BIOS 353, BIOS 356 corporate research laboratories. As part of the curriculum, students also have the option to participate in Lehigh’s B. Complementary specialization Integrated Product Development (IPD) program. CHE/MATH 207, CSE 010/014 (or ENG 001), CSE 017, CSE/MATH 261, The educational goals of the bioengineering program CSE/MATH 340, CSE 347, MATH include: 023*, MATH 205*, MATH 208, MATH • learning how biological systems work 230*, MATH 231, MATH 242, MATH • developing analytical skills 243, MATH 301, MATH 302, MATH • using advanced tools in experimentation, modeling, 309, MATH 310, MATH 312, MATH and simulation of problems at the interface of 320, MATH 322, MATH 323, MATH biological and non-biological systems. 334, MATH 338, MATH 341, PHY 380 • applying these skills in the design, synthesis, manufac- 3. Chemical Biology turing, or other engineering-related aspects of the A. Life Science specialization health career industry Applied Bioscience, Biotechnology Prac- The B.S. in bioengineering will prepare students for tice, Bioengineering Physiology, BIOS careers in established and emerging fields that require 177, BIOS 324, BIOS 328, BIOS 345, combining engineering principles with the life sciences. BIOS 346, BIOS 367, BIOS 368, BIOS Potential paths open to students include the health care, 371, BIOS 372, BIOS 377, BIOS 381, biomedical, pharmaceutical, biomaterials, and other BIOS 382, BIOS 384 biotechnology-related industries through careers in medi- B. Complementary specialization cine or graduate studies. CHE 281, CHE 282, CHE 283, CHM The courses listed are offered in the program and new 194*, CHM 332, CHM 336, CHM 338, ones are currently under development in a number of CHM 339, CHM 341, CHM 353, CHM subject areas. (Consult the Registrar’s Schedule of classes 358, MATH 023, MATH 205 for specific offerings in any particular semester.) 4. Decision–Making in Applied Life Science A. Life Science specialization For further information, interested students should con- Applied Bioscience, Biotechnology Prac- tact the program co-directors. tice, BIOS 177, BIOS 276, BIOS 317, BIOS 328, BIOS 345, BIOS 356, BIOS 126 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

BS in Bioengineering Degree Requirements Required Courses for Biolectronics/Biophotonics Track General Requirements (26 credits) ECE 108 Signals and Systems (4) ENGL 1 & 2 (6) credits BIOE 231 IntegratedBioelectronics/Biophotonics PHIL 116 Bioethics (4) Lab (2) SSP 135 Human Communication (4) Recommended electives (minimum of two from list) ENGR 1 Engineering Computations (3) ECE 123 Electronic Circuits (3) ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) ECE 202 Introduction to Electromagnetics (3) Free Electives (6) credits PHY 212 Electricity and Magnetism I (3) Mathematics (18 credits) ECE 333 Medical Electronics (3) MATH 21 Calculus I (4) PHY 352 Modern Optics (3) MATH 22 Calculus II (4) BIOE 2XX Biomedical Instrumentation MATH 23 Calculus III (4) and Sensors (3) MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) BIOE 3XX Photonics for Biomedical Applications (3) MATH 231 Probability and Statistics (3) Required Courses for Cell and Tissue Engineering Chemistry (15 credits) Track CHM 21, 22 Intro. Chemical Principles and BIOE 120,121 Biomechanics and Laboratory (4) Laboratory (5) BIOE 257 Integrated Biostructural CHM 31 Chemical Equilibria in and Mechanical Lab (2) Aqueous Systems (3) Recommended electives (minimum of two from list) CHM 51, 53 Organic Chemistry I and Lab (4) BIOS 177 Intro. Behavioral Neuroscience (3) CHM 187 Physical Chemistry I (3) BIOS 277 Experimental Neuroscience Physics (10 credits) Laboratory (4) PHY 11, 12 Intro. Physics I and Lab (5) CHE 388 Polymer Synthesis and Characterization PHY 21, 22 Intro. Physics II and Lab (5) Laboratory (Same as CHM 388, Biological Sciences (8 credits) MAT 388) BIOS 41, 51 Biology Core I: Cellular and CHE 391 Colloid and Surface Chemistry (3) Molecular and Lab (4) (Same as CHM 391) BIOS 115, 116 Biology Core II: Genetics and Lab (4) BIOS 367 Cell Biology (3) Engineering (19-21 credits) BIOS 371 Elements of Biochemistry CHE 31 Material and Energy Balance (4) (same as CHM 271) (3) ECE 81 Principles of Electrical Engineering (4) BIOE 2ZX Cell and Tissue Engineering (3) ME 231 Fluid Mechanics (3) or BIOE 2ZY Biophysics (3) CHE 44 Fluid Mechanics (4) or Longitudinally Integrated Experiential Learning (11 credits) CE 121 Mechanics of Fluids (3) or BIOE 1 Freshman Seminar I, Introduction to MAT 33 Materials (3) Bioengineering I: Philosophy to MECH 2 Mechanics (3) Practice (1) CHE 210 Chemical Engineering BIOE 2 Freshman Seminar 2, Introduction to Thermodynamics (4) or Bioengineering II: Current Topics (1) MAT 205 Thermodynamics and Phase BIOE 10 Sophomore Seminar I, Literature Diagrams (3) or Research (1) ME 104 Thermodynamics I (3) or BIOE 20 Sophomore Seminar 2, Research PHY 340 Thermal Physics (3) Proposal (1) BIOE XX* Summer Internship 1 (0) Integrated Bioengineering BIOE 132 Junior Research 1, Teamwork Project (2) Required by all Three Tracks BIOE 142 Junior Research 2, Teamwork Project (2) BIOE 110 Elements of Bioengineering (3) BIOE YY* Summer Internship 2 (0) BIOE 225 Introduction to Bioengineering BIOE 1XZ Senior Research Teamwork Project (2) Design (3) BIOE 1ZZ Seminar, Thesis Presentation (1) BIOE 210 Bioengineering Physiology (2) *Summer Internships not required. Enrollments are limited. Required Courses for Biopharmaceutical Engineering Selection will be based on fellowships available and quality Track of research proposal. CHEM 52 Organic Chemistry II (3) Total needed for BS in Bioengineering: 133-137 credits BIOE 243 Integrated Biotechnology lab (2) Recommended electives (minimum of two from list) Typical Four-Year Course Schedule for BS in BIOS 371 Elements of Biochemistry Bioengineering (same as CHM 371) (3) A. Biopharmaceutical Engineering Track CHE 341 Biotechnology I (3) B. Bioelectronic/Biophotonics Track CHE 342 Biotechnology II (3) C. Cell and Tissue Engineering Track BIOS 345-346 Molecular Genetics and Lab (5) First Year – Fall Semester BIOE 2XY Applied Bioscience (3) BIOE 1 Seminar I - Introduction to BIOE 2XZ Biotechnology Practice (3) Bioengineering (1) MATH 21 Calculus I (4) Bioscience and Biotechnology 127

CHM 21,22 Intro. Chemical Principles and Junior – Spring Semester Laboratory (5) BIOE 142 Junior Research 1, Teamwork Project (2) ENGL 1 Composition and Literature (3) MATH 231 Probability and Statistics ( 3) ENGR 1 Engineering Computations (3) or CHM 187 Physical Chemistry (3) PHY 11, 12 Introductory Physics I and Lab (5) BIOE 210 Physiology (3) (16-18 Credits) MAT 33 Engineering Materials and Processes (3) First Year – Spring Semester A track BIOE II Seminar II – Introduction to ECE 108 Signals and Systems (4) B track Bioengineering (1) BIOE Elective (3) C track BIOS 41,42 Biology Core I: CHE 44 Fluid Mechanics (4) A track Cellular and Molecular and Lab (4) ME 104 Thermodynamics (3) B track MATH 22 Calculus II (4) ECE 81 Principles of Electrical Mechanics (4) ENGL 2 Composition and Literature II (3) C track ENGR 1 Engineering Computations (4) or (18 Credits) PHY 11, 12 Introductory Physics I and Lab (5) Senior – Fall Semester (15-17 Credits) BIOE 1XZ Senior Research 3, Teamwork Project (2) Sophomore – Fall Semester BIOE Elective (3) A & B tracks BIOE 10 Bioengineering II – Introduction to BIOE 231 Integrated Bioelectronics/ Bioengineering (1) Biophotonics Lab (2) B track BIOS 115, 116 Biology Core II: Genetics and Lab (4) BIOE 257 Integrated Biostructural MATH 23 Calculus III (4) Mechanical Lab (2) C track CHM 31 Chemical Equilibria in Aqueous CHE 210 Chemical Engineering Systems (3) Thermodynamics (4) A track CHE 31 Material and Energy Balances of CHE 31 Material and Energy Balances of Chemical Processes (3) A track Chemical Processes (3) C track CHM 51,53 Organic Chemistry I and Lab (4) A track PHIL 116 Bioethics (4) MECH 2 Elementary Engineering Mechanics (3) HSS Free Elective (3) B & C tracks ME 231 Fluid Mechanics (3) B & C tracks MAT 33 Engineering Materials and Processes (3) (16-17 Credits) B & C tracks Senior – Spring Semester (18-19 Credits) BIOE 1ZZ Seminar, Thesis Presentation (1) Sophomore – Spring Semester BIOE 243 Integrated Biotechnology Lab (2) BIOE 20 Bioengineering Sophomore Seminar II (1) A track BIOE 110 Elements of Bioengineering (3) BIOE Elective (3) PHY 21,22 Intro. Physics II and Lab (5) HSS Free Electives (9) CHM 52 Organic Chemistry II (3) A track (13-15 Credits) ECE 81 Principles of Electrical Engineering (4) BIOE 1. Freshman Seminar 1, Introduction to B track Bioengineering I: Philosophy to Practice (1) fall BIOE 120,121 Biomechanics and Biomechanics Lab Overview of the bioengineering field, the advancements (4) C track of related topics in sciences, technology, engineering and ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) applications for health care and medicine. Humanity and (A & B track) ethical issues. SSP 135 Human Communication (4) C track BIOE 2. Freshman Seminar 2, Introduction to (16-17 Credits) Bioengineering II: Current Topics (1) spring Junior – Fall Semester Overview of a broad spectrum of current topical areas in BIOE 132 Junior Research I, Team Project (2) biotechnology and bioengineering and their applications MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) in health care and medicine. BIOE 225 Design (3) BIOE 10. Bioengineering Sophomore Seminar I: MECH 2 Elementary Engineering Mechanics (3) A track Literature Research (1) fall Literature research on current bioengineering and CHM 51, 53 Organic Chemistry I and lab (4) biotechnology topics to assemble information for pro- B & C track ducing a written research proposal. ECE 81 Principles of Electrical Engineering (4) A track BIOE 20. Bioengineering Sophomore Seminar II: CHE 31 Material and Energy Balances of Research Proposal (1) spring Chemical Processes (3) B track Prepare written research proposals for research projects. ME 104 Thermodynamics I (3) C track Define research topics, objectives of the research, specific SSP 135 Human Communication (4) goals, methodology, research plans and expected impact A & B tracks of the research. ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) C track (18-19 Credits) 128 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

BIOE 110. Elements of Bioengineering (3) spring Business Minor An introduction to the fields of biotechnology and bio- The purpose of the business minor program is to enable medical engineering. The areas include biomechanics, non-CBE students to pursue a course of business studies biomaterials, bioinstrumentation, medical imaging, reha- that will enable them to supplement their major studies bilitation engineering, biosensors, biotechnology and and make them more marketable. The overall learning tissue engineering. objective of the program is to provide non-CBE students BIOE 120/121. Biomechanics and Biomechanics with the knowledge and skills with which to make more Laboratory (3/1) spring informed business decisions. Courses offered in the busi- Applications of the mechanics to study mechanical ness minor program are not open to students currently behavior of anatomical structures, biological tissues and in the CBE nor may these classes count as substitutes for systems of the musculoskeletal system. Specific topics CBE core classes should a student later decide to transfer include: structure and function of biological tissues, into the CBE. mechanical properties of biological tissues, and analysis Program of Studies: The business minor consists of 14 of specific tissues (i.e., bone, muscle, and soft connective credit hours. These courses are integrated across the tissues). Co- or prerequisite: MECH 2. entire program and must be taken in a locked step Biology courses at Lehigh University are offered in two sequence. These 14 credit hours plus the prerequisite departments. The Department of Biological Sciences consist of the following courses: offers molecular, cellular, and organismal biology as well as biochemistry and neuroscience, while the Department Required prerequisite course: of Earth and Environmental Sciences offers courses in ECO 1 – Principles of Economics (4 credit hours). ecology and environmental biology. See separate cata- ECO 1 can be taken in either the freshman or sopho- logue entries for course listings and more information. more year and must be completed prior to entering the business minor program. Business Required courses: The designation of “business” refers to general business •BUS 125 – Behavioral Skills Workshop courses. (1 credit hour. Fall.). Prerequisite: ECO 1 Undergraduate Courses •BUS 126 – Information Analysis and Financial BUS 1. Introduction to Business (3) Decision Making I (3 credit An introduction to business, emphasizing critical issues hours. Fall.). impacting the business world, such as globalization, Co-requisite: BUS 125. technology, ethics, and diversity. Provides an overview of •BUS 127 – Information Analysis and Financial the various functional areas of business and how they fit Decision Making II (3 credit together. Stresses experiential learning and develops hours. Spring.) Prerequisite: team-building skills. Strengthens written and oral com- BUS 126. munications skills. Provides an introduction to career •BUS 225 – Developing, Producing, and Marketing opportunities and curriculum choices in business and Products and Services I (3 economics. Course is offered only in the fall and is open credit hours. Fall.). only to College of Business and Economics freshmen. Prerequisite: BUS 127. •BUS 226 – Developing, Producing, and Marketing BUS 211. Integrated Product Development (IPD) Products and Services II (3 1 (3) spring credit hours. Spring.) Business, engineering and design art students work in Prerequisite: BUS 225. cross-disciplinary teams of 4-6 students on conceptual •BUS 326 – Business Strategy (1 credit hour. Spring.) design including marketing, financial and economic planning, economic and technical feasibility of new Recommended courses: product concepts. Teams work on industrial projects •Probability Theory and Statistics (e.g., ECO 145, with faculty advisors. Oral presentations and written MATH 12, IE 111, PSYC 110, etc.) reports. Prerequisite: Junior standing in business, eco- •An Integrated Learning Experience (e.g., ME/BUS nomics, arts or engineering. 211, MGT 311, or internship) BUS 212. Integrated Product Development (IPD) The courses required in the business minor program will 2 (2) fall be offered in a lock step sequence requiring completion Business, engineering, and design arts students work in of each course in the sequence before being able to con- cross disciplinary teams of 4-6 students on the detailed tinue with the next course. That is, students must first design including fabrication and testing of a prototype of complete BUS 126 before taking BUS 127, BUS 127 the new product designed in IPD course 1. Additional before taking BUS 225, and BUS 225 before taking deliverables include a detailed production plan, market- 226. BUS 125 and BUS 326 are to be taken in conjunc- ing plan, detailed base-case financial models, project and tion with BUS 126 and BUS 226, respectively. product portfolio. Teams work on industrial projects Program admission requirements: Each spring, 80 stu- with faculty advisors. Oral presentations and written dents will be accepted into the business minor program reports. Prerequisite: Bus 211/ENGR 211. for the following fall. Application into the program will be made by students and submitted to the program director by March 1st. An admissions committee com- prised of the business minor program director, associate Business 129 dean for the undergraduate CBE program, and the busi- MGT 302 Quantitative Models - Conceptual (3) ness minor curriculum committee will make admission BIS 331 Electronic Commerce and Security (3) decisions based on G.P.A., experience, and interest in BIS 342 E-Business Systems (3) pursuing business opportunities upon graduation from (also cross listed as SCM 342) Lehigh (to be evaluated on the basis of a written essay). Consult Professor Sherer for other related courses. Students will be notified of admissions decisions prior to registration for the fall semester. Entrance into business Undergraduate Courses minor classes will be controlled by restricted overrides by BIS 120. Business Applications of Java (4) the director of business minor program. Business applications and programming in Java. Control structures, arrays, object-oriented programming, string Business Information Systems manipulation, graphics, graphical user interfaces, web- based applets. Some previous experience with Professor. Susan A. Sherer, Ph.D. (Pennsylvania), BIS programming helpful but not required. Lectures plus one program director and Kenan Professor of Information two-hour computer lab. Prerequisite: ACCT 151 previ- Technology Management. ously or concurrently. Associate professor. James A. Hall, Ph.D. (Oklahoma BIS 111. Introduction to Information Systems (3) State) This course examines the fundamental role of informa- Assistant professors. Catherine M. Ridings, Ph.D. tion systems in supporting and managing all business (Drexel); Yuliang. Yao, Ph.D. (Maryland) functions and enabling firms to compete effectively. Lecturer. Chitra Nayar, M.B.A. (Univ. of Iowa) Both technical and managerial aspects of information systems are introduced. The course integrates technical The Business Information Systems program offered infrastructure, database concepts, management decision- through the College of Business and Economics provides making, and business process issues critical to the an opportunity to prepare students to work with infor- understanding of operational and strategic information mation technology in today’s business environment. As systems. It introduces business applications that support businesses seek to make themselves more productive and accounting, finance, supply chain management, and competitive, they have become more reliant on informa- marketing. Prerequisite: Excel competency. tion technology. Students who have a good understanding of information systems can help businesses BIS 311. Managing Information Systems enhance their use of this technology. The information Development (3) systems program is designed to provide requisite technical Managing the development and implementation of skills along with a strong business foundation, developing information systems for business. Project management students’ abilities to apply information technology to for business systems implementation. Business systems business problems. Career opportunities include systems analysis and design. Implementation of custom-designed analyst/designer, information systems manager, informa- as well as packaged systems. Cost benefit analysis and tion systems consultant, and computer auditor. risk management of systems implementation. The information systems major requires four courses and Prerequisites: BIS 111 or ACCT 311 or consent of two electives beyond the core requirements of the instructor. College of Business and Economics. Students are BIS 331 (MKT 331). Electronic Commerce (3) required to take BIS 111, Management Information This course covers how businesses and consumers use the Systems, as part of the business and economics core. Internet to exchange information and complete transac- Other courses are as follows: tions. Both theoretical concepts and practical skills will Required Courses (4): be addressed with the scope of the class. Topics include BIS 120 Business Applications in Java (4) advertising and marketing, ecommerce business and rev- or CSE 17 Structured Programming and Data enue models, online consumer behavior, web site design Structures (4) issues, Internet security, electronic payments, infrastruc- ture issues, privacy issues, and overall electronic CSE 241 Database Systems (3) commerce strategy. Students will get hands-on experi- or IE 224 Information Systems Analysis ence designing ecommerce web-sites using web and Design (3) authoring software. Prerequisite: BIS 111, MKT 211 or BIS 311 Managing Information Systems consent of instructor. Development (3) MGT 311 LUMAC Management Assistance BIS 342 (SCM 342). E-Business Systems (3) Counseling (3) Introduction to the implications of key information or BIS 360 Business Information Systems technologies used within and across businesses to con- Practicum (3) duct e-business. Includes enterprise resource planning systems, on-line ordering and inventory management or BIS 373 Business Information Systems systems, data warehousing, data mining, intra/extra nets, Internship (1-3) efficient consumer response systems, and knowledge Elective Courses (Choose 2): management. Readings and case studies will be utilized. ACCT 311 Accounting Information Systems (3) BIS 360. Business Information Systems CSE 216 Software Engineering (3) CSE 262 Programming Languages (3) Practicum (3) The business information systems practicum provides an CSE 330 Advanced Software Engineering Tools (3) opportunity for students to work on an intensive con- IE 341 Data Communication Systems Analysis sulting engagement with a business. Students work with and Design (3) client firms on individual or team projects, which focus 130 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005 on information systems activities such as developing MBA Program Core Courses requirements, designing, and implementing systems. Students complete written reports and make formal pre- MBA 401. Introduction to the Organization and its sentations to clients. May not be taken concurrently with Environment (2) MGT 311. Prerequisites: Junior standing in the College This MBA Core Course will provide a thorough under- of Business and Economics. standing of business organizations and will clarify ways BIS 371. Directed Readings (1-3) middle and senior managers can create and sustain orga- nizational competitive advantage. The course examines Readings and research information systems; designed for the organization from an overall perspective within the superior students who have special interest in some context of the firm’s internal and external environment. topic(s) not covered by the regularly scheduled courses. The second aspect of this course deals with the ability to Written term paper(s) required. May be repeated. communicate effectively in today’s business and profes- Prerequisite: preparation in information systems accept- sional environment. Students will examine and practice able to program coordinator. the written and verbal communications strategies and BIS 372. Special Topics (1-3) skills that are essential to their success in business. Special problems and issues in information systems for MBA 402. Managing Financial and Physical which no regularly scheduled course work exists. When offered as group study, coverage varies according to inter- Resources (4) ests of the instructor and students. May be repeated. An MBA core course designed to integrate financial and Prerequisite: preparation in information systems accept- managerial concepts into operations decisions. able to program coordinator. Disciplines of accounting, finance and economics are combined to provide substantive foundations for dis- BIS 373. Business Information Systems cussing and analyzing data. Implications of analysis are Internship (1-3) applied to facilitate decision-making in other areas such Based upon a student’s work experience, a sponsoring as marketing, operations (manufacturing, logistics and faculty member shall direct reading, projects and other engineering), human resources, information technology assignments - including a “capstone report.” It should be and general management. The major learning objectives noted that the work experience, by itself, is not the basis will be applied through a series of “living” cases that are for academic credit. The faculty-directed activity may be centered on analyzing historical financial performance, provided concurrent with the work or as a follow-up to preparing a business plan, and valuing a business. the work experience. In the latter case, arrangements Prerequisites: MBA 401, GBUS 401 or equivalent. must be made in advance of the work engagement so as MBA 403. Managing Information (4) to enhance the follow-up experience (keeping logs, con- An MBA core course dealing with concepts and meth- current reading assignments, etc.) Student effort is ods involved in the collection, organization and expected to be at least 40 hours per credit. Prerequisites: dissemination of information that helps managers make CSC 17, IE 224 or CSC 241, junior standing in the operational and strategic decisions. The course also deals College of Business and Economics. with attributes of information and examines enterprise- Course descriptions for the College of Business and wide impacts of local decisions. Revenue, cost, time and Economics graduate courses can be found in this section quality-based information are accorded equal emphasis, (Section V) under the heading of Business and Economics while students are exposed to alternative evaluation Graduate Courses. methods for decisions related to different parts of the value chain. Topics include: activity-based costing; activ- ity-based management; transaction analysis; operational Business and Economics and strategic decisions such as outsourcing, design part- Graduate Courses nerships, etc; investment analysis for short life-cycle investments; evaluation of uncertainty, risk and ambigui- MBA Prerequisites ty; metrics development; compensation policies; segment evaluation methods; target costing and functional analy- GBUS 401. Financial Reporting for Managers and sis; quality function deployment; total cost of ownership; Investors (3) and transfer pricing. In addition, the course deals with: Corporate financial reporting under Generally Accepted information technology enablers which allow firms to Accounting Principles. Analysis and interpretation of improve value delivered to customers; and evaluation financial statements: accrual accounting, balance sheet and management of emerging forms of cooperation, valuation, income determination and cash flow analysis. such as joint ventures and project based strategic Profit manipulation, window dressing and “creative alliances. Prerequisites: MBA 401, GBUS 401 and ECO accounting” through accounting policy choices. 401 or equivalents. Fraudulent financial reporting, uses and limitations of MBA 404. Managing Products and Services (4) accounting information. Accounting information as a An MBA core course focusing on the management of tool for strategic decision making. products and services within a firm’s value chain. The ECO 401. Basic Statistics for Business and course addresses exceeding customer expectations, estab- Economics (3) lishing total quality as the core foundation, developing a Descriptive statistics, probability and probability distri- strong customer focus, creating value through supply butions, estimation, hypothesis testing, correlation and chain management, developing new products for com- regression, chi-square analysis and analysis of variance. petitive advantage, matching aggregate supply with Computer applications. customer demand, and designing market channels and influencing customers. Prerequisite: MBA 401. Business and Economics 131

MBA 405. Managing People (4) emphasizes both theory and practice through lectures, An MBA core course that examines how effective organi- cases, and financial modeling exercises. Prerequisite: MBA zations are created, maintained, and improved. The 402 or equivalent background. Students not possessing course will focus on how good people are attracted to an the relevant prerequisites must obtain waivers from the organization and how to make them productive. Topics Designated Finance Faculty representative. include: organizational design, job design, staffing, train- GBUS 420. Investments (3) ing and development, performance, teams, influence, A survey course in investments. Overview of financial diversity, change, ethical decision-making, and current institutions and markets involved in the issuance and people issues facing today’s organizations. The course trading of securities. Emphasis on valuation and risk includes a comprehensive simulation (to be conducted assessment of fixed income and equity securities. on a Saturday during the semester) and a group project Construction of optimal portfolios and examination of which allows students to apply the principles and con- performance measures. Prerequisite: MBA 402 or equiva- cepts covered in the course. Prerequisite: MBA 401. lent background. Students not possessing the relevant MBA 406. Integrative Experience (3) prerequisites must obtain waivers from the Designated An MBA course where students apply the body of Finance Faculty Representative. knowledge acquired in MBA 401 through 405 through a GBUS 421. Advanced Investments (3) simulation, case presentations and the cross core project. Advanced topics relating to valuation/security analysis This course places an emphasis on strategic management and portfolio/risk management. Prerequisites: GBUS and take s the point of view of the general manager to 419 and GBUS 420 or Designated Finance Faculty view the organization from an overall perspective in the Representative Approval. context of the firm’s internal and external environment. In doing so, students examine historical perspectives, GBUS 422. Derivatives and Risk Management (3) contemporary theories, and practical applications all in The theory and application of a variety of derivative the spirit of helping them develop a broad understand- instruments (options, futures contracts, etc.) used in cor- ing of strategic management issues and solutions. By poration finance and the financial services industry. The combining high-level class discussions, case analyses, a focus is on the risk management application vs. a rigor- computer simulation competition and the cross-core ous development of option pricing theory and similar project this course exposes students to rigorous theoreti- topics. Prerequisites: GBUS 419 and GBUS 420, or cal analysis while providing hands-on, simulated real Designated Finance Faculty Representative Approval. world business experiences. Prerequisites: MBA 401, GBUS 424. Advanced Topics in Financial MBA 402, MBA 403, MBA 404, MBA 405. Management: (description to change each time Accounting Electives course is offered) (3) Advanced topics relating to specific areas of corporate GBUS 413. Advanced Management Accounting (3) finance such as: theoretical and empirical examination of Issues in management accounting including activity- recent developments in financial management; asset val- based costing, activity-based management, strategic cost uation and capital budgeting including the role of management, theory of constraints, advanced manufac- uncertainty, imprecise forecasts, risk preferences, infla- turing technologies, cost of quality and life-cycle costing. tion, market conditions, and the global marketplace; Readings and cases. Prerequisite: MBA 403 or a course working capital management, leasing, mergers, and in cost accounting. financing. The course content may vary between instruc- GBUS 414. Financial Statement Analysis and tors and over time. Prerequisite: GBUS 419 and GBUS Interpretation (3) 420 or Finance Faculty Approval. This course focuses on analysis of financial statements. It GBUS 425. Real Estate Financing and Investing (3) develops the skills necessary to interpret and use finan- An upper-level course in modern real estate financing cial statement information effectively to assess techniques from the perspectives of both the borrower profitability and risk and is intended for individuals like- and the lender. Subject matter encompasses the follow- ly to become intensive users of financial accounting ing areas: The principles of financing decisions; information. Requirements include readings, case stud- financing methods and techniques; institutional sources ies, presentations, and written analysis of actual financial of funds for real estate; and real estate financing deci- statements. Prerequisite: GBUS 401 and MBA 402 or sions. Prerequisites: GBUS 419 and GBUS 420, or permission of the instructor. Designated finance Faculty Representative Approval. GBUS 437. Federal Taxation and Business GBUS 426. Financial Markets and Institutions (3) Decisions (3) Functions and portfolios of financial intermediaries. Impact of federal taxation on the structure and timing of Sectional demand and supply of funds, nature and role business decisions. Problem-solving methods and of interest rates, term structure and forecasting, impact research techniques from a managerial perspective. of inflation and regulations on financial intermediaries Prerequisite: GBUS 401 or a basic course in accounting. and markets, and current developments in the financial Finance Electives system. Management of assets and liabilities within the U.S. financial institution’s legal and economic con- GBUS 419. Financial Management (3) straints. Prerequisite: GBUS 419 and GBUS 420, or An intermediate level course in corporate finance. designated Finance faculty representative approval. Coverage includes capital budgeting techniques including GBUS 431. Quantitative Finance (3) real options, decision tree analysis, risk analysis, advanced Relationship of quantitative models to financial theory cost of capital theories, capital structure theory, dividend and applications. Capital budgeting, portfolio selection, policy, working capital management, mergers and acquisi- security evaluation, cash management, inventory policy tions, restructuring, and bankruptcies. The course 132 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005 and credit analysis. Prerequisite: GBUS 419 and GBUS improving effectiveness of the entire value chain. Course 420 or Finance Faculty Approval. consists of lectures, discussion and case analysis. Management Electives - Organizational Behavior GBUS 451. Analytical Methods in Management (3) Application of management science methods to industri- GBUS 440. Human Resource Management (3) al and commercial problems. Scientific method, decision A survey of personnel management activities in organiza- theory, linear programming, inventory control, regres- tions. Topics include human resource planning, sion analysis, forecasting, simulation, and related areas recruitment, selection, equal employment opportunity, are examined in the context of accounting, finance, mar- performance appraisal, compensation, career planning, keting and manufacturing. safety and health, and quality of work life issues. Course consists of lectures, discussion, and case analysis. Marketing Elective GBUS 442. Seminar in Management Consulting (3) GBUS 453 Transportation and Logistics A study of consulting practices in general and their Management(3) application to small business. Processes include a field The control of physical distribution and inventories; the study/counseling service to a local business. Emphasis is flow of information, products and cash through the inte- on the identification and analysis of multidisciplinary grated supply chain. problems and opportunities and the implementation of GBUS 454 E-Commerce and Marketing Strategy (3) recommendations. Prerequisites: completion of MBA Impact of e-commerce technologies on firms, industries, background courses (or equivalent) and permission of and markets. Covers the technologies used in e-com- the instructor. merce, changes in organization structure, industry and GBUS 444. Managerial Communication Skills (3) behavior, and sales and marketing strategies such as Organization, style and strategy of language to inform, attracting visitors to websites, promotion, distribution, direct and persuade. Application of writing, reading, service, pricing, branding, advertising, consumer behav- speaking and listening skills to managerial problems. ior, measuring effectiveness, societal effects, Case studies. disintermediation, reintermediation, and strategy imple- mentation. Prerequisite: MBA 403. GBUS 445. Labor-Management Administration (3) A study of the U.S. system of industrial relations, GBUS 455 E-Business Enterprise Applications (3) including the evolution and present status of labor law; Implications of key information technologies used with- union organizing efforts; the strategy of negotiations; in and across businesses to conduct e-business, including the substantive provisions of collective bargaining and customer relationship management, enterprise resource the administration of collective agreements. Also con- planning, on-line ordering and inventory management, sidered is the role of unions in the implementation of supply chain management, and e-procurement systems, programs for employee self-management and other data warehousing, data mining, intra-extranets, and workplace innovations. knowledge management. Prerequisite: MBA 403. GBUS 446. Commercial Potential Assessment (3) GBUS 456 Business Process Redesign with A study of the process of bringing an invention to mar- Information Systems (3) ket with emphasis on commercial potential. Industrial Current topics on the principles, implementation and criti- analysis, competitor intelligence and strategic issues will cal success factors of deploying information systems be emphasized along with the development of market enabled quality management and process innovation with- strategy and an overall business plan. Extensive research in organizations. Techniques and tools used in including data base searches will be included. Instructor implementing quality and process innovation from a man- permission required. agerial and practical perspective. Prerequisite: MBA 403. GBUS 447 Negotiation (3 credits) GBUS 457 Managing the IS Resource (3) The class examines the behavioral foundations of the The issues and management techniques involved in negotiation process. Topics include: The negotiation administering the information systems/resource activities process, negotiation planning, power in negotiations, in the organization. Management of IS professionals, communications in negotiations, tactics, concepts of development and management of project teams, user win-win and win-lose, social styles, individual and team client relationships, managing vendors, emerging tech- negotiations, ethical considerations, cultural differences, nologies and planning processes. Prerequisite: MBA 403. negotiating in sole source (customer) situations, using GBUS 458 Strategic Information Systems (3) third parties. The concepts will be exposed through both Understanding the various types of computer based lectures and simulations. information systems and developing an ability to identi- Management Electives - Operations Research and fy and exploit information technologies to gain Analytical Management competitive advantage, at the individual, group and organizational levels. Prerequisite: MBA 403. GBUS 450. Strategic Supply Management (3) A survey course designed to introduce the MBA/MSE GBUS 459 Survey of Project Management (3) student to the vital role played by supply management in Provides an overview of the project management frame- achieving overall effectiveness for the firm in today’s work and knowledge areas. It deals with the day-to-day, global economy. The course starts by examining the tra- hands-on problems of managing a project (defined as a ditional purchasing process and then moves on to an temporary structure within a permanent organization, examination of the evolution of purchasing into supply set up to achieve a specific objective). Areas covered will management and, finally, to the role purchasing plays in include: project integration, project scope, project plan- ning and implementation, project control and Business and Economics 133 evaluation, project cost and risk management, project purchase media, emphasis will also be placed on new resource management and organization, and project media and strategies made possible due to the advances communication. Cases will be used to illustrate prob- in technology. The course will involve discussion of lems and the techniques to solves them. A basic project concepts, case analysis and discussion, insights from management software tool will be introduced and uti- practitioners, and group projects. lized in this course. This course is designed for MBA students who want a general exposure to project man- GBUS 471 Product and Brand Management (3) agement concepts. This course may not be used in the This course will focus on theories, models, and other Project Management Certificate Program. tools to manage brands, products, and product lines. Specific attention will be focused on building, measur- GBUS 460 Strategic Marketing Management (3) ing, and managing brand equity. The course will be a The course studies the management of contemporary mixture of lectures, discussions, case analyses, and organizations from the perspective of a marketing man- group exercises. ager. While the course content addresses the activities required to maintain a strategic fit between an organiza- GBUS 472 Strategies for Services Marketing (3) tion’s environment and its particular set of objectives and The course focuses on the challenges of marketing and resources, the central focus is on designing strategic mar- managing services (whether in a manufacturing or service keting actions for various types of organizations. The business) and discusses the development of strategies for course pedagogy emphasizes the application of market- addressing these challenges. The need for cross-functional ing and other business principles through either integration to provide effective service is stressed. Illustrative seminars, simulations, or case discussion. topics include service quality gap analysis, relationship between superior service and profitability, service encounter GBUS 461 Advertising and Promotion analysis, customer lifetime value analysis, services guaran- Management (3) tees, and service demand and capacity management. A broad overview of managerial decisions involved in developing, planning, presenting, and implementing International Business Electives advertising and promotional activities for business and GBUS 473 International Finance (3) not-for-profit organizations. Analysis of current cam- Consideration of problems arising from the risks associ- paigns and a term project are semester assignments. ated with international investing and multinational Prerequisite: MBA 404. corporation finance (currency, political, etc.). Focus is on GBUS 464 Business-to-Business Marketing (3) (a) investing in international market given the institu- This course focuses on marketing strategies and tactics in tional constraints and differences between domestic firms whose customers are other institutions, not indi- markets, and (b) managerial issues relating to corpora- viduals. Topics covered include organizational buying tions, investors, and financial institutions. Prerequisites: behavior, managing strategic buyer-seller relationships, GBUS 420 and GBUS 419, or Designated Finance sales force deployment, communication strategies, and Faculty Representative Approval. so on. Specific attention is given to the impact of infor- GBUS 474. Legal Aspects of International mation technology and globalization in the Business (3) business-to-business context. Various legal problems of engaging in business abroad, GBUS 465 Marketing Strategies for New Products including contracts, technology transfer, property owner- and Services (3) ship, business organizations and labor, using a case and This course focuses on strategies for the development problem-solving approach. and marketing of new products and services. Illustrative GBUS 475 Global Marketing Strategies (3) topics covered in the course include diffusion of innova- The course is designed to provide a framework within tions, new product adoption models, the role of which global marketing operation can be analyzed, marketing research in various stages of new product understood, and undertaken. The course focuses on the development and marketing, product development in issues that are being faced by firms in today’s global mar- technologically intensive environment, and so on. ketplace, particularly those that are related to strategy GBUS 466 Marketing Research and Analysis (3) formulation and implementation. The learning experi- This course focuses on procedures for collecting and ana- ence in this course is placed on global business lyzing relevant information for informed decision making decision-making, through the use of case studies, proj- by managers. The process of identifying research questions, ects, and lectures. developing instruments for collecting information, appro- GBUS 476. Globalization and Management of priate interpretation of information, and appropriateness of Technology (3) research methods are some of the topics discussed in this Management of science and technology in the context of course. The course focuses on the process of doing market- international business and the globalization of markets, ing research as well as the techniques for analyzing competition and corporations. Management of global information. Discussion of concepts and cases, developing industrial R & D; technology–based global strategic data collection instruments, and doing actual marketing alliances; global external technology sourcing, complex research projects will form the key elements of this course. human resources and cross-cultural issues; etc. Develops GBUS 470 Marketing Communications an appreciation of the scientific and technical capabilities Strategies (3) available globally and the potential for global cooperative This course focuses on how various elements of com- and/or competition in this regard. munications are integrated to achieve various organizational objectives. In addition to the traditional communication media such as advertising and point of 134 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

Management of Technology Courses impact the formation and growth of the new enterprise are addressed. The goal in this first phase is to complete GBUS 481. Technology, Operations and various sections of the business plan that deal with mar- Competitive Strategy (3) ket opportunity, industry trends and developments, Develops an understanding and appreciation of the company positioning, competitive advantage, and core interrelationships among technology, operations and the competencies. This course is project-oriented and makes competitive strategy of the firm. Industry analysis and extensive use of one-on-one instruction between class competitiveness; competitive strategy formulation and meetings. Students identify a market opportunity, devel- implementation; value chain analysis; operations strategy op the product/service offering, target potential and technology strategy; operation’s contributions to customers and users, assess market demand, analyze competitive advantages in cost, quality and variety and market penetration, and determine the revenue potential new product introduction. of the new venture. 2 Credits GBUS 482. R, D & E Project Management (3) GBEN 402. THE BUSINESS PLAN II: Management of cross-functional project teams for intro- Operating Strategies and Implementation (2) ducing technological innovations in the manufacturing This course is the second of a two-part sequence that and marketing of new products and services in a variety focuses on the final steps necessary to complete the busi- of industries. ness plan. This phase concentrates on designing the GBUS 483. R & D Management (3) appropriate operational framework and business processes, Developing R&D programs to achieve strategic business including technology and infrastructure, that are required objectives; selecting, staffing and managing R&D projects; to successfully launch the new enterprise. The business and transferring research results to commercial functions. plan must also demonstrate that the venture will have strong leadership and a capable management team to deal GBUS 484. Science and Technology Policies and with uncertainty and drive results. Finally, the business Institutions (3) plan must incorporate detailed financial forecasts and The science and technology institutional infrastructure financing methods, and should address equity valuation and its relationships with management decision-making, and investor exit strategies. Like its predecessor, this including private, public (government) and quasi-public course is project-oriented and makes extensive use of one- institutions; R&D, regulatory, and policy institutions; on-one instruction between class meetings. Additional and U.S., foreign and international institutions. emphasis is placed on developing an effective format and GBUS 485. Diffusion and Implementations of packaging of the written document. 2 Credits Technology (3) GBEN 403. ANATOMY OF Classical macro-study of adoption and diffusion of inno- ENTREPRENEURSHIP: Start-ups and vation, and managing the implementation/utilization/ Established Companies (1) application of new technology in the organization/corpo- This interactive seminar focuses on understanding the rate culture. true meaning of entrepreneurship. The new venture GBUS 486. Qualitative Research Methodology (3) opportunity is profiled from the perspective of the indi- Study of techniques that describe, decode and translate vidual entrepreneur who is starting a business and social phenomena. Explores how interpretive researchers embarking on a new career path involving high risk and plan and conduct studies and present findings. Studies reward. Different entrepreneurial management styles are investigators’ roles, data sources, observation methods, analyzed and highlighted. Course emphasis is also placed data-analysis methods and trustworthiness of findings. A on managing innovation and creativity in a corporate field research project is required. environment. Successful implementation of entrepre- neurial activities for the large company makes special GBUS 494. Fields Projects (1-4) demands on management to promote discovery and cre- The field projects course will provide MBA students ate internal stakeholders. Both start-ups and established with an opportunity to apply MBA concepts with an companies are placed under the microscope through employer, corporate partner or other suitable organiza- guest speakers, panel discussion, selected readings, and tion. Students will work with a supervising professor and case analysis. 1 Credit a corporate representative on a project designed by the student. Students must prepare a written proposal for GBEN 404. MARKET OPPORTUNITY: the project including the expected outcomes and an esti- Targeting Strategies and Selling Tactics (1) mate of the hours required for completion. Students will The focal point of any business plan is identifying and present their proposal to a faculty member of their understanding the target customer that will be served. choice for approval. The academic rigor and time The product/service offering must have strong buyer required to complete the project will determine the appeal and capture immediate attention in the market- number of credits earned. place. The need to rapidly penetrate a market demands that a marketing mix be designed, built, and implement- vSeries (Corporate Entrepreneurship) ed in a manner that leads to differentiation and superior GBEN 401. THE BUSINESS PLAN I: Strategic positioning. Maximizing marketing firepower with Considerations (2) severely limited financial and organizational resources is This course is first of a two-part sequence that focuses a major challenge that confronts today’s entrepreneurs. on the initial steps necessary to design and build a high- Market segmentation strategies, the target marketing impact business plan for the start-up company or new process, forming market alliances, and managing the enterprise within an existing firm. The development selling process are viewed from the perspective of seed process is integrative, complex, and time-consuming for and early stage ventures. 1 Credit the entrepreneur. Foundation or strategic-level issues that Business and Economics 135

GBEN 405. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY: ly lead and manage under highly uncertain conditions Management and Valuation (1) where change is a constant. Additional course emphasis New technologies create new markets and new venture is placed on comprehending the critical role that boards possibilities. Their discovery and success rate, along with of directors play for start-up companies. 1 Credit the ability of an enterprise to leverage these assets in mar- GBEN 409. FINANCIAL FORECASTING: kets, depends on how the firm views and manages its Developing Pro Forma Financial Statements (1) investment in intellectual property. Obtaining the neces- No business plan would be complete without providing sary legal protection of intellectual property can also serve detailed financial projections and identifying the key as an effective barrier to entry and may be a source of assumptions that help shape the numbers. The financial competitive advantage. This seminar focuses on the strate- translation of business models is expressed through pro gic management of intellectual property as a commercial forma income statements, balance sheets, and sources enterprise, covers methods of valuation, and examines var- and uses of funds. Having this information allows man- ious accounting and legal issues that must be considered agement, investors, and lenders to measure and evaluate in strategic-level decision making. 1 Credit future financial performance. This exercise also establish- GBEN 406. PERFORMING A BUSINESS es the capitalization required to launch the venture, ENTERPRISE AUDIT: Developing an Industry support operations, and meet interim goals as the enter- Perspective (1) prise progresses through the beginning stages of its New ventures must position themselves for long-term development. Course emphasis is placed on the use of growth and market development. Entrepreneurs create forecasting methods and breakeven analysis, working enterprises, define their organizations, and build business capital and cash flow management, and identification of models based on changes in technology, government regu- accounting and financial issues that impact on profit lation, demographics, and shifts in other exogenous measurement and financial risk. 1 Credit variables. A strategy must be crafted that is sustainable GBEN 410. FINANCING START-UPS: Seeking over the long run. Success or failure is often predicated on Outside Venture Capital (1) market cycles, market saturation, supply/demand imbal- This course provides an overview of the venture capital ances and other forces that are not controllable. This market, examines the nature and role of the venture cap- seminar places emphasis on assessing the market potential italist, and analyzes whether and how venture capital and valuation of start-ups from an industry or macro-per- financing may be the preferred approach in raising out- spective, particularly from the view of an outside investor. side capital. Venture deals are closely examined in terms It also focuses on how to gather and make effective use of of types of equity instrument, methods of valuation, competitive intelligence. 1 Credit milestones and staged release of funds, special provisions GBEN 407. PROCESSES AND that may include antidilution measures and other protec- INFRASTRUCTURE: Creating Production and tive arrangements, and developing term sheets. Emphasis Delivery (1) is also given to dissecting the process and criteria used to This course provides an overview of the internal capabil- seek and attract venture capitalists, including angel ities and the process and technology platform required investors. Various scenarios and trade-offs are covered in to fully operationalize the business plan. Critical business this intensive course. 1 Credit activities and functions are dissected, such as establishing GBEN 411. ESTABLISHING CREDIT needed back-end procurement, production, and distribu- FACILITIES: Asset-Based and Cash Flow tion services that focus on supply chain dynamics and Financing (1) management; determining the scope of front-end call Borrowing from a commercial bank or a credit interme- center and e-commerce activities; managing logistics; diary can provide outside funding for working capital and utilizing information systems and web-based solu- and equipment purchases in many situations. For seed tions that effectively link customers, elements of the and early stage firms, attention is often given to asset- supply chain, and employees. These topics are explored based lending programs that make use of first liens on from the perspective of the start-up and emerging com- accounts receivable and inventory or fixed assets to pro- pany as well as the large corporation engaged in new vide added legal protection to creditors. For later stage venture creation. 1 Credit firms, traditional line-of-credit financing may be feasible GBEN 408. THE NEW VENTURE and desirable from a cash flow standpoint. Various bor- ORGANIZATION: Management, Design, and rowing alternatives, including leasing, are covered in this Governance (1) course along with covenants and restrictions that often Managing a new enterprise presents unique and difficult apply. Government loan programs, especially those of challenges for its leadership. Expanding workloads and the Small Business Administration, are also given empha- the increased complexity of tasks resulting from the sis. 1 Credit rapid and sustained growth of the business create the GBEN 412. DEVELOPING EXIT STRATEGIES: need for a smooth transition from entrepreneurial-style Concepts and Approaches (1) management to professional management. Timing is Sophisticated equity investors require that an exit or har- critical, and for many start-ups it is not an easy bridge to vest plan be developed and that it be viable and capable cross. This course dissects the design and characteristics of being executed within the foreseeable future. Venture of small organizations, and the need to correctly align capitalists and angel investors anticipate their future structure with strategy. It also considers how entrepre- departure and a positive financial outcome at the very neurial activities should be seeded, managed, organized, point the deal is struck in the present. Various planned and executed within the context of an established com- and unplanned exit strategies are analyzed in this course pany. Under scrutiny are the heavy demands placed which include: an initial public offering, offering the upon entrepreneurs and corporate managers to effective- 136 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005 business for sale, merging with another company, fran- PMGT 404. Project Management: Planning chising, acquisition of shares by some investors, or Resources, Communication, Quality and Risk liquidation of the business. Valuation methods, financial Management (2) and tax implications, and due diligence are also exam- In this course, students will learn how to estimate the ined. 1 Credit needs for personnel and other types of projects resources, GBEN 413. INTEGRATIVE EXPERIENCE/ to develop a project budget and to plan for additional NEW VENTURE INTERNSHIP (1-4) project support activities. Determining the type, amount Only students enrolled in the Entrepreneurial concen- and timing of resource needs will be emphasized. tration may elect one of these hands-on, Approaches to resource leveling will be discussed. The dif- project-orientated courses. Integrative Experience must ferent types of project costs will be explained. The use of meet the requirements of formal independent study analogous estimating, parametric modeling, bottom- up and involve a new venture situation with a start-up or estimating and computerized tools to estimate costs will be existing company. Students employed in a New Venture explored. Planning to ensure project quality and coordi- Internship may also qualify for course credit if the same nate project communications will be will be addressed. requirements are satisfied. Identifying, assessing, and preparing a plan to manage project risks will also be discussed. Planning for project Project Management procurement and associated solicitations will be explained. PMGT 401. Project Management: Course Students will learn how to develop resource matrices, load- ing charts and grafts and a project budget. How to support Framework & Project Leader Assessment (1) these activities using MS Project will be demonstrated. Introduction to the Project Management Certification Prerequisites: PMGT 401, PMGT 402, PMGT 403 Course; syllabus, requirements and deliverables. Students will become acquainted with: the terminology, nine PMGT 405. Project Management: knowledge areas, relationships to other disciplines, proj- Project Leader Communications Expertise and ect management context and processes. Introduction to Evaluating Team Performance (1) the logistical vehicles for course delivery and the tools to The purpose of this weekend seminar is to strengthen be used. Students will also assess themselves as project the project leader’s communication skills, change-man- leaders and explore project leader competencies, roles, agement skills, conflict resolutions skills, and team responsibilities and stakeholder relationships. evaluation skills. Focus areas will also include the follow- PMGT 402. Project Management: Skills and ing: understanding the art and science of effective Abilities for Effective Leadership of Teams (1) listening, managing multiple expectations, communicat- Students will enhance project team leadership skills, ing “bad news,” and learning tools and techniques for define the work environment of project teams, team project team evaluation. Prerequisites: PMGT 401, selection, develop a team charter, clearly define the roles PMGT 402, PMGT 403, PMGT 404 and responsibilities of all project team members, set PMGT 406. Project Management: Implementing team guidelines, learn methods to promote teamwork, and Managing Projects (2). understand the stages of development, manage team Students will learn techniques and processes to start and dynamics. Additional skills covered: delegation, manag- perform the actual project work. Suggestions for work- ing accountability without direct authority over project ing successfully in a matrix management environment team members, managing dysfunctional teams, per- will be discussed. Information systems to track schedule formance improvement, input to performance performance, labor charges and project expenditures will appraisals, rewards, recognitions, celebrations. be expressed. Developing escalation procedures to Prerequisite: PMGT 401. address project conflicts issues will be emphasized. PMGT 403. Project Management: Initiating the Procedures for controlling labor and fund charges to a Project and Planning Scope and Schedule (2) project will be introduced. Key project review and deci- Students will learn techniques for deciding whether to sion meetings will be identified. Planning and undertake a project and for planning project outcomes and implementing quality assurance activities will be schedules. The relationship of projects to organizational addressed. Planning for, awarding and administering planning and budgeting, information and performance contracts will be discussed. How to support these activi- appraisals systems will be discussed. Approaches will be ties using MS Project will be demonstrated. shared for identifying and classifying project stakeholders Prerequisites: PMGT 401, PMGT 402, PMGT 403, and designing and conducting a cost benefit analysis. How PMGT 404, PMGT 405 to define desired project outcomes clearly and completely PMGT 407. Project Management: Controlling and how to determine project work to be performed using Performance and Assessing Outcomes (2) decomposition and templates will be addressed. Students Students will learn how to monitor and control project will learn how to develop a project charter, a scope state- activities in progress and how to bring a project to closure. ment, a Work Breakdown Structure, a WBS dictionary and Approaches for assessing project products and services pro- a Linear Responsibility Chart. How to create a network duced will be explored. Techniques for evaluating schedule diagram and analyze schedule possibilities using the and cost performance will be introduced. Variance analysis Critical Path Method (CPM) and the Program Evaluation and earned value analysis will be explained. Quality con- and Review Technique (PERT) will be explained. Fast trol and risk monitoring and control will be discussed. tracking and crashing a schedule will also be explored. Change control systems and procedures will be explained. Displaying a schedule with a Gantt Chart, key events list How to prepare focused progress reports and conduct and activities will be illustrated. How to support these effective project meetings will be discussed. Requirements activities using MS Project will be demonstrated. for closing out contracts and procurements will be Prerequisites: PMGT 401, PMGT 402 detailed. Obtaining user acceptance, closing labor and Business and Economics 137 fund charge accounts and other administrative activities monization of international accounting principles, and will be discussed. Designing and conducting a post-project select current reporting issues. Prerequisites: Graduate review will be explored. How to support these activities standing and at least two semesters of financial account- using MS Project will be demonstrated. Prerequisites: ing beyond principles. PMGT 401, PMGT 402, PMGT 403, PMGT 404, MACC 420. Business Consulting: Process and PMGT 405, PMGT 406 Practice (3) PMGT 408. Project Management: Problem Provides an overview of the consulting process as it Solving, Decision Making and Ethics (1) relates to public accounting and other consulting firms. This 2-day seminar focuses on developing problem solv- The course also focuses on various aspects of the delivery ing and ethical decision-making skills. Students will process such as approaches to gaining and retaining learn to recognize project problems, frame the problem, clients, proposal development, pricing mechanisms, assess risk, manage risk, plan contingencies, recognize defining client needs, models and methodologies of con- the escalation points, and apply alternate methods. sulting, diagnosing problems, and recommending and Students will also participate in ethical exercises to implementing change. Several types of consulting will be strengthen their ability to recognize ethical dilemmas addressed including strategic, process, technology, and and evaluate decisions. Prerequisites: PMGT 401, organizational change consulting. PMGT 402, PMGT 403, PMGT 404, PMGT 405, MACC 424. Information Quality Assurance and PMGT 406, PMGT 407 Business Risk (3) Accounting Focuses on new products and services offered by inde- pendent assurance and business risk professionals to M. S. Core Courses improve the quality of management decision making. MACC 401. Professional Issues in Accounting (3) Building on topics in business strategy, information tech- This course consists of three modules designed to pro- nology, operations management, and strategic cost vide students with an overview of professional management, this course develops an in-depth under- accounting topics. The first module introduces business standing of industry-based business models and the case analysis. Cases will be dissected, analyzed and dis- related universal set of processes, integrated risk manage- cussed. A range of business topics will be used to ment, control self-assessment, and normative control demonstrate the case method. The second module exam- models. Students gain experience with a number of ines the behavioral foundations of the negotiation information technology-based assurance service tools. process. Topics include planning, tactics, power, integra- Prerequisite: MACC 412 or concurrent. tive and distributive bargaining, behavioral styles and MACC 427. Information Analysis for individual and team negotiations. The third module examines ethical issues as they relate to business. Management and Business Solutions (3) Through debate and case studies, students will be chal- Focuses on information analysis and technology as an lenged to determine what are acceptable and ethical enabler of business solutions. Besides placing technology business practices, primarily in an international environ- in the context of organizations, this course exposes stu- ment, and how these practices relate to the highly dents to the interaction of accounting information with diverse elements that comprise today’s complex, global information technology, business models, and analysis to enterprises. Open only to MSAIA students. bring about the resolution of complex business prob- lems. Topics covered include the impact of technology, MACC 412. Advanced Information Systems and economic and financial analysis, simulation of the firm, IS Auditing (3) its functional activities and optimization models. Various This course deals with advanced topics in systems analysis, issues related to Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) will systems design, systems implementation, internal controls, be addressed utilizing ERP software. Prerequisite: and auditing of computer-based information systems MACC Core. (To be taken during the last semester of (CBIS). Students study business process and database the program.) modeling techniques, including traditional and REA (Resources, Events, and Agents) modeling. Students use a Economics CASE tool to analyze a business problem and forge a solu- M.S. And Ph.D. Core Courses tion that meets internal control and auditing standards. Additionally, the risks, controls, and auditing objectives in ECO 402. Managerial Economics (3) Application of economic and statistical analysis to manage- key IS areas including operating and data management rial decision-making. Business and economics forecasting. systems, revenue and expenditure cycles and computer Empirical estimation of demand, production and cost fraud techniques are covered. Students use ACL to per- functions. Resource allocations and pricing strategies in form standard audit tests and fraud detection procedures. various market structures. Decisions under risk and uncer- Prerequisites: A course in accounting information systems tainty. Government regulations of business. Cases. and a course in auditing. Prerequisite: Calculus and ECO 401 or equivalent ECO MACC 413. Corporate Financial Reporting: 411. History of Economic Thought (3) Selected topics in Research, Theory and Practice (3) the history of economic thought, with special attention to This course examines the structure of corporate financial the origins of modern economic theory. Prerequisite: a reporting, its role in providing decision-useful informa- graduate course in economic theory. tion to capital market participants, and theoretical and ECO 412. Mathematical Economics (3) empirical assessments of its performance. Topics include Applications of various mathematical techniques in the the FASB’s conceptual framework, efficient markets the- formation and development of economic concepts and ory and research, positive accounting theory, income theories. Prerequisite: consent of the chair. determination theory, recognition versus disclosure, har- 138 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

ECO 413. Advanced Microeconomics Analysis (3) ECO 424. Advanced Numerical Methods (3) A survey of methods of decision-making at the micro- This course focuses on techniques that apply directly to economic level; price theory and econometric economic analysis. A particular emphasis is on prob- applications. Prerequisite: ECO 402 or equivalent. lems in finance. The course teaches students how to ECO 414. Advanced Topics in Microeconomics (3) use EXCEL macros and advanced VBA (the industry Resource allocation and price determination. Theories of standard). It is designed for decision making in busi- choice of consumers, firms and resource owners under ness settings. various market forms. Prerequisites: ECO 401 and ECO ECO 425. Cost-Benefit Analysis (3) 413 or equivalents. Theory and methods of cost-benefit analysis; efficiency ECO 415. Econometrics I (3) and equity as criteria in program evaluation; proper Computer applications of standard econometric tech- measurement of market and non-market costs and bene- niques using regression analysis in a single-equation fits; consideration of risk, uncertainty, appropriate context. Discussion of problems of multicollinearity, het- discounting techniques and distributional consequences; eroscedasticity and autocorrelation. An introduction to applications include the evaluation of health care policies simultaneous equation models, identification and estima- and therapies. tion problems. Prerequisite: ECO 401 or equivalent. ECO 428. (GBUS 428) Capital and Interest ECO 416. Econometric Theory (3) Theory (3) Mathematical and statistical specification of economic Theories of interest and capital. Annuities; applications models. Statistical estimation and tests of parameters in of present value theory; investment valuation under single and multiple equation models. Prediction and uncertainty and risk; term structure of interest rates; the tests of structural changes. Prerequisites: ECO 401 (or theory of savings, cost of capital and capital formation. equivalent) and calculus. Prerequisite: MBA 402 or equivalent. ECO 417. Advanced Macroeconomics Analysis (3) ECO 429. (GBUS 429) Monetary Theory (3) Macroeconomic theory and policy. Emphasis on theoret- The role of money in the economy from theoretical and ical models and policy implications. empirical perspectives. The influence of money and prices, interest rates, output and employment. ECO 418. Advanced Topics in Macroeconomics (3) Prerequisite: ECO/GBUS 427 or equivalent. Models of employment, income and growth in monetary economies. Policies for economic stability and growth. ECO 430. (GBUS 430) Public Finance (3) Prerequisite: ECO 417 or equivalent. The economics of public spending and taxation; princi- ples of government debt management; theories of ECO 423 Real Options (3) budgeting and cost-benefit analysis and public choice. This is an introductory graduate level course in financial economics. It is intended for students with strong tech- ECO 436. Economic History of the United nical backgrounds who are comfortable with States (3) mathematical arguments. The course is divided into Analysis of the colonial economy, transition to industri- three main parts: deterministic finance, single-period alization, and the role of trade and transportation in uncertainty finance and options theory and its applica- America’s development. A consideration of the impor- tions. Prerequisite: GBUS 420. tance of slavery to the 19th-century American economy and other New World economies. Origin and develop- ECO 424 Advanced Numerical Methods (3) ment of banking and financial markets. Prerequisites: This course focuses on techniques that apply directly to ECO 401 and ECO 402 or equivalents. economic analysis. A particular emphasis is on problems in finance. The course teaches students how to use EXCEL ECO 440. Labor Economics (3) macros and advanced VBA (the industry standard). It is The economics of labor markets and various labor-mar- designed for decision making in business settings. ket institutions with emphasis on current theoretical and empirical research. Prerequisites: ECO 401 and ECO Economics Electives 402 or equivalents. ECO 404. Technology, Trade and Economic ECO 447. Economic Analysis of Market Growth (1) (required for MOT and MBA-MOT Competition (3) students only) Mathematical models based on game theory and indus- Overview of the role of technology in economic systems. trial organization. Cases are used to analyze the strategic Productivity and growth effects, relationships to industry interaction of firms and governments as competitors and structure, impacts on international trade and competi- partners. tiveness. Prerequisite: intended to be taken concurrently ECO 451. Urban Economics (3) with ECO 402. The application of traditional and spatial economics to ECO 423. Real Options (3) the location of economic activity focusing on the urban This is an introductory graduate level course in financial economic problems of business location, housing, land economics, It is intended for students with strong tech- value, land use and intra-urban transportation. nical backgrounds who are comfortable with ECO 453. Government Regulation of Business (3) mathematical arguments. The course is divided into Analysis of the economic justification for government three main parts: deterministic finance, single-period regulation of private enterprise. Topics include antitrust uncertainty finance and options theory and its applica- policy, utilities, and health, safety and environmental tions. Prerequisite: GBUS 420. regulation. Prerequisite: ECO 402 or equivalent. Chemical Engineering 139

ECO 454. Economics of Environmental ECO 472. International Trade Theory (3) Management (3) Theories of comparative advantage, factor price equaliza- Economic theory of natural resources. Optimal policies tion, trade and welfare, tariffs, trade and factor movements. for the development of renewable and nonrenewable Prerequisite: ECO 413 or consent of the chair. resources and environmental quality. Prerequisite: ECO ECO 473. International Monetary Economics (3) 402 or equivalent. Theory of the balance of payments, the microeconomics ECO 455. Health Economics (3) of international finance, various approaches to balance- Economic theory of health care delivery systems. of-payments adjustments, theories of foreign Financing health care services. Case studies of specific exchange-rate determination and macroeconomic policy economic-financing problems and/or international com- under fixed and flexible exchange rates. Prerequisite: parisons of health care delivery. Prerequisite: ECO 401 or ECO 417 or consent of the chair. ECO 402 or equivalents or permission of the instructor. ECO 480. Economics of Technological Change (3) ECO 456. Industrial Organization (3) Explores theoretical models and empirical evidence on The goal of the course is to review theoretical and the economics of innovation and technical change. empirical attempts by economists to understand market Includes examination of: the role of technology in com- structures lying between the extremes of perfect compe- petitiveness, industrial structure and economic growth; tition and monopoly. The course will focus first on alternative models of the innovative process; incentives describing the current U.S. industrial structure and for and other conditions affecting research and develop- reviewing models of imperfect competition. The course ment; the evaluation of the justifications for government then shifts to a closer study of individual firm behavior. support of R&D. Prerequisite: ECO 402 or equivalent. The final segment of the course is an overview of two ECO 490 Master’s Thesis significant relationships between government and indus- try caused by the existence of imperfect competition. ECO 492 Special Topics in Economics (1-3) Extended study of an approved topic not covered in ECO 457. Bio-Pharmaceutical Economics (3) scheduled courses. May be repeated for credit. Characteristics of the market for pharmaceuticals; barri- ers to entry, competitions and innovation’ pricing and ECO 499 Dissertation regulation; physician prescribing behavior; commercial- ization and financing of biotech startups; international comparisons of public policy. Chemical Engineering ECO 460. Time Series Analysis (3) Professors. Philip A. Blythe, Ph.D. (Manchester, England); Classical decomposition of time series, trend analysis, Hugo S. Caram, Ph.D. (Minnesota); Marvin Charles, exponential smoothing, spectral analysis and Box-Jenkins Ph.D. (Brooklyn Polytechnic); Manoj K. Chaudhury, autoregressive and moving average methods. Ph.D. (SUNY-Buffalo); John C. Chen, Ph.D. (Michigan), Carl R. Anderson Professor; Mohamed S. El-Aasser, Ph.D. ECO 461. Forecasting (3) (McGill), Dean of RCEAS; Gregory C. Farrington, Ph.D. Methods of economic and business forecasting. (Harvard), President; James T. Hsu, Ph.D. ECO 462. Advanced Statistics for Business and (Northwestern); Anand Jagota (Cornell); Andrew Klein, Economics (3) Ph.D. (North Carolina State); William L. Luyben, Ph.D. An expanded development of statistical concepts neces- (Delaware); Anthony J. McHugh, Ph.D. (Delaware), sary for business and economic research. Topics include Chair; William E. Schiesser, Ph.D. (Princeton), McCann probability theory, sets, density functions and distribu- Professor; Arup K. Sengupta, Ph.D. (Houston); Cesar A. tions, sampling distributions, point estimation, moment Silebi, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Harvey G. Stenger, Jr., Sc.D. generating functions, maximum likelihood, classical sta- (M.I.T.); Israel E. Wachs, Ph.D. (Stanford). tistical inference, power functions, likelihood ratio tests Associate professor. Mayuresh V. Kothare, Ph.D. and non-parametric tests. Prerequisite: calculus. (California Institute of Technology). ECO 463 (IE 458). Topics in Game Theory (3) Professor of Practice. Shivaji Sircar, Ph.D. A mathematical analysis of how people interact in strate- (Pennsylvania); Kemal Tuzla, Ph.D. (Istanbul Technical gic situations. Topics include normal-form and University), Associate chair extensive-form representations of games, various types of Adjunct professors. William R. Hencke, M.S.E. in CHE equilibrium requirements, the existence and characteriza- (Michigan); Peter G. Simpkins, Ph.D. (Imperial College tion of equilibria, and mechanism design. The analysis is of Science and Technology). applied to micro-economic problems including industri- Principal research scientist.Eric S. Daniels, Ph.D. al organization, inter-national trade, and finance. (Lehigh); E. David Sudol, Ph.D. (Lehigh). Prerequisites: Two semesters of calculus, ECO 414 and ECO 412 , or permission of the instructor. Emeritus professors. Curtis W. Clump, Ph.D. (Carnegie-Mellon); Arthur E. Humphrey, Ph.D. ECO 472 Special Topics in Economics (1-3) (Columbia); provost emeritus; Leslie H. Sperling, Ph.D. Extended Study of an approved topic not covered in (Duke); Fred P. Stein, Ph.D. (Michigan) scheduled courses. May be repeated for credit. The mission of the undergraduate program is “to educate ECO 471. International Economic Development (3) students in the scientific principles of chemical engineer- An introduction to the basic theoretical concepts in ing and provide opportunities to explore their applications international economic development and an evaluation in the context of a humanistic education that prepares of their application by means of a representative sample them to address technological and societal challenges.” of the literature. 140 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

Chemical engineers serve a wide variety of technical and Career Opportunities managerial functions within the chemical processing industry. For a lifetime of effectiveness they need a sound Chemical engineers play important roles in all activities background in the fundamental sciences of chemistry and bearing on the chemical process industry. These include physics; a working capability with mathematics, numeri- the functions of research, development, design, plant cal methods, and application of computer solutions; and construction, plant operation and management, corpo- a broad education in humanities, social sciences, and rate planning, technical sales, and market analysis. managerial techniques. These bases are applied in a The industries that produce chemical and/or certain phys- sequence of chemical engineering courses in which logic ical changes in fluids, including petroleum and and mathematical manipulation are applied to chemical petrochemicals, rubbers and polymers, pharmaceuticals, processing problems. With the resulting habits of precise metals, industrial and fine chemicals, foods, and industrial thought coupled to a broad base in scientific and general gases, have found chemical engineers to be vital to their education, Lehigh graduates have been effective through- success. Chemical engineers are also important partici- out industry and in advanced professional education. No pants in pollution abatement, energy resources, national effort is made toward any specific industry, but adapta- defense programs, and more recently in the manufacture tion is rapid and the fundamental understanding forms of microelectronic devices and integrated circuits. the base for an expanding career. Special Programs and Opportunities The program is also designed to prepare a student for Co-op Program: The department, in conjunction with graduate study in chemical engineering. Further study at the College of Engineering and Applied Science, oper- the graduate level leading to advanced degrees is highly ates a cooperative program that is optional for specially desirable if an individual wishes to participate in the tech- selected students who are entering their junior year. This nical development of the field. The increasing complexity program affords early exposure to industry and an of modern manufacturing methods requires superior edu- opportunity to integrate an academic background with cation for men and women working in research, significant periods of engineering practice. Our program development, and the design fields or for teaching. is unique in offering two work experiences and still Minor in Biotechnology allowing the co-op students to graduate in four years The department of Chemical Engineering encourages with their class. engineering students to broaden their education by tak- OSI Program: The Opportunities for Student ing a minor. In this regard, a Biotechnology Minor is Innovation (OSI) program seeks to develop students’ offered to students majoring in Chemical Engineering. propensities for critical assessment and innovative solu- The Biotechnology minor requires 15 credit hours. A tion of meaningful problems. The OSI program affords detailed listing of the required courses for the Biotech- selected seniors an opportunity to experience team nology Minor can be obtained from the Chemical research leading toward technological benefits. Each Engineering Department. project is hosted by a company and carried out under the supervision of a Lehigh faculty member. Minor in Chemical Engineering Minors and Specializations: Technical minors are avail- Minor in Chemical Engineering provides students able in biotechnology, computer science, environmental Chemical Engineering knowledge that they do not engineering, manufacturing systems, materials science acquire in their major, such as knowledge of bio-chemi- and engineering, and polymer science and engineering. cal systems, transport phenomena, reaction engineering. Chemical Engineering also offers specialization certifi- This will widen their skills and help to increase the cates in polymer science, biotechnology, and process cooperation between the disciplines, which will lead to modeling and control. increased possibilities for employment. Overseas: Study abroad is available in exchange pro- Physical Facilities grams that have been established by the department for The chemical engineering department is the only engi- the junior year at the University of Nottingham (United neering department located on Lehigh’s 780-acre Kingdom) and for the summer following the junior year Mountaintop Campus. Here the department occupies at the University of Dortmund (Germany). approximately one-third of Iacocca Hall, the 200,000- Requirements of the Major - 133 credit hours are square-foot flagship building that contains offices, required for graduation with the degree of bachelor of classrooms, and laboratories. Additional plant facilities, science in chemical engineering. and the undergraduate chemical processing laboratory freshman year (see Recommended Freshman Year) occupy approximately 10,000-square-feet in the nearby Imbt building. sophomore year, first semester (18 credit hours) CHE 31 Material and Energy Balances of These facilities provide excellent support for a wide Chemical Processes (3) range of general laboratory equipment for undergraduate study of the behavior of typical chemical processing CHM 31 Chemical Equilibria in Aqueous units; special equipment for biochemical engineering and Systems (3) for the study of polymers; digital computation for PHY 21 Introductory Physics II (4) process dynamics study; and special equipment for the PHY 22 Introductory Physics Laboratory II (1) study of thermodynamics, kinetics, heat transfer, and MATH 23 Calculus III (4) mass transfer. elective (3) The chemical engineering department has established a sophomore year, second semester (18 credit hours) senior design laboratory in Iacocca Hall featuring 20 CHE 44 Fluid Mechanics (4) Pentium PCs. In addition, a 10-PC university-main- CHE 210 Chemical Engineering tained computing laboratory is available nearby. Thermodynamics (4) Chemical Engineering 141

CHE 179 Professional Development (1) fluidized beds. Mixing and agitation. Filtration and sedi- BIOS 31 Introduction to Cell and Molecular mentation. (ES 3), (ED 1) Biology (3) CHE 60. Unit Operations Survey (3) spring MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) The theory of heat, mass and momentum transport. elective (3) Laminar and turbulent flow of real fluids. Heat transfer junior year, first semester (18 credit hours) by conduction, convection, and radiation. Application to CHE 151 Introduction to Heat Transfer (3) a wide range of operations in the chemical and metallur- CHE 201 Methods of Analysis in Chemical gical process industries. (ES 2), (ED 1) Engineering (3) CHE 151. Introduction to Heat Transfer (3) fall CHM 51 Organic Chemistry I (3) Fundamental principles of heat transfer. Fourier’s law. CHM 53 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (1) Conduction, convection and radiation. Analysis of CHM 192 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (2) steady and unsteady state heat transfer. Evaporation and electives (6) condensation. Applications to the analysis and design of junior year, second semester (18 credit hours) chemical processing units involving heat transfer. CHE 242 Introduction to Process Control and Prerequisite: CHE 44. (ES 2), (ED 1) Simulation (3) CHE 179. Professional Development (1) spring CHE 244 Mass Transfer and Separation Elements of professional growth, registration, ethics, and Processes (3) the responsibilities of engineers both as employees and as CHE 211 Chemical Reactor Design (3) independent practitioners. Proprietary information and CHM 52 Organic Chemistry II (3) its handling. Patents and their importance. Discussions electives (6) with the staff and with visiting lecturers. A few plant trips. (ES 0), (ES 0) senior year, first semester (16 credit hours) CHM 189 Physical Chemistry II (3) CHE 185. Undergraduate Research I (3) CHE 202 Chemical Engineering Laboratory I (2) Independent study of a problem involving laboratory CHE 233 Process Design I (3) investigation, design, or theoretical studies under the electives (8) guidance of a senior faculty member. (ES 3), (ED 0) senior year, second semester (15 credit hours) CHE 186. Undergraduate Research II (3) CHE 203 Chemical Engineering Laboratory II (2) A continuation of the project begun under CHE 185. ECE 81 Principles of Electrical Engineering (4) Prerequisite: CHE 185 or consent of the department chair. (ES 2), (ED 1) CHE 234 Process Design II (3) electives (6) CHE 201. Methods of Analysis in Chemical There are five types of electives: Engineering (3) fall Analytical and numerical methods of solution applied to (1) Humanities/Social Sciences: See the requirements set dynamic, discrete and continuous chemical engineering by the College of Engineering and Applied Science processes. Laplace Transforms. Methods of analysis (Section 3). Note that ECO 1 is required, as well as applied to equilibrium, characteristic value and non-lin- Freshman English. ear chemical engineering problems. Prerequisite: MATH (2) Three credit hours from approved courses in other 23 and CHE 44. (ES 2), (ED 0) engineering departments (CEE, EECS, IMSE, MEM, MSE). CHE 202. Chemical Engineering Laboratory I (2) fall (3) Chemistry: 3 credit hours of 300-level or higher. The laboratory study of chemical engineering unit oper- (4) Chemical Engineering: A total of 3 credit hours is ations and the reporting of technical results. One required from among CHE 186, or 3xy, or 4xy. CHE three-hour laboratory and one lecture period per week. 185 does not qualify. Independent study and both group and individual (5) Free electives: 6 credit hours in any subject area. reporting. Prerequisite: CHE 151. (ES 1), (ED 1) Electives in (2) to (5) above can be combined with any CHE 203. Chemical Engineering Laboratory II technical minor in RCEAS. (2) spring Laboratory experience with more complex chemical pro- Undergraduate Courses cessing situations including processes involving chemical CHE 31. Material and Energy Balances of reactions and those controlled automatically. Chemical Processes (3) fall Prerequisite: CHE 244 and CHE 210. (ES 1), (ED 1) Material and energy balances with and without chemical CHE 207. (MATH 207) Introduction to reaction. Introduction to phase equilibrium calculations. Biomedical Engineering and Mathematical Applications in chemical process calculations and in design of staged separations: binary distillation, liquid- Physiology (3) fall liquid extraction. Plant trips and special lectures Topics in human physiology and mathematical analysis of introducing the profession. Prerequisite: CHEM 21 or physiological phenomena, including the cardiovascular equivalent and ENG 1 previously or concurrently. (ES and respiratory systems, biomechanics, and renal physiolo- 2), (ED 1) gy; broad survey of bioengineering. Independent study projects. Prerequisites: MATH 205. (ES 2), (ED 1) CHE 44. Fluid Mechanics (4) spring Fluid mechanics and its applications to chemical CHE 210. Chemical Engineering processes. Momentum and energy balances in fluid flow. Thermodynamics (4) spring Dimensional analysis. Fluid flow in pipes, packed and Energy relations and their application to chemical engi- neering. Consideration of flow and nonflow processes. 142 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

Evaluation of the effects of temperature and pressure on CHE 283. Chemical Engineering Fundamentals the thermodynamic properties of fluids. Heat effects III (4) fall accompanying phase changes and chemical reactions. Fundamentals of thermodynamics, reaction kinetics and Determination of chemical and physical equilibrium. reactor analysis, and applied mathematics. Prerequisites: Prerequisite: CHE 31. (ES 3), (ED 1) CHE 281 and 282 and department permission. CHE 211. Chemical Reactor Design (3) spring For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduate The theory of chemical kinetics to the design and opera- Students tion of chemical reactors. Plug flow and continuous stirred tank reactors. Homogeneous and heterogeneous CHE 276 (CE 276). Environmental Engineering reaction kinetics. Design of isothermal and adiabatic Processes (3) spring reactors. Prerequisite: CHE 151, CHE 210 or equiva- Processes applied in environmental engineering for air lent. (ES 1), (ED 2) pollution control, treatment of drinking water, munici- CHE 233. Process Design I (3) fall pal wastewater, industrial wastes, hazardous/toxic wastes, Design of chemical plants incorporating traditional ele- and environmental remediation. Kinetics, reactor theory, ments of engineering economics and synthesis of mass balances, application of fundamental physical, steady-state flowsheets with (1) both heuristic and rigor- chemical and biological principles to analysis and design. ous optimization methods and (2) consideration of CHE 301. Process Design (3) dynamic controllability of the process. Economic princi- Study of the strategy of chemical process design with ples involved in the selection of process alternatives and emphasis on optimum order of steps, flow diagrams, determination of process capital, operating costs, and energy balances, recycle ratios and their effect on the venture profitability. Energy conservation, pinch tech- economics of the operation. Survey of methods for niques, heat-exchanger networks, and separation ordering equations. Discussion of process optimization sequences. Considerations of market limitations, envi- for non-linear systems. Effects of uncertainty in process ronmental and regulatory restrictions, and process safety. design. (ES 0), (ED 3) Use of modern computer-aided software for steady-state and dynamic simulation and optimization. Group design CHE 312. (CHM 312, MAT 312) Fundamentals projects. Prerequisites: CHE 211, CHE 242 and CHE of Corrosion (3) 244. (ES 0), (ED 3) Corrosion phenomena and definitions. Electrochemical aspects including reaction mechanisms, thermodynam- CHE 234. Process Design II (3) spring ics, Pourbaix diagrams, kinetics of corrosion processes, Continuation of CHE 233. Prerequisite CHE 233. polarization, and passivity. Non-electrochemical corro- (ES 0),(ED 3) sion including mechanisms, theories, and quantitative CHE 242. Introduction to Process Control and descriptions of atmospheric corrosion. Corrosion of met- Simulation (3) spring als under stress. Cathodic and anodic protection, Dynamic simulation of chemical processes. Transfer coatings, alloys, inhibitors, and passivators. Prerequisite: functions and block diagrams. Introduction to process MAT 205, CHM 187, or equivalent. (ES 3), (ED 0) control equipment. Open-loop and closed-loop stability CHE 331. Separation Processes (3) fall, every analysis using root locus and Nyquist techniques. Design other year of control systems. Prerequisites: CHE 201, CHE 151, Industrial separation chemistry and processes. Computer and ENGR 1. (ES 1), (ED 2) solutions for simple and complex multicomponent dis- CHE 244. Mass Transfer and Separation Processes tillation columns. Azeotropic and extractive distillation. (3) spring Adsorption, ion exchange and chromatography in Diffusion, fluxes, and component conservation equa- packed beds, moving beds and cyclic operation. tions. Fick’s law. Unsteady state diffusion. Convective Synthesis of polymer membrane and its applications to mass transfer. Interphase mass transport coefficients. industrial separation processes. (ES 1), (ED 2) Design of multicomponent-distillation, absorption, CHE 334. (MAT 334, EES 338) Electron extraction, and fixed-bed processes. Prerequisites: CHE Microscopy and Microanalysis (4) fall 31 and CHE 44. (ES 1), (ED 2) Fundamentals and experimental methods in electron CHE 281. Chemical Engineering Fundamentals I optical techniques including scanning electron (4) fall microscopy (SEM) conventional transmission (TEM) Fundamentals of material balances, fluid mechanics and and scanning transmission (STEM) electron microscopy. heat transfer. Prerequisites: Undergraduate degree in a Specific topics covered will include electron optics, elec- scientific or engineering discipline or one semester tron beam interactions with solids, electron diffraction undergraduate level general chemistry, one semester and chemical microanalysis. Applications to the study of undergraduate level physics (statics and dynamics), and the structure of materials are given. Prerequisite: consent two semesters undergraduate calculus and department of the department chair. (ES 4), (ED 0) permission. CHE 335. (MAT 335) Principles of CHE 282. Chemical Engineering Fundamentals II Semiconductor Materials Processing (3) (4) spring Description and analysis of the processing steps involved Fundamentals of heat and mass transfer, process energy in microelectronic material fabrication. Emphasis will be balances and unit operations. Prerequisites: CHE 281, or placed on the chemistry of the fabrication steps, mathe- equivalent, and department permission. matical modeling of the transport and chemical reaction phenomena, and interpretation of experimental methods and data. Prerequisites: a course in thermodynamics, and senior standing. (ES 3), (ED 0) Chemical Engineering 143

CHE 341. Biotechnology I (3) fall CHE 370. Process Safety and Hazard Analysis (3) Applications of material and energy balances; heat, mass, A study of the methodology now available for analyzing and momentum transfer; enzyme and microbial kinetics; hazard frequency and level in chemical processes. and mathematical modeling to the engineering design Applications to real process examples using hazard and and scale-up of bio-reactor systems. Prerequisites: operability analysis, fault tree and event tree analysis, MATH 22, Phys 11, and CHM 187 or the equivalent of “what if “ analysis, and preliminary hazard analysis. Also each; senior standing; and the consent of the instructor. includes a survey of the field of industrial safety. (ES Closed to students who have taken CHE 441. 1.5), (ED 1.5) CHE 342. Biotechnology II (3) spring CHE 373. (CE 373). Fundamentals of Air Engineering design and analysis of the unit operations Pollution (3) used in the recovery and purification of products manu- Introduction to the problems of air pollution including factured by the biotechnology industries. Requirements such topics as: sources and dispersion of pollutants; sam- for product finishing and waste handling will be pling and analysis; technology of economics and control addressed. Prerequisite: CHE 341 or equivalent. Closed processes; legislation and standards. Prerequisite: senior to students who have taken CHE 442. standing in the College of Engineering and Applied CHE 346. Biochemical Engineering Laboratory Science. (ES 1),(ED 2) (3) spring CHE 380. Design Projects (1-6) fall-spring Laboratory and pilot-scale experiments in fermentation Design project work as a member of a team preferably and enzyme technology, tissue culture, and separations including students from different disciplines. The project techniques. Prerequisites: CHE 341 and either CHE attacks a problem which, when possible, involves one of 444 or CHE 342, previously or concurrently. Closed to the local communities or industries. Specific projects are students who have taken CHE 446. normally guided by faculty from several departments with consultants from off-campus. The course may be CHE 350. Special Topics (1-3) repeated for credit. (ED all) A study of areas in chemical engineering not covered in courses presently listed in the catalog. May be repeated CHE 386. Process Control (3) fall for credit if different material is presented. Open-loop and closed-loop stability analysis using root locus and Nyquist techniques, design of feedback con- CHE 360. (ME 360) Nuclear Reactor trollers with time and frequency domain specifications. Engineering (3) Experimental process identification. Control of multi- A consideration of the engineering problems related to variable processes. Introduction to sampled-data nuclear reactor design and operation. Topics include fun- control theory. Prerequisite: CHE 242 or equivalent. damental properties of atomic and nuclear radiation, (ES 1), (ED 2) reactor fuels and materials, reactor design and operation, thermal aspects, safety and shielding, instrumentation and CHE 387. (ECE 387, ME 387) Digital Control (3) control. Course includes several design projects stressing spring the major topics in the course. Prerequisite: Senior stand- Sampled-data systems; z-transforms; pulse transfer func- ing in engineering or physical science. (ES 2), (ED 1) tions; stability in the z-plane; root locus and frequency response design methods; minimal prototype design; dig- CHE 364. Numerical Methods in Engineering (3) ital control hardware; discrete state variables; state Survey of the principal numerical algorithms for: (1) transition matrix; Liapunov stability state feedback con- functional approximation, (2) linear and nonlinear alge- trol (2 lectures and one laboratory per week). braic equations, (3) initial and boundary-value ordinary Prerequisite: CHE 386 or ECE 212 or ME 343 or con- differential equations and (4) elliptic, hyperbolic and sent of instructor. (ES 1.5), (ED 1.5) parabolic partial differential equations. Analysis of the computational characteristics of numerical algorithms, CHE 388. (CHEM 388, MAT 388) Polymer including algorithm structure, accuracy, convergence, Synthesis and Characterization Laboratory (3) stability and the effect of computer characteristics, e.g., spring the machine epsilon and dynamic range. Applications of Techniques include: free radical and condensation poly- mathematical software in science and engineering. merization; molecular weight distribution by gel CHE 367. (MAT 367) Metal Films and Coatings chromatography; crystallinity and order by differential Processing, Structure, and Properties (3) scanning calorimetry; pyrolysis and gas chromatography; dynamic mechanical and dielectric behavior; morpholo- Focus will be on the processing, structure, and properties gy and microscopy; surface properties. Prerequisite: of metal films and coatings. Processing methods will senior level standing in CHE, CHM or MAT, or permis- include evaporation, sputtering, chemical vapor deposition sion of the instructor. (ES 2), (ED 1) (CVD), plasma-assisted CVD, ion implantation, electrode- position, metal bath solidification, weld overlay, thermal CHE 389. (ECE 389, ME 389) Control Systems spraying and diffusion. Characterization of thin films and Lab (2) spring coatings will be done with the use of sophisticated analyti- Experiments on a variety of mechanical, electrical and cal instrumentation, including spectroscopic methods, chemical dynamic control systems. Exposure to state-of- microscopy and diffraction techniques. Characterization the-art control instrumentation: sensors, transmitters, methods are explored in conjunction with processing tech- control valves, analog and digital controllers. Emphasis niques and film/coating properties via class assignments on comparison of theoretical computer simulation pre- that are designed to introduce students to the archival sci- dictions with actual experimental data. Lab teams will be entific literature. Prerequisite: Senior standing in chemical interdisciplinary. Prerequisite: CHE 242, ECE 212, or engineering or materials science and engineering, or per- ME 343. (ES 1), (ED 1) mission of the instructor(s). (ES 1.5), (ED 1.5) 144 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

CHE 391. (CHEM 391) Colloid and Surface Center, Polymer Interfaces Center, and Zettlemoyer Chemistry (3) Center for Surface Studies. The Department also has a Physical chemistry of everyday phenomena. strong relation with the Bioengineering Program. Intermolecular forces and electrostatic phenomena at In addition to interacting with the centers, the depart- interfaces, boundary tensions and films at interfaces, ment originates and encourages programs that range mass and charge transport in colloidal suspensions, elec- from those that are classical chemical engineering to trostatic and London forces in disperse systems, gas those that are distinctly interdisciplinary. The department adsorption and heterogeneous catalysis. Prerequisite: offers active and growing programs in adhesion and tri- CHM 187 or equivalent. (ES 3), (ED 0) bology; emulsion polymerization and latex technology; CHE 392. (CHM 392) Introduction to Polymer bulk polymer systems; process control; process improve- Science (3) fall ment studies; rheology; computer applications; environmental engineering; thermodynamics; kinetics Introduction to concepts of polymer science. Kinetics and catalysis; enzyme technology; and biochemical engi- and mechanism of polymerization, synthesis and process- neering. ing of polymers, characterization. Relationship of molecular conformation, structure and morphology to Career Opportunities physical and mechanical properties. Prerequisite: CHM Master of science, master of engineering, and doctor of 187 or equivalent. (ES 1.5), (ED 1.5) philosophy graduates in the chemical engineering area CHE 393. (CHM 393, MAT 393) Physical are sought by industry for activities in the more techni- Polymer Science (3) fall cal aspects of their operations, especially design, process Structural and physical aspects of polymers (organic, inor- and product development, and research. Many of these ganic, natural). Molecular and atomic basis for polymer graduates also find opportunities in research or project properties and behavior. Characteristics of glassy, crys- work in government agencies and in university teach- talline, and paracrystal-line states (including viscoelastic ing and research. and relaxation behavior) for single-and multi-component Physical Facilities systems. Thermodynamics and kinetics of transition phe- The department is well equipped for research in colloids nomena. Structure, morphology, and behavior. and surface science, adhesion and tribology, polymer sci- Prerequisite: senior level standing in CHE., CHEM, or ence and engineering, catalysis and reaction kinetics, MAT, or permission of the instructor. (ES 1.5), (ED 1.5) thermodynamic property studies, fluid dynamics, heat CHE 394. (CHM 394) Organic Polymer Science I and mass transfer, process dynamics and control, and (3) spring enzyme engineering and biochemical engineering. Organic chemistry of synthetic high polymers. Polymer The departmental and university computing facilities nomenclature, properties, and applications. Functionality include PCs and workstations, connected by a universi- and reactivity or monomers and polymers. Mechanism and ty-wide high speed network, which in turn provides kinetics of step-growth and chain-growth polymerization worldwide networking via the Internet/WWW. in homogenous and heterogenous media. Brief description All of these facilities can access a wide variety of general- of emulsion polymerization, ionic polymerization, and purpose, and scientific and engineering software via the copolymerization. Prerequisites: one year of physical chem- university and local networks, including software specifi- istry and one year of organic chemistry. (NS) cally for the steady state and dynamic simulation of Graduate Programs chemical engineering systems. The networks are extended The department of chemical engineering offers graduate as needed to ensure the chemical engineering department programs leading to the master of science, master of engi- has access to the latest computing technology. neering, and doctor of philosophy degrees. The programs Special Programs are all custom tailored for individual student needs and Polymer Science and Engineering. The polymers activi- professional goals. These individual programs are made ty includes work done in the Department of Chemical possible by a diversity of faculty interests that are broad- Engineering as well as the Departments of Chemistry, ened and reinforced by cooperation between the Materials Science, and Physics, the Materials Research department and several research centers on the campus. Center, the Center for Polymer Science and Engineering, A free flow of personnel and ideas between the centers the Emulsion Polymers Institute, and the Polymer Inter- and academic departments ensures that the student will faces Center. More than 20 faculty members from these have the widest choice of research activities. The student organizations or areas have major interests in polymers is also exposed to a wide range of ideas and information and cooperate on a wide range of research projects. For through courses and seminars to which both faculty and students with deep interest in the area, degree programs center personnel contribute. In addition, strong relation- are available leading to the master of science, master of ships with industry are maintained by the department engineering, and doctor of philosophy degrees in poly- and the research centers, some of which operate industri- mer science and engineering. ally-sponsored liaison programs whereby fundamental There are three major polymer research thrusts in which nonproprietary research is performed in areas of specific chemical engineering students and faculty are involved. interest to participating sponsors. These are polymer colloids (latexes), polymer interfaces, While the department has interacted with most of the cen- and polymer materials. The Emulsion Polymers Institute, ters on campus, it has had unusually strong and continuing with strong industrial support, sponsors projects in the liaisons with Emulsion Polymers Institute, Process preparation of monosize polymer particles, in mechanisms Modeling and Control Research Center, and kinetics of emulsion, miniemulsion and dispersion Biopharmaceutical Technology Institute, Institute for polymerization, in latex particle morphology and film-for- Thermo Fluid Engineering and Science, Materials Research mation, and in rheological properties of latexes and Chemical Engineering 145 thickeners. The Polymer Interfaces Center has programs overall reactions. Catalysis by metals, metal oxides, and in adsorption/characterization, wetting/adhesion, and sulfides. Industrial applications of catalysis: selective oxi- mechanical behavior. The Engineering Polymers dation, pollution control, ammonia synthesis, Laboratory investigates the behavior of bulk polymer hydrogenation of carbon monoxide to synthetic fuels materials, focusing on multicomponent polymers and and chemicals, polymerization, hydrotreating, and crack- composites. ing. Wachs Distance Education CHE 415. Transport Processes (4) spring The Department offers some of its regular credit courses A combined study of the fundamentals of momentum each semester via satellite and the World Wide Web for transport, energy transport and mass transport and the engineers in industry and government. These offerings, analogies between them. Evaluation of transport coeffi- which are administered by the Distance Education cients for single and multicomponent systems. Analysis Office, can lead to the Master of Engineering degree. of transport phenomena through the equations of conti- nuity, motion, and energy. Prerequisite: CHE 461 or Major Requirements equivalent. Silebi, Caram All candidates for the Master of Science degree are CHE 419. (MECH 419) Asymptotic Methods in required to complete a research report or thesis for the Engineering Sciences (3) which six hours of graduate credit are earned. Course Introductory level course with emphasis on practical selection is done individually for each student, applications. Material covered includes: Asymptotic although CHE 400, CHE 410, CHE 415 and CHE expansions. Regular and singular perturbations; algebraic 461 are required. problems. Asymptotic matching. Boundary value prob- Candidates for the Master of Engineering degree do not lems; distinguished limits. Multiple scale expansion. do research; all 30 credit hours are fulfilled by course W.K.B. Theory. Non-linear wave equations. Blythe work. There are no required core courses for those who enter the program with a bachelor’s degree in chemical CHE 421. Heat Transfer (3) engineering. Course selection is done individually for Analysis of steady and unsteady state transfer. each student within the University requirements for a Convection, conduction, and radiation. Vaporization master’s degree, but no more than six credit hours from and condensation. Heat transfer in high velocity flow in the College of Business and Economics may be present- rarified gases. Applications. ed for the degree. CHE 427. (ME 427) Multiphase Flow and Heat In addition to an approved course and thesis program, Transfer (3) the Ph.D. student must pass a qualification examination Heat transfer and fluid dynamics of multiphase systems. given during the second year of residence. Subcooled, nucleate, and film boiling; bubble nucle- ation; dynamics of bubble growth and collapse; Advanced Courses in Chemical vapor-liquid cocurrent flow regimes; two-phase pressure Engineering drop and momentum exchange, low instabilities; convec- CHE 400. Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics tive-flow boiling; simultaneous heat and mass transfer. (3) fall Prerequisite: CHE 421 or ME 321, or courses in the Applications of thermodynamics in chemical engineer- area of transport phenomena. Chen ing. Topics include energy and entropy, heat effects CHE 428. Rheology (3) accompanying solution, flow of compressible fluids, An intensive study of momentum transfer in elastic vis- refrigeration including solution cycles, vaporization and cous liquids. Rheological behavior of solution and bulk condensation processes, and chemical equilibria. phase polymers with emphasis on the effect of molecular Prerequisite: an introductory course in thermodynamics. weight, molecular weight distribution and branching. CHE 401. Chemical Engineering Derivation of constitutive equations based on both molecular theories and continuum mechanics principles. Thermodynamics II (3) Application of the momentum equation and selected spring, every other year constitutive equations to geometries associated with vis- A detailed study of the uses of thermodynamics in pre- cometric flows. McHugh, Silebi dicting phase equilibria in solid, liquid, and gaseous systems. Fugacities of gas mixtures, liquid mixtures, and CHE 430. Mass Transfer (3) fall, every other year solids. Solution theories; uses of equations of state; high- Theory and developments of the basic diffusion and pressure equilibria. mass transfer equations and transfer coefficients includ- ing simultaneous heat and mass transfer, chemical CHE 410. Chemical Reaction Engineering (3) reaction and dispersion effects. Applications to various spring industrially important operations including continuous The application of chemical kinetics to the engineering contact mass transfer, absorption, humidification, etc. design and operation of reactors. Non-isothermal and Brief coverage of equilibrium stage operations as applied adiabatic reactions. Homogeneous and heterogeneous to absorption and to binary and multicomponent distil- catalysis. Residence time distribution in reactors. lation. Caram, Silebi Prerequisite: CHE 211. Hsu CHE 433. (ECE 433, ME 433) State Space CHE 413. Heterogeneous Catalysis and Surface Control (3) fall Characterization (3) fall, every other year State-space methods of feedback control system design History and concepts of heterogeneous catalysis. Surface and design optimization for invariant and time-varying characterization techniques, and atomic structure of sur- deterministic, continuous systems; pole positioning, faces and adsorbed monolayers. Kinetics of elementary observability, controllability, modal control, observer steps (adsorption, desorption, and surface reaction) and design, the theory of optimal processes and Pontryagin’s 146 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

Maximum Principle, the linear quadratic optimal regula- tional, more advanced term project, as defined by the tor problem, Lyapunov functions and stability theorems, instructor at the beginning of the course. Closed to stu- linear optimal open-loop control; introduction to the dents who have taken CHE 342. calculus of variations; introduction to the control of dis- CHE 444. Bioseparations (3) tributed parameter systems. Intended for engineers with Separation techniques for biomolecule isolation and a variety of backgrounds. Examples will be drawn from purification. Theory and problems of bioaffinity chro- mechanical, electrical and chemical engineering applica- matography, electromigration processes, and aqueous tions. Prerequisite: ME 343 or ECE 212 or CHE 386 or two-phase polymer extraction systems. Engineering prin- consent of instructor. Johnson ciples for scaling-up bioseparation processes. CHE 434. (ECE 434, ME 434) Multivariable Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. Process Control (3) CHE 445. Enzyme Engineering (3) A state-of-the-art review of multivariable methods of Enzyme characteristics including nomenclature, physical interest to process control applications. Design tech- properties, kinetics, and assay methods with emphasis on niques examined include loop interaction analysis, practical application at commercial scale. Methods of frequency domain methods (Inverse Nyquist Array, enzyme production and purification. Design and analy- Characteristic Loci and Singular Value Decomposition) sis of industrial-scale reactors employing soluble and feed forward control, internal model control and dynam- immobilized enzymes. Prerequisite: Consent of the ic matrix control. Special attention is placed on the instructor. interaction of process design and process control. Most of the above methods are used to compare the relative CHE 446. Biochemical Engineering Laboratory (3) performance of intensive and extensive variable control Laboratory and pilot-scale experiments in fermentation structures. Prerequisite: CHE 433 or ME 433 or ECE and enzyme technology, tissue culture, and separations 433 or consent of instructor. Kothare techniques. Prerequisites: CHE 341 and CHE 444 or CHE 342 previously or concurrently. Closed to students CHE 436. (ECE 436, ME 436) Systems who have taken CHE 346. Identification (3) The determination of model parameters from time-history CHE 448. Topics in Biochemical Engineering (3) and frequency response data by graphical, deterministic Analysis, discussion, and review of current literature for and stochastic methods. Examples and exercises taken from a topical area of biotechnology. Course may be repeated process industries, communications and aerospace testing. for credit with the consent of the instructor. Prerequisite: Regression, quasilinearization and invariant-imbedding Consent of the instructor. techniques for nonlinear system parameter identification CHE 450. Special Topics (1-12) included. Prerequisite: CHE 433 or ME 433 or ECE 433 An intensive study of some field of chemical engineering or consent of instructor. Johnson not covered in the more general courses. Credit above CHE 437. (ECE 437, ME 437) Stochastic three hours is granted only when different material is Control (3) covered. Linear and nonlinear models for stochastic systems. CHE 451. Problems in Research (1) Controllability and observability. Minimum variance Study and discussion of optimal planning of experiments state estimation. Linear quadratic Gausian control prob- and analysis of experimental data. Discussion of more lem. Computational considerations. Nonlinear control common and more difficult techniques in the execution problem in stochastic systems. Prerequisite: CHE. 433 or of chemical engineering research. ME 433 or ECE 433 or consent of instructor. CHE 455. Seminar (1-3) fall-spring CHE 438. Process Modeling and Control Seminar Critical discussion of recent advances in chemical engi- (1) fall-spring neering. Credit above one hour is granted only when Presentations and discussions on current methods, different material is covered. approaches, and applications. Credit cannot be used for CHE 460. Chemical Engineering Project (1-6) the M.S. degree. An intensive study of one or more areas of chemical CHE 440. Chemical Engineering in the Life engineering, with emphasis on engineering design and Sciences (3) applications. A written report is required. May be Introduction of important topics in life sciences to repeated for credit. chemical engineers. Topics include protein and bio- CHE 461 (ME 442/ENGR 452). Mathematical molecule structures and characterization, recombinant Methods in Engineering (3) Fall DNA technology, immunoaffinity technology, combi- Analytical techniques are developed for the solution of natorial chemistry, metabolic engineering, engineering problems described by algebraic systems, bioinformatics. Prerequisite: Bachelor’s degree in sci- and by ordinary and partial differential equations. Topics ence or engineering. Hsu covered include: linear vector spaces; eigenvalues, eigen- CHE 441. Biotechnology I (3) fall vectors, and eigenfunctions. First and higher-order linear See the course description listed for CHE 341. In order differential equations with initial and boundary condi- to receive 400-level credits, the student must do an addi- tions; Sturm-Liouville problems; Green’s functions. tional, more advanced term project, as defined by the Special functions; Bessel, etc. Qualitative and quantita- instructor at the beginning of the course. Closed to stu- tive methods for nonlinear ordinary differential dents who have taken CHE 341. equations; phase plane. Solutions of classical partial dif- ferential equations from the physical sciences; transform CHE 442. Biotechnology II (3) spring techniques; method of characteristics. See the course description listed for CHE 342. In order to receive 400-level credits, the student must do an addi- Chemical Engineering 147

CHE 464. Numerical Methods in Engineering (3) techniques for characterization. Chemistry and physics of See the course description listed for CHE 364. In order adsorbed polymer chains. Diffusion and adhesion at poly- to receive 400-level credits the student must do an addi- mer-polymer interfaces, especially as related to mechanical tional, more advanced term project, as defined by the properties such as fracture and toughness will be instructor at the beginning of the course. Schiesser. described. Prerequisite: Introductory polymer course. CHE 473. (CE 473) Environmental Separation CHE 492. (CHM 492) Topics in Polymer Science (3) and Control (3) Intensive study of topic selected from areas of current Theory and application of adsorption, ion exchange, research interest such as morphology and mechanical reverse osmosis, air stripping and chemical oxidation in behavior, thermodynamics and kinetics of crystallization, water and wastewater treatment. Modeling engineered new analytical techniques, molecular weight distribution, treatment processes. Prerequisite: CE 470 or consent of non-Newtonian flow behavior, second-order transition the instructor. phenomena, novel polymer structures. Credit above three hours is granted only when different material is CHE 480. Research (3) covered. Prerequisite: CHEM 392 or equivalent. Investigation of a problem in chemical engineering. CHE 481. Research (3) Continuation of CHE 480. Chemistry CHE 482. (CHM 482, MAT 482) Engineering Professors. Robert A. Flowers, II, Ph.D. (Lehigh); chair; Behavior of Polymers (3) Jack A. Alhadeff, Ph.D. (Oregon Medical School); Ned A treatment of the mechanical behavior of polymers. D. Heindel, Ph.D. (Delaware), Howard S. Bunn Professor Characterization of experimentally observed viscoelastic of Chemistry; Kamil Klier, Ph.D. (Czechoslovak Academy response of polymeric solids with the aid of mechanical of Science, Prague), University Distinguished Professor; model analogs. Topics include time-temperature super- Steven L. Regen, Ph.D. (M.I.T.), University position, experimental characterization of large Distinguished Professor; Keith J. Schray, Ph.D. (Penn deformation and fracture processes, polymer adhesion, State); Gary W. Simmons, Ph.D. (Virginia); Daniel and the effects of fillers, plasticizers, moisture and aging Zeroka, Ph.D. (Pennsylvania). on mechanical behavior. Associate professors. Gregory S. Ferguson, Ph.D. CHE 483. (CHM 483) Emulsion Polymers (3) fall (Cornell); Natalie Foster, Ph.D. (Lehigh); James E. Examination of fundamental concepts important in the Roberts, Ph.D. (Northwestern). manufacture, characterization, and application of poly- Assistant professor. Li Jia, Ph.D. (Northwestern). mer latexes. Topics to be covered will include colloidal Professor of Practice. Rebecca S. Miller, Ph.D. (Duke), stability, polymerization mechanisms and kinetics, reac- faculty graduate coordinator. tor design, characterization of particle surfaces, latex CESAR fellows. Theodore N. Mellin, Ph.D. (Purdue), rheology, morphology considerations, polymerization director; James J. Bohning, Ph.D. (Northeastern); with functional groups, film formation and various Thomas B. Lloyd, Ph.D. (Western Reserve); Richard F. application problems. Merritt, Ph.D. (M.I.T.); Robert D. Rapp, Ph.D. CHE 484. (CHM 484) Crystalline Polymers (3) (Lehigh); Dennis R. Patterson, Ph.D. (Chicago); Alberta Morphology and behavior of both polymer single crys- Albrecht-Siemiatoski, Ph.D. (Rutgers); Tibor Sipos, tals and bulk crystallized systems. Relationship between Ph.D. (Lehigh). basic crystal physics, thermal and annealing history, ori- Active emeriti. Charles S. Kraihanzel, Ph.D. (Wisconsin- entation and resulting properties. Thermodynamics and Madison); John W. Larsen, Ph.D. (Purdue); James E. kinetics of transition phenomena and a brief treatment Sturm, Ph.D. (Notre Dame). of hydrodynamic properties and their relationship to crystallization and processing properties. Prerequisite: Chemistry is a versatile subject area and the pursuit of a CHE 392 or CHE 393 or equivalent. career in chemistry can be a most intellectually satisfying experience. No other basic science touches and shapes as CHE 485. (CHM 485, MAT 485) Polymer Blends many aspects of modern society as does chemistry. The and Composites (3) spring, every other year study of chemistry has provided solutions to complex Synthesis, morphology, and mechanical behavior of problems and has improved the quality of all phases of polymer blends and composites. Mechanical blends, human life from soft contact lenses and synthetic blood block and graft copolymers, interpenetrating polymer to longer-lasting paint and alternative fuels. A particular networks, polymer impregnated concrete, and fiber and strength of this department is in surface and interface particulate reinforced polymers are emphasized. chemistry, which bridges many areas of modern science Prerequisite: any introductory course in polymers. and technology. CHE 486. Polymer Processing (3) Chemists at all levels of education find a market for their Application of fundamental principles of mechanics, skills and knowledge in many employment areas. fluid dynamics and heat transfer to the analysis of a wide Chemists provide the technical backbone for the manu- variety of polymer flow processes. A brief survey of the facturing industries (pharmaceuticals, plastics, paper, rheological behavior of polymers is also included. Topics semiconductor electronics technology, and agriculture), include pressurization, pumping, die forming, calender- for service industries (clinical and forensic laboratories, ing, coating, molding, fiber spinning and elastic academe, environmental protection, and information sci- phenomena. Prerequisite: CHE 392 or equivalent. ence) and for governmental positions in regulatory agencies and in science policy analyses. Many chemists CHE 487. Polymer Interfaces (3) spring, every are employed in nontraditional areas, such as patent law, other year insurance underwriting, sales, product management, An intensive study of polymer surfaces and interfaces, journalism, and even banking. with special emphasis on thermodynamics, kinetics, and 148 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

The alluring challenge of chemistry inspires many bache- gram in whichever college to which they have been admit- lor degree recipients to study for advanced degrees ted. The B.A. program in the College of Arts and Sciences within the discipline of chemistry and in other areas, as is not a pre-professional program and may be elected by well. Chemistry or biochemistry is the strongest prepara- students who do not plan to do graduate work in chem- tion for graduate studies or for professional school in the istry or allied science but wish a stronger background in health-related disciplines (medicine, pharmacology, and chemistry than is provided in the chemistry minor pro- biochemistry), and for other science programs (materials gram. The B.A. program also affords a useful tie-in with science, polymers, biotechnology, environmental studies, health-related chemistry, environmental chemistry, geo- and mineralogy). chemistry or chemistry management options (see above). The study of chemistry opens doors to satisfying careers, Students may transfer from the B.S. to B.A. programs or to a stimulating view of the world, and to a professional vice-versa as late as the junior year, since basic require- life in which one’s natural tendency to ask “Why? “ can ments are the same for the two. Students who are in the lead to personally rewarding endeavors. The undergradu- B.A. program and make a late decision to attend graduate ate curriculum in chemistry contains many of the school in chemistry or allied science will have minimal prerequisites for biology, earth and environmental sci- chemistry preparation for this by electing Chemistry 307, ences, materials science, molecular biology, physics, and Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. chemical engineering, allowing students to transfer the Department Modern Language and Literature majority of credits through the sophomore year. Requirement. Chemistry students have the opportunity to design their The modern foreign language requirement is met by one undergraduate curricula for specialization in a variety of of three options: 1. Completion of the second semester fields: of a modern foreign language; 2. Certification of lan- health-related chemistry (including premedical guage equivalent to this level taken in high school; 3. Substitution of six credits of science electives. If science students) electives are chosen, non-science distribution require- suggested biological sciences electives: 31, 32, 101, 102, ment must still be met. 324, 345, 353, 367. suggested chemistry electives: 336, 371, 372, 377, 378. B.S. Degree in Chemistry, College of Arts & chemistry of materials (polymers, solid state, Sciences surfaces) Summary of Requirements suggested physics electives: 31, 363. I. College and University (26 credits) suggested chemistry electives: 312, 388, 391, 392, 393, a. Arts 1 1 credit 394, 396. b. English 1, 2 6 credits c. College Seminar 3 credits environmental chemistry d. College distribution 16 credits suggested earth and environmental sciences: 31, 351. II. Collateral Sciences (28 credits) suggested biological sciences electives: 31, 32, 101, 102. a. Physics 11, 12, 21, 22 10 credits suggested chemical engineering electives: 373. b. MATH 21, 22, 23, 205 15 credits suggested chemistry elective: 391. suggested civil engineering electives: 170, 274. c. ENGR 1 or CSE 12 3 credits III. Chemistry Courses (47 credits) geochemistry a. Introductory Chemistry suggested earth and environmental sciences electives: CHM 75, 76 8 credits 21, 131. [CHM 21, 22, 31 sequence may be substituted.] suggested chemistry electives: 337, 396. b. Organic Chemistry chemistry management CHM 51, 52, 53, 58, 353 10 credits c. Inorganic Chemistry suggested accounting electives: 151, 152, 324. CHM 205, 307 5 credits suggested law elective: 201. d. Physical Chemistry suggested management electives: 280, 302, 321 or 333. CHM 187, 192, 341 9 credits suggested economics electives: 105, 119, 145. suggested marketing electives: 211, 312. e. Analytical Chemistry suggested finance electives: 225, 330. CHM 332, 338, 339 7 credits Some of the above courses can be used to waive required f. Biochemistry CHM 371 3 credits graduate courses for the M.B.A. at Lehigh. g. Technical Writing CHM 201 (W-I course) 2 credits B.S. and B.A. Degrees in Chemistry h. Advanced Chemistry Elective 3 credits The Department of Chemistry offers B.S. chemistry pro- [See list of choices which appears below.] grams in both the College of Arts and Sciences and the IV. Free Electives (20 credits) College of Engineering and Applied Science. In addition, Total Credits (121 credits) the department offers a B.A. chemistry program in the College of Arts and Sciences. The B.S. chemistry pro- Model Roster grams in the two colleges are identical in their chemistry freshman year, first semester (15 credits) and collateral science requirements and are pre-profession- ARTS 1 Choices and Decisions (1) al in nature. Students planning to attend graduate school ENGL 1 Composition and Literature I (3) in chemistry or an allied science should elect the B.S. pro- CHM 75 Concepts, Models, and Experiments I (4) Chemistry 149

MATH 21 Calculus I (4) Students are encouraged to take any second course that College Seminar (3) sequences the first by means of a free elective. freshman year, second semester (16 credits) B.A. Degree in Chemistry, College of Arts and ENGL 2 Composition and Literature II (3) Sciences PHY 11, 12 Introductory Physics I and Laboratory (5) Summary of Requirements MATH 22 Calculus II (4) I. College and University (26 credits) CHM 76 Concepts, Models a. Arts 1 1 credit and Experiments II (4) b. English 1, 2 6 credits sophomore year, first semester (16 credits) c. College Seminar 3 credits CHM 51 Organic Chemistry I (3) d. College distribution 16 credits CHM 53 Organic Lab I (1) II. Collateral Sciences (22 credits) PHY 21 Introductory Phys. II (4) a. PHY 11, 12, 13, 22 9 credits PHY 22 Introductory Phys. II Lab (1) b. MATH 51, 52, 205 10 credits MATH 23 Calculus III (4) c. ENGR 1 or CSE 12 3 credits ENGR 1 or III.Chemistry Courses (35-36 credits) CSE 12 Computer Programming (3) a. Introductory Chemistry CHM 75, 76 8 credits [CHM 21, 22, 31 sequence may sophomore year, second semester (16 credits) be substituted.] CHM 52 Organic Chemistry II (3) b. Organic Chemistry CHM 58 Organic Chemistry Lab II (1) CHM 51, 52, 53, 58 8 credits CHM 187 Physical CHEM. I (3) c. Inorganic Chemistry MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) CHM (205 or307) 2-3 credits distribution requirement — free elective (6) d. Physical Chemistry junior year, first semester (15 credits) CHM (187 or 194), 192 5 credits CHM 192 Physical Chemistry Lab (2) e. Analytical Chemistry CHM 332 3 credits CHM 332 Analytical Chemistry (3) f. CHEM./CHEM. Related Courses 7 credits CHM 341 CHEM. Physics and Bonding (4) [At least one course must be a chemistry CHM 205 Main Group Elements (2) laboratory numbered 300 or higher. As many modern foreign language requirement (4) as two credits of research (CHM 375) may be junior year, second semester (15-16 credits) used toward meeting the total of seven credits.] CHM 201 Technical Writing (2) or g. Technical Writing approved writing intensive course (3) CHM 201 (W-I course) 2 credits CHM 307 Advanced Inorganic CHEM. (3) IV. Free Electives (38 credits) CHM 338 Instrumental Analysis Lab (2) Total Credits (121 credits) CHM 339 Instrumental Analysis (2) Model Roster CHM 353 Organic Analysis Laboratory (2) modern foreign language requirement (4) freshman year (30 credits) ARTS 1 Choices and Decisions (1) senior year, first semester (14 credits) College Seminar (3) CHM 371 Elements of Biochemistry I (3) CHM 75 Concepts, Models and Experiments I (4) advanced chemistry elective (3)* CHM 76 Concepts, Models, and Experiments II (4) distribution requirements — free electives (8) ENGL 1 Composition and Literature I (3) senior year, second semester (14 credits) ENGL 2 Composition and literature II advanced chemistry elective (3)*,** (fiction, poetry, drama) (3) distribution requirements — free electives (11) MATH 51 Survey of Calculus I (4) * See list of choices which appears below. MATH 52 Survey of Calculus II (3) **This becomes a free elective if the advanced chemistry PHY 11 Intro. Phys. I (4) elective was taken in the fall semester of the senior year. PHY 12 Intro. Phys. Lab I (1) Advanced Chemistry Elective Requirement sophomore year (30 credits) CHM 51 Organic Chemistry I (3) One 3-credit course selected from the following: CHM 52 Organic Chemistry II (3) CHM 358 Advanced Organic Chemistry CHM 53 Organic Chemistry Lab I (1) CHM 372 Elements of Biochemistry II CHM 58 Organic Chemistry Lab II (1) CHM 376 Advanced Chemistry Research Lab PHY 13 General Phys. (3) CHM 381 Radiation and Structure PHY 22 Into. Phys Lab II (1) CHM 382 Spectroscopy and MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) Photochemical Kinetics ENGR 1 CHM 391 Colloid and Surface Chemistry or CSE 12 Computer Programming (3) CHM 392 Introduction to Polymer Science distribution requirements — free electives (12) CHM 393 Physical Polymer Science CHM 394 Organic Polymer Science junior year (30-32 credits) CHM 187 Physical Chemistry I (3) or PHY 363 Physics of Solids CHM 194 Phys. CHEM. for Biol. Sci. (3) 150 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

CHM 192 Physical Chemistry Lab (2) sophomore year, second semester (17 credits) CHM 201 Technical Writing (2) (W-I course) CHM 52 Organic Chemistry II (3) or CHM 58 Organic Chemistry Laboratory II (1) approved writing-intensive course (3) CHM 187 Physical Chemistry I (3) CHM 205 Main Group Elements (2) or MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) CHM 307 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (3) modern foreign language CHM 332 Analytical Chemistry (3) requirement (4) modern foreign language requirement I (4) (See details above) modern foreign language requirement II (4) Humanities/Social Science distribution requirements — free electives (10) requirement (3) senior year (31 credits) junior year, first semester (15 credits) chem./chem. related courses (7) * CHM 192 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (2) distribution requirements — free electives (24) CHM 205 Main Group Elements (2) * At least one course out of the seven credits required in this CHM 332 Analytical Chemistry (3) category must be a chemistry laboratory numbered 300 or CHM 341 Chemical Physics and Bonding (4) higher. As many as two credits of research (CHM 375) may ECO 1 Economics (4) be used toward meeting the total of seven credits. Courses in junior year, second semester (17-18 credits) this category can be selected from the following suggested CHM 201 Technical Writing (2) or tracks but the student in the B.A. degree program need not approved writing-intensive course (3) follow any of these tracks ... the suggested tracks are meant CHM 307 Advanced Inorganic CHEM. (3) for guidance only: CHM 338 Instrumental Analysis Lab (2) Environmental/Analytical: CHM 338, 339, 353 CHM 339 Instrumental Analysis (2) Health Related/Biochemistry/Organic: CHM 353, CHM 353 Organic Analysis Laboratory (2) 358, 371, 372, 377 Humanities/Social Science Materials/Physical/Inorganic: CHM 307, 312, 341, requirement (3) 381, 391 free elective (3) Polymer: CHM 388, 392, 393, 394 senior year, first semester (14 credits) B.S. Degree in Chemistry, College of ENGR. & CHM 371 Elements of Biochemistry I (3) Applied Science advanced chemistry elective (3) Summary of Requirements Humanities/Social Science requirement (3) I. College distribution 24 credits free electives (5) II. Physics, math, and computing 28 credits senior year, second semester (13 credits) III. Chemistry 47 credits advanced chemistry elective (3)*,** IV. Unrestricted electives 24 credits free electives (10) Total credits 123 credits *See list of choices for the advanced chemistry elective requirement under the B.S. degree in chemistry/College of Model Roster Arts and Sciences. freshman year (30-31 credits) **This becomes a free elective if the advanced chemistry A student should follow the normal freshman year in the elective requirement was taken in the fall of the senior year. College of Engineering and Applied Science and observe the following note. Five-Year Bachelor’s/Master’s Programs Note: It is recommended that, where possible, students Five-year programs may be arranged for students to planning to major in chemistry take Chemistry 75 in the receive B.S. or B.A. degrees and the M.S. degrees in fall semester and Chemistry 76 in the spring semester of chemistry with a concentration in one of several fields of the freshman year. For such students the elective in the chemistry (inorganic, organic, analytical, physical, poly- spring semester is displaced to a subsequent semester. mers, biochemistry, or materials chemistry). A specific The Chemistry 21/22/31 sequence may be substituted. program offered by the Department of Chemistry is the sophomore year, first semester (17 credits) five-year B.S./M.S. program, which focuses on materials CHM 51 Organic Chemistry I (3) education from a chemistry perspective. Students are awarded B.S. and M.S. degrees in chemistry upon com- CHM 53 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (1) pletion of all requirements. Specific features of the PHY 21 Introductory Physics II (4) program include participation in a weekly seminar during PHY 22 Introductory Physics Laboratory II (1) the academic year for credit, and summer internships for MATH 23 Calculus III (4) credit in university, industrial, government, or national modern foreign language laboratories. Materials-related electives are selected from requirement (4)* suggested lists of courses in materials science, polymers, (See details above) solid-state chemistry and physics. Additional information *CHM. 31 Chemical Equilibria will displace this modern may be obtained from Professor Klier. foreign language requirement to a subsequent semester if CHM. 31 was not taken in the freshman year. Chemistry 151

Five-Year B.S./M.S. Program in Chemistry of fifth year leading to MS degree Materials summer IV Model Roster CHM 421 Chemistry Research (3) freshman year (30-31 credits) fifth year, fall semester (10 credits) CHM 402 Physical Inorganic Chemistry (3) A student should follow the normal B.S. in chemistry CHM 421 Chemistry Research (3) freshman year for the college in which the student is enrolled and should observe the following note. *** Program related electives (4) fifth year, spring semester (10 credits) Note: It is recommended that, where possible, students planning to major in chemistry take Chemistry 75 in the CHM 443 Solid State Chemistry (3) fall semester and Chemistry 76 in the spring semester of CHM 481 Graduate Seminar (1) the freshman year. For such students the elective in the *** Program related electives (6) spring semester is displaced to a subsequent semester. * Courses which meet college distribution requirements. The Chemistry 21/22/31 sequence may be substituted. ** Some appropriate program related electives are: summer I PHY 362 Atomic and Molecular Physics(3) CHM 163 Chemistry of Materials I (4) PHY 363 Solid State Physics (3) sophomore year, first semester (17-18 credits) MAT 10 Materials Laboratory (1) CHM 51 Organic Chemistry I (3) MAT 33 Engineering Materials and Processes (3) CHM 53 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (1) MAT 201 Physical Properties of Materials (3) MATH 23 Calculus III (4) MAT 203 Structure Characterization Materials (3) PHY 21 Introductory Physics II (4) MAT 204 Processing/Properties - PHY 22 Introductory Physics Lab II (1) Polymeric Materials (3) *Elective, ENGR 1, CSC 10,13 or MAT 214 Processing/Properties of Modern Foreign Language (3-4) Ceramic Materials (3) CHM 363 Science Seminar (1) MAT 216 Diffusion and Phase sophomore year, second semester (17 credits) Transformations (3) CHM 52 Organic Chemistry II (3) MAT 302 Electronic Properties of Materials (3) CHM 58 Organic Chemistry Laboratory II (1) CHM 312/MAT 312 Fundamentals of Corrosion (3) CHM 187 Physical Chemistry I (3) MAT 317 Imperfections in Crystals (3) MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) MAT 334 Electron Microscopy, Microanalysis(4) *Elective, ENGR 1, CSE 12 or MAT 343/CHM 393 Physical Polymer Science (3) Modern Foreign Language (6) CHM 353 Organic Analysis Laboratory (3) CHM 363 Science Seminar (1) CHM 375 Research Chemistry Laboratory (1-3) CHM 376 Advanced Research Chemistry Lab (1-6) summer II CHM 394/CHE 394 Organic Polymer Sciences (3) CHM 263 Chemistry of Materials II (4) ***Graduate level course in chemistry, physics or materials junior year, first semester (14 credits) science. CHM 192 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (2) CHM 205 Main Group Elements (2) B.S. in Biochemistry CHM 332 Analytical Chemistry (3) An interdepartmental B.S. in Biochemistry major is CHM 341 Chemical Physics and Bonding (4) offered in the College of Arts and Sciences. Faculty in CHM 363 Distribution requirement/elective (3) both Chemistry (Schray) and Biological Sciences (Lowe- Krentz and Iovine) serve as advisors depending on junior year, second semester (15-16 credits) student interest. Majors should be declared in the CHM 201 Technical Writing (2) or Department of Biological Sciences. Please see the section approved writing-intensive course (3) on biochemistry for details of the major. CHM 307 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (3) CHM 338 Instrumental Analysis Laboratory (2) Minor in Chemistry CHM 339 Instrumental Analysis (2) A minor in chemistry may be achieved by completing the following requirements: CHM 363 Science Seminar (1) CHM 31 Chemical Equilibria in *Distribution requirements (3) Aqueous Systems (3) ** Program related electives (2) CHM 51 Organic Chemistry I (3) summer III CHM 53 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (1) Off-campus experience in an industrial, national or gov- CHM 187 Physical Chemistry I (3) ernment laboratory CHM 192 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (2) senior year, first semester (16 credits) CHM 332 Analytical Chemistry (3) CHM 363 Science Seminar (1) Total Credits (15 credits) Advanced Chemistry Elective (3) *Distribution requirement (3) Necessary pre- or co-requisites for the above would be CHM 21 and 22, MATH 21 and PHY 11. **/*** Program related electives (9) Students who wish to minor in chemistry but whose senior year, second semester (16 credits) major program requires any of the above courses may CHM 363 Science Seminar (1) achieve the minor with substitutions approved by the *Electives (6) department chair. **/*** Program related electives (9) 152 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

CESAR CHM 75. Concepts, Models and Experiments I The Center for Emeritus Scientists in Academic (4) fall Research (CESAR) was established in 1999 and provides A first-semester course in chemistry for students plan- a unique opportunity for Chemistry or Biology majors ning to major in chemistry, biochemistry, chemical to partner with retired scientists who have a desire to engineering, materials science, or other chemistry-related continue their industrial research. Through the program, fields. Chemical and physical properties, structures, CESAR Fellows mentor students, enhance student bonding concepts, and quantitative analysis. Laboratory opportunities to conduct research, and provide singular includes synthesis, separation and analysis procedures; insight into the world of industrial chemistry. In return, computer applications to chemistry. Three lectures, one Lehigh University provides administrative support, laboratory. (NS) research laboratories and equipment to specially selected CHM 76. Concepts, Models and Experiments II retired scientists from industry. Further details can be (4) spring found at the web site: http://www.lehigh.edu/inche/ Continuation of Chemistry 75. Three lectures, one labo- CESAR.html. ratory. Prerequisite: CHM 75 or departmental consent. Undergraduate Courses in Chemistry (NS) CHM 5. Chemistry and National Issues (3) spring CHM 163. Chemistry of Materials I (4) summer For majors other than science and engineering. Chemistry Research laboratory for students enrolled in the five-year and current controversies. The atmosphere: global warm- B.S./M.S. chemistry of materials program. (NS) ing, ozone depletion, pollution. Water pollution and CHM 177. Introduction to Research (1-2) fall- treatment. Energy generation and side effects. Health: spring chemicals of life, drugs, carcinogens, personal care. For advanced freshmen and sophomore chemistry Materials: natural and synthetic. Food: production and majors. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: preservation. Chemistry: benefits and liabilities. CHM 22 Consent of department chair. (NS) may be taken concurrently for laboratory credit. (NS) CHM 187. Physical Chemistry I (3) spring CHM 21. Introductory Chemical Principles (4) Development of the principles of thermodynamics and fall-spring their application to systems in which composition is of An introduction to important topics in chemistry. These major concern: solutions, chemical and phase equilibria. include atomic structure, bonding in inorganic and Elements of chemical reaction kinetics. Prerequisite: organic compounds, states of matter, chemical equilibri- CHM 31 or 76, and MATH 21, 31 or 51 previously or um, acid-base theories and electrochemistry. Three concurrently. (NS) lectures, one recitation. (NS) CHM 189. Physical Chemistry II (3) fall CHM 22. Chemical Principles Laboratory (1) fall- A continuation of Chemistry 187. Kinetic theory of spring gases, statistical thermodynamics, electrolytes in solu- A laboratory course to be taken concurrently with CHM tion, electrochemistry, corrosion, colloid and surface 21. One three-hour laboratory period per week. (NS) chemistry and the solid state. Prerequisites: CHM 187, CHM 31. Chemical Equilibria in Aqueous MATH 23, PHY 21. (NS) Systems (3) fall-spring CHM 192. Physical Chemistry Laboratory (2) A study of the theoretical basis and practical applications Laboratory studies that illustrate the various fields of of equilibria in aqueous solutions, including acid-base, study in experimental physical chemistry. Prerequisite: precipitation-solubility, metal-ligand, oxidation-reduc- CHM 187. (NS) tion and distribution equilibria. Introduction to CHM 194. Physical Chemistry for Biological chemical thermodynamics, spectrophotometry, poten- Sciences (3) fall tiometry and chromatography. The laboratory work The principles and applications of physical chemical emphasizes the qualitative and quantitative analysis of concepts to systems of biological interest, including the equilibria in aqueous media. Prerequisite: CHM 21, gas laws, thermodynamics of metabolic reactions, col- MATH 21, 31 or 51. Two lectures and one three-hour ligative properties, electrochemical equilibria, reaction laboratory period. (NS) kinetics and enzyme catalysis, and transport of macro- CHM 51. Organic Chemistry I (3) fall molecules and viruses. Prerequisite: CHM 21 or 75. Systematic survey of the typical compounds of carbon, (NS) their classification, and general relations; study of syn- CHM 201. Technical Writing (2) thetic reactions. Prerequisite: CHM 21 or 75. (NS) Principal types of written communications used by pro- CHM 52. Organic Chemistry II (3) spring fessional chemists including informative abstracts, Continuation of CHM 51. Prerequisite: CHM 51. (NS) research proposals, progress reports, executive summaries CHM 53. Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (1) fall for nonchemist decision makers and proper written Preparation of pure organic compounds. Modern tech- experimental procedures, tables, schemes and figures. niques of characterization. Prerequisite: CHM 51 Prerequisite: junior standing in chemistry major or con- previously or concurrently. (NS) sent of the department chair. (ND) CHM 58. Organic Chemistry Laboratory II (1) CHM 205. Main Group Elements (2) fall Chemistry of the main group elements. Prerequisite: spring CHM 31 or 76. (NS) Continuation of Organic Chemistry Laboratory I. Prerequisite: CHM 53 previously; CHM 52 previously or concurrently. (NS) Chemistry 153

CHM 209. Chemistry of Organic and Inorganic CHM 338. Instrumental Analysis Laboratory (2) Materials (3) fall spring A systematic study of the most important organic and Laboratory studies of modern methods of instrumental inorganic structures, covering synthesis, nomenclature, analysis emphasizing function and characteristics of reactions, and properties. Grouping of elements with instrumentation, data, processing, and experimental similar properties within the periodic table is stressed. design. Prerequisites: CHM 339 previously or concur- The nature of the covalent bond will be developed. rently. (NS) Reactions involving alkenes (especially vinyls), hydroxyl, amine, oxirane, and halogen groups will be emphasized. CHM 339. Instrumental Analysis (2) spring Principles and applications of modern methods of ana- Crystal structures and physical properties. Prerequisite: lytical analysis including optical spectroscopy, nuclear CHM. 21 or 75. (NS) magnetic resonance spectroscopy, mass spectrometry, CHM 250. Special Topics (1-3) electrochemical methods, chromatography, thermal Selected topics in chemistry. May be repeated for credit methods, and surface characterization. Prerequisite: when different topics are offered. (NS) CHM 332 .(NS) CHM 263. Chemistry of Materials II (4) summer CHM 341. Chemical Physics and Bonding (4) fall Research laboratory for students enrolled in the five-year Development of ideas relating to the nature of the chem- B.S./M.S. chemistry of materials program. (NS) ical bond. Emphasis placed on the quantum chemistry CHM 307. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (3) of atoms and molecules. Statistical thermodynamics of gaseous and solid systems. Diffraction effects in crys- spring talline solids. Elements of point group theory. Introduction to transition metal complexes; theories of Prerequisites: CHM 187, MATH 205, PHY 21. (NS) bonding; kinetics and mechanisms of transition metal complex reactions; selected aspects of organometallic CHM 350. Special Topics (1-3) chemistry; bioinorganic chemistry. Prerequisite: CHM Selected advanced topics in chemistry. May be repeated 341. (NS) for credit when different topics are offered. (NS) CHM 312. (CHE 312, MAT 312) Fundamentals CHM 353. Organic Analysis Laboratory (2) of Corrosion (3) fall spring Corrosion phenomena and definitions. Electrochemical Identification of organic compounds as single compo- aspects including reaction mechanisms, thermodynam- nents and mixtures. Application of combined chemical ics, Pourbaix diagrams, kinetics of corrosion processes, and spectral assay techniques. Use and interpretation of polarization and passivity. Non-electrochemical corro- data from nuclear magnetic resonance, infrared, and sion including mechanisms, theories and quantitative mass spectroscopic examinations. Separation techniques descriptions of atmospheric corrosion. Corrosion of met- for mixtures. Prerequisites: CHM 52 and 58. (NS) als under stress. Cathodic and anodic protection, CHM 358. Advanced Organic Chemistry (3) fall coatings alloys, inhibitors, and passivators. Prerequisite: Reaction mechanism types and supporting physical- MAT 205 or CHM 187. (NS) chemical data. Classes of mechanisms include CHM 332. Analytical Chemistry (3) fall elimination, substitution, rearrangement, oxidation- Theory and practice of chemical analysis. Principles of reduction, enolate alkylations, and others. Prerequisite: quantitative separations and determinations; theory and one year of organic chemistry. (NS) application of selected optical and electrical instruments CHM 363. Science Seminar (1) fall-spring in analytical chemistry; interpretation of numerical data, Discussion of current research in materials chemistry. For design of experiments, solute distribution in separation students enrolled in the five-year B.S./M.S. chemistry of methods. Prerequisites: CHM 31 and 51. (NS) materials program. May be repeated for credit. (NS) CHM 336. Clinical Chemistry (3) spring CHM 368. Advanced Organic Laboratory (2) Applications of analytical chemistry to clinical problems. The synthesis and study of organic compounds illus- Discussion of methods in common use and the bio- trating the important techniques and special pieces of chemical-medical significance of the results. apparatus commonly used in organic chemical research. Prerequisites: CHM 332 and 52. Schray. (NS) Prerequisite: one year of organic chemistry and labora- CHM 337. (MAT 333) X-ray Diffraction of tory. (NS) Materials (3) fall CHM 371. (BIOS 371) Elements of Biochemistry Introduction to crystal symmetry, point groups, and space I (3) fall groups. Emphasis on materials characterization by X-ray A general study of carbohydrates, proteins, lipids, diffraction and electron diffraction. Specific topics include nucleic acids, and other biological substances and their crystallographic notation, stereographic projections, orien- importance in life processes. Protein and enzyme chem- tation of single crystals, textures, phase identification, istry are emphasized. Prerequisite: one year of organic quantitative analysis, stress measurement, electron diffrac- chemistry. (NS) tion, ring and spot patterns, convergent beam electron diffraction (CBED), and space group determination. CHM 372. (BIOS 372) Elements of Biochemistry Applications in mineralogy, metallurgy, ceramics, micro- II (3) spring electronics, polymers, and catalysts. Lectures and Dynamic aspects of biochemistry: enzyme reactions laboratory work. Prerequisite: MAT 203 or EES 131 or including energetics, kinetics and mechanisms, metabo- senior standing in chemistry. Lyman, Chan. (NS) lism of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins and nucleic acids, photosynthesis, electron transport mechanisms, coupled reactions, phosphorylations, and the synthesis of biologi- cal macromolecules. Prerequisite: CHM 371. (NS) 154 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

CHM 375. Research Chemistry Laboratory (1-3) CHM 392. (CHE 392) Introduction to Polymer fall-spring Science (3) spring An introduction to independent study or laboratory Introduction to concepts of polymer science. Kinetics investigation under faculty guidance. Prerequisite: con- and mechanisms of polymerization; synthesis and pro- sent of faculty research supervisor. (NS) cessing of polymers, characterization. Relationship of molecular conformation, structure and morphology to CHM 376. Advanced Research Chemistry physical and mechanical properties. Prerequisite: CHM Laboratory (1-6) fall-spring 187 or equivalent. Sperling. (NS) Advanced independent study or laboratory investigation under faculty guidance. Prerequisite: 3 credits of CHM CHM 393. (CHE 393, MAT 393) Physical 375. Consent of faculty research supervisor. May be Polymer Science (3) fall repeated for credit. (NS) Structural and physical aspects of polymers (organic, inorganic, natural). Molecular and atomic basis for poly- CHM 377. (BIOS 377) Biochemistry Laboratory mer properties and behavior. Characteristics of glassy, (3) fall crystalline and paracrystalline states (including viscoelas- Laboratory studies of the properties of chemicals of biolog- tic and relaxation behavior) for single- and ical origin and the influence of chemical and physical multi-component systems. Thermodynamics and kinet- factors on these properties. Laboratory techniques used for ics of transition phenomena. Structure, morphology and the isolation and identification of biochemicals. behavior. Prerequisite: one year of physical chemistry. Prerequisite: CHM 371, previously or concurrently. (NS) Sperling. (NS) CHM 378. (BIOS 378) Biochemical Preparations CHM 394. (CHE 394) Organic Polymer Science I (1-3) spring (3) spring A laboratory course involving the preparation or isola- Organic chemistry of synthetic high polymers. Polymer tion, purification and identification of chemicals of nomenclature, properties, and applications. biological origin. Prerequisites: CHM 377 and 372, pre- Functionality and reactivity or monomers and polymers. viously or concurrently. (NS) Mechanism and kinetics of step-growth and chain- CHM 381. Radiation and Structure (3) growth polymerization in homogenous and Quantum chemistry and group theory applied to molec- heterogenous media. Brief description of emulsion poly- ular orbital theory of bonding, structure, and merization, ionic polymerization, and copolymerization. spectroscopy. Study of selection rules for chemical and Prerequisites: one year of physical chemistry and one photochemical reactions. Prerequisites: CHM 341 and year of organic chemistry. (NS) MATH 205. (NS) CHM 396. (MAT 396) Chemistry of Nonmetallic CHM 382. Spectroscopy and Photochemical Solids (3) spring Kinetics (3) spring Chemistry of ionic and electronic defects in nonmetallic Applications of electronic, infrared, and microwave spec- solids and their influence on chemical and physical troscopy to the study of molecular structure. Chemical properties. Intrinsic and impurity controlled defects consequences of intramolecular excitation; quantum effi- nonstoichiometric compounds, defect interactions. ciencies and reaction mechanisms; pulse excitation and Properties to be discussed include: diffusion, sintering, dynamics of elementary processes. Prerequisite: CHM ionic and electronic conductivity, solid-state reactions, 341. (NS) and photoconductivity. Prerequisite: CHM 187 or MAT 205 or equivalent. (NS) CHM 385. Physical Chemistry of Printing Inks (3) fall Graduate Programs in Chemistry Physical chemical mechanisms of printing processes; The department of chemistry offers graduate studies composition, dispersion processes for pigments, rheology leading to several advanced degrees. These include mas- and printability of inks; color-matching; development of ter of science and doctor of philosophy degrees in solventless inks and specialty inks. Prerequisite: CHM chemistry, a doctor of arts in chemistry, master of sci- 187 or equivalent. (NS) ence and doctor of philosophy degrees in pharmaceutical CHM 388. (CHE 388) Polymer Synthesis and chemistry and a master of science in clinical chemistry. Characterization Laboratory (3) spring Master of science and doctor of philosophy degrees in Techniques include: free radical and condensation poly- chemistry may be obtained by study and research in any merization; molecular weight distribution by gel appropriate area of chemistry. Additional information chromatography; crystallinity and order by differential concerning the pharmaceutical chemistry and clinical scanning calorimetry; pyrolysis and gas chromatography; chemistry programs may be obtained from Section IV of dynamic mechanical and dielectric behavior; morpholo- this catalog. The doctor of arts degree includes broad gy and microscopy; surface properties. Prerequisites: course work in many of the major subdisciplines of CHM 187, 189 or 341 and 51. El-Aasser. (NS) chemistry and requires two areas of specialization. A lab- oratory problem in chemistry (at the M.S. level) and a CHM 391. (CHE 391) Colloid and Surface chemical education project (at the doctoral level) are Chemistry (3) fall required. A teaching internship (CHM 411) and an Physical chemistry of everyday phenomena. industrial externship are part of the degree program a Intermolecular forces and electrostatic phenomena at program which is particularly intended to upgrade col- interfaces, boundary tensions and films at interfaces, lege teachers presently employed in academia but not mass and charge transport in colloidal suspensions, elec- holding the doctorate. trostatic and London forces in disperse systems, gas The chemistry department also admits students to the adsorption and heterogeneous catalysis. Prerequisite: master of science and doctor of philosophy degree pro- CHM 187 or equivalent. Chaudhury. (NS) Chemistry 155 grams in polymer science and engineering. These are Completion of a doctor of philosophy degree program interdisciplinary programs which are described in normally requires a minimum of four years full-time Section IV of this catalog and are not administered by work after entrance with a bachelor’s degree. There are the chemistry department. The following information few specific course credit requirements for the Ph.D.; on admissions, proficiency examinations and other however, approved degree programs generally have at policies applies to all of the programs listed above but least 24 hours of course work (including any applied not to the interdisciplinary polymer science and engi- toward a master’s degree) and 6 credits of research. Thus, neering program. the program consists of approximately one-third formal Admission to graduate study in chemistry assumes that a course work and two-thirds independent study and student has met, or is willing to meet though further research. There is a two-credit seminar requirement study, minimum undergraduate requirements for a bach- (CHM 481). After Ph.D. proficiency has been estab- elor’s degree in chemistry. This would include (beyond lished and the research advisor selected (this must be two semesters of introductory chemistry) two semesters done by the end of the first year in residence), the major of organic chemistry, two semesters of physical chem- hurdles are the doctoral examinations (both written and istry, two semesters of analytical chemistry and one oral) in the student’s area of concentration which must semester of inorganic chemistry. A promising student be passed by the end of 2 1/2 years of residence. If this whose degree is in a field related to chemistry (e.g., biol- hurdle is surmounted, the remaining time is spent com- ogy, chemical engineering) may be admitted to graduate pleting (and ultimately defending) the dissertation study in chemistry provided that any deficiencies in research under the guidance of the research adviser and basic chemistry preparation are made up in the first year the dissertation committee. of graduate study, noting that some of the courses Most of the chemistry facilities are housed in the 90,000- required for this may not carry graduate credit. square-foot chemistry complex, first occupied in 1975. The chemistry department will administer proficiency The seven-story Seeley G. Mudd Building affords labora- examinations at the advanced undergraduate level in tory space of modern design; the top three floors are analytical, biochemistry, inorganic, organic and physical devoted to research laboratories. Some biochemistry chemistry to all regular graduate students at the time of research is located in Iacocca Hall of the Mountaintop matriculation. Each student is required to take three Campus. Pharmaceutical chemistry research is located in examinations. Information regarding material to be cov- the Seeley G. Mudd Building. Solid-state chemical ered on these examinations will be sent to each student research is located in the Sherman Fairchild Laboratory, in several months in advance of matriculation. It is expect- Whitaker Laboratory, and in the Seeley G. Mudd ed that each student will prepare diligently for these Building. Polymer chemistry research laboratories are tests. A student who performs well on one or more of located in Whitaker Laboratory, Iacocca Hall on the these tests has an opportunity to take advanced level and Mountaintop Campus, and the Seeley G. Mudd Building. special topics courses at an earlier than normal time and Current Research Projects may in fact begin graduate research during the first year. A Ph.D. candidate must show proficiency in three areas Current research projects of interest are listed below. and an M.S. candidate in two areas within the first year Analytical Chemistry. NMR studies of organic solids in residence. A student who fails one or more of the pro- and polymers; electrochemical reduction and oxidation ficiency examinations will meet with Professor Miller, mechanisms of organic compounds; clinical-biomedical faculty graduate coordinator, to determine an appropri- applications, mechanisms of electrode processes, ate course of action in light of the exam performance, adsorption. projected major and degree aspiration. Two optional Biochemistry. Characterization of lysosomal glycosidases routes are available for demonstration of proficiency. (1) and glycosyl transferases; functional role of carbohydrates The student through self-study and auditing of appro- in glycoproteins; abnormal glycoprotein metabolism in priate courses may prepare for a retaking of a proficiency human diseases; development of in vitro evaluation tech- examination at the beginning of the second semester in niques for prescreening candidate pharmaceuticals; residence. (2) Alternatively, the student may enroll in structural dynamics and molecular associations of biolog- appropriate 300 or 400 level courses during the first year ically significant molecules. in residence. A grade of B- or better in an appropriate Inorganic Chemistry. Synthesis, characterization and cat- 300-400 level course will be considered equivalent to alytic chemistry of transition metal organometallic passing the proficiency examination in that area. Courses complexes; applications of molecular mechanics and taken as a means of demonstrating proficiency will be molecular orbital theories in studies of inorganic and acceptable on the M.S. or Ph.D. graduate program. organic derivatives of the representative main group ele- The Master of Science in Chemistry degree requires a ments and transition metals; synthesis of solid catalysts total of 30 credits, and may be obtained by one of three including oxides, sulfides, zeolites and supported metals; options: 1) a minimum of 30 course credits, 2) a mini- use of organometallic and coordination chemistry in the mum of 27 course credits and a 3 credit literature review synthesis of thin-film materials, and as a guiding principle paper (taken under CHM 421, Chemistry Research), or in adhesion. Use of organometallic chemistry as a vehicle 3) a minimum of 24 course credits and 6 credits of for various catalytic transformations including polymeriza- experimental research (CHM 421). Each option requires tion and small molecule synthesis; lanthanide chemistry. a minimum of 18 credits at the 400 level (15 of which Materials and Polymer Chemistry. Inorganic and must be in chemistry) and one credit of CHM 481 organometallic chemistry in the synthesis of thin-film (Seminar). There are no other specifically required cours- materials; synthesis at and dynamics of polymer inter- es for the M.S. degree, allowing each student to design a faces; polymerization catalysis; synthesis, structure, curriculum that fits their needs and interests. Normally, conformation and properties of high polymers; tech- work for the master’s degree can be completed in 18 cal- niques and kinetics of emulsion polymerization and film endar months of full-time study. 156 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005 formation; acoustic, optical, permeability, dielectric and solutions and imaging, 500 MHZ spectrometer for solu- mechanical behavior of thin films, coatings and bulk tions. Photochemistry equipment—lamps and filters for polymers; molecular structure, relaxation behavior and selected wavelength work. Polarographs, chronopoten- energetics of fracture; elastic and viscoelastic behavior of tiometers, electrophoresis apparatus, electrochemical interpenetrating and rubbery networks; effects of order- impedance, electrochemical scanning tunneling micro- ing in the glassy state and crystallization on physical scope, potentiostats, and rotating disk electrode. Titration properties; crystallization under the influence of shear equipment (automated and computer interfaced), gradients; physical chemistry of polymer composites such portable data interface (8-channel 50 KHz), digital read- as polymer-concrete and filled polymers; interfacial char- out polarimeter, Vibron elastoviscometers, radio-tracer acteristics and interactions in polymer-inorganic systems; equipment, including a gamma counter, differential NMR studies of polymers in aqueous solutions and gels; refractometer, rheometer. Spectrometers—uv/visible dou- ionic motion through polymer films. ble beam automated, uv/visible/nearir, Fourier transformir Organic Chemistry. Synthesis of medicinal agents, cor- with diffuse reflectance, photoacoustic and attenuated relation of molecular structure with pharmacological total reflectance capability, laser Raman, GC mass spec- behavior; chemical models for biochemical reactions; trometers, time-of-flight (TOF) mass spectrometer with biosynthesis involving indole intermediates; chemistry 252Cf desorption source. Mssbauer spectrometer, of monolayers and organized molecule assemblages; positron annihilation spectrometer. Surface analysis facili- coal chemistry; organometallic reaction mechanisms; ties—rotating anode high-sensitivity high-energy protein folding and renaturation; molecular recogni- resolution ESCA with imaging capability (ESCA is tion; calorimetry; electrochemical studies of electron equipped with automated angular data acquisition). transfer reactions. Surface science facility—Auger electron spectroscopy, low energy electron diffraction (LEED), high resolution elec- Physical Chemistry. Chemistry at surfaces and interfaces tron energy loss spectroscopy (HREELS), of catalysts, coatings, structural alloys and microelectron- photocorrelation spectroscopy for submicron particle ics using an array of surface sensitive methods; NMR analysis. Ellipsometer, contact angle capabilities, gas and XPS imaging, ARXPS and ARUPS, surface diffrac- adsorption apparatus (BET), temperature programmed tion methods including XPD, surface dynamics in nano, desorption (TPD), atomic force microscope, instructional meso and macroscopic dimensions, STM/AFM in UHV scanning tunneling microscope, and light scattering. and “real “ environments, theory including ab initio Microcalorimeter (flowing with uv and refractive index FLAPW-DFT for periodic systems for interpretation of detectors), differential scanning calorimeter (DSC). XPS, UPS, optical, QNMR, FTIR and Raman spectra, as well as transition states both in thermal and photo- The NMR Laboratory is jointly operated with Air chemical reactions; NMR studies of polymer adsorption Products and Chemicals and the ESCA Laboratory is and polymer miscibility; the macromolecular structure of jointly operated with AT&T. A microcomputer laborato- kerogens; mineral matter catalyzed reactions in petrole- ry consisting of 18 pentium-based personal computers um formation; carbon catalyzed reactions; applications and a computer laboratory with five SGI Octane work of electronic structure theory to spectral simulation, stations are jointly operated with LTS. reactivity, transition states, and excited states; statistical Graduate Courses in Chemistry mechanics of order-disorder transitions. CHM 400. Laboratory Safety (0) fall Major Instrumentation Accident prevention; emergency response; government Chemistry research spans all areas: analytical, biochem- regulations; facilities for handling and storage disposal of istry, inorganic, organic, physical, and polymer. Special hazardous materials; emergency facilities; liabilities. equipment available for graduate research in chemistry is Lectures, multi-media presentations, hands-on training as follows. by practitioners. Biochemistry research facilities—HPLCs, GCs, FPLC, CHM 402. Physical Inorganic Chemistry (3) ultracentrifuges, DNA synthesizer, scintillation and alternate years gamma counters, cold rooms, cell disintegrator, zone and Aufbau principle and coupling of angular momenta is disc electrophoresis apparatus, column chromatograph, used to describe atomic and molecular term states. autoclave, ultra-low temperature freezers (–90 and Group theoretical principles will be utilized in studies of –135C), rotary vaporator, Milli-Q water purification sys- molecular orbital and ligand field theories of bonding. tem, shaking heated water baths, spectropolarimeter with Prerequisite: CHM 341 or equivalent. Klier circular dichroism capability. Cell culture facilities— complete with optical microscopes having fluorescent CHM 403. Advanced Topics in Inorganic and photographic capabilities, liquid scintillation equip- Chemistry (1-3) alternate years ment. Catalysis facility—fully automated high pressure Topics of contemporary interest in inorganic chemistry. reactors with on-line gas chromatographs. Coal research This course may be repeated when a different topic is and analysis facility—complete with ultracentrifuge, gas offered. Prerequisite: CHM 307 or equivalent. chromatographs, gel permeation chromatograph, vapor CHM 405. Organometallic Chemistry (3) pressure osmometer, dry boxes. Electron optical facili- alternate years ties—transmission electron microscopy with x-ray The chemistry of compounds containing carbon to fluorescence analysis capability, scanning electron micro- metal bonds. Among topics covered are the following: scope, and scanning electron microprobe. Gas organic compounds of the representative elements from chromatographs, including a PE sigma 3 for inverse gas Group I to IV; the chemistry of ferrocene and related pi- chromatography. Liquid chromatographs—high per- bonded organometallic complexes; metal carbonyl and formance for analytical and preparative work. NMR nitrosyl complexes; dioxygen and dinitrogen complexes; spectrometers—300 MHZ solid state, 360 MHZ for organic synthesis utilizing organometallic catalysts. Chemistry 157

CHM 411. Teaching Internship (3-6) fall-spring CHM 434. Advanced Topics in Spectroscopy (3) The preparation, teaching and grading of one or two fall, alternate years undergraduate lecture courses with appropriate supervi- Fundamentals of interactions of electromagnetic radia- sion by senior faculty members. Observation and tion with matter: electronic, vibrational, scattering based evaluation of the intern is effected by classroom visits spectroscopies, instrumentation and signal processing. and videotape review. Prerequisite: candidacy in the doc- Advanced applications to the analysis of molecular struc- tor of arts program or permission of the department ture and chemical processes including surface analysis, chair. May be repeated for credit. time-resolved spectroscopies, and ultrasensitive spectro- scopic techniques. Messmer CHM 421. Chemistry Research (1-6) Research in one of the following fields of chemistry: ana- CHM 435. Advanced Topics in Clinical lytical, inorganic, organic, physical, polymer, Chemistry (3) biochemistry. Selected areas of clinical chemistry such as chemical toxi- CHM 423. Bio-organic Chemistry (3) alternate cology, pathogenic microbial biochemistry in vivo diagnostic methodology, therapeutic drug monitoring, or years other advanced topics. May be repeated for credit when An examination of biochemistry on the basis of organic a different topic is offered. chemical principles. Emphasis on reaction mechanisms of biochemical transformations and methods for elucida- CHM 436. Special Topics in Analytical Chemistry tion of these mechanisms, i.e., kinetics, isotope effects, (1-3) exchange techniques, inhibition studies, substrate analog Topics of contemporary interest in analytical chemistry. effects and organic model studies. Prerequisite: CHM May be repeated for credit when a different topic is 358. Schray offered. CHM 424. Medicinal and Pharmaceutical CHM 437. (BIOS 437) Pathophysiological Chemistry (3) alternate years Chemistry (3) spring Principles of drug design, structure-activity relationships Biochemical basis of human diseases involving abnormal in antibacterial, antimalarial, anti-inflammatory and psy- metabolism of proteins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, and choactive drugs; synthesis and modes of action of lipids. Emphasis on the correlation of the clinical presen- pharmacologically active agents radioactive pharmaceuti- tation of disease processes seen as physiological cals. Prerequisite: one year of organic chemistry. Heindel dysfunctions with clinical laboratory methods. Lectures, CHM 430. Chemical and Biochemical Separations student presentations, and clinical case discussions. Prerequisite: consent of the department chair. Alhadeff (3) spring, alternate years Theory and applications of equilibrium and nonequilib- CHM 438. Advanced Topics in NMR (3) spring, rium separation techniques at both the analytical and alternate years preparative levels. Solvent and buffer extractions, chro- Fundamental aspects of NMR analysis; instrumental matographic separations (e.g., thin layer, partition, gas design; data acquisition and processing parameters; liquid, gel filtration, ion exchange, affinity, supercritical nuclear spin relaxation; theory of spin dynamics; product fluid), electrophoretic separations (e.g., gel, capillary, iso- operator formalism; density matrix theory; multidimen- electric focusing, immunoelectrophoresis), centrifugal sional methods; analysis strategies. Roberts separations (e.g., differential, velocity sedimentation, density gradient) and other separation methods (e.g., CHM 441. Chemical Kinetics (3) alternate years A study of kinetic processes. Phenomenological chemical dialysis, ultrafiltration). Examples will focus on biologi- kinetics; order, mechanism effect of external variables on cal applications. Alhadeff rate. Theories of the rate constant. Relation between CHM 431. Contemporary Topics in Analytical thermodynamics and kinetics. Applications to selected Chemistry (1) systems such as unimolecular decompositions, molecular Discussion of the current literature in analytical chem- beams and diffusion-limited processes. Prerequisite: one istry, including spectroscopy, separations, and year of physical chemistry. electrochemistry. Students find current papers and lead CHM 443. (MAT 443) Solid-State Chemistry (3) discussions. May be repeated for credit. alternate years CHM 432. Chemometrics (3) fall, alternate years Crystal structure, diffraction in crystals and on surfaces, Mathematical and statistical methods for experimental bonding and energy spectra in solids dielectrics, surface design, calibration, signal resolution, and instrument states and surface fields in crystals. Prerequisite: one control and optimization. course in linear algebra and one course in quantum CHM 433. Electroanalytical Chemistry (3) alter- mechanics. Klier nate years CHM 445. Elements of Physical Chemistry (4) Theory and applications of selected electrochemical Quantum chemistry of simple systems, molecular structure techniques; solutions to mass transport problems, treat- and spectroscopy, statistical and classical thermodynamics. ment of electron transfer kinetics and kinetics of Prerequisite: CHM 341 or its equivalent. associated chemical reactions, and critical evaluation of CHM 451. Physical Organic Chemistry (3) adsorption and other factors associated with electro- chemical processes. Prerequisite: CHM 332 or alternate years An introduction to quantitative organic chemistry includ- equivalent. ing relationships between structure and reactivity, medium effects on reactions, introduction to orbital symmetry effects in organic reactions, and reaction mechanisms. Prerequisite: CHM 358 or consent of department chair. 158 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

CHM 453. Heterocyclic Compounds (3) CHM 471. (BIOS 471) Eucaryotic Biochemistry alternate years (3) alternate years An intensive study of the syntheses, reactions and prop- Biochemistry of selected eucaryotic processes including erties of heteroaromatic compounds including derivatives hormone chemistry, blood clotting, immunochemistry, of thiophene, pyrrole, furan, indole, pyridine, quinoline, vision chemistry, muscle chemistry and photosynthesis. the azoles and the diazines — all considered from the The second part of the course will involve presentation viewpoint of modern theories of structure and reaction and discussion of the current literature by class partici- mechanisms. Prerequisite: CHM 358. pants. Prerequisite: BIOS/CHM 372 or consent of CHM 455. Organic Reactions (3) alternate years department chair. Lowe-Krentz Intensive survey of modern synthetic organic chemistry CHM 472. (BIOS 472) Lipids and Membranes from a mechanistic standpoint. Classical Name-reac- (3) alternate years tions, olefin synthesis, organometallic reagents in Structure, physical properties and functions of lipids synthesis, Woodward-Hoffmann rules, electrocyclic and their biological aggregates. Techniques for studying processes, enolate chemistry, and related reactions. lipid assemblies, enzymes which act on lipids, mem- Prerequisite: CHM 358. brane proteins and lipoproteins will also be discussed. CHM 456. Spectral Analysis (3) fall Prerequisite: BIOS/CHM 372 or consent of depart- Use of data from nuclear magnetic resonance, infrared, ment chair. Lowe-Krentz ultraviolet, and mass spectrometric techniques for the CHM 473. (BIOS 473) Biochemistry of Complex determination of structure of organic compounds. Carbohydrates (3) alternate years Emphasis on information from one- and two-dimension- Consideration of the structure, function and metabolism al proton and carbon NMR, and a mechanistic of complex carbohydrates (glycolipids, glycoproteins and interpretation of data from mass spectrometry. Foster proteoglycans) with particular emphasis on glycopro- CHM 457. Organic Reaction Mechanisms (3) teins. The first part of the course will consist of lectures Intensive in-class problem solving that involves the for- to familiarize the student with basic terms, concepts and mulation of reasonable reaction mechanisms for complex processes. The second part will involve critical readings, multistep pathways, i.e. organic transformations that presentation and discussion of the current primary proceed via highly energetic intermediates such as carbo- research literature by class participants. Alhadeff cations, carbanions, free radicals, carbenes, and nitrenes. CHM 475. Advanced Topics in Chemistry (1) CHM 458. Topics in Organic Chemistry (1-3) Audiovisual courses in topics such as acid-base theory, An intensive study of limited areas in organic chemistry. NMR, chromatography, electroanalytical chemistry and May be repeated when a different topic is offered. mass-spectroscopy interpretation; course material obtained from the American Chemical Society. May be CHM 466. Advanced Organic Preparations (2-3) repeated for credit. A laboratory course of instruction in advanced tech- niques of the preparation of organic compounds. CHM 477. (BIOS 477) Topics in Biochemistry (1-3) Selected areas of biochemistry, such as mechanisms of CHM 467. (BIOS 467) Principles of Nucleic Acid enzyme action, new developments in the chemistry of Structure (3) alternate years lipids, nucleic acids, carbohydrates and proteins. May be An examination of the principles underlying nucleic acid repeated for credit when different topics are offered. structure including stereochemistry, electrostatics, hydra- Prerequisite: consent of the department chair. tion, torsional constraints, sequence specific effects, and interaction with nuclear proteins. Special emphasis will CHM 479. (BIOS 479) Biochemical Techniques (3) be placed on DNA structure. Prerequisite: one year of Laboratory studies of the techniques and principles biochemistry and one year of physical chemistry or per- involved in the isolation, identification, and biochemical mission of the department chair. Behe transformation of carbohydrates, lipids, nucleic acids and proteins. Prerequisite: CHM 371 or its equivalent CHM 468. (BIOS 468) Principles of Protein previously or concurrently. Structure (3) alternate years An examination of the principles underlying protein CHM 480. (BIOS 480) Advanced Biochemical structure including stereochemistry, preferred tertiary Preparations (1-3) structures, protein homology, excluded volume effects, An advanced laboratory course in the preparation, isola- time dependent structural fluctuations, and prediction of tion, purification, and identification of biochemically protein structure from sequence information. produced materials. Emphasis is placed on materials and Prerequisites: one year of biochemistry and one year of procedures of current interest in biochemistry. physical chemistry or permission of the department Prerequisite: consent of the department chair. chair. Behe CHM 481. Chemistry Seminar (1) CHM 469. (BIOS 469) Biochemical Problem Student presentations on current research topics in the Solving I (1) fall student’s discipline but not on subjects close to the the- Applications of material covered in BIOS/CHM 371 sis. A one-hour presentation and attendance at other including techniques used in research. Prerequisite: presentations are required for credit. May be repeated for BIOS/CHM 371 previously or concurrently. credit, up to six times. CHM 470. (BIOS 470) Biochemical Problem CHM 482. (CHE 482, MAT 482) Engineering Solving II (1) spring Behavior of Polymers (3) spring Applications of concepts covered in BIOS/CHM 372 Mechanical behavior of polymers. Characterization of including techniques used in research. Prerequisite: experimentally observed viscoelastic response of polymeric BIOS/CHM 372 previously or concurrently. solids with the aid of mechanical model analogs. Topics Chemistry 159 include time-temperature superposition, experimental of solvents including water. Coating rheology, mill base characterization of large deformation and fracture process- letdown, and pigment settling. Film application includ- es, polymer adhesion, and the effects of fillers, plasticizer, ing leveling, sagging, slumping and draining. moisture, and aging on mechanical behavior. Prerequisite: CHM 393 or 394 or equivalent. CHM 483. (CHE 483) Emulsion Polymers (3) fall CHM 492. (CHE 492) Topics in Polymer Science (3) Fundamental concepts important in manufacture, char- Intensive study of topics selected from areas of current acterization, and application of polymer latexes. Topics research interest such as morphology and mechanical include colloidal stability, polymerization mechanisms behavior, thermodynamics and kinetics of crystallization, and kinetics, reactor design, characterization of particle new analytical techniques, molecular weight distribution, surfaces, latex rheology, morphology considerations, non-Newtonian flow behavior, second-order transition polymerization with functional groups, film formation phenomena, novel polymer structures. Credit above and various application problems. Prerequisite: previous three hours is granted only when different material is course in polymers. covered. Prerequisite: CHM 392 or equivalent CHM 484. (CHE 484) Crystalline Polymers (3) CHM 493. Organic Chemistry of Organic spring Polymer Coatings (3) alternate years Morphology and behavior of both polymer single crys- Film information from solution and dispersion, and tals and bulk crystallized system. Relationship between application of coatings. Mechanism and kinetics of cur- basic crystal physics, thermal and annealing history, ori- ing glyceride oils, varnishes and alkyd resins, unsaturated entation and resulting properties. Thermodynamics and polyesters, thermoplastics cellulose, acrylic and vinyl kinetics of transition phenomena and a brief treatment resins, epoxy resins, polyurethanes, amine- and phenol- of hydrodynamic properties and their relationship to formaldehyde resins, thermosetting vinyl and acrylic crystallization and processing properties. copolymers, water-based systems, natural and synthetic rubber, and silicone resins. New solutions coatings. CHM 485. (CHE 485, MAT 485) Polymer Blends Prerequisite: CHM 393 and 394 or equivalent. and Composites (3) fall Synthesis, morphology and mechanical behavior of poly- CHM 494. Quantum Chemistry (3) alternate years mer blends and composites. Mechanical blends block Principles and applications of quantum mechanics to and graft copolymers, interpenetrating polymer net- chemical problems. Applications to chemical bonding, works, polymer impregnated solids and fiber and molecular structure, reactivity and spectroscopy. particulate-reinforce polymers are emphasized. Prerequisite: CHM 445 or consent of the department chair. Prerequisite: any introductory course in polymers. CHM 495. Statistical Thermodynamics (3) alter- CHM 487. Topics in Colloid and Surface nate years Chemistry (3) Principles and applications of statistical mechanics to Applications of colloid chemistry; special topics in sur- chemical problems. A study of the techniques for face chemistry. Lectures and seminar. May be repeated evaluating the properties of matter in bulk from the for credit as different topics are covered. Prerequisite: properties of molecules and their interactions. CHM 391. Prerequisite: CHM 445 or consent of the department chair. CHM 488. Advanced Topics in Physical Chemistry (1-3) Civil and Environmental Advanced topics in physical chemistry, such as photo- chemistry and molecular beam dynamics, Fourier Engineering transform spectroscopy, kinetics of rapid reactions, theo- Professors. Arup K. SenGupta, Ph.D. (Houston), chair ry of magnetic resonance, liquids and solutions. May be and Peter C. Rossin Professor; Gerard P. Lennon, Ph.D. repeated for credit when different topics are offered. (Cornell), associate chair; John L. Wilson, Ph.D. CHM 489. Organic Polymer Science II (3) (Pittsburgh), graduate officer; Richard Sause, Ph.D. (U.C. alternate years Berkeley), director, Center for Advanced Technology for Continuation of CHM 394. Theory and mechanism of Large Structural Systems and Joseph T. Stuart Professor; M. ionic vinyl-addition chain-growth polymerization. Chain Sorensen, Ph.D. (U.C. Berkeley); Richard N. Weisman, copolymerization by radical and ionic mechanism. Ph.D. (Cornell). Mechanism of ring-opening polymerization, stereochem- Associate professors. Horace Moo-Young, Ph.D. (RPI); istry of polymerization including ionic, coordination, Peter Mueller, Dr. sc. techn. (ETH, Zurich); Sibel and Ziegler-Natta mechanisms. Reactions of polymers, Pamukcu, Ph.D. (L.S.U.); Stephen P. Pessiki, Ph.D. including crosslinking, reaction of functional groups, (Cornell), Weixian Zhang, Ph.D. (Johns Hopkins). graft and block copolymers, and polymer carriers and Assistant professors. Derick Brown, Ph.D. (Princeton); supports. Prerequisite: CHM 394 or equivalent. Kristen L. Jellison, Ph.D (M.I.T.); Clay Naito Ph.D. CHM 491. Physical Chemistry of Organic (U.C. Berkeley); Yunfeng Zhang Ph.D. (Cal. Tech.). Polymer Coatings (3) alternate years Active emeriti. John W. Fisher, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Le Wu Pigment/bonder geometry. Oil absorption of pigments. Lu, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Alexis Ostapenko, Sc.D. (M.I.T.); Critical Pigment Volume Concentration concept. David A. VanHorn, Ph.D. (Iowa State); Ben-Tseng Yen, Pigment dispersion including surface tension, capillarity, Ph.D. (Lehigh). works of dispersion, transfer and flocculation, and dis- Civil engineering occupies a prominent position as one persing-mixing equipment. Solubility parameter of the major fields in the engineering profession. Civil concept. Coating viscosity and viscometers. Evaporation engineers are concerned with all aspects of the concep- 160 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005 tion, planning, design, construction, operation, and istry, hazardous waste management, environmental sys- maintenance of major physical works and facilities that tem modeling, wastewater management, solid waste are essential to modern life. Civil engineering projects management, atmospheric system and air pollution con- are typically characterized by extreme size, complexity, trol, and environmental and occupational health. (4) durability, and cost. Examples include bridges, buildings, Develop our students to be proficient in advanced prin- transportation facilities, tunnels, coastal facilities, dams, ciples in three environmental engineering focus areas: foundations, and waterways. water supply and resources, environmental chemistry, Environmental Engineering is a relatively young inter- hazardous waster management. (5) Provide broad career disciplinary branch of the engineering profession that opportunities for our students by integrating planning, has emerged from the societal needs to educate engineers economics, finance, probability and statistics, manage- in the causes, control, and prevention of environmental ment and organizational structure and presentation of pollution while maintaining industrial and economic real-life engineering experiences in the curriculum. (6) growth. Traditionally, environmental engineers were Provide opportunities for our students to develop and involved in designing and constructing drinking water exhibit team building, leadership, and continued educa- treatment plants, sewage treatment facilities and water tion/learning skills. (7) Provide opportunities in most distribution networks. More recently, the environmental required courses for our students to develop and use engineering profession has greatly expanded and the communication skills. (8) Develop opportunities, both activities include: detection and modeling fate and trans- inside and outside of the classroom, for understanding port of contaminants in both natural and engineered professional practice issues which include ethical respon- environments; applying technology-based solutions for sibilities, political, international, historical, cultural, restoring environmental quality; developing and/or mod- societal, and diversity issues. ifying industrial processes for ecological preservation and A technical minor in Environmental Engineering, avail- enhanced sustainability. Previously, environmental engi- able for students outside the department, consists of a neering was included as part of the civil engineering prerequisite (CHEM 31), three courses chosen from program. Starting in Fall, 2002, it can also be pursued as CEE 170, CEE 274, CEE 373 (CHE 373), and CEE a separate B.S. degree that will be considered for accredi- 276 (CHE 276), and one additional course from the tation at the next college review in 2006-2007. required list or from CEE 222, CEE 323 (EES 323), Our Departmental Mission is to educate students in the CEE 327 (EES 327), CEE 345, CEE 274, CEE 276, principles and methods essential to the practice and CHE 321, CHE 331, CHE 370, EES 353, and EES advancement of civil and environmental engineering. 376. At least two of the courses must be from the CEE Our students are prepared to apply and continually culti- department. vate knowledge that will enable them to become Both undergraduate programs include a strong base of successful practitioners, innovators and leaders in serving mathematics, including calculus and probability and sta- the needs of a complex society. The accredited Civil tistics, and the physical sciences, followed by a course in Engineering Bachelor of Science degree program objec- planning and engineering economics and a broad range tives are: (1) Provide our students with an education in of required and elective courses in engineering science, the fundamental principles and scientific methods essen- analysis and design in the areas listed above in each set of tial to contemporary civil engineering. (2) Provide our program objectives. In addition, the civil engineering students the opportunity to study broad topics of civil program has an engineering science and a surveying engineering. (3) Develop our students to be proficient in requirement and the environmental engineering program four areas of civil engineering: environmental, hydraulic, has a course in risks, regulations, and policy. Both pro- geotechnical, and structural engineering. (4) Provide our grams are enriched with a series of required and elective students the opportunity to study advanced topics in one courses in the humanities and social sciences. Elective or more areas of civil engineering. (5) Provide broad courses in both programs extend across the areas of struc- career opportunities for our students by integrating plan- tural, geotechnical, hydraulic, environmental, ning, economics, finance, probability and statistics, construction and project management, and transporta- management and organizational structure, and presenta- tion engineering. Additional elective courses in the tion of real-life engineering experiences in the environmental program are available from chemical engi- curriculum. (6) Provide opportunities for our students to neering, chemistry, and earth and environmental science. develop and exhibit team building, leadership, and con- In each curriculum, emphasis is placed on the develop- tinued education/learning skills. (7) Provide ment of a solid knowledge of civil or environmental opportunities for our students to develop and use com- engineering fundamentals. Concomitantly, the program munication skills. (8) Develop opportunities, both inside is threaded with instruction and opportunities in com- and outside of the classroom, for understanding profes- puter applications. sional practice issues which include ethical The civil and environmental engineering programs pre- responsibilities, political, international, historical, cultur- pare individuals for entry into the engineering profession al, societal, and diversity issues. The Environmental or for entry into high-quality programs of graduate Engineering Bachelor of Science degree program objec- study. With proper selection of electives, students may tives are: (1) Provide our students with an education in also prepare for entrance into schools of law or medi- the fundamental principles and scientific methods essen- cine, or into master’s-level programs in engineering tial to contemporary environmental engineering. (2) management or business administration. The civil engi- Provide our students the opportunity to study broad neering program is fully accredited, and application for topics of environmental engineering. (3) Develop our accreditation of the new environmental engineering will students to be knowledgeable of introductory level fun- be sought at the first opportunity, e.g. after graduation damentals in eight environmental engineering focus of the first class of students. areas: water supply and resources, environmental chem- Civil and Environmental Engineering 161

Five-year programs are available for students interested Elective opportunities total 42 credit hours. The selection in a second bachelor’s degree in a major in the College of of elective courses is to be in consultation with student’s Arts and Sciences (see listings under Arts-Engineering; academic adviser in the Department of Civil and Civil Engineering and Earth and Environmental Environmental Engineering. A total of 134 credit hours is Sciences). required for the bachelor’s degree in civil engineering. Recommended Sequence of Courses, B.S. in Civil Recommended Sequence of Courses, B.S. in Engineering Environmental Engineering The normal freshman engineering year is 30 credits (see The normal freshman engineering year is 30 credits (see Section III). The required HSS Advanced Requirement Section III). Using the 4 credits of POLS 111 leaves 9 of 13 credits shown below to be three 3-credit courses credits to complete required HSS Advanced Require- and one 4-credit course. Other options are possible. ment of 13 credits, shown below to be three 3-credit sophomore year, first semester (17 credit hours) courses. MATH 23 Analytic Geometry and Calculus III (4) sophomore year, first semester (17 credit hours) MECH 2 Elementary Engineering Mechanics (3) MATH 23 Calculus III (4) CEE 10 Engineering/Architectural Graphics CHEM 51 Organic Chemistry I (3) and Design (3) CHEM 53 Organic Chem Lab (1) CEE 11 Surveying (1) MECH 2 Elementary Engineering Mechanics (3) CEE 12 Civil Engineering Statistics (2) CEE 12 Civil ENGR. Statistics (2) ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) sophomore year, second semester (18 credit hours) sophomore year, second semester (18 credit hours) MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) MECH 12 Strength of Materials (3) PHY 21 Intro Physics II (4) CEE 170 Introduction to Environmental PHY 22 Intro Physics II Laboratory (1) Engineering (4) CEE 170 Intro. Environmental ENGR (4) PHYS 21 Introductory Physics II (4) CEE 272 Environmental Risk Assessment (2) PHYS 22 Introductory Physics Lab II (1) POLS 111 Politics of Environment (4) HSS Humanities/Social Sciences Elec. (3) junior year, first semester (16 credit hours) junior year, first semester (17 credit hours) CEE 121 Mechanics of Fluids (3) MAT 33 Engineering Materials and Processes (3) CEE 142 Fund. Soil Mechanics (3) CEE 121 Mechanics of Fluids (3) CEE 276 Env. ENGR. Processes (3) CEE 123 Civil Engineering Materials (1) CHE 31 Matl. & Energy Bal. of CHE Process (3) CEE 142 Fundamentals of Soil Mechanics (3) EES 21 Intro. to Planet Earth (4) CEE 159 Structural Analysis I (4) junior year, second semester (18 credit hours) *Engineering Science Elective (3) CEE 222 Hydraulic Engineering (3) junior year, second semester (18 credit hours) CEE 274 Environmental Water Chemistry (3) CEE 117 Numerical Methods in Civil CHE 60 Unit Ops Survey (3) Engineering (2) CEE 275 Enviro-Geo-Hydraulics Lab (2) CEE 262 Fund. of Structural Steel Design (3) or HSS Humanities/Soc. Sciences Elective (3) CEE 264 Fund. of Structural Concrete Design (3) EES 31 Intro. Env/Organismal Biology (4) CEE 222 Hydraulic Engineering (3) senior year, first semester (17 credit hours) CEE 242 Principles and Practices of CEE 202 CEE Planning and Engr. Economics (3) Geotechnical Engineering (3) CEE 203 Professional Development (2) HSS Humanities/Social Sciences Elec. (4) CEE 378 Solid & Haz. Waste Management (3) CEE **Approved Elective (3) CEE 379 Environmental Case Studies (3) senior year, first semester (17 credit hours) TE* Technical Elective (3) CEE 202 CEE Planning and Engineering FE Free Elective (3) Economics (3) senior year, second semester (18 credit hours) CEE 203 Professional Development (2) CEE 377** Environmental Engr. Project (3) HSS Humanities/Social Sciences Elec. (3) TE* Technical Electives (6) CEE **Approved Electives (6) HSS Humanities/Social Sci. Elective (6) Free Elective (3) FE Free Electives senior year, second semester (17 credit hours) *9 technical (approved) elective credits approved by the aca- CEE 290 Capstone Design (3) demic advisor to satisfy proficiency in three focus areas of HSS Humanities/Social Science Elective (3) water supply and resources, environmental chemistry, and CEE **Approved Electives (8) hazardous waste management; approved list available from Free Elective (3) CEE department. *MECH 102, ME 104, or ECE 81. **A total of 134 credits is required for the bachelor’s degree **Seventeen CEE elective credits approved by the CEE in Environmental Engineering. department chairperson; list on department web site. 162 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

Undergraduate Courses engineering properties of rocks. Soil compaction, consol- idation, shear strength, stress-strain, Mohr-Coulomb CEE 10. (ARCH 10). Engineering/Architectural failure analysis. Laboratory experiments to measure Graphics and Design (3) fall physical and mechanical properties of soils. Prerequisite: Graphical communication of civil engineering and archi- MECH 2. (ES 2, ED 1) tectural projects using manual techniques and commercial state-of-the-art computer software. Topics CEE 159. Structural Analysis I (4) fall include visualization and sketching; orthographic, iso- Elastic analysis of statically determinate beams, frames, metric and other drawings; points, lines and planes in and trusses; deflections by the methods of virtual work descriptive geometry; site design; overview of geographi- and moment area; influence lines for determinate struc- cal information systems and 3-D applications. Teamwork tures; modeling for structural analysis; flexibility, stiffness, on design projects with oral and graphical presentations. and approximate methods of analysis of indeterminate Not available to students who have taken ME 10. structures. Prerequisite: MECH 12. (ES 4, ED 0) CEE 11. Surveying (1) fall CEE 170. Introduction to Environmental Theory and practice of basic engineering surveying Engineering (4) spring measurements and analysis. Topics to include field note Characterization and evaluation of natural water taking, datums and measurement precision, equipment resources. Principles of basic water chemistry. Water and and techniques for measuring distance, elevation and wastewater treatment processes. Sludge treatment, air angles, electronic distance measurement, topographic pollution and multi-media transport. Pollutants mass surveys, GPS and hydrographic surveys. Hands on expe- balance and oxygen transfer. Field trips to water and rience with the use of survey levels, transits/theodolites wastewater process facilities. Laboratory experiments on and a total station will be provided. (ED 1) water and wastewater characterization. Prerequisites: CHEM 21. (ES 3, Other 1). CEE 12. Civil Engineering Statistics (2) fall Basic engineering statistics with a civil engineering orien- CEE 171. Fundamentals of Environmental tation. Topics to include: random variables and Technology (4) histograms; central tendency, dispersion and skew; prob- Pollution control technologies and how they work for ability density functions and cumulative distribution water, air, and solid wastes. Assessment and management functions, basic probability concepts and selected proba- of risk as applied to remediation of contaminated wastes. bility models, return period analysis, linear regression Role of life cycle analysis of products in risk reduction. and least squares, correlation analysis, propagation of Technologies leading to sustainable environment. errors. (ES 1, ED 1) Government policies and regulations, including litiga- CEE 104. Readings in Civil Engineering (1-4) tion and Best Available Technology. Prerequisite: one Study of selected technical papers, with abstracts and advanced science course or permission of instructor. Not reports. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: consent available to students in RCEAS. of the department chair. CEE 202. CEE Planning and Engineering CEE 117. Numerical Methods in Civil Economics (3) fall Engineering (2) spring The planning and management of civil engineering proj- Techniques for computer solution of linear and non-lin- ects. Modeling and optimization methods, project ear simultaneous equations; eigenvalue analysis; finite management techniques. Financial decision-making differences; numerical integration; numerical solutions to among alternatives. Present value and discounted cash ordinary differential equations. Case studies in the vari- flow analysis; incremental analysis and rate-of-return cri- ous branches of civil engineering. Prerequisites: teria. (ES 1, ED 2) Engineering 1, MATH 205. (ES 2, ED 0) CEE 203. Professional Development (2) fall CEE 121. Mechanics of Fluids (3) fall Elements of professionalism; professional ethics; engi- Fluid properties and statics; concepts and basic equations neering registration; continuing education; for fluid dynamics. Forces caused by flowing fluids and responsibilities of an engineer in industry, government, energy required to transport fluids. Dynamics similitude private practice; role of professional and technical soci- and modeling of fluid flows. Includes laboratory experi- eties. (ES 0, ED0, Other 2) ments to demonstrate basic concepts. Prerequisite: CEE 205. Design Problems (1-6) MECH 2. (ES 3, ED 0) Supervised individual design problems, with report. CEE 123. Civil Engineering Materials (1) spring Prerequisite: consent of the department chair. (ED 1-6) Properties of commonly used civil engineering materials CEE 207. Transportation Engineering (3) spring focusing on concrete. Concrete coverage includes cement Principles of the design of transportation facilities with chemistry and manufacture; cement hydration and emphasis on highways and airports in the areas of geomet- microstructure; mixture design; mechanical properties; ric, drainage, and pavement design. Design problems. admixtures; in-service performance and deterioration Prerequisites: CEE 11 or CEE 14. (ES 0, ED 3) mechanisms. Includes some laboratory work. (ES 1) CEE 211. Research Problems (1-6) CEE 142. Fundamentals of Soil Mechanics (3) Fall Supervised individual research problems, with report. Fundamental principles of physical index properties of Prerequisite: consent of the department chair. soils, water flow through soils, stress and deformation CEE 222. Hydraulic Engineering (3) spring phenomena in soils and strength parameters of soils. Pipe and pump hydraulics, engineering hydrology, Weight-volume relationships, consistency, gradation, and ground water hydraulics, and open channel hydraulics. classification. Soil mineralogy, composition, and fabric; Laboratory experiments in applied hydraulics. clay-water electrolyte system. Geological processes, and Civil and Environmental Engineering 163

Prerequisite CEE 121, ME 231, or equivalent. (ES 1, CEE 272. Environmental Risk Assessment (2) ED 2) spring CEE 242. Principles and Practices of Geotechnical Effects of chemical releases on human health; ecological risks. Application of risk assessment methodology, Engineering (3) spring including hazard identification, exposure assessment, The principles related to evaluation of the interactions toxicity assessment, and risk characterization. between the soil environment and man-made facilities. Accounting for uncertainty in data during risk manage- Site exploration and in-situ soil characterization. ment, risk reduction and implementation of regulations Construction use of soils, soil-like materials, and geosyn- and environmental policy. thetics in civil engineering facilities. Ground improvement techniques. One and two-dimensional CEE 274. Environmental Water Chemistry (3) flow, flow nets, uplift pressures on structures, and lique- spring faction. Failure theories, stress paths, settlement. Stability Chemical principles and applications of those principles of earth slopes, dams and levees. Lateral earth pressures to the analysis and understanding of aqueous environ- and retaining walls. Bearing capacity of soils for shallow mental chemistry in natural waters and wastewaters. The foundations. Prerequisite: CEE 142. (ES 2, ED 1) chemistry of ionic equilibria, redox reactions, precipita- CEE 244. Foundation Engineering (3) fall tion/dissolution, acid-base concepts, buffer capacity, complexation, hydrolysis and biological reactions. Application of theories and principles of soil mechanics Prerequisite: CHEM 31 or CEE 170. (ES 2, Other 1) to foundation design of constructed facilities. In-situ soil test and measurement, subsurface exploration and soil CEE 275. Environmental, Geotechnics and sampling. Bearing capacity, settlement, lateral earth pres- Hydraulics Laboratory (2) Spring sure principles. Design of shallow foundations: spread Applying fundamentals of soil properties, hydraulics and footings, beams on elastic foundations, mat foundations. environmental science through appropriate laboratory Design of retaining walls: mechanically stabilized earth, experiments for solution of environmental engineering concrete and sheet pile walls, walls for excavations. problems. Experiments will include solute transport in Design of deep foundations: single piles, pile founda- surface and subsurface medium; characterization of soils, tions, drilled piers and caissons. Prerequisite: CEE 242 sludges and water; treatment of water and wastewater (ES 1.5, ED 1.5) including biological processes. Illustration of techniques CEE 258. Structural Laboratory (3) to generate design parameters for scale-up. Prerequisite: Experimental study of behavior of members and struc- CEE 170, previously or concurrently. (ES 1, ED 1) tures. Planning, executing, and reporting experimental CEE 276. (CHE 276). Environmental Engineering studies. Introduction to instrumentation and data acqui- Processes (3) fall sition. Nondestructive testing of civil engineering Processes applied in environmental engineering for air structures. Steel, rein-forced concrete, and other materi- pollution control, treatment of drinking water, munici- als. Prerequisite: CEE 262 and CEE 264. (ES 2, ED 1) pal wastewater, industrial wastes, hazardous/toxic wastes, CEE 259. Structural Analysis II (3) fall and environmental remediation. Kinetics, reactor theory, Analysis of statically indeterminate structures, methods mass balances, application of fundamental physical, of slope deflection and moment distribution; considera- chemical and biological principles to analysis and design. tion of side-sway and nonprismatic members. Influence Prerequisite: CEE 170 or equivalent. (ES 2, ED 1). lines for determinate and indeterminate structures. CEE 279. (BIOS 259, EES 259) Microbial Flexibility and stiffness matrix methods for computerized Ecology (4) analysis. Use of computer library programs. Prerequisite: The role of microorganisms in the environment. Topics CEE 159. (ES 3, ED 0) include: Survey of microbial classification, structure, and CEE 262 Fundamentals of Structural Steel Design metabolism; study of microbes at population, communi- (3) spring ty, and ecosystem levels of organization; the role of Introduction to steel structures. Behavior, strength and microbes in biogeochemical cycles; application of design of structural members, including members subject- microbes to bioremediation and resource recovery prob- ed to axial tension, axial compression, flexure and lems. Prerequisite: EES 31 and EES 152, or consent of combined compression and flexure. Basic methods of join- instructor. ing members to form a structural system. Use of design CEE 281. Special Topics (1-6) specifications. Prerequisite: CEE 159. (ES 1, ED 2). A study of selected topics in civil and environmental CEE 264. Fundamentals of Structural Concrete engineering not included in other formal courses. A Design (3) spring design project or an interdisciplinary study of a problem Analysis, design, and detailing of reinforced concrete related to civil or environmental engineering may be members and simple systems for strength and servicea- included. Civil and environmental engineering students bility requirements, including beams, columns, and working on design projects involving students from slabs. Introduction to prestressed concrete. Prerequisite: other departments or colleges working in cross-discipli- CEE 159. (ES 1, ED 2) nary teams may be included. A report is required. Prerequisite: consent of the department chair. CEE 266. Construction Management (3) spring An overview of mangement and construction techniques CEE 290. CEE Design Project (3) spring used in engineering ventures and projects. Scheduling, Supervised design projects applying the fundamentals of estimation, construction methods, financial controls, engineering science and the concepts of planning and contracts, labor relations and organizational forms. Case systems analysis in the design of practical engineering studies and lecturers from industry. Prerequisites CEE works. The scope includes needs analysis, formulation of 159 and CEE 202, or instructor’s approval. the design problem statement and evaluative criteria; analysis of alternative solutions and the generation of 164 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005 specifications. Economic, social, environmental, aesthetic soils in triaxial compression, tensile strength, and other and safety constraints are considered. Practicing profes- shear tests, including measurement of pore water pres- sional engineers are invited to serve as consultants. sures; model design and analysis; dynamic tests; field Written and oral reports are required. Prerequisite: measurement of in situ soil properties; laboratory and Senior standing. (ES 0, ED 3) field instrumentation. Prerequisites: CEE 242 and senior CEE 316 (EES 316). Hydrogeology (4) standing. (ES 1.5, ED 1.5) Interrelationships of geologic materials and processes CEE 344. Behavior of Soils as Engineering with water; entry, storage, interaction, and flow of water Materials (3) through permeable earth materials; evaluation, develop- Soil mineralogy, bondage, crystal structure and surface ment, and management of ground-water resources. characteristics; clay-water electrolyte system; soil fabric Lectures and recitation/laboratory. Prerequisites: EES 21 and its measurement; soil structure and physical proper- or EES 101. (ES 4) ty relationships; soil depositional and compositional CEE 320 (EES 320). Engineering Hydrology (3) characteristics; engineering properties of soils as they fall relate to soil mineralogy, fabric and composition: volume Rainfall-runoff analysis, overland flow, hydrograph theo- change behavior, intergranular stresses, shear strength ries, modeling. Frequency analysis of extreme events. and deformation behavior, conduction behavior, coupled Flood routing. Design storms. Floodplain hydraulics, and direct flow phenomena. Prerequisite: CEE 242. (ES floodplain delineation. Prerequisite: CEE 222. (ES 2, 3, ED 0) ED 1) CEE 345. Geo-Environmental Engineering (3) CEE 321. Open Channel Hydraulics (3) fall Principles of interaction of soil and rock with various Energy and momentum concepts, frictional resistance in environmental cycles. Physical and chemical properties open channels. Rapidly and gradually varied flow in of soil. Environmental site characterization: drilling open channels; unsteady flow in open channels; channel technology, geotechnical and geophysical methods, mon- and culvert design. Prerequisite: CEE 222. (ES 2, ED 1) itoring well design and construction, groundwater, soil and gas sampling procedures, sensor technologies. CEE 323 (EES 323). Environmental Groundwater Contaminant transport, detection and containment. Hydrology (3) spring Principles of containment facilities: landfills, leachate The study of subsurface water, its environment, distribu- collection, cut-off walls, permeable barriers, stability tion, and movement. Included are flow patterns, well analysis. Soil and groundwater restoration stabilization, hydraulics, and an introduction to the movement of bioremediation, washing, electrotechnologies, soil vapor contaminants. Design problems are included to simulate technologies. Prerequisite: CEE 242. (ES 2.5, ED 0.5) flow with analytical and numerical models, and contami- CEE 346. Fundamentals of Designing with nant migration using analytical models. Prerequisites: CEE 121, CEE/EES 316 or permission of instructor. Geosynthetics (3) spring (ES 2, ED 1) Fundamental and current theories of designing soil structures with geosynthetics. Roads and highway appli- CEE 327 (EES 327). Surface Water Quality cations; reinforced embankments; slope stabilization; Modeling (3) spring waste containment systems; erosion control; filtration Fundamentals of modeling water quality parameters in and drainage. Prerequisite: CEE 242. (ES 1.5, ED 1.5) receiving water bodies, including rivers, lakes, and estu- CEE 352. Structural Dynamics (3) fall aries. Modeling of dissolved oxygen, nutrients, Analysis of linear structural systems to time-dependent temperature, and toxic substances. Emphasis on water loads. Free and forced vibration. Classical and numerical quality control decisions as well as mechanics and model methods of solution. Lumped-mass techniques, energy building. Prerequisites: CEE 121, CEE 222 and CEE methods, and introduction to matrix formulation of 170 or permission of instructor. (ES 3, ED 0) dynamic problems. Application to design. Prerequisites: CEE 335. Coastal Engineering (3) fall MATH 205, CEE 159, and MECH 102. (ES 3, ED 0) Linear wave theory and wave characteristics; survey of CEE 361. Bridge Systems Design (3) nonlinear theories; tides, tsunamis, storm surge and Introduction to bridge structural systems in steel and basin resonance; wind-generated wave spectra, statistics concrete. Loads and specifications. Design and analysis and forecasting; wave-structure interaction; nearshore of bridge structural components. Prerequisites or co-req- circulation and sediment transport; interaction of lit- uisites: CEE 259, CEE 262, CEE 264. (ES 1, ED 2) toral processes with structures. Prerequisite: CEE 121. (ES 2, ED 1) CEE 363. Building Systems Design (3) spring Building structural systems in steel, reinforced concrete CEE 341. Ground Improvement Engineering (3) and composite steel and concrete. Design loads (dead, The mechanisms of soil stabilization; principles and live and environmental) and methodologies. Structural techniques; grouting and injection methods; reinforced systems behavior and design. Design of floor systems, earth methods, dynamic consolidation; deep com- beam-columns, connections, walls, and overall frames. paction; sand drains; laboratory and field studies; Final design. Prerequisites or co-requisites: CEE 259, geotextiles and geomembranes. Prerequisite: CEE 242 or CEE 262, and CEE 264. (ES 1, ED 2) equivalent. (ES 1.5, ED 1.5) CEE 365. Prestressed Concrete (3) fall CEE 342. Experimental Geotechnical Principles of prestressing. Analysis and design of basic Engineering (3) flexural members. Instantaneous and time-dependent Experimental studies dealing with the measurement of properties of materials. Prestress losses. Additional topics soil properties in the laboratory and in situ; application may include continuity, partial prestressing, compression of these properties to design; consolidation; strength of Civil and Environmental Engineering 165 members, circular prestressing, etc. Prerequisite: CEE CEE 379. (EES 379). Environmental Case Studies. 264 or consent of the department chair. (ES 2, ED 1) (3 to 4) CEE 366. Finite Element Method in Structural Supervised multidisciplinary team projects investigating site characterization and environmental remediation Engineering (3) spring design and environmental policy and financial implica- The finite element method: fundamental concepts, theo- tions of environmental projects. OHSA approved Health ry, modeling, and computation for the analysis of and Safety training provided. Prerequisites: EES 21, EES structures. One, two, and three-dimensional finite ele- 31 plus 5 EES courses or permission of the instructor ments. Isoparametric formulation and implementation (CEE prerequisites: CEE 274 and CEE 276 (CHE for various kinds of elements. Applications to problems 276)). Staff in the behavior of structural elements and systems including analysis of trusses, beams, plates, and frames CEE 381. Special Topics (1-3) and bridge systems. Extensions to nonlinear analysis and A study of selected topics in civil engineering, not advanced topics. Use of contemporary commercial soft- included in other formal courses. A report is required. ware. Prerequisites: CEE 259. (ES 3, ED 0) Prerequisite: consent of the department chair. CEE 371. Reaction Kinetics in Environmental CEE 385. Research Procedures Seminar (1) fall Engineering (3) Planning and execution of research projects, survey of Theory of reaction kinetics and its application to the current research, elements of proposals and budgets. design and operation of chemical, physico-chemical and Literature search procedures. Presentation of data, and of biological reactions in water, wastewater, and hazardous written and oral reports. Guidelines for visual aids. waste treatment. Basic design equations for various types Graduate Programs of reactors and migration of pollutants in the environ- ment. CEE 471 is a graduate version of this course. Graduate studies in civil and environmental engineering Prerequisite: CEE 276 (CHE 276). (ES 2, Other 1) enable the student to build upon the broad background of undergraduate education in preparation for profes- CEE 373. (CHE 373). Fundamentals of Air sional practice at an advanced level, for research and Pollution (3) development, or for teaching. Introduction to the problems of air pollution including The selection of graduate courses and research opportu- such topics as: sources and dispersion of pollutants, sam- nities offered in the department permits the pling and analysis; technology of economics and control development of individual program objectives that may processes; legislation and standards. Prerequisite senior be concentrated in one of the technical specialty areas, standing in the College of Engineering and Applied or, alternatively, may extend over the broad field of civil Science. (ES 2, ED 1) engineering. The department offers advanced work in CEE 376. Environmental Biotechnology (3) the specialty areas of structural engineering, geotechnical Fundamentals of microbiology and biochemistry applied engineering, hydraulic engineering, hydrology, coastal to natural and engineered environmental systems. engineering, and environmental engineering, leading to Systems ecology, energetics and kinetics of microbial the degrees of master of science, master of engineering, growth, nutrition and toxicology, use of microorganisms and doctor of philosophy in civil engineering or environ- for pollution monitoring and control. Pathogenicity and mental engineering. disease transmission, water quality using biological A graduate program leading to the M.S. normally is con- indices. Prerequisites: CEE 276 (CHE 276) and EES 31. centrated in one, or possibly two, of the technical (ES 2, ED 1) specialty areas, and consists of a number of courses CEE 377. Environmental Engineering Design (3) designed to fulfill the individual student’s program spring objectives. Each candidate for the M.S. is required to Team-oriented course to develop design skills in the area submit a thesis representing three to six credit hours of environmental engineering. Project components typi- (CEE 491, listed below), or alternatively, a report based cally include: air pollution, drinking water, municipal on a research course of at least three credits (CEE wastewater, industrial wastes, hazardous/toxic wastes, 429,439,449,469,479 or 481). The balance of the pro- and environmental remediation. Project work typically gram will consist of courses in the specialty area(s). includes: a background report, a design report , and an A graduate program leading to the M.Eng. degree stress- oral presentation. Tools used in the design process may es engineering applications and design. The courses may include simulation models. Prerequisite: CEE 170 and extend across the various specialty areas in civil engineer- CEE 276 (CHE 276). (ES 0, ED 3) ing. Each candidate for the M.Eng. may choose to CEE 378. Solid and Hazardous Waste complete an individual engineering project representing three to six credits (CEE 480) in place of the thesis or Management (3) research report required for the M.S. or to take a mini- Regulations for collection, transportation, disposal and mum of 30 course credits without a research or design storage of hazardous wastes. Containment systems, mon- project. itoring, new and available technologies to minimize, transform, destroy, detoxify and eliminate the hazardous The doctoral program, which leads to the Ph.D., nor- components of the wastes. Environmentally benign mally includes courses in the major field, courses in processes and life cycle analysis. CEE 478 is a graduate minor fields, and a dissertation presenting results of orig- version of this course. Prerequisite: CEE 276 (CHE inal research. Holders of master’s degrees planning to 276). (ES 1, ED 2) become candidates for the Ph.D. take a qualifying exam- ination at the first opportunity following one semester in residence. After qualification, the candidate, the candi- date’s departmental Ph.D. committee, and the department chair formulate the program of work. 166 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

The laboratories of the department are located in the modeling. Accuracy and convergence studies, utilizing Fritz Engineering Laboratory. The laboratory offers out- different discretizations and various types of elements. standing facilities for research and instruction in Case studies include application and extension to mate- structural engineering, geotechnical engineering, rial nonlinearities, bridges, containment vessels, and hydraulic engineering, hydrology, coastal engineering, soil-structure interaction. Prerequisites: CEE 405 and environmental engineering, and related fields. In particu- CEE 413 or equivalent. lar, the structural testing equipment includes dynamic CEE 412. Methodologies of Structural Design (2) testing machines, a five-million-pound universal Probabilistic analysis of uncertainties associated with hydraulic testing machine, and other special loading structural design. Characterization of loads including apparatus. Included in the latter are the facilities of the dead and live loads, wind, earthquake, and vehicular Center for Advanced Technology for Large Structural loads. Variability of structural resistance based on Systems (ATLSS center) located on the mountaintop sec- strength limit states as well as serviceability. Assessment tion of the campus. These include the largest of safety and reliability. Deterministic and probabilistic 3-dimensional test bed in the U.S.A. and specialized methodologies of design. Prerequisite: CEE 215 or per- earthquake testing facilities. The hydraulic facilities mission of instructor. include a wave tank, several flumes, a 10-cfs recirculating flow system, and two multipurpose tanks for model CEE 413. Mechanics and Behavior of Structural studies. Brochures describing the research facilities and Members (3) fall programs are available on request. Behavior of structural members, under a variety of load- In addition to departmental courses, a number of courses ing conditions in the elastic and inelastic range. offered by the departments of mechanical engineering and Introduction to the theory of elasticity and plasticity. mechanics, chemistry, chemical engineering, materials sci- Basics of linear elastic fracture mechanics and fatigue. ence and engineering, earth and environmental sciences, Analysis of structural member behavior in axial, bend- and biology may also be considered a part of the major ings, shear, and torsion. Stability analysis of field in civil and environmental engineering. A list of such beam-columns. Beams on elastic foundations. Energy courses is available through the department chair. concepts and their use in structural analysis. Prerequisites: CEE 259 or equivalent. A number of research assistantships and teaching assist- antships are available to provide financial aid to students CEE 414. Analysis and Design of Steel and of outstanding promise. The half-time research or teach- Composite Structural Members (3) ing activities required of holders of assistantships Fundamentals of limit state design. Ultimate strength provides a valuable educational experience that supple- analysis of steel and steel-and-concrete composite ments the formal course offerings. The graduate course columns, beams, beam-columns, and members subjected offerings of the department are programmed to fit the to torsion and combined torsion and bending. Flexural schedule of half-time assistants, and to accommodate and torsional instability. Background and requirements part-time students. A very limited number of scholar- of current design codes. Prerequisites: CEE 261 or ships and fellowships are available to provide financial equivalent. aid for full-time study. CEE 415. Analysis and Design of Ductile Steel Graduate Courses in Civil Engineering Structural Systems (3) Inelastic behavior of steel and steel structural members. CEE 405. Analytical and Numerical Methods I (3) Plastic limit strength analysis of continuous beams and Analytical and numerical methods used in Civil frames. Effect of variable repeated loading. Engineering, with emphasis on ordinary and partial dif- Methodology and code requirements for design based ferential equations. Analytical and numerical solutions of on plastic strength. Applications to seismic-resistant ordinary and partial differential equations. Initial and building structures. Current research. Prerequisites: boundary value problems. Numerical integration, CEE 261 or equivalent. numerical error, and approximations of functions and data points. Finite differences, solution of systems of lin- CEE 420. Surface Wave Mechanics (3) ear equations, eigenvalue problems, and solution of Elements of hydrodynamics and wave boundary condi- nonlinear equations. Prerequisite: MATH 205 or equiva- tions; linear wave theory and wave characteristics; lent. nonlinear wave theories and application; wind wave gen- eration, analysis and prediction; long waves; design wave CEE 408. Computer Methods in Civil determination; laboratory investigation of surface waves. Engineering (3) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Numerical and computer-oriented methods especially applicable to the solution of complex problems arising in CEE 424. Surface Water Hydrology (3) various fields of civil engineering. Solutions of well-and Advanced analysis and methods in surface water hydrolo- ill-conditioned linear and nonlinear systems. Eigenvalue gy. Linear and non-linear hydrograph methods. Kinematic formulation of stability and dynamic problems. wave and other hydraulic routing techniques. Advanced Reduction techniques, integration schemes for large techniques for evaporation, infiltration, and snow melt. structural systems. Optimal design by linear program- Prerequisite: CEE 320 (EES 320) or equivalent. ming. Introduction to problem-oriented languages and CEE 425. Hydraulics of Sediment Transport (3) computerized design. Prerequisite: CEE 405 Hydrodynamic forces on particles, settling velocity. CEE 409. Finite Element Method in Structural Sediment transport in open channel: tractive force theo- Mechanics (3) spring ry, bed load and suspension theory, total load and wash Basic principles and equations governing the finite ele- load. Bedform mechanics, cohesive channel hydraulics. ment method. Analysis of planar, axisymmetric, plate Sediment transport in closed conduits. Shore processes and articulated structures, with emphasis on analytical Civil and Environmental Engineering 167 and coastline hydraulics. Prerequisite: CEE 321 or teria for foundations; load and environmental factors. equivalent. Prerequisite: a course in soil mechanics. CEE 427. Transport of Contaminants in CEE 447. Advanced Topics in Geotechnical Groundwater (3) Engineering (1-3) Theory of groundwater flow and transport of contami- Advanced studies in selected subjects related to geotech- nants in the groundwater system. State-of-the-art nical engineering. The general areas may include: groundwater flow and contaminant transport models stress-strain-time relationships of soils, colloidal phenom- used to solve governing equations of groundwater flow ena in soils, ground water flow and see page, soil and transport of chemically reactive solutes. Selected case dynamics, soil plasticity, numerical methods applied to studies will be analyzed. Prerequisite: CEE 323 (EES soil mechanics, earth dam design, theories of layered sys- 323) or permission of instructor. tems and their application to pavement design, rock CEE 428. Advanced Topics in Hydraulics (1-3) mechanics. The studies specifically undertaken in any Recent developments in hydromechanics and hydraulics. particular semester depend on the availability of staff and Topics to be selected from: wave mechanics, theory of the interest of students. Prerequisite: consent of the flow through porous media, dispersion, hydrodynamic department chair. May be repeated for credit. forces on structures, potential flow, free streamline theo- CEE 448. Plasticity and Limit Equilibrium in ry, open channel hydraulics, computer methods. Geotechnical Engineering (3) spring Prerequisites: CEE 321 and consent of the department Application of plasticity in soil mechanics, new concepts chair. May be repeated for credit. and theories and the requirements for modeling of actual CEE 429. Hydraulic Research (1-6) test performance of soils, limit yield/failure criteria, con- Individual research problems with reports. May be stitutive relations of stress-strain-time, concepts of repeated for credit. critical state soil mechanics, rheological performance, application to problems of stability of slopes, bearing CEE 436. Advanced Topics in Coastal Engineering capacity of foundations and active/passive earth pres- (1-3) sures. Prerequisite: CEE 244, or consent of the Advanced study of selected topics in coastal engineering department chair. such as: non-linear wave theory, design of coastal struc- tures, shore protection and stabilization, numerical CEE 449. Geotechnical Research (1-6) solution of coastal hydrodynamics. Selection of topics Individual research problems relating to soil engineering, will depend on particular qualifications of staff, as well with report. Prerequisite: a course in soil mechanics. as on the interests of the students. Prerequisite: CEE CEE 450. Advanced Structural Analysis I (3) 335. May be repeated for credit. Theory and methods of linear and second order structur- CEE 439. Coastal Engineering Research (1-6) al analysis. Linear theory and stiffness properties of Individual research problems with reports. May be structural members and linear transformations of struc- repeated for credit. tural analysis. Application of virtual work principles and development of displacement (stiffness) method of analy- CEE 441. Soil Dynamics (3) fall sis in matrix form. Introduction to second order theory Vibration of elementary systems, wave propagation, of structural members and second order equations of dynamic soil properties, vibration of soils, foundation structural analysis. Prerequisite: CEE 259 or equivalent. vibrations, dynamic bearing capacity, dynamic earth pressure problem and retaining wall, liquefaction of CEE 451. Advanced Structural Theory (3) fall soils, earthquake problems. Prerequisite: CEE 244 or Specialized methods of analysis; moment distribution. consent of the department chair. General treatment of deformation methods using matrix algebra. Selected topics in structural theory: influence CEE 443. Advanced Soil Mechanics I (3) fall lines, multi-story building frames, space structures. The origin, composition, and physico-chemical proper- Introduction to finite element method; nonlinear prob- ties of soils and their influence on the engineering lems. Prerequisite: CEE 450. properties and behavior of soils; transmission of water in saturated and unsaturated soils; advanced theory of com- CEE 452. Fatigue and Fracture of Structures - An paction; compression and consolidation; theories of Interdisciplinary View (3) shear strength. Prerequisite: a course in soil mechanics. This course examines the fatigue and fracture character- istics of steel structures from metallurgical, mechanical CEE 444. Advanced Soil Mechanics II (3) spring and structural engineering views. Both theory and exper- Fundamental and advanced theories of soil mechanics imental background are provided and applied to case applicable to earth structures and foundation design; studies and code development. stresses in homogeneous and layered systems for ideal elastic, plastic and viscoelastic soils; lateral earth pres- CEE 454. Plate and Shell Structures (3) sures, thermo-geotechnics. Prerequisite: CEE 443. Plates and slabs loaded transversely in their plane. Buckling and postbuckling behavior of elastic and inelastic plates. CEE 445. Advanced Foundation Engineering (3) Membrane and bending analysis of cylindrical, rotational, fall and hyperbolic-paraboloidal shells. Emphasis on engineer- Current theory and practice relating to the design of ing methods. Design considerations. Prerequisites: CEE foundations for buildings and other structures. Analysis 405 and consent of the department chair. and limitation of settlements; bearing capacity analyses of shallow and deep foundations; flexible and rigid CEE 455. Advanced Structural Dynamics (3) retaining structure design; dynamic effects; anchor and Analysis and design of structures to resist wind, earth- other special foundations; site investigations; design cri- quake, and blast loading. Matrix methods and computer 168 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005 applications. Non-linear and elasto-plastic response. CEE 463. Advanced Mechanics of Reinforced Damping characteristics of structures and structural Concrete (3) components, spectral analysis, dynamic instability. Consistent mechanics for the design of reinforced con- Characteristics of aerodynamic and seismic forces and crete with or without prestress. Limit theorems of the explosions. Introduction to vibration of three-dimen- theory of plasticity and their application to beams, slabs, sional structural systems. Prerequisites: CEE 352 or and disturbed regions. Applications may include beams MECH 406, CEE 405 and CEE 450 or equivalent. in flexure and combined flexure, axial load, and torsion; CEE 456. Behavior and Design of Earthquake slabs (strip method, yield line analysis); corbels, deep Resistant Structures (3) beams, and other disturbed regions (truss models, strut- and-tie models, and associated failure mechanisms). Characteristics of earthquakes, effects of earthquakes on Prerequisites: CEE 263 or equivalent. structures. Response of linear elastic structures to earth- quakes. Response of inelastic structures to earthquakes. CEE 464. (MECH 416) Analysis of Plates and Behavior of structural components under cyclic loading. Shells (3) Principles of earthquake-resistant design. Seismic design Bending of rectangular and circular plates, plates under procedures and their implementation in codes. lateral loads, plates with thermal and inelastic strains, Prerequisite: CEE 352 or equivalent. effect of in-plane forces, large deflections, buckling of CEE 457. Theory and Design of Steel Structures (3) plates. Geometry and governing equations of shells, Analysis and design of steel structures; structural connec- shells of revolution, membrane states, edge solutions, tions; composite steel-concrete systems and other solution by numerical integration, nonsymmetrical prob- components. Consideration of residual stress; brittle frac- lems, buckling of shells, applications to pressure vessels. ture; fatigue strength; fastener systems. Study of current Prerequisites: MATH 205; MECH 305 or equivalent research and application to design practice. course in advanced mechanics of materials. CEE 458. Repair and Retrofit of Steel Structures (3) CEE 466. Concrete Shell Structures (3) Various types of construction problems experienced dur- Analysis and design of concrete shell structures. Folded ing the fabrication, erection, and service of steel plates, cylindrical shells, and shells of double curvature. structures are examined. Problems include material relat- Typical practical problems. Prerequisites: CEE 405 and ed defects, repair of welds, mix matches, stability and consent of the department chair. erection related deformation. Case studies of failures and CEE 467. Advanced Topics in Structural serious construction deficiencies are reviewed and evalu- Engineering (1-3) ated. Advanced study of selected topics in structural mechan- CEE 459. Advanced Topics in Plastic Theory (3) ics and engineering, such as: finite element methods, fall suspension system; space frames; stability of nonlinear Fundamentals of the mathematical theory of plasticity; systems; coldformed and lightweight construction; opti- the general theorems of limit analysis and their applica- mization and reliability; second-order phenomena in tions to beams under combined loading, arches, space structures; interaction of structures with the environ- frames, plates and shells. Limit analysis of two- and ment; structural use of plastics; composite construction, three-dimensional problems in soil, concrete, rock, and etc. Selection of topics will depend on particular qualifi- metal. Current developments. Prerequisite: CEE 359. cations of the staff, as well as on the interests of the students. Prerequisite: consent of the department chair. CEE 460. Experimental Methods in Structural May be repeated for credit. Engineering (3) Study of methods and equipment used in a modern CEE 468. (MECH 415) Stability of Elastic structural engineering research laboratory. Topics include Structures (3) small-scale modeling theory; operational and perform- Basic concepts of instability of a structure; bifurcation, ance characteristics of transducers; detailed examination energy increment, snap-through, dynamic instability. of specific transducers for measurement of strain, force, Analytical and numerical methods of finding buckling displacement, velocity, acceleration, and temperature; loads of columns. Postbuckling deformations of can- loading systems and controls; data acquisition and signal tilever column. Dynamic buckling with nonconservative conditioning; introduction to nondestructive testing of forces. Effects of initial imperfections. Inelastic buckling. structures. Buckling by torsion and flexure. Variational methods. Buckling of frames. Instability problems of thin plates CEE 461. Advanced Bridge Engineering (3) and shells. Prerequisite: MATH 205. Students in CEE 461 cover the same topics described under CEE 360, but in more depth. In addition each CEE 469. Structural Research (1-6) student conducts an intensive study of a bridge-related Individual research with reports. May be repeated for topic of his or her choice. A short written technical credit. report on the findings of this study is required. CEE 470. Reaction Kinetics in Environmental Prerequisites: CEE 262 and CEE 264. Engineering (2) CEE 462. Stability of Structural Systems (3) Theory of reaction kinetics and its application to the Stability analysis of structures systems, including design and operation of chemical, physico-chemical and moment-resisting and braced frames, trusses, and plate biological reactors in water and wastewater treatment. and box girders. Bracing requirements. Elastic and Basic design equations for various types of reactors and inelastic second-order analysis. Design considerations. migration of pollutants in the environment. Special topics. Prerequisites: CEE 413 or equivalent. CEE 471. Water Treatment Facilities (3) Theory and design of water treatment system compo- nents. Emphasis on coagulation, flocculation, Civil and Environmental Engineering 169 sedimentation, filtration, and disinfection. Estimation of CEE 480. Civil Engineering Project (1-6) design parameters from laboratory experiments. An intensive study of one or more areas of civil engineer- Prerequisite: CEE 276 (CHE 276) or equivalent. ing, with emphasis on engineering design and applications. A written report is required. May be repeat- CEE 472. Waste Water Treatment Facilities (3) ed for credit. Theory and design of water pollution control systems. Emphasis on film flow and suspended growth biological CEE 481. Special Problems (1-6) reactors for organic and nutrient removal. Sludge pro- An intensive study, with report, of a special field of civil duction, stabilization, dewatering and ultimate disposal. engineering, which is not covered in the other courses. A Prerequisite: CEE 276 (CHE 276) or equivalent. design project or an interdisciplinary study of a problem related to civil engineering may also be included. May be CEE 473. (CHE 473). Environmental Separation repeated for credit. and Control Theory and application of adsorption, ion exchange, CEE 483. Graduate Seminar (1-3) reverse osmosis, air stripping and chemical oxidation in Study of current topics in civil engineering. water and wastewater treatment. Modeling engineered CEE 491. Thesis (1-6) treatment processes. Prerequisite: CEE 470 or consent of the instructor. CEE 499. Dissertation (1-15) CEE 474. Aquatic Chemistry (3) Applying basic principles of aqueous chemistry for quan- Civil and Environmental tifying complex, environmental systems. Specific examples of air-water-soil interactions and consequent Engineering and Earth and effects. Heterogeneous equilibria with more than one solid phase. Kinetics and thermodynamics of some Environmental Sciences important ionic and biological reactions. Prerequisite: This program is designed for students interested in com- CEE 274. bining programs in two departments: civil & CEE 475. Advanced Topics in Environmental environmental engineering and earth & environmental Engineering (1-3) science, leading to two bachelor of science degrees, one Advanced concentrated study of a selected topic in envi- of the engineering B.S. degrees (civil engineering or envi- ronmental engineering such as non-point source ronmental engineering) and one of the science B.S. pollution control, water reuse systems, new concepts in degrees in earth and environmental sciences (environ- treatment technology, toxic substance control, etc. The mental sciences, geological sciences or ecology). Both instructor and student select topic. Courses may include degrees would be awarded at the end of the fifth year. specialized laboratory research, literature review, and spe- This program is one of the dual degree programs men- cialty conference attendance. Prerequisite: Department tioned in the Five-Year Programs section. The student chair approval. will have a primary advisor in the P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Sciences and a secondary advi- CEE 476. Environmental Engineering sor in the Arts and Sciences College. The program Microbiology (3) provides alternatives for students who may decide not to Fundamentals of microbiology and biochemistry applied complete the two-degree program. Students who make to environmental systems and water quality control. this decision prior to the beginning of the fourth year Systems ecology, energetics and kinetics of microbial may qualify at the end of that year for the bachelor of growth, nutrition and toxicology, use of microorganisms science in civil engineering, as well as a minor in earth for pollution monitoring and control. Pathogenicity and and environmental sciences. Also, if a student decides disease transmission, water quality using biological after two years to pursue only a bachelor of science indices. Prerequisite: CEE 276 (CHE 276) or a suitable degree in the EES department, it is possible to complete course in biology. the requirements in four years. If the decision to work CEE 477. Transport of Pollutants in Surface toward this degree is made during the fourth year, at Waters (2) least one additional semester is required to qualify for Fundamental models of pollution migration in streams, either B.S. degree. Interested students should consult estuaries and oceans. Diffusion, mass transport, disper- with the respective departmental advisors to create a sion, biological, physical, and chemical interactions. schedule of courses to resolve conflicts or if a specified Effects on water quality especially oxygen nutrient and course is not offered that semester. Required courses and toxics levels. Prerequisites: CEE 470, 471, 472. major electives for the different EES B.S. degree pro- grams are listed in the catalog entry for EES; note that CEE 478. Toxic and Hazardous Wastes (3) the exact number of required EES courses varies slightly Regulations for collection, transportation, disposal and among the three B.S. programs (with required credits in storage of hazardous wastes. Containment systems, mon- required major courses ranging from 52 to 56), as do the itoring, types of liners, new and available technologies to courses and numbers of credits in the math and collater- eliminate or recover the hazardous components of the al sciences. Cross-listed EES/CEE courses used to satisfy wastes. Prerequisite: CEE 274 or CEE 276 (CHE 276). Civil Engineering Approved Electives can reduce the CEE 479. Environmental Engineering Research individual semester and total program credits when cho- (1-6) sen to satisfy EES program requirements. Additional Individual research problems in environmental engineer- useful information can be found on the web sites ing with report. May be repeated for credit. (http:/www.lehigh.edu/ incee/incee.html and http://www.ees.lehigh.edu ). 170 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

Suggested outline of courses for B.S. in ENGR. Course *Engineering Science Elective (3) Environmental Science and B.S. in Civil EES Course 100 to 300 levels (4) Engineering HSS Humanities/Social Sciences AR Electives (6) The freshman engineering year (see Section III) is often 30 credits. HSS Advanced Requirement elective of 13 year 4/5 summer (0-8 credit hours) credits, shown below to be three 3-credit courses and Select 0, 1, or 2 courses from one 4-credit course. Other options to complete this EES Course 100 to 300 levels (4) requirement are possible. EES Course 100 to 300 levels (4) A total of 160-175 credit hours is needed for both fifth year, first semester (11-19 credit hours) degrees depending on how many credits in the EES are CEE 202 Civil Engineering Planning and satisfied by taking CEE Approved Electives that are Engineering Economics (3) cross-listed with EES courses**. CEE 203 Professional Development (2) second year, first semester (17 credit hours) CEE Course **Civil Engineering MATH 23 Analytic Geometry and Calculus III (4) Approved Elective (3) MECH 2 Elementary Engineering Mechanics (3) HSS Humanities/Social Sciences CHM 31 **Chemical Equilibria in Aqueous AR Elective (3) Systems (3) Select 0, 1, or 2 courses from below so the total here and EES 21 Introduction to Planet Earth (4) year 4/5 summer is 8 credits of Tier 3 courses: CEE 11 Surveying (1) EES Course 100 to 300 levels, possibly seminar (4) CEE 12 Civil Engineering Statistics (2) EES Course 100 to 300 levels, possibly senior seminar (4) second year, second semester (18 credit hours) fifth year, second semester (19 credit hours) PHY 21 Introductory Physics II (4) CEE **Civil Engineering PHY 22 Introductory Physics Laboratory II (1) Approved Electives (8) MECH 12 Strength of Materials (3) CEE 290 Civil Engineering Capstone EES 31 Introduction to Design Project (3) Environmental/Organismal Biology (4) H/SS Humanities/Social Sciences MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) AR Electives (4) MAT 33 Engineering Materials and Processes (3) EES Course 100 to 300 levels, possibly senior seminar (4) third year, first semester ( 17 credit hours) CEE 121 Mechanics of Fluids (3) *MECH 102, ME 104, or ECE 81. CEE 142 Soil Mechanics (3) **CHEM 31 plus fourteen additional credits of CEE EES Course suggested as only Approved Electives are required; see list on CEE web-site 100 and 200 level (4) that includes five CEE/EES cross-listed courses: CEE 279 EES Course suggested as only (EES 259), CEE 316 (EES 316), CEE 320 (EES 320), 100 and 200 level (4) CEE 323 (EES 323), CEE 327 (EES 327), and CEE 379 CEE 10 Architectural/Engineering Graphics (EES 379). and Design (3) Suggested outline of courses for B.S. in third year, second semester ( 18 credit hours) Environmental Science and B.S. in CEE 242 Principles and Practices of Environmental Engineering Geotechnical Engineering (3) The freshman engineering year (see Section III) is often CEE 222 Hydraulic Engineering (3) 30 credits. HSS Advanced Requirement elective of 13 CEE 170 Introduction to Environmental credits shown below to be three 3-credit courses and one Engineering (4) 4-credit course. Other options to complete this require- EES Course suggested as only ment are possible. 100 and 200 level (4) A total of 160-168 credit hours is needed for both ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) degrees, unless some EES requirements are simultane- fourth year, first semester (18 credit hours) ously satisfied by taking Environmental Engineering CEE 117 Numerical Methods in Civil Technical Electives that are cross-listed between CEE Engineering (2) and EES. CEE 159 Structural Analysis I (4) second year, first semester (18 credit hours) EES Course 100 to 300 levels (4) MATH 23 Calculus III (4) EES Course 100 to 300 levels (4) MECH 2 Elementary Engineering Mechanics (3) EES Course 100 to 300 levels (4) CHEM 51 Organic CHEM I (3) fourth year, second semester ( 19 credit hours) CHEM 53 Organic Chem Lab I (1) CEE 262 Fundamentals of Structural EES 21 Introduction to Planet Earth (4) Steel Design (3) HSS Humanities/Social Sciences or CEE 264 Fundamentals of Structural AR Elective (3) Concrete Design (3) CEE Course **Civil Engineering Approved Elective (3) Classical Studies 171 second year, second semester (16 credit hours) Classical Studies MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) PHY 21 Introductory Physics II (4) Professors. Charles Robert Phillips, III, Ph.D. (Brown); PHY 22 Introductory Physics Lab II (1) David B. Small, Ph.D. (Cambridge) CEE 170 Introduction to Environmental Associate professor. Barbara Pavlock, Ph.D. (Cornell), Engineering (4) head of program. EES 31 Introduction to Environmental The study of classics examines first the origins and /Organismal Biology (4) growth of Greek and Roman culture in the third year, first semester (19 credit hours) Mediterranean area and second its impact on that area CEE 12 Civil Engineering Statistics (2) (and others) until the present. This study is by nature CEE 276 Env. Engineering Processes (3) interdisciplinary: the study of language and literature, EES Course suggested as only 100 and 200 level (4) history, philosophy and religion, archaeology, economics EES Course suggested as only 100 and 200 level (4) and science all contribute to an appreciation of Greco- Roman civilization. HSS Humanities/Social Science Elective (3) CHE 31 MAT. & Energy Bal. Of Students in either major or minor programs may con- CHE Process (3) centrate in various combinations of these and other disciplines as they relate to ancient civilization. The third year, second semester (18 credit hours) diversity of the program should encourage the student to CEE 274 Environmental Water Chemistry (3) follow her or his special interests while simultaneously CHE 60 Unit Ops Survey (3) gaining an overview of classical civilization. ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) Courses in ancient Greek and Latin lead to proficiency EES Course suggested as only 100 and 200 level (4) in language while introducing the student to major liter- EES Course 100 to 300 levels (4) ary texts. The Joseph A. Maurer Classics Prize is awarded fourth year, first semester (17 credit hours) yearly, at the discretion of the program, to the senior(s) CEE 121 Mechanics of Fluids (3) who has demonstrated outstanding achievement in clas- CEE 142 Fundamentals of Soil Mechanics (3) sics (ancient Greek or Latin) and/or classical civilization. CEE 378 Solid & Haz. Waste Management (3) Courses in classical civilization require no knowledge of EES Course 100 to 300 levels (4) the ancient languages; they offer introductions to various EES Course 100 to 300 levels (4) disciplines of classics with frequent reference to modern perspectives. Upper-level courses tend to be small, foster- fourth year, second semester (15 credit hours) ing closeness between faculty and students. CEE 222 Hydraulic Engineering (3) CEE 272 Env. Risk Assessment (2) Petitions are required for freshmen to take 100-level or higher courses and for sophomores to take 200-level or CEE 275 Enviro-Geo-Hydraulics Lab (2) higher courses. EES Course 100 to 300 levels (4) HSS POLS 111 Politics of the Environment (4) Major Programs. Students may major either in classical civilization or in classics. The classics major offers a com- year 4/5 summer (0-8 credit hours) prehensive view of language and culture; it is possible to Select 0, 1, or 2 courses from begin an ancient language at Lehigh and to complete the EES Course 100 to 300 levels (4) major program successfully. The classical civilization EES Course 100 to 300 levels (4) major enables the student to gain a broad perspective on fifth year, first semester (11-19 credit hours) Greek and Roman civilization. The program welcomes CEE 202 CEE Planning and Engr. Economics (3) double majors and the educational perspectives to be CEE 203 Professional Development (2) derived from combining ancient and modern studies. CEE 379 (EES 379) Env. Case Studies (4) Classics as a major has stood the test of time, offering Technical electives* (2) helpful preparation for careers in widely diverse fields in Select 0, 1, or 2 courses from below so the total here and the professions, business, and public service. Lehigh clas- year 4/5 summer is 8 credits of Tier 3 courses: sics majors have gone on to law school, the ministry, EES Course 100 to 300 levels, possibly business school, with appropriate science courses to med- senior seminar (4) ical school, graduate work in classics, and to all kinds of entry-level employment. EES Course 100 to 300 levels, possibly senior seminar (4) Departmental Honors. A student may be recommended fifth year, second semester (16 credit hours) for program honors by vote of the program based on the student’s course work. CEE 377 Environmental Engineering Design (3) HSS Humanities/Social Sciences Minor Program. The minor in classical civilization or AR Elective (3) classics consists of a minimum of 15 credit hours. Technical elective* (7) Students may focus on any aspect of classical studies, either singly or in combination. The program can FE Free Elective (3) arrange individual courses of study. CLSS 121/ANTH *9 technical (approved) elective credits approved by the aca- 121 may not be counted toward the minor in classical demic advisor to satisfy proficiency in three focus areas of civilization. water supply and resources, environmental chemistry, and Study Abroad. Lehigh University is a cooperating insti- hazardous waste management; approved list available from tution of the Intercollegiate Center for Classical Studies CEE department. at Rome. Lehigh students are eligible for tuition grants at Athens and Rome. 172 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

Major in Classical Civilization Argonautica, Vergil’s Aeneid, and Ovid’s Metamorphoses. Pavlock (HU) This major allows the student to gain an overview of Greco-Roman culture through the literature, archaeolo- CLSS 54. (ENGL 54, THTR 54) Greek Tragedy (3) gy, and history along with basic language study. A Aspects of Greek theater and plays of Aeschylus, minimum of 30 to 33 credit hours, depending upon pre- Sophocles, and Euripides in their social and intellectual vious preparation in language study, is required for this contexts. Pavlock (HU) major. CLSS 56. (ENGL 56) Topics in Greek and Roman Any four of the following: Literature (3) CLSS 52 (ENGL 52) Classical Epic (3) Classical literature in translation, including themes or CLSS 54 (ENGL 54, specific periods in Greek or Roman literature. May be THTR 54) Greek Tragedy (3) repeated for credit, as topics vary. Pavlock (HU) CLSS 56 (ENGL 56) Topics in Greek and Roman CLSS 58. (ENGL 58, THTR 58) Greek and Literature (3) Roman Comedy (3) CLSS 58 (ENGL 58, Study of comedy as a social form through plays of THTR 58) Greek and Roman Comedy (3) Aristophanes, Menander, Plautus, and Terence. Pavlock CLSS 174 (ANTH 174, (HU) ART 174, ARCH 174) Greek Archaeology (3) CLSS 176 (ANTH 176, CLSS 91. Independent Study (1-4) ART 176, ARCH 176) Roman Archaeology (3) CLSS 108. Ancient Technology (3) spring Any two courses in ancient history Technology and technique from the stone ages to the Any two electives from the remaining program offerings beginning of the industrial age; their effects on society. (ANTH 178 may be included) Attitudes to technology in ancient myth literature, phi- losophy, and religion. (SS) One course in either Latin or Greek on the intermediate level (or LAT/GRK 1, 2, 11, or 12, depending on previ- CLSS 112. (ANTH 112) Doing Archaeology (4) ous background) Principles of archaeological method and theory. Excavation and survey methods, artifact analysis, dating Major in Classics techniques, and cultural reconstruction. Course includes This major allows the student to concentrate in ancient field project. Prerequisite: ANTH 1 or department per- Greek, Latin or both. Specific programs for this major mission. Small (SS) are worked out for each student with due consideration for the individual’s particular previous study of the lan- CLSS 114 (REL 114) Christian Origins: New guage(s). Thus a student may begin ancient Greek or Testament and the Beginnings of Christianity (4) Latin at Lehigh and successfully complete a major in it. Early Christianity from its beginnings until the end of the second century. Coverage includes the Jewish and A minimum of 30 to 33 credit hours, depending upon Hellenistic matrices of Christianity, traditions about the previous language study, is required for this major. life of Jesus and his significance, and the variety of belief Required Major Courses and practice of early Christians. Emphasis on encounter- Latin 1 and 2 or Greek 1 and 2, depending on prior ing primary texts. Wright. (HU) preparation CLSS 121. (ANTH 121) Environment and Latin 11 and 12, or Greek 11 and 12, depending on Culture (4) prior preparation Impact of environment upon cultural variability and Three advanced courses in the major language minimum change. Comparative study of modern and past cultures and their environments as well as current theories of any two ancient history courses human/ environmental interaction. Prerequisite: ANTH At least two electives from the remaining program offerings 1 or department permission. Small (SS) Courses in Classical Civilization (CLSS) CLSS 127. (ANTH 127) Early Civilizations (4) Introduction to early civilizations in the Near East, CLSS 21. (HIST 21) Greek History (4) fall Mediterranean, Africa, Europe, and the New World. The development of civilization from palaeolithic times Similarities and differences in economics, politics, social to the world empire of Alexander the Great. The social, organization, and religion. Prerequisite: ANTH 1 or economic, religious, philosophic, artistic and literary department permission. Small (SS) development of the ancient world; the origin of political institutions. Phillips (SS) CLSS 131. (PHIL 131) Ancient Philosophy (4) CLSS 22. (HIST 22) Roman History (4) spring fall Rome from its origins to A.D. 476. Political, social and Historical survey of selected texts and issues in the classi- religious developments. Transformation of the late Roman cal world, from the pre-Socratics through Aristotle, with Empire to the early medieval period. Phillips (SS) emphasis on the origins of the western philosophical tra- ditions in ethics, metaphysics, and epistemology. (HU) CLSS 50. Mythology (3) fall Introductory study of the myth-making process, both CLSS 132. (PHIL 132) Hellenistic Philosophy (4) ancient and modern; emphasis on Greek myth. (SS) Historical survey of selected texts and issues in Post- Aristotelian Greek and Roman philosophy from the CLSS 52. (ENGL 52) Classical Epic (3) fourth century B.C. to the third century A.D. Areas of Study of major epic poems from Greece and Rome. focus may include epicureanism, stoicism, academic and Works include Homer’s Iliad and Odyssey, Apollonius’ pyrrohnian scepticism, and neoplatonism. (HU) Classical Studies 173

CLSS 152. (HIST 152, WS 152) Women in CLSS 291. Independent Study (1-4) Antiquity (4) CLSS 311 (HIST 311) Twins and Sins: The Rise Interdisciplinary study of women in Greece and Rome. of Rome (3-4) Literary, archaeological and historical evidence and Rome from its origins to the mid-third century B.C. approaches. Cross-cultural material. (SS) Emphasis on foundation legends, the power of the CLSS 161. (HIST 161) Roman Law (4) monarchy, and development of Roman political and reli- Examination of Roman legal systems from the Twelve gious institutions. Papers, quizzes, discussions. (SS) Tables to the Digest of Justinian. Emphasis on develop- Phillips ment of legal concepts and their historical context. CLSS 312. (HIST 312) Decline and Fall of the Readings in primary sources; lectures; discussion. Phillips (SS) Roman Empire (3-4) Political, social, and economic history of the Roman CLSS 171. Independent Study (1-4) Empire, A.D. 117-A.D. 565. Romanization of the CLSS 174. (ANTH 174, Art 174, ARCH 174) provinces, diffusion of Christianity, and special attention to transformation to medieval period. Includes readings Greek Archaeology (3) in translation of primary sources. Phillips (SS) Ancient Greek culture from the neolithic to Hellenistic periods. Reconstructions of Greek social dynamics from CLSS 313. (HIST 313) Golden Age of Greek the study of artifacts. Small (SS) Democracy (3-4) CLSS 176. (ANTH 176, Art 176, ARCH 176) Greek history of the seventh through fifth centuries B.C. Emphasis on the contrasting political and social systems Roman Archaeology (3) of Athens and Sparta with consideration of related eco- Cultures of the Roman Empire. Reconstructions of nomic and military history. Attention to art, gender, social, political, and economic dynamics of the imperial literature, religion. Discussion and lectures; papers. system from the study of artifacts. Small (SS) Phillips (SS) CLSS 180. (ANTH 180) Cultures of the Greeks Class 314. (HIST 314) Age of Caesar and Christ and Romans (4) (3-4) spring Analysis of Greek and Roman cultures. Focus on kin- Roman history of the first century A.D. political, cultur- ship, political and economic organization, sexual al, and socio-economic changes; special attention to the practices, burial practices, gender construction, religions, evolution of absolute power. Lectures, discussions, art, literature and warfare. Small (SS) papers. Phillips (SS) CLSS 204. (ARCH 204) Ancient City and CLSS 345. (ANTH 345) Evolution of the State (4) Society (3) Theories of state formation. Comparison of evolutionary Ancient theories of city and city planning; attitudes to trajectories of early states in the Near East, life in the city; rise of urban civilization from Neolithic Mediterranean, and the New World. Prerequisite: prototypes through the Near East, Egypt, Greece, Rome, ANTH 1 or department permission. Small (SS) and New World; insights applicable to current urban problems. Small (SS) Courses in Ancient Greek CLSS 213. (REL 213) Ancient Roman Religion (4) GRK 1. Elementary Ancient Greek I (3) fall Religious experience of the Roman people from prehis- Fundamentals of the Greek language. Grammatical exer- tory to end of the empire. Nature of polytheism and its cises and short passages of easy prose. Staff (HU) interactions with monotheism (Christianity, Judaism). GRK 2. Elementary Ancient Greek II (3) spring Theories of religion. Emphasis on primary source mate- Continued work in Greek vocabulary, forms, and syn- rials. Phillips (SS) tax. Selected readings in Greek. Prerequisite: GRK 1. CLSS 231. (PHIL 231) Figures/Themes in Staff (HU) Ancient Philosophy (4) GRK 11. Intermediate Ancient Greek (3) fall This seminar course will involve in-depth focus upon a Readings in Herodotus, Homer, or Xenophon. Grammar major ancient thinker (e.g. Plato, Aristotle, Sextus review. Students should have completed two semesters of Empiricus, Plotinus, etc.) or the classical treatment of a elementary ancient Greek or the equivalent. (HU) particular theme (e.g. “human nature, “ “the good life, “ ethical or political theory, etc.) . Content varies. May GRK 12. Intermediate Ancient Greek (3) spring be repeated more than once for credit. (HU) Plato: Euthyphro, Apology and Crito, or other dialogues. Students should have completed two semesters of ele- CLSS 251. (REL 251) Classical Mythology (3) mentary Greek or the equivalent. (HU) Myth, religion, and ritual in ancient Greece and Rome. Emphasis on primary sources; introduction to ancient and GRK 91. Independent Study (1-4) modern theories of religion. Cross-cultural material. (SS) GRK 111. Greek Drama (3) CLSS 281. Readings (3) fall Representative plays of Sophocles, Euripides and Advanced study of a historical period or theme. Aristophanes. Literary study of the drama. Prerequisite: Emphasis on primary sources. Prerequisites: CLSS 21 or GRK 12. (HU) 22 and consent of the program head. (ND) GRK 112. Readings in Ancient Greek (3) CLSS 282. Readings (3) spring Readings of Greek prose and poetry, authors will vary. Advanced study of a historical period or theme. May be repeated for credit. . Prerequisite: GRK 12. (HU) Emphasis on primary sources. Prerequisites: CLSS 21 or 22 and consent of the program head. (ND) 174 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

GRK 113. Greek Historians (3) LAT 116. Petronius (3) Selections from Herodotus, Thucydides or Xenophon. Selections from the Satyricon, focusing on language Study of Greek historiography. Prerequisite: GRK 12. (HU) usage and epic parody. Prerequisite: LAT 12 or consent of the program head. (HU) GRK 171. Independent Study (1-4) LAT. 171. Independent Study (1-4) GRK 271. Readings (3) fall Intensive readings in one author or in a selected genre. LAT 211. Readings (3) fall Prerequisites: six credit hours at the 100 level and con- Intensive readings in one author or in a selected genre. sent of the program head. (HU) Prerequisites: six hours of courses at the 100 level and consent of the program head. (HU) GRK 272. Readings (3) spring Intensive readings in one author or in a selected genre. LAT 212. Readings (3) spring Prerequisites: six credit hours of courses at the 100 level Intensive reading in one author or in a selected genre. and consent of the program head. (HU) Prerequisites: six hours of courses at the 100 level and consent of the program head. (HU) GRK 291. Independent Study (1-4) LAT 291. Independent Study (1-4) Courses in Latin LAT 1. Elementary Latin I (3) fall Fundamentals of grammar and syntax. Emphasis on lan- Cognitive Science guage structure and vocabulary building. (HU) Program Director: John B. Gatewood, 758-3814; LAT 2. Elementary Latin II (3) spring [email protected] Continuation of grammar, easy Latin prose and poetry. Cognitive Science Faculty: Susan Barrett, Ph.D. Students should have completed one semester of elemen- (Brown), Psychology; Gordon Bearn, Ph.D. (Yale), tary Latin or the equivalent. (HU) Philosophy; Mark H. Bickhard, Ph.D. (Chicago), LAT 11. Intermediate Latin (3) fall Psychology, Philosophy, Computer Science and Engineering, Readings in Latin prose or poetry. Consolidation of College of Education; Glenn D. Blank, Ph.D. reading ability; introduction to literary analysis. Students (Wisconsin-Madison), Computer Science and Engineering; should have completed two semesters of elementary John B. Gatewood, Ph.D. (Illinois), Anthropology; Latin or the equivalent. (HU) Michael J. Gill, Ph.D. (Texas), Psychology; Steven L. Goldman, Ph.D. (Boston), Philosophy; Laura M. LAT 12. Intermediate Latin (3) spring Gonnerman, Ph.D. (Southern California), Psychology; Readings in Latin prose or poetry. Consolidation of Edwin J. Kay, Ph.D. (Lehigh), Computer Science and reading ability; introduction to literary analysis. Students Engineering; G. Drew Kessler, Ph.D. (Georgia Inst. of should have completed two semesters of elementary Technology), Computer Science and Engineering; Kiri Latin or the equivalent. (HU) Lee, Ph.D. (Harvard), Modern Language and Literature; LAT 91. Independent Study (1-4) Alexander Levine, Ph.D. (UC-San Diego), Philosophy; Barbara C. Malt, Ph.D. (Stanford), Psychology; Gerald LAT 111. Catullus and Horace (3) W. McRoberts, Ph.D. (Connecticut), Psychology; Gordon Translation and analysis of selected lyrics, focusing on B. Moskowitz, Ph.D. (NYU), Psychology; Ageliki imagery systems. Introduction to metrics. May be repeat- Nicolopoulou, Ph.D. (UC-Berkeley), Psychology; John ed for credit. Prerequisite: LAT 12 or consent of the Nyby, Ph.D. (Texas), Biological Sciences; Padraig G. program head. (HU) Seaghdha, Ph.D. (Toronto), Psychology LAT 112. Latin Prose (3) Cognitive science is the interdisciplinary study of how Readings from Latin prose literature of the late republic humans think and how machines think: How can our and early empire; selections may include Cicero’s letters, understanding of the way humans think improve the Sallust, Pliny’s letters. May be repeated for credit as con- performance of machines that are meant to behave intel- tent changes. Prerequisite: Latin 12 or consent of the ligently? How can our understanding of the ways to program head. (HU) make machines behave intelligently improve our under- LAT 113. Vergil (3) standing of the way humans think? The disciplines most Selections from the Aeneid. Vergil’s creation of a Latin commonly involved in cognitive science studies are psy- epic and its complex perspective. Metrics. May be chology, linguistics, computer science, philosophy, repeated for credit. Prerequisite: LAT 12 or consent of neuroscience, and anthropology. the program head. (HU) The College of Arts and Sciences offers an undergradu- LAT 114. Livy (3) ate major and minor in Cognitive Science, as well as a graduate minor and a graduate certificate. Because of its Selections from the early books of Livy’s histories focusing broad interdisciplinary character, a cognitive science on his creation of a Roman mythos. Style. Prerequisite: major prepares a student for a wide variety of careers or LAT 12 or consent of the program head. (HU) graduate study programs. The courses required for the LAT 115. Ovid (3) major also readily lend themselves to a double major for May include selections from the Ars Amatoria, Fasti, and those students in the humanities, natural sciences, social the Metamorphoses, with attention to the problem of sciences, or computer science who have overlapping the ideology of Augustean Rome. May be repeated for interests in cognitive science. credit. Prerequisite: LAT 12 or consent of the program The B.A. with a major in Cognitive Science requires a head. (HU) minimum of 13 courses: 11 within the major itself and 2 in collateral areas. All majors are required to take Cognitive Science 175

COGS 7, an introduction to cognitive science. The Formal Models: remainder of the major is built around a core of four PHIL 114. Fundamentals of Logic (4) second-tier courses, one from each of four disciplines PHIL 265. Philosophy of Mathematics (4) most central to cognitive science, i.e., linguistics, cogni- MATH 303 (PHIL 303). tive psychology, philosophy, and artificial intelligence. In Mathematical Logic (3-4) addition, majors must complete five major electives [prereq: PHIL 114] selected from three topical areas related to cognitive sci- CSE 261 (MATH 261). ence (with no more than two in one area). The final Discrete Structures (3) integration of coursework occurs in the required senior [prereq: MATH 21] seminar, COGS 301, in which students focus on a topic CSE 318. Automata and Formal Grammars (3) of their choice from a branch of cognitive science. [prereq: CSE 261] The collateral course requirements are: CSE 15 and Philosophy: either MATH 9 (fall) or MATH 21. Students who want PHIL 139. Contemporary Philosophy (4) to take CSE/MATH 261 as a major elective course PHIL 220. Knowledge and Justification (4) should choose MATH 21 (a prerequisite for CSE/MATH 261) rather than MATH 9. Additional PHIL 260. Philosophy of Language (4) coursework in mathematics is strongly recommended, as Cognitive Psychology: are: PSYC 1, ANTH 1, ANTH 145, and BIOS 31/32. PSYC 307. Seminar in Cognition (4) [prereq: PSYC 117 or 176 or COGS 7] B.A. in Cognitive Science PSYC 320. Psychology of Language (4) Required Introductory Course (4) [prereq: PSYC 117 or 176 or COGS 7] COGS 7. Introduction to Cognitive Science (4) spring PSYC 322. Atypical Language (4) [prereq: PSYC 117 or 176 or Collateral Requirements (8) COGS 7 or 140] CSE 15. Introduction to Computer Science (4) PSYC 351. Cognitive Development in Childhood (4) and [prereq: PSYC 107 or 117 or COGS 7] MATH 9. Introduction to Finite Mathematics (4) fall, PSYC 369. Memory (4) [prereq: PSYC 117 or or 176 or COGS 7] MATH 21. Calculus I (4) Sociocultural Influences on Cognition: Disciplinary Core Courses (15) ANTH 376. Culture and the Individual (4) [prereq: ANTH 1 or COGS 7] COGS 140. Introduction to Linguistics (4) PSYC 314 (SSP 314). Social Cognition PSYC 117. Cognitive Psychology (4) and Social Action (4) [prereq: PSYC 1 or COGS 7] [prereq: PSYC 110 or SR 111] PHIL 250. The Minds of Robots and PSYC 365. Human Development in Other People (4) Cross-Cultural Perspective (4) CSE 327. Artificial Intelligence Theory and [prereq: PSYC 107 or 109 or Applications (3) SSP/PSYC 121 or ANTH 1] [prereq: CSE 15] SSP 135. Human Communication (4) Major Electives (15-20, five courses) SSP 302. The Sociology of Cyberspace (4) After completing the introductory sequence and the four Neuroscience: core courses, students must complete a minimum of five PSYC 176. Mind and Brain (4) courses from three of the following groups with no more [prereq: PSYC 1 or COGS 7] than two courses from any one group. PSYC 373. Sensation and Perception (4) Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems: [prereq: PSYC 117 or 176 or COGS 7] CSE 17. Structured Programming BIOS 177. Behavioral Neuroscience I (3) and Data Structures (4) [prereq: BIOS 31 and CHEM 21 or 75] [prereq: CSE 15] BIOS 276. Behavioral Neuroscience II (3) CSE 262. Programming Languages (3) [prereq BIOS 177] [prereq: CSE 17] Senior Seminar (4 hours) CSE 355. Topics on Intelligent Decision After completing the sophomore introductory sequence Support Systems (3) and the four core courses, students pursue their own [prereq: CSE 327 or 340] interests in their selections of major electives. The CSE 365. Natural Language Understanding (3) required senior seminar brings classmates together so [prereq: CSE 262] that they can teach each other what they have learned in CSE 368. Artificial Intelligence (3) their respective concentrations. This integrates the mate- [prereq: CSE 17] rial in the program and provides students the Students who qualify may take: opportunity to undertake independent projects. CSE 413. Robotics and Intelligent Machines (3) CSE 414. Expert Systems (3) [prereq: CSE 368] 176 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

Recommended Timing of Courses For Graduate Students Freshman Sophomore There are two concentrations in Cognitive Science avail- COGS 7 (spring) PSYC 117 able for post-baccalaureate students: a Graduate Minor CSE 15 COGS140 and a Graduate Certificate. The minor is intended for MATH 9 or 21 1 major elective students currently enrolled in a degree-granting graduate Junior Senior program at Lehigh University. By contrast, the certificate PHIL 250 2 major electives is intended for non-degree students. CSE 327 COGS 301 (spring) Graduate Minor in Cognitive Science 2 major electives The minor gives graduate students who are enrolled in Minor in Cognitive Science Lehigh University degree programs, such as computer The minor in Cognitive Science requires the following science or psychology, an opportunity to develop expert- six courses, or appropriate substitutions: ise in the interdisciplinary study of information COGS 7. Introduction to Cognitive Science (4) processing by humans as well as intelligent machines. COGS 140. Introduction to Linguistics (4) Graduate students investigating mental processes such as PSYC 117. Cognitive Psychology (4) language processing, reading, perception and action, PHIL 250. The Minds of Robots and Other People (4) planning, problem-solving, learning, category formation, CSE 327. Artificial Intelligence Theory or applications such as artificial intelligence or educa- and Applications (3) tional technology are encouraged to participate, with the approval of an advisor in their major program, by con- MATH 9. Introduction to Finite Mathematics (4), tacting the Director of the Cognitive Science Program. or On completion of the program, the Director of the CSE 261. Discrete Structures (3) Cognitive Science Program will issue a letter to the stu- Course Descriptions dent certifying that he or she has met the requirements of the minor. COGS 7. Introduction to Cognitive Science (4) spring The Graduate Minor requires five graduate level courses: COGS 423, a graduate seminar, plus four electives from What is a mind? How is the mind related to the brain? the list below (or approved substitutions). At least two of Could we make an artificial mind? Issues concerning the four electives must be taken outside the student’s knowledge representation and intelligence in minds and home department. Special topics courses with a cogni- computers as investigated by psychologists, philosophers, tive science emphasis may also count toward the minor, linguists, neuroscientists, and researchers in artificial with the approval of the Cognitive Science Supervisory intelligence. Committee. Courses taken toward the minor may also COGS 140 (ANTH 140, MLL 140, PSYC 140). fulfill requirements of the student’s major program, with Introduction to Linguistics (4) the approval of the major department. Relationship between language and mind; formal proper- Contact person: John B. Gatewood (Director, Cognitive ties of language; language and society; how languages Science Program) 758-3814; [email protected] change over time. No pass/fail option. Graduate Certificate in Cognitive Science COGS 161. Supervised Research (2-4 credits) This concentration is intended for people working in COGS 301. Senior Seminar in Cognitive Science technology-related businesses and other qualified indi- (4) spring viduals with an interest in cognitive science. The Integration of the material from cognitive science via purpose of the certificate program is to provide non- topics chosen by the students. degree post-baccalaureate students an interdisciplinary COGS 361. Independent Research (2-4 credits) perspective on human and machine intelligence. COGS 399. Thesis (2-4 credits) The Graduate Certificate requires four graduate level courses: COGS 423, a graduate seminar, plus three elec- COGS 423 (PSYC 423). Foundations of Cognitive tives from the list below. At least two of the three Science (3) electives must be at the 400-level, and the three electives Survey of fundamental theory and methodologies from must be spread over at least two departments. artificial intelligence, linguistics, cognitive psychology, Contact person: Carol Sabo-Berrian (Coordinator, philosophy, and neuroscience, as well as salient research Psychology Department) 758-5073; [email protected] problems such as knowledge acquisition and representa- tion, natural language processing, skill acquisition, Required Course perception and action, and the philosophical question of COGS 423 (PSYC 423). Foundations of Cognitive intentionality. Science COGS 478 (PSYC 478). Ontological Psychology (3) Approved Electives (for both concentrations) Principles and constraints for modeling psychological phenomena. Representation; perception; memory; know- Computer Science: ing; learning; emotions; consciousness; language; CSE 413. Robotics and Intelligent Machines rationality. CSE 414. Expert Systems CSE 416. Advanced Issues in Knowledge-based Systems Computer Engineering 177

CSE 417. Topics in Information Retrieval 389. Honors Project for College Scholars (1-8) CSE 429. Virtual Environments Opportunity for college scholars to pursue an extended Psychology: project for senior honors. May be repeated for credit up to a maximum 12 credit hours. Transcript will identify PSYC 402. Developmental Psychology department in which project was completed. PSYC 403. Cognitive Psychology Prerequisite: consent of department chair. PSYC 406. Social Cognition PSYC 443. Seminar in Language Acquisition CS 281-284. College Scholar Seminar (4) PSYC 448. Seminar in Psychology of Language Seminars for college scholars. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: consent of program director. (HU) PSYC 464. Naive Realism in Social Judgment PSYC 476. Seminar in Cognition PSYC 478 (COGS 478). Ontological Psychology Communication PSYC 480. Seminar in Cognitive Development See listings under Minor Programs in the College of Arts Philosophy: and Sciences and under Journalism and (Note: 200-level courses may be taken by graduate stu- Communication. dents if the courses are not in the student’s major.) PHIL 250. The Minds of Robots and Other People Sociology and Anthropology: Computer Engineering SSP 402. The Sociology of Cyberspace Professors Henry Baird, Ph.D. (Princeton); Rick Blum, ANTH 376. Culture and the Individual Ph.D. (Pennsylvania); Donald Bolle, Ph.D. (Purdue); D. Additional Electives (Graduate Certificate only) Richard Decker, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Bruce D. Fritchman, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Edwin J. Kay, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Henry F. Computer Science: Korth, Ph.D. (Princeton); Alastair D. McAulay, Ph.D. CSE 327. Artificial Intelligence Theory (Carnegie Mellon); Kenneth K. Tzeng, Ph.D. (Illinois). and Applications Associate Professors Mooi Choo Chuah. Ph.D. (U. of CSE 331. User Interface Systems and Techniques California); Daniel D. Lopresti, Ph.D. (Princeton); CSE 332. Multimedia Design and Development Meghanad D. Wagh, Ph.D. (I.I.T., Bombay). CSE 347. Data Mining Assistant Professors Mark Arnold, Ph.D. (U. of CSE 355. Topics on Intelligent Decision Manchester Inst. of Science and Technology); Liang Support Systems Cheng, Ph.D. (Rutgers); Brian Davison, Ph.D. CSE 368. Artificial Intelligence Programming (Rutgers); Tiffany Jing Li, Ph.D. (Texas A&M); Shalinee Psychology: Kishore, Ph.D. (Princeton); William M. Pottenger, PSYC 307. Seminar in Cognition Ph.D. (U. Illinois); John R. Spletzer. Ph.D. (U. of PSYC 313. Person Perception Pennsylvania); Zhiyuan Yan, Ph.D. (Illinois Urbana- PSYC 314 (SSP 314). Champain). Social Cognition and Social Action Undergraduate Programs PSYC 317. Psychology of Emotions Mission Statement for the Engineering Program PSYC 320. Psychology of Language The mission of the computer engineering program is to PSYC 321. Language Development prepare computer engineers to meet the challenges of the PSYC 322. Atypical Language future; to promote a sense of scholarship, leadership and PSYC 351. Cognitive Development in Childhood service among our graduates; to instill in the students PSYC 365. Human Development in the desire to create, develop, and disseminate new Cross-Cultural Perspective knowledge; and to provide international leadership to PSYC 369. Memory the computer engineering profession. PSYC 373. Sensation and Perception Program Educational Objectives in Computer Engineering •To provide students with the fundamental knowledge College Scholar Program, for the practice of computer engineering, and to develop their ability to formulate, and analyze com- Roy Eckardt puter engineering problems in practice by applying the fundamental knowledge of mathematics, science Director. Ian Duffy, professor of history. and engineering. Advisory Council. Mark Bickhard, professor of psycholo- •To provide the broad education necessary to under- gy; Gary DeLeo, professor of physics; Robin Dillon, stand the impact of computer engineering solutions in professor of philosophy; Elizabeth Fifer, professor of English; a global, societal and environmental context. Lucy Gans, professor of art and architecture; Norman •To provide students with the foundation and desire Girardot, professor of religion studies; Michael Kuchka, for advanced education or graduate study, to instill an professor of biological sciences. awareness of continual changes in their profession in a For program requirements, see College Scholar Program, global context, and to instill the desire for continued section III. life-long learning. 178 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

•To instill responsible professional attitudes and *Approved technical electives (15 credits) are subjects in the ethics, to develop skills in communicating effective- area of science and technology. They are not restricted to ly, and in working productively in a offerings in the department of Computer Science and Engi- multidisciplinary environment. neering. One elective must be an engineering science elective •To provide an environment which enables students to from another department. CSE 252 is not an approved pursue their individual goals in a program that is flex- technical elective. ible, challenging and supportive. Graduate Programs Bachelor of Science in Computer Graduate programs of study provide a balance between engineering formal classroom instruction and research and are tailored The required courses for this degree contain the funda- to the individual student’s professional goals. The pro- mentals of electronic circuits, signal theory, logic design, grams appeal to individuals with backgrounds in computer architecture, structured programming, data computer or information science, in computer engineer- structures, software engineering and discrete mathemat- ing, in electrical engineering, in mathematics, or in the ics. A strong foundation in the physical sciences and in physical science. Research is an essential part of the gradu- mathematics is required. Approved technical electives, ate program. The research topics are listed in the chosen with the advisor’s consent, are selected in prepa- departmental descriptions for Computer Science and ration for graduate study or entry into industry Engineering(CSE) and Electrical and Computer according to individual interests. The program totals 136 Engineering (ECE) which jointly administer the comput- credit hours and is offered jointly by the CSE and the er engineering program. Individual courses are listed in the ECE department. catalog descriptions of the CSE and ECE departments. The recommended sequence of courses follows: The Master of Science degree requires the completion of 30 credit hours of work and may include a six credit See Freshman Year Requirements, Section III. hour thesis for Computer Engineering degrees. A pro- Sophomore Year, First Semester (17 credit hours) gram of study must be submitted in compliance with ECE 81 Introduction to Electrical the graduate school regulations. An oral presentation of Engineering (4) the thesis is required. ECE 33 Introduction to Computer Engineering (4) The Master of Engineering degree requires the comple- PHY 21, 22 Introductory Physics II tion of 30 credit hours of work, which includes and Laboratory II (5) design-oriented courses and an engineering project. A MATH 23 Analytic Geometry and Calculus III (4) program of study must be submitted in compliance with Sophomore Year, Second Semester (19 credit hours) the college rules. An oral presentation of the project is CSE 17 Structured Programming and Data required. Structures (4) The Ph.D. degree in computer engineering requires the ECE 82 Sophomore Laboratory (1) completion of 42 credit hours of work (including the ECE 108 Signals and Systems (4) dissertation) beyond the master’s degree (48 hours if the ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) master’s degree is not from Lehigh), the passing of a MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) departmental qualifying examination appropriate to each HSS Elective (3) degree within one year after entrance into the degree Junior Year, First Semester (17 credit hours) program., the passing of a general examination in the ECE 121 Electronic Circuits Laboratory (2) candidate’s area of specialization, the admission into can- ECE 123 Electronic Circuits (3) didacy, and the writing and defense of a dissertation. CSE 109 Systems Programming (3) Competence in a foreign language is not required. MATH 231 Probability and Statistics (3) or The program has a core curriculum requirement for MATH 309 Theory of Probability (3) graduate students. The purpose of this requirement is to approved technical elective * (3) guarantee that all students pursuing graduate studies in free elective (3) the department acquire an appropriate breadth of Junior Year, Second Semester (17 credit hours) knowledge of their discipline. To satisfy the core curricu- CSE 216 Software Engineering (3) lum requirements in Computer Engineering, students ECE 138 Digital Systems Laboratory (2) need to complete at least two courses in the computer ECE 201 Computer Architecture (3) hardware/architecture area, at least two courses in a sec- CSE 261 Discrete Structures (3) ond area, and at least one course in a third area. In each free elective (3) of the three areas at least one course must be at the 400 HSS elective (3) level. The areas are: computer software systems, signal Senior Year, First Semester (18 credit hours) processing and communications, computer software ECE 257 Senior Lab Project I (3) applications, and circuits and systems. See ECE 319 Digital System Design (3) www.cse.lehigh.edu for details about these areas. CSE 303 Operating System Design (3) Courses from other universities or undergraduate studies HSS elective (6) may be used to satisfy these requirements, by petition, at free elective (3) the discretion of the department faculty. Additional Senior Year, Second Semester (17 credit hours) graduate program information may be obtained from ECE 258 Senior Lab Project II (2) the program’s graduate coordinator. approved technical electives* (9) HSS elective (3) free elective (3) Computer Science and Business 179

Computer Science and Business Sophomore year, first semester (17 credit hours) PHY 21 Intro to Physics II (4) Program ECE 33 Intro to Computer Engineering (4) MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) Program Directors. James A. Hall, Ph.D. (Oklahoma ACCT 151 Intro to Financial Accounting. (3) State University) associate professor of accounting and CSE 261 Discrete Structures (3) information systems; Edwin Kay, Ph.D. (Lehigh University) professor of computer science and engineering. Sophomore year, second semester (15 credit hours) The computer science and business (CSB) program is CSE 109 Systems Programming (3) offered jointly by the College of Business and Economics CSE 241 Data Base systems (3) and the Computer Science and Engineering department ACCT 152 Intro to Managerial Accounting (3) in the P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied MATH 231 Probability and Statistics (3) Science. This carefully crafted 136 credit hour program ECO 129 Money and Banking (3) integrates technology skills in software development with Junior year, first semester (18 credit hours) a solid background in business and economics. Deep MKT 211 Principles of Marketing (3) immersion in both of these areas distinguishes CSB from CSE 342 Fundamentals of Internetworking (3) programs offered by other universities. At the same time FIN 225 Business Finance (3) it is well balanced with approximately one third of the CSB 311 Computer Applications in Business (3) courses in liberal arts, one-third in computer science, and one-third in business. ECO 146 Applied Microeconomics (3) CSB Professional Elective (3)* Students enrolled in the CSB program obtain the skills and training needed to understand business functions Junior year, second semester (18 credit hours) and business related problems, to analyze business-user CSE 216 Software Engineering (3) information needs, to design computer based informa- CSB 312 Design of Integrated Business tion systems, and to implement systems solutions within Applications I (3) business organizations. Graduates of the program are ECE 201 Computer Architecture (3) ideal candidates for placement within large consulting LAW 201 Legal Environment for Business (3) firms, small consulting teams, and startup companies. HSS Humanities/Social Sciences This program also prepares students to become the elective (6)** Chief Information Officers, decision makers, and general Senior year, first semester (16 credit hours) managers of information age corporations. CSE 303 Operating System Design (3) After four years the program leads to a degree in MGT 280 Management of People Computer Science and in Business, which is jointly and Operations (4) awarded by the College of Business and Economics and CSB Professional Elective (3) * the P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied CSB 313 Design of Integrated Business Science. The CSB major is designed to meet the accredi- Applications II (3) tation requirements for Computer Science (CSAB) and HSS Humanities/Social Sciences elective(3)** is accredited in Business (AACSB). Senior year, second semester (18 credit hours) Degree Requirements: MGT 301 Business Management Policies (3) The required courses for the CSB degree constitute the CSE 340 Design and Analysis of Algorithms (3) fundamentals of structured programming, discrete math- CSB Professional Electives (6) * ematics, algorithms, computer architectures, CSE 262 Programming Languages (3) programming languages, software engineering, account- HSS Humanities/Social Sciences ing, finance, marketing, management and economics. electives (3)** None of the program requirements for the CSB major *One CSB Professional Elective must be a course in the sci- may be taken pass/fail. The recommended sequence of ences. courses is presented below: ** At least 6 hours of HSS electives must be in humanities Freshman year, first semester (18 credit hours) (HU). ENGL 1 Composition and Literature I(3) ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) CSB Tracks MATH 21 Calculus I (4) Students can use their CSB professional electives to BUS 1 Intro to Business (3) develop areas of concentrations or tracks from courses CSE 15 Intro to Computer Science (4) offered within the CSE department or CBE. In certain cases, the student’s advisor may also approve courses Freshman year, second semester (16 credit hours) from other departments. Some examples of CSB tracks ENGL 2 Composition and Literature II (3) are presented below: MATH 22 Calculus II (4) Accounting PHY 11,12 Intro to Physics I and Lab (5) ACCT 315 Financial Accounting I CSE 17 Structured Programming and ACCT 324 Cost Accounting Data Structures (4) ACCT 320 Auditing Business Economics Consulting ECO 322 Competitor and Market Analysis ECO 333 Economics of Business Decisions ECO 357 Econometrics 180 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

Finance Computer Science and FIN 323 Investments FIN 328 Corporate Finance Engineering FIN 334 Derivatives Computer Science Graduate School Professors. Henry F. Korth, Ph.D. (Princeton), chair; CSE 302 Compiler Design Edwin J. Kay, Ph.D. (Lehigh), associate chair; Henry Baird, Ph.D. (Princeton); Samuel L. Gulden, M.A. CSE 318 Automata and Formal Grammars (Princeton); Donald J. Hillman, Ph.D. (Cambridge, CSE 392 Independent Research England); Roger N. Nagel, Ph.D. (Maryland), Harvey E. Corporate IT Development Wagner professor of manufacturing systems engineering. CSE 271 Programming in C and Unix Associate professors. Glenn D. Blank, Ph.D. CSE 313 Computer Graphics (Wisconsin-Madison); Mooi Cho Chuah, Ph.D. (U. of CSE 332 Multimedia Design and California); Daniel P. Lopresti, Ph.D. (Princeton). Development Software Development Assistant professors. Mark Arnold, Ph.D. (U. of Manchester Inst. of Science and Tech.); Liang Cheng, CSE 271 Programming in C and Unix Ph.D. (Rutgers University); Brian D. Davison, Ph.D. CSE 302 Compiler Design (Rutgers University); Jeff Heflin, Ph.D. (U. Maryland); CSE 330 Advanced Software Christine Hofmeister, Ph.D. (U. Maryland); G. Drew Engineering Tools Kessler, Ph.D. (Georgia Inst. of Technology); Hector Course Descriptions Munoz-Avila, Ph.D. (University of Kaiserslautern, Germany); William M. Pottenger, Ph.D. (U. Illinois); CSB 311. Computer Applications in Business John R. Spletzer, Ph.D. (U. of Pennsylvania). (3) fall Adjunct lecturer. Stephen G. Corbesero, M.S. (Lehigh). Application of computer technology to business prob- lems. Transaction processing systems which support The department of computer science and engineering the revenue, conversion, and expenditure cycles of (CSE) offers undergraduate and graduate programs of manufacturing, service, and retail business organiza- study in computer science and computer engineering, tions. Process modeling, data modeling, internal along with research opportunities in these fields. control, corporate IT governance, and systems devel- Computer science is the study of computer algorithms, opment techniques. Application of CASE technology software systems, and the effective use of computers to to a hypothetical business project. Prerequisites: solve real-world problems and to develop new applica- ACCT 152 or ACCT 108 and CSE 17 or equivalent. tions. Computer engineering is the study of how to develop new computer systems and how to integrate CSB 312. Design of Integrated Business computers with electronic devices. Lehigh’s majors pre- Applications I (3) spring pare students for graduate school or for any of the Integrated Product Development (IPD) Capstone different careers in computer science, computer engi- Course I. Industry-based business information systems neering or computer systems analysis. Computer science design project. Information systems design methodol- and computer engineering and their related careers rep- ogy, user needs analysis, project feasibility analysis of resent, in the US workplace, the largest field of design alternatives, and integrated product develop- engineering - larger than all others, including electrical ment methodology. Formal oral and written engineering, combined. More discussion on the career presentations to clients. Prerequisite: CSB 311. potential, as well as the most up to date course offerings CSB 313. Design of Integrated Business can be found on our departmental web site, Applications II (3) fall www.cse.lehigh.edu. Integrated Product Development (IPD) Capstone Lehigh University offers a bachelor of science degree in Course II. This course extends the industry-based computer science from the P. C. Rossin College of project initiated in CSB 312 into its implementation Engineering and Applied Science. It offers the bachelor phase. Detailed design, in-house system construction of science degree in computer science, and the bachelor and delivery, commercial software options, and sys- of arts degree with a major in computer science, from tems maintenance and support. The practical the College of Arts and Sciences. It also offers a bachelor component of the course is supplemented by several of science in Computer Science and Business, jointly classroom-based modules dealing with topics that lie supported by the P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and at the boundary of computer science and business. Applied Science and the College of Business and Formal oral and written presentations to clients. Economics. A minor in computer science is available Prerequisite: CSB 312 except to students majoring in computer or electrical engineering. Graduate study in the department leads to the degrees of master of science and doctor of philoso- phy (Ph.D.) in computer science. In conjunction with the department of Electrical and Computer Engineering (ECE), a bachelor of science degree in computer engi- neering and the master of science and Ph.D. degrees in computer engineering are also offered in the P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Science. In conjunc- tion with the College of Business and Economics, the Computer Science and Engineering 181

CSE department also takes part in the masters of busi- and computer-aided design packages. In addition to the ness and engineering (MB&E) program and in the workstations, the department maintains a collection of integrated business and engineering major. PC-compatible computers for CSE students, including a The undergraduate programs emphasize the fundamen- set of machines that can be dedicated to hardware/soft- tal aspects of their respective areas, with extensive ware projects. Many of the these machines are running hands-on experiences for the students. Electives permit Linux or FreeBSD. The department also provides various students to tailor their programs according to their inter- application-specific systems, including multimedia sta- ests and goals, whether they be in preparation for tions with sound and video capture and generation graduate study or entry into industry. The programs have capabilities, workstations for image processing and visual- electives that allow students to select courses offered by ization, virtual environment tracking and head-mounted other departments. This can help prepare them for activi- display systems, and wearable computers. The depart- ties that straddle departmental boundaries or for entry ment’s computers are connected via multiple high-speed into professional schools such as medicine or manage- Ethernet, fiber optic, wireless, and ATM networks, which ment. Students have the opportunity to synthesize and are in turn connected to the university’s backbone net- apply their knowledge in a senior design project. Students work. The university is connected through multiple T1 are encouraged to become involved in the many research connections to the internet. Students are not required by projects within the department, and may use independ- the department nor the university to own a personal ent study courses and their senior project as a way to computer, but many find such a tool a valuable asset. In participate while receiving course credit. addition to the departmental resources, the university, as distinct from the department, provides a distributed net- The graduate programs allow students to deepen their work of about 75 high-performance workstations and professional knowledge, understanding, and capability over 300 PC-compatible computers in public sites within their subspecialties. Each graduate student devel- throughout the campus. ops a program of study in consultation with his or her graduate advisor. Key thrust areas in the department A detailed description of the curricular programs follows include: with a listing of the required courses and with a listing of the departmental course offerings. The departmental Computer Systems Engineering: computer architec- courses carry the prefixes CSE for computer science and ture, computer arithmetic, DSP systems, sensor ECE for electrical and computer engineering. The stu- networks, robotics, mobile and wearable computing, dent is urged to consult both listings for courses and networking. appropriate to his/her career goal. Software Systems Engineering: software architectures, parallel and distributed computing, object-oriented soft- Undergraduate Programs ware, middleware, Web-based systems and networked Mission Statement for the Computer Science and software systems. Engineering Programs Information Systems Engineering: database, data min- The mission of the computer science and computer ing, bioinformatics, computer graphics and virtual engineering programs is to prepare computer scientists environments, optimization, multimedia systems, expert and computer engineers to meet the challenges of the systems, artificial intelligence and computer vision. future; to promote a sense of scholarship, leadership and Both graduate and undergraduate research are encouraged. service among our graduates; to instill in the students The department maintains a number of computer labo- the desire to create, develop, and disseminate new ratories in support of computer science and computer knowledge; and to provide international leadership to engineering and the ECE department maintains addi- the computer science and engineering professions. tional laboratories supporting the hardware aspects of Program Educational Objectives in Computer computer engineering. The department has research lab- oratories in vision and software technology, parallel and Science and Engineering distributed computing, graphics and virtual environ- •To provide students with the fundamental knowledge ments, computer architecture and arithmetics, and for the practice of computer science and computer software architecture. These laboratories and their associ- engineering, and to develop their ability to formulate, ated research activities are described more completely in analyze and solve computer science and computer the departmental web site (www.cse.lehigh.edu). While engineering problems in practice by applying the fun- these laboratories are research oriented, they are also damental knowledge of mathematics, science, and used for undergraduate projects. In conjunction with the engineering. ECE department, the CSE department maintains public •To provide the broad education necessary to under- laboratories of Sun workstations and PCs for class stand the impact of computer science and computer assignments and projects. engineering solutions in a global, societal, and envi- Computer laboratory usage is an essential part of the ronmental context. student’s education. The primary department resources •To provide students with the foundation and desire include a network of more than 60 Sun workstations, file for advanced education or graduate study, to instill an servers, and compute servers running the Unix operating awareness of continual changes in their profession in a system. These systems provide an array of software tools global context, and to instill the desire for continued for our students and researchers including programming life-long learning. languages (C, C++, Java, Smalltalk, Perl, etc.), software development tools, software and hardware simulators, 182 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

•To instill responsible professional attitudes and ethics, sophomore year, second semester (16 credit hours) to develop skills in communicating effectively, and in CSE 109 Systems Programming (3) working productively in a multidisciplinary team CSE 262 Programming Languages (3) environment. ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) •To provide an environment which enables students to MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) pursue their individual goals in a program that is flex- approved technical elective *#(3) ible, challenging and supportive. junior year, first semester (18 credit hours) Bachelor of Science in Computer CSE 261 Discrete Structures (3) engineering MATH 231 Probability and Statistics (3) or See catalog entry for Computer Engineering. MATH 309 Theory of Probability (3) HSS electives ## (6) Bachelor of Science in Computer approved technical elective* (3) Science approved professional elective** (3) Bachelor of Science in Computer Science degree pro- junior year, second semester (18 credit hours) grams are available to students through either the CSE 340 Design and Analysis of Algorithms (3) College of Arts and Sciences or the P. C. Rossin College ECE 201 Computer Architecture (3) of Engineering and Applied Science. The program offered by the P. C. Rossin College of Engineering and CSE 216 Software Engineering (3) Applied Science is accredited by the Computer Science CSE 252 Computers, the Internet, and Society (3) Accreditation Board, Inc. The two programs are identical HSS electives ## (3) in the fundamental requirements in mathematics and free elective (3) computer science, and the programs are appropriate for senior year, first semester (18 credit hours) entry into management or industrial positions. They are CSE 303 Operating System Design (3) also appropriate for continued graduate study, though CSE 318 Automatic & Formal Grammars (3) students considering graduate study are strongly encour- CSE 379 Senior Project (3) aged to consider taking part in a research project during MATH 230 Numerical Methods (3) their junior year. The two BS programs differ in their HSS elective ## (3) non-computer science content in that the students must fulfill the distribution requirements of the respective col- free elective (3) leges. The result of this difference is that the Arts and senior year, second semester (17 credit hours) Sciences program requires 127 credit hours, whereas the CSE 302 Compiler Design (3) P. C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Science HSS electives ## (5) program requires 134 credit hours. Students with inter- approved technical electives* (6) ests in management, finance, data processing, and approved professional elective** (3) information handling may find the Arts and Science *Approved technical electives (12 credits) are subjects in College program more appropriate and students with the area of science and technology. They are not restrict- interests in engineering and science applications may ed to courses in the department of Computer Science find the Engineering and Applied Science College pro- and Engineering. They are chosen by the student, with gram more appropriate. the approval of the major advisor. One of these electives The required courses for the degrees contain the funda- must be a hardware-oriented elective. Hardware-oriented mentals of discrete mathematics, structured courses include ECE 81, ECE 316, ECE 138, ECE 319, programming, algorithms, computer architectures, com- ECE 320, CSE 209, or any other hardware-oriented piler design, operating systems, and programming course approved by the advisor. CSE 252 is not an languages. A strong foundation in mathematics is approved technical elective. required. The recommended sequence of courses is as **Approved professional electives(6 credits) are chosen by the follows: student, with the approval of the major advisor, to support P. C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied the professional objectives of the student. These may include Science: technical, business, or non-technical courses. CSE 252 is not an approved professional elective. Bachelor of Science in Computer #Computer Science students should be aware that many Science ECE courses require ECE 81. Taking ECE 81 as an See freshman year requirements, section III. approved technical elective before the junior year will afford greater flexibility in choosing ECE electives. sophomore year, first semester (17 credit hours) MATH 23 Analytic Geometry and Calculus III (4) ## Computer science students are required to have at least PHY 21, 22 Introductory Physics II and 27 credits of HSS electives to fulfill graduation require- Laboratory(5) ments, and to satisfy the “depth and breadth “ requirement CSE 17 Structured Programming and for the college. Data Structures (4) ECE 33 Introduction to Computer Engineering (4) Computer Science and Engineering 183

College of Arts and Sciences: include ECE 81, ECE 316, ECE 138, ECE 319, ECE 320, CSE 209, or any other hardware-oriented course Bachelor of Science in Computer approved by the advisor. To satisfy the A&S College distri- Science bution requirements, the approved elective choices must See the distribution requirements of the College of Arts and include a science course with an attached laboratory. CSE Sciences, section III. 252 is not an approved technical elective. freshman year, first semester (17 credit hours) **Approved professional electives (9 credits) are chosen by ENGL 1 Composition and Literature (3) the student, with the approval of the major advisor, to sup- MATH 21 Analytic Geometry and Calculus I (4) port the professional objectives of the student. These may include technical, business, or non-technical courses. CSE CSE 15 Introduction to Computing (4) 252 is not an approved professional elective. distribution (6) freshman year, second semester (17 credit hours) College of Arts and Sciences: ENGL 2 Composition and Literature: Fiction, Bachelor of Arts in Computer Science Drama, Poetry (3) MATH 22 Analytic Geometry and Calculus II (4) This program of 121 credit hours is intended for stu- CSE 17 Structured Programming and Data dents who desire a strong liberal arts program with a Structures (4) concentration in computer science. The program con- tains the fundamentals of computer science, including distribution (6) discrete mathematics, structured programming, data sophomore year, first semester (17 credit hours) structures, programming languages, computer organiza- MATH 23 Analytic Geometry and Calculus III (4) tion, compiler design, and operating systems. The ECE 33 Introduction to Computer recommended course sequence is as follows: Engineering (4) See the distribution requirements of the College of Arts distribution (9) and Sciences, section III. sophomore year, second semester (15 credit hours) freshman year, first semester (14 credit hours) CSE 109 Systems Programming (3) ENGL 1 Composition and Literature (3) CSE 262 Programming Languages (3) MATH 21 Analytic Geometry and Calculus I (4) MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) CSE 15 Introduction to Computing (4) approved technical elective* (3) distribution (3) distribution (3) freshman year, second semester (14 credit hours) junior year, first semester (15 credit hours) ENGL 2 Composition and Literature: Fiction, CSE 261 Discrete Structures (3) Drama, Poetry (3) MATH 231 Probability and Statistics (3) MATH 22 Analytic Geometry and Calculus II (4) approved technical elective* (3) CSE 17 Structured Programming and Data approved professional elective** (3) Structures (4) free elective (3) distribution (3) junior year, second semester (15 credit hours) sophomore year, first semester (16 credit hours) CSE 340 Design and Analysis of Algorithms (3) CSE 261 Discrete Structures (3) or ECE 201 Computer Architecture (3) MATH 243 Algebra (3) CSE 216 Software Engineering (3) ECE 33 Introduction to Computer distribution (3) Engineering (4) approved technical elective* (3) distribution (9) senior year, first semester (15 credit hours) sophomore year, second semester (15 credit hours) CSE 303 Operating System Design (3) MATH 43 BMSS Linear Algebra (3) CSE 318 Automata & Formal Grammars (3) CSE 109 Systems Programming (3) CSE 379 Senior Project (3) ECE 201 Computer Architecture (3) MATH 230 Numerical Methods (3) distribution (6) free elective (3) junior year, first semester (15 credit hours) senior year, second semester (15 credit hours) hardware-oriented elective CSE 252 Computers, the Internet and Society (3) or free elective *(3) CSE 302 Compiler Design (3) distribution (6) approved technical elective* (3) free elective (6) approved professional electives ** (6) junior year, second semester (15 credit hours) *Approved technical electives (12 credits) are subjects in the CSE 262 Programming Languages (3) area of science (12 credits) and technology. They are not free elective restricted to courses in the department of Computer Science or hardware-oriented elective *(3) and Engineering. They are chosen by the student, with the distribution (6) approval of the major advisor. One of these electives must be free elective (3) a hardware-oriented elective. Hardware-oriented courses 184 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005 senior year, first semester (16 credit hours) The Master of Engineering degree requires the comple- CSE 303 Operating System Design (3) tion of 30 credit hours of work, which includes CSE 318 Automata and Formal Grammars (3) design-oriented courses and an engineering project. A distribution (3) program of study must be submitted in compliance free electives (7) with the college rules. An oral presentation of the proj- ect is required. senior year, second semester (16 credit hours) CSE 302 Compiler Design (3) The Ph.D. degree in computer science requires the com- pletion of 42 credit hours of work (including the distribution (6) dissertation) beyond the master’s degree (48 hours if the free electives (7) master’s degree is not from Lehigh), the passing of a * The student’s program must contain at least one hard- departmental qualifying examination appropriate to each ware-oriented elective course. Hardware-oriented courses degree within one year after entrance into the degree include ECE 81, ECE 316, ECE 138, ECE 319, ECE program, the passing of a general examination in the 320, CSE 209, or any other hardware-oriented course candidate’s area of specialization, the admission into can- approved by the advisor. didacy, and the writing and defense of a dissertation. Minor in Computer Science Competence in a foreign language is not required. The minor in computer science provides a basic familiar- The CSE department has a core curriculum require- ity with software development and programming, and ment for graduate students in each of the degree computer organization, and essential elements of com- programs. The purpose of this requirement is to guar- puter science. This minor is not available to students of antee that all students pursuing graduate studies in the the CSE or ECE departments. Engineering students department acquire an appropriate breadth of knowl- should note that ENGR 1 plus CSE 16 is a substitute edge of their discipline. for CSE 15. The minor requires 18 credit hours, consist- Computer Science: To satisfy the comprehensives/core, ing of the following: students need to complete at least two (2) courses in CSE 15 Introduction to Computing (4) each of the following areas, with at least one (1) 400 CSE 17 Structured Programming and Data level course in three (3) of the four areas: Systems; Structures (4) Compilers/Languages/Software Systems; Theory; and ECE 33 Introduction to Computer Computer Applications. For details on these require- Engineering (4) ments, see the department’s web site www.cse.lehigh.edu. and two CSE electives from the following list: Courses from other universities or undergraduate studies CSE 109 Systems Programming (3) may be used to satisfy these requirements, by petition, at CSE 216 Software Engineering (3) the discretion of the department faculty. Additional CSE 241 Data Base Systems (3) graduate program information may be obtained from CSE 261 Discrete Structures (3) the department’s graduate coordinator. CSE 271 Programming in C and the Unix Departmental Courses Environment (3) Departmental courses are listed under the prefix CSE. CSE 262 Programming Languages (3) Students should also consult the ECE department list- CSE 327 Artificial Intelligence Theory ing because computer engineering courses are found and Practice (3) under either prefix, and because electives can be cho- CSE 340 Design and Analysis of Algorithms (3) sen from either department. The reader should consult P. C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied both listings. Science Computer Science (CSE) Graduate Programs For Undergraduate Students Note: For information about graduate degrees in Computer CSE 12. Survey of Computer Science (3) Engineering, see the catalog entry for Computer Topics in computer science, Java programming and Engineering. web page design. Includes multimedia laboratory. Not Graduate programs of study provide a balance between available to students who have taken CSE 15, 16, or formal classroom instruction and research and are tai- ENGR 1. lored to the individual student’s professional goals. The programs appeal to individuals with backgrounds in CSE 15. Introduction to Computer Science (4) computer or information science, in computer engineer- Introduction to topics in computer science and pro- ing, in electrical engineering, in mathematics, or in the gramming skills in Java and C++. Prerequisite for CSE physical sciences. Research is an essential part of the 17. Includes multimedia laboratory. No prerequisites. graduate program. The research topics were listed earlier Not available to students who have taken CSE 12, 16, in the departmental description. or ENGR 1. The Master of Science degree requires the completion of CSE 16. Multimedia laboratory of Computer 30 credit hours of work and may include a three credit Science (1) hour thesis. A program of study must be submitted in Survey of topics in computer science. Multimedia labo- compliance with the graduate school regulations. An oral ratory only. No prerequisites. Not available to students presentation of the thesis is required. who have taken CSE 12 or 15. Computer Science and Engineering 185

CSE 17. Structured Programming and Data CSE 271. Programming in C and the Unix Structures (4) Environment (3) Algorithmic design and implementation in a high level, C language syntax and structure. C programming tech- object-oriented language such as C++. Recursion, lexical niques. Emphasis on structured design for medium to programs, pointers, data structures, and their applica- large programs. Unix operating system fundamentals. tions. Prerequisites: CSE 15, or ENGR 1, or permission Unix utilities for program development, text processing, of the instructor. and communications. Prerequisite: CSE 17. CSE 109. Systems Software (3) CSE 302. Compiler Design (3) spring Advanced programming and data structures, including Principles of artificial language description and design. dynamic structures, memory allocation, data organiza- Sentence parsing techniques, including operator prece- tion, symbol tables, hash tables, B-trees, data files. dence, bounded-context, and syntax-directed recognizer Object-oriented design and implementation of simple schemes. The semantic problem as it relates to inter- assemblers, loaders, interpreters, compilers, and transla- preters and compilers. Dynamic storage allocation, table tors. Practical methods for implementing medium-scale grammars, code optimization, compiler-writing lan- programs. Prerequisite: CSE 17. guages. Prerequisites: CSE 109 and CSE 318. CSE 190. Special Topics (1-3) CSE 303. Operating System Design (3) fall Supervised reading and research. Prerequisite: consent of Assemblers, executive systems, multiprogramming, time the department head. sharing. Concurrent tasks, deadlocks, resource sharing. Construction of a small operating system. Prerequisites: CSE 209. Assembly Language Programming (3) ECE 201 and CSE 109. fall Design and development of assembly language programs CSE 313. Computer Graphics (3) for computer systems. Interactive input-output, handling General principles; algorithms; display devices and interrupts, system architecture, hardware-software trade- organization; methods of interaction; design of visual offs. Evaluation of program efficiency. Prerequisite: CSE interactive systems. Prerequisite: CSE 109. 109. CSE 318. Automata and Formal Grammars (3) fall CSE 216. Software Engineering (3) spring Formal languages, finite automata, context-free gram- The software life-cycle; life-cycle models; software plan- mars, Turing machines, complexity theory, ning; testing; specification methods; maintenance. undecidability. Prerequisite: CSE 261. Emphasis on team work and large-scale software systems, CSE 327. Artificial Intelligence Theory and including oral presentations and written reports. Practice (3) Prerequisite: CSE 109. Introduction to the field of artificial intelligence: CSE 241. Data Base Systems (3) Problem solving, knowledge representation, reasoning, Data modeling; database design; normalization; query planning and machine learning. Use of AI systems or languages; client-server database systems; enterprise sys- languages. Advanced topics such as natural language pro- tems; Internet applications. Prerequisite: CSE 12, 15, or cessing, vision, robotics, and uncertainty. Prerequisite: CSE 17 or consent of instructor. Not available to stu- CSE 12 or 15 or 17. dents who have credit for IE 224. CSE 330. Advanced Software Engineering Tools (3) CSE 252. (STS 252) Computers, the Internet, and CASE tools; portability and reusability of software; Society (3) experimental methods in software engineering; automat- An interactive exploration of the current and future role ic programming. Prerequisite: CSE 216. of computers, the Internet, and related technologies in CSE 331. User Interface Systems and Techniques (3) changing the standard of living, work environments, Principles and practice of creating effective human-com- society and its ethical values. Privacy, security, deperson- puter interfaces. Design and user evaluation of user alization, responsibility, and professional ethics; the role interfaces; design and use of interface building tools. of computer and Internet technologies in changing edu- Programming projects using a variety of interface build- cation, business modalities, collaboration mechanisms, ing tools to construct and evaluate interfaces. and everyday life. (SS) Prerequisite: CSE 109 or consent of the instructor. CSE 261. (MATH 261) Discrete Structures (3) fall CSE 332. Multimedia Design and Development (3) and spring Analysis, design and implementation of multimedia soft- Topics in discrete structures chosen for their applicability ware, primarily for computer-based training. Projects to computer science and engineering. Sets, propositions, emphasize user interface design, content design with sto- induction, recursion; combinatorics; binary relations and ryboards or scripts, creation of graphics, animation, functions; ordering, lattices and Boolean algebra; graphs audio and video materials, and software development and trees; groups and homomorphisms. Various applica- using high level authoring tools. Prerequisite: CSE 14 or tions. Prerequisites: MATH 21. CSE 17. Blank. CSE 262. Programming Languages (3) CSE 335. Topics on Intelligent Decision Support Use, structure and implementation of several program- Systems (3) ming languages. Prerequisite: CSE 17. Topics on intelligent decision support systems (IDSSs). The course will be self-contained and study some of the AI techniques that are used to build IDSSs including: 186 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005 case-based reasoning, decision trees and knowledge rep- CSE 352. E-commerce Applications Technology resentation. Several application areas of these techniques and Strategy (3) will be covered including: help-desk systems, e-com- E-commerce applications for business: enterprise merce, and knowledge management. Credit will not be resource planning, (ERP); customer relationship man- given for both CSE 335 and CSE 435. Prerequisite: CSE agement (CRM) and supply chain management (SCM); 327 or CSE 340 or consent of the instructor. information innovation strategies and their dependence CSE 336 (ECE 336) Embedded Systems (3) on a common technology architecture; technical, logisti- Use of small computers embedded as part of other cal and cultural implications of building and operation machines. Limited-resource microcontrollers and state information integration systems applications. Consent of machines from high description language. Embedded instructor. hardware: RAM, ROM, flash, timers, UARTs, PWM, CSE 365. Natural Language Processing (3) A/D, multiplexing, debouncing. Development and Computer analysis of human languages, such as English. debugging tools running on host computers. Real-Time Syntactic parsing and semantic interpretation of sen- Operating System (RTOS) semaphores, mailboxes, tences; morphological recognition of words and idioms. queues. Task priorities and rate monotonic scheduling. Applications of natural language processing such as data- Software architectures for embedded systems. base queries. Prerequisite: CSE 262 or equivalent Prerequisite: CSE 17. familiarity with Prolog, Lisp. CSE 340. (MATH 340) Design and Analysis of CSE 366. Object-Oriented Programming (3) Algorithms (3) spring The implementation of object orientation in languages Algorithms for searching, sorting, counting, graph and such as Smalltalk and Java. Objects, classes, inheritance, tree manipulation, matrix multiplication, scheduling, graphical interfaces, applets, exception-handling, and pattern matching, fast Fourier transform. Minimum multi-threading. Prerequisite: CSE 17. time and space requirements are established, leading to CSE 368. Artificial Intelligence Programming (3) the notion of abstract complexity measures and the The use of LISP and related languages to simulate intel- intrinsic complexity of algorithms and problems, in ligence on computers. Prerequisite: CSE 262 or approval terms of asymptotic behavior. The question of the cor- of the department head. rectness of algorithms is also treated. Prerequisites: MATH 22 and CSE 261 (MATH 261). CSE 375. Hardware & Software Topics in Parallel Computing (3) CSE 342. Fundamentals of Internetworking (3) Introduction to parallel computing, covering both hard- Architecture and protocols of computer networks. ware and software topics such as interconnection Protocol layers; network topology; data-communication networks, SIMD, MIMD, and hybrid parallel architec- principles, including circuit switching, packet switching tures, parallel languages, parallelizing compiler and error control techniques; sliding window protocols, techniques and operating systems for parallel computers. protocol analysis and verification; routing and flow con- Prerequisites: ECE 201 and CSE 303 previously or con- trol; local and wide area networks; network currently, or consent of the instructor. interconnection; client-server interaction; emerging net- working trends and technologies; topics in security and CSE 376. Parallel Algorithms (3) privacy. Prerequisite: CSE 109. Parallel algorithms for searching, sorting, matrix process- CSE 345 WWW Search Engines (3) ing, network optimization, and selected graph problems. Implementation and efficiency measures of parallel algo- Study of algorithms, architectures, and implementa- rithms also considered. Prerequisite: CSE 375 or CSE tions of WWW search engines; Information retrieval 340 or consent of instructor. (IR) models; performance evaluation; properties of hypertext crawling, indexing, searching and ranking; CSE 379 Senior Project (3) link analysis; parallel and distributed IR; user inter- Design, implementation, and evaluation of a computer faces. Credit will not be given for both 345 and 445. science capstone project conducted by student teams Prerequisite: CSE 109. working from problem definition to testing and imple- CSE 347. Data Mining (3) mentation; written progress reports supplemented by oral presentations. Prerequisite: senior standing. Overview of modern data mining techniques: data clean- ing; attribute and subset selection; model construction, CSE 392. Independent Study (1-3) evaluation and application. Fundamental mathematics An intensive study, with report, of a topic in computer and algorithms for decision trees, covering algorithms, science which is not treated in other courses. May be association mining, statistical modeling, linear models, repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. neural networks, instance-based learning and clustering covered. Practical design, implementation, application For Graduate Students and evaluation of data mining techniques in class proj- CSE 403. Theory of Operating Systems (3) ects. Prerequisites: Either CSE 17 and MATH 231, or Principles of operating systems with emphasis on hard- BIS 120 and ECO 145. ware and software requirements and design CSE 350. Special Topics (3) methodologies for multi-programming systems. Global Selected topics in the field of computer science not topics include the related areas of process management, included in other courses. May be repeated for credit. resource management, and file systems. Prerequisite: CSE 303 or equivalent. Computer Science and Engineering 187

CSE 404. (ECE 404) Computer Networks (3) CSE 430. Textual Data Mining (3) Study of architecture and protocols of computer net- Theory and algorithms for topics in textual data mining works. The ISO model; network topology; and statistical natural language processing (NLP). data-communication principles, including circuit switch- Fundamental mathematics and linguistics of statistical ing, packet switching and error control techniques; NLP; probability theory and information theory. Text sliding window protocols, protocol analysis and verifica- mining algorithms and applications. Practical design, tion; routing and flow control; local area networks; implementation, application and evaluation of statistical network interconnection; topics in security and privacy. NLP and textual data mining techniques in class proj- ects. Prerequisite: CSE 347 CSE 409. Theory of Automata and Formal Grammars (3) CSE 432. Object-Oriented Software Engineering (3) Finite automata. Pushdown automata. Relationship to Design and construction of modular, reusable, extensible definition and parsing of formal grammars. Prerequisite: and portable software using statically typed object-ori- CSE 318. ented programming languages (Eiffel, C++, Objective C). Abstract data types; genericity; multiple inheritance; CSE 411. Advanced Programming Techniques (3) use and design of soft-ware libraries; persistence and Deeper study of programming techniques, data struc- object-oriented databases; impact of object-oriented pro- tures, backtracking, recursion. Applications of basic gramming on the software life cycle. theoretical disciplines such as automata theory and for- mal language theory. Assignments using a contemporary CSE 435. Topics on Intelligent Decision Support programming language. Prerequisite: CSE 17 or consent Systems (3) of department head. AI techniques used to build IDSSs: case-based reasoning, decision trees and knowledge representation. CSE 412. Object-Oriented Programming (3) Applications: help-desk systems, e-commerce, and Objects, messages, classes and inheritance; the model- knowledge management. This course, a version of 335 view-controller paradigm. Prototyping the user interface. for graduate students, requires research projects and CSE 413. Robotics and Intelligent Machines (3) advanced assignments. Credit will not be given for both Software aspects of robot and intelligent machine con- CSE 335 and CSE 435. trols. Fundamental control issues through language and CSE 437. Program Semantics (3) artificial intelligence implementations. Theories and techniques of program semantics and pro- CSE 414. Expert Systems (3) gram verification. Topics may be chosen from The design and development of knowledge-based expert denotational semantics, operational semantics, Floyd- systems. Rule-based protocols. Knowledge engineering. Hoare semantics, temporal logic, dynamic logic, Programming application. Prerequisite: CSE 368. algebraic semantics, continuous semantics, recursive CSE 415. Database Topics (3) function theory or a current semantic theory. Gulden Design issues in integrated database systems. Database CSE 438. Software Architecture (3) entities and their relationships. Prerequisite: CSE 241 or Design and description of software architecture for large equivalent. systems. Current research topics in software architecture. CSE 416. Advanced Issues in Knowledge-based Individual projects are a significant part of this course. Projects may include the design of a new architecture, Systems (3) reverse engineering the architecture of an existing system, Advanced techniques and current applications of knowl- or investigation of a research topic in software architec- edge-based systems. Emphasis on knowledge engineering ture. Prerequisite: CSE 216 or CSE 432 or consent of techniques through the development of a substantial sys- the instructor. tem. Prerequisite: CSE 414. Hillman and Blank CSE 440. Graph Theory and Application (3) CSE 417. Topics in Information Retrieval (3) Fundamental concepts of and algorithms for graphs, Selected topics in the design of advanced retrieval sys- including: connectivity, planarity, network flows, tems. Prerequisite: CSE 241 or equivalent. matchings, colorings, traversals, duality, intractability CSE 422. Advanced Topics in Compiling (3) and applications. Prerequisite: CSE 340 or consent of Topics from general parsers, attributed translation, instructor. attribute grammars, two-level grammars, expression opti- CSE 445 WWW Search Engines (3) mization, data flow, code optimization, compiler Study of algorithms, architectures, and implementations compilers, implementation languages, multi-tasking lan- of WWW search engines. Information retrieval (IR) guages. Prerequisite: CSE 302 or consent of the models; performance evaluation; properties of hypertext department head. crawling, indexing, searching and ranking; link analysis; CSE 429. Virtual Environments (3) parallel and distributed IR; user interfaces. This course, a Software and technology of virtual environment systems. version of 345 for graduate students, requires research Current research in virtual environments. User tracking, projects and advanced assignments. Credit will not be display, and view rendering hardware. VE application given for both CSE 345 and CSE 445. programming libraries, real-time rendering techniques, 3D model representations, networking systems for dis- tributed and multi-user environments, 3D user interaction techniques. 188 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

CSE 450. Special Topics (3) MS/MEng Co-op programs Selected topics in computer science not included in • ENGR 400 can be taken for a maximum of 6 credits, other courses. May be repeated for credit. with at most 3 credits in any registration period. CSE 463. Advanced Issues in Natural Language •A further 6 credits for thesis/project/independent Processing (3) study can be part of the industrial experience. Advanced techniques and current applications of natural •Minimum of 18 course credit hours, excluding language systems. Complex syntax and semantics, dis- ENGR 400 and Thesis (490) must be obtained course coherence and planning, natural language through Lehigh University interfaces and other applications. Prerequisite: CSE 365 or CSE 465. Blank Ph.D. program CSE 465. Seminar in Natural Language •Beyond the master’s program, ENGR 400 can be Processing (3) taken for a maximum of 9 credits, with at most 3 Writing and presenting reviews of research issues in nat- credits in any registration period. ural language, knowledge representation, speech •In addition to ENGR 400 credits, a maximum of 9 processing and other applications. Requires concurrent dissertation credits ( 499) can also be obtained as part attendance in CSE 365, Natural Language Processing. of the co-op experience. CSE 491. Research Seminar (1-3) ENGR 400. Engineering Co-op for Graduate Regular meetings focused on specific topics related to Students the research interests of department faculty. Current Supervised cooperative work assignment to obtain practi- research will be discussed. Students may be required to cal experience in field of study. Requires consent of present and review relevant publications. May be repeat- department chairperson. When on a cooperative assign- ed for credit up to a maximum of three (3) credits. ment, the student must register for this course to Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. maintain continuous student status. Limit to at most 3 CSE 492. Independent Study (1-3) credits per registration period. No more than 6 credits An intensive study, with report of a topic in computer can be applied towards a master’s degree and no more science that is not treated in other courses. May be than an additional 9 credits towards a Ph.D. The credits repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. must be taken P/F. Cooperative Graduate Cooperative (Undergraduate) Education Education The P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied The P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Science permits graduate students to spend part of their Science offers opportunities to students for cooperative research experience in industry, business, or a govern- work assignments with industrial or business firms and ment agency. In general, the external research experience government agencies. In all cases, cooperative work should be complementary to their graduate studies at assignments are optional on the part of the student and Lehigh University and can count towards their degree there is no obligation for the student to accept perma- program through ENGR 400 (Engineering Co-op for nent employment nor for the cooperating organization Graduate Students) and through thesis/dissertation cred- to offer permanent employment. its (see below). The student must register for a full semester of courses Subject to university/federal regulations, when enrolled in the summer prior to the first work assignment. When in courses at Lehigh University, a student can work for a on a cooperative assignment, the student must roster maximum of 20 hours at the company/laboratory (co-op ENGR 200, to maintain full-time student status, and partner). If not enrolled in courses other than ENGR must complete all required university procedures. The 400 and for thesis (490) or dissertation (499) credits, a university treasurer establishes the fee for ENGR 200. student will be permitted to work full time at the co-op Participation in a cooperative education program does partner. Full time employment over the summer will not relieve the student from any regular requirement for also be permitted. Maintenance of full-time status, how- the academic curriculum in which he or she is enrolled. ever, requires that during the semester students must be 200. Cooperative Undergraduate Education (3-6) registered for the minimum number of credit hours as Supervised cooperative work assignment to obtain practi- listed in R&P. cal experience. Prerequisite: acceptance into the program. Pass/fail grading only. Design Arts 189 Design Arts 2. Theory Sequence (minimum 6 credits) a. DES 60 Design Process (3) The Design Arts program engages the undergraduate lib- b. Choose one from the following (in consultation eral arts student in creative work that focuses on visual with the major advisor): communication design with an emphasis on digital media. The program emphasizes the creation of art and DES/ART 68 Color Theory (3) design using digital technology instead of a pottery DES 164 Ergonomics (3) wheel or an easel. 3. History and Intellectual Context Sequence (9 cred- Design Arts is a multidisciplinary major emphasizing the its, minimum) intersection of design with the fields of art, architecture, Choose at least one of the following Design courses: applied art, industrial art, and all their related fields. DES 66 Design History (3) Therefore, the programmatic emphasis is on establishing DES 266 History of Contemporary Design (3) a broad spectrum of inter-related courses within the DES 366 Case Studies in Design History (3) major so as to address the myriad issues confronting the modern designer. Other courses that may be used in addition to at The major is designed to provide a firm foundation in least one of the above: traditional studio work. The foundation courses enhance ANTH 376 Culture and the Individual (4) all areas of the design concentration and provide a com- ART 1 Art History: Ancient and Medieval (3) mon background of experience and knowledge. The ART 2 Art History: Renaissance to Present (3) program also contains a wide range of intellectual bases ARCH 1 Architectural History I (3) in theory and history in order to afford each individual ARCH 2 Architectural History II (3) student a broad perspective. HUM 126 Professional Ethics (4) Design Arts courses introduce students to the fields of IR 23 Alternative World Views (4) design (graphic, product, and computer generated). ART 179 History of Photography (1) Students interested in pursuing a major will be prepared ART/ARCH 206 Medieval Art and Architecture (3) to advance to graduate training or entry level positions in ART/ARCH 207 Renaissance Art and Architecture (3) design. In addition to a General Studies option, which ARCH 209 Architecture and Ideas (3) offers a broad topical approach to the expansive field of ARCH 210 20th-Century Architecture (3) design, students may choose one of three more focused ART 120 20th-Century Art (4) concentrations. (1) Graphic Design will prepare students for entry-level positions in a wide range of fields, includ- CSE 252 Computers, the Internet, ing the printing industry, web based media, exhibition and Society (3) design, publishing advertising, and posters, or they may PHIL 250 The Minds of Robots and enter graduate programs and pursue MFA degrees. (2) Other People (4) Product Design students study the creation and applica- PHIL 123 Aesthetics (4) tion of creating objects for use in, for example, industrial PSYCH 140 Introduction to Linguistics (4) applications, art objects, furniture, toys, exhibit and trade SSP 135 Human Communication (4) design, electronic products, household items, and recre- SSP 327 Mass Communication and Society (4) ational equipment. The industrial designer works closely MKT 313 Marketing Communication (3) with engineers, marketers, and ergonomists to create ARTS 250 Communication: Cultures, products. (3) Students studying Digital Imaging will Behaviors, Attitudes (3) learn the production of computer-generated imagery for THTR 129 History of Fashion and Style (4) the information and entertainment fields. Digital imag- ists produce animation, special effects, and interactive 4. Design Sequences for Major Concentrations media and create for films, games, special effects, motion (21 Credits, minimum) graphics and other fields. The student must complete Design Foundations I, Design Foundations II, and Digital Foundation prior to complet- The program also offers minors in Graphic Design, ing the Design Sequence. It is strongly recommended that Product Design, Digital Imaging, and Web Design. the three foundation courses be completed prior to begin- Students interested in the Design Arts program may ning the major concentration. contact Prof. Drew Francis (Theatre Department, a. General Studies [email protected]) for more information. Select at least 21 credits of coursework from the available Design Arts Major courses in Design Arts and ART, Architecture and Design in consultation with the Design Arts major advisor. 1. Media Skills Sequence (12-13 credit hours) b. Graphic Design concentration a. DES/ART 3 Design Foundations I (3) Required concentration courses (12 credits) b. DES/ART 4 Design Foundations II (3) DES/ART 53 Graphic Design I (3) c. DES 5 Digital Foundation (3) DES/ART 153 Graphic Design II (3) d. Choose one of the following (in consultation DES/ART 253 Graphic Design III (3) with the major advisor): ART 77 Photography I (3) ART 11 Drawing I (3) Select at least 9 credits from the following: ART 35 Painting I (3) DES 70 Web Design I (3) ART 13 Sculpture I (3) DES 170 Web Design II (3) ART 15 Figure (3) DES 80 Computer Imaging I (3) THTR 87 Design for the Theatre (4) DES 40 Product Design I (3) 190 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

DES/ENGR/ DES/ENGR/ BUS 211 Integrated Product Development (IPD) BUS 212 Integrated Product Development Projects I (3) (IPD )Projects II (2) DES/ENGR/ DES 375 Design Internship (1-4) BUS 212 Integrated Product Development (IPD) ART 11 Drawing I (3) Projects II (2) ART 35 Painting I (3) DES 260 Exhibit Design (3) ART 77 Photography I (3) DES 375 Design Internship (1-4) ART 175 Museum Work (3) ARCH/CE 10 Engineering/Architectural Graphics ARCH/CE 10 Engineering/Architectural & Design (3) Graphics and Design (3) ART 11 Drawing I (3) DES 268 Advanced Design Project (1-4) ART 35 Painting I (3) DES 370 Special Topics in Design (1-4) ART 275 Museography and Museology (4) THTR 251 Scene Design (4) DES 268 Advanced Design Project (1-4) THTR 252 Costume Design (4) DES 370 Special Topics in Design (1-4) CSE 12 Survey of Computer Science (3) THTR 250 Lighting Design (4) CSE 332 Multimedia Design and Development (3) THTR 251 Scene Design (4) CSE 12 Survey of Computer Science (3) Design Arts Minors CSE 332 Multimedia Design and Development (3) 1. Graphic Design minor (total 18 to 20 credits) c. Product Design concentration a. Foundation (6 credits); choose two from the Required concentration courses (12 credits) following: DES 40 Product Design I (3) DES/ART 3 Design Foundations I (3) DES 140 Product Design II (3) DES/ART 4 Design Foundations II (3) DES 240 Product Design III (3) DES 5 Digital Foundation (3) DES/ART 148 Furniture Design I (3) b. Theory and History (3 to 4 credits); choose one of Select at least 9 credits from the following: the following: DES 80 Computer Imaging I (3) DES 60 Design Process (3) DES 70 Web Design I (3) DES/ART 68 Color Theory (3) DES/ART 53 Graphic Design I (3) DES 266 History of Contemporary DES 260 Exhibit Design (3) Design (3) DES/ENGR/ DES 164 Ergonomics (3) BUS 211 Integrated Product Development DES 366 Case Studies in Design History (3) (IPD )Projects (3) c. Concentration (9 to 10 credits): DES/ENGR/ DES/ART 53 Graphic Design I (3) BUS 212 Integrated Product Development DES/ART 153 Graphic Design II (3) (IPD )Projects II (2) Elective in Design (to be chosen in consultation with DES 375 Design Internship (1-4) advisor) DES/ART 248 Furniture Design II (3) 2. Product Design minor (total 18 to 20 credits) ART 11 Drawing I (3) ART 35 Painting I (3) a. Foundation (6 credits); choose two from the ARCH/CE 10 Engineering/Architectural following: Graphics and Design (3) DES/ART 3 Design Foundations I (3) ART 77 Photography I (3) DES/ART 4 Design Foundations II (3) ART 175 Museum Work (3) DES 5 Digital Foundation (3) ART 275 Museography and Museology (4) b. Theory and History (3 to 4 credits); choose one DES 268 Advanced Design Project (1-4) of the following: DES 370 Special Topics in Design (1-4) DES 60 Design Process (3) THTR 251 Scene Design (4) ART/DES 68 Color Theory (3) THTR 252 Costume Design (4) DES 266 History of Contemporary THTR 250 Lighting Design (4) Design (3) DES 164 Ergonomics (3) d. Digital Imaging concentration DES 366 Case Studies in Design History (3) Required concentration courses (12 credits) c. Concentration (9 to 10 credits): DES 80 Computer Imaging I (3) DES 40 Product Design I (3) DES 180 Computer Imaging II (3) DES 140 Product Design II (3) DES 280 Computer Imaging III (3) Elective in Design (to be chosen in consultation DES/ART 53 Graphic Design I (3) with advisor) Select at least 9 credits from the following: DES 70 Web Design I (3) 3. Digital Imaging minor (total 18 to 20 credits) DES 170 Web Design II (3) a. Foundation (6 credits); choose two from the DES 148 Furniture Design I (3) following: DES/ENGR/ DES/ART 3 Design Foundations I (3) BUS 211 Integrated Product Development DES/ART 4 Foundation Design II (3) (IPD )Projects I (3) DES 5 Digital Foundation (3) Design Arts 191

b. Theory and History (3 to 4 credits); choose one milling to rapid prototype, three-dimensional design of the following: projects. Prerequisite: DES/ART 3. (HU) DES 60 Design Process (3) DES 53. (ART 53) Graphic Design I (3) DES/ART 68 Color Theory (3) Design principles are explored with emphasis on visual DES 266 History of Contemporary communication. Students learn basic concepts for design Design (3) and typography including the vocabulary and historical DES 164 Ergonomics (3) precedence of graphic design and computer graphics. DES 366 Case Studies in Design Introduction to professional-level formal exercises con- History (3) tributes to the development of visual thinking and c. Concentration (9 to 10 credits): original ideas. Prerequisite: ART/DES 3. (HU) DES 80 Computer Imaging I (3) DES 60. Design Process (3) DES 180 Computer Imaging II (3) Students will study how an idea becomes a final product Elective in Design (to be chosen in consultation by analyzing their own actions and role industrial with advisor) designers play in the development of products. (HU) 4. Web Design minor (total 18 to 20 credits) DES 66. Design History (3) a. Foundation (6 credits); choose two from the History of product design in the context of a product’s following: artistic, cultural, technological, and business context. (HU) DES/ART 3 Design Foundations I (3) DES 68. (ART 68) Color Theory (3) DES/ART 4 Design Foundations II (3) Application of color in design. Color in graphics, DES 5 Digital Foundation (3) product, digital imaging, and all related fields of b. Theory and History (3 to 4 credits); choose one design. (HU) of the following: DES 70. Web Design I (3) DES 60 Design Process (3) Introduction to the design and fabrication of web pages. DES/ART 68 Color Theory (3) Students will learn how to create pages using HTML DES 266 History of Contemporary and web fabrication software, with an emphasis on aes- Design (3) thetic and structure. (ND) DES 164 Ergonomics (3) DES 80. Computer Imaging I (3) DES 366 Case Studies in Design Introduction to 3-D computer modeling, animation, History (3) and rendering, commonly used in the entertainment c. Concentration (9 to 10 credits): industry. Students create and edit an original 3-D ani- DES 70 Web Design I (3) mated movie. Students will also learn about 2-D and DES 170 Web Design II (3) 3-D visualization techniques, used in the creation of sto- Elective in Design (to be chosen in consultation ryboards and the narrative of the movie. Prerequisite: with advisor) DES/ART 3. DES 140. Product Design II (3) Undergraduate courses Introduction to manufacturing and materials for the DES 3. (ART 3) Design Foundations I (3) industrial/product designer. Model-making and investigat- An introduction to the basic elements and principles of ing the interaction of the product and the application. design. Course involves use of various materials to solve The emphasis is on user-centered design. Students will 2-D design problems in studio and computer lab. create original product designs, developing proficiency in Required for all majors in department. Staff (HU) various traditional and virtual visualization techniques and DES 4. (ART 4) Design Foundations II (3) learn about product styling. Prerequisite: DES 40. (ND) An introduction to the basic elements and principles of DES 148. Furniture Design I (3) design. Course involves use of various materials to solve Design methodology, fabrication techniques, and 3-D design problems in studio and computer lab. methods of design presentation. Prerequisite: Problem solving in variety of materials for 3-D design DES/ART 4. (HU) including assemblages, models, constructions, and con- DES 153 (ART 153). Graphic Design II (3) ceptual forms. Required for all majors in department. Aspects of design are inter-related in function, concept Staff (HU) or planning processes. Students focus on the poster in DES 5. Digital Foundation (3) order to solve a variety of contemporary design prob- Introduction to a variety of 2-D and 3-D software lems. Professional-level formal team exercises include a applications for digital design. Students will acquire a series of informative posters, identify systems, publica- basic understanding of digital image manipulation, tion, and advertising design. Computer graphics and graphic layout tools, 2-D CAD techniques, and 3-D Macintosh lab are employed as integral design tools in rendering. (ND) graphic design. Prerequisite: ART/DES 53 (HU) DES 40. Product Design I (3) DES 164. Ergonomics (3) Introduction to the field of Industrial Design. Through Introduction to physical, emotional, and psychological the reverse engineering of existing products and analysis ways design interacts with people. Analyze real design of these artifacts with drawing and modeling, students problems and create solutions. (HU) will acquire an understanding of the various aesthetic, technological, and business issues a designer must con- sider when creating a product. Computer modeling 192 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

DES 170. Web Design II (3) tor. May be repeated for credit. Department permis- Creation of dynamic content in web design. Various 2-D sion required. (ND) animation software applications and simple scripting will DES 280. Computer Imaging III (3) be explored. Prerequisite: DES 70. (ND) Advanced animation with emphasis on experimental DES 180. Computer Imaging II (3) techniques and new technologies in animation and Creation of original 3-D models, renderings, and anima- motion graphics. Emphasis on effects, compositing, and tions, while learning advanced modeling techniques, the use of digital technology in the post-production character animation, particles, and compositing. process. Students will work on various assignments to Prerequisite: DES 80. (ND) gain a first-hand understanding of how various tools and DES 211. Integrated Product Development (IPD) techniques are used to create realistic effects. Prerequisite: DES 180. (ND) 1 (3) spring Business, engineering, and design arts students work in DES 366. Case Studies in Design History (3) cross-disciplinary teams of 4-6 students on conceptual History of design. Study of specific products in context design including marketing, financial and economic with regard to their impact on art, culture, and technolo- planning, economic and technical feasibility of new gy. (HU) product concepts. Teams work on industrial projects DES 370. Special Topics in Design (1-4) with faculty advisers. Oral presentations and written Current topics in design, with selected readings, discus- reports. Prerequisite: junior standing in business, eco- sions, and studio work as required. May be repeated for nomics, arts, design or engineering. Mechanical credit. Prerequisite: two 100-level Design courses. Engineering students must register for ME 211. (ND) Department permission. (ND) DES 212. Integrated Product Development (IPD) DES 375. Design Internship (1-4) 2 (2) fall Practical experience following apprenticeship model. Business, engineering, and design arts students work in Requires approval of instructor and host prior to begin- cross-disciplinary teams of 4-6 students on the detailed ning of the term, with a memorandum of understanding design including fabrication and testing of a prototype of outlining student work responsibilities and educational the new product designed in the IPD course 1. Additional objectives for the experience. (ND) deliverables include a detailed production plan, marketing plan, detailed base-case financial models, project and DES 376. Design Thesis (3) product portfolio. Teams work on industrial projects with Project or presentation in a selected area of design. faculty advisors. Oral presentations and written reports. Intended for senior majors in design. Prerequisite: con- Prerequisite: BUS/DES/ ENGR 211. (ND) sent of the director in conjunction with advisor. (ND) DES 240. Product Design III (3) Development of products with emphasis on innovative Earth and Environmental ways of understanding the role of the object in people’s Sciences lives. Prerequisite: DES: 140. (ND). DES 248. (ART 248) Furniture Design II (3) Professors. Gray E. Bebout, Ph.D. (U.C., Los Angeles); Edward B. Evenson, Ph.D. (Michigan); Kenneth P. Advanced fabrication. Contemporary art issues and fur- Kodama, Ph.D. (Stanford); Anne S. Meltzer, Ph.D. niture history. Prerequisite DES/ART 148. (HU) (Rice); Craig E. Williamson, Ph.D. (Dartmouth); Peter DES 253 (ART 253) Graphic Communication K. Zeitler, Ph.D. (Dartmouth). III (3) Associate professors. David J. Anastasio, Ph.D. (Johns A combination workshop/seminar course in which the Hopkins); Bruce R. Hargreaves, Ph.D. (U.C., Berkeley); student, as part of a design team, through classroom and Donald P. Morris, Ph.D. (Colorado); Carl O. Moses, individual discussion with the instructor and respective Ph.D. (Virginia), associate dean of the College of Arts non-profit clients, develops and produces a minimum of and Sciences; Frank J. Pazzaglia, Ph.D. (Penn State). two major design projects. Readings and classroom dis- Assistant professors. Lisa Windham, Ph.D. (Rutgers); cussions of contemporary graphic design history and Zicheng Yu, Ph.D. (Toronto); Steve Peters, Ph.D. current trends form an essential part of the course. (Michigan). Prerequisite: DES/ART 153 (HU) Adjunct professor. Daniel E. Lawson, Ph.D. (Illinois). DES 260. Exhibit Design (3) Team projects in development of exhibits for museums, Research scientists. Gabriella Dee, Ph.D. (Lehigh); conferences, or educational centers. Project work is sup- Bruce D. Idleman, Ph.D. (SUNY, Albany); Kirsten plemented by lectures and demonstrations. Teams will Kessler, Ph.D. (Max Plank Institute); Bangyeon Kim, produce real and virtual exhibit prototypes and will Ph.D. (Lehigh); Robert E. Moeller, Ph.D. (Cornell); design and maintain an exhibit website. (HU) Stéphane Sol, Ph.D. (Queen’s University). DES 266. History of Contemporary Design (3) Emeritus professors. Paul B. Myers, Jr., Ph.D. (Lehigh); Dale R. Simpson, Ph.D. (Caltech); Bobb Carson, Ph.D. History of modern design from mid-19th century to the (Washington). present. Studies and discussion of contemporary issues and technology in Design Arts. Topics will include green The Department of Earth and Environmental Sciences design, digital technology, current legal and ethical prin- (EES) is Lehigh’s home for teaching and research in the ciples, and other issues. (HU) areas of ecology, environmental science, and geology. Matters of environmental quality and natural resources DES 268. Advanced Design Projects (1-4) will increasingly impact people and society in the years Advanced projects or studies applying Design Arts to come, and the EES department offers a range of practices or theories. Prerequisite: consent of instruc- undergraduate and graduate programs that provide stu- Earth and Environmental Sciences 193 dents with an understanding of Earth’s biosphere, atmos- Field Work and Experiential Learning phere, lithosphere, and hydrosphere, with an emphasis The EES department offers its students diverse and on how these components function as an integrated abundant field experiences. Supervised internships coor- Earth system. Training in Earth and Environmental dinated by the Lehigh Earth Observatory (LEO) allow Sciences can lead to technical and scientific careers in students at all levels to become engaged in projects research, environmental consulting, government agen- involving cross-disciplinary research, assessment, and cies, and the petroleum industry, and can also serve as an consulting work. A 6-credit, 4-week field geology camp excellent liberal arts degree that provides context and conducted each summer in the Rocky Mountains, (EES preparation for careers in areas such as law, policy, jour- 341), and a parallel program in the Rockies available to nalism and economics. introductory-level students (EES 41) provides field-based Faculty in the EES department have a wide range of training. Students can participate in the department’s interests and strong reputations in the fields of geology, long-standing research programs in limnological and ecology, and environmental sciences. In instruction at all ecological research in the Pocono Lakes region, and par- levels, the department emphasizes field experiences and ticipate in a summer course in lake ecosystems offered in experiential learning, as well as the development of the Poconos. Undergraduate students can also become quantitative and communication skills. The EES depart- involved in forefront research programs. In recent years, ment maintains a relaxed and personal atmosphere in students have played a role in research in the Himalaya, which students can interact with faculty in many ways, Alaska, California, Idaho, Argentina, and Italy, in addi- including seminars, special symposia on topics of the tion to more nearby sites in Pennsylvania, West Virginia, students’ choice, field research, departmental field trips New York, and New Jersey. Most EES undergraduate- and social events like picnics, canoe trips, softball games, and graduate - level courses include field experiences in and fishing expeditions. the form of one-day or weekend-long field trips, and the At the undergraduate level, students may choose from a department sponsors an annual field trip, for all interest- number of degree programs, including a B.A. in Earth ed EES members (past destinations have included Puerto and Environmental Sciences and separate B.S. degree Rico, Iceland, Scotland, Newfoundland, Argentina, and programs in Environmental Sciences, Ecology, and the Grand Canyon). Geological Sciences. The flexible B.A. program provides The following descriptions of programs in the students an opportunity to acquire breadth, design a spe- Department of Earth and Environmental Sciences are cialized program, or find room for a double major. This organized as follows: degree is well suited to students with career aspirations Minor in Earth and Environmental Sciences in areas such as engineering, environmental law, journal- Bachelor of Arts Degree in Earth and Environmental ism, economics, government, among many other Sciences possibilities. The B.S. degrees, while still offering con- Bachelor of Sciences Degrees in: siderable flexibility, provide the more in-depth Environmental Sciences technical training required for graduate school and sci- Ecology entific careers, and are well suited for students seeking Geological Sciences employment as professionals in the earth and environ- Combined B.A. or B.S. and M.S. Program in Earth and mental sciences. Environmental Sciences An accessible minor program is available for students Department Honors in Earth and Environmental Sciences wishing to add insight into earth and environmental Civil and Environmental Engineering and Earth and sciences to any number of other technical or non-tech- Environmental Sciences (Dual B.S. Degrees Program) nical degree programs, helping students distinguish themselves as they prepare to enter today’s fast-evolving Graduate Studies job markets and graduate programs. The department Requirements for a Minor in Earth and also offers a five-year program that combines a B.A. or B.S. degree with an M.S. degree in earth and environ- Environmental Sciences mental sciences. A minor is designed for students wishing to explore an area of Earth or Environmental Sciences in conjunction For students with strong interests in areas such as hydrol- with a major program in another field for personal ogy, water and soil remediation, hazards and associated development or career enhancement. engineering and construction strategies, EES, in con- junction with the Department of Civil and The Earth & Environmental Sciences minor program Environmental Engineering (CEE), offers a five-year consists of any 4 EES courses, for a minimum of 15 program leading to dual B.S. degrees in EES and CEE credits, approved by an EES advisor. Natural science (students having these interests may also want to see the (NS) designated EES College seminars (EES 90) may be description of the B.S. in Environmental Engineering in used to meet minor requirements. Ideally, a minor the catalog entry for the Department of Civil and should focus on a particular area of Earth or Environmental Engineering). Environmental Sciences, For example, any four courses from the following foci: EES offers graduate training leading to either the M.S. or Ph.D. in Earth and Environmental Sciences. The EES Aquatic Sciences (EES 21, 31, 257, 316, 351, 376, 386) graduate program is marked by close faculty-student col- Earth System Science (EES 21, 31, 282, and 112 or 152) laboration. Graduate students can take advantage of Ecology (EES 31, 152, 253, 255, 351, 357, 384) strong externally funded faculty research programs and Environmental Science (EES 3, 11, 21, 31, 183, 282, 385) the extensive analytical and computing facilities available Geochemistry (EES 21, 131, 273, 334, 376) in the department; these facilities and specific EES Geology (EES 21, 41, 131, 213, 223, 341) research programs are described in some detail on the Geophysics (EES 21, 201, 204, 223, 303, 305, 309) EES departmental web page at www.ees.lehigh.edu. Surficial Processes (EES 11, 21, 41, 112, 213, 316, 357) 194 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

Degree Requirements for a B.A. in Earth Free electives and Environmental Sciences Courses chosen from anywhere in the University’s cur- The B.A. degree is designed with flexibility in mind and riculum, sufficient credits to bring the total to a is recommended for students interested in a sound liber- minimum of 121 credits. al arts degree that will permit them to bring a scientific Degree Requirements for Bachelor of perspective to a wide variety of careers. The degree also Sciences Degree Programs in EES permits students to take a double major, or design a spe- cialized program tailored to specific topics in the earth The Department of Earth and Environmental Sciences and environmental sciences. Students who choose the offers three B.S. programs, in Environmental Sciences, B.A. but are interested in attending graduate school Geological Sciences, and Ecology, for which the specific should talk to their faculty advisor and consult the B.S. requirements are itemized below. For all three of the B.S. program descriptions to see the type of requirements that degree programs, the following courses are required (in may be required for graduate admission. addition to the requirements specific to the three B.S. programs and listed in the next sections): University and College Requirements (at least 26 credits) University and College Requirements Arts and Science 1 (1) (at least 26 credits) College Seminar (3) Arts and Science 1 (1) English Composition (2 courses for 6 credits) College Seminar (3) Distribution requirements (at least 2 humanities courses English Composition (2 courses for 6 credits) for at least 8 credits and at least 2 social science courses Distribution requirements (at least 2 humanities courses for at least 8 credits) for at least 8 credits and at least 2 social science courses for at least 8 credits). Junior Writing Requirement: The ability to express oneself clearly in writing is a criti- Junior Writing Requirement: cal skill for success in any chosen career. It is also integral The ability to express oneself clearly in writing is a critical to the learning experience. Students are encouraged to skill for success in any chosen career. It is also integral to take courses that help develop written skills in their the learning experience. Students are encouraged to take major. To help ensure this, the College of Arts and Sci- courses that help develop written skills in their major. To ences requires each student to complete at least one help ensure this, the College of Arts and Sciences requires writing intensive course and receive certification from each student to complete at least one writing intensive the instructor of that course. EES 213 (Process Sedimen- course and receive certification from the instructor of that tology, Stratigraphy, and Surficial Processes); EES 255 course. EES 213 (Process Sedimentology, Stratigraphy, and (Ecological Field Methods) and EES 257 (Methods in Surficial Processes); EES 255 (Ecological Field Methods); Water Quality Analysis) are designated as writing inten- and EES 257 (Methods in Water Quality Analysis) are des- sive in EES and fulfill the junior writing requirement. ignated as writing intensive in EES and fulfill the junior Students may also fulfill this requirement by taking writ- writing requirement. Students may also fulfill this require- ing intensive courses in other departments (although this ment by taking writing intensive courses in other is not encouraged). departments, although this is not encouraged. MATH and Collateral Science Requirements (at B.S. in Environmental Sciences least 8 credits) MATH and Collateral Science Requirements (24 1 semester of math equivalent to MATH 12 or above for credits) at least 4 credits. MATH 21 Calculus I (4) or MATH 51 1 additional course from Chemistry, MATH, or Physics, Survey of Calculus I (4) for at least 4 credits. MATH 12 Basic Statistics (4) or Students interested in scientific careers or pursuing grad- other approved statistics course uate education in the sciences are recommended to take CHEM 21 and at least two additional math and collateral science cours- CHEM 22 Introduction to Chemical Principles es chosen in consultation with an advisor. Lecture and Lab (5) and CHEM 31 Chemical Equilibria in Aqueous Required courses for the major (at least 32 credits) Solutions (3) or Required Core (8 credits) CHEM 75 Concepts, Models, and EES 21 Introduction to Planet Earth (4) Experiments I (4) and EES 31 Introduction to Environmental and CHEM 76 Concepts, Models, and Organismal Biology (4) Experiments II (4) Physics 10 General Physics I (4) or Major electives (24 credits) Physics 11 Introductory Physics (4) and 6 other EES courses at the 100 level or above for at least Physics 12 Introductory Physics Laboratory (1) 24 credits. One of these courses must be designated as MATH and collateral science elective for at least 3 an EES senior seminar (EES 303, 326, 359, 379, 385). credits (3) May include up to 2 Biosciences courses including Bios 31/32. College seminar (EES 90), Supervised Internship Be advised that many graduate programs in science and (EES 293) and Supervised Research (EES 393) credits many employment opportunities require additional do not count towards the 32 credit major requirement. courses in math and collateral sciences. Talk with an advisor about career objectives and recommended math and collateral science skills. Earth and Environmental Sciences 195

Required Courses for the Major (at least 55 credits) CE 142 Fundamentals of Soil Mechanics (3) Required Core (32) CE 143 Soil Mechanics (3) EES 21 Introduction to Planet Earth (4) (Note: Note: EES 393 (Supervised Research in EES) and EES possible substitution by EES 41) 293 (Supervised Internship in EES) (1-4) may be EES 31 Introduction to Environmental and applied towards the major elective requirement at the Organismal Biology (4) advisor’s discretion. A maximum of 2 credits of EES EES 112 Geomorphology (4) 293 may be applied towards the degree; a maximum of 4 credits of EES 393 and 293 combined may be EES 131 Introduction to Rocks and Minerals (4) applied towards the degree. EES 152 Ecology (4) EES 273 Environmental Thermodynamics (4) Free Electives: EES 282 Climate, Geosphere, and Biosphere (4) Courses chosen from anywhere in the University’s cur- One of the following senior seminars: riculum, sufficient credits to bring the total to a EES 379 Environmental Case Studies (4) minimum of 121. EES 385 Human Impact on Natural Field Experience: Environment (4) Course, internship, or employment preapproved by the Major Electives: 6 courses for at least 23 credits advisor meet the EES field experience requirement. Course with at least 1 course from each of the following 4 credit is not required to fulfill this requirement; however, EES 41, 341, and 384 will satisfy this requirement. categories At least one of the following in Water Resources B.S. in Ecology EES 257 Methods in Water Quality Analysis (4)- MATH and Collateral Science Requirements Junior writing (at least 31 credits) EES 316 Hydrogeology (4) MATH 21 Calculus I (4) (can be replaced by MATH 75 EES 351 Limnology (4)-senior seminar (2) and MATH 76 (2)) and MATH 22 Calculus II (4) EES 376 Geochemistry of Natural Waters (4) or CE 274 Environmental Water Chemistry (3) MATH 51 Survey of Calculus I (4) and MATH 52 CE 320 Flood Hydrology and Hydraulics (3) Survey of Calculus II (3) CE 326 Engineering Groundwater Hydrology (3) MATH 12 Basic Statistics (4) or another approved CE 327 Surface Water Quality Modeling (3) statistics course At least one of the following in Environmental Biology CHEM 21 and CHEM 22 Introduction to Chemical EES 253 Plants and Plant Communities (4) Principles Lecture and Lab (5) and EES 259 Microbial Ecology (4) CHEM 31 Chemical Equilibria in Aqueous Solutions EES 265 Environmental Animal Physiology (4) (3), or EES 357 Paleoecology and Landscape History (4) CHEM 75 Concepts, Models, and Experiments I (4) and EES 386 Wetlands (4) CHEM 76 Concepts, Models, and Experiments II (4) CE 376 Environmental Biotechnology (3) PHYS 10 General Physics I (4) or Physics 11 Introductory Physics (4) At least one of the following in Environmental Methods and Systems PHYS 12 Introductory Physics Laboratory (1) EES 109 Geographic analysis of our BIOS 31 Introduction to Cell and changing world (4) Molecular Biology (3) EES 113 Life, Climate, and the Rock Record (4) BIOS 32 Introduction to Cell and Molecular Biology Lab (1) EES 183 Environmental Instruments and Data (4) BIOS 101 Genetics (3) EES 204 Environmental Geophysics (4) EES 255 Ecological Field Methods (4)- Required Courses for the Major (at least 52 credits) Junior writing Required Core (32 credits) EES 287 Introduction to Environmental EES 21 Introduction to Planet Earth (4) Isotopes (2) (Note:possible substitution by EES 41) EES 319 GIS and Computational Analysis in EES 31 Introduction to Environmental and Geomorphology (4) Organismal Biology (4) EES 341 Field Geology (8)-Field experience EES 152 Ecology (4) EES 384 Lake Ecosystems (4)-Field experience EES 253 Plants and Plant Communities (4) CE 170 Introduction to Environmental EES 259 Microbial Ecology (4) Engineering (3) EES 265 Environmental Animal Physiology (4) At least one of the following in Landscape Materials and EES 282 Climate, Geosphere, and Biosphere (4) Processes EES 359 Case Studies in Ecosystem Ecology (4)- EES 213 Process Sedimentology, Stratigraphy, senior seminar and Surface Processes (4) - Junior writing One of the following in Earth’s Surface Processes EES 223 Structural Geology and Tectonics (4) EES 112 Geomorphology (4) EES 303 Active Tectonics (4) EES 213 Process Sedimentology, Stratigraphy, and Surface Processes (4)-Junior writing EES 309 Mineral Magnetism and Earth Processes (4) EES 316 Hydrogeology (4) EES 376 Geochemistry of Natural Waters 196 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

Two of the following in Ecological Processes MATH 51 Survey of Calculus I (4) and MATH 52 EES 255 Ecological Field Methods (4)- Survey of Calculus II (3) Junior writing CHEM 21 and CHEM 22 Introduction to Chemical EES 351 Limnology (4)-senior seminar Principles Lecture and Lab (5) and CHEM 31 Chemical EES 357 Paleoecology and Landscape History (4) Equilibria in Aqueous Solutions (3) EES 384 Lake Ecosystems (4)-Field experience or EES 386 Wetlands (4) CHEM 75 Concepts, Models, and Experiments I (4) Major electives chosen from the following list for at least and CHEM 76 Concepts, Models, and Experiments II 8 credits (4) EES 109 Geographic Analysis of our Physics 10 General Physics I (4) and Physics 12 Changing World (4) Introductory Physics Laboratory I (1) and Physics 13 General Physics and Physics 14 General Physics EES 112 Geomorphology (4) Laboratory EES 113 Life, Climate, and the Rock Record (4) or EES 183 Environmental Instruments and Data (4) Physics 11 Introductory Physics I (4) and Physics 12 EES 213 Process Sedimentology, Stratigraphy, Introductory Physics Laboratory I (1) and and Surficial Processes (4)- Physics 21 Introductory Physics II (4) and Physics 22 Junior writing Introductory Physics Laboratory II (1) EES 255 Ecological Field Methods (4)- Junior writing Required Courses for the Major (at least 54 credits) EES 257 Methods in Water Quality Analysis (4)- Required Core (30) Junior writing EES 21 Introduction to Planet Earth (4) (Note: EES 287 Introduction to Environmental possible substitution by EES 41) Isotopes (2) EES 31 Introduction to EES 316 Hydrogeology (4) Environmental/Organismal Biology (4) EES 351 Limnology (4)-senior seminar EES 113 Life, Climate, and the Rock Record (4) EES 357 Paleoecology and Landscape History (4) EES 131 Introduction to Rocks and Minerals (4) EES 376 Geochemistry of Natural Waters (4) EES 213 Process Sedimentology, Stratigraphy, EES 384 Lake Ecosystems (4)-Field experience and Surface Processes (4)- EES 386 Wetlands (4) Junior writing Bios 133 Invertebrate Zoology (4) EES 223 Structural Geology and Tectonics (4) Bios 241 Vertebrate Natural History (4) EES 341 Field Geology (6)-Field experience Bios 317 Evolution (3) One of the following in Surface Processes Bios 324 Bacteriology (3) EES 112 Geomorphology (4) Bios 325 Bacteriology Lab (2) EES 316 Hydrogeology (4) Bios 329 Herpetology (3) One of the following in Geophysics Bios 335 Animal Behavior (3) EES 301 Seismology, (4) Bios 336 Animal Behavior Laboratory (3) EES 305 Geodynamics (4) Bios 337 Behavioral Ecology (3) EES 309 Mineral Magnetism and Note: EES 293 (Supervised Research in EES) and EES Earth Processes (4) 293 (Supervised Internship in EES) (1-4) may be applied towards the major elective requirement at the One of the following in Geochemistry or Petrology advisor’s discretion. A maximum of 2 credits of EES EES 334 Petrology of the Crust and Mantle (4) 293 may be applied towards the degree; a maximum of EES 376 Geochemistry of Natural Waters (4) 4 credits of EES 393 and 293 combined may be One of the following senior seminars applied towards the degree. EES 303 Active Tectonics (4) Free Electives: EES 326 Geologic Evolution of North America (4) Courses chosen from anywhere in the University’s cur- Major electives chosen from the following list for at least 8 riculum, sufficient credits to bring the total to a credits minimum of 121. EES 112 Geomorphology (4) EES 273 Environmental Thermodynamics (4) Field Experience: EES 282 Climate, Geosphere, Biosphere (4) Course, internship, or employment preapproved by the EES 287 Introduction to Environmental advisor meet the EES field experience requirement in Isotopes (2) field-oriented ecology. Course credit is not required to EES 301 Seismology (4) fulfill this requirement; however, EES 384 will satisfy EES 303 Active Tectonics (4) - Senior seminar this requirement. EES 305 Geodynamics (4) B.S. in Geological Sciences EES 309 Mineral Magnetism and Earth MATH and Collateral Science Requirements (at Processes (4) EES 316 Hydrogeology (4) least 24 credits) EES 319 Computational Geomorphology (4) MATH 21 Calculus I (4) (can be replaced by MATH 75 EES 326 Geological Evolution of North America (2) and MATH 76 (2)) and MATH 22 Calculus II (4), (4)-senior seminar or EES 334 Petrology of the Crust and Mantle (4) Earth and Environmental Sciences 197

EES 357 Paleoecology and Landscape History (4) cumulative GPA of 3.0 expected at graduation, (2) com- EES 376 Geochemistry of Natural Waters (4) plete at least four credits of EES 393 (Supervised EES 386 Wetlands (4) Research in Earth and Environmental Sciences), and (3) Note: EES 393 (Supervised Research in EES) and EES prepare a written honors thesis on the EES 393 research 293 (Supervised Internship in EES) (1-4) may be applied project. To graduate with honors students should (1) file towards the major elective requirement at the advisor’s a written request with the EES undergraduate instruc- discretion. A maximum of 2 credits of EES 293 may be tion coordinator no later than the beginning of the applied towards the degree; a maximum of 4 credits of senior year (preferably during the junior year), (2) con- EES 393 and 293 combined may be applied towards the stitute an advisory committee of two EES faculty plus degree. the student’s research supervisor to guide the research, (3) prepare a research proposal for committee’s approval, Free Electives: and (4) give an oral presentation of research results and Courses chosen from anywhere in the University’s cur- conclusions at a department seminar before the last day riculum, sufficient credits to bring the total to a of classes in the second semester of the senior year. The minimum of 121. committee should approve the research proposal and the honors thesis by signing the required form and cover Field Experience: sheet, which will be filed with the Department. Course, internship, or employment preapproved by the advisor meet the EES field experience requirement. Civil and Environmental Engineering Course credit is not required to fulfill this requirement; and Earth and Environmental Sciences however, EES 41 and 341 will satisfy this requirement. This program is designed for students interested in combin- Combined B.A. or B.S. and M.S. ing programs in two departments: Civil & Environmental Engineering and Earth & Environmental Sciences, leading Program in Earth and Environmental to two bachelor of science degrees, civil engineering and Sciences one of the B.S. degrees in earth and environmental sciences The Department of Earth and Environmental Sciences (the EES department awards B.S. degrees in Environmental offers a five-year combined B.A. or B.S. and M.S. pro- Sciences, Geological Sciences, and Ecology). Both degrees gram. The department offers an M.S. degree in Earth would be awarded at the end of the fifth year. This program and Environmental Sciences (refer to the description of is one of the dual degree programs mentioned in the Five- Graduate Programs in EES following the listing of Year Programs section. The student will have a primary undergraduate course descriptions). Students working advisor in the P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and toward the BA or B.S. degrees who are enrolled in this Applied Sciences and a secondary advisor in the Colleges of program complete the full requirements for either degree Arts and Sciences. The program provides alternatives for and apply some 300- and 400-level course credits taken students who may decide not to complete the two-degree as an undergraduate towards the M.S. degree without program. Students who make this decision prior to the additional undergraduate tuition cost. The program is beginning of the fourth year may qualify at the end of that designed for those students who (1) will have at least year for the bachelor of science in civil engineering, as well nine credits of appropriate M.S. course credits in excess as a minor in earth and environmental sciences. Also, if a of undergraduate requirements completed by the end of student decides after two years to pursue only a bachelor of the senior year, including one EES graduate core course science degree in the EES department, it is possible to com- (EES 415, 426, or 484), (2) have completed a minimum plete the requirements in four years. If the decision to work of three credits of EES 393 (Supervised Research) as part toward this degree is made during the fourth year, at least of the baccalaureate program, and (3) have demonstrated one additional semester is required to qualify for either B.S. superior academic achievement. degree. Interested students should consult with the respec- Application for admission to the program should be tive departmental advisors to create a schedule of courses to made no later than the beginning of the first semester of resolve conflicts or if a specified course is not offered that the senior year and must be approved by the depart- semester. Required courses and major electives for the dif- ment’s Graduate Instruction Committee. The application ferent EES B.S. degree programs are listed in the catalog must include (1) a current baccalaureate degree audit, (2) entry for EES; note that the exact number of required EES the proposed M.S. course program, and (3) a letter of courses varies slightly among the three B.S. programs (with recommendation from the proposed M.S. thesis adviser. required credits in required major courses ranging from 52 Students enrolled in this program should make applica- to 55), as do the courses and numbers of credits in the tion for admission to full-time graduate status during the math and collateral sciences. Cross-listed EES/CEE courses first semester of the senior year. used to satisfy Civil Engineering Approved Electives can reduce the individual semester and total program credits After receiving the bachelor’s degree and becoming when chosen to satisfy EES program requirements. enrolled in the graduate program students in the dual- Additional useful information can be found on the web degree program become eligible for financial aid sites (www.lehigh.edu/~incee/incee.html and www.ees. including appointment to a teaching or research assist- lehigh.edu). antship or graduate fellowship. Admission to the program does not guarantee financial aid. Suggested outline of courses Department Honors in Earth and The freshman engineering year (see Section III) is often Environmental Sciences 31 credits by choosing a freshman H/SS Advanced Requirement elective of 3 credits, leaving 10 credits to Students in either the B.A. or B.S. degree programs may be taken in subsequent years to complete the require- undertake a program that leads to graduation with ment of 13 credits, shown below to be two 3-credit department honors. To participate, the student must (1) courses and one 4-credit course. Other options to com- have a minimum major GPA of 3.25 and an overall plete this requirement are possible. 198 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

second year, first semester (17 credit hours) Select 0, 1, or 2 courses from below so the total here and MATH 23 Analytic Geometry and Calculus III (4) year 4/5 summer is 8 credits: MECH 2 Elementary Engineering Mechanics (3) EES Course (4) 100 to 300 levels, CHM 31 **Chemical Equilibria in possibly senior seminar Aqueous Systems (3) EES Course (4) 100 to 300 levels, EES 21 Introduction to Planet Earth (4) possibly senior seminar CE 11 Surveying (1) fifth year, second semester (18 credit hours) CE 12 Civil Engineering Statistics (2) CE **Civil Engineering Approved Electives (8) second year, second semester (18 credit hours) CE ***Civil Engineering Capstone Design PHY 21 Introductory Physics II (4) Project Elective (3) PHY 22 Introductory Physics Laboratory II (1) H/SS Humanities/Social Sciences AR Electives (3) MECH 12 Strength of Materials (3) EES Course (4) 100 to 300 levels, possibly senior seminar EES 31 Introduction to Environmental and *MECH 102, ME 104, or ECE 81. Organismal Biology (4) **CHEM 31 plus fifteen additional credits of CEE Approved MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) Electives are required; see list on CEE web-site that includes MAT 33 Engineering Materials and Processes (3) five CEE/EES cross-listed courses: CE 279 (EES 259), CE third year, first semester (17 credit hours) 316 (EES 316), CE 320 (EES 320), CE 323 (EES 323), CE 121 Mechanics of Fluids (3) CE 327 (EES 327), and CE 379 (EES 379). CE 142 Soil Mechanics (3) ***Usually CE 290, but can be a multidisciplinary team- EES Course (4) suggested as only 100 and 200 level ing version of CE 205, CE 328, CE 336, CE 347, CE EES Course (4) suggested as only 100 and 200 level 360, CE 377 or CE 381 CE 10 Architectural/Engineering Graphics A total of 159 to 174 credit hours is needed for both and Design (3) degrees depending on how many credits in the EES are third year, second semester (18 credit hours) satisfied by taking CEE Approved Electives that are cross-listed with EES courses**. CE 242 Principles and Practices of Geotechnical Engineering (3) Undergraduate Courses CE 222 Hydraulic Engineering (3) EES 2 (ES 2). Environmental Science: Systems and CE 170 Introduction to Environmental Solutions (4) Engineering (4) An overview of environmental issues, problems, and solu- EES Course (4) suggested as only 100 and 200 level tions from an Earth systems perspective. A review of how ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) natural systems create the environment and how society is fourth year, first semester (18 credit hours) a part of these systems rather than distinct from them. CE 117 Numerical Methods in Civil Includes consideration of issues like resource management, Engineering (2) natural and induced hazards, land use, habitat degrada- CE 159 Structural Analysis I (4) tion, and environmental impact. Course intended for EES Course (4) 100 to 300 levels non-science majors with an interest in the environment, EES Course (4) 100 to 300 levels how it works, and what’s important to sustain a habitable EES Course (4) 100 to 300 levels planet. Environmental issues on local, national, and global scales are considered and compared. Fulfills science distri- fourth year, second semester (18 credit hours) bution requirement. Lecture and recitation, class CE 262 Fundamentals of Structural discussions, debates, and case studies. Meltzer (NS). Steel Design (3) or CE 264 Fundamentals of Structural EES 3. Global Environmental Change (4) Concrete Design (3) Review of the environmental systems that carry out the CE **Civil Engineering exchange of energy and matter between the solid earth, Approved Elective (4) the oceans, the atmosphere, and the biosphere. Examination of the global environmental change that Engineering Course * Engineering Science Elective (3) has been a fact of life on Earth for several billion years, EES Course (4) 100 to 300 levels the role of humans in causing global environmental H/SS Humanities/Social Sciences AR Elective (4) change, and the potential impact of such change on year 4/5 summer (0-8 credit hours) humans; debate over what course of actions is required Select 0, 1, or 2 courses from to ensure the continued habitability of this planet. The EES Course (4) 100 to 300 levels course is intended for non-science majors wishing to EES Course (4) 100 to 300 levels learn more about the science behind current environ- fifth year, first semester (11-19 credit hours) mental issues, and fulfills a distribution requirement in science. Lectures, class discussions, debates, and group CE 202 Civil Engineering Planning and projects. Zeitler (NS) Engineering Economics (3) CE 203 Professional Development (2) EES 7. Introduction to Environmental Science (3-4) CE **Civil Engineering Approved Natural science course equivalent to success demonstrat- Electives (3) ed with a score of 4 or 5 on the environmental science advanced placement exam of the College Testing Service. H/SS Humanities/Social Sciences th AR Elective (3) 4 credit and laboratory experience awarded to students who demonstrate sufficient laboratory experience in their high school AP class. (NS) Earth and Environmental Sciences 199

EES 11. Environmental Geology (3) ences, or engineering. Lecture-demonstrations and recita- Analysis of the dynamic interaction of geologic processes tion. Hargreaves (NS) and human activities. Catastrophic geologic processes EES 112. Geomorphology (4) (earthquakes, volcanoes, landslides), pollution of geolog- Systematic study of the origin, evolution, and distribu- ic systems, and engineering case studies. Evenson (NS) tion of the Earth’s topographic features; land forms EES 21. Introduction to Planet Earth (4) analyzed in terms of chemical and physical processes Processes within the Earth and dynamic interactions responsible for their development. Lectures and required among the solid earth, the atmosphere, and the oceans. 3-day field trip. Prerequisites: EES 11, 21, or 101. Lectures, laboratories, and field trips. Anastasio, Evenson (NS) Kodama (NS) EES 113. Life, Climate, and the Rock Record (4) EES 31. Introduction to Environmental and Interactions of the biosphere with the solid Earth. Organismal Biology (4) Formation and evolution of the physical Earth. How we Introduction to the structure, function, and evolution of know that the Earth is old. The rise of life, its evolution, living systems, with emphasis at the levels of organism, extinctions, and preservation in the rock record. The population, community, and ecosystem. Lectures and Earth’s circulatory system and biogeochemical cycles. laboratories. Morris, Windham (NS) The geologic record of past climate change at geologic and human dimensions. Lectures, discussions, lab, field EES 41. Physical Geology and Geomorphology in trips to collect fossils. Prerequisites or concurrent: EES the Rocky Mountains (6) summer 21, EES 31. Zeitler (NS) Principles of Physical Geology and geomorphology taught in the field. Four weeks of morning lectures and EES 123. Structural Geology and Tectonics (4) afternoon field exercises conducted in field settings in Application of basic concepts of stress, strain, and mate- South Dakota, Wyoming, and Idaho during the summer rial properties to the study of folds, faults, and rock session. See EES 341 description for location details. fabrics. Plate tectonic processes and plate margin defor- May substitute for EES 21 (see EES 21 description for mation. Introduction to map and field techniques. content); see Introductory Sequence section of EES pro- Lectures, laboratories, and two all-day field trips. gram description for restrictions on overlapping credit. Prerequisite: EES 21. Anastasio (NS) Prerequisite: consent of Field Camp Director Pazzaglia EES 131. Introduction to Rocks and Minerals (4) (students must apply through the Lehigh Field Camp Hand-specimen identification of the major mineral Program). Pazzaglia (NS) groups and rock types. Atomic structure of minerals; EES 90. Freshman Seminar (3) relationship of mineral structure to chemical and physi- cal properties. Placement of igneous, sedimentary, and EES 93. Freshman Supervised Internship in Earth metamorphic rocks into a plate tectonics context. and Environmental Sciences (1-2) Introduction to optical mineralogy and x-ray diffraction Experiential learning opportunities supervised by EES techniques. Lectures, laboratories, field trips. faculty, including fieldwork, data collection or analysis, Prerequisite: EES 21 or EES 41 or consent of instructor. literature review, and information management. A maxi- Bebout (NS) mum of two credits is allowed. Prerequisite: consent of supervising faculty. (ND) EES 152. (BIOS 152) Ecology (4) Basic principles and applications of ecological interrela- EES 105. (ASTR 105, PHY 105) Planetary tionships. Examination of ecological phenomena at the Astronomy (4) individual, population, community, and ecosystem lev- Structure and dynamics of planetary interiors, surfaces els. Impact of human activities on global ecosystems. and atmospheres. Models for the formation of the solar Prerequisite: EES 31. Williamson (NS) system and planetary evolution. Internal structure, sur- EES 183. Environmental Instruments and Data (4) face topology, and composition of planets and other Obtaining quality data from sensors and instruments bodies in our solar system. Comparative study of plane- requires an understanding of their properties including tary atmospheres. Organic materials in the solar system. inherent limitations, sensitivity, and calibration. Large Properties of the interplanetary medium, including dust data sets generated by electronic instruments require and meteoroids. Orbital dynamics. Planets orbiting other careful management to retain full information content. stars. (NS) Activities include sensor and instrument use, team proj- EES 109. Geographic Analysis of our Changing ects, multimedia presentations, and extensive use of World (4) relational databases. 3 lecture/demonstration periods per This course will introduce students to maps, spatial data, week and one laboratory period. A weekend trip to cali- and electronic tools for geographic analysis. Fundamental brate research instruments and deploy team projects. geographic and database concepts will include map types, Prerequisites: EES 21, EES 31, or consent of instructor. spatial referencing systems, map projection systems, map Hargreaves (NS) scale, and database characteristics. Tools including ArcGIS EES 204 (PHY 204). Environmental Geophysics Desktop software and Global Positioning System receivers A field based survey course reviewing the major geophys- will be used to acquire and analyze spatially referenced ical techniques as applied to subsurface environmental data sets drawn from diverse sources and disciplines relat- problems including: seismic, ground penetrating radar, ing to the environment. Students will use their new skills gravity, magnetics, and electrical resistivity. Course in geographic analysis to develop an electronic portfolio, includes reviews of theory, experiment design, data col- including a question-based map project. This course will lection, data reduction, data analysis, and technical prepare students for more advanced geographic analysis report writing. Lectures and laboratory. Prerequisites: within the arts, humanities, social sciences, natural sci- EES 21. Meltzer and Kodama (NS). 200 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

EES 213. Process Sedimentology, Stratigraphy, EES 282. Climate, Geosphere, and Biosphere (4) and Surficial Processes (4) Interactions of Earth-surface fluids (air and water) with A process-based, field-oriented introduction to sedimen- the organic and inorganic components of the Earth sys- tary rocks, stratigraphy, and surficial processes. Labs and tem, as expressed through climate, landscape evolution, lectures are integrated in a problem-oriented approach. biogeography, and biogeochemical cycles. Modern Students will be asked to evaluate sedimentary rocks in processes and historical perspective on environmental local field settings as a backdrop to understanding change. Lectures, discussion, and laboratory. stratigraphy, facies, and the surficial processes responsible Prerequisites: EES 21 and 31. Yu (NS) for erosion, transportation, and deposition of earth sur- EES 287. Introduction to Environmental face materials. Course requires one or more weekend Isotopes (2) field trips. Prerequisite: EES 21 or consent of the Survey of applications of stable isotopes and radioisotopes instructor. Pazzaglia (NS) toward understanding of Earth’s environment, considering EES 253. Plants and Plant Communities (4) both inorganic and organic processes, and with some Structure and function of plants and plant communities. emphasis on the use of isotopes in hydrologic studies. This Discussion of plant physiology and environmental fac- course involves both field sampling and laboratory analyti- tors controlling plant distribution; structural and cal experiences in a group project utilizing stable isotopes. physiological adaptations of plants to their environment; Prerequisite: EES 21 or EES 31. Bebout (NS) the role of the physical environment, competition, her- EES 293. Supervised Internship in Earth and bivory, and disturbance in structuring plant communities; the evolution of plants and communities. Environmental Sciences (1-4) Prerequisite: EES 31. Windham (NS) Experiential learning opportunities supervised by EES faculty, including data collection or analysis, literature EES 255. Ecological Field Methods (4) review, and information management most likely as part An intensive field course designed to familiarize students of a long-term, continued project. The student should with field sampling techniques, data analysis, and report submit a work plan that describes activities involved and writing related to field-based ecological research. credits requested. A maximum of two credits of EES 293 Includes description and mapping of plant and animal and no more than four credits combined from EES 293 communities, population dynamics, and plant-animal and 393 may be applied to EES B.S. degrees (additional interactions in both terrestrial and aquatic habitats. credits apply to free electives). Prerequisite: consent of Weekend field trip to Lacawac Sanctuary. Pre- or co-req- supervising faculty. uisite: EES 152. Williamson (NS) Advanced Undergraduates and Graduate Students EES 257. Methods in Water Quality Analysis (4) Survey of methods used in water quality analysis. The EES 301. Seismology: Images and Dynamics of course will include: (1) theory and application of stan- the Earth’s Interior (4) dard techniques and instrumentation, (2) quantitative An examination of how earthquakes and active source analysis or modeling of existing or acquired data sets, seismology are used to image subsurface structure and and (3) data presentation and scientific report writing. stratigraphy and to understand tectonic processes. Fulfills college writing intensive course requirements. Fundamentals of seismic wave propagation in the Earth. Includes both lectures and laboratories. Prerequisite: Study of earthquakes, reflection, and refraction tech- CHEM 21/22. Morris (NS). niques at crustal, lithospheric, and whole Earth scales. EES 259. (CE 279) Microbial Ecology (4) Practical applications, experiment design, data collection, The role of microorganisms in the environment. Topics processing, analysis, and interpretation. Field and labora- include: Survey of microbial classification, structure, and tory projects. Prerequisites: EES 21. Meltzer (NS) metabolism; study of microbes at population, communi- EES 303. Active Tectonics (4) ty, and ecosystem levels of organization; the role of An integrative look at how internal and external processes microbes in biogeochemical cycles; application of shape the Earth. Review of the observations and evidence microbes to bioremediation and resource recovery prob- leading to a unified understanding of how physical lems. Fall (alternate (even) years). Prerequisite: EES 31 processes in the Earth’s interior shape the external surface and EES 152, or consent of instructor. Morris (NS) on which we roam. Topics include issues in continental EES 265. Environmental Animal Physiology (4) dynamics such as mountain building, basin formation, Response of animals to their environment, including and the interplay between tectonics and climate. Lectures, adaptations for stressful habitats and homeostatic mecha- problem sets, modeling exercises, student projects and pre- nisms. Levels of response and adaptation range from cells sentations. Prerequisite: EES 21, EES 31, plus 5 and tissues to organ systems and whole organisms. additional EES courses. Meltzer, Pazzaglia (NS) Lecture and recitation. Prerequisites: EES 31 and BIOS EES 305. Geodynamics (4) 31. Hargreaves (NS) An introduction to the basic physics of important geo- EES 273. Environmental Thermodynamics (4) logical processes including: plate tectonics, plate tectonic Development of fundamental macroscopic thermody- driving mechanisms, flexure of the lithosphere, heat flow namic principles with applications to geochemical, from the Earth, cooling of the oceanic lithosphere, subsi- atmospheric, and aquatic systems. Topics include the dence of sedimentary basins, the global gravity field, laws of thermodynamics, thermodynamic relationships, isostasy, the geoid, the Earth’s moments of inertia, rock phase transitions, aerologic diagrams, chemical equilib- rheology, mantle convection and cooling of the Earth, ria, chemical potential diagrams, and stability in and the mechanics of faulting. Geodynamic modeling different systems. Lectures and recitation. Prerequisites: will also be covered. Prerequisite: one year of calculus. two semesters of calculus, one semester each of chemistry Kodama (NS) and physics; EES 21 and 31. Moses (NS) Earth and Environmental Sciences 201

EES 309. Mineral Magnetism and Earth EES 334. Petrology of the Crust and Mantle (4) Processes (4) Crust and mantle evolution as recorded by the mineralo- The use of earth material magnetic properties to study gy, texture, and geochemistry of igneous, sedimentary, environmental and geologic systems and processes. and metamorphic rock. Origin of the three rock types in Techniques of magnetic measurements, characteristics of various plate tectonic settings. Mass and energy transfer the Earth’s magnetic field, and mineral magnetism. among the crust, mantle, hydrosphere, biosphere, and Prerequisites: EES 21, Phys 11/12. Kodama (NS) atmosphere through time. Petrographic study of selected rock suites and introduction to other modern analytical EES 316. (CE 316) Hydrogeology (4) techniques used in petrology/geochemistry. Lectures, lab- Water plays a critical role in the physical, chemical, and oratories, field trips. Prerequisite: EES 131 or consent of biological processes that occur at the Earth’s surface. This instructor. Bebout (NS) course is an introduction to surface and groundwater hydrology in natural systems, providing fundamental EES 341. Field Geology (8) summer concepts and a process-level understanding using the Field methods and geologic mapping projects using the hydrologic cycle as a framework. Geochemistry will be diverse tectonic and geomorphic settings of the Rocky integrated to address natural variations and the human Mountains as the classroom. Major projects are complet- impact on the environment. Topics covered include: ed in northwestern Wyoming and southeastern Idaho watershed hydrology, regional and local groundwater where the student is exposed to all major rock types and a flow, water chemistry, and management of water range of surficial deposits, as well as compressional and resources. Lectures and recitation/laboratory. extensional structures. Additional short studies are com- Prerequisite: EES 21. Peters (NS) pleted in the Badlands and Black Hills of South Dakota, the Grand Tetons and Devils Tower, Wyoming and related EES 319. GIS and Computational Analyses in areas. Four weeks in the field; summer session. Geomorphology (4) [3 for graduate registration] Prerequisite: consent of Field Camp Director Pazzaglia Introduction of various computational approaches to (students must apply through the Lehigh Field Camp advanced geomorphology, hydrology, and environmental Program); major in EES, EES 21 and 131 (EES 112, 113, science. The course uses DEM topographic data as a 223 recommended). Pazzaglia, Anastasio, Bebout (NS) keystone in introducing the UNIX operating system, the SGI platform, FORTRAN programming, cartographic EES 351. Limnology (4) and modeling applications such as GMT, and GIS appli- Physical, chemical, and biological aspects of freshwater cations such as ARC/INFO. Students will be responsible environments, including cyclic and seasonal changes. for the development of at least one new computation Major groups of organisms and their interactions. EES approach to their respective thesis/research projects. 21, EES 31 plus 5 EES courses or permission of the Prerequisite: EES 21, 31, 109, 112, or permission of the instructor. Williamson (NS) instructor. Pazzaglia. (NS) EES 357. Paleoecology and Landscape History (4) EES 320. (CE 320) Flood Hydrology and Principle and methodology of paleoecology, with empha- Hydraulics (3) sis on palynology. Applications of paleo-records in Rainfall-runoff analysis, overland flow, hydrograph tracing flora, vegetation, climate and landscape history. theories, modeling. Frequency analysis of extreme Long-term ecological interactions and ecosystem events. Flood routing. Design storms. Floodplain responses to past environmental change. Field and labo- hydraulics, floodplain delineation. Prerequisite: CE ratory experiences in collecting and characterizing 222. (ES 2), (ED 1) sediments and in processing and interpreting fossil pollen and other proxy data (including stable isotopes). EES 323. (CE 323) Environmental Groundwater Emphasis on the Holocene and late glacial period. Hydrology (3) spring Students will explore the regional vegetation, climate and The study of subsurface water, its environment, distribu- landscape history by coring and analyzing a lake. Course tion, and movement. Included are flow patterns, well requires one or more weekend day-long field trips. hydraulics, and an introduction to the movement of Spring in odd years. Prerequisite: EES 253 or EES 213 contaminants. Design problems are included to simulate or consent of course instructor. Yu (NS). flow with analytical and numerical models, and contami- nant migration using analytical models. Prerequisites: EES 359. Case Studies in Ecosystem Ecology (4) This course serves as a senior capstone seminar for stu- CE 121 or CE/EES 316 or permission of instructor. (ES dents with an interest in ecology. Students will use a 2, ED 1) multidisciplinary approach to analyze and interpret data EES 326. Geologic Evolution of North America (4) related to cutting-edge research in the field of ecosystem A senior seminar on the lithologic, tectonic, and mor- ecology. Prerequisite: EES 21, EES 31, plus 5 additional phologic evolution of North America; developed within EES courses. Hargreaves (NS). the framework of the plate tectonic theory. Prerequisite: EES 21, EES 31, plus 5 additional EES courses. EES 376. Geochemistry of Natural Waters (4) Introduction to aqueous geochemistry. Topics covered Anastasio (NS) include the fundamentals of equilibrium thermodynam- EES 327. (CE 327) Surface Water Quality ics and kinetics, acid-base equilibria, oxidation-reduction Modeling (3) spring reactions, carbon chemistry, and isotopic techniques. Fundamentals of modeling water quality parameters in Geochemical interactions will be studied in the context receiving water bodies, including rivers, lakes, and estu- of the atmosphere, lithosphere, and hydrosphere. aries. Modeling of dissolved oxygen, nutrients, Prerequisites: EES 21 or 31 required, CHM 21 or 75 temperature, and toxic substances. Emphasis on water recommended. Peters (NS) quality control decisions as well as mechanics and model building. Prerequisites: CE 121, CE 222 and CE 270. (ES 3), (ED 3) 202 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

EES 379. (CE 379) Environmental Case Studies The University has outlined the general academic (3 to 4) requirements for M.S. and Ph.D. students in its Supervised multidisciplinary team projects investigating Graduate Student Handbook, and EES has additional site characterization and environmental remediation Departmental requirements that must also be fulfilled. It design and environmental policy and financial implica- is the student’s responsibility to insure that all graduation tions of environmental projects. OHSA approved Health requirements are met. All graduate students work with and Safety training provided. Prerequisites: EES 21, EES an advisor who chairs the student’s broader supervisory 31 plus 5 EES courses or permission of the instructor committee. Graduate students make annual presenta- (CE prerequisites: CE 274, CE 276). Staff tions of their research to the Department. All graduate students are required to take two of the Department’s EES 384. Lake Ecosystems (4) three graduate core courses (EES 415, 426, and 484). Advanced concepts and methods in lake ecosystem ecol- M.S. students complete 30 credits of coursework and ogy. The course provides a theoretical framework but thesis research and orally present a written thesis that emphasizes hands-on laboratory and field techniques for encompasses the findings and conclusions of their measurement of physical, chemical, and biological prop- research. Candidates for the Ph.D. must pass a qualify- erties of aquatic ecosystems. This three week residential ing examination prior to the end of the first semester in field course is offered at the Lacawac Sanctuary field sta- residence and a general examination (candidacy examina- tion in the Pocono Mountains of Pennsylvania. The tion) prior to the end of the third semester in residence. course typically begins during the last week of May. Both examinations are administered by a committee Prerequisite: EES 31 and EES 152 or consent of instruc- assembled by the student in consultation with the advi- tors. Limited enrollment. Hargreaves, Morris, and sor. Ph.D. candidates must also defend their written others. (NS) dissertation at a public oral presentation. For more EES 385. Human Impact on the Natural details beyond this brief summary, please see the gradu- Environment (4) ate handbook on line at: www.ees.lehigh.edu/graduate/ Review of major environmental systems and the human grad_handbook. html#masters. impacts on those systems. Integrates understanding from Research Facilities previous coursework in environmental science and engi- neering. Seminar format with student presentations. Our Department is well equipped for a broad range of Prerequisites: EES 21, EES 31, plus 5 additional EES field and laboratory investigations in the Environmental, courses, or by permission of the instructor. Moses Ecological, and Geological Sciences. Our laboratories and equipment include: EES 386. Wetlands (4) Lecture/lab on wetland structure and function. Course • Complete petrographic microscopy facilities, rock- will survey such topics as wetland development, classifi- crusher, ball mill, rock saws, and cation, hydrology, plants, animals, soils, biogeochemistry, cathodoluminescence and camera lucida digitizing delineation, mitigation and management. Lecture and capabilities; laboratory components will include mandatory field • Complete laboratory for Ar-Ar, U-Th/He, and fis- trips, exposure to sampling equipment and methods, and sion-track geochronology including dual UV and participation in a team project on wetland restoration. CO2 lasers, VG 3600 noble-gas mass spectrometer, Prerequisites: EES 21, 31, 282, or permission of the Balzers quadrupole mass spectrometer, dedicated He instructor. Windham and Ar extraction lines with low-blank furnaces, all under full LabVIEW automation; EES 393. Supervised Research in Earth and Environmental Sciences (1-4) •A stable isotope geochemistry laboratory equipped Research opportunities supervised by EES faculty to carry with a Finnigan MAT model 252 mass spectrometer out a well-defined project, including exposure to problem with vacuum extraction lines for O, H, C, S, and N definition, selection of research approach, and communi- isotope analyses; cation of results. The student should prepare a proposal •Downhole geochemical sampling equipment; and, if taking 3 or more credits, should present the results •A microbial ecology laboratory; at Undergraduate Research Symposium and write a •A newly renovated UV exposure laboratory with auto- research thesis. Both proposal and thesis are filed with mated phototron; EES Department. No more than four credits may be applied to EES B.S. degrees (additional credits apply to •A plant ecology and wetlands research laboratory; free electives). Prerequisite: consent of supervising faculty. •A water quality and UV-research laboratory equipped with vacuum extraction lines, a spectrophotometer, Graduate Studies and field PUV meters; The Department of Earth & Environmental Sciences • An aqueous geochemistry laboratory with a Waters offers graduate programs leading to the M.S. and Ph.D. computer-assisted ion chromatograph, an ARL 34000 in Earth and Environmental Sciences. We offer one inductively-coupled plasma atomic emission spec- degree to emphasize and reinforce what we feel is an trometer, a Netzsch DTA/TGA instrument, and a important and growing trend in ecology, environmental high-pressure core-holder/column reactor for flow- science, and geology, namely the blending of expertise through experiments ; and perspectives from many disciplines. Research is an integral component of all EES graduate programs and •A sedimentation and soils analysis laboratory includ- leads to an M.S. thesis or Ph.D. dissertation prepared ing equipment for particle size analysis; under a research supervisory committee and chaired by a •A paleomagnetism laboratory with a magnetically departmental faculty research advisor. An advising com- shielded room, a 2G superconducting magnetometer mitment by one or more faculty members is required for and built-in af demagnetizer, Molspin spinner magne- graduate admission. tometer, a Schonstedt AF demagnetizer modified to Earth and Environmental Sciences 203

apply pARMs, and an ASC thermal demagnetizer, theme. Topics change according to student interest but and a KLY-3S Kappabridge magnetic susceptibility typically include hillslope hydrology, channel hydraulic system, and an ASC impulse magnetizer; geometry, landscape response to climate, and biogeomor- •A reflection seismology laboratory has equipment phology. Course is designed to expose students to including broadband seismometer linked to global graduate-level research problems and provide guidance on networks; computer workstations for seismic process- how to transform those problems into proposal-quality ing, Bison DIFP multi-channel seismograph, various research topics and/or publishable manuscripts. Includes seismic energy sources, and ground-penetrating radar; several weekend field trips and a practicum using the hydraulics lab flume facility. Prerequisite: EES 21,31,112, •Field geophysical equipment includes a Bison shallow or consent of instructor. Pazzaglia. resistivity apparatus, a Worden Master gravimeter, and a Geometrics portable proton precession magnetometer; EES 414. Glacial and Quaternary Geology (3) •Geomorphology lab including a Topcon total station, Study of the origin, distribution, and movement of pres- flow gages, an ISCO water and flow rate sampler, ent and past glaciers. Special emphasis on glacial land LASCI digitizer, complete airphoto analysis facility, forms and deposits, Quaternary stratigraphy and dating and a flume facility in the CEE hydraulics lab. We techniques, periglacial phenomena, and Pleistocene envi- also maintain several PC and UNIX computer labs ronments. Lectures and required field trips. Prerequisite: devoted to GIS (ArcGIS) and large spatial digital Consent of instructor. Evenson topographic databases; EES 415. Paleoclimatology (3) •Equipment to conduct research in environmental Principles of physical climatology: climate system, energy biology includes microscopes, environmental cham- budget, atmospheric and ocean circulations, and their bers, centrifuges, sampling nets, current meters, interactions. Earth’s climate history, with an emphasis on incubators, and autoclaves. A remotely operated vehi- the Quaternary. Records and mechanisms of past climate cle (ROV) fitted with a video camera can be used to variations at various (from orbital to interannual) time monitor plankton behavior and dynamics in aqueous scales. Causes of climate variations linking to tectonic environments; processes, variations in Earth’s orbit and solar insolation, atmospheric composition and biogeochemical cycles, and •A floating plankton laboratory to integrate ecosystem atmosphere-ocean-ice sheet interactions. Biosphere studies of modern water-column and sediment com- responses to past climatic changes. Approaches to study- munities with historical studies of sediment ing paleoclimate. Paleoclimate simulations and deposition; paleo-perspectives in addressing future climate change •A sediment-coring and -analysis facilities, tree ring issues. Prerequisite: graduate standing in EES, or consent lab, and pollen extraction lab with complimentary of course instructor. Yu. equipment for research in paleoclimatology; EES 418. Advanced Quaternary Geology (3) • EES is also home to the Pocono Comparative Lakes Lecture, seminar, lab, and field-based investigations of Program (PCLP), an interactive research and educa- topics in Quaternary geology including glacial geology, tional program that supports multidisciplinary geomorphology, soil geomorphology, biogeomorphology, research of lake systems and focuses on three ‘core’ and Quaternary geochronology. Quaternary field meth- lakes that serve as model systems for experimental and ods are a common themes to all topics. Field exercises comparative studies of aquatic communities and will expose students to methods in the mapping of surfi- ecosystems. The program’s field station is at the cial deposits. Includes several weekend field trips. Lacawac Sanctuary in the Pocono Mountains; Prerequisite: EES 21, 31,112, or consent of instructor. Graduate Courses Pazzaglia, Evenson. EES 405. Paleo- and Environmental Magnetism (3) EES 426. Tectonic Processes (3) Topics in paleomagnetism and environmental magnet- Current models of tectonic processes in intraplate set- ism. Class will design and conduct a research project, tings and at plate boundaries. Critical evaluations by the read the relevant literature and write a research paper. class of the geological, geochemical and geophysical data May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: EES 309 or sets which gave rise to these models. Prerequisites: gradu- consent of course instructor. Kodama ate standing in EES, or consent of department chairperson. Staff EES 407. Seismology (3) Seminar on advanced topics in seismology, review of EES 427. Orogenic Belts (3) classic and current literature. Topics include but are not Geometry, kinematics, and mechanics of compressional limited to: wave propagation in ideal media and earth orogenic belts. Course will emphasize deformational, materials, seismic imaging of complex structures, tomog- depositional, and metamorphic processes in forearc and raphy, modeling, and high-resolution seismic imaging. backarc regions. Lectures, seminars, and field trips. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: an introductory Prerequisites: EES 131, EES 213, EES 223, or their geophysics course. Meltzer equivalents. Anastasio EES 412. Advanced Fluvial and Tectonic EES 428. Stress and Strain in Rocks (3) Geomorphology (3) Theory of continuum mechanics and application to ana- Lecture, seminar, lab, and field-based investigation of the lytical methods of geological strain analysis, rock classic and contemporary geomorphologic literature using material properties and micro-mechanisms of rock defor- the processes and evolution of a watershed and its dynam- mation, and tectonic fabric development, kinematic ic interaction with tectonics as a integrative common analysis. Lectures and laboratories. Prerequisite: EES 223 or equivalent. Anastasio 204 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

EES 429. Methods and Applications of records to test paleoecological hypothesis (e.g., multivari- Geochronology (3) ate analysis) and to infer possible causes and forcing Examination of isotopic techniques used to measure geo- mechanisms of past climate change (e.g., time series analy- logic time, and their applications. Lectures, laboratories, sis). May include field and laboratory exercises. research projects, field trips. Prerequisite: graduate stand- Prerequisite: EES 415, or consent of course instructor. Yu. ing in EES. May be repeated for credit. Zeitler EES 471. Stable Isotope Chemistry - Theory, EES 438. Petrogenetic Processes (3) Techniques, and Applications in the Earth and Metamorphism, melting, and magmatism in the Earth’s Environmental Sciences (3) crust and mantle. Tectonic evolution, crust-mantle heat Distributions of stable isotopes (primarily of O, H, C, S, and mass transfer, fluid-rock interactions, and rate and N) in the lithosphere, hydrosphere, biosphere, and processes. Varying combinations of lecture and seminar atmosphere. Topics include mechanisms of fractionation formats. May be repeated for credit when topics differ. and mixing, advancements in techniques for extractions May include laboratory and field experience and compu- and mass spectrometry, and recent applications of stable tational exercises. Prerequisite: consent of course isotopes in the earth and environmental sciences. instructor. Bebout Lectures, seminars, laboratory sessions. Prerequisite: con- EES 451. Advanced Limnology and sent of instructor. Bebout Paleolimnology (3) EES 473. Aqueous Geochemistry (3) In-depth discussion of current issues in the fields of lim- Advanced study of physical and inorganic aqueous geo- nology and paleolimnology. Consideration of both the chemistry, including homogeneous and heterogeneous modern behavior of lake ecosystems, as well as lacustrine equilibria, kinetics, and surface processes in water-rock dynamics in the past based on interpretation of the fossil systems. Computational modeling of water-rock systems. record. Topics may range from the interaction of lakes Prerequisites: computer programming (C, Pascal, or with their watersheds and the atmosphere to the dynam- Fortran), and consent of instructor. Moses ics of algal communities. Prerequisite: EES 351 or EES 484. Aquatic Ecosystems (3) equivalent. Williamson Theoretical and experimental approaches to understand- EES 453. Advanced Microbial Ecology (3) ing physical and chemical influences in aquatic Lectures and seminars will focus on topics of current environments on organisms and their community, popu- interest in the microbial ecology of pelagic (freshwater lation, and systems ecology. Field trip. Prerequisite: and marine), sediment, and/or soil environments. graduate standing in EES. Staff Emphasis will be placed on the role of microbes in EES 485. Advanced Topics in Geophysics (1-6) ecosystems level processes such as energy transformations Intensive study of topics in geophysics not covered in and elemental cycling. May include laboratory and field more general courses. May be repeated for credit. exercises. Prerequisite: graduate standing or consent of Prerequisites: MATH 21, EES 21, or permission of course instructor. Morris the instructor. EES 455. Advanced Plants and Ecosystems (3) EES 487. Advanced Bio-Optics (3) Intensive study of current issues in plant and terrestrial Bio-optics includes the ecosystem role and fate of solar ecosystem processes. Core curriculum will focus on radiation and the optical properties of biotic and abiotic interactions of plant physiology with terrestrial biogeo- components of ecosystems. This course will explore chemistry (water, energy, elemental fluxes). Seminar advanced topics through selected readings, data analysis, discussions will focus on current topics in plant func- and modeling. Topics will emphasize aquatic ecosystems tions at community and ecosystem scales, from historical and may include optical models, atmospheric factors, and future perspectives. Windham. inherent and apparent optical properties, algal fluores- EES 458. Global Change Ecology (3) cence, photoadaptation and photodamage, ultraviolet Lectures, seminars, writing, and instruction in quantita- radiation, and optical stratification. Prerequisite: EES tive approaches to the ecology of climate change and UV 484 or consent of course instructor. Hargreaves radiation from an ecological perspective. Emphasis will EES 490. Thesis Research (1-6) be on the interactive effects of climate change and UV Masters’ thesis research directed by research commit- on other ecological processes at the individual, popula- tee. 3-6 credits required for EES M.S. programs. May tion, community, and ecosystem levels involving both be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Permission of plants and animals. Instruction in writing of scientific research adviser. proposals that could be submitted to national funding agencies will be a core learning tool in this course. All EES 491. Investigations in Earth and students will write a proposal related to the ecology of Environmental Sciences (1-6) climate change and UV on a topic approved by their Research on a special problem; field, laboratory, or advisor. Prerequisite: EES 152 or equivalent. Williamson library study; report required. Credit above three hours EES 459. Reconstructing Environmental granted only when a different problem is undertaken. Change(3) EES 492. Advanced Topics in Modern and Lectures, seminars, and in-depth discussion on current Quaternary Processes (1-6) issues and selected topics in Quaternary paleoecology Intensive study of topics in Modern and Quaternary and paleoclimatology. Survey of techniques in studying geology not covered in more general courses. May be and reconstructing environmental changes and biological repeated for credit. responses. Use of multiple proxy data from paleo- EES 493. Advanced Topics in Tectonics (1-6) archives (e.g., ice cores, lake sediments) to address nature Intensive study of tectonic processes and products not cov- of past climate variability. Quantitative analyses of paleo- ered in more general courses. May be repeated for credit. Economics 205

EES 494. Advanced Topics in Aquatic Ecosystems list, and a course involving student research on a prob- (1-6) lem identified by an external client. Students should Intensive study of aquatic ecosystems not covered in consult with the major advisor in forming their program. more general courses. May be repeated for credit. College of Arts and Sciences EES 499. Dissertation Research (1-15) Ph.D. dissertation research directed by research commit- Major in Economics tee. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Permission The B.A. major in economics is designed to prepare stu- of research adviser. dents for graduate study in economics or law, and for entry into careers in business, government or service Economics organizations. The requirements for the economics major are: Professors. J. Richard Aronson, Ph.D. (Clark); James 1. The economics core (16 credits): ECO 1, ECO 105 Dearden, Ph.D. (Penn State); Thomas J. Hyclak, Ph.D. or 146, ECO 119, ECO 129 and ECO 145. (Notre Dame), chair, department of economics; Arthur E. 2. Collateral calculus courses (7 or 8 credits): MATH 51 King, Ph.D. (Ohio State); Vincent G. Munley, Ph.D. and 52 or MATH 21 and 22. MATH 51 and 52 are (S.U.N.Y.); Anthony P. O’Brien, Ph.D. (Berkeley); Larry terminal math classes for students planning on careers W. Taylor, Ph.D. (North Carolina); Robert J. Thornton, in fields that are primarily non-quantitative. MATH 21 Ph.D. (Illinois). and 22 are for students considering careers or graduate Associate professors. Mary E. Deily, Ph.D. (Harvard); programs that require a stronger math background. Frank R. Gunter, Ph.D. (Johns Hopkins); Judith A. 3. Five elective courses in economics at the 200 or 300 McDonald, Ph.D. (Princeton); Todd A. Watkins, Ph.D. level (15 credits). Students may count only two 200 (Harvard). level courses toward the completion of the econom- Assistant professors. Shin-Yi Chou, Ph.D. (Duke), ics major. Neville Francis, Ph.D. (U.C. San Diego); Stephen Students are free to select any five economics courses to Snyder, Ph.D. (Maryland); Wenlong Weng, Ph.D. meet their elective requirements. However, the faculty of (Stanford). the economics department has developed recommended Active emeriti. Nicholas W. Balabkins, Ph.D. (Rutgers); course clusters to meet the differing needs of students. Alvin Cohen, Ph.D. (Florida); Jon T. Innes, Ph.D. These include course recommendations for those inter- (Oregon); John R. McNamara, Ph.D. (Rensselaer); Eli ested in: Schwartz, Ph.D. (Brown). Graduate study in economics Though economics is variously defined, modern-day def- Careers in consulting and financial services initions generally suggest that it is the study of the International economics and global markets principles that govern the efficient allocation of Political economy and public policy resources. One of the greatest of the 19th century econo- Interested students are encouraged to consult with the mists who did much to uncover these principles major advisors in the economics department to select suggested a broader definition. Alfred Marshall described elective courses that match their needs and interests. economics as “a study of mankind in the ordinary busi- ness of life . . . a part of the study of man.” This dual Honors in Economics nature of economics, technical and humanistic, is reflect- Economics majors who wish to be considered for depart- ed in the fact that at Lehigh the economics major is mental honors must consult with their major advisor available to students in the College of Arts and Sciences and request such consideration by the beginning of their as well as in the College of Business and Economics. senior year. The criteria for departmental honors are: College of Business and Economics 1. Completion of the major program with at least 33 Major in Economics credits of economics and a grade point average in those courses of 3.5 or better. Students in the College of Business and Economics elect- ing to major in economics must take the college core 2. Submission of an acceptable research paper to the courses listed in the College of Business and Economics Departmental Honors committee. To qualify a candi- section of this catalog. They must also take ECO 119 and date for honors this paper must report on original at least 12 credit hours of 200 and 300-level economics research conducted solely by the student as part of an courses beyond the core requirements. These courses may economics course. The student should consult with be chosen so as to form an area of specialization or to pro- the instructor of that course for suggestions for vide a broad exposure to the various aspects of the improving the paper prior to submitting it to the discipline. In any case, students should consult with the committee. The committee will notify students of major advisor in forming their programs. submission deadlines and other requirements for satis- fying this criterion. Major in Business Economics Minor in Economics The business economics major prepares students for A minor in economics consists of 12 credit hours beyond careers as business consultants or analysts by teaching the ECO 1. Required courses in the minor are: ECO 105 or application of microeconomic theory to the analysis of 146, 119 or 129 and two elective courses. Elective courses critical business issues. The emphasis is on rigorous, must be chosen from among the 200 and 300-level eco- quantitative business analysis through the use of theoreti- nomics offerings with at least one 300-level elective. ECO cal and mathematical models and econometric analysis 371 does not count towards the minor. This minor is avail- of data. Students electing the major in business econom- able only to students in the College of Arts and Sciences ics must take the college core courses, ECO 322, ECO and in the College of Engineering and Applied Science. 333, ECO 357, two elective courses from an approved Interested students should contact the minor advisor. 206 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

Undergraduate Courses ECO 134. Evolution of the Automobile Industry (2) This course traces the development of the automobile ECO 1. Principles of Economics (4) industry from its origin at the turn of the century to the A one-semester course in the principles of economics. present. Topics include: the Model T and mass produc- General topics covered are: supply and demand; pricing tion; the development of installment purchases; and production decisions of firms; the role of govern- dealer-company relations; worker-company relations; the ment in the economy; the determination of national rise of imports; and the decline of traditional mass pro- income; money and banking; monetary and fiscal policy; duction. Prerequisite: ECO 1. (SS) and government finance. (SS) ECO 138. Athletic Complex Design (3) ECO 64. (AAS 64, HIST 64). Plantation to This course is for students to participate in cross disci- Ghetto (2) pline Integrated Learning Experience (ILE) research Examination of topics in the economic history of African projects. The twin purposes of the course are to provide Americans from the 1500s to the present. Explores the real-world, team-oriented learning experiences and to slave trade, slavery, the post-Civil War South, the black apply economic analysis in evaluating the costs and ben- family, migration, urbanization, and race and poverty. efits of newly proposed, or renovations and expansions Prerequisites: ECO 1 recommended. (SS) of existing, athletic facilities. Prerequisite: ECO 105 or ECO 105. Intermediate Microeconomic Analysis (3) ECO 146. (SS) Determination of prices in terms of the equilibrium of ECO 145. Statistical Methods (3) the business enterprise and consumer choice in markets Descriptive statistics, probability and probability distri- of varying degrees of competition; analysis of market butions, sampling, estimation, hypothesis testing, structures; determination of wages, rent, interest and chi-squared tests, simple regression and correlation. profits. Prerequisite: ECO 1. Not available for credit to (ND) Note: Students may not receive credit for both students who have taken ECO 146. (SS) MATH 12 and ECO 145. ECO 111. (ES 111). Introduction to ECO 146. Applied Microeconomic Analysis (3) Environmental Economics (4) The application of economic analysis to managerial and An examination of the interactions between our eco- public policy decision-making. Prerequisites: ECO 1, nomic systems and the environment. Pollution as a 145 or equivalent course. Not available for credit to stu- consequence of human activity within a framework for dents who have taken ECO 105. (SS) analyzing the relationships between environmental quali- ty, scarcity of resources and economic growth. How to ECO 158. LUCORPS Projects (3) develop appropriate policies to deal with these issues. This course involves teams of students in community- Prerequisite: ECO 1. (SS) oriented research projects. The twin purposes of the course are to provide real-world, team-oriented learning ECO 119. Intermediate Macroeconomic Analysis (3) experiences and to provide a resource for local govern- Macroeconomic measurement, theory and policy. The ments and community organizations that would allow use of alternative macroeconomic models to analyze the them to draw upon the expertise of our students as con- level of national income, inflation, unemployment, eco- sultants in analyzing problems and formulating policy. nomic growth; the balance of payments, and exchange Prerequisite: ECO 1. (SS) rate determination. Prerequisite: ECO 1. (SS) For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduate ECO 129. Money, Banking, and Financial Students Markets (3) The nature and functions of money. Global money and ECO 209. Comparative Economic Systems (3) financial markets. The role of commercial and central An analysis of the micro- and macro-economic, institu- banks. Effects of the interest rate, exchange rate, and the tional and political dimensions of various economic money supply on the economy. Examination and evalua- systems, with particular emphasis on former centrally tion of current and past monetary policies. Prerequisite: planned economies in their transition to a market orien- ECO 1. (SS) tation. Prerequisite: ECO 1. (SS) ECO 130. (WS 130) Economics of Race and ECO 210. Economic Evolution (3) Gender (2) Structural changes, social transformation, and sources of The question of the role of race and gender in economic the long-term growth of the U.S. economy. Prerequisite: decision-making is explored. Various sorts of discrimina- ECO 1. (SS) tion are discussed in an economic framework and ECO 231. Business History (3) possible remedies are evaluated. The historical role of The historical context of the development of the modern race and gender in the economy is also discussed. business firm in the United States. The roles of entrepre- Prerequisite: ECO 1. (SS) neurship, economic structure, technology, and ECO 131. The Canadian Economy (2) government policy in the shaping of current business This course analyzes the economic challenges facing the practices. Prerequisite: ECO 1. (SS) Canadian economy. Some of the issues include: Canada’s ECO 234. Labor-Management Relations (3) record on inflation and unemployment; the distribution An analytical study of the U.S. system of industrial rela- of income; the role of natural resources; and Canada’s tions, including the evolution of the labor movement, health-care and educational systems. Canada’s monetary worker choice on the issue of union representation, the and fiscal policies, and Canada’s performance in the process of collective bargaining and the impact of collec- international economy will also be examined. tive bargaining on the management of the firm. Prerequisite: ECO 1. (SS) Prerequisite: ECO 1. (SS) Economics 207

ECO 235. Labor Economics (3) ECO 315. Industrial Organization (3) The economic analysis of labor markets, with emphasis Structure of American industry. Development of eco- on labor supply and demand, wage and employment nomic models to describe behavior in markets with theory, and the economics of unionism and other labor varying degrees of competition. Technological innova- market institutions. Prerequisite: ECO 1. (SS) tion, relationship between industry concentration and ECO 237. Transportation Economics (3) rates of return on capital, role of information and adver- The principles of transportation in theory and practice. tising, dynamics of monopoly and oligopoly pricing. Transport models and their relationship to economic Prerequisite: ECO 105 or 146. (SS) activity. Analysis and evaluation of transportation poli- ECO 322. Competitor and Market Analysis (3) cies, industry structure and performance. Prerequisite: Competitors, partners, and firms and governments ECO 1. (SS) strategically interact. This course uses game theory to ECO 240. Ireland’s Public Sector (3) analyze issues like pricing by competitors, vertical inte- This course focuses on public sector programs—and the gration and contracting issues in supplier-buyer method used to finance them—in Ireland and compares relationships, collective actions and joint ventures, and their structure to that found in both the United States research and development program. Students use both and other countries of Western Europe. Topics include: mathematical models and cases to analyze these interac- the policy of neutrality and military (peace-keeping) tions. Prerequisites: ECO 105 or 146, ECO 145 and operations, environmental protection, social welfare pro- MATH 21, 31 or 51. (SS) grams, health care, education at the primary, secondary ECO 323. Evolution of Business Strategy (3) and tertiary levels, and key infrastructure areas such as Analyzes how business firms have adapted to changes in urban planning and transportation systems. Special technology, relative factor prices, globalization, and the attention is devoted to how membership in the extent of government intervention in the market. European Union has impacted the evolution of these Material will be presented through discussion of case programs in Ireland. Prerequisite: ECO 1. (Offered only studies from the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. through Lehigh in Ireland Study Abroad Program). (SS) Prerequisite: ECO 1. (SS) ECO 246. Business Cycles and Forecasting (3) ECO 324. The Economics of the Sports Industry (3) A study of short-term business fluctuations, growth, This course analyzes the role of basic economic forces in forecasting and stabilization. Prerequisites: ECO 1 and a shaping today’s sports industry. Topics include: competi- course in statistics. (ND) tion in the market for professional franchises; public ECO 303. Economic Development (3) subsidies for stadiums and arenas, compensation of pro- Economic development, economic growth and their fessional athletes, the NCAA as an economic enterprise, political environment are discussed in detail. The princi- and the impact of athletics on a university’s budget. pal economic development theories are examined. These Prerequisite: ECO 105 or 146. (SS) theories are used to examine a variety of development ECO 325 (MKT 325). Quantitative Marketing issues including planning, poverty, rural-urban relation- Analysis (3) ships, physical and human capital accumulation, This course explores economics and management science international trade, and the environment. Emphasis on approaches to improve marketing decision making and institutions and development policy. Prerequisite: ECO marketing interactions in such areas as strategic market- 105 or 146. (SS) ing, e-marketing, advertising, pricing, sales force ECO 311. Environmental Economics (3) management, sales promotions, new products, and direct Resource allocation implications of environmental degra- marketing. The development, implementation, and use dation. Analysis of the benefits and costs associated with of quantitative models are emphasized. Cases are used to alternative pollution control programs and strategies. illustrate how these models can be applied. Students Prerequisite: ECO 105 or 146. (SS) have the opportunity to learn how to use and evaluate models through spreadsheet-based assignments. ECO 312. Urban Economics (3) Prerequisites: MKT 211, ECO 145, ECO 105 or 146, The analysis of economic problems related to urban and MATH 21, 31 or 51. (SS) areas; the nature and function of cities; the economic and spatial characteristics of urban activity. Prerequisite: ECO 327. Real Options and Investment Strategy (3) ECO 105 or 146. (SS) This is an introductory course in financial economics. It focuses on the principles underlying financial decision ECO 313. History of Economic Thought (3) making, with applications to stocks, bonds, and real A survey of the important historical writings that form estate. It is intended for students with strong technical the foundation of today’s mainstream economic theory. backgrounds who are comfortable with mathematical Emphasis is on the period from 1750 to 1950 and on arguments. The course is divided into three main parts: such notable economists as Smith, Ricardo, Walras, deterministic finance, single-period uncertainty finance, Marshall and Keynes. Prerequisite: ECO 105 or 146 or and options theory. Prerequisite: FIN 323. (ND) 119. (SS) ECO 332. Monetary-Fiscal Policy (3) ECO 314. Energy Economics (3) Monetary, credit and fiscal policies of governments and The economic theory of natural resource allocation over central banks with particular reference to the policies of time. Economics of exhaustible and renewable resources. the United States Treasury and the Federal Reserve Environmental effects of energy production and con- System. Prerequisite: ECO 119 or 129. (SS) sumption. Government regulation of the energy industry. Computer models for energy system forecasting ECO 333. The Economics of Business Decisions (3) and planning. Prerequisite: ECO 105 or 146. (SS) Students analyze business problems using economic logic and techniques like mathematical programming, margin- 208 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

al analysis and decision making under risk and uncer- goods, the economics of taxation and the design of tax tainty. New topics like asymmetric information and the structures. Prerequisite: ECO 105 or 146. (SS) analysis of organizations are introduced. Case studies are ECO 354. Public Finance: State and Local (3) emphasized. Prerequisites: ECO 105 or 146, ECO 145, A course dealing with the expenditures and revenues of and MATH 21, 31 or 51. (SS) state and local governments. Major topics include the ECO 336. Business and Government (3) theory of fiscal federalism, intergovernmental fiscal trans- Analysis of government involvement in the private sec- fers, the design of state and local tax structures, capital tor. The problems of monopoly, oligopoly, and budgeting and debt finance, pension funds and school externalities in production and consumption. Optimum finance. Prerequisite: ECO 105 or 146. (SS) responses to market failure and analysis of the perform- ECO 357. Econometrics (3) ance of actual government policies. Prerequisite: ECO Problems in construction, evaluation and use of econo- 105 or 146. (SS) metric models. Applications based on research and case ECO 339. International Trade (3) studies. Prerequisites: ECO 105 or 146 or 119 and a The theory of international trade; the theory of tariffs; course in statistics. (ND) United States commercial policies; the impact of growth ECO 358 (IE 358). Game Theory (3) and development of the world economy. Prerequisite: A mathematical analysis of how people interact in strate- ECO 105 or 146. (SS) gic situations. Applications include strategic pricing, ECO 340. International Finance (3) negotiations, voting, contracts and economic incentives, Analysis of balance of payments and disturbances and and environmental issues. Prerequisites: ECO 105 or adjustment in the international economy; international 146 and MATH 21, 31 or 51. (SS) monetary policies. Prerequisite: ECO 119 or 129. (SS) ECO 362. Martindale Research Seminar (1-3) ECO 342. Economic Development in China (3) This course prepares students to undertake research on An examination of the economic, political and social various topics in business and/or economics. Admission forces at work in the development process in China since to this course is limited to student associates of the 1949. Special emphasis on post-1978 market reforms, Martindale Center for the Study of Private Enterprise. the rural-urban divergence, the role of foreign trade and Consent of the instructor is required. Course may be investment, the accumulation of human capital, and the repeated for credit up to a maximum total number of 3 deterioration of the physical environment. Course con- hours credit. (ND) cludes with a detailed discussion of possible futures of ECO 368. Health Economics (3) the Chinese economy. Prerequisite: ECO 303. (SS) Supply and demand in the health service markets for the ECO 343. European Economic Integration (3) U.S. and Canada. Unique features of health care which Study of the problems of economic integration through- interfere with competitive market allocation and pricing. out Europe, especially in the Post-Cold War era among Overview of insurance systems and other payment meth- Western, Central and Eastern European nations. ods. Prerequisites: ECO 105 or 146 and a course in Prerequisite: ECO 209 (may be taken concurrently with statistics. (SS) permission of instructor). (SS) ECO 371. Special Topics in Economics (3) ECO 346. Numerical Methods for Business Study in various fields of economics, designed for the Decisions (3) student who has a special interest in a subject not This course provides a connection between textbook eco- included in the regular course schedule or for the stu- nomics/finance and the problems of real world business. dent interested in pursuing a significant supervised It emphasizes practical numerical methods rather than research project in economics. Students interested in mathematical proofs. Problems in finance are empha- enrolling in this course must submit a written proposal sized. The course teaches students how to use EXCEL to a member of the faculty with expertise in the pro- macros and advanced VBA (the industry standard) pro- posed subject area and to the department chair prior to gramming techniques to model and manipulate financial the registration period for the relevant semester. data. Prerequisite: FIN 323. (ND) Prerequisite: ECO 105 or 146 or 119. This course may count towards the ECO major only once; it does not ECO 351. Introduction to Mathematical count towards the ECO minor. (ND) Economics (3) Application of mathematical techniques to economic ECO 401. Basic Statistics for Business and problems of optimization and to economic models. Economics (3) Prerequisites: ECO 105 or 146 and 119 and MATH 21, Descriptive statistics, probability and probability distri- 31 or 51. (ND) butions, estimation, hypothesis testing, correlation and regression, chi-square analysis and analysis of variance. ECO 352. Advanced Statistical Methods (3) Computer applications. Advanced probability theory, probability and sampling distributions, and classical statistical inference. Index ECO 402. Managerial Economics (3) numbers, multiple regression, correlation, and analysis of Application of economic and statistical analysis to mana- variance. Spectral analysis, Box-Jenkins auto-regressive gerial decision-making. Business and economic and moving average stochastic processes. Prerequisites: forecasting. Empirical estimation of demand, production ECO 105 or 146 and a course in statistics. (ND) and cost functions. Resource allocation and pricing strate- gies in various market structures. Decisions under risk and ECO 353. Public Finance: Federal (3) uncertainty. Government regulation of business. Cases. A course dealing with the expenditures and revenues of Prerequisite: Calculus and ECO 401 or equivalent. the federal government. Major topics include public choice theory, benefit-cost analysis, the theory of public Economics 209

ECO 404. Technology, Trade and Growth (1) fits; consideration of risk, uncertainty, appropriate dis- Overview of the role of technology in economic systems. counting techniques and distributional consequences; Productivity and growth effects, relationships to industry applications to the evaluation of health care policies structure, impacts on international trade and competi- and therapies. tiveness. Prerequisite: intended to be taken concurrently ECO 428. Capital and Interest Theory (3) with ECO 402. Theories of interest and capital. Annuities; applications ECO 411. History of Economic Thought (3) of present value theory; investment valuation under Selected topics in the history of economic thought, with uncertainty and risk; term structure of interest rates; the special attention to the origins of modern economic the- theory of savings, cost of capital and capital formation. ory. Prerequisite: a graduate course in economic theory. Prerequisite: GBUS 406/MBA 402 or equivalent. ECO 412. Mathematical Economics (3) ECO 429. Monetary Theory (3) Applications of various mathematical techniques in the The role of money in the economy from theoretical and formation and development of economic concepts and empirical perspectives. The influence of money and theories. Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. prices, interest rates, output and employment. ECO 413. Advanced Microeconomics Analysis (3) ECO 430. Public Finance (3) A survey of methods of decision-making at the micro- The economics of public spending and taxation; princi- economic level; price theory and econometric ples of government debt management; theories of applications. Prerequisite: ECO 402 or equivalent. budgeting and cost-benefit analysis and public choice. ECO 414. Advanced Topics in Microeconomics (3) ECO 436. Economic History of the United Resource allocation and price determination. Theories of States (3) choice of consumers, firms and resource owners under Analysis of the colonial economy, transition to industri- various market forms. Prerequisites: ECO 401 and ECO alization, and the role of trade and transportation in 413 or equivalents. America’s development. A consideration of the impor- th ECO 415. Econometrics (3) tance of slavery to the 19 -century American economy Computer applications of standard econometric tech- and other New World economies. Origin and develop- niques using regression analysis in a single-equation ment of banking and financial markets. Prerequisites: context. Discussion of problems of multicollinearity, het- ECO 401 and ECO 402 or equivalents. eroscedasticity and autocorrelation. An introduction to ECO 440. Labor Economics (3) simultaneous equation models, identification and estima- The economics of labor markets and various labor-mar- tion problems. Prerequisite: ECO 401 or equivalent. ket institutions with emphasis on current theoretical and ECO 416. Econometric Theory (3) empirical research. Prerequisites: ECO 401 and ECO Mathematical and statistical specification of economic 402 or equivalents. models. Statistical estimation and tests of parameters in ECO 447. Economic Analysis of Market single and multiple equation models. Prediction and Competition (3) tests of structural changes. Prerequisites: ECO 401 (or Mathematical models based on game theory and equivalent) and calculus. industrial organization. Cases are used to analyze the ECO 417. Advanced Macroeconomics Analysis (3) strategic interaction of firms and governments as com- Macroeconomic theory and policy. Emphasis on theoret- petitors and partners. ical models and policy implications. ECO 451. Urban Economics (3) ECO 418. Advanced Topics in Macroeconomics (3) The application of traditional and spatial economics to Models of employment, income and growth in monetary the location of economic activity focusing on the urban economies. Policies for economic stability and growth. economic problems of business location, housing, land Prerequisite: ECO 417 or equivalent. value, land use and intra-urban transportation. ECO 423. Real Options (3) ECO 453. Government Regulation of Business (3) This is an introductory graduate level course in financial Analysis of the economic justification for government economics. It is intended for students with strong tech- regulation of private enterprise. Topics include antitrust nical backgrounds who are comfortable with policy, utilities, and health, safety and environmental mathematical arguments. The course is divided into regulation. Prerequisite: ECO 402 or equivalent. three major parts: deterministic finance, single-period ECO 454. Economics of Environmental uncertainty finance, and options theory and its applica- Management (3) tions. Prerequisite: GBUS 420 Economic theory of natural resources. Optimal policies ECO 424. Advanced Numerical Methods (3) for the development of renewable and nonrenewable This course focuses on techniques that apply directly to resources and environmental quality. Prerequisite: ECO economic analyses. A particular emphasis on problems in 402 or equivalent. finance. The course teaches students how to use EXCEL ECO 455. Health Economics (3) macros and advanced VBA (the industry standard). It is Economic theory of health care delivery systems. designed for decision making in business settings. Financing health care services. Case studies of specific Prerequisite: GBUS 420. economic-financing problems and/or international ECO 425. Cost-Benefit Analysis (3) comparisons of health care delivery. Theory and methods of cost-benefit analysis; efficiency Prerequisite: ECO 401 or ECO 402 or equivalents or and equity as criteria in program evaluation; proper permission of the instructor. measurement of market and non-market costs and bene- 210 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

ECO 456. Industrial Organization (3) ECO 480. Economics of Technological Change (3) The goal of the course is to review theoretical and Explores theoretical models and empirical evidence on empirical attempts by economists to understand market the economics of innovation and technical change. structures lying between the extremes of perfect competi- Includes examination of: the role of technology in com- tion and monopoly. The course will focus first on petitiveness, industrial structure and economic growth; describing the current U.S. industrial structure and alternative models of the innovative process; incentives reviewing models of imperfect competition. The course for and other conditions affecting research and develop- then shifts to a closer study of individual firm behavior. ment; the evaluation of the justifications for government The final segment of the course is an overview of two support of R&D. Prerequisite: ECO 402 or equivalent. significant relationships between government and indus- ECO 491. Master’s Thesis try caused by the existence of imperfect competition. ECO 499. Dissertation ECO 457. Bio-Pharmaceutical Economics (3) Characteristics of the market for pharmaceuticals; barri- ers to entry, competition and innovation; pricing and Education, College of regulation; physician prescribing behavior; commercial- ization and financing of biotech startups; international The College of Education has one academic department, comparisons of public policy. the Department of Education and Human Services. The department faculty and program offerings are listed ECO 460. Time Series Analysis (3) below followed by descriptions of course offerings. More Classical decomposition of time series, trend analysis, details on specific degree requirements and on university exponential smoothing, spectral analysis and Box-Jenkins graduate school regulations can be found in the section autoregressive and moving average methods. Advanced Study and Research. ECO 461. Forecasting (3) Department of Education and Human Methods of economic and business forecasting. Services ECO 462. Advanced Statistics for Business and Professors. Sally A. White, Ph.D. (Univ. of New Economics (3) Mexico), dean; Linda M. Bambara, Ed.D. (Vanderbilt); An expanded development of statistical concepts neces- Ward M. Cates, Ed.D. (Duke); Christine L. Cole, Ph.D. sary for business and economic research. Topics include (Wisconsin-Madison); George J. DuPaul, Ph.D. (Rhode probability theory, sets, density functions and distribu- Island); Asha K. Jitendra, Ph.D. (Oregon); J. Gary Lutz, tions, sampling distributions, point estimation, moment Ed.D. (Lehigh); Edward S. Shapiro, Ph.D. (Pittsburgh), generating functions, maximum likelihood, classical sta- Iacocca Professor of Education; Arnold R. Spokane, Ph.D. tistical inference, power functions, likelihood ratio tests (Ohio State); George P. White, Ed.D. (Vanderbilt); Perry and non-parametric tests. Prerequisite: calculus. A. Zirkel, J.D., Ph.D. (Connecticut), LL.M. (Yale). ECO 463 (IE 458). Topics in Game Theory (3) Associate professors. Nicholas Ladany, Ph.D. (SUNY- A mathematical analysis of how people interact in strate- Albany) chairperson; H. Lynn Columba, Ed.D. gic situations. Topics include normal-form and (Louisville); Michael P. George, Ed.D. (Missouri- extensive-form representations of games, various types of Columbia); Warren R. Heydenberk, Ed.D. (Colorado); equilibrium requirements, the existence and characteriza- Lee Kern, Ph.D. (Univ. of South Florida); April E. tion of equilibria, and mechanism design. The analysis is Metzler, Ph.D. (Florida); Tina Q. Richardson, Ph.D. applied to micro-economic problems including industrial (Maryland); Karen E. Stout, Ph.D. (Univ. of organization, inter-national trade, and finance. Minnesota); Bruce M. Taggart, Ph.D. (Connecticut); Prerequisites: Two semesters of calculus, ECO 414 and Assistant professors. Mary Jean Bishop, Ed.D. (Lehigh); ECO 412 , or permission of the instructor. Jennifer M. Brill, Ph.D. (Georgia); Alec M. Bodzin, ECO 471. International Economic Development (3) Ph.D. (North Carolina State); Grace I.L. Caskie, Ph.D. An introduction to the basic theoretical concepts in (University of North Carlonia); Kathryn Ann DiPietro, international economic development and an evaluation Ph.D. (Tennessee); Lana L. Edwards, Ph.D. (Oregon); of their application by means of a representative sample Daphne Pappas Hobson, Ed.D. (Columbia University of the literature. Teacher’s College); Arpana G. Inman, Ph.D. (Temple); Patricia H. Manz, Ph.D. (Univ. of Pennsylvania); C. ECO 472. International Trade Theory (3) Russell Mayo, Ed.D. (Univ. of Virginia); Teri A. Melton, Theories of comparative advantage, factor price equaliza- Ed.D. (Lehigh); Jill Sperandio, Ph.D. (University of tion, trade and welfare, tariffs, trade and factor Chicago); Andrew E. Walker , Ph.D. (Utah State). movements. Prerequisite: ECO 413 or consent of the chair. Professor of Practice. Timothy R. Lucas, M.A. (William Patterson College); George W. Roesser, Ed.D. (Temple); ECO 473. International Monetary Economics (3) Barbara A. Wilson, Ed.D. (Lehigh). Theory of the balance of payments, the microeconomics of international finance, various approaches to balance- Adjunct faculty. Gary C. Alexander, Ph.D. (Univ. of of-payments adjustments, theories of foreign Minnesota); Lisa Andrejko, Ed.D. (Lehigh); Ann P. exchange-rate determination and macroeconomic policy Monroe-Baillargeon, Ph.D. (Syracuse); Jeanette S. under fixed and flexible exchange rates. Prerequisite: Berkley, Ed.D. (Lehigh); M. Kristine Bronson, Ph.D. ECO 417 or consent of the chair. (SUNY-Albany); John F. Campion, Ed.D. (Nova Southeastern); Joseph P. Carney, Ph.D. (St. John’s); Lila ECO 475. Special Topics in Economics (1-3) U. Carrick, Ed.D. (Lehigh); Richard O. Coe, Ed.D. Extended Study of an approved topic not covered in (Temple); Alvin L. Crawley, Ed.D. (Massachusetts- scheduled courses. May be repeated for credit. Amherst); Brad K. Cressman, Ed.D. (Lehigh); Patricia T. Doloughty, Ed.D. (Lehigh); Louise E. Donohue, Ed.D. (Lehigh); Lisa Ann Draper, Ph.D. (Pennsylvania State); Education, College of 211

Robert H. Egolf, Ph.D. (Lehigh); F. Laird Evans, Ed.D. EDUC 388. Statistical Computing (3) (Lehigh); David L. Fallinger, Ed.D. (Pennsylvania State); Use of one or more major statistical software packages. Diane E. Flisser, Ed.D. (Lehigh); Scott R. Garrigan, Principles of data coding, editing, integrity checking, Ed.D. (Lehigh); Nancy L. George, Ed.D. (Univ. of and management. Emphasis on link between personal Missouri-Columbia); Ronald Goldberg, Ph.D. (Lehigh); computers, mainframes, and other software. Prerequisite: Mary Rita Goodman, Ed.D. (Lehigh); Jackie L. Gower, EDUC 408 or consent of instructor. M.Ed. (Lehigh); Roberta A. Heydenberk, Ed.D. EDUC 402. Developmental Psychology (3) (Lehigh); Alexandra Hilt, M.S. (Syracuse); Claire Smith Survey of theories and research concerning perceptual, Hornung, Ed.D. (Smith College); Joel B. Ingersoll, cognitive, social, and personality development through Ph.D. (Fairleigh Dickinson); Kevin Kelly, Ph.D. infancy and childhood. Prerequisite: Graduate standing (Lehigh); Clark M. Kirkpatrick, Ph.D. (Alabama); Freya or consent of instructor. Koger, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Ochan Kusuma-Powell, Ed.D. (Columbia); Robert L. Leight, Ed.D. (Lehigh); James EDUC 403. Research (3) LoGiudice, M.Ed. (Webster); Carla J. Manno, Ph.D. Basic principles of research; techniques of gathering and (Univ. of Virginia); Ronald J. Marino, Ph.D. (Michigan analyzing data; design of studies in education. Emphasis State); Michael McAllister, Ph.D. (Oregon); Gary P. on critical reviews of research reports representing vari- McCartney, Ed.D. (Temple); John T. McGovern, Ed.D. ous methodologies. Research report required. (Temple); Kevin J. McHugh, Ed.D. (Lehigh); Robert A. EDUC 408. Introduction to Statistics (3) Mesaros, Ph.D. (Univ. of Pennsylvania); Marilyn B. Organization and description of data. Principles of statis- Miller, Ed.D. (Univ. of Pennsylvania); Philip B. tical inference including hypothesis testing, interval Monteith, Ed.D. (Vanderbilt); James R. Newcomer, estimation, and inferential error control. Emphasis on Ed.D. (Lehigh); Rosalyn P. Pitts, Ph.D. (Lehigh); application. Thomas J. Power, Ph.D. (Univ. of Pennsylvania); Eve Proffitt, Ed.D. (Kentucky); Carol M. Richman, Ph.D., EDUC 409. Analysis of Experimental Data (3) (Virginia Commonwealth); Maura L. Roberts, Ph.D. Emphasis on analysis of variance designs including (Lehigh); Tina M. Sachar (Lehigh); Kristin D. Arndt- one-way, factorial, nested, and repeated measures Sawka, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Bruce S. Sharkin, Ph.D. (Univ. designs. Introduction to multiple regression and the of Maryland); Anita Sharma, Psy.D. (George analysis of covariance. Prerequisite: EDUC 408 or Washington); Timothy J. Silvestri, Ph.D. (Lehigh); consent of instructor. David R. Snyder, Ed.D. (Lehigh); Sheryl S. Solow, EDUC 410. Univariate Statistical Models (3) Ed.D. (Lehigh); Connie Titone, Ed.D. (Harvard); Larry The univariate general linear model. Principles of Upton, Ph.D. (Univ. of Minnesota); Jeffrey S. VanLone, expressing models and hypotheses about those models. Ph.D. (West Virginia); Susan Van Zant, Ed.D. (United Emphasis on similarity among the analysis of variance, States International); David W. Warren, Ph.D. multiple regression, and the analysis of covariance. (Claremont); David R. Weiskotten, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Examples of non-standard models and generalization to Affiliated faculty. Susan Barrett (Psychology); Mark H. complex designs. Prerequisite: EDUC 409 or consent of Bickhard (Psychology); Ian T. Birky (Counseling Services); the instructor. Marvin Charles (Chemical Engineering); Beth R. Golden EDUC 411. Multivariate Statistical Models (3) (Counseling Services); Roy C. Herrenkohl (Sociology and The multivariate general linear model. Principles of Anthropology); Diane T. Hyland (Psychology); Vincent expressing multivariate models and hypotheses about G. Munley (Economics); William Newman (Psychology); those models. Emphasis on similarity among the multi- Ageliki Nicolopoulou (Psychology); John Nyby (Biological variate analysis of variance, multiple regression, and the Sciences); Padraig G. O’Seaghdha (Psychology); Neal G. analysis of covariance. Examples of non-standard models Simon (Biological Sciences). and generalization to complex designs. Prerequisite: The department offers master’s degrees and/or professional EDUC 410 or consent of the instructor. certification in counseling and human services, education- al technology, educational leadership, elementary and EDUC 412. Advanced Applications of secondary education, school counseling, and special edu- Psychometric Principles (3) cation as well as the Ed.S. degree and professional Conceptual examination of exploratory and confirmato- certification in school psychology and special education. ry factor analysis, cluster analysis, latent-trait modeling, Ed.D. degree programs are offered in curriculum and and other advanced psychometric topics. Prerequisites: instruction, educational leadership, educational technolo- EDUC 409 or equivalent or SCHP/CPSY 427. gy, and elementary education. Ph.D. degrees are offered in EDUC 416. (SR 416) Quasi-Experimentation and counseling psychology, school psychology, and special edu- Program Evaluation (3) cation. While general courses are listed separately, the Social science research methods for non-laboratory set- courses pertinent to each program are listed below. tings. Detailed examination of a dozen Education quasi-experimental research designs, three dozen threats to validity, possible controls, and uses in social program EDUC 383. Supervised Research in Applied evaluation. Nonmathematical presentation. Psychology (1-3) EDUC 451. Applied Principles of Cognitive Provides undergraduate junior and senior psychology majors a formal supervised research experience in applied Psychology (3) psychology. Students are assigned for the semester to a Basic principles and contemporary theories of cognitive research team led by a participating faculty member in the psychology will be covered, especially regarding the counseling psychology or school psychology programs in application of these principles to education. Experimental the College of Education. (Repeatable up to 6 credits.) research relevant to contemporary theories of cognitive psychology and the application of these theories in educa- tional settings will be reviewed. 212 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

EDUC 461. Single-Subject Research Design (3) CPSY 427. (SCHP 427) Standardized Tests, Experimental designs for use with small N’s. Topics Measurement and Appraisal (3) include design theory and application, experimental Principles of psychological measurement (e.g., tests con- validity (internal, external, statistical conclusions and struction, technology, validity, reliability, functional construct validity) and an overview of data analysis utility). Ethical, legal, and cultural issues in the adminis- procedures. tration and interpretation of psychological tests. Case EDUC 471. (CPSY 471) Diversity and conceptualization, reporting and presentation. Multicultural Perspectives (3) CPSY 429. Diagnostic Interview Laboratory (1) Examination of the influence of culture, gender, and dis- Principles of psychological measurement (e.g., tests con- abilities on behavior and attitudes. Historical and current struction, technology, validity, reliability, functional perspectives on race, culture, gender, and minority group utility). Ethical, legal, and cultural issues in the adminis- issues in education and psychology. Lecture/small group tration and interpretation of psychological tests. Case discussion. Course is restricted to graduate students in conceptualization, reporting and presentation. One-cred- the College of Education only. it diagnostic laboratory is mandatory for counseling EDUC 473. (SR 473) Social Basis of Human majors but optional for students from other programs. Lab covers diagnostic interviewing and systems for the Behavior (3) identification and classification of behavioral and psy- Development of human behavior from a social psycho- chological disorders. logical perspective. Emphasis placed on the impact of society upon school-age children and adolescents. CPSY 430. Professional Seminar (4) Professional, ethical, and legal issues in counseling. EDUC 486. Doctoral Qualifying Research Management and delivery of counseling services in a cul- Project (1-3) turally diverse society. Professional development, Design and implement research project under faculty certification, licensure, and role identification. A supervision to meet requirements for doctoral programs. required one-credit laboratory extends counseling skill May be repeated for credit. acquisition and examines ethical and legal issues in coun- EDUC 491. Advanced Seminars: (with subtitle) seling cases. (1-6) CPSY 436. Culture-Centered Career Intensive study and discussion of a specialized area. Title Intervention (3) will vary. May be repeated for credit as title varies. Examination of the career development process and EDUC 493. Internship in: (with subtitle) (1-6) interventions for children, adolescents, and adults with a Opportunity for students to apply theory to practice in a culture-centered perspective. Study of theorists, vocation- variety of educational settings. Students will be super- al assessment process, and occupational and vised in the field and participate in seminars dedicated to psychological information systems. addressing specific concerns and issues encountered dur- CPSY 439. Theory and Practice of Group ing their experience. Prerequisite: consent of the program Counseling (3) director. Introduction to the process of group counseling and EDUC 494. Field Work in: (with subtitle) (3) therapy. Selection of group members; group rules; group Identification of significant problems in an educational procedures with children, adolescents and adults; ethical environment, review of the literature, and development considerations with groups. Study of research on group of appropriate research plans. processes, group therapy, and group leadership. EDUC 495. Independent Study in: (with subtitle) Prerequisites: permission of the program coordinator required. (1-6) Individual or small group study in the field of specializa- CPSY 440. Introduction to Family Counseling (3) tion. Approved and supervised by the major adviser. May Research and current trends in the practice of family be repeated. counseling. Overview and analysis of major theoretical approaches of family therapy. EDUC 496. Doctoral Research Seminar (3) For doctoral students. Research design and application to CPSY 442. Counseling and Therapeutic various kinds of educational problems; data collection Approaches (3) and analysis. Criticism and evaluation of student propos- Theory, research, and technique of counseling within a als. May be repeated for a maximum of nine credits. cultural context. Prerequisites: Admission to CPSY mas- ter’s program or permission of counseling psychology Counseling Psychology program coordinator. CPSY 407. (SCHP 407). Crisis Management in CPSY 443. Counseling and Therapeutic the Schools. (3) Approaches Laboratory (1) This course is designed to provide students with knowl- One-credit laboratory will cover counseling skills used in edge and skills related to crisis preparedness and diverse theoretical approaches. Must take along with intervention in the schools. Relevant theories and CPSY 442. research literature will be explored as well as practical ele- ments of crisis response that are applicable to all school CPSY 445. Elementary School Counseling and systems. In addition, intervention strategies and proto- Guidance (3) cols will be examined and discussed. Permission of Emphasizes professional concerns of the elementary instructor is required. school counselor in working with teachers, parents, administrators, and other specialists. Policies, practices, Education, College of 213 and curriculum concerns, as they affect the development and single-case research design. Admission to the Ph.D. of the child. Prerequisite: CPSY 430. program in counseling psychology or school psychology CPSY 448. Secondary School Counseling and or permission of the instructor. Guidance (3) CPSY 476. Supervision of Counseling (1-6) Establishing an effective secondary counseling and guid- For candidates for supervisor’s certificate or doctorate in ance program within the framework of the school counseling. Observation and supervision of counseling setting. Policies, procedures, and curriculum concerns as practicum students. Prerequisites: CPSY 480 and per- they affect the student. Professional approaches to mission of instructor. involve students, teachers, administrators, and parents in CPSY 480. Practicum (1-4) the counseling and guidance activities of the secondary Twenty hours of weekly supervised practicum training school. Prerequisite: CPSY 430. for advanced graduate students in individual, group, and CPSY 460. (PSYCH 475) Theories of family counseling and therapy. Prerequisites: CPSY 442 Psychological Counseling (3) and permission of instructor. May be repeated for credit. Analysis and synthesis of concepts drawn from counsel- CPSY 481. Advanced Multicultural Counseling (3) ing theorists. Research and current trends in counseling This seminar covers models and theories of multicultural concerning educational, social and vocational problems. counseling and intervention. Students should be actively Prerequisites: admission to the Ph.D. program in coun- engaging in practice with multicultural clients in a seling psychology or permission of the counseling practicum or field site, and these cases will form part of psychology program coordinator. the basis of course discussions. Prerequisites: CPSY 471, CPSY 461. Assessment of Adult Intellectual admission to the doctoral program in counseling psy- Functioning (3) chology, and permission of the counseling psychology Administration and interpretation of individual tests/bat- program coordinator. teries of adult intelligence and neuropsychological CPSY 483. Field Work in Counseling (3-6) functioning. Consideration of psychological and cross- Twenty hours of weekly supervised professional practice cultural issues in intellectual assessment. Preparation of in a school or agency setting as an extension of CPSY psychological reports. Prerequisite: CPSY 427 and per- 480, Practicum. On-site supervision, audio and/or video mission of the instructor. recordings and case presentations required. Prerequisites: CPSY 462. Assessment of Personality (3) CPSY 480 and permission of the counseling psychology Consideration of issues and methods of personality assess- program coordinator. ment, including ethical and legal issues, and cross-cultural CPSY 485. Advanced Psychopathology (3) issues. Practice in the administration of instruments used This class will cover etiology, assessment, interviewing for personality assessment. Supervised experience and techniques, establishing a therapeutic alliance, and treat- report writing. Prerequisites: CPSY 427 and admission to ment planning in adult mental disorders. In depth the Ph.D. program in counseling psychology. coverage will be given to Axis II disorders. The diagnosis CPSY 466. Current Issues in Counseling and and classification of abnormal behavior using DSM-IV- Therapy (1-6) R medical model will be emphasized. Alternate theories of abnormal psychology will also be discussed. Examination of an area of counseling or therapy that is Prerequisite: PSYCH 435, Abnormal Psychology. of topical interest to students and faculty. Permission of program director required. May be repeated for credit. CPSY 486. Family Counseling Clinic (3-6) CPSY 470. Independent Study and Research (1-6) Supervised practicum training for advanced graduate stu- dents in family counseling and therapy. Techniques and Individual or small group study in the field of counsel- methods of conducting family counseling and therapy. ing. Approved and supervised by the major adviser. May Prerequisites: CPSY 480 and CPSY 440. be repeated for credit. CPSY 471. (EDUC 471) Diversity and CPSY 487. Advanced Doctoral Practicum I (4) Supervised clinical experience for entry-level doctoral Multicultural Perspectives (3) students with emphasis on the development of intake Examination of the influence of culture, gender, and dis- skills, assessment procedures and intervention skills. abilities on behavior and attitudes. Historical and current Audio and video recording, individual and group super- perspectives on race, culture, gender, and Lehigh minori- vision. Prerequisite: Admission to the doctoral program ty group issues in education and psychology. in counseling psychology and permission of the counsel- Lecture/small group discussion. Course is restricted to ing psychology practicum coordinator. graduate students in the College of Education only. CPSY 488. Advanced Doctoral Practicum II (4) CPSY 472. Human Development Across the Supervised clinical experience with emphasis on Lifespan (3) advanced skills in interpretation, case conceptualization An examination of prevailing theories of human growth from a theoretical perspective, termination and referral, and development across the lifespan. Examination of the and in the broad array of professional activities normally interactive effect of various age groups upon one another. conducted by a counseling psychologist. Audio and Particular emphasis on the helping relationships. video recording, individual and group supervision. CPSY 473. (SCHP 473) Advanced Research Prerequisites: CPSY 487 and permission of the counsel- Methods in Applied Psychology (1-3) ing psychology practicum coordinator. For doctoral students in applied psychology. Issues and CPSY 489. Advanced Doctoral Practicum III (1) methods of research design, data collection and data Supervised field experience in counseling and therapeutic analysis. Advanced discussion of quantitative, qualitative settings for doctoral students with specific populations. 214 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

In consultation with on-site supervisor, the student will evaluation, legal issues, contract management, and budg- develop an area of focus for this practicum that will etary considerations. Emphasis on field-based research include therapy experience, training and additional and data-based decision making in program design and assessment skills as needed. Repeatable for a total of 3 evaluation. credits. Prerequisites: CPSY 488 and permission of the EDL 422. Curriculum Management for the School counseling psychology practicum coordinator. Executive (3) CPSY 491. Advanced Doctoral Practicum IV (1) A survey of the methods used to facilitate a curriculum Supervised field experience in counseling and therapeutic development process based on the theories and findings settings for doctoral students with specific populations. from research and practice. Application of concepts to In consultation with on-site supervisor, the student will practical problems in curriculum leadership to acquire develop an area of focus for this practicum that will skills in the change process for instruction innovation. include therapy experience, training and additional Emphasis on current theory and research in standards, assessment skills as needed. Repeatable for a total of 3 technology, and curriculum integration. credits. Prerequisites: CPSY 489 and permission of the counseling psychology practicum coordinator. EDL 428. Practicum in Supervision of Curriculum and Instruction I (2) CPSY 492. Advanced Field Placement (1) Supervised field experience in all aspects of district-wide Students perform counseling in university and com- curriculum and instructional activities. Requires monthly munity agencies under the supervision of the Ph.D. seminar meetings. psychologists at the field placement. Open only to stu- dents in counseling psychology. This course does not EDL 429. Practicum in Supervision of meet the requirements for CPSY 466. Course may be Curriculum and Instruction II (2) repeated for up to 2 credits. Prerequisites: CPSY 491 Advanced supervised field experience in all aspects of dis- and permission of the counseling psychology trict-wide curriculum and instructional activities. Requires practicum coordinator. monthly seminar meetings. Pre-requisite: EDL 428. CPSY 498. Counseling Psychology Doctoral EDL 430. Development and Administration of Internship (1) Special Education Programs (3) A one year full-time or two year half-time supervised Exploration of the research and practice of an effective internship in professional psychology. Student functions as special education program. Emphasis on curriculum regular staff member. Regular contact with academic advi- development, field-based research, and data-based deci- sor required in addition to end-of-semester evaluation by sion making program design and evaluation, and the the internship site and the student. Prerequisite: CPSY relationship of the special education program to the 491 and permission of the counseling psychology program pupil services program and the regular curriculum. coordinator. (Repeatable for a total of 3 credits). EDL 432. Special Education Law (3) Educational Leadership An overview of the relevant legislation, regulations, and case law concerning the education of students with dis- EDL 400. Introduction to Organizational abilities in pre-k through secondary school. Leadership: Theory and Practice (3) EDL 434. Leadership and Management of Special Development of theories of administration and applica- Education Programs (3) tions in educational institutions. Administrative behavior Introduction to the management practices related to in organizational settings; administrator’s leadership role effective leadership of special education programs includ- in decision-making, evaluation, and conflict resolution. ing budget development and management, staffing, EDL 405. The Principalship (3) instructional practices, student assessment practices, and Major problems of organization and administration of parent involvement. schools, types of organization, pupil promotion, program EDL 438. Practicum in Supervision of Special of studies, teaching staff, pupil personnel, contract man- agement, time allotment, plant and equipment, and Education and Pupil Services Programs I (2) community relations. Prerequisite: EDL 400. Supervised field experience in all aspects of district- wide special education programs. Requires monthly EDL 406. School Principals Clinic (3-6) seminar meetings. Simulated materials workshop on administrative deci- sion-making open to practicing and prospective EDL 439. Practicum in Supervision of Special elementary and secondary school administrators. Education and Pupil Services Programs II (2) Supervised field experience in all aspects of district-wide EDL 407. Development and Leadership of Middle special education programs. Requires monthly seminar Level Programs (3) meetings. Pre-requisite: EDL 438. Exploration of the design of programs to meet the needs of the pre and early adolescent learners with a focus on EDL 440. Development and Administration of organizational structure, instructional practices, curricu- Pupil Services Programs (3) lum design, staffing, student assessment, and community Exploration of the research and practice of an effective involvement. comprehensive pupil services program. Emphasis on involvement of community agencies, field-based EDL 420. Leading and Managing Curriculum and research, and data-based decision-making, program Instruction Programs (3) design and evaluation, and the relationship of the pupil Exploration of the theory, research and practice associat- services program to the regular and special education ed with an effective curriculum and instruction program. curriculum. Topics include program planning, implementation and Education, College of 215

EDL 442. Leadership and Management of Pupil EDL 477. Seminar in School-Community Services Programs (3) Relations (3) Overview of the management practices related to effec- Analysis and development of the communication and tive leadership of pupil services programs, including public relations skills needed by educators in dealing budget development and management, staffing, instruc- with the public. tional practices, community agency partnerships, student EDL 479. School Law (3) assessment, legal issues, and parent involvement. Effect of school law on administration of public school EDL 450. Curriculum Design in a Global systems; analysis and synthesis of judicial interpretations Society (3) of the constitutions, statutes, rules, regulations, and Exploration of global issues and their effects on what is common law relating to educational issues. taught in schools, specifically in international schools. EDL 481. Policy and Politics in Public Emphasis on the analysis of curriculum and the influ- Education (3) ence that culture plays in decision making. Analysis of the forces, factors, agencies, formal govern- EDL 452. Comparative Education (3) mental systems and informal subsystems that influence Survey of education practices abroad. Systems of articu- educational policy in local districts and state and nation- lation, social and legal foundations, and structure in al governments. government. Emphasis on the nature and purpose EDL 485. The Superintendency (3) schools in various cultural contexts and the major prob- A theoretical and historical examination of superintend- lems and trends occurring throughout the world. ents’ leadership, school board/superintendent relations, EDL 466. Supervision of Instruction (3) and the array of duties and demands upon the superin- Analysis of the principles underlying the organization tendency. and supervision of instruction; application to specific EDL 486. Superintendency Clinic (3) teaching situations K-12. Practical experiences in meeting the challenges inherent EDL 467. Supervision and Professional in the position of superintendent and associated central Development (3) office positions. Emphasis on the five basic functional Emphasis on establishing skills in human resource man- roles of the superintendent: CEO to school board, agement and supervision, including staff selection, human resources manager, instructional leader, financial supervision models, assessment and feedback methods, manager, and director of community relations. managing a diverse workforce, and adult development EDL 488. Program Evaluation (3) related to professional growth options. This course is The historical background, theory, methodology, and designed specifically for individuals enrolled in a supervi- current practices of program evaluation in the human sory certification program. services area. Emphasis on conducting evaluations of EDL 468. Applied Learning Theory for School educational programs and gathering data to make effec- Leadership (3) tive program decisions. Participants are required to Overview of the foundations, principles, and theories of design a program evaluation research plan. curriculum, teaching, and learning. Emphasis on histori- EDL 489. Doctoral Seminar in School cal perspectives, teaching and learning for Administration (3) understanding, and schools as professional organizations. Analysis of the theoretical, empirical, and conceptual The purpose is to provide prospective administrators aspects of contemporary issues in educational adminis- with the background for developing a balanced and chal- tration and their implications for policy formulation and lenging school-wide curriculum, for supervising implementation in educational institutions. Prerequisite: instruction, and for supporting school improvement. Official standing as a doctoral student in educational EDL 469. Advanced Instructional Supervision (3) leadership. A staff development approach to supervision designed to Educational Technology extend the supervisor’s knowledge of and skills in apply- ing clinical techniques to instructional supervision. EDT 401. Foundations of Educational EDL 470. Special Topics in Educational Technology (3) Leadership: (with subtitle) (1-6) History and overview of the field with consideration of Intensive study and discussion of a specialized area. Title key learning theories and principles that guide designers will vary. May be repeated for credit as title varies. and developers. Identification of prominent figures and organizations, key issues and terms, and useful resources EDL 473. Human Resources Management (3) in the field. Consideration of forces affecting adoption Overview of the effective utilization of the human of innovation with a focus on future directions in teach- resources of educational organizations. Trends in human ing and learning with technology. resource planning, recruitment, selection, development, evaluation, compensation and contract administration. EDT 404 Interactive Multimedia Programming (3) Introduction to programming interactive multimedia EDL 476. School Financial Management (3) applications in education and training. Emphasis on cre- Theoretical and practical foundation in financial man- ating applications utilizing sound, video, graphics and agement emphasizing the economics of education, other digital resources. financing and distribution of funds, and the manage- ment of funds at the school and district level. 216 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

EDT 408. Advanced Learning Theories Applied to Instructional Programming). May be repeated for credit Educational Technology: (with subtitle) (3) under different topic. Prerequisite: EDT 435. Advanced seminar examining theories of socio-historical EDT 470. Technology Across the Curriculum (3) psychology and their application to educational technol- Curricular issues related to using technology in various ogy. Topics will vary (for example, Vygotsky’s Theories school settings. Technology’s varying roles in schools. Applied to Educational Technology, Communication Emphasis on instructional and curricular concerns and Theories Applied to Educational Technologies, Group how technology affects educational decisions. Dynamics Theories Applied to Educational Technologies). May be repeated for credit under differ- EDT 471. Planning for Implementing Technology ent topic. Prerequisite: EDT 401. in School Settings (3) Logistics of implementing technology in educational set- EDT 415. Topics in Educational Technology: tings. Covers staffing, budgeting, and facilities (with subtitle) (3) development and management, staff development, and Current issues and practices related to the use or adop- proposal preparation. tion of educational technology. Topics will vary (for example, The Role of Educational Technology in EDT 485. Applied Research in Educational Teaching Persons with Special Needs; Educational Technology (3) Technology in the Workplace; Managing Educational Approaches and techniques applicable to empirical Technology Product Development). May be repeated for research studies in educational technology, both quanti- credit as topic varies. tative and qualitative. Students design and carry out small-scale investigations of research questions and EDT 422. Design 1: The Systematic Design of hypotheses related to educational technology and write Instruction (3) up research reports of their findings and conclusions. Introductory exploration of instructional design models Prerequisites: EDT 425 and EDUC 403. and philosophies and their implications for teaching and learning using technology. Heavy focus on instructional EDT 490. Integrating Experience in Instructional message design. Applies perception theory, communica- Design and Development (3) tion theory, and learning theory to the design of Project-based design and development. Students work in instructional media. Students in this course design teams to design and develop internal or external instruc- instructional materials employing the theories and guide- tional technology projects under the direction of a lines explored. Pre/co-requisite: EDT 401. faculty member. Prerequisites: EDT 425 and EDT 435. EDT 425. Design 2: Applied Instructional and School Psychology Interface Design Principles (3) Exploration and application of design models for learn- SCHP 402. (SPED 402) Applied Behavior ing. Special emphasis on graphical user interfaces in Analysis (3) education and training. Prerequisite: EDT 422. Theory and application of behavior modification meth- ods in classroom and clinical settings. Topics include EDT 428. Design 3: Advanced Instructional behavior analysis, outcome research, task utilization, and Design (3) single case research. Advanced instructional design and interface issues. Design of instructional environments, selection of SCHP 404. Historical and Contemporary Issues instructional metaphors, impact of the interface on the in School Psychology (3) user, and demands of designing for newer learning tech- History of psychology, education, and school psychology. nologies. Prerequisite: EDT 425. Roles and function of school psychologist; legal and ethi- cal aspects of school psychology. EDT 432. Development 1: Website and Resource Development for Learning (3) SCHP 406. Research Methods and Design (3) This course is designed to provide skills in the use and Introduction to resource development and HTML edit- application of research methodologies and in the concep- ing tools used in the creation of eLearning Websites. tualizing and writing of research proposals. Specifically, Covers fundamentals of: HTML and commercial Web- the course is focused on developing conceptual knowl- creation software packages; scanners and digital video edge of specific research methods, interpreting data using cameras; and use of digital resource creation-and-manip- specific methods of analysis, and developing independent ulation programs. research skills focused around one’s own research project. EDT 435. Development 2: Interactive Multimedia The course is primarily designed for doctoral students in Programming for Learning (3) School Psychology and Special Education. Permission of Introduction to creating educational applications utiliz- instructor is required. ing sound, video, graphics and other digital resources. SCHP 407. (CPSY 407). Crisis Management in Prerequisite: EDT 432. the Schools (3) EDT 438. Development 3: Advanced This course is designed to provide students with knowl- Development of Instructional Resources and edge and skills related to crisis preparedness and Technologies (3) intervention in the schools. Relevant theories and Focus on using more sophisticated Website and digital research literature will be explored as well as practical ele- resource development-and-manipulation tools to create ments of crisis response that are applicable to all school multimedia learning materials. Topics will vary (for exam- systems. In addition, intervention strategies and proto- ple, Database-Driven Web Development; Assistive Devices cols will be examined and discussed. Permission of for Special Populations; Programming Hand-held Devices; instructor is required. Audio Resource Development; Media Production for Education, College of 217

SCHP 412. Consultation Procedures (2) SCHP 435. Practicum in Assessment & Observational methodology utilized in consultation; Intervention in Educational Consultation (1-3) rationale, theory and methods of consultation; individ- Supervised experience in conducting curriculum-based ual, group and parent consulting. Study of research on assessments and designing intervention strategies for the consultation process. Students must also register for educational problems. Co-requisite, SCHP 425. one credit of SCHP 431. SCHP 436. Specialized Practicum in School SCHP 422. Assessment of Intelligence (3) Psychology (with subtitle) (1-3) Administration and interpretation of individual tests of Supervised field experience in school psychology with a intelligence used in school evaluation and preparation of specific population or setting. May be repeated for cred- psychological reports. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. it. Permission of instructor required. SCHP 423. Behavioral Assessment (3) SCHP 437. Advanced Child Psychopathology (3) Techniques of behavioral assessment including direct Advanced training in the definition, classification, etiolo- observation, interviews, checklists, rating scales, self- gy, long-term outcome, and treatment of children and monitoring and role-play tests. Prerequisite: permission adolescents with various psychopathological disorders. of instructor. Emphasis is placed upon the assessment and treatment SCHP 425. Assessment and Intervention in of child and adolescent psychopathology in school set- Educational Consultation (3) tings. Prerequisites: admission to doctoral program or by Collection and use of data in designing classroom inter- permission of instructor. ventions. Curriculum based assessment, direct behavioral SCHP 438. Health/Pediatric Psychology (3) assessment, and structured interviews, and the interrela- Introduction to training in the definition, etiology and tionship with diagnoses are emphasized within the behavioral/academic characteristics of children and ado- behavioral consultation model. Utilization of data from lescents with medical disorders. Emphasis is placed on actual case studies. Prerequisites: SCHP 402, SCHP 423. the assessment and treatment of educational and behav- SCHP 426. Advanced School and Family ioral sequelae of medical disorders in both school and Interventions (3) health settings. Prerequisites: admission to doctoral pro- Overview of school-based and family-based intervention gram in school psychology or permission of instructor. strategies for children and adolescents presenting inter- SCHP 439. Comprehensive School Health personal, emotional, developmental or behavioral Programs (3) challenges. Examples of topics covered include crisis Examination of school-wide programs designed to intervention, peer-mediated interventions, self-manage- address health care needs of children and adolescents in ment interventions, behavioral parent training, school settings. Focus is on development of primary pre- interventions for child abuse/neglect and computer- vention and integration of educational, medical, social assisted instruction. Prerequisite: SCHP 402 or and community resources. Permission of instructor permission of instructor. required. SCHP 427. (CPSY 427) Standardized Tests, SCHP 440. Applications of Pediatric School Measurement and Appraisal (3) Psychology Principles of psychological measurement (e.g., tests con- Focus on further development of students’ knowledge struction, technology, validity, reliability, functional and application of pediatric school psychology. The eti- utility). Ethical, legal, and cultural issues in the adminis- ology and developmental course of pediatric medical tration and interpretation of psychological tests. Case conditions will be examined, emphasizing the impact on conceptualization, reporting and presentation. school, family and community environments. SCHP 429. Special Topics in School Psychology Prerequisite: SCHP 438 or SCHP 439 or permission of (with subtitle) (1-3) instructor. SCHP 431. Practicum in Consultation SCHP 442. Doctoral Practicum in School Procedures (1-3) Psychology (1-6) Supervised experience in conducting school-based con- Field-based experience in providing psychological services sultations. Co-requisite, SCHP 412. in school and/or clinical settings. Prerequisite: admission to doctoral program. May be repeated for credit. SCHP 432. Practicum in Assessment of SCHP 443. Certification Internship (1-6) Intelligence (1-3) Full-time experience in clinical/educational settings. Supervised experience in the administration and inter- Student must complete a minimum of 1,200 clock hours pretation of intelligence tests. Co-requisite, SCHP 422. under joint supervision of faculty and field supervisor. SCHP 433. Practicum in Behavioral Assessment (1-3) May be repeated for credit. Supervised experience in conducting behavioral assess- SCHP 444. Doctoral Internship (1-6) ments in school settings. Co-requisite, SCHP 423. Full-time experience in clinical/educational settings. SCHP 434. (SPED 434) Applied Research Student must complete a minimum of 1,500 clock hours Practicum (1-3) under joint supervision of faculty and field supervisor. Designing and conducting research projects in applied May be repeated for credit. settings. 218 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

SCHP 473. (CPSY 473) Advanced Research Teacher of the Mentally or Physically Handicapped. Methods in Applied Psychology (1-3) Prerequisite: consent of program coordinator one semes- For doctoral students in applied psychology. Issues and ter before registering for this course. methods of research design, data collection and data SPED 428. Positive Behavior Support (3) analysis. Advanced discussion of quantitative, qualitative The design of comprehensive, multicomponent behavior and single-case research design. Admission to the Ph.D. support plans for individuals with disabilities who program in counseling psychology or school psychology engage in challenging behaviors. Topics include func- or permission of the instructor. tional assessment strategies, antecedent and setting event SCHP 496. Doctoral Seminar in School interventions, alternative skill training, consequence Psychology (with subtitle) (3) strategies, lifestyle interventions and teaming strategies. Selected topics in school psychology (titles will vary) Taught from a noncategorical perspective. Prerequisite: including professional issues, assessment and interven- SPED 402 or permission of the instructor. tion in school settings, and supervision of school SPED 429. Professional Seminar (3) psychology services. May be repeated for credit. Master’s seminar on current issues in the area of special Prerequisite: admission to doctoral program. education and research design. Prerequisite is 18 gradu- Special Education ate credits in special education. SPED 430. Advanced Seminar in Special SPED 330. Special Topics in Special Education: Education (3) (with subtitle)(1-3) Advanced issues relating to the field of special education. Current issues in the education of individuals with spe- Titles will vary. cial needs. Titles vary. May be repeated for credit as title varies. SPED 434. (SCHP 434) Applied Research SPED 332. Education and Inclusion for Practicum (1-3) Designing and conducting research projects in applied Individuals with Special Needs (3) settings. Legal, educational and social issues related to the special education of individuals with mental retardation, physi- SPED 440. Early Academic Intervention (3) cal disabilities, emotional/behavioral disorders, learning Explores the potential effectiveness of interventions to disabilities, visual and hearing impairments, health prevent academic failure of children at risk for learning impairments and those who are intellectually gifted. difficulties. Emphasis on research-based interventions in Emphasis will be on meeting the diverse needs of stu- the areas of beginning reading, language and vocabulary, dents in general education classrooms and settings. writing and spelling, awareness of print and exposure to print, and mathematics (number sense). SPED 338. (PSYCH 338) Emotional and Behavioral Disorders of Children (3) SPED 442. Learning Disabilities: Inclusion and Definition, classification, etiology, treatment, and histor- Issues (3) ical perspective of children and adolescent disorders. Explores major topics, issues, and trends in the area of learning disabilities. An overview of historical founda- SPED 402. (SCHP 402) Applied Behavior tions of learning disabilities, theoretical perspectives and Analysis (3) medical aspects, definition, etiology, characteristics, Theory and application of behavior modification meth- assessment, service delivery models, educational ods in classroom and clinical settings. Topics include approaches, and instructional design. Emphasis on inclu- behavior analysis, outcome research, task utilization, and sion strategies for adjusting and adapting to the single case research. mainstream settings in preschool, school, and post SPED 418. Life Skills and Transition Strategies (3) school environments. Curriculum and methods for teaching skills of daily liv- SPED 444. Classroom Management (3) ing and preparing students with disabilities for transition Introduction to positive behavior support strategies to to adult living. Includes vocational training, community improve student behavior. Topics include school-wide skills, home and daily living, self-care, leisure, communi- and class-wide interventions and functional assessment cation and functional academics. Emphasis on transition to develop individualized behavior support plans. planning for students with physical disabilities, emotion- Prerequisite: Enrollment in special education program. al disturbance, learning disabilities, developmental disabilities, traumatic brain injury, autism, severe disabil- SPED 446. Practicum/Seminar in Academic ities and related challenges. Interventions (3) Supervised field work with emphasis on designing and SPED 419. Academic and Curricular Strategies for implementing academic interventions. Emphasis on col- Individuals with Disabilities (3) laboration with general education teachers and parents. Methods course designed to increase knowledge of Requires one-hour monthly seminar meetings. This instruction of reading, language arts, mathematics and course is restricted to students enrolled in the Academic content area skills. Emphasis on instructional design and Intervention Specialist program. strategies, evaluation of commercial textbooks and possi- ble modifications needed for use with individuals with SPED 448. Practicum/Seminar in Positive disabilities. Behavior Specialist 1 (3) Introductory supervised field work with emphasis on SPED 420. Intern Teaching: Certification (2-3) conducting functional assessments, designing positive Competency-based practice in application of procedures behavior support plans, and teaming with families and for teaching a broad spectrum of individuals with special professionals. Requires one-hour weekly meetings with needs in preparation for Level I Certification as a faculty and other practicum students. This course is Education, College of 219 restricted to students enrolled in the Positive Behavior TBTE 394. Special Topics in Education: (with Specialist program. subtitle) (1-3) SPED 450. Practicum/Seminar in Positive Examination of a topic of research or professional inter- Behavior Specialist 2 (3) est in education. Subtitle will vary. May be repeated for Advanced field work with emphasis on resolving difficult credit as subtitle varies. case problems in positive behavior support. Requires TBTE 403. Child Development (3) one-hour weekly meetings with faculty and other A study of physical, intellectual, emotional and social practicum students. This course is restricted to students aspects of child development as they relate to the ele- enrolled in the Positive Behavior Specialist program. mentary schools. SPED 452. Assessment and Planning for TBTE 404. Youth in Society (3) Individuals with Disabilities (3) Social development, characteristics, and problems of Educational assessment procedures for individuals with adolescents and young adults. Impact of relationships special needs. Understanding and applying formal and with sibling, peers, adults, subcultures, in the context of informal assessments. Emphasis on curriculum-based changing institutions and values. assessment for placement and monitoring student TBTE 405. Introduction to Testing and progress in instructional materials. Translating assessment Evaluation (3) information to develop an individualized instructional Construction and evaluation of the teacher-made test. plan for a student with a disability. Selection of published tests and interpretation of individ- SPED 465. Advanced Methods for Inclusion (3) ual and group results. Use and misuse of tests in Advanced techniques for educating students with disabili- assessing achievement. ties in general education based on current research and TBTE 406. Tools for K-12 Teaching and practice. Accommodations and planning for physical inclusion. Instructional inclusion through embedded Learning (3) instruction, adaptations, and curriculum overlapping. Application of technology in school-based instructional Decision hierarchies for level of instructional adaptation. settings. This course addresses the use of technology Social inclusion methods through methods of social facil- tools and resources to enhance and manage learning. itation. Taught from a non-categorical perspective and Students will demonstrate skills in design and develop- addresses students with all levels of disability (e.g., mild ment of Web sites, evaluation and use of educational and severe). Prerequisite: SPED 332, admission to the software, production and integration of digital media, special education program, or permission of instructor. and other key competencies. SPED 490. Doctoral Seminar in Special TBTE 407. Designing for K-12 Teaching and Education (3) Learning (3) Advanced knowledge of issues and research in the educa- Theoretical, philosophical and curricular foundations of tion of individuals with special needs. Topics will vary. instruction. This course explores theories of learning and May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: admitted for their application, implications for the use of technology doctoral studies. and standards-based education. Special emphasis on planning, developing and assessing instruction. Technology-Based Teacher Education Prerequisite: Successful prior completion of TBTE 401. TBTE 312. Classroom Practice (1-3) TBTE 410. The Writing Process (3) Experience in elementary and secondary classrooms as Developmental characteristics of children’s writing and related to theories of child and adolescent development, relationships among writing, spelling and reading. classroom didactics, and philosophies of education. Predictors of writing achievement, teaching strategies Problem-centered discussion and observations. May be and activities, and evaluation schemes will be empha- repeated for credit. Prerequisite: consent of the pro- sized, K-12. gram director. TBTE 412. Curriculum and Instruction in Social TBTE 314. Seminar in Elementary and Secondary Studies (3) Education (3) Curriculum, content, teaching strategies, and instruc- Critical analysis and discussion of classroom instruction- tional materials of the social studies field. Emphasis will al practices based on experiences of participants as they be placed on organizing content, using appropriate engage in teaching experiences. Prerequisite: consent of methods, testing and evaluation, and innovations for the program director. social studies at the elementary, middle, and high school levels. Attention will be given to examining textbooks, TBTE 391. Workshops (1-3) courses of study, and teacher-made materials. Cooperative study of current educational problems. Provides elementary, secondary, and special education TBTE 420. Reading in Elementary Education (3) teachers an opportunity to work at their own teaching Principles of teaching reading in elementary schools. levels and in their own fields. Limited to six credits dur- Selection of appropriate materials, methods, and tech- ing a summer session but the student may register for niques. Beginning reading instruction and the more than one workshop provided there is no duplica- development of strategies for teaching vocabulary and tion in subject matter. comprehension in narrative and expository texts. 220 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

TBTE 422. Language Arts in Elementary TBTE 464. Intern Teaching Seminar (3) Education (3) Critical analysis and discussion of classroom instruction- Principles of language learning and the development of al practices. Discussion and illustration based on communication skills in elementary schools. Methods of experience of participants as they engage in intern teach- teaching listening, speaking, handwriting, spelling, punc- ing. Prerequisite: consent of the program director. tuation, and grammar. Selection of appropriate materials TBTE 466. Programs for Gifted and Talented (3) and textbooks. Characteristics of gifted children; teaching gifted chil- TBTE 424. Children’s Literature in Elementary dren; programs for the gifted in elementary and Education (3) secondary schools. Role of literature in the instructional program of the ele- TBTE 471. School Curriculum (3) mentary schools. Use of trade books for individualized Curricular innovations. Applications of curricular designs instruction in reading, language arts, mathematics, sci- K-12. Subject matter and course design. Integration and ence, and social studies. importance of the fine arts and physical education in the TBTE 426. Science in Elementary Education (3) curriculum. Principles of the elementary science program. TBTE 473. Curriculum Construction (3) Demonstrations and discussions of appropriate materials Theoretical models of curriculum design and evaluation. and techniques for teaching science concepts to elementary Scope, sequence, articulation, continuity, and balance in school students. Enrollment limited to available lab space. designs. Organizing for curriculum planning, develop- TBTE 428. Mathematics in Elementary ment, implementation and change. K-12. Education (3) TBTE 480. Advanced Doctoral Seminar in Mathematical skills and concepts for the elementary Curriculum and Instruction (with subtitle) (3) school program. Sets, systems of numeration, experience Seminar on special topics such as curriculum manage- with numbers, operations with numbers, number con- ment, integration of curriculum, middle school cepts and numerals, and elements of geometry. curriculum, etc. May be repeated for credit. For doctoral TBTE 440. Reading and Critical Thinking in students or with the consent of the instructor. Middle Level and High School Education (3) Focuses on expository reading development in content Electrical and Computer areas such as language arts, mathematics, science and social studies. Practical teaching strategies in critical Engineering areas, such as comprehension and study skills. Review of Professors. Donald Bolle, Ph.D. (Purdue) interim chair; research and methods for improving the reading develop- Rick S. Blum, Ph.D. (Pennsylvania); D. Richard Decker, ment of students. Ph.D. (Lehigh); Douglas R. Frey, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Bruce TBTE 442. English in Middle Level and High D. Fritchman, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Miltiadis Hatalis, Ph.D. School Education (3) (Carnegie Mellon); Carl S. Holzinger, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Curricula, philosophy, methods, strategies, and materials James C. M. Hwang, Ph.D. (Cornell); Thomas L. Koch, in the teaching of English. Literature, genres, and the Ph.D. (Cal Tech), Director of the Center for Optical nature of text and text differences. Critical analysis and Technologies; Alastair D. McAulay, Ph.D. (Carnegie drawing inferences from narrative text and poetry. Mellon); Kenneth K. Tzeng, Ph.D. (Illinois); Marvin H. Applications of technology and assessment principles. White, Ph.D. (Ohio State), Sherman Fairchild professor of electrical engineering. TBTE 446. Science in Middle Level and High Associate professors. Nick Ladany chairperson; Yujie School Education (3) Ding, Ph.D. (Johns Hopkins); Karl H. Norian, Ph.D. Curricula, philosophy, methodology, strategies and safety (Imperial College, London; Boon Ooi, Ph.D. (Glasgow, in the teaching of middle and high school science. UK); Meghanad D. Wagh, Ph.D. (I.I.T., Bombay). Emphasis on laboratory and instructional technology, at- risk and underrepresented students and current models Assistant Professors. Tiffany Jing Li, Ph.D. (Texas of science education. Permission of the instructor. A&M); Shalinee Kishore, Ph.D. (Princeton); Nelson Enrollment limited to available lab space. Tansu, Ph.D. (Winconsin-Madison); Zhiyuan Yan, Ph.D. (Illinois Urbana-Champaign); Svetlana Tatic- TBTE 448. Mathematics in Middle Level and Lucic, Ph.D. (Cal Tech.) High School Education (3) Professor of Practice. William Haller, M.S. (Lehigh). Curricula, instructional activities, and manipulative aids applicable to mathematics courses in middle level and The department of electrical and computer engineering high schools. Teaching strategies and materials appropri- (ECE) offers undergraduate and graduate programs of ate for teaching mathematics will be emphasized. study along with supporting research for students inter- ested in the field of electrical engineering. It also jointly TBTE 461. Participation in Teaching (3) supports undergraduate and graduate programs in com- Study, directed observation of, and initial practice in the puter engineering, and computer science with the various phases of teaching in a laboratory-demonstration computer science and engineering (CSE) department. school or in area elementary and secondary schools. Graduate study leads to the degrees master of science, Prerequisite: consent of the program director. master of engineering, and doctor of philosophy in elec- TBTE 463. Intern Teaching (2-3) trical engineering, and the master of science and doctor Intensive practice in the application of principles of of philosophy in computer engineering. teaching. Supervision is provided by the cooperating The undergraduate programs emphasize the fundamental school and by the university. Prerequisite: consent of the aspects of their respective areas. Engineering design con- program director. cepts are introduced early in the curriculum, and Electrical and Computer Engineering 221 required instructional laboratories introduce design as a A detailed description of the curricular programs follows hands-on activity. Electives permit students to tailor their with a listing of the required courses and with a listing of programs according to their interests and goals, whether the departmental course offerings. The departmental they be in preparation for graduate study or entry into courses carry the prefix ECE for electrical and computer industry. Students are free to select courses offered by engineering. Courses given by the Computer Science other departments and are encouraged to do so when and Engineering department have the prefix CSE. appropriate. In this way they can prepare themselves for Students are urged to search both listings for courses activities which straddle departmental boundaries or for appropriate to their career goals. entry into professional schools such as medicine or man- agement. Students have the opportunity to synthesize and Undergraduate Programs apply their knowledge in a senior design project. Students Mission Statement for the Electrical Engineering may use the senior design project as a way to participate and Computer Engineering Programs in the various research projects in the department. The mission of the electrical engineering and computer The department maintains a number of laboratories in engineering programs is to prepare engineers to meet the support of its curricular programs. These laboratories challenges of the future, to promote a sense of scholar- include the sophomore laboratory, junior electronic cir- ship, leadership, and service among our graduates, to cuits laboratory, microcomputer laboratory, instill in the students the desire to create, develop, and electromechanics laboratory, lightwave laboratory, digital disseminate new knowledge, and to provide international signal processing laboratory, and the digital systems labo- leadership to the electrical engineering and computer ratory. The department has research laboratories in engineering professions. computer architectures, wireless communications, opto- electronics, compound semiconductors, electron device Program Educational Objectives in Electrical physics, microelectronics fabrication, signal processing, Engineering and Computer Engineering and communications. These laboratories are described 1. To provide students with the fundamental knowledge more completely in the departmental graduate brochure. for the practice of electrical and computer engineer- These laboratories, among others, are available for ing, and to develop their ability to formulate, analyze undergraduate projects. and solve electrical and computer engineering prob- The graduate programs allow students to deepen their lems in practice by applying the fundamental professional knowledge, understanding, and capability knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering. within their subspecialties. Each graduate student devel- 2. To provide the broad education necessary to under- ops a program of study in consultation with his or her stand the impact of electrical and computer graduate advisor. Key research thrust areas in the depart- engineering solutions in a global, societal, and envi- ment include: ronmental context. 1. Microelectronics and Nanotechnology. 3. To provide students with the foundation and desire 2. Wireless Communications and Networking. for advanced education or graduate study, to instill an 3. Optoelectronics. awareness of continual changes in their profession in a 4. Bio-Engineering. global context, and to instill the desire for continued Graduate research is encouraged in these and other areas. life-long learning. Computers and computer usage are an essential part of 4. To instill responsible professional attitudes and ethics the student’s environment. The university provides a dis- and to develop skills in communicating effectively in tributed network of about 75 high-performance working productively in a multidisciplinary team workstations and over 300 PC-compatible microcomput- environment. ers in public sites throughout the campus. The ECE 5. To provide an environment which enables students to department, in conjunction with the CSE department, pursue their individual goals in a program which is has state-of-the-art systems to augment and extend the flexible, challenging and supportive. generally available university systems. A primary resource is a network of more than 60 Sun workstations, file Bachelor of Science in Electrical servers, and compute servers, running the Unix operating Engineering system. With over 60 gigabytes of storage, CD-ROM drives, tape drives, and accelerated graphics, these systems The required courses for this degree contain the funda- provide an array of software tools for students and mentals of linear circuits, systems and control theory, researchers including programming languages (C, C++, electronic circuits, signal theory, physical electronics, Pascal, FORTRAN, etc.), software development tools, electromagnetic theory, energy conversion, digital sys- software and hardware simulators, and electronic comput- tems, and computing techniques. A strong foundation in er-aided design packages. In addition to the workstations, the physical sciences and in mathematics is required. the department maintains a collection of PC-compatible Approved electives, chosen with the advisor’s consent, are microcomputers for ECE students, including a set of selected in preparation for graduate study or entry into machines which can be dedicated to hardware/software industry according to individual interests. The program projects. The workstations and microcomputers are con- totals 136 credit hours. The recommended sequence of nected via multiple high-speed ethernet, fiber optic, and courses follows: ATM networks, which are in turn connected to the uni- See freshman year requirements, section III. versity’s backbone network, and to the external world through Internet 2. Students are not required by the sophomore year, first semester (17 credit hours) department nor the university to own a personal comput- ECE 33 Introduction to Computer er, but many find such a tool a valuable asset. Engineering (4) ECE 81 Principles of Electrical Engineering (4) 222 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

PHY 21, 22 Introductory Physics II and ECE 361 Introduction to VLSI Circuits (3) Laboratory II (5) ECE 362 Introduction to VLSI System MATH 23 Analytic Geometry and Calculus III (4) Design (3) sophomore year, second semester (18 credit hours) B. Signal Processing and Communications ECE 82 Sophomore Laboratory (1) ECE 212 Control Theory (3) ECE 108 Signals and Systems (4) ECE 339 Graphical Signal Processing (3) ECE 126 Fundamentals of Semiconductor ECE 340 Adaptive Signal Processing (3) Devices (3) ECE 342 Communication Theory (3) MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) ECE 343 Digital Signal Processing (3) ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) ECE 344 Statistical Signal Processing (3) HSS elective (3) ECE 345 Speech Synthesis and Recognition (3) junior year, first semester (17 credit hours) ECE 375 Computer Vision (3) ECE 121 Electronic Circuits Laboratory (2) ECE 387 Digital Control (3) ECE 123 Electronic Circuits (3) ECE 389 Control Systems Laboratory (2) ECE 202 Introduction to Electromagnetics (3) ME 342 Control Systems (3) MATH 208 Complex Variables (3) C. Microwaves and Lightwaves HSS elective (3) ECE 254 Microwave-Lightwave Laboratory (2) free elective (3) ECE 346 Microwave Circuits and Techniques (3) junior year, second semester (17 credit hours) ECE 347 Introduction to Integrated Optics (3) ECE 125 Circuits and Systems (3) ECE 348 Lightwave Technology (3) ECE 138 Digital Systems Laboratory (2) ECE 371 Optical Information Processing (3) ECE 203 Introduction to ECE 372 Optical Networks (3) Electromagnetic Waves (3) D. Computers MATH 231 Probability and Statistics (3) CSE *** Any CSE course except CSE 12, approved technical elective* (3) CSE 15, or CSE 252 free elective (3) ECE 201 Computer Architecture (3) senior year, first semester (18 credit hours) ECE 316 Microcomputer System Design (3) ECE 136 Electromechanics (3) ECE 319 Digital System Design (3) ECE 257 Senior Lab I (3) ECE 320 Logic Design (3) HSS elective (3) Note: ECE 350 Special Topics (3) (The area of each approved technical electives* (6) course must be evaluated individually) free elective (3) Bachelor of Science in Computer senior year, second semester (17 credit hours) Engineering ECE 258 Senior Lab II (2) approved technical electives* (9) See catalog entry for Computer Engineering. HSS elective (3) Graduate Programs free elective (3) Graduate programs of study provide a balance between *Approved technical electives are subjects in the area of sci- formal classroom instruction and research and are tai- ence and technology. Students must select a minimum of lored to the individual student’s professional goals. The four courses from the ECE or CSE course listings, with a programs appeal to individuals with backgrounds in elec- minimum of two courses in one of the technical areas trical or computer engineering, mathematics, or the described in the following list. Students must also choose at physical sciences. Research is an essential part of the least one engineering elective in either materials, mechanics, graduate program. Major research areas include: thermodynamics, fluid mechanics or physical chemistry, and at least one science elective in physics, chemistry or biology. Wireless Communications and Networking For students interested in solid-state electronics, quantum Signal design (CDMA, OFDM, etc), near-far communi- mechanics is recommended for the science elective. cation strategies, space-time diversity coding, channel and interference modeling, digital audio and video com- Approved Technical Electives for Electrical pression, digital signal processing, novel devices, Engineering communication networks, image processing, data fusion, Breadth Requirement: Minimum of 4 ECE or CSE elec- and compound semiconductor devices. tive courses. Microelectronics Devices, Integrated Circuits, Depth Requirement: Minimum of 2 courses in one of VLSI Design the technical areas described below. Mixed Signal design, Silicon integrated circuit technolo- A. Solid-State Circuits gy, processing, fabrication and testing. Semiconductor ECE 308 Physics and Models of device physics, nano scale devices, CMOS VLSI logic Electronic Devices (3) design and verification, computer-aided design (CAD), ECE 332 Design of Linear Electronic Circuits (3) VLSI chip architectures, computer architecture including ECE 333 Medical Electronics (3) embedded systems and systems-on-a-chip. New sensors, ECE 351 Microelectronics Technology (3) actuators and novel microsystems, ranging from micro- ECE 355 Applied Integrated Circuits (3) electromechanical-systems (MEMS) to chemical microreactors and Biochips. Electrical and Computer Engineering 223

Optoelectronics and Photonics engineering courses are found under either prefix. The Fiber optic communications and networks, nonlinear CSE courses are listed in the Computer Science and optics and solitons, optical switching, novel devices, Engineering department section in this catalog. The and optical computing. Free-space optical communica- reader should consult both listings. tion systems. Electrical and Computer Engineering (ECE) The Master of Science degree requires the completion of 30 credit hours of work that may include a six cred- For Undergraduate Students it hours thesis for the EE and CompE degrees. A ECE 33. Introduction to Computer Engineering program of study must be submitted in compliance with the graduate school regulations. An oral presenta- (4) fall tion of the thesis is required. Analysis, design and implementation of small digital cir- cuits. Boolean algebra. Minimization techniques, The Master of Engineering degree requires the comple- synchronous sequential circuit design, number systems tion of 30 credit hours of work, which includes and arithmetic. Microcomputer architecture and assembly design-oriented courses and an engineering project. A level programming. Prerequisite: ENGR 1 or CSE 17. program of study must be submitted in compliance with the college rules. An oral presentation of the proj- ECE 81. Principles of Electrical Engineering (4) ect is required. fall and spring The Ph.D. degree in electrical engineering requires the Circuit elements and laws. Behavior of simple linear net- completion of 42 credit hours of work (including the works. Characteristics of electronic devices and device dissertation) beyond the master’s degree (48 hours if the models. Introduction to functional circuits, such as oper- master’s degree is non-Lehigh), the passing of a depart- ational amplifier and logic devices. Principles of mental qualifying examination appropriate to each electromechanical energy conversion and power systems. degree within one year after entrance into the degree Includes a weekly session for review and discussion. program, the passing of a general examination in the Prerequisite: MATH 22. Co-requisite: Phys 21. candidate’s area of specialization, the admission into can- ECE 82. Sophomore Lab (1) spring didacy, and the writing and defense of a dissertation. An introduction to the fundamental laboratory instru- Competence in a foreign language is not required. mentation and measurement techniques of electrical and The ECE Department has a core curriculum require- computer engineering. Five or six experiments based on ment for graduate students in each of the degree the fundamental concepts discussed in the prerequisite programs. The purpose of this requirement is to guaran- courses. Introduction to PSPICE and application of vari- tee that all students pursuing graduate studies in the ous computer aids to design and documentation. department acquire an appropriate breadth of knowledge Discussions of electrical components and laboratory safe- of their discipline. ty. Use of an engineering notebook and report writing. One three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisites: ECE Electrical Engineering: To satisfy the core curriculum 33 and ECE 81, previously. requirements in Electrical Engineering, students must select three (3) courses from the following five (5) dif- ECE 108. Signals and Systems (4) spring ferent areas: ECE 343 Digital Signal Processing; ECE Continuous and discrete signal and system descriptions 401 Advanced Computer Architecture; ECE 402 using signal space and transform representations. Advanced Electromagnetic Theory; ECE 420 Includes Fourier series, continuous and discrete Fourier Advanced Circuits and Systems; ECE 451 Physics of transforms, Laplace transforms, and z-transforms. Semiconductor Devices. Introduction to sampling. Prerequisite: ECE 81. Computer Engineering: see catalog entry for Computer ECE 121. Electronic Circuits Laboratory (2) fall Engineering. One lecture and one laboratory per week. Experiments illustrating the principles of operation of electronic M.S. in Photonics devices and their circuit applications. Basic electronic The Masters of Science degree in Photonics is an inter- instrumentation and measurement techniques. Co-requi- disciplinary degree that is designed to provide students site: ECE 123. with a broad training experience in the various aspects of photonics, including topics in Physics, Electrical ECE 123. Electronic Circuits (3) fall Engineering and Materials Science and Engineering. It Methods for analyzing and designing circuits containing covers both theoretical and practical topics in areas such electronic devices. Topics include device models, basic as fiber optics, integrated optics, lasers, nonlinear optics amplifier configurations, operating point stabilization, and optical materials to prepare the students to work in frequency response analysis, and computer-aided analysis industry directly after graduation. The program is also of active circuits. Prerequisite: ECE 108. designed so as to make it possible for students who wish ECE 125. Circuits and Systems (3) spring to continue on for a Ph.D., to still satisfy the require- Formulation of linear circuit equations in the time and ments of their individual departments for the more frequency domain. Complete solutions of difference and advanced degree. For details on this program, see the differential equations. Network theorems. Basic stability separate catalog section under Interdisciplinary Graduate and feedback concepts. Modulation theory, sampling Study and Research. theory and basic digital signal processing ideas. Departmental Courses Prerequisite: ECE 108. Courses are listed under the prefixes ECE and CSE. ECE 126. Fundamentals of Semiconductor Generally, electrical engineering courses carry the ECE Devices (3) spring prefix and appear in the following listing. Computer sci- Introduction to the physics of semiconductors in terms ence courses carry the CSE prefix. Computer of atomic bonding and electron energy bands in solids. 224 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

Charge carriers in semiconductors and carrier concentra- ECE 256. Honors Project (1) spring tion at thermal equilibrium. Principles of electron and Open by invitation only to students who have completed hole transport, drift and diffusion currents, generation ECE 251, Senior Project. Selection is based upon the and recombination processes, continuity. Treatment of quality of the senior project with regard to ingenuity, semiconductor devices including p-n junctions, bipolar design approach and completeness. The objective of this junction transistors and field effect transistors. course is to carry the successful senior projects forward Prerequisite: ECE 81. to completion of a technical paper suitable for publica- ECE 136. Electromechanics (3) fall tion or submission to a technical conference. A written Two lectures and one laboratory per week. An experi- paper and oral presentation are required by mid-semes- mental introduction to electromechanical energy ter. Oral presentations will be made before an conversion. Basic concepts of magnetic fields and forces appropriate public forum. Enrollment limited. and their application to electrical apparatus including ECE 257. Senior Lab I (3) electromechanical transducers, transformers, AC and DC With ECE 258, provides a complete design experience machines. Prerequisite: ECE 81. for Electrical and Computer Engineers. Research, plan- ECE 138. Digital Systems Laboratory (2) spring ning, and completion of the initial design for a project Implementation issues and techniques for digital logic involving hardware and/or software, integrating the design. Combinational and sequential logic design using many facets of their undergraduate program. Instruction standard integrated circuits. I/O and interrupt process- in technical writing, product development, ethics and ing. Design and implementation of real-time complex professional engineering, and presentation of design and digital logic using microprocessor systems. Prerequisite: research. Two three hour sessions and one additional two ECE 33. hour session per week. ECE 162. Electrical Laboratory (1) spring ECE 258. Senior Lab II (2) Experiments on circuits, machines, and electronic Continuation of ECE 257. Complete design, construc- devices. Elementary network theory. Survey laboratory tion, and testing of projects selected and developed in for students not majoring in electrical or computer engi- ECE 257. Present final design reviews and project pre- neering. Prerequisite: ECE 81. sentations. Submit a final written report. Discuss development issues, including manufacturability, patents, ECE 201. Computer Architecture (3) spring and ethics. Two three-hour sessions per week. Structure and function of digital computers. Computer Prerequisite: ECE 257 or departmental approval. components and their operations. Computer intercon- nection structures. Memory system and cache memory. ECE 308. Physics and Models of Electronic Interrupt driven input/output and direct memory access. Devices (3) Instruction sets and addressing modes. Instruction Physics of metal-semiconductor junction, p-n junctions, pipelining. Floating-point representation and arithmetic. and MOS capacitors. Models of Schottky barrier and p- Alternative architectures: RISC vs. CISC and introduc- n junction diodes, JFET, MOSFET, and bipolar tion to parallel architectures. Prerequisite: ECE 33. transistors. Prerequisite: ECE 126. Hatalis or White. ECE 202. Introduction to Electromagnetics (3) ECE 316. Microcomputer System Design (3) fall spring Elements of vector analysis, Coulomb’s law, Biot-Savart’s Content is primarily hardware oriented, but software and Ampere’s laws, Lorentz Forces, Laplace’s, and issues are covered where required. Includes performance Maxwell’s equations, boundary conditions, methods of characteristics of the more popular devices on the market solution in static electric and magnetic fields, including today. Specific topics include: basic microcomputer finite element numerical approach. Quasistationary structure, bus interconnections, memory systems, serial fields, inductance. Prerequisites: MATH 205, Phys. 21. and parallel interfacing, CRT controllers, interrupt struc- tures, DMA. Prerequisite: ECE 33. Holzinger. ECE 203. Introduction to Electromagnetic Waves (3) spring ECE 319. Digital System Design (3) fall Uniform plane waves in free space and in materials, skin Design techniques at the register transfer level. Control effect. Waves in transmission lines and waveguides, includ- strategies for hardware architectures. Implementation of ing optical fibers. Energy and power flow, Poynting’s microprogramming, intersystem communication and theorem. Reflection and refraction. Resonators. Radiation peripheral interfacing. Hardware design languages and and diffraction. Prerequisite: ECE 202. their use in design specification, verification and simula- tion. Prerequisite: ECE 138. ECE 212. Control Theory (3) Introduction to feedback control. Dynamic analysis of ECE 320. Logic Design (3) linear feedback systems in the time and frequency Review of basic switching theory, vector boolean algebra, domain, with emphasis on stability and steady-state canonical implementations of medium size circuits, accuracy. Major analytical tools: signal-flow graphs, root- threshold logic, fault detection in combinational and locus methods. Nyquist plot, Bode analysis. Cascade sequential logic, Multivalued and Fuzzy logic, regular compensation techniques. Prerequisite: ECE 125. expressions, nondeterministic sequential machines. Prerequisite: ECE 33. ECE 254. Microwave-Lightwave Laboratory (2) Basic microwave and optical measurement techniques, ECE 332. Design of Linear Electronic Circuits (3) design procedures and practical concepts. Practical Introduction to a variety of linear design concepts and aspects of fiber optics, optical transmission, and modula- topologies, with contemporary audio networks providing tion. Two three-hour sessions per week. Co-requisite: many of the concrete examples. Topics include low- and ECE 346. high-level preamps; equalizers and filters; mixers; volt- Electrical and Computer Engineering 225 age-controlled amplifiers; input and output stage modifi- ECE 344. Statistical Signal Processing (3) cations; power amplifiers; analog switching and digital Introduction to random processes, covariance and spec- interface circuitry. Prerequisites: ECE 123 and ECE 125. tral density, time average, stationarity, and ergodicity. Frey. Response of systems to random inputs. Sampling and ECE 333. Medical Electronics (3) quantization of random signals. Optimum filtering, esti- Bioelectric events and electrical methods used to study mation, and hypothesis testing. Prerequisites: MATH and influence them in medicine, electrically excitable 231 or MATH 309, and ECE 108. Blum. membranes, action potentials, electrical activity of mus- ECE 345. Speech Synthesis and Recognition (3) cle, the heart and brain, bioamplifiers, pulse circuits and Application of digital technology to generation and their applications. Prerequisite: ECE 123 or equivalent. recognition of speech by machines. The analytical tools Norian. required for digitizing and encoding speech signals; the ECE 339. Graphical Signal Processing (3) methods currently used for synthesizing and recognizing Application of graphical programming to mathematical speech; various hardware products available to perform principles in data analysis and signal processing. Review of these tasks. Prerequisite: ECE 108. Holzinger. digital signal processing, use of structures, arrays, charts, ECE 346. Microwave Circuits and Techniques (3) building virtual instruments, graphical programming for Impedance transformation along waveguides. Matching linear algebra, curve fitting, solving differential and differ- techniques. Applications of Smith Chart. Resonators as ence equations, signal generation, DFT and FFT analysis, circuit elements. Scattering and transfer matrices. S- windowing and filtering. Prerequisite: ECE 108. parameter design of transistor amplifiers. Stability. Noise. ECE 340. Adaptive Signal Processing (3) Reflection type amplifiers. Prerequisite: ECE 203 or Introduction to the uses and practice of modern adaptive equivalent. signal processing. Theory and design of discrete-time opti- ECE 347. Introduction to Integrated Optics (3) mum linear filters and adaptive filters. AR, MA, and Theory of dielectric waveguides (ray and wave ARMA processes are introduced. Common adaptive filter- approach). Modes in planar slab optical guides and in ing algorithms are derived and discussed for transversal waveguides with graded index profiles. Coupled-mode and ladder structures, including, LMS, Least Squares, and formalism and periodic structures. Coupling of optical RLS algorithms. Kalman filtering is introduced with some beams to planar structures. Switching and modulation of applications. Some programming will be required, using light in dielectric guides: phase, frequency and polariza- preferably Maple or Matlab. Prerequisites: ECE 125 and tion modulators; electro-optic, acousto-optic and MATH 231 or MATH 309. Frey. magneto-optic modulators. Semiconductor lasers. ECE 341 Fundamentals of Wireless Fabrication of semiconductor components. Recent advances. Prerequisites: ECE 202 and ECE 203. Communications (3) Overview of wireless communication systems basics. ECE 348. Lightwave Technology (3) Cellular concept and other wireless systems. System design Overview of optical fiber communications. Optical fundamentals. Mobile Radio Propagation Modeling: Flat, fibers, structures and waveguiding fundamentals. Signal Frequency Selective, Fast, Slow fading channels, Path Loss degradation in fibers arising from attenuation, Models. Multiple access. Modulation Techniques for wire- intramodal and intermodal dispersion. Optical sources, less. Introduction to wireless networking. Wireless systems semiconductor lasers and LEDs. Rate equations and fre- and standards. Future wireless systems. Prerequisite: ECE quency characteristics of a semiconductor laser. 108 or permission of instructor. Coupling efficiency of laser diodes and LEDs to single- mode and multimode fibers. PIN and avalanche ECE 342. Communication Theory (3) photodetectors. Optical receiver design. Transmission Theory and application of analog and digital modula- link analysis. Prerequisite: ECE 203. tion. Sampling theory with application to analog-to-digital and digital-to-analog conversion tech- ECE 350. Special Topics (3) niques. Time and frequency division multiplexing. Selected topics in the field of electrical and computer Introduction to random processes including filtering and engineering not included in other courses. May be noise problems. Introduction to statistical communica- repeated for credit. tion theory with primary emphasis on optimum receiver ECE 351. Microelectronics Technology (3) principles. Prerequisites: ECE 125 and MATH 309 or Technology of semiconductor devices and of integrated MATH 231. circuits, including crystal growth and doping, phase dia- ECE 343. Digital Signal Processing (3) grams, diffusion, epitaxy, thermal oxidation and oxide Study of orthogonal signal expansions and their discrete masking, lithography. The major emphasis will be on sil- representations, including the Discrete Fourier icon technology, with additional lectures on GaAs Transform and Walsh-Hadamard Transform. technology. Prerequisite: ECE 126. Development of fast algorithms to compute these, with ECE 355. Applied Integrated Circuits (3) applications to speech processing and communication. Emphasis on understanding of terminal characteristics of Introduction to the z-transform representation of numer- integrated circuits with excursion into internal structure ical sequences with applications to input/output analysis only as necessary to assure proper utilization in system of discrete systems and the design of digital filters. design. Classes of devices studied include operational Analysis of the internal behavior of discrete systems amplifiers, digital-to-analog and analog-to-digital con- using state variables for the study of stability, observabili- verters, linear multipliers, modulators, and phase-locked ty and controllability. Prerequisite: ECE 108. loops. Prerequisites: ECE 108 and 123. Holzinger. 226 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

ECE 361. Introduction to VLSI Circuits (3) ECE 387. (CHE 387, ME 387) Digital Control (3) The design of Very Large Scale Integrated (VLSI) Sampled-data systems; z-transforms; pulse transfer func- Circuits, with emphasis on CMOS Standard Cell design. tions; stability in the z-plane; root locus and frequency Topics include MOS transistor physics, device behavior response design methods; minimal prototype design; dig- and device modeling, MOS technology and physical lay- ital control hardware; discrete state variables; state out, design of combinational and sequential circuits, transition matrix; Liapunov stability; state feedback con- static and dynamic memories, and VLSI chip organiza- trol. Prerequisite: CHE 386 or ECE 212 or ME 342 or tion. The course includes a design project using CAE consent of instructor. tools for layout, design rule checking, parameter extrac- ECE 389. (CHE 389, ME 389) Control Systems tion, and SPICE simulations for performance prediction. Two one-hour lectures and three hours of laboratory per Laboratory (2) week. Prerequisite: ECE 123. Experiments on a variety of mechanical, electrical and chemical dynamic control systems. Exposure to state-of-the ECE 362. Introduction to VLSI System Design (3) art control instrumentation: sensors, transmitters, control Structured hierarchical approach to the design of digital valves, analog and digital controllers. Emphasis on compar- VLSI circuits and systems. Use of CAE tools for design ison of theoretical computer simulation predictions with and verification. Topics include: systems aspects of VLSI actual experimental data. Lab teams will be interdiscipli- design, design methodologies, schematic capture, func- nary. Prerequisites: CHE 386, ME 343, ECE 212. tional verification, timing simulation, use of a CMOS standard cell library and of a silicon compiler. The ECE 392. Independent Study (1-3) course includes a semester-long design project, with the An intensive study, with report of a topic in electrical design to be fabricated by a foundry. Two one-hour lec- and computer engineering which is not treated in other tures and three hours of design laboratory per week. courses. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Prerequisite: ECE 138. Consent of instructor. ECE 371. Optical Information Processing (3) For Graduate Students Introduction to optical information processing and ECE 401. Advanced Computer Architecture (3) applications. Interference and diffraction of optical Design, analysis and performance of computer architec- waves. 2D optical matched filters that use lenses for tures; high-speed memory systems; cache design and Fourier transforms. Methods and devices for modulating analysis; modeling cache performance; principle of light beams for information processing, communica- pipeline processing, performance of pipelined computers; tions, and optical computing. Construction and scheduling and control of a pipeline; classification of application of holograms for optical memory and inter- parallel architectures; systolic and data flow architectures; connections. Prerequisite: ECE 108. McAulay. multiprocessor performance; multiprocessor interconnec- ECE 372. Optical Networks (3) tions and cache coherence. Prerequisite: ECE 201 or Study the design of optical fiber local, metropolitan, and equivalent. wide area networks. Topics include: passive and active ECE 402. Advanced Electromagnetics (3) photonic components for optical switching, tuning, Maxwell’s equations for various media and boundary modulation and amplification; optical interconnection geometries. Electromagnetic wave propagation through switches and buffering; hardware and software architec- anisotropic and nonlinear media. Guided waves, layered tures for packet switching and wavelength division media and resonators. Radiation, antennas, strong and multiaccess systems. The class is supported with a labora- weak scattering. Scalar and vector diffraction, and peri- tory. Prerequisite ECE 81. McAulay. odic structures. Numerical solutions for boundary value ECE 373. Optical Communications Laboratory (2) problems. Prerequisites: ECE 202 and ECE 203. Fundamental optical instrumentation used for test and ECE 404. (CSE 404) Computer Networks (3) measurement in optical communications. The theoretical Study of architecture and protocols of computer net- principles of operation of the instruments and the signifi- works. The ISO model; network topology; cance of the parameters measured in optical data-communication principles, including circuit switch- communications will be covered. Fields of measurement ing, packet switching and error control techniques; include: optical power, optical spectrum analysis, wave- sliding window protocols, protocol analysis and verifica- length measurement, laser diode characterization, tion; routing and flow control; local area networks; polarization analysis, modulation analysis, insertion loss network interconnection; topics in security and privacy. measurements, optical reflectometry for component char- acterization, optical time domain reflectometry and ECE 407. Linear and Nonlinear Optics (3) backscatter measurements, dispersion measurement, and Diffraction theory, Gaussian beams. Optical resonators and characterization of fiber amplifiers. Prerequisite: ECE 347 waveguides. Crystal optics, second harmonic generation, or ECE 348 or ECE 371 or ECE 372, or equivalent. parametric amplification. Third order nonlinearities and associated phenomena such as phase conjugation, optical ECE 375. Computer Vision (3) bistability, self-focusing, optical switching, solutions, etc. Acquisition and processing of digital images. Photorefractive effect. Brillouin and Raman scattering. Interpretation of vision modalities. Intermediate level vision, including segmentation, texture, and shape repre- ECE 410. Digital Communication Systems (3) sentation. Three-dimensional scene understanding from Unified description of digital communication systems stereo, texture, shading and photometric stereo. Basics of based on signal space concepts. Analysis of system per- high level vision. Prerequisite: ECE 108 or equivalent or formance in the presence of channel noise and consent of instructor. bandwidth limitations. Comparison of many different types of digital-modulation techniques, combined with Electrical and Computer Engineering 227 error correction, against theoretical limits. Both bandpass Introduction to neural networks, with examples of back and baseband systems are considered. Optimum meth- propagation and self-organization algorithms. ods of detection are considered for all systems. Prerequisites: MATH 205 and MATH 231, or equivalent. Suboptimum techniques such as adaptive equalization ECE 420. Advanced Circuits and Systems (3) are considered for baseband systems. Basic spread-spec- Review of the fundamentals of Circuits and Systems the- trum concepts are introduced. Prerequisites: ECE 108 ory, including the time and frequency domain response and either MATH 231 or MATH 309 or equivalents. of linear time-invariant circuits. Equation formulation ECE 411. Information Theory (3) for general lumped circuits, including node voltage and Introduction to information theory. Topics covered loop current analysis. Basic graph theoretic properties of include: development of information measures for dis- circuits including Tellegen’s Theorem. Discussion of pas- crete and continuous spaces study of discrete-stochastic sivity and reciprocity including multiport network information courses, derivation of noiseless coding theo- properties. State space formulation and solution of gen- rems, investigation of discrete and continuous eral circuits (and systems). Modern filter concepts, memoryless channels, development of noisy channel including synthesis techniques for active filters and exter- coding theorems. Fritchman nally linear filters, such as Log Domain filters. ECE 412. Advanced Digital Signal Processing (3) Techniques for the analysis of weakly nonlinear systems, Design and analysis of signal processing algorithms, as time permits. Prerequisites: Graduate standing, ECE number theoretic foundations of algorithm design, bilin- 125 or equivalent. ear algorithms, computational techniques for digital ECE 423. Digital Image Processing (3) filtering and convolution, Fourier transform and its algo- Fundamentals of imaging acquisition and geometry. rithms, number theoretic transforms and applications to Fourier, Hadamard, Walsh and Wavelet Transforms and digital filtering, general and special purpose signal their usage in image segmentation and understanding. processor designs, application specific techniques in sig- High-pass and low-pass filtering in frequency and spatial nal processing. Prerequisite: ECE 343 or consent of the domains. Multiresolution analysis and spatial scale filter- department chairman. Wagh ing. Shape and texture representation and recognition. ECE 414. Signal Detection and Estimation (3) Prerequisite: ECE 343 or equivalent. Brief review of probability and random process theory. ECE 431. Topics in Switching Theory (3) Hypothesis Testing as applied to signal detection. Emphasis on structural concepts motivated by recent Various optimality criterion including Bayes and advances in integrated circuit technology. Major topics Neyman-Pearson and their applications in digital com- include: logical completeness, decomposition techniques, munications, radar, and sonar systems. Optimum and synthesis with assumed network forms, systolic architec- locally optimum detection schemes for Gaussian and tures, systolic lemma and its applications, bit serial non-Gaussian noise. Estimation of unknown signal architectures. Prerequisite: ECE 320 or equivalent. Wagh parameters. Topics of current interest including, distrib- ECE 433. (CHE 433, ME 433) State Space uted signal detection, robust signal detections and quantization for detection as time permits. Prerequisites: Control (3) ECE 108 and MATH 231 or MATH 309. Blum State-space methods of feedback control system design and design optimization for invariant and time-varying ECE 415. Numerical Processors (3) deterministic, continuous systems; pole positioning, Design strategies for numerical processors, cellular array observability, controllability, modal control, observer adders and multipliers, conditional sum and carry-save design, the theory of optimal processes and Pontryagin’s asynchronous processors, data recoding and Booth’s algo- Maximum Principle, the linear quadratic optimal regula- rithms, use of alternate numerical bases, CORDIC tor problem, Lyapunov functions and stability theorems, trigonometric calculator, accumulator orientations, bit linear optimal open loop control; introduction to the slice and bit-sequential processors, pipelining and parallel calculus of variations; introduction to the control of dis- processing considerations. Prerequisite: ECE 201. Wagh tributed parameter systems. Intended for engineers with ECE 416. VLSI Signal Processing (3) a variety of backgrounds. Examples will be drawn from The fundamentals of performance-driven VLSI systems mechanic-al, electrical and chemical engineering applica- for signal processing. Analysis of signal processing algo- tions. Prerequisite: ME 343 or ECE 212 or CHE 386 or rithms and architectures in terms of VLSI consent of instructor. implementation. VLSI design methodology. Includes a ECE 434. (CHE 434, ME 434) Multivariable design project which requires use of a set of tools Process Control (3) installed on SUN workstations for behavioral simulation, A state-of-the-art review of multivariable methods of structural simulation, circuit simulation, layout, func- interest to process control applications. Design tech- tional simulation, timing and critical path analysis, niques examined include loop interaction analysis, functional testing, and performance measurement. frequency domain methods (Inverse Nyquist Array, Prerequisite: ECE 361, ECE 343, or equivalent. Characteristic Loci and Singular Value Decomposition) ECE 417. Pattern Recognition (3) feed forward control, internal model control and dynam- Decision-theoretic, structural, and neural network ic matrix control. Special attention is placed on the approaches to pattern recognition. Pattern vectors and interaction of process design and process control. Most feature extraction. Classifiers, decision regions, bound- of the above methods are used to compare the relative aries and discriminant functions. Clustering and data performance of intensive and extensive variable control analysis. Statistical pattern recognition, parametric and structures. Prerequisite: CHE 433 or ME 433 or ECE nonparametric approaches. Syntactic pattern recognition. 433 or consent of instructor. 228 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

ECE 435. Error-Correcting Codes (3) conduction. Magnetic effects. Generation and recombi- Error-correcting codes for digital computer and commu- nation theory. Application to p-n junctions. Prerequisite: nication systems. Review of modern algebra ECE 126 or equivalent. Decker, Hatalis or White concentrating on groups and finite fields. Structure and ECE 452. Advanced Semiconductor Diode and properties of linear and cyclic codes for random or burst error correction covering Hamming, Golay, Reed-Muller, Transport Theory(3) BCH and Reed-Solomon codes. Decoding algorithms Properties of metal-semiconductor contacts, Schottky and implementation of decoders. Prerequisite: CSE 261 barriers, ohmic contacts, hot electrons, intervalley scat- or equivalent. Tzeng tering, velocity saturation, secondary ionization, avalanche breakdown. Applications to microwave ECE 436. (CHE 436, ME 436) Systems devices such as avalanche and Gunn diodes, Schottky Identification (3) barrier diodes, tunnel diodes and PIN diodes. The determination of model parameters from time-his- Prerequisite: ECE 451. Decker tory and frequency response data by graphical, ECE 455. Theory of Metal Semiconductor and deterministic and stochastic methods. Examples and exercises taken from process industries, communications Heterojunction Transistors (3) and aerospace testing. Regression, quasilinearization and Physics of metal semiconductor and heterojunction field invariant-imbedding techniques for nonlinear system effect transistors (MESFET and HEMT). Theory of parameter identification included. Prerequisite: CHE semiconductor heterojunctions. Properties of heterojunc- 433 or ME 433 or ECE 433 or consent of instructor. tion bipolar transistors (HBT): Equivalent circuits, applications to microwave amplifiers, oscillators, and ECE 437. (CHE 437, ME 437) Stochastic switching circuits. Prerequisite: ECE 451. Decker Control (3) ECE 460. Engineering Project (3-6) Linear and nonlinear models for stochastic systems. Project work in an area of student and faculty interest. Controllability and observability. Minimum variance Selection and direction of the project may involve inter- state estimation. Linear quadratic Gaussian control prob- action with industry. Prerequisite: consent of department lem. Computational considerations. Nonlinear control chairperson. problem in stochastic systems. Prerequisite: CHE 433 or ME 433 or ECE 433 or consent of instructor. ECE 461. Theory of Electrical Noise (3) Definitions: noise temperature, spectral density. Noise ECE 447. Introduction to Integrated Optics (3) sources: quantum, thermal, shot, generation-recombi- Theory of dielectric waveguides (ray and wave nation, flicker noise. Representation and optimization approach). Modes in planar slab optical guides and in of noisy networks. Prerequisites: Phys 31 and ECE waveguides with graded index profiles. Coupled-mode 126. Decker formalism and periodic structures. Coupling of optical beams to planar structures. Switching and modulation of ECE 463. Design of Microwave Solid State light in dielectric guides: phase, frequency and polariza- Circuits (3) tion modulators; electro-optic, acousto-optic and Equivalent circuit modeling and characterization of magneto-optic modulators. Semiconductor lasers. microwave semiconductor devices, principles of imped- Fabrication of semiconductor components. Recent ance matching, noise properties and circuit interaction, advances. The course is an extension of ECE 347 for introduction to the design of high power and non-linear graduate students and it will include research projects circuits. Decker and advanced assignments. Prerequisites: ECE 202 and ECE 467. Semiconductor Material and Device ECE 203. Characterization (3) ECE 448. Lightwave Technology (3) This course covers the main characterization techniques Overview of optical fiber communications. Optical used in semiconductor industry. Emphasis is given to the fibers, structures and waveguiding fundamentals. Signal electrical characterization methods although some opti- degradation in fibers arising from attenuation, cal, and physical analytical techniques are reviewed. The intramodal and intermodal dispersion. Optical sources, principles and the experimental set up for measuring the semiconductor lasers and LEDs. Rate equations and fre- following parameters are covered: resistivity; carrier and quency characteristics of a semiconductor laser. Coupling doping concentration; contact resistance and Schottky efficiency of laser diodes and LEDs to single-mode and barrier height; device series resistance; MOSFET’s chan- multimode fibers. PIN and avalanche photodetectors. nel length and threshold voltage; carrier mobility; oxide Optical receiver design. Transmission link analysis. The and interface trapped charge; and carrier lifetime. course is an extension of ECE 348 for graduate students Laboratory sessions provide hands-on experience on and it will include research projects and advanced assign- some of the above methods. Prerequisites: ECE 126 and ments. Prerequisite: ECE 203. ECE 308, or equivalent. Hatalis ECE 450. Special Topics (3) ECE 469. Process Modeling for Semiconductor Selected topics in electrical and computer engineering Devices (3) not covered in other courses. May be repeated for credit. Students will design and “manufacture” a Si or GaAs ECE 451. Physics of Semiconductor Devices (3) transistor through process simulation of ion implanta- Crystal structure and space lattices, crystal binding, lat- tion, epitaxial growth, diffusion and contact formation, tice waves and vibrations, electrons and atoms in crystal etc. I-V characteristics and small signal parameters, suit- lattices. Quantum mechanics and energy band theory, able for digital and microwave circuit simulation carrier statistics, Boltzmann transport theory, interaction programs, will be derived. Complementary to ECE 463 of carriers with scattering centers, electronic and thermal and 471. Prerequisite: ECE 308 or 351. Hwang Electrical and Computer Engineering 229

ECE 471. Optical Information Processing (3) Noise margins, operating speed, and power consumption Introduction to optical information processing and of various logic families, including MOS, CMOS, satu- applications. Interference and diffraction of optical rated logic TTL, ECL, and IIL. Regenerative logic waves. 2D optical matched filters that use lenses for circuits and digital memories. Circuit design and com- Fourier transforms. Methods and devices for modulating puter-aided circuit analysis for LSI and VLSI circuits. light beams for information processing, communica- Prerequisite: ECE 308 or equivalent. tions, and optical computing. Construction and ECE 479. Advanced MOS VLSI Design (3) application of holograms for optical memory and inter- The design of very large scale NMOS and CMOS inte- connections. The course is an extension of ECE 371 for grated circuits. Strong emphasis on device physics, and graduate students and it will include research projects on novel circuit design approaches for VLSI implemen- and advanced assignments. Prerequisite: ECE 108. tation. Examination of second-order effects involved in ECE 472. Optical Networks (3) designing high performance MOS digital integrated cir- Study the design of optical fiber local, metropolitan, and cuits, with the goal of pushing the design process to the wide area networks. Topics include: passive and active limits determined by our current understanding of semi- photonic components for optical switching, tuning, conductor device physics and of the currently available modulation and amplification; optical interconnection technologies. The topics include device physics (sub- switches and buffering; hardware and software architec- threshold conduction, short channel effects), important tures for packet switching and wavelength division circuit innovations (substrate bias generators, sense multiaccess systems. This class is supported with a labo- amplifiers), systems aspects (clocking, timing, array ratory. The course is an extension of ECE 372 for structures), as well as static and dynamic circuit imple- graduate students and it will include research projects mentations. Design project, using VLSI design and advanced assignments. Prerequisite: ECE 81. automation tools. Prerequisites: ECE 308 (or equivalent) ECE 473. Optical Communications Laboratory (2) and ECE 361. Fundamental optical instrumentation used for test and ECE 483. Advanced Semiconductor Devices for measurement in optical communications. The theoretical VLSI Circuits (3) principles of operation of the instruments and the signifi- Theory of small geometry devices for VLSI circuits. cance of the parameters measured in optical Emphasis of MOS bipolar device static and dynamic communications will be covered. Fields of measurement electrical characteristics. Carrier injection, transport, include: optical power, optical spectrum analysis, wave- storage, and detection in bulk and interfacial regions. length measurement, laser diode characterization, Limitations of physical scaling theory for VLSI submi- polarization analysis, modulation analysis, insertion loss cron device structures. MOS physics and technology, test measurements, optical reflectometry for component char- pattern device structures, charge-coupled devices, acterization, optical time domain reflectometry and MNOS nonvolatile memory devices, and measurement backscatter measurements, dispersion measurement, and techniques for device and process characterization. The characterization of fiber amplifiers. Prerequisite: ECE 347 influence of defects on device electrical properties. or ECE 348 or ECE 371 or ECE 372, or equivalent. Prerequisite: ECE 451. White ECE 474. Analog CMOS VLSI Design (3) ECE 485. Heterojunction Materials and Devices (3) The fundamentals of analog circuit design with CMOS Material properties of compound semiconductor het- linear IC techniques. Discrete Analog Signal Processing erojunctions, quantum wells and superlattices. (DASP) is accomplished with switched-capacitor CMOS Strained layer epitaxy and band-gap engineering. circuits. Analog building blocks include operational ampli- Theory and performance of novel devices such as fiers, S/H circuits, comparators and voltage references, quantum well lasers, resonant tunneling diodes, high oscillators, filters, modulators, phase detectors/shifters, electron mobility transistors, and heterojunction bipo- charge transfer devices, etc. Analog sub-system applica- lar transistors. Complementary to ECE 452. tions are phase-locked loops (PLL’s), A/D and D/A Prerequisite: ECE 451. Hwang converters, modems, sensors, adaptive filters and equaliz- ers, etc. The emphasis is on the physical operation of ECE 486. Integrated Solid-State Sensors (3) analog CMOS integration circuits and the design process. The physical operation of sensor-based, custom inte- Prerequisite: ECE 355 or equivalent. White grated circuits. Emphasis on the integration of sensors, analog, and digital circuits on a silicon chip with ECE 476. Analysis and Design of Analog CMOS technology. Sensors include photocells, electro- Integrated Circuits (3) chemical transducers, strain gauges, temperature Device and circuit models of bipolar and field effect detectors, vibration and velocity sensors, etc. Analysis transistors; bipolar and MOS integrated circuit technolo- of sensor-circuit performance limits including signal-to- gy; passive components; parasitic and distributed noise, frequency response, temperature sensitivity, etc. elements; amplifier gain stages; subthreshold gain stages; Examples of sensor-based, custom I.C.’s are discussed current sources and active loads; temperature and supply and analyzed with CAD modeling and layout. independent biasing; output stage design; frequency Prerequisite: ECE 451. White response and slew rate limitation; operational amplifier ECE 491. Research Seminar (1-3) and analog multiplier design. Circuit simulation using Regular meetings focused on specific topics related to SPICE. Prerequisite: ECE 308 or equivalent. the research interests of department faculty. Current ECE 478. Analysis and Design of Digital research will be discussed. Students may be required to Integrated Circuits (3) present and review relevant publications. May be repeat- Large signal models and transient behavior of MOS and ed for credit up to a maximum of three (3) credits. bipolar transistors. Basic inverter and logic gate circuits. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 230 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

ECE 492. Independent Study (1-3) The recommended sequences of courses for the two dif- An intensive study, with report, of a topic in electrical ferent EEEP sequences are: and computer engineering which is not treated in other EE-EP EP-EE courses. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Freshman year (see Section III) Consent of instructor. Sophomore year, first semester ECE 493. Solid-State Electronics Seminar (3) PHY 21 (4) PHY 21 (4) Discussion of current topics in solid-state electronics. PHY 22 (1) PHY 22 (1) Topics selected depend upon the interests of the staff and ECE 33 (4) ECE 33 (4) students and are allied to the research programs of the ECE 81 (4) ECE 81 (4) Sherman Fairchild Laboratory for Solid State Studies. MATH 23 (4) MATH 23 (4) Student participation via presentation of current research [17] [17] papers and experimental work. Prerequisite: consent of Sophomore year, second semester instructor. May be repeated for credit. PHY 31 (3) PHY 31 (3) ECE 108 (4) ECE 108 (4) ECE 82 (1) ECE 82 (1) Electrical Engineering MATH 205 (3) MATH 205 (3) See listings under Electrical and Computer Engineering MATH 208 (3) MATH 208 (3) ECO 1 (4) ECO 1 (4) [18] [18] Electrical Engineering and Junior year, first semester Engineering Physics ECE 121 (2) ECE 121 (2) ECE 123 (3) ECE 123 (3) This dual-degree curriculum is particularly well suited PHY 212 (3) PHY 212 (3) for students seeking thorough preparation in the field of MATH 231 (3) EP- Ap.Elec. (3) electronic device physics. It is a combination of the basic MATH 322 (3) MATH 322 (3) electrical engineering and engineering physics curricu- HSS (3) HSS (3) lums and requires 162 credit hours, distributed over five [17] [17] years. The student will earn two degrees: B.S. in electri- Junior year, second semester cal engineering and B.S. in engineering physics. PHY 213 (3) PHY 213 (3) Two alternative course sequences are listed below. PHY 215 (4) PHY 215 (4) Students who follow the course sequence in the column ECE 125 (3) ECE 125 (3) on the left will complete 135 credit hours, including all ECE 126 (3) ECE 126 (3) of the required electrical engineering courses, by the end ECE 138 (2) PHY 262 (2) of the fourth year and the rest of 163 credit hours at the HSS (3) HSS (3) end of the fifth year. Since the electrical engineering [18] [18] degree requires 136 credit hours, students normally will Senior year, first semester complete the requirements for that degree at the end of ECE 257 (3) PHY 340 or (3) the ninth semester. It is possible for a student to earn the ME 104 electrical engineering degree at the end of the eighth PHY 362 (3) PHY 362 (3) semester by accumulating the extra credit hour through PHY 363 (3) PHY 363 (3) advanced placement and/or overload credits. ECE-Ap.Elec. (3) EP-Ap.Elec. (3) In the alternate course sequence in the column on the HSS (3) HSS (3) right, the student completes 132 credit hours by the end [15] [15] of the fourth year, including all the required physics Senior year, second semester courses, and the rest of the 163 credits at the end of the ECE 136 (3) ECE 138 (2) fifth year. Since 131 credit hours are required for the ECE-Ap.Elec. (9) EP-Ap.Elec. (5) engineering physics degree, the student will complete the HSS (3) HSS (3) requirements for that degree at the end of the fourth Elective (3) Electives (6) year, and the requirements for the electrical engineering [18] [16] degree at the end of the fifth year. Fifth year, first semester Students interested in a dual-degree program combining EP-Ap.Elec. (6) ECE-Ap.Elec. (3) physics (rather than engineering physics) and electrical Electives (6) MATH 231 (3) engineering should consult the Physics section of this PHY 340 or (3) ECE 257 (3) catalog. That program allows the student to earn the ME 104 B.S. in physics and the B.S. in electrical engineering. Electives (6) [15] [15] Students interested in either dual-degree program should Fifth year, second semester contact Prof. G. J. Borse, Department of Physics. PHY 262 (2) ECE 136 (3) EP-Ap.Elec. (6) ECE-Ap.Elec. (9) Electives (6) Elective (3) [14] [15] Total Credits [163] Total Credits [163] Credits in 4 yrs [135] Credits in 4 yrs [132] Electrical Engineering 231

*EP approved electives** the new product designed in the IPD course 1. Additional deliverables include a detailed production fall spring plan, marketing plan, detailed base-case financial mod- PHY 369 PHY 273 els, project and product portfolio. Teams work on ECE 257 ECE 258 industrial projects with faculty advisors. Oral presenta- ECE 351 ECE 316 tions and written reports. Prerequisite: ENGR 211 ECE 361 ECE 320 ECE 355 ECE 332 ENGR 400. Engineering Co-op for Graduate PHY 382 ECE 348 Students (3) Supervised cooperative work assignment to obtain prac- ECE 308 tical experience in field of study. Requires consent of PHY 380 department chairperson. When on a cooperative assign- ** Must include ECE 257 or 258 or PHY 273 ment, the student must register for this course to maintain continuous student status. Limit to at most Engineering three credits per registration period. No more than six credits can be applied towards a master’s degree and no ENGR 1 and ENGR 5 are required of all engineering more than an additional nine credits towards a Ph.D. and applied science majors and are taken in the recom- The credits must be taken P/F. mended freshman year. ENGR 452. (CHE 461, ME 442) Mathematical ENGR 1. Engineering Computations (3) fall- Methods in Engineering (3) fall spring Analytical techniques are developed for the solution of An introductory survey of computing for students in engineering problems described by algebraic systems, engineering and the sciences. The course covers basic and by ordinary and partial differential equations. Topics programming concepts, structures and algorithms. covered include: linear vector spaces; eigenvalues, eigen- Applications to solving scientific problems. Case studies vectors, and eigenfunctions. First and higher-order linear from utilization of computers in various engineering dis- differential equations with initial and boundary condi- ciplines. Prerequisite: none. tions; Sturm-Louiville problems; Green’s functions. ENGR 5. Introduction to Engineering Practice (3) Special functions; Bessel, etc. Qualitative and quantita- tive methods for nonlinear ordinary differential First year practical engineering experience; introduction equations; phase plane. Solutions of classical partial dif- to concepts, methods and principles of engineering prac- ferential equations from the physical sciences; transform tice. Problem solving, design, project planning, techniques; method of characteristics. communication, teamwork, ethics and professionalism; innovative solution development and implementation. ENGR 475. Research (1) Introduction to various engineering disciplines and Projects conducted under the supervision of a faculty degree programs. advisor. Includes analytical, computational or experi- ENGR 160. Engineering Internship (1-3) mental work, literature searches, assigned readings. Regular meetings with the advisor to consider progress This course offers students who have attained at least Jr2 made and future direction are required. The course is standing an opportunity to complement coursework open only to graduate students and may be repeated for with a work experience. Detailed rules for this course can credit. Prerequisite: Graduate standing and departmen- be obtained from the Associate Dean of Engineering. tal approval. Report required. P/F grading. ENGR 200. Engineering Co-op (3) Undergraduate students who are officially enrolled in the Engineering Mathematics college’s co-op program are eligible for 1-6 credits of free Professors. Philip A. Blythe, Ph.D. (Manchester, electives. These credits will be taken P/F. Typically, stu- England); Terry J. Delph, Ph.D. (Stanford); D. Gary dents will take 3 credits of ENGR 200 for the fall Harlow, Ph.D. (Cornell) chair: Stanley H. Johnson, semester of junior year work experience and another 3 Ph.D. (Berkeley); Jacob Y. Kazakia, Ph.D. (Lehigh); credits the following summer. Alistair K. Macpherson, Ph.D. (Sydney); Herman F. ENGR 211. Integrated Product Development Nied (Lehigh); Kenneth N. Sawyers, Ph.D. (Brown); (IPD) I (3) spring Eric Varley, Ph.D. (Brown). Business, engineering, and design arts students work in Associate professor. Alparslan Öztekin (Illinois). cross disciplinary teams of 4-6 students on conceptual Emeritus professors. Dominic G.B. Edelen, Ph.D. design including marketing, financial and economic (Johns Hopkins); Fazil Erdogan, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Arturs planning, economic and technical feasibility of new Kalnins, Ph.D. (Michigan); Ronald S. Rivlin, Sc.D. product concepts. Teams work on industrial projects (Cambridge); Gerald F. Smith, Ph.D. (Brown). with faculty advisors. Oral presentations and written The Division of Engineering Mathematics was established reports. Prerequisite: junior standing in engineering, within the Department of Mechanical Engineering and business or arts and science. (Mechanical Engineering Mechanics to foster interdisciplinary research in the appli- students must register for ME 211). cation of mathematics to the engineering and physical ENGR 212. Integrated Product Development II sciences. Interaction with industry is actively encouraged, (2) fall and appropriate programs are designed for part-time stu- Business, engineering and design arts students work in dents. Program content for all students is developed cross disciplinary teams of 4-6 students on the detailed through close consultation with division faculty. design including fabrication and testing of a prototype of 232 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

For a description of the graduate programs in applied In addition, each English major elects at least three mathematics see the discussion under Interdisciplinary more courses in literature or film with the following Graduate Programs. Engineering mathematics courses qualifications: are listed under mechanical engineering and mechanics. • at least one at the 300-level if a survey fulfills one of the period requirements English These nine courses are the minimum for the major. Many of our students will elect to take more, depending Professors. Barry M. Kroll, Ph.D. (Michigan), Robert D. on their career plans, their other majors and minors, Rodale Professor of Writing, chairperson;Peter G. Beidler, their plans to study abroad, and so on. Each major has a Ph.D. (Lehigh), Lucy G. Moses Distinguished Professor; departmental advisor to assist in selecting courses and to Addison C. Bross, Ph.D. (Louisiana State); Alexander M. offer counsel about career plans. Doty, Ph.D. (Illinois); Jan S. Fergus, Ph.D. (C.U.N.Y.); Elizabeth N. Fifer, Ph.D. (Michigan); Edward J. The department strongly recommends that any student Gallagher, Ph.D. (Notre Dame); Rosemary J. contemplating the possibility of advanced study of litera- Mundhenk, Ph.D. (U.C.L.A.), Barbara H. Traister, ture at the graduate level should work toward Ph.D. (Yale) departmental honors. Associate professors. Scott Paul Gordon, Ph.D. Departmental Honors in English (Harvard); David Hawkes, Ph.D. (Columbia); Edward In order to receive departmental honors the English E. Lotto, Ph.D. (Indiana) director, Center for Writing, major must attain a 3.5 grade-point average in courses MATH and Study Skills; Barbara Pavlock, Ph.D. presented for the major and must complete at least 44 (Cornell). credit hours of course work in English (beyond English 1 Assistant professors. Kate Crassons, Ph.D. (Duke); Beth and 2). For the additional credits beyond the 36 required Dolan, Ph.D. (North Carolina);Dawn Keetley, Ph.D. of all English majors, honors students must take the fol- (Wisconsin); Seth Moglen, Ph.D. (U.C. Berkeley); lowing courses: Amardeep Singh, Ph.D. (Duke); Stephanie Watts, Ph.D. ENGL 309 Interpretation: Critical Theory & Practice, (Missouri); Edward Whitely, Ph.D. (Maryland). or Professor of Practice. Bob Watts, Ph.D. (Missouri). ENGL 312 Studies in Literary and Cultural Theory and Visiting Professor, Writer-in-Residence, Berman Center. ENGL 307 Thesis Proposal, and Ruth K. Setton, Ph.D. (Rice). ENGL 308 Thesis Undergraduate Major in English Because most graduate schools require language exami- The major in English is designed to give students expe- nations, the department also strongly recommends that rience in reading, analyzing, and formulating thoughts students going for honors achieve at least second-year about people and ideas that matter; an understanding college competency in at least one foreign language. of how literary artists find the appropriate words to Students who complete the courses required for depart- express their thoughts and feelings; and a basic knowl- mental honors but who do not achieve the necessary edge of the historical development of British, American grade-point average will receive the bachelor of arts and world literature. degree with a major in English. Students who major in English go on to careers in teach- Presidential Scholars ing, writing, law, business, science, medicine, engineering—and many others. The analytical and com- Students who anticipate becoming Presidential Scholars munication skills acquired in the study of literature and should speak to the Director of Graduate Studies in their writing will be of use in almost any profession or human junior year. activity. Depending on their interests, abilities, and Minors in English career plans, students who major in English are encour- aged to consider double majors or one or two minors in The Department of English offers two minors, each other fields. The major in English is flexible enough to requiring 16 hours of course work beyond English 1 and allow cross-disciplinary study with ease. 2. Students’ major advisors monitor the minor programs, but students should consult the minor advisor in the The student majoring in English chooses from an exten- Department of English when setting up a minor program. sive list of courses. To ensure breadth of coverage each English major is required to take the following courses: To minor in English students take 4 courses in literature or film, one at the 300 level. English 100 Working with Texts (4) English 290 Senior Seminar (4) To minor in writing, students take ENGL 171, ENGL 173, or ENGL 174 and ENGL 201, ENGL 347 or Four 300-level courses distributed over the following ENGL 373. They must also take two more courses cho- periods (British or American survey may substitute for sen from ENGL 171, 173, 174, 201, 281, 347, 373 one 300 level course): JOUR 11, 111, 123, 212. •British to 1660 (ENGL. 125, 327, 328, 360, 362, 364) Graduate Work in English •British 1660-1900 (ENGL. 125,126, 331, 366, 367, We prepare our students to meet contemporary 369, 371, 372) demands for faculty who value excellence in teaching and scholarship. • American to 1900 (ENGL. 123,376,377,378) • 20th C American, British, World, Film, Popular The Master of Arts Program Culture (Engl124, 126, 379, 380, 383,3 84, 385, Applicants for the M.A. program should have an under- 386, 387) graduate English major. Students who did not major in English 233

English may be admitted but will need to supplement Students enrolled in the English as a Second Language their undergraduate training in English. program are expected to reach a level of competence Candidates for the master’s degree must complete at least comparable to those in the usual freshman program. The 30 credit hours. Students take at least seven of the form of instruction, however, will differ in the ESL pro- required courses (including “thesis papers”) at the 400 gram by taking into account the special language and level but may select the balance of their curricula from cultural needs of non-native speakers. 300-level course offerings. Course work for the M.A. Matriculating students in all the above categories who must include two courses in literature before 1660; two are entering at a level above the freshman year, but who courses in the period between 1660 and 1900; two need composition credit, should consult the department courses from 1900 to the present; and one course in lit- for advice. erary theory. At least two of these courses must be in American literature and at least four in British literature. Freshman Courses Up to six hours of collateral work in other departments ENGL 1. Composition and Literature (3) fall may be included in a master’s program. Emphasis on the writing process, especially on revising Instead of writing the traditional “thesis,” M.A. candi- for cogency and clarity. Topics drawn mainly from every- dates write two or three shorter “thesis papers,” certified day life and culture. Students must receive a grade of C- by faculty advisors as ready for submission to a session or higher to advance to English 2. organizer as a conference presentation or to a profession- ENGL 2. Composition and Literature II (3) al journal for possible publication. spring The Doctor of Philosophy Program Continuation of ENGL 1. Emphasis on making The department admits to its doctoral program only stu- informed, thoughtful, and well-supported claims about dents of proven competence and scholarly promise. An issues of broad public concern. Topics vary by section. average of 3.5 in M.A. course work and strong endorse- Texts include both expository and literary selections, as ments from graduate instructors are minimum well as films and other media. Prerequisite: a grade of C- requirements for acceptance. or higher in ENGL 1. Doctoral candidates with a Lehigh master’s degree are ENGL 3. Composition and Literature I for ESL required to take eight courses and register for 42 credit Writers (3) fall hours beyond the M.A. Those entering the doctoral pro- Idiomatic English both oral and written, with a strong gram with a master’s from another institution are emphasis on producing well-organized, coherent essays. required to take nine courses and register for 48 credit Enrollment limited to non-native speakers; placement is hours. determined by placement testing or ESL director’s rec- Candidates must also demonstrate a reading knowledge ommendation. of one or two foreign languages after having agreed on ENGL 4. Composition and Literature II: Special choices with the director of graduate studies. Topic A (3) spring No later than six months after completing their course Continuation of ENGL I. Similar to ENGL 2, except work, candidates will take written and oral examinations that the topic will be announced in advance. Topics vary in one major field and two minor fields. from year to year. Students must register through the English department. Prerequisites: ENGL 1 and consent Candidates write their dissertations after having their of department. dissertation proposals approved by the department and being admitted to candidacy by the appropriate college. ENGL 5. Composition and Literature II for ESL Writers (3) spring Freshman Composition Requirement Continuation of English 3. With the two exceptions noted below, all undergraduate students take six credit hours of freshman English cours- ENGL 6. Composition and Literature: Special es: English 1 and English 2 (or one of the alternatives to Topic B (3) spring ENGL 2 such as 4, 6, 8 or 10. The exceptions are: Continuation of ENGL I. Similar to ENGL 2, except •Students who receive Advanced Placement or received that the topic will be announced in advance. Topics vary 700 or higher on SAT II. from year to year. Students must register through the English department. Prerequisites: ENGL 1 and consent •Students with English as a Second Language. of department. Categories include students on non-immigrant visas, students on immigrant visas, registered aliens, and cit- ENGL 8. Composition and Literature: Special izens either by birth or by naturalization. Topic C (3) spring Students in all these categories for whom English is not Continuation of ENGL I. Similar to ENGL 2, except the first language may petition for special instruction that the topic will be announced in advance. Topics vary through the program in English as a Second Language. from year to year. Students must register through the English department. Prerequisites: ENGL 1 and consent At matriculation, all foreign students take an English of department. language competence test to determine the kind of instruction best suited to their needs. Matriculating ENGL 10. Composition and Literature: Special freshmen judged to be qualified will roster ENGL 1, Topic D (3) spring followed by ENGL 2, 4, 6, 8, or 10. Others will be Continuation of ENGL I. Similar to ENGL 2, except enrolled in ENGL 3, followed by ENGL 5 (or 2, 4, 6, that the topic will be announced in advance. Topics vary 8, or 10). from year to year. Students must register through the English department. Prerequisites: ENGL 1 and consent of department. 234 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

ENGL 11. Literature Seminar for Freshmen (3) which texts establish meaning; to gain an awareness of the fall various methods and strategies for reading and interpreting Alternative to Composition and Literature for freshmen texts; to construct and argue original interpretations; to who have earned exemption from English 1 and qualify examine and judge the interpretations of other readers; to for a seminar in literature. Recommended especially for write the interpretive essay that supports a distinct position qualified students who are considering a major in the on some literary topic of importance; and to learn to find humanities. Topics vary by section. Prerequisite: score of and assimilate into their own writing appropriate informa- 4 or higher on Advanced Placement Test in English or tion from university library resources. To be rostered as 700 or higher on the SAT II Subject Test in Writing. early as possible in the English major’s program. Departmental approval required. (HU) Undergraduate Courses ENGL 120. Literature from Developing Nations (4) English 52, 54, 56, and 58 are open to all undergradu- Contemporary literature from Africa, Central and South ates, including first-year students also taking freshman America, and Asia. Prerequisite: six hours of freshman English. Courses numbered at the 100-level are open to English. (HU) Cannot be taken pass/fail. students who have completed or who are exempt from the required six hours of freshman English. First-year ENGL 121. Topics in African-American students who have completed English 1 with a grade of Literature (4) A or A– may roster one of the 100-level courses as a sec- Selected works of African American literature and/or the ond English course to be taken concurrently with the literatures of the African diaspora. May be repeated for second-semester English composition requirement. credit as title varies. Prerequisite: six hours of first-year Prerequisites: Each course is a self-contained unit. None English. (HU) Cannot be taken pass/fail. has any other prerequisite than two semesters of fresh- ENGL 122. Speculative Fiction (4) man English. Thus, students may roster English 126 The study of “hard” science fiction and mythic fantasy whether or not they have had, or ever plan to take, from philosophical and scientific as well as aesthetic and English 125. For all courses above 200, it is understood literary perspectives. Prerequisite: six hours of freshman that students will have completed six hours of freshman English. (HU) Cannot be taken pass/fail. English, even though that is not specified in the course description. ENGL 123. American Literature I (4) American literary works through the mid-19th century. ENGL 38. (AAS 38) Introduction to African Prerequisite: six hours of freshman English. (HU) Literature (3) Cannot be taken pass/fail. Sub-Saharan African literary themes and styles; historical ENGL 124. American Literature II (4) and social contexts, African folktales, oral poetry, colo- American literature from the middle of the 19th century nial protest literature, postcolonial writing, and films on to the present. Prerequisite: six hours of freshman contemporary Africa. (HU) English. (HU) Cannot be taken pass/fail. ENGL 52. (CLSS 52) Classical Epic (3) ENGL 125. British Literature I (4) Study of major epic poems from Greece and Rome. British literature and literary history from Beowulf Works include Homer’s Illiad and Odyssey, Apollonius’ through the Pre-Romantics. Prerequisite: six hours of Argonautica, Vergil’s Aeneid, and Ovid’s Metamorphoses. freshman English. (HU) Cannot be taken pass/fail. (HU) ENGL 126. British Literature II (4) ENGL 54. (CLSS 54, THTR 54) Greek Tragedy (3) British literature and literary history from the Romantic Aspects of Greek theater and plays of Aechylus, period into the 20th century. Prerequisite: six hours of Sophocles, and Euripides in their social and intellectual freshman English. (HU) Cannot be taken pass/fail. contexts. (HU) ENGL 127. (THTR 127) The Development of ENGL 56. (CLSS 56) The Ancient Novel (3) Examination of the origins of the novel in Greece and Theatre and Drama I (4) Rome. Includes the picaresque novel. (HU) Historical survey of western theatre and dramatic litera- ture from their origins to the Renaissance. (HU) ENGL 58. (CLSS 58, THTR 58) Greek and ENGL 128. (THTR 128) The Development of Roman Comedy (3) Study of comedy as a social form through plays of Theatre and Drama II (4) Aristophanes, Menander, Plautus, and Terence. (HU) Historical survey of western theatre and dramatic litera- ture from the Renaissance to the modern era. (HU) ENGL 60. (THTR 60) Dramatic Action (4) How plays are put together; how they work and what ENGL 155. The Novel (4) they accomplish. Examination of how plot, character, Selected novels, with attention to such matters as narra- aural and visual elements of production combine to form tive, characterization, and cultural context. Prerequisite: a unified work across genre, styles and periods. six hours of freshman English. (HU) Cannot be taken Recommended as a foundation for further studies in pass/fail. design, literature of performance. (HU) ENGL 157. Poetry (4) ENGL 91. Special Topics (1-4) Selected traditional and modern poetry, with attention to A topic, genre, or approach in literature or writing not voice, form, and cultural context. Prerequisite: six hours covered in other courses. (HU) of freshman English. (HU) Cannot be taken pass/fail. ENGL 100. Working with Texts (4) ENGL 163. Topics in Film Studies (4) A course to help students to become, through intense prac- History and aesthetics of narrative film. May be repeated tice, independent readers of literary and other kinds of for credit as subject varies. Prerequisite: six hours of texts; to discern and describe the devices and process by freshman English. (HU) Cannot be taken pass/fail. English 235

ENGL 170. Amaranth (1) English. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Amaranth editorial staff. Students can earn one credit by approval of department internship adviser or department serving as editors (literary, production, or art) of Lehigh’s chair. (ND) literary magazine. Work includes soliciting and reviewing ENGL. 282. Professional Internship (2-4) manuscripts, planning a winter supplement and spring Supervised projects, on- or off-campus, in professional, issue, and guiding the magazine through all phases of government, or service organizations. An interested stu- production. Editors attend weekly meetings with the fac- dent must submit a proposal, demonstrating the project’s ulty advisor. Prerequisite: consent of the department relevance to the study of language, texts, or communica- chairperson. May be repeated for credit. (ND) tion, to the department’s internship adviser. May be ENGL 171. Writing for Audiences (4) repeated for a maximum of 4 credits. Internship credits Practice in writing in a variety of discourse modes for do not count toward major in English. Prerequisite: jun- different audiences. Consideration of the role of style, ior or senior standing and approval by department clarity, and careful observation in writing. Prerequisite: internship adviser. (ND) six hours of freshman English. (ND) ENGL 290. Senior Seminar (4) ENGL 173. Personal Writing (4) In-depth study of a problem, issue, question, or contro- Practice in writing from immediate experience, with versy. Enrollment limited to 15 students. Required emphasis on accurate, persuasive descriptive writing. writing intensive course for English majors. May be Prerequisite: six hours of freshman English. (ND) repeated for credit, space permitting, as title varies. ENGL 174. Creative Writing Workshop (4) Department Approval Required. Prerequisite: senior English major standing. (HU) Practice in and classroom criticism of creative writing done by students taking the course. Title may vary: ENGL 291. Special Topics (1-4) Short Story; Drama; Poetry; etc. May be repeated for A topic, genre, or approach in literature or writing not credit. Prerequisite: six hours of freshman English. (ND) covered in other courses. (HU) ENGL 175. Individual Authors (4) Graduate Students taking 300-level courses receive Intensive study of the works of one or more literary 3 credits; undergraduates receive 4 credits. artists, such as Austen, Hemingway, and Kerouac. May be repeated for credit as artists and works vary. ENGL 301. Topics in Literature (4) Prerequisite: six hours of freshman English. (HU) A theme, topic, or genre in literature, such as autobiog- Cannot be taken pass/fail. raphy as literature and the gothic novel. May be repeated for credit as titles vary. (HU) ENGL 177. Individual Works (4) Intensive study of one or more literary works, such as ENGL 307. Undergraduate Thesis Proposal (1) Moby Dick and Stories of John Cheever. May be repeated Course to be enrolled by senior honors students prepar- for credit as works vary. Prerequisite: six hours of fresh- ing to write honors thesis. Course requirements include man English. (HU) Cannot be taken pass/fail. conducting preliminary research for the thesis and writ- ing a detailed thesis proposal and bibliography. May not ENGL 183. Independent Study (1-4) be rostered concurrently with English 308. (HU) Individually supervised study of a topic in literature, film, or writing not covered in regularly listed courses. ENGL 308. Undergraduate Thesis (3) Prerequisite: consent of the department chairperson. (HU) Open to advanced undergraduates who wish to submit theses in English. Prerequisite: consent of department ENGL 187. Themes in Literature (4) chairperson. (HU) Study of a theme as it appears in several works of litera- ture, such as Utopia and the quest. May be repeated for ENGL 309. Interpretation: Critical Theory and credit as titles and themes vary. Prerequisite: six hours of Practice (4) freshman English. (HU) Cannot be taken pass/fail. Introduction to recent literary and cultural theory, such ENGL 189. Popular Literature (4) as New Criticism, Structuralism, Marxism, The form of literature that has been designated in one Psychoanalytic approaches, Reader-response Criticism, way or another as “popular,” such as folklore and detec- Deconstruction, Feminist Theory, New Historicism, and tive fiction. May be repeated for credit as titles vary. Cultural Criticism. (HU) Prerequisite: six hours of freshman English. (HU) ENGL 310. Introduction to Methods of English as Cannot be taken pass/fail. a Second Language Instruction (4) ENGL 191. Special Topics (1-4) An introduction to teaching English as a second language A topic, genre, or approach in literature or writing not including the theory and principles of second language covered in other courses. Prerequisite: six hours of fresh- acquisition, ESL methods, materials, and current trends man English. (HU) such as computer assisted language instruction. With suffi- cient effort, students will learn to plan and teach an ENGL 201. Special Topics in Writing (1-4) ESL/EFL class in the four areas of Writing, Reading, Approaches not covered in other writing courses. Speaking and Listening, choose appropriate materials for Individual projects. May be repeated for credit. (ND) varying age and proficiency levels, and most importantly, ENGL 281. Writing Internship (1-4) have a concrete approach to teaching ESL/EFL. Required Projects on- or off-campus in professional, governmental, classroom observing and tutoring hours that can be com- or service organizations. Experience must include exten- pleted in Lehigh’s ESL classes, in Lehigh’s ELLC language sive writing that can be submitted for review. Enrollment lab, or in the local public school ESL classes. Course limited to juniors or seniors with a major or minor in restricted to upperclass and graduate students. 236 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

ENGL 311. (WS 311) Literature of Women (4) Plowman, the Gawain/ Pearl Poet, and the metrical Women’s works about women. Besides re-reading famil- romances. (HU) iar feminists’ fiction, drama, and poems, an introduction ENGL 362. The Sixteenth Century (4) to contemporary and often experimental works by less Humanist, Petrarchan and dramatic traditions in the lit- famous writers. (HU) erature of renaissance England. Readings from such ENGL 312. Studies in Literary and Cultural authors as Erasmus, More, Wyatt, Sidney, Spenser, and Theory (4) Marlowe. (HU) Study of a particular contemporary theoretical approach ENGL 364. The Seventeenth Century (4) to literature, film, or other cultural texts. May be repeat- Literature of the seventeenth century, by such writers as ed for credit as the topic changes. (HU) Donne, Herbert, Jonson, Browne, Burton, Milton, ENGL 314. Teaching English as a Second Hobbes, Bunyan, and Locke, chronicling the unprece- Language: A Practicum (1) dented variety of aesthetic, political, and social Companion course to English 310 (Intro to Methods of innovations in this “century of revolution.” (HU) English as a Second Language). This course will include ENGL 366. The Restoration and Early Eighteenth class meetings that focus on guided discussions of the Century (4) practical application of principles and practices of ESL Restoration and early eighteenth-century literature, with pedagogy in a real-world environment. Supervised ESL attention to the cultural forces that shaped the writers classroom student teaching/tutoring required. and their works. Readings will include Dryden, Behn, Prerequisite: English 310. Rochester, Wycherley, Congreve, Swift, Finch, Pope, ENGL 316. Native American Literature (4) Addison and Steele. (HU) Fiction by modern American Indian writers like N. Scott ENGL 367. The Eighteenth Century (4) Momaday, Leslie Marmon Silko, James Welch, Michael Poetry, drama and prose of the eighteenth century, with Dorris, and Louise Erdrich. Some attention given to the attention to cultural forces that shaped the writers, their history of the relationships and conflicts between Native works, and their position in the canon. Readings of Americans and the federal government, white agricultur- Montagu, Burney, Wollstonecraft, Austen, Fielding, al and business interests, and educational and religious Richardson, Johnson, Sheridan, Sterne, in addition to a interests. (HU) few earlier writers. (HU) ENGL 318. Topics in African-American Literature ENGL 369. British Romantic Literature (4) and Culture (4) Poetry and prose of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Special Topics in African-American culture and/or the Shelley, and Keats within the contemporary, political, cultures of the African diaspora. Topics may be focused religious, and social context. (HU) by period, genre, thematic interest or interdisciplinary method including, for example, “Nineteenth-century ENGL 371. British Victorian Literature: Prose and African-American Literature and Politics”, “African- Poetry (4) American Folklore”, “Black Atlantic Literature”, “The Poetry and prose of Tennyson, Browning, Arnold, Harlem Renaissance”, “African-American Women Swinburne, Carlyle, Mill, Newman, and Ruskin within Writers”. May be repeated for credit as title varies. (HU) the contemporary political, religious, and social con- texts. (HU) ENGL 327. Chaucer (4) The Canterbury Tales, with some attention to other ENGL 372. British Victorian Literature: Fiction (4) Chaucerian works and other works that may have pro- Major fiction of the Victorian era by such writers as vided source-materials for Chaucer’s tales. Chaucer’s Dickens, Eliot, Thackeray, and Hardy within historical, language and the literary, intellectual, social, and histori- social, and aesthetic contexts. (HU) cal backgrounds to his work. (HU) ENGL 373. Advanced Creative Writing ENGL 328. (THTR 328) Shakespeare (4) Workshop (4) An introduction to Shakespearean drama including Advanced practice in and classroom criticism of creative comedies, histories, tragedies, and romances. Emphasis writing done by students taking the course. Emphasis on textual study, cultural contexts, and performance may vary among: fiction, poetry, creative essay, drama, strategies. (HU) etc. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: English 174, or permission of writing minor advisor. (ND) ENGL 331. Milton (4) The poetry and prose of John Milton in the context of ENGL 375. Major Authors (1-4) the English Revolution. Particular attention to the inter- The works of one or more major literary figures studied section of theology and philosophy, and of the personal in depth. May be repeated for credit as titles and authors with the political. (HU) vary. (HU) ENGL 347. The Essay (4) ENGL 376. Early American Literature (4) Practice of the essay, including such forms as the personal, The literature of New England, the Middle Colonies, the academic, or argumentative essay. Emphasis on developing South, and the Southwest from Columbus to the close of a strong personal voice and learning to use other voices. the eighteenth century, emphasizing our cultural and Intensive revision. Prerequisite: ENGL 171,173, or 174, artistic diversity. (HU) or permission of writing minor advisor. (ND) ENGL 377. American Romanticism (4) ENGL 360. Middle English Literature (4) Emerson, Thoreau, Whitman, Hawthorne, Melville, Major literary works of the Middle English period by Dickinson, Poe, and their contemporaries. Philosophical, authors other than Chaucer. Emphasis on Piers historical, and social background, as well as the aesthetic study of romantic literary works. (HU) English 237

ENGL 378. American Realism (4) tered in conjunction with 485. Prerequisite: Consent of Theory and practice of realistic and naturalistic fiction the department chairperson. from the Civil War to the early twentieth-century: ENGL 421. History of the English Language (3) Twain, Howells, James, Norris, Crane, Dreiser, Wharton, The phonology, grammar, and lexicon of English from and regionalists. (HU) the beginnings to the present. ENGL 379. Twentieth-Century American ENGL 423. Anglo-Saxon Language and Literature (4) Literature (3) American literature before World War II. Lectures and An introductory study of the Anglo -Saxon culture class discussion of major fiction and poetry. (HU) through its language and literature. Special attention ENGL 380. Contemporary American Literature (4) given to translation and interpretation of the epic poem American literature since World War II. Lectures and Beowulf. class discussions of new writers and of recent works of ENGL 433. Middle English Literature (3) established writers. (HU) Course may be repeated for credit as title varies. Possible ENGL 382. Themes in American Literature (4) offerings: Arthurian Romance and History: An inquiry Intensive study of one topic in American literature. into medieval Arthurian literature from Celtic traditions Readings from the colonial period to the present. May to Malory’s Morte D’Arthur. Focus given to the conflu- be repeated for credit as title varies. (HU) ences these texts craft between fantasy and politics, and ENGL 383. Modernism and Post-Modernism in the problems of a literary history that understands “romance” and “history” as opposing terms. Fiction (4) Chaucer: A study of selected works by Geoffrey Chaucer, The “anti-realistic’ novel; time/space, point of view, nar- with attention to his language, his sources, his cultural rative voice, structure as meaning. Kafka, Woolf, Beckett, backgrounds that inform his poetry, and trends in mod- Nabokov, Robbe-Grillet, Faulkner, Borges, Hawkes, ern criticism of his works. Stein. (HU) Insular Literary Cultures: A study of selected “British” ENGL 384. Twentieth-Century World Literature (4) works from a variety of cultures (Scots, Irish, Welsh, World literature (Europe, Asia, South America, Africa) Middle-English, Anglo-Norman, Monastic, Lollard, etc.) from 1900 to present. (HU) written (or popular) from 1300-1500. Careful attention given to reading texts in a larger cultural (and “multi- ENGL 385. Modern British and Continental cultural”) context. Literature (4) Origins of British Drama: A study of several medieval World English literature and continental literature before plays, like Everyman, the Second Shepherds’ Play, and World War II. Lectures and class discussion of major fic- selected plays in one of the mystery play cycles. Brief tion. (HU) consideration of the dramatic techniques of Chaucer’s ENGL 386. Contemporary British and poetic fiction as a precursor to the drama that was to Continental Literature (4) flourish centuries later. World English literature and continental literature after ENGL 439. Sixteenth-Century British Literature World War II. (HU) (3) ENGL 387. Film History, Theory, and Criticism (4) Course may be repeated for credit as title varies. Possible Study of film with the focus on particular genres, direc- offerings: tors, theories, periods, or topics. Weekly film screenings. Renaissance Love Poetry: Study of the sixteenth century May be repeated for credit as title varies. (HU) Cannot sonnet sequence, epyllion, and Ovidian lyric. Works by be taken pass/fail. Wyatt, Surrey, Marlowe, Sidney, Fulke Greville, Spenser, and Shakespeare. ENGL 388. Independent Study (1-4) City and Court under Elizabeth and James: Study of Individually supervised study of a topic in literature, how the City (London) and the Court under each film, or writing not covered in regularly listed courses. monarch are represented in contemporary texts—in Prerequisite: consent of department chairperson. (HU) drama, poetry, letters, sermons, and prose tracts. ENGL 391. Special Topics (1-4) ENGL 441. Seventeenth-Century British A topic, genre, or approach in literature or writing not covered in other courses. (HU) Literature (3) Course may be repeated for credit as title varies. Possible Graduate Courses in English offerings: The following courses are seminars, ordinarily limited to Literature of the English Revolution: Examination of no more than twelve graduate students, but undergradu- the causes, circumstances, and consequences of the ate English majors who are planning to go on to English Revolution as expressed from 1640-1670. graduate school in English and who have shown profi- Readings in: Hobbes, Harrington, Lilburne, Milton, ciency in the study of literature may petition to take one Marvell, and Bunyan. of these seminars in their senior year. Theology and Interpretation in the Renaissance: ENGL 400. Supervised Teaching (1) Drawing on the hermeneutics of Luther and Calvin, the course will focus on how English writers of the six- Practical experience in teaching through assisting a facul- teenth and seventeenth centuries elaborated a ty teacher in conduct of a regularly scheduled distinctively Protestant mode of signification. Writers undergraduate course. Open only to graduate students studied will include Jonson, Donne, Herbert, with at least one semester of graduate course work at Traherne, Browne, and Bunyan. Lehigh University and a GPA of at least 3.5 Usually ros- 238 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

ENGL 442. Restoration and Eighteenth-Century Literary Watersheds: Close reading, critical reputation, British Literature (3) and contemporary approaches to four works that trans- Course may be repeated for credit as title varies. Possible formed and invented our national literature: Moby Dick, offerings: Uncle Tom’s Cabin, Walden, and Leaves of Grass. Restoration and Early Eighteenth-Century Drama: Henry James: Close Examination of the works of The Examination of the drama written between 1660 and Master: short stories, novellas, and major novels. Varied 1720 and of the culture shaping it and shaped by it. critical approaches. Cavendish, Philips, Dryden, Behn, Wycherley, Literary Realism and Naturalism: Selected fiction by one Etherege, Congreve, Shadwell, Steele will be among or more of the following pioneers in American literary the writers we study. realism and literary naturalism: Henry James, Mark Tory Feminist? Close investigation of the complex posi- Twain, Stephen Crane, William Dean Howells, Frank tion of early modern women writers (including Norris, and Theodore Dreiser. Cavendish, Philips, Behn, Pix, Centlivre, Finch, ENGL 477. Modern American Literature (3) Montagu); consideration of the conditions of authorship, Course may be repeated for credit as topic varies. for men and women, in late seventeenth-century Britain. Possible offerings: Frances Burney and Jane Austen: Major novels of Burney Ernest Hemingway: Heightened “New Critical” and the novels and juvenilia of Austen in their social and approaches to the short stories and major novels of literary contexts. Examination of what it means to be a Ernest Hemingway. professional woman writer between 1770-1820. Modern American Fiction: Heightened “New Critical” Literature in the Marketplace: Study of the eighteenth- approaches to one or more major fiction writers from century marketplace through examining “canonical” 1900 to 1950: Hemingway, Faulkner, Fitzgerald, Dos works in relation to the print culture that engendered Passos, West, Porter. and then imitated them. Sources for this examination Modern Southern Writers: Major Southern writers since include periodical literature, children’s books, “minor” 1920 from all regions including Styron, O’Connor, fiction, and booksellers’ records. Williams, Faulkner, Welty, Percy, Porter, Ransom, Tate, ENGL 445. Nineteenth-Century British and Warren. All genres, and some sub-genres like Literature (3) “Southern Gothic,” will be studied, along with social Course may be repeated as title varies. Possible offerings: and philosophical influences. The Victorian Novel and Poststructural Theory: Modern American Poetry: The significant poets from Intensive study of three or four Victorian novels, by 1900 to 1960. The major emphasis falls upon Eliot, writers such as Dickens, Eliot, Bronte, and Thackeray, Pound, Stevens, and Williams, but other poets could through the lens of Feminist, Marxist, Psychoanalytical, include Cummings, Frost, Stein, Hughes, Lowell, Plath, Deconstructive, and Cultural theory. Moore, Dickey, Roethke, and Warren. The Problem of Knowledge in the Victorian Age: Given Contemporary American Poetry: Poets from the 1960’s the new kinds of knowledge emerging in their time, such to the present. Such poets as Creeley, Ginsberg, Levine, writers as Dickens, Carlyle, Mill, Marx, Eliot, Tennyson, Rich, Plath, Lorde, Lowell, Kinnell, Baraka. Browning, Arnold, Ruskin, and Newman had to ponder Contemporary American Drama: Drama from the the question: What notions—religious doctrines, for 1950’s to the 1990’s. Such playwrights as Mamet, example, or scientific observations—should be consid- Shepard, Fornes, Wilson, Norman, Howe, Wasserstein, ered “knowledge”? Durang and others. Contemporary Native American Fiction: Short stories ENGL 449. Twentieth-Century British Literature (3) and novels by American Indian writers since the mid- Course may be repeated as title varies. Possible offerings: 1960’s, including Momaday, Silko, Welch, Dorris, and James Joyce: Close examination of the works of James Erdrich. There will be special focus on the novels of Joyce, with special attention to style, narrative voices, Louise Erdrich. and thematic complexity. Modern British Fiction: Concentration on one or more ENGL 480. Composition and Rhetoric (3) major figures: Joyce, Conrad, Shaw, Forster, Woolf, Basic theories and works in composition and rhetoric, Lawrence, Beckett. Revitalized “New Critical” approaches. with some attention to classical rhetoric, but with pri- mary emphasis on modern rhetoric and discourse theory, ENGL 471. Early American Literature (3) including Burke, Kinneavy, Moffett, and Britton, as well Course may be repeated as title varies. Possible offerings: as theories of the writing process. Consideration of lin- Benjamin Franklin and the American Character: In- guistics as it applies to teaching writing, and the history depth study of Franklin’s work, life, and career, as well as of teaching writing in America. study of his influence and reputation through works written about him—some loving, some vicious—from ENGL 481. Theory and Criticism (3) John Adams to John Updike. Course may be repeated for credit as title varies. Possible Early American Literature: A broad survey of literature offerings: from Columbus to the end of the eighteenth century, Theories of Authorship in Literature and Film: Material focusing on important writers, geographical and cultural from Western Romanticism through theorists such as diversity, and diverse literary forms (history, sermon, poet- Derrida, Barthes, and Foucault. Focus on film auteurism ry, autobiography, novel, travel narrative, political essay). and structuralist, post-structuralist, and feminist, Marxist, and gay/lesbian challenges to and reconceptual- ENGL 473. Nineteenth-Century American ization of notions of authorship. The Ideology of the Literature (3) Aesthetic: Consideration of the aesthetic impulse and its Course may be repeated as title varies. Possible offerings: relationship to rhetoric and literary criticism. Readings Emerson, Dickinson, Frost: Emerson’s philosophy, liter- from Lentricchia, Eagleton, the Frankfurt School, ary theory, and poetry as the context in which we Jameson, Burke, Bakhtin, and Bourdieu. Feminist Theory consider the poetry of Dickinson and Frost. and Speculative Fiction: How woman’s concerns find English as a Second Language 239 expression in non-realistic fiction by Le Guin, Russ, General College Division students with placement or McKillip, Tepper, Elgin, Slonczewski, and Tiptree. permission by ESL Director. Collateral readings in feminist theory. Advanced Critical StepUp. Intensive English Program. A non-credit inten- Theory: Study of several important and influential recent sive ESL program called StepUp is offered to theoretical texts. Emphasis on “pure” rather than intermediate to advanced ESL students who wish to “applied” theory: readings from Macherey, Derrida, study university/academic English in a challenging envi- Baudrillard, Kristeva, and Jameson. Feminist Theory: ronment. This program is open to the general public. Culture, Gender, and Agency: A study of selected works of Contact the ESL program for information and a feminist theory with special emphasis on the interven- brochure or refer to our website, www.lehigh.edu/~inesl. tions gender theorists have made into discourses of culture and agency. Readings from Irigaray, Kristeva, English Testing. English language proficiency testing is Rubin, deBeauvoir, Hooks, Spillars, Abel, Alarcon, required for all incoming undergraduate and graduate Harraway, Butler , and others. students whose first language is not English during stu- dent orientations in August and January. Placement in ENGL 485. Introduction to Writing Theory (2) courses will be determined based on the results. New Survey of major approaches and theoretical issues in the Teaching Assistants must take the SPEAK test prior to field of composition and rhetoric. Required of all new the beginning of the semester (A TSE score of 55-60 is teaching assistants in the department. Usually rostered in acceptable). Students who do not pass the SPEAK are conjunction with 400 or 486. not eligible for a TA position. Contact the ESL Office ENGL 486. Teaching Composition: A Practicum (1) for an appointment upon arrival to campus. Refer to our Introduction to teaching writing at Lehigh. Bi-weekly website for additional information. discussions of practical issues and problems in the teach- The Freshman Composition Requirement. The courses ing of freshman composition. Required of all new English 3 and English 5 (Composition and Literature for teaching assistants in the department. Usually rostered in ESL Writers I and II,) may be applied towards the com- conjunction with English 485. position requirement for undergraduates. See the English ENGL 487. Teaching with Technology: A department course listings for additional information. Practicum (1) ESL Teacher Training. ESL in conjunction with the Hands-on introduction to the tools and skills necessary English Department offers English 310 (Introduction to to teach with the computer, along with some attention Theories and Methods of ESL Instruction) and English to appropriate pedagogy. Prerequisite: consent of gradu- 314 (ESL Teaching Practicum). See the English ate program coordinator. Department course listings for descriptions. ENGL 490. Master’s Thesis (3) For more information about English as a Second Writing master’s thesis papers. Language at Lehigh, refer to our web site at www.lehigh.edu/~inesl. ENGL 491. Special Topics (1-3) A topic, genre, or approach in literature or writing not Courses: covered in other courses. May be repeated for credit as ESLP 1 ESL Academic Writing and Grammar (1) title varies. Prerequisite: consent of the graduate program Instruction in understanding and using advanced coordinator. English sentence structures in writing. Advanced aca- ENGL 493. Graduate Seminar (3) demic vocabulary and grammar development to improve Intensive study of the works of one or more authors, or writing sophistication and accuracy. Required for gradu- of a type of literature. May be repeated for credit as title ate students who score below 73 on the Michigan Test varies. and/or for students needing additional writing proficien- cy. 4 hours per week. ENGL 495. Independent Study (3) Individually supervised course in an area of literature, film ESLP 2 ESL Academic Writing and Reading (1) or writing not covered in regularly listed courses. The writing process and composing skills, editing skills, Prerequisite: consent of the graduate program coordinator. vocabulary development and reading fluency for ESL stu- dents. Required for graduate students who score below 73 ENGL 499. Dissertation (1-9) on the Michigan Test and/or for students needing addi- Research and study for comprehension exams. tional writing proficiency. Undergraduates may enroll after or concurrent with English 3. 4 hours per week. English as a Second Language ESLP 3 ESL Clear Speech and Conversation (1) Program Director. Timothy Bonner Conversational English, colloquial language and idioms, pronunciation and accent reduction and practice in basic Credit Instruction: English as a Second Language (ESL) listening skills for an academic setting. 4 hours per week. credit courses are offered to both undergraduates and graduates who wish to increase English proficiency in the ESLP 4 ESL Academic Speaking (1) areas of writing, reading, speaking, and presentation Correct use of grammatical structures in oral English skills. All credit courses are at an advanced level of and practice in accurate pronunciation. ESL students English study. For undergraduates, these courses are will explore the functions of American English in an aca- designed to supplement English department required demic setting. 4 hours per week. courses, such as courses towards the freshman writing ESLP 11 ESL Technical Writing and requirement. Graduate students should contact their departments regarding acceptance of credit towards resi- Composition (1) dency requirements. ESLP courses may be repeated for Formal composition and technical writing including credit with a maximum of three repetitions. ESL credit general technical vocabulary, technical sentence struc- courses are open to regularly enrolled students or ture, and research skills for the advanced ESL student. 240 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

Prerequisite: successful completion of ESLP 2 (ESL ENGL 347. The Essay (4) Academic Writing and Reading) or ENGL 5, or with Practice of the essay, including such forms as the personal, permission of ESL Director. 4 hours per week. academic, or argumentative essay. Emphasis on developing ESLP 12 ESL Advanced Speech and Presentation a strong personal voice and learning to use other voices. Intensive revision. Prerequisite: ENGL 171,173, or 174, Skills (1) or permission of writing minor advisor. (ND) Development of advanced speaking skills and presenta- tion techniques through a study of formal spoken ENGL 291. Special Topics (1-4) rhetoric, accent improvement, and presentation skills. A topic, genre, or approach in literature or writing not For the undergraduate or graduate student seeking for- covered in other courses. (HU) mal speech skills and/or for teaching assistants. (Required for TAs with SPEAK scores 200 - 225.) Graduate Students taking 300-level courses receive Prerequisite: successful completion of ESLP 3 or 4 , or 3 credits; undergraduates receive 4 credits. SPEAK score 180+, or permission of ESL Director. 4 ENGL 301. Topics in Literature (4) hours per week. A theme, topic, or genre in literature, such as autobiog- ENGL 314. Teaching English as a Second raphy as literature and the gothic novel. May be repeated Language: A Practicum (1) for credit as titles vary. (HU) Companion course to English 310 (Intro to Methods of ENGL 307. Undergraduate Thesis Proposal (1) English as a Second Language). This course will include Course to be enrolled by senior honors students prepar- class meetings that focus on guided discussions of the ing to write honors thesis. Course requirements include practical application of principles and practices of ESL conducting preliminary research for the thesis and writ- pedagogy in a real-world environment. Supervised ESL ing a detailed thesis proposal and bibliography. May not classroom student teaching/tutoring required. be rostered concurrently with English 308. (HU) Prerequisite: English 310. ENGL 308. Undergraduate Thesis (3) ENGL 316. Native American Literature (4) Open to advanced undergraduates who wish to submit Fiction by modern American Indian writers like N. Scott theses in English. Prerequisite: consent of department Momaday, Leslie Marmon Silko, James Welch, Michael chairperson. (HU) Dorris, and Louise Erdrich. Some attention given to the history of the relationships and conflicts between Native ENGL 309. Interpretation: Critical Theory and Americans and the federal government, white agricultur- Practice (4) al and business interests, and educational and religious Introduction to recent literary and cultural theory, such interests. (HU) as New Criticism, Structuralism, Marxism, Psychoanalytic approaches, Reader-response Criticism, ENGL 318. Topics in African-American Literature Deconstruction, Feminist Theory, New Historicism, and and Culture (4) Cultural Criticism. (HU) Special Topics in African-American culture and/or the cultures of the African diaspora. Topics may be focused ENGL 310. Introduction to Methods of English as by period, genre, thematic interest or interdisciplinary a Second Language Instruction (4) method including, for example, "Nineteenth-century An introduction to teaching English as a second lan- African-American Literature and Politics", "African- guage including the theory and principles of second American Folklore", "Black Atlantic Literature", "The language acquisition, ESL methods, materials, and cur- Harlem Renaissance", "African-American Women rent trends such as computer assisted language Writers". May be repeated for credit as title varies. (HU) instruction. With sufficient effort, students will learn to plan and teach an ESL/EFL class in the four areas of ENGL 327. Chaucer (4) Writing, Reading, Speaking and Listening, choose appro- The Canterbury Tales, with some attention to other priate materials for varying age and proficiency levels, Chaucerian works and other works that may have pro- and most importantly, have a concrete approach to vided source-materials for Chaucer’s tales. Chaucer’s teaching ESL/EFL. Required classroom observing and language and the literary, intellectual, social, and histori- tutoring hours that can be completed in Lehigh’s ESL cal backgrounds to his work. (HU) classes, in Lehigh’s ELLC language lab, or in the local ENGL 328. (THTR 328) Shakespeare (4) public school ESL classes. Course restricted to upperclass An introduction to Shakespearean drama including and graduate students. comedies, histories, tragedies, and romances. Emphasis ENGL 311. (WS 311) Literature of Women (4) on textual study, cultural contexts, and performance Women’s works about women. Besides re-reading famil- strategies. (HU) iar feminists’ fiction, drama, and poems, an introduction ENGL 331. Milton (4) to contemporary and often experimental works by less The poetry and prose of John Milton in the context of famous writers. (HU) the English Revolution. Particular attention to the inter- ENGL 312. Studies in Literary and Cultural section of theology and philosophy, and of the personal Theory (4) with the political. (HU) Study of a particular contemporary theoretical approach to literature, film, or other cultural texts. May be repeat- ed for credit as the topic changes. (HU) Environmental Studies 241

Environmental Studies science fields such as anthropology, communication, his- tory, international relations, journalism, political science, Professors: Stephen H. Cutcliffe, Ph.D. (Lehigh), psychology, science and environmental writing or sociol- Professor of Science, Technology and Society and History and ogy could easily be accomplished. Minors in the Director of Science, Technology and Society program; Sharon sciences, such as Earth and Environmental Sciences, also M. Friedman, M.A. (Penn State), Professor of Journalism can be easily completed. If students are not pursuing a and Communication and Director of Science and double major, a minor in another field to complement Environmental Writing Program; John B. Gatewood, Ph.D. the Environmental Studies major is highly recommended (Illinois), Professor of Sociology and Anthropology; Kenneth but not required. L. Kraft, Ph.D. (Princeton), Professor of Religion Studies; The major consists of three required and four core courses, Gerard P. Lennon, Ph.D. (Cornell), Professor of Civil plus four elective courses chosen from a list that follows. Engineering; Anne S. Meltzer, Ph.D. (Rice), Chairperson The B.A. is considered a social science major and most of and Professor of Earth and Environmental Sciences; Vincent its courses fulfill college social science distribution require- G. Munley, Ph.D. (SUNY at Binghamton), Professor of ments. Its collateral requirements, which include a social Economics; David B. Small, Ph.D. (Cambridge), Professor science research methods course, one course in statistics of Sociology and Anthropology. and three basic science courses, can be used to fulfill col- Associate Professors: Edward E. Lotto, Ph.D. lege math and science distribution requirements. (Indiana), Associate Professor of English and Director of Honors: To graduate with honors, a major in the Center for Writing, Math and Study Skills; Albert H. Environmental Studies must maintain a 3.2 overall aver- Wurth, Jr., Ph.D. (North Carolina), Associate Professor age, attain a 3.5 average in the courses constituting the of Political Science. major program, and complete an honors thesis in the Assistant Professors: Alec M. Bodzin, Ph.D. (North senior year. Carolina State), Assistant Professor of Education; Derick G. Brown, Ph.D. (Princeton), Assistant Professor of Civil Environmental Studies Major and Environmental Engineering. Required and Core Courses (28 credits) Interim Program Director: Sharon M. Friedman, Required Courses: Department of Journalism and Communication. ES 1 Introduction to Environmental Studies (4) This new Bachelor of Arts degree examines the cultural, ES (EES) 2 Environmental Science: Systems and economic, historical, political and social factors that influ- Solutions (4) ence local, national, international and global ES 381 Senior Seminar: Issues in Environmental environmental issues and policies. Investigating a wide Studies (4) range of perspectives, it includes a broad exposure to Core Courses: At Least 4 of the 7 following courses: many factors confronting humans as they struggle with ES 101 Environmental Policies and Planning (4) complex problems and possible solutions to environmen- ES 102 Environmental Values and Ethics (4) tal questions. ES 111 (ECO 111) Introduction to Environmental The interdisciplinary program includes courses in 4 col- Economics (4) leges and 10 different departments. Most of its courses ES 115 (JOUR 115) Communicating about the are in social science disciplines but there are also offer- Environment (4) ings in humanities, education, science, mathematics and ES 121 (ANTH 121) Environment and Culture (4) engineering. The program has been designed so students ES 171 (CEE 171) Fundamentals of Environmental will develop a broad understanding of social science Technology (4) environmental concerns, along with a basic familiarity ES 315 (HIST 315) American Environmental with environmental science, statistics and research meth- History (4) ods. Of benefit to all students interested in environmental issues, this new B.A. degree will comple- Major Electives (16 credits including two courses at the ment existing B.A. and B.S. programs in Earth and 200 level or above): Environmental Sciences and the B.S. program in ANTH. 305 Anthropology of Fishing (4) Environmental Engineering. ARTS 196 Sustainable Development: The Costa Rican Experience (1-4) The B.A. Program CEE 272 Environment, Risk Regulation The B.A. program is intended for students who are inter- and Policy (2) ested in environmental affairs from the perspective of the ECO. 311 Environmental Economics (3) social sciences and humanities. This degree will prepare ENGL. 201-11 The Environmental Imagination (4) students for a variety of career options including positions EES 109 Geographical Analysis of our in policy agencies at the federal, state and local govern- Changing World (4) ment levels, corporate management, non-profit ES 10 Environment and the organizations, environmental journalism or environmental Consumer Society (4) law. It also will prepare students for graduate studies in a number of environmental policy and social science fields. ES (JOUR) 116 Risky Business (4) ES 131 Internship (1-2) The B.A. is specifically designed to be broadly inclusive ES 181 Independent Study (1-4) yet flexible enough to allow for double majors and ES 371 Special Topics (1-4) minors in other fields. Double majors or minors in social ES 391 Honors Thesis (4) 242 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

IR 344 Politics of Oil (4) management, natural and induced hazards, land use, JOUR. 125 Environment, the Public habitat degradation, and environmental impact. Course and the Mass Media (4) intended for non-science majors with an interest in the JOUR (STS) 323 Controversies (4) environment, how it works, and what’s important to sus- POLS 111 Politics of the Environment (4) tain a habitable planet. Environmental issues on local, POLS 328 U.S. Politics and the Environment (4) national, and global scales are considered and compared. POLS 375 Seminar: Green Polity (4) Fulfills science distribution requirement. Lecture and recitation, class discussions, debates, and case studies. REL 6 Religion and the Ecological Crisis (4) Meltzer (NS) REL 254 Buddhism and Ecology (4) TBTE 394 Special Topics in Education - ES 10. Environment and the Consumer Society Environmental Education (3) (4). Spring In addition, new courses may be offered annually. Is there such a thing as sustainable consumption, or will Students should check with the program director for an life on Earth become increasingly imbalanced? Will our updated list. grandchildren accuse us of “devouring” their future? This multidisciplinary course investigates these issues, both Collateral Requirements (18-20 credits) locally and globally from the perspectives of anthropolo- Required (8 credits) gy, history, communication and politics. Topics include MATH 12 Basic Statistics (4) cultural causes of and responses to past environmental disasters; biological and cultural limits to growth; over- A calculus course may be substituted with permission of the fishing the commons; resources and land use issues; program director. communication in a consumer culture; and politics and SR 111 Research Methods and governmental regulations. Team projects researching the Data Analysis (4) environmental impacts of campus consumption will be Electives: At least one EES and two other science cours- included. (SS) es (10-12 credits): More advanced science or environmental engineering courses may be substituted with ES 101. Environmental Policy and Planning (4) the permission of the program director. Fall CHEM 5 Chemistry and National Issues (3) Analysis of the framework that has been established to protect the environment and promote sustainable CHEM 21 Introductory Chemical Principles (4) growth. Focus on the roles of the different branches of EES 3 Global Environmental Change (4) the U.S. government and the relative responsibilities of EES 11 Environmental Geology (3) state and local governments within this framework as EES 21 Introduction to Planet Earth (4) well as key international accords. Consideration of the EES 31 Introduction to political nature of environmental issues and the social Environmental Biology (4) forces influencing environmental protection. (SS) PHY 5 Concepts in Physics (4) ES 102. Environmental Values and Ethics (4) Minor in Environmental Studies A broad survey of the role of values and ethics in envi- ronmental issues. How have humans perceived their A minor in Environmental Studies consists of four 4- relation to nature across vast spans of time and culture? credit courses, for a total of 16 credits. These should Do premodern ecological views still have lessons to teach include ES 1, one course from the core set for the major, contemporary citizens? Contemporary developments and two courses from either the core or elective courses such as environmental justice, deep ecology, ecofemi- for the major. One of the two courses must be at the nism, bioregionalism, campus ecology, ecopsychology 300-level course. and issues of ecological identity will be explored. (HU) Environmental Studies Courses ES 111 (ECO 111). Introduction to ES 1. Introduction to Environmental Studies (4) Environmental Economics (4) Fall An examination of the interactions between our eco- Gateway to the field of Environmental Studies, the nomic systems and the environment. Pollution as a course surveys central issues and themes confronting consequence of human activity within a framework for humanity in the natural world on a national and global analyzing the relationships between environmental quali- basis. Topics include humankind’s role in environmental ty, scarcity of resources and economic growth. How to change; society’s response to the dynamism of nature; develop appropriate public policies to deal with these cultural evaluations of nature; population dynamics; issues. Prerequisite: ECO. 1. (SS) resource availability and pollution sinks; land use pat- ES 115 (JOUR 115). Communicating about the terns; sustainability and consumerism; environmental Environment (4) justice and ethics; policy and planning. (SS) Introduction to the need for and ways to communicate ES (EES) 2. Environmental Science: Systems and about environmental issues to laypersons, government Solutions (4) Spring officials, journalists, members of the judiciary and tech- An overview of environmental issues, problems, and nical experts. Explores case studies of good and bad solutions from an Earth systems perspective. A review of communication about environmental issues. Internet how natural systems create the environment and how communication, including the efficacy of placing gov- society is a part of these systems rather than distinct ernmental reports and databases on the Web for public from them. Includes consideration of issues like resource consumption, will be evaluated. (SS) Finance 243

ES 116 (JOUR 116). Risky Business (4) summer In the era of a growing competitive global economy, This course explores the risks and effects of environmen- finance has become increasingly important and complex. tal contamination on human health and behavior as well This has led to an expansion of career opportunities as the role of the mass media in alerting citizens to within corporations, investment firms, and financial potential environmental health risks. Environmental topics institutions worldwide. These opportunities are varied vary but usually include air and water pollution, endocrine and often overlap with other disciplines such as account- disrupters and radioactive waste. S. Friedman (SS) ing, information systems, and marketing. It is also ES 131. Internship (1-2) important that students engage in extracurricular activi- ties that might complement their academic studies. Practical experience in the application of environmental studies for both on- and off-campus organizations. The domestic financial services industry has been at the Course is designed to provide credit for supervised expe- forefront of global finance and will remain as one of our riential learning experiences. May be repeated for credit relative strengths within a global economy. Lehigh, in up to four credits. Prerequisite: consent of the program turn, enjoys a relative advantage in this regard as Lehigh director. (ND) alumni are well respected in all areas of finance. Our program has also been able to take advantage of our ES 171 (CEE 171). Fundamentals of proximity to many financial institutions. Environmental Technology (4) The finance major offered by the Perella Department of Pollution control technologies and how they work for Finance requires 18 credit hours beyond the core water, air and solid wastes. Assessment and management requirements. Each finance major must successfully of risk as applied to remediation of contaminated wastes. complete the 2-course foundation requirement; the 2- Role of life cycle analysis of products in risk reduction. course depth requirement; and the 2-course breadth Emphasis on technologies leading to sustainable environ- requirement as outlined below. ment. Government policies and regulations, including litigation and Best Engineering Practices. Prerequisite: A 2-Course Foundation Requirement course designated NS. Not available to students in FIN 323 Investments RCEAS. (ND) FIN 328 Corporate Financial Policy ES 181. Independent Study (1-4) Directed readings or research on an Environmental 2-Course Depth Requirement Studies topic. May be repeated for credit up to four Choose 2 depth electives from the following list of finance credits. Prerequisite: consent of the program director. offerings. (HU or SS) FIN 324 Security Analysis and Portfolio Management ES 371. Special Topics (1-4) FIN 330 Financial Markets and Institutions Intensive, research-oriented study of a subject or issue in Environmental Studies not covered in other courses. For FIN 333 Global Finance students of demonstrated ability and adequate preparation. FIN 334 Derivatives and Management of Risk May be repeated for credit up to four credits. Prerequisite: FIN 335 Advanced Topics-Financial consent of the program director. (HU or SS) Management FIN 336 Real Estate Finance ES 381. Senior Seminar: Issues in Environmental Studies (4) 2-Course Breadth Requirement Advanced seminar focusing on discussion and research Choose 2 breadth electives within one of the following four on specialized subjects in Environmental Studies. Subject breadth tracks. matter varies from semester to semester. Intended for Environmental Studies majors and minors but open to Track 1: Financial Analysis others. Prerequisites: ES 1, 2 or another EES course, and ACCT 315 Financial Accounting I one core course or consent of the program director. (SS) ACCT 316 Financial Accounting II ACCT 318 Financial Statement Analysis ES 391. Honors Thesis (1-4) Directed undergraduate research thesis required of stu- Track 2: Financial Engineering dents who apply and qualify for graduation with ECO 357 Econometrics program honors. Prerequisite: consent of the program ECO 358 Game Theory director. (HU or SS) ECO 346 Numerical Methods for Business Decisions Finance ECO 327 Real Options Track 3: Financial Marketing Professors. Stephen G. Buell, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Richard J. MKT 319 Development and Marketing Kish, Ph.D. (Florida), chairman, Perella Department of of New Products Finance; Nandu Nayar, Ph.D. (Iowa), Hans Baer Chair MKT 320 Global Marketing in International Finance. MKT 325/ECO 325 Associate professors. James A. Greenleaf, Ph.D. Quantitative Marketing Analysis (N.Y.U.); Stephen F. Thode, D.B.A. (Indiana); Geraldo Track 4: Financial Mathematics M. Vasconcellos, Ph.D. (Illinois). MATH 205 Linear Methods Assistant professors. Anne-Marie Anderson, Ph.D. (U of MATH 231 Probability and Statistics Arizona); David H. Myers, Ph.D. (U of Washington). MATH 242 Linear Algebra Professor of practice. Samuel C. Weaver, Ph.D. (Lehigh). MATH 309 Theory of Probability Adjunct professors. David L. Muething, Ph.D. (M.I.T.). MATH 334 Mathematical Statistics 244 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

MATH 338 Regression Analysis FIN 335. Advanced Topics – Financial MATH 467 Financial Calculus I Management (3) Advanced topics relating to specific areas of corporate Undergraduate Courses finance such as: bond refunding, asset valuation and cap- For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduate ital budgeting including the role of uncertainty, Students imprecise forecasts, risk preferences, inflation, market conditions, and the global marketplace; working capital Courses numbered 200 and above in the College of Business management, leasing, mergers, and financing. The and Economics are open to sophomores only on petition. course content may vary between instructors and over FIN 225. Introduction to Finance (3) time, therefore, the course descriptor is subject to change An introductory finance course stressing the links between each time the course is offered. May be repeated. corporate finance and investments. Major topic areas will Prerequisite: FIN 323 and FIN 328. include financial statement analysis , time value of money, FIN 336. Real Estate Finance (3) risk and return valuation of stocks and bonds, capital An advanced survey of modern residential and commer- budgeting, and cost of capital. Prerequisites: ECO 129, cial real estate financing techniques from the perspective ECO 145, MATH 51, ACCT 151. of the borrower and the lender. Topics include: the prin- Finance Foundation Courses: ciples of financing decisions; financing methods and techniques, institutional sources of funds for real estate, FIN 323. Investments (3) and real estate financing decision-making. The course The nature of risk and the form of returns on financial includes lectures, demonstrations, spreadsheet software assets from the viewpoint of various constituents. Investor exercises, and guest speakers. Prerequisite: FIN 323 and objectives, attitudes, and constraints are considered within FIN 328. the risk-return matrix within the context of valuation. Prerequisites: FIN 225, ACCT 152, and ECO 146. Additional finance offerings that cannot be used to fulfill the finance depth requirement: FIN 328. Corporate Financial Policy (3) The study of management issues related to capital budg- FIN 371. Directed Readings (3) eting, working capital, leasing, mergers, and financing. Readings in various fields of finance designed for the stu- Prerequisites: FIN 225, ACCT 152, and ECO 146. dent with a special interest in some field of finance not covered in scheduled courses. May be repeated. Finance Depth Requirement Courses: Prerequisite: consent of sponsoring instructor. FIN 324. Security Analysis and Portfolio FIN 372. Special Topics (1-3) Management (3) Special problems and issues in finance for which no reg- Valuation of equity and debt instruments factoring in ularly scheduled course work exists. When offered as the influence earnings forecasts and expectations, uncer- group study, coverage varies according to interests of tainty, required returns, supply and demand for securities instructor and students. May be repeated. Prerequisite: and funds, and investor attitudes. Portfolio management consent of sponsoring instructor. concepts include the implications of market factors, technical analysis, timing, and screening of securities. FIN 273. Finance Internship I (1 credit) Based on a student’s work experience, a sponsoring facul- Prerequisites: FIN 323 and FIN 328. ty member shall direct readings, projects, and other FIN 330. Financial Markets and Institutions (3) assignments—including a “capstone report.” It should be Functions and portfolios of financial intermediaries. noted that the work experience (at least 80 hours), by Sectional demand and supply of funds, nature and role itself, is not the basis for academic credit. The faculty of interest rates, term structure and forecasting, impact directed activity must be provided concurrent with the of inflation and regulation on financial intermediaries work. Course registration and related arrangements must and markets, and current developments in the financial be made in advance of the work engagement. This system. Management of assets and liabilities within the course must be taken Pass/Fail and cannot be used to U.S. financial institution’s legal and economic con- satisfy finance major requirements. Prerequisites: ECO straints. Prerequisites: FIN 323 and FIN 328. 129, ECO 145, MATH 51, ACCT 151, declaration of a FIN 333. Global Finance (3) finance major, and department approval. Issues that underlie the investment, financing, and divi- FIN 373. Finance Internship II (1 credit) dend decisions of multinational firms from both the Based on a student’s work experience, a sponsoring facul- buyer’s and seller’s viewpoints. Current transactions in ty member shall direct readings, projects, and other foreign currencies, direct and portfolio investment and assignments—including a “capstone report.” It should be associated risk management when dealing in foreign noted that the work experience (at least 80 hours), by countries. Prerequisite: FIN 323 and FIN 328. itself, is not the basis for academic credit. The faculty FIN 334. Derivatives and Management of Risk (3) directed activity must be provided concurrent with the Theoretical and practical aspects of various instruments work. Course content and work experience should have and markets that involve financial derivative instru- added rigor from Finance Internship I due to the satis- ments. Emphasis on the management of risk for factory completion of the finance core (FIN 323 and corporate managers and portfolio managers. Prerequisite: FIN 328). Course registration and related arrangements FIN 323 and FIN 328. must be made in advance of the work engagement. This course must be taken Pass/Fail and cannot be used to satisfy finance major requirements. Prerequisites: FIN 323, FIN 328, declaration of a finance major, and department approval. History 245

FIN 374. Portfolio Management Practicum (1-3) History Readings, projects and papers designed to complement the leadership and analytical activities associated with the Professors. Jean R. Soderlund, Ph.D. (Temple), chairper- management of the Student Investment Club or son; Michael G. Baylor, Ph.D. (Stanford); Stephen H. Thompson portfolios and similar activities. May be Cutcliffe, Ph.D. (Lehigh), History and STS; Ian P.H. repeated. Prerequisites: FIN 323 and permission of Duffy, D.PHIL. (Oxford, England); Steven L. Goldman, instructor. Ph.D. (Boston), Andrew W. Mellon Distinguished Course descriptions for the College of Business and Professor in the Humanities; Tom F. Peters, Dr. Sc. (Swiss Economics graduate courses can be found in this section Federal Institute of Technology, ETH Zurich); C. Robert (Section V) under the heading of Business and Economics Phillips, Ph.D. (Brown), Classics and Ancient History; Graduate Courses. James S. Saeger, Ph.D. (Ohio State); William R. Scott, Ph.D. (Princeton); Roger D. Simon, Ph.D. (Wisconsin). Fine Arts Associate professors. Gail A. Cooper, Ph.D. (U.C., Santa Barbara); John Pettegrew, Ph.D. (Wisconsin); John See listings under Art and Architecture. K. Smith, Ph.D. (Delaware). Assistant professors. Monica Najar, Ph.D. (Wisconsin); Five-Year Programs John Savage, Ph.D. (N.Y.U.). Professor of Practice. Kimberley Carrell-Smith, Ph.D. Several ways exist for students to obtain two degrees in (Delaware). five years of study. See listings under ARTS-Engineering; ARTS-Master of Business Administration; Civil The history major introduces students to the study of the Engineering and Earth and Environmental Sciences; causes and consequences of change through an examina- Electrical Engineering and Engineering Physics; tion of political, economic, social, cultural, and Engineering-Master of Business Administration; and intellectual developments and institutions over time. The College of Education. department’s goal is to train its majors to think critically about the events and forces that have shaped the modern world, to analyze and interpret sources and evidence, and Foreign Culture and Civilization to view issues from a variety of perspectives. Those skills See listings under Modern Languages and Literature. have served students well in a wide range of careers. Lehigh history majors have frequently gone on to law school or to work in various areas of education, journal- Foreign Literature ism, public affairs, and business. The major also provides an excellent basis for graduate training in a wide range of See listings under Classics and under Modern Languages public policy fields. The department offers a program of and Literature. independent research under the direction of an individual faculty member (History 391, 392). A maximum of six French credits may be used toward this project. Normally stu- dents pursue their research in the second semester of the See listings under Modern Languages and Literature. junior year and the first semester of their senior year; the project may also be undertaken during the senior year. Geology Students who do well on their research project will gradu- ate with department honors. The writing intensive See listings under Earth and Environmental Sciences requirement must be filled by a course in the history department. For advanced placement, please see Section I. German The department recommends that students intending to major in history take MATH 12, Basic Statistics, to ful- See listings under Modern Languages and Literature. fill their college math requirement. Government Department Major Requirements A history major consists of 35 hours, normally nine See listings under Political Science courses, as follows: HIST 11 Survey of Europe to 1648. Greek HIST 12 Survey of Europe Since 1648. HIST 201 Historical Perspectives, or See listings under Classics. HIST. 202 Historical Research One course in the history of Asia, Africa, or Latin Hebrew America: HIST 5, 49, 50, 75, 76, 177, 340, 341, 342, 359, 368. Modern Hebrew is taught in the Department of Modern Languages and Literature. Biblical Hebrew is taught in HIST 104, 300, 303, 371, 391, 392, or provisional the Department of Religion Studies. courses may be used to fulfill this requirement in accor- dance with their contents and emphases. Minimum of 12 hours of courses numbered 303 or higher (except HIST 306). To graduate with a history major, a minimum 24 hours must be graded course work taken at Lehigh. 246 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

Requirements for Honors HIST 12. Survey of Europe Since 1648 (4) Students wishing to graduate with honors must have a The rise of modern nation states; the scientific and minimum GPA of 3.25 in history, 39 credits and must industrial revolutions; social movements and the French have completed History 391. and Russian revolutions; impact of Enlightenment phi- losophy, nationalism, liberalism, imperialism and History Minor Requirements fascism; the development of modern class structure and Each student’s minor program is prepared in consulta- transformations in gender relations, art, popular culture tion with the advisor of minors in the history and society. (HU) Savage department. Advanced placement credit may not be used for the minor program. HIST 15. English History (4) The history of England to 1688. The origins of represen- • 15 credits tative government, the development of English social • at least 4 credits at 200 or 300 level institutions, the unification of England, and the • maximum of one course (4 credits) of transfer or Renaissance and Reformation in England. (HU) Duffy cross-listed courses may count toward minor. HIST 16. English History (4) Concentration in Public History English political and social institutions from 1688 to the History majors may earn a concentration in Public His- present. The evolution of parliamentary government, the tory by completing a total of 16 hours in the following rise of modern parties, the industrial revolution, and courses: recent social philosophies. (HU) Duffy HIST 305 Public History (4), required HIST 21. (CLSS 21) Greek History (4) HIST 306 Internship in Public History (4), The development of civilization from paleolithic times to required the world empire of Alexander the Great. The social, ART 175, 275, economic, religious, philosophic, artistic, and literary 370, or 375 Museology (3) development of the ancient world; the origin of political EDT 405 Website and Resource institutions. (SS) Phillips Development (3) (seniors by petition) HIST 22. (CLSS 22) Roman History (4) HIST 336 Bethlehem and the Lehigh Valley (4) Rome from its origins to A.D. 476. Political, social and HIST 338 Techniques in Public History religious developments. Transformation of the late (2-4 credits, may be repeated for up to 8 credits) Roman Empire to the early medieval period. (SS) HIST 339 Managing Nonprofit Phillips Organizations (4) HIST 41. United States to 1865 (4) HIST/ANTH 370 Historical Archeology (4) Native American cultures; European settlement; develop- ment of slavery and free labor systems; the Revolution; Undergraduate Courses in History th Petitions are required for first-year students to take 100- founding of the new nation; 19 century social, eco- level or higher courses, and for sophomores to take nomic, cultural, and political development; Civil War. 200-level or higher courses. HU - fills humanities distri- (SS) Najar, Soderlund bution requirements; SS - fills social science HIST 42. United States, 1865-1941 (4) requirements; ND - not designated. America’s transformation into an industrial and global HIST 5. (AAS 5) African Civilization (4) power from Reconstruction after the Civil War to the Sub-Saharan Africa through the millennia of the ancient Great Depression; includes social, political, and cultural world to the present. Human origins, state and non-state developments. (SS) Carrell-Smith systems, the external slave trade, colonialism, resistance HIST 43. United States Since 1939 (4) to European rule, independence movements, and neo- World War II; Cold War at home and abroad; Civil colonialism. (SS) Keim, Scott Rights movement; the 1960s: Vietnam, the welfare state HIST 7. Technology in America’s Industrial Age (4) and social upheavals; new forms of cultural expression; Traces the development of American technology from feminism; rise of neo-conservatism. (HU) Pettegrew the pre-industrial colonial era until America’s emergence HIST 49. History of Latin America (4) as the world’s leading industrial power. The interactions Spanish and Portuguese colonization of America and the between technology and culture, society, politics, and the struggles for independence, preceded by a brief view of economy will also be addressed. (SS) Smith the ancient American civilizations and Iberian back- HIST 8. Technology in Modern America (4) grounds. (SS) Saeger Traces the evolution of modern American technology, HIST 50. History of Latin America (4) including automobiles, aircraft, computers, nuclear Continuation of HIST 49. The development of the weapons, television, space, pharmaceuticals, and biotech- Latin American nations in the 19th and 20th centuries. nology. Includes critiques of technology such as (SS) Saeger environmentalism. The interactions of technology and culture, society, politics, and the economy will also be HIST 64. (AAS 64, ECO 64) Plantation to addressed. (SS) Smith Ghetto (2) Examination of topics in the economic history of African HIST 11. Survey of Europe to 1648 (4) Americans from the 1500s to the present. Explores the Development of European history from Rome to the th slave trade, slavery, post-Civil War South, the black fami- 17 century. End of the ancient world, origins and ly, migration, urbanization, and race and poverty. (SS) growth of medieval civilization, the Renaissance and O’Brien, Scott Reformation. (HU) Baylor History 247

HIST 75. (MLL 75, Asia 75) Chinese engineers and scientists to their disciplines. Will focus on Civilization (4) the American experience. Among the topics discussed are The development of traditional Chinese thought, beliefs, invention, design, laboratory research, education, engi- technology, and institutions from a historical perspective, neering, professionalism, labor force participation, office from earliest times to China’s encounter with the West. mechanization, household appliances, virtual spaces, (HU or SS) Pankenier childcare and reproduction. (SS) Cooper HIST 76 (Asia 76, MLL 76) Understanding HIST 120. Revolutionary America (4) Contemporary China (4) Origins and development of the American republic from An overview of recent history, politics, economy, reli- 1750 through the adoption of the Federal Constitution. gion, problems of modernization, popular culture, and (SS) Najar, Soderlund attitudes. Contemporary Chinese society viewed against HIST 124. (WS 124) Women in America (4) the backdrop of tradition and the tumultuous history of Roles of women in American society from colonial to twentieth-century China. (SS) present times: attitudes toward women, female sexuality, HIST 90. First-Year Seminar in History (3) women’s work, and feminism. (SS) Cooper, Najar Seminar for first-year students on a particular theme or HIST 129. (AAS 129) Black Political Thought in topic. (HU or SS depending on topic of seminar). America (4) HIST 104. Themes in History (2 - 4) Black leadership, organizations, and philosophy in Seminar on a particular theme or topic not covered by a America from Reconstruction to the Civil Rights Era; currently listed offering. (HU or SS depending on topic ideas and programs of Booker T. Washington, W.E.B. of seminar). DuBois, Marcus Garvey, Malcolm X and Martin Luther King, Jr. (SS) Scott HIST 105. Sports in Modern America (4) Surveys the social, cultural, and political role of sports in HIST 130. (AAS 130) African American History (4) America since the Civil War. By addressing the develop- Blacks in America from the first importation of Africans ment of sports and its relationship with race, class, to the implementation of civil rights laws. West African ethnicity, gender, the media, popular culture, and gov- origins, slave trade, slavery, free blacks and emancipation ernment, this class will examine the impact of sports in and study of Reconstruction, segregation, urbanization, making the America and Americans of the twentieth and the struggle for racial equality. (SS) Scott century. (HU) HIST 132. An Introduction to Canada (2) HIST 107. Technology and World History (4) A brief overview of major themes in Canadian history Development of technology and its relationship to politi- with emphasis on economic and political developments th th cal, economic, military and cultural aspects of world in the 19 and 20 centuries. (SS) Simon civilization from pyramids to the present. (SS) Smith HIST 135. Era of Jefferson and Jackson (4) HIST 109. The Built Environment of New York: Colonial beginnings; the Articles of Confederation and 1624-2001 (4) the Constitution; the creation of a new nation; the How the physical environment of New York City, particu- development of American political parties; the antebel- larly Manhattan, came to be. Course themes include the lum American state. (SS) Najar evolution of land use, housing, changing economic func- HIST 136. Era of the Civil War and tions of the city, immigration, cultural life, social Reconstruction (4) communities, and changing technology. Topics include: American abolitionism and the origins of the Civil War; settlement of lower Manhattan, the street system, immi- the Second American Revolution; Reconstruction and its grant neighborhoods and the Lower East Side, Greenwich sequel. (SS) Najar Village, Central Village, Central Park, the elevated trains and the subways, the Brooklyn Bridge, apartment living, HIST 145. (STS 145) Introduction to the History specialized shopping and entertainment districts, skyscrap- of Science (4) ers, Harlem, Rockefeller Center, the automobile and The history of modern science, primarily physical and highway system, public housing, the World Trade Center. biological, with emphasis on the development of major Usually taught in the summer in New York with walking theoretical models since the 17th century. (SS) Goldman tours to many of the locations listed above. (HU) Simon HIST 150. Medieval Civilization (4) HIST 110. American Military History (4) Formation and development of western culture to about The American military tradition from colonial times to 1400. Rise of universities and towns, legal development the present. America’s wars and the development and and origins of representative government, origins of operation of military institutions within the political, nation-states, scholasticism and decline of the medieval economic, ideological, and technological milieu of church. (HU) Savage American society. (SS) Saeger HIST 152. (CLSS 152/WS 152) Women in HIST 111. Engineering in the Modern World (4) Antiquity (4) Roles played by engineers and engineering in the mod- Interdisciplinary study of women in Greece and Rome. ern world, focusing on major achievements and failures, Literary, archaeological and historical evidence and prominent engineers, and evolution of the profession. approaches. Cross-cultural material. (SS) Phillips (SS) Smith HIST 153. (WS 153) Women in European HIST 117. (STS 117/WS117) Women, Science History, 1500-Present (4) and Technology (4) Examines the position of women in Europe since the Explores the impact of technology and science on Renaissance. Particular attention is given to changing women’s social roles and the contribution of women conceptions of women and their roles in society, the evo- 248 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

lution of women’s work, the origins, growth and impact change, and protracted revolution on Chinese beliefs, of feminism, and gender distinctions as reflected in law, values, and institutions. (HU or SS) Pankenier politics, popular culture and leisure. (SS) HIST 180. (REL 180) Religion and the American HIST 154. (REL 154) The Holocaust: History and Experience (4) Meaning (4) The historical development of major religious groups in The Nazi Holocaust in its historical, political and reli- this country from colonial times to the present. Their gious setting. Emphasis upon the moral, cultural and place in social and political life, and the impact of the theological issues raised by the Holocaust. (HU) national experience upon them. Emphasis on religious HIST 156. The Late Middle Ages and the freedom and pluralism, and the church-state relation- ship. (HU) Renaissance (4) The transition from medieval to early modern society For Advanced Undergraduates And from the fourteenth to the early sixteenth centuries. The Graduate Students general crisis of European civilization in the late Middle Graduate students may take 300 level courses, for which Ages; the rise and development of the Italian they receive 3 credits. Undergraduates must take them Renaissance; the spread of Renaissance culture from Italy for 4 credits. to northern Europe. (HU) Baylor HIST 201. Historical Perspectives (4) HIST 157. (REL 157) Europe in the Age of the Methodologies and interpretations of Western historians Reformation (4) from ancient times to the present. (HU) Baylor The breakup of the religious culture of medieval Christian Europe in the reformation movements of the HIST 202. Historical Research (4) sixteenth century. The origins and varieties of An introduction to historical interpretation, research Protestantism; the intersection of religious ideas and pol- design, and methodology. Students will research and itics in Germany, Switzerland, Britain, France, and the write a paper on a historical topic using secondary and Netherlands; the “wars of religion” and the emergence of primary sources. (SS) the European state system. (HU) Baylor HIST 213. (CLSS 213, REL 213) Ancient Roman HIST 158. Europe in the 17th and 18th Religion (4) Centuries (4) Religious experience of the Roman people from prehisto- Transformation of European civilization from the 30 ry to end of the empire. Nature of polytheism and its Years War to the outbreak of the French Revolution. interactions with monotheism (Christianity, Judaism). Origins and development of the European state system; Theories of religion. Emphasis on primary source mate- absolutism; commercial expansion and competition for rials. (SS) Phillips empire; science; the Enlightenment and its impact on HIST 303. Topics in History (2 - 4) European culture and politics. (HU) Baylor Intensive study in a particular area of history for HIST 159. Revolutionary Europe, 1789-1870 (4) advanced students. Topics may vary; may be repeated for Revolutions and reactions; the rise and spread of liberal- credit with consent of advisor. (HU or SS depending on ism, nationalism, and socialism. (HU) Duffy topic of seminar) HIST 160. Europe in the Age of Total War, 1870- HIST 305. Public History (3-4) 1945 (4) An examination of the public role of history in modern Origins of two world wars; revolutionary governments in society, with focus on issues facing historians in muse- Germany, Italy, and Russia. (HU) Duffy ums, historical societies, archives, historic preservation, the federal government, and other organizations in the HIST 161. (CLSS 161) Roman LAW (4) public sphere. (SS) Carrell-Smith Examination of Roman legal systems from the Twelve Tables to the Digest of Justinian. Emphasis on develop- HIST 306. Internship in Public History (2-4) ment of legal concepts and their historical context. Professionally supervised work in a museum, historical Readings in primary sources; lectures; discussion. (SS) society, archive, or other historical agency. Written jour- Phillips nal or report evaluating the experience is required. Permission of department chair required. May be repeat- HIST 162. Contemporary Europe (4) ed for a maximum of six credits. May not be counted Development of European States since 1945; European toward the major requirement of 12 hours of courses Community; Soviet influence and collapse. (HU) Savage numbered 303 or higher. (ND) Carrell-Smith HIST 163. France Since 1789 (4) HIST 308. Industrial America Since 1945 (3-4) France’s tumultuous transformation from an absolutist Explores efforts to achieve both prosperity and security monarchy to a modern democratic republic. Explores in the postwar era. Among the topics discussed: new major cultural, social and economic changes, with partic- technologies, consumer culture, disposable products, ular attention given to industrialization and advertising, defense spending, technical assistance, and urbanization, gender and class, church and state rela- multinational corporations. (SS) Cooper tions, the French Left and France’s unique contribution to modern philosophy, art and culture. (SS) Savage HIST 311. (CLSS 311) Twins and Sins: The Rise of Rome (3-4) HIST 177. (Asia 177, MLL 177) China Enters the Rome from its origins to the mid-third century B.C. Modern Age (4) Emphasis on foundation legends, the power of the The collapse of the imperial order and China’s agonizing monarchy, and development of Roman political and reli- transformation into a modern nation over the past 150 gious institutions. Papers, quizzes, discussions. (SS) years. The impact of imperialism, war, radical social Phillips History 249

HIST 312. (CLSS 312) Decline and Fall of the conditions of industrial workers, struggle to organize Roman Empire (3-4) unions and their later decline; indicators of social status Political, social, and economic history of the Roman and exclusion among the rich; changing distribution of Empire, A.D. 117-A.D. 565. Romanization of the income and wealth over time and extent of social mobili- provinces, diffusion of Christianity, and special attention ty. (SS) Simon to transformation to medieval period. Includes readings HIST 328. American Intellectual History Since in translation of primary sources. (SS) Phillips 1900 (3-4) HIST 313. (CLSS 313) Golden Age of Greek Social, literary, and political thought in the 20th-century Democracy (3-4) with emphasis on pragmatism and progressivism, matu- Greek history of the seventh through fifth centuries ration of American literary culture, ideas of American B.C. Emphasis on the contrasting political and social exceptionalism at mid-century, civil rights movement systems of Athens and Sparta with consideration of and feminism, neo-conservatism and recent trends. related economic and military history. Attention to art, (HU) Pettegrew gender, literature, religion. Discussion and lectures; HIST 331. (AAS 331) United States and Africa (3-4) papers. (SS) Phillips Reciprocal relationships between North America and the HIST 314. (CLSS 314) Age of Caesar and Christ African continent from the slave trade in the 17th centu- th (3-4) ry to the 20 century Afrocentric movement; impact of Roman history of the first century A.D. Political, cultur- Americans on the shaping of modern Africa, Pan-African al, and socio-economic changes; special attention to the relations; influence of African Americans on US policies evolution of absolute power. Lectures, discussions, toward Africa. (SS) Scott papers. (SS) Phillips HIST 332. (AAS 332) Slavery and the American HIST 315. (ES 315) American Environmental South (3-4) History (3-4) The emergence and demise of the “peculiar institu- Relationship between Americans and their natural tion” of African American slavery in British North America and the Old South. African background; environment from the colonial period to the present: th impact of European settlement, attitudes toward colonial beginnings; 19 century slave community; wilderness, role of technological development, rise of the ruling race and proslavery ideology; the death of preservation and conservation movements, establish- slavery and its aftermath; slavery and freedom in a ment of national parks, recent environmental comparative context. (SS) protection legislation. (SS) Cutcliffe HIST 333. American City to 1900 (3-4) HIST. 318 History of North American Indians (3-4) Settlement and planning of colonial towns; role of towns The history of American Indians from before European in the revolutionary era; industrialization and relation- contact to the present. Emphasis will be placed on the ship of economic and technological change to diversity of native peoples of eastern North America and urbanization; establishment of urban institutions; Irish how patterns of interaction between native Americans and German immigration; beginnings of suburbaniza- and Euro-Americans have changed over time. Discussion tion; downtowns and the creation of a civic culture. format, research paper. (SS) Soderlund Required field trip. (SS) Simon HIST 319. Colonial America (3-4) HIST 334. American City in the Twentieth Founding and growth of colonies in North America Century (3-4) through 1763. Emphasis on motives for settlement, Immigration; Progressive “reforms;” urban planning and Native American-European relations, and the economic, zoning; impact of automobile and suburbanization; social, and political development of the British West Depression and New Deal; public housing and racial Indies and mainland provinces. (SS) Soderlund ghettoes; urban decline and “renewal.” Required field trip. (SS) Simon HIST 323. American Cultural History Since 1900 (3-4) HIST 336 Bethlehem and the Lehigh Valley (3-4) Development of American popular culture and media: Local history focusing on Native American communities, popular press, Hollywood, radio, television, sports, and Moravian settlement, natural resources, industrial firms, advertising, and the meanings these institutions have cre- immigration and ethnic communities, organized labor, ated in 20th-century United States. (HU) Pettegrew housing patterns and urban sprawl, high-tech industry, and tourism. Includes an analysis of techniques used in HIST 325. (SSP 325, WS 325) History of presenting these topics to the public. (SS) Smith Sexuality and the Family in the U.S. (3-4) Changing conceptions of sexuality and the role of HIST 338 Techniques in Public History (2 or 4) women, men, and children in the family and society Designed to introduce students to a variety of public histo- from the colonial to the post-World War II era. ry techniques. Instructor will focus on one of the following Emphasis on the significance of socio-economic class and topics each term: archives, documentary film, exhibit cultural background. Topics include family structure, design, historical editing, material culture, oral history. birth control, legal constraints, marriage, divorce, and May be repeated to a maximum of 8 credits. (HU) prostitution. (SS) Najar HIST 339. Managing Nonprofit Organizations (3-4) HIST 326. (SSP 326) Social Class in American Addresses the effective management of nonprofit organi- History (3-4) zations, focusing on operations, administration, legal, marketing, finance and accounting issues in the nonprof- Emphasis on the 19th and 20th century, focusing on: it environment and emphasizing organizations such as emergence of a white-collar middle class; condition and museums and preservation organizations. (SS) treatment of the poor and growth of the welfare state; 250 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

HIST 340. (Asia 340) History of Japanese of the French and industrial revolutions, romanticism Industrialization since 1800 (3-4) and ideologies of the 19th century, contemporary The late Tokugawa economic development, rise of an European thought. (HU) Savage entrepreneurial class, importation of western technology, HIST 357. Early Modern Germany, and the rise of social, political, and economic institutions 1500-1850 (3-4) which support industrial growth. (SS) Cooper The emphasis will be on one or more of the following HIST 341. Mexico and Central America (3-4) topics: the Reformation, the Thirty Years’ War and its Emphasis on Mexico and Guatemala from the era of the impact, absolutism, the rise of Prussia, the failure of Aztec through the wars of independence to the 20th cen- German liberalism. (HU) Baylor tury revolutions. (SS) Saeger HIST 358. Modern Germany, 1850 to Present (3-4) HIST 342. Argentina, Brazil and Chile (3-4) Focus on one or more of the following topics: national- Eighteenth-century Spanish imperial readjustments, ism and unification, the Second Empire, World War I, independence, the emergence of new societies, 20th-cen- the Weimar republic, the Nazi movement, the Third tury extremist movements, and the problems of Reich, and post-war Germany. (HU) Baylor developing nations. (SS) Saeger HIST 359. (AAS 359) History of South Africa (3-4) HIST 345. Victorian Britain (3-4) South Africa’s history from its earliest human settlement to Development of democracy, liberalism, religious ferment, its emergence as a racist political order and transition to a industrialization, class conflict, socialism, and empire in non-racial democratic state. Includes comparisons with Victorian Britain. (HU) Duffy political thought and practices in the U.S. (SS) Scott HIST 346. Great Britain in the 20th Century (3-4) HIST 360. American Legal History (3-4) Effects of world wars, loss of great power status, eco- The interrelationship between law and social develop- nomic decline, social conflict, welfare state, modern ment with emphasis on modern period. Founding of political parties, Irish problem in 20th century Britain. constitutional government and balance of power within (HU) Duffy the federal system, the problem of slavery, legal support HIST 347. Russia to 1855 (3-4) and regulation of business, and the use of law in various reform and civil rights movements. (SS) Pettegrew Emergence of Russian autocracy; impact of the Mongol invasions; Westernization and transformation of society HIST 361. (ARCH 361) Evolution of Highrise and culture; economic development toward emancipa- Building Construction (3) tion of the serfs. (HU) The new materials iron and concrete led to new ways of HIST 348. Russia Since 1855 (3-4) thinking about building. The Industrial Revolution initi- Russia in the context of European history: emancipa- ated the development of our modern culture of building tion of the serfs and impact upon political, social, and our current urban society. (HU) Peters economic development; reasons for the growth of revo- HIST 363. (ARCH 363) Evolution of Long-SPAN lutionary pressure; collapse of autocracy; the Bridge Building (3) revolutions of 1917; the Soviet era and the collapse of New materials, forms of education and technology con- the Soviet Union. (HU) tributed to advance structural understanding. HIST 349. Revolutions in Modern Specialization and the rise of technological thinking led to European History (3-4) new bridge types and increasing span size. (HU) Peters Explores the origins, meanings, and impact of European HIST 365. (ARCH 365) Evolution of the Modern revolutions from a theoretical and comparative perspec- Building Process (3) tive. Focuses on the English (1642-1660), the French The criteria of trade—time and money—entered the (1789-1799), and the Russian Revolution (1917-1929), world of building in the 19th century. The unplanned and how they reflected and shaped new ideologies and interlude between the design and the inauguration of a policies related to human rights, economic development, building became a new professional field: the building popular sovereignty, nationalism, class and gender poli- process. (HU) Peters tics, and State and society relations. (SS) Savage th HIST 368. Seminar in Latin American History (3-4) HIST 350. 19 Century Paris and the Invention Readings and individual investigation of selected topics. of Modernity (3-4) (SS) Saeger This course considers the dramatic destruction and rebuilding of the city of Paris in the decades after 1850 HIST 370. (ANTH 370) Historical Archeology (3-4) and how changes in the built environment shaped social This course examines the unique nature of historical relations, political authority and cultural expression. archaeology of post-contact America. Topics include Topics include the politics of city planning and architec- reconstructing the past through the archaeological and tural design; the history of the engineering profession, historical record, exhibiting past culture, and capturing technology and the building trades; reactions to crime, the real or imagined past. Course includes fieldwork and disease and prostitution in the modern city; the 1848 visits to famous archaeological sites. (SS) Small Revolution, Paris Commune and political theory; the ori- HIST 371. Independent Study (1-4) gins of photography, Impressionist painting and cinema; Directed readings in a topic or area of history not cov- and the creation of mass consumer society. (HU) Savage ered by current course offerings. For students of HIST 356. European Cultural History (3-4) demonstrated ability and adequate preparation. Transformation of European culture from the 18th cen- Prerequisite: consent of department chair. May be tury to the present. The Enlightenment, cultural impact repeated for credit with permission up to a maximum of six credits. (ND) History 251

HIST 391. Honors Thesis in History (4) EDT 405 Website and Resource Development (3) Opportunity for undergraduate majors in history to pur- HIST 336 Bethlehem and the Lehigh Valley (3) sue an extended project for senior honors. By invitation HIST 339 Managing Nonprofit Organizations(3) and department permission only. (ND) HIST/ HIST 392. Honors Thesis in History (2) ANTH 370 Historical Archeology (3) Continuation of History 391 available under exceptional HIST 438 Techniques in Public History (2 or 3 circumstances where additional credit for honors project credits, may be repeated for up to is warranted. Department permission only. (ND) 8 credits) Graduate Work in History Doctor of Philosophy Lehigh University has been granting advanced degrees in Students in the Ph.D. program in history must maintain a history for more than seventy years. Its graduates have 3.50 average after two semesters of study. During the sec- become university and college professors, secondary school ond semester, doctoral students select one major and three teachers and administrators, museum directors, and public minor fields in which to take comprehensive written and servants. The graduate program focuses primarily on the oral examinations. The dissertation will be in the major areas in which the department is particularly strong in fac- field. The dissertation advisor will chair a special commit- ulty and resources, notably Colonial America and the tee that will oversee the student’s graduate program. The history of technology and science. The department works other members of the special committee will be those fac- closely with the Lawrence Henry Gipson Institute for ulty who are examiners in the selected fields and one Eighteenth Century Studies which sponsors yearly sym- professor from another department relevant to the candi- posia and provides research support for both faculty and date’s major field. No professor may direct more than one students. The history of technology program is closely tied field, but the direction of a field may involve two profes- to Lehigh’s Science, Technology, and Society program. sors. An original dissertation is required and it must be successfully defended to the examining committee. Lehigh’s libraries are especially rich in materials for graduate research in history, particularly in the fields All Ph.D. students must spend at least one year in resi- listed above. They have an extensive collection of schol- dency as a full time student at Lehigh. They must take arly periodicals and monographs. Graduate programs Historical Research (401) or, if they completed HIST provide intensive and specialized study, and the policy 401 or its equivalent at the M.A. level, a 450-series of limited enrollment permits close relations between research seminar. Students who enter the Ph.D. program faculty and students. with an M.A. from another university must also take either Readings in the History of the Atlantic World Admission to graduate study in history is competitive (404) or Readings in the History of Industrial America and dependent upon the applicant’s undergraduate (405). Students are encouraged to take both seminars if preparation and record, recommendations, and Graduate appropriate to their course of study. All Ph.D. students Record Examination scores. Besides general requirements must take at least 18 hours of directed readings courses for College of ARTS and Sciences graduate programs, (440 series or equivalent) beyond the M.A., and HIST. the following special requirements apply to graduate 481, Teaching History. study in history. Major Fields. Major fields are Technology, Modern Master of Arts Britain, Colonial America, Nineteenth Century United There are two masters programs. Under Plan I, a candidate States, Twentieth Century United States. (The may earn the degree by successfully completing 27 hours of Nineteenth and Twentieth century fields may be divided approved course work and submitting a thesis of the length topically rather than chronologically; for example, a stu- and quality that would make it suitable for publication as a dent may be examined in labor/social history scholarly article. The paper may build on work presented 1800-present, and in political history 1800-present.) in a graduate research seminar in the program. Candidates Minor Fields. Any of the major fields listed above may continuing toward a doctorate should select Plan I. Candi- also be minor fields. Examples of other minor fields are dates declaring Plan II take 30 hours of approved course American Studies; Ancient History; Early Modern work and pass examinations in two fields chosen from Europe; Modern Europe; Latin America; Environmental American, British, European, and Latin American history, History; Japan; Public History; Science, Technology and and History of Technology. Candidates in either plan are Society studies. required to maintain a 3.0 average in all graduate work and to take History 401 and History 404 or 405. Language Requirements. The student’s special commit- tee deter-mines whether proficiency in a foreign M.A. in History with Concentration in Public language or proficiency in statistical methods will be History required for the doctoral degree. Students may earn through either Plan I or Plan II (see More detailed regulations are given in the Handbook for above), an M.A. in History with a concentration in Pub- Graduate Work in History, available in the history depart- lic History by completing a total of 36 hours of ment office. approved course work, including a minimum of 10 cred- its and maximum of 12 credits in approved Public Graduate Courses in History History courses. HIST 401. Historical Research (3) HIST 305 Public History (3), required Techniques of research in history: training in the critical HIST 306 Internship in Public History (3), handling of documentary materials, in measuring the required but value of evidence, and in formal presentation of the may be waived for equivalent experience results of research. Students will write an original ART 370 Special Topics in Museum Studies (1-4) research paper using primary materials. Required of all graduate students in history. 252 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

HIST 404. Readings in the History of the Atlantic HIST 447. Readings in European History (3) World, 1500-1900 (3) Study in small groups, under the guidance of a faculty Core readings offering a comparative and integrative member, of the literature of a particular period, problem approach to studying the development of nations, eco- or aspect of European history. May be repeated for credit nomic systems and trade, colonization, and cultural with permission of the faculty advisor. encounters among the people of Europe, Africa, and the HIST 452. Research in American History (3) Americas. An intensive research seminar on a phase of American HIST 405. Readings in the History of Industrial history. May be repeated for credit with permission of America (3) the department chair. Core readings in the history of technology and the larger HIST 453. Research in English History (3) framework of intellectual, social, economic, and political An intensive research seminar on a phase of English his- history. Includes comparative studies in the history of tory. May be repeated for credit with permission of the industrializing Europe and Japan. department chair. HIST 407. Seminar in the History of American HIST 454. Research in Latin American History (3) Industrial Technology (3) An intensive research seminar on a phase of Latin Origin and evolution of American technology and indus- American history. May be repeated for credit with per- try from the 19th century to the present. Investigates mission of the department chair. dynamics of major industries in national and interna- tional context. Not open to students who have taken HIST 455. Research in History of Science and HIST 307. Smith Technology (3) An intensive research seminar on a phase or aspect of the HIST 438. Techniques in Public History (2 or 3) history of science and technology. May be repeated for Designed to introduce students to a variety of public his- credit with permission of the department chair. tory techniques. Instructor will focus on one of the following topics each term: archives, documentary film, HIST 457. Research in European History (3) exhibit design, historical editing, material culture, oral An intensive research seminar on a phase of European history. May be repeated to a maximum of 8 credits. history. May be repeated for credit with permission of the department chair. HIST 440. Readings in Colonial American History (3) HIST 471. Special Topics in History (1-3) Study in small groups under the guidance of a faculty Individual study under the direction of a faculty member member of the literature of the 17th and 18th centuries. of a topic in history. May be repeated for credit. May be repeated for credit with the permission of the HIST 472. Special Topics in History (1-3) faculty advisor. Individual study under the direction of a faculty member HIST 441. Readings in Nineteenth Century of a topic in history. May be repeated for credit. American History (3) HIST 473. Special Topics in History (1-3) Study in small groups under the guidance of a faculty Individual study under the direction of a faculty member member of the literature of the 19th century. May be of a topic in history. May be repeated for credit. repeated for credit with the permission of the faculty HIST 481. Teaching History (1) advisor. Focuses on the practical aspects of college teaching, HIST 442. Readings in Twentieth Century including teaching methods, preparation of syllabi and American History (3) exams, grading papers and exams, and dealing with Study in small groups under the guidance of a faculty problems such as plagiarism. Required for teaching assis- member of the literature of the 20th century. May be tants, teaching fellows, and Ph.D. students in the repeated for credit with permission of the faculty advisor. Department of History. HIST 443. Readings in English History (3) Study in small groups, under the guidance of a faculty Humanities member, of the literature of a particular period, problem, Eccentral Committee: or area of English history. May be repeated for credit with permission of the faculty advisor. Gordon C.F. Bearn, Ph.D. (Yale), Philosophy and Director Humanities Center; Beth Dolan, Ph.D. (North HIST 444. Readings in Latin American History (3) Carolina), English; Drew Francis, M.F.A (Brandeis), Study in small groups, under the guidance of a faculty Theatre; Alexander Levine, Ph.D. (UC San Diego), member, of the literature of a particular period, problem, Philosophy; John Savage, Ph.D. (NYU), History; or area of Latin American history. May be repeated for Amardeep Singh, Ph.D. (Duke), English; Stephanie P. credit with permission of the faculty advisor. Watts, Ph.D. (Missouri-Columbia), English. HIST 445. Readings in the History of Science (3) The Humanities Program is devoted to freeing faculty Study in small groups under the guidance of a faculty and students from the discipline of the disciplines, to member on the history of science. May be repeated for finding a way to the space between the disciplines, the credit with permission of the faculty advisor. space where the sparks of intellectual excitement fly, HIST 446. Readings in the History of sparks that ignite the pleasures and passions that charac- Technology (3) terize the best of university life. Study in small groups under the guidance of a faculty The humanities are construed so broadly that they will member of the history of technology. May be repeated include any aspect of intellectual investigation which is for credit with the permission of the faculty advisor. relevant to understanding whatever humans are or have been, whatever humans have produced or are producing. Humanities 253

It remains an open question whether any discipline at all b) Ethics Minor in Humanities is irrelevant to the understanding of human life and Advisors. Lloyd H. Steffen, Professor of Religion Studies work. Even such apparently far-flung investigations as and Gordon C.F. Bearn, Professor of Philosophy. the thermodynamics of far from equilibrium systems are already being used to understand the evolution of forms The Ethics Minor construes ethics more broadly than as of human society, and both Goedel’s work on the foun- the subject of philosophical treatises. The Ethics Minor dations of mathematical logic and Bohm’s ontological is especially concerned with the way ethical challenges interpretation of quantum mechanics have already been arise outside the semi-technical philosophical field of used at some distance from their original homes. ethics itself, that is, in the pursuit of the various profes- Although “humanities” is the name of this program, sions and in the conduct of life, generally. “inclusion” is its watchword. The Ethics Minor consists of 4 courses (16 credits) from Intellectual work always faces a trade-off between the the following list. At least one course must come from intensities of connection and the intensities of concen- the first five italicized members of the list. At the discre- tration: between the power of an analysis which excludes tion of an Advisor for the Ethics Minor, a student may every concern and every method of investigation save count any other course (not on this list) towards the one and the power of an analysis which reveals the amaz- minor. ing ways an inert site of investigation can be aroused by PHIL105 Ethics bringing out the myriad connections that reach out from PHIL 116 Bioethics that site in all directions at once. Divided by department REL 3 Religion Ethics and Society and by college, by discipline and sub-discipline, universi- HUM 126 Professional Ethics ties are disposed to accentuate the centripetal powers of HUM 137 Ethics in Practice concentration at the expense of the centrifugal powers of AAS 103 (SSP 103) Sociological Perspectives onRacial connection. It is important, therefore, that there be ele- and Ethnic Communities ments within the university that draw people and AAS 166 (SSP 166) Who Gets What?: The Social disciplines out of the center of their fields. This is the Problems of Wealth and eccentral mission of the Humanities Program. Inequality AAS 310 (SSP 310/WS 310) Gender, Race and Humanities Minor Programs Sexuality: The The Humanities Minor Programs provide homes for Social Construction of the homeless interdisciplines, interdisciplinary areas of Differences concentration that do not have official departmental or AAS 379 (SSP 379) Race and Class in America interdepartmental homes. There are currently two ECO 130 (WS 130) Economics of Race and Gender minors in the humanities, and there may be more in ECO 368 Health Economics the future. E & S 1 Environment and the Consumer a) Medieval Studies Minor in Humanities Society Advisor, Michael Mendelson, Associate Professor of HIST 154 (REL. 154) The Holocaust: History and Philosophy Meaning HUM 126 Professional Ethics The Medieval Studies Minor requires that a student take HUM 137 Ethics in Practice 4 courses (16 credits) from the following list. At the dis- HUM 373 Independent Ethics Project. cretion of the Advisor for the Medieval Studies Minor, a student may count any other course (not on this list) IR 23 Alternative World Futures towards the minor. JOUR 122. Media Ethics and LAW ART 1 Art History: Ancient and Medieval COMM 252 Interpersonal Relationships ART 206/ Private and Public ARCH 206 Medieval Art and Architecture PHIL 1 The Examined Life CLSS 52 Classical Epic PHIL 3 (REL 3) Religion Ethics and Society LAT 113 Virgil PHIL 105 Ethics LAT 115 Ovid PHIL 116 Bioethics ENGL 327 Chaucer PHIL 117 Race and Philosophy ENGL 360 Middle English Literature PHIL 122 Philosophy of LAW HIST 15 English History to 1688 PHIL 124 (REL 124) Reason and Religious Experience HIST 150 Medieval Civilization PHIL 127 Existentialism FREN 302 Medieval French Stories PHIL 140 (AS 140) Eastern Philosophy FREN 303 Arthurian Romances PHIL 205 Contemporary Ethics MUS 233 Medieval and Renaissance Music PHIL 217 Figures/Themes in Race and PHIL 133 Medieval Philosophy Philosophy PHIL 233 Figures and Themes in PHIL 240 (AS 240) Figures and Themes in Eastern Medieval Philosophy Philosophy ANTH 312 The Anthropological Signature PHIL 364 (POLS 364) Issues in Contemporary of the Past Political Thought THTR 127 The Development of Theatre and POLS 111 The Politics of the Environment Drama from Ritual to Renaissance. POLS 179 (WS 179) Politics of Women POLS 329 Propaganda, Media, and American Politics 254 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

POLS 330 Movements and Legacies of the HUM 150. Humanities Seminar (4) 1960’s Variable Content. An opportunity for humanities faculty PSYC 314 (SSP) Social Cognition and Social Action to involve students in the exciting and accessible aspects REL 6 Religion and the Ecological Crisis of their research. May be taken more than once for cred- REL 68 Practical Justice: From Social it. Staff (HU) systems to Responsible Community HUM 224. Lehigh Review (1-4) REL 158 (WS 158) Sex and Gender in Judaism: Students will produce the annual edition of the Lehigh The Feminist Critique Review, the journal of undergraduate academic (non-fic- REL 167 Engaged Buddhism tion) writing. The production tasks are divided into one REL 184 (WS184) Religion, Gender, and Power 4 credit editorial board and three 1 credit pass-fail mod- REL. 225 Topics in Religion and Ethics ules (reviewing, distribution, images). Students may STS 11 Technology and Human Values enroll in either the 4 credit editorial board or in one or more of the 1 credit modules. Admission is by applica- Honors in Humanities tion at the Humanities Center. (HU) The honors program in Humanities is designed to facili- HUM 250. Intermediate Humanities Seminar. (4) tate research beyond the disciplinary frame of a student’s Interdisciplinary Seminar. Normally a team taught semi- major. In order to earn Honors in Humanities students nar bringing various disciplines to bear on a specific must (1) have a GPA of at least 3.5 and (2) apply to the topic which will change from semester to semester. May director of the Humanities Center detailing how they be taken more than once for credit. Staff. (HU) intend to complete the rest of these requirements, name- ly, (3) completing 3 courses (9-12 credits) from at least 2 HUM 271. Humanities Independent Study (1-4) different departments that have been selected with the Individual investigation of an author, book or topic help of the director so as to prepare the student to (4) designed in collaboration with a faculty sponsor. Tutorial complete a year long thesis under the guidance of two meetings; substantial written work. May be repeated faculty members representing two different departments. more than once for credit. Consent of faculty sponsor required. (HU) Successful completion of the honors thesis in humanities will be decided by two faculty advisors for the thesis. HUM 350. Advanced Humanities Seminar. (4) The thesis will count for honors in the two home Interdisciplinary Seminar. Normally a team taught semi- departments of the advisors only if the home depart- nar bringing various disciplines to bear on a specific ments also certify that the thesis has been satisfactorily topic which will change from semester to semester. May completed. be taken more than once for credit. Staff. Applications to the director should be completed by the HUM 371. Humanities Advanced Independent beginning of the second semester of the student’s Junior Study (1-4) year. The application should describe the anticipated Advanced individual investigation of an author, book, or project and show how the three preparatory courses con- topic designed in collaboration with a faculty sponsor. stitute appropriate preparation for the thesis. If the final Tutorial meetings; substantial written work. May be thesis does not meet with the approval of the two advi- repeated more than once for credit. Consent of faculty sors then the student will not receive honors in sponsor required. (HU) humanities but he or she will receive grades and credit for the courses taken and the thesis written. HUM 373. (PHIL 373, REL 373) Independent Ethics Project (4) Course Offerings Supervised ethics research into a topic approved by the HUM 126. (PHIL 126, REL 126) Professional advisor for the Humanities Minor in Ethics. An option for Ethics (4) completing the ethics minor. For ethics minors only. (HU) An examination of the moral rules and action guides that HUM 390. Humanities Honors Thesis, first govern various professions. Professions to be examined will semester (4) include health (physician and nursing); legal; counseling An opportunity for students admitted to the humanities and psychiatry; engineering; military; clergy; teaching. honors program to pursue independent research under Attention will be given to modes of ethical reasoning and the guidance of two faculty members representing two how those modes are practically applied in professional life different departments. If the student’s work does not sat- and activity. Among issues to be discussed will be the limits isfy the two advisors, the student will receive a grade for of confidentiality; employer authority; power relationships; the course but will not receive honors. obligations to the public; professional rights; sexual bound- aries; whistle-blowing; safety and risk; computer ethics; HUM 391. Humanities Honors Thesis, second weapons development; discrimination; professional review semester (4) of ethical infractions. Course will include guest lectures Continuation of HUM 390. If the student’s work does and case studies. Steffen. (HU) not satisfy the two advisors, the student will receive a grade for the course but will not receive honors. HUM 137. (PHIL 137, REL 137) Ethics in Practice (1-4) HUM 450. Theory Seminar (1-3) A variable content course focusing on ethical issues aris- Sustained investigation of a single theorist or theoretical ing in a particular profession, such as law, health, problem relevant to research in the humanities. Theorists business, engineering, military. Variable credit. May be studied could come from beyond this list: Butler, taken more than once. Steffen. (HU) Harraway, Irigaray, Derrida, Foucault, Deleuze, Baudrillard, Kristeva, Eliade, Freud, Marx, Lacan, Industrial and Systems Engineering 255

Barthes, Gramsci, Guattari, Cornel, Cixous, Wittig, tems to provide students with hands-on experience in Hall, Gilroy, Bataille, Blanchot, Rorty, Fish, and so on. the planning and use of this kind of equipment. Problems studied could come from beyond this list: Electronics Manufacturing Laboratory (EML). The EML Power, Identity, Race, Sexuality, Writing as a Woman, contains equipment for instruction and research in elec- Essentialism, Jouissance, Nomadism, Social tronics assembly, soldering, screen printing, wire Constructivism, Popular Culture, and so on. May be bonding, inspection, and other processes associated with taken more than once for credit. printed circuit card fabrication and assembly. Work Systems Laboratory. This classroom-laboratory Industrial and Systems affords the opportunity for undergraduate students to analyze and plan human work activities for individual Engineering workstations and worker team situations. A full-scale Professors. Keith M. Gardiner, Ph.D. (Manchester); manual assembly line is available for study. Mikell P. Groover, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Nicholas G. Odrey, Considerable use is made of university computer facili- Ph.D. (Penn State); Robert H. Storer, Ph.D. (Georgia ties in IE coursework. An IE/computing center PC Tech); S. David Wu, Ph.D. (Penn State) chair; Emory laboratory containing 16 PCs is located in the Mohler W. Zimmers, Jr., Ph.D. (Lehigh). Laboratory building. Associate professors. Joseph C. Hartman, Ph.D. B.S. in Industrial Engineering (Georgia Tech); Louis J. Plebani, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Gregory L. Tonkay, Ph.D. (Penn State) associate chair; Industrial Engineering (IE) is concerned with the analy- George R. Wilson, Ph.D. (Penn State). sis, design, and implementation of integrated systems of people, materials, information, and equipment to Assistant professors. Rosemary T. Berger, Ph.D. accomplish useful work. The discipline of industrial (Northwestern); Jeffrey T. Linderoth, Ph.D. (Georgia engineering is applicable in nearly all industries, whether Tech); Eugene Perevalov, Ph.D. (Texas-Austin) ; the industry involves manufacturing of a product or Theodore K. Ralphs, Ph.D. (Cornell); Andrew M. Ross, delivery of a service. Job functions performed by IEs Ph.D. (California-Berkeley); Lawrence V. Snyder include: systems analysis, cost estimation, capital equip- (Northwestern). ment selection, engineering economy, facilities planning, Emeritus professor. John W. Adams, Ph.D. (North production planning and scheduling, inventory control, Carolina). quality control, information systems, project manage- Mission Statement ment, operations management, engineering management, as well as methods analysis and work To pursue excellence and national prominence in the measurement. Manufacturing systems engineering areas of manufacturing, operations research, information (MSE) is a specialty field associated with industrial engi- technology and related fields of industrial engineering neering that emphasizes functions and technologies such through innovative teaching, distinguished research and as process planning, plant layout design, manufacturing scholarship, and active professional leadership. Building resource planning, production management, production on its unique strength and national reputation in under- line design, automation, robotics, flexible manufacturing graduate education and industrial research, the systems, and computer integrated manufacturing. department strives for leadership in educational innova- tion, multidisciplinary research, and industrial Career Opportunities partnership. Our ultimate mission is to produce leaders IE graduates are sought by nearly all industrial corpora- who have learned to think critically and analytically, have tions as well as government agencies and other service the skills and techniques to comprehend and create new institutions. Major employers of our graduates include knowledge, and are willing to serve and inspire others. management consulting firms, manufacturing compa- nies, banks, hospitals, railroads, the postal service, and Physical Facilities transportation/logistics services. A typical career path of The industrial and systems engineering department is an industrial engineer is to start in an entry-level engi- located in the Harold S. Mohler Laboratory at 200 West neering position or as a technical analyst and to progress Packer Avenue at the northwest corner of the Lehigh through various management positions in the firm or University Asa Packer campus. The Mohler Lab building institution. Significant numbers of industrial engineers contains the classrooms, laboratories, and faculty offices ultimately become chief executive officers, chief operat- of the department. Labs in the Mohler Laboratory build- ing officers, and chief technology officers in their ing include: respective organizations. Computer Integrated Manufacturing (CIM) Laboratory. Program Educational Objectives The CIM lab contains a variety of computer systems and software that includes computer-aided design and engi- IE graduates should: neering (CAD and CAE), numerical control part 1. have a broad knowledge of mathematics, science and programming, discrete event simulation, facilities design, general engineering. Furthermore, this knowledge can process design, and process control. be applied to Industrial Engineering related problems Manufacturing Technology Laboratory (MTL). The 2. have a fundamental grounding in the fields of statistics, MTL contains equipment for instruction and research in manufacturing, operations research, information tech- manufacturing processes, numerical control (NC), NC nology, production analysis and control, and operations part programming, material handling and storage, indus- management that reflect current needs and trends trial control systems, and metrology. 3. have the detailed and relevant knowledge and ability Automation and Robotics Laboratory. This lab contains to perform design and solve problems related to inte- a variety of industrial robots and other automated sys- grated systems that include people, materials, information, equipment, and energy 256 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

4. have the ability to design, conduct, and analyze exper- Operations Research. Students interested in this area iments in laboratories, companies, and on systems should select courses from the following list: models IE 300-level electives: IE 316, IE 332, IE 339, IE 372 5. have the ability to form, lead, and participate on ENGR or free electives: IE 170, CSE 327, CSE 340, multi-disciplinary teams that solve problems in engi- ME 340 neering and business Free electives: ECO 358, MATH 312, MATH 338, 6. have an awareness of global, societal, and discipline MATH 341 specific issues necessary to identify, formulate and solve problems Information and Systems Engineering. Students inter- ested in this area should select courses from the 7. be aware of the NSPE professional code of ethics and following list: have an appreciation of social and legal concerns IE 300-level electives: IE 307, IE 309, IE 310, IE 316, 8. have the ability to seek out, understand and apply IE 339, IE 341, IE 342, IE 345, IE 372 new information and procedures to their professional development, thus giving them an appreciation for ENGR or free electives: IE 170, IE 275, CSE 327, CSE life-long learning 340, CSE 368, ECE 319, ECE 320, ECE 345 9. communicate effectively through oral and written pre- Production and Operations Management. Students sentations using appropriate technologies interested in this area should select courses from the fol- lowing list: IE Curriculum IE 300-level electives: IE 319, IE 324, IE 332, IE 334, The IE curriculum is designed to provide graduates with IE 340,IE 342 the skills and knowledge that employers expect of young Free electives: MGT 309, MGT 331, MGT 333 industrial engineers beginning their professional careers, and to instill the ability for life-time learning. It includes IE Major Requirements the basic mathematical, physical, and social sciences, See freshman year requirements, section III. together with the principles and methods of engineering sophomore year, first semester (16 credit hours) analysis and design that are specific to industrial engi- IE 111 Engineering Probability and neering. These principles and methods include Statistics (3) probability and statistics, engineering economy, cost accounting, operations research, computer simulation, IE 112 Computer Graphics (1) work methods and measurement, manufacturing MATH 23 Calculus III (4) processes, production and inventory control, and infor- PHY 21, 22 Introductory Physics II mation technology. and Laboratory (5) Specialized industrial engineering electives in the senior MAT 33 Engineering Materials and Processes (3) year include: advanced operations research, operations sophomore year, second semester (17-18 credit hours) management, organization planning and control, statisti- IE 121 Applied Engineering Statistics (3) cal quality control, database design, web technologies, IE 131 Work Systems and Facilities and data communications technologies. Electives related Planning (3) to manufacturing systems engineering include: computer IE 132 Work Systems Laboratory (1) integrated manufacturing, industrial robotics, facilities ME 104 Thermodynamics I (3) planning and material handling, production engineering, ACCT 108 Fundamentals of Accounting (3) and metal machining analysis. The IE degree requires a HSS Humanities/Social Sciences minimum of 133 credit hours. elective (3-4)* Specialty Areas in Industrial Engineering junior year, first semester (17-18 credit hours) The industrial engineering curriculum emphasizes four IE 215 Fundamentals of Modern specialty areas: (1) manufacturing systems and processes, Manufacturing (3) (2) operations research, (3) information and systems IE 216 Manufacturing Laboratory (1) engineering, and (4) production and operations manage- HSS Humanities/Social Science ment. The IE curriculum includes 18 credit hours of Elective (3-4)* advanced (300 IE level) courses plus 3 credit hours of MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) engineering elective and 6 credit hours of free elective. MECH 2 Elementary Engineering Mechanics (3) Students can emphasize one of these areas if they choose, ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) or select courses from several areas to design their own individual programs. Listed below are the advanced junior year, second semester (16 credit hours) courses associated with the four specialty areas (including IE 122 Software Tools (1) courses in other departments). IE 226 Engineering Economy (3) Manufacturing Systems and Processes. Students inter- IE 220 Introduction to Operations ested in this area should select courses from the Research (3) following list: IE 224 Information Systems Analysis and Design (3) IE 300-level electives: IE 319, IE 324, IE 332, IE 340, ECE 81 Principles of Electrical Engineering (4) IE 342, IE 344 (cross-listed with Mat 344), IE 345, IE IE elective (3)** 347 summer ENGR or free electives: Mat 309, Mat 314, Mat 335, Mat 342, Mat 367 IE 100 Industrial Employment (0) Industrial and Systems Engineering 257 senior year, first semester (18-19 credit hours) guaranteed. For details see the management science section IE 251 Production and Inventory Control (3) of the catalog or contact the ISE department. IEOR elective (IE 316 or IE 339) (3)*** 5th Year Master of Information and IE elective (3)** Systems Engineering Option HSS Humanities/Social Sciences elective (6-7)* Students enrolled in the IE or ISE curricula can pursue a FE free elective (3) fifth year Master of Information and Systems Engineering program. Students in the Master of I&SE senior year, second semester (18 credit hours) program take a mixture of engineering, computer sci- IE 154 Senior Project (3) ence, and business courses. Admission is not guaranteed. IE 305 Simulation (3) For details see the M.S. and M.Eng. of Information and IE elective (3)** Systems Engineering section of the catalog or contact the IE elective (3)** ISE department. ENGR engineering elective (3)**** FE free elective (3) Undergraduate Courses Notes: IE 100. Industrial Employment (0) Usually following the junior year, students in the indus- *HSS elective credit totals must satisfy the college HSS pro- trial engineering curriculum are required to do a gram minimum of eight weeks of practical work, preferably in **IE elective courses are chosen from the current offering of the field they plan to follow after graduation. A report is 300-level IE courses required. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. ***IEOR elective is either IE 316 or IE 339 (could be fall IE 111. Engineering Probability and Statistics (3) or spring). fall ****Engineering elective is any course offered in the CEAS Random variables, probability models and functions, that IE undergraduates are eligible to take, including IE and expected values. Statistical inference, estimation, 300-level courses. hypothesis testing, and goodness of fit. Prerequisite: Special Opportunities for IE students MATH 22. The following special opportunities are available to IE 112. Computer Graphics (1) fall majors in industrial engineering and information & sys- Introduction to interactive graphics and construction of tems engineering: multi-view representations in two- and three-dimension- al space. Applications in industrial engineering. Nontechnical Minor. Students may choose to pursue a Prerequisites: Sophomore standing in industrial engi- nontechnical minor in an area of the humanities and neering, ENGR 1. social sciences. The minors program section of this cata- log should be consulted for details. IE 121. Applied Engineering Statistics (3) spring The application of statistical techniques to solve indus- Technical Minor. Technical minors such as materials sci- trial problems. Regression and correlation, analysis of ence, environmental engineering, and computer science variance, quality control, and reliability. Prerequisite: IE are available through other departments in the P. C. 111 or MATH 231. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Science. Consult the specific department for more details. IE 122. Software Tools (1) spring Graduate Courses. Seniors in industrial and systems engi- Introduction to application software tools used to solve neering can petition to take up to two graduate IE courses stochastic and deterministic problems. Problem design (400-level) to satisfy two of their five 300-level elective IE and solution will be drawn from IE 220. Co-requisite: course requirements. The petitioning senior must have a IE 220. good scholastic record (generally above a 3.0 GPA). IE 131 Work Systems and Facilities Planning (3) Senior Thesis Option. Students interested in continuing spring on to graduate school or performing research are encour- Techniques of methods analysis, work design and meas- aged to take the senior thesis option. In this option a urement, and facilities design. Operations analysis, student takes IE 155 as an engineering or free elective. workplace ergonomics, worker-machine systems, assem- After IE 155, IE 156 is taken as the thesis is written. The bly systems, time study, predetermined time systems, sequence of these 2 courses can replace IE 154. work sampling, incentive systems, and plant layout design. Prerequisite: IE 111 or equivalent, either previ- Technical Minor in Manufacturing ously or concurrently. Systems Engineering IE 132. Work Systems and Facilities Planning The minor in manufacturing systems engineering provides Laboratory (1) spring a concentration of courses in the manufacturing and pro- Laboratory exercises and projects in methods analysis, duction areas. This minor is not available to students operations analysis, plant layout, and related topics. Co- majoring in industrial engineering. It requires 16 credits. requisite: IE 131. th 5 Year Master of Management Science IE 154. Senior Project (3) fall and spring Option The use of industrial engineering techniques to solve a Students enrolled in the IE or ISE curricula can pursue a major problem in either a manufacturing or service fifth-year Master of Management Science program. environment. Problems are sufficiently broad to Students in the management science program take a mix- require the design of a system. Human factors in sys- ture of engineering and business courses. Admission is not tem design. Laboratory. Prerequisite: Senior standing in industrial engineering. 258 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

IE 155. Senior Thesis I (3) IE 224. Information Systems Analysis and Design In depth study of a research topic in industrial engineer- (3) spring ing supervised by an ISE department faculty member. An introduction to the technological as well as method- Requires completion of a formal research proposal and a ological aspects of computer information systems. public presentation of the proposal at the end of the Content of the course stresses basic knowledge in data- semester. Prerequisite: Senior standing. base systems. Database design and evaluation, query IE 156. Senior Thesis II (3) languages and software implementation. Students that Continued in depth study of a research topic in industri- take CSE 241 cannot receive credit for this course. al engineering supervised by an ISE department faculty IE 226. Engineering Economy and Decision member. Requires a formal thesis and public presenta- Analysis (3) spring tion of the results. IE 156 can be substituted for IE 154 Economic analysis of engineering projects; interest rate in the IE curriculum when taken in sequence after IE factors, methods of evaluation, depreciation, replace- 155. Prerequisite: IE 155. ment, break-even analysis, after-tax analysis. IE 168. Production Analysis (3) spring Decision-making under certainty and risk. Prerequisite: A course for students not majoring in industrial engi- IE 111 or MATH 231, either previously or concurrently. neering. Engineering economy; application of IE 251. Production and Inventory Control (3) fall quantitative methods to facilities analysis and planning, Techniques used in the planning and control of produc- operations planning and control, work measurement, tion and inventory systems. Forecasting, inventory and scheduling. Prerequisites: MATH 21 or 51. models, operations planning, and scheduling. IE 170. Algorithms in Systems Engineering (3) Prerequisites: IE 121 and IE 220. Introduction to the use of computers to solve problems IE 275. Fundamentals of Web Applications (3) arising in systems engineering. Focus on the design and Introduction to web technologies required to support the implementation of algorithms for systems modeling, sys- development of client side and server side components of tems design, systems analysis, and systems optimization. Internet based applications. Students will be exposed to Fundamentals of computer systems, basic data structures, the problems of design, implementation, and manage- the design and implementation of efficient algorithms, ment by way of assigned readings, class discussion, and and application of algorithms to the design and opti- project implementation. Term project. Prerequisites: mization of complex systems such as those arising in either IE 224 or CSE 241 previously or concurrently. transportation, telecommunications, and manufacturing. Prerequisites: ENGR 1, CSE 17. IE 305. Simulation (3) Applications of discrete and continuous simulation tech- IE 171. Algorithms in Systems Engineering niques in modeling industrial systems. Simulation using Laboratory (1) a high-level simulation language. Design of simulation Laboratory exercises and projects in the design and experiments. Prerequisites: IE 121 and IE 220. implementation of algorithms for systems modeling, sys- tems design, systems analysis, and systems optimization. IE 307. Advanced Systems Analysis and Design Co-requisite: IE 170. (3) spring Study of advanced techniques and their application in IE 185. ISELP Honors Seminar (1) the analysis and design of information systems. Emphasis Study of problem solving, principles of enterprise sys- is placed on tools and techniques used for structured tems, and creative use of information technology in analysis and design, and on prototyping of systems. controlled environments. Emphasis on teamwork, self- Prerequisite: IE 224 or equivalent. knowledge, and communication skills. Department permission required. May be repeated for credit. IE 309. Introduction to Information Systems (3) fall For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduate Study of information systems analysis and design with Students emphasis on management issues. Interfaces between information systems and databases and data communica- IE 215. Fundamentals of Modern Manufacturing tions are examined. Effects of information systems on (3) fall organizational relationships are considered. Example Study of modern production methods. Machining, bulk information system will be designed and implemented. and sheet metal working processes, and electronics man- Prerequisite: IE 224 or equivalent. ufacturing. Introduction to automation, numerical control, and industrial robots. Prerequisite: MAT 33. IE 310. Database Analysis and Design (3) spring Conceptual analysis of data is considered through data IE 216. Manufacturing Laboratory (1) fall structures and models. Logical design of databases is Laboratory exercises and experiments in manufacturing studied in the context of the relational model of data. processes and systems. pre-requisite or concurrent: IE Prerequisite: IE 224 or equivalent. 215. IE 316. Optimization Models and Applications (3) IE 220. Introduction to Operations Research (3) Modeling and analysis of operations research problems spring using techniques from mathematical programming. Introduction to deterministic and stochastic methods in Linear programming, integer programming, multi-crite- operations research. Mathematical programming, queu- ria optimization, stochastic programming, and nonlinear ing theory, and other modeling techniques. Emphasis on programming using an algebraic modeling language. formulation, analysis and solution of operations prob- Prerequisite: IE 220 or equivalent. lems. Prerequisites: IE 111 or MATH 231. Industrial and Systems Engineering 259

IE 319. Facilities Planning and Material enterprise systems, value stream mapping. Introduction Handling (3) to: high performance work systems, manufacturing man- Facilities planning including plant layout design and agement measurement techniques, optimization facility location. Material handling analysis including strategies for discrete parts manufacturing, lean and agile transport systems, storage systems, utilizing equipment, manufacturing methods. Term project. Prerequisite: IE and automatic identification and data capture. 224, IE 215 or equivalent. Prerequisite: IE 131 or consent of department chair. IE 344. (MAT 344/ME 344) Metal Machining IE 321. Experimental Industrial Engineering (1-3) Analysis (3) spring Experimental projects in selected fields of industrial Intensive study of metal cutting emphasizing forces, engineering, approved by the instructor. A written report energy, temperature, tool materials, tool life, and surface is required. May be repeated for academic credit. integrity. Abrasive processes. Laboratory and project IE 324. Industrial Automation and Robotics (3) work. Prerequisite: IE 215 or ME 240 or Mat 206. Introduction to robotics technology and applications. IE 345. Manufacturing Information Systems (3) Robot anatomy, controls, sensors, programming, work cell A study of contemporary Information Technology solu- design, part handling, welding, and assembly. Laboratory tions used to support the manufacturing function from exercises. Prerequisites: MECH 2, MATH 205. product concept and design through production plan- IE 328. Engineering Statistics (3) ning, manufacture, and delivery. Emphasis will be placed on information exchange protocol standards used to Random variables, probability functions, expected val- improve the overall integration of manufacturing sys- ues, statistical inference, hypothesis testing, regression tems. Prerequisites: IE275. and correlation, analysis of variance, introduction to design of experiments, and fundamentals of quality con- IE 347. Electronics Manufacturing (3) trol. Prerequisite: MATH 23 or equivalent. This course Manufacturing processes required in electronics assem- cannot be taken by IE undergraduates. bly, through-hole printed circuit cards, surface-mount IE 332. Product Quality (3) printed circuit boards, and thick film hybrids. Testing and inspection procedures. Includes laboratory. Introduction to engineering methods for monitoring, Prerequisite: senior standing in engineering. control, and improvement of quality. Statistical models of quality measurements, statistical process control, IE 358. (ECO 358). Game Theory (3) acceptance sampling, and quality management princi- A mathematical analysis of how people interact in strate- ples. Some laboratory exercises. Prerequisite: IE 121. gic situations. Applications include strategic pricing, IE 334. Organizational Planning and Control (3) fall negotiations, voting, contracts and economic incentives, and environmental issues. Prerequisites: ECO 105 or Design of organization and procedures for managing 115 and MATH 21, 31 or 51. functions of industrial engineering. Analysis and design of resources planning and control, including introduc- IE 362. (MSE 362). Logistics and Supply Chain tion of change in man-machine systems; manpower Management (3) management and wage administration. Prerequisite: Modeling and analysis of supply chain design, opera- Junior Standing. tions, and management. Analytical framework for IE 339. Stochastic Models and Applications (3) logistics and supply chains, demand and supply plan- Introduction to stochastic process modeling and analysis ning, inventory control and warehouse management, techniques and applications. Generalizations of the transportation, logistics network design, supply chain Poisson process; renewal theory and applications to coordination, and financial factors. Students complete inventory theory, queueing, and reliability; Brownian case studies and a comprehensive final project. motion and stationary processes. Prerequisite: IE 220 or Prerequisite: IE 220 and IE 251 or equivalents, or equivalent. instructor approval. IE 340. Production Engineering (3) fall IE 372. Systems Engineering Design (3) Develop plans of manufacturing for discrete parts. Analysis, design, and implementation of solutions to prob- Product design analysis and engineering materials utiliza- lems in manufacturing and service sectors using tion. Economic analysis of process design alternatives. information technology. Emphasis on problem identifica- Introduction to mechanization, automation, and flexible tion and the evaluation of proposed solutions and manufacturing systems. Term project. Laboratory. implementations. Term Project. Prerequisites: IE 220, 275. Prerequisite: IE 215. IE 385. ISELP Honors Project Seminar (1) IE 341. Data Communication Systems Analysis Application of problem solving to real enterprise systems and Design (3) projects. Emphasis on leadership, teamwork, design, and communication skills. Requires a written honors project An introduction to the hardware as well as performance report. Department permission required. Senior stand- evaluation of data communication networks. Emphasis ing. May be repeated for credit. on data transmission, encoding, data link control, com- munication networking techniques, and Graduate Programs queuing/simulation analysis of network performance. Several programs leading to master’s and doctoral degrees Prerequisite: IE 224 and IE 220 or equivalent. are offered by the Department of Industrial and Systems IE 342. Computer Integrated Manufacturing (3) Engineering. All graduate students in the M.S. IE, spring M.Eng. IE and Ph.D. IE programs are required to satisfy Analysis and design of manufacturing systems. Principal core requirements in manufacturing and operations topics: computer-based techniques, decision support sys- research. To satisfy the core requirement in manufactur- tems, applications of information technology to ing, the student must complete either IE 340 or IE 342. 260 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

To satisfy the core requirement in operations research, M.S. in Quality Engineering the student must complete either IE 305 or IE 316. This is a specialized graduate program offered by the Core requirements may also be satisfied by previous Department of Industrial and Manufacturing Systems coursework. In this case, the student must petition the Engineering leading to the master of science degree in ISE graduate committee to wave the core requirement quality engineering. See separate catalog listing under in the relevant area. All core course prerequisites must Quality Engineering. also be satisfied. Prerequisites may be satisfied by (1) previous course work, (2) completing the prerequisite Ph.D. in Industrial Engineering course without graduate credit, or (3) passing the final The graduate program leading to the doctor of philoso- examination of the prerequisite course with a grade of phy (Ph.D.) degree is organized to meet the individual B or better. goals and interests of graduate students whose profes- A Ph.D. student is required to complete core require- sional plans include teaching, consulting, or research in ments with grades of B or better before being formally an educational, governmental, or industrial environment. admitted to Ph.D. candidacy. Each doctoral candidate is required to demonstrate: (1) a high level of proficiency in one or more fields of indus- Further information about graduate programs is con- trial and manufacturing systems engineering, and (2) a tained in an ISE graduate brochure available from the capacity for independent research through the prepara- department. In addition, several documents are available tion of a dissertation related to his/her field of from the department that describe the requirements for specialization. each of our graduate programs. Areas of Graduate Study M.S. in Industrial Engineering The minimum program for the master of science degree The areas of graduate study emphasized in the in IE consists of 24 credit hours of approved coursework Department of Industrial and Systems Engineering are as and completion of a satisfactory thesis. Courses in other follows: departments for which the student has the prerequisites Manufacturing Systems and Processes. Graduate study in may be integrated into the MSIE program. Subject to manufacturing involves coursework and research in any advisor approval, up to nine credit hours of 300 and 400- of a variety of subjects, including manufacturing process- level courses from other departments may be included in es, automation, robotics, numerical control, computer the IE masters program. The other department courses integrated manufacturing, process control, material han- usually include other engineering disciplines, mathematics, dling, and production scheduling. In manufacturing computer science, and business and economics. processes, the department specializes in the material removal processes, such as machining (e.g., turning, M.Eng. in Industrial Engineering milling, drilling, grinding) and nontraditional processes This program of study is for those students whose inter- (e.g., water jet cutting, electrochemical machining). ests are toward engineering design rather than research. Additional manufacturing process technologies are cov- The program provides opportunity to gain breadth of ered in other departments in the P. C. Rossin College of field by required coursework in all areas of study within Engineering and Applied Science, in particular, the the department. In addition, an engineering project materials science and engineering department. must be completed under the supervision of the faculty. Operations Research. The operations research graduate M.S. in Information and Systems Engineering area is intended to prepare students to analyze, formu- The master of science program in I&SE requires a mini- late, and solve problems using analytical methods and mum of 24 credit hours of approved coursework and computational techniques. Topics emphasized in the completion of a satisfactory thesis or 27 credit hours of department include mathematical programming, combi- approved coursework and completion of a 3 credit hour natorial optimization, queuing theory, neural networks, project. See separate catalog listing under Information and stochastic processes. There are many settings in and Systems Engineering. which operations research problems are encountered, but those which arise in the context of manufacturing are of M.Eng. in Information and Systems Engineering particular interest to the Department of Industrial and The master of engineering program in I&SE requires a Systems Engineering. Students can expect to study chal- minimum of 30 credit hours of approved coursework. lenging problems at both the master’s and doctoral levels. See separate catalog listing under Information and Sys- Information Technology. Graduate study in information tems Engineering. systems covers the methodological and technological M.S. in Management Science development of computer information systems. Of par- ticular interest at Lehigh are the systems needed to drive This program requires a minimum of 30 credit hours of integrated manufacturing and service industries. Such approved coursework. The program leads to the master systems are becoming increasingly important in the of science degree in management science. See separate trend toward real-time planning and control, with catalog listing under Management Science. embedded decision making capabilities. Topics include M.S. in Manufacturing Systems Engineering data communication, telecommunication and computer This is an interdisciplinary graduate program leading to networks, database processing systems, artificial intelli- the master of science degree in manufacturing systems gence and expert systems, object-oriented technology, engineering. See separate catalog listing under Manufac- and computer-based production planning and inventory turing Systems Engineering. control. The information systems area is further supple- mented by courses offered by the Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science. Industrial and Systems Engineering 261

IE 404. Simulation (3) options in capital investment. Prerequisites: IE 220 and Applications of discrete and continuous simulation tech- IE 226 or equivalents. niques in modeling industrial systems. Simulation using IE 414. Heuristic Methods in Combinatorial a high-level simulation language. Design of simulation experiments. This course is a version of IE 305 for grad- Optimization (3) uate students, with research projects and advanced Heuristic methods for solving combinatorial and discrete assignments. Prerequisites: IE 121 or IE 328 and IE 220 optimization problems such as routing, scheduling, par- or equivalent. titioning and layout. Introduction to NP-completeness theory, exact and inexact methods, performance analysis, IE 405. Special Topics in Industrial Engineering (3) fast and greedy heuristics, Lagrangean heuristics, and An intensive study of some field of industrial engineering. various search techniques including simulated annealing, IE 406. Introduction to Mathematical genetic algorithms, Tabu search and iterative constructive Programming (3) heuristics. Techniques for the solution and analysis of deterministic IE 415. Manufacturing Management (3) linear models used in operations research. Linear pro- Analysis of the factors entering into the development of gramming, network flow, and integer linear manufacturing management philosophy; decision-mak- programming. Emphasis on modeling techniques, alge- ing process in areas of organization, planning, operation, braic modeling languages and commercial solvers. and control of manufacturing. Influence of the social, IE 408. Management of Information Systems (3) technical, and economic environment upon manufactur- ing management decisions. Philosophies and methods for systematic planning, development, and implementation of management infor- IE 416. Dynamic Programming (3) mation systems. Concepts of information resource The principle of optimality and recursive solution struc- management, and strategic and long-range planning of ture; multidimensional problems; reduction of information systems and services. Prerequisite: IE 224 or dimensionality and approximation; stochastic control; ACCT 311 or equivalent. non-serial systems; relationship to calculus of variation; IE 409. Time Series Analysis (3) applications. Prerequisite: IE 316 or equivalent. Theory and applications of an approach to process model- IE 417. Nonlinear Programming (3) ing, analysis, prediction, and control based on an ordered Advanced topics in mathematical programming with sequence of observed data. Single or multiple time series emphasis on modeling and analysis of non-linear opti- are used to obtain scalar or vector difference/differential mization problems. Convex analysis, unconstrained and equations describing a variety of physical and economic constrained optimization, duality theory, Lagrangian systems. Prerequisite: IE 121 or equivalent. relaxation, and methods for solving non-linear programs, IE 410. Design of Experiments (3) including descent methods, Newton methods, conjugate gradient methods, and penalty and barrier methods. Experimental procedures for sorting out important Prerequisite: IE 406 or equivalent. causal variables, finding optimum conditions, continu- ously improving processes, and trouble shooting. IE 418. Integer Programming (3) Applications to laboratory, pilot plant and factory. Advanced topics in mathematical programming with Prerequisite: Some statistical background and experimen- emphasis on modeling and analysis of optimization tation in prospect, IE 121 or equivalent. problems with integer variables. Polyhedral theory, theo- IE 411. Networks and Graphs (3) ry of valid inequalities, duality and relaxation, computational complexity, and methods for solving inte- This course examines the theory and applications of net- ger programs, such as branch and bound. Prerequisite: works and graphs. Content of the course stresses on the IE 406 or equivalent. modeling, analysis and computational issues of network and graph algorithms. Complexity theory, trees and IE 419. Sequencing and Scheduling (3) arborescences, path algorithms, network flows, matching Systematic analysis of models for the planning and and assignment, primal-dual algorithms, Eulerian and scheduling of systems that produce goods or services. Hamiltonian walks and various applications of network Resource planning techniques, static and dynamic sched- models. Prerequisite: IE 406 or equivalent. uling methods and algorithms. Prerequisites: IE 351, and IE 412. Quantitative Models of Supply Chain IE 316 or IE 406, or equivalent. Management (3) IE 422. Measurement and Inspection Systems (3) Analytical models for logistics and supply chain coordi- Study of measurement instruments and sensors for man- nation. Modeling, analysis, and computational issues of ufactured products. Metrology standards, performance production, transportation, and other planning and deci- characteristics of measuring devices, calibration, error sion models. Logistics network configuration, risk analysis, and gaging. Mechanical, optical, and other pooling, stochastic decision-making, information propa- techniques. On-line monitoring and control for product gation, supply chain contracting, and electronic quality, and sensor integration and fusion. Prerequisite: commerce implication. Prerequisite: IE 351, and IE 316 IE 328 or equivalent. or IE 406 or equivalent. IE 424. Robotic Systems and Applications (3) IE 413. Advanced Engineering Economy and Detailed analysis for robotic systems in manufacturing Replacement Analysis (3) and service industries. Task planning and decomposition, Measuring economic worth, economic optimization motion trajectory analysis, conveyor tracking, error under constraints, analysis of economic risk and uncer- detection and recovery, end effector design, and systems tainty. Emphasis on analytical methods to evaluate the integration. Prerequisite: IE 324 or consent of instructor. economic desirability of replacement and retirement 262 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

IE 425. Inventory Management and Production IE 441. Financial Engineering Projects (3) Planning (3) Analysis, design and implementation of solutions to Advanced study of heuristic, algorithmic, and analytical problems in financial services using information technol- methods for inventory, production planning, and distri- ogy, mathematical modeling, and other financial bution models and systems. Forecasting, scheduling of engineering techniques. Emphasis on real-world problem production facilities, single stage and multi-echelon solving, problem definition, implementation and solu- inventory control, and facility location- production allo- tion evaluation. cation models. Prerequisites: IE 3XX and IE 339, or IE 442. Total Quality Management (3) equivalent. Principles and techniques of TQM; principles of IE 426. Optimization Models and Applications (3) Deming, Juran, Taguchi, and others; standards, metrics, Modeling and analysis of operations research problems costs, benchmarking, quality circles, and continuous using techniques form mathematical programming. improvement; Malcolm Baldrige and other awards, ISO Linear programming, integer programming, multi-crite- 9000, case studies. ria optimization, stochastic programming and nonlinear IE 443. (MSE 427) Automation and Production programming using an algebraic modeling language. Systems (3) This course is a version of IE 316 for graduate students, Principles and analysis of manual and automated pro- with research projects and advanced assignments. Closed duction systems for discrete parts and products. Cellular to students who have taken IE 316. Prerequisite: IE 220 manufacturing, flexible manufacturing systems, transfer or equivalent background. lines, manual and automated assembly systems, and IE 429. Stochastic Models and Applications (3) quality control systems. Prerequisite: IE 215 or equiva- Introduction to stochastic process modeling and analysis lent. techniques and applications. Generalization of the IE 445. Assembly Processes and Systems (3) Poisson process; renewal theory, queueing, and reliabili- Joining processes including welding, brazing, soldering, ty; Brownian motion and stationary processes. This and adhesive bonding. Mechanical assembly methods. course is a version of IE 39 for graduate students, with Manual assembly lines and line balancing. Automated research projects and advanced assignments. Closed to assembly. Product design considerations including students who have taken IE 339. Prerequisite: IE 220 or Design for Assembly. Prerequisite: IE 215 or equivalent. equivalent background. IE 446. Discrete Event Dynamic Systems (3) IE 430. Management Science Project (3) Modeling of Discrete Event Dynamic systems (DEDS) Analysis of a management problem and design of its particularly as applied to industrial systems. Modeling solution incorporating management science techniques. procedures with focus on Petri Nets. Hierarchical Petri An individual written report is required. Recommended Net modeling, performance analysis, behavioral and to be taken in the last semester of the program. structural properties, and various synthesis and analytical IE 431. Operations Research Seminar (3) techniques. Relationships to state space concepts, simula- Extensive study of selected topics in techniques and tion, and finite state automata are introduced. Emphasis models of operations research. on use of such nets for the control of industrial systems. IE 433. Manufacturing Engineering Seminar (3) Prerequisites: Permission of instructor. Extensive study of selected topics in the research and IE 447. Stochastic Programming and Financial development of manufacturing engineering techniques. Analysis (3) IE 437. Advanced Database Analysis and Design (3) Finding optimal decisions in problems such as portfolio Intensive treatment of design and application of modern management and financial planning. Emphasis on database technology, including information modeling implementation and tools for solving difficult stochastic and logical design of databases. Emphasis on applications programming instances and application of stochastic to the manufacturing environment. Prerequisite: IE 310 programming to financial portfolio analysis. Requires or equivalent. basic knowledge of linear programming, elementary analysis, and probability. IE 438. Advanced Data Communication Systems Analysis and Design (3) IE 448. Industrial Control Systems for Study of technological development, operational algo- Manufacturing (3) rithms and performance analysis in data networks. Techniques used to control manufacturing systems: Emphasis on recent developments in communication numerical control, digital control, programmable logic technologies, modeling and simulation of large-scale net- controllers, and sensors. works, routing models and algorithms, and flow control IE 449. Advanced Computer-Aided issues. Prerequisite: IE 341 and IE 316, or equivalents. Manufacturing (3) IE 439. Queueing Systems (3) Numerical control in manufacturing; CAD/CAM systems; Queueing theory and analysis of manufacturing, distri- computer monitoring and control of manufacturing opera- bution, telecommunications, and other systems subject tions; adaptive control of manufacturing operations. to congestion. Design and analysis of queueing net- Manufacturing resource planning, computer-aided process works; approximation methods such as mean value planning, and shop floor control. Prerequisite: IE 342 or analysis, uniformization, fluid and diffusion interpreta- consent of the department chair. tions; numerical solution approaches. Prerequisite: IE IE 451. Intelligent Manufacturing Systems (3) 339 or instructor permission. Informational and control structures, architectures, and analysis techniques for autonomous and semi- autonomous manufacturing systems. System architectures Information and Systems Engineering 263 and techniques, knowledge based systems in production, including electronic commerce, supply chain and enter- and techniques based on fuzzy systems and neural net- prise information systems, manufacturing information works. Applications in manufacturing systems control, systems, and intelligent manufacturing control. The process planning, and design and management problems in I&SE degree requires 132 credit hours. newly developing manufacturing and production systems. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. I&SE Major Requirements See freshman year requirements, section III. IE 458 (ECO 463). Topics in Game Theory (3) A mathematical analysis of how people interact in strate- sophomore year, first semester (16 credit hours) gic situations. Topics include normal-form and IE 111 Engineering Probability and Statistics (3) extensive-form representations of games, various types of MATH 23 Calculus III (4) equilibrium requirements, the existence and characteriza- PHY 21, 22 Introductory Physics II tion of equilibria, and mechanism design. The analysis is and Laboratory (5) applied to microeconomic problems including industrial CSE 17 Structured Programming and Data organization, international trade, and finance. Structures (4) Prerequisites: Two semesters of calculus, ECO 412 and sophomore year, second semester (17 credit hours) ECO 414, or permission of the instructor. IE 121 Applied Engineering Statistics (3) IE 460. Engineering Project (1-3) IE 170 Algorithms in Systems Engineering (3) Intensive study of an area of industrial engineering with IE 171 Algorithms in Systems Engineering emphasis upon design and application. A written report Laboratory (1) is required. MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) IE 461. Readings (1-3) ACCT 108 Fundamentals of Accounting (3) Intensive study of some area of industrial engineering ECE 81 Principles of Electrical Engineering (4) that is not covered in general courses. junior year, first semester (17 credit hours) IE 490. Thesis (1-6) IE 122 Software Tools (1) IE 220 Introduction to Operations Research (3) IE 499. Dissertation (1-15) IE 224 Information Systems Analysis and Design (3) Information and Systems BIS 211 Management Information Systems (3) Engineering ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) MECH 2 Elementary Engineering Mechanics (3) B.S. in Information and Systems or ME 104 Thermodynamics I (3) Engineering or MAT 33 Engineering Materials Processing (3) Information and systems engineering (I&SE) is a bach- junior year, second semester (18-19 credit hours) elor of science degree program that produces graduates IE 226 Engineering Economy (3) who understand the complex facets of modern informa- IE 275 Fundamentals of Web Applications (3) tion systems, and the integration of these systems in IE 305 Simulation (3) industrial, service and financial organization. The degree HSS Humanities/Social Science program, offered through the Department of Industrial Elective (6-7)* and Systems Engineering, constitutes a broad based cur- riculum focusing on three core areas: (1) Information FE free elective (3) Economics, (2) Quantitative Systems Analysis, and (3) summer Information Technology. The core areas are coupled with IE 100 Industrial Employment (0) general engineering and business background courses. senior year, first semester (15-16 credit hours) Information economics studies the formulation, struc- IE 316 Advanced Operations Research ture, and operational dynamics of information-centric Techniques (3) systems in the context of industrial organizations, service IE 345 Manufacturing Information Systems (3) sector economics, and financial institutions. Topic areas IE 372 Systems Engineering Design (3) range from fundamental theory and methodologies in TE Technical Elective (3)** systems science and engineering, to issues in complex supply networks, e-Business, electronic marketplaces, HSS Humanities/Social Sciences elective (3-4)* and financial engineering. Quantitative systems analysis senior year, second semester (18 credit hours) studies operations research and computational tools for IE 154 Senior Project (3) analyzing complex systems and their information com- IE 339 Stochastic Models ponents. Topic areas include mathematical IE341 Data Communication Systems Analysis programming, optimization, decision analysis, large-scale and Design (3) modeling and simulation, decentralized decision process- TE Technical Elective (3)** es, stochastic processes, sequencing and scheduling, HSS Humanities/Social Sciences elective (3)* parallel and distributed algorithms, and algorithm FE free elective (3) design. Information technology and applications studies computer and communication technologies needed to Notes: design and implement information system applications. *HSS elective credit totals must satisfy the college HSS Topic areas include the applications of information tech- program nology in manufacturing and business environments, **Technical Electives from approved list 264 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

Information and Systems Engineering student takes IE 155 as an engineering or free elective. Leadership Program After IE 155, IE 156 is taken as the thesis is written. The sequence of these 2 courses can replace IE 154. The Information and Systems Engineering Leadership Program (ISELP) is an honors program linked to the 5th Year Master of Management Science Information and Systems Engineering degree offered by Option the Department of Industrial and Systems Engineering. Students enrolled in the ISE curricula can pursue a fifth- The program builds on the industry-based capstone year Master of Management Science program. Students design model used in the department for over 30 years. in the management science program take a mixture of Students in this program have close interaction with engineering and business courses. Admission is not guar- industry for mentoring and project work beginning in anteed. For details see the management science section of the freshman year and carrying through the entire degree the catalog or contact the ISE department. program. Students will progress in leadership roles until as seniors they are leading projects for the underclass- 5th Year Master of Information and men. Close interaction with industrial mentors and Systems Engineering Option industrial projects in systems engineering and informa- tion technology will insure that students can apply what Students enrolled in the ISE curricula can pursue a fifth they learn in the classroom to real-world problems. year Master of Information and Systems Engineering pro- Projects will be developed primarily through Lehigh’s gram. Students in the Master of I&SE program take a Enterprise Systems Center (ESC). mixture of engineering, computer science, and business courses. Admission is not guaranteed. For details see the Participants in this program will graduate with these M.S. and M.Eng. of Information and Systems Engineering highly valued leadership skills and competencies: section of the catalog or contact the ISE department. •Self-knowledge and the ability to work well with others; Master Programs in Information and • Confidence to lead change; Systems Engineering •Ability to identify and solve unstructured The goal of the M.S. in Information and Systems problems; Engineering (I&SE) program is to provide advanced •Proven ability to design, build and implement high educational and research opportunities related to opera- value-added systems. tions research, quantitative and computational analysis, Students are offered admission to the program during large scale optimization, system simulation, information- the matriculation process. In addition, students that centric systems, and the integration of information select the I&SE degree and maintain a high cumulative systems in industrial, service and financial organizations. GPA at the end of the freshman year will be eligible to The program will emphasize three core areas: (1) join the program. Information Economics, (2) Quantitative Systems Analysis, and (3) Information Technology. Graduates of Students in the ISELP must satisfy all degree require- the program will be operations research analysts, systems ments for the I&SE degree. In addition, both semester engineers and information technology specialists who are of the sophomore and junior years and the first semester employed by virtually all organizations, especially in con- of the senior year the student registers for IE 185 ISELP sulting, multi-national operations, transportation, Honors Seminar. In the last semester of the senior year logistics, financial institutions, and telecommunications. the student registers for IE 385 ISELP Honors Project Seminar. IE 385 requires a written honors project report. New communications technologies, the web, and recent The additional 6 credits of seminar are above the degree advances in computing are profoundly changing the requirements for the I&SE degree and may not be used operations of business and industry. The increasingly as Free Elective credits in that program. complex intertwining of organizations coupled with con- tinued automation of business processes creates new and Special Opportunities for I&SE students complex large-scale systems of enterprises, people, capital The following special opportunities are available to equipment, and information. With these changes comes majors in information systems and engineering: the need for engineers capable of understanding and Nontechnical Minor. Students may choose to pursue a integrating these emerging systems. The needs extend far nontechnical minor in an area of the humanities and beyond the micro level details of computer hardware and social sciences. The minors program section of this cata- software, instead requiring systems integration, large- log should be consulted for details. scale optimization and control, and knowledge of the operations of industry. It is the combination of the sys- Technical Minor. Technical minors such as materials sci- tems perspective, the analytical focus, and development ence, environmental engineering, and computer science of computing skills that sets the I&SE education apart. are available through other departments in the P. C. The program will be comprised of three core areas: Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Science. Consult the specific department for more details. Information Economics: The formulation, structure, and operational dynamics of information-centric systems Graduate Courses. Seniors in the Department of in the context of industrial organizations, service sector Industrial and Systems Engineering can petition to take economics, and financial institutions. Topic areas range up to two graduate IE courses (400-level) to satisfy two from fundamental theory and methodologies in systems of their five 300-level elective IE course requirements. science and engineering, to issues in complex supply net- The petitioning senior must have a good scholastic works, e-Business, electronic marketplaces, and financial record (generally above a 3.0 GPA). engineering. This area of concentration is based on the Senior Thesis Option. Students interested in continuing solid foundations of science and economics through on to graduate school or performing research are encour- which we envision the long-term development of mod- aged to take the senior thesis option. In this option a ern information systems. Information and Systems Engineering 265

Quantitative Systems Analysis: Operations research and BIS 331 Electronic Commerce and Security (3)* computational tools for analyzing complex systems and ECO 412 Mathematical Economics (3) their information components. Topic areas include mathe- ECO 413 Advanced Microeconomic Analysis (3) matical programming, optimization, decision analysis, ECO 415 Econometrics (3) large-scale modeling and simulation, decentralized decision ECO 447 Economic Analysis of Market processes, stochastic processes, sequencing and scheduling, Competition (3) parallel and distributed algorithms, and algorithm design. IE 334 Organizational Planning and Control (3) This area of concentration forms the methodological base IE 442 Total Quality Management (3) for the design, integration, implementation, and manage- ment of information systems in large-scale organizations. 2. Quantitative Systems Analysis Information Technology and Applications: Computer IE 328 Engineering Statistics (3) and communication technologies needed to design and IE 339 Stochastic Processes (3) implement information system applications. Of specific IE 406 Introduction to Mathematical focus will be the applications of information technology Programming in manufacturing and business environments, including IE 409 Time Series Analysis (3) electronic commerce, supply chain and enterprise infor- IE 410 Design of Experiments (3) mation systems, manufacturing information systems, and IE 411 Networks and Graphs (3) intelligent manufacturing control. This area concentrates on the technological aspects of modern information sys- IE 413 Advanced Engineering Economy and tems such as database systems, software development, Replacement Analysis (3) and web-based systems. IE 414 Heuristic Methods in Combinatorial Optimization (3) Program Requirements IE 416 Dynamic Programming (3) M.S. in Information and Systems Engineering IE 417 Nonlinear Programming (3) The master of science program in I&SE requires a mini- IE 418 Integer Programming (3) mum of 24 credit hours of approved coursework and IE 419 Sequencing and Scheduling (3) completion of a satisfactory thesis or 27 credit hours of IE 439 Queueing Systems (3) approved coursework and completion of a 3 credit hour IE 446 Discrete Event Dynamic Systems (3) project. Four core courses are required: IE 316, IE 341, IE 458 (ECO 463) Game Theory (3) IE 362, and IE 404. In addition, 4 courses are chosen 3. Information Technology and Applications from a list of approved courses that covers the areas of information economics, quantitative systems analysis, CSE 313 Computer Graphics (3)* and information technology and applications. CSE 330 Advanced Software Engineering Tools (3)* M.Eng. in Information and Systems Engineering CSE 340 Design and Analysis of Algorithms (3)* The master of engineering program in I&SE requires a CSE 366 Object-Oriented Programming (3) minimum of 30 credit hours of approved coursework. No CSE 403 Theory of Operating Systems (3)* thesis or project is required. Four core courses are required: CSE 411 Advanced Programming Techniques (3) IE 316, IE 341, IE 362, and IE 404. In addition, 4 courses CSE 412 Object-Oriented Programming (3) are chosen from a list of approved courses that covers the CSE 414 Expert Systems (3)* areas of information economics, quantitative systems analy- CSE 415 Database Topics (3)* sis, and information technology and applications. CSE 416 Advanced Issues in Knowledge-based Program Prerequisites: Systems (3)* (1) A candidate embarking on the master’s program must CSE 432 Object-Oriented Software possess a Bachelors degree in engineering or the mathe- Engineering (3) matical or physical sciences. (2) The candidate must ECE 401 Advanced Computer Architecture (3)* satisfy the following incoming course prerequisites: CSC ECE 404 Computer Networks (3) 17, IE 220, and IE 224, or equivalents. IE 307 Advanced Systems Analysis Core Courses (Four courses required of all I&SE and Design (3) IE 309 Introduction to Information students): Systems (3) IE 316 Advanced Operations Research IE 310 Database Analysis and Design (3) Techniques (3) IE 324 Industrial Automation and Robotics (3) IE 341 Data Communication Systems IE 332 Quality Control (3) Analysis and Design (3) IE 342 Computer Integrated IE 362 Logistics and Supply Chain Management (3) Manufacturing (3) IE 404 Simulation (3) IE 345 Manufacturing Information ISE Electives (select at least four from the following Technology (3) courses, organized into three groups corresponding to IE 424 Robotic Systems and Applications (3) the three information and systems engineering areas IE 437 Advanced Database Analysis identified above.): and Design (3) 1. Information Economics IE 438 Advanced Data Communication Systems Analysis and Design (3) BIS 311 Managing Information Systems IE 443 Automation and Production Development (3)* Systems (3) 266 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

IE 449 Advanced Computer-Aided mass customization. Technological growth continues at an Manufacturing (3) explosive rate, and, as it does, commerce and technology IE 451 Intelligent Manufacturing Systems (3) become ever more intertwined. A fundamental under- *Prerequisites may pose difficulties. standing of business, technology, and how they fit together, will be a prerequisite for success in the future Free Electives (for M.Eng. select any two graduate cours- global economy. The IBE Honors Program is designed to es subject to approval of graduate coordinator). provide students with this essential perspective. Graduates of this integrated program will possess a Integrated Business and unique set of skills and competencies. In addition to the mastery of the concepts and procedures taught in indi- Engineering Honors Program vidual courses in each college, the IBE Honors Program Program directors. Stephen G. Buell, Ph.D. (Lehigh), develops competencies that require an integrated knowl- professor of finance; Robert H. Storer, Ph.D. (Georgia edge from both engineering and business. These Tech), professor of industrial and systems engineering. competencies will be developed through courses, integra- The Integrated Business and Engineering Honors tive elements and program experience (such as field Program (IBE) is offered jointly by the College of visits, guest lectures and internships). Business and Economics and the P. C. Rossin College of The state-of-the-art honors program leads to the Engineering and Applied Science. The program recog- Bachelor of Science in Business and Engineering. The nizes the need for today’s leaders in business and very demanding 137 credit IBE program is a carefully industry to have a sound foundation in both commerce planned integration of courses in business and engineer- and technology. ing with additional requirements in mathematics, the Since the beginning of the Industrial Revolution, technol- sciences, English and the humanities. ogy has had a profound and ever increasing effect on the In addition to the above requirements, the IBE Honors products businesses offer, and the processes by which they Program has a foreign language proficiency requirement are produced. More recently however, technology has which can be satisfied in a number of ways: by achieving begun to effect the manner in which business is conduct- a score of 5 on a foreign language AP exam; by entering ed. Information Age technology is driving new business Lehigh with at least a B+ average in fours years of a sin- concepts including e-commerce, virtual enterprises, and gle foreign language in high school; by demonstrating Degree Requirements: Area Credits Details English Composition (6) ENGL 1 and 2 Composition and Literature I and II and Literature Humanities and Social (10) Must include COMM 130 Public Speaking or SSP 135 Science Human Communication Computing (3) ENGR 1 ENGR Computations or CSC 11 Intro to Computing MATH and Science Core (30) MATH 21, 22, 23 and 231 Calculus I, II and III and Probability and Statistics; Physics 11,12, 21 and 22 Introductory Physics I and II; CHEM 21 and 22 Introductory Chemical Principles Engineering Core (20) Set of engineering courses developed for each particular major Business and Economics Core (32) ACCT 151 and 152 Introduction to Financial and Managerial Accounting I and II, BIS 111 MIS; ECO 1, 146 and 129 Principles, Applied Micro Analysis and Money and Banking; FIN 225 Business Finance; LAW 201 Legal Environment of Business; MGT 280 Management of People and Operations; MKT 211 Contemporary Marketing Major (18) Specific major in either business or engineering Integrated IBE Courses (12) Freshman year courses (4 credits); Sophomore and junior year seminars (2 credits); Senior year capstone course (6 credits) Free electives (6) May be taken from any department in the University Summer internships (0) At least one industrial internship is required. International internships are encouraged. TOTAL (137) International Business 267 proficiency through a standardized test administered by philosophy, religion studies, and psychology. Majors are the Department of Modern Languages and Literature; or encouraged to take courses in these disciplines. by passing the second intermediate level course in a for- The Curriculum: Students considering course work in eign language at Lehigh (e.g., Spanish 12). International international relations are strongly encouraged to visit students with both English proficiency and fluency in the International Relations web site (www.lehigh.edu/ any second language other than English or English ininr/ininr.html). Prospective International Relations dialects will satisfy the language requirement. Students majors should enroll in IR 10 and ECO 1 as early as with some language background in high school will be possible. IR majors should fulfill the mathematics por- assigned to the appropriate starting course at Lehigh fol- tion of their college distribution requirements with lowing testing by the Department of Modern Languages MATH 12 (Basic Statistics). and Literature. Students with no previous experience in a second language may need to take 16 foreign language Major in International Relations credits (4 courses, each at 4 credits). Students may The major consists of ten courses for a total of 39-40 devote six credits of humanities and social science elec- credits. The courses required are: tives, and 6 credits of free electives to language courses. Gateway courses (two courses) Thus, students with absolutely no foreign language back- ground may need an additional four credits above the IR 10 Introduction to World Politics (4) 137 required for graduation. ECO 1 or 11 or 12 (3-4) Functional core (three courses). Interdisciplinary Technology IR 56 European International Relations (4) See listings under Science, Technology and Society. IR 125 International Political Economy (4) IR 205 Theories of International Relations (4) International Relations Area studies focus (two courses) Professor and Chair. Henri J. Barkey, Ph.D. Any two IR courses that focus on a region of the world (Pennsylvania), Bernard L. and Bertha F. Cohen Professor other than North America. Certain courses offered by other departments may also qualify. See the International Professors. Rajan Menon, Ph.D. (Illinois), Monroe J. Relations department for a complete list. Rathbone Professor; Bruce E. Moon, Ph.D. (Ohio State); Raymond F. Wylie, Ph.D. (London-England). Advanced courses (two courses) Associate professor. Chaim D. Kaufmann, Ph.D. Any two courses numbered 300-387 and 393. However, (Columbia). the same course may not be counted towards both the Assistant professor. Janice Bially Mattern, Ph.D. (Yale). area studies and advanced course requirements. Emeritus professors. Zdenek J. Slouka, Ph.D. Free elective. (Columbia), Oles M. Smolansky, Ph.D. (Columbia). Any 4-credit IR course other than IR 90. The Field of International Relations: The reality of an interdependent world is brought home to us every day. Departmental Honors Fast-flying, highly accurate nuclear weapons have To graduate with honors, a major in international breached the state’s ability to protect its citizens as never relations must: before. National economies are so sensitive to the trade (a.) attain an average of at least 3.5 in the courses and monetary policies and instability of other countries constituting the major program; and that governments are forced to recognize the limitations of purely national economic policies in a highly interde- (b.) complete a two-semester honors thesis in the pendent world. Resource depletion, pollution, refugee senior year. relief, the indebtedness of developing countries, and Minor in International Relations nuclear proliferation are truly global problems beyond The minor consists of four 4-credit courses, for a total of the ability of any one state, no matter how powerful, to 16 credits: IR 10, one advanced IR elective numbered 300- address alone. 387 and 393, and two free IR electives other than IR 90. The Department of International Relations seeks to pro- Beyond the Curriculum: In close cooperation with the vide students with a systematic understanding of world international education office, the department assists stu- politics. The questions that preoccupy scholars of inter- dents interested in study abroad programs. In addition, national relations are too numerous to list here, but Lehigh has an array of summer programs, which involve students who major in international relations can expect course work and/or internships in such countries as to acquire a detailed knowledge of topics such as: con- China, the Czech Republic and the United Kingdom. tending theories of world politics; the foreign policies of Every semester speakers with expertise on various aspects the major powers; the international relations of major of world affairs visit Lehigh. The department arranges regions; international security and arms control; regional the annual Cohen International Relations Lecture Series, conflicts; global problems such as terrorism, refugee which has featured speakers such as Ernesto Zedillo, relief, and pollution; the politics of global economic rela- Anthony Zinni, Gareth Evans, Strobe Talbott, Randall tions; and the role of international organizations such as Robinson, Robert McNamara, Valery Giscard d’Estaing, the United Nations, the International Monetary Fund, Vaclav Havel, Hans Dietrich Genscher, Kim Campbell, and the World Bank. As should be apparent from this Oscar Arias, Wole Soyinka, Andrei Kozyrev, Anthony list, international relations is a multi-disciplinary field Lake, and George Mitchell. and draws upon concepts and theories from political sci- ence, history, economics, anthropology, sociology, The student-run World Affairs Club sponsors a number of activities each year, including student-faculty socials, 268 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

guest speakers and related programs. It organizes the IR 56. European International Relations (4) Model United Nations program to which Lehigh sends a Examines the evolution of the modern states system in delegation each year. Another delegation is sent annually Europe. Conceptual, theoretical and historical topics to the European Union Simulation in Washington, D.C. include the transition from feudalism to the Westphalian From time to time, delegations are also sent to other stu- system, nationalism, imperialism, the causes of war and dent conferences, including West Point and the U.S. attempted peace settlements, the Cold War, the Naval Academy. European Union, and the impact of the collapse of the The department has an active program in conjunction USSR on the political and strategic structure of Europe. with Career Services to help place students in intern- Bially Mattern. (SS) ships. We strongly encourage students to obtain an IR 57. The European Union (2) internship. Most of these internships are likely to be in Introduction to the history, institutions and policies of New York or Washington, D.C. the European Union. Focus on the individual member Upon Graduating: While a degree in international rela- states and on the issues of enlargement and further inte- tions does not lead to a specific career in the way that, gration. A half-semester course. Wylie (SS) for example, accounting or engineering does, a major in IR 61. (ASIA 61) Pacific Asian International international relations, by emphasizing clarity in speech Relations (4) and writing, analytical skills, and a detailed knowledge of Introduction to Pacific Asian international relations, world politics prepares students for careers in govern- with emphasis on post-1945 period: historical back- ment, journalism, law, international business, and ground; Cold War conflicts; China’s rise to power; teaching and research. Recent IR graduates currently Japan’s growing role; Korea and the NIC’s; Southeast work in all of these fields. Some have gone directly into Asia; U.S. and Russian policies; current and future careers upon graduating; others have enrolled in graduate issues. Wylie (SS) school prior to employment. IR 72. The United States in the Global Economy (4) Undergraduate Courses Political problems and policy issues arising out of the IR 1. Current Issues in World Affairs (3) economic relations between the U.S. and the rest of the This is a survey course designed primarily for non-IR world. U.S. foreign economic policy. Decision-making majors or minors. The purpose is to acquaint students processes and political influences on policy. Economic with some of the concepts and historical facts behind diplomacy. Declining U.S. economic pre-eminence. current global issues. The content of this course will, in Moon. (SS) part, be dictated by international events as they unfold. IR 74. United States Foreign Policy (4) Wylie. (SS) Major themes and trends in U.S. foreign policy, with IR 10. Introduction to World Politics (4) attention to both the historical evolution of contempo- Introduction to the major principles, concepts, and theo- rary policy and key current problems. Emphasis is on ries of international relations, along with a historical critical examination of the interests and values that background focusing on the 19th and 20th centuries. underlie the goals of policy and the theories that shape Topics to be covered include the nature of power, bal- perceptions of how they can be met. Sources of U.S. pol- ance of power theories, national interest,decision-making icy, including decision-making structures, policy in foreign policy, theories of war and expansion, patterns processes, and the role of the public and media. of cooperation, and international political economy. Kaufmann, Moon. (SS) Menon. (SS) IR 81. Middle East in World Affairs to 1945 (4) IR 23. Alternative World Futures (4) Political, economic, and social forces behind the rise of After a survey of the major political, military, economic, modern states in the Middle East; area’s role in interna- and social trends of the 20th century, the course will tional politics from Napoleon’s invasion of Egypt to the examine the challenges that are likely to confront the end of World War II. Staff. (SS) world in the 21st century. Topics to be explored include IR 82. Middle East in World Affairs Since 1945 (4) environmental and population problems, the changing Rise of Turkish, Iranian, and Arab nationalism; creation nature of war, ethnic conflict and nationalism, and the of Israel; decline of British and French power; growth of emerging balance of global economic and military U.S. and Soviet influence; Middle East as the world’s power. Menon. (SS) major oil producer. Staff. (SS) IR 34. Society, Technology and War since the IR 119. Issues in International Relations (1-4) Renaissance (4) Readings on selected themes in world politics, with How changes in human social organization and war over theme to change each semester. Offered on an occasional the last thousand years have interacted with each other, basis only. Staff. (SS) in both directions: the impact of social, economic, and technological change on the purposes and methods of IR 120. Globalization and World Politics (4) war; and the impact of war mobilization needs and of An exploration of the economic, political, cultural, and war itself on social change, including democratization; military manifestations of globalization and the effects economic planning; and emancipation of disadvantaged on the internal order of states and the relations among groups in society. The American and French revolutions; them. Prerequisite: IR 10. Menon, Moon. (SS) the Civil War; World Wars I and II; Vietnam; IR 125. (POLS 125) International Political Afghanistan; Iraq; the law of war; atrocities; the nuclear Economy (4) and information revolutions; military institutions in Principles governing the interaction between the eco- advanced societies today. Kaufmann. (SS) nomic and political components of international phenomena. Political causes and consequences of trade International Relations 269 and investment. Foreign economic policy and its rela- IR 164. (ASIA 164, REL 164) Japan’s Response to tionship to domestic economic policy and other aspects the West (4) of foreign policy. Determinants of foreign economic pol- A survey of Japanese history and culture from 1500 to icy. Prerequisites: Economics 1, 11 or 12; and IR 10. the present, following the theme of Japan’s contact with Moon. (SS) the West. What enabled Japan to modernize and IR 127. Research in International Relations (4) Westernize so successfully? Topics covered include: the Research skills in international relations. The role of the- expulsion of Christianity, the first samurai mission to the ory, models and evidence in the explanation of U.S., the postwar American occupation, and contempo- international phenomena. Literature review; problem rary issues. Readings include Japanese novels and short formulation; theory construction; research design, meth- stories (in translation). Kraft. (SS) ods and measures; collection, analysis and interpretation IR 167. Diplomacy of Russia to 1917 (4) of data; principles of hypothesis testing. Professional Expansion of the Russian Empire; principles of Russian writing, either through individual research projects foreign policy and their specific applications under the under faculty supervision or an apprenticeship in ongo- Tsarist governments, treated partially as background of ing faculty research projects. Prerequisite: Consent of the Soviet policy; interaction between Russian domestic and instructor. Moon (SS) foreign affairs. Staff. (SS)] IR 132. Nationalism and Ethnic Conflict (4) IR 168. Diplomacy of the USSR, 1917-1991 (4) The ideal of nationalism exerts a powerful pull on almost Topical and chronological survey of Soviet foreign rela- all people everywhere. This course investigates the tions; Soviet efforts to survive in a hostile capitalist sources of nationalism and national identity; the manip- environment; consolidation of gains made during World ulation of nationalist feelings for political purposes; and War II; origins of Cold War; frictions within the the sources of national and ethnic conflict. Proposals for Communist Bloc (Eastern Europe, China); nuclear arms managing ethnic conflict and their records of success (or race; striving for detente; activity in the Third World; failure). Recent and current cases, such as the Israeli- Gorbachev and collapse. Staff. (SS) Palestinian conflict; ethnic relations in Iraq; the Balkans; others as current events demand. Prospects for the IR 169. International Relations of Russia and futures of nationalism, ethnic conflict, and ethnic con- Eastern Europe (4) flict management. Kaufmann (SS) The Soviet collapse and the emergence of Russia. Russia’s relations with the other newly-independent states that IR 136. International Terrorism (4) emerged following the disintegration of the Soviet After 9/11, we must ask: Have we seen the peak of glob- Union. The international relations of Eastern Europe al terrorism, or is the worst still to come? This course (including the Balkans). Menon. (SS) examines psychological, religious, and political explana- tions of terrorism; reasons for the increasing scale of IR 177. International Relations of Latin America (4) terrorism and the more frequent targeting of Americans; Survey of major international and domestic crises facing major terrorist organizations, structures, and means of Central and South America. Examines factors affecting operation; threats and vulnerabilities facing the United Latin American system of states such as international States and the West; legal and moral statuses of terror- debt, involvement of foreign powers, and social and ism; means of coping with terrorism as an individual and political instabilities. Barkey. (SS) through national policy. Kaufmann (SS) IR 205. Theories of International Relations (4) IR 145. International Organization (4 credits) The role of theory in historical explanation, prediction, Examines how cooperation is achieved and sustained in and policy. Issues of theory design and testing. world politics. Under what circumstances does coopera- Important theoretical approaches to international rela- tion take place? What role do formal international tions, including Realism; the Democratic Peace; the organizations (such as the UN) play? What roles do domestic politics of foreign policy; history and myth- norms, values, and ethics play? Can cooperation last? making; psychological explanations. Prerequisites: IR 10 Questions pursued theoretically and in practical terms and 56. Bially Mattern (SS) across topical issues (e.g., human rights, poverty, the IR 222. Political Economy of North-South environment, international law). Prerequisite: IR 10. Relations (4) Bially, Mattern. (SS) Political economy of relations between developed and IR 161. (ASIA 161) China in World Affairs (4) less developed countries. Issues arising from trade, China in world affairs, emphasizing role in Pacific Rim: investment, and foreign aid. Consequences of North- historical background; domestic politics; foreign and South transactions. Controversies over system structure security policies; relations with regional and global pow- and reform proposals for international institutions ers; policies toward Asia and Third World; current and (e.g.World Bank, IMF, WTO). Prerequisite: IR 125 or future issues. Wylie. (SS) permission of instructor. Moon. (SS) IR 163. (ASIA 163) Japan in World Affairs (4) IR 246. (JOUR 246) International Japan in world affairs, emphasizing role in Pacific Rim: Communication (4) historical background; domestic politics; foreign and Role of international news media in world affairs. Global security policies; relations with regional and global pow- theories of the press; process and influence of U.S. ers; policies toward Asia and Third World; current and reporting of international affairs; survey of global media future issues. Wylie. (SS) systems; global communication controversies. Lule. (SS) 270 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

IR 302. Rise and Decline of Empires (4) affecting interests of the great powers. Interplay of inter- An overview of the expansion, over-extension, and col- national, regional and internal forces. Prerequisite: IR 81 lapse of empires. Focus on alternative theories of empires or 82. Staff. (SS) as well as historical cases. Prerequisites: IR 10 and 56. IR 364. (ASIA 364) International Relations of Menon. (SS) Pacific Asia (4) IR 321. Economic Relations of Advanced Research-oriented seminar on contemporary internation- Industrial Societies (4) al relations of Pacific Asia. Special emphasis on China, Foreign economic policies of advanced industrial Japan and regional and global powers. Substantial nations. Bilateral and multilateral economic relations; research paper on topic of student’s own choice is international economic regimes and institutions; interde- required. Prerequisite: IR 61 or 161 or 163 or 164. pendence and cooperation; managing conflict. Wylie. (SS) Prerequisite: IR 125. Moon. (SS) IR 367. Seminar in the International Relations of IR 322. Poverty and Development (4) Russia and other Post-Soviet states (4) Patterns and causes of poverty in poor countries. Analysis of foreign relations of Russia and the other four- Diagnosis of development problems and evaluation of teen states that emerged after the collapse of the USSR. development planning. Explanations for choices of Staff. (SS) development policy, especially issues of trade, foreign aid, and foreign direct investment. Written and oral pres- IR 388. Honors Thesis in International Relations (4) entation of individual country research. Corequisite: IR Honors thesis in international relations for majors with 222. Moon. (SS) senior standing and with a 3.5 GPA who wish to engage in an intensive, two-semester research project under the IR 323. Political Economy of Newly direct guidance of a faculty member in the student’s spe- Industrializing Countries (4) cial area of interest. Departmental permission required. Issues of development, debt and adjustment in newly May be repeated for credit. Staff. (SS) industrializing countries. Analysis of the differences IR 390. Readings in International Relations (1-4) between the development strategies adopted in Latin Directed course of readings intended for students with America and East Asia. Explanations for patterns of suc- special competence or interest in fields of international cess and failure. Origins of underdevelopment; the relations not fully covered by regular course offerings. politics of failed development strategies; the challenge of May be repeated for credit. Departmental permission the increasingly competitive world economy and rela- required. Staff. (SS) tions with the U.S. and other developed nations. Prerequisite: IR 125. Barkey. (SS) IR 391. Internship in International Relations (1-4) Internship in public or private agency. May be repeated IR 334. Prospects for Peace in the 21st Century (4) for credit. Departmental permission required. Staff. (SS) Will the 21st century be more or less peaceful than the IR 393. Seminar in International Relations (4) "terrible 20th?" This course examines theories of war and Advanced seminar focusing on discussion and research international insecurity; nationalism; ethnic conflict; ter- on specialized subjects in international relations. Variable rorism; the nuclear revolution; the special situation of subject matter. Offered by faculty on rotating basis. May the American superpower in the early 21st century. We be repeated for credit. Senior standing and departmental also explore tools of war prevention and resolution, permission required. Staff. (SS) including deterrence and alliances; international institu- tions and norms; efforts against proliferation of weapons IR 394. Special Topics in International Relations of mass destruction, and humanitarian intervention and (1-4) peacekeeping; and American policy choices between uni- Intensive, research-oriented study for students with a lateral and multilateral approaches. Prerequisite: IR 10. special competence or interest in fields of international Kaufmann. (SS) relations not fully covered by regular course offerings. IR 344. International Politics of Oil (4) May be repeated for credit. Departmental permission Historical influence of oil in international politics and required. Staff. (SS) the role it plays today. Focus on differing views of pro- ducers, such as Middle Eastern and Latin American Japanese states, and consuming nations, largely the economically developed Western states. Barkey. (SS) See Listings under Modern Languages and Literature. IR 347. Non-State Actors in a Globalized World (4) Role of non-state political groups (e.g. international Jewish Studies advocacy organizations, multinational corporations, news The Jewish studies minor, coordinated by the Philip and media, terrorists, etc.) in world affairs. Thematic focus Muriel Berman Center for Jewish Studies, provides stu- on globalization, the relationship between non-state and dents with the opportunity to explore the history, state actors, and the implications of non-state actors for literature, religion, and social institutions of the Jewish the future of world order. Themes explored through past people from its inception to the present. The diverse and current events (e.g., the WTO demonstrations, 9- selection of courses highlights the interaction of Judaism 11, the CNN effect, AIDs, anti-sweatshop campaigns.) with other cultures and societies in Europe, the Middle Prerequisite: IR10. Bially (SS) East, and the United States. The program is designed to IR 354. International Relations of the Middle appeal to students with varied interests and fields of con- East (4) centration. Students of psychology and sociology often Importance of the Middle East in contemporary world discover that courses in Jewish studies enhance their politics; strategic location and natural resources as factors Journalism and Communication 271 understanding of such topics as individual and group Journalism and Communication identity, prejudice and anti-Semitism, assimilation, and religious-cultural pluralism. Students of history will find Professor. Sharon M. Friedman, M.A. (Penn State), that the study of Jewish society and culture enhances director of science and environmental writing program; their understanding of European and American culture. Carole M. Gorney, M.S.J. (Northwestern), APR, Fellow Through the study of Jewish religion and philosophy, stu- (PRSA) director of public relations minor; Jack Lule, dents engage such issues as God, religious faith and doubt, Ph.D. (Georgia) spirituality, moral responsibility, evil, and human suffering. By studying Judaism comparatively with another religious Associate professor. Walter W. Trimble, M.A. (Ohio tradition, students heighten their understanding of each State) chair tradition. Studying Jewish literature introduces students to a broad spectrum of literary forms and themes from diverse Assistant professor. Kathy Olson, Ph.D. (University of periods and cultural settings. North Carolina) Lecturer. Nancy S. Ross, M.A.T. (Cincinnati). The Berman Center for Jewish Studies supplements for- mal course offerings through an extensive program of Adjunct professors. Kenneth Friedman, Ph.D. (Penn lectures, colloquia, films, field trips, and other cultural State); Glenn Kranzley, B.A. (Penn State); Robert events. The Center offers financial awards for students Rosenwein, Ph.D. (Michigan); William White, M.A. who wish to study at the Hebrew University in Jerusalem (Ohio State). or Tel Aviv University. Lehigh professors also conduct a The Department of Journalism and Communication "Lehigh in Israel" summer program, conditions permit- offers major and minor programs in journalism and sci- ting. Students seeking further information on programs ence and environmental writing, a minor in public in Israel and available financial awards may contact relations, and an interdisciplinary communication minor. Shirley Ratushny at the Berman Center. Students should coordinate their minor program in Jewish studies with Journalism is crucial to the public life of a democracy. At the director of the Center, Dr. Laurence J. Silberstein, its best, journalism serves as a watchdog to government, Maginnes Hall. offers a voice for the powerless at home and abroad, entertains and instructs the public, represents the views Students pursuing a minor in Jewish studies must fulfill of varied constituencies, monitors and protects the envi- 16 credit hours from the following courses. (A maximum ronment and public resources, and provides a common of eight credit hours of Hebrew may be counted.) memory for a people. Updated lists of courses are available from the Berman Center, Maginnes 324. The purpose of the journalism program is to provide HEBR 1 Elementary Modern Hebrew I (4) students with the knowledge and skills to fulfill such roles. The program emphasizes research, writing, editing, HEBR 2 Elementary Modern Hebrew II (4) and critical thinking and analysis. Students integrate HEBR 11 Intermediate Modern Hebrew I (4) online technology with legal and ethical thinking and a HEBR 12 Intermediate Modern Hebrew II (4) global perspective that will prepare them for numerous IR 81 Middle East in World Affairs to 1945 (4) opportunities in and out of journalism. IR 82 Middle East in World Affairs In the journalism major, students take courses in news Since 1945 (4) and feature writing, editing and design, a professional PHIL/REL 129 Jewish Philosophy (4) internship, and varied courses in online journalism. PHIL 133 Medieval Philosophy (4) Supported by the endowed Rodale Online REL 73 The Jewish Tradition (4) Communication Program, the department has a national REL 111 Jewish Scriptures/Old Testament (4) reputation in online journalism. All courses have online REL 112 The Beginnings of Judaism and Jewish research and writing components. Origins: Jewish Diversity in the Greco- A second major available to students is the science and Roman World (4) environmental writing program. Students learn to write REL 121 Sources for the Life of Jesus: Jewish about pure and applied scientific research, technology, and Christian Context (4) engineering, the environment and medicine and health REL 132 Hasidic Tales (4) for a variety of audiences ranging from the general pub- REL/WS 138 Women in Jewish History (4) lic to scientists and engineers in industry and REL/ANTH 139 Jewish Folklore (4) government. Students can also gain experience in the sci- REL 150 Judaism in the Modern World (4) ence and environmental writing field research program. REL 152 American Judaism (4) A minor in science and environmental writing is avail- REL 153 The Spiritual Quest in Contemporary able that may be valuable for students with majors in Jewish Life (4) science or engineering. REL/HIST 154 The Holocaust: History and Meaning (4) In the public relations minor, students take courses in REL 155 Responses to the Holocaust (4) public relations principles, writing, case studies, applied REL 156 Israel, Zionism, and the Renewal of public relations and a practicum. Students learn to apply Judaism (4) public relations in specialties such as public affairs, hos- REL/WS 158 Sex and Gender in Judaism (4) pital, health care and corporate communication. REL 174 Contemporary Theology (4) An interdisciplinary minor in communication is offered for REL 186 Judaism in Israel and students interested in developing oral communication skills the United States (4) and a better understanding of how people share meaning REL 230 The Mystical Tradition: Judaism (4) through persuasive use of rhetoric, logic and symbols in REL 371 Directed Readings (1-4) public, one-to-one and small group communication. US 85 American Jews: Politics and Culture (3) Career opportunities are numerous for graduates of the department. 272 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

Students find work in traditional journalism organiza- Collateral Requirements tions, such as newspapers, wire services, magazines, Students must also complete an academic minor or cable, television and radio stations, and other media out- another major with a minimum of 16 credits lets. Students find work too in new media, such as web sites and other digital production activities. Journalism/Science and Environmental Students also find work in public relations positions, Writing Major with responsibilities in government, corporations, hospi- Core Courses tals, health care organizations, universities, sports information, nonprofit agencies and other groups. JOUR 1 Brown and White (1) JOUR 2 Brown and White (1) or A background in journalism, with its emphasis on JOUR 231 Science Writing Practicum (1) research and writing, also proves to be excellent prepara- tion for many other fields and provides a fine basis for JOUR 123 the study and practice of law, graduate study in a variety or 311 Basic Science and Technical Writing (4) of disciplines, government service, teaching and business or management. JOUR 11 News Writing (4) JOUR 13 Editing (2) Students in science and environmental writing can JOUR 14 Publication Design (2) expect to pursue careers in science, health and environ- mental journalism in both the traditional and online JOUR 211 Reporting (4) media; public relations for scientific societies, environ- Advanced Courses mental organizations, government agencies, universities JOUR/STS 124 Politics of Science (4) or hospitals; technical writing for industry and govern- JOUR 125 Environment, the Public and ment agencies, and other areas, such as management, the Mass Media (4) administration and teaching. The program also prepares students for graduate study in science or environmental JOUR/STS 323 Controversies (4) writing, journalism and other disciplines. JOUR 361 Internship (4) The interdisciplinary minor in communication will be Required Electives useful to students interested in organizational and written One additional Journalism or Communication course. (4) communication, law, business, philosophy, government, marketing, teaching, telecommunication or other careers Total credits: (34) where successful communication is important. Required Math Course. Understanding statistical infor- Collateral Requirements mation has become extremely important in modern Students must also complete 16 credits in science for the society. MATH 12, Basic Statistics, is required for stu- journalism/science and environmental writing major. dents taking a journalism or science and environmental Required science courses. A minimum of 16 credits in writing major. Students should take MATH 12 to fulfill the physical, biological, environmental or social sciences the college’s distribution requirement. ECO 145, or engineering is required. These hours can be concen- Statistical Methods, is an acceptable alternative. For sci- trated in any one area or distributed among all five areas, ence/science writing double majors, calculus will be although an area concentration is recommended. Dual considered as a substitute for statistics. majors in journalism/science and environmental writing and a science are encouraged. Science courses should be Journalism Major chosen in consultation with the major adviser. Core Courses Science and environmental writing field research program. JOUR 1 Brown & White (1) Available to science, environmental and technical writing JOUR 2 Brown & White (1) students at the junior or senior level, this program provides JOUR 3 Brown & White (1) practical experience in scientific research and science writ- JOUR 4 Brown & White (1) ing for students who work on and write about research projects directed by university scientists and engineers. JOUR 11 News Writing (4) Another segment of the program allows students to attend JOUR 13 Editing (2) major scientific meetings as fully accredited science JOUR 14 Publication Design (2) reporters. Students observe professional science writers in JOUR 122 Media Ethics & Law (4) action and write their own stories about the scientific ses- Advanced Courses sions and press conferences held at the meetings. JOUR 211 Reporting (4) * Journalism Minor Or JOUR 212 Feature Writing (4)* Students who wish to declare a minor program in jour- JOUR 361 Internship (4) nalism must be majors in another discipline and take the Senior Seminar: Journalism or Communication course following: at 300 level (4) JOUR 1-2 Brown & White (2) * (JOUR 211 and JOUR 212 fulfill junior writing inten- JOUR 11 News Writing (4) sive requirement) JOUR 13 Editing (2) Required Electives JOUR 14 Publication Design (2) JOUR 212 Feature Writing (4) Two additional Journalism or Communication courses; one of them at the 200 level or above (8) One other Journalism course at or above the 100 level (4) Total credits: (36) Total credits: (18) Journalism and Communication 273

Public Relations Minor SSP 312 Communication in Groups (4) SSP/JOUR 327 Mass Communication and Society (4) Required Collateral Course COMM 130 Public Speaking (4) (required) JOUR 11 News Writing (4) COMM 143 Persuasion and Influence (4) or COMM 252 Interpersonal Relationships: Private and JOUR 123 Basic Science and Technical Writing (4) Public (4) Required courses COMM 331 Business and Professional Speaking (4) JOUR/IR 246 International Communication (4) JOUR 127 Public Relations Principles (4) JOUR 228 Writing With the Media (4) Communication Choice Courses Section 2 JOUR 229 Public Relations Case Studies (4) ARTS 250 Communication: Cultures, JOUR 233 Public Relations Practicum (4)** Behaviors, Attitudes (3) Total credits: (16) ART 77 Photography (3) ART 53 Graphic Communication I (3) ** Two semesters of two-credit public relations practicum COMM 325 Special Topics in Communication (1-4) are required. The practicum projects provide students with ENGL 171 Writing for Audiences (4) experience in public relations activities and campaigns con- ducted on campus, or in regional and national student JOUR 101 Media, Sports, and Society (4) competitions. Projects will be assigned by the instructor, in JOUR 102 How to Watch TV (4) consultation with the student. JOUR 122 Media Ethics and LAW (4) JOUR 123 Basic Science and Technical Writing (4) Science and Environmental Writing JOUR 125 Environment, the Public, Minor and the Mass Media (4) JOUR 1 Brown and White (1) or JOUR 127 Public Relations Principles (4) JOUR 231 Science Writing Practicum (1) JOUR 141 Photojournalism (4) JOUR 11 News Writing (4) or JOUR 229 Public Relations Case Studies (4) JOUR 123 Basic Science and Technical Writing (4) JOUR 240 Writing for Broadcasting (4) JOUR 124 Politics of Science (4) JOUR 323 Controversies (4) JOUR 125 Environment, the Public JOUR 366 Online Journalism and the Mass Media (4) MKT 313 Integrated Marketing JOUR 323 Controversies (4) Communications (3) Total credits: (17) POLS 229 Propaganda, Media, and American Politics (4) Communcation Minor PSYCH 301 Industrial Psychology (4) Purpose: This interdisciplinary minor guides students to a SSP 302 The Sociology of Cyberspace (4) better understanding of how people share meaning Prerequisites for Jounalism Courses through interpersonal, group and organizational commu- NOTE: Journalism and Communication courses build nication as well as mass media and new media. Students on one another. Some courses thus require prerequisites take courses in public speaking, group process, interper- before students can register for the class. Check the sonal communication, persuasion, marketing, advertising, course schedule each semester. mass communication, and online communication. The minor requires 15-16 credit hours, with a minimum Media Internships of four courses. The required course is COMM 130, All majors in journalism and journalism/science and Public Speaking. A second course should be chosen from environmental writing take professional internships dur- the Communication Core courses, section one. A third ing their senior year or the preceding summer. The course should be taken from the Communication internships provide real-world experience with newspa- Choice courses, section two. The fourth course may pers, magazines, cable, television or radio stations, web come from either section. At least one course must be sites or in public relations settings. Science writing 200-level or above. minors may take an internship instead of working on Courses may be taken in any order. That is, COMM 130 The Brown and White. does not need to be taken first in the sequence. A student Course Listings may count one course for both a major and a minor. JOUR 1. Brown and White (1) every semester With the consent of a participating instructor and the This course is a student’s first semester on the staff of the director of the minor, a student may elect to take semi-weekly undergraduate newspaper. Students register COMM 325, Special Topics in Communication, as for this course, attend a meeting on the first Wednesday one of the courses for the minor. This is not a regular of the semester, and are placed on the staff. Because this course, but a project designed by the student, with the is an introductory training class, JOUR 1 is for students help of an instructor. with freshman or sophomore standing; juniors only with Courses in the minor may have prerequisites. Please consent of department chair. Lule/Trimble. (ND) check the catalog. To declare this minor, contact Dina Wills, in the Department of Journalism and JOUR 2-8. Brown and White (1) every semester Communication. Enrollment constitutes continued membership on the staff of the semi-weekly undergraduate newspaper. These Communication Core Courses Section 1 courses are taken consecutively after a student has com- SSP 125 Small Groups (4) pleted JOUR 1. For a second semester on the newspaper, SSP 135 Human Communication (4) a student registers for JOUR 2. For a third semester, 274 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

JOUR 3. For a fourth semester, JOUR 4. And so on. academic papers, term papers, proposals, reports, theses Prerequisite: JOUR 1. Lule/Trimble. (ND) and dissertations. Involves practice with feedback on def- JOUR 10 Brown and White (1-2) every semester initions, descriptions, cause and effect relationships, Enrollment constitutes an editorial position on the staff process writing, concept maps, graphics, classification, of the semi-weekly undergraduate newspaper. Editors are comparison and more. K Friedman. (ND) chosen by the instructors and the newspaper’s editorial JOUR 115 (ES 115). Communicating About the board. May be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Environment (4) Prerequisites: JOUR 1 and permission of the department Introduction to the need for and ways to communicate chair. Lule/Trimble about environmental issues to laypersons, government JOUR 11. News Writing (4) every semester officials, journalists, members of the judiciary and tech- Preparation and practice in gathering and writing news; nical experts. Explores case studies of good and bad definition and components of news; structure and style communication about environmental issues. Internet of the news story; introduction to interviewing and edit- communication, including the efficacy of placing gov- ing. (ND) ernmental reports and databases on the Web for public consumption, will be evaluated. (SS) JOUR 13. Editing (2) every semester Study of and practice in editing and rewriting stories for JOUR 116 (ES 116). Risky Business (4) summer newspapers and magazines; fact-checking; headline writ- This course explores the risks and effects of environmental ing; ethics. Prerequisite: Jour 11 or Jour 123. Trimble, contamination on human health and behavior as well as Olson. (ND) the role of the mass media in alerting citizens to potential environmental health risks. Environmental topics vary but JOUR 14. Publication Design (2) every semester usually include air and water pollution, endocrine dis- Study of and practice in techniques of newspaper and rupters and radioactive waste. S. Friedman. (SS) magazine design, including typography, grids, and use of photographs and other artwork; microcomputer-based JOUR 122. Media Ethics and Law (4) fall desktop publishing. Prerequisite: Jour 11 or Jour 123. First Amendment theory and history; ethical and legal Trimble, Olson. (ND) issues involving libel, privacy, obscenity, newsgathering, access, and fair trials; national and international concerns JOUR 101. Media, Sports and Society (4) summer over censorship, prior restraint and manipulation and Analysis of social, political and economic implications of control of information. Lule, Olson. (SS) media sports coverage; emphasis placed on media coverage of events of international scope, such as the World Cup, JOUR 123. Basic Science and Technical Writing World Series and the Olympics; special attention paid to (4) every semester the role of the sports press in coverage of issues such as Study of and practice in writing about scientific and techni- AIDS, racism, sexism, drug use and terrorism. Lule. (SS) cal subjects for audiences ranging from the general public to scientists and engineers. Starts with basic science writing for JOUR 102. How to Watch TV (4) summer lay audiences, emphasizing organization and clear writing Analysis and discussion of television programming from techniques. As the course progresses, material becomes the standpoint of its potential effects on audience per- more technical, concentrating on how to write effective ceptions, public opinion, social issues and values, technical reports, descriptions, papers and memoranda. Also individual learning, and behavior. Programming viewed explores problems of conveying highly complex technical both inside and outside the classroom includes news pro- information to multiple audiences, factors that influence grams, news magazines, talk shows, sitcoms, dramas, science communication to the public, and interactions cartoons, soap operas, commercials, and infomercials. To between scientists and journalists. K. Friedman. (SS) help focus discussions, students are assigned appropriate readings from the popular media and social science JOUR 124. (STS 124) Politics of Science (4) fall research. Gorney. (SS) Analysis of the multi-dimensional interaction between the federal government and the scientific community. Explores JOUR 111. Sportswriting (4) summer historical growth of the science-government connection, Principles and practice of writing about sports for gener- the scientific establishment both past and present, and the al print and specialized publications; emphasis placed on role of scientific advice to the White House and Congress. instruction in reporting, writing and editing; topics cov- Also examines scientific ethics, public attitudes toward sci- ered include the history of sports journalism; recent ence, science-society interactions and case studies of trends in the field; ethical considerations, and the explo- scientific controversies. S. Friedman (SS) ration of social and political issues through sportswriting. Lule. (ND) JOUR 125. Environment, the Public and the Mass Media (4) fall JOUR 112. Children and Television (4) summer Extensive exploration of local, national and international The course examines the many social science research environmental problems and their social, political and issues surrounding television for children, including economic impacts. Analysis of mass media coverage of questions about cartoon and program violence, unethical complex environmental issues and the media’s effects on advertising, the role of the FCC and stereotypes. The public opinion and government environmental policies. course will also examine television about children, such Examination of environmental journalism principles and as media coverage of homelessness, health care, poverty, practices in the United States and around the world. S. hunger and famine, which take their biggest toll on chil- Friedman (SS) dren. Lule (SS) JOUR 127. Public Relations Principles (4) fall Jour 114. Technical Communication (4) summer Emphasis on management function of public relations, This online course covers basic tools needed to write including research, planning, counseling, programming, about all kinds of science and technical information for communication and evaluation. Study of communication Journalism and Communication 275 and persuasion theory, public opinion and ethics. Student JOUR 228. Working With The Media (4) spring teams work outside class for a community client, helping An overview of the many situations and issues involved research, plan and implement an actual public relations in working with the mass media. Students learn tech- program during the semester. Gorney. (SS) niques used to generate positive publicity, minimize JOUR 129. Specialized Writing in Public negative media coverage, and maintain successful rela- tionships with reporters, editors and producers. Students Relations (3) fall also gain hands-on experience with planning, writing Preparation and writing of promotional and publicity and designing publicity and promotional materials for materials, including public service announcements, for use in mass and specialized media. Prerequisite: Jour 11 radio and television; preparation of audio-visual materi- or Jour 123, and Jour 127. Gorney. (ND) als and presentations; planning and conducting news conferences; media interview techniques in negative situ- JOUR 229. Public Relations Case Studies (4) fall ations; writing informational and persuasive speeches for Analysis of public relations programs and practices in others. Students will produce finished public service business and industry, government, and non-profit announcements and will be videotaped giving actual organizations. Study focuses on principles that govern media interviews. Prerequisite: JOUR. 11, 123, 228 or employee, community, consumer and media relations, as consent of department chair. Gorney. (ND) well as issues management and special events and pro- motions. Students select, research and write fully JOUR 135. (SPSY 135) Human Communication (4) documented case studies using both primary and sec- Processes and functions of human communication in ondary sources, as well as preparing Power Point slides to relationships and groups. Rosenwein. (SS) support oral presentations throughout the semester. JOUR 141. Photojournalism (4) Prerequisite: JOUR 127. Gorney. (ND) Ethics and history of photojournalism; instruction and JOUR 231. Science Writing Practicum (1-4) practice in basic camera techniques; scanning and digital manipulation of black and white and color photographs spring using Adobe Photoshop; cropping and sizing photo- On-site experience as accredited science reporter at graphs and production of layouts using QuarkExpress. major scientific meetings, or writing and research in uni- Trimble (ND) versity laboratories as part of science writing field research program. May be repeated for a maximum of JOUR 211 Reporting (4) every semester eight credits. Prerequisites: JOUR 11 or JOUR 123 or Principles and practice of news reporting; techniques for JOUR 311, junior standing, and consent of the depart- gathering, organizing and writing news; emphasis placed ment chair. S. Friedman. (ND) on story conception, interviewing methods, library skills, Internet research, news style and clear, concise writing. JOUR 232. Journalism Practicum (1-4) every Students will develop, report and write numerous stories. semester Students will also gain greater understanding of funda- Practical application of journalism principles and skills mental reporting concepts in relation to the use of in semester-long projects, as well as various on- and off- sources, accuracy, fairness, privacy and other issues of campus work experiences. Course is designed to provide professional responsibility. Prerequisites: JOUR 11 or credit for supervised experience, particularly through JOUR 123 and JOUR 13. Lule. (SS) study abroad programs, that does not meet the more rig- orous, required internship. May be repeated for JOUR 212. Feature Writing (4) every semester maximum of eight credits. Prerequisites: consent of Conceiving and developing feature stories for newspapers department chair. Lule (ND) and magazines; interviewing techniques; writing non-fic- tion using the techniques of the novelist; marketing JOUR 233. Public Relations Practicum (1-4) every free-lance projects. Prerequisite: JOUR 11, 123 and semester. JOUR 13. Trimble. (ND) Practical application of public relations principles to var- ious semester-long projects, including newsletter JOUR 214. Reporting of Public Affairs (4) production, web-site maintenance, client services for The Reporting and writing news of government on the local, Firm, program and special events development, and county, state and federal levels; civil and criminal courts; planning and implementation of an annual spring con- labor, environment, housing and community planning ference. The amount of credit is negotiable with the news. Prerequisites: JOUR 11 or 123 and POLS 177. instructor based on the extent and complexity of the Trimble. (ND) projects undertaken. Senior public relations minors only. JOUR 215. Advanced Publication Design (3) Gorney. (ND) Advanced study of publication design: newspapers, mag- JOUR 240. Writing for Broadcasting (4) spring azines, pamphlets, annual reports; symbols, typography, Basic writing style for radio and television news, and grids, use of photographs and infographics; use of scripting newscasts in a variety of formats, including elec- Macintosh computer in page production, and in creating tronic news gathering and voice overs. Scripting and and manipulating art for publication. Prerequisite: storyboarding for commercials and public service JOUR 13 or permission of the department chair. announcements. A three-hour writing lab is included. A Trimble. (ND) portion of the course is devoted to study and discussion of JOUR 220. Reporting on Business and issues related to television news coverage. Gorney. (ND) Economics (3) JOUR 242 Web Writing & Design (4) The principles behind the economy, the markets and This course examines the ways in which writing and companies and how to report on them; the role of busi- design are influenced by online technology. Students will ness reporting in the media; the use of computer learn principles and practice of hypertext, Web writing technology in business reporting. Prerequisite: JOUR 11 and Web design and will plan and create Web sites that or JOUR 123 and ECO 1. (SS) 276 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

tell stories using the unique features of online technolo- uncertainty and mass media coverage. Examines genetic gy. Prerequisites: JOUR 11 or JOUR 123 or JOUR 228. engineering and biotechnology, environmental health Olson (ND) risks, and human behavior research. Includes discussion JOUR 246. (IR 246) International of ethical and social responsibilities and interactions of scientists, journalists and the public. S. Friedman. (SS) Communication (4) Role of international news media in world affairs. Global JOUR 324 (SSP 324). Health Communication theories of the press; process and influence of U.S. and the Internet (4) spring reporting of international affairs; survey of global media This interdisciplinary class examines the role of the systems; global communication controversies. Lule. (SS) Internet in changing the way lay people, the mass media JOUR 306. Applied Public Relations (4) spring and medical organizations think and behave regarding Study and application of crisis planning, management health and medical care. It explores the nature of tradi- and communication principles to problems faced by a tional and online health communication, and highlights variety of profit and non-profit organizations. Study online health issues such as access, quality of informa- includes effective handling of the release of bad news, tion, economics, privacy, and ethics. S. Friedman and J. negative media coverage, and opposition; planning inter- Lasker. (SS) views, news briefings and news conferences. The class JOUR 325. Special Topics in Public Relations works together outside of class to prepare written plans (1-4) every semester on how to respond to a simulated crisis at various stages Research and writing or performance involving a topic, of escalation. The cases may be developed by the instruc- medium or issue in public relations involving some tor, or may involve participation in competitive aspect of professional application or theory that expands programs sponsored by professional and academic public on the body of knowledge or covers some material not relations societies. Senior public relations minors only. covered in other courses. Prerequisite: Junior or senior Prerequisite: JOUR 127 and 229. Gorney. (ND) standing or consent of department chair. Gorney. (ND) JOUR 311. Science and Technical Writing (3-4) JOUR 327. (SPSY 327) Mass Communication and every semester Society (4) Study of and practice in writing about scientific and A review of theories and research on the relationship of technical issues for multiple audiences. Emphasis on mass communication to social processes. Intensive analy- developing effective writing and organizational skills and sis of selected media products (e.g., TV news, dramas, translating scientific information for a wide range of and sitcoms; films; print; music videos, etc.). audiences. Similar in content to JOUR 123, but should Prerequisites: ANTH 1 or SSP 5 or SSP 21 or ANTH be taken instead by upperclassmen (3-4 credits) and 11 or ANTH 12. Rosenwein. (SS) graduate students (3-4 credits). K. Friedman (SS) 4 cred- its for upperclassmen and 3 for graduate students JOUR 361. Internship (4) Professionally supervised work on newspapers, magazines, JOUR 312. Advanced Science Writing (3-4) Web sites radio and television stations, or with public rela- Further practice, on individual basis, in science writing tions organizations. Some internships involve science techniques. Prerequisite: JOUR 123 or 311. S. writing. May be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Friedman. (ND) Prerequisite: Senior standing and declared major in jour- JOUR 313. Special Topics in Science nalism or science writing. S. Friedman (ND) Communication (1-4) JOUR 365. Advanced Research and Reporting (4) Research or writing involving a topic, medium or issue fall in science, environmental or technical communication Planning, researching and writing comprehensive news not covered in other courses. Prerequisite: Eight hours in projects; special attention paid to computer-assisted science or environmental writing or consent of the research, online resources, investigative techniques, inter- department chair. S. Friedman. (SS) viewing skills, reporting on local, county, state and JOUR 314. Technical Communication (3-4) summer federal governments and courts; emphasis also given to This online course covers basic tools needed to write organizing and writing in-depth articles. Prerequisites: about all kinds of science and technical information for eight hours in journalism and senior standing or permis- academic papers, term papers, proposals, reports, theses sion of department chair. Lule, Trimble (ND) and dissertations. Involves practice with feedback on def- JOUR 366. Online Journalism (4) spring initions, descriptions, cause-and-effect relationships, The course examines the social, cultural, political, legal process writing, concept maps, graphics, classification, and economic influence of online technology on journal- comparison and more. Taken by seniors for 4 credits and ism and the role of journalism in society. Emphasizing graduate students for 3 credits. K. Friedman. (ND) critical thinking and analysis, the course studies the ways JOUR 320. Journalism Proseminar (3) spring in which digital technology has changed the way journal- Intensive research and writing on contemporary issues ists research, write, edit and design. Prerequisite: JOUR and problems facing the mass media; methods and 11 or JOUR 123, JOUR 122, or consent of department approaches for studying the mass media; course culmi- chair. Lule, Olson. (ND) nates with a seminar thesis based on original and JOUR 389. College Scholar Project (1-8) comprehensive research. Prerequisite: nine hours in jour- Opportunity for college scholars to pursue an extended nalism, public relations or communication or consent of project. May be repeated for credit. College-wide course the department chair. Lule. (SS) designation. Transcript will identify department in which JOUR 323. (STS 323) Controversies (4) spring project was completed. Prerequisite: consent of depart- Exploration of science, health and environmental contro- ment chair. Staff. (ND) versies from the dual perspectives of scientific Latin American Studies 277

JOUR 390. Honors Thesis (1-4) Prerequisite: nine hours in journalism, public relations or Directed undergraduate research thesis required of stu- communication and consent of department chair. (SS) dents who apply for and qualify for graduation with COMM 331. Business and Professional Speaking departmental honors. Staff. (ND) (4) fall JOUR 391. Special Topics in Journalism (1-4) The principles of oral communication as applied to busi- Directed research or writing involving a subject or issue ness and professional situations. Professional in journalism not covered in other courses. May be presentations, small group interaction and interpersonal repeated for credit. Prerequisite: 12 hours in journalism communication in the business setting. Prerequisite: jun- or consent of the department chair. Staff. (ND) ior or senior standing. Ross. (ND) Communication Courses COMM 65. Interpersonal Communication in a Languages Changing World (3) every semester Courses are listed alphabetically under Modern This course helps develop a better understanding of how Languages and Literature and Classical Studies. we communicate with others, verbally and non-verbally, individually and in groups; and how communication affects how we develop our own concept of who we are. Latin American Studies The course examines critical thinking and how it relates The minor in Latin American studies represents an to the communication process. The concepts of stigma opportunity to explore the language, literature, history, and prejudice are examined in the context of interper- cultures, and socioeconomic problems of our neighbors sonal communications. This is a first-year class, open to to the south. It provides a perspective on the problems of freshmen only. (ND) other underdeveloped regions of the world, in contrast COMM 130. Public Speaking (4) every semester to most offerings in the humanities and social sciences Applying the principles of public speaking to making that usually focus on the mainstream of western culture, informative and persuasive presentations effectively. notably the United States and Western Europe. Emphasis on speech composition and effective oral com- It is worth noting the importance of Latin American cul- munication skills. Ross. (HU) tures in the future of the hemisphere. Latin America is COMM 143. Persuasion and Influence (4) fall the most rapidly growing part of the world, with a popu- The social, symbolic, and rhetorical means of persuasion lation of nearly 600 million, or twice that of and how this persuasive influence is expressed in politics, Anglo-America. Several countries, especially Brazil and advertising, and the mass media. Course includes two Mexico, are undergoing rapid industrial expansion. group projects, a term paper, 3-4 brief synthesis papers Consequently, besides the personal values to be derived and a take-home final. Wills (SS) from this curriculum, there are business, governmental, and related career possibilities. COMM 144. Effective Interviewing (3) spring The minor program requires 15 to 16 credit hours, cho- Theory of effective interviewing; how to plan and struc- sen from economics, history, political science, Spanish, ture an interview outline; types of questions used in anthropology, and I.R. in discussion with the coordina- interviews; how to open, conduct and conclude an inter- tor, Antonio Prieto, Modern Languages and Literature, view. Special emphasis on the journalistic, employment Maginnes Hall. and broadcasting interview. Instructor will use role-play- ing and videotaping. Students will prepare and conduct Requirements (8 credits). simulated interviews. Wills. (ND) A. History/Culture (4 credits). COMM 160. Public Speaking (for IBE Students) Choose one of the following: (4) every semester HIST 49 History of Latin America (4) Applying the principles of public speaking to making HIST 50 History of Latin America (4) informative and persuasive presentations effectively. SPAN 152 The Cultural Evolution Emphasis on speech composition and effective oral com- of Latin America munication skills. This class is limited to students in the (taught in Spanish) (4) Integrated Business and Engineering Honors Program. B. Language (4 credits). Ross (HU) Choose one of the following: COMM 252. Interpersonal Relationships: Private SPAN 2 Elementary Spanish II (4) and Public (4) SPAN 12 Intermediate Spanish II (4) In this class, we study theories about effective communi- cation with other theories in personal, social and Elective courses (7-8 credits) chosen from the fol- professional settings. Perceptions, self-disclosure, non- lowing courses. verbal cues, language, and listening are some of the No more than two courses may be taken in any one communication elements we identify and analyze in department: films, role-plays, real-life observations, and a case study. ANTH 178 Mesoamerican Archeology (3) Journal of observations, three short papers, choice of MLL 51 Contemporary Hispanic-American project or term paper, and final essay exam. Wills (SS) Literature (4) COMM 325. Special Topics in Communication MLL 53 The Hispanic World and Its Culture (4) (1-4) HIST 49-50 History of Latin America (4) Research and writing or performance involving a topic, HIST 265 Mexico and the Caribbean (4) medium or issue in journalism, public relations, speech HIST 266 Argentina, Brazil and Chile (4) or communication theory not covered in other courses. HIST 368 Seminar in Latin American History (4) 278 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

IR 177 International Relations in Latin LAW 202. Business Law (3) America (4) The law of agency, business organizations, secured trans- POLS 222 Politics of Developing Nations (4) actions, bankruptcy and negotiable instruments. POLS 235 Latin American Political Systems (4) Prerequisite: LAW 201. POLS 236 U.S. Foreign Policy and Latin America (4) LAW 371. Directed Readings (1-3) POLS 237 Religion and Politics in Readings in various fields of law, designed for students Latin America (4) who have a special interest in a field of law. SPAN 263 The Spanish American Short Story (4) LAW 372. Special Topics (3) SPAN 265 Spanish and Latin American Cinema (4) Special problems and issues in commercial law. SPAN 320 Literature of the Spanish Caribbean (4) SPAN 321 Children and Adolescents in Course descriptions for the College of Business and Contemporary Spanish American Economics graduate courses can be found in this section Literature (4) (Section V) under the heading of Business and Economics SPAN 322 The Short Novel in Contemporary Graduate Courses. Spanish American Literature (4) SPAN 323 Literature and Revolution in Management Contemporary Cuba (4) SPAN 325 Hispanic Literature of the Professors. Michael G. Kolchin, D.B.A. (Indiana) C.P.M. United States (4) chair, department of management and marketing. SPAN 342 The New Narrative in Spanish Associate professors. Theodore W. Schlie, Ph.D. American Literature (4) (Northwestern); Robert J. Trent, Ph.D. (Michigan State). SPAN 396 Andean Literature (4) Assistant professors. Robert C. Giambatista, Ph.D. (Wisconsin); Ruihua Jiang, Ph.D. (Western Ontario); Lucinda Lawson, Ph.D. (Texas A&M); Michael D. Law Santoro, Ph.D. (Rutgers); Qingjiu Tao, Ph.D., Professors. Perry A. Zirkel, J.D., LL.M. (Yale), Ph.D. (Pittsburgh). (Connecticut), University Professor of Education and Law; Adjunct professor. Sandra Holsonbach, Ph.D. (Lehigh). George A. Nation III, J.D. (Villanova). Professor of practice. Dale F. Falcinelli, M.B.A. (Lehigh). Associate professor. Matthew A. Melone, J.D. Active emeriti. Richard W. Barsness, Ph.D. (Minnesota); (Pennsylvania), C.P.A. John W. Bonge, Ph.D. (Northwestern); Benjamin Litt, Adjunct professors. Jeanne M. Liedtka, J.D. (Virginia); Ph.D. (N.Y.U.). Patrick F. McCormick, J.D. (Ohio Northern); Jeffrey M. The Department of Management and Marketing offers Miller, J.D. (John Marshall); Nancy Schneiderman, an undergraduate management major. Majors may select J.D. (Harvard). either the Interfunctional Track (18 credit hours) or the The following undergraduate law courses are offered Specialization Track (15 credit hours). Both options through the Perella Department of Finance: require an upper level course in both quantitative meth- ods and organizational behavior. Additional courses Undergraduate Courses build on this foundation. The Management Major often LAW 101. Introduction to Law (3) includes elective courses in industrial engineering, com- A study of the nature and function of law and the legal puter science and psychology, and care is taken to assure system, the study of legal reasoning through the use of that students are well prepared to take selected special- the case method. ized courses outside the College of Business and Economics. Faculty advisors collaborate with the individ- LAW 111. Criminal Trials and Procedures (1) ual student to design a curriculum that best serves the The course focuses on criminal law and procedure from student’s professional interests. actual indictment and/or arrest through and including the appellate procedure. Tactics and strategy within the The Interfunctional Track affords the opportunity to framework of the various steps of a typical criminal pro- study general business management by taking advanced ceeding are discussed. Guest speakers contribute to the courses in functional business areas. Students will take course which in the past included Philadelphia police cost accounting and corporate financial policy and inspectors talking about investigations and polygraphs; choose between a marketing course in either new prod- an FBI Agent on arrests and Miranda warnings; promi- uct planning or industrial marketing. The sixth course is nent Philadelphia criminal and trial lawyers; probation an advanced course in either information systems or officers and others. quality management. Courses numbered 200 and above in the College of Business The Specialization Track offers four distinct professional and Economics are open to sophomores only on petition. study programs: entrepreneurship, human resources management and supply chain management. The entre- LAW 201. Legal Environment of Business (3) preneurship program is attractive to students intending The study of the legal relationships of business and gov- to start their own businesses or whose families own busi- ernment, business and society and the individual and nesses. Human resources management prepares students society. The case method is used to develop analytical for careers in personnel management or for graduate skills. Introduction to contract law and the law of sales study in industrial relations or employee training and underlying the free market system. Prerequisite: ECO 1 development. Supply chain management focuses on Management 279 logistics and procurement. In addition to the upper level For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduate courses in quantitative methods and organizational Students behavior, students electing any Specialization Track pro- gram of study will choose one of the following advanced MGT 280. Management of People and courses: purchasing and supply chain management, field Operations (4) study in small business management or personnel man- A total quality management perspective of managing agement. The remaining two courses are chosen from people and operations in today’s modern organizations. among advanced courses in economics, industrial engi- Lectures, case studies, and exercises. Major project neering, finance, marketing, accounting, and industrial required. Prerequisite: junior standing in the College of psychology. Faculty advisors will tailor a program of Business and Economics. study, drawing upon advanced course work from across MGT 301. Business Management Policies (3) fall, the university community. spring Management Program and Courses Case study of business problems and the formulation of The Department of Management and Marketing offers policies, strategies and tactics to resolve those problems an undergraduate management major. Majors will select from the viewpoint of general management. Long-range either the Specialization (15 hours) or Interfunctional goal attainment, policy formulation, and administrative (18 hours) track shown below: implementation for specific functional areas and the total firm. Includes a simulation. Prerequisite: senior Specialization (15 hours) standing in the College of Business and Economics, and At least two of the following: completion of the college core. MGT 302 Quantitative Models-Conceptual (3) MGT 302. Quantitative Models-Conceptual (3) SCM 309 Purchasing and Supply Management (3) Quantitative methodologies and their use in business, MGT 311 LUMAC Management Assistance economics and related areas. Classical optimization tech- Counseling (3) niques, mathematical programming, linear MGT 321 Organizational Behavior Workshop (3) programming, decision theory, game theory, simulation MGT 333 Personnel Management (3) and network models. Prerequisites: ECO 146, BIS 111. Plus up to three of the following: MGT 306. Entrepreneurship and Business Policy ECO 234 Labor-Management Relations (3) (3) spring ECO 235 Labor Economics (3) Case study of problems in creating new ventures or man- ACCT 324 Cost Accounting (3) aging family-owned businesses. Integrates knowledge ECO 333 Managerial Economics (3) acquired in other courses and stresses development of ECO 352 Advanced Statistical Methods (3) strategic and administrative policies for particular func- ECO 357 Econometrics (3) tions and the company as a whole. Prerequisites: senior FIN 328 Corporate Financial Policy (3) standing, completion of College of Business and MKT 319 New Product Planning (3) Economics core, and MGT 311, as well as approval of the department chair. Students may not receive credit for MKT 321 Business to Business Marketing (3) both MGT 301 and 306. IE 309 Introduction to Information Systems (3) IE 332 Quality Control (3) MGT 307. Business Communication Skills (3) IE 334 Organizational Planning and Control (3) Written and spoken communication through letters, memos, reports, and oral presentations. Formal and Courses will be selected in consultation with the faculty informal communication networks, and communication advisor to comprise one of the following specialization processes. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. options: entrepreneurship, human resources management, materials management, and operations management. MGT 311. LUMAC Management Assistance Counseling (3) fall, spring Interfunctional (18 hours) A field studies course providing management assistance required courses: to small businesses in the Lehigh Valley. Students work MGT 302 Quantitative Models-Conceptual (3) in small groups under faculty supervision on a direct MGT 321 Organizational Behavior Workshop (3) basis with owners. Problem solving and experience in ACCT 324 Cost Accounting (3) applying marketing, accounting, finance, and/or man- FIN 328 Corporate Financial Policy (3) agement concepts to business. Prerequisites: junior MKT 319 New Product Planning (3) or standing in the College of Business and Economics. MKT 321 Business to Business Marketing (3) MGT 321. Organizational Behavior Workshop (3) Plus one of the following: A workshop course examining individual behavior, inter- IE 309 Introduction to Information Systems (3) personal transactions and behavioral processes in small IE 332 Product Quality (3) work groups through motivational analysis, role-playing nonverbal interactions, problem solving and group simu- IE 334 Organizational Planning and Control (3) lations. Prerequisites: MGT 280, permission of the department chair. 280 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

MGT 333. Personnel Management (3) The ISE graduate faculty coordinator must approve all Analysis and resolution of personnel problems in organiza- course work. Upon entering the program, the student tions. Human resource planning, recruitment, selection, must declare an area of concentration listed as follows: orientation, training, appraisal, compensation, and devel- •Operations Research opment. Lectures and cases. Prerequisite: MGT 280. •Decision and Risk Analysis MGT 371. Directed Readings (1-3) •Economics and Cost Analysis Readings in various fields of management designed for •Production and Operations Management the student who has a special interest in some field of • Logistics and Supply Chain Management management not covered by the regularly scheduled Each student is required to complete 15 credit hours of courses. Prerequisite: consent of the department chair. core courses, 12 credit hours of courses in the declared May be repeated. area of concentration, and 3-credit hours of approved MGT 372. Special Topics (1-3) free elective or completing a management science proj- Special problems and issues in management for which no ect. No more than 9 credit hours may be taken from the regularly scheduled course work exists. When offered as College of Business and Economics (e.g., including group study, coverage varies according to interests of MKT, ECO, GBUS courses). instructor and students. Prerequisite: consent of the Core Courses (at least 15 credit hours) department chair. May be repeated. IE 328 Engineering Statistics (3), Prerequisite: MGT 373. Management Internship (1-3) summer Math 23 or equivalent A sponsoring faculty member shall direct readings, proj- IE 358 Game Theory (3), Prerequisite: ECO ects, and other assignments including a comprehensive 105 or 115 and 119 and Math 21, 31 final report in conjunction with an industry-sponsored or 51 internship. The work experience itself, whether paid or IE 362 Logistics and Supply Chain unpaid, is not the basis for academic credit. Intellectual Management (3), Prerequisite: IE 251 development in the context of a field study learning or equivalent experience will be the determining factor in awarding IE 404 Simulation (graduate version of IE 305) academic credit. This course cannot be used to satisfy (3), Prerequisite: IE 121 and IE 220 requirements of the Management major. Consent of IE 410 Design of Experiments (3), Prerequisite: department chair. Prerequisite: junior standing in the IE 121 or equivalent College of Business and Economics and Management major declaration. IE 426 Optimization Models and Applications (graduate version of IE 316) (3), Course descriptions for the College of Business and Prerequisite: IE 220 or equivalent Economics graduate courses can be found in this section IE 429 Stochastic Models and Applications (Section V) under the heading of Business and Economics (graduate version of IE 339) (3), Graduate Courses. Prerequisite: IE 220 or equivalent IE 458 Topics in Game Theory (3), Prerequisite: Management Science 2 semesters of calculus, ECO 412 and ECO 414, or permission of instructor The management science program is directed toward MATH 334 Mathematical Statistics (3-4), Prerequisite: integrating scientific methods with the functional aspects MATH 231 or 309 of organizations by investigating the application of quan- titative methodology and systems analysis in the context Note: Students who satisfy one or more of the core of decision making, risk analysis, economics and cost requirements from previous coursework (e.g., IE analysis, production management, and supply chain 305/404, 316/426, 339/429) may substitute the core logistics. This integration provides the students with a requirement by taking additional courses from his/her broader perspective toward managerial decision-making declared are of concentration. Up to 9 credit hours may in both private enterprise and public administration. be substituted. Mid-career professionals and recent graduates with a Areas of Concentration (at least 12 credit hours) background in engineering, mathematics, and physical Each student must declare an area of concentration. No sciences who intend to seek managerial, consulting or more than 3 credit hours may be taken outside the systems analyst positions are appropriate candidates. In declared area of concentration. particular, those candidates who intend to seek positions demanding both technical and management skills find Area Qualified Courses the management science background advantageous in Operations Research IE 406, 411, 412, 414, dealing with the complex problems of industrial, com- 416, 417, 418, 419, 439, mercial, and public service organizations. ECO 402, 412, 423 MATH 312, 338, 340 The Industrial and Systems Engineering Department administers the management science program. To be Decision and Risk Analysis IE 358,458, 409, 410, 416, admitted to the program a candidate must demonstrate 419, 439, 442, 446, 451, basic competence in calculus, statistics, linear algebra, MATH 312, 338, ECO introductory operations research, accounting, production 416, 423, 460, 461 and economics. A candidate lacking a certain background Economics and IE 358, 458, 413, GBUS may be required to take background courses. The mini- Cost Analysis 413, 414, 419*, 420*, 422, mum program consists of 30 credit hours of course work, MATH 467, 468 of which at least 18 credit hours must be in the 400-level. Manufacturing Systems Engineering 281

Production and Operations IE 319, 324, 332, 340, coordination, and financial factors. Students are expected Management 342, 347, 410, 415, 419, to complete industry case studies and a comprehensive 424, 425, 442, 443,445, final project. Prerequisite: IE 220 and IE 251 or equiva- 448, 449; GBUS 413, 450, lents, or instructor approval. 481, 483, 485, ECO 447, MSE 421. (GBUS 481) Technology, MSE 438, 446 Manufacturing & Competitive Strategy (3) Logistics and Supply IE 309, 319, 341, 358, Interrelationships among advanced manufacturing Chain Management 408, 409, 412, 414, 415, management, technology and competitive strategy of 416, 419, 425, 438, 443, the firm. Topics to include industry analysis and com- 458, MKT 321, 325, petitiveness; competitive strategy formulation and GBUS 450, 481, ECO implementation; value chain analysis; manufacturing 416, 447, 460, 461 and technology strategy; manufacturing’s contribution *Daytime section only for students without work experience to competitive advantage in quality, cost, variety and Approved Free Elective or Management Science new product availability; segmentation and substitu- tion; vertical integration. Project (3 credit hours) MSE 423. Product Design/Analysis (3) Each student is to complete either an approved free elec- Integrated approach to design and analysis of products tive relevant to the student’s career interest, or complete and systems. Principles for robust design and use of a project through IE 430 Management Science Project. computer-aided engineering to model, evaluate, and A faculty member must supervise the project. enhance design. Case studies and design assignments are major components of this course. Manufacturing Systems MSE 427. (IE 443) Automation and Production Engineering Systems Principles and analysis of manual and automated pro- Program director. Keith M. Gardiner, Ph.D. duction systems for discrete parts and products. Cellular (Manchester, England), professor of industrial and systems manufacturing, flexible manufacturing systems, transfer engineering. lines, manual and automated assembly systems, and Program faculty. John P. Coulter, Ph.D. (Delaware), quality control systems. associate professor of mechanical engineering and mechan- MSE 431. Marketing & the Invention to ics; Steven L. Goldman, Ph.D. (Boston), Andrew W. Innovation Process (3) Mellon distinguished professor in the humanities; Mikell Organizational issues and decision-making for capital P. Groover, Ph.D. (Lehigh), professor of industrial and investments in new technologies. The commercialization systems engineering; Parveen P. Gupta, Ph.D. (Penn process is traced from research and development and State), associate professor of accounting; Joseph C. marketing activities through the implementation phase Hartman, Ph.D. (Georgia Institute of Technology), involving the manufacturing function. Term project is a associate professor of industrial and systems engineering; commercialization plan for a new manufacturing tech- Roger N. Nagel, Ph.D. (Maryland), Harvey Wagner nology. Professor of manufacturing systems engineering; Raymond Pearson, Ph.D. (U. Michigan), associate professor of MSE 433. Technology and the Factory of the materials science and engineering; Manash R. Ray, Ph.D. Future (3) (Penn State), associate professor of accounting; Theodore Engineering and technological issues affecting future Schlie, Ph.D. (Northwestern), associate professor of man- developments in manufacturing. Topics include flexible agement of technology; Bruce M. Smackey, Ph.D. automation systems, integration of design and produc- (Rensselaer), professor of marketing; Robert J. Trent, tion through the factory data network, intelligent Ph.D. (Michigan State), associate professor of manage- machines, the man-machine interface, and the manufac- ment; George R. Wilson, Ph.D. (Penn State), associate turing management information system. professor of industrial and systems engineering. MSE 438. Agile Organizations & Manufacturing The manufacturing systems engineering program develops Systems (3) engineers who can design, install, operate, and modify sys- Analysis of the factors contributing to the success of tems involving materials, processes, equipment, facilities, manufacturing enterprises in an environment character- logistics and people using leading edge technologies. It ized by continuous and unpredictable change. integrates systems perspectives with interdisciplinary Fundamentals of lean production: aspects of systems course offerings from Lehigh’s colleges of engineering and design, value stream analysis, flow, set-up and cycle time applied science, and business and economics. reduction, kaizen, elimination of waste. Fundamentals of Complete requirements are listed under Interdisciplinary agility: global enterprises, virtual organizations, adapting Graduate Study and Research. to change, mass customization, manufacturing flexibility, activity-based management. Graduate Courses MSE 446. International Supply Chain MSE 362. (IE 362) Logistics and Supply Chain Management (3) Management (3) Financial and managerial issues. Evaluation, selection, Modeling and analysis of supply chain design, opera- development and management of suppliers; business tions, and management. Analytical framework for models, financial reporting strategies, earnings, quality, logistics and supply chains, demand and supply plan- risk assessment and internal control, team based new ning, inventory control and warehouse management, product development. Selected readings, case studies, transportation, logistics network design, supply chain discussions, lectures, group projects, and presentations. 282 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

MSE 451. Manufacturing Systems Engineering Elective courses Project (1-3) Two courses (six credit hours) from the following: MSE 490. Manufacturing Systems Engineering MKT 313 Integrated Marketing Thesis (1-6) Communications (3) MKT 319 Development and Marketing MSE 496. Microelectronics Manufacturing of New Products (3) Systems & Technologies (3) MKT 320 Global Marketing Strategies (3) Manufacturing engineering in electronics manufacture: MKT 321 Business-to-Business Marketing (3) crystal growth, doping, thin film deposition technologies MKT 325 Quantitative Marketing Analysis (3) and tooling, pattern generation techniques, contamina- tion control, clean room practices, microelectronics MKT 331 Electronic Commerce assembly and packaging. Examination of systems design MKT 332 Sales Management (3) and operation issues. MKT 348 Management of Marketing Channels (3) MKT 360 Marketing Practicum (3) Marketing MKT 366 Marketing of Services (3) Professors. Richard M. Durand, Ph.D. (Florida), MKT 371 Directed Readings (1-3) Herbert E. Ehlers Dean of the College of Business and MKT 372 Special Topics (1-3) Economics; K. Sivakumar, Ph.D. (Syracuse), Arthur C. Tauck Jr. Professor of International Marketing and Undergraduate Courses Logistics. MKT 211. Principles of Marketing (3) Associate Professors. James M. Maskulka, D.B.A. (Kent Overview of the entire marketing function. A broad- State). based approach to expose students to the meaning of marketing, the terminology of marketing, the activities Assistant Professors. Ravi Chitturi, Ph.D. (Texas), involved in marketing, how managers make and imple- Franklin Carter, Ph.D. (Carnegie Mellon), Theresa ment decisions in marketing, and how they evaluate the McCarthy, Ph.D. (Tennesee). results. The role of marketing in the broader society will Visiting Assistant Professor. Karen Becker Olsen, Ph.D. also be discussed. Prerequisite: ECO 1. (Lehigh). MKT 311. Buyer Behavior (3) Professor of Practice. Robert Kuchta, M.S. (New Jersey Focuses on the theory and tools necessary to analyze and Institute of Technology). understand consumers and organizational buyers, in the Adjunct. R. Gregory Surovcik, M.B.A. (Lehigh). context of the global information age. Topics covered The field of marketing offers career opportunities for include, but are not limited to, diffusion of innovations; students in business, economics, liberal arts, engineering, market segmentation and product positioning; the mul- and the physical sciences. tiattribute model and the theory of reasoned action; group and individual decision making processes of buy- Marketing is pervasive in our society and is a critical func- ers; and buyer conditioning and learning processes. tion in the promotion of world trade. Creativity and the Lectures, cases and projects. Prerequisite: MKT 211. ability to conduct insightful analyses of competitive busi- ness situations are the hallmarks of a well-prepared student MKT 312. Marketing Research (3) who can contribute to a prospective employer’s organiza- A managerial approach toward conducting and using tion. Undergraduates and graduates have been able to research for marketing decisions. Focus will be on the secure entry-level positions in a variety of marketing activ- relevance and usefulness of systematic research for deci- ities with firms in advertising and public relations, retail sion making, the process and steps involved in management, industrial sales and purchasing, bank mar- conducting effective marketing research, analysis and keting, marketing research, and new product design. interpretation of the information for decision making, Combining the marketing curriculum with related sub- and the presentation of research results to help managers jects in international relations, psychology and sociology, arrive at sound marketing decisions. Particular emphasis engineering, and history can often strengthen a student’s will be placed on the context of technological advances capability to grow beyond his or her formal education in the collection, dissemination, and use of marketing period. Students are encouraged to explore the potential information, the applicability of marketing research prin- enhancement of their educational experience through ciples for a wide variety of organizations and individuals study abroad programs, internships with business, and in the global context, and ethical issues involved in mar- research projects with faculty members. keting research. Prerequisites: ECO 145 and MKT 211. Participation in the Marketing Club student organiza- MKT 313. Integrated Marketing tion is an extracurricular activity that offers a Communications (3) professional orientation program and the enjoyment of Focuses on the wide range of areas included in marketing socializing with other students from across the campus. communications and the tools and techniques needed to The marketing major offered by the Department of create an integrated approach. Students are introduced to Management and Marketing consists of 15 credit hours the broad spectrum of communication messages and the from the following courses: sources that produce them. Students are required to develop and present an integrated marketing communi- Required courses cations plan. Prerequisite: MKT 211. MKT 311 Buyer Behavior (3) MKT 312 Marketing Research (3) MKT 387 Marketing Strategy (3) Marketing 283

MKT 319. Development and Marketing of New mediaries, including franchise systems, distributors, Products (3) retailers, intermediary "market makers", and gray chan- Focuses on the development and marketing of new prod- nels; the role of technology in channel relationships; the ucts and services. Topics covered include diffusion of interpersonal dimensions of channel relationship man- innovations, new product adoption models, the role of agement such as conflict management, minority issues, marketing research in various stages of new product and ethics. Prerequisite: MKT 211. development and marketing. Prerequisite: MKT 211. MKT 360. Marketing Practicum (3) MKT 320. Global Marketing (3) The marketing practicum combines formal classwork on Focuses on understanding the process of globalization marketing problem formulation and business communi- and its impact on the firm’s marketing activities. Topics cations with an intensive internship or consulting include changes in the global environment and their engagement with a business. Students work with client impact on marketing activities, development of global firms to develop individual or team projects, which focus marketing strategies based on sound marketing research on marketing activities such as market research, strategy and the role of technology in global marketing strategies. development, sales management, and promotion man- Prerequisite: MKT 211. agement. Upon completion of the project, students submit a written report and make a formal presentation MKT 321. Business-to-Business Marketing (3) to clients. Prerequisites: MKT 211, MKT 311 and MKT Introduces students to the elements necessary to market 312. Cannot be taken concurrently with MGT 311. a product, service, idea, event, organization, place, information, property, experience, or personality to MKT 366. Marketing of Services (3) another business. Students develop and present a com- Focuses on service quality issues and strategies from a plete, integrated business-to-business marketing plan. customer-focused, business perspective. Gives students Prerequisite: MKT 211. an appreciation of the challenges of marketing and man- aging services and develops strategies for addressing these MKT 325 (ECO 325). Quantitative Marketing challenges. Topics include service quality gap analysis; Analysis (3) services triangle analysis; 7 p’s for services; service-profit Explores economics and management science approach- chain; service encounter analysis; customer lifetime value es to improve marketing decision making and analysis; new service development process; service quality marketing interactions in such areas as strategic market- dimensions; services guarantees; and demand/capacity ing, e-marketing, advertising, pricing, sales force management. Prerequisite: MKT 211. management, sales promotions, new products, and direct marketing. The development, implementation, MKT 371. Directed Readings (1-3) and use of quantitative models are emphasized. Cases Readings in various fields of marketing designed for the are used to illustrate how these models can be applied. student who has a special interest in some field of mar- Students have the opportunity to learn how to use and keting not covered in regularly scheduled courses. evaluate models through spreadsheet-based assign- Prerequisite: consent of the department chair. May be ments. Prerequisites: MKT 211, ECO 145, ECO 146, repeated. and MATH 21, 31, 51 and 75 and 76. MKT 372. Special Topics (1-3) MKT 331 (BIS 331). Electronic Commerce (3) Special problems and issues in marketing for which no This course covers how business and consumers use the regularly scheduled course work exists. When offered as Internet to exchange information and complete transac- group study or internship, coverage will vary according tions. Both theoretical concepts and practical skills will to the interests of the instructor and students. be addressed within the scope of the class. Topics include Prerequisite: consent of the department chair. May be advertising and marketing, ecommerce business and rev- repeated. enue models, online consumer behavior, web site design MKT 373. Marketing Internship (1-3) summer issues, Internet security, electronic payments, infrastruc- A sponsoring faculty member shall direct readings, ture issues, privacy issues, and overall electronic projects, and other assignments including a compre- commerce strategy. Students will get hands-on experi- hensive final report in conjunction with an ence designing ecommerce web-sites using web industry-sponsored internship. The work experience authoring software. Prerequisites: BIS 111. MKT 211 or itself, whether paid or unpaid, is not the basis for aca- consent of the instructor. demic credit. Intellectual development in the context MKT 332. Sales Management (3) of a field study learning experience will be the deter- An integrative approach to sales management including mining factor in awarding academic credit. This course formulation of strategically sound sales programs, imple- cannot be used to satisfy requirements of the mentation of sales programs, and evaluation and control Marketing major. Prerequisite: consent of department of the organization’s sales activities. Topics include the chair and junior standing in the College of Business role of the sales manager in the divergent demands of and Economics and Marketing declaration. multiple constituencies; the development of effective MKT 387. Marketing Strategy (3) sales organizations; motivating and compensating the Synthesizes the marketing principles introduced in other sales force; forecasting sales costs and evaluating per- marketing courses and provides students an integrative formance; and coordination of the sales activities with framework to marketing decision-making. Lectures and other elements in a firm’s marketing program. cases. Prerequisite: MKT 311, 312 and senior standing. Prerequisite: MKT 211. Course descriptions for the College of Business and MKT 348. Management of Marketing Channels (3) Economics graduate courses can be found in this section Economic, social, and structural aspects of channels will (Section V) under the heading of Business and Economics be analyzed. Topics include how channel systems should Graduate Courses. be formed; an investigation of a variety of channel inter- 284 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005 284 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

Materials Science and B.S. in Materials Science and Engineering Engineering The undergraduate program is designed to train gradu- Professors. G. Slade Cargill, PhD. (Harvard), chair and ates for research, development, operations, management Sherman Fairchild Professor; Alwyn Eades Ph.D. and sales careers in industry or for graduate study in var- (Cambridge) associate chair; Helen M. Chan, Ph.D. ious specialties of the field, including the manufacture (Imperial College of Science and Techno0logy, England) and applications of metals, ceramics, polymers, compos- New Jersey Zinc Professor; Martin P. Harmer, Ph.D. ites, and electronic materials. While some graduates go (Leeds, England), Alcoa Professor, director of Center for directly into materials-producing companies, many serve Advanced Materials and Nanotechnology; Himanshu Jain, as engineers in the chemical, electrical, transportation, ENGR. Sci. D. (Columbia), Diamond Chair; Chris communications, space, and other industries. A number Kiely, Ph.D. (Bristol); Charles E. Lyman, Ph.D. of students pursue graduate study leading to careers in (M.I.T.); Arnold R. Marder, Ph.D. (Lehigh), R.D. Stout research and teaching. Professor; Raymond A. Pearson, Ph.D. (Michigan); Materials Science and Engineering majors have opportu- David B. Williams, Ph.D. (Cambridge), Harold nities to gain valuable experience in other, related fields, Chambers Senior Professor, Vice Provost for Research. including other areas of engineering or science, by Associate Professors. John N. DuPont, Ph.D. (Lehigh); choosing to concentrate elective courses in one of these Wojciech Misiolek, Sc.D (U. of Mining and Metallurgy, areas. Requirements for adding a Minor include at least Krakow, Poland), Loewy Chair; Jeffrey M. Rickman, 15 course credits in that area, which may be taken as Ph.D. (Carnegie-Mellon). technical or free electives in the student’s major. It is par- ticularly straightforward for students to obtain a minor Assistant Professors. Audrey N. Soukhojak, Ph.D. in Chemical Engineering, in Manufacturing (M.I.T.) Richard P. Vinci, Ph.D. (Stanford). Engineering, or in Polymer Science and Engineering. Adjunct Professors. Walter L. Brown, Ph.D. (Harvard); Materials Science and Engineering majors can also partici- W. Thomas Chase, M.A. (New York University); Lisa pate in undergraduate research at universities in Great Friedersdorf, Ph.D. (Johns Hopkins); Brian R. Lawn, Britain and elsewhere during the summer between Junior Ph.D. (Western Australia); Charles V. Robino, Ph.D. and Senior years. The Materials Science and Engineering (Lehigh). Industrial Option program enables students to gain work Emeritus Professors. Betzalel Avitzur, Ph.D. (Michigan); experience during the Senior Year. The Materials Science Sidney R. Butler, Ph.D. (Penn State); Ye T. Chou, Ph.D. and Engineering Research Option program provides sen- (Carnegie Mellon); Richard W. Hertzberg, Ph.D. ior undergraduates research experience with Materials (Lehigh); Ralph J. Jaccodine, Ph.D. (Notre Dame); Science and Engineering professors and graduate students. Michael R. Notis, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Alan W. Pense, Ph.D. Five-year programs are available to broaden the Materials (Lehigh); Donald M. Smyth, Ph.D. (M.I.T); Leslie H. Science and Engineering undergraduate experience. One Sperling, Ph.D. (Duke); Robert D. Stout, Ph.D. (Lehigh); of these is the Arts-Engineering Program, in which stu- S. Kenneth Tarby, Ph.D. (Carnegie-Mellon); David A. dents can earn both the bachelor of science degree in Thomas, Sc.D. (M.I.T.); John D. Wood, Ph.D. (Lehigh). Materials Science and Engineering and the bachelor of Research engineers and scientists. David W. Ackland; arts degree in some area within the College of Arts and Arlan O. Benscoter. Sciences, such as biology, physics, chemistry, or history. As science and technology advance in the 2000’s and Another is the B.S./M.Ed. Program, which leads (in five beyond, progress in many fields will depend on the dis- years of study and internships) to the B.S. degree in covery and development of new materials, processed in Materials Science and Engineering and a masters degree more complex ways, and with new kinds of properties. It (M.Ed.) in Education, with elementary or secondary is widely recognized that the progress of history has been teacher certification. divided into periods characterized by the materials that mankind has used, i.e., the stone age, the bronze age, the Minor in Materials Science and iron age. Today, materials science and engineering is criti- Engineering cal to all other fields of engineering, and advances in these The Department of Materials Science and Engineering other fields are often limited by advances in materials. offers minors to students majoring in other subjects. The Interest in new materials for solid-state devices, space Department is enthusiastic in its support of students technology, and superconductivity, as well as a better who wish to broaden their education by taking a minor. understanding of the behavior of materials in the To obtain a minor in Materials Science and Engineering, design of structures, automobiles and aircraft, plant a student must complete two required courses (MAT 10, processing equipment, electrical machinery, etc., have 1 credit, and MAT 33, 3 credits) and four other three- increased the need for people trained in science and credit courses for a total of 16 credit hours. The four technology of materials. courses may be chosen from a long list of 200 and 300 level courses given by the Department. Education for this field of engineering requires basic studies in mathematics, chemistry, physics and mechan- Educational Mission ics, plus a general background in engineering principles, The Materials Science and Engineering undergraduate followed by intensive training in the application of sci- program’s mission is to provide its students an excellent entific and engineering principles to the development education in a scholarly environment, and to have its and use of materials in a technological society. graduates acquire the knowledge and experience needed to advance to successful careers and, where appropriate, for graduate study, in materials-related fields. Materials Science and Engineering 285

Educational Objectives junior year, second semester (18 credits) The Materials Science and Engineering undergraduate ENGR 211 Integrated Product Development program’s Educational Objectives are that graduates Projects I (3) MAT 204 Processing and Properties of • have a firm base of knowledge in areas of mathemat- Polymeric Materials (3) ics, physics and chemistry relevant to materials MAT 206 Processing and Properties of Metals (3) science and engineering, and be able to apply and extend this knowledge; MAT 214 Processing and Properties of Ceramic Materials (3) • understand relationships among materials structure, MAT 210 Macro Materials Processing Lab (2) properties, processing and performance for metals, MAT 226 Materials Selection in Design (1) ceramics, polymers, composites, and electronic mate- rials; be able to extend this knowledge; and be able to HSS Humanities/Social Sciences Elective (3) apply it in materials analysis, development, selection, senior year, first semester (17-18 credits) and design; ENGR 212 Integrated Product Development Projects II (2) • be able to function effectively on problem-solving MAT 302 Electronic Properties of Materials (3) teams and to coordinate and provide leadership for teams, including multi-disciplinary teams; ECE 81 Principles of Electrical Engineering (4) or PHY 190 Electronics (3) or • be knowledgeable and experienced in using basic lab- MAT 352 Electronics for Materials Science and oratory tools, computers, and databases for materials Engineering (3) analysis, development, and selection; IE 328 Engineering Statistics (3) or • be able to define and solve materials-related problems, MATH 231 Probability and Statistics (3) including design problems, within economic, envi- ENGR. Sci. Elect. Engineering Science Elective(3) ronmental, and time deadline constraints; HSS Humanities/Social Science Elective (3) • develop skills in writing, speaking, reading and listen- senior year, second semester (17 credits) ing needed to communicate logically and effectively; MAT 338 Failure Analysis Reports (2) • understand and accept professional and ethical CHE 60 Unit Operations Survey (3) responsibilities, including responsibilities for public ENGR.SCI. Elect. Engineering Science Elective (3) safety and workplace safety; App. Elect. Approved Elective (3) • gain background in history, economics, world cultures Elect Elective (3) and current events to provide a realistic context for Elect Elective (3) their professional activities. Electives for the sophomore, junior and senior years Major Requirements must be distributed as follows: The recommended sequence of courses is shown below. Humanities and Social Sciences: 13-15 credit hours. The standard freshman engineering year is shown in sec- Free Electives: 9 credit hours in any department. tion III. A total of 135 credits or more is required to Approved Elective (3 credit hours) and Engineering graduate. Science Electives (6 credit hours) must be selected from sophomore year, first semester (17 credits) a specific list supplied by the Materials Science and MATH 23 Analytic Geometry & Calculus III (4) Engineering Department. The list includes the Industrial PHY 21, 22 Introductory Physics II and Laboratory (5) Option and the Research Option. ECO 1 Economics (4) Industrial Option MAT 10 Materials Laboratory (1) MAT 327 Industrial Project (4) MAT 33 Engineering Materials and Processes (3) MAT 329 Industrial Project (4) sophomore year, second semester (18 credits) Research Option MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) MAT 240 Research Techniques (3) MECH 2 Elementary Engineering Mechanics (3) MAT 291 Undergraduate Research (3) MAT 203 Structure and Characterization The Industrial Option introduces students to the work of Materials (3) of materials engineers in industry. The emphasis is a MAT 205 Thermodynamics and Phase Diagrams (3) team approach to the solution of actual plant problems. MAT 20 Computational Methods in Materials The courses are conducted in cooperation with local Science (2) industries. Three days per week are spent at the plant of HSS Humanities/Social Sciences Elect (4) the cooperating industry on investigations of selected junior year, first semester (18 credits) problems. The option is limited to a small group of sen- MAT 201 Physical Properties of Materials (3) iors, selected by the Department from those who apply. Summer employment is provided when possible for MAT 216 Diffusion and Phase Transformations (3) those who elect to initiate the program during the sum- MAT 218 Mechanical Behavior of Materials (3) mer preceding the senior year. MAT 101 Professional Development (2) Elect. Elective (3) The Research Option is offered for students interested in research and development. Financial support may be HSS Humanities/Social Sciences Elect (4) available for students who elect to initiate a research pro- gram during the summer preceding the senior year. The option is limited to a small group of students, selected by the Department from those who apply. 286 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

Undergraduate Courses ticity, crystallinity, and mechanical behavior. Elements of polymer processing. Extrusion of plastics and films, and MAT 10. Materials Laboratory (1) fall fiber spinning operations. Prerequisites: MAT 33. Introduction to experimental methods used to fabricate Pearson. and measure the structure and properties of materials. Thermal and mechanical processing and properties are MAT 205. Thermodynamics and Phase Diagrams emphasized. Specimen preparation and examination by (3) spring light optical microscopy. Prerequisite: MAT 33 previous- The three laws of thermodynamics. Gibbs free energy ly or concurrently. Chan. and thermodynamic basis for equilibrium. Solution ther- MAT 20. Computational Methods in Materials modynamics. Binary and ternary equilibrium phase diagrams. Application of thermodynamics to materials Science (2) spring problems. Lectures and laboratories. Prerequisite: MATH The use of computers and computational methods to 23 and MAT 33, previously or concurrently. Vinci. solve problems in materials science and engineering. Students will employ both commercial packages and MAT 206. Processing and Properties of Metals (3) their own code in order to complete assignments. spring Students will utilize word processing and display pack- The production and purification of metals, their fabrica- ages to present results of projects. Prerequisite: ENGR. 1 tion, and control of their properties. Includes topics such or equivalent. Rickman. as precipitation hardening, hot and cold working, and MAT 33. Engineering Materials and Processes (3) casting. Prerequisite: MAT 216, MAT 218. Marder. fall-spring MAT 210. Macro Materials Processing Lab (2) Application of physical and chemical principles to spring understanding, selection, and fabrication of engineering Introduction to the practice of fabrication methods for materials. Materials considered include metals, polymers, ceramics, metals and polymers. Includes topics such as ceramics, composites and electronic materials. Case stud- melt processing, deformation processing, gas-phase pro- ies of materials used range from transportation systems cessing, etc. Contains hands-on processing labs and a to microelectronic devices. Rickman and staff. reverse engineering design project that allows students to MAT 101. Professional Development (2) spring examine a particular process in depth. Prerequisite: MAT 204, 206, and 214 taken previously or concurrently. Seminar on the role and purpose of engineering in socie- ty; the meaning of being a professional; the role of MAT 214. Processing and Properties of Ceramic creativity, communications and decision-making in the Materials (3) spring engineering process; expectations and problems of young General overview of the compositions, properties and engineers; personal goals; choosing a career. Required applications of ceramic materials. The theory and prac- reading. Written reports based on library research. tice of fabrication methods for ceramics and glasses. Prerequisite: junior standing. Lyman. Methods of characterization. Selected properties of MAT 107. Special Topics in Materials (1-3) ceramic materials. Prerequisites: MAT 33. Chan. A study of selected topics in materials science and engi- MAT 216. Diffusion and Phase Transformations (3) neering not covered in other formal courses. fall For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduate Fundamental diffusion equations; liquid-solid transfor- mations; solid-solid transformations; transformation Students kinetics; metastable transformations; diffusionless trans- MAT 201. Physical Properties of Materials (3) fall formations; examples of various transformations in Basic concepts of modern physics and quantum mechan- different materials and their effect on properties. ics needed for an understanding of electrons in solids. Prerequisites: MAT 203, MAT 205. Notis. The experimental development leading to wave mechan- MAT 218. Mechanical Behavior of Materials (3) fall ics is emphasized. Uses of the Schrodinger equation as Deformation and fracture behavior of materials. Elastic the basis for the free electron theory of metals and band and plastic behavior, with emphasis on crystallographic theory. Optical properties are developed leading to a dis- considerations. Strengthening mechanisms in solids. cussion of lasers. Prerequisites: Phys 21, MAT 33, Static and time-dependent fracture from microstructural MATH 205. Jain. and fracture mechanics viewpoints. Fatigue failure. MAT 203. Structure and Characterization of Prerequisites: MECH 2, MAT 203. Vinci. Materials (3) spring MAT 221. (STS 221) Materials in the Development Atomic structure and types of bonding. Crystalline and of Man (3) fall amorphous states. Crystal structures, and fundamental Development of materials technology and engineering aspects of crystallography (space lattice, Miller indices, from the stone age to atomic age as an example of the symmetry elements). Crystal defects (point, line and pla- interaction between technology and society. In-class nar). Basic principles of structure determination by x-ray demonstration laboratories on composition and structure diffraction. Microscopic techniques (light and electron of materials. Term projects using archaeological materials optical), and their application to material characteriza- and alloys. Course intended for, but not limited to, stu- tion. Prerequisites: CHEM 21; MAT 10 and MAT 33 dents in the humanities and secondary science previously or concurrently. Eades. education. Engineering students may not use this course MAT 204. Processing and Properties of Polymeric for engineering science or technical elective credit. Notis. Materials (3) spring MAT 226. Materials Selection in Design (1) spring The structure-property relationships in polymers will be Review of different classes of engineering materials and developed, emphasizing the glass transition, rubber elas- mechanical stress states experienced by structural compo- Materials Science and Engineering 287 nents. Derivation of performance indices. Selection and tensors and crystal physics to electroceramics. Prerequisites: design of materials based on materials selection charts MAT 214 or consent of instructor. Harmer. and performance indices. Application of materials selec- MAT 317. Imperfections in Crystals (3) tion concepts to ENGR 211 IPD #1 course. The major types of crystal defects and their role in con- Prerequisites: MECH 2; MAT 33 or consent of instruc- trolling the properties of materials. Point, line and planar tor. DuPont defects, their atomic configurations and experimental MAT 240. Research Techniques (3) fall techniques to study their characteristics. Emphasis on Study and application of research techniques in materials the role of dislocations and grain boundaries in the con- science and engineering. Research opportunities, design trol of mechanical properties. Prerequisite: MAT 203 or of experimental programs, analysis of data, presentation consent of instructor. Rickman. of results. Selection of research topic and preparation MAT 319. Current Topics in Materials Science (3) and defense of research proposal. Restricted to a small Selected topics of current interest in the field of materials number of students selected by the department from engineering but not covered in the regular courses. May those who apply. be repeated for credit with consent of the department MAT 291. Undergraduate Research (3) spring chair. Prerequisite: Consent of department chair. Application of research techniques to a project in materi- MAT 320. Analytical Methods in Materials Science als science and engineering selected in consultation with the faculty. Normally preceded by MAT 240. (3) Selected topics in modern analysis and their application MAT 302. Electronic Properties of Materials (3) fall to materials problems in such areas as thermodynamics, The electronic structure of materials, i.e., band and zone crystallography, deformation and fracture, diffusion. theory, is presented from a physical point of view. Prerequisite: MATH 231 or 205. Rickman. Electrical conductivity in metals, semiconductors, insula- tors and superconductors is discussed. Simple MAT 325. Design, Selection, and Failure Analysis semiconductor devices reviewed. Magnetic properties are of Engineering Materials (4) fall. examined in the context of domain theory and applica- Review of different classes of engineering materials and tions are discussed. Optical and dielectric properties of mechanical stress states experienced by structural compo- semiconductors and ferroelectrics are considered. nents. Failure analysis and prevention of engineering Prerequisites: MAT 201, MAT 203. Eades. component failure. Introduction to product liability liti- gation. Problem solution-oriented selection and design MAT 309. Composite Materials (3) of materials with appropriate fabrication, thermal, and The principles and technology of composite materials. surface finish processes. Lectures plus laboratories which Processing, properties, and structural applications of require individual design and execution of experiments composites, with emphasis on fiber-reinforced polymers. to solve both materials selection and failure analysis Lectures and some field trips or laboratories. problems. Prerequisites: MAT 204, MAT 206, MAT Prerequisite: MAT 33 or equivalent, MECH 2. Pearson 214, and MAT 218. Marder. MAT 310. Independent Study in Materials (1-3) MAT 327. Industrial Project (4) Provides an opportunity for advanced, independent Restricted to a small group of seniors and graduate students study of selected topics in materials science and engi- selected by the department from those who apply. Three neering not covered in other formal courses. full days per week are spent on development projects at the MAT 312. (CHE 312, CHEM 312) Fundamentals plant of an area industry, under the direction of a plant of Corrosion (3) engineer and with faculty supervision. Misiolek. Corrosion phenomena and definitions. Electrochemical MAT 329. Industrial Project (4) aspects including reaction mechanisms, thermodynamics, To be taken concurrently with MAT 327. Course mate- Pourbaix diagrams, kinetics of corrosion processes, polar- rial is the same as MAT 327. Misiolek. ization, and passivity. Non-electrochemical corrosion including mechanisms, theories, and quantitative MAT 333. (EES 337, CHM 337) Crystallography descriptions of atmospheric corrosion. Corrosion of met- and Diffraction (3) als under stress. Cathodic and anodic protection, Introduction to crystal symmetry, point groups, and coatings, alloys, inhibitors, and passivators. Prerequisite: space groups. Emphasis on materials characterization by MAT 205, CHEM 187, or equivalent of either. x-ray diffraction and electron diffraction. Specific topics include crystallographic notation, stereographic projec- MAT 314. Metal Forming Processes (3) tions, orientation of single crystal, textures, phase Mechanical metallurgy and mechanics of metal forming identification, quantitative analysis, stress measurement, processes. Yield criteria. Workability. Friction and lubrica- electron diffraction, ring and spot patterns, convergent tion. Engineering analysis of forging, extrusion, wire and beam electron diffraction (CBED), and space group tube drawing, rolling, sheet forming and other processes. determination. Applications in mineralogy, metallurgy, Recent developments in metal forming. Prerequisite: MAT ceramics, microelectronics, polymers, and catalysts. 206 or consent of instructor. Misiolek. Lectures and laboratory work. Prerequisites: MAT 203 or MAT 315. Physical Properties of Structural and EES 133 or senior standing in chemistry. Electronic Ceramics (3) MAT 334. (EES 338, CHE 334) Electron Structure-property relationships in ceramics. Mechanical Microscopy and Microanalysis (4) fall behavior including plasticity, hardness, elasticity, strength Fundamentals and experimental methods in electron and toughening mechanisms. Thermal behavior including optical techniques including scanning electron specific heat, thermal expansion, thermal conduction and microscopy (SEM), conventional transmission (TEM) thermal shock. Electrical behavior including application of 288 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005 and scanning transmission (STEM) electron microscopy. phase transformations in welds of complex engineering Specific topics covered will include electron optics, elec- alloys. Laboratory demonstrations. Prerequisites: MAT tron beam interactions with solids, electron diffraction 216. DuPont. and chemical microanalysis. Applications to the study of the structure of materials are given. Prerequisite: consent MAT 348. Materials Science for Electronic of the department chair. Lyman and Kiely. Applications (3) Materials technology for integrated circuit packaging sys- MAT 335. (CHE 335) Principles of Semiconductor tems. Dielectric, thermal and mechanical considerations; Materials Processing (3) joining methods; resistor and ceramic capacitor materials Description and analysis of the processing steps involved and incorporation of active devices into packaging systems; in microelectronic material fabrication. Emphasis will be multilayer package design and processing. Individualized placed on the chemistry of the fabrication steps, mathe- semester project involving forensic examination of failures matical modeling of the transport and chemical reaction using scanning electron microscopy and microprobe analy- phenomena, and interpretation of experimental methods sis. Prerequisite: MAT 201, and MAT 33. and data. Prerequisite: a course in thermodynamics and senior standing. MAT 352. Electronics for Materials Science and Engineering (3) fall MAT 338. Failure Analysis Reports (2) spring Properties and structures of electronic components Application of chemical and mechanical failure concepts, including resistors, capacitors, diodes and transistors, a.c. microstructural analysis, and fracture surface characteri- and d.c. circuits, electronic laboratory instruments, cir- zation to the analysis and prevention of engineering cuit analysis and design. Two lectures and one three-hour component failures. Conduct laboratory investigations laboratory per week. Prerequisite: MAT 302 taken previ- on component failures with written and oral presenta- ously or concurrently. Cargill. tions of the results. Prerequisites: Senior standing and MAT 204, MAT 206, MAT 210, MAT 214, and MAT MAT 367. (CHE 367) Metal Films and Coatings: 302. Marder. Processing, Structure, and Properties (3) Focus will be on the processing, structure, and properties MAT 339 Light Metals (3) of metal films and coatings. Processing methods will Designing mechanical properties of light metals such as include evaporation, sputtering, chemical vapor deposition aluminum, beryllium, magnesium and titanium through (CVD), plasma-assisted CVD, ion implantation, electrode- alloying and processing. In depth analysis of strengthening position, metal bath solidification, weld overlay, thermal mechanisms and resulting physical properties. Review of spraying, and diffusion. Characterization of thin films and typical casting, deformation, powder metallurgy and coatings will be done with the use of sophisticated analyti- machining processes applied to these materials. Recent cal instrumentation, including spectroscopic methods, commercial applications in the construction, packaging, microscopy and diffraction techniques. Characterization aerospace and automotive industries. Prerequisite: MAT methods are explored in conjunction with processing tech- 206 or consent of the instructor. Misiolek. niques and film/coating properties via class assignments MAT 342. Inorganic Glasses (3) spring that are designed to introduce students to the archival sci- Definition, formation and structure of glass; common entific literature. Prerequisite: Senior standing in Chemical glass systems; manufacturing processes; optical, mechani- Engineering or Materials Science and Engineering, or per- cal, electrical and dielectric properties; chemical mission of the instructor(s). durability; glass fibers and glass ceramics. Lectures and MAT 388. (CHE 388, CHM 388) Polymer laboratories. Prerequisite: MAT 33. Jain. Synthesis and Characterization Laboratory (3) MAT 344. (IE 344) Metal Machining Analysis (3) spring spring Techniques include: free radical and condensation poly- Intensive study of metal cutting emphasizing forces, merization; molecular weight distribution by gel energy, temperature, tool materials, tool life, and surface chromatography; crystallinity and order by differential integrity. Abrasive processes. Laboratory and project scanning calorimetry; pyrolysis and gas chromatography; work. Prerequisite: IE 115 or ME 240 or MAT 206. dynamic mechanical and dielectric behavior; morpholo- MAT 345 Powder Metallurgy (3) gy and microscopy; surface properties. Prerequisite: Senior level standing in chemical engineering, chemistry, Metal powder fabrication and characterization methods. or materials science and engineering, or permission of Powder processing including powder compaction, theory the instructor. of compacting, press and die design, sintering, and hot consolidation. Microstructure and properties of sintered MAT 393. (CHE 393, CHM 393) Physical Polymer materials and their relationship to processing conditions. Science (3) Industrial applications. Emerging powder metallurgy Structural and physical aspects of polymers (organic, technologies. Prerequisite: MAT 206 or consent of inorganic, natural). Molecular and atomic basis for poly- instructor. Misiolek. mer properties and behavior. Characteristics of glassy, MAT 346. Physical Metallurgy of Welding (3) crystalline states (including viscoelastic and relaxation Operational characteristics of welding processes. behavior) for single-/ and multi-component systems. Application of solidification and solid state transforma- Thermodynamics and kinetics of transition phenomena. tion theory to understanding microstructural Structure, morphology and behavior. Prerequisite: Senior development in welds, and influence of welding on level standing in Chemical Engineering, Chemistry, or properties. Metallurgical defects in welds. Materials Science and Engineering, or permission of the Computational techniques for predicting heat flow and instructor. Sperling. Materials Science and Engineering 289

MAT 396. (CHEM 396) Chemistry of Nonmetallic approval by the college, the student passes a qualifying Solids (3) examination that must be taken in the first or second Chemistry of ionic and electronic defects in nonmetallic year of doctoral work. The department does not solids and their influence on chemical and physical prop- require a foreign language. It does require preparation erties. Intrinsic and impurity-controlled defects, and defense of a research proposal as a portion of the nonstoichiometric compounds, defect interactions. general examination. Properties to be discussed include: diffusion, sintering, Of the courses listed above only those in the 300 series ionic and electronic conductivity, solid-state reactions, are available for graduate credit. There are many addi- and photoconductivity. Prerequisite: CHEM 187 or tional offerings in materials under the listings of other MAT 205 or equivalent. departments. For Graduate Students Most graduate students receive some form of financial The department offers graduate degrees in Materials aid. Several kinds of fellowships and assistantships are Science and Engineering at both masters (M.S. and M. available. This type of aid generally provides for tuition, Eng.) and doctoral levels (Ph.D.). Specialized masters and a stipend. For details of graduate scholarships, fel- degree programs are also available, in Photonics, in lowships and assistantships, please refer to section IV. Polymers, and in Business Administration and Research Activities Engineering (MBA&E). The M.S. Degree in Photonics Graduate students conduct their research in facilities is an interdisciplinary degree for broad training in such located in the Department or the Center for Advanced topics as fiber optics, lightwave communications, and Materials and Nanotechnology, or other centers and optical materials, to prepare students for work in indus- institutes. The following list describes current Materials try or for further graduate research at the Ph.D. level. Science and Engineering research activities: The program requires a total of 30 credits of graduate work, including a 15-credit core of courses in materials, Metals Processing and Performance: joining of metals electrical engineering, and physics. The Polymer Science and alloys, laser engineered net shaping, solidification and Engineering Program offers interdisciplinary M.S. modeling, corrosion and coatings, deformation process- and Ph.D. degrees through several departments, includ- ing, grain boundary cohesion, bulk metallic glasses. ing Materials Science and Engineering. The program Ceramics and Glass Processing and Properties: funda- includes courses in materials, chemical engineering, mental studies of sintering and grain growth, novel chemistry, physics, and mechanical engineering. The reaction-based processing for bulk and thin film ceram- MBA&E is an interdisciplinary degree program in busi- ics, microstructure and properties of oxides for ness and engineering designed primarily for students environmental coatings, growth of single crystal piezo- with an undergraduate degree in engineering and two electric ceramics, creep and grain boundary chemistry of years or more of relevant work experience. The curricu- alumina, dielectric and electrical properties of glasses, lum consists of an MBA core and electives (23 credits) corrosion of glass. and engineering core and electives (18 credits), plus Electronic and Photonic Materials and Packaging: elec- other electives and a project which integrates business tromigration, degradation processes in light-emitting and engineering (4 credits). Students wishing to have the semiconductors, mechanical behavior of thin metal engineering core in Materials Science and Engineering films, reliability of MEMS materials, processing and per- may enter this program through the Materials Science formance of advanced solder alloys, polymer packaging and Engineering Department. materials, glass nanostructure and chemistry, glasses for Special Programs and Opportunities nonlinear optical applications, transparent glass-ceramics, photoinduced phenomena. The department has established specific recommended programs for the M.S., the M.Eng., and the Ph.D., Microstructural Characterization: transmission electron emphasizing the following areas: metals processing and microscopy, scanning electron microscopy, nanoscale performance, ceramics and glass processing and proper- compositional mapping, cathodoluminescence ties, electronic and photonic materials and packaging, microscopy and spectroscopy, x-ray microbeam diffrac- electron microscopy and microstructural characteriza- tion and fluorescence, x-ray microanalysis, electron-loss tion, and archaeometallurgy. spectrometry, extended x-ray absorption and electron energy loss fine structure (EXAFS and EXELFS). These programs are flexible and often interdisciplinary. Advanced level courses can be rescheduled to be held Archaeometallurgy: reconstruction of ancient smelting first thing in the morning or late in the day, when off- and fabrication processes, artifact analysis using modern campus students register. analytical methods, history of materials. Major Requirements Graduate-Level Courses The requirements are explained in section IV. A candi- MAT 401. Thermodynamics and Kinetics (3) fall date for the M.S. completes a thesis, unless fully funded Integrated treatment of the fundamentals of thermody- by industry, in which case a thesis is not required. M.S. namics, diffusion and kinetics, as related to materials thesis research normally represents six of the 30 semester processes. Laws of thermodynamics, conditions of equi- hours required for this degree. Candidates for the librium thermodynamics of phase transitions, diffusion M.Eng. complete a three-credit engineering project. in multicomponent systems, and kinetics of phase trans- A candidate for the Ph.D. prepares a preliminary pro- formations. DuPont and Eades. gram of courses and research, providing for specialization MAT 403. Structure and Properties (3) spring in some field (largely through research) in consultation The underlying principles of the structure of materials with the adviser. Prior to formal establishment of the and relationship to properties. Crystal structures and doctoral program by the special committee and its 290 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005 properties, point, line and planar defects and properties, es. Defects. Seminar/discussion format. Prerequisite: MAT and non-crystalline structure including covalent-ionic, 314 or consent of instructor. Misiolek. metallic and polymeric glasses and properties. Jain. MAT 415. Mechanical Behavior of Ceramic Solids (3) MAT 405. Mathematical Methods in Materials Strength, elasticity, creep, thermal stress fracture, hard- Science and Engineering (3) fall ness, abrasion and high-temperature deformation Mathematical and computational skills required for an characteristics of single- and multi-component brittle understanding of materials science principles. The topics ceramic solids. Statistical theories of strength, static and to be discussed include vector and tensor calculus, with cyclic fatigue, crack propagation, fracture toughness. applications to crystallography and materials properties, Correlation of mechanical behavior, microstructure, and solution of differential equations, emphasizing rate equa- processing parameters. Prerequisite: MAT 218 or consent tions and the diffusion equation, integral transforms for of the department chair. solving differential equations and computation of scatter- MAT 416. Atom Movements (3) ing intensities, statistics and experimental design, and Phenomenological and atomistic development of the numerical methods and computer simulation. Cargill laws of diffusion and their solution. Influence of gradi- and Rickman ents of concentration, potential, temperature and MAT 406. Solidification (3) pressure. Effects of structural defects on diffusion in Structure, theory and properties of liquids. metals and nonmetals. Prerequisite: MATH 23 and Homogeneous and heterogeneous nucleation theory and MAT 205 or the equivalent. experimental results. Solidification phenomena in pure, MAT 417. Deformation and Strength of Solids (3) single and multiphase materials including the nature of Topics related to deformation of solids including creep, the freezing interface, segregation, constitutional super- strengthening mechanisms, annealing of deformed solids, cooling, dendritic growth, crystallographic effects, the preferred orientation. Primary emphasis is on crystalline origin of defects, crystal growing, zone processes. materials. May be repeated for credit if different material Prerequisite: consent of the department chair. DuPont. is covered. Prerequisite: MAT 218 or equivalent. MAT 408. Transformations (3) fall MAT 418. Fatigue and Fracture of Engineering The thermodynamic, kinetic and phenomenological Materials (3) aspects of a wide spectrum of solid-state phase transfor- Application of fracture mechanics concepts to the fatigue mations. Theories of nucleation, growth and coarsening and fracture of crystalline and amorphous solids. of second-phase precipitates. Application of the theories Fracture control design philosophies. Metallurgical to continuous and discontinuous reactions, massive, aspects of fracture toughness and embrittlement suscepti- martensitic and bainitic transformations in metals. bility. Environment-enhanced cracking. Fatigue crack Transformations in nonmetallics. Prerequisite: MAT 205 propagation in metals and polymers. Electron fractogra- and 216 or equivalent. Marder. phy. Failure analysis case histories. Prerequisite: MAT MAT 409. Current Topics in Materials (3) 218 or equivalent. Recent practical and theoretical developments in materi- MAT 419. Advanced Physical Metallurgy (3) als. This course may be repeated for credit if new Application of physical metallurgy principles to materials material is covered. Prerequisite: consent of the depart- systems. Transformation structures and the influence of ment chair. morphology on properties. Alloy design and heat treat- MAT 410. Physical Chemistry of Metals (3) ment for improved strength, toughness, creep, corrosion Discussions of reactions involving gases and reactions resistance, electrical and magnetic properties. involving pure condensed phases and a gaseous phase. Prerequisite: MAT 325 or equivalent. Marder. Ellingham diagrams and equilibria in metal-oxygen-car- MAT 421. Fracture Analysis (3) bon systems. Consideration of the behavior of solutions Application of fracture mechanics concepts, microstruc- and methods for determining thermodynamic properties tural analysis, and fracture surface characterization to the of solutions by experimentation and computation. analysis and prevention of engineering component fail- Prerequisite: MAT 205 or equivalent. ures. Extensive use of case histories. Introduction to legal MAT 411. Modern Joining Methods (3) aspects of product liability. Prerequisite: MAT 218 or The foundations upon which the joining processes rest; MECH 313 or equivalent. the present limitations of the various processes; the MAT 423. Advanced Transmission Electron trends in new developments; the engineering and struc- tural aspects of joining. Prerequisite: MAT 216 and 218 Microscopy (4) The theory and practice of operation of the transmission or equivalent. and scanning transmission electron microscope. MAT 412. Magnetic Properties of Materials (3) Techniques covered include bright field, high resolution Fundamental concepts of magnetism and magnetic prop- and weak-beam dark field, lattice imaging, diffraction erties of ferro- and ferrimagnetic materials. Metallic and pattern indexing and Kikuchi line analysis. The theory of nonmetallic materials. Current application areas consid- diffraction contrast is applied to the interpretation of ered as examples. Prerequisite: Phys 31 or 363 or electron micrographs. Specimen preparation techniques. equivalent. Prerequisite: MAT 334 or equivalent. Lyman, Eades. MAT 413. Formability of Metals (3) MAT 425. Topics in Materials Processing (3) Formability concept. Analysis of the microstructure Topics such as: ceramics, metal, and polymer synthesis response to deformation processing parameters including and compaction phenomena. Theories of sintering and state of stress, state of strain, stain rate, temperature, and grain growth. Physical behavior of sintered compacts. friction. Analysis of formability in metal forming process- Techniques of fiber and crystal growth. Vapor deposition Materials Science and Engineering 291 and ultra-high-purity materials preparation. Desirable MAT 443. (CHEM 443) Solid-State Chemistry (3) preparation: MAT 204 or 206 or 214, and MAT 218. Crystal structure, diffraction in crystals and on surfaces, Prerequisite: consent of the department chair. bonding and energy spectra in solids, dielectrics, surface MAT 427. Advanced Scanning Electron Microscopy states and surface fields in crystals. Prerequisites: one (4) course in linear algebra and one course in quantum The theory and practice of operation of the scanning mechanics. Klier. electron microscope and electron microprobe. MAT 458. Materials Design (3) Techniques covered will include high-resolution scan- Analysis of design requirements for materials compo- ning, quantitative electron probe microanalysis. Electron nents. Selection of materials and processes. Study of beam sample interactions, X-ray spectrometry, and elec- failures in process and service and application of recent tron optics will be discussed in detail. Prerequisite: MAT metallurgical and materials engineering knowledge for 334 or equivalent. Lyman, Eades. improved design. Solution and discussion of industrial MAT 429. Dielectric and Electrical Properties of problems, and outline of experimental approach. Ceramics (3) Prerequisite: consent of the chair. Basic concepts of dielectric and electrical phenomena in MAT 460. Engineering Project (1-3) ceramics including dielectric loss, dielectric breakdown, fer- In-depth study of a problem in the area of materials roelectricity, piezoelectricity, mixed conduction, and engineering or design. The study is to lead to specific interfacial effects. Physical and materials aspects of techno- conclusions and be embodied in a written report. logically important ceramics such as thermistors, varistors, Intended for candidates for the M.Eng. May be repeated boundary layer capacitors, solid electrolytes, gas sensors, for a total of three credit hours. glasses, etc. Prerequisite: MAT 201 or equivalent. Jain. MAT 461. Advanced Materials Research Techniques MAT 430. Glass Science (3) (3) Definition and formation of glass. Structure of common Study of the theory and application of selected advanced inorganic (including metallic) and polymeric glass sys- techniques for investigating the structure and properties tems. Methods of glass making. Phase separation of of materials. May be repeated for credit with the devitrification. Physical properties including diffusion, approval of the department chair. electrical conductivity, chemical durability, and optical and mechanical properties. Special products including MAT 482. (CHM 482, CHE 482) Engineering glass ceramics, optical fibers, photosensitive glasses, etc. Behavior of Polymers (3) spring Visit to a glass manufacturing plant may also be includ- A treatment of the mechanical behavior of polymers. ed. Prerequisite: MAT 315 or equivalent. Jain. Characterization of experimentally observed viscoelastic response of polymeric solids with the aid of mechanical MAT 431. Sintering Theory and Practice (3) model analogs. Topics include time-temperature super- Science and technology of the sintering of solid-state position, experimental characterization of large materials. Driving force and variables. Critical review of deformation and fracture processes, polymer adhesion, the sintering models. Coverage of single phase, multi- and the effects of fillers, plasticizers, moisture and aging phase and composite systems. Special sintering on mechanical behavior. Pearson. techniques such as fast firing, rate controlled sintering, hot pressing and transient second-phase sintering. MAT 485. (CHM 485, CHE 485) Polymer Blends Sintering of specific ceramic and metal systems. and Composites (3) fall Prerequisite: MAT 214 or equivalent. Harmer. Synthesis, morphology, and mechanical behavior of poly- mer blends and composites. Mechanical blends, block MAT 432. Theories of Silicon Oxidation (3) and graft copolymers, interpenetrating polymer net- A critical review is given of advanced theories of silicon works, polymer impregnated concrete, and fiber and oxidation. Present accepted theory (Deal-Grove) is inade- particulate reinforced polymers are emphasized. quate for explaining thin (state-of-the-art) oxides. Course Prerequisite: any introductory polymer course or equiva- will consider most recent approaches to theory of thin gate lent. Sperling. insulators. It will also include new experimental approaches that use “impurity gaseous doping” and halogen additions. MAT 490. Thesis. (1-6) MAT 435 Photonic Materials (3) MAT 499. Dissertation (1-15) Scope of photonics, especially in communications. Characteristics of light. Optical properties of metals, Mathematics semiconductors and insulators. Nonlinear optical proper- ties. Materials for fibers, lasers, detectors, modulators, Professors. Huai-Dong Cao, Ph.D. (Princeton), A. amplifiers and other components. Prerequisites: MAT Everett Pitcher Professor; Donald M. Davis, Ph.D. 302 or consent of instructor. Jain. (Stanford); Vladimir Dobric, Ph.D. (Zagreb, Croatia); MAT 437. (MECH 437) Dislocations and Strength Bennett Eisenberg, Ph.D. (M.I.T.); B. K. Ghosh, Ph.D. (London); Samuel L. Gulden, M.A. (Princeton); Wei- in Crystals (3) Min Huang, Ph.D. (Rochester); Samir A. Khabbaz, Theory and application of dislocations. Geometrical Ph.D. (Kansas); Jerry P. King, Ph.D. (Kentucky); Eric P. interpretation; elastic properties; force on a dislocation; Salathe, Ph.D. (Brown), director of the Institute for dislocation interactions and reactions; multiplication. Biomedical Engineering and Mathematical Biology; Lee J. Dislocations in crystal structures. Selected topics in Stanley, Ph.D. (Berkeley); Steven H. Weintraub, Ph.D. strengthening, plastic flow, creep, fatigue and fracture are (Princeton), chair; Joseph E. Yukich, Ph.D. (M.I.T.). discussed. Prerequisite: MATH 205 or 231, or MAT 320; MAT 317, or consent of the department chair. Wei. Associate professors. Bruce A. Dodson, Ph.D. (S.U.N.Y. at Stony Brook); Garth Isaak, Ph.D. (Rutgers); David L. 292 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

Johnson, Ph.D. (M.I.T.); Terrence Napier, Ph.D. awarded for only one course in each of the following (Chicago); Clifford S. Queen, Ph.D. (Ohio State); Susan groups: 21, 31, and 51; 22, 32, and 52; 23 and 33. If Szczepanski, Ph.D. (Rutgers); Ramamirthan two courses in the same group are taken, credit will be Venkataraman, Ph.D. (Brown). awarded for the more advanced course; 3x is the most Assistant professors. Gautam Chinta, Ph.D. advanced, while 5x is the least advanced. (Columbia); Linghai Zhang, Ph.D. (Ohio State). Undergraduate Degree Programs Adjunct professor. Howard Fegan, Ph.D. (Oxford). The Department of Mathematics offers degree programs Visiting assistant professors. Gabriele La Nave, Ph.D. in Mathematics and Statistics. These programs have the (Brandeis); Dmitry Ostrovsky, Ph.D. (Yale); Alfredo J. flexibility and versatility needed to prepare students for a Rios Rodriguez, Ph.D. (Rutgers). wide variety of careers in government, industry, research Mathematics is a subject of great intrinsic power and and education. beauty. It is the universal language of science, and is Students in the degree programs in mathematics must essential for a clear and complete understanding of virtu- satisfy three types of requirements beyond those required ally all phenomena. Mathematical training prepares a by the college: Core Mathematics Requirements, Major student to express and analyze problems and relation- Requirements and General Electives. The Core ships in a logical manner in a wide variety of disciplines Mathematics Requirement ensures a common core of including the physical, engineering, social, biological, knowledge appropriate for students in each program. and medical sciences, business, and pure mathematics The Major Program Electives consist of courses with spe- itself. This is a principal reason behind the perpetual cific mathematical or statistical content chosen by the need and demand for mathematicians in education, student in consultation with the major advisor to com- research centers, government, and industry. plement the student’s interest and career aspirations. The department offers three major programs leading to With these further breadth and greater depth of knowl- the degrees of bachelor of arts in mathematics, bachelor edge are achieved. The General Electives consist of of science in mathematics (with a general mathematics additional courses chosen from among those offered by and an applied mathematics option), and bachelor of sci- the university faculty. Students can use these electives to ence in statistics. It also offers several minor programs pursue interests beyond the major, or may use these to for undergraduates. expand upon the basic requirements of the degree pro- gram. Students are strongly encouraged to use some of At the graduate level, it offers programs leading to the these electives to earn a minor in another discipline. degrees of master of science in mathematics, master of science in applied mathematics, master of science in sta- Students in the degree program in statistics must satisfy tistics, doctor of philosophy in mathematics, and doctor four types of requirements beyond those required by the of philosophy in applied mathematics. college: Required Major Courses, Major Electives, Professional Electives and Free Electives. The Division of Applied Mathematics and Statistics is a part of the Department of Mathematics. Each student is provided a faculty advisor to guide an indi- vidual program and supervise the selection of electives. Calculus Sequences B.A. in Mathematics Many degree programs throughout the university include a mathematics requirement consisting of a sequence in The B.A. program in mathematics emphasizes funda- calculus. The Department of Mathematics offers three mental principles as well as the mastery of techniques calculus sequences: MATH 21, 22, 23; MATH 31, 32, required for the effective use of mathematics. The pro- 33; MATH 51, 52. gram provides a solid foundation for those who want to pursue a mathematically oriented career or advanced The MATH 21, 22, 23 sequence is a systematic develop- study in any mathematically oriented field. ment of calculus. Most students of mathematics, science, engineering, and business will take some or all of this Requirements: sequence. College Distribution Requirements (32-35 credits) As an honors sequence, the MATH 31, 32, 33 sequence Core Mathematics Requirements (32-35 credits) covers essentially the same material but in greater depth Calculus (12 cr) MATH 21, 22, and with more attention to rigor and proof. This 23 or MATH sequence should be considered by students who have 31,32, 33 demonstrated exceptional ability in mathematics. Introductory Seminar (3 cr) MATH 163 Students who are contemplating a major in mathematics Statistics/Probability (3-4 cr) MATH 12 or are strongly encouraged to consider this sequence. MATH 231 The MATH 51, 52 sequence is a survey of calculus. This Linear Algebra (4 cr) MATH 242 sequence is not sufficient preparation for most subse- Differential Equations (3-4 cr) MATH 205 or quent mathematics courses. Students contemplating MATH 320 further study in mathematics should consider MATH Analysis (4 cr) MATH 301 21, 22 instead. Complex Analysis (3-4 cr) MATH 208 or MATH 75, 76 is a two-semester sequence that substi- MATH 316 tutes for MATH 21, covering the same material but at a Major Requirements (10 credits) slower pace. Algebra (4 cr) MATH 243 The MATH 31, 32, 33 sequence will be accepted in Electives (6 cr) Two courses (at place of the other two sequences. MATH 21, 22 will be least 6 credits) at or accepted in place of MATH 51, 52. Credit will be above the 200 level chosen in consulta- Mathematics 293

tion with the major Applied Mathematics Option advisor. At most one Requirements: course may be taken College Distribution Requirements (32-35 credits) outside the department. Core Mathematics Requirements (33-34 credits) General Electives (41-47 credits) Chosen in Calculus (12 cr) MATH 21, 22, 23 or consultation with MATH 31, 32, 33 faculty advisor. Introductory Seminar (3 cr) MATH 163 Statistics/Probability (3 cr) MATH 231 or This program requires a total of 121 credit hours. MATH309 A student must achieve an average of 2.0 or higher in Linear Algebra (4 cr) MATH 242 major courses. Differential Equations (4 cr) MATH 320 BS in Mathematics Analysis (4 cr) MATH 301 The BS in Mathematics program provides a more exten- Complex Analysis (3-4 cr) MATH 208 or sive and intensive study of mathematics and its MATH 316 applications. Students can pursue the General Major Requirements (23-24 credits) Mathematics Option or the Applied Mathematics Option. Electives (17 cr) Five courses (at least These programs are especially recommended for students 17 credits) at or above intending to pursue advanced study in mathematics or the 200 level chosen applied mathematics. The General Mathematics Option is in consultation with recommended for students who wish to pursue mathemat- the major advisor to ics either by itself or in combination with a related field establish a concentra- (e.g., physics, computer science or economics). The tion as described Applied Mathematics Option provides a broad back- below. At most two ground in the major areas of applicable mathematics. courses may be taken outside the General Mathematics Option department. Requirements: Computer Science (6-7 cr) Two courses: ENGR College Distribution Requirements (32-35 credits) 1 and one a approved Core Mathematics Requirements (32-34 credits) CSE course or two Calculus (12 cr) MATH 21, 22, 23 approved CSE or MATH 31, 32, 33 courses. Introductory Seminar (3 cr) MATH 163 General Electives (28-33 credits) Statistics/Probability (3 cr) MATH 231 or Chosen in MATH 309 consultation with Linear Algebra (4 cr) MATH 242 faculty advisor. Differential Equations (3-4 cr) MATH 205 or In consultation with the major advisor, a student must MATH 320 establish a concentration in a particular area of applied Analysis (4 cr) MATH 301 mathematics. The courses chosen must have specific Complex Analysis (3-4 cr) MATH 208 or mathematical or statistical content and together consti- MATH 316 tute a coherent program. At most two courses may be taken outside the Department of Mathematics. Students, Major Requirements (24-25 credits) in consultation with the major advisor, can design a con- Algebra (4 cr) MATH 243 centration which reflects a particular area of interest or Electives (14 cr) Four courses (at choose to pursue one of the following: least 14 credits) at or above the 200 Concentration in Applied Analysis: level chosen in con- Electives must include MATH 230, MATH 322 and sultation with the MATH 341 major advisor. At Concentration in Discrete Mathematics and most two courses Theoretical Computer Science: may be taken outside the Electives must include MATH 251, MATH 329 or department. MATH 340 Computer Science (6-7 cr) Two courses: Concentration in Probability and Statistics: ENGR 1 and one Electives must include MATH 309 and MATH 310 approved CSE This program requires a total of 121 credit hours. course or two approved CSE A student must achieve an average of 2.0 or higher in courses. major courses. General Electives (27-33 credits) B.S. in Statistics Chosen in Statistics provides a body of principles for designing the consultation with process of data collection, for summarizing and inter- faculty advisor. preting data, and for drawing valid conclusions from This program requires a total of 121 credit hours. data. It thus forms a fundamental tool in the natural and A student must achieve an average of 2.0 or higher in social sciences as well as business, medicine, and other major courses. 294 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005 areas of research. Mathematical principles, especially Minor in Probability and Statistics probability theory, underlie all statistical analyses. MATH 12 or 231 College and university requirements excluding MATH 309 Mathematics (32-35 credit hours) Two of MATH 310, 312, 334, 338 Required Major courses (45-47 credit hours) Minor in Actuarial Science MATH 21, 22, 23/ 31, 32, 33 Calculus I, II, III (12) MATH 202, 309 and 310 or Honors Calculus I, ECON 129 II, III (12) ACCT 108 or 151 MATH 12/231 Basic Statistics (4) or For information on examinations of actuarial societies, Probability and students may consult their minor advisor. Statistics (3) Undergraduate Courses MATH 43/205/242 Survey of Linear Algebra (3) or Linear Methods (3) MATH 0. Preparation for Calculus (2) summer-fall or Linear Algebra (4) Intensive review of fundamental concepts in mathemat- MATH 309 Theory of Probability (3) ics utilized in calculus, including functions and graphs, MATH 310 Random Processes exponentials and logarithms, and trigonometry. This and Applications (3) course is for students who need to take MATH 51 or 21, MATH 312 Statistical Computing and but who require remediation in precalculus. In particu- Applications (3) lar, students who fail the MATH 51 Readiness Exam MATH 334 Mathematical Statistics (4) must pass MATH 0 before being admitted to MATH 51. The credits for this course do not count toward grad- MATH 338 Linear Models in uation, but do count on the GPA and current credit Statistics (4) count. Prerequisite: department permission. MATH 374 Statistical Project (3) Two approved computing science courses or one MATH 5. Introduction to Mathematical Thought approved computer science course and Engineering 1 (6) (3) spring or (7). Meaning, content, and methods of mathematical thought illustrated by topics that may be chosen from Major Electives (12 credit hours) number theory, abstract algebra, combinatorics, finite or At least three courses with specific mathematical or sta- non-Euclidean geometries, game theory, mathematical tistical content chosen with the approval of the faculty logic, set theory, topology. (MA) advisor. Professional Electives (21 credit hours) MATH 9. Introduction to Finite Mathematics (4) fall Courses selected from two or three fields of application Systems of linear equations, matrices, introduction to lin- of statistics and probability. ear programming. Sets, counting methods, probability, random variables, introduction to Markov chains. Students Free Electives (6-11 credits) may not receive credit for both MATH 9 & 61. (MA) This program requires a total of 121 credit hours. A student must achieve an average of 2.0 or higher in MATH 12. Basic Statistics (4) fall-spring major courses. A first course in the basic concepts and methods of sta- tistics with illustrations from the social, behavioral, and Departmental Honors biological sciences. Descriptive statistics; frequency dis- Students may earn departmental honors by writing a tributions, mean and standard deviation, two-way tables, thesis during their senior year. Students are accepted into correlation and regression; random sampling, rules of the program during their junior year by the department probability, probability distributions and parameters, chairperson. This acceptance is based upon the student’s parameter estimation, confidence intervals, hypothesis grades and a thesis proposal, which the student must testing, statistical significance. (MA) prepare in conjunction with a thesis advisor selected by Note: Students may not have credit for MATH 12 & the student. An oral presentation as well as a written the- ECO 145. sis are required for completion of the program. MATH 21. Calculus I (4) fall-spring Minor Programs Functions and graphs; limits and continuity; derivative, The department offers minor programs in different differential, and applications; indefinite and definite branches of the mathematical sciences. Each program integrals; trigonometric, logarithmic, exponential, and requires the courses shown below, and MATH 23 or 33. hyperbolic functions. (MA) At most one of the courses in the minor program may MATH 22. Calculus II (4) fall-spring also be required in the major program. For substitutions, Applications of integration; techniques of integration; the student should consult the chairperson. separable differential equations; infinite sequences and Minor in Pure Mathematics series; Taylor’s Theorem and other approximations; curves and vectors in the plane. Prerequisite: MATH 21 MATH 242, 243, 301 or MATH 31. (MA) MATH 302 or 303 or 307 or 316 or 342 MATH 23. Calculus III (4) fall-spring Minor in Applied Mathematics Vectors in space; partial derivatives; Lagrange multipliers; Two of MATH 205, 208, 230, 231, 242, 320, 323 multiple integrals; vector analysis; line integrals; Green’s MATH 322 Theorem, Gauss’s Theorem. Prerequisite: MATH 22 or MATH 341 MATH 32. (MA) Mathematics 295

MATH 31. Honors Calculus I (4) fall MATH 201. Problem Solving (1) fall Same topics as in MATH 21, but taught from a more Practice in solving problems from mathematical contests thorough and rigorous point of view. (MA) using a variety of elementary techniques. (MA) MATH 32. Honors Calculus II (4) fall-spring MATH 202. Actuarial Exam I (1) spring Same topics as in MATH 22, but taught from a more Practice in solving problems from the first actuarial thorough and rigorous point of view. Prerequisite: exam; problems in calculus and probability with insur- MATH 31. (MA) ance applications. Prerequisites: MATH 23 and 231. MATH 33. Honors Calculus III (4) fall-spring (MA) Same topics as in MATH 23, but taught from a more MATH 205. Linear Methods (3) fall-spring thorough and rigorous point of view. Prerequisite: Linear differential equations and applications; matrices MATH 32. (MA) and systems of linear equations; vector spaces; eigenval- MATH 43. Survey of Linear Algebra (3) fall ues and application to linear systems of differential equations. Prerequisite: MATH 22 or 32. (MA) Matrices, vectors, vector spaces and mathematical sys- tems, special kinds of matrices, elementary matrix MATH 207. (CHE 207) Introduction to transformations, systems of linear equations, convex sets, Biomedical Engineering and Mathematical introduction to linear programming. (MA). Students Physiology (3) fall may not receive credit for both MATH 61 & 43. Topics in human physiology and mathematical analysis MATH 51. Survey of Calculus I (4) fall-spring of physiological phenomena, including the cardiovascu- Limits. The derivative and applications to extrema, lar and respiratory systems, biomechanics, and renal approximation, and related rates. Exponential and loga- physiology; broad survey of bioengineering. Independent rithm functions, growth and decay. Integration. Partial study projects. Prerequisite: MATH 205. (MA) derivatives and extrema. Prerequisite: Passing score on MATH 208. Complex Variables (3) fall-spring Readiness Exam, or MATH 0. (MA) Functions of a complex variable; calculus of residues; MATH 52. Survey of Calculus II (3) fall-spring contour integration; applications to conformal mapping Trigonometric functions and related derivatives and inte- and Laplace transforms. Prerequisite: MATH 23 or grals. Techniques of integration. Differential equations. MATH 33. (MA) Probability and calculus. Prerequisite: MATH 21 or 31 MATH 230. Numerical Methods (3) fall or 51. (MA) Representation of numbers and rounding error; numeri- MATH 61. Linear Algebra for Business and cal solution of equations; quadrature; polynomial and Economics (2) fall-spring spline interpolation; numerical solution of initial and Matrices, solutions of linear systems, linear program- boundary value problems. Prerequisites: MATH 205 ming, examples from business and economics, computer (previously or concurrently) and knowledge of either solutions. (MA). Students may not receive credit for FORTRAN or PASCAL. (MA) both MATH 61 & 9, or for both MATH 61 & 43. MATH 231. Probability and Statistics (3) fall- MATH 75. Calculus I, Part A (2) fall spring Covers the same material as the first half of MATH 21. Probability and distribution of random variables; popula- Meets three hours per week, allowing more class time for tions and random sampling; chi-square and t each topic than does MATH 21. (MA) distributions; estimation and tests of hypotheses; correla- tion and regression theory of two variables. Prerequisite: MATH 76. Calculus I, Part B (2) spring MATH 23 or MATH 33 or MATH 52. (MA) Continuation of MATH 75, covering the second half of MATH 21. Meets three hours per week. Final exam for MATH 234. Fractal Geometry (3-4) this course is identical to the MATH 21 final. Metric spaces and iterated function systems; various Prerequisite: MATH 75. (MA) types of fractal dimension; Julia and Mandelbrot sets. Other topics such as chaos may be included. Small MATH 163. Introductory Seminar (3) spring amount of computer use. Prerequisite: MATH 23 or An introduction to the discipline of mathematics MATH 33. (MA) designed for students considering a major in mathemat- ics. The course will provide an introduction to rigorous MATH 242. Linear Algebra (3-4) fall mathematical reasoning and will survey some area of Thorough treatment of the solution of m simultaneous mathematics. Topics covered will vary. Satisfies the linear equations in n unknowns, including a discussion Introductory Seminar requirement. of the computational complexity of the calculation. Vector spaces, linear dependence, bases, orthogonality, MATH 171. Readings (1-3) fall-spring eigenvalues. Applications as time permits. Prerequisite: Study of a topic in mathematics under individual super- MATH 23 or 33 or 52. (MA) vision. Intended for students with specific interests in areas not covered in the listed courses. Prerequisite: con- MATH 243. Algebra (3-4) spring sent of the department chair. (MA) Introduction to basic concepts of modern algebra: groups, rings, and fields. (MA) For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduate MATH 251. Combinatorics (3-4) Students Topics selected from enumeration, graphs and networks, Courses listed as (3-4) are 3 credits for graduate students Ramsey theory, ordered sets, min-max duality, and and 4 credits for undergraduates. The extra credit will designs. Theory will be motivated by applications from frequently involve some extra workshops or projects. operations research and computer science. Prerequisite: MATH 22 or consent of instructor. (MA) 296 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

MATH 261. (CSE 261) Discrete Structures (3) integration, and conformal mapping. Prerequisite: Topics in discrete mathematical structures chosen for MATH 301. (MA) their applicability to computer science and engineering. MATH 320. Ordinary Differential Equations (3-4) Sets, propositions, induction, recursion; combinatorics; spring binary relations and functions; ordering, lattices and The analytical and geometric theory of ordinary differen- Boolean algebra; graphs and trees; groups and homomor- tial equations, including such topics as linear systems, phisms. Prerequisites: MATH 21. (MA) systems in the complex plane, oscillation theory, stability MATH 301. Principles of Analysis I (3-4) fall theory, geometric theory of nonlinear systems, finite dif- Existence of limits, continuity and uniform continuity; ference methods, general dynamical systems. Heine-Borel Theorem; existence of extreme values; mean Prerequisite: MATH 205, or both MATH 23, 33 and value theorem and applications; conditions for the exis- MATH 242. (MA) tence of the Riemann integral; absolute and uniform MATH 322. Methods of Applied Analysis I (3) fall convergence; emphasis on theoretical material from the Fourier series, eigenfunction expansions, Sturm-Liouville calculus of one variable. Prerequisite: MATH 23 or problems, Fourier integrals and their application to par- MATH 33. (MA) tial differential equations; special functions. Emphasis is MATH 302. Principles of Analysis II (3-4) spring on a wide variety of formal applications rather than logi- Continuation of MATH 301. Functions of several vari- cal development. Prerequisite: MATH 205 or consent of ables; the implicit function theorem, and further topics the department chair. (MA) with applications to analysis and geometry. Prerequisite: MATH 323. Methods of Applied Analysis II (3) MATH 301. (MA) spring MATH 303. (Phil 303) Mathematical Logic (3-4) fall Green’s functions; integral equations; variational meth- A course, on a mathematically mature level, designed not ods; asymptotic expansions, method of saddle points; only to acquaint the student with logical techniques used calculus of vector fields, exterior differential calculus. in mathematics but also to present symbolic logic as an Prerequisite: MATH 322. (MA) important adjunct to the study of the foundations of mathematics. Prerequisite: non-math majors need Phil MATH 327. Groups and Rings (3-4) fall 114. (MA) An intensive study of the concepts of group theory including the Sylow theorems, and of ring theory includ- MATH 304. Axiomatic Set Theory (3-4) fall ing unique factorization domains and polynomial rings. A development of set theory from axioms; relations and Prerequisite: MATH 243 or consent of the department functions; ordinal and cardinal arithmetic; recursion the- chair. (MA) orem; axiom of choice; independence questions. Prerequisite: MATH 301 or consent of the department MATH 329. Computability Theory (3-4) spring chair. (MA) Core development of classical computability theory: enu- meration, index and recursion theorems, various models of MATH 307. General Topology I (3-4) fall computation and Church’s Thesis, uncomputability results, An introductory study of topological spaces, including introduction to reducibilities and their degrees (in particu- metric spaces, separation and countability axioms, con- lar, Turing degrees, or degrees of uncomputability), nectedness, compactness, product spaces, quotient computable operators and their fixed points. (MA) spaces, function spaces. Prerequisite: MATH 301. (MA) MATH 334. Mathematical Statistics (3-4) spring MATH 309. Theory of Probability (3) fall Populations and random sampling; sampling distribu- Probabilities of events on discrete and continuous sample tions; theory of statistical estimation; criteria and spaces; random variables and probability distributions; methods of point and interval estimation; theory of test- expectations; transformations; simplest kind of law of large ing statistical hypotheses. Prerequisite: MATH 231 or numbers and central limit theorem. The theory is applied MATH 309. (MA) to problems in physical and biological sciences. Prerequisite: MATH 23 or MATH 33 or MATH 52. (MA) Mathematics 338. Linear Models in Statistics (3-4) spring MATH 310. Random Processes and Applications Least square principles in multiple regression and their (3-4) spring interpretations; estimation, hypothesis testing, confi- Theory and applications of stochastic processes. Limit dence and prediction intervals; analysis, multicollinearity, theorems, introduction to random walks, Markov chains, selection of regression models, analysis of variance and Poisson processes, birth and death processes, and covariance; general linear models, principal component Brownian motion. Applications to financial mathemat- analysis. Use of computer packages. Prerequisite: Math ics, biology, business and engineering. Prerequisites: 12 or 231. (MA) MATH 309 or MATH 231. MATH 340. (CSE 340) Design and Analysis of MATH 312. Statistical Computing and Algorithms (3) spring Applications (3-4) Algorithms for searching, sorting, counting, graph and Use of statistical computing packages; exploratory data tree manipulation, matrix multiplication, scheduling, analysis; Monte Carlo methods; randomization and pattern matching and fast Fourier transforms. Abstract resampling, application and interpretation of a variety of complexity measures and the intrinsic complexity of statistical methods in real world problems. Prerequisite: algorithms and problems in terms of asymptotic behav- Math 12 or 231. (MA) ior; correctness of algorithms. Prerequisites: MATH 22 MATH 316. Complex Analysis (3-4) spring and MATH 261, or consent of the department chairper- Concept of analytic function from the points of view of son. (MA) the Cauchy-Riemann equations, power series, complex Mathematics 297

MATH 341. Mathematical Models and Their electives STAT 410, 438, and 461; and other possible Formulation (3) spring electives STAT 408 and 409, EDUC 411, I.E. 332, 409, Mathematical modeling of engineering and physical sys- and 410, ECO 455 and 463, CSE 411, and MECH tems with examples drawn from diverse disciplines. 405. The stochastic modeling track has recommended Emphasis is on building models of real world problems courses MATH 309 and 401, and STAT 410 and 463; rather than learning mathematical techniques. electives MATH 341 and STAT 434, 438, and 464; and Prerequisite: MATH 205. (MA) other possible electives STAT 408 and 409, MATH 402, MATH 342. Number Theory (3-4) 407, 430, 467, and 468, ECO 453, CSE 411, MECH A survey of elementary and nonelementary algebraic and 405, and I.E. 316, 339, 409, 416, and 439. analytic methods in the theory of numbers. Includes the Ph.D. in Mathematics Euclidean algorithm, Diophantine equations congruences, The plan of work toward the doctor of philosophy quadratic residues, primitive roots, number-theoretic func- degree will include a comprehensive examination and a tions as well as one or more of the following topics: qualifying examination. The latter tests the student’s distribution of primes, Pell’s equation, Fermat’s theorem, command of three areas. The combination of areas must partitions. Prerequisite: MATH 301 or consent of the be approved by the department. Recent exam areas department chair. (MA) include algebra, analysis, differential equations, differen- MATH 350. Special Topics (3) fall-spring tial geometry, discrete structures, functional analysis, A course covering special topics not sufficiently covered logic and set theory, numerical analysis, probability, sta- in listed courses. Prerequisite: consent of the department tistics, and topology. Other areas of mathematics may be chair. May be repeated for credit. (MA) proposed by the candidate and approved by the depart- ment. A general examination, a foreign language MATH 371. Readings (1-3) fall-spring examination, and the doctoral dissertation and its The study of a topic in mathematics under appropriate defense complete the work for the Ph.D. degree. supervision, designed for the individual student who has studied extensively and whose interests lie in areas not Each candidate’s plan of work must be approved by a spe- covered in the listed courses. Prerequisite: consent of the cial committee of the department. A Ph.D. student is department chair. May be repeated for credit (MA) required to have 18 credits of approved graduate level course work beyond the master’s level. After completion of MATH 374. Statistical Project (3) 18 credits a student is required to take at least one course Supervised field project or independent reading in statis- per academic year other than Math 409, 410, and 499. tics or probability. Prerequisite: consent of the department chair. (MA) Ph.D. in Applied Mathematics MATH 391. Senior Honors Thesis (3) fall-spring The plan of work toward the doctor of philosophy Independent research under faculty supervision, culminat- degree will include a comprehensive examination and a ing in a thesis presented for departmental honors. May be qualifying examination. The latter tests the student’s repeated once for credit. Prerequisite: consent of chair (MA) command of three areas. The combination of areas must be approved by the department. Recent exam areas Graduate Programs in Mathematics include analysis, applied probability, differential equa- The department offers graduate programs leading to the tions, discrete structures, financial mathematics, linear degrees of master of science in mathematics, applied algebra and linear programming, mathematical biology, mathematics, or statistics, and the doctor of philosophy mathematical statistics, numerical methods, and statisti- in mathematics or applied mathematics. cal methods. Other areas of mathematical and physical sciences may be proposed by the candidate and approved To begin graduate work in mathematics a student must by the department. A general examination, a foreign lan- present evidence of adequate undergraduate preparation. guage examination, and the doctoral dissertation and its The undergraduate program should have included a year defense complete the work for the Ph.D. degree. of advanced calculus, a semester of linear algebra, and a semester of abstract algebra. Each candidate’s plan of work must be approved by a spe- cial committee of the department. A Ph.D. student is M.S. in Mathematics or Applied Mathematics required to have 18 credits of approved graduate level The master’s program demands 30 credit hours of gradu- course work beyond the master’s level. After completion of ate courses with at least 18 hours at the 400 level. With 18 credits a student is required to take at least one course the permission of the chairperson, up to six hours of per academic year other than Math 409, 410, and 499. these courses can be replaced by a thesis. All students in the master’s program must also pass a comprehensive Graduate Courses examination. The M.S. degree can serve both as a final MATH 401. Real Analysis I (3) fall degree in mathematics or as an appropriate background Set theory, real numbers; introduction to measures, for the Ph.D. degree. Lebesgue measure; integration, general convergence the- orems; differentiation, functions of bounded variation, M.S. in Statistics absolute continuity; Lp spaces. Prerequisites: MATH This program requires 30 credit hours of graduate cours- 302 or consent of department chair. es with at least 18 hours of 400-level STAT or MATH courses. The choice of courses must be approved by the MATH 402. Real Analysis II (3) spring graduate advisor, and up to six hours of coursework may Metric spaces; introduction to Banach and Hilbert space be replaced with a thesis. All students in the program theory; Fourier series and Fejer operators; general meas- must also pass a comprehensive examination. ure and integration theory, Radon-Nikodym and Riesz representation and theorems; Lebesgue-Stieljtes integral. The M.S. program in statistics has two tracks. The statis- Prerequisites: MATH 307 and MATH 401. tics track has recommended courses MATH 309, STAT 412, 434, and 462; 298 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

MATH 403. Topics in Real Analysis (3) lelism, geodesics, Gauss-Bonnet formula. Riemannian Intensive study of topics in analysis with emphasis on metrics, connections, sectional curvature, generalized recent developments. Prerequisite: consent of the depart- Gauss-Bonnet theorem. Further topics. Prerequisite: ment chair. May be repeated for credit. MATH 423. MATH 404. Topics in Mathematical Logic (3) MATH 428. Fields and Modules (3) spring Intensive study of topics in mathematical logic. Field theory, including an introduction to Galois theory; Prerequisite: Consent of the department chair. May be the theory of modules, including tensor products and repeated for credit. classical algebras. Prerequisite: MATH 327. MATH 405. Partial Differential Equations I (3) fall MATH 430. Numerical Analysis (3) spring Classification of partial differential equations; methods Multistep methods for ordinary differential equations; of characteristics for first order equations; methods for finite difference methods for partial differential equa- representing solutions of the potential, heat, and wave tions; numerical approximation of functions. Use of equations, and properties of the solutions of these equa- computer required. Prerequisite: MATH 230 or consent tions; maximum principles. Prerequisite: MATH 302 or of the department chair. its equivalent. MATH 431. Calculus of Variations (3) MATH 406. Partial Differential Equations II (3) Existence of a relative minimum for single and multiple spring integral problems; variational inequalities of elliptic and Continuation of MATH 405. Emphasis on second order parabolic types and methods of approximating a solu- equations with variable coefficients and systems of first tion. Prerequisite: MATH 302 or its equivalent. order partial differential equations. Prerequisite: MATH MATH 435. Functional Analysis I (3) fall 405. Banach spaces and linear operators; separation and exten- MATH 407. Theory and Technique of sion theorems; open mapping and uniform boundedness Optimization (3) principles; weak topologies; local convexity and duality; Linear programming: simplex and revised simplex meth- Banach algebras; spectral theory of operators; and compact ods, duality theory; unconstrained optimization by operators. Prerequisites: MATH 307 and MATH 401. one-dimensional search methods; convexity and Kuhn- MATH 444. Algebraic Topology II (3) Tucker conditions, applications to methods for Continuation of MATH 408. Cohomology theory, constrained optimization. products, duality. Prerequisite: MATH 408. MATH 408. Algebraic Topology I (3) MATH 445. Topics in Algebraic Topology (3) Polyhedra; fundamental groups; simplicial and singular Selected topics reflecting the interests of the professor homology. and the students. Prerequisite: MATH 444. MATH 409.(STAT 409) Mathematics Seminar (1-6) MATH 446. Combinatorics (3) fall fall Fundamental combinatorial theories and modern tech- An intensive study of some field of mathematics not niques interconnecting these theories. Topics selected offered in another course. Prerequisite: consent of the from: enumeration, Ramsey theory, extremal set theory, department chair. hypergraphs, structural and extremal graph theory, polyhe- MATH 410.(STAT 408) Mathematics Seminar (1- dral combinatorics, designs and codes, matroids, ordered 6) spring sets and lattices. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Continuation of the field of study in MATH 409 or the MATH 448. Combinatorics and Graph Theory (3) intensive study of a different field. Prerequisite: consent spring of the department chair. Fundamental theories and techniques for graphs, ordered MATH 416. Complex Function Theory (3) fall sets, hypergraphs, extremal set theory, and matroids. Topics Continuation of MATH 316. Prerequisite: MATH 316 are distinct from those of MATH 446, which is not a pre- or consent of the department chair. requisite for this course. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. MATH 421. Introduction to Wavelets (3) MATH 449. Topics in Algebra (3) Continuous and discrete signals; review of Fourier analy- Intensive study of topics in algebra with emphasis on sis; discrete wavelets; time-frequency spaces; Haar and recent developments. Prerequisite: consent of the depart- Walsh systems; multiresolution analysis; Hilbert spaces; ment chairman. May be repeated for credit with the quadratic mirror filters; fast wavelet transforms; comput- consent of the department chair. er code; applications to filtering, compression, and MATH 450. Special Topics (3) fall-spring imaging. Prerequisite: ECE 108, MATH 205, or consent Intensive study of some field of the mathematical sci- of instructor. ences not covered in listed courses. Prerequisite: consent MATH 423. Differential Geometry I (3) of the department chair. May be repeated for credit with Differential manifolds, tangent vectors and differentials, the consent of the department chair. submanifolds and the implicit function theorem. Lie MATH 455. Topics in Number Theory (3) groups and Lie algebras, homogeneous spaces. Tensor Selected topics in algebraic and analytic number theory. and exterior algebras, tensor fields and differential forms, Prerequisites: MATH 316 and MATH 327. May be de Rham cohomology, Stokes’ theorem, the Hodge theo- repeated for credit with consent of the department chair. rem. Prerequisite: MATH 301, 302, or MATH 243 or MATH 205 with consent of instructor. MATH 461. (STAT 461) Topics in Mathematical Statistics (3) MATH 424. Differential Geometry II (3) An intensive study of one or more topics such as theory Curves and surfaces in Euclidean space; mean and of statistical tests, statistical estimation, regression, analy- Gaussian curvatures, covariant differentiation, paral- Mechanical Engineering and Mechanics 299 sis of variance, nonparametric methods, stochastic STAT 408. (MATH 410) Seminar in Statistics and approximation, and decision theory. Prerequisites: Probability (1-6) spring MATH 334 and MATH 401. May be repeated for credit Intensive study of some field of statistics or probability with consent of the department chair. not offered in another course. Prerequisite: consent of MATH 462. (STAT 462) Nonparametric Statistics the graduate advisor. (3) fall STAT 409 (MATH 409) Seminar in Statistics and Order and rank statistics; tests based on runs, signs, Probability (1-6) fall ranks, and order statistics; chi-square and Kolmogorov- Intensive study of some field of statistics or probability Smirnov tests for goodness of fit; the two-sample not offered in another course. Prerequisite: consent of problem; confidence and tolerance intervals. Prerequisite: the graduate advisor. MATH 231 or 309. STAT 410. Random Processes and Applications (3) MATH 463. (STAT 463) Advanced Probability (3) spring Measure theoretic foundations; random variables, inte- See MATH 310. gration in a measure space, expectations; convergence of random variables and probability measures; conditional STAT 412. Statistical Computing and Applications (3) expectations; characteristic functions; sums of random See MATH 312. variables, limit theorems. Prerequisites: MATH 309 and STAT 434. Mathematical Statistics (3) spring MATH 401. See MATH 334. MATH 464. (STAT 464) Advanced Stochastic STAT 438. Linear Models in Statistics (3) spring Processes (3) See MATH 338 Theory of stochastic processes; stopping times; martin- gales; Markov processes; Brownian motion; Skorohod STAT 461 (MATH 461). Topics in Mathematical imbedding; Brownian bridge, laws of suprema; Gaussian Statistics (3) processes. Prerequisites: MATH 309 and MATH 401. See MATH 461. MATH 467. Financial Calculus I (3) fall STAT 462 (MATH 462). Nonparametric Statistics (3) Basic mathematical concepts behind derivative pricing See MATH 462. and portfolio management of derivative securities. STAT 463 (MATH 463). Advanced Probability (3) Development of hedging and pricing by arbitrage in the See MATH 463. discrete time setting of binary trees and Black-Scholes model. Introduction to the theory of Stochastic STAT 464 (MATH 464). Advanced Stochastic Calculus, Martingale representation theorem, and change Processes (3) of measure. Applications of the developed theory to a See MATH 464. variety of actual financial instruments. Prerequisites: Math 231 or Math 309 or consent of instructor. Mechanical Engineering and MATH 468. Financial Calculus II (3) spring Mechanics Models and mathematical concepts behind the interest rates markets. Heath-Jarrow-Morton model for random Professors. Herman F. Nied, Ph.D. (Lehigh), chair; evolution of the term structure of interest rates and short Philip A. Blythe, Ph.D. (Manchester, England); John P. rate models. Applications of the theory to a variety of Coulter, Ph.D. (Delaware); Terry J. Delph, Ph.D. interest rates contracts including swaps, caps, floors, (Stanford); D. Gary Harlow, Ph.D. (Cornell); Ronald J. swap-options. Development of multidimensional sto- Hartranft, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Stanley H. Johnson, Ph.D. chastic calculus and applications to multiple stock (Berkeley); Jacob Y. Kazakia, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Edward K. models, quantos, and foreign currency interest-rate mod- Levy, Sc.D. (M.I.T.), director, Energy Research Center; els. Prerequisites: Math 467. Alistair K. Macpherson, Ph.D. (Sydney, Australia); MATH 470. Proseminar (3) spring Sudhakar Neti, Ph.D. (Kentucky); John Ochs, Ph.D. Preparation for entering the mathematics profession. (Penn State); Tulga M. Ozsoy, Ph.D. (Istanbul, Turkey); Seminar will concentrate on methods of teaching mathe- Donald O. Rockwell, Ph.D. (Lehigh), Paul B. Reinhold matics, and will include other topics such as duties of a Professor; Kenneth N. Sawyers, Ph.D. (Brown); Charles professor and searching for a job. Prerequisite: consent of R. Smith, Ph.D. (Stanford); Eric Varley, Ph.D. (Brown); mathematics graduate advisor. Arkady Voloshin, Ph.D. (Tel-Aviv, Israel); Robert P. Wei, Ph.D. (Princeton), Paul B. Reinhold Professor. MATH 471. Homological Algebra (3) Associate professors. Meng-Sang Chew, Ph.D. Modules, tensor products, categories and functions, (Columbia); Joachim L. Grenestedt, Ph.D. (KTH, Royal homology functors, projective and injective modules. Inst. of Tech., Stockholm, Sweden); Robert A. Lucas, Prerequisite: MATH 428. Ph.D. (Lehigh), associate chair; Alparslan Öztekin, Ph.D. MATH 472. Group Representations (3) (Illinois); N. Duke Perreira, Ph.D. (California, Los Linear representations and character theory with empha- Angeles). sis on the finite and compact cases. Prerequisite: MATH Assistant Professors. Samir N. Ghadiali, Ph.D. (Tulane). 428 or consent of the department chairperson. Emeritus professors. Russell E. Benner, Ph.D. (Lehigh); MATH 490. Thesis Forbes T. Brown, Sc.D. (M.I.T.); Fazil Erdogan, Ph.D. MATH 499. Dissertation (Lehigh); Arturs Kalnins, Ph.D. (Michigan); Jerzy A. Statistics Owczarek, Ph.D. (London, England); Ronald S. Rivlin, Sc.D. (Cambridge); Richard Roberts, Ph.D. (Lehigh); 300 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

Robert G. Sarubbi, Ph.D. (Lehigh); George C.M. Sih, est relevance to the design and analysis of mechanical Ph.D. (Lehigh); Gerald F. Smith, Ph.D. (Brown); systems; second, by exposure to the engineering process Theodore A. Terry, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Dean P. Updike, (creation, innovation, analysis and judgment) through Ph.D. (Brown). design courses, projects, laboratories, and a choice of technical electives that permits a degree of specialization; Educational Mission and third, by the development of cultural awareness The Department of Mechanical Engineering and through courses in humanities and social sciences. Mechanics prepares our students to be learners, and Students may take elective courses that transcend tradi- agents in both the application and development of tech- tional disciplinary lines, while satisfying the basic nology to better serve the needs of society. requirements for mechanical engineering. Program Educational Objectives Design and engineering practices are integrated with the Mechanical engineering is one of the core disciplines in engineering science aspects of the program. Through a the P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied broadening of the design sequence to include hands-on Science (RCEAS). The department is committed to serv- manufacturing and multi-disciplinary collaborations, the ing the overall mission of the RCEAS, and of the program seeks to emphasize the integration of design, University, by providing education and training to manufacturing, business, and aesthetics in modern tech- undergraduate and graduate students, by developing new nological enterprises, and to prepare our students to knowledge and engineering methodology, and by provid- function in an increasingly interdisciplinary environ- ing service to industry and society at large. To achieve ment. Through a comprehensive set of laboratory our Educational Mission, the Department of Mechanical courses, which ultimately focus on the design and plan- Engineering has established a set of Program Educational ning of laboratory experiences by the students (rather Objectives, which are to educate engineers who can: than carrying out rote experiments), opportunities are provided for students to learn and employ the processes •Model, formulate and creatively synthesize (i.e design) and skills for solving hands-on engineering problems. realistic and practical systems, products, and environ- ments; B.S. in Mechanical Engineering •Naturally incorporate basic sciences and the art of Mechanical engineering is one of the broadest of the mathematics as part of their thinking and problem- engineering professions, dealing generally with systems solving processes; for energy conversion, material transport and the control •Design, conduct, and analyze experimental tests of of motions and forces. practical systems and products; Mechanical engineers may choose from among many dif- •Understand and appreciate the technical diversity ferent activities in their careers, according to their interests required to develop new products/processes, and use and the changing needs of society. Some concentrate on this understanding to work effectively in multi-disci- the conversion of thermal, nuclear, solar, chemical and plinary teams; electrical energy, or on the problems of air, water, and noise pollution. Some concentrate on the design of •Develop an appreciation of the contemporary world, mechanical systems used in transportation, manufacturing and be able to contribute to it in a professional and or health care industries or by individual consumers. Some ethical manner; will be working, a decade from now, in fields that do not • Learn how to learn, so that life-long learning becomes yet exist. Most will be engaged with concepts involving all second nature. four dimensions of space and time. In concert with these objectives, the academic program The curriculum leading toward the bachelor of science of the department seeks to prepare our students to adapt in mechanical engineering combines a broad base in to the rapid advances and changes in technology, and to mathematics, physical sciences, and the engineering sci- serve as agents and leaders in effecting these changes, ences (mechanics of solids, materials, dynamics and while being cognizant of the needs and concerns of the fluid, thermal and electrical sciences), including labora- society at large. tory. Special emphasis is placed on the practice of The undergraduate program in mechanical engineering modern Integrated Product Development, combining state- focuses principally on the first five of these objectives, of-the-art computer-aided design and manufacturing and is configured to prepare our students for employ- methods in a business-oriented framework. Several spe- ment, and continued professional development and cific application fields are chosen toward the end of the growth. The program provides students with the basic program in the form of four or more courses elected education they will need to function in an engineering from a wide variety of 300-level offerings. Courses in environment, pursue graduate studies, continue their mechanical engineering and engineering mechanics are professional development and growth, and develop an equally available. awareness of the culture and society in which we live. The course requirements for a B.S. degree in mechanical Because of technological innovations and the long-term engineering are listed below. In addition to required math- demands of global competition, the program also seeks ematics, physics, chemistry and basic engineering courses, to prepare students to adapt to rapid advances and the program includes a minimum of seven courses in changes in technology, and to provide leadership in humanities and social sciences (see humanities/social sci- effecting these changes, consistent with the sixth educa- ences), two free electives and five approved electives. The tional objective for life-long learning. total graduation requirement is 133 credits. Achievement of the six educational objectives is served first through a sound education in mathematics and those physical and engineering sciences that are of great- Mechanical Engineering and Mechanics 301

Undergraduate Curriculum in Mechanical d) ENGR. Elective B: One, 3-credit course selected Engineering from any ME 300 or MECH 300-level course, excluding ME 310 freshman year (see Engineering, freshman year, Section III) sophomore year, first semester (16 - 18 credit hours) e) ENGR. Elective C: Three, 3-credit courses selected ME 10 Graphics for Engineering Design (3) from any ME 300/MECH 300-level course or an engineering/science/mathematics course, as approved ME 111 Professional Development (1) by the department chair. ME 310 may be taken MECH 2 Elementary Engineering Mechanics (3) once to satisfy this requirement. MAT 33 Engineering Materials and Processes (3) MATH 23 Analytical Geometry & Calculus III (4) f) Free electives: 6 credit hours in any subject area are required elective (2 - 4) sophomore year, second semester (16 - 18 credit hours)* Co-op Program ME 104 Thermodynamics I (3) To participate in the Co-op program you must rank in MECH 12 Strength of Materials (3) the top third of the engineering class after three semes- PHY 21,22 Introductory Physics II and Laboratory (5) ters of study and attend a summer program between the MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) sophomore and junior years. See your advisor or contact elective (2 - 4) the Co-op Faculty Liaison for further details. *Co-op students must take ME 21 this semester (17-19 B.S. in Engineering Mechanics credit hours). See below for Co-op program details. The curriculum in engineering mechanics is designed to junior year, first semester (16 - 18 credit hours) prepare students for careers in engineering research and ME 21 Mechanical Engineering Lab I (1) development, and is especially appropriate for students ME 231 Fluid Mechanics (3) wishing to specialize in the analysis of engineering sys- MECH 102 Dynamics (3) tems. In many industries and governmental laboratories ECE 81 Principles of Electrical Engineering (4) there is a demand for men and women with broad train- ME 215 Engineering Reliability (3) or ing in the fundamentals of engineering in which MATH 208 Complex Variables (3) or engineering mechanics and applied mathematics play an MATH 230 Numerical Methods (3) or important role. MATH 231 Probability and Statistics (3) The first two years of the curriculum is the same as that in elective (2 - 4) mechanical engineering. One of the advantages of the cur- junior year, second semester (16 - 18 credit hours) riculum is the flexibility it offers through 18 credits of ME 121 Mechanical Engineering Lab II (1) technical and six credits of personal electives in the junior ME 211 Mechanical Engineering Design I (3) and senior years. Beyond the sophomore year there are ME 240 Manufacturing (3) required courses in dynamics, solid mechanics, fluid mechanics, heat transfer, principles of electrical engineer- ME 242 Mechanical Engineering Systems (3) ing, mathematics, vibrations, and senior laboratories or ME 252 Mechanical Elements (3) projects. It is recommended that the electives be chosen ECE 162 Electrical Laboratory (1) either to concentrate in areas such as applied mathematics elective (2 - 4) and computational mechanics, solid mechanics, engineer- senior year, first semester (16 - 18 credit hours) ing materials, and fluid mechanics or to obtain further ME 212 Mechanical Engineering Design II (2) depth in all areas. The academic advisor for the engineer- Senior Laboratory (2) ing mechanics program will provide guidance in electives (12 - 14) formulating the student’s goals and choosing electives. senior year, second semester (16 - 18 credit hours) In addition to the required and elective courses in math- Senior Laboratory (2) ematics, sciences and engineering, the B.S. degree electives (14 - 16) program in engineering mechanics includes a minimum Senior Laboratories of seven courses in humanities and social sciences (see Select two out of the following four courses: humanities/social sciences). The total graduation require- ME 207, ME 208, ME 210, and ME 389. ment is 131 credits. The total number of credits required for graduation is Undergraduate Curriculum in Engineering 133. A total of 41 credits in electives must be taken. Mechanics These electives are of six types: freshman and sophomore years: same as ME curriculum Mechanical Engineering Electives junior year, first semester (16 - 18 credit hours) a) Humanities/Social Sciences: A total of 17 credits of ME 21 Mechanical Engineering Lab I (1) electives in humanities and social science, which ME 231 Fluid Mechanics (3) must include ECO 1. (Note that these electives are MECH 102 Dynamics (3) in addition to the 6 hours of required freshman ECE 81 Principles of Electrical Engineering (4) English.) See description of HSS in Section III of MATH 230 Numerical Methods (3) this catalog. elective (2 - 4) b) ME 321 Introduction to Heat Transfer (3) junior year, second semester (16 - 18 credit hours) c) ENGR. Elective A: One, 3-credit course selected ME 121 Mechanical Engineering Lab II (1) from the following: MECH 302, MECH 305, ME ME 240 Manufacturing (3) 304, ME 322, ME 331, or ME 343 ME 242 Mechanical Engineering Systems (3) 302 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

ECE 162 Electrical Laboratory (1) undergraduates who plan to enter graduate programs in MATH 208 Complex Variables (3) this field. The minor requires a minimum of 17 credits electives (5 - 7) from the following course selection: senior year, first semester (16 - 18 credit hours) Required Courses Senior Laboratory (2) MECH 326 Aerodynamics (3) electives (14 - 16) MECH 305 Advanced Mechanics of Materials (3) senior year, second semester (16 - 18 credit hours) ME 343 Control Systems (3) Senior Laboratory (2) MECH 328 Fundamentals of Aircraft Design (3) electives (14 - 16) The total number of credits required for graduation is Elective Courses 131. A total of 44 credits in electives must be taken. ME 322 Gas Dynamics (3) These electives are of five types: ME 323 Reciprocating and Centrifugal Engines (3) Engineering Mechanics Electives ME 331 Advanced Fluid Mechanics (3) a) Humanities/Social Sciences: A total of 17 credits of ME 389 Controls Laboratory (2) electives in humanities and social science, which MECH 312 Finite Element Analysis (3) must include ECO 1. (Note that these electives are ME 348 Computer-Aided Design (3) in addition to the 6 hours of required freshman MAT 309 Composite Materials (3) English.) See description of HSS in Section III of this catalog. Undergraduate Courses in Mechanical Engineering b) ME 321 Introduction to Heat Transfer (3) c) ENGR. Mechanics Elective A: Two, 3-credit courses ME 10. Graphics for Engineering Design (3) fall selected from the following: MECH 302, MECH Graphical description of mechanical engineering design 305, ME 304, ME 322, ME 331, or ME 343 for visualization and communication by freehand sketch- ing, production drawings, and 3-D solid geometric d) ENGR. Mechanics Elective B: Four, 3-credit courses representations. Introduction to creation, storage, and selected from any ME 300/MECH 300-level course manipulation of such graphical descriptions through an or an engineering/science/mathematics course, as integrated design project using state-of-the art, commer- approved by the Department Chair cially available computer-aided engineering software. e) Free electives: 6 credit hours of any subject area are Lectures and laboratory. (ES 1), (ED 2) required. Typical recommended options: ME 21. Mechanical Engineering Laboratory I (1) Applied Mathematics and Computational fall, spring Mechanics Experimental methods in mechanical engineering and MECH 305 Advanced Mechanics of Materials (3) mechanics. Analysis of experimental error and error propagation. Introduction to elementary instrumenta- MECH 312 Finite Element Analysis (3) tion. Introduction to digital data acquisition. MATH 309 Theory of Probability (3) Prerequisite: MECH 12, previously or concurrently. (ES MATH 322 Methods of Applied Analysis I (3) 1), (ED 0) MATH 323 Methods of Applied Analysis II (3) ME 104. Thermodynamics I (3) fall, spring Solid Mechanics Basic concepts and principles of thermodynamics with MECH 305 Advanced Mechanics of Materials (3) emphasis on simple compressible substances. First and MECH 307 Mechanics of Continua (3) second law development, energy equations, reversibility, MECH 312 Finite Element Analysis (3) entropy and efficiency. Properties of pure substances and MECH 313 Fracture Mechanics (3) thermodynamic cycles. Corequisites: MATH 23 and PHY 11. (ES 3), (ED 0) MATH 322 Methods of Applied Analysis I (3) ME 111. Professional Development (1) fall Engineering Materials Examination of ethical and professional choices facing MECH 305 Advanced Mechanics of Materials (3) mechanical engineers. Written and oral communications. MECH 313 Fracture Mechanics (3) Industrial field trips. (ES 0.5), (ED 0.5) MAT 218 Mechanical Behavior of Materials (3) ME 121. Mechanical Engineering Laboratory II (1) PHY 31 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics (3) fall, spring PHY 363 Physics of Solids (3) A continuation of ME 21 including use of transducers, Fluid Mechanics advanced instrumentation, and data acquisition. Emphasis on experimental exercises that illustrate, ME 331 Advanced Fluid Mechanics (3) and/or introduce material from thermodynamics, and ME 322 Gas Dynamics (3) fluid mechanics. Includes proposal writing and interpre- MECH 326 Aerodynamics (3) tation of results. Prerequisites: ME 21, ME 104, and MATH 322 Methods of Applied Analysis I (3) co-requisite: ME 231. (ES 1), (ED 0) Minor in Aerospace Engineering ME 207. Mechanical Engineering Laboratory III (2) The minor in aerospace engineering provides a founda- fall tion for students who intend to pursue a career in the Formulation of laboratory experiments through open- aerospace industry. This minor will also provide suffi- ended planning, including decision criteria for laboratory cient technical background in aerospace studies for techniques and approaches. Execution of experiments Mechanical Engineering and Mechanics 303 based on individual plans, followed by assessment of exper- ME 242. Mechanical Engineering Systems (3) fall, imental results. Prerequisite: ME 121. (ES 1), (ED 1) spring ME 208. Mechanical Engineering Laboratory IV (2) The modeling and analysis of mechanical, fluid, electri- spring cal and hybrid systems, with emphasis on lumped Formulation of laboratory experiments through open- models and dynamic behavior, including vibrations. ended planning, including decision criteria for laboratory Source-load synthesis. Analysis in temporal and frequen- techniques and approaches. Execution of experiments cy domains. Computer simulation of nonlinear models, based on individual plans, followed by assessment of and computer implementation of the superposition experimental results. Prerequisite ME 121. (ES 1), (ED 1) property of linear models. Prerequisites: MECH 102, MATH 205 and, previously or concurrently, ME 231. ME 210. Laboratory Projects (1-2) fall, spring (ES 2), (ED 1) Experimental work including planning, design and development of apparatus, data collection and analysis ME 252. Mechanical Elements (3) fall, spring as it pertains to an engineering problem. Progress is Methods for the analysis and design of machine elements reported in the form of several planning and project such as springs, gears, clutches, brakes, and bearings. reports. Prerequisite: Department permission required. Motion analysis of cams and selected mechanisms. (ES 1), (ED 1) Projects requiring the design of simple mechanisms of mechanical sub-assemblies. Prerequisites: MECH 12, ME 211. Integrated Product Development I (3) ME 10 and MECH 102. (ES 1.5), (ED 1.5) spring Business, engineering and design arts students work in For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduate cross disciplinary teams of 4-6 students on conceptual Students design including marketing, financial and economic ME 304. Thermodynamics II (3) fall, spring planning, economic and technical feasibility of new Availability and Second Law Analysis. Design of gas and product concepts. Teams work on industrial projects vapor power cycles, and refrigeration systems. with faculty advisors. Oral presentations and written Generalized property relations for gases and gas-vapor. reports. Prerequisites: ME 10, MECH 12, ME 104. Combustion and chemical equilibrium. Design of engi- (ES 0), (ED 3) neering systems and processes incorporating ME 212. Integrated Product Development II (2) fall thermodynamic concepts and analysis. Prerequisite: ME Business, engineering and design arts students work in 104. (ES 2), (ED 1) cross disciplinary teams of 4-6 students on the detailed ME 310. Directed Study (1-3) fall, spring design including fabrication and testing of a prototype of Project work on any aspect of engineering, performed the new product designed in the IPD course 1. either individually or as a member of a team made up of Additional deliverables include a detailed production students, possibly from other disciplines. Project progress plan, marketing plan, detailed base-case financial models, is reported in the form of several planning and project project and product portfolio. Teams work on industrial reports. Direction of the projects may be provided by projects with faculty advisors. Oral presentations and faculty from several departments and could include written reports. Prerequisites: ME 211, ME 252, (ME interaction with outside consultants and local communi- 252 may be taken concurrently). (ES 0) (ED 2) ties and industries. Prerequisite: Department permission ME 215. Engineering Reliability (3) fall, spring required. (ES 1), (ED 2) Applications of reliability methods to engineering prob- ME 312. Synthesis of Mechanisms (3) fall lems. Modeling and analysis of engineered components Geometry and constrained plane motion with applica- and systems subjected to environmental and loading tion to linkage design. Type of number synthesis. conditions. Modeling content encompasses mechanisti- Comparison of motion analysis by graphical, analytical cally based probability and experientially based statistical and computer techniques. Euler-Savary and related cur- approaches. Concepts needed for design with uncertainty vature techniques as applied to cam, gear and linkage are developed. Principles are illustrated through case systems. Introduction to the analysis of space mecha- studies and projects. Engineering applications software nisms. Prerequisites: MATH 205, MECH 102. Chew. will be extensively utilized for the projects. Prerequisites: (ES 1), (ED 2) MATH 23 or 33; MECH 12, previously or concurrently. ME 321. Introduction to Heat Transfer (3) fall, ME 231. Fluid Mechanics (3) fall, spring spring Kinematics of fluid flow and similarity concepts. Equations Analytical and numerical solutions to steady and tran- of incompressible fluid flow with inviscid and viscous sient one- and two-dimensional conduction problems. applications. Turbulence. One-dimensional compressible Forced and natural convection in internal and external flow, shock waves. Boundary layers, separation, wakes and flows. Thermal radiation. Thermal design of engineering drag. Prerequisite: MATH 205. (ES 2.5), (ED 0.5) processes and systems. Prerequisites: ME 104, ME 231. ME 240. Manufacturing (3) spring Neti, Blythe, MacPherson. (ES 2), (ED 1) Analytical and technological base for several manufactur- ME 322. Gas Dynamics (3) spring ing processes and common engineering materials. Flow equations for compressible fluids; thermodynamic Processes include metal cutting, metal deformation, properties of gases. Normal shock waves. Steady one- injection molding, thermoforming, and composites. dimensional flows with heat addition and friction. Process planning, computer-aided manufacturing, manu- Oblique shock waves. Expansion waves. Nozzle flows. facturing system engineering, and quality measurements. Shock tubes; performance calculations and design. Design project. Weekly laboratory. Prerequisites: ME 10, Supersonic wind tunnels; diffuser design. Real gas MAT 33, MECH 12. (ES 1.5), (ED 1.5) effects. Prerequisites: ME 231, ME 104, MATH 205. Blythe. (ES 2.5), (ED 0.5) 304 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

ME 323. Reciprocating and Centrifugal Engines (3) state-of-the-art commercially available computer-aided- fall engineering software. Integrated design projects. Two Thermal analysis and design of internal combustion one-hour lectures and two-hour lab per week. engines (conventional and unconventional), gas turbine Prerequisites: ME 10, ME 252, ME 242. Lucas, Ozsoy. engines, air breathing jet engines, and rockets. (ES 1), (ED 2) Components such as jet nozzles, compressors, turbines, ME 350. Special Topics (1-4) and combustion chambers are chosen to exemplify the A study of some field of mechanical engineering not cov- theory and development of different types of compo- ered elsewhere. Prerequisite: consent of the department nents. Both ideal fluid and real fluid approaches are chair. (ES 1), (ED 2) considered. Prerequisite: ME 104. (ES 2.5), (ED 0.5) ME 360. (CHE 360) Nuclear Reactor Engineering ME 331. Advanced Fluid Mechanics (3) fall (3) spring Kinematics of fluid flow. Conservation equations for A consideration of the engineering problems related to inviscid and viscous flows; integral forms of equations. nuclear reactor design and operation. Topics include fun- Two-dimensional potential flow theory of incompressible damental properties of atomic and nuclear radiation, fluids with applications. Boundary layers. Introduction reactor fuels and materials, reactor design and operation, to free shear layer and boundary layer stability and struc- thermal aspects, safety and shielding, instrumentation ture of turbulence. Transition from laminar to turbulent and control. Course includes several design projects boundary layers. Separation of flow. Steady and unsteady stressing the major topics in the course. Prerequisite: stall. Secondary flows. Hydrodynamic lubrication. Senior standing in engineering or physical science. Neti. Measurement techniques. Prerequisite: ME 231 or (ES 2), (ED 1) equivalent. Varley. (ES 2.5), (ED 0.5) ME 387. (CHE 387, ECE 387) Digital Control (3) ME 340. Advanced Mechanical Design (3) fall Probabilistic design of mechanical components and sys- spring tems. Reliability functions, hazard models and product Sampled-data systems; z-transforms; pulse transfer func- life prediction. Theoretical stress-strength-time models. tions; stability in the z-plane; root locus and frequency Static and dynamic reliability models. Optimum design response design methods; minimal prototype design; dig- of mechanical systems for reliability objectives or con- ital control hardware; discrete state variables; state straints. Prerequisite: MATH 231 or consent of transition matrix; Liapunov stability state feedback con- instructor. Harlow. (ES 2), (ED 1) trol (two lectures and one laboratory per week). Prerequisite: CHE 386 or ECE 212 or ME 343 or con- ME 341. Mechanical Systems (3) spring sent of instructor. Luyben.(ES 3), (ED 0) Advanced topics in mechanical systems design. Kinematics and dynamics of planar machinery. Shock ME 389. (ECE 389, CHE 389) Control Systems and vibration control in machine elements. Balancing of Laboratory (2) spring rotating and reciprocating machines. Design projects Experiments on a variety of mechanical, electrical and using commercial computer-aided-engineering software chemical dynamic control systems. Exposure to state-of- for the design and evaluation of typical machine systems. the-art control instrumentation: sensors, transmitters, Prerequisite: ME 252. Lucas. (ES 1.5), (ED 1.5) control valves, analog and digital controllers. Emphasis on design of feedback controllers and comparison of the- ME 342. Dynamics of Engineering Systems (3) oretical computer simulation predictions with actual spring experimental data. Lab teams will be interdisciplinary. Dynamic analysis of mechanical, electro-mechanical, Prerequisites: Either CHE 386, ME 343, or ECE 212. fluid and hybrid engineering systems with emphasis on Johnson. (ES 1), (ED 1) the modeling process. Lumped and distributed-parame- ter models. Use of computer tools for modeling, design Undergraduate Courses in Engineering Mechanics and simulation. Design projects. Prerequisite: ME 242. MECH 2. Elementary Engineering Mechanics (3) (ES 2), (ED 1) fall, spring ME 343. Control Systems (3) fall Static equilibrium of particles and rigid bodies. Analysis Linear analyses of mechanical, hydraulic and electrical of simple truss and frame structures, internal forces, feedback control systems by root locus and frequency stress, strain, and Hooke’s Law; torsion of circular shafts; response techniques. A design project provides experi- pure bending of beams. Prerequisites: MATH 22 and ence with practical issues and tradeoffs. Prerequisite: ME Phys 11. (MATH 22 may be taken concurrently). (ES 242 or ECE 125. Johnson. (ES 2), (ED 1) 2.5), (ED 0.5) ME 344 (IE 344, MAT 344) Metal Machining MECH 12. Strength of Materials (3) fall, spring Analysis (3) spring Transverse shear in beams. Mohr’s circle for stress. Plastic Intensive study of metal cutting emphasizing forces, yield criteria. Deflection of beams. Introduction to energy, temperature, tool materials, tool life, and surface numerical analysis of simple structures. Fatigue and frac- integrity. Abrasive processes. Laboratory and project ture. Column buckling. Stresses in thick-walled work. Prerequisite: ME 240 or IE 215 or MAT 206. cylinders. Prerequisites: MECH 2 and MATH 23. (MATH 23 may be taken concurrently). (ES 2), (ED 1) ME 348. Computer-Aided Design (3) spring Impact of computer-aided engineering tools on mechani- MECH 102. Dynamics (3) fall, spring cal design and analysis. Part geometry modeling and Particle dynamics, work-energy, impulse-momentum, assembly modeling using solid representations. Analysis impact, systems of particles; kinematics of rigid bodies, for mass properties, interference, kinematics, displace- kinetics of rigid bodies in plane motion, energy, momen- ments, stresses and system dynamics by using tum, eccentric impact. Prerequisites: MECH 2 and MATH 23. (ES 3), (ED 0) Mechanical Engineering and Mechanics 305

MECH 103. Principles of Mechanics (4) MECH 328. Fundamentals of Aircraft Design (3) Composition and resolution of forces; equivalent force spring systems; equilibrium of particles and rigid bodies; fric- Review of aerodynamics; Weight and balance, stability, tion. Kinematics and kinetics of particles and rigid loads; Basics of propellers; Power and performance; bodies; relative motion; work and energy; impulse and International Standard Atmosphere; Introduction to momentum. Prerequisites: MATH 23 and Phys 11. aerospace composites; Introduction to FAA regulations. (ES 4), (ED 0) Prerequisite: MECH 12. Grenestedt. For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduate MECH 350. Special Topics (3) Students A study of some field of engineering mechanics not cov- ered elsewhere. Prerequisite: consent of the department MECH 302. Advanced Dynamics (3) spring chair. Fundamental dynamic theorems and their application to the study of the motion of particles and rigid bodies, Graduate Programs with particular emphasis on three-dimensional motion. The department offers programs of study leading to the Use of generalized coordinates; Lagrange’s equations and degrees of master of science, master of engineering, and their applications. Prerequisites: MECH 102 or 103; doctor of philosophy in mechanical engineering and MATH 205. Johnson, Perreira (ES 3), (ED 0) computational and engineering mechanics. MECH 305. Advanced Mechanics of Materials (3) Subject to approval, courses from other engineering cur- fall ricula, such as materials science and engineering, and Strength, stiffness, and stability of mechanical compo- chemical, electrical, and industrial engineering, together nents and structures. Fundamental principles of stress with courses in mathematics and engineering mathemat- analysis: three-dimensional stress and strain transforma- ics, may be included in the degree program. tions, two-dimensional elasticity, contact stresses, stress Master of Science in Mechanical Engineering concentrations, energy and variational methods. Stresses and deformations for rotating shafts, thermal stresses in The M.S. in mechanical engineering requires 24 credit thick-walled cylinders, curved beams, torsion of prismat- hours of courses and six credit hours of research, which ic bars, and bending of plates. Projects relate analysis to culminates in a thesis. Core courses that must be taken engineering design. Prerequisites: MECH 12, MATH are: ME 442, Mathematical Methods in Engineering I; 205. Nied. (ES 2.5), (ED 0.5) and either ME 443, Mathematical Methods in Engineer- ing II or ME 413, Numerical Methods in Mechanical MECH 307. Mechanics of Continua (3) Engineering. In addition, three of the following courses Fundamental principles of the mechanics of deformable must be taken: ME 423, Heat and Mass Transfer; ME bodies. Study of stress, velocity and acceleration fields. 430, Advanced Fluid Mechanics; MECH 408, Introduc- Compatibility equations, conservation laws. Applications tion to Elasticity; MECH 425, Analytical Methods in to two-dimensional problems in finite elasticity, plastici- Dynamics and Vibrations; and either ME 401, Product ty, and viscous flows. Prerequisite: MECH 305. Varley. Development, or ME 402, Manufacturing. Candidates (ES 3), (ED 0) must also complete a professional quality poster and MECH 312. Finite Element Analysis (3) spring make a contribution to the department’s web page based Basic concepts of analyzing general media (solids, fluids, on their thesis research. heat transfer, etc.) with complicated boundaries. Master of Engineering in Mechanical Engineering Emphasis on mechanical elements and structures. The M.Eng. requires 30 credit hours of graduate work. Element stiffness matrices by minimum potential energy. Audit credits may not be used toward the degree. At least Isoparametric elements. Commercial software packages 18 credit hours of courses must be at the 400-level, and (ABAQUS, NISA) are used. In addition, students devel- 15 of these must be in mechanical engineering and op and use their own finite element codes. Applications mechanics. At least 18 credit hours of courses must be in to design. Prerequisite: MECH 12. (ES 1.5), (ED 1.5) mechanical engineering and mechanics, and at least 24 MECH 313. Fracture Mechanics (3) spring credit hours must be at the 300- or 400-level. No course Fracture mechanics as a foundation for design against or in mechanical engineering and mechanics below the facilitation of fracture. Fracture behavior of solids; frac- 300-level may be used towards the M.Eng., but two ture criteria; stress analysis of cracks; subcritical crack courses (6 credits) outside the department that are below growth, including chemical and thermal effects; fracture the 300-level may apply, with approval from a student’s design and control, and life prediction methodologies. advisor and the departmental Graduate Committee. Prerequisites: MECH 12, MATH 205, or approval of department. Nied, Wei. (ES 2), (ED 1) Master of Science in Computational and Engineering Mechanics MECH 326. Aerodynamics (3) spring All students pursuing a master’s degree in computational Application of fluid dynamics to flows past lifting surfaces. and engineering mechanics must take a minimum of 30 Normal force calculations in inviscid flows. Use of confor- credit hours of graduate level work, with not less than 24 mal mappings in two-dimensional airfoil theory. Kutta of these hours being at the 400 level. Their program condition at a trailing edge; physical basis. Viscous bound- must include the following three required courses: ary layers. Thin airfoil theory. Section design; pressure profiles and separation. Lifting line theory. Compressible Mathematical Methods I & II PHYS 428 & 429 or subsonic flows; Prandtl-Glauert Rule. Airfoil performance ME 442 & ME 443 at supersonic speeds. Prerequisites: ME 231 and MATH Numerical Methods ME 413 208. Blythe, Varley. (ES 2.5), (ED 0.5) In addition they must take two of the four MEM core courses: Heat and Mass Transfer ME 423 306 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

Advanced Fluid Mechanics ME 430 In addition, before completion of the degree, a student Introduction to Elasticity MECH 408 must have received graduate credit for at least two of the Analyt. Meth. In Dynamics four MEM core courses which are designated by a * in & Vibs. MECH 425 the above list. If desired, these starred courses may be The remaining 15 credits may be taken from any of the used as part of the Computational and engineering graduate courses in MEM and other approved electives. mechanics core, and hence count towards the core GPA requirement. Both thesis and non-thesis options are available. Doctor of Philosophy in Mechanical Engineering Research Facilities The Ph.D. program in Mechanical Engineering requires innovative research in collaboration with one or more The department has a wide range of computational, faculty members, along with the completion of 72 credit computer graphics and experimental systems. The hours beyond the bachelor’s degree, or 48 beyond the department’s CAD Lab has over 50 computers that master’s, including the core courses. Students entering include high-end engineering workstations. The universi- the program with an exceptional record in the M.S. in ty supports networks of hundreds of PCs as well as links mechanical engineering may apply for partial waiver of to the Internet with thousands of on-line services. the core course requirement for purposes of the Ph.D. Experimental facilities include 11 pulsed and continuous qualifying examination. Additional course work is deter- laser units for laser diagnostics in the areas of fluid and mined in consultation with the student’s adviser and solid mechanics, four image processing systems, and a doctoral committee. Students are admitted to Ph.D. can- number of unique facilities for observing and controlling didacy in mechanical engineering upon attainment of a flow past surfaces and through machines. There are well- minimum GPA of 3.35 in five core courses (see core equipped laboratories for multi-disciplinary studies of course requirements for Master of Science in Mechanical crack growth in deleterious environments and at elevated Engineering) and completion of a General Examination, temperatures of up to 700°C, in conjunction with a which is based on assessment and presentation of a number of surface analysis and electron microscopy facil- research topic. Formal University candidacy for the ities on campus. Ph.D. is granted upon recommendation of the doctoral Extensively equipped, interdepartmental robotics con- committee and approval by the engineering college. To trols, and manufacturing laboratories are also available. complete the Ph.D. degree, the student must present and Other facilities include the latest mechanical, electrody- defend a dissertation before the doctoral committee. namic and servocontrolled hydraulic testing machines, Doctor of Philosophy in Computational and photoelastic equipment, and Moire strain measuring Engineering Mechanics instruments. Students wishing to pursue a Ph.D. in computational Recent Research Activities and engineering mechanics must take the required core Continuum and Solid Mechanics. Formulation of field courses: equations and constitutive equations in non-linear elas- Mathematical Methods I & II PHYS 428 & 429 or ticity theories; mechanics of viscoelastic solids and fluids, ME 442 & 443 plasticity theory; generalized continuum mechanics; Numerical Methods ME 413 thermomechanical and electromechanical interactions; They must also take two core courses from the supple- analyses and modeling of manufacturing processes; free mental list given below: vibration and dynamic response of elastic shells, elastic- Asymptotic Methods MECH 419 plastic deformation of shells upon cyclic thermal loading, Integral Equations EMA 450 and applications of shell analysis to nuclear power plant Finite Element Methods MECH 418 components; optical stress analysis; biomechanics of gait; Non-deterministic Models wave propagation; finite amplitude wave propagation. in Engr. MECH 445 Fracture Mechanics. Stress analysis of materials contain- Mechanical Reliability ME 446 ing defects, including viscoelastic, non-homogeneous, Heat and Mass Transfer ME 423* and anisotropic materials; analytical and experimental Advanced Fluid Mechanics ME 430* studies and modeling of crack growth under static, peri- Introduction to Elasticity MECH 408* odic, and random loadings and environmental effects; Analyt. Meth. in Dynamics optimizations of fracture control; crack propagation the- & Vibs. MECH 425* ories for nonlinear material; influence of cracks on the strength of structural members and of interfaces; A student must attain a GPA of 3.35 for the five hydraulic fracture; applications to reliability and durabil- required courses taken. All students who satisfy the GPA ity of composites, structural and microelectronic requirement will be required to take a three-hour written components, and to processes for resource recovery. examination in an area (special topic) of the student’s choice. This topic is subject to approval by the computa- Thermofluids. Structure of turbulent boundary layers, tional and engineering mechanics graduate committee. wakes and jets; vortex-solid boundary interactions; For students who start in the program following their boundary layers in compressible flow, including hyper- bachelor’s degree, the written examination must be taken sonic regimes; vortex breakdown in internal machinery no later than the beginning of the fourth semester after and in flow past wings; drag reduction in turbulent entry. A student who fails the written examination will flows; flow-induced noise and vibration; flutter of blades be allowed a single retake. The retake examination will in axial-flow turbomachinery and of tails and fins on air- be given at the end of the semester in which the exami- craft; unsteady aerodynamic flows past three-dimensional nation was first attempted. Mechanical Engineering and Mechanics 307 wings and bodies; flow structure and heat transfer at ling; fracture mechanics. Thermoelasticity. Applied proba- end-wall junctions in rotating machinery and on surfaces bility and stochastic processes; stochastic differential of aircraft; flows in micro-hydro-electromechanical sys- equations. Statistical mechanics. tems; convective heat transfer in systems of electronic components; flows through complex components of Graduate Courses in Mechanical power generation systems; transport of coal particles; Engineering flow and heat transfer in fluidized beds; cycle analysis Except for core courses, graduate courses are generally applied to coal gasifiers; control optimization of heat offered every third semester. Several courses are offered pumps; laser-Doppler and particle image velocimetry; each year as ME 450 Special Topics. For details, contact liquid crystal sensors for heat transfer; Raman spectral the graduate office of the department. techniques applied to two-phase flow; laser diagnostics and image processing of complex flow and heat transfer ME 401. Integrated Product Development (IPD) systems. (3) fall An integrated and interdisciplinary approach to engi- Theoretical Fluid Mechanics. Vortex boundary layer neering design, concurrent engineering, design for interaction, modeling of turbulent boundary layers; geo- manufacturing, industrial design and the business of new physical flows such as frontal systems and mountain product development. Topics include design methods, flows; statistical mechanics of plasmas, liquids and shock philosophy and practice, the role of modeling and simu- waves; finite amplitude waves in stratified gases and liq- lation, decision making, risk, cost, material and uids; shock wave propagation; non-Newtonian flows in manufacturing process selection, platform and modular flexible tubes with application to hemorheology; magne- design, mass customization, quality, planning and sched- to-fluid mechanics; wing theory; thermally driven flows. uling, business issues, teamwork, group dynamics, Design. Geometric modeling; tolerance analysis and syn- creativity and innovation. The course uses case studies thesis; assembly modeling; geometric dimensioning and and team projects with international partners. Ochs tolerancing; 3-D digitizing; data and information struc- tures; design for manufacturing; design methodology, tools ME 402. Advanced Manufacturing Science (3) and practices; expert systems in design; industry projects spring with Integrated Product Development (IPD) focus. The course focuses on the fundamental science-base underlying manufacturing processes, and applying that Manufacturing. Free-form surface machining; coordinate science base to develop knowledge and tools suitable for measuring machine applications to geometric dimensions industrial utilization. Selected manufacturing processes and tolerances; Taguchi’s method; injection molding; sheet representing the general classes of material removal, metal fabrication; FEA/FEM applications to plastic defor- material deformation, material phase change, material mation of metals; rapid prototyping; intelligent flow, and material joining are addressed. Students create manufacturing incorporating process modeling, sensor computer-based process simulation tools independently subsystems for in situ product quality monitoring, and as well as utilize leading commercial process simulation knowledge-based control for real-time process adaptation; packages. Laboratory experiences are included through- blow molding; composites processing; thermoforming; out the course. Coulter/Nied resin transfer molding; spin coating; electronic packaging. Systems Dynamics and Controls. Modeling, simulation ME 411. Boundary-Layer Theory (3) and control of dynamic systems including: control of The course is intended as a first graduate course in vis- unstable processes, programmed logic control experience, cous flow. An introduction to boundary-layer theory, compensator design and construction, issues in digital thermodynamics and heat transfer at the undergraduate implementation, state-of-the-industrial art experimental level are assumed to have been completed. Topics include equipment, energy methods and bond graph modeling, the fundamental equation of continuum fluid mechan- methods of model identification from experimental data; ics, the concept of asymptotic methods and low and high application to various mechanisms, vehicles, chemical Reynolds number flows, laminar boundary layers, gener- processes, aircraft systems, chemical processes, hydraulic alized similarity methods, two-and three-dimensional systems, thermodynamic systems, microelectromechani- flows, steady and unsteady flows and an introduction to cal actuators; application to mechatronics for the hydrodynamic stability. The material is covered in the integration of mechanical systems, computer control and context of providing a logical basis as an introduction to programming for the design of smart consumer products a further course in turbulent flows. and intelligent manufacturing machinery. ME 413. Numerical Methods in Mechanical Stochastic Processes. Modeling of random behavior in Engineering (3) mechanical systems; static and time-dependent stochastic Zeros of functions, difference tables, interpolation, inte- fracture mechanics, with particular applications to assess- gration, differentiation. Divided differences, numerical ments of reliability and service life prediction. solution of ordinary differential equations of the bound- Engineering Mathematics. General research areas within ary and initial value type. Eigen problems. Curve fitting, the division include: Analytical and numerical methods matrix manipulation and solution of linear algebraic for the solution of ordinary and partial differential equa- equations. Partial differential equations of the hyperbol- tions; industrial applications. Asymptotic methods. Finite ic, elliptic and parabolic type. Application to problems in element techniques. Wavelets. Non-linear studies; stability mechanical engineering. and bifurcation. Navier-Stokes equations; boundary layer ME 415. Flow-Induced Vibrations (3) theory; turbulence modelling. Non-Newtonian fluids; vis- Excitation of streamlined- and bluff-bodies by self-flut- cometric flows; materials processing. Geophysical flows. ter, vortex, turbulence, and gust-excitation mechanisms. Wave propagation; solitons. Combustion phenomena. Analogous excitation of fluid (compressible- and free- Continuum mechanics; large deformation analyses; buck- surface) systems having rigid boundaries. Extensive case studies. Rockwell 308 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

ME 420. Advanced Thermodynamics (3) theorems, potential flow behavior, irrotational and rota- Critical review of thermodynamics systems. Criteria for tional flows, simple boundary layer flows and solutions, equilibrium. Applications to electromagnetic systems. and real fluid flows and consequences. Smith, Rockwell Statistical thermodynamics. Irreversible thermodynamics. ME 431. Advanced Gas Dynamics (3) Thermoelectric phenomena. Levy Method of characteristics. Unsteady continuous flow. ME 421. Topics in Thermodynamics (3) Unsteady flows with discontinuities. Shock tubes. Emphasis on theoretical and experimental treatment of Detonation waves. Two-dimensional and axisymmetric combustion processes including dissociation, flame tem- supersonic flows. Momentum and energy equation of perature calculations, diffusion flames, stability and compressible viscous fluids. Prerequisite: ME 322. Blythe propagation; related problems in compressible flow ME 433. (CHE 433, ECE 433) State Space involving one-dimensional, oblique shock waves and det- onation waves. Methods of measurement and Control (3) instrumentation. Staff State-space methods of feedback control system design and design optimization for invariant and time-varying ME 423. Heat and Mass Transfer (3) spring deterministic, continuous systems; pole positioning, This course is a first graduate course in the basic con- observability, controllability, modal control, observer cepts of heat and mass transfer, providing a broad design, the theory of optimal processes and Pontryagin’s coverage of key areas in diffusion, conduction, convec- Maximum principle, the linear quadratic optimal regula- tion, heat and mass transfer, and radiation. Topics tor problem, Lyapunov functions and stability theorems, covered include: the conservation equations, steady and linear optimal open loop control; introduction to the transient diffusion and conduction, periodic diffusion, calculus of variations; introduction to the control of dis- melting and solidification problems, numerical methods, tributed parameter systems. Intended for engineers with turbulent convection, transpiration and film cooling, free a variety of backgrounds. Examples will be drawn from convection, heat transfer with phase change, heat mechanical, electrical and chemical engineering applica- exchanges, radiation, mixed mode heat and mass trans- tions. Prerequisite: ME 343 or ECE 212 or CHE 386 or fer. Neti, Öztekin consent of instructor. Johnson ME 424. Unstable and Turbulent Flow (3) ME 434. (CHE 434, ECE 434) Multivariable Stability of laminar flow; transition to turbulence. Process Control (3) Navier-Stokes equations with turbulence. Bounded tur- A state-of-the-art review of multivariable methods of bulent shear flows; free shear flows; statistical description interest to process control applications. Design tech- of turbulence. Prerequisite: ME 331. Rockwell niques examined include loop interaction analysis, ME 426. Radiative and Conductive Heat Transfer (3) frequency domain methods (Inverse Nyquist Array, Principles of radiative transfer; thermal-radiative proper- Characteristic Loci and Singular Value Decomposition) ties of diffuse and specular surfaces; radiative exchange feed forward control, internal model control and dynam- between bodies; radiative transport through absorbing, ic matrix control. Special attention is placed on the emitting and scattering media. Advanced topics in interaction of process design and process control. Most steady-state and transient conduction; analytical and of the above methods are used to compare the relative numerical solutions; problems of combined conductive performance of intensive and extensive variable control and radiative heat transfer. Prerequisite: ME 321 or structures. Prerequisite: CHE 433 or ME 433 or ECE CHE 421. Varley 433 or consent of instructor. ME 427. (CHE 427) Multiphase Flow and Heat ME 436. (CHE 436, ECE 436) Systems Transfer (3) Identification (3) Heat transfer and fluid dynamics of multiphase systems. The determination of model parameters from time-his- Subcooled, nucleate, and film boiling; bubble nucle- tory and frequency response data by graphical, ation; dynamics of bubble growth and collapse; deterministic and stochastic methods. Examples and vapor-liquid cocurrent flow regimes; two-phase pressure exercises taken from process industries, communications drop and momentum exchange, low instabilities; convec- and aerospace testing. Regression, quasilinearization and tive-flow boiling; simultaneous heat and mass transfer. invariant-imbedding techniques for nonlinear system Prerequisite: ME 321 or CHE 421. Chen parameter identification included. Prerequisite: CHE 433 or ME 433 or ECE 433 or consent of instructor. ME 428. Boundary Layers and Convective Heat Johnson Transfer (3) Navier-Stokes and energy equations, laminar boundary ME 437. (CHE 437, ECE 437) Stochastic Control (3) layer theory, analysis of friction drag, transfer and separa- Linear and nonlinear models for stochastic systems. tion. Transition from laminar to turbulent flow. Controllability and observability. Minimum variance Turbulent boundary layer theory. Prandtl mixing length, state estimation. Linear quadratic Gausian control prob- turbulent friction drag, and heat transfer. Integral meth- lem. Computational considerations. Nonlinear control ods. Flow in ducts, wakes and jets. Natural convection problem in stochastic systems. Prerequisite: CHE 433 or heat transfer. Prerequisite: ME 331 or ME 321. Levy ME 433 or ECE 433 or consent of instructor. Staff ME 430. Advanced Fluid Mechanics (3) fall ME 442. Mathematical Methods in Engineering I This course is a first graduate course in incompressible (3) fall fluid mechanics, providing a broad coverage of key areas Analytical techniques are developed for the solution of of viscous and inviscid fluid mechanics. Topics covered engineering problems described by algebraic systems, and include: Flow kinematics, differential equations of by ordinary and partial differential equations. Topics cov- motion, viscous and inviscid solutions, vorticity dynam- ered include: linear vector spaces; eigenvalues, ics and circulation, vorticity equation, circulation eigenvectors, and eigenfunctions. First and higher-order Mechanical Engineering and Mechanics 309 linear differential equations with initial and boundary mined by the faculty project advisor in consultation with conditions; Sturm-Liouville problems; Green’s function. the industry sponsor. Deliverables include progress and Special functions; Bessel, etc. Qualitative and quantitative final reports, oral presentations, posters and a prototype. methods for nonlinear ordinary differential equations; Prerequisites: Consent of the department chair and facul- phase plane. Solutions of classical partial differential equa- ty project advisor. tions from the physical sciences; transform techniques; ME 464. Computer-Aided Geometric Modeling (3) method of characteristics. Representation schemes for geometric modeling, compu- ME 443. Mathematical Methods in Engineering II tational geometry for curve and surface design, (3) spring finite-element meshing and NC tool path generation, Continuation of ME 442. interfacing different CAD/CAM databases, interactive computer graphics programming. Prerequisite: ME 348 ME 444. Experimental Stress Analysis in Design (3) or consent of instructor. Ozsoy Fundamental concepts of strain measurements and appli- cation of strain gages and strain gage circuits. Two- and ME 466. Fundamentals of Acoustics (3) three-dimensional photoelasticity, stress separation tech- Vibration-induced acoustic radiation, wave equation in niques, birefringent coatings, moiré methods, caustics. planar, cylindrical and spherical coordinates. Sound in Use of image analysis in data acquisition and interpreta- tubes, pipes, wave guides, acoustic enclosures. tion. Selected laboratory experiments. Voloshin Impedance and source-media-receiver transmission con- cepts. Noise and its measurements. Ochs ME 446. Mechanical Reliability (3) Design of mechanical engineering systems to reliability ME 490. Thesis specifications. Probabilistic failure models for mechanical ME 499. Dissertation components. Methods for the analysis and improvement of system reliability. Effect of component tolerance and Graduate Courses in Engineering parameter variation on system failure. Reliability testing. Mechanics Prerequisite: MATH 231 or MATH 309. Harlow Except for core courses, graduate courses are generally ME 450. Special Topics (3) offered every third semester. An intensive study of some field of mechanical engineer- MECH 407. Wave Propagation in Solids (3) ing not covered in more general courses. Wave propagation in deformable elastic solids; problems ME 451. Seminar (1-3) in half-space and layered media; application of integral Critical discussion of recent advances in mechanical transformations. Delph, Varley engineering. MECH 408. Introduction to Elasticity (3) fall ME 458. Modeling of Dynamic Systems (3) This course is a first graduate course in solid mechanics. Modeling of complex linear and nonlinear energetic It addresses: kinematics and statics of deformable elastic dynamic engineering systems. Emphasis on subdivision solids; compatibility, equilibrium and constitutive equa- into multiport elements and representation by the bond- tions; problems in plane elasticity and torsion; energy graph language using direct, energetic, and experimental principles, approximate methods and applications. Staff methods. Field lumping. Analytical and graphical reduc- MECH 410. Theory of Elasticity II (3) tions. Simulation and other numerical methods. Advanced topics in the theory of elasticity. The subject Examples including mechanisms, electromechanical matter may vary from year to year and may include, the- transducers, electric and fluid circuits, and thermal sys- ory of potential functions, linear thermoelasticity, tems. Johnson dynamics of deformable media, integral transforms and ME 460. Engineering Project (1-6) complex-variable methods in classical elasticity. Problems Project work on some aspect of mechanical engineering of boundary layer type in elasticity; current develop- in an area of student and faculty interest. Selection and ments on the micro-structure theory of elasticity. direction of the project could involve interaction with Prerequisites: MECH 409, MATH 208, or consent of local communities or industries. Prerequisite: consent of the department chair. the department chair. MECH 411. (PHY 471) Continuum Mechanics (3) ME 461. IPD: Design (3) An introduction to the continuum theories of the Industry sponsored Integrated Product Development mechanics of solids and fluids. This includes a discussion Project (IPD) projects. The student works with an indus- of the mechanical and thermodynamical bases of the try sponsor to do a technical and economic feasibility subject, as well as the use of invariance principles in for- study of new product development. Selection and con- mulating constitutive equations. Applications of the tent of the project is determined by the faculty project theories to specific problems are given. Staff advisor in consultation with the industry sponsor. MECH 413. Fracture Mechanics (3) Deliverables include progress and final reports, oral pre- Elementary and advanced fracture mechanics concepts; sentations and posters. Prerequisites: Consent of the analytical modeling; fracture toughness concept; fracture department chair and faculty project advisor. toughness testing; calculation of stress intensity factors; ME 462. IPD: Manufacturing (3) elastic-plastic analysis; prediction of crack trajectory; Industry sponsored Integrated Product Development fatigue crack growth and environmental effects; compu- Project (IPD) projects. The student works with an indus- tational methods in fracture mechanics; nonlinear try sponsor to create detailed design specifications, fracture mechanics; fracture of composite structures; fabricate and test a prototype new product and plan for application of fracture mechanics to design. production. Selection and content of the project is deter- Prerequisites: MATH 205, MECH 305 or equivalent course in advanced mechanics of materials. Nied, Wei 310 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

MECH 415. (CE 468) Stability of Elastic treatment of advanced impact. Use of symbolic comput- Structures (3) er codes is encouraged. Johnson Basic concepts of instability of a structure; bifurcation, MECH 432. Inelastic Behavior of Materials (3) energy increment, snap-through, dynamic instability. Time independent and dependent inelastic material Analytical and numerical methods of finding buckling behavior. Time independent plasticity. Yield criteria in loads of columns. Postbuckling deformations of can- multi-dimensions, J incremental plasticity in multi- tilever columns. Dynamic buckling with nonconservative dimensions with associated2 flow rule. Numerical forces. Effects of initial imperfections. Inelastic buckling. integration of plasticity equations by radial return and to Instability problems of thin plates and shells. other methods. Deformation theory of plasticity. Time Prerequisite: MATH 205. dependent behavior including linear viscoelasticity and MECH 416. (CE 464) Analysis of Plates and nonlinear creep behavior. Nonlinear material behavior at Shells (3) elevated temperatures. Prerequisite: MECH 408. Delph Bending of rectangular and circular plates, plates under MECH 445. Non-deterministic Models in lateral loads, plates with thermal and inelastic strains, Engineering (3) effect of inplane forces, large deflections. Geometry and Application of probability and stochastic processes to governing equations of a shell, shells of revolution, mem- engineering problems for a variety of applications. brane states, edge solutions, solution by numerical Modeling and analysis of common non-deterministic integration, applications to pressure vessels. Prerequisites: processes. Topics are selected from the following: linear MATH 205; MECH 305 or equivalent course in and nonlinear models for random systems; random func- advanced mechanics of materials. tions; simulation; random loads and vibrations; Kalman MECH 417. Mixed Boundary Value Problems in filtering, identification, estimation, and prediction; sto- Mechanics (3) chastic fracture and fatigue; probabilistic design of General description of mixed boundary value problems engineering systems; and spatial point processes. in potential theory and solid mechanics. Solutions by Prerequisites: advanced calculus and some exposure to dual series, dual integral equations and singular integral probability and statistics. Harlow equations. Approximate and numerical methods. MECH 450. Special Problems (3) MECH 418. Finite Element Methods (3) An intensive study of some field of applied mechanics Finite element approximations to the solution of differ- not covered in more general courses. ential equations of engineering interest. Linear and MECH 454. Mechanics and Design of nonlinear examples from heat transfer, solid mechanics, Composites (3) and fluid mechanics are used to illustrate applications of Mechanics of anisotropic materials. Manufacturing and the method. The course emphasizes the development of measurements of mechanical properties. Stress analysis computer programs to carry out the required calcula- for design of composite structures. Hygrothermal effects tions. Prerequisite: knowledge of a high-level and residual stresses. Laminate design, micromechanics programming language. Delph of lamina. Bolted and bonded joints. Impact and dam- MECH 419. (CHE 419) Asymptotic Methods in age in composites. Lectures and laboratory. Prerequisite: the Engineering Sciences (3) MECH 305 or equivalent course in advanced mechanics Introductory-level course with emphasis on practical of materials. Voloshin applications. Material covered includes: Asymptotic MECH 490. Thesis expansions. Regular and singular perturbations; algebraic problems. Asymptotic matching. Boundary value prob- MECH 499. Dissertation lems; distinguished limits. Multiple scale expansions. Graduate Courses in Engineering W.K.B. Theory. Non-linear wave equations. Blythe Mathematics MECH 424. Unsteady Fluid Flows (3) Students in the applied mathematics program also have Gas dynamics, finite amplitude disturbances in perfect access to the graduate courses listed under mechanical and real gases; channel flows; three-dimensional engineering, engineering mechanics, and mathematics, as acoustics; theories of the sonic boom. Motions in fluids well as other engineering departments. with a free surface; basic hydrodynamics, small ampli- tude waves on deep water; ship waves; dispersive waves; EMA 425. Variational Methods in Science and shallow water gravity waves and atmospheric waves. Engineering (3) Hemodynamics; pulsatile blood flow at high and low Variational problems with one independent variable; Reynolds number. Models of the interaction of flow with Euler-Lagrange equations; methods of solution; space artery walls. Varley and time dependent fields; null Lagrangians and inho- mogeneous Dirichlet data; problems with constraints; MECH 425. Analytical Methods in Dynamics and symmetries and conservation laws; variational approxi- Vibrations (3) spring mation methods, Rayleigh-Ritz, Galerkin, finite element, This course is a first graduate course in dynamics and and collocation. Problems and examples will be drawn vibrations. It treats three-dimensional rigid body motion from the mechanics of solids, fluids, and related fields. by vector methods and multidegree of freedom systems Prerequisite: consent of chair. Staff by variational principles. Discrete modal analysis and continuous modal analysis of one-dimensional systems EMA 450. Special Topics (3) plus finite-element formulation of numerical problems An intensive study of some field of engineering mathe- constitutes about one-third of the course. There is a brief matics not covered in other courses. Military Science 311

EMA 490. Thesis plied by the department. Students are charged only for EMA 499. Dissertation those items not returned when they leave the program. Transfers. Qualified students transferring from another institution may enter the ROTC program at the appro- Military Science priate level and year, provided they have received the Professor. LTC William D. Kuchinski, M.S. (RPI), necessary credits, the recommendation of their former chair. professor of military science (if applicable), and the approval of the university. Assistant professors. LTC, USAR, James W. Follweiler, M.S. (Embry-Riddle Aeronautical University); MAJ Obligation After Graduation. Upon graduation a stu- Robert Haldeman, MSBA (Bucknell University); CPT dent will receive a commission as a Second Lieutenant in Jeffrey J. Weinhofer, B.S. (Slippery Rock); CPT Thomas either the Active Army or the Reserve Forces. If offered Brede, B.A. (Tarleton State University). active duty, scholarship students serve four years while non-scholarship students serve three. If offered reserve Instructors. MSG Luis Pino, SSG Charleen Acree. duty, students normally serve six to eight years in a The Department of Military Science, established in Reserve or National Guard unit. 1919, conducts the Army Reserve Officers Training Graduate Studies. ROTC graduates may request to delay Corps (ROTC) program at Lehigh University. This is their active service to pursue a full-time course of one of the oldest ROTC programs in the nation. The instruction leading to an advanced degree. Delay does Army ROTC program provides a means for students to not lengthen the active service obligation unless the qualify for a commission as an officer in the Active degree is obtained at government expense. The three Army, Army Reserve, or Army National Guard. major areas of concentration are medical school, law The objectives of the military science program are to school, and all other categories. develop leadership and management ability in each stu- Course Credit. Students in the College of Arts and dent; to provide a basic understanding of the Army’s Sciences and the College of Business and Economics may history, philosophy, organization, responsibilities, and substitute military science advanced credits for six hours of role in American society; and to develop fundamental electives. In the College of Engineering and Applied professional knowledge and skills associated with officer- Science, six credits of advanced ROTC work are permissi- ship. These objectives are achieved through classroom ble within the normal program of each student, instruction, leadership laboratories, field trips, role play- irrespective of curriculum. For curricula that include more ing, leadership simulations, and individual assessment than six hours of personal electives in the junior and sen- and counseling. Army ROTC offers a four-year program ior years, inclusion of the more than six hours of ROTC and a two-year program. The four-year program consists credit with normal programs can be effected only with the of a two-year basic course and a two-year advanced approval of academic advisers. All military science credits, course. The two-year program consists of the two-year including those in the basic course, apply toward the stu- advanced course offered to students with previous mili- dent’s overall cumulative grade point average. tary experience, and those who have successfully completed the five-week ROTC Leaders Training Career Opportunities Course. Basic course students incur no obligation for Individuals are commissioned as officers in the United service in the Army as a result of taking these courses. States Army after completion of the ROTC program and Basic Course. The basic course, normally taken in the the advanced camp and completion of their bachelors freshman and sophomore years, provides training and degree requirements. They then qualify in branches (spe- instruction in leadership, public speaking, and basic mil- cialties) such as the Corps of Engineers, Infantry, Armor, itary subjects, such as the Army’s role and organizational Aviation, Field Artillery, Air Defense Artillery, Signal structure, history and philosophy of the Army, basic tac- Corps, Military Intelligence, Chemical Corps, Ordnance tics, land navigation, first aid, group dynamics, and Corps, Finance, Transportation, Military Police, leadership traits and characteristics. Basic course students Adjutant General, Quartermaster, Medical Service incur no military obligation Corps, or Nursing. Officers work as leaders/managers, Advanced Course. The advanced course is normally specialists, or combinations of the two depending on the taken in the junior and senior years. The instruction assignment. includes management, military skills, advanced leader- Programs and Opportunities ship and tactics, logistics, administration, military law, ethics, and professionalism, and includes attendance at ROTC Scholarship Program the ROTC Leadership Development and Assessment This program is designed to offer financial assistance to Course. Students receive $350 per month subsistence outstanding young men and women entering the ROTC pay during the junior year and $400 per month in their program who are interested in an Army career. Scholar- senior year. ships provide up to $20,000 annual tuition, a textbook To enroll in the advanced course, an applicant completes and supplies allowance, and laboratory fees, in addition either the basic course or the five-week Leaders Training to pay up to $400 per month for the period the scholar- Course; or has received basic course credit for previous ship is in effect. Three-year and two-year scholarships are military experience; or is a nursing student and is accept- available to outstanding cadets who are currently ed for enrollment by the university and the Department enrolled in the four-year ROTC program and are com- of Military Science. pleting their freshman or sophomore year of college. This program is also open to all qualified students who Uniforms and Equipment. All uniforms and equipment are not currently enrolled in Army ROTC. needed by the student for military science courses are sup- 312 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

Four-year scholarships are open to all students entering Written Communications (3) ROTC as freshmen. Applications for scholarship must be (Select one course from one of the following categories) made to Headquarters, U.S. Army Cadet Command, th Creative Writing Fort Monroe, VA by July 15 prior to the high school Scientific Writing senior year for early selection, but no later than Writing for Mass Communications November 15th for normal application. Applications may be obtained by calling 1-800-USA-ROTC. English Composition Application booklets are also available from most high Human Behavior (3) school guidance offices, or may be obtained from the (Select one course from one of the following categories) military science department. General Psychology Two-Year Program Sociology Students who want to enroll in ROTC after their sopho- Anthropology more year may apply. Applicants must successfully Ethics complete a five-week Leaders Training Course (LTC) and have two years of undergraduate or graduate studies Computer Literacy (3) remaining. The student is paid for the five-week encamp- Commissioning Requirements ment and receives transportation costs to and from the camp. Additional scholarships are available at this camp. Individuals must complete either the two- or four-year programs, attend the advanced camp, receive a college Physical Facilities degree, have a cumulative GPA of 2.0, and complete all Army ROTC uses areas on and adjacent to the university professional military education requirements to become campus to conduct field training. These locations are commissioned officers in the United States Army. excellent for most outdoor activities such as orienteering, Course Descriptions patrolling, and survival training. Fort Indiantown Gap Military Reservation, located east of Harrisburg, Pa., and Leadership Laboratory is conducted for all students on Fort Dix, NJ, located east of Philadelphia, Pa., are used three Saturdays or Sundays per semester. The Leadership for field training exercises and weapons familiarization Laboratory provides students the opportunity to demon- during the two annual weekend field exercises. Gettys- strate an understanding of the leadership process and burg National Park is also visited each year. develop fundamental military skills. Instruction at several levels on a variety of subjects with Off-campus U.S. Army Training Schools military application provides the context within which Cadets may be selected to attend the following U.S. students are furnished opportunities to both teach and Army Schools: Airborne School (Fort Benning, Georgia), lead in a group setting. Responsibility is expanded as the Air Assault School (Fort Campbell, Kentucky), Moun- student progresses through the program. In the senior tain Warfare School (Ethan Allen Training Center, year, the students assume the responsibility for the plan- Vermont), and Northern Warfare School (Fort Greely, ning, preparation and conduct of the laboratory. Alaska). This off-campus program is fully funded by the Leadership Laboratory is mandatory for all students U.S. Army. Many other installations throughout the enrolled in military science courses. world may be visited through the Cadet Troop Leader Training program. Nursing students may choose to MS 15. Introduction to Military Science (1) fall attend the Nurse Summer Training Program at Army The American Army as an institution, its roots, history, hospitals located throughout the United States. customs and traditions and philosophy of leadership. Emphasis on development and role of a professional offi- Minor in Military Science cer corps. Includes leadership laboratory. A minor in military science is available in the College of MS 16. Leadership Assessment and Group Arts and Sciences. A minor in military science consists of Dynamics (1) spring a minimum of 28 credit hours beyond the basic Military Role of individual and leader within the group, leader- Science course and is designed to provide the student ship skills and characteristics. Emphasis on problem with an academic foundation necessary to support con- solving and application. Includes laboratory and FTX. tinued intellectual growth and stimulate future inquiry in the realm of civil military affairs and military science. MS 23. Topographic Analysis and Land Navigation Credit hours required are distributed as follows: (2) fall Maps as tools in basic terrain analysis and as navigational Military Science (13) aids and introduction to small unit tactics. Emphasis on MS 101 Advanced Military Skills (3) application and field exercises at individual and small MS 102 Advanced Leadership (3) group levels. Includes leadership laboratory and FTX. MS 113 Military Command and Staff (3) MS 24. Leadership Theory and Management (2) MS 114 Officer Responsibilities, Ethics and Military Professionalism (3) spring Contemporary theories, traits and principles and small MS 118 Special Military Topics (1) unit tactics development. Leadership philosophies, com- History (3) munications, leader-follower relationships, and HIST 110 American Military History (3) leadership problem-solving. Leadership simulations. International Relations (3-4) Includes leadership laboratory and FTX. Note: Credit (Select one course from one of the following categories) for this course will count as GPA but not credit passed toward a degree. International Relations Political Science Modern Languages and Literature 313

MS 101. Advanced Military Skills (3) fall Knowledge of other languages opens the door to other Essential junior officer skills: advanced land navigation, cultures, traditions, and perspectives on the world, and principles of war, small unit tactical planning, tactics and promotes deeper insight into one’s own language and techniques of the soldier, team leading techniques, oral culture. Proficiency in foreign languages is indispensable communications and trainer skills. Emphasizes applica- in a broad range of professions such as journalism, gov- tion and field experience. Includes leadership laboratory ernment, international affairs, law, the armed forces, and and FTX. Prerequisite: permission of department chair. business. A bachelor of arts degree with a major in lan- MS 102. Advanced Leadership (3) spring guages provides excellent preparation for professional Critical examination of leadership qualities, traits and careers in law, business, and the media. Foreign language principles with emphasis on military environment. Self, study is required for graduate study in many disciplines, peer, and instructor leadership evaluation. Advanced mil- as well as for research in science and technology. itary skills reinforced. Includes leadership laboratory and International experience is personally enriching and FTX. Prerequisite: permission of department chair. enhances career prospects. MS 113. Military Command and Staff (3) fall Languages offered Role, authority and responsibility of military commanders Lehigh offers Mandarin Chinese, French, German, and staff in personnel, logistics and training management. Hebrew, Japanese, Russian, and Spanish. Staff procedures, problem solving, training methods and Courses include writing and speaking, reading and lis- oral and written communications skills used in military tening, literature, civilization, and professional areas such organizations. Includes leadership laboratory and FTX. as business and health careers. A number of cultural Prerequisite: permission of department chair. courses are given in English, but most offerings stress MS 114. Officer Responsibilities, Ethics and classroom use of the language. Facilities include an Military Professionalism (3) spring International Multimedia Resource Center (IMRC). Development of the Profession of Arms, its fundamental Within the IMRC in Maginnes Hall are a state-of-the- values and institutions. Ethical responsibilities of military art multimedia computer lab (Maginnes 470) dedicated professionals in contemporary American society. Just war primarily to foreign language multimedia and World theory, international law of war, and American military Wide Web applications and the World View Room law. Also covered are current topics to assist cadets in (Maginnes 490) in which is shown a regular daily sched- making the transition to the officer corps and service on ule of foreign language news and feature programming active duty or in the reserve forces. Includes leadership received via international satellite TV networks. laboratory and FTX. Prerequisite: permission of depart- Language requirements ment chair. The honors major in international relations requires for- MS 118. Special Topics for the Army Officer (1) eign language study. The college scholar program in the fall, spring College of Arts and Sciences; the major in Russian and Seminar covering special problems and issues dealing Soviet studies, the major in Asian studies, the minors in with responsibilities of the commissioned officer as Latin American studies, Russian area studies, Asian stud- leader, manager, and mentor, not covered in other cours- ies, and in military science require language study. es. Prerequisite: permission of the department chair. Students taking the B.A. in international relations or in foreign careers are expected to study a language. Students Leadership Development and Assessment Course choosing a foreign language at an elementary level This is a five-week training program normally conducted towards their general studies requirement in the college at Fort Lewis, WA. Prerequisites are completion of the of engineering must take a minimum of one year (two basic military science courses or their equivalent and MS courses). Some doctoral programs also require foreign 101 and 102. The summer camp experience, in coordi- language competence, usually assessed by the nation with respective engineering curricula, may be Department of Modern Languages and Literature. used to fulfill the industrial employment requirements of the engineering courses, CE 100, IE 100, and MAT 100 Advising Because of the sequential nature of language study and the variety of specializations available, the department Modern Languages and pays special attention to student advising. Students Literature whose experience, skills, and placement scores (Advanced Placement or College Board Achievement Test) do not Professors. Marie Hélène Chabut, Ph.D. (U.C., San give them a clear indication of their level of placement Diego), French; David W. Pankenier, Ph.D. (Stanford), should consult with their instructor or the department Chinese; Lenora D. Wolfgang, Ph.D. (Pennsylvania), chair. Faculty members responsible for more advanced French. advising are currently as follows: Chinese minor, Associate professors. Marie-Sophie Armstrong, Ph.D. Pankenier; Asian studies major and minor, Cook; French (Oregon), French; Constance Cook, Ph.D., (Berkeley), major, Chabut; French minor, Armstrong; German Chinese; Kiri Lee, Ph.D. (Harvard), Japanese; Linda S. major and minor, Stegmann; Russian minor and area Lefkowitz, Ph.D. (Princeton), Spanish; Mary A. studies, major and minor, Nicholas; Spanish major, Nicholas, Ph.D. (Pennsylvania), Chair, Russian; Antonio Prieto; Spanish minor, Lefkowitz. Prieto, Ph.D. (Princeton), Spanish; Vera S. Stegmann, Major programs Ph.D. (Indiana), German. The department offers major programs in French, Assistant Professor. Miren Edurne Portela, Ph.D. (N.C., German, Russian studies, and Spanish. The candidate for Chapel Hill), Spanish. the major is expected to demonstrate adequate written 314 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005 and oral command of the language, as well as knowledge Courses in English of its literature and culture. A period of study abroad is The department offers elective courses in English on lit- strongly recommended. erary, cultural, and social subjects listed under “Foreign Double majors and arts-engineering majors including a Culture and Literature Taught in English”. These courses language component are well-received by employers. may, in most cases, be taken to fulfill preliminary distri- Studies in the two areas are carefully coordinated by bution requirements. One of these courses may be major advisers. included in the major. Requirements for the major Study Abroad and Foreign Study A minimum of 32 credit hours is required beyond Inter- Awards mediate II, chosen from Groups A and B below: The department encourages students of foreign languages Group A: one to four required courses (variable, depend- to spend a summer, a semester, or a full year on an ing on language major). approved program of study abroad. Exchange agreements Group B: four to seven electives chosen from 100-300 with partner institutions are continually being developed. level courses with emphasis on 300-level courses. The department offers a limited number of travel scholar- For specific course requirements, see each language ships for foreign study to qualified students. Applications major adviser. should be submitted by November 15 for the spring and summer semesters and by April 15 for summer and fall. Language students may count one MLL course taught in For credit, transfer students must consult in advance with English toward the major in French, German, and Spanish. their major adviser, foreign language adviser, other appro- Requirements for the departmental honors major priate departments, the Office of International Education, and when appropriate, the Office of Financial Aid. Same as for the major plus eight additional hours of advanced courses at the 300 level, dissertation or com- Lehigh offers summer programs through the Lehigh prehensive examination (written or oral), and a 3.20 Valley Association of Independent Colleges (LVAIC). average in the major. Programs are offered in Bonn (Germany), Cuernavaca (Mexico), and Seville (Spain) for eight credits each. A Minor programs faculty member acting as program director accompanies The department offers minor programs in Asian studies, the students. Courses are taught at intermediate and Chinese, French, German, Japanese, Latin American advanced levels by qualified instructors from host insti- studies, Russian, Russian studies, and Spanish and coor- tutions. Summer programs sponsored by the dinates these studies with a student’s major requirements Lehigh-LVAIC Center for Jewish Studies include in any college. Hebrew in Israel. Requirements for the Minor Credits and grades are fully transferable under normal LVAIC cross-registration procedures. Interested students French, German, Spanish. Sixteen credit hours are should consult with the Department of Modern required above Intermediate II; one or two courses at the Languages and Literature, Maginnes Hall. 200 level, one or two courses at the 300 level. These courses are offered by Lehigh or under the cooper- Chinese, Japanese, Russian. A minimum of 16 credit hours. ation agreement with the Lehigh Valley Association of Related programs Independent Colleges. Summer or semester study abroad at approved programs may be incorporated into foreign These are available in Asian studies, foreign careers, language majors and minors with the permission of the Jewish studies, Latin American studies, and Russian and appropriate advisor to a maximum of 16 credits toward Soviet studies. Recommended related courses. Students are the major and eight credits toward the minor. urged to take elective courses on related subjects, either within or outside the department, as approved by their CHIN, FREN, GERM, JPNS, RUSS, SPAN 91. adviser. Language and Culture Abroad I (1-8) Intensive study of conversation in the language of the Preliminary Courses. country; reading, development of writing skills and These may be replaced by other courses when a student selected aspects of the culture. (HU) qualifies for advanced standing. Elementary I (4) Intermediate I (4) CHIN, FREN, GERM, JPNS, RUSS, SPAN 191. Elementary II (4) Intermediate II (4) Language and Culture Abroad II (1-8) Intensive study of conversation in the language of the Advanced courses country; rapid review of basic grammar, the reading and Except where otherwise noted, 200- or 300-level courses analysis of moderately difficult texts, development of rudi- are open to students having completed eight credit hours mentary writing skills, supplemented study of selected beyond Intermediate II. Exceptions require the consent aspects of contemporary civilization. Prerequisites: consent of the instructor. of chair and proficiency examination in the target country. Language of instruction CHIN, FREN, GERM, JPNS, RUSS, SPAN 291. Language and Culture Abroad III (1-8) All courses are taught in the target language except MLL Intensive practice of speaking and writing in the lan- courses listed under “Foreign Culture and Literature guage of the country aimed at providing the student Taught in English.” Students thereby become accus- with extensive proficiency of expression and the ability tomed to considering the language as an active means of to discriminate linguistic usage. Idiomatic expressions communication and not solely as an object of study. and an introduction to stylistics. Reading and analysis of more difficult texts, supplemented by in-depth study of Modern Languages and Literature 315 selected aspects of contemporary civilization. MLL 143. German Literature and Culture in Prerequisites: consent of chair and proficiency examina- Translation (4) tion in the target country. MLL 177. (ASIA 177, HIST 177) China Enters the Foreign Culture and Literature Taught in English Modern Age (4) These courses on foreign cultures and comparative topics MLL 231. New German Cinema (4) carry no prerequisites; knowledge of the foreign language is not required. MLL 320 Berlin: 1920s to the Present (4) Language majors may count one MLL course taught in Literature, culture, and history of Berlin from the English for credit toward a major requirement. Interested Weimar Republic through reunification. (HU) students should consult their language major advisers. Chinese For course descriptions, see under each language area below. Undergraduate Courses in Chinese MLL 23. Lehigh in Russia (1-8) CHIN 001. Beginning Chinese Reading and MLL 27. Russian Classics (4) Writing I (2) Introduction to the Chinese writing system and begin- MLL 28. The East European Film Experience (4) ning character acquisition; reading practice with pinyin MLL 51. Contemporary Hispanic-American transcription system. (Fall) Co-requisite: CHIN 003 or Literature (4) permission of the instructor. Staff. (HU) MLL 53. This Hispanic World and its Culture (4) CHIN 002. Beginning Chinese Reading and Writing II (2) MLL 68. (ASIA 68) Japanese Language: Past and Continuation of CHIN 001: continued character acqui- Present (4) sition, reading practice in pinyin and simple character MLL 73. (ASIA 73, WS 73) Film, Fiction, and texts. (Spring) Prerequisites: CHIN 003, CHIN 004 or Gender in Modern China (4) permission of the instructor. Staff (HU) MLL 74. (ASIA 74) Chinese Cultural Program (1-8) CHIN 003. Beginning Spoken Chinese I (2) Introduction to Mandarin Chinese pronunciation, the MLL 75. (ASIA 75, HIST 75) Chinese Civilization (4) pinyin transcription system, and modern colloquial MLL 76. (ASIA 76, HIST 76) Understanding Chinese; emphasis on oral proficiency. Not open to Contemporary China (4) native speakers. (Fall) Co-requisite: CHIN 001 or per- mission of the instructor MLL 78. (ASIA 78) Asian American Studies (4) CHIN 004. Beginning Spoken Chinese II (2) MLL 100 Introduction to International Film (4) Continuation of CHIN 003: further practice with text- An introduction to international film traditions and theory. based dialogues in modern colloquial Chinese; emphasis We look at the importance of cinema as both art and on oral proficiency. Not open to native speakers. entertainment and consider the social, political, and eco- (Spring) Prerequisite: CHIN 002 or permission of the nomic role of film in national and global contexts. (HU) instructor. Staff (HU) MLL 124 Negotiating Across Cultures (4) CHIN 011. Intermediate Chinese Reading and The world is shrinking! Yet as geographical distances Writing I (2) between peoples collapse, our misunderstandings seem to Continued focus on vocabulary/character acquisition expand. Explore difference, erode barriers, and learn tac- and text-based reading and writing exercises using tics for successfully bridging cultural gaps. Learn the Chinese characters. (Fall) Prerequisites: CHIN 013 or ins-and-outs of cross-cultural communication from spe- permission of the instructor. Staff (HU) cialists in all walks of life and from a diverse array of sources. (H/S) CHIN 012. Intermediate Chinese Reading and Writing II (2) MLL 125. (ASIA 125) Immortal Images: Continuation of CHIN 011: vocabulary/character acqui- Traditional Chinese Literature in Translation (4) sition and text-based reading and writing exercises using MLL 127 ORIENTations: Approaches to Modern Chinese characters. (Spring). Prerequisites: CHIN 013, ASIA (4) CHIN 014, or permission of the instructor. Staff (HU) An introduction to East and Southeast ASIA at the turn CHIN 013. Intermediate Spoken Chinese I (2) of the millennium. How do the contemporary societies Further development of communicative skills in Chinese and traditional cultures of Asian countries differ from using situational dialogues and class discussion; emphasis the West? What distinguishes our perspectives—on poli- on oral proficiency. Not open to native speakers. (Fall) tics, individual liberties, civic responsibility, religious Prerequisite: CHIN 004, CHIN 011, or permission of faith, the “pursuit of happiness”, etc.? How are Asians the instructor. Staff. (HU) represented (or misrepresented) in the West, and how is the trend toward globalization in the “Pacific Century” CHIN 014. Intermediate Spoken Chinese II (2) Continuation of CHIN 013: further development of likely to be affected by the new assertiveness of Asian communicative skills in Chinese using situational dia- nations? Pankenier (team taught). (H/S) logues and class discussion; emphasis on oral proficiency. MLL 140. (ANTH 140, COGS 140, PSYC 140) Not open to native speakers. (Fall) Prerequisite: CHIN Introduction to Linguistics (4) 012, CHIN 013, or permission of the instructor. Staff. Relationship between language and mind; formal proper- (HU) ties of language; language and society; how languages change over time. (SS) 316 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

CHIN 111. Advanced Chinese Reading & Writing MLL 177. (ASIA 177, HIST 177) China Enters the I (2) Modern Age (4) Reading, translation, and writing practice using text- The collapse of the imperial order and China’s agonizing based exercises, short stories, essays, and other selected transformation into a modern nation-state over the past materials. (Fall). Prerequisites: CHIN 014, CHIN 113 150 years. The impact of imperialism, war, radical social or permission of the instructor. Staff. (HU) change, and protracted revolution on Chinese traditions, values, and institutions. (H/S) CHIN 112. Advanced Chinese Reading & Writing II (2) French Continuation of CHIN 111: reading, translation, writ- ing exercises using text-based exercises, short stories, Undergraduate Courses in French essays, and other selected materials. (Spring). FREN 1. Elementary French I (4) fall Prerequisites: CHIN 111, CHIN 113, or permission of Multimedia approach to the study of French. the instructor. Staff. (HU) Introduction to French conversation, grammar, and cul- CHIN 113. Advanced Spoken Chinese I (2) ture. (HU) Topical discussions and oral presentations in Chinese. FREN 2. Elementary French II (4) spring (Fall) Prerequisite: CHIN 014, CHIN 111, or permis- Continuation of FREN 1. Prerequisite: FREN 1 or sion of the instructor. Staff. (HU) appropriate achievement test score before entrance, or CHIN 114. Advanced Spoken Chinese II (2) consent of instructor. (HU) Continuation of CHIN 113: topical discussions and oral FREN 11. Intermediate French I (4) fall presentations in Chinese. (Fall) Prerequisite: CHIN 112, Further acquisition of the fundamentals of French con- CHIN 113, or permission of the instructor. Staff. (HU) versation, writing, and culture. Multimedia approach. CHIN 251. Special Topics (1-4) Prerequisite: FREN 2 or appropriate achievement test Literary and linguistics topics not covered in regular score before entrance, or consent of instructor. (HU) courses. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: consent FREN 12. Intermediate French II (4) spring of the instructor. (HU) Continuation of FREN 11. Prerequisite: FREN 11 or CHIN 371. Special Topics (1-4) appropriate achievement test score before entrance, or Directed study of an author, genre, or period not covered consent of instructor. (HU) in regular courses. May be repeated once for credit. FREN 143. Advanced Written French (4) Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. (HU) Intensive practice in written French and introduction to Courses Taught in English literary criticism. Prerequisite: FREN 12, or achievement test score of 590, or consent of instructor. (HU) MLL 73. (ASIA 73, WS 73) Film, Fiction, and FREN 144. Advanced Oral French (4) Gender in Modern China (4) Emphasis on comprehension and oral performance of Study of the struggle for an individual “modern” entity the French language. Student acquires confidence in out of traditionally defined roles for men and women as speaking French through discussions of current issues, depicted by Chinese writers and filmmakers. Class, texts, articles, novels, movies, and other topics. Required for and films in English. Students interested in setting up a French majors. Prerequisite: FREN 143 or equivalent. corollary Chinese language component may discuss this Staff. (HU) possibility with the professor. (HU) FREN 159. The French-Speaking World and its MLL 74. (ASIA 74) Chinese Cultural Program (1-8) Culture (4) A summer program in China, taught in English. (HU) Cultural, social, and artistic development of France and MLL 75. (ASIA 75, HIST 75) Chinese the French-speaking world. Prerequisite: FREN 143, Civilization (4) 144, or consent of instructor. Armstrong, Chabut. (HU) The development of traditional Chinese thought, beliefs, FREN 252. From Romance to Post-Modernism (4) technology, and institutions from a historical perspective, Representative works from the Middle Ages to the from earliest times to China’s encounter with the West. Twentieth Century, including Marie de France, Flaubert, (H/S) Baudelaire, and Proust. Prerequisite: FREN 143, 144, or MLL 76. (ASIA 76, HIST 76) Understanding consent of instructor. (HU) Contemporary China (4) FREN 269 The Culture of Business An overview of recent history, politics, economy, reli- Fundamentals of business in France. Students learn gion, problems of modernization, popular culture, and about banking, marketing, advertising, the stock mar- attitudes. Contemporary Chinese society viewed against ket—how to open a bank account, apply for a job, and the backdrop of tradition and the tumultuous history of what life is like in a French company. Students learn twentieth-century China. (SS) about foreign ventures in France such as Disney and MLL 78. (ASIA 78) Asian-American Studies (4) McDonald’s. Ideal for someone who wants to intern or work for an international company or a company with a MLL 125. (ASIA 125) Immortal Images: French connection. Taught in English. Prerequisite: Traditional Chinese Literature in Translation (4) FREN 143, 144, or equivalent. (HU) Explore age-old themes in literature as diverse as pre- modern novels, ghost stories, poetry, divination manuals, FREN 271. Readings (4) and medical texts. (HU) Study of the works of some author or group of authors, or of a period, or of a literary theme. May be repeated once for credit. (HU) Modern Languages and Literature 317

FREN 272. Culture of Business (4) FREN 324. The Outsider in French Fiction (4) An exciting new course on the fundamentals of business Focus on otherness/difference in French fiction from the in France. We will learn about banking, marketing, eighteenth to the twentieth century. Reading and discus- advertising, the stock market, and many other aspects of sion of short stories and novels by Graffigny, Diderot, business in France. We will learn about foreign ventures Maupassant, Gide, Camus, Duras, Beauvoir, Le Clézio in France, such as Disney and McDonald’s. We will learn and others. (HU) how to open a bank account, apply for a job, and what FREN 327. (WS 327) Women Writing in French (4) life is like in a French company. Ideal for someone who Reading and discussion of works written by women in wants to intern or work for an international company or French. The emphasis is on 19th- and 20th-century a company with a French connection. Taught in French. writers, such as G. Sand, Colette S. de Beauvoir, M. Prerequisite: FREN 143 or 144 or equivalent. Wolfgang. Duras, and Andrée Chédid. Chabut (HU) FREN 281. French Cultural Program (1-6) FREN 369. Readings (4) A program in a French-speaking country offering formal Advanced study of an author, period, or theme. Topics language courses and cultural opportunities. (HU) vary. May be repeated once for credit. Prerequisite: con- FREN 302. Medieval French Stories (4) sent of instructor. (HU) Stories of love, death, revenge, murder, and mayhem. FREN 370. Internship (1-8) Wolfgang. (HU) Designed to give advanced qualified students the chance FREN 303. Arthurian Romances (4) to acquire field experience and training with selected Medieval romances of Arthur, Lancelot, and the Holy firms and governmental agencies in French-speaking Grail. Readings and discussion of the first literary works countries. Assigned readings, written reports, and dealing with Arthurian themes. Wolfgang. (HU) employer performance evaluations are required. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. (HU) FREN 306. Renaissance French Literature (4) Study of the major writers of the period, including FREN 371. Independent Study (1-8) Ronsard, Rebelais, and Montaigne. Wolfgang. (HU) Special topics under faculty guidance, including honors thesis. May be repeated once for credit. Prerequisite: FREN 311. French Classicism consent of instructor. (HU) French classical theater, novel, and criticism, with emphasis on Corneille, Racine, Moliere, Pascal, German Lafayette, Malherbe, and Boileau. Chabut. (HU) Undergraduate Courses in German FREN 313. The Age of Enlightenment (4) The Philosophes and Encyclopédistes of the eighteenth cen- GERM 1. Elementary German I (4) tury, with emphasis on Voltaire, Rousseau, Montesquieu, Fundamentals of German; reading and simple texts; sim- and Diderot. Chabut. (HU) ple conversation and composition; vocabulary building. Three class hours plus one laboratory or drill hour each FREN 316. Nineteenth Century Literature (4) week. No previous German required. (HU) Study of major nineteenth century novelists and poets. Armstrong. (HU) GERM 2. Elementary German II (4) Continuation of GERM 1, including reading of more FREN 318. (THTR 318) Drama in the Twentieth advanced texts. Three class hours plus one laboratory or Century (4) drill hour each week. Prerequisite: GERM 1 or equiva- Contemporary French drama with an analysis of its ori- lent. (HU) gins and movements. Armstrong. (HU) GERM 11. Intermediate German I (4) FREN 320. Contemporary French Fiction (4) Review of grammar, composition, reading of intermedi- Reading and discussion of contemporary works of fiction ate texts, vocabulary building. Prerequisite: GERM 2, or (post-1980). Study of how these works fit into the con- four units of entrance German or consent of instructor. text of French literature and relate more specifically to (HU) major literary currents of the twentieth century. Armstrong. (HU) GERM 12. Intermediate German II (4) Continuation of GERM 11. Prerequisite: GERM 11 or FREN 321. Twentieth-Century French Short consent of instructor; one hour of lab. (HU) Fiction (4) Examination, within the framework of short fiction, of GERM 163. German Civilization and Culture (4) the major literary currents that have made up twentieth- Cultural, historical, and political evolution of German century literature. Works by Sartre, Camus, de and German-speaking countries in Europe. Prerequisite: Mandiargues, Robbe-Gillet, Le Clézio, Echenoz, GERM 12 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. (HU) Sallenave, and others. Armstrong (HU) GERM 167. Conversation and Composition (4) FREN 322. Contemporary French Films (4) Intensive practice in spoken and written German. French Films from the late 1950s to the present. Prerequisite: GERM 12 or equivalent, or consent of Introduction to cinematograhic language and exploration instructor. (HU) of the issues of gender, power, and madness. Films by GERM 169. Business German (4) Tr uffaut, J-L Godard, C. Denis, A. Varda, J-J Beineix, E. German in business, the professions, international, and Rohner, and others. Armstrong (HU) social relations. Letter writing, comprehension of techni- FREN 323. Love and the French Novel (4) cal texts, specialized vocabulary, and grammar review. Representative French novels, such as Tristan et Iseut, La Prerequisite: GERM 12 or equivalent, or consent of Princesse de Clèves, and Bonjour Tristesse. Style, themes, instructor. (HU) myths, and story patterns are analyzed. (HU) 318 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

GERM 181. German Cultural Program (1-8) GERM 370. Internship (1-8) Summer program abroad. Formal instruction in the lan- Designed to give advanced qualified students the chance to guage and the culture of a German-speaking country. (HU) acquire field experience and training with selected firms GERM 201. Survey of German Literature (4) and governmental agencies in German-speaking countries. Representative works of German literature from the Assigned readings, written reports, and employer perform- Middle Ages to the present. (HU) ance evaluations are required. Prerequisite: GERM 167 or consent of the instructor. (HU) GERM 211 (THTR 211). German Drama (4) Drama as a literary genre; plays from various periods of Courses Taught in English German literature. (HU) MLL 143. German Literature and Culture in GERM 218. (THTR 218) Goethe’s “Faust” (4) Translation (4) Study of Goethe’s play with an introduction to the Faust A period or theme in German literature or intellectual tradition and Faustian themes in modern literature. (HU) and cultural history. (HU) GERM 231. (MLL 231). New German Cinema (4) MLL 231. (Germ 231) New German Cinema (4) Viewing, discussion, and written analysis of selected Viewing, discussion, and written analysis of German German films. (HU) films with English subtitles. (HU) GERM 240. Contemporary Germany (4) MLL 320. (Germ 320) Berlin: 1920s to the Present Readings and conversations in German about topics (4) including the social and natural sciences, technology, the Literature, culture, and history of Berlin from the environment, politics, daily life, and sports. Practice in Weimar Republic through reunification. (HU) spoken and written German. (HU) Hebrew GERM 241. German Texts and Contexts (4) Selected texts in German, as they relate to current The department offers courses both separately and in the debates. Practice in speaking and writing. (HU) context of the Jewish studies minor (Section III). GERM 250. Special Topics (1-4) HEBR 1. Elementary Modern Hebrew I (4) fall Literary and linguistic topics not covered in regular Classroom and laboratory instruction to develop hearing, courses. May be repeated for credit. (HU) speaking, reading, and writing the language. Cultural, ethnic, and religious dimensions of Israeli society. Tapes, GERM 269. Advanced Professional German (4) textural materials, short stories. No previous study of A continuation of Business German with an emphasis on Hebrew required. (HU) specific economic issues affecting contemporary Germany, Switzerland, and Austria. Preparation for the HEBR 2. Elementary Modern Hebrew II (4) spring national exam “Certificate for the Professions” and the Continuation of Hebrew I utilizing the audio-lingual “International Business German Examination”. (HU) approach. Fundamentals of the language, structure and sounds; the Hebrew verb; reading and vocalized stories; GERM 281. German Cultural Program (1-8) written exercises; tapes; short stories. Prerequisite: HEBR Study abroad. Formal instruction in German and direct I or its equivalent. (HU) contact with the people and the culture during at least one month in a German-speaking country. Prerequisites: HEBR 11. Intermediate Modern Hebrew I (4) fall consent of German study abroad adviser. (HU) Classroom and laboratory instruction to develop funda- mental patterns of conversation and grammar; GERM 301. German Literature through the composition, reading of texts, laboratory work and sight Nineteenth Century (4) reading; comprehension, speaking, reading and writing Readings of selected literary texts from the Middle of unvocalized materials. Prerequisite: HEBR 2 or con- Ages, Renaissance, Reformation, Baroque, sent of instructor. (HU) Enlightenment, Classicism, Romanticism, Realism, HEBR 12. Intermediate Modern Hebrew II (4) and/or Naturalism. (HU) spring GERM 305. Modern German Literature (4) Continuation of Hebrew 11. Reading of texts, including Topics in German literature of the twentieth and twenty- selected short stories, outside reading and supplementary first century. (HU) material; increased emphasis on oral presentation. GERM 320. (MLL 320.) Berlin: 1920s to the Prerequisite: HEBR 11 or consent of instructor. (HU) Present (4) Japanese Literature, culture, and history of Berlin from the See Asian Studies major and minor. Weimar Republic through reunification. (HU) JPNS 1. Elementary Japanese I (4) fall GERM 341. Applied Phonetics and Linguistics (4) Introduction to the oral and written language with Writing and speaking Standard High German. Study of emphasis on spoken Japanese and syllabaries. Language regional pronunciation, contrasts, dialects. (HU) laboratory. (HU) GERM 345. German Short Stories (4) JPNS 2. Elementary Japanese II (4) spring Readings of short prose texts in German. (HU) Continuation of Japanese 1. Prerequisite: Japanese 1 or GERM 350. Special Topics (1-4) equivalent. (HU) Literary or linguistic topics not covered in regular cours- JPNS 11. Intermediate Japanese I (4) fall es. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: consent of Continuation of Japanese 2. Structural patterns in both instructor. (HU) spoken and written languages. 150 kanji (Chinese char- acters). Prerequisite: JPNS 2 or equivalent. (HU) Modern Languages and Literature 319

JPNS 12. Intermediate Japanese II (4) spring RUSS 232. Russian in the Real World II (4) Continuation of Japanese 11. Prerequisite: Japanese 11 A continuation of RUSS 231. (HU) or equivalent. (HU) RUSS 251. Special Topics (1-4) fall JPNS 141. Advanced Japanese I (4) fall Intensive study of literary or linguistic topics. Advanced reading and oral comprehension. Prerequisite: RUSS 142. May be repeated for credit. Conversation and writing practice. Prerequisite: JPNS 12 Nicholas (HU) or equivalent. (HU) RUSS 252. Special Topics (1-4) spring JPNS 142. Advanced Japanese II (4) spring Intensive study of literary or linguistic topics. Continuation of JPNS 141. Prerequisite: JPNS 141 or Prerequisite: RUSS 142 or 251. May be repeated for equivalent. (HU) credit. Nicholas (HU) JPNS 290. Special Topics (1-4) RUSS 370. Internship (1-8) Literary or linguistics topics not covered in regular cours- Designed to give advanced qualified students the chance es. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: consent of to acquire field experience and training with selected instructor. (HU) firms and governmental agencies in Russian-speaking countries. Assigned readings, written reports, and JPNS 291. Advanced Japanese and Culture Abroad employer performance evaluations are required. (1-8) Prerequisites: RUSS 141 or 142 and approval of faculty JPNS 390. Special Topics (1-4) committee on internship. (HU) Courses Taught in English RUSS 391. Special Topics (1-4) Independent study of research under faculty guidance on MLL 68. (ASIA 68) Japanese Language: Past and a literary, linguistic, or methodological topic. May be Present (4) repeated once for credit. May be used to satisfy the doc- Historical and contemporary aspects of the Japanese lan- toral language requirement. Prerequisites: consent of guage, including the origins of Japanese in relation to instructor. Nicholas (HU) Korean, the influence of Chinese, syntactic features which reflect the hierarchical character of Japanese socie- Courses Taught in English ty, differences in female and male speech, and use of MLL 23. Lehigh in Russia (1-8) foreign loan words. Prerequisite JPNS 1. (HU) A summer program in Russia, taught in English. (HU) Russian MLL 27. Russian Classics (4) RUSS 1. Elementary Russian I (4) fall Russian classics in translation. May be repeated for cred- Classroom and laboratory, audio, and video introduction it. (HU) to the fundamentals of conversational and grammatical MLL 28. The East European Film Experience (4) patterns; practice in pronunciation, simple conversation, reading, and writing. (HU) Spanish RUSS 2. Elementary Russian II (4) spring Undergraduate Courses in Spanish Continuation of RUSS 1. Prerequisite: RUSS 1 or two SPAN 1. Elementary Spanish I (4) fall years of entrance Russian. (HU) Basic conversational Spanish illustrating essential gram- RUSS 11. Intermediate Russian I (4) fall matical principles. Reading of simple texts and writing. Classroom and laboratory practice in conversation. Lab required. (HU) Development of reading and writing skills. Prerequisite: SPAN 2. Elementary Spanish II (4) spring RUSS 2 or three units of entrance Russian or equivalent. Continuation of SPAN 1. Lab required. Prerequisite: (HU) SPAN 1 or equivalent. (HU) RUSS 12. Intermediate Russian II (4) spring SPAN 11. Intermediate Spanish I (4) fall Continuation of RUSS 11. Prerequisite: RUSS 2 or 11, Limited review of elementary grammar concepts and or equivalent. (HU) introduction to more advanced grammar. Emphasis on RUSS 141. Conversation and Composition I (4) fall discussion, reading, and writing about significant topics Intensive practice in oral and written Russian; laboratory in the Spanish-speaking world. Students will be required practice in oral comprehension. Readings and discussions to complete one hour of independent work. Prerequisite: on Russian literature and culture. Prerequisite: RUSS 12 SPAN 2 or equivalent. (HU) or three units of entrance Russian. (HU) SPAN 12. Intermediate Spanish II (4) spring RUSS 142. Conversation and Composition II (4) Practice and application of previously learned grammar spring to give maximum exposure to Spanish in contemporary Continuation of RUSS 141. Prerequisite: RUSS 141. contexts. Materials include articles from current periodi- (HU) cals, video, and literature from Spain and Spanish America, plus one hour of independent work. RUSS 215. Russian Classics: Russian Literature Prerequisite: SPAN 11 or equivalent. (HU) with Variable Topic and Credit (1-4) May be repeated for credit. (HU) SPAN 131. Communicating in Spanish for Medical Personnel (4) RUSS 231. Russian in the Real World I (4) For prospective medical personnel communicating with Readings and conversations about selected nonliterary top- Spanish-speaking patients. Dialogues, health-care vocab- ics including the social and natural sciences, business, ulary. Review of grammar. Language laboratory practice, economics, the environment, current political events in Russia and throughout the former Soviet republics. (HU) 320 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005 plus hospital intensive hour. Prerequisite: SPAN 12 or SPAN 303. Don Quixote (4) equivalent. Lefkowitz. (HU) Reading and critical analysis; two 2-hour sessions. Prerequisite: SPAN 151 or equivalent. Lefkowitz. (HU) SPAN 133. Phonetics and Pronunciation (4) Comparison of Spanish and English sounds; descriptions SPAN 305. Spanish Literature of the Middle Ages (4) of Spanish vowels and consonants in their various posi- Reading and discussion of outstanding works such as El tions. Oral practice in language laboratory. Special Cid, El Liro de Buen Amor and La Celestina. Topics emphasis on accent and intonation patterns. Prerequisite: vary. Prerequisite: SPAN 151. Lefkowitz. (HU) SPAN 2. (HU) SPAN 308. The Spanish Novel Since 1939 (4) SPAN 141. Advanced Grammar (4) fall The evolution of the novel from post civil war to the Intensive review of Spanish grammar with stress on finer present. Reading of Cela, Laforet, Delibes, Rodoreda, points. Analysis of syntax and style. Improvement of and Marse, among others. Prerequisite: SPAN 151 or grammar through composition. Prerequisite: SPAN 12 equivalent. (HU) or equivalent. Dept. permission required. (HU) SPAN 320. Literature of the Spanish Caribbean (4) SPAN 142. Advanced Conversational Spanish (4) Study of representative works with emphasis on Cuba spring and Puerto Rico. Writers include Barnet, Carpentier, Conversational practice stressing the building of vocabu- Sanchez, and Rodriquez Julia. Prerequisite: SPAN 152 or lary based on literary texts and topics of general interest. equivalent. Prieto. (HU) Designed to stimulate fluent and spontaneous use of SPAN 321. Children and Adolescents in spoken Spanish. Enrollment limited to 15. Prerequisite: Contemporary Spanish American Literature (4) SPAN 141 or equivalent. (HU) Discussion of narrative techniques and the category of SPAN 151. Cultural Evolution in Spain (4) fall the self as they relate to the images of adolescence and The historical and cultural evolution of Spain. childhood in works by such authors as Vargas Llosa, Discussion of major literary works in their cultural and Reinaldo Arenas, Jose Bianco, Silvinia Ocampo. historical contexts. Prerequisite: SPAN 141 or consent of Prerequisite: SPAN 152 or equivalent. Prieto. (HU) instructor. Lefkowitz. Dept. permission required. (HU) SPAN 322. The Short Novel in Contemporary SPAN 152. Cultural Evolution of Latin America (4) Spanish American Literature (4) The historical and cultural evolution of Latin America. Reading and discussion of representative works by Garcia Discussion of representative literary works in their cultural Marquez, Onetti, Rulfo, Bioy Casares, and others. and historical contexts. Prerequisite: SPAN 141 or consent Prerequisite: SPAN 152 or equivalent. Prieto. (HU) of instructor. Prieto. Dept. permission required. (HU) SPAN 323. Literature and Revolution in SPAN 199. Special Topics (3-4) Contemporary Cuba (4) For students who take a course, not offered at Lehigh, at Study of works written after 1959 by dissident, non-dis- another institution. May be repeated once for credit. sident, and exiled authors (Desnoes, Norberto Fuentes, Prerequisite: consent of instructor. (HU) Benitez Rojo, Cabrera Infante). Prerequisite: SPAN 152 SPAN 211. Spanish for the Professions (4) or equivalent. Prieto. (HU) For students with a basic knowledge of Spanish: the lan- SPAN 325. Hispanic Literature of the United guage in business, law, international and social relations. States (4) Letter writing, comprehension of technical texts, special- Discussion of fiction, poetry, drama, and film from the ized professional vocabulary and review of grammar. main groups in the U.S. Hispanic population. Prerequisite: SPAN 141 or equivalent. Dept permission Discussion of Hispanic ethnic identity, bilingualism, and required. (HU) minority issues. Prerequisite: SPAN 152 or equivalent. SPAN 212. Writing Skills (4) Prieto. (HU) Improving writing proficiency through practice in com- SPAN 326. (WS 326) Tradition and Resistance: position and translation. Prerequisite: SPAN 141 or Women Writers of Latin America (4) equivalent. (HU) Study of poetry and narrative works by Latin American SPAN 263. The Spanish American Short Story (4) women writers. Authors include Rosario Ferré, Rosario Comparative study of the literary problems posed by the Castellanos, Elena Poniatowska, Cristina Peri Rossi, among work of significant short story writers such as Quiroga, others. Prerequisite: SPAN 152 or equivalent. (HU) Borges, Cortazar, Ribeyro, and others. Prerequisite: SPAN 342. The New Narrative in Spanish SPAN 152 or equivalent. Prieto. Dept. permission American Literature (4) required. (HU) Critical evaluation of distinguished works of Spanish SPAN 265. Spanish and Latin American Cinema (4) American prose fiction of the 1960’s and 70’s. Readings by Oral discussion and written analysis of selected films. Donoso, Fuentes, Garcia Marquez, and Vargas Llosa, Students view films independently. Prerequisite: SPAN among others. Prerequisite: SPAN 152 or equivalent. (HU) 141 or equivalent. Dept. permission required. (HU) SPAN 379. Internship (2-4) SPAN 290. Special Topics (2-4) Designed to give advanced qualified students the chance Study of an author or theme, or completion of a special to acquire field experience and training with selected project. Topics may vary. May be repeated once for cred- firms and governmental agencies in Spanish-speaking it. Prerequisites: SPAN 151 or 152, and consent of countries or U.S. agencies serving the Hispanic commu- instructor. (HU) nity. Assigned readings, written reports, and employer performance evaluations are required. Prerequisites: SPAN 141 and approval of faculty. (HU) Music 321

SPAN 390. Special Topics (2-4) Electives: Study of an author, theme or period. Topics vary. May MLL 27 Russian Classics (4) be repeated once for credit. Prerequisites: SPAN 151 or MLL 53 This Hispanic World and its Culture (4) 152 and consent of instructor. (HU) MLL 75 Chinese Civilization (4) Courses Taught in English MLL 76 Understanding Contemporary China (4) MLL 143 German Literature and Culture in MLL 51. Contemporary Hispanic-American Translation (4) Literature (4) MLL 177 China Enters the Modern Age (4) Reading and discussion of distinguished Latin American MLL 195 Lehigh in Spain (4) writers: Borges, Garcia Marquez, Cortazar, and Vargas FREN 159 The French-speaking World and Llosa. (HU) its Culture (4) MLL 53. This Hispanic World and its Culture (4) GERM 163 German Civilization and Culture (4) Characteristics and values of the people of Spain and Latin SPAN 151 Cultural Evolution in Spain (4) America in literary works and other material. Hispanic cul- SPAN 152 Cultural Evolution in Latin America (4) tural contributions to Western civilization. (HU) *Lehigh in Martinique (MLL/FREN 198) will be offered Minor in International Film in Winter of 2004 Description Music The minor in International Film affords students the opportunity to examine a wide cross-section of world Professors. Paul Salerni, Ph.D. (Harvard); Steven cinema. It is designed to provide a critical understanding Sametz, D.M.A. (Wisconsin) (Ronald J. Ulrich Chair in of historical trends and current issues in film across vari- Music); Nadine Sine, Ph.D. (N.Y.U.), Chair ous regions of the world. Covering national cinemas Associate Professor. Paul Chou, M.M. (SUNY - Stony from ASIA, Europe, and Latin America, course offerings Brook) (Ronald J. Ulrich Chair in Orchestral Music) will allow students to explore diverse approaches to film Assistant Professor. William Warfield, M.M. that are rooted in the history, culture, and society of dif- (Manhattan) ferent countries in each region. Professor of Practice. Eugene Albulescu, M.M. (Indiana) The minor consists of 16 credits. All students must take a required core course (MLL 100), and the remaining Lecturers. David Diggs, M.M. (SUNY - Stony Brook); courses are to be chosen from the list of electives below, Debra Field, M.M. (Temple) in consultation with the minor advisor. (One course may Adjunct Professors: David Bakamjian, D.M.A. (SUNY- be taken outside of the MLL department with the minor Stony Brook); Helen Beedle, M.M. (New England); advisor’s approval.) Donna McHugh, D.M.A. (Catholic); Albert Neumeyer, Core course M.M. (Trenton); Gene Perla; Dave Riekenberg, M.M.E. (N. Texas State); Tim Schwarz, M.M. (Peabody); James MLL 100. Introduction to International Film (4) Thoma, M.M. (Juilliard). Elective courses Private Instructors: Bass: Carter Henry, Gene Perla; MLL 28. The East European Film Experience (4) Bassoon: Kim Seifert; Clarinet: Chris DiSanto; Flute: MLL 73. Film, Fiction, and Gender in Linda Ganus; French Horn: Paul LaFollette; Guitar: Modern China (4) Richard Metzger, Brett Grigsby (acoustic); Bob De Vos, FREN 322. Contemporary French Films (4) Tom Guarna, Vic Juris (electric); Harp: Andrea GERM/MLL 231. New German Cinema (4) Wittchen; Oboe: David Diggs; Organ: Tim Harrell; Piano: Eugene Albulescu, Helen Beedle, Tim Harrison SPAN 265. Spanish and Latin American Cinema (4) (jazz), Bethany Heller, Kevin McCarter, Donna Minor in International Communication McHugh, Pat O’Connell, Irmgard Pursell; Percussion: Marko Marcinko, Gary Rissmiller, James Thoma; Description: Saxophone: David Brandom, Dave Riekenberg; The Minor in International Communication is designed Trombone: Michael Christianson; Tr umpet: Bill for students who have already reached the intermediate Warfield (jazz), Lawrence Wright; Tuba: Scott Force; level in their language studies and wish to develop inter- Viola and Violin: Paul Chou, Tim Schwarz; Violoncello: national communication skills from a global perspective. David Bakamjian; Voice: Eduardo Azzati, Lise Carlson, The minor consists of 16 credits. Students must take Debra Field, Jan Opalach, Lawrence Reppert. MLL 90 or 124 as a core course, and one advanced lan- The study of music develops skills which will serve the guage course in their language (above 100 level), and student well in any career: self-discipline, teamwork, two other courses from the list of electives below in con- problem solving and leadership. A student graduating sultation with the minor advisor. These two courses must with the B.A. degree in music will have a strong founda- be chosen from a region that is different from their lan- tion in music theory and substantial exposure to western guage area in order to broaden their communication music from the Middle Ages to the present. This cur- skills. (One course may be taken outside of the MLL riculum will prepare a student for graduate studies in department with the minor advisor’s approval.) musicology, music theory, composition, or performance. A music major or minor taken in conjunction with a Courses: business major may lead to a variety of careers in arts Required: management or in the recording and music publishing Negotiating across cultures (MLL 90 or 124) industries. For some a double major or a minor in music One advanced language course (above 100 level) will not lead to a career but to a life-long involvement with an art form that gives lasting satisfaction. 322 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

The music department also offers significant perform- Conducting Concentration ance experiences in instrumental and vocal ensembles, Thirteen credits in music theory and musicianship skills: large and small, and in private instruction. The Zoellner MUS 11, 2, 82, 3, 7, 83, 4, 8. Nine credits in music his- Arts Center facilities include a Listening Library, practice tory (choose from 233, 234, 235, 236). Four credits in rooms, a composition and digital class piano studio, a conducting: MUS 321, 322 plus at least two Conduct- fine recording studio, classrooms and rehearsal rooms. ing Internships (MUS 311), of which one must be in Most importantly, the center boasts its concert facility, orchestra. Six credits of performance electives (lessons Baker Hall. With its 1000-seat capacity and excellent and ensembles). A piano proficiency exam must be com- acoustics, it is flexible both on the stage (concert or the- pleted before the end of the sophomore year. The ater mode) and in seating arrangements. The fully student must undertake a senior project under faculty adjustable pit can serve opera or musical theatre, can direction. provide additional seating, or can become an extension of the stage. The Bachelor of Arts in Music Composition is designed for students committed to pursuing music composition Major program beyond the undergraduate level. It is an intensive com- The music program offers two separate programs, each position program with a 54-credit minimum. earning the Bachelor of Arts degree, the B.A. in Music Twenty-five credits in music theory: MUS 82, 3, 7, 83, and the B.A. in Music Composition. 4, 8, 139, 243, 245, 331. Nine credits in music history: MUS 236 plus two from MUS 129, 233, 234, 235. The Bachelor of Arts in Music (36-credit minimum) is Fourteen credits in composition: MUS 253, 254, two for those students who wish to have double majors, who semesters of MUS 353. A minimum of two semesters of might choose a related field (e.g., arts management, part- MUS 51: LUVME (1 credit each), one semester of con- time performance careers in orchestras) or who simply ducting, MUS 321 (2 credits) and two credits of music want a concentrated exposure to music study. Students electives. Students will have to pass a piano proficiency choose between five different concentrations: perform- exam by the end of the sophomore year. Students will ance; history and literature; theory and composition; compile a composition portfolio by the end of the sen- jazz; conducting. For those who intend to pursue gradu- ior year. ate study in music or a performing career, the major program should be viewed as the minimum requirement. Minor program Such students should regularly seek the advice of depart- The minor requires a minimum of 17 credits and may ment faculty in expanding their program to suit their include MUS 80 and 90. The program is designed to be particular needs and goals. flexible but must include MUS 11, 2, 82, 3, and 7, one Performance Concentration. history or literature course, and two performance courses (MUS 22-79). The student may choose the remaining Thirteen credits in theory and musicianship skills: MUS four credits from department offerings. 11, 2, 82, 3, 7, 83, 4, 8. Nine credits of music history (any 3 from MUS 233, 234, 235, 236) and eleven cred- Music Option its in lessons, ensembles and recitals, and three credits in Although Music and Engineering/Science is not a major music electives. The student must perform a half recital in itself, Lehigh attracts many engineering and science in the junior year, a full recital in the senior year, and students who wish to continue their active involvement juries during the sophomore and junior years. in music and the music department. For those students History Concentration. who are interested in pursuing this option, music can be taken as a dual major, minor or elective. Thirteen credits in theory and musicianship skills: MUS 11, 2, 82, 3, 7, 83, 4, 8. Twelve credits of music history Concert Requirement (MUS 233, 234, 235, 236) and eleven credits in elec- Majors and minors must enroll in MUS 100 and attend tives, lessons, and ensembles, of which at least three concerts approved by the music department for a mini- must be in performance. The students must produce a mum of three semesters. major research project during the senior year and prepare program notes for department concerts during at least Departmental Honors one semester. A student must have a 3.5 average in courses in the Composition and Theory Concentration. major to pursue honors. Candidates for departmental honors should submit to the department chair a written Eighteen credits in theory: MUS 82, 3, 7, 83, 4, 8, 243, proposal, prepared in consultation with a faculty project 245. Six credits in music history (any 2 from MUS 233, adviser by the end of the junior year. The project could 234, 235, 236) and eight in composition (MUS 253, result in a research paper, a composition or a perform- 254), plus four in lessons or ensembles. Students must ance. Upon acceptance of the proposal by the produce a substantial composition or theoretical analysis department faculty, the student should register for MUS under the direction of department faculty during the 350 for one to six credits, which may be taken all at senior year. A keyboard test is required to enter composi- once or over the senior year. The awarding of depart- tion class. mental honors will be contingent on the quality of the Jazz Concentration completed project. Thirteen credits in music theory and musicianship skills: Private lessons MUS 11, 2, 82, 3, 7, 83, 4, 8 plus three credits in Jazz Lessons in most instruments and voice may be taken for Theory, Music 139. Six credits in Jazz History: MUS one credit. They must be arranged through the depart- 128, 129. A minimum of four credits in Jazz Improvisa- ment at set fees that are not included in tuition. Please tion, MUS 140 and six in jazz performance: MUS 24, note that registering for lessons cannot guarantee avail- 25, 48. Four credits in music electives. The student must ability due to difficulties in scheduling. undertake a senior project under faculty direction. Music 323

Performing groups MUS 25. Jazz Band (1) fall-spring (HU) Admission to performing ensembles is by audition MUS 31. University Choir (1) fall-spring (HU) (except Choral Union, Symphonic Band and Marching MUS 32. Choral Union (1) fall-spring (HU) 97), and students receive one credit per semester by reg- istering for the appropriate course number. Although MUS 33. Overtones (1) fall-spring. Co-requisite: there is no limit to the number of courses in this series MUS 31 (HU) that may be taken, students should check with their MUS 37. Scenes from Opera and Musical Theatre adviser to determine the number that may be applied toward graduation. (1) fall-spring (HU) Most department performances take place in Baker Hall, MUS 48. Chamber Music Collegium (1) fall-spring. a 1,000-seat theatre in the Zoellner Arts Center. Department Permission. (HU) Course Offerings MUS 51. LUVME (1) fall-spring (HU) Please note that many upper level courses have no pre- MUS 61. Lehigh University Philharmonic (1) fall- requisites beyond MUS 10 or 11 and are open to anyone spring (HU) with basic knowledge of musical terminology. MUS 62. Lehigh University Chamber Orchestra (1) MUS 2. Keyboard Harmony I (1) spring fall-spring (HU) Beginning piano skills designed to enable the student to use the piano as a tool. Major and minor scales in both MUS 64. Class Violin for Beginners (1) fall-spring hands, forming chords, elementary sight reading. Co- Class instruction for beginners on violin. Repeatable for requisite: Music 11. Students may test out upon credit. Staff (HU) examination. (HU) MUS 66. Class Voice for Beginners (1) fall-spring MUS 3. Keyboard Harmony II (1) fall Group instruction for beginning students of voice, Continuation of MUS 2. Diatonic progressions in major including breathing and vocal production techniques; and minor; more advanced sight reading. Students may diction; beginning solo pieces. (HU) test out upon examination. Co-requisite: 82. MUS 68. Class Piano for Beginners I (1) fall-spring Prerequisite: MUS 2. (HU) Instruction for beginning piano students, including rudi- MUS 4. Keyboard Harmony III (1) spring ments of musical notation in relation to the keyboard; Additional keyboard skills, including progressions with beginning pieces for solo piano and the group. secondary chords, modulations, and sight reading. MUS 69. Class Piano for Beginners II (1) fall- Students may test out upon examination. Co-requisite: spring MUS 83. Prerequisite: MUS 3 (HU) A continuation of MUS 68. After a second semester of MUS 7. Aural Skills (1) fall class piano, the student should be ready to benefit from Sight singing and ear training through dictation exercis- private lesson instruction. (HU) es. Rhythm exercises. Co-requisite: MUS 82. MUS 71. Private Piano Study (1) fall-spring (HU) Prerequisite: MUS 11 or equivalent. (HU) MUS 72. Private Vocal Study (1) fall-spring (HU) MUS 8. Aural Skills II (1) spring Continuation of MUS 7. Co-requisite: MUS 83. MUS 73. Private String Study (1) fall-spring (HU) Prerequisite: MUS 7. (HU) MUS 74. Private Woodwind Study (1) fall-spring MUS 10. Basic Skills in Music (2) fall (HU) Rudiments of musical notation, beginning skills in sight MUS 75. Private Brass Study (1) fall-spring (HU) singing, ear training, rhythm and keyboard. Intended for anyone who does not plan to major or minor. (HU) MUS 76. Private Percussion Study (1) fall-spring (HU) MUS 11. Basic Musicianship (2) spring Development of basic skills in using notation, sight MUS 77. Private Organ Study (1) fall-spring (HU) singing and ear training. For intended majors or minors. MUS 78. Private Acoustic Guitar Study (1) fall- Co-requisite: MUS 2. (HU) spring (HU) MUS 12: Surveys in Music (3) fall or spring MUS 79. Private Electric Guitar Study (1) fall- Varied topics in music for the non-major such as Italian spring (HU) opera, Keyboard Music, the Symphony. Emphasis on developing listening skills and acquaintance with impor- MUS 82. Harmony I (3) fall tant works in the genre. Staff (HU) Exercises in writing in four-part chorale style. Music 3 and 7 must be taken concurrently. Prerequisites: MUS MUS 21-79. 11 and 2 or equivalent. (HU) Applied music and performance courses may be repeated for graduation credit up to six times in CEAS and CBE. MUS 83. Harmony II (3) spring Prerequisite: Admission to Music 22-62 by audition. Continuation of Music 82 including modulation, non- Music 66, 68, 69, 71-79 have fees. harmonic tones, analysis. Music 4 and 8 must be taken concurrently. Prerequisites: MUS 82, 3, and 7 or equiva- MUS 21. Marching Band (1) fall. (ND) lent. (HU) MUS 22. Wind Ensemble (1) fall-spring (HU) MUS 100. Concert Requirement (0) fall, spring MUS 23. Symphonic Band (1) spring (HU) Concerts approved by the department (for majors and MUS 24. Jazz Ensemble (1) fall-spring (HU) minors) 324 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

MUS 128. Jazz History I (3) fall MUS 234. Baroque and Classical Music (3) spring, A study of the roots of jazz. Starting in West Africa, the even course traces the synthesis of African and European ele- The major genres and composers of the 17th and 18th ments to 1945. Musicians covered are Gottshalk, centuries studied in their cultural context. Prerequisite: Bolden, Morton, Armstrong, Hawkins, Basie, Ellington MUS 11 or equivalent. Sine. (HU) and others. Prerequisite: MUS 10 or 11, or permission of instructor. Warfield. (HU) MUS 235. Romantic Music (3) fall, even Study of the major composers and their works from late MUS 129. Jazz History II (3) spring Beethoven to Mahler and Strauss. Prerequisite: MUS 11 A survey of modern jazz from 1945 to the present. or equivalent. Sine. (HU) Musicians covered are Parker, Gillespie, Monk, Davis, Coltrane, Hancock, and Coleman. Can be taken inde- MUS 236. Twentieth-Century Music (3) spring, pendently of Jazz History I, but the first course would be odd helpful. Prerequisite: MUS 10 or 11, or permission of Beginning with the major trends at the turn of the cen- instructor. Warfield. (HU) tury, a study of the important composers and works of the last century to the present. Prerequisite: MUS 11 or MUS 132. Composer and Era (3) fall or spring equivalent. Sine. (HU) Life and development of a composer’s style viewed in historical context. Title varies: Bach, Beethoven, Mozart, MUS 243. Counterpoint (4) fall etc. May be repeated for credit as title varies. Writing and analyzing pieces in Renaissance and Prerequisite: MUS 10 or 11 or equivalent. Sine. (HU) Baroque contrapuntal styles. Prerequisites: MUS 83, 4, and 8 or equivalent. Salerni (ND). MUS 139. Jazz Theory (3) spring Study of the music theory that is the foundation of a MUS 245. Classical and Romantic Forms (4) spring good jazz solo, composition or arrangement. Study of Analyzing and writing pieces in classical and romantic the modes of the major and melodic minor scale, forms. Exercises in chromatic harmony. Prerequisite: chord/scale theory using major, melodic minor, dimin- MUS 243. (ND) ished, and whole-tone scales. Basic chord progressions, MUS 251. Special Topics (1-3) functional analysis of jazz tunes, and ear training are also Study of musical topics in history or composition not cov- included. Prerequisites: MUS 82. (HU) ered in regular courses. May be repeated for credit as title MUS 140. Jazz Improvisation (1) fall, spring varies. Prerequisite: consent of the department chair. (HU) Development of skills in improvising music through MUS 253. Composition I: Electronic and Acoustic practice of different scales found in jazz, chord construc- Techniques (4) fall tion, and patterns of figuration found in jazz. May be Writing for acoustic and electronic instruments based on repeated for credit. Warfield. (HU) 20th-century models. Acoustic orchestration, digital syn- MUS 151. Vocal Diction (1) fall or spring thesis, effects processing. Use of the computer for score Introduction to the use of the International Phonetic preparation and as a compositional tool. Prerequisite: MUS Alphabet. Application to French, Italian, German and 83, 4, and 8 or permission of instructor. Salerni. (ND) English diction using art song repertoire. Preparation of MUS 254. Composition II (4) spring a song in each language. Field. (HU) Continuation of MUS 253. Prerequisite: 253. Salerni. MUS 161. Production and Marketing of Sound (ND) Recordings I (3) fall MUS 261. Recording Techniques I (3) fall A two-semester course providing foundations for organ- Recording music in various popular and classical styles izing a recording project to be carried out by the class, using state of the art studio equipment. Topics include which works in teams. The first course will focus espe- microphone choice, placement, mixing, effects process- cially on artist negotiations, recording techniques, music ing, digital editing and post production. Prerequisites: publishing and manufacturing. Perla. (ND) MUS 82, 3, and 7 or permission of instructor. (ND) MUS 164. Management of Careers in Performing MUS 262. Recording Techniques II (3) spring Arts (3) Continuation of Recording Techniques I. Prerequisite: A one-semester course that provides an overview of what MUS 261(ND) performing artists and managers experience during cycles of career development. Topics include recognition of tal- MUS 271. Repertoire (2) fall or spring ent, positioning in the marketplace, creating support Survey of literature in a given medium: e.g., piano, structure and attainment of personal goals. Student will vocal, orchestral, choral repertoire. Particular emphasis be required to apply practical techniques in furthering on performance issues. May be repeated for credit as title the career of a chosen artist. Perla (ND) varies. (HU) MUS 170. Private Instruction for Performance MUS 291. Independent Study (1-3) Individually supervised work in history or composition, Concentrators (2) or continuation of projects begun in regular courses. Lesson fees apply. Repeatable for credit. Restricted to May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: consent of music majors concentrating in performance. (HU) department chair. (HU) MUS 233. Medieval and Renaissance Music (3) fall, MUS 300. Apprentice Teaching (1-3) (ND) odd Development of musical style from early Christian chant MUS 311. Conducting Internship (2) to the sacred and secular forms of the late 16th century, Work under the direction of one of the faculty directors viewed in cultural contexts. Prerequisite: MUS 11 or to learn the organization and musical tasks required of equivalent. Sine. (HU) Philosophy 325 directors as they prepare ensembles for performance. Philosophy is driven by the unsettling awareness that we Prerequisites: MUS 322 or permission. Repeatable for are not beings who act exclusively on instinct but are credit. Staff (HU) instead able to choose from among a variety of ways of MUS 321. Conducting I (2) fall thinking about ourselves, the world in which we find Beginning study of conducting techniques, including ourselves, and our relations with others. Moreover, the score reading and preparation, analysis, conducting pat- beliefs we hold are not merely incidental facts about us terns and gestures. Prerequisite: MUS 83 or permission like height or eye color. What we believe is often central of the instructor. (HU) to our moral identity, the nature of our personal rela- tionships, the manner in which we regard ourselves and MUS 322. Conducting II (2) spring treat others, and the happiness and unhappiness that Continuation of Music 321. Prerequisite: MUS 321. form the emotional contours of our practical lives. (HU) Philosophy is born out of our awareness that despite the MUS 331. Advanced Analysis (4) spring centrality of our beliefs to our identity as moral beings, In-depth analysis of music from the Western tradition. the truth of our beliefs can be uncertain, for on virtually Compositions studied to include at least one orchestral any topic there is a variety of possible viewpoints, not all piece, one piece with text (song cycle or opera) and one of which can be equally adequate. piece using serial procedures. Introduction to In its attempt to ground our beliefs and justify them, Schenkerian analysis. Prerequisites: Music 243 and 245 philosophy becomes a reflective and critical conceptual or permission. Staff (HU) activity concerned with foundational questions regarding our deepest assumptions and intuitions about the nature MUS 350. Senior Project (1-6) (ND) and extent of human knowledge (epistemology), about MUS 353. Composition Seminar (3) fall-spring the nature of reality and the distinction between appear- Seminar review of original compositions alternating with ance and reality (metaphysics), about the nature, scope, private lessons in composition. The seminar is intended and grounds of moral value (ethics), and about the for students doing either independent work in composi- nature and theoretical foundations of formal reasoning tion or senior projects. Prerequisites: MUS 254. Salerni, and valid inference (logic). Sametz, Warfield. Repeatable for credit. Staff (HU) The major program in philosophy is designed to provide MUS 370. Recital (1-2) fall-spring a broad exposure to all of these areas as well as a strong Department permission. (HU) grounding in the history of the western philosophical tradition. The program emphasizes the close reading and MUS 412. Advanced Choral Conducting and critical evaluation of classic texts from ancient times to Composition (2) summer the present, and students can expect to develop sophisti- Intensive, week-long seminar/workshop held in conjunc- cated analytic and expository skills that will enable them tion with Oxford University Press. Students elect either to engage in original, critical reflection on their own. To composition or conducting track for individual study this end, the major program involves a combination of with international faculty in chosen area. Joint seminars required and elective coursework as well as the opportu- and lab choir rehearsals on choral literature; rehearsals nity to develop and pursue individual interests under and premieres of student works. Additional seminars faculty supervision. In addition to its regular course with internationally recognized choral directors. New offerings, the department also sponsors a variety of activ- works and repertoire presented in final concert conduct- ities (e.g. the annual Selfridge Lecture, the Philosophy ed by faculty and participants. Sametz Forum, the Faculty Seminar, the Philosophy Club, and the annual Reading Party), all of which are designed to Philosophy complement the course offerings and to promote a uni- versity-wide philosophical community. Professors. Gordon Bearn, Ph.D. (Yale), William Wilson The major program provides excellent preparation for Selfridge Professor of Philosophy; Mark H. Bickhard, graduate study in philosophy as well as a solid founda- Ph.D. (Chicago), Henry R. Luce Professor in Cognitive tion for any career that places a premium upon clear, Robotics and the Philosophy of Knowledge; Steven careful thinking and rigorous conceptual and expository Louis Goldman, Ph.D. (Boston), Andrew W. Mellon skills. Distinguished Professor in the Humanities; Roslyn Weiss, Ph.D. (Columbia), chair and Clara H. Stewardson For additional information about the faculty, frequency Professor of Philosophy. of course offerings, and departmental events, please con- tact the department for a copy of its brochure. Associate Professors. Robin Dillon, Ph.D. (Pittsburgh); Alexander Levine, Ph.D. (San Diego); Michael The Minor Program Mendelson, Ph.D. (San Diego). The minor in philosophy consists of four courses. The Philosophy is born of discomfort. Whether it is the need courses must include at least one course at the 200-level to account for the tragedies of circumstance, the incon- or above. Minor programs are planned in conjunction gruities between our assumptions about the world and with the departmental advisor who will help the student what experience and science reveal, or the shock of being plan a program compatible with his or her interests. exposed to hitherto unimagined conceptual alternatives, Minor programs may be, but do not have to be, focused philosophy arises in those contexts in which serious in a particular area such as ethics or the history of phi- questions emerge about the adequacy of our most cher- losophy or philosophy of mind. ished beliefs. 326 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

The Major Program social justice, environment, work, models of ethical ideals). Particular issues examined include abortion, cor- The major program consists of ten courses (38 credits) poral punishment (such as the death penalty), problems planned in conjunction with the student’s major advisor. in medical ethics, and heavy drinking as a behavioral In addition to a two semester (6 credits) senior thesis, problem. (HU) each major must satisfy the following distribution requirements: PHIL 100. (POLS 100) Introduction to Political Thought (4) Ethics Some of the most significant ancient and modern politi- 1 course from PHIL. 105, 116, or 205 cal theorists: Plato, Aristotle, Machiavelli, Hobbes, Marx, Logic and others. Matthews. (ND) 1 course from PHIL. 114, 260, 265, or 303 PHIL 101. (POLS 101) Ancient Political Heritage (4) Important Political thinkers from the pre-Socratics to History of Philosophy early, modern political theorists like Machiavelli. 2 courses from PHIL. 131, 132, 135, 139, 231, 233, Matthews. (SS) 235, 237, or 239 PHIL 102. (POLS 102) Modern Political Heritage (4) Three of the 10 courses (not including the senior thesis) Begins where POLS 101 ends; from early modern theo- must be at the 200 level or above. rists (e.g. Hobbes) up to contemporary thinkers (e.g. Majors planning to pursue graduate study in philosophy Marcuse). (SS) are strongly encouraged to include the following specific courses: PHIL 105. Ethics (4) Examination of right and wrong, good and bad, from PHIL. 105 Ethics classic sources such as Plato, Aristotle, Hume, Kant, Mill PHIL. 114 Fundamentals of Logic and Nietzsche. (HU) PHIL. 131 Ancient Philosophy PHIL. 135 Modern Philosophy PHIL 114. Fundamentals of Logic (4) Introduction to formal deductive logic, involving the Senior Thesis construction of logical proofs in a system of natural The Senior Thesis (PHIL 390-1) is a year-long, inde- deduction with some attention to the philosophy of pendent project during which philosophy majors, with logic. (MA) the consent and under the guidance of a faculty sponsor, PHIL 116. (REL 116) Bioethics (4) investigate a topic of special interest to them. The topic Moral issues that arise in the context of health care and may be historical or non-historical, pure or applied, related biomedical fields in the United States today, interdisciplinary or disciplinary; the only constraint is examined in the light of the nature and foundation of that the student secure the cooperation of a faculty spon- moral rights and obligations. Topics include: confiden- sor. During the fall (PHIL 390), the student’s energies tiality, informed consent, euthanasia, medical research will be devoted to refining the topic under investigation, and experimentation, genetics, the distribution of health working through the bulk of the essential literature, and care, etc. (HU) producing a paper roughly 20 pages in length. During the spring semester (PHIL 391), the student will investi- PHIL 117. Race and Philosophy (4) gate the same topic more intensively, expanding, An introduction to the philosophy born of struggle revising, and refining the fall paper into a substantial against racism and white supremacy. We will read the senior thesis roughly 50 pages in length. work of philosophers, mostly European, who quietly made modern racism possible by inventing the category Honors of race, but we will concentrate on the work of philoso- Departmental honors in Philosophy are awarded to those phers, mostly of African descent, who for 200 years have graduating seniors who satisfy the following two criteria: struggled to force a philosophical critique of the category (a) at the time of graduation, their GPA in philosophy is of race and the practice of white supremacy. (HU) 3.5 or higher, their overall GPA is 3.25 or higher, and PHIL 121. Philosophy in Literature (4) (b) their senior thesis is judged by two members of the Exploration of philosophical themes through the study philosophy department to show sufficient imaginative of literature and film. Authors may include: Homer, philosophical accomplishment to merit their receiving Euripides, Dante, Rimbaud, Sterne, George Eliot, Valery, Honors in Philosophy. Joyce, Melville, T.S. Eliot, Rilke, Proust, Musil, Stevens, Undergraduate Courses Cummings, Camus, Sartre, Beckett, Morrison, Barthelme. (HU) PHIL 1. The Examined Life: An Introduction to Philosophy (4) PHIL 122. Philosophy of Law (4) What makes a life meaningful, what makes it worth liv- Analysis of the conceptual foundations of our legal sys- ing? In pursuit of an answer to this question this course tem. Special attention devoted to the nature of law and examines many of the basic questions of philosophy: eth- legal obligation, liberty and privacy in constitutional liti- ical questions about justice and virtue, epistemological gation, justice and contractual obligation, theories of questions about the limits of human knowledge, meta- punishment in criminal law, and the nature and scope of physical questions about what there is. (HU) responsibility in criminal law. (HU) PHIL 3. (REL 3) Religion, Ethics and Society (4) PHIL 123. Aesthetics (4) Introduction to philosophical and religious modes of Theories, classical and modern, of the nature of beauty moral thinking, with consideration given to ethics in the and the aesthetic experience. Practical criticism of some world religious traditions (family life and role of women, works of art, and examination of analogies between arts, and between art and nature. (HU) Philosophy 327

PHIL 124. (REL 124) Reason and Religious PHIL 135. Modern Philosophy (4) Experience (4) Historical survey of selected texts and issues in 17th and Critical examination, from a philosophical perspective, 18th century European philosophy with particular of some fundamental problems of religion, the nature of emphasis on developments in epistemology and meta- religious experience and belief, reason and revelation, the physics. Attention will be given to the relation of the existence and nature of God, the problem of evil, and “modern period” to developments in late medieval phi- religious truth. (HU) losophy and the rise of the experimental sciences. Figures may include Descartes, Leibniz, Locke, Hume, and PHIL 126. (Hum 126, REL 126) Professional Kant. (HU) Ethics (4) An examination of the moral rules and action guides that PHIL 137. (Hum 137, REL 137) Ethics in Practice govern various professions. Professions to be examined will (1-4) include health (physician and nursing); legal; counseling A variable content course focusing on ethical issues aris- and psychiatry; engineering; military; clergy; teaching. ing in a particular profession, such as law health, Attention will be given to modes of ethical reasoning and business, engineering, military. Variable credit. May be how those modes are practically applied in professional life taken more than once. Steffen. (HU) and activity. Among issues to be discussed, will be the lim- PHIL 139. Contemporary Philosophy (4) its of confidentiality; employer authority; power Philosophical thought from the late-19th century to the relationships; obligations to the public; professional rights; present; pragmatism, linguistic analysis, existentialism, sexual boundaries; whistle-blowing; safety and risk; com- and Marxism. Truth and knowledge, values and moral puter ethics; weapons development; discrimination; judgement, meaning, the place of the individual in the professional review of ethical infractions. Course will physical world and society, and the impact of the scien- include guest lectures and case studies. Steffen. (HU) tific method upon all of these. (HU) PHIL 127. Existentialism (4) PHIL 140. (Asian Studies 140) Eastern Philosophy Investigation of the historical development of existential- (4) ism from its origins in the 19th century (Kierkegaard, Survey of selected texts and issues in the eastern philo- Nietzsche) through its marriage to phenomenology in sophical traditions. Attention will be given to the the early 20th (Heidegger, Sartre, Merleau-Ponty), and development and interrelations of these traditions as well out the other side as a vigorous dimension of much liter- as a comparison of western and eastern treatments of ary, psychological, and artistic work produced in the last selected issues. Areas of focus may include 50 years. (HU) Confucianism, Taoism, and Zen Buddhism. (HU) PHIL 128. Philosophy of Science (4) PHIL 205. Contemporary Ethics (4) Introduction to the structure and methods of scientific Examination of significant questions addressed by con- investigation. The nature of explanation, confirmation, temporary moral philosophers. Topics vary, but might and falsification. Scientific progress: What is it? Would it include: What is a good person? Can a woman be good be suffocated by obedience to completely rational meth- in the same way as a man? Is morality relative or ods? (HU) absolute? Is morality all that important? Prerequisite: PHIL 129. (REL 129) Jewish Philosophy (4) PHIL 105 or consent of the instructor. (HU) Consideration of how major Jewish thinkers from the PHIL 217. Figures/Themes in Race and first to 20th centuries confronted questions at the inter- Philosophy (4) section of religion and philosophy: the existence and An investigation of a significant figure in the philosophy nature of God, free will, evil, divine providence, mira- of race (e.g. David Walker, W.E.B. DuBois, Alain Locke, cles, creation, revelation, and religious obligation. (HU) Marcus Garvey, Jean-Paul Sartre, Franz Fanon, Aimé PHIL 131. (CLSS 131) Ancient Philosophy (4) Césaire, Cornel West) and/or an investigation of a signifi- Historical survey of selected texts and issues in the classi- cant theme in the philosophy of race (Racial Exploitation, cal world, from the pre-Socratics through Aristotle, with Colonialism, Negritude, Afrocentrism, Black Nationalism, emphasis on the origins of the western philosophical tra- African Philosophy, Black Athena). Content Varies. May ditions in ethics, metaphysics, and epistemology. (HU) be taken more than once for credit. (HU) PHIL 132. (CLSS 132) Hellenistic Philosophy (4) PHIL 220. Knowledge and Justification (4) Historical survey of selected texts and issues in Post- Recent work in epistemology. Questions addressed Aristotelian Greek and Roman philosophy from the include: If you can’t know whether you are dreaming, fourth century B.C. to the third century A.D. Areas of how can you know you have two hands? Does knowl- focus may include epicureanism, stoicism, academic and edge require answers to all possible doubts or only all pyrrohnian scepticism, and neoplatonism. (HU) reasonable doubts? How should we determine the hori- PHIL 133. Medieval Philosophy (4) zon of the reasonable—psychologically or Historical survey of selected texts and issues in western philosophically? (HU) philosophy from the fourth to 14th centuries. Attention PHIL 223. Figures/Themes in Aesthetics (4) will be given to the relation between developments in An investigation of a significant figure in aesthetics (e.g., medieval philosophy and major currents in ancient and Burke, Kant, Hegel, Benjamin, Adorno, Goodman, Kivy, modern thought. Figures may include Augustine, Derrida, Deleuze) and/or an investigation of a significant Eriugena, Anselm, Aquinas, Ockham, and Nicholas of theme in aesthetics (e.g., sensuality, representation, poli- Autrecourt. (HU) tics, expressionism, cinematic gore, minimalism, architecture, post-modernism). Content varies. May be taken more than once for credit. (HU) 328 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

PHIL 224. (REL 224) Topics in the Philosophy of the politics of identity, etc.). Content varies. May be Religion (4) repeated more than once for credit. (HU) Selected problems and issues in the philosophy of reli- PHIL 240. (Asian Studies 240) Figures/Themes in gion. Content varies. May be repeated more than once Eastern Philosophy (4) for credit. (HU) This seminar course will involve in-depth focus upon a PHIL 226. (WS 226) Feminism and Philosophy (4) major figure in Eastern thought or upon the Eastern Analysis of the nature, sources, and consequences of the treatment of a particular theme or set of themes. oppression and exploitation of women and justification Content varies. May be repeated more than once for of strategies for liberation. Topics include women’s credit. (HU) nature and human nature, sexism, femininity, sexuality, PHIL 250. The Minds of Robots and Other People reproduction, mothering. Prerequisite: At least one previ- (4) ous course in philosophy or women’s studies. (HU) Is the nature of thinking illuminated by what computers PHIL 228. Topics in the Philosophy of Science (4) can do? Is the brain just a complex computer? Could a Themes in the natural, life and social sciences. May be robot feel pain? Be angry? Recent work in artificial intel- repeated for credit as topic varies. Prerequisite: PHIL ligence, psychology, and philosophy. (HU) 128 or consent of the department chair. (HU) PHIL 260. Philosophy of Language (4) PHIL 231. (CLSS 231) Figures/Themes in Ancient Analysis of the nature of the correspondence between the Philosophy (4) words we use and the world in which we live. Our unify- This seminar course will involve in-depth focus upon a ing theme is the quest for an understanding of truth, major ancient thinker (e.g. Plato, Aristotle, Sextus conceived as a peculiar relation between language and Empiricus, Plotinus, etc.) or the classical treatment of a reality. We examine such central notions as meaning and particular theme (e.g. “human nature,” “the good life,” reference, as understood in historically influential philo- ethical or political theory, etc.). Content varies. May be sophical theories of language. (HU) repeated more than once for credit. (HU) PHIL 265. Philosophy of Mathematics (4) PHIL 233. Figures/Themes in Medieval Philosophy Survey of metaphysical and epistemological issues from (4) the philosophy of mathematics, with emphasis on the This seminar course will involve in-depth focus upon a arguments on behalf of mathematical platonism, conven- major medieval thinker (e.g. Augustine, Boethius, tionalism, and psychologism. It is highly recommended Maimonides, Bonaventure, Dante, etc.) or the medieval that students take PHIL 114 and a year of calculus, or treatment of a particular theme (e.g. the relation of otherwise acquire comparable formal background, prior “will” and “intellect,” the “problem of universals,” ethical to this course. (HU) or political theory, etc.). Content varies. May be repeated PHIL 273, Ariadne: Internship (2) more than once for credit. (HU) An internship devoted to the construction and mainte- PHIL 235. Figures/Themes in Modern nance of Ariadne, an on-line, web-based, undergraduate Philosophy (4) journal of philosophy. Responsibilities will include This seminar course will involve in-depth focus upon a research; publicizing the project nationally and locally; major 17th or 18th century thinker (e.g. Descartes, reviewing, selecting, and formatting manuscripts for Leibniz, Berkeley, Kant, etc.) or the modern treatment of publication; and various other administrative and edito- a particular theme (e.g. the nature of “ideas,” the roles of rial activities. Some students may also be involved in the experience, reason, and revelation, ethical or political initial states of constructing Dionysos, an externally refer- theory, etc.). Content varies. May be repeated more than eed, on-line, web-based professional journal of the history once for credit. (HU) of philosophy. Prerequisite: Department permission required: previous coursework in philosophy expected. PHIL 237. Figures/Themes in Nineteenth Century May be repeated more than once for credit. (ND) Philosophy (4) This seminar course will involve in-depth focus upon a PHIL 290. Independent Study (1-4) major 19th century thinker (e.g. Hegel, Marx, Individual philosophical investigation of an author, Kierkegaard, Mill, Peirce, Frege, Nietzsche, James, etc.) book, or topic designed in collaboration with a faculty or the 19th century treatment of a particular theme (e.g. sponsor. Tutorial meetings; substantial written work. the end of history, revolution, nihilism, authenticity, ori- May be repeated more than once for credit. Consent of gins of mathematical logic, infinity, etc.). Content varies. faculty sponsor required. (ND) May be repeated more than once for credit. (HU) PHIL 303. (MATH 303) Mathematical Logic (3-4) PHIL 239. Figures/Themes in Contemporary A course, on a mathematically mature level, designed not only to acquaint the student with logical techniques used Philosophy (4) in mathematics but also to present symbolic logic as an This seminar course will involve in-depth focus upon a important adjunct to the study of the foundations of major contemporary thinker (e.g. Russell, Whitehead, mathematics. Prerequisite for non-math majors: PHIL Husserl, Heidegger, Wittgenstein, Quine, Habermas, 114 (MA) Rawls, Rorty, Derrida, Davidson, Foucault, Deleuze, Irigaray, etc.) or the contemporary treatment of a partic- PHIL 364. (POLS 364) Issues in Contemporary ular theme (e.g. logical positivism, naturalism, Political Philosophy (4) non-foundationalism, existential phenomenology, return Selected topics in contemporary political philosophy, to virtue, neo-pragmatism, hermeneutics, post-struc- such as the Frankfurt school, existentialism, legitimation, turalism, post-modernism, neo-kantian political theory, authenticity, participatory democracy, and the alleged Physics 329 decline of political philosophy. May be repeated for cred- A majority of physics graduates go to graduate school in it with consent of the political science chair. (SS) physics, often earning the Ph.D. degree. These graduates PHIL 367. (POLS 367) American Political take university or college faculty positions, or work on research in a variety of university, government, or indus- Thought (4) trial laboratories. Some students choose employment Critical examination of American political thought from immediately after the bachelor’s degree. They use their the founding of the Republic to the present. Writings many approved and free electives to supplement their from Madison, Hamilton, and Jefferson to Emma science background with applied courses, such as engi- Goldman, Mary Daly, Malcolm X, Henry Kariel, and neering, to develop the skills needed for a position in a others will be discussed. (SS) particular area. PHIL 371. Advanced Independent Study (1-4) Because of the fundamental role of physics in all the nat- Individual philosophical investigation of an author, ural sciences, students also use the physics major as an book, or topic designed in collaboration with a faculty excellent preparation for graduate study in many other sponsor. Tutorial meetings; substantial written work. scientific areas, such as: optical engineering, applied May be repeated more than once for credit. Consent of mathematics, computer science, biophysics, molecular faculty sponsor required. (ND) biology, astrophysics, geology and geophysics, materials PHIL 373. (Hum 373, REL 373) Independent science and engineering, meteorology, or physical Ethics Project (4) oceanography. Attractive engineering areas with a high Supervised ethics research into a topic approved by the science content include optical communications, aero- advisor for the Humanities Minor in Ethics. An option for nautical engineering, nuclear engineering, including both completing the ethics minor. For ethics minors only. (HU) fission and fusion devices; electrical engineering, includ- ing instrumentation, electronics and solid-state devices, PHIL 390. Senior Thesis (2) electrical discharges and other plasma-related areas; and The first part of two semesters of intensive research and mechanical engineering and mechanics, including fluids writing guided by a faculty sponsor in anticipation of and continuum mechanics. The broad scientific back- completing a senior thesis in philosophy. Individual ground developed in the physics curriculum is also an tutorials; substantial written work. Senior standing as excellent background for professional schools, such as philosophy major and consent of faculty sponsor law (particularly patent law), medicine, and optometry. required. (ND) Lehigh offers three undergraduate degrees in physics and PHIL 391. Senior Thesis (4) two undergraduate degrees in astronomy or astrophysics. Continuation and completion of PHIL 390 under the The three physics degrees are the bachelor of arts with a guidance of a faculty sponsor. Prerequisites: PHIL 390; major in physics and the bachelor of science in physics consent of faculty sponsor required. (ND) in the College of Arts and Sciences, and the bachelor of engineering physics in the College of Engineering and Physics Applied Science. The B.A. with a major in astronomy and the B.S. in astrophysics are in the College of Arts Professors. Michael Stavola, Ph.D. (Rochester), chairper- and Sciences and are described in the Astronomy and son; Garold J. Borse, Ph.D. (Virginia), associate Astrophysics section of this catalog. chairperson; Gary G. DeLeo, Ph.D. (Connecticut), In addition, there are several five-year, dual-degree pro- Robert T. Folk, Ph.D. (Lehigh); James D. Gunton, grams involving physics: The arts-engineering program (see Ph.D. (Stanford); A. Peet Hickman, Ph.D. (Rice); John the Arts-Engineering section of this catalog), the combina- P. H uennekens, Ph.D. (Colorado); Alvin S. Kanofsky, tion of the bachelor of science program in the College of Ph.D. (Pennsylvania); Thomas L. Koch, Ph.D. (Cal. Arts and Sciences with Electrical Engineering (described Tech.), director, Center for Optical Technologies; Yong W. below), and the combination of electrical engineering and Kim, Ph.D. (Michigan); Arnold H. Kritz, Ph.D. (Yale); engineering physics (see the Electrical Engineering and H. Daniel Ou-Yang, Ph.D. (U.C.L.A.); Jean Toulouse, Engineering Physics section of this catalog). Ph.D. (Columbia). The bachelor of science curriculum in the College of Associate professors. Ivan Biaggio, Ph.D., (ETH- Arts and Sciences requires somewhat more physics and Zurich); Volkmar Dierolf, Ph.D. (Utah); Jerome C. mathematics than the bachelor of arts major, while the Licini, Ph.D. (M.I.T.); Russell A. Shaffer, Ph.D. (Johns latter provides more free electives and three fewer Hopkins). hours for graduation. By making good use of the elec- Physics students study the basic laws of mechanics, heat tives in these programs, either can prepare a student and thermodynamics, electricity and magnetism, optics, for graduate work in physics or the physical aspects of relativity, quantum mechanics, and elementary particles. other sciences or engineering disciplines, or for techni- The students also study applications of the basic theories cal careers requiring a basic knowledge of physics. The to the description of bulk matter, including the mechani- bachelor of arts curriculum is particularly useful for cal, electric, magnetic, and thermal properties of solids, those planning careers in areas where some knowledge liquids, gases, and plasmas, and to the description of the of physics is needed or useful, but is not the main sub- structure of atoms and nuclei. In addition, the student ject, such as science writing, secondary school develops the laboratory skills and techniques of the teaching, patent law, or medicine. experimental physicist, skills that can be applied in the experimental search for new knowledge or in applica- tions of the known theories. 330 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

The bachelor of science in engineering physics curricu- Senior Year lum in the College of Engineering and Applied Science Adv. PHY. (5) Appr.Elec (7) PHY 340 (3) Appr.Elec.(6) requires an engineering concentration in either solid state Appr.Elec. (3) Electives (8) ApprElec (8) Electives (7) electronics or optical sciences, in addition to regular Elective (6) Dist.Req. (4) Dist.Req.(3) physics and mathematics courses. This four-year program [14] [15] [15] [16] prepares students to do engineering work in an overlap [121] [124] area between physics and engineering, which may be engineering in a forefront area in which it is desirable to *or an equivalent course in scientific computing have more physics knowledge than the typical engineer For the Bachelor of Arts curriculum: has, or may be experimental physics which either relies At least one of the two advanced physics laboratories heavily on fore-front engineering or in which the nature (PHY 190, PHY 262) is required. of the problem dictates that scientists and engineers will A total of 18 credits of advanced physics courses (200 or accomplish more working together rather than separately. 300 level). At least two of these courses must be at the A comparison of the curricula in terms of credit hours 300 level. (minimum credits indicated in major courses and approved Approved Electives are subject to the approval of the stu- electives) in various broad categories is given below. dent’s advisor, and should be chosen to provide a coherent College of College of program to satisfy the student’s goals, such as an interdis- Arts & Sciences Engineering ciplinary area of science, medical school, law school, Concentration in: teaching certification, science writing, etc. Physics Astronomy Solid-State Optical No more than 6 credit hours of military science may be B.A. B.S. B.A. B.S. Electronics Sciences applied towards the degree. Frshmn English 6 6 6 6 6 6 Coll. Ment. & Sem 4 4 4 4 For the Bachelor of Science curriculum: Distrb. Courses *16 *16 *16 16 17 17 Approved electives include at least 17 credit hours of Required Prelim 56 66 53 66 85 78 physics, physical science, or technical courses. Included in & major courses this group must be three of the following courses: PHY Apprvd Electives 16 17 12 12 11 18 363, 369, (352 or 355), and (348 or 365) and 380. Stu- Electives 23 15 30 20 12 12 dents planning graduate work in physics are advised to include PHY 273 and 369 among their electives. Total 121 124 121 124 131 131 *Not including mathematics or science No more than 6 credit hours of military science may be applied towards the degree. The recommended sequences of courses are: P.C. Rossin College of Engineering & Physics Degree Programs Applied Sciences College of Arts & Sciences Bachelor of Arts Bachelor of Science Bachelor of Engineering Physics Fall Spring Fall Spring with a concentration in Freshman Year Solid State Electronics Optical Sciences ENGL 1 (3) ENGL 2,4 (3) ENGL 1 (3) ENGL 2,4, (3) Freshman Year 6, 8 or 106, 6, 8 or 10 Fall Spring Fall Spring PHY 10 (4) CHM 21 (4) PHY 11 (4) CHM 21 (4) or 11 ENGL 1 (3) ENGL 2,4, 6, (3) ENGL 1 (3) ENGL 2, 4, PHY 12 (1) CHM 22 (1) PHY 12 (1) CHM 22 (1) 8 or 10 6, 8 or 10 (3) MATH 21 (4) MATH 22 (4) MATH 21(4) MATH 22 (4) PHY 11 (4) CHM 21 (4) PHY 11 (4) CHM 21 (4) Col. Sem. (3) Dist. Req. (3) Col.Sem (3) *ENGR. 1 (3) PHY 12 (1) CHM 22 (1) PHY 12 (1) CHM 22 (1) Coll. Ment. (1) Col. Ment (1) MATH 21(4) MATH 22 (4) MATH 21(4) MATH 22 (4) [16] [16] [15] [15] HSS (3) ENGR 1 (3) HSS (3) ENGR 1 (3) Sophomore Year ENGR 2 (1) ENGR 2 (1) [16] [15] [16] [15] PHY 13 (3-4) PHY 31 (3) PHY 21 (4) PHY 31 (3) Sophomore Year or 21 PHY 21 (4) PHY 31 (3) PHY 21 (4) PHY 31 (3) PHY 14 (1) Adv.PHY.(2-3) PHY 22 (1) PHY 190 (3) or 22 Lab PHY 22 (1) PHY 190 (3) PHY 22 (1) PHY 190 (3) MATH 23 (4) MATH 205(3) MATH 23 (4) MATH MATH (4) MATH 205 (3) MATH (4) MATH (3) 205 (3) 23 23 205 Dist. Req. (6) Dist. Req. (4) Dist. Req. (6) Dist. Req.(3) ECO 1 (4) MATH 208 (3) ECO 1 (4) MATH (3) 208 Elective (3) Elective (4) ECE 81 (4) ECE 108 (4) ECE 81 (4) ECE 108 (4) [14-15] [15-16] [15] [16] [17] [16] [17] [16] Junior Year Adv. PHY.(2)(7) Adv.PHY. (6) PHY 212 (3) PHY 213(3) Appr.Elec. (3) Appr.Elec (3) PHY 362 (3) PHY 262(2) Dist. Req. (3) Elective (3) MATH 322(3) PHY 364(3) Elective (3) Jr. Writing (3) Jr. Writing(3) PHY 215(4) Elective (4) Elective (4) [16] [15] [16] [16] Physics 331

Junior Year Junior Year PHY 212(3) PHY 213 (3) PHY 212 (3) PHY 213 (3) PHY 212 (3) PHY 213 (3) PHY 212 (3) PHY 213 (3) ECE 33 (4) PHY 262 (2) PHY 362 (3) PHY 262 (2) PHY 362 (3) PHY 262 (2) ECE 121 (2) ECE 126 (3) ECE 123 (3) PHY 215 (4) OE - Elec (3) PHY 215 (4) PHY (3) PHY 264 (3) ECE 123 (3) ECE 138 (2) MATH (3) ECE 126 (3) HSS (4) OE - Elec (3) Appr Elective 322 MATH (3) PHY 215 (4) MATH (3) ECE 136 (3) HSS (4) HSS (3) MATH (3) HSS (3) 322 208 322 HSS (4) HSS (3) MATH (3) ECE 125 (3) Elective (3) Elective (3) 231 Jr. Writing (3) Jr. Writing(3) [17] [18] [16] [18] [16] [18] [17] [17] Senior Year Senior Year PHY 340 (3) HSS or (3) PHY 340 (3) PHY 355 (3) PHY 340 (3) Elective (3) ECE 111 (1) PHY 264 (3) or ME 104 ME 104 PHY Appr. (3) PHY Appr. (5) ECE Appr.(3) ECE Appr. (6) PHY 363 (3) SSE - Elec* (5) PHY 352 (3) Electives (3) Elective Elective Elective Elective PHY 362 (3) Electives (9) OE - Elec (6) OE -Elec (6) ECE 121 (2) ECE 126 (3) ECE 251 (2) PHY 215 (4) SSE - Elec (6) Elective (6) HSS (3) ECE 123 (3) ECE 138 (2) PHY 362 (3) HSS (4) [15] [17] [18] [15] HSS (3) ECE 125 (3) Elective (7) [131] [131] Elective (3) *The 11 credit hours of SSE (Solid State Engineering) [17] [16] [16] [17] electives must include ECE 257 or 258 or PHY 273. Fifth Year **The 18 credit hours of OE (Optical Engineering) elec- ECE 111 (1) ECE 136 (3) PHY 340 (3) PHY 262 (2) tives must include ECE 251 or 252 or PHY 273. Must ECE Appr (3) ECE Appr (9) PHY Appr(6) PHY Appr (5) include at least two of ECE 347, ECE 348, ECE 371, ECE 372. Elective Elective Elective Elective Other advanced physics or engineering courses may be ECE 257 (2) Electives (3) MATH (3) Electives (8) 322 included among the SSE or OE electives with the approval of the student’s advisor. MATH (3) Electives (3) 231 Combined B.S.(Physics)/B.S.(Electrical Electives (6) Engineering) [15] [15] [15] [15] The combined arts/engineering programs resulting in [163] [163] bachelors degrees in both physics and electrical engineer- ing may be arranged so that either of the two degrees is completed within the first four years. The suggested cur- EE-EP EP-EE ricula are: Freshman year (see Section III) Physics-Elec. Engr Elec. Engr-Physics Sophomore year, first semester (Physics first) (Electrical Engineering First) PHY 21 (4) PHY 21 (4) Fall Spring Fall Spring PHY 22 (1) PHY 22 (1) Freshman Year ECE 33 (4) ECE 33 (4) ENGL 1 (3) ENGL 2,4, (3) ENGL 1 (3) ENGL 2,4, (3) ECE 81 (4) ECE 81 (4) 6, 8 or 10 6, 8 or 10 MATH 23 (4) MATH 23 (4) PHY 11 (4) CHM 21 (4) PHY 11 (4) CHM 21 (4) [17] [17] PHY 12 (1) CHM 22 (1) PHY 12 (1) CHM 22 (1) Sophomore year, second semester MATH (4) MATH 22 (4) MATH (4) MATH 22 (4) PHY 31 (3) PHY 31 (3) 21 21 ECE 108 (4) ECE 108 (4) HSS (3) ENGR 1 (3) HSS (3) ENGR 1 (3) ECE 82 (1) ECE 82 (1) ENGR 2 (1) ENGR 2 (1) MATH 205 (3) MATH 205 (3) [16] [15] [16] [15] MATH 208 (3) MATH 208 (3) Sophomore Year ECO 1 (4) ECO 1 (4) PHY 21 (4) PHY 31 (3) PHY 21 (4) PHY 31 (3) [18] [18] PHY 22 (1) ECO 1 (4) PHY 22 (1) ECO 1 (4) Junior year, first semester MATH (4) MATH 205 (3) MATH (4) MATH 205(3) ECE 121 (2) ECE 121 (2) 23 23 ECE 123 (3) ECE 123 (3) ECE 33 (4) MATH 208 (3) ECE 33 (4) HSS (3) PHY 212 (3) PHY 212 (3) ECE 81 (4) ECE 82 (1) ECE 81 (4) ECE 82 (1) MATH 231 (3) EP-Ap.Elec. (3) ECE 108 (4) ECE 108 (4) MATH 322 (3) MATH 322 (3) [17] [18] [17] [18] HSS (3) HSS (3) [17] [17] 332 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

Junior year, second semester Junior year, second semester (18 credit hours) PHY 213 (3) PHY 213 (3) PHY 213 Electricity and Magnetism II (3) PHY 215 (4) PHY 215 (4) PHY 262 Advanced Laboratory (2) ECE 125 (3) ECE 125 (3) PHY 215 Mechanics (4) ECE 126 (3) ECE 126 (3) ECE 126 Fundamentals of Semiconductor Devices (3) ECE 138 (2) PHY 262 (2) HSS (3) HSS (3) AS courses/electives (6) [18] [18] Senior year, first semester (15 credits) Senior year, first semester PHY 363 Solid State Physics (3) ECE 257 (3) PHY 340 or PHY 362 Atomic/Molecular Physics (3) ME 104 (3) SSE elective (6) PHY 362 (3) PHY 362 (3) Senior year, second semester (17 credits) PHY 363 (3) PHY 363 (3) SSE electives (5) ECE-Ap.Elec. (3) EP-Ap.Elec (3) AS courses/elective or SSE elective (3) HSS (3) HSS (3) AS courses/elective (7) [15] [15] Senior year, second semester Fifth year, first semester ECE 136 (3) ECE 138 (2) Physics approved electives: three courses selected from ECE-Ap.Elec. (9) EP-Ap.Elec (5) PHY 363, 369, (352 or 355), and (346 or 365) and 380. HSS (3) HSS (3) Students must satisfy both the HSS requirements of the Elective (3) Electives (6) College of Engineering and Applied Science and the dis- [18] [16] tribution requirements, including the junior writing Fifth year, first semester intensive requirement, of the College of Arts and Sciences. Courses appropriate for both may be counted EP-Ap.Elec (6) ECE-Ap.Elec. (3) in both categories. Electives (6) MATH 231 (3) PHY 340 or ECE 257 (3) Approved electives are subject to the approval of the stu- ME 104 (3) dent’s advisor. Students planning graduate work in physics are advised to include PHY 273 and 369 among Electives (6) their electives. [15] [15] Fifth year, second semester No more than 6 credit hours of military science may be applied towards the degree. PHY 262 (2) ECE 136 (3) EP-Ap.Elec (6) ECE-Ap.Elec (9) Astronomy/Astrophysics Degree Programs Electives (6) Elective (3) (See the Astronomy section in this catalog.) [14] [15] Total Credits [163] Total Credits [163] Research opportunities Credits in 4 yrs [135] Credits in 4 yrs [132] A majority of physics, astronomy, and engineering EP approved electives** physics majors take advantage of opportunities to partici- Fall Spring pate in research under the direction of a faculty member. Research areas available to undergraduates are the same PHY 369 PHY 273 as those available to graduate students; they are described PHY 380 ECE 258 below under the heading For Graduate Students. PHY 382 ECE 316 Undergraduate student research is arranged informally as ECE 257 ECE 320 early as the sophomore (or, occasionally, freshman) year at the initiation of the student or formally as a senior ECE 351 ECE 322 research project. In addition, a number of students ECE 361 ECE 348 receive financial support to do research during the sum- ECE 355 mer between their junior and senior years, either as ECE 308 Physics Department Summer Research Participants or as Sherman Fairchild Scholars. **Must include ECE 257 or 258 or PHY 273 The use of electives. The electives available in each of Solid State Electronics Concentration the physics and astronomy curricula provide the student Junior year, first semester (17 credit hours) with an opportunity to develop special interests and to PHY 212 Electricity and Magnetism I (3) prepare for graduate work in various allied areas. In par- ECE 33 Intro. to Computer Engineering (4) ticular, the many available upper-level physics, ECE 123 Electronic Circuits (3) mathematics, and engineering courses can be used by students in consultation with their faculty advisors to MATH 322 Methods of Applied Analysis (3) structure programs with special emphasis in a variety of ASS courses/electives (4) areas such as optical communications, solid-state elec- tronics, or biophysics. Physics 333

Departmental Honors PHY 9. Introductory Physics I Completion (1-2) Students may earn departmental honors by satisfying the For students who have Advanced Placement or transfer following requirements: credit for 2 or 3 credits of PHY 11. The student will be •Grade point average of at least 3.50 in physics courses. scheduled for the appropriate part of PHY 11 to com- •Satisfactorily completing the following courses (these plete the missing material. The subject matter and credit may be included in the list of approved electives): hours will be determined by the Physics Department for PHY 369; two of PHY 348, 363 and (352 or 355) each student. Students with AP Physics C credit for and 380; one 400-level physics course. mechanics will take the thermodynamics and kinetic the- •Six credits PHY 273 (Research) plus submission of a ory part of PHY 11 for one credit. Prerequisite: MATH written report and an oral presentation open to facul- 21, 31, or 51 previously or concurrently; and consent of ty and students. the department. (NS) For students majoring in astronomy or astrophysics, see PHY 10. General Physics I (4) fall the Astronomy and Astrophysics section of this catalog. Statics, dynamics, conservation laws, thermodynamics, kinetic theory of gases, fluids. Primarily for architecture, Five-year combined bachelor/master’s biological science, earth and environmental science stu- programs dents. Prerequisite: calculus (MATH 21, 31, or 51, Five-year programs that lead to successive bachelor and previously or concurrently). Ou-Yang. (NS) master’s degrees are available. These programs satisfy all PHY 11. Introductory Physics I (4) of the requirements of one of the five bachelor’s degrees Kinematics, frames of reference, laws of motion in in physics (B.A., B.S., B.S.E.P.) and astronomy/astro- Newtonian theory and in special relativity, conservation physics (B.A., B.S.), plus the requirements of the M.S. in laws, as applied to the mechanics of mass points; temper- physics in the final year. Depending upon the under- ature, heat and the laws of thermodynamics; kinetic graduate degree received, one summer in residence may theory of gases. Two lectures and two recitations per be required. Interested students should contact the asso- week. Prerequisite: MATH 21, 31 or 51, previously or ciate chair of physics no later than the spring semester of concurrently. DeLeo./Licini (NS) their junior year for further detail. PHY 12. Introductory Physics Laboratory I (1) The minor program A laboratory course taken concurrently with PHY 11. The minor in physics consists of 15 credits of physics Experiments in mechanics, heat, and DC electrical cir- courses, excluding Physics 5 and 7. No more than one cuits. One three-hour laboratory period per week. physics course required in a student’s major program Prerequisite: PHY 10 or PHY 11, preferably concurrent- may be included in the minor program. The minor pro- ly. Kanofsky (NS) gram must be designed in consultation with the physics PHY 13. General Physics (3) department chair. A continuation of PHY 10, primarily for biological sci- Undergraduate Courses in Physics and ence and earth and environmental science students. Astronomy Electrostatics, electromagnetism, light, sound, atomic physics, nuclear physics, and radioactivity. Prerequisites: PHY 5. Concepts in Physics (4) spring PHY 10 or 11 and MATH 21, 31, or 51. Shaffer (NS) Fundamental discoveries and concepts of physics and their relevance to current issues and modern technology. PHY 19. Introductory Physics II Completion(1-2) For students not intending to major in science or engi- For students who have Advanced Placement or transfer neering. Lectures, demonstrations, group activities, and credit for 2 or 3 credits of PHY 21. The student will be laboratories using modern instrumentation and comput- scheduled for the appropriate part of PHY 21 to com- ers. This is a non-calculus course; no previous plete the missing material. The subject matter and credit background in physics is assumed. Three class meetings hours will be determined by the Physics Department for and one laboratory period per week. No prerequisites. each student. Students with AP Physics C credit for elec- Staff. (NS) tricity and magnetism will take the optics and modern physics part of PHY 21 for one credit. Prerequisite: 4 PHY 7. (ASTR 7) Introduction to Astronomy (3) credits of PHY 10 or 11, MATH 23, 32, or 52 previous- fall ly or concurrently; and consent of the department. (NS) Introduction to planetary, stellar, galactic, and extragalac- PHY 21. Introductory Physics II (4) tic astronomy. An examination of the surface A continuation of PHY 11. Electrostatics and magneto- characteristics, atmospheres, and motions of planets and statics; DC circuits; Maxwell’s equations; waves; physical other bodies in our solar system. Properties of the sun, and geometrical optics; introduction to modern physics. stars, and galaxies, including the birth and death of stars, Two lectures and two recitations per week. Prerequisite: stellar explosions, and the formation of stellar remnants PHY 11; MATH 23, 32, or 52, previously or concur- such as white dwarfs, neutron stars, pulsars, and black rently. Folk/Hickman. (NS) holes. Quasars, cosmology, and the evolution of the uni- verse. May not be taken by students who have previously PHY 22. Introductory Physics Laboratory II (1) completed ASTR/PHY 105, 201, or 202. (NS) A laboratory course to be taken concurrently with PHY 21. One three-hour laboratory period per week. PHY 8. (ASTR 8) Introduction to Astronomy Prerequisite: PHY 12; PHY 21, preferably concurrently. Laboratory (1) fall Folk (NS). Laboratory to accompany PHY 7 (ASTR 7). (NS) 334 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

PHY 31. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics (3) PHY 212. Electricity and Magnetism I (3) fall spring Electrostatics, magnetostatics, and electromagnetic Experimental basis and historical development of quan- induction. Prerequisites: PHY 21 or 13; MATH 205, tum mechanics; the Schroedinger equation; previously or concurrently. Huennekens. (NS) one-dimensional problems; angular momentum and the PHY 213. Electricity and Magnetism II (3) spring hydrogen atom; many-electron systems; spectra; selected Maxwell’s equations, Poynting’s theorem, potentials, the applications. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: PHY wave equation, waves in vacuum and in materials, trans- 13 or 21; MATH 205, previously or concurrently. mission and reflection at boundaries, guided waves, Huennekens. (NS) dispersion, electromagnetic field of moving charges, radi- PHY 91. Measurement and Transducers (1) ation, Lorentz invariance and other symmetries of Computer-assisted laboratory course, dealing with physi- Maxwell’s equations. Prerequisite: PHY 212. Kim. (NS) cal phenomena in mechanics, electricity and magnetism, PHY 215. Classical Mechanics I (4) spring optics, spectroscopy and thermodynamics. Measurement Kinematics and dynamics of point masses with various strategies are developed and transducers devised. force laws; conservation laws; systems of particles; rotating Computer simulation, analysis software, digital data coordinate systems; rigid body motions; topics from acquisition. Prerequisites: PHY 21 and 22 or their equiv- Lagrange’s and Hamilton’s formulations of mechanics; con- alent or consent of chairperson. Kim. (NS) tinuum mechanics. Prerequisites: PHY 21 or PHY 13 and PHY 105. (ASTR 105, EES 105) Planetary MATH 205, previously or concurrently. McCluskey. (NS) Astronomy (4) fall PHY 262. Advanced Physics Laboratory (2) spring Structure and dynamics of planetary interiors, surfaces, Laboratory practice, including machine shop, vacuum and atmospheres. Models for the formation of the solar systems, and computer interfacing. Experiment selected system and planetary evolution. Internal structure, sur- from geometrical optics, interference and diffraction, face topology, and composition of planets and other spectroscopy, lasers, fiber optics, and quantum phenome- bodies in our solar system. Comparative study of plane- na. Prerequisites: PHY 21 and 22 or PHY 13 and 14. tary atmospheres. Organic materials in the solar system. Dierolf. (NS) Properties of the interplanetary medium, including dust and meteoroids. Orbital dynamics. Extrasolar planetary PHY 273. Research (2-3) systems. Prerequisites: PHY 10 or 11 and EES 21, or Participation in current research projects being carried departmental permission. DeLeo. (NS) out within the department. Intended for seniors major- ing in the field. May be repeated once for credit. (NS) PHY 110 (ASTR 110) Methods of Observational Astronomy (1) PHY 281. Basic Physics I (3) Techniques of astronomical observation, data reduction, A course designed especially for secondary-school teach- and analysis. Photometry, spectroscopy, CCD imaging, ers in the master teacher program. Presupposing a and interferometry. Computational analysis. background of two semesters of college mathematics Examination of ground- based and spacecraft instrumen- through differential and integral calculus and of two tation, and data transmission, reduction, and analysis. semesters of college physics, the principles of physics are McCluskey. (NS) presented with emphasis on their fundamental nature rather than on their applications. Open only to second- PHY 190. Electronics (3) spring ary-school teachers and those planning to undertake DC and AC circuits, diodes, transistors, operational teaching of secondary-school physics. (NS) amplifiers, oscillators, and digital circuitry. Two laborato- ries and one recitation per week. Prerequisites: PHY 21 PHY 282. Basic Physics II (3) and 22, or PHY 13 and 14. Stavola. (NS) Continuation of PHY 281. (NS) For Advanced Undergraduates And PHY 332. (ASTR 332) High-Energy Astrophysics (3) spring, odd numbered years. Graduate Students Observation and theory of X-ray and gamma-ray PHY 201. (ASTR 201) Modern Astrophysics I (4) fall sources, quasars, pulsars, radio galaxies, neutron stars, Physics of stellar atmospheres and interiors, and the for- black holes. Results from ultraviolet, X-ray and gamma mation, evolution, and death of stars. Variable stars. The ray satellites. Prerequisites: MATH 23 or 33, previously evolution of binary star systems. Novae, supernovae, or concurrently, and PHY 21. McCluskey. (NS) white dwarfs, neutron stars, pulsars, and black holes. PHY 340. Thermal Physics (3) fall Stellar spectra, chemical compositions, and thermody- Basic principles of thermodynamics, kinetic theory, and namic processes. Thermonuclear reactions. Interstellar statistical mechanics, with emphasis on applications to medium. Prerequisites: PHY 10 and 13, or PHY 11 and classical and quantum mechanical physical systems. 21, MATH 22 or 52. McCluskey. (NS) Prerequisites: PHY 13 or 21, and MATH 23, 32 or 52. PHY 202. (ASTR 202) Modern Astrophysics II (4) Toulouse. (NS) spring PHY 342. (ASTR 342) Relativity and Cosmology The Milky Way Galaxy, galactic morphology, and evolu- (3) spring, even numbered years. tionary processes. Active galaxies and quasars. Observed Special and general relativity. Schwarzschild and Kerr properties of the universe. Relativistic cosmology, and black holes. Super massive stars. Relativistic theories of the origin, evolution and fate of the universe. Elements the origin and evolution of the universe. Prerequisites: of General Relativity and associated phenomena. MATH 23 or 33, previously or concurrently, and PHY Prerequisites: PHY 10 and 13, or PHY 11 and 21, 21. McCluskey. (NS) MATH 22 or 52. McCluskey. (NS) Physics 335

PHY 348. Plasma Physics (3) dynamics methods. Prerequisite: MATH 205 previously Single particle behavior in electric and magnetic fields, or concurrently. Borse. (NS) plasmas as fluids, waves in plasmas, transport properties, kinetic theory of plasmas, controlled thermonuclear For Graduate Students fusion devices. Prerequisites: PHY 21, MATH 205, and The department of physics has concentrated its research senior standing or consent of the chairman of the activities within several fields of physics, with the result department. Kritz (NS) that a number of projects are available in each area. Current departmental research activities include the fol- PHY 352. Modern Optics (3) lowing: Paraxial optics, wave and vectorial theory of light, coher- ence and interference, diffraction, crystal optics, and Solid-state Physics (experimental) lasers. Prerequisites: MATH 205, and PHY 212 or ECE Optical and electronic properties of defects in semi- 202. Dierolf. (NS) conductors and insulators, electron paramagnetic PHY 355. Lasers and Non-linear Optics (3) resonance, ultrasonic attenuation, Raman spectroscopy, Basic principles and selected applications of lasers and non- luminescence spectroscopy. Properties of thin films, linear optics. Topics include electromagnetic theory of opti- physics of semiconductor devices. Colloidal suspen- cal beams, optical resonators, laser oscillation, non-linear sions and complex fluids. interaction of radiation with atomic systems, electro- and Solid-state Physics (theoretical) acousto-optics, optical noise, optical waveguides, and laser Electronic properties of defects in semiconductors and devices. Prerequisites: PHY 31; PHY 213 or ECE 203, pre- insulators, electronic structures, electron-lattice interac- viously or concurrently. Dierolf. (NS) tions, energy band calculations. PHY 362. Atomic and Molecular Structure (3) fall Review of quantum mechanical treatment of one-elec- Atomic and Molecular Physics (experimental) tron atoms, electron spin and fine structure, Study of fundamental atom-atom interactions includ- multi-electron atoms, Pauli principle, Zeeman and Stark ing velocity-changing collisions and diffusion, energy effects, hyperfine structure, structure and spectra of sim- pooling collisions and fine-structure changing colli- ple molecules. Prerequisite: Phys 31 or CHM 341. sions. High resolution spectroscopy of bound-bound Hickman. (NS) and bound-free molecular transitions (including photodissociation) PHY 363. Physics of Solids (3) fall Introduction to the theory of solids with particular refer- Atomic and Molecular Physics (theoretical) ence to the physics of metals and semiconductors. Collisions of aligned atoms. Charge exchange. Fine- Prerequisite: PHY 31 or Mat 316 or CHM 341, and structure changing collisions. Nonlinear optics. PHY 340 or equivalent, previously or concurrently. Biaggio. (NS) Plasma Physics (theoretical) Studies of heating, current drive, transport, and plasma PHY 364. Nuclear and Elementary Particle diagnostics by transient synchrotron radiation in mag- Physics (3) netically confined toroidal plasmas. The research is Models, properties, and classification of nuclei and ele- closely related to ongoing and proposed experiments at mentary particles; nuclear and elementary particle major fusion laboratories. reactions and decays; radiation and particle detectors; accelerators; applications. Prerequisites: PHY 31 and Plasma Spectroscopy MATH 205. Kanofsky. (NS) Collisional and collisionless phenomena of very dense PHY 365. Physics of Fluids (3) spring plasmas. Laser-produced plasmas. Concepts of fluid dynamics; continuum and molecular Nuclear Theory approaches; waves, shocks and nozzle flows; nature of The few nucleon problem, nuclear structure theory. turbulence; experimental methods of study. Prerequisites: PHY 212 or ECE 202, and PHY 340 or ME 104 or Statistical Physics (experimental) equivalent, previously or concurrently. Kim. (NS) Non-equilibrium fluctuations in gases. Chaotic transi- PHY 369. Quantum Mechanics I (3) fall tions. Colloidal suspensions and complex fluids. Principles of quantum mechanics: Schroedinger, Disordered materials. Heisenberg, and Dirac formulations. Applications to Statistical Physics (theoretical) simple problems. Prerequisites: PHY 31, MATH 205; Kinetic theory, statistical basis of hydrodynamics, non- PHY 215, previously or concurrently. Hickman. (NS) linear processes, bound states and internal degrees of PHY 372. Special Topics in Physics (1-3) freedom in kinetic theory. Study of pattern formation in Special topics in physics not sufficiently covered in the dendritic growth. general courses. Lecture and recitations or conferences. (NS) Elementary Particles (experimental) Channeling, device development, and particle jet studies PHY 380. Introduction to Computational Physics are carried out at Fermilab and Brookhaven. (3) spring Numerical solution of physics and engineering problems Elementary Particles (theoretical) using computational techniques. Topics include linear Properties of leptons and vector bosons, weak and elec- and nonlinear equations, interpolation, eigenvalues, ordi- tromagnetic interactions. Quark-Glauber calculations of nary differential equations, partial differential equations, elastic and inelastic scattering. statistical analysis of data, Monte Carlo, and molecular 336 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

Non-linear Optics PHY 422. Electricity & Magnetism II (3) fall Theoretical and experimental work in lasers and non-lin- Electrodynamics, electromagnetic radiation, physical ear optics. optics, electrodynamics in anisotropic media. Special Candidates for advanced degrees normally will have com- theory of relativity. Prerequisite: PHY 421. Huennekens. pleted, before beginning their graduate studies, the PHY 424. Quantum Mechanics II (3) spring requirements for a bachelor’s degree with a major in General principles of quantum theory; approximation physics, including advanced mathematics beyond differen- methods; spectra; symmetry laws; theory of scattering. tial and integral calculus. Students lacking the equivalent Prerequisite: PHY 369 or equivalent. Borse of this preparation will make up deficiencies in addition to PHY 425. Quantum Mechanics III (3) taking the specified work for the degree sought. A continuation of Phys 424. Relativistic quantum theory At least eight semester hours of general college physics of the electron; theory of radiation. Shaffer using calculus are required for admission to all 200- and 300-level courses. Additional prerequisites for individual PHY 428. Methods of Mathematical Physics I (3) courses are noted in the course descriptions. Admission fall to 400-level courses generally is predicated on satisfacto- Analytical and numerical methods of solving the ordi- ry completion of corresponding courses in the 200- and nary and partial differential equations that occur in 300-level groups or their equivalent. physics and engineering. Includes treatments of complex variables, special functions, product solutions and inte- Facilities for Research gral transforms. Gunton. Among the research equipment available in the various PHY 429. Methods of Mathematical Physics II (3) experimental physics laboratories are: two electron spin spring resonance laboratories; a laboratory for optical detection Continuation of Physics 428 to include the use of inte- of magnetic resonance; facilities for optical absorption gral equations. Green’s functions, group theory, and and luminescence studies; ultraviolet, visible, and more on numerical methods. Prerequisite: PHY 428. infrared spectrophotometers; liquid nitrogen, hydrogen, and helium cryogenic equipment; numerous high-power PHY 431. Theory of Solids (3) lasers (including a ruby laser, Q-switched Nd:YAG and Advanced topics in the theory of the electronic structure Nd-glass lasers, several pulsed dye lasers, several argon of solids. Many-electron theory. Theory of transport and Krypton ion lasers, marrowbased CW dye lasers, phenomena. Magnetic properties, optical properties. two tunable CW Ti:Sapphire lasers, and many semicon- Superconductivity. Point imperfections. Prerequisites: ductor lasers); crystal-growing facilities; a PHY 363 and PHY 424. mass-spectrometer, large interferometers, an electron PHY 442. Statistical Mechanics (3) spring microscope, a high-density plasma source; electronic General principles of statistical mechanics with applica- instrumentation for data acquisition and analysis, includ- tion to thermodynamics and the equilibrium properties ing several minicomputers, many microcomputers, and of matter. Prerequisites: PHY 340 and 369. Toulouse. signal averagers. PHY 443. Nonequilibrium Statistical Mechanics (3) A 3 MeV Van de Graaff accelerator housed in the A continuation of PHY 442. Applications of kinetic the- Sherman Fairchild Laboratory is used to study radiation ory and statistical mechanics to nonequilibrium defects in solids, to analyze impurity distributions in thin processes; non- equilibrium thermodynamics. films, to develop instrumentation, and to study channel- Prerequisite: PHY 442. Kim. ing and nuclear physics. Also available in materials and electrical engineering laboratories in the Fairchild PHY 446. Atomic and Molecular Physics (3) Laboratory are excellent facilities for the preparation of Advanced topics in the experimental and theoretical solid-state materials and the fabrication of solid-state study of atomic and molecular structure. Topics include devices; these facilities are heavily used by physics stu- fine and hyperfine structure, Zeeman effect, interaction dents doing experimental solid-state research. of light with matter, multi-electron atoms, molecular spectroscopy, spectral line broadening atom-atom and Graduate Courses in Physics electron-atom collisions and modern experimental tech- PHY 411. Survey of Nuclear and Elementary niques. Prerequisite: PHY 424 or consent of the Particle Physics (3) department. Huennekens Intended for non-specialists. Fundamentals and modern PHY 455. Physics of Nonlinear Phenomena (3) advanced topics in nuclear and elementary particle Basic concepts, theoretical methods of analysis and physics. Topics include: nuclear force, structure of nuclei, experimental development in nonlinear phenomena and nuclear models and reactions, scattering, elementary par- chaos. Topics include nonlinear dynamics, including ticle classification, SU(3), quarks, gluons, quark flavor period-multiplying routes to chaos and strange attrac- and color, leptons, gauge theories, GUT, the big bang. tors, fractal geometry and devil’s staircase. Examples of Prerequisite: PHY 369. Shaffer. both dissipative and conservative systems will be drawn PHY 420. Mechanics (3) fall from fluid flows, plasmas, nonlinear optics, mechanics Includes the variational methods of classical mechanics, and waves in disordered media. Prerequisite: graduate methods of Hamilton and Lagrange, canonical transfor- standing in science or engineering, or consent of the mations, Hamilton-Jacobi Theory. Toulouse. chairman of the department. Gunton. PHY 421. Electricity & Magnetism I (3) spring PHY 462. Theories of Elementary Particle Electrostatics, magnetostatics, Maxwell’s equations, Interactions (3) dynamics of charged particles, multipole fields. Folk Relativistic quantum theory with applications to the strong, electromagnetic and weak interactions of elemen- tary particles. Prerequisite: PHY 425. Shaffer Political Science 337

PHY 465. Nuclear and Elementary Particle The faculty adviser to the student majoring in political Physics (3) science is designated by the department. The adviser Nuclear structure and phenomena; interactions among consults with the student and approves the major pro- elementary particles and methods of studying them. gram. The adviser attempts to help the student relate Kanofsky courses offered by the department to the student’s educa- tional goals. The adviser also may act as a resource for PHY 467. Nuclear Theory (3) the student, and may suggest courses in other disciplines, Theory of low-energy nuclear phenomena within the language courses, and courses in research techniques that framework of nonrelativistic quantum mechanics. Borse may be of benefit. PHY 471. (MECH 411) Continuum Mechanics (3) A variety of experiential opportunities are available to An introduction to the continuum theories of the undergraduates majoring in political science. The depart- mechanics of solids and fluids. This includes a discussion ment, for example, offers a Community Politics of the mechanical and thermodynamical bases of the Internship every semester that includes opportunities for subject, as well as the use of invariance principles in for- internship placements in either local government, private mulating constitutive equations. Applications of theories agencies or law offices. Students are also encouraged to to specific problems are given. apply for off-campus internship opportunities, e.g., PHY 472. Special Topics in Physics (1-3) American University’s Washington Semester Program Selected topics not sufficiently covered in the more gen- and The Philadelphia Center’s Internship in eral courses. May be repeated for credit. Philadelphia. PHY 474. Seminar in Modern Physics (3) Completion of the political science major is considered Discussion of important advances in experimental suitable training for the undergraduate who wishes to go physics. May be repeated for credit when a different on to law school, to become a social science teacher, or topic is offered. to work as a governmental official, party or civic leader, public affairs commentator, or staff member of a govern- PHY 475. Seminar in Modern Physics (3) ment research bureau. In addition, the business sector Discussion of important advances in theoretical physics. continues to provide opportunities in areas such as bank- May be repeated for credit when a different topic is ing, insurance, and marketing for bachelor of arts offered. graduates with training in the social sciences. Graduate PHY 491. Research (3) study is advisable for students contemplating certain Research problems in experimental or theoretical physics. careers: college teaching, research, or public manage- ment, for example. PHY 492. Research (3) Continuation of PHY 491. May be repeated for credit. The three core courses are required. Individual excep- tions may be made, for good reasons, by the major adviser with the approval of the department chairman. Political Science Major Requirements Professors. Frank T. Colon, Ph.D. (Pittsburgh); Richard POLS 1 American Political System (4) K. Matthews, Ph.D. (Toronto), NEH Distinguished POLS 3 Comparative Politics (4) University Professor; Edward P. Morgan, Ph.D. POLS 100 Introduction to Political Thought (4) or (Brandeis), Distinguished University Professor; Laura Katz Olson, Ph.D. (Colorado), Chairperson; Hannah Stewart- POLS 101 Ancient Political Heritage (4) or Gambino, Ph.D. (Duke). POLS 102 Modern Political Heritage (4) Associate professors. Frank L. Davis, Ph.D. (North Electives Carolina); Albert H. Wurth Jr., Ph.D. (North Carolina). Six elective courses with at least one course from each of Assistant professors. Janet M. Laible, Ph.D. (Yale); the two fields listed below. One of the electives may, with Brian K. Pinaire, Ph.D. (Rutgers). the consent of the department, be in a cognate field. Adjunct professor. Candace K. Briggs, M.A. (East American Politics, Public Law and Stroudsburg). Interdisciplinary The major in political science is designed to promote POLS 104 Political Sociology (4) understanding of political ideas, institutions and process- POLS 111 The Politics of the Environment (4) es and to develop skills in analyzing and evaluating POLS 115 Technology As Politics (4) political problems. POLS 179 Politics of Women (4) A balanced program within the discipline, one that POLS 230 Movements and Legacies of the 1960s (4) exposes the student to various areas of inquiry in politi- POLS 232 The Vietnam War in Politics, Media, cal institutions and political processes as well as in the and Memory (4) comparative and philosophical perspectives of political POLS 240 Law and Order (4) analysis, has been the way in which the goals of the major program generally have been achieved. While the POLS 274 Political Parties and Elections (4) major program outlined below will prove adequate for POLS 302 Comparative State Politics (4) most student needs, it may be that because of some spe- POLS 306 Public Policy Process (4) cial factors such as late transfer or unusual interests POLS 317 The American Presidency (4) and/or abilities the outlined program does not accom- POLS 326 Democracy Workshop (4) modate some students. In that case the students may, in POLS 328 U.S. Politics and the Environment (4) consultation with their advisers, develop a major pro- POLS 329 Propaganda, Media, and gram that in their judgment will more adequately fulfill American Politics (4) those needs. 338 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

POLS 331 Community Politics Internship (4) POLS 100. Introduction to Political Thought (4) POLS 333 Social Psychology of Politics (4) A critical examination of political ideologies: Liberalism, POLS 351 Constitutional Law (4) Marxism, Fascism, and Islamism. Matthews (ND) POLS 352 Civil Rights and Civil Liberties (4) POLS 101. Ancient Political Heritage (4) POLS 358 Interest Groups, Factions, and Important political thinkers from the pre-Socratics to Coalitions in Politics (4) early, modern political theorists like Machiavelli. POLS 359 U.S. Congress (4) Matthews (SS) POLS 360 Public Administration (4) POLS 102. (PHIL 102) Modern Political Heritage POLS 368 Political Economy (4) (4) POLS 375 Seminar: Green Policy (4) Begins where POLS 101 ends: from early, modern theo- POLS 376 Seminar: National Social Policy (4) rists (e.g., Hobbes) up to contemporary thinkers (e.g., POLS 377 Urban Politics (4) Marcuse). Matthews (SS) POLS 378 Honors Thesis in Political Science (4) POLS 104. (SSP 104). Political Sociology (4) POLS 379 Honors Thesis in Political Science (4) An introduction to political sociology through an exami- Political Theory and Comparative Politics nation of the major sociological questions concerning POLS 100 Introduction to Political Thought (4) power, politics, and the state. Covers historical questions concerning state formation, nationalism, social move- POLS 101 Ancient Political Heritage (4) ments, globalization, political culture and participation, POLS 102 Modern Political Heritage (4) and civil society. Includes examples such as racism, wel- POLS 125 International Political Economy (4) fare reform, campaign financing, coal mining in POLS 132 An Introduction to Canada (4) Appalachia, revolution in Latin America, and the rise of POLS 301 Current Political Controversies (4) the Nazi party in Germany, and the place of the United POLS 321 Research in Political Science (4) States in a global society. Munson (SS) POLS 323 Public Policy of the European Union (4) POLS 111. The Politics of the Environment (4) POLS 324 Politics of Western Europe (4) A survey of the major environmental, resource, energy POLS 325 Nationalism in Comparative Perspective (4) and population problems of modern society, focusing on POLS 335 Latin American Political Systems (4) the United States. The politics of man’s relationship with POLS 336 U.S. Foreign Policy and Latin America (4) nature, the political problems of ecological scarcity and POLS 337 Religion and Politics in Latin America (4) public goods, and the response of the American political POLS 342 Gender and Third World Development (4) system to environmental issues. Wurth (SS) POLS 356 Seminar: Political Philosophy (4) POLS 115. Technology as Politics (4) POLS 364 Issues in Contemporary Relationship of technology and technological change Political Philosophy (4) with politics and public policy. Review of theories of POLS 367 American Political Thought (4) political significance of technology, including technologi- POLS 370 Seminar: The Citizen versus cal determinism, technology assessment, technological the Administrative State (4) progress and appropriate technology. Specific issues in POLS 374 Seminar: Third World Issues (4) technology with emphasis on U.S. Wurth (ND) Political Science Minor POLS 125. (IR 125) International Political The minor consists of two of the three core courses listed Economy (4) above (POLS 1, POLS 3, and POLS 100 or 101 or 102) Principles governing the interaction between the eco- plus any two other political science courses for a total of nomic and political components of international 16 credits. phenomena. Political causes and consequences of trade and investment. Foreign economic policy in its relation- Public Administration Minor ship to domestic economic policy and other aspects of The minor consists of POLS 360 plus three other cours- foreign policy. Determinants of foreign economic policy. es chosen in consultation with the adviser for a Prerequisites: Economics 1 or 11 or 12; IR 10. Moon, minimum of sixteen credits. Barkey (SS) Political Science Honors POLS 132. (Eco., HIST., IR) An Introduction to Canada (4) Students must have at least a 3.2 cumulative grade point An interdisciplinary, team-taught course focusing on his- average, and a 3.3 major grade point average, in order to tory, politics, economics and international relations. proceed with departmental honors. Students with honors Topics covered will include Canada’s historical develop- must complete ten courses in the major, including an ment, recent politics and foreign policy, and economic independent study focusing on the honors thesis. and trade issues. Special attention will be given to con- Undergraduate Courses temporary affairs and to Canada’s relations with the United States. (SS) POLS 1. American Political System (4) fall-spring Constitutional principles; organization and operation of POLS 179. (WS 179) Politics of Women (4) the national government; and dynamics of power within Selected social and political issues relating to the role of the U.S. political system. (SS) women in American society. Focuses on such questions as economic equality, poverty, and work roles, the older POLS 3. Comparative Politics (4) fall-spring woman, gender gap, political leadership, reproduction The political systems of foreign countries; approaches to technology, and sexual violence. Olson (SS) the study of comparative politics. (SS) Political Science 339

POLS 230. Movements and Legacies of the 1960s (4) POLS 323. Public Policy of the European Union (4) The lessons and legacies of 1960s social and political The institutions and policy-making processes of the movements. Students engage with civil rights, black European Union. Topics include the creation of the power movements, the New Left, campus protests, the single market and the euro, environmental and agricul- Vietnam war and antiwar movement, the counterculture, tural policy, regional development and the policy women’s and ecology movements and assess their con- challenges of eastward enlargement. Prerequisite: nection to democracy, today’s world and their own lives. POLS 3 or IR 10. Laible Morgan (SS) POLS 324. Politics of Western Europe (4) POLS 232. The Vietnam War in Politics, Media, Comparative discussion of systems of government in and Memory (4) Western Europe and of major policy questions facing Examines the meaning of the American war in Vietnam these states in the post-war era. Topics include the evolu- as interpreted and disputed in American politics, the tion of welfare states, relations with the former Eastern mass media, and private and public memory. Reviews bloc, immigration, and the regionalization and the political history and context of the war, personal Europeanization of central state authority. Prerequisite: experiences and critical perspectives on the war, and POLS 3. Laible characterizations of the war in mainstream news media POLS 325. Nationalism in Comparative Perspective and popular film. Morgan. (SS) (4) POLS 240. Law and Order. The Politics of Crime Examination of major theoretical and policy debates in and Punishment (4) contemporary studies of nationalism. Focus on the emer- This course explores the legal and political consequences gence and endurance of nationalist movements in the of various theories of crime, punishment and social con- modern era. Discussion of efforts to evaluate the legiti- trol in the United States. Topics include policing, racial macy of nationalist claims and to resolve nationalist profiling, trial court proceedings and the administration conflict. Prerequisite: POLS 3. Laible of justice, growing incarceration rates and the prison POLS 326. Democracy Workshop (4) industry, capital punishment, the jury system, and the Student teams enhance the political voice of under- nature of legal obligation. Pinaire. (ND) resourced community groups through POLS 274. Political Parties and Elections (4) organization-building, outreach, and policy input at the Study of the organization, functions and behavior of local level. Weekly seminars on theory and practice of political parties in the United States. Includes voting community organizing and its relationship with democ- behavior, campaigns and elections, polling, interest groups, racy and power in the United States complement public opinion and the role of the media. Colon (SS) semester-long field placements with community groups and local organizations. Prerequisite: consent of instruc- For Advanced Undergraduates and tor. Morgan (ND) Graduate Students POLS 328. U.S. Politics and the Environment (4) POLS 301. Current Political Controversies (4) An examination of contemporary American politics and Selected topical policy issues and alternative approaches policy dealing with environmental issues. Current con- to understanding them. Includes the major domestic troversies in the legislative and regulatory areas will be questions facing the U.S. Emphasis is on debating the covered to examine environmental issues and the politi- current issues of the day. Olson (SS) cal process. Significant portions of the course readings POLS 302. Comparative State Politics (4) will be taken from government publications. Wurth (SS) Analysis of major questions relating to the role of the POLS 329. Propaganda, Media, and American states in the American federal system and their relation- Politics (4) ship with the national government. Colon (SS) The role of propaganda and mass media in sustaining POLS 306. Public Policy Process (4) hegemony in the United States. Emphasis on television, Power relations and their impacts on selected public pol- advertising and mass culture, public relations, news icy issues, specifically taxation, housing, environment, media, and political propaganda pertaining to U.S. for- poverty, energy, the military, and health. Olson (SS) eign and domestic policy. Students compare critical counter-hegemonic theories to political speeches, docu- POLS 317. The American Presidency (4) ments, news reports, and media encounters that shape Role of the executive in the American political process. much of American political life. Morgan (SS) Includes an analysis of the historical development, selection process, and scope of executive power. Emphasizes domes- POLS 331. Community Politics Internship (4) tic and foreign policy initiatives of selected presidents from Integrated fieldwork and academic study. Seminar, FDR to today. Prerequisite: POLS 1. Olson (SS) research paper, and journal; internship with government and social service agencies, political groups, elected offi- POLS 321. Research in Political Science (4) cials, and law offices. May be repeated for credit. Models in the explanation of political phenomena, Prerequisite: consent of instructor. (ND) appropriateness of measurement techniques; construc- tion of research designs; rationale and application of POLS 333. (PSYC 333, SSP 333) Social Psychology statistical analyses; individual projects involving the con- of Politics (4) struction and testing of models employing a major social Political behavior viewed from a psychological and social science data set. Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. psychological perspective. Prerequisite: Any one of the Davis (ND) following introductory courses: ANTH 1, ANTH 11, ANTH 12, SSP 5, SSP 21, or department permission. Rosenwein (SS) 340 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

POLS 335. Latin American Political Systems (4) national policy arenas. Types of more, and less, powerful Democratic, authoritarian and revolutionary paths to interests, and the implications of this distribution of contemporary political issues. Political, economic and power for American politics. Davis (SS) social implications of contemporary “democratic” POLS 359. U.S. Congress (4) regimes and neo-liberal economic policies. Discussion Elections for the House and Senate and their significance groups and student presentations on prospects for demo- for the way in which Congress functions. The formal cratic peace and prosperity in the future. Prerequisite: structure of party leadership and committees, House and POLS 3. Stewart-Gambino (ND) Senate organizational and functional differences, and POLS 336. U.S. Foreign Policy and Latin America (4) informal and formal power of legislation and oversight. U.S. historical relationship with Central America, Congressional relations with the president, bureaucracy, Caribbean and South America with emphasis on eco- and Supreme Court. Prerequisite: POLS 1. Davis (SS) nomic and military dominance. Contemporary issues POLS 360. Public Administration (4) such as U.S. invasions of Panama and Grenada, U.S. The nature of administration; problems of organization Cuban relations, the militarization of the “drug war,” and management; public personnel policies; budgeting counterinsurgency. Written analysis of competing U.S. and budgetary system; forms of administrative responsi- interests across time and regions. Prerequisite: POLS 3. bility. Colon (ND) Stewart-Gambino (ND) POLS 364. (PHIL 364) Issues in Contemporary POLS 337. Religion and Politics in Latin America (4) Indigenous and “imported” religious structures, the Political Philosophy (4) prominent role of the Catholic Church in Latin Selected topics in contemporary political philosophy, America, and the recent explosion of Protestant/ such as the Frankfurt school, existentialism, legitimation, Pentecostal churches. Emphasis on the intersection of authenticity, participatory democracy, and the alleged religious belief and power (i.e., gender, local politics, decline of political philosophy. May be repeated for cred- national development, etc.). Short papers integrate mate- it with the consent of instructor. Matthews (SS) rial with students’ knowledge of religious/political POLS 367. (PHIL 367) American Political phenomena. Discussion groups analyze philosophical Thought (4) foundations of belief. Prerequisite: POLS 3 and 336. A critical examination of American political thought Stewart-Gambino (ND) from the founding of the Republic to the present. POLS 342. (WS 342) Gender and Third World Writings from Madison, Hamilton, and Jefferson to Development (4) Emma Goldman, Mary Daly, Malcolm X, Henry Kariel, Focus on gender implications of contemporary strategies and others will be discussed. Matthews (SS) for Third World economic growth, neo-liberalism. How POLS 368. Political Economy (4) do economic theories affect ‘real people?’ How do eco- Relationship of democratic politics to government and nomic theories affect men vs. women? What is the role market, and significance of economic power in the of people who want to ‘help?’ Some background in eco- American polity. Economic rationale for the place of the nomic theories and/or Third World politics desired, but market and economic institutions in polity. Emphasis on not required. Prerequisite: POLS 1 or WS 1. Stewart- information in comparison of economic approaches to Gambino (SS) public policy and organization (public goods, market POLS 351. Constitutional Law (4) failure, and collective action) with traditional political An examination of the development of American consti- science approaches (group mobilization and conflict, tutional law considered in historical and political non-decisions and symbolic action). Wurth. (SS) context. Emphasis is on decisions of the U.S. Supreme POLS 370. Seminar: The Citizen versus the Court. Topics include the growth of the Supreme Court’s Administrative State (4) institutional power and the Court’s changing interpreta- Administrative power and policy. Constitutional and tions of the federalism, the separation of powers, and judicial control of administration. Remedies against constitutional rights. Pinaire (ND) improper administrative acts. Major emphasis will be on POLS 352. Civil Rights and Civil Liberties (4) the United States, with some attention given to analo- A survey of Supreme Court policymaking pursuant to gous issues in other countries. (SS) the Bill of Rights, the Fourteenth Amendment, and fed- POLS 374. Seminar: Third World Issues (4) eral civil rights statutes. Among the covered topics are Focus on Nancy Sheper-Hughes’ Death Without Weeping: changing Supreme Court doctrine concerning freedom The Violence of Everyday Life in Brazil with discussion of of speech and press, religious liberty, criminal procedure, “objectivity” in field research, separation between advo- and the due process and equal protection clauses. cacy and observation, and gendered subjects. Student Pinaire. (ND) presentations of research topics in latter part of course, POLS 356. Seminar: Political Philosophy (4) emphasizing professional form and collegial cooperation. Critical examination of several of the “great books” Prerequisites: POLS 322, 335, 336, 337, or consent of and/or “great ideas” in political thought. Students will be instructor. Stewart-Gambino (SS) required to write a major paper and present their work POLS 375. Seminar: Green Policy (4) to the class. Matthews (SS) Development of guidelines and applications for public POLS 358. Interest Groups, Factions, and policy and political action directed toward environmen- Coalitions in American Politics (4) tal sustainability and political feasibility. Focus on The rise of interest group power. Social, economic, and problem-solving and policy design, connecting sustain- political reasons for groups’ increasing influence. Value able environmental goals with workable and responsive of different group resources and influence in particular institutional designs. Prerequisites: POLS 111, 368, or consent of instructor. Wurth (SS) Political Science 341

POLS 376. Seminar: National Social Policy (4) POLS 413. Modern Political Philosophy (3) A readings/research seminar on current social policy A study of selected modern political philosophers and questions. Course analyzes, from alternatives political their continuing effect on politics and political philoso- perspectives, such issues as Social Security, Medicare, phy. Matthews health care, welfare reform, income inequality, and taxa- POLS 415. State and Local Government (3) tion. Students research a specific social issue of their Comparative state government, urban politics, intergov- choice. Class discussion on individual research and com- ernmental relations, regional and local government. mon readings. Olson (SS) Colon POLS 377. Urban Politics (4) POLS 416. American Environmental Policy (3) The structure and processes of city government in the Formation, implementation and impact of environmen- United States; city-state and federal-city relationships; tal policies in the U.S. An examination of the scope of the problems of metropolitan areas; political machines environmental problems, the development of environ- and community power structures; the urban politics of ment as an issue, the role of interest groups and public municipal reform; city planning and urban renewal. opinion, the policy-making process, and the various Colon (SS) approaches to implementing environmental policy. POLS 378. Honors Thesis in Political Science (4) Special attention to current issues and administrative Opportunity for undergraduate majors in Political approaches and to the distinctive character of environ- Science to pursue an extended project for senior honors. mental protection as a political issue. Wurth Department permission required. (ND) POLS 419. Theoretical Issues in American POLS 379. Honors Thesis in Political Science (4) Politics (3) Continuation of POLS 378. Prerequisite: POLS 378. American contributions to main currents in political phi- Department permission required. (ND) losophy from colonial times to present. Matthews POLS 381, 382, 383, 384. Special Topics (1-4) POLS 421. Research Methods (3) A seminar on a topic of special interest in a particular Models in the explanation of political phenomena, political institution, process, or policy. Prerequisite: con- appropriateness of measurement techniques; construc- sent of the department chairperson. (ND) tion of research designs; rationale and application of For Graduate Students the department of political sci- statistical analyses; individual projects involving the con- ence offers a graduate program leading to the master of struction and testing of models employing a major social arts degree. The applicant for admission is required to science data set. Davis demonstrate adequate undergraduate preparation. Those POLS 423. Public Policy of the EU (3) seeking full time graduate studies must submit Graduate The institutions and policy-making processes of the EU. Record Examination results. Topics include the creation of the single market and the Master of Arts euro, environmental and agricultural policy, regional development and the policy challenges of eastward The master of arts in political science is a 30-credit-hour enlargement. Laible program that can be accomplished in 12 months by full- time students. A comprehensive examination or thesis is POLS 424. Politics of Western Europe (3) required. The student may take 24 hours of course work Comparative discussion of systems of government in and six hours of thesis or may take all 30 credit hours in Western Europe and of major policy questions facing course work. A graduate-level course in research meth- these states in the post-war era. Topics include the evolu- ods, the American Politics Core, and Comparative tion of welfare states, relations with the former Eastern Politics Core are required of all candidates for the master bloc, immigration, and the regionalization and of arts degree. Europeanization of central state authority. Laible The master of arts program is intended for the student POLS 425. Nationalism in Comparative with liberal arts or natural science preparation who has a Perspective (3) professional interest in government. The master of arts Examination of major theoretical and policy debates in may be a preparatory step toward doctoral work at contemporary studies of nationalism. Focus on the emer- another institution or research positions in govern- gence and endurance of nationalist movements in the mental, institutional or industrial settings or a final modern era. Discussion of efforts to evaluate the legiti- degree preparatory for teaching in junior and commu- macy of nationalist claims and to resolve nationalist nity colleges. conflict. Laible Graduate Courses POLS 426. Democracy Workshop (3) POLS 405. The Budgetary Process (3) Student teams enhance the political voice of under- resourced community groups through The public budgetary process: competition among inter- organization-building, outreach, and policy input at the est groups, policy outcomes, intergovernmental relations, local level. Weekly seminar on theory and practice of and consequences for policy implementation. Davis community organizing and its relationship with democ- POLS 408. American Politics Core (3) racy and power in the United States complements A survey of American politics utilizing readings reflecting semester-long field placements. Prerequisite: consent of a variety of methodological approaches and theoretical instructor. Morgan perspectives. Readings include but are not limited to works widely regarded as “classics” in American political science. 342 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

POLS 429. Propaganda, Media & American POLS 462. Seminar: American Political Thought (3) Politics (3) Focus on a narrow topic or theorist in the field, e.g., the The role of propaganda and mass media in sustaining work of Jefferson, Madison, Hamilton, or Tocqueville. hegemony in the United States. Emphasis on television, Students will be required to write a major paper and advertising and mass culture, public relations, news present it to the class. Matthews media, and political propaganda pertaining to U.S. for- POLS 464. Community Fellowship I (3) Fall eign and domestic policy. Students compare critical, 15 hours/week in regional agency on specific project counter-hegemonic theories to political speeches, docu- relating to regional redevelopment with regularly sched- ments, news reports, and media encounters that shape uled contact hours with the faculty advisor. much of American political life. Morgan Stewart-Gambino POLS 430. Movements & Legacies of 1960s (3) POLS 465. Community Fellowship II (3) Spring The lessons and legacies of 1960s social and political 15 hours/week in regional agency on specific project movements. Students engage with civil rights, black power relating to regional redevelopment with regularly sched- movements, the New Left, campus protests, the Vietnam uled contact hours with the faculty advisor. war and antiwar movement, the counterculture, women’s Stewart-Gambino and ecology movements and assess their connection to democracy, today’s world, and their own lives. Morgan POLS 466. Seminar: American Political Parties (3) Study of the organization, functions, and behavior of POLS 431. Public Management (3) political parties in the United States. Includes voting The study of bureaucracy and problems of public and behavior, campaigns and elections, polling, interest nonprofit organization and management; executive lead- groups, public opinion and the role of the media. Colon. ership; personnel management systems and regulatory administration. Colon POLS 467. Legal Problems (3) This course involves an examination of the role of legal POLS 432. Public Policy Process (3) rules, agents, institutions, and values in our society. Impacts of power relationships on selected public policy Primary emphasis will be given to the American legal areas such as the military, agriculture, housing, environ- system, though we will evaluate U.S. principles and poli- mental, energy, poverty, health, and taxation. May be tics through a comparative lens as well. Pinaire. repeated for credit. Olson POLS 468. Political Economy (3) POLS 434. Internship (3) Relationship of democratic politics to government and Internship in private or public agency. May be repeated market, and significance of economic power in the for credit. American polity. Economic rationale for the place of the POLS 442. Gender and Third World market and economic institutions in polity. Emphasis on Development (3) information in comparison of economic approaches to Issues of international economic development with a public policy and organization (public goods, market particular focus on how gender informs both the aca- failure and collective action) with traditional political sci- demic discourse of development as well as how ence approaches (group mobilization and conflict, development policies are gendered in their conception non-decisions and symbolic actions. Wurth. and implementation. Stewart-Gambino POLS 473. Seminar: Public Administration (3) POLS 451. Comparative Politics Core (3) Public and nonprofit administrative agencies. Focus on Theory and concepts in comparative politics. Analysis of the national government administration, but state, applications in studies of Western and non-Western municipal, and nonprofit agencies included. Problems of political systems. organization and management; personnel policies; budg- eting and financial systems; and forms of administrative POLS 453. Seminar: Media, Propaganda and responsibility. Colon Democracy (3) Research seminar on theoretical and applied issues relat- POLS 474. Seminar: Third World Issues (3) ed to democracy vs. political hegemony, as affected by Focus on Nancy Sheper-Hughes’ Death Without Weeping: propaganda, the mass media, popular culture, and the The Violence of Everyday Life in Brazil with discussion of capitalist economy. Students will pursue individual “objectivity” in field research, separation between advo- research topics linked to common class readings. Weekly cacy and observation, and gendered subjects. Student paper presentations and critical responses. Morgan presentations of research topics in latter part of course, emphasizing professional form and collegial cooperation. POLS 456. Seminar: Political Philosophy (3) Prerequisites: consent of instructor. Stewart-Gambino Critical examination of several of the “great books” and/or “great ideas” in political thought. Students will be POLS 475. Seminar: Green Polity (3) required to write a major paper and present their work Development of guidelines and applications for public to the class. Matthews policy and political action directed toward environmen- tal sustainability and political feasibility. Focus on POLS 458. Seminar: Interest Groups, Factions, and problem-solving and policy design, connecting sustain- Coalitions in American Politics (3) able environmental goals with workable and responsive The rise of interest group power. Social, economic, and institutional designs. Prerequisites: Both POLS 111 and political reasons for groups’ increasing influence. Value 368 or consent of instructor. Wurth of different group resources and influence in particular national policy arenas. Types of more, and less, powerful POLS 476. Seminar: National Social Policy (3) interests, and the implications of this distribution of A readings/research seminar on current social policy power for American politics. Davis questions. Course analyzes, from alternative political per- Psychology 343 spectives, such issues as Social Security, Medicare, health Required Advanced Psychology Seminars care, welfare reform, income inequality, and taxation. Two Advanced Psychology Seminars are required. Students research a specific social issue of their choice. Advanced Psychology Seminars are 300-level courses that Class discussion on individual research and common are offered in a small seminar format. These courses readings. Olson include a significant writing component and utilize pri- POLS 477. (SR 477) Advanced Computer mary source readings. Courses that can be used to fulfill Applications (3) this requirement have the Advanced Psychology Seminar Uses of computers in social sciences, including data col- designation at the end of the course description. lection, management, analysis, presentation, and Additional 300-level Course Requirement decision-making; includes weekly lab. Two additional 300-level courses are required. Students POLS 481. Special Topics (1-3) can NOT use PSYC 310, 391, 392, 393 or 394 to ful- Individual inquiry into some problem of government. fill this requirement. All other 300-level psychology Reading, field work, and other appropriate techniques of courses can be used to fulfill this requirement. Students investigation. Conferences and reports. May be repeated may opt to take a third or fourth Advanced Psychology for credit. Seminar or they may take any of the following courses. These courses fulfill 300-level requirements but not the POLS 482. Special Topics (1-3) Advanced Seminar requirement: Continuation of POLS 481. PSYC 301 Industrial Psychology PSYC 305 Abnormal Psychology Psychology PSYC 312 Interpersonal Behavior in Small Groups Professors. Mark H. Bickhard, Ph.D. (Chicago), Henry PSYC 323 The Child in Family and Society R. Luce Professor in Cognitive Robotics and the Philosophy PSYC 327 Health Psychology of Knowledge; Diane T. Hyland, Ph.D. (Syracuse); PSYC 328 Educational Psychology Barbara C. Malt, Ph.D. (Stanford), chair. PSYC 333 Social Psychology of Politics Associate professors. Susan Barrett, Ph.D. (Brown); PSYC 335 Animal Behavior Ageliki Nicolopoulou, Ph.D. (Berkeley); Padraig G. PSYC 338 Phenomenology and Theory of O’Seaghdha, Ph.D. (Toronto). Childhood Disorders Assistant professors. Michael J. Gill, Ph.D. (Texas, Austin); PSYC 354 Psychological Assessment Laura M. Gonnerman, Ph.D. (USC); Heidi Grant, Ph.D. PSYC 382 Endocrinology of Behavior (Columbia); Gordon B. Moskowitz, Ph.D. (NYU). Recommended Electives Professors of Practice. Timothy Lomauro, Ph.D. (St. The bachelor of arts program in psychology is a flexible John’s); Katherine Restuccia, Ph.D. (Widener). preparation for a number of fields. With suitable selec- tion of additional courses, students can prepare Emeritus professors. George K. Shortess, (Brown); themselves for graduate study in any subfield of psychol- Martin L. Richter, Ph.D. (Indiana); William Newman, ogy or for careers in areas for which psychology is a Ph.D. (Stanford). desirable and relevant major such as law, social work, The Psychology Department offers B.A. and B.S. under- marketing, and education. graduate degrees, undergraduate minors in general For graduate programs in developmental, social/person- psychology and clinical psychology, and a Ph.D. program. ality, cognitive, and clinical psychology, additional B.A. Major Program in Psychology coursework in research and statistics is desirable, as is participation in the honors program. The bachelor of arts in psychology is a social science major requiring approximately 40 credit hours in psy- Depending on the specific subfield of interest, many chology as described below. Students must also fulfill courses in the Departments of Biological Sciences (espe- college and university degree requirements. This flexible cially the Behavioral Neuroscience program) and program permits development of one or more minors in Sociology and Anthropology, in the College of other fields or the undertaking of a double major. Education, and in the interdisciplinary programs of Freshmen who have completed PSYC 1 can enroll in Cognitive Science, Women’s Studies, and Africana 100-level courses. Studies may be relevant. Required Core Courses Preparation for programs in health-related areas such as PSYC 1 Introduction to Psychology (4) nursing, medicine, and dentistry will include additional PSYC 110 Statistical Analysis of Behavioral Data (4) coursework in biology, chemistry, and physics. Students should consult with the appropriate pre-professional PSYC 210 Experimental Research Methods advisers to determine specific requirements. and Laboratory (4) Students interested in applying psychology to fields Required Breadth Courses such as law, marketing, social work, or education Three 100-level courses, one from three of the following should consult with faculty in those areas to discuss four categories. relevant courses. A) PSYC 107Child Development (4) PSYC 109 (SSP 109) Adulthood and Aging (4) The B.S. in Psychology B) PSYC 121 (SSP 121) Social Psychology (4) The bachelor of science in psychology is intended for stu- PSYC 153 (SSP 153) Personality (4) dents seeking a structured behavioral science major. This C) PSYC 117 Cognitive Psychology (4) comprehensive program of study is especially suited as D) PSYC 176 Mind and Brain (4) preparation for advanced graduate study in psychology and related fields. The program offers broad scientific training 344 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005 with a concentration in cognitive, developmental, social or Psychology Concentration clinical psychology. The program may also be attractive to Complete the following courses for one of the following students who are preparing for careers in medicine or concentrations: health-related fields because it combines the mathematics A) Cognitive Psychology Concentration and natural science courses required for professional study COGS 7 (may not also be used to fulfill collateral in these fields with exposure to ethics and a specialization in requirement) a concentration area such as clinical psychology. Progression Select any 2 Advanced Psychology Seminars through this program is best served through early commit- Two courses from the following list ment. This program requires a minimum of 109 credits of PSYC 307 (Higher Order Cognition) the 121 credits required for a bachelors degree. PSYC 320 (Psychology of Language) Requirements for the B.S. in Psychology PSYC 322 (Language in Atypical University and College Requirements Populations) (at least 26 credits): PSYC 351 (Cognitive Development in Arts and Science 1 (1 credit) Childhood) College Seminar (3-4 credits) PSYC 369 (Memory) English Composition (2 courses, 6 credits) PSYC 373 (Sensation and Perception) Distribution requirements in two of the following cate- B) Social Psychology Concentration gories (Natural Science, Social Science, or Humanities) Complete both 121 and 153 (16 credits) Select any 2 Advanced Psychology Seminars Courses taken for major and collateral requirements can Two courses from the following list only be used to fulfill one of the three distribution cate- PSYC 308 (Seminar in Social Psychology) gories (Natural Science, Social Science or Humanities, if PSYC 311 (The Psychology of Stereotyping, two philosophy courses are used to fulfill the Philosophy Prejudice, and Discrimination) and Cognitive Science collateral requirement). Students PSYC 313 (Person Perception) must take additional courses to fulfill the university PSYC 314 (Social Cognition and requirements in the two remaining categories. Collateral Social Action) courses in mathematics can be used to fulfill the mathe- PSYC 318 (Seminar in Gender matical science distribution category. and Psychology) The B.S. Program in Psychology: Collateral PSYC 363 (Personality and Social Requirements (at least 35 credits) Development in Childhood) Mathematics: Select 2 courses from MATH 12, 43, or C) Developmental Psychology Concentration any of the calculus courses (7-8 credits) Complete both 107 and 109 Computation and Formal Systems: Select either COGS 140 or PHIL 114 or CSE 12 or 15 (3-4 credits) Select any 2 Advanced Psychology Seminars Natural Science: Select 3 courses from CHM 21, CHM Two courses from the following list 75, BIOS 41, EES 31, BIOS 115, BIOS 177, BIOS PSYC 321 (Language Development) 276, or PHY 10 (at least 10 credits) PSYC 351 (Cognitive Development Philosophy and Cognitive Science: Select two courses in Childhood) from COGS 7, PHIL 7, 105, 116, 128, 139, 220, 228, PSYC 358 (Seminar in Infant Development) 250, 260 (8 credits) PSYC 361 (Personality and Social Social Science: Select two courses from ECO 1, STS 11, Development in Adulthood) 124, 145, 252, WS 101, and ANTH or SSP course PSYC 363 (Personality and Social which is not cross-listed with psychology (7-8 credits) Development in Childhood) Psychology Requirements (48 credits) PSYC 364 (Narratives, Culture, and Development) Psychology Core Requirements PSYC 365 (Human Development in Cross- PSYC 1 Introduction to Psychology (4) Cultural Perspective) PSYC 110 Statistical Analysis of Behavioral Data (4) PSYC 366 (Seminar in Cognitive Aging) PSYC 210 Experimental Research Methods and D) Clinical Psychology Concentration Laboratory (4) PSYC 367 (Clinical Psychology: only offered Required Breadth Courses in the summer) Four 100-level courses, one from each of the four Select any two Advanced Psychology Seminars categories. Two courses from the following list A) PSYC 107 Child Development (4) PSYC 305 (Abnormal Psychology) PSYC 109 (SSP 109) Adulthood and Aging (4) PSYC 327 (Health Psychology) B) PSYC 121 (SSP 121) Social Psychology (4) PSYC 338 (Phenomenology and PSYC 153 (SSP 153) Personality (4) Theory of Childhood Disorders) C) PSYC 117 Cognitive Psychology (4) PSYC 354 (Psychological Assessment) D) PSYC 176 Mind and Brain (4) Psychology 345

Department Honors in Psychology PSYC 109. (SSP 109) Adulthood and Aging (4) Students in either the B.A. or B.S. degree programs may Social science approaches to the latter two-thirds of life. undertake a program that leads to graduation with depart- Cognitive and personality development; attitudes toward ment honors. The honors program permits majors of aging; social behavior of older adults; widowhood; retire- unusual academic ability and interest to explore topics in ment. Prerequisite: PSYC 1 or SSP 1. May not be taken greater depth than the curricula normally allow. Under fac- pass/fail. Hyland. (SS) ulty supervision, a student normally spends the first PSYC 110. (BIOS 110) Statistical Analysis of semester of the senior year enrolled in PSYC 391 doing Behavioral Data (4) library research, learning the appropriate methodology, and Principles of experimental design and statistical analysis: preparing a written proposal and oral presentation. In the characteristics of data and data collection; descriptive sta- second semester, while the student is enrolled in PSYC tistics; hypothesis testing theory and practice; 392, the proposal is implemented, culminating in a written correlation, chi-square, t-test, analysis of variance. Three honors thesis and oral presentation. hours lecture and one hour computer lab. (ND) In the first semester of the junior year, students in either PSYC 117. Cognitive Psychology (4) the B.A. or B.S. degree programs may apply for the hon- The architecture and dynamics of the human mind: ors program with the Department Honors Program How we acquire knowledge through perception, repre- Director. To be eligible to participate in the honors pro- sent and activate it in memory, and use it to gram, a student must have an overall cumulative GPA of communicate, make decisions, solve problems, and rea- 3.3 and a minimum GPA of 3.3 in courses required for son creatively. Prerequisite: PSYC 1 or COGS 7. May their psychology degree at the time of application. These not be taken pass/fail. (SS) GPAs must be maintained until graduation. PSYC 121. (SSP 121) Social Psychology (4) Minor Programs Theories, methods of investigation, and results of General Psychology research on the way social and psychological processes interact in human behavioral settings. Topics include The general psychology minor consists of a minimum of analysis of self and relationships, dynamics of small four courses in psychology beyond the introductory groups, attitudes and persuasion, prejudice, prosocial and course (PSYC 1). Students should declare this minor in antisocial behavior. Prerequisite: ANTH 1, ANTH 11, the psychology department office. SSP1 or PSYC 1. (SS) Clinical Psychology PSYC 125. (SSP 125) Social Psychology of Small The clinical psychology minor consists of the following Groups (4) courses: Theories and empirical research regarding interpersonal PSYC 153 Personality behavior in small groups. Classroom exercises and group PSYC 305 Abnormal Psychology simulations. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. PSYC 367 Clinical Psychology Rosenwein. (SS) And two of the following courses: PSYC 135. (SSP 135, Jour 135) Human PSYC 327 Health Psychology Communication (4) PSYC 338 Phenomenology and Theory Processes and functions of human communication in of Childhood Disorders relationships and groups. Rosenwein. (SS) PSYC 354 Psychological Assessment PSYC 140. (ANTH 140, COGS 140, MLL 140) This minor is available to Psychology majors, as well as to Introduction to Linguistics (4) students from other programs, who desire to augment their Relationship between language and mind; formal proper- training in this aspect of applied psychology. Students ties of language; language and society; how languages should be aware that only one course may be used to change over time. No pass/fail option. (SS) jointly fulfill the requirements of a major program and minor program. To complete this minor, students must PSYC 142. (AAS 142) The Psychology of African be prepared to register for at least one summer session Americans (4) since some courses (PSYC 367, 354) are only offered in Presentation of a range of writings on the psychology of the summer and other courses have limited enrollment African Americans; exploration of significant perspectives during the academic year. Students interested in this in understanding the psychological dynamics, popular cul- minor should consult the psychology undergraduate ture, current research, and cultural implications of Black coordinator. Americans entering the 21st century. Lectures and discus- sion. Prerequisite: By the consent of the instructor. (SS) Undergraduate Courses PSYC 153. (SSP 153) Personality (4) PSYC 1. Introduction to Psychology (4) Review and critique of theories of personality and their Psychology as a science of behavior. Natural science associated systems of psychotherapy. May not be taken aspects such as learning, sensation-perception, and physi- pass/fail. Prerequisite: PSYC 1 or SSP 1. (SS) ological bases; and social science aspects such as human development, intelligence, and personality. PSYC 160. Independent Study (1-3) Methodologies appropriate to these areas, and related Readings on topics selected in consultation with a staff societal problems. (SS) member. Prerequisites: PSYC 1 and consent of the department chair. May be repeated for credit. (SS) PSYC 107. Child Development (4) Survey of theories and research concerning perceptual, PSYC 161. Supervised Research (1-3) cognitive, social, and personality development through Apprenticeship in ongoing faculty research program. infancy and childhood. Prerequisite: PSYC 1 or SSP 1. Literature review, experimental design, data collection May not be taken pass/fail. (SS) and analysis, and professional writing under faculty 346 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005 supervision. May be repeated for a maximum of 9 cred- tional, motivational, and personality differences that its. Restricted to pass-fail grading. Prerequisites: PSYC 1 affect one’s level of prejudice. Finally, we will study the or COGS 7 and consent of sponsor. (SS) role of social forces in transmitting prejudice (parents, schools, religion, media) and the impact of societal prej- PSYC 162. Psychological Field Work (1-3) udice (discrimination) on those who are the targets of Work-study practice including supervised experience in prejudice. The changing face through the decades of how one of several local agencies. Development of familiarity stereotypes, prejudice, and discrimination are measured, with the operations of the agency and working with expressed, and understood is the focus of the course. individual patients or students. Prerequisites: PSYC 1 Prerequisites: PSYC/SSP 153 or PSYC/SSP 121. plus two additional psychology courses and consent of Moskowitz. (Advanced Psychology Seminar) (SS) instructor. (SS) PSYC 312. (SSP 312) Interpersonal Behavior in PSYC 176. Mind and Brain (4) Perception and cognitive neuroscience as the link Small Groups (4) between mental processes and their biological bases. Intensive consideration of theoretical and methodologi- Visual and auditory perception; the control of action; cal issues in the analysis of the development of small neuropsychological syndromes of perception, language, groups. Prerequisite: Any one of the following introduc- memory and thought; neural network (connectionist) tory courses: ANTH 1 or SSP 1 or department models of mental processes. Prerequisite: PSYC 1 or permission. Rosenwein. (SS) COGS 7. May not be taken pass/fail. (NS) PSYC 313. Person Perception (4) PSYC 210. Experimental Research Methods and Psychological processes involved in forming impressions of others. Survey of the factors that influence the way in Laboratory (4) which we think about the people who make up our Designing, conducting, and reporting psychological social environment and of the laboratory methods with experiments. Laboratory exercises, report writing, and a which experimental social psychology investigates person group research project. Prerequisites: PSYC 1 and 110 perception. The emphasis is on demonstrating the joint and consent of department chair. (ND) impact of the behaviors performed by others and the PSYC 301. Industrial Psychology (4) biases/expectancies that we bring into the social setting. Psychological concepts and methods applied to business Prerequisites: PSYC/SSP 153 or SSP/PSYC 121. and industrial settings. Personnel selection, placement Moskowitz (Advanced Psychology Seminar) (SS) and training, leadership, work motivation, job satisfac- PSYC 314. (SSP 314) Social Cognition and Social tion and consumer behavior. Prerequisite: PSYC 1. (SS) Action (4) PSYC 305. Abnormal Psychology (4) Examines the formation of beliefs about social groups, Examines research and theory on the patterns, causes, individuals, the self, and the world. Consequences and and treatment of various forms of abnormal behavior. validity of those beliefs are considered. Areas of inquiry Prerequisite: PSYC 153 or consent of instructor. (SS) include stereotypes and prejudice, impression formation PSYC 307. Higher Order Cognition (4) processes, the self, attitudes and persuasion, and social In depth exploration of selected areas of higher level cog- influence. Prerequisite: PSYC 110 or SR 111. Gill. nition such as thinking and reasoning, metacognition, (Advanced Psychology Seminar) (SS) expertise, executive processes, language and thought. PSYC 315. History of Modern Psychology (4) Prerequisites: PSYC 117 or PSYC 176 or COGS 7 or Origin and development of major theories within per- consent of instructor. O’Seaghdha, Malt. (Advanced ception, cognition, biological, clinical, personality, Psychology Seminar) (SS) developmental, learning. 19th and 20th century thought PSYC 308. (SSP 308) Seminar in Social to provide an overview of psychology as a discipline. Psychology (4) Prerequisites: two 300-level PSYC courses. (Advanced Intensive consideration of selected topics in current theo- Psychology Seminar) (SS) ry and research in social psychology. The subject matter PSYC 317. Psychology of Emotion (4) varies from semester to semester, and includes such top- A selective overview of the scientific study of emotion. ics as the social psychology of education, the applications Topics will include: historical and modern theories of of perception and learning theory to social psychological emotion, physiological and neuropsychological aspects of problems, the social psychology of science, and the social emotions, evidence that facial expressions of emotion environment of communication. May be repeated for may be universal among humans, and the role of emo- credit. Prerequisite: ANTH 1 or SSP 1 or department tion in cognition. Prerequisite: PSYC 110 or consent of permission. (Advanced Psychology Seminar) (SS) the instructor. (Advanced Psychology Seminar) (SS) PSYC 310. Advanced Research Methods in PSYC 318. (WS 318) Seminar in Gender and Psychology (4) Psychology (4) Experimental and nonexperimental research design; Gender as shaped by psychological and social psychologi- Sampling and selection from populations; Data explo- cal processes. Socialization, communication and power, ration; Quantitative and qualitative measurement and gender stereotypes, methodological issues in sex differ- analysis; Computer-based data collection; and other spe- ences research. Prerequisite: PSYC 210 completed or cialized topics. Prerequisite: PSYC 210. (ND) concurrent or permission of instructor. Hyland. PSYC 311. The Psychology of Stereotyping, (Advanced Psychology Seminar). (SS) Prejudice, and Discrimination (4) PSYC 320. Psychology of Language (4) We will start by examining the basic cognitive processes Psychological processes involved in language comprehen- that make stereotyping a functional aspect of everyday sion, production, and use. Topics include the relation of cognition, and then we will turn toward examining emo- language to thought; word meaning; speech perception; Psychology 347 language acquisition; sign language. Prerequisite: PSYC PSYC 338. Phenomenology and Theory of 117 or 176 or COGS 7 or consent of instructor. Malt, Childhood Disorders (4) O’Seaghdha. (Advanced Psychology Seminar) (SS) The nature, classification, and treatment of childhood PSYC 321. Language Development (4) disorders. Prerequisite: PSYC 107 (SS) Descriptive and theoretical accounts of the development PSYC 351. Cognitive Development in Childhood (4) of language. Primary focus is on the development of spo- Piaget and alternative theoretical approaches. Research ken language in infancy and early childhood. Involves on development of memory, comprehension, communi- observation of children at various stages of language cation, classification, and social cognition. Prerequisite: development. Prerequisite: PSYC 107 or 117. (Advanced PSYC 107, 117, or COGS 7. Barrett. (Advanced Psychology Seminar). (SS) Psychology Seminar) (SS) PSYC 322. Language in Atypical Populations (4) PSYC 354. Psychological Assessment (4) Analysis of language function in atypical populations Basic concepts in the construction, selection, administra- and circumstances. Language deficits throughout the tion, scoring, and interpretation of assessment lifespan will be considered, with particular emphasis on procedures commonly used in psychology. Selection and their relevance to current linguistic and cognitive science evaluation of assessment procedures. Supervised experi- theory. Topics covered include atypical language develop- ence administering, scoring, and interpreting assessment ment (e.g., in Specific Language Impairment, Autism, procedures. Prerequisites: PSYC 110. (SS) Down Syndrome, Williams Syndrome) as well as lan- guage impairment after brain damage (e.g., stroke) or as PSYC 356. (SSP 356) Seminar in Personality a result of progressive degenerative disorders (e.g., Psychology (4) Alzheimer’s Disease). Prerequisites: PSYC 117 or 176 or Topics in personality psychology: the self, personality COGS 7 or COGS 140. Gonnerman . (Advanced consistency, motivation, psychological adjustment. Psychology Seminar) (SS) Prerequisite: PSYC 153 or consent of instructor. (Advanced Psychology Seminar) (SS) PSYC 323. (SSP 323) The Child in Family and Society (4) PSYC 358. Seminar in Infant Development (4) Influences such as marital discord, family violence, Theories and current research focusing on development poverty and prejudice on the development of the child in the first two years of life. Topics include cognitive, from birth through adolescence. Prerequisite: ANTH 1 perceptual, language, social, and emotional development, or SSP1 or department permission. Herrenkohl. (SS) and methods used in infancy research. Prerequisites: PSYCH 107 and consent of department chair. Barrett. PSYC 327. Health Psychology (4) (Advanced Psychology Seminar) (SS) An overview of the topic of health psychology. The course presupposes a preventative intervention approach PSYC 359. Seminar on Psychological Issues in the to the problem of assisting healthy individuals to under- Legal System (4) stand the relationship between behavior and health, and Contributions of psychological research to understanding to engage those behaviors that promote health. This the legal system. Social science data on juries, eyewitness- course will be underpinned with basic science and es, mental illness, and the death penalty will be research on health psychology, but will include an appli- discussed. Conflicts between psychological and legal cation focus. Prerequisite: PSYC 110. (SS) approaches will be highlighted. Prerequisite: PSYC 110 or consent of instructor. Barrett. (Advanced Psychology PSYC 328. Educational Psychology (4) Seminar) (SS) Overview of historical, contemporary, and emerging issues in the field of educational psychology. Implications PSYC 361. (SSP 361) Personality and Social of various social, cognitive and behavioral educational- Development in Adulthood (4) psychological theories for teaching and learning in the Theories and current research. Prerequisite: SSP/PSYC classroom. Prerequisite: PSYC 107 or 109 or 117. (SS) 109 or consent of instructor. Hyland. (Advanced Psychology Seminar) (SS) PSYC 331. Humanistic Psychology (4) The literature of and metaphors underlying the human- PSYC 363. (SSP 363) Personality and Social istic point of view in psychology. These “models of man” Development in Childhood (4) are contrasted with models underlying other modes of Issues related to social development (e.g., attachment, psychological inquiry. Prerequisites: PSYC 153. social competence), social contexts (e.g., family, day (Advanced Psychology Seminar). (SS) care), and personality development (e.g., sex roles, aggression, temperament) from infancy through adoles- PSYC 333. (SSP 233, POLS 333) Social Psychology cence. Prerequisite: PSYC 107 or consent of instructor. of Politics (4) (Advanced Psychology Seminar) (SS) Political behavior viewed from a psychological and social psychological perspective. Prerequisite: ANTH 1, 11, or PSYC 364. Narratives, Culture and Development (4) 12; SSP 1, 5, or 21; PSYC 1, or department permission. Examines the complex role of narratives - told to and Rosenwein. (SS) by children, and enacted by children in play - in chil- dren’s experience and development. Compares and PSYC 335. (BIOS 335) Animal Behavior (3) seeks to integrate different approaches in psychology Discussion of the behavior of invertebrates and verte- and other disciplines. In the process, we will also be brates and analysis of the physiological mechanisms addressing three basic questions: what is narrative, how responsible for behavioral actions, and adaptive value of is it significant, and how should we study it? specific behavior patterns. Prerequisite: BIOS 31 or EES Prerequisite: PSYC 107. Nicolopoulou. (Advanced 31. (NS) Psychology Seminar) (SS) 348 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

PSYC 365. Human Development in Cross-Cultural PSYC 392. Thesis. (3) Perspective (4) Execution of project designed in PSYC 391. Final The formation of mind and personality is shaped in pro- report and oral presentation. Only open to students in found ways by the sociocultural contexts within which the honors program. Prerequisites: PSYC 391 and con- individuals develop. This course introduces students to sent of the Honors Program Coordinator. (ND) basic theoretical and methodological issues and explores PSYC 393. Independent Research (1-3) important examples of cross-cultural variation and diversi- Individual research projects designed and executed in ty, using comparisons between different societies and collaboration with faculty sponsor. Regular meetings between different subcultures within American society. with sponsor to give progress reports and receive feed- Topics include cognition, language, personality, moral back. Student reads relevant literature and writes report development, socio-emotional development, identity, in APA format. May be repeated for a maximum of 6 attachment, and socialization. Materials drawn from credits. Prerequisites: PSYC 210 or 161 and consent of anthropology, sociology and education in addition to psy- sponsor. (ND) chology. Prerequisites: One of the following courses or consent of instructor: PSYC 107, PSYC 109, PSYC/SSP PSYC 394. Senior Research Project (3) 121, ANTH 1. (Advanced Psychology Seminar) (SS) Literature review, design and execution of project in selected area of psychology. Intended for senior majors in PSYC 366. Seminar in Cognitive Aging (4) psychology. May be repeated for up to 6 credits. Information processing by older adults: perception, Prerequisites: Department permission required. (SS) attention, memory, speech and text processing and com- prehension. The course will also examine the effects on For Graduate Students cognitive processing of such diseases as Alzheimer’s and The Department of Psychology offers a distinctive Ph.D. Parkinson’s. Prerequisite: PSYC 109; PSYC 117 not program centered in areas of Human Cognition and required but strongly recommended. (Advanced Development with specializations in cognition and lan- Psychology Seminar) (SS) guage, development, and social cognition and PSYC 367. Clinical Psychology (4) personality. Students are trained primarily for positions The science and profession of helping people overcome at universities and in basic or applied research settings. psychological problems. Theories of human personality For the most complete and current information visit and abnormality in relation to techniques for assessing and www.lehigh.edu/inpsy/gradprogram.html. treating psychosocial problems and in the light of empirical In addition we offer two non-degree Certificate evidence of validity and effectiveness. Professional issues are Programs in collaboration with other departments and also covered. Prerequisites: PSYC 153 and PSYC 305 or programs. consent of instructor. (Advanced Psychology Seminar) (SS) The Graduate Certificate in Stereotypes, Prejudice, PSYC 369. Memory (4) Discrimination, and Intergroup Relations is adminis- The paradoxical power and fallibility of memory in the tered by the Psychology Department. Information is light of observational, experimental, clinical, and neurosci- available via www.lehigh.edu/inpsy/gradprogram.html. entific evidence. Potential topics include expert memory; The Graduate Certificate in Cognitive Science is admin- false memory; recovered memory; social transmission; istered by the Cognitive Science Program. Information is amnesia; memory and personal identity. Prerequisite: available at: www.lehigh.edu/incog/cogscicat.html. PSYC 117 or PSYC 176 or COGS 7 or consent of instruc- tor. O’Seaghdha. (Advanced Psychology Seminar) (SS) Requirements for a Ph.D. in the Department of Psychology: PSYC 373. Sensation and Perception (4) Receptor processes of vision, audition, touch, taste, and Research smell. Psychological dimensions of such processes leading All graduate students are expected to be involved in to consideration of perception as characteristic of organ- research throughout their graduate careers. There are also isms. Prerequisite: PSYC 117 or 176 or COGS 7. several formal research requirements of the program. (Advanced Psychology Seminar) (SS) First-Year-Project (PSYC 412). First-year students are PSYC 381. Special Topics in Psychology (4) expected to choose an adviser and begin to work on a Topics vary from semester to semester. Topics are pre- research project as early as possible. A written and oral sented at an advanced level. Previous course work in report of the student’s research activities is made to the psychology is required. May be repeated for credit. (SS) department. Students entering with an approved Master’s PSYC 382. (BIOS 382) Endocrinology of thesis are exempt from this requirement. Behavior (3) Master’s Thesis. A master’s thesis (usually empirical or Hormonal effects upon animal and human behavior. data-based) is required. An oral presentation of the thesis Emphasis on neuroendocrinology of steroid hormone is made to the department. Students entering with a involvement in reproductive behaviors. Prerequisite: master’s thesis may instead conduct an equivalent non- BIOS 177. (NS) degree Pre-dissertation Project. PSYC 391. Thesis (3) Doctoral Dissertation. This is an original piece of schol- Written report: Literature review and design of project in arly work usually involving empirical research, although selected area of psychology. Only open to students in the original theoretical or historical research is possible with honors program. Requires consent of the Honors faculty approval. Program Coordinator. (ND) Psychology 349

Course work PSYC 406. Social Cognition (3) Core courses. All students are required to take one- Theory and research on cognitive processes in personali- semester graduate core courses in Cognitive Psychology ty and social functioning. The self, personality (PSYC 403), Developmental Psychology (PSYC 402), consistency and change, causal attributions, social judge- and Social Cognition (PSYC 406). ment, goals and self-regulation, and mood and emotion. Topics may vary. Prerequisite: Graduate standing or con- PSYC 421 and 422. Statistical Analysis of sent of instructor. Psychological Data. These courses represent a two- semester sequence of theoretical and applied statistics PSYC 409. Professional Seminar I (1). and research methodology. For students entering the Ph.D. program: Acculturation to graduate school and the Psychology Ph.D. program in PSYC 430. Graduate Seminars. Students must take at particular; professional issues of relevance to individuals least three graduate seminars, and one additional course at the outset of a research career in psychology. approved by the adviser. Requirement: Department permission. PSYC 409 and 410. Professional Seminar. Bookend seminars that cover professional development issues for PSYC 410. Professional Seminar II (1). new and advanced students. For students nearing graduation: Professional issues of special relevance to Psychology Ph.D. students preparing Teaching for academic or nonacademic post-doctoral employment. Students are encouraged to participate in teaching as Requirement: Department permission. appropriate for their training throughout their graduate PSYC 412. First Year Research Project. (1-3) years. Normally, students begin as teaching assistants and Research project to be completed by June of the first progress to teaching independently. year of the Ph.D. program under the direction of a facul- General Examination ty advisor. May be repeated in second semester of program. This is required for all doctoral candidates and must be passed at least seven months prior to the awarding of the PSYC 415. History of Modern Psychology (3) degree. The sub areas to be covered on the exam are Origin and development of major theories in various selected by the student in consultation with the student’s areas of psychology. Review of 19th and 20th century general exam committee. thought to provide perspective on psychology as a disci- pline. Newman Evaluation Graduate students are evaluated on their performance in PSYC 421. Statistical Analysis of Psychological Data coursework, research, teaching, assistantship assignments, I. (3) and the general examination. The faculty provides each First of a two-semester sequence covering essential issues student with a written evaluation of progress in the grad- in statistical analysis as practiced by psychologists. Topics uate program annually. include data description, probability, z and t-tests, gener- al linear model, simple correlation/regression, univariate Financial Support analysis of variance, chi-square. Emphasis on connecting Support is available in the form of teaching and research research designs to appropriate statistical tests, data inter- assistantships, fellowships, and scholarships. pretation, and implementation in statistical packages. Department permission required. How to Apply Applications for admission and financial aid may be PSYC 422. Statistical Analysis of Psychological Data obtained from the Department of Psychology. While a II. (3) good undergraduate background in psychology is desir- Second course of the two-semester statistics sequence. able, promising students with majors other than Topics include advanced analysis of variance designs, psychology are encouraged to apply. Completed applica- analysis of covariance, multivariate analysis, multiple tion forms plus transcripts, letters of recommendation, regression, and analysis of categorical data. Emphasis on and a report of scores on the Graduate Record Examina- connecting research designs to appropriate statistical tion and advanced tests in psychology should be tests, data interpretation, and implementation in statisti- returned no later than February 1 of the year of admis- cal packages. Requirement: PSYC 421. sion. New students are normally accepted for entrance PSYC 423. (COGS 423) Foundations of Cognitive into the program only for the fall semester. Science (3) Graduate-Level Courses Survey of fundamental theory and methodologies from artificial intelligence, linguistics, cognitive psychology, PSYC 402. Developmental Psychology (3) philosophy, and neuroscience, as well as salient research Survey of theories and research concerning perceptual, problems such as knowledge acquisition and representa- cognitive, social, and personality development through tion, natural language processing, skill acquisition, infancy and childhood. Prerequisite: Graduate standing perception and action, and the philosophical question of or consent of instructor. intentionality. PSYC 403. Cognitive Psychology (3) PSYC 434. Seminar in Personality (3) Survey of theories and research in cognitive psychology. Selected topics in personality theory and research, Prerequisite: Graduate standing or consent of instructor. including personality change, the self, personality consis- PSYC 404. (BIOS 404) Behavioral Neuroscience (3) tency, and the relationships among thought, emotion, Theoretical and empirical issues in biopsychology. and behavior. Prerequisite: PSYC 406. Prerequisite: Graduate standing or consent of instructor. 350 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

PSYC 443. Seminar in Language Acquisition (3) PSYC 480. Seminar in Cognitive Development (3) Special topics in language acquisition. Content will vary Selected topics in cognitive development in infancy and each time the seminar is offered. Prerequisite: PSYC 402 childhood, including such areas as conceptual develop- or PSYC 403 or consent of instructor. McRoberts ment, memory development, the development of PSYC 446. Developmental Theories and Special reasoning abilities, and language acquisition. Emphasis will vary from year to year. Prerequisite: PSYC 402 or Populations (3) consent of instructor. Traditional developmental theories focus on normative development. children with disabilities have a unique set PSYC 481. Selected Topics in Social and Personality of experiences that pose special challenges for these theo- Development (3) ries. In the developmental literature, children with Topics include emotional and sex-role development, peer disabilities have sometimes been the focus of studies relations, and social competence. Emphasis will vary because they provide a “tests case” for specific theoretical from year to year. Prerequisite: PSYC 402 or consent of predictions. In this course, we will consider some of instructor. these theoretical issues and the insights that have been gained by focusing on special populations. Prerequisite: PSYC 482. Seminar in Adult Development (3) Application of lifespan developmental theory and PSYC 402 or consent of instructor. Barrett methodology to personality, social, and cognitive devel- PSYC 448. Seminar in Psychology of Language (3) opment in adulthood. Prerequisite: PSYC 402 or Topics in language comprehension and production. consent of instructor. Hyland. Content will vary from year to year. Prerequisite: PSYC 403 or consent of instructor. PSYC 483. Seminar in Cultural Psychology (3) Major theoretical approaches and empirical debates in PSYC 450. Special Topics in Mathematical Models cultural psychology, with a focus on the interplay of and Statistics (3) individual and sociocultural elements in the formation of Selected topics in the application of mathematics to psy- mind, the emergence of the self, and the definition and chological research. May be repeated for credit. reproduction of culture. Prerequisite: PSYC 402 or con- sent of instructor. Nicolopoulou PSYC 460. Special Study (1-9) Study of some special topic not covered in the regular PSYC 484. Psychology of Gender (3) course offerings. May be repeated for credit. Major theoretical approaches and empirical debates in the psychology of gender, with a focus on the interplay PSYC 461. Research Seminar (1-9) of nature and nurture in producing gender similarities, Original research designed and executed in collaboration gender differences and gender variation in personality, with the faculty. May be repeated for credit. social behaviors, cognitive abilities, achievement, sexuali- PSYC 462. Stereotypes, Prejudice, and ty, and mental health. Methodological issues in gender Discrimination (3) research. Prerequisite: graduate standing. Department An in-depth survey of the social psychological literature permission required. Hyland on stereotypes, prejudice, and discrimination. Topics will PSYC 490. Thesis Research (1-6). include: Origin of stereotypes, mental representation of Master’s Thesis or Pre-dissertation Project research stereotypes, cognitive and behavioral consequences of directed by committee. stereotypes, inevitability of stereotyping, nature of preju- dice in contemporary American society, PSYC 499. Dissertation Research (1-15). context-specificity of discriminatory behavior, and theo- Ph.D. dissertation research directed by dissertation com- ries of intergroup conflict reduction. Prerequisite: PSYC mittee. 406 or consent of instructor . Gill. PSYC 464. Naive Realism in Social Judgment (3) Public Relations This seminar examines the variety of unconscious influ- See listings under Journalism and Communication ences that impact on social judgment, with a focus on the cognitive processing mechanisms through which influence is exerted. These influences include contribu- Quality Engineering tions to judgment from attitudes, goals, accessible Program. The Master’s of Science degree in Quality constructs, mind-sets, stereotypes, expectancies, heuris- Engineering (MSQE) is offered by the Department of tics, and theories about social objects. Prerequisite: PSYC Industrial and Systems Engineering (ISE). A list of the 406 or consent of instructor. Moskowitz. faculty and descriptions of the courses are included in PSYC 476. Seminar in Cognition (3) the catalog description (see catalog index) of the ISE Selected topics in human information processing, includ- department. The program is designed to accommodate ing such areas as attention, memory, language and students who are employed full time. Courses are trans- comprehension, and decision-making. Area of emphasis mitted via satellite to work sites anywhere in the will vary from year to year. Prerequisite: PSYC 403 or continental USA. consent of instructor. Admission. To be considered for admission to the MSQE PSYC 478. (COGS 478) Ontological Psychology (3) program, applicants must have a Bachelor’s of Science Principles and constraints for the modeling of psycholog- degree in engineering (any discipline) or in science. ical phenomena: perception, memory, knowing, University Requirements. All of the university rules that emotions, consciousness, language, and rationality. apply to the awarding of Master’s degrees at Lehigh Bickhard. apply to the MSQE, except for the following: no thesis or report or general examination is required. The univer- Religion Studies 351 sity rules that do apply to the MSQE are spelled out in •At least four courses at the 100 level or above. the catalog, under the heading “Degree Information” • REL 374 Senior Seminar. (see catalog index). In addition to this minimum distribution, a concentra- Departmental Requirements. All candidates must com- tion is recommended in one of the major religious plete thirty hours of course work—fifteen hours of core traditions, or in a comparative or thematic approach to courses and fifteen hours of electives. The core courses, the study of religion. The concentration should include which all candidates take, are listed below: at least four courses, where that is possible. Language IE 228 Engineering Statistics (3) study appropriate to the concentration is also desirable. IE 332 Quality Control (3) Students are particularly encouraged to consider a joint IE 410 Design of Experiments (3) or double major with another major field from any of IE 422 Measurement and Inspection Systems (3) the three colleges at the university. IE 442 Total Quality Management (3) Departmental Honors Any offered IE or MSE course, if not a core course, is an acceptable elective, and at least nine hours of the elec- Religion studies majors are admitted to honors by invita- tives must be courses, which have prefix IE or MSE. Up tion of the departmental faculty toward the end of the to six hours of the electives may be any graduate course student’s junior year. To be eligible, a student must have or courses that the candidate’s advisor approves. The ISE attained at least a 3.25 average in his or her major pro- department offers several elective courses, including the gram by the end of the junior year. Upon admittance to following: honors, the student will work out a special program of IE 415 Manufacturing Management (3) studies for the senior year with the major advisor, culmi- IE 445 Assembly Processes and Systems (3) nating in the writing of a senior essay. Up to six hours of credits earned at other institutions Minor in Religion Studies may be used to satisfy degree requirements, if transfer of The minor in religion studies consists of a total of 16 credits is approved by the registrar. credits. The specific courses to be taken by each student are to be decided upon jointly by the student and the Religion Studies departmental advisor. Ordinarily, the student will be expected to take one introductory course unless specifi- Professors. Norman J. Girardot, Ph.D. (Chicago), cally exempted by the department chair. University Distinguished Professor; Kenneth L. Kraft, Ph.D. (Princeton); Michael L. Raposa, Ph.D. Course Offerings (Pennsylvania) Fairchild Chair of American Studies; REL 1. Sacred Scriptures from Around the World Laurence J. Silberstein, Ph.D. (Brandeis), Philip and (4) Muriel Berman Professor of Jewish Studies, and Director of An encounter with the different sacred books of the the Philip and Muriel Berman Center for Jewish Studies; world’s major religions. Both the books and differing Lloyd H. Steffen, Ph.D. (Brown) Chair; Lenore E. attitudes in these traditions towards sacred books are Chava Weissler, Ph.D. (Pennsylvania), Philip and Muriel examined. Books investigated include the Bhagavad Berman Chair of Jewish Civilization; Benjamin G. Gita, the Analects of Confucius, the Qur’an and the Wright, III, Ph.D. (Pennsylvania). Jewish and Christian Bibles. Wright. (HU) Assistant Professor. Robert Rozehnal, Ph.D. (Duke). REL 2. Death in Religious Traditions (4) The religion studies department is committed to the aca- Introduces students to the study of religion through an demic investigation of religion as an intrinsic and vital exploration of what different religious traditions have to dimension of human culture. The scholarly study of reli- say about the great mystery that we all face, death. gion is an integral facet of a liberal arts education. The Because we all must die, all religions must deal with the student of religion is engaged in the critical and interpre- challenge and sense of crisis provoked by the deaths of tive task of understanding patterns of religious thought those close to us, of innocent victims of disaster, disease, and behavior as aspects of the human cultural experience. and crime, and our own imminent deaths. Death thus Religion studies is interdisciplinary in that it draws upon provides an excellent point of comparison among the humanistic and social scientific modes of inquiry. These various religious traditions. Weissler. (HU) include historical, philosophical, sociological, anthropo- REL 3. (PHIL 3) Religion, Ethics and Society (4) logical, and psychological perspectives. Religion studies is Introduction to philosophical and religious modes of a cross-cultural, comparative discipline concerned with moral thinking, with consideration given to ethics in the the character and significance of the major religious tra- world religious traditions (family life and role of women, ditions of the world. The student of religion confronts social justice, environment, work, models of ethical ethical problems and basic issues of value and meaning ideal). Particular issues examined include abortion, cor- raised by modern multicultural and technological society. poral punishment (such as the death penalty), problems Major in Religion Studies in medical ethics, and heavy drinking as a behavioral problem. Steffen. (HU) The major in religion studies consists of 32 credit hours of coursework (eight courses). Requirements include: REL 4. How to Study Religion (4) •At least one introductory course (any course num- How do sociologists, psychologists and philosophers bered below level 10). answer such questions as: Why and how do religions arise? Why and how do people develop beliefs in God? Where •At least one course on a Western religious tradition, do religious scriptures come from? Why do people ascribe and at least one course on an Eastern religious tradition. authority to religious traditions? Why has religious faith declined in modern society? Silberstein. (HU) 352 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

REL 5. Spiritual Exercises East and West (4) REL 67. (ASIA 67) Japanese Civilization (4) Explores a variety of religious founders” in the history of The history and culture of Japan from its origins to the religions. Girardot. (HU) present. Special consideration will be given to the rise REL 6. Religion and the Ecological Crisis (4) and fall of the warrior class, developments in art and reli- Past and present responses to nature in world religions. gion, the dynamics of family life, and Japan’s “economic Contemporary topics include the animal rights debate, miracle.” Kraft. (H/S) ecofeminism, and the development of environmental REL 68. Practical Justice: From Social Systems to ethics. Is “the end of nature” at hand? Why is the envi- Responsible Community (4) ronment a religious issue? Kraft. (HU) Examination of the role of moral and religious values in REL 7. Jesus, Buddha, Mao, and Elvis (4) social systems, including education, the economic system, Comparative and cross-cultural exploration of the nature criminal justice, with particular attention to the problems and meaning of “religious founders” in the history of of poverty, literacy, homelessness and domestic violence. religions. Girardot. (HU) Students engage in volunteer efforts to gain practical expe- rience with those who deliver and receive services in these REL 8. (WS 8) Prehistoric Religion, Art, and systems. An action-reflection model (with reference to lib- Technology (4) eration theology and religious thinkers like M.L. King, Origins and early development of religions, with focus Dorothy Day, and Walter Rauschenbusch) is employed to on interactions of religion, art, and technology in the urge reflection on how social systems can be affected and Paleolithic and Neolithic periods. Special attention to transformed by visions of justice, ethics, religion and social the emergence of patriarchal social forms and the figure responsibility. Steffen. (HU) of the goddess. Interdisciplinary methods with a consid- eration of feminist theories of cultural development. REL 73. The Jewish Tradition (4) Girardot. (HU) Judaism is both a textual tradition and a lived religion. Students read basic Jewish texts—Bible, Talmud, REL 9. Spiritual Journeys (4) Midrash—and study the ways Jews sanctify the life cycle A comparative survey of spiritual traveling-from overland through rites of passage, and the round of the year pilgrimages to inward journeys in search of truth. through the festival cycle. Silberstein, Weissler. (HU) Through autobiographies, diaries, poetry and films, stu- dents encounter the experiences of seekers from diverse REL 75. The Christian Tradition (4) religious traditions, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Introduction to the Christian tradition from its early Christianity and Islam. Rozehnal. (HU) variety and subsequent classical definition in the church councils up to the enlightenment. Special emphasis will REL 22. (Art 22) Visions of God: 2000 Years of be placed on the multiform interpretations of the Christian History and Art (4) Christian message. Wright. (HU) An Interdisciplinary course that combines art history and REL 76. Reading the Bible in the Contemporary the history of Christianity. From the beginnings of their tradition, Christians have represented their theologies World (4) and religious sentiments in visual arts and architecture, Reading passages from the Bible with an eye toward dis- and for the same two millennia, a myriad of Christians tinguishing and understanding different sorts of have learned their Christianity through visual representa- questions that can be asked of them and various perspec- tions. Provides a one-semester survey of the history of tives that can be adopted when reading them. What are Christianity as expressed in the visual arts. these stories about? What do they mean, when, and to Wright/Priester. (HU) whom? Wright. (HU) REL 60. (ASIA 60) Religions of South Asia (4) REL 77. (ASIA 77) The Islamic Tradition (4) A thematic introduction to the foundational religious A thematic introduction to Islamic history, doctrine and traditions of South Asia: Hinduism, Jainism, Buddhism, practice. Topics include: Qur’an; prophecy and sacred Sikhism and Islam. Students explore the social and spiri- history; ritual practices; community life; legal interpreta- tual dimensions of these religious worlds through tion; art and aesthetics; mysticism; politics and polemics. scripture, ritual practices, narrative and teaching tradi- Rozehnal. (HU) tions, music and art. Rozehnal. (HU) REL 111. Jewish Scriptures/Old Testament (4) REL 62. (ASIA 62) Religions of India (4) The religious expression of the Hebrews, Israelites, and Origin, development and meaning of the major forms of Jews as found in the Jewish Scriptures Indian religious traditions. Attention to elite and popular (TANAK/Christian Old Testament). Near Eastern con- forms of Hinduism, Yoga, early Buddhism. (HU) text of Hebrew religion, the Patriarchs, the Exodus, the monarchy, prophecy, Exile and Return. Emphasis on his- REL 64. (ASIA 64) Religions of China (4) torical, literary, critical problems, and newer History and meaning of the major forms of Chinese reli- socio-historical methods. Wright. (HU) gion- especially Confucianism and Neo-Confucianism, Taoist mysticism, Buddhism (Ch’an/Zen), and popular REL 112. The Beginnings of Judaism and Jewish religion. Girardot. (HU) Origins: Jewish Diversity in the Greco-Roman World (4) REL 65. (ASIA 65) Religions of Japan (4) The variety of approaches to Judaism in the period fol- A survey of Japan’s diverse religious heritage and its lowing the Babylonian exile through the second century impact on contemporary culture. Japanese approaches to C.E. The literature studied will include Apocrypha, the self, the world, and the sacred are considered in com- Pseudepigrapha, and the Dead Sea Scrolls. Wright. (HU) parative perspective. Topics covered include: Shinto, Buddhism, Zen, Confucianism, the way of the warrior, folklore, and postwar movements. Kraft. (HU) Religion Studies 353

REL 114. (CLSS 114) Christian Origins: New Compares Hasidic tales to European fairy tales, and Testament and the Beginnings of Christianity (4) shows how later writers transformed Hasidic narratives Early Christianity from its beginnings until the end of to express their own religious or literary meanings. the second century. Coverage includes the Jewish and Weissler. (HU) Hellenistic matrices of Christianity, traditions about the REL 133. Alternative Religions in the 21st life of Jesus and his significance, and the variety of belief Century (4) and practice of early Christians. Emphasis on encounter- An exploration of alternative religious beliefs and prac- ing primary texts. Wright. (HU) tices in the 21st century. Topics include the new REL 116. (PHIL 116) Bioethics (4) pluralism, adaptations of Asian traditions, goddess reli- Moral issues that arise in the context of health care and gion, and spiritual environmentalism. What related biomedical fields in the United States today, distinguishes a religion from a cult? What goes awry examined in the light of the nature and foundation of when violence is perpetrated in the name of religion? moral rights and obligations. Topics include: confiden- Kraft. (HU) tiality, informed consent, euthanasia, medical research REL 137. (Hum 137, PHIL 137) Ethics in Practice and experimentation, genetics, the distribution of health (1-4) care, etc. (HU) A variable content course focusing on ethical issues aris- REL 121. Sources for the Life of Jesus: the Jewish ing in a particular profession, such as law, health, and Christian Context (4) business, engineering, military. Variable credit. May be Ancient sources that claim to provide information about taken more than once. Steffen. (HU) Jesus of Nazareth. Approaches taken to Jesus’ life and REL 138. (WS 138) Women in Jewish History (4) career; early Christian interpretations of the significance Contributions of, and limitations on, women at different of Jesus; methodology in assessing evidence for the his- stages of Jewish history, using both primary sources and torical Jesus and his message. Wright. (HU) secondary material. Experience of modern Jewish REL 124. (PHIL 124) Reason and Religious women, and the contemporary feminist critique of tradi- Experience (4) tional gender roles. Weissler. (HU) A critical look, from a philosophical perspective, at some REL 139. (ANTH 139) Jewish Folklore (4) fundamental problems of religion: The nature of reli- Examines the transformation of folk and popular gious experience and belief, reason and revelation, the Judaism from the Old World, through the period of existence and nature of God, the problem of evil, and immigration to America, to ethnic and later forms of religious truth. Raposa. (HU) American Jewish culture. Attention paid to concept of REL 125. Heresy and Orthodoxy: Varieties of folklore revivals and their meanings. Four case studies: Christianity in the First Three Centuries (4) folk tales and storytelling, klezmer music, life-cycle ritu- Examines the development of Christianity until the end als, and food. Weissler. (SS) of the third century. Compares the views of different REL 144. (Art 144) Raw Vision: Creativity and groups about the significance of Jesus. Who were the Ecstasy in the Work of Shamans, Mystics, and Artist proto-orthodox? Jewish Christians? Gnostics? What did Outsiders (4) they think? Why were some branded heretics by others? Comparative exploration of the nature and meaning of Wright. (HU) religious and artistic experience as reflected in shaman- REL 126. (Hum 126, PHIL 126) Professional ism (both prehistoric and tribal), mystic traditions Ethics (4) (especially Taoism and Christianity), and contemporary An examination of the moral rules and action guides self-taught artistic visionaries (e.g., Jean Dubuffet, that govern various professions. Professions to be exam- Howard Finster, Mr. Imagination, Lonnie Holley, ined will include health (physician and nursing); legal; Norbert Kox). Various disciplinary perspectives will be counseling and psychiatry; engineering; military; clergy; employed including comparative religions, anthropology, teaching. Attention will be given to modes of ethical rea- art history, and psychology. Girardot. (HU) soning and how those modes are practically applied in REL 145 (ASIA 145) Islam and the Modern professional life and activity. Among issues to be dis- World (4) cussed will be the limits of confidentiality; employer Examines how numerous Muslim thinkers-religious authority; power relationships; obligations to the public; scholars, modernists, and Islamists-have responded to the professional rights; sexual boundaries; whistle-blowing; changes and challenges of the colonial and post-colonial safety and risk; computer ethics; weapons development; eras. Special emphasis is placed on the public debates discrimination; professional review of ethical infractions. over Islamic authority and authenticity in contemporary Course will include guest lectures and case studies. South Asia. Rozehnal. (HU) Steffen. (HU) REL 146 (ASIA 146) Islam in South Asia (4) REL 129. (PHIL 129) Jewish Philosophy (4) A survey of the dynamic encounter between Islamic and How major Jewish thinkers from the first to the 20th Indic civilizations. Topics include: Islamic identity, piety centuries confronted questions at the intersection of reli- and practice; art and aesthetic traditions; inter-communal gion and philosophy: the existence and nature of God, exchange and conflict; the colonial legacy; and the politics free will, evil, divine providence, miracles, creation, reve- of contemporary religious nationalism. Rozehnal. (HU) lation, and religious obligation. (HU) REL 150. Judaism in the Modern World (4) REL 132. Hasidic Tales (4) Fundamental themes in the experience of modern Jewry; Examines the mysterious and beautiful tales told by confrontation with secular culture; crisis of religious Hasidim, participants in the movement of spiritual faith; Zionism and the renewal of Jewish nationalism; revival which arose within 18th century Judaism. 354 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005 the problem of Jewish identity in America; and the REL 159. Roman Catholicism in the Modern impact of the Holocaust. Silberstein, Weissler. (HU) World (4) REL 152. American Judaism (4) A survey of the various intellectual, cultural, political and Diverse cultural and social forms through which ecclesiastical developments that have shaped contemporary American Jews express their distinct identity. Is Roman Catholic life and thought. Raposa. (HU) American Jewry an example of assimilation and decline REL 160. (ASIA 160) The Taoist Tradition (4) or creative transformation? What, if anything, do Consideration of the religious and cultural significance American Jews share in common? Compatibility of of Taoism in its various historical forms. Primary atten- Judaism with individualism, pluralism, and voluntarism. tion will be given to a close reading of some of the most How have the Holocaust and the State of Israel shaped the important texts of the early philosophical tradition (e.g. self-understanding of American Jewry? Silberstein. (HU) Tao Te Ching, Chuang Tzu) and of the later religious tra- REL 153. The Spiritual Quest in Contemporary dition (e.g. Pao P’u Tzu and other selections from the Jewish Life (4) Tao Tsang). Contemporary implications of Taoist What factors explain the current growth of spirituality in thought will also be considered (e.g. “The Tao of American Jewish life? How does spirituality differ from Physics”, “a Taoist on Wall Street”, and “the Tao of conventional religion? What is the impact of Jewish spir- Japanese Management”). Girardot. (HU) ituality on contemporary Jewish worship? How does the REL 162. (ASIA 162) Zen Buddhism (4) growth of Jewish spirituality relate to the broader issues History, doctrines, and practices of Zen Buddhism in of Jewish identity? What accounts for the growing inter- China, Japan, and the West. Monastic life, notable Zen est in Buddhism among Jews? What is the impact of masters, Zen’s cultural impact, and enlightenment. feminism on Jewish spirituality? How does the growth of Current aspects of the Zen tradition. (Optional medita- spirituality among Jews relate to the growth of spirituali- tion workshop.) Kraft. (HU) ty in general American culture? Silberstein (HU) REL 164. (ASIA 164, IR 164) Japan’s Response to REL 154. (HIST 154) The Holocaust: History and the West (4) Meaning (4) A survey of Japanese history and culture from 1500 to The Nazi holocaust in its historical, political and reli- the present, following the theme of Japan’s contact with gious setting. Emphasis upon moral, cultural and the West. What enabled Japan to modernize and theological issues raised by the Holocaust. (HU) Westernize so successfully? Topics covered include: the REL 155. Responses to the Holocaust (4) expulsion of Christianity, the first samurai mission to the A multi-media study of the ways in which writers, U.S., the postwar American occupation, and contempo- artists, film makers, cartoonists, composers, and comics rary issues. Readings include Japanese novels and short have responded to the horrors of the Holocaust. Among stories (in translation). Kraft. (H/S) the questions to be considered are: How is it possible to REL 167. (ASIA 167) Engaged Buddhism (4) describe and represent the Holocaust in writing? In art? Examines a contemporary international movement that In film? What distinguishes the ways in which this is applies Buddhist teachings and practices to social, politi- done by different generations? How is the memory of cal, and environmental issues. Topics include: important these events being effectively preserved and transmitted thinkers, forms of engagement, and areas of controversy. through monuments and museums? What role does the Kraft. (HU) memory of the Holocaust play in the life of contempo- REL 168. (ASIA 168) Buddhism in the Modern rary Jews? Silberstein. (HU) World (4) REL 156. Israel, Zionism, and the Renewal of Explores contemporary Buddhism in Asia, America, and Judaism (4) Europe. Topics include the plight of Tibet, Buddhist envi- New interpretations of Judaism, the Jewish community ronmentalism, and the emergence of a socially engaged and Jewish history developed by Zionist thinkers. Buddhism. How are Westerners adapting this ancient tra- Diverse currents within Jewish nationalist thought and dition to address present-day concerns? Kraft. (HU) critical responses to Zionist ideology. Silberstein. (HU) REL 169. (ASIA 169) Classics of Asian Religion (4) REL 157. (HIST 157) Europe in the Age of the Sacred scriptures of Asia and an introduction to the reli- Reformation (4) gions they represent. What do these texts teach about The breakup of the religious culture of medieval reality, humanity, divinity, and society? How is the path Christian Europe in the reformation movements of the of spiritual practice presented in the different traditions? sixteenth century. The origins and varieties of Prerequisite: one prior course in Religion or Asian stud- Protestantism; the intersection of religious ideas and pol- ies. Kraft, Girardot. (HU) itics in Germany, Switzerland, Britain, France, and the REL 171 (SSP 171) Religion and Society (4) Netherlands; the “wars of religion” and the emergence of An introduction to the sociology of religion. Covers clas- the European state system. Baylor. (HU) sical and contemporary approaches to defining and REL 158. (WS 158) Sex and Gender in Judaism (4) studying the role of religion in society. Emphasis on Writings by Jewish feminists reflecting the encounter understanding religious beliefs and practices in the between Judaism and feminism: prayer and ritual, United States, the sources and contours of religious women rabbis, God, and God language, communal change, and the effects of religion on individuals and power, the marriage and divorce. Silberstein. (HU) society. Specific topics include religious fundamentalism, religious conversion, religious practices and authority, Religion Studies 355 secularization, religion in public life, religion in social America, Taoist meditation, Zen and Japanese business, change, religious terrorism, and the ways in which reli- Buddhist ethics. May be repeated for credit. Girardot, gion impacts our personal health, educational Kraft, Rozehnal. (H/S) attainment, and family life. Munson (SS) REL 222. Topics in Western Religions (4) REL 174. Contemporary Theology (4) Selected historical, thematic, and comparative issues in Major 20th century movements within Christian and Judaism, Christianity, and Islam. May be repeated for Jewish theology understood as responses to the problems credit as the subject matter varies. (HU) of modern times. May be repeated for credit as the sub- REL 224. (PHIL 224) Topics in the Philosophy of ject matter varies. Raposa. (HU) Religion (4) REL 180. (HIST 180) Religion and the American Selected problems and issues in the philosophy of reli- Experience (4) gion. May be repeated for credit as the subject matter The historic development of major American religious varies. Raposa. (HU) groups from colonial times to the present; their place in REL 225. Topics in Religion and Ethics (4) social and political life, and the impact of the national Analysis of various moral problems and social value experience upon them. Raposa. (HU) questions. Possible topics include: environmental and REL 184. (WS 184) Religion, Gender, and Power (4) non-human animal ethics; medical ethics; drug and alco- Gender differences as one of the basic legitimations for hol abuse; spiritual meaning of anorexia. (HU) the unequal distribution of power in Western society. REL 228. Theories of Religion (4) Feminist critiques of the basic social structures, cultural What is religion? Does it have a universal, cross-cultural forms, and hierarchies of power within religious commu- and trans-creedal essence? Drawing on numerous aca- nities, and the ways in which religious groups have demic disciples, the course engages the major issues and responded. Silberstein. (HU) most influential authors in the academic study of com- REL 186. Judaism in Israel and the United States (4) parative religions. Rozehnal. (HU) Explores the differences/similarities in the ideologies, REL 230. The Mystical Tradition: Judaism (4) myths and symbols which shape the views of Jews in Explores the history of the quest to know God, through Israel and the United States on such issues as: the mean- mystical experience or theosophical speculation, as found ing of Judaism, the interpretation of Jewish history, the in Jewish tradition. Examines such issues as the tensions relationship of religion and peoplehood, and the rela- between institutional religion and personal religious tionship of democracy and Jewish values. Readings experience, between views of God as immanent in the include Amos Oz, A.B. Yehoshua, Haim Hazaz, Leonard world or transcending it, and between imagery for God Fein, Mordecai Kaplan. Silberstein. (HU) and religious experience of God. Weissler. (HU) REL 187. Science, Technology, and the Religious REL. 247 (ASIA 247) Islamic Mysticism (4) Imagination (4) Sufism, the inner or ‘mystical’ dimension of Islam, has deep Impact of the scientific and technological culture on the historical roots and diverse expressions throughout the Western religious imagination. Roots of science and Muslim world. Students examine Sufi doctrine and ritual, technology in religious ideas and images. Ways of know- the master-disciple relationship, and the tradition’s impact ing and concepts of experience in religion and science. on art and music, poetry and prose. Rozehnal. (HU) Raposa. (HU) REL 251. (CLSS 251) Classical Mythology (3) REL 188. Religion and Literature (4) Myth, religion and ritual in ancient Greece and Rome. Religious themes in the modern novel or the spiritual Emphasis on primary sources; introduction to ancient and autobiography. Melville, Tolstoy, Camus, Updike, modern theories of myth. Cross-cultural material. (SS) Walker, and Morrison; or Woolman, Tolstoy, Malcolm X, Wiesel, Frederick Douglass, Sojourner Truth, Kukai. REL 254. (ASIA 254) Buddhism and Ecology (4) Steffen. (HU) Buddhism’s intellectual, ethical, and spiritual resources are reexamined in light of contemporary environmental REL 189. Religion and the Visual Arts (4) problems. Is Buddhism the most green of the major To what extent does the process and production of artis- world religions? What are the moral implications of tic images relate to visionary experience in the history of actions that affect the environment? Prerequisite: One world religions, and expose a religious dimension in life? prior course in religion, environmental studies, or Asian In what sense is an artistic vocation similar to the reli- studies. Kraft. (HU) gious vocation of a shaman, prophet, or saint? In what way do artists and religious figures respond to, change, REL 335. (ANTH 335) Religion, Witchcraft and and create the “real” world? Girardot. (HU) Magic (4) Addresses broad questions about the roles that religion, REL 213. (CLSS/HIST 213) Ancient Roman magic, and witchcraft play in human life, as philosophi- Religion (4) cal systems of meaning, as useful tools for Religious experience of the Roman people from prehis- understanding, and as practical and moral guides for tory to end of the empire. Nature of polytheism and human action. Special focus on the role of witchcraft its interactions with monotheism (Christianity, and magic in the modern world, especially in the lives of Judaism). Theories of religion. Emphasis on primary disempowered people. Vann. (SS) source materials. (SS) REL 361. Fieldwork (1-4) REL 221. (ASIA 221) Topics in Asian Religions (4) Opportunity for students to work, or observe under Selected thematic and comparative issues in different supervision, religious organizations or institutions. Asian religious traditions. May include Buddhism and Consent of chair required. (ND) Christianity, religion and martial arts, Asian religions in 356 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

REL 371. Directed Readings (1-4) III. Russian Politics and Foreign Policy Intensive study in areas appropriate to the interests and POLS 261 Soviet and Post-Soviet Politics (4) or needs of students and staff. (ND) IR 168 Diplomacy of USSR, 1917-1991 (4) REL 373. (HUM 373, PHIL 373) Independent B. Elective Courses Ethics Project (4) Supervised ethics research into a topic approved by the The student will select at least three courses from the fol- advisor for the Humanities Minor in Ethics. An option for lowing list: completing the ethics minor. For ethics minors only. (HU) IR 167 Diplomacy of Russia to 1917 (4) POLS 218 Seminar in Post-Soviet Politics (4) REL 374. Senior Seminar (4) ECO 209 Comparative Economic Systems (3) A capstone seminar for departmental majors. Considers the methodologies of religious studies and assesses cur- Any other Russian language and literature courses. rent issues in the field. Offers opportunities for in-depth Other courses approved by the director of the program work on a particular tradition under the guidance of a (e.g., relevant courses offered through LVAIC or at other faculty member. (HU) institutions). REL 375 (SSP 375) The Christian Right in Field Study in the former Soviet Union (e.g., faculty-led America (4) study trips offered under special topics or approved study What do we know about the Christian Right? Who are abroad programs). they? What do they believe? Where do they come from? Any substitutes for required or elective courses must be Seminar explores answers to such questions through a approved by the director of the Russian studies program. focus on the history of the Christian Right as well as its ideologies and beliefs, the people who are a part of it, Russian Studies Minor and its evolving relationship to the American political The minor in Russian studies is an interdisciplinary pro- system. Topics include some of the most divisive social gram designed to provide a broad range of study of the issues of our time: abortion, homosexuality, capital pun- former Soviet Union. It can be considered the beginning ishment, pornography, taxes, education, and the of a specialization in the area that can be continued in separation of church and state. Munson. (SS) graduate school, or a useful area of concentration for cer- tain careers after graduation (e.g., foreign service, REL 391. Senior Thesis in Religion (4) governmental employment, business, foreign trade, etc.). The program may also be of general interest to nonspe- Russian cialist students who wish to do focused work on the culture and society of the former USSR. See listing under Modern Languages and Literature. The minor in Russian studies requires 18 to 20 credit hours of formal course work, chosen in consultation Russian Studies with the program director, Mary Nicholas, Department of Modern Languages and Literature. Mary A. Nicholas, Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) program director. Two semesters of college-level Russian based on the stu- dent’s level of competence; Professors. Arthur E. King, Ph.D. (Ohio State); Rajan Menon, Ph.D. (Illinois), Monroe J. Rathbone professor of Any three of the following: international relations, Oles M. Smolansky, Ph.D. Any one course in Russian literature or literature in (Columbia). translation (4) Russian Studies Major POLS 261 Soviet and Post-Soviet Politics (4) HIST 347 Russia to 1855 (4) The major in Russian studies is an interdisciplinary pro- HIST 348 Russia since 1855 (4) gram designed to provide students with a broad exposure to the Russian language and to Russian culture. Courses IR 167 Diplomacy of Russia to 1917 (4) in language, literature, history, politics, foreign policy, IR 168 Diplomacy of USSR, 1917-1991 (4) and economics, as well as the possibility of study in the ECO 209 Comparative Economic Systems (3) republics of the former Soviet Union, are part of the cur- POLS 218 Seminar in Post-Soviet Politics (4) riculum for this major. The required and elective courses Special topics courses in other areas such as psychology fit in well with a traditional liberal arts education. At the or sociology and anthropology with permission same time, the emphasis on area studies provides stu- Field Study in the former Soviet Union for academic dents with a focus for their intellectual efforts and a credit under special topics (4) specialization that can be pursued, in graduate school or in a variety of public and private sector careers, after Other courses approved by the director of Russian studies. graduation. The major in Russian studies requires 36 credit hours, School Psychology distributed as follows: See listings under Education. A. Required Courses I. Language and Literature: two years of college Russian, Science, Environmental and course selection based on placement: 16 credit hours. Technical Writing II. Russian History HIST 347 Russia to 1855 (4) or See listings under Journalism and Communication. HIST 348 Russia since 1855 (4) Science, Technology and Society 357

Science, Technology and Society C. Science and Mathematics Requirement. Students must fulfill the college’s regular B.A. distribution Stephen H. Cutcliffe, Ph.D. (Lehigh), program director. requirements of at least eight credits in the natural Steven Louis Goldman, Ph.D. (Boston), Andrew W. sciences; and at least three credits in mathematical sci- Mellon Professor in the Humanities. ences. At least one of the courses in the natural sciences must also include the associated laboratory The Science, Technology and Society (STS) program is course. These courses should be chosen in consulta- the product of a continuing cross-college effort to create tion with the advisor. a common ground from which to explore the relations between science, technology and society: between ideas, STS Studies Minor machines and values. The program also offers a minor in science, technology The STS program serves as a focal point for a wide range & society studies which is open to all undergraduates. of courses that study the natures of science and of tech- Students electing the minor must take a set of courses nology, and analyze their social and personal totaling a minimum of 15 hours that includes STS 11: implications. It lends coherence and visibility to offerings Technology and Human Values and electives chosen otherwise dispersed throughout the catalog. from the list of all courses eligible for STS studies which follows below. Students should consult with the STS Studies Major program director when selecting courses for either the The major in science, technology and society studies pre- major or the minor. pares students for graduate study or for a wide variety of career opportunities including policy analysis, planning, Science, Technology and Society or community relations with public or private sector Courses agencies concerned with the social relations of scientific STS 11. Technology and Human Values (4) research and technological innovation. The intrinsically Impact of technology on society in relation to ethical cross-disciplinary character of science-technology-society problems raised by the exploitation of technological interactions is reflected in the B.A. requirements. Majors innovations. Illustrations from history, social studies, must complete a minimum of 34 credit hours in STS philosophy, literature, and film. Cutcliffe (SS) courses, listed below, together with at least 15 credit hours in any traditional academic discipline: engineering, STS 12. Engineering and Society (4) physical or life science, the humanities, or the social sci- An examination, from the perspective of its social con- ences. This collateral set of courses should be chosen in text, of engineering as a distinctive problem-solving consultation with the program director to provide the discipline. The roles of design, modeling, testing, safety foundation needed to engage STS studies issues in which analysis, product and client in defining engineering that discipline is implicated. The senior seminar and problems and acceptable solutions to them. Goldman, project provide an opportunity for students to integrate Nagel (SS) the knowledge they have gained and the skills they have STS 117. (HIST 117/WS117) Women, Science acquired, in the course of guided research on a topic of and Technology (4) special interest to them. Additional opportunities for stu- Explores the impact of technology and science on dent research are available, especially through STS 181: women’s social roles and the contribution of women Independent Study. engineers and scientists to their disciplines. Will focus on STS studies is a social science major in the College of the American experience. Among the topics discussed are Arts and Science, and majors must fulfill the college’s invention, design, laboratory research, education, engi- B.A. distribution requirements. A detailed description of neering, professionalism, labor force participation, office the STS studies major requirements follows. mechanization, household appliances, virtual spaces, childcare and reproduction. Cooper (SS) Detailed Description of STS Major Requirements A. Required STS Courses (minimum of 34 hours) STS 124. (JOUR 124) Politics of Science (4) Analysis of the multi-dimensional interaction between STS 11: Technology and Human Values (4) the federal government and the scientific community. STS 12: Engineering and Society (4) Explores historical growth of the science-government HIST 7: Technology in America’s connection, the scientific establishment both past and Industrial Age (4) or present, and the role of scientific advice to the White HIST 8: Technology in Modern America (4) House and Congress. Also examines scientific ethics, STS/JOUR 124 Politics of Science (4) or public attitudes toward science, science-society interac- POLS 115: Technology as Politics (4) tions, and case studies of scientific controversies. S. PHIL 128: Philosophy of Science (4) or Friedman (SS) PHIL 228: Topics in Philosophy of Science (4) STS 141. (ASIA 141) Science and Technology STS 381: Senior Seminar and Methods (4) Studies in East Asia (4) STS 382: Senior Project (4) The development of science and technology in East Asia Two additional advanced courses (100 level or higher) with emphasis on Japan and China. Cultural and reli- from the list of approved STS Studies courses (6-8) gious influences, both internal and external, and B. Concentration in a complementary discipline (mini- interactions with the West, as illustrated by the develop- mum of 15 hours to be chosen in conjunction with ment of bronze technology, ceramics, and architecture. STS studies advisor); or approved departmental or Factors in Western and Japanese society that have con- interdisciplinary program minor; or double major. tributed to the rapid growth of Japanese technology as well as limits to future growth of technology in East Asia. (SS) 358 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

STS 145. (HIST 145) Introduction to the History Graduate Courses in STS of Science (4) (Open to undergraduates by petition only.) The history of modern science, primarily physical and biological, with emphasis on the development of major STS 481. Readings in Science, Technology and theoretical models since the seventeenth century. Society (3) Goldman (SS) Readings seminar on selected themes and topics in sci- ence, technology, and society. May be repeated for credit STS 181. Independent Study (1-4) fall-spring with permission of the program director. Prerequisite: consent of the program director. (HU or SS) STS 221. (MAT 221/ANTH 221) Materials in the Other STS courses. Development of Man (3) The following courses, appropriate to STS studies, are Development of materials technology and engineering offered by various departments. Course descriptions may from the Stone Age to Atomic Age as an example of the be found under the catalog entry for the individual interaction between technology and society. In-class department. New courses are frequently added to this list demonstration laboratories on composition and structure and announced in bulletins published by the STS pro- of materials. Term projects using archaeological materials gram. For further information, please contact the and alloys. Course intended for, but not limited to, stu- program director. dents in the humanities and secondary science education. ANTH 221 Materials and the Development of Engineering students may not use this course for engineer- Man—Small ing science or technical elective credit. Small (SS) ARCH 107 History of American Architecture— Thomas STS 252. (CSC 252) Computers, the Internet, and ARCH 210 20th-Century Architecture—Zaknic Society (3) ARCH/HIST 361 Evolution of High-rise Building An interactive exploration of the current and future role Construction—Peters of computers, the Internet, and related technologies in ARCH/HIST 363 Evolution of Long-Span Bridge changing the standard of living, work environments, Building—Peters society and its ethical values. Privacy, security, deperson- ARCH/HIST 365 Evolution of the Modern Building alization, responsibility, and professional ethics; the role Process—Peters of computer and Internet technologies in changing edu- ASIA 141 Science and Technology Studies in East cation, business modalities, collaboration mechanisms, Asia—Staff and everyday life. Nagel (SS) CHM 5 Chemistry and National Issues—Schray STS 323. (JOUR 323) Controversies (4) CLSS 108 Ancient Technology—Small Exploration of science, health, and environmental con- CLSS/ARCH 204 Ancient City and Society—Small troversies from the dual perspectives of scientific CSC 252 Computers, the Internet, and Society— uncertainty and mass media coverage. Examines genetic Nagel engineering and biotechnology, environmental health DES 66 Design History – Snyder & Priester risks, and human behavior research. Includes discussion ECO 311 Environmental Economics—Munley of ethical and social responsibilities and interactions of ECO 314 Energy Economics scientists, journalists, and the public. S. Friedman (SS) EES 3 Global Environmental Change— Meltzer & Zeitler STS 341. Issues in American Competitiveness: EES 11 Environmental Geology—Evenson At Home and Abroad (4) ES 10 Environment and the Consumer Issues affecting American commercial competitiveness Society—Staff focusing on topics associated with the recent emergence ENGL 122 Speculative Fiction—Staff of a new commercial environment in all First World ENGL 187 Themes in Literature: Utopian societies. Team taught in a highly interactive setting with Literature—Staff industry, public sector, and government experts, in addi- HIST 7 Technology in America’s Industrial tion to academics from various disciplines and Age—Smith institutions. Students read topical articles and books, HIST 8 Technology in Modern America— participate in team projects and debates, and conduct Smith team research on competitiveness issues they have chosen HIST 107 Technology and World History—Smith for a term report. Goldman, Nagel (SS) HIST 111 Engineering in the Modern World— STS 381. Senior Seminar (4) Smith In-depth study of selected topics in science, technology, HIST 117 Women, Science and Technology— and society with special attention to methodological Cooper issues. Subject matter may vary from semester to semes- HIST 145 Introduction to the History of ter. Intended for STS majors and minors, but open to Science—Goldman others. Prerequisite: STS 11 or consent of program direc- HIST 308 Industrial America Since 1945— tor. Cutcliffe (SS) Cooper STS 382. Senior Project (4) HIST 315 American Environmental History— Continuation of STS 381. Students conduct and present Cutcliffe independent research projects on STS topics of special HIST/ASIA 340 History of Japanese Industrialization interest. Prerequisite: STS 381. Cutcliffe (SS) Since 1800—Cooper IR 34 Society, Technology, & War Since the Renaissance—Kaufmann IR 344 International Politics of Oil—Barkey Science, Technology and Society 359

JOUR 124 Politics of Science—Friedman The offerings within the department seek to foster self- JOUR 125 Environment, Public, and Mass Media and societal awareness as well as an understanding of —Friedman what it means to be human. Instruction within the JOUR 323 Controversies — Friedman department also provides students with the necessary MAT 221 Materials in the Development of analytic skills to understand and conduct social research. Man—Small To that end, central to the department’s major programs PHIL/REL 116 Bioethics—Staff is training in research methods, statistics, and the use of PHIL 128 Philosophy of Science—Levine computer applications in social science. PHIL 228 Topics in the Philosophy of Science— The department offers three bachelor of arts majors: Goldman anthropology, sociology and anthropology, and sociolo- PHIL 250 The Minds of Robots and Other gy/social psychology. The three programs are parallel in People—Staff structure and requirements and each consists of 40 credit POLS 111 The Politics of the Environment— hours of course work. The sociology and anthropology Wurth major is an interdisciplinary program for students desir- POLS 115 Technology as Politics—Wurth ing a wider familiarity with social science fields, whereas the anthropology and sociology/social psychology majors POLS 328 U.S. Politics and the Environment— are for students desiring more traditional, disciplinary Wurth programs of study. POLS 375 Green Polity—Wurth REL 6 Religion and the Ecological Crisis— Research Opportunities. It is the explicit aim of the Kraft department to involve majors, minors and other interest- ed students in the ongoing research activities of faculty REL 8 Prehistoric Religion, Art, and members. Second-semester sophomore, junior and senior Technology—Girardot students interested in a supervised research experience REL 187 Science, Technology, & the Religious are encouraged to consult with the department chair or Imagination—Raposa talk with the appropriate faculty member. Course credit SSP 160 Medicine and Society—Lasker can be received for research experience. SSP 302 The Sociology of Cyberspace— Rosenwein Internship Opportunities. The department maintains close, working relationships with a variety of social agencies and SSP/JOUR 327 Mass Communication and Society— institutions in the area. Majors can earn course credit by Rosenwein carrying out supervised work in field settings, e.g., hospitals, SSP 367 Sociology of Science—Rosenwein private and public agencies devoted to social services, court- THTR/ARCH 161Theater Design and Engineering— rooms, prisons, etc. This useful experience allows a student Milet to apply the concepts learned in the classroom to a field set- WS 117 Women, Science and Technology— ting and to evaluate vocational aspirations and interests. Cooper Senior Thesis. All majors are encouraged to do inde- pendent research culminating in a senior thesis; this is Social Psychology especially recommended for students intending to go on to graduate or professional school. The best time to See listings under Sociology and Anthropology. begin discussing possible projects with faculty is during the second-semester of the junior year. The department Sociology and Anthropology chairperson should be consulted for further details. Departmental Honors. To be eligible for departmental Professors. James R. McIntosh, Ph.D. (Syracuse), chair- honors, students must have at least a 3.3 GPA in the person; Raymond Bell, Ed.D. (Lehigh) emeritus; Barbara major. In addition, students pursuing honors must take B. Frankel, Ph.D. (Princeton), Emerita; John B. ANTH or SSP 399 and write a thesis during their senior Gatewood, Ph.D. (Illinois); Roy C. Herrenkohl, Ph.D. year. Awarding of departmental honors is contingent on (N.Y.U.) Distinguished Service Professor; Judith N. Lasker, both the quality of the thesis, as judged by a department Ph.D. (Harvard) NEH Distinguished Professor; Robert E. committee, and the candidate’s GPA at time of graduation. Rosenwein, Ph.D. (Michigan); David B. Small, Ph.D. (Cambridge); Nicola Tannenbaum, Ph.D. (U. of B.A. Major Programs Iowa).Robert C. Williamson, Ph.D. (Southern California), Emeritus. Anthropology Assistant professors. Heather Johnson, Ph.D. Collateral Requirement (4 credits) (Northeastern); Ziad Munson, Ph.D. (Harvard), One general course in statistics: MATH 12, ECO 145, Elizabeth Vann, Ph.D. (Virginia). PSYC 110, or equivalent. (Note: MATH 12 fulfills the The department houses two disciplines, sociology and College of Arts and Sciences mathematics requirement.) anthropology. Sociology is concerned with the study of Introductory (4 credits) human beings in relationships with others. Anthropology ANTH 1. Introduction to Anthropology takes a holistic approach to the study of humans today and in the past, in a global, comparative, and multidi- Disciplinary Core Courses (8 credits) mensional perspective. Together these disciplines ANTH 111. Comparative Cultures [fall] or encompass the study of the broadest range of human ANTH 140. Introduction to Linguistics [spring] activities, from the comparative examination of widely and divergent past and present cultures and societies, to the ANTH 112. Doing Archaeology [spring] or inner life of individuals as this influences social behavior, ANTH 145. Human Evolution (NS) to an examination of the most pressing social issues of [fall, alternate years] our time. 360 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

Methodology (4 credits) (Individualized study courses—300, 393, 394, 395, 395, SR 111. Research Methods and Data Analysis [fall] and 399— cannot be used to fulfill this requirement; however, one ANTH course can be substituted as a Major Electives (20 credits) “sociology/social psychology” elective.) Five additional anthropology courses, at least two of Research, Internship, or Thesis (4 credits) which must be at the 300-level. (Individualized study courses B 300, 393, 394, 395, and 399 B cannot be used Preferably during the senior year, majors must complete to fulfill this requirement; however, one SSP course can at least four credits of experiential learning on a subject be substituted as an Aanthropology@ elective.) or in a context relevant to their major. Students may ful- fill this requirement in a variety of ways— research, field Research, Internship, or Thesis (4 credits) school, internship, or thesis: Preferably during the senior year, majors must complete SSP 300 Apprentice Teaching (4) at least four credits of experiential learning on a subject SSP 393 Supervised Research (1-4) or in a context relevant to their major. Students may ful- SSP 394 Field School (1-8) fill this requirement in a variety of ways B research, field SSP 395 Internship (1-4) school, internship, or thesis: SSP 399 Senior Thesis (2-4) ANTH 300. Apprentice Teaching Students who intend going on to graduate or profession- ANTH 393. Supervised Research al school are strongly encouraged to do the senior thesis ANTH 394. Field School option, and a senior thesis is required for departmental ANTH 395. Internship honors. ANTH 399. Senior Thesis Concentrations within the Anthropology Major. Students who intend going on to graduate or profes- Anthropology majors may choose to concentrate in cul- sional school are strongly encouraged to do the senior tural or archaeological anthropology. These optional thesis option, and a senior thesis is required for depart- concentrations in one or the other subfield entail addi- mental honors. tional constraints on course selection within the major Sociology and Anthropology electives@ category, as described below. Collateral Requirement (4 credits) Concentration in Cultural Anthropology One general course in statistics: MATH 12, ECO 145, Anthropology majors electing to concentrate in cultural PSYC 110, or equivalent. anthropology must complete at least four courses in cul- (Note: MATH 12 fulfills the College of Arts and tural anthropology at the 100-level or above. Regular Sciences’ mathematics requirement.) course offerings that would satisfy this concentration Introductory (8 credits) include the following: SSP 1 Introduction to Sociology and Social ANTH 111. Comparative Cultures Psychology (4) ANTH 120. Culture and Globalization ANTH 11 Sociocultural Anthropology (4) ANTH 121. Culture and the Environment Theory and Methodology (8 credits) ANTH 123. The Cultural Construction of Gender SR 111 Research Methods and Data Analysis (4) fall ANTH 140. Introduction to Linguistics SR 381 Development of Social Theory (4) spring ANTH 160. Health, Illness, and Healing Major Electives (24 credits) ANTH 182. North American Indians ANTH 184. Cultures of the Pacific Three additional courses in sociology/social psychology, one of which must be at the 300-level or above, AND ANTH 187. Peoples of Southeast Asia three additional courses in anthropology, one of which ANTH 305. Anthropology of Fishing must be at the 300-level. ANTH 320. Global Capitalism (Individualized study courses—300, 393, 394, 395, 395, ANTH 325. Economic Anthropology and 399— cannot be used to fulfill this requirement.) ANTH 330. Food for Thought ANTH 335. Religion, Witchcraft, and Magic Sociology/Social Psychology ANTH 376. Culture and the Individual Collateral Requirement (4 credits) Students choosing this concentration are strongly One general course in statistics: MATH 12, Eco 145, encouraged to use their general education electives to PSYC 110, or equivalent. complete at least two physical anthropology/archaeology (Note: MATH 12 fulfills the College of Arts and courses; the equivalent of two years of foreign language Sciences’ mathematics requirement.) study; pursue courses in museum studies, mathematics, Introductory (4 credits) computer science, philosophy, religion studies, literature, biology, and geology as specific interests dictate; and take SSP 1 Introduction to Sociology and Social a wide range of courses in the social sciences, generally, Psychology (4) such as SSP 1, PSYC 1, POLS 3, IR 10, Eco 1, and his- Theory and Methodology (8 credits) tory offerings. SR 111 Research Methods and Data Analysis (4) fall SR 381 Development of Social Theory (4) spring Concentration in Archaeological Anthropology Major Electives (20 credits) Anthropology majors electing to concentrate in archaeo- Five additional courses in sociology/social psychology, at logical anthropology must complete at least four of least two of which must be at the 300-level. courses in archaeological anthropology at the 100-level or above. Regular course offerings that would satisfy this concentration include the following: Sociology and Anthropology 361

ANTH 112. Doing Archaeology ANTH 112. (CLSS 112) Doing Archaeology (4) ANTH 121. Culture and the Environment Principles of archaeological method and theory. ANTH 145. Human Evolution Excavation and survey methods, artifact analysis, dating ANTH 172. North American Archaeology techniques, and cultural reconstruction. Course includes ANTH 174. Greek Archaeology field project. Small. (SS) ANTH 176. Roman Archaeology ANTH 120. Culture and Globalization (4) ANTH 178. Mesoamerican Archaeology Examines the relationship between local patterns of culture ANTH 221. Materials in the Development of Man and the presumably homogenizing forces of globalization. ANTH 345. Evolution of the State Topics include migration, diaspora, and the politics of ANTH 370. Historical Archaeology identity, the scope and effects of global capitalism and con- ANTH 377. Archaeology of Death sumerism, tourism, popular culture, the global art market, ANTH 394. Field School (archaeology field school) and cultural authenticity. Vann (SS) Students choosing this concentration are strongly encouraged to use their general education electives to ANTH 121. (CLSS 121, ES 121) Environment complete at least three courses in cultural anthropology; and Culture (4)) pursue courses in museum studies, mathematics, com- Impact of environment upon cultural variability and puter science, history, and the social sciences as interests change. Comparative study of modern and past cultures dictate; and take a wide range of natural science courses and their environments as well as current theories of of special relevance to archaeologists. human/ environmental interaction. Small. (SS) Minor Programs ANTH 123. (WS 123) The Cultural Construction of Gender (4) Anthropology: ANTH 1, 11, or 12 and four additional Comparative study of the meanings and social roles asso- courses at 100 level or above in anthropology. ciated with gender. Psychological, symbolic, and cultural Sociology and Anthropology: One of the following approaches. Tannenbaum. (SS) introductory courses: ANTH 1, 11, or 12; SSP 1, 5, or 21 and four additional courses at 100 level or above with ANTH 125. Anthropology of Peasant Peoples (4) at least one in anthropology and one in sociology/social Comparative study of peasants—peoples who depend psychology. on small-scale agriculture and comprise 80% of the world population. Cultural, political, and economic Sociology/Social Psychology: SSP 1, 5, or 21 and four bases of peasant societies and their future prospects. additional courses at 100 level or above in Tannenbaum (SS) sociology/social psychology. ANTH 127. (CLSS 127) Early Civilizations (4) Undergraduate Courses Introduction to early civilizations in the Near East, Anthropology Mediterranean, Africa, Europe, and New World. Similarities and differences in economics, politics, social ANTH 1. Introduction to Anthropology (4) fall organization, and religion. Small. (SS) and spring ANTH 139. (REL 139) Jewish Folklore (4) General introduction to the four subfields of anthropolo- Examines the transformation of folk and popular gy: biological, archaeological, cultural, and linguistic. Judaism from the Old World, through the period of Class will center around lectures and discussion of ancil- immigration to America, to ethnic and later forms of lary media. Staff. (SS) American Jewish culture. Attention paid to concept of ANTH 11. Sociocultural Anthropology (4) folklore revivals and their meanings. Four case studies: Human behavior in cross-cultural perspective. Variations folk tales and storytelling, klezmer music, life-cycle ritu- in kinship reckoning, political organization, economic als, and food. Weissler. (SS) and religious life in comparative perspective. Particular ANTH 140. (COGS 140, PSYC 140, MFL 140) non-Western peoples: films and readings. (SS) Introduction to Linguistics (4) ANTH 12. Human Evolution and Prehistory (4) Relationship between language and mind; formal proper- Introductory biological anthropology and prehistory. ties of language; language and society; how languages Adaptive function of human culture and its relation to change over time. (SS) biological evolution. Mechanisms of evolution, nonhu- ANTH 145. Human Evolution (4) man primate morphology and behavior, hominid fossil Principles of biological anthropology focusing on the record, cultural beginnings, and survey of world prehis- evolution of the human species. Topics include evolu- tory. (NS) tionary theory, nonhuman primate diversity and ANTH 100. Seminar in Anthropology (1-4) behavior, the relationship between biology and behavior Topics in anthropology. May be repeated for credit. (SS) in evolutionary terms, the hominid fossil record, and ANTH 111. Comparative Cultures (4) genetic variability among contemporary human popula- tions. Prerequisite: ANTH 1 or 11. Students may not Anthropology is a comparative discipline; through compar- receive credit for both ANTH 12 and ANTH 145. isons we learn what is unique to a particular culture, what Gatewood. (NS) is shared among a number of cultures, and how trait, idea, practice or belief are related to each other. Students will ANTH 160. Health, Illness, and Healing (4) learn how anthropologists do comparisons and do their Introduction to medical anthropology, a field of study own comparative research utilizing both qualitative and that examines how conceptions of illness and health and quantitative techniques. Tannenbaum. (SS) methods of healing vary over time and across cultures. Introduces a number of culturally specific approaches to 362 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005 health and illness, including Western biomedicine, and ANTH 305. Anthropology of Fishing (4) aims to provide a broad understanding of the relation- Comparative study of fishing peoples and their technolo- ship between culture, illness, and healing. Vann. (SS) gies. Fishing strategies, control of information, and social ANTH 172. North American Archaeology (4) fall organization of marine exploitation in subsistence and Development of prehistoric North American indigenous modern industrial contexts. Theory of common-property population north of Mexico, beginning with earliest evi- resources and the role of social science in commercial dence of people in the New World continuing up fisheries management. Prerequisite: One of the following through European contact. (SS) introductory courses: ANTH 1, ANTH 11, ANTH 12, SSP 1, SSP 5, or SSP 21. Gatewood. (SS) ANTH 174. (CLSS 174, ART 174, ARCH 174) ANTH 312 The Anthropological Signature of the Greek Archaeology (3) Ancient Greek culture from the Neolithic to Hellenistic Past (4) periods. Reconstructions of Greek social dynamics from Course covers the basic tenets of different anthropologi- study of artifacts. Small. (SS) cal analyses of premodern cultures. Emphasis on the archaeological traces of different social constructions in ANTH 175. Archaeology of Classical Cultures (4) the past. Small. (SS) Course introduces the student to an overview of the archaeology of ancient Greece and Rome from Iron Age ANTH 320. Global Capitalism (4) to Late Antiquity. Emphasis on aspects of cultural devel- Anthropological approach to the forms and effects of opment and change. Small global capitalism. Topics include the structure of con- temporary global capitalism, including the growth of ANTH 176. (CLSS 176, ART 176, ARCH 176) multinational corporations, flexible corporate strategies, Roman Archaeology (3) overseas manufacturing, and global branding and mar- Cultures of the Roman Empire. Reconstructions of keting; the impact of global capitalism on the social, political, and economic dynamics of the imperial environment and on the lives of people in “Third system from study of artifacts. Small. (SS) World” countries; consumer culture and the diversity of ANTH 178. Mesoamerican Archaeology (4) non-Western consumption practices; alternative capitalist Ancient civilizations of Mesoamerica: Olmec, Zapotec, systems, especially Asian capitalisms. Vann (SS) Maya, Toltec, and Aztec. Reconstructions of urban cen- ANTH 325. Economic Anthropology (4) ters, political and economic organizations, and theories Cross-cultural perspectives on the ways people produce, of the Mayan collapse. Small. (SS) distribute, and consume goods; how these systems are ANTH 180. (CLSS 180) Cultures of the Greeks organized; and how they are connected with other aspects of society, particularly political and ideological and Romans (4) systems. Prerequisite: One of the following introductory Analysis of Greek and Roman Cultures. Focus on kin- courses: ANTH 1, ANTH 11, ANTH 12, SSP 1, SSP 5, ship, political and economic organization, sexual or SSP 21. Tannenbaum. (SS) practices, burial practices, gender construction, religions, art, literature, and warfare. Small. (SS) ANTH 330. Food for Thought (4) Symbolic and cultural analyses of foods and cuisines. ANTH 182. North American Indians (4) Examines what people eat, who prepares it, what it Culture areas of native North America prior to sub- means, and the social and religious uses of foods histori- stantial disruption by European influences north of cally and cross-culturally. Prerequisite: One of the Mexico. Environmental factors and cultural forms. following introductory courses: ANTH 1, ANTH 11, Gatewood. (SS) ANTH 12, SSP 1, SSP 5, or SSP 21. Tannenbaum. (SS) ANTH 184. (Asian Studies 184) Cultures of the ANTH 335. (REL 335). Religion, Witchcraft, and Pacific (4) Magic (4) Cultures of the Pacific Islanders prior to substantial dis- Addresses broad questions about the roles that religion, ruption by European influences. Culture histories, magic, and witchcraft play in human life, as philosophi- language families, social organizations, and religions of cal systems of meaning, as useful tools for Australian, Melanesian, Polynesian, and Micronesian understanding, and as practical and moral guides for peoples. Gatewood. (SS) human action. Special focus on the role of witchcraft ANTH 187. (ASIA 187) Peoples of Southeast Asia (4) and magic in the modern world, especially in the lives of Peoples and cultures of Burma, Laos, Cambodia, disempowered people. Vann (SS) Thailand, Malaysia, Singapore, Indonesia, and the ANTH 339. Seminar in Anthropology (4) Philippines. World view, religion, economy, politics, and Topics in anthropology. Varying semester to semester: social organization. Tannenbaum. (SS) human evolution, politics and law, introduction to lin- ANTH 221. (MAT 221, STS 221) Materials in the guistics, human use of space, anthropology of deviance. Development of Man (3) fall May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: One of the fol- Development of materials technology and engineering lowing introductory courses: ANTH 1, ANTH 11, from the stone age to atomic age as an example of the ANTH 12, SSP 1, SSP 5, or SSP 21. (SS) interaction between technology and society. In-class ANTH 345. (CLSS 345) Evolution of the State (4) demonstration laboratories on composition and structure Theories of state formation. Comparison of evolutionary of materials. Term projects using archaeological materials trajectories of early states in the Near East, and alloys. Course intended for, but not limited to, stu- Mediterranean, and New World. Prerequisite: One of the dents in the humanities and secondary science education. following introductory courses: ANTH 1, ANTH 11, Engineering students may not use this course for engineer- ANTH 12, SSP 1, SSP 5, or SSP 21. Small. (SS) ing science or technical elective credit. Notis. (SS) Sociology and Anthropology 363

ANTH 370. (HIST 370) Historical Archaeology (4) SR 381. Development of Social Theory (4) spring This course exams the unique nature of historical archae- Comparative study of social theory. Prerequisite: One of ology of post contact America. Topics include the following introductory courses: ANTH 1, ANTH reconstructing the past through the archaeological and 11, ANTH 12, SSP 1, SSP 5, or SSP 21. (SS) historical record, exhibiting past culture, and capturing SR 395. Methods in Observation (4) alternate the real or imagined past. Course includes fieldwork and visits to famous historical archaeological sites. Small. (SS) years Naturalistic and participant observation in uncontrolled ANTH 371. Special Topics (1-4) field settings. Prerequisite: One of the following intro- Advanced work through supervised readings. May be ductory courses: ANTH 1, ANTH 11, ANTH 12, SSP repeated for credit. Prerequisite: consent of the depart- 1, SSP 5, or SSP 21. (SS) ment chairperson. (SS) SR 399. Senior Thesis (4) ANTH 376. Culture and the Individual (4) Research during senior year culminating in senior thesis. Concepts and methods of studying relations between the Required for social relations majors seeking departmental individual and the sociocultural milieu. Culture and per- honors. Prerequisite: consent of the department chairper- sonality language and thought, cross-cultural studies of son. (SS) cognition. Prerequisite: One of the following introducto- ry courses: ANTH 1, ANTH 11, ANTH 12, SSP 1, SSP Sociology/Social Psychology 5, or SSP 21. Gatewood. (SS) SSP 1. Introduction to Sociology and Social ANTH 377. Archaeology of Death (4) Psychology (4) fall and spring Course examines what we can determine about the past Patterns of social interaction, group behavior and atti- from human remains. Class will study health, age, and tudes provide a focus on the relationship of the disease from the analysis of human bone, the cultural individual to society. Social structure and social change aspects of burial and funerals, and take part in a field within the institutions of society provide a focus on the project in Nisky Hill Cemetery in Bethlehem. Small. relationship of society to the individual. The influences (SS) of social class, gender and race are explored at each level ANTH 393. Supervised Research (1-4) of analyses. Theories, methods and research results pro- Conducting anthropological research under the supervi- vide micro and macro models for understanding society. sion of a faculty member. May be repeated for credit. Students who received a C or better in SSP 5 or SSP 21 Prerequisite: consent of the department chairperson. (SS) may not take SSP 1 for credit. Staff. (SS) ANTH 394. Field School (1-8) SSP 5. Introductory Sociology (4) Field school in archaeology or ethnography. Maximum Introduction to the sociological perspectives on human of eight credits for a single season or field experience. behavior and social life. Examines theories and research May be repeated once for credit. exploring patterns of relationships between individuals and society, the effects of social structure, culture, and ANTH 395. Internship (1-4) social change on individuals, including the impact of Supervised experience involving non-paid work in a set- social class, race, and gender. (SS) ting relevant to anthropology. May be repeated once for credit. Prerequisite: open only to department majors. SSP 21. (PSYC 21) Social Psychology (4) Theories, methods of investigation, and results of ANTH 399. Senior Thesis (2-4) research in social psychology with emphasis on psycho- Research during senior year culminating in senior thesis. logical processes in social behavior, social attitudes, Required for anthropology majors seeking departmental group behavior and social interaction. (SS) honors. May be repeated up to a total of 4 credits. Prerequisite: consent of the department chairperson. SSP 100. Seminar in Sociology and Social Psychology (1-4) Sociology and Anthropology Topics in sociology and social psychology. May be repeated for credit. (SS) SR 41. (WS 41) Human Sexuality (4) Sexuality and gender roles across the life cycle, including SSP 103. (AAS 103) Race and Ethnicity (4) fall human reproduction, decision-making, and the societal Course examines race and ethnicity from a sociological regulation of sexual behavior. (ND) perspective. Focus on the role of the major racial and ethnic communities in modern American society. SR 42. (WS 42) Sexual Minorities (4) Explores the roles of race and ethnicity in identity, social How minority sexual identities have been the subject of relations, and social inequality. Topics include racial and speculation, misunderstanding, and sometimes violent ethnic communities, minority/majority groups, assimila- attempts at correction or elimination. Sexual orientation, tion, prejudice/discrimination, identity, and the social gender role, including transvestitism and “drag,” transsexu- construction of the concept of “race.” Johnson (SS) alism, sexism, heterosexism, and homophobia. Emphasis on critical thinking, guest speakers, and discussions. (SS) SSP 104. (POLS 104). Political Sociology (4) An introduction to political sociology through an exami- SR 100. Seminar in Social Relations (1-4) nation of the major sociological questions concerning Topics in social relations. May be repeated for credit. (SS) power, politics, and the state. Covers questions concern- SR 111. Research Methods and Data Analysis (4) fall ing state formation, nationalism, social movements, Research skills in anthropology, sociology and social psy- globalization, political culture and participation, and chology. Problem formulation; research design; methods civil society. Includes examples such as racism, welfare and measures; analysis and interpretation of data. Emphasis reform, campaign financing, coal mining in Appalachia, on the use of statistics in the research process. (ND) revolution in Latin America, the rise of the Nazi party in Germany, and the place of the United States in a global society. Munson (SS) 364 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

SSP 105. The Social Origins of Terrorism (4) and consequences of these beliefs and other popular ide- Examines the social, religious, and political foundations ologies in the context of a highly stratified and of terrorism by studying the roots of terrorism historical- increasingly diverse society. The course focuses on how ly and cross-nationally. We will look at the differing ideologies function to both reproduce and transform kinds of terrorism, including political terrorism in the society. Johnson. (SS) Middle East, anti-abortion terrorism in the United SSP 162. AIDS and Society (4) States, eco-terrorism, and religious and state terrorism Impact of the AIDS epidemic on individuals and on throughout the world. Students will have a chance to social institutions (medicine, religion, education, politics, better understand the beliefs of terrorists, conditions that etc.); social and health policy responses; international produce and sustain terrorism, and the origins of politi- experience; effect of public attitudes and policy on peo- cal violence more generally. Munson (SS) ple affected directly by AIDS. (SS) SSP 109. (PSYC 109) Adulthood and Aging: (4) SSP 163. Pass the Peas: Mapping the Blueprint of Social science approaches to the latter two-thirds of the life. Cognitive and personality development; attitudes Hip Hop Culture (4) toward aging; social behavior of older adults; widow- The appearance of the hip hop movement can be traced hood; retirement. Prerequisite: PSYC 1 or SSP 1. May to a specific time and place, the Bronx, New York, 1974. not be taken pass/fail. Hyland. (SS) However, hip hop has no single cultural antecedent. To uncover the origins of hip hop culture, one must begin SSP 121 (PSYC 121) Social Psychology (4) by discovering the richly layered history of African Theories, methods of investigation and results of American and Jamaican music of the 20th century. research on the way social and psychological processes Using this broad canvas, students will discover how interact in human behavioral settings. Topics include young Bronx natives in the 1970s fused elements of past analysis of self and relationships, dynamics of small musical styles with their own personal expression. From groups, attitudes and persuasion, prejudice, prosocial and this point, the course will chart the expansion of hip hop antisocial behavior. Prerequisite: One of the following culture from a five borough folk movement to a multi- introductory courses: ANTH 1, ANTH 11, ANTH 12, million dollar entertainment industry in the late 20th SSP 1, SSP 5, SSP 21, or PSYC 1. Rosenwein. (SS) century. Staff. (SS) SSP 125. (PSYC 125) Social Psychology of Small SSP 165. Contemporary Social Problems (4) Groups (4) Studies of major problems facing contemporary society. (SS) Theories and empirical research regarding interpersonal SSP 166. (AAS 166) Wealth and Poverty in the behavior in small groups. Classroom exercises and group simulations. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. United States (4) Rosenwein. (SS) Course examines the sociology of wealth and poverty – affluence and disadvantage, “rags and riches” – in SSP 135. (Jour 135, PSYC 135) Human American Society. Focus is a critical analysis of the Communication (4) wealth gap, its causes, consequences, and social context. Processes and functions of human communication in We will consider the roles of wealth and poverty in relationships and groups. Rosenwein. (SS) determining life chances and structuring opportunity, as SSP 141. Social Deviance and Social Control (4) well as their roles in the perpetuation of social inequality across generations. We will address contemporary Analysis of deviant social systems, supporting factors debates surrounding public policy, tax laws, anti-poverty maintaining them, and societal responses to deviant roles programs and other reform efforts aimed at decreasing and collectivities. McIntosh. (SS) the gap between the “Haves” and the “Have-Nots.” SSP 152. Alcohol, Science and Society (4) Johnson. (SS) Alcohol use and abuse, its historical function in society, SSP 171. (REL 171). Religion and Society moral entrepreneurship, status struggles and conflict over (4) An introduction to the sociology of religion. Covers clas- alcohol. Current problems with attention to special pop- sical and contemporary approaches to defining and ulation groups and strategies for prevention of alcohol studying the role of religion in society. Emphasis on abuse. McIntosh. (SS) understanding religious beliefs and practices in the SSP 153. (PSYC 153) Personality (4) United States, the sources and contours of religious Review and critique of theories of personality and their change, and the effects of religion on individuals and associated systems of psychotherapy. Prerequisite: PSYC society. Specific topics include religious fundamentalism, 1 or SSP1. (SS) religious conversion, religious practices and authority, SSP 160. Medicine and Society (4) secularization, religion in public life, religion in social Health, illness, and the health professions from the socio- change, religious terrorism, and the ways in which reli- logical perspective. Social epidemiology, social psychology gion impacts our personal health, educational of illness, socialization of health professionals, organization attainment, and family life. Munson. (SS) of health care, patient-professional relationships and ethical SSP 302. The Sociology of Cyberspace (4) issues in medical care. Lasker. (SS) An examination of social life on the Internet and the SSP 161. The American Dream: Popular World Wide Web. Topics may include sociocultural and psychological aspects of communication in cyber-envi- Ideologies in American Society (4) ronments (e.g., email, chat rooms, news groups, MUDS, Is the “American Dream” a myth or reality? This course etc.), interpersonal relationships and group development, explores this question and various aspects of basic the nature of community, the politics of cyberspace (con- American values through a sociological lens. The trol and democracy), privacy and ethics, and economic American Dream, meritocracy, and individualism are dimensions. Examination of past and current case stud- strongly held beliefs the United States – the “land of ies. Rosenwein. (SS) opportunity.” We will examine the implications, causes, Sociology and Anthropology 365

SSP 308. (PSYC 308) Seminar in Social following introductory courses: ANTH 1, ANTH 11, Psychology (4) ANTH 12, SSP 1, SSP 5, or SSP 21. Herrenkohl. (SS) Intensive consideration of selected topics in current theo- SSP 324. (JOUR 324). Health, Communication, ry and research in social psychology. The subject matter and the Internet (4) varies from semester to semester, and includes such top- This interdisciplinary class examines the role of the ics as the social psychology of education, the applications Internet in changing the way lay people, the mass media of perception and learning theory to social psychological and medical organizations think and behave regarding problems, the social psychology of science, and the social health and medical care. It explores the nature of tradi- environment of communication. May be repeated for tional and online health communication, and highlights credit. Prerequisite: One of the following introductory online health issues such as access, quality of informa- courses: ANTH 1, ANTH 11, ANTH 12, SSP 1, SSP 5, tion, economics, privacy, and ethics. S. Friedman and J. or SSP 21. (SS) Lasker. (SS) spring SSP 310. (AAS 310, WS 310) Gender, Race, and SSP 325. (HIST 325, WS 325) History of Sexuality: The Social Construction of Sexuality and the Family in the U.S. (3-4) fall Differences (4) Social change from early agrarian communities to begin- This course will provide the student with an opportunity nings of industrialism, emphasizing socio-economic to engage current debates about the meaning and use of class, family structure, and treatment of women and racial and sexual classification systems in society. Using a minority groups. Najar. (SS) multi disciplinary approach, we will examine the historical and sociological contexts in which specific theories of SSP 326. (HIST 326, WS 326) Social Class in racial and sexual differences emerged in the U.S. American History (3-4) spring Additionally, we will explore the ways in which changes in Changing role of women, minority groups, and the fam- the images have implications on the role racial, gender, ily during the industrial era. Development of the and sexual identity plays in our understanding of the rela- modern class structure and the impact of the welfare tionship between difference and inequality. Prerequisite: state. Simon. (SS) SSP 103, or department permission. Staff. (SS) SSP 327. (JOUR 327) Mass Communication and SSP 312. (PSYC 312) Interpersonal Behavior in Society (4) Small Groups (4) A review of theories and research on the relationship of Intensive consideration of theoretical and methodologi- mass communication to social processes. Intensive analy- cal issues in the analysis of the development of small sis of selected media products (e.g., TV news, dramas, groups. Prerequisite: One of the following introductory and sitcoms; films; print; music videos, etc.). courses: ANTH 1, ANTH 11, ANTH 12, SSP 1, SSP 5, Prerequisite: One of the following introductory courses: or SSP 21. Rosenwein. (SS) ANTH 1, ANTH 11, ANTH 12, SSP 1, SSP 5, or SSP 21. Rosenwein. (SS) SSP 313. Social Movements (4) Explores the origins, dynamics, and consequences of SSP 333. (POLS 333, PSYC 333) Social social movements through both sociological theory and Psychology of Politics (4) empirical case studies. Covers questions of what consti- Political behavior viewed from a psychological and social tutes a social movement, where and when social psychological perspective. Prerequisite: ANTH 1, 11, or movements arise, who joins a social movement, and how 12; SSP 1, 5 or 21; PSYC 1 or department permission. social movements are able to contribute to change. Rosenwein. (SS) Answers to these questions highlight issues of social SSP 341. (WS 341) Women and Health (4) movement recruitment and leadership, interactions Relationships of women to the medical system. Influence between movements and the media, the state, and the of medicine on women’s lives and the impact of the broader public, ideology, strategies and tactics, and the women’s movement on health care. Prerequisite: One of factors contributing to the success and failure of social the following introductory courses: ANTH 1, ANTH movements. Course readings drawn from case studies on 11, ANTH 12, SSP 1, SSP 5, or SSP 21. Lasker. (SS) civil rights, women’s rights, gay rights, the environment, American Indians, abortion, globalization, anti- SSP 351. (WS 351) Gender and Social Change (4) apartheid, democratization, peace, and Islamic Changes in gender roles from social psychological and fundamentalism. Munson. (SS) structural perspectives. Comparative analyses of men and women (including people of color) in the social struc- SSP 314. (PSYC 314) Social Cognition and Social ture; their attitudes and orientations toward work, Action (4) family, education, and politics. Prerequisite: One of the Examines the formation of beliefs about social groups, following introductory courses: ANTH 1, ANTH 11, individuals, the self, and the world. Consequences and ANTH 12, SSP 1, SSP 5, or SSP 21. (SS) validity of those beliefs are considered. Areas of inquiry include stereotypes and prejudice, impression formation SSP 355. Sociology of Education (4) processes, the self, attitudes and persuasion, and social Course examines the social organization of education as influence. Prerequisite: PSYC 110 or SR 111. Gill (SS) a social institution and the role of schools in society. Focus is primarily on educational processes in the United SSP 323. (PSYC 323) The Child in Family and States. Topics include: IQ, curriculum, tracking, educa- Society (4) tional inequality, primary/secondary/higher education, Influences such as marital discord, family violence, private vs. public, informal education and social capital, poverty and prejudice on the development of the child effects on and of race/class/gender, schools as agents of from birth through adolescence. Prerequisite: One of the socialization, educational policy and school reform. 366 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

Prerequisite: One of the following introductory courses: SSP 374. Social Stratification: Race, Class, Gender (4) ANTH 1, ANTH 11, ANTH 12, SSP 1, SSP 5, or SSP This course is an introduction to social stratification. 21. Johnson. (SS) Examines social inequality as an organizing principle in SSP 356. (PSYC 356) Seminar in Personality complex societies. Explores the intersection of the “great divides” of race, class, and gender. Through readings Psychology (4) from classical sociological theory to cutting-edge litera- Topics in personality psychology: the self, personality ture we embark on a critical analysis of the causes and consistency, motivation, psychological adjustment. consequences of social stratification and social mobility Prerequisite: SSP/PSYC 153 or consent of instructor. in the United States and in a global context. Prerequisite: Williams. (SS) One of the following introductory courses: ANTH 1, SSP 361. (PSYC 361) Personality and Social ANTH 11, ANTH 12, SSP 1, SSP 5, or SSP 21. Development in Adulthood (4) Johnson. (SS) Theories and current research. Prerequisite: SSP/PSYC 109 SSP 375 (REL 375). The Christian Right in or consent of Psychology department chair. Hyland. (SS) America (4) SSP 363. (PSYC 363) Personality and Social What do we know about the Christian Right? Who are Development in Childhood (4) they? What do they believe? Where do they come from? Issues related to social development (e.g., attachment, Seminar explores answers to such questions through a social competence), social contexts (e.g., family, day care), focus on the history of the Christian Right as well as its and personality development (e.g., sex roles, aggression, ideologies and beliefs, the people who are a part of it, temperament) from infancy through adolescence. and its evolving relationship to the American political Prerequisite: PSYC 107 or consent of instructor. (SS) system. Topics include some of the most divisive social issues of our time: abortion, homosexuality, capital pun- SSP 364. (WS 364) Sociology of the Family (4) ishment, pornography, taxes, education, and the Sociological analysis of families in the United States, separation of church and state. Munson. (SS) including investigations of historical and contemporary patterns. Issues addressed include parenting, combining SSP 379. (AAS 379) Race and Class in America (4) work and family, divorce and remarriage, family policies. This course focuses on the ways in which race and class ANTH 363 is recommended in conjunction with this intersect in the social, economic, and political structures course. Prerequisite: One of the following introductory of American society. Through sociological literature, fic- courses: ANTH 1, ANTH 11, ANTH 12, SSP 1, SSP 5, tion, non-fiction, film, and other media we will explore or SSP 21. Staff. (SS) the place of race and class in American society. We will examine how race and class operate on a personal, SSP 366. Sociology of Aging (4) “micro” level, while at the same time operating on a Residential patterns, social policies and services for the large-scale, “macro” level. Prerequisite: SSP 103, or con- aged. Alternative political strategies, health programs, liv- sent of instructor. Johnson. (SS) ing arrangements and workplace choices considered. The changing roles of the elderly in American and other soci- SSP 391. Evaluation Research (4) eties, and the special problems they face. Impact of Application of social research methods of evaluation of changing age structure. Prerequisite: One of the follow- the effectiveness of social programs. Measurement, ing introductory courses: ANTH 1, ANTH 11, ANTH research design, criteria of effectiveness and decision 12, SSP 1, SSP 5, or SSP 21. Lasker. (SS) making. Prerequisite: SR 111 or consent of department chairperson. Herrenkohl. (SS) SSP 367. Sociology of Science (4) Review of sociological, social psychological, and anthro- SSP 392. Teamwork and Leadership (4) pological perspectives on science as a cognitive and social This course focuses on how teams function in organiza- enterprise. Analysis of past and contemporary case stud- tional settings, especially in business and industry. ies as well as experimental/simulation research. Consideration is given to team dynamics and the style(s) Rosenwein. (SS) of leadership needed to establish and lead teams. Emphasis is placed on both the internal workings of SSP 370. Juvenile Delinquency (4) teams and on the external relationships that teams have The development of delinquent behavior within its in organizational settings. Research and theory are drawn social context; an analysis of delinquent gangs and sub- from a variety of perspectives and disciplines including cultures and the variable patterns of antisocial activity; social psychology, sociology, and management. Case and the evaluation of institutional controls and treat- studies from business and industry are examined. ment of the problem. Prerequisite: One of the following Herrenkohl. (SS) introductory courses: ANTH 1, ANTH 11, ANTH 12, SSP 1, SSP 5, or SSP 21. Bell. (SS) SSP 393. Supervised Research (1-4) Conducting sociological or social psychological research SSP 371. Special Topics (1-4) under the supervision of a faculty member. May be Advanced work through supervised readings. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: consent of the depart- repeated for credit. Prerequisite: consent of the depart- ment chairperson. (SS) ment chairperson. (SS) SSP 394. Field School (1-8) SSP 373. Seminar in Sociology (4) Field school in sociology/social psychology. Maximum of Intensive consideration of selected topics in contempo- eight credits for a single season or field experience. May rary theory or research in sociology. The subject matter be repeated once for credit. varies from semester to semester. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: One of the following introductory SSP 395 Internship (1-4) courses: ANTH 1, ANTH 11, ANTH 12, SSP 1, SSP 5, Supervised experience involving non-paid work in a set- or SSP 21. (SS) ting relevant to sociology/social psychology. May be Sociology and Anthropology 367 repeated once for credit. Prerequisite: open only to SSP 414. Survey Research (3) department majors. Examination of survey methods, sample design, inter- SSP 399. Senior Thesis (2-4) view design, training of survey personnel, data Research during senior year culminating in senior the- management and analysis. sis. Required for sociology/social psychology majors SSP 415. Case Studies of Social Control (3) seeking departmental honors. May be repeated up to a Social control leads to social order and also generates total of 4 credits. Prerequisite: consent of the depart- social deviance. The processes involved in this dual pro- ment chairperson. duction are found in the formal institutions of society and in the informal patterns of interaction within Graduate Courses in Sociology groups. Macro and micro level approaches are explored, The Master’s Program in Sociology prepares students to especially in the drug and alcohol area. McIntosh. apply sociological and social psychological perspectives and methods to the analysis of social problems. SSP 416. (EDUC 416) Quasi-Experimentation Grounded in a strong theoretical and substantive under- and Program Evaluation (3) standing of social institutions, social relations, and social Social science methods for non-laboratory settings. policy, as well as in advanced research and computer Examination of quasi-experimental research designs, skills, students are prepared to be effective and experi- threats to validity, possible controls, and uses in social enced practitioners in the field of applied social research. program evaluation. Non-mathematical presentation. Specialty areas include: policy studies (health, education, Knowledge of elementary statistics assumed. family, diversity, substance abuse, delinquency); human SSP 452. Organizing, Community, and Power (4) communication (teamwork in organizations, interaction- Seminar on grassroots and national social movement al processes, mass communication, personal organizing built around theories of social and political relationships); and program evaluation. power. Specific topics to be covered include recruitment The program requires 30 hours of course work. Required and media strategies, organizational models, the role of courses are: Advanced Research Methods; Statistics; ideology, and movements in the political process. Proseminar in Applied Social Theory; Advanced Emphasis will be on practical, applied knowledge of help Computer Applications; Research Practicum, either in an to practitioners. We will examine examples of both faith- agency or firm in the community or with a faculty mem- based and race-based organizing, as well as both liberal ber; and three electives. All students take a and conservative social movements. Munson, (SS) comprehensive exam. Students choose whether to write a SSP 453. Urban Communities (3) thesis or to take an additional six credits of elective Reading of classical and contemporary urban theory and courses. community studies in sociology and anthropology. SSP 401. Proseminar in Applied Social Theory (3) Examination of patterns of social class, power, and social Theoretical perspectives in sociology and their applica- change in urban settings, community organizing and tions to social issues and policy. Issues may include public policy aimed at addressing urban social problems, interpersonal dynamics in groups, leadership and team and evaluation of community interventions. Lasker. building, race and gender, AIDS and sexuality, organiza- SSP 454. Urban Education: Inequality and Public tional structure and process, addictions policy, Policy (3) educational reform. Staff. Social inequality is found throughout American Society SSP 402. Sociology of Cyberspace (3) but problems of inequality related to education have per- The course focus is on case-based discussion in the social haps received more attention than those of any other psychology and sociology of the Internet and the World contemporary social institution. Researchers, scholars, Wide Web. Questions of what it means to be an individ- journalists, social critics, and observers have studied, ual online, how relationships develop, the nature of written, and talked about educational inequality to an groups, democracy and power, and education are consid- enormous extent. Social service organizations, activists, ered. Evaluation is based on short papers related to the policy-makers, legal professionals, and government offi- cases and assigned readings, both in hard copy and cials have focused massive reform efforts and political online. Rosenwein. agendas to tackle inequality in education. Many sociolo- SSP 411. Advanced Research Methods (3) gists have long viewed education not just as an arena of Study of quantitative and qualitative methodologies, inequality but as the solution to the widespread inequali- measurement and research design issues at an advanced ties they see reflected in society. Urban education has level. Specific methodologies include participant observa- been an especially complex and controversial subject of tion, survey/interview, laboratory or field methods, scrutiny in recent scholarly and popular debates. This content analysis, and focus groups. Prerequisite: SSP 111 course will focus with a sociological perspective on urban or equivalent. Staff. education, inequality, and public policy in the contem- porary United States. The first portion of the course SSP 413. Research Practicum (3-6) examines research and literature relevant to the contem- Supervised research, either with a faculty member or in a porary social problems of urban education and community agency, designed to apply research skills to a inequality. The second portion of the course will explore particular problem as defined by the faculty member or the role of public policy in perpetuating educational agency in collaboration with the student and supervising inequality, and as a potentially promising solution to it. instructor. Final paper should demonstrate theoretical Johnson. understanding, proper application of methodology and data analysis, and results of the project. Staff. SSP 461. Seminar in Sociology (1-4) Topics vary. 368 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

SSP 470. Social Theory (3) fall Supply Chain Management Major trends in social science theory in historical con- text. Comparison of the major theoretical perspectives Program director. Robert J. Trent, Ph.D. (Michigan with an emphasis on underlying philosophy and the State) associate professor of management. development of critical capacities in students. Program faculty. Michael G. Kolchin, D.B.A. (Indiana) SSP 471. Special Topics (1-3) C.P.M., chair, department of management and marketing; Intensive study in an area of sociology that is appropriate Robert Kutchta, M.S. (New Jersey Institute of to the interests and needs of staff and students. Technology) professor of practice in marketing; Teresa M. McCarthy, M.B.A. (University of Rhode Island) instruc- SSP 472. Special Topics (1-3) tor of marketing; Susan A. Sherer, Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Continuation of SSP 471. Kenan Professor of Information Technology Management SSP 473. (EDUC 473) Social Basis of Human and program director, business information systems; Behavior (3) Kenneth P. Sinclair, Ph.D. (Massachusetts) chair, depart- Development of human behavior from a social psycho- ment of accounting; Gregory C. Tonkay, Ph.D. (Penn logical perspective. Emphasis placed on the impact of State) professor of industrial and systems engineering; Todd society upon school-age children and adolescents. Bell. A. Watkins, Ph.D. (Harvard) associate professor of eco- nomics: S. David Wu, Ph.D. (Penn State) chair, SSP 476. Issues in Health Policy Analysis (3) department of industrial and systems engineering; Yuliang Sociological analyses of health care and health care policy Yao, Ph.D. (Maryland) assistant professor of business infor- issues of current concern in American and other soci- mation systems. eties. Application of analytic frameworks to several majors issues such as organization and financing of serv- Success in today’s business environment is driven by ices, effects of aging populations on needs, impact of competitive advantage and profitability. Customer-focus, new diseases and of new technologies. Students will ana- value added product differentiation and cost manage- lyze selected health care problems faced by local ment are the elements associated with industry leaders. communities. Lasker. The Supply Chain Management undergraduate major at Lehigh University prepares students to understand and SSP 477. Advanced Computer Applications (3) manage the processes that distinguish the successful spring company from its competitors. Uses of computers in social sciences, including data col- The Supply Chain Management major equips students lection, management, and analysis, simulations, and with the knowledge, skills and abilities necessary for suc- decision-making; includes weekly lab. cess in the complex business environment of the 21st SSP 490. Master’s Thesis Century. This program: SSP 492. Advanced Teamwork and Leadership (3) •Provides solid exposure to supply management, logis- Examines the development and functioning of teams in tics, business-to-business marketing and operations the workplace. Includes the purpose of teams, team management topics. structure and process, team activities such as decision- •Develops cross-functional team skills by integrating making and problem-solving, the organizational context Supply Chain Management students with engineering for teams, strategies for implementing teams, and styles students in the Integrated Product, Process and of effective team leadership. Research results and case Project (IPD) program. studies are examined. Students participate in illustrative •Emphasizes advanced cost analysis, negotiation, quali- team activities. Herrenkohl. ty management and improvement, logistics network SSP 495. Methods in Observation (3) modeling and e-business. Naturalistic and participant observation in uncontrolled •Integrates core business courses with supply chain field settings. Students will carry out a field project. major courses. Tannenbaum. •Provides field study and experiential learning oppor- tunities in industry. Spanish Supply Chain Management graduates will be prepared to See listings under Modern Languages and Literature. enter industry at a level that accelerates their on-the-job learning and development. Supply Chain Management graduates typically work within four areas, each with its Special Education own set of positions and career paths: See listings under Education purchasing and supply management transportation and logistics Speech operations management See listings as Communication under Journalism and inventory management and control Communication. Supply Chain Management Program and Courses Statistics For specific course descriptions please see subject See listing under Mathematics area heading in this catalog. Check index for page number. Supply Chain Management 369

Required Major Courses (18 hours) analytical and interpersonal skills gained from this disci- SCM 309 Purchasing and Supply Management (3) pline are applicable across a wide range of careers. An MKT 321 Business to Business Marketing (3) understanding and appreciation of the complex art of the theatre will enrich a lifetime. IE 168 Production Analysis (3) SCM 354 Integrated Logistics and Transportation The department’s active production program is curricu- Management (3) lar and promotes collaborative projects involving BUS 211 Integrated Product Development students, faculty, staff and guest artists. Our large per- formance facility is the Diamond Theater, a 300-seat Plus one of the following: thrust theatre housed in the Zoellner Arts Center. The ACCT 324 Cost Accounting (3) core of our work in this space is dedicated to produc- SCM 328 Pricing Concepts and Negotiations (3) tions featuring primarily student actors directed by And an optional: faculty or guest artists. When possible, a highly qualified SCM 373 Supply Chain Management Internship (1-3) student may direct or design in this space. In addition to our own productions, we regularly invite outside profes- In the fall of the student’s junior year, we also strongly sional performers and ensembles to work with us and encourage students to enter the Supply Chain perform. We also operate a lab theatre (Zoellner’s Black Management program by taking: Box Theater) for student and faculty experimentation. SCM 342 Information Systems Applications in E- The availability of valuable hands-on experience and the Business (3) (also cross-listed as BIS 342) very close working relationships developed between stu- dents and faculty uniquely characterize the department Technology, Interdisciplinary of theatre. The department enjoys a special relationship with Bethlehem’s professional theatre company, Courses Touchstone Theatre. Performance and administrative internships with the company are available to qualified See listings under Science, Technology and Society. students and the department and Touchstone often col- laborate on workshops and seminars. Theatre Students interested in designing a major or minor in the- Professor. Jeffrey Milet, M.F.A. (Yale); Augustine Ripa, atre should consult with the department chairperson. M.F.A. (Northwestern), chairperson. Experienced theatre students with questions regarding accurate placement in any theatre course should, like- Associate professor. Drew Francis, M.F.A. (Brandeis) wise, consult with the chairperson. class of 1961 Professor; Erica Hoelscher, M.F.A. (Northwestern); Pam Pepper, M.F.A. (Ohio). Lehigh University is an accredited institution of the National Association of Schools of Theatre. Assistant professor. Kashi Johnson, M.F.A. (Pittsburgh). Adjunct professors. Jacob Campbell, B.A. (DeSales); Theatre Major Jennie Gilrain, B.S. (Allegheny College), (Western Through the selection of appropriate electives, students Michigan), Professional Training (Jacques Lecoq may concentrate their major in one of these areas: International School of Theatre, Paris); E. Laura Acting/Directing Hausmann, B.F.A. (Boston Conservatory); Christina Design/Technical Theatre Keefe, M.F.A. (South Carolina); Joshua Kovar, M.F.A. (Brandeis); Erik T. Lawson; Melissa McLearen, M.F.A. Theatre History/Dramatic Literature (Virginia); Pamela Richey, M.F.A. (Montana); Raymond General Theatre Studies Saraceni, M.A. (Villanova). The major in theatre consists of 48 hours distributed as To study theatre is to examine its many internal disciplines. follows: Acting and directing combine with design, technical the- atre, dramatic literature and theatre history to form the Coursework required of all majors, 24 hrs body of our art. Students may pursue general theatre stud- THTR 60 Dramatic Action, (4) ies or focus on particular areas such as performance, design THTR 87 Design for the Theatre, (4) or history and literature. They may major in theatre, minor THTR 127 The Development of Theatre and Drama in theatre or participate strictly in our production program. from Ritual to Renaissance (4) Students may even complete a minor in theatre from out- THTR 128 The Development of Theatre and Drama side the College of Arts and Sciences. from Renaissance to Present (4) The bachelor of arts degree in theatre is granted after at THTR Acting, any appropriate level (4) least 48 credit hours of study. Because we believe that THTR 315 Senior Study (0) undergraduate theatre education should be broad based THTR Production, any two of the following three: with an emphasis on diversity of experience, students are 67-Stagecraft (2), 68-Costume construction encouraged to take a variety of courses outside the major. (2), 69-Stage Electrics (2). Many students complete double majors. Those with the Production Requirement, 8 hrs talents and aspirations for a career in theatre have gone Four courses from the following: THTR 20, 21, 22, 23, to graduate schools offering intense, pre-professional 25, 26, 27, 28, 30, 31, 35, 42, 45, 47, 175. Advanced training. Other majors who have not pursued a theatrical courses may be substituted. career have gone from our program directly into careers in business, social services, sales. Theatre study is an Electives, 16 hrs excellent preparation for vocations in which self presen- Four courses carefully selected with an advisor, emphasiz- tation is important, such as law. The problem solving, ing depth or breadth of study. 370 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

Recommended electives from other Prerequisite: Department permission and THTR 20. departments: Not repeatable for added credit. (HU) The departments of art and architecture, English, mod- THTR 22. Stage Properties and Decoration (2) ern languages and literature, music and others all offer Creating props and decor for the stage. Production courses of value to a theatre major or minor. Consult assignment as assistant property master. Prerequisite: with your advisor about enriching your academic career Department permission. (HU) outside the theatre department. THTR 23. Basic Scene Painting (2) Theatre Minor Painting for the stage. Production assignments paint- ing with scenic artist. Prerequisite: Department The minor in theatre consists of at least 22 hours of permission. (HU) course work selected in consultation with a departmental advisor. This includes at least five courses (18-20 hrs) THTR 25. Costume Technology & Production I (2) and two active semesters in theatre production totaling Costume construction methods and materials. at least four credits. Fulfill the production requirement Production assignment in construction or wardrobe. through THTR 67, Stagecraft (2), THTR 68, Costume Prerequisite: Department permission. (HU) Construction (2) and/or THTR 69, Stage Electrics or THTR 26. Costume Technology & Production II (2) another approved production-oriented course. An Theory, methods and practice for advanced or managerial approved minor in theatre will include some academic assignments in construction and/or run crew. Prerequisite: diversity beyond a single curricular area. Department permission and THTR 25. (HU) Departmental Honors THTR 27. Lighting Technology & Production I (2) The exceptional student may elect to pursue departmen- Computerized lighting systems. Instrumentation and tal honors in the senior year. This student must have a lighting crew participation. Production assignment in GPA of 3.3 in all theatre courses presented for the major. light board operation. Prerequisite: Department permis- No later than the fall of the senior year the student, with sion. (HU) faculty supervision, elects a special project in a particular THTR 28. Lighting Technology & Production II (2) area of theatre. This may take the form of preparing to Master Electrician assignment. Prerequisite: Department direct a play, researching a role to be performed, prepar- permission and THTR 27. (HU) ing a design presentation or researching in an area of theatre scholarship in preparation for the writing of a THTR 30. Sound Technology & Production I (2) substantial report. In the next semester, usually the State of the art digital audio technology. Pre-production spring of the senior year, the report or project would be sound assignments, recording, equipment. Production executed. The student would enroll in two, four-credit assignment in sound operation . Prerequisite: independent study courses, one each senior semester. Department permission. (HU) The Acting Sequence THTR 31. Sound Technology & Production II (2) Sound engineer assignment. Prerequisite: Department Students with little or no prior acting experience should permission and THTR 30. (HU) elect Theatre 11, Introduction to Acting, as their first course. Students with some prior acting experience should THTR 35. Performance (2) consult with the department chairperson for accurate Performing in a department-approved production. May placement and waiver of the Theatre 11 prerequisite. be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Department permis- sion. (HU) Courses in Theatre THTR 37. (MUS 37) Scenes from Opera and THTR 1. Introduction to Theatre (4) Musical Theatre (1) Foundations of theatre: historical, literary and practical. Performances in opera and/or musical theatre produc- (HU) tion. May be repeated for credit. (HU) THTR 11. Introduction to Acting (4) THTR 42. Marketing and Publicity for the Preparation for scene study and characterization. Theatre (2) Recommended for students with little or no prior experi- Theory and practice of marketing and publicity for pro- ence. (HU) ductions. Prerequisite: Department permission. (HU) Theatre Production Courses: Theatre 20 through 47 THTR 45. Stage Management (2) Theatre 20 through 47 are open to all undergraduates by Organization, scheduling, coordination of various produc- permission and/or audition. These production-oriented the- tion specialties. Production assignment as assistant stage atre courses combine classroom investigation with practical manager. Prerequisite: Department permission. (HU) application in theatre department, music department and THTR 47. House Management (2) Zoellner Arts Center productions. Unless otherwise noted, Front of house coordination, audience services, interface they may not be repeated for credit. with stage management and production team. THTR 20. Stage Technology and Production I (2) Production assignment as house manager. Prerequisite: Scenic construction materials and techniques. Scenic stag- Department permission. (HU) ing theory, methods and practice. Production assignment THTR 54. (CLSS 54) Greek Tragedy (3) in construction and/or crew. Prerequisite: Department per- Aspects of Greek theater and plays of Aeschylus, mission. Not repeatable for added credit. (HU) Sophocles, and Euripides in their social and intellectual THTR 21. Stage Technology and Production II (2) contexts. Pavlock (HU) Theory, methods and practice for advanced or manageri- al assignments in construction and/or run crew. Theatre 371

THTR 56. Jazz Dance (2) THTR 140 (AAS 140). African American Jazz dance styles and combinations. May be repeated for Theatre (4) credit. Prerequisite: fee. (HU) Studies in African American theatre: literary, and practi- THTR 57. Modern Dance (2) cal and historical. May be repeated for credit. (HU) Modern dance styles and combinations. May be repeated THTR 144. Directing (4) for credit. Prerequisite: fee. (HU) Introduction to the theatrical director’s art. Research, THTR 58. (CLSS 58) Greek and Roman rehearsal techniques, scene work. Prerequisites: THTR 60, Comedy (3) Dramatic Action, and acting experience as determined by Study of comedy as a social form through plays of the department, or consent of chairperson. (HU) Aristophanes, Menander, Plautus, and Terence. Pavlock THTR 147. Characterization in Realism (4) (HU) Elements of characterization through scene study in real- THTR 60. (ENGL 60) Dramatic Action (4) istic drama. Recommended for students with some prior How plays are put together; how they work and what acting experience, or THTR 11. (HU) they accomplish. Examination of how plot, character, THTR 148. Characterization in Expressionism (4) aural and visual elements of production combine to form Elements of characterization through scene study in a unified work across genre, styles and periods. expressionistic drama. Recommended for students with Recommended as a foundation for further studies in some prior acting experience, or THTR 11. (HU) design, literature, or performance. (HU) THTR 152. Stage Make-up (4) THTR 67. Stagecraft (2) Theatrical make-up techniques for the actor and design- Stagecraft, rigging, problem solving, materials and tech- er. (HU) niques. Practical experience in executing scenery for the THTR 153. Scene Painting I (4) stage. (HU) Study and practice of basic and advanced methods of THTR 68. Costume Construction (2) painting for the theatre. Includes basic elements and Techniques of sewing, pattern drafting and fitting. Practical principles of design, color theory, the influence of light, experience in executing costumes for the stage. (HU) atmosphere and aesthetics for the theatre. (HU) THTR 69. Stage Electrics (2) THTR 161. (Arch 161) Performing Arts Venue Theatre lighting techniques, equipment, materials, meth- Design and Technology (4) ods and theory. Practical experience in executing lighting Designing theatres. Theatre equipment systems and for the theatre. (HU) acoustics. Function and form. ((HU) THTR 77. Ballet (2) THTR 175. Special Projects (2-4) Classical ballet for beginners and those who have had Theatrical topics of current or special interest. Can be some training. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: repeated for credit. (HU) fee. (HU) THTR 181. Theatre Management (4) THTR 87. Design for the Theatre (4) Concepts, techniques and practices related to managing Introduction to the process of creating integrated designs the theatrical enterprise. (HU) in theatre production. The study and practice of the principles of visual representation, historical and concep- THTR 185. Production Seminar (1-4) tual research and the study of theatrical styles. (HU) Practicum in various approaches to theatre produc- tion, e.g. performance ensemble. Prerequisite: THTR 111. Theatre Sound (2) audition, or consent of the chairperson. Can be Techniques, materials, and methods of designing sound repeated for credit. (HU) for theatrical production(HU) THTR 211 (Germ 211). Introduction to German THTR 127 (ENGL 127). The Development of Drama (4) Theatre and Drama from Ritual to Renaissance (4) Drama as a literary genre; plays from various periods of Survey of Western theatre and dramatic literature from German literature. (HU) ritual origins to the Renaissance. (HU) THTR 218 (Germ 218). Goethe’s “Faust” (4) THTR 128 (ENGL 128). The Development of Study of Goethe’s play with an introduction to the Faust Theatre and Drama from Renaissance to Present (4) tradition. (HU) Survey of Western theatre and dramatic literature from THTR 230. Drafting for the Theatre II (4) the renaissance to the present. (HU) A continuation of Drafting for the Theatre. Advanced THTR 129. History of Fashion and Style (4) techniques, materials and methods. Computer drafting. Dress and culture in the Western Hemisphere from pre- Prerequisite: THTR 130, Drafting for the Theatre. (HU) history to today. The evolution of silhouette, garment THTR 236. Acting Presentational Styles (4) forms and technology. The relationship of fashion to Elements of characterization and scene study in presenta- politics, art and behavior. Cultural and environmental tional dramatic literature from classical through influences on human adornment. (HU) post-modern periods. Prerequisite: 100-level acting THTR 130. Drafting for the Theatre (4) course, or consent of chairperson. (HU) Theatre drafting techniques and conventions. Material, THTR 244. Acting Shakespeare (4) methods and theory in stage graphics. Model building Monologue, scene study and ensemble work from techniques and practice. An introduction to computer Shakespeare’s dramatic and poetic canon. Prerequisite: drafting. (HU) 100-level acting course, or consent of chairperson. (HU) 372 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

THTR 245. Advanced Directing (4) THTR 348. Advanced Characterization in Continuation of Theatre 144. The director’s voice. Expressionism (4) Supervised practical experience. Prerequisite: THTR A continuation of Theatre 148 for the advanced acting 144. (HU) student. Prerequisite: THTR 148. (HU) THTR 250. Lighting Design (4) THTR 349. Design Practicum II (4) An introduction to the art and practice of lighting design A continuation of Design Practicum I. Prerequisite: for the stage. History of theatrical lighting design. THTR 338, Advanced Design. (HU) Recommended prior or concurrent course: THTR 60, Dramatic Action. Prerequisite, THTR 87. (HU) THTR 351. Advanced Special Projects (4-8) Independent study in theatre. Prerequisite: consent of THTR 251. Scene Design (4) the chairperson. Can be repeated for credit. (HU) An introduction to the art and practice of scenic design for the stage. History of theatrical scenic design. THTR 361. Research in Theatre Technology (2-4) Recommended prior or concurrent course: THTR 60, Solving technological problems in theatre. Application of Dramatic Action. Prerequisite, THTR 87. (HU) new technologies. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: consent of chairperson. (HU) THTR 252. Costume Design (4) An introduction to the art and practice of costume design for the stage. History of theatrical costume design. Urban Studies Recommended prior or concurrent course: THTR 60, Urban Studies Committee. David Curtis Amidon, Jr., Dramatic Action. Prerequisite, THTR 87. (HU) M.A. (Penn State), associate professor of urban studies and THTR 253. Scene Painting II (4) director, urban studies program; Frank T. Colon, Ph.D. Applied advanced scene painting methods for the the- (Pittsburgh), professor of political science; Thomas J. atre. Shop management for the scenic artist. Hyclak, Ph.D. (Notre Dame), professor of economics; Collaboration with designers and stage technology. Roger D. Simon, Ph.D. (Wisconsin), professor of history; Prerequisite: THTR 153. (HU) J. Bruce Thomas, Ph.D. (Berkeley), associate professor and chair of architecture; Ivan Zaknic, M.Arch. and THTR 260. Design Practicum I (4) Urban Planning (Princeton), professor of architecture. Scenic, costume, lighting or sound design for the theatre. Realized design production assignments and portfolio This is an interdepartmental major program intended for building. Collaboration, process and presentation. students who seek a broad background in the social sci- Prerequisite: Any 200-level design course. (HU) ences and for those with career interests in such fields as business or law, and such specialized areas as city man- THTR 271. Playwriting (4) agement, architecture and urban planning, human The art and practice of writing plays for the stage. (HU) relations, and the helping professions. THTR 275. Internship (2-4) Instruction focuses on the process of urbanization, the Professionally supervised work in theatres and theatrical problems and opportunities arising therefrom, the rela- organizations in the areas of performance, design, techni- tionship between cities and economic growth, and public cal theatre, theatre administration and management. policies relating to cities. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: consent of A minimum of 37 credit hours is required, apportioned chairperson. (ND) among two levels of study. Substitutions are possible THTR 315. Senior Study (0) with approval of the director, who advises all those with Seminar for senior theatre majors. Enhancement of cur- majors and minors in urban studies. The director’s office rent theatre studies while preparing for further theatre is located at 232 Chandler-Ullmann Hall. studies or activity. Fall only. (ND) Undergraduate Major THTR 318. (FREN 318) Drama in the Twentieth I. required preliminary courses (12 credit hours) Century (3) Contemporary French drama with an analysis of its ori- US 61 The Study of Urbanization (4) gins and movements. Armstrong. (HU) US 62 Contemporary Urban Issues (4) THTR 328. (ENG 328). Shakespeare (4) one of the following research methods courses An introduction to Shakespearean drama including ECO 145 Statistical Methods (4) comedies, histories, tragedies, and romances. Emphasis MATH 12 Basic Statistics (4) on textual study, cultural contexts, and performance II. elective courses (25 credit hours) strategies. Hawkes, Traister (HU) Any course may be elected from among the following: THTR 338. Advanced Design (4) ECO 312 Urban Economics (3) The process of creating integrated designs through aes- POLS 377 Urban Politics (3-4) thetic theory, history of design and studio- based POLS 360 Public Administration (3-4) practice. Analysis of whole production process; interpre- tation of theatrical experience through visual media. HIST 333 American City to 1900 (3-4) Total production evolution, including playwright’s aim, HIST 334 American Urban History (3-4) director’s vision, design concept, rehearsal development SSP 370 Juvenile Delinquency (3) and production technology. Prerequisite: THTR 260, US 363 Philadelphia: Development Design Practicum I. (HU) of a Metropolis (4) Up to two Architectural History courses numbered 100 THTR 347. Advanced Characterization in or higher. Realism (4) Up to two courses may be elected from among the A continuation of THTR 147 for the advanced acting following: student. Prerequisite: THTR 147. (HU) Women’s Studies 373

ECO 354 Public Finance: State and Local (3) US 363. Philadelphia: Development of a POLS 331 Community Politics Internship (3-4) Metropolis (4) fall HIST 326 Social Class in American History (4) Philadelphia as an experiment in the deliberate creation US 125 American Ethnic Groups (4) of a new community; the rise and fall of the Protestant US 371/372 Special Topics (1-8) elite; immigration, industrialization, and vigorous growth, 1681-1929; liberalism and the collapse of a great Participants in off-campus programs, such as the city. Amidon. (SS) Philadelphia or Washington semesters, may receive credit for up to three elective courses, depending upon the con- US 371, 372. Special Topics (1-8) tent of those courses, but they must also complete at A seminar on a topic of special interest in urban studies. least four courses in the first group of electives above. Prerequisite: consent of the program director. (SS) Urban studies minor. The minor consists of US 61 and four or five additional courses from an approved list for a Women’s Studies total of 18 credit hours. Professors. Marie-Helene Chabut, Ph.D. (U.C., San Undergraduate Courses Diego), professor of French; Alexander M. Doty, Ph.D. US 61. The Study of Urbanization (4) spring, (Illinois), professor of English; Jan S. Fergus, Ph.D. 2006 (CUNY), professor of English; Elizabeth N. Fifer, Ph.D. Introduction to the study of cities. Emphasis on sources (Michigan), professor of English; Edward J. Gallagher, of economic vitality, especially entrepreneurialism, and Ph.D. (Notre Dame), professor of English; Lucy C. Gans, on causes of social and material decay. Amidon. (SS) M.F.A. (Pratt), professor of art and architecture; Thomas J. Hyclack, Ph.D. (Notre Dame), professor of economics; US 62. Contemporary Urban Issues (4) spring, Diane T. Hyland, Ph.D. (Syracuse), professor of psycholo- 2005 gy; Judith N. Lasker, Ph.D. (Harvard), professor of Analysis of problems, typically including planning, hous- sociology and anthropology; Laura Katz Olson, Ph.D. ing, crime, and racial conflict, with strong emphasis on (Colorado), professor of political science; C. Robert 20th-century New York City. Amidon. (SS) Phillips, Ph.D. (Brown), professor of history; Laurence J. US 75. Culture Wars (4) every semester Silberstein, Ph.D. (Brandeis), Philip & Muriel Berman Conservative perspectives on the most divisive issues in Professor of Jewish Studies and professor of religion studies; American life today including, among others, race, Jean R. Soderlund, Ph.D. (Temple), professor of history; crime, homelessness, family life, feminist and gay/lesbian Lloyd H. Steffen, Ph.D. (Brown), University Chaplain agendas, and the role of government in the economy. and professor of religion studies; Hannah W. Stewart- Political bias in the media and the academy. Extensive Gambino, Ph.D. (Duke) professor of Political Science; analysis of feature films. Amidon. (SS) Nicola B. Tannenbaum, Ph.D. (Iowa), professor of sociolo- gy and anthropology; Lenore E. Chava Weissler, Ph.D. US 81. Americans from Italy (3) (Pennsylvania), Philip and Muriel Berman Chair of Jewish The immigrant generation seen through autobiographies Civilization and professor of religion studies. and fiction. Attitudes of and toward Italo-Americans in Associate professors. Constance A. Cook, Ph.D., (U.C., recent times, especially as reflected in feature films and Berkeley) associate professor of modern languages and liter- in politics. Struggles to preserve traditional values. ature; Gail A. Cooper, Ph.D. (U.C., Santa Barbara), Amidon. (SS) associate professor of history; Robin S. Dillon, Ph.D. US 85. American Jews: Politics and Culture (3) (Pittsburgh), associate professor of philosophy; Ageliki spring Nicolopoulou, PhD. (U.C., Berkeley), associate professor Jewish influences on American higher education and of psychology; John Pettegrew, Ph.D. (Wisconsin, popular culture, with special attention to the movie Madison), associate professor of history; Jill E. Schneider, industry. Sources of Jewish liberalism and leftism. Neo- Ph.D. (Wesleyan), associate professor of biological sciences. conservatism and other adjustments to the wielding of Assistant professors. Dawn Keetley, Ph.D., (Wisconsin, serious power in American life. Mutual hostilities Madison), assistant professor of English, Women’s Studies, between secularized Jews and Orthodox Jewry, conserva- and American Studies; Monica Najar, Ph.D., tive Catholics, evangelical Christians, and (Wisconsin), assistant professor of history. African-Americans. Jewish roles in party politics and The minor in Women’s Studies engages students in the journalism. Amidon. (SS) study of two interrelated subjects. The first is an exami- US 88. The Lost World of Protestant America (3) nation of the cultural, historical, and social experiences Decline of the once-dominant American cultural group and contributions of women. The second is an explo- in relative size, self-confidence, cohesiveness, and reli- ration of gender (the social construction of differential gious conviction. Myth and reality in the work of such identity for males and females) and of the ways in which figures as Horatio Alger, Zane Grey, Norman Rockwell, gender distinctions shape human consciousness and and Walt Disney. Individualism, communalism, and human society. constitutional conflict. Seminar format with limited Nearly all academic disciplines have defined human enrollment. Amidon. (SS) nature and significant achievement in terms of male US 125. American Ethnic Groups (4) fall experience and have underestimated the impact of gen- Immigration to the United States; patterns of conflict der on social structures and human lives. By contrast, and accommodation; emphasis on recent confrontations Women’s Studies courses attend to women’s diverse expe- in New York and Los Angeles. Amidon. (SS) riences and perspectives and acknowledge the critical significance of gender. By shifting the focus to women and gender, Women’s Studies seeks to provide an alterna- 374 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005 tive paradigm for understanding human experience. WS 226/PHIL 226 Feminism and Philosophy (4) Students in Women’s Studies courses are encouraged to WS 310/SSP 310/ AAS 310 reevaluate traditional assumptions about human beings, Gender, Race and Sexuality: The human knowledge, and human culture and society, and Social Construction of to explore non-sexist alternatives for a more fully human Differences (4) social order. WS 311/ENGL 311 Literature of Women (4) The Women’s Studies Program has several major goals: to WS 318/PSYCH 318 Seminar in Gender and expand students’ understanding of women’s present status Psychology (4) and rich history; to stimulate a critical examination of the WS 325/HIST 325/ SSP 325 impact of gender roles and stereotypes on social structures History of Sexuality and the and individual lives; to evaluate proposals for alternative Family in the U.S. (3-4) arrangements; and to connect issues addressed in the class- WS 326/SPAN 326 Traditions and Resistance: room with those raised in personal, political, and cultural Women Writers of Latin contexts. The program challenges students to think America (4) beyond the boundaries of traditional gender roles, tradi- WS 327/FREN 327 Women Writing in French (4) tional disciplines, and established institutions. In the best WS 341/SOC 341 Women and Health (4) tradition of a liberal arts education, Women’s Studies WS 342/POLS. Gender and Third World encourages women and men to think critically and con- Development structively, to redesign knowledge, and to gain a better WS 351/SOC 351 Gender and Social Change (4) understanding of themselves and their world. WS 364/SOC 364 Sociology of the Family (4) The minor in Women’s Studies consists of a minimum WS 91, 191, 272 Special Topics (1-4) of 18 credit hours. Students pursuing the minor are 291, 371, 381, required to take the introductory course (WS 101) and 382, 391, 392 one upper-level course from among those concerned with the theory and practice of Women’s Studies. The In addition, new courses may be offered annually. Students remaining courses must include at least one course in the should check with the director for an updated list. arts and humanities and one course in the natural and Undergraduate Courses in Women’s social sciences. Students arrange their program in consul- tation with the program director. Studies Required courses (6 credit hours) Description of Required Courses (6 credit hours) WS 101 Introduction to Women’s Studies (4) WS 101. Introduction to Women’s Studies (4) And one of the following Placing women’s experience at the center of analysis, the WS 271 Independent Reading and Research (1-4) course introduces students to the key concepts, theoretical WS 330 Internship in Women’s Studies (3) frameworks, and interdisciplinary research in the field of WS 350 Senior Seminar (3) Women’s Studies. Examines how gender interacts with race, age, class, etc., to shape human consciousness and WS 373 Internship in Women’s Studies (1-3) determine the social organization of human society. (HU) Elective Courses (12 credit hours) WS 271. Independent Reading and Research (1-4) WS 8/REL 8 Prehistoric Religion, Art and Independent study of selected topics designated and exe- Technology (4) cuted in close collaboration with a member of Women’s WS 41/SR 41 Human Sexuality (4) Studies faculty. Students taking this course as a require- WS 42/SR 42 Sexual Minorities(4) ment for the minor must elect at least the three-credit WS 73/ASIA 73/ option. May be repeated for elective credit. Prerequisite: MLL 73 Film, Fiction, & Gender in consent of program director. (SS/HU) Modern China (4) WS 330. Internship in Women’s Studies (3) WS 117/ Supervised work in women’s organizations or settings, HIST 117 Women, Science and Technology (4) combined with an analysis, in the form of a major paper, WS 121/ of the experience using the critical perspectives gained in ART 121 Women in Art (3) Women’s Studies courses. Placements arranged to suit WS 123/ individual interests and career goals; can include social ANTH 123 Cultural Construction of Gender (4) service agencies, women’s advocacy groups, political WS 124/HIST 124 Women in America (4) organizations, etc. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisites: WS 130/ECO 130 Economics of Race and Gender (2) WS 101 and consent of program director. (SS) WS 138/REL 138 Women in Jewish History (4) WS 350. Senior Seminar (3) WS 145/AAS 145 African American Women An upper-level seminar that challenges students to sys- Writers (4) tematize insights gained from introductory and elective WS 152/CLSS 152/ HIST 152 courses by applying the interdisciplinary methodology of Women in Antiquity (4) Women’s Studies to a focused topic. Subject matter WS 153/HIST 153 Women in European History, varies semester to semester. Offered by Women’s Studies 1500-Present (4) faculty on a rotating basis. May be repeated for elective WS 158/REL 158 Sex and Gender in Judaism: credit. Prerequisite: WS 101, or consent of program The Feminist Critique (4) director. (SS) WS 179/POLS 179 Politics of Women (4) WS 373. Internship in Women’s Studies (1-3) WS 184/REL 184 Religion, Gender, and Power (4) Supervised work in the Women’s Studies Center allows students to bring critical perspectives on women and gender into the campus community. Students who wish Women’s Studies 375 to fulfill the internship requirement of the Women’s WS 123. (ANTH 123) Cultural Construction of Studies minor must take the Women’s Center internship Gender (4) for 3 credits. This course may be repeated for credit up Comparative study of the meanings and social roles asso- to a maximum of 6 credits. Prerequisites: WS 101 and ciated with gender. Psychological, symbolic, and cultural consent of Women’s Center director. (SS) approaches. Tannenbaum. (SS) Undergraduate Elective Courses in WS 124. (HIST 124) Women in America (4) Women’s Studies Roles of women in American society from colonial to Description of Elective Courses (12 credit hours) present times; attitudes toward women, female sexuality, women’s work, and feminism. Cooper, Najar. (SS) WS 8. (REL 8) Prehistoric Religion, Art and WS 130. (ECO 130) Economics of Race and Technology (4) Origins and early development of religions, with focus Gender (2) on interactions of religion, art, and technology in the The question of the role of race and gender in economic Paleolithic and Neolithic periods. Special attention to decision-making is explored. Various sorts of discrimina- the emergence of patriarchal social forms and the figure tion are discussed in an economic framework and possible of the goddess. Interdisciplinary methods with a consid- remedies are evaluated. The historical role of race and gen- eration of feminist theories of cultural development. der in the economy is also discussed. Prerequisite: Eco 1. Girardot. (HU) Department permission required. (SS) WS 41. (SR 41) Human Sexuality (4) WS 138. (REL 138) Women in Jewish History (4) Sexuality and gender roles across the life cycle, including Contributions of, and limitations on, women at different human reproduction, decision-making, and the societal stages of Jewish history, using both primary sources and regulation of sexual behavior. (ND) secondary material. Experience of modern Jewish women, and the contemporary feminist critique of tradi- WS 42. (SR 42) Sexual Minorities (4) tional gender roles. Weissler. (HU) How minority sexual identities have been the subject of speculation, misunderstanding, and sometimes violent WS 145. (AAS 145) African American Women attempts at correction or elimination. Sexual orientation, Writers (4) gender role, including transvestism and “drag”, transsex- Literature by African American women writers with a focus on the experiences and images of black women in the U.S. ualism, sexism, heterosexism, and homophobia. th Emphasis on critical thinking, guest speakers, and dis- Explores the written portraits and voices of 20 century cussions. (SS) black female novelists and poets, including Hurston, Petry, Morrison, Angelou, and Walker. Levy. (HU) WS 73 (ASIA 73, MLL 73) Film, Fiction, and Gender in Modern China (4) WS 152. (CLSS 152, HIST 152) Women in Twentieth century Chinese film and fiction reflect the Antiquity (4) conflict between male and female traditional and “mod- Interdisciplinary study of women in Greece and Rome. ern” identities. Students will focus on the issue of the Literary archaeological and historical evidence and emergence of the individual out of communal culture approaches. Cross-cultural material. Phillips. (HU) and link it to the struggle to redefine the roles of men WS 153. (HIST 153) Women in European and women in a changing society as depicted by writers History, 1500-present (4) and filmmakers from the 1930s up to the present. One Examines the position of women in Europe since the topic of discussion will be narrative techniques used to Renaissance. Particular attention to changing concep- reflect the conflict between self and state or other social tions of women and their roles in society, the evolution conflict. Examples include the manipulation of time, of “women’s work”, the origins, growth and impact of point of view, ideological symbolism, violence and melo- feminism, and gender distinction as reflected in law, pol- drama. Students will compare the common motifs of the itics, popular culture, and leisure. Not open to students oppressed female and impotent male used by modern who have taken WS 353/HIST 353. (SS) writers/filmmakers in pre-modern settings. Awareness of censorship, funding, and cultural differences is also part WS 158. (REL 158) Sex and Gender in Judaism: of reading these artistic works. The class is conducted in The Feminist Critique (4) English with English language materials. Cook. (HU) Writings by Jewish feminists reflecting the encounter between Judaism and feminism: prayer and ritual, WS 117. (HIST 117) Women, Science and women rabbis, God and God language, communal Technology (4) power, and marriage and divorce. Silberstein. (HU) Explores the impact of technology and science on women’s social roles, and the contribution of women WS 179. (POLS 179) Politics of Women (4) engineers and scientists to their disciplines. Will focus on Major social and political issues relating to the role of the American experience. Among the topics discussed are women in American society. Study of other countries invention, design, laboratory research, education, engi- will be included for comparative analysis. Olson. (SS) neering professionalism, labor force participation, office WS 184. (REL 184) Religion, Gender and Power (4) mechanization, household appliances, virtual spaces, Gender differences as one of the basic legitimations for childcare and reproduction. Cooper. (SS) the unequal distribution of power in Western society. WS 121. (ART 121) Women in Art (3) Feminist critiques of the basic social structures, cultural Women artists from Renaissance to present. Attitudes forms, and hierarchies of power within religious commu- toward women artists and their work; changing role of nities, and the ways in which religious groups have women in art world. Visits to museums and artists’ studios. responded. Silberstein. (HU) May be repeated for credit, as topic varies. Gans. (HU) 376 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

WS 226. (PHIL 226) Feminism and Philosophy (4) WS 326. (SPAN 326) Tradition and Resistance: Analysis of the nature, sources and consequences of the Women Writers of Latin America (4) oppression and exploitation of women, and justification Study of poetry and narrative works by Latin of strategies for liberation. Topics include women’s American women writers. Authors include Rosario nature and human nature, sexism, femininity, sexuality, Ferr, Rosario Castellanos, Elena Poniatowska, Cristina reproduction, mothering. Prerequisite: one previous Peri Rossi, among others. Prerequisite: Spanish 152 or course in philosophy or women’s studies. Dillon. (HU) equivalent. (HU) WS 342. (POLS 342) Gender and Third World WS 327. (FREN 327) Women Writing in Development (4) French (4) Focus on gender implications of contemporary strategies Reading and discussion of works written by women in for economic growth, neo-liberal development models, French. The emphasis is on 19th and 20th Century writ- and mainstream methodologies for field research in ers, such as G. Sand, Colette, S. de Beauvoir, M. Duras, Third-World countries. Emphasis on multiple writing Andree Chedid. Chabut. (HU) assignments, group and individual projects on specific regions and countries, and rigorous research/critical WS 341. (SSP 341) Women and Health (4) skills. Prerequisite: POLS 3. Stewart-Gambino. (SS) Relationships of women to the medical system. Influence of medicine on women’s lives and the impact of the WS 310. (SSP 310, AAS 310) Gender, Race and women’s movement on health care. Prerequisite: Any one Sexuality: The Social Construction of Differences (4) of ANTH 1, ANTH 11, ANTH 12, SSP 5, or SSP 21, This course will provide the student with an opportunity or department permission. Lasker. (SS) to engage current debates about the meaning and use of WS 351. (SSP 351) Gender and Social Change (4) racial and sexual classification systems in society. Using a Changes in gender roles from social psychological and multidisciplinary approach, we will examine the histori- structural perspectives. Comparative analyses of men and cal and sociological contexts in which specific theories of women (including people of color) in the social struc- racial and sexual differences emerged in the U.S. ture; their attitudes and orientations toward work, Additionally, we will explore the ways in which changes family, education, and politics. Prerequisite: Any one of in the images have implications on the role racial, gender ANTH 1, ANTH 11, ANTH 12, SSP 5, or SSP 21, or and sexual identity plays in our understanding of the department permission. (SS) relationship between difference and inequality. Prerequisite: SSP 103 or department permission. (SS) WS 364. (SSP 364) Sociology of the Family (4) Sociological analysis of families in the United States, WS 311. (ENGL 311) Literature of Women (4) including investigations of historical and contempo- Women’s works about women: is literary creativity gen- rary patterns. Issues addressed include parenting, der-identified? Are there specifically “feminine” subjects combining work and family, divorce and remarriage, or themes? Besides re-reading some familiar fiction, family policies. ANTH 363 recommended in conjunc- drama, and poems, introduction to contemporary and tion with this course. Prerequisite: Any one of ANTH often experimental works by less famous writers. (HU) 1, ANTH 11, ANTH 12, SSP 5, SSP 21, or depart- WS 318. (PSYCH 318) Seminar in Gender and ment permission. (SS) Psychology (4) WS 91, 191, 272, 291, 371, 381, 382, 391, 392. Gender as shaped by psychological and social psychologi- Special Topics (1-4) cal processes. Socialization, communication and power, Intensive study of a topic of special interest not covered gender stereotypes, methodological issues in sex differ- in other courses. May be cross-listed with relevant offer- ences research. Prerequisite: PSYCH 210 completed or ings in major department or other programs. May be concurrent or permission of instructor. Hyland. (SS) repeated for credit as topic varies. Prerequisite: consent WS 325. (HIST 325, SSP 325) History of of program director. (ND) Sexuality and the Family in the U.S. (3-4) Changing conceptions of sexuality and the role of women, men, and children in the family and society from the colonial to the post-World War II era. Emphasis on the significance of socio-economic class and cultural background. Topics include family structure, birth control, legal constraints, marriage, divorce, and prostitution. Najar. (SS) An Overview from Past and Present 377

VI. An Overview from Past and Present

Lehigh University is independent, nondenominational, History and Purpose and coeducational. The principal author of the brief history of Lehigh Founded in 1865 as a predominantly technical four-year University that follows, Dr. W. Ross Yates, holds the bache- school, the university now has approximately 4,650 lor of arts and master of arts degrees from the University of undergraduates within its three major units—the College Oregon, in his native state. He received the doctor of philos- of Arts and Sciences, the College of Business and ophy degree from Yale University and studied in France on Economics, and the College of Engineering and Applied a Fulbright Scholarship. He joined the Lehigh staff in 1955 Science—and approximately 2,000 students enrolled in and served as dean of the College of Arts and Science from graduate programs offered through the graduate schools 1963 to 1972. Today he is professor emeritus of govern- in these colleges and in the College of Education. There ment, and lives in Oregon. are undergraduates from nearly every state and U.S. ter- When the sound of the last cannon of the Civil War ritory and more than 40 foreign nations. died away, statesmen, educators, and industrial pioneers The university is primarily situated on the Asa Packer marshalled the victorious forces of the North and turned Campus on the north slope of South Mountain over- their attention to education. They wanted to increase the looking Bethlehem, Pennsylvania. Sayre Park, the number of trained scientists, engineers, and other skilled wooded refuge located toward the top of the mountain, people so they could transform the vast natural resources is the setting for many living groups. The residences are of the country into a strong and independent national reached via winding private roads. Many residential units economy. on campus command a panoramic view of the Lehigh Asa Packer was one of the industrial pioneers. He built Valley. The Appalachians are visible to the west, with an the Lehigh Valley Railroad and controlled a coal-mining especially good view from The Lookout on the Packer empire in the mountains of eastern Pennsylvania. He Campus. Both the tower and dining room in Iacocca knew, as did many others, that a strong national econo- Hall on the Mountaintop Campus afford panoramic my depended on more than technical skills. It needed views of the Lehigh Valley. The campus at its highest above all people broadly educated in the liberal arts and point is 971 feet above sea level. sciences—people who could combine practical skills with A substantial portion of the upper level of Lehigh’s cam- informed judgments and strong moral self-discipline. He pus is maintained as a nature preserve. The preserve kept this in mind when founding and endowing Lehigh supports deer, squirrels, chipmunks, raccoons, wild University. turkeys and other birds. The site that Packer chose for his university was a rail- Besides the Asa Packer Campus, the university has exten- road junction across the Lehigh River from Bethlehem, a sive athletic fields and facilities on the Murray H. community founded in 1741 by Moravian missionaries. Goodman Campus, two miles to the south in Saucon William Bacon Stevens, Episcopal bishop of the Diocese Valley. The university acquired the Mountaintop of Pennsylvania and the first president of the university’s Campus at the end of 1986. It links the Asa Packer and board of trustees, in 1869 described the origin of the Murray H. Goodman campuses and brings total land university as follows: holdings in Bethlehem to 1,600 acres, nearly double the “In the fall of 1864 an interview was requested of me by former total. the Hon. Asa Packer, of Mauch Chunk (now Jim The board of trustees and university officers have estab- Thorpe), Pa. He came to my house in Philadelphia, and lished and enforce policies designed to preserve Lehigh’s said that he had long contemplated doing something for natural beauty. It is their contention that the environ- the benefit of his State, and especially of the Lehigh ment in which the young adult university student Valley. From that valley he said he had derived much of pursues knowledge can make the total educational expe- the wealth which GOD had given to him, and to the rience more meaningful, and that the ideal environment best interests of that valley he wished to devote a portion is separate and unique from the distractions of the of it in the founding of some educational institution, for nonacademic community. the intellectual and moral improvement of the young There are approximately 400 members of the faculty, men of that region. teaching a total of more than 2,000 course titles (not all “After conversing with him a little while, and drawing of which are offered every semester). Among faculty out his large and liberal views, I asked him how much members who are tenured and to whom the university money he purposed to set aside for this institution, when has a permanent commitment, nearly all hold the doc- he quietly answered that he deigned to give $500,000. torate degree (typically Ph.D. or Sc.D.). At the time of this interview no one in this country, it is In total, there are more than 2,000 employees of the uni- believed, had offered in a single sum such an endowment versity, making it the second-largest employer in the for a literary institution. It was the noblest offering community. which an American had ever laid on the altar of learning, and more than equaled many royal donations which have carried down the names of kings as patrons of European universities. 378 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

“Filled with profound emotions at the mention of such a writer in the Syracuse Post in 1895 spoke truthfully when gift for such an object, I asked the noble donor what he said, ‘From the first, Lehigh’s characteristic has been specific plans he had dreamed in his own mind in refer- her earnestness. It is the boast of her graduates, the inspi- ence to it. His reply was, “I am not much acquainted ration of her students. Men go there to learn to take a with these matters, but you are, and I want you if you useful part in the economy of life.’ ” will to devise a plan which I can put into effective opera- The university community was constantly infused with tion.’ I told him that I would make the attempt. I did new faculty and students determined to renew and so. I drew up the outline sketch of such an institution as rework the original principles in the light of changing I thought would give the largest results for the means times. The students’ ambition and zeal bore fruit; as used, and submitted it in a few weeks to his inspection. alumni they carried the university’s educational goals “He examined it with the practical judgment and business into the work of nation-building. And, having received, habits with which he deals with all great questions, and they gave to perpetuate Lehigh’s work of service. adopted the scheme as the basis of his future university. Today, Lehigh University still adheres to Asa Packer’s “The first meeting of the Board of Trustees, selected by goal of a liberal and scientific education for practical Judge Packer, met at the “Sun Hotel,” in Bethlehem, July service. Faculty and students work to maintain high 27th, 1865, and began to organize the work before them.” quality in instructional programs. Generous support The trustees followed several principles in setting up the from individuals, foundations, industry, and government university. One was that of combining scientific and help Lehigh to retain high quality of education and fac- classical education. They considered both to be practical. ulty while keeping tuition as low as possible. (Tuition The principle carried forward an ideal of the great 17th- covers only a part of the cost of a Lehigh education.) Century Moravian educator, John Amos Comenius. A Presidents of the University motto taken from the works of Francis Bacon was used to summarize this principle, namely, Homo minister et The presidents of Lehigh University are described and interpres naturae—man, the servant and interpreter of their achievements cited in the following paragraphs. The nature, to use a free translation. That motto lives on at years in parentheses are those served in the presidency. Lehigh, being an element in the university seal. Henry Coppee (1866-1875). Coppee served as a railroad The trustees chose as first president a man whose educa- engineer in Georgia, a captain in the Army during the tion and habits expressed this principle, Henry Coppee. Mexican War, and taught at West Point and at the They established five schools, including a school of gen- University of Pennsylvania before becoming first presi- eral literature in addition to four scientific schools of, dent in 1866. respectively, civil engineering, mechanical engineering, Much building was done on the new university cam- mining and metallurgy, and analytical chemistry. pus. A Moravian church on Packer Avenue was Another principle upon which the trustees insisted was remodeled into Christmas Hall; a house for the presi- that of keeping the size of the student body proportion- dent was erected on campus; and Packer Hall, the ate to the abilities of the faculty to teach them well. The university center, was built. university would admit only as many freshmen each year Coppee lectured in history, logic, rhetoric, political econ- as it could be assured of providing with the highest qual- omy, and Shakespeare. ity of education. In the 19th century the total John McDowell Leavitt (1875-1880). Leavitt was an enrollment never exceeded several hundred students; the Episcopal clergyman who graduated from Jefferson size has increased significantly in recent decades, along College and taught at Kenyon College and Ohio with the number of faculty members. University. During his incumbency, the university was The trustees also insisted that Lehigh was to be nonde- divided into two schools, General Literature and nominational and would have an admission policy based Technology. As of 1876, a student could receive two on merit. Competitive examinations were held for appli- engineering degrees by taking a longer course, and cants for admission. From 1871 to 1891 no tuition was beginning in 1877 the master of arts, doctor of philoso- charged, but the national financial crisis at the turn of phy, and doctor of science degrees were established. the century decimated the value of the Lehigh Valley Linderman Library rotunda was completed in 1877. Asa Railroad stock that Packer had given to Lehigh, which Packer died in May, 1879, and Founder’s Day was held was the principal source of income. in his honor the following October. At first the student body was entirely male. The contem- Robert Alexander Lamberton (1880-1893). Lamberton, porary ideological climate would permit nothing else. a graduate of Dickinson College, practiced law in But around 1916, women were admitted to graduate Harrisburg, Pa., and was a university trustee when asked programs. In 1971, the university opened its undergrad- to become president. During his administration, stu- uate program to them as well. Today men and women dents and the community witnessed the first Mustard applicants are considered on an equal basis. and Cheese dramatic presentation. From the first, the students were serious-minded. In A gymnasium (now Coppee Hall) was erected, and 1924, Catherine Drinker Bowen, daughter of president Chandler Chemistry Laboratory was built, now known Drinker and later a famous biographer, published a brief as Chandler-Ullmann Hall. Lehigh was also building its History of Lehigh University, in which she commented: reputation for academic excellence; the mechanical engi- “Ask any college professor which brand of boy he would neering department was established in 1881 and the prefer to teach, the cigarette brand or the flannel shirt Lehigh chapter of Phi Beta Kappa was founded in 1887. variety. Right here we offer ten to one the flannel shirts. . Thomas Messinger Drown (1895-1904). Drown stud- . Lehigh still holds to the emblem of the flannel shirt— ied medicine at the University of Pennsylvania and went long may it wave! Engineers come to college to work. A abroad to study chemistry. Thereafter he was professor of An Overview from Past and Present 379 chemistry at Lafayette College. In 1895 he assumed the Clement C. Williams (1935-1944). Williams, a civil engi- presidency of Lehigh and was greatly interested in further- neer, was president during an era of unprecedented alumni ing the university’s development as a technical school. support. Undergraduate enrollment rose to an all-time His first years were difficult ones because the Panic of 1893 high, passing 2,000 in 1938. Richards and Drinker resi- decimated the university’s stock holdings in the Lehigh dential houses, and the Ullmann wing adjoining the Valley Railroad. Nevertheless, Lehigh managed to grow in Chandler Chemistry Laboratory, were built. Grace Hall, enrollment, academics, and in physical plant. Williams the first arena-type facility of any size on campus, was Hall was completed. The curriculum leading to a degree in completed in 1940, the gift of Eugene G. Grace, an 1899 arts and engineering was established, as was the depart- graduate, who headed the board of trustees. A Graduate ment of zoology and biology. New curricula were adopted School implemented the programs in the three colleges. in metallurgical engineering, geology, and physics. Williams retired in 1944, and the university was without a president for approximately two years. Drown died in office in 1904. Professor William H. Chandler became acting president. Martin Dewey Whitaker (1946-1960). Dr. Whitaker, who had been director of the Atomic Energy Henry Sturgis Drinker (1905-1920). Drinker, an Commission Laboratory at Oak Ridge, Tenn., and had 1871 Lehigh graduate, was the only university alum- worked in developing the atomic bomb, faced the nus ever to become president. In 1907, the alumni responsibility of helping the university community read- endowment fund began, the Lehigh Alumni Bulletin just to peacetime conditions after World War II. was first published in 1913, and the Alumni Association was incorporated in 1917. During his time as president, Lehigh’s assets nearly tripled; the endowment more than doubled to $18 mil- Drinker, besides being a lawyer, was a mechanical engi- lion. Many buildings were renovated, and the Dravo neer and had been largely instrumental in solving the House and McClintic-Marshall House residence halls problems of constructing the two-mile-long were built. The faculty increased in number by 75 per- Musconetcong Tunnel, an engineering feat that made cent and the first endowed distinguished professorships possible a railroad line between Easton, Pa., and New were established. York City. He started a tradition of businesslike manage- ment of university affairs. The Centennial development program was begun in 1959. It raised more than $22 million for faculty salaries and During Drinker’s years, more buildings were completed: construction that later included Whitaker Laboratory. the original section of Fritz Engineering Laboratory, Drown Hall, Coxe Mining Laboratory, Taylor Hall, An extensive renovation and enlargement project asso- Taylor Gymnasium and Field House, Taylor Stadium ciated with Packer Hall was undertaken in 1957, and, and Lamberton Hall. Drinker’s interest in horticulture upon completion in 1958, the building became a uni- led to the planting of many rare trees and plants. versity center. A teacher’s course and business administration course Whitaker died in office. were begun in 1909 and in 1918 the university was Harvey A. Neville (1961-1964). Dr. Neville was the divided into three colleges, liberal arts, business adminis- only faculty member ever elected president. His associa- tration, and engineering—the roots of colleges of today. tion with the university began in 1927 as an assistant Army ROTC was established in 1919. professor of chemistry. During his three-year term as Drinker’s daughter, Catherine Drinker Bowen, went on president, the first phase of the Saucon Valley athletic to become a historical writer of note. Her experiences as complex was completed, and Sayre Field was opened the daughter of a Lehigh president and occupant of the atop South Mountain. The Center for Information and President’s House are recorded in Family Portrait Computing Science was established. (Atlantic Little-Brown). Neville, a strong supporter of research who fostered its Drinker resigned in 1920 and Natt M. Emery, vice presi- growth on the campus, died in 1983. dent, served as chief executive officer until 1922. Deming Lewis (1964-1982). Willard Deming Lewis Charles Russ Richards (1922-1935). Richards took became Lehigh’s 10th president after a distinguished office in 1922. During his presidency, the first graduate career as a space engineer and research administrator. degrees were awarded to women. Lehigh faced a shortage Dr. Lewis earned three degrees at Harvard and two from of students from 1929 to 1936 as a result of the England’s Oxford University, where he was a Rhodes Depression, but the newly established office of admis- Scholar in advanced mathematics. In 1941, he joined sion, as well as university scholarships, fellowships, and Bell Telephone Laboratories, and in 1962 he became deferred tuition payments, helped to ease the shortage. general manager of systems development with Bellcomm Changing concepts of education were evident in several Inc., which engineered systems for the Apollo project newly organized academic offerings: philosophy, music, that placed the first man on the moon. psychology, journalism, history, and fine arts. The majors Lewis, who died in 1989, received 33 U.S. patents on system was instituted as were the senior comprehensive such devices as microwave antennas and filter and digital examinations in the Arts College. The placement bureau, error detection systems. He helped write the equations a public relations office, and a student health service describing a stylus sliding through a warped groove. were organized. During Lewis’ tenure as Lehigh president, women were The Alumni Memorial Building—a memorial to the admitted as undergraduate students in 1971. New Lehigh alumni who served in World War I was opened majors were begun in natural science, biology, social rela- in 1925—and Packard Laboratory was completed in tions, geological sciences, environmental science and 1929. In the same decade, a major addition to resource management, religion studies, computer engi- Linderman Library also was completed. neering, computing and information science, applied 380 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

mathematics, management science, American studies and Likins, an expert in spacecraft dynamics and control who other fields. Six research centers and seven institutes were has written textbooks in engineering mechanics, was one established. of 13 science advisers to President George Bush. He Capital campaigns brought in more than $130 million, came to Lehigh after serving as dean of engineering and and construction was completed on Maginnes Hall, provost at Columbia, and left to become president of the Whitaker Lab, Mart Science and Engineering Library, University of Arizona. Sinclair Lab, the Seeley G. Mudd Building, Neville Hall, William C. Hittinger (1997-98). A former chairman of Rathbone Hall dining room, 13 fraternity houses, the the university’s board of trustees, Hittinger became inter- Centennial I and Centennial II residential complexes, im president after the departure of Peter Likins. A the Brodhead House residence hall, the Trembley Park member of the National Academy of Engineering, student apartments, the Saucon Village Apartments, the Hittinger served for 22 years on the board of trustees. Philip Rauch Field House and the Stabler Athletic and He graduated from Lehigh in 1944 with a B.S. in metal- Convocation Center. The restoration of Packer Memorial lurgical engineering, and received an honorary Doctor of Church was completed, and Packard Lab was renovated. Engineering degree from Lehigh in 1973. The original Physics Laboratory is now named in Lewis’s Over a 40-year career in the electronics industry, honor, as is the indoor tennis center. Hittinger worked for Western Electric Co., National Peter Likins (1982-1997). Dr. Likins, who earned a B.S. Union Radio Corp., Bell Telephone Laboratories, and Ph.D. from Stanford, and an M.S. from the Bellcomm Inc., General Instrument Corp., and RCA Massachusetts Institute of Technology, became Lehigh’s Corp. At Bellcomm, he oversaw systems engineering for 11th president in 1982. He sought balanced excellence NASA’s manned spaceflight program, and at RCA, where in undergraduate programs while pursuing focused he became executive vice president, he was responsible objectives in graduate study and research. for corporate technology, patents, licensing, international business and marketing development, and corporate Under Likins, Lehigh doubled in size with the purchase technology planning. in 1986 of 742 acres of land and a research complex from Bethlehem Steel Corp. The new Mountaintop Hittinger was a member of President Reagan’s National Campus links the Asa Packer and Goodman campuses. Security Telecommunications Advisory Committee from 1982-86. He was also a member of the U.S.-Brazil Lehigh also added many new buildings and facilities. Presidential Committee on Science and Technology and Perhaps most notable was the $33-million Zoellner Arts a member of the board of directors for eight companies. Center, which provided a new home to Lehigh’s depart- ments of music and theatre and to the University Art Hittinger served as national president of the Lehigh Galleries, and made Lehigh a center for the fine arts. Alumni Association 1971-72 and received the prestigious The Arts Center and the new Rauch Business Center, L-in-Life award in 1979. An ROTC student at Lehigh, home of the College of Business and Economics, were Hittinger served in the U.S. Army in 1943-46 during built on the site of Taylor Stadium, which was replaced World War II, rising to the rank of captain. by Goodman Stadium on Lehigh’s athletic campus. During Hittinger’s term as chairman of the board of Also during Likins’ term, Lehigh built a $20-million, trustees, Lehigh began construction of the Zoellner Arts state-of-the-art telecommunications system, the E.W. Center, completed the Ulrich Student Center, aggressive- Fairchild-Martindale Library and Computing Center — ly improved its financial aid for undergraduates, and one of the most automated libraries anywhere — and the completed the $300 million Campaign for Preserving Harold S. Mohler Lab, which honors the former chair- The Vision. As president, Hittinger realigned the Iacocca man of the board of trustees. Institute into the College of Business and Economics, oversaw the construction of the new Sayre Park Village Also dedicated was the Sherman Fairchild Center for the residential complex, and helped Lehigh move forward Physical Sciences, which includes the renovated Physics during a time of presidential transition. Building (renamed Lewis Lab), and the adjoining Sherman Fairchild Lab. Gregory C. Farrington (1998-). Dr. Farrington was appointed Lehigh’s 12th president in May 1998. He had Lehigh became home to the North East Tier Ben been dean since 1990 of the School of Engineering and Franklin Advanced Technology Center, which has helped Applied Science at the University of Pennsylvania, where hundreds of new high-technology businesses get started. he was responsible for the academic and financial over- And the university led the way in establishing the sight of the school. Colonial League, now the Patriot League, in football. The league is committed to the Lehigh tradition of Farrington, who earned a B.S. from Clarkson University, “scholar-athletes.” and an A.M. and Ph.D. from Harvard, all in chemistry, specializes in solid state electrochemistry. He holds or Financial support grew from $10 million a year to over shares more than two dozen patents and has written or $24 million. With over half of alumni making gifts, edited books, book chapters and 100 technical papers. Lehigh ranked among the top Ph.D.-granting schools in Before joining Penn, he was a research chemist for percentage of alumni donors. General Electric Co.’s Corporate Research and Likins’ term also saw the establishment of the Lehigh Development Center in New York state. Valley Center for Jewish Studies at Lehigh, the Center At Penn, Farrington established new graduate and for Advanced Technology for Large Structural Systems, undergraduate interdisciplinary degree programs. At largest of its kind in North America, and centers in inte- Lehigh, he has called on faculty, students, staff and grated circuits, management studies, chemical process alumni to build a university that rivals the best in modeling and control, and international studies. America. He will strive to create new interdisciplinary programs and to promote innovative teaching methods An Overview from Past and Present 381 that take advantage of new technologies where appro- University Buildings priate while preserving the best of established Lehigh has a major collection of 19th-century buildings traditions. He has taken steps to improve relations designed by such prominent architects as Addison Hutton with Lehigh’s neighbors in the City of Bethlehem, and (1834-1916), Edward T. Potter (1831-1904) and the firm to reduce harmful use of alcohol by students. And he of Furness and Evans (Frank Furness, 1839-1912). has realigned Lehigh’s management structure in an effort to improve service and efficiency and also to The university’s newer structures include the Goodman strengthen Lehigh’s research programs. Stadium (1988), the Sherman Fairchild Center for Physical Sciences (1976, 1986), the E. W. Fairchild- Farrington’s goals received a significant boost when Peter Martindale Library and Computing Center (1985), the C. Rossin, a member of Lehigh’s Class of 1948, estab- Stabler Athletic and Convocation Center (1979), the lished a $25-million endowment for the engineering Brodhead House residential facility (1979), the Seeley G. college, which was subsequently dedicated as the P.C. Mudd Building and Neville Hall in the chemistry com- Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Science. plex (1975), the Philip Rauch Field House (1975), the Rossin’s gift is the largest Lehigh has ever received. Rauch Business Center (1990), the Lewis Tennis Center Farrington serves on the boards of St. Luke’s Hospital in (1994), and the new Ulrich Student Center in Grace Bethlehem, the Lehigh Valley Economic Development Hall. Corp., the Mellon Foundation, Clarkson University and Recently completed just east of the Rauch Business the Wharton-SEI Center for Advanced Studies in Center is the new Zoellner Arts Center, which houses a Management. He chairs the Materials Research Society 1000-seat music auditorium, a 300-seat theatre, a per- Young Investigator Award Committee, and has served as manent art gallery and museum store, and the Councilor of the society, chair of the Physical departments of music and theatre. A 350-car parking Electrochemistry Committee of The Electrochemical garage is on the same site. Society, president of the International Society for Solid State Ionics, and editorial board member of Chemistry of Opened in 1998 in Sayre Park is a new residential com- Materials, Solid State Ionics and MultiVersity. plex of three apartment buildings and a community building. This facility is used for upperclass student A native of Bronxville, N.Y., Farrington received an hon- housing. orary degree from the University of Uppsala in Sweden in 1984 and the prestigious Cannizzaro Gold Medal of Altogether, the three campuses contain 150 buildings the Italian Chemical Society in 1998. with more than 4 million square feet of floor space. In the following list, the first date after the name of each University Campuses building indicates the year of construction. The second Lehigh University’s three campuses are located in date indicates the year of a major addition. Bethlehem, Pa., and comprise 1,600 acres. Campus Landmarks Asa Packer Campus. Lehigh’s main academic campus, encompassing approximately 360 acres on the north Alumni Memorial Building (1925). This edifice of slope of South Mountain overlooking Bethlehem, is a Gothic design, housing the Visitor Center, Admissions wooded area where most students attend class and live. and other administrative offices and those of the Alumni This contains the original campus of the university. Association, represents a memorial to the 1,921 Lehigh Murray H. Goodman Campus. During the 1960s, the alumni who served in World War I and the 46 who died. university acquired extensive acreage in the Saucon The building was designed by Theodore G. Visscher, Valley just south of South Mountain. Development of Class of 1899, and James Lindsey Burley, Class of 1894. one of the nation’s finest collegiate athletic complexes has E. W. Fairchild-Martindale Library and Computing continued since that time. The 500-acre campus now Center (1985). The high-technology building houses sci- includes the Murray H. Goodman Stadium and other ence and engineering holdings and a computer center. athletic fields, as well as the 6,000-seat Stabler Athletic Construction was made possible by a major gift from and Convocation Center, the North East Tier Ben Harry T. Martindale, a 1927 Lehigh graduate, and his Franklin Advanced Technology Center, the Philip Rauch wife, Elizabeth, daughter of the late Edmund W. Field House, the Cundey Varsity House, and the Lewis Fairchild, founder of a business-publications and com- Indoor Tennis Facility. The campus is named for a major munications empire. benefactor, Lehigh alumnus Murray H. Goodman, of Linderman Library (1877). The rotunda, designed by West Palm Beach, Fla. Addison Hutton, was built as a gift to the university by Mountaintop Campus. Lehigh bought this campus from founder Asa Packer as a memorial to his daughter, Lucy Bethlehem Steel Corp. in 1986. It contains 670 acres of Packer Linderman. The rotunda is surrounded except on woods and a 72-acre research site with 8 buildings, five the south by a major addition constructed in 1929. The of which are owned by the University, including a land- building houses more than 20,000 rare books and vol- mark tower building visible for miles around. umes related to the humanities and social science. The Acquisition of the facilities—the largest single transac- Bayer Galleria of Rare Books, made possible by a gift tion in Lehigh history—connects the two older from Curtis F. Bayer, ’35, was dedicated in 1985. campuses. The Mountaintop Campus houses the College Packer Memorial Church (1887). The church was the of Education; the departments of Biological Sciences and gift of Mary Packer Cummings in memory of her father, Chemical Engineering; programs in biochemistry, founder Asa Packer. It was dedicated on Founder’s Day, biotechnology, bioengineering, ATLSS (Advanced October 13, 1887. The building was designed by Technology for Large Structural Systems) center, Energy Addison Hutton; the stained-glass window over the main Research Center, and Ben Franklin incubator companies. door is attributed to Louis Comfort Tiffany. 382 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

President’s House (1868). This 21-room residence, pression members up to forty feet in length. The designed by Edward Potter, is the home of university hydraulic testing machine is the largest facility of its kind presidents and is often used for receptions on special currently in operation in the world. The laboratory is university occasions. used primarily by the Department of Civil and Packer Hall, The University Center (1868). When con- Environmental Engineering. struction of the building began in 1865, a railroad was Iacocca Hall. (1958, 2003) Known as the tower build- built to transport stone to the site. The building, ing, it houses the College of Education, the chemical designed originally by Potter, was extensively renovated engineering department, the biological sciences depart- and enlarged in 1958. ment, as well as a dining room and food service facilities, The building was constructed at the expense of the plus a teleconferencing classroom. founder, who vetoed a plan to erect it of brick. “It will Imbt Laboratories. This is primarily a high-bay research be built of stone,” Asa Packer responded. lab space where the ATLSS project was constructed, and Today the building houses student and faculty dining where chemical engineering and Energy Research Center facilities, a food court, deans’ offices, the military science have major research facilities. It is also the headquarters (ROTC) department, the Women’s Networking Center, of the “Fleet of the Future” program. a bank office, and conference facilities. Johnson Hall (1955). The building houses the university health service, the counseling service, the chaplain’s Academic and Research Facilities office, campus police, and the parking services office. Chandler-Ullmann Hall (1883, 1938, respectively). Earle F. “Coxey” Johnson, ’07, a director of General These adjoining buildings formerly were the William H. Motors Corp. and university trustee, provided funding Chandler Chemistry Building (designed by Hutton) and for the structure. the Harry M. Ullmann Chemistry Laboratory. Chandler Lamberton Hall (1907). The structure served as the uni- served as acting university president, 1904 and 1905, versity commons and dining room until the renovation and taught chemistry from 1871 to 1906. Ullmann of Packer Hall in 1958. The building honors the memo- served as chairman of the chemistry department. The ry of Robert A. Lamberton, third president. It most building has been named a National Historic Chemical recently housed the music department until its move to Landmark by the American Chemical Society. the Zoellner Arts Center, and is now the home of the The Department of Art and Architecture, division of “Moonlight Café”. urban studies, and Department of Psychology are located Maginnes Hall (1970). The multilevel structure is in Chandler-Ullmann. headquarters for the College of Arts and Sciences and Christmas-Saucon Hall (1865 and 1872, respectively). also houses the departments of modern languages and Christmas Hall is the university’s oldest building. When literature, history, international relations, political sci- Asa Packer acquired the South Mountain site for the ence, and religion studies, as well as the Science, university in 1865, a Moravian church was being con- Technology, and Society Program, the Philip and structed. The newly formed university took over the Muriel Berman Center for Jewish Studies, and the building and completed it for use in recitations and as a Center for International Studies. New classrooms dormitory and chapel. The name Christmas Hall was opened on the ground floor in January 2004. The chosen in keeping with Moravian religious tradition. In building is named for Albert B. Maginnes, ’21, who 1872, Saucon Hall was constructed a few feet to the east was a lawyer and university trustee. of Christmas Hall. The buildings were connected with Mart Science and Engineering Library (1968). This the construction of a “hyphen” in 1926. The building structure honors the memory of Leon T. Mart, ’13, houses the Department of Mathematics and classrooms. and his son, Thomas, ’51. It operates in conjunction Coppee Hall (1883). The building originally housed with the E. W. Fairchild-Martindale Library and classrooms and a gymnasium. It is named in honor of Computing Center. Henry Coppee, first president. The building houses the Seeley G. Mudd Building (1975). This seven-story Weinstock Center for Journalism and Communication. building houses the chemistry department. The late Coxe Hall (1910). Originally a mining laboratory, the Seeley G. Mudd was a California medical doctor. The structure is named for Eckley B. Coxe, pioneer mining Seeley G. Mudd Foundation, of Los Angeles, made a engineer and trustee of the university. The building was major gift toward the building. recently renovated for the International Students and Neville Hall (1975). This building in the chemistry Scholars and the English as a Second Language programs complex has three auditoriums used for lectures and and the Global Union. events. The building is named for Dr. Harvey A. Neville, Drown Hall (1908). The building, designed by Furness president from 1961 to 1964, who was a chemist. and Evans, is a memorial to Thomas M. Drown, presi- Newman Association Center. This Victorian structure, dent from 1895 to 1904. It is headquarters for the until the mid-1970s used as a private residence, was ren- English Department and the Center for Writing, Math ovated by the Newman Association and serves as a center & Study Skills. for students and as a residence for its director, a Roman Fritz Engineering Laboratory (1909, 1955). The labora- Catholic chaplain. tory is named for John Fritz, pioneer in the steel Packard Laboratory (1929). The structure was the gift of industry in the United States and a member of the uni- James Ward Packard, Class of 1884, the electrical pio- versity’s original board of trustees. Fritz provided funds neer and inventor of the Packard automobile who served for the original section; a seven-story addition accommo- as a university trustee. The first Packard automobile dates the university’s testing machine, which is capable of (1898) is displayed in the lobby. The building is the applying a five-million-pound load to tension or com- headquarters for the College of Engineering and Applied An Overview from Past and Present 383

Science. It also houses classrooms and laboratories for Wilbur Powerhouse (1908). During most of its life, the mechanical engineering and mechanics, for electrical and building served as a power plant with some early engi- computer engineering, and computer science and engi- neering laboratory use. Renovated during the 1970s, it neering. An auditorium accommodates large classes and provided performing space for student theatrical produc- various events. tions, until the Zoellner Arts Center was built, and it is Philosophy Building (1879). This small building just now the new home for student shops and project studios below Packer Memorial Church was constructed as a for the IPD (Integrated Product Development) program. porter’s lodge. Today it houses the philosophy department. Williams Hall (1903). This brick structure was the gift Price Hall. This structure formerly was a brewery of Edward H. Williams, Jr., Class of 1875. Dr. Williams named Die Alte Brauerei. In 1912 it was remodeled to was a professor of mining and geology. The building serve as a dormitory, and it was named in honor of contains classrooms and laboratories for the departments Henry Reese Price, president of the university board of of biological sciences and of earth and environmental sci- trustees. It serves as the home of the sociology and ences. A small greenhouse adjoins the building. The anthropology department. building was extensively renovated and a fourth story added in 1956 following a fire. Rathbone Hall (1971). This building’s upper level is a major student dining facility, with window walls afford- Zoellner Arts Center (1997). With major gifts from ing a panoramic view of the Lehigh Valley. The building Vickie and Robert Zoellner ‘54, Dorothy and Dexter bears the name of its donor, Monroe Jackson Rathbone, Baker ‘50, and Claire and Theodore Diamond ‘37, ’21, president of the university board of trustees from Dagit-Saylor Architects created a 105,000 sq. ft. struc- 1957 to 1973. Rathbone was chairman of the board, ture designed to showcase Lehigh’s rapidly growing Standard Oil Co. (New Jersey), now Exxon Corp., and programs in the performing and visual arts as well as the was a major innovator in the oil industry. The lower level departments of music and theater and 5,000 sq. ft. of houses the Residential Services Office. exhibition space for the Lehigh University Art Galleries. Baker Hall has a seating capacity of more than 1,000, Rauch Business Center (1990). Philip Rauch ’33, Diamond Theatre features a thrust stage and seating for L.L.D. ’79, retired Chairman of the Board and Director 307; and a “black box” theater provides flexible space for of the Parker-Hannifin Corp., made the principal contri- experimental productions. bution to build this facility. Lehigh’s Rauch Business Center was dedicated in 1990 as the state-of-the-art Athletic and Convocational Facilities home of the university’s College of Business and Murray H. Goodman Stadium (1988). Joanie and Economics. The $17.8-million facility has 115,000 Murray Goodman ’48, L.L.D. ’88, were the principal square feet of floor space on five stories and features a benefactors. On October 1, 1988, Lehigh opened the diverse array of classrooms, auditoria, and conference gates to Murray H. Goodman Stadium, located on the rooms, and is also home to the Career Services Office. Goodman Campus. Capacity is 16,000, and the stadi- Sayre Building (1869). Originally known as the Sayre um features a three-tiered press box, and limited chair Observatory, the dome that once housed the telescope back seating, with picturesque South Mountain in the can still be seen. The Graduate Student Council is head- background. quartered here. Grace Hall (1940). The building is named for its donor, Sherman Fairchild Center for the Physical Sciences Eugene G. Grace, Class of 1899, who was chairman of (1892, 1976, 1986). The center, completed with help Bethlehem Steel Corp. and president of the university’s from the Sherman Fairchild Foundation, houses class- board of trustees, 1924 to 1956. Grace Hall serves as the rooms and laboratories for undergraduate and graduate headquarters and offices for Lehigh intramural and club students in physics, faculty offices and a 260-seat audito- sports. The upper level houses the newly renovated rium. The complex includes the Lewis Laboratory, the Ulrich Student Center, including movie theatre, game- original five-story stone structure built in 1892, the room and mailboxes. The lower level houses the recently Sherman Fairchild Laboratory for Solid-State Studies renovated Leeman-Turner Arena. built in 1976, and the 1986 addition comprised of the Ulrich Sports Complex (1999). Lehigh chairman of the Oberkotter Auditorium and research laboratories. board of trustees, Ronald J. Ulrich ’66, funded the con- Sinclair Laboratory (1970). This facility houses the struction of the dual field complex for men’s and Center for Optical Technologies, and other research lab- women’s soccer, men’s and women’s lacrosse, and field oratories. It is named for Francis MacDonald Sinclair, hockey. The complex features both natural grass and arti- and was the gift of his widow, Jennie H. Sinclair. ficial turf fields, permanent seating, a press box and Whitaker Laboratory (1965). This five-story structure lighting for night contests. The complex was designed by with an adjoining two-level classroom-auditorium sec- a group of students enrolled in the University’s distinc- tion honors the memory of Martin Dewey Whitaker, tive ILE (Integrated Learning Experience) program, university president from 1946 to 1960. The building illustrating the strong partnership between athletics and serves the Department of Materials Science and academics at Lehigh. Engineering and Center for Advanced Materials and Lewis Tennis Facility (1994). An anonymous donor Nanotechnology. There are laboratories for high-pressure made possible the construction of four indoor tennis research and reaction kinetics, nuclear studies, analog courts for recreational use as well as team practice, and is computation, process control, optoelectronics, high-tem- named for former Lehigh President W. Deming Lewis. perature thermodynamics and kinetics, and fine The building also includes men’s and women’s locker structures and metallography. The Office of Government room facilities. Relations is also located in the building. 384 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

Philip Rauch Field House (1976). Philip Rauch, ’33, Drinker House (1940). This stone building honors the L.L.D. ’79 made a gift toward the facility. The building memory of Henry S. Drinker, Class of 1871, university has 62,000 square feet of uninterrupted floor space—the president from 1905 to 1920. equivalent of two football fields—for a variety of athletic McClintic-Marshall House (1957). This U-shaped stone activities. It has a six-lane, one-eighth-mile flat track. structure was built in memory of Howard H. McClintic Sayre Field (1961). Located atop South Mountain, the and Charles D. Marshall, both Class of 1888, who field is used for intramural sports. founded the McClintic-Marshall Construction Co. The Stabler Athletic & Convocation Center (1979). This firm was the world’s largest independent steel fabricating arena provides seating for 6,000 people for concerts, firm before its acquisition by Bethlehem Steel Corp. in spectator sports, including Lehigh’s basketball teams, and 1931. It built locks for the Panama Canal and construct- other events. University trustee Donald B. Stabler, ’30, ed the Golden Gate Bridge in San Francisco Bay. made a major financial contribution toward the facility. Richards House (1938). The building honors the mem- Taylor Gymnasium (1904 and 1913). This structure was ory of Charles Russ Richards, president of the university the gift of Charles L. Taylor, Class of 1876, who was a from 1922 to 1935. The building is constructed of stone friend and business associate of steel magnate Andrew in modified Gothic design. Carnegie. There are two indoor swimming pools, two Sayre Park Village (1998). This residential complex is basketball courts, the Welch Fitness Center, men’s and comprised of three apartment buildings and houses stu- women’s locker rooms, two racquetball and two squash dents in three- and four-person apartments. Included is a courts, a steam room, a multi-purpose dance/aerobics fourth multipurpose community building and outdoor room, a climbing wall and a Sports Medicine Complex. recreation facilities. The athletic department offices are also housed in the Taylor Residential College (1907, 1984). The U-shaped Warren (Pete) Musser wing. The Roger Penske Hall of building is one of the earliest concrete structures ever Fame area opened in the spring of ’96. built. It was the gift of industrialist Andrew Carnegie in Cundey Varsity House (1963 and 2002). The building, honor of his friend and associate, university trustee expanded and renovated in 2002, houses a modern Charles L. Taylor, Class of 1876. The interior of the weight training facility, sports medicine and equipment building was reconstructed and the exterior refinished areas, team meeting and reception areas, and locker prior to the facility becoming Lehigh’s first residential rooms for several varsity teams. The Varsity House is college in 1984. located on the Murray H. Goodman Campus adjacent Trembley Park (1975). This seven-building undergradu- to the John C. Whitehead Football Practice Facility. ate apartment complex is named in memory of Francis J. Central Heating/Refrigeration Plant Trembley, Lehigh professor and pioneer ecologist. Central Heating and Refrigeration (1969). This glass- Warren Square Complex. This cluster of six residence walled building houses three boilers that can be fired by halls is located on Warren Square and Summit Street. either oil or gas. Other equipment provides chilled water They are upperclass facilities and some are used as spe- for air conditioning. cial-interest houses. Chi Omega sorority is housed in Warren Sq. “E”. Technology Center 125 Goodman Drive (1972). Situated on the Murray H. Centennial I complex (1965) Goodman Campus in Saucon Valley, the building houses Congdon House. Located at the east end of the Centen- the Lehigh-based North East Tier Ben Franklin nial I complex. Dr. Wray H. Congdon served as dean of Advanced Technology Center, the Manufacturers students, dean of the graduate school, and special assis- Resource Center, and the University Relations office. tant to the president. Alpha Chi Omega sorority is housed here. Residential Facilities Emery House. It is named for Dr. Natt M. Emery, who Brodhead House (1979). This structure is the university’s was vice president and controller. Pi Beta Phi sorority is first high-rise residential facility. The six-story building housed in Emery. includes 4-person suites on the five upper floors, with a Leavitt House. The Rev. Dr. John McD. Leavitt was the dining facility and lobby on the entrance level. The build- second president, 1875 to 1879. ing is named in memory of Albert Brodhead, a member of the Class of 1888 who died in 1933, leaving 51 McConn House. C. Maxwell McConn was dean of the Bethlehem properties to his alma mater. university from 1923 to 1938. Campus Square (2002). In August of 2002, Lehigh Smiley House. Dr. E. Kenneth Smiley served as vice opened a 250-bed residential complex that includes the president from 1945 to 1964. Kappa Alpha Theta soror- campus bookstore and several retail stores. Air-condi- ity is housed in Smiley. tioned, two, three and four-bedroom apartments are Thornburg House. Dr. Charles G. Thornburg was pro- complete with full kitchen, private bathroom and fully fessor and head of the Department of Mathematics, furnished living room/dining room areas. Attached to 1895 to 1923. Residence and Greek Life staff offices will the complex is a parking garage for 350 cars for resi- be located here in the summer of 2004. dents’ convenience. Centennial II complex (1970) Dravo House (1948). This 5-story stone edifice is the university’s largest residential facility. It bears the name Beardslee House. Dr. Claude G. Beardslee was chaplain of two brothers, Ralph M. Dravo, Class of 1889, and from 1931 to 1947. Francis F. Dravo, Class of 1887, who founded the Dravo Carothers House. Dr. Neil Carothers was dean of business. Corp., a Pittsburgh-based international construction Palmer House. Dr. Philip M. Palmer was dean of the arts. company. Both men served as university trustees. An Overview from Past and Present 385

Stevens House. The Rt. Rev. William Bacon Stevens, of Fraternities and Sororities Philadelphia, was Protestant Episcopal bishop of the The university has a strong fraternity tradition, dating Diocese of Pennsylvania and first president of the univer- back to 1872. Since the admission of undergraduate sity board of trustees. He was the principal architect of women in 1971, several sororities have come into being. the university’s original academic plan. Some 600 men live in 22 fraternities. Stoughton House. Dr. Bradley Stoughton was dean of All of the fraternities have houses located on Asa Packer the engineering college, 1936 to 1939. campus. All are chapters of national fraternities. Williams House. Dr. Clement C. Williams was presi- An alphabetical listing follows. The date of the founding dent of the university, 1935 to 1944. of the chapter is given in the first column. The second Saucon Village Apartments (1974) column lists the date the chapter occupied its present The five-building garden apartment complex includes house; any additional date indicates the most recent housing for married, graduate, and undergraduate addition or major renovation. students. Alpha Chi Rho 1918 1968 Alpha Sigma Phi 1929 1961 Diamond. Dr. Herbert M. Diamond, professor emeritus Alpha Tau Omega 1966 of economics, retired in 1964. Beta Theta Pi 1891 1968 Gipson. Dr. Lawrence Henry Gipson, research professor Chi Phi 1872 1922 1968 of history, bequeathed his estate to the university to Chi Psi 1893 1916 1955 establish the Lawrence Henry Gipson Institute for Delta Phi 1884 1963 Eighteenth-Century Studies. Dr. Gipson wrote a monu- Delta Sigma Phi 1931 1971 mental 15-volume history, The British Empire before the Delta Tau Delta 1874 1985 1959 American Revolution. He won the Pulitzer Prize for vol- Delta Upsilon 1885 1968 ume 10, The Triumphant Empire: Thunderclouds Kappa Alpha 1894 1961 Gather in the West, 1763-1766. Kappa Sigma 1900 1973 Hartman. Dr. James R. Hartman was chairman of the Lambda Chi Alpha 1926 1973 department of mechanical engineering and mechanics. Phi Gamma Delta 1921 1968 Phi Kappa Theta 1966 More. Dr. Robert P. More, ’10, dean of the College of Phi Sigma Kappa 1901 1957 1970 Arts and Sciences, who also taught German for forty Psi Upsilon 1884 1909 1966 years, bequeathed to the university his $746,000 estate, Sigma Alpha Mu 1966 1966 amassed after investing $3,000 in IBM stock. The uni- Sigma Chi 1953 1953 versity child care center is located in this building. Sigma Phi Epsilon 1907 1963 Severs. Dr. J. Burke Severs, of Bethlehem, is distin- Theta Chi 1942 1964 guished professor emeritus of English. He is a Theta Xi 1904 1967 Chaucerian scholar. There are nine sororities. All are nationally affiliated. Three reside in the Centennial I Complex, one in Warren Square, and five, Alpha Gamma Delta, Alpha Omicron Pi, Alpha Phi, Delta Gamma and Gamma Phi Beta, reside in Sayre Park. Over 300 women live in sororities. The sororities are listed with year of establishment at Lehigh in the first column and year of moving into their present house in the second column. Alpha Chi Omega (Congdon) 1988 1997 Alpha Gamma Delta 1975 2000 Alpha Omicron Pi 1983 2004 Alpha Phi 1975 1996 Chi Omega 2000 2004 Delta Gamma 1982 1987 Gamma Phi Beta 1975 1998 Kappa Alpha Theta (Smiley) 1984 1986 Pi Beta Phi (Emery) 1997 1998 386 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

VII. Administration, Faculty and Staff

This section lists the people whose talents and abilities Carl E. Petrillo, B.S. ’62, president & CEO, Yonkers constitute the university’s most important resource. Contracting Co., Inc. Members of the board of trustees contribute their expert- Elizabeth M. Rich, B.A. ’90, M.S. ’92, Syracuse ise to establish the policies of the university. Also listed University, product development manager, Discovery are the administration, members of the faculty and staff, Communications and the members of the visiting committees who help to keep courses of instruction current and of maximum Dennis E. Singleton, III, B.S. ’66; M.B.A. ’68, Harvard value to the students and prospective employers. University; partner, Spieker Properties, Inc. Daniel E. Smith, Jr., B.S. ’71, M.B.A. ’76, Harvard University, president and CEO, Sycamore Networks, Board of Trustees Inc. When only the year of the degree is listed, the degree Tara I. Stacom, B.S. ’80, executive vice president, was awarded by Lehigh University. Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. Karen L. Stuckey, B.S. ’75, partner, Pricewaterhouse Officers of the Board As of December Coopers, LLP 31, 2003 James R. Tanenbaum, B.A. ’71; M.A. ’72, Fletcher James R. Tanenbaum, chair School of Diplomacy; J.D. ’75, Partner, Morrison & William F. Hecht, vice chair Foerster, LLP Denise M. Blew, corporate secretary and treasurer Gerald E. Tarzia, B.S ’82, M.B.A. ’86, University of Pennsylvania; Vice President & Worldwide Director, David L. Hammer, assistant secretary/assistant treasurer Rohm & Haas Co. Members of the Board Ralph Albert Thomas, B.S. ’76, M.B.A. ’77, executive Curtis H. Barnette, B.S. ’56, West Virginia University, director, New Jersey Society of CPA’s J.D.’62, Yale University, A.M.P. ’75, Harvard University, R. Charles Tschampion, III, B.S. ’67; M.B.A. ’68; LLD ’92 Honorary, chairman emeritus, Bethlehem Steel managing director, GM Investment Management Corp. Corporation Peter E. Bennett, B.S. ’63, M.B.A. ’67, Columbia Ronald J. Ulrich, B.S. ’67; M.B.A. ’71, New York University, President, Liberty Partners LP University, chairman & chief investment officer, Nancy M. Berman, B.A. ’67, Wellesley College; M.A. Equinox Capital Management, LLC ’77, Hebrew Union College; Honorary Doctor of H. A. Wagner, B.S. ’58 Stanford University; M.B.A. ’63 Humane Letters ’97; Museum Director Emerita, Skirball Harvard University, Honorary Doctor of Engineering Cultural Center ’98, Doctor of Humane Letters ’99, Moravian College, Robert L. Brown, III, B.S. ’78, partner, retired chairman, Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. Pricewaterhouse Coopers E. Belvin Williams, B.A. ’55, Denver University; M.A. James J. Duane, III, B.A. ’73; M.A. ’75, Manchester ’57, Professional Diploma-Clinical Psychologist ’62, University; J.D. ’78, Harvard University, attorney, Columbia University Teacher’s College; Ph.D. ’62, Taylor, Duane, Barton & Gilman, LLP Columbia University; M.S. ’70, Columbia University Graduate School of Business, executive director, Turrell Herbert E. Ehlers, B.A. ’62, M.S. ’64, managing direc- Fund tor, Goldman Sachs & Co. Susan C. Yee, B.S. ’82, CEO, Active Data Exchange, Oldrich Foucek, III, B.A. ’72; J.D. ’75, Case Western Inc. Reserve University, managing partner, Tallman, Hudders & Sorrentino Michael D. Zisman, B.S. ’70, M.S. ’73, University of Pennsylvania, Ph.D. ’77, University of Pennsylvania, vice John J. Franchini, B.A. ’97, J.D. ’00 (University of president, corporate strategy, IBM Corporation Virginia) attorney, Morgan, Lewis & Bockius Robert E. Zoellner, B.S. ’54, president, Alpine Allan R. Frank, B.S. ’76, M.B.A. ’78, M.S. ’79, presi- Associates. dent, Answerthink D. Brooks Zug, B.S. ’67, M.B.A. ’70, Harvard Ronald M. Freeman, B.A. ’60, Bachelor of Laws ’64, University, managing director, HarbourVest Partners, Columbia University, retired CEO, Lipper & Co., LLC International, Ltd. Michael Golden, B.A. ’71, M. Ed. ’74, M.A. ’77, Trustees Emeriti University of Missouri-Columbia, M.B.A. ’84, Emory Dexter F. Baker, B.S. ’50, M.B.A. ’57, Honorary University, vice chairman & senior vice president, The Doctor of Engineering ’91, Honorary Doctor of New York Times Company Humane Letters ’91, DeSales University, former chair- William F. Hecht, B.S. ’64, M.S. ’70, chairman, presi- man, Air Products & Chemicals, Inc. dent and CEO, PPL. William L. Clayton, B.S. ’51, Honorary Doctor of Jane P. Jamieson, B.A. ’75, M.S. ’76, Boston University, Laws ’87, senior vice president, Salomon Smith Barney executive vice president, Fidelity Investments Theodore L. Diamond, B.S. ’37, M.B.A. ’39 Harvard Paul N. Leitner, B.S. ’76, M.B.A. ’80, New York University, president, T. L. Diamond & Co., Inc. University, principal, The Leitner Thomas Group William B. Eagleson, Jr., B.S. ’49, M.B.A. ’51 Joseph R. Perella, B.S. ’64, M.B.A. ’72, Harvard University of Pennsylvania, Honorary Doctor of Laws University, chairman, Institutional Securities and ’83, retired chairman emeritus, Mellon Bank Investment Banking Group, Morgan Stanley Administration, Faculty and Staff 387

Murray H. Goodman, B.S. ’48, Honorary Doctor of Anne S. Meltzer, Ph.D., dean, College of Arts and Laws ’88, chairman, The Goodman Company Sciences 758-4570 William C. Hittinger, B.S. ’44, Honorary Doctor of Richard M. Durand, Ph.D., Herbert E. Ehlers dean, Engineering ’73, retired executive vice president, research College of Business and Economics; 758-6725 and engineering, RCA Corp. Sally A. White, Ph.D., dean, College of Education; 758- Ronald R. Hoffman, B.S. ’54, retired executive vice 3221 president-human resources, Aluminum Co. of America Mohamed S. El-Aasser, Ph.D., dean, P.C. Rossin C. Lester Hogan, B.S. ‘42 Montana State University, College of Engineering and Applied Science; 758-5308 M.S. ’47, Ph.D. ’50; Honorary Doctor of Engineering Eric J. Kaplan, Ed.M., dean of admissions and financial ‘71, retired consultant to the president, Fairchild Camera aid; 758-3101 and Instrument Corp. Bruce M. Taggart, Ph.D., vice provost for information Douglas C. Lane, B.S. ’67, M.B.A. ’68, University of resources; 758-3025 Michigan-Ann Arbor, president, Douglas C. Lane & Associates Steven J. Devlin, Ph.D., vice provost for institutional research; 758-5744 Eugene Mercy, Jr. B.S. ’59, Honorary Doctor of Laws ’98, Chairman, Granite Capital International Group David B. Williams, Ph.D., vice provost for research; 758-6120 Philip R. Peller, B.S. ’60, M.B.A. ’61 New York University; retired partner, Andersen World Wide John W. Smeaton, Ph.D., vice provost for student affairs; 758-3890 Stanley M. Richman, B.S. ’55, retired president, Lightning Service Electric Co. Denise M. Blew, B.S., CMA, CPA, associate vice presi- dent for finance and secretary to the board; 758-3179 Robert H. Riley, Jr., B.S. ’35, retired director, Black and Decker Mfg. Co. Jacqueline Matthews, M.S., associate vice president for human resources; 758-3900 S. Murray Rust, Jr., B.S.’34, Honorary Doctor of Humane Letters ’80, retired chairman of the board, Rust Anthony L. Corallo, M.A., associate vice president for Engineering Co. facilities services and campus planning; 758-3970 Edwin F. Scheetz, Jr., B.S. ’54, Chairman of the Board William D. Michalerya, M.B.A., M.Eng., associate vice & CEO, Guyasuta Investment Advisors, Inc. president for government relations; 758-5483 James B. Swenson, B.S. ’59, retired partner, Joseph D. Sterrett, Ed.D, executive director of athletics; Pricewaterhouse 758-4320 Edward G. Uhl, B.S. ’40, Honorary Doctorate of College Offices Science ’75; retired chairman, Fairchild Industries, Inc. College of Arts and Sciences Honorary Trustees Maginnes Hall Hans J. Baer, B.S. ’47, M.A. ’50, New York University; 9 West Packer Avenue; 758-3300 Honorary Doctor of Laws ’97, honorary chairman, Anne. S. Meltzer, Ph.D., dean Julius Baer Holding Linda Lowe-Krentz, Ph.D., associate dean, undergraduate Lee A. Iacocca, B.S. ’45, M.S., ’46 Princeton University; Hannah W. Stewart-Gambino, Ph.D., associate dean Doctor of Laws ’65, Babson College; LL.D., Eng.D. ’69, Ingrid H. Parson, Ed.D., associate dean, graduate and Iacocca & Associates research programs Warren V. Musser B.S. ’49; chairman emeritus, College of Business and Economics Safeguard Scientifics Rauch Business Center 621 Taylor Street; 758-3400 Richard M. Durand, Ph.D., Herbert E. Ehlers dean Principal Officers Joan DeSalvatore, M.A., associate dean and director, undergraduate program Educational information (degrees earned and colleges Kathleen A. Trexler, M.B.A., associate dean and director, and universities attended) may be found in the alphabet- MBA program ical listing that follows in this section. The highest degree earned is given here. All offices, unless otherwise College of Education noted, are located at Bethlehem, PA 18015; the area Iacocca Hall code, unless otherwise noted, is (610). 111 Research Drive; 758-3225 Principal Officers Sally A. White, Ph.D., dean Gregory C. Farrington, Ph.D., president; 758-3157 P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Roland K. Yoshida, Ph.D., provost and vice president Science for academic affairs; 758-3605 Packard Laboratory Mark H. Erickson, Ed.D., vice president for adminis- 19 Memorial Drive West; 758-4025 trative and government affairs; 758-3155 Mohamed S. El-Aasser, Ph.D., dean John P. Coulter, Ph.D., associate dean, graduate program Margaret F. Plympton, M.B.A., vice president for Richard N. Weisman, Ph.D., associate dean, undergrad- finance and administration; 758-3178 uate program Bonnie N. Devlin, B.A., vice president for advance- ment; 758-5199 Offices and Resources Bradley M. Drexler, B.A., vice president for university In this section, only the principal officers are listed. For relations; 758-4487 degree information, consult the alphabetical listing that follows. Frank A. Roth, J.D., general counsel; 758-3522 388 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

Academic Outreach Kathryn Humphreys, executive director Henry U. Odi, executive director of academic outreach Joseph J. McKenna, director of corporate relations and special projects Rochelle A. Makela-Goodman, director of foundation relations Admissions 27 Memorial Drive West; 758-3100 Counseling & Psychological Services Eric J. Kaplan, dean of admissions and financial aid 36 University Drive; 758-3880 Ian T. Birky, director Advancement 27 Memorial Drive West; 758-3120 Dean of Students Bonnie N. Devlin, vice president for advancement 29 Trembley Drive; 758-4156 Sharon K. Basso, dean of students Alumni Association 27 Memorial Drive West; 758-3135 Development (see Advancement) Christopher V. Marshall, executive director Distance Education (see Special Academic Art Galleries/Museum Operations Programs) 420 East Packer Avenue; 758-3615 Ricardo Viera, director/curator Environmental Health and Safety 616 Brodhead Avenue; 758-4251 Athletics Barbara A. Plohocki, director 641 Taylor Street; 758-4300 Joseph D. Sterrett, executive director of athletics Facilities Services and Planning 461 Webster Street; 758-3970 Ben Franklin Technology Center Anthony L. Corallo, associate vice president 125 Goodman Drive; 758-5200 R. Chad Paul, executive director Finance and Administration 27 Memorial Drive West; 758-3180 Bookstore Margaret F. Plympton, vice president 9 West Packer Avenue; 758-3375 Denise M. Blew, associate vice president for finance and Paula C. Coll, general manager secretary to the board Budget Office Financial Aid 428 Brodhead Avenue, 758-4204 218 W. Packer Avenue; 758-3181 Stephen J. Guttman, director of budget Linda F. Bell, director Bursar Fraternity Management Association 27 Memorial Drive West; 758-3160 219 Warren Square; 758-3888 Michael J. King, bursar Elizabeth M. Fisher, executive director Business Services General Counsel 516 Brodhead Avenue; 758-3840 27 Memorial Drive West; 758-3522 Barry L. Gaal, associate vice president Frank A. Roth. Esq., general counsel Career Services Government Affairs 621 Taylor Street; 758-3710 5 East Packer Avenue; 758-5802 Donna L. Goldfeder, director Mark H. Erickson, vice president for administrative and government affairs Center for Writing, Math and Study Skills William D. Michalerya, associate vice president 35 Sayre Drive; 758-3098 422 Brodhead Avenue; 758-4802 Edward E. Lotto, director Vito Gallo, assistant vice president for state relations Chaplaincy Services Graduate Student Life 36 University Drive; 758-3877 Karen H. Huang, director of graduate student life Rev. Dr. Lloyd H. Steffen, university chaplain, chairper- son and professor of religion studies Health Center 36 University Drive; 758-3870 Child Care Center Susan C. Kitei, M.D., director 5 Duh Drive; 758-5437 Kathy N. Calabrese, director Human Resources 428 Brodhead Avenue; 758-3900 Community and Regional Affairs Jacqueline Matthews, associate vice president 422 Brodhead Avenue; 758-5801 Institutional Purchasing Computing Center (see Information Resources) 516 Brodhead Avenue; 758-3840 Conference Services Patricia Reich, director 63 University Drive; 758-5306 Institutional Research Mary Kay Baker, manager 27 Memorial Drive West; 758-3708 Steven J. Devlin, vice provost for institutional research Controller’s Office Scott M. Knauss, director 524 Brodhead Avenue; 758-3140 Kathleen J. Miller, controller Internal Audit 526 Brodhead Avenue; 758-5012 Corporate and Foundation Relations Robert J. Eichenlaub, director 27 Memorial Drive West; 758-6845 Administration, Faculty and Staff 389

International Students and Scholars University Relations 5 E. Packer Avenue; 758-4859 125 Goodman Drive; 758-4487 William D. Hunter, director of international education Bradley M. Drexler, vice president and global union Vice Provost for Research Library and Technology Services 27 Memorial Drive West; 758-6120 8A East Packer Avenue; 758-3025 David B. Williams, vice provost Bruce M. Taggart, vice provost Women’s Center Mailing and Printing Services Kristen R. Handler, director of women’s center 118 ATLSS Drive; 758-5402 (Mailing); 758-5408 (Printing) Zoellner Arts Center Glenn H. Strause, director 420 East Packer Avenue; 758-5323 Elizabeth Scofield, executive director Manufacturers Resource Center 125 Goodman Drive; 758-5599 Edith D. Ritter, executive director Faculty and Emeriti Parking Services The first date after the name is the date of appointment 36 University Drive; 758-3893 to continuous service on the Lehigh University faculty or F. Scott Moser, manager staff; the second date, when the first fails to do so, indi- cates the date of appointment to the present professional Personnel (see Human Resources) rank. Where the name of the institution awarding a high-level degree is not given, the institution is the same Police (see University Police) one that awarded the previous degree listed. President’s Office P.E. indicates certification as a professional engineer; 27 Memorial Drive West; 758-3157 C.P.A. indicates certified public accountant. A.P.R. indi- Gregory C. Farrington, president cates accreditation by Public Relations Society of America. A.T.C. means certified athletic trainer. Provost’s Office A 27 Memorial Drive West; 758-3605 Roland K. Yoshida, provost and vice president for aca- John H. Abel, Jr. (1985, 2003), professor emeritus of demic affairs biological sciences. B.A., Wooster, 1959; M.A., Brown, 1964; Ph.D., 1966. Registrar John W. Adams (1965, 1995), professor emeritus of 27 Memorial Drive West; 758-3200 industrial engineering. B.S., Nebraska, 1952; Ph.D., Bruce S. Correll, registrar North Carolina, 1962; CQE. Research and Sponsored Programs Eugene O. Albulescu (1997, 2002), professor of prac- 526 Brodhead Avenue; 758-3021 tice, music. P.D., Conservatorium of Music (Wellington, Thomas J. Meischeid, director NZ), 1988; A.D., Indiana, 1992;, M.M., 1994; B.D., Rongotai (Wellington, NZ), 1997. Residential Services Jack A. Alhadeff (1982), professor and head of bio- 63 University Drive; 758-3500 chemical sciences. B.A., Chicago, 1965; Ph.D., Oregon David M. Joseph, director Medical School, 1972. Risk Management Eugene M. Allen (1967, 1982), professor emeritus of 616 Brodhead Ave.; 758-3899 chemistry, B.A., Columbia, 1938; M.S., Stevens Inst. of Richard Freeman, director Tech., 1944; Ph.D., Rutgers, 1952. Special Academic Programs (Distance Education Carlos J. Alvare (1984), professor emeritus of art and architecture. B. Arch., Yale, 1947; M.C.P., Pennsylvania, and Summer Studies) 1954; M. Arch., Yale, 1973. 36 University Drive; 758-3966 (Summer); 758-4373 (Distance) David Curtis Amidon, Jr. (1965, 1995), associate pro- James A. Brown, director fessor, urban studies. B.A., Juniata, 1957; M.A., Pennsylvania State, 1959. Sports Communications David J. Anastasio (1986, 1993), associate professor of 641 Taylor Street; 758-3174 earth and environmental sciences. B.A., Franklin and Jeff Tourial, director Marshall, 1980; M.A., Johns Hopkins, 1984; Ph.D., Student Affairs 1988. 29 Trembley Drive; 758-3890 Anne-Marie Anderson (2003), assistant professor of John W. Smeaton, vice provost finance. B.S.; U.S. military academy, 1987; M.B.A., Tulso, 1998; Ph.D., Arizona, 2003. Summer Studies (see Special Academic Programs) Rosemarie Arbur (1972, 2000), professor emeritus of English. B.A., Nazareth, 1966; M.A., Illinois, 1967; Transportation Services Ph.D., 1972. 126 Goodman Drive; 758-4410 Christopher J. Christian, director Marie-Sophie Armstrong (1986, 1992), associate pro- fessor of modern languages and literature. B.A., Institut Treasurer (see Finance and Administration) Superieur d’Interpretariat et de Traduction (France), 1979; B.A., Sorbonne (France), 1979; M.A., Oregon, University Police 1982; Ph.D., 1986. 36 University Drive; 758-4200 Mark G. Arnold (2002), assistant professor of computer Edward K. Shupp, chief science and engineering. B.S., Wyoming, 1978; M.S., 1982. 390 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

J. Richard Aronson (1965, 1972), William L. Clayton Raymond Bell (1966, 2004), university service professor professor of business and economics and director of emeritus of education and social relations. Teaching Martindale Center for the Study of Private Enterprise. B.A., Cert., St. John’s (England), 1961; M.A., Temple, 1967; Clark, 1959; M.A., Stanford, 1961; Ph.D., Clark, 1964. Ed.D., Lehigh, 1971. Lloyd W. Ashby (1966, 1971), professor emeritus of Russell E. Benner (1962), professor emeritus of education and human services. A.B., Hastings mechanical engineering and mechanics. B.S., Cornell, (Nebraska), 1927; M.A., Columbia Teachers, 1935; 1947; M.S., Lehigh, 1951; Ph.D., 1959. P.E., Ed.D., 1950. Pennsylvania, 1970. Betzalel Avitzur (1964, 1995), professor emeritus of Rosemary T. Berger (2002), assistant professor of indus- materials science and engineering. B.S., Israel Inst. of trial and systems engineering. B.S., William and Mary, Tech., 1947; Dip., 1949; M.S., Michigan, 1956; Ph.D., 1992; M.S., Northwestern, 1993; Ph.D., 1997. 1961. Ivan Biaggo (2002), associate professor of physics. M.S., B Swiss Federal Institute of Technology, 1986; Ph.D. 1993. Mark H. Bickhard (1990), Henry R. Luce professor in D. Raymond Bainbridge (1972, 2001), professor emer- cognitive robotics and the philosophy of knowledge; itus of accounting. B.S., Rider, 1963; M.S., Lehigh, cognitive science, psychology and philosophy. B.S., 1972; Ph.D., 1978; C.P.A., Pennsylvania, 1971. Chicago, 1966; M.S., 1970; Ph.D., 1973. Henry S. Baird (2004), professor of computer science Jerry T. Bidlack (1973, 1995), professor emeritus of and engineering. B.A., Harvard, 1966; M.S., Rutgers, music. B.A., Oberlin, 1953; M.A., Boston, 1957. 1976; Ph.D., Princeton, 1984. Mary Jean Bishop (2001), assistant professor of educa- Nicholas W. Balabkins (1957, 1994), professor emeri- tion and human services. B.A., Lebanon Valley, 1984; tus of economics. Dipl.rer.pol., Gottingen (Germany), M.A., Millersville, 1987; Ed.D., Lehigh, 2000.. 1949; M.A., Rutgers, 1953; Ph.D., 1956. Glenn D. Blank (1984, 1990), associate professor of Linda M. Bambara (1988, 2002), professor of educa- computer science and engineering. B.A., Pennsylvania tion and human services. B.S., SUNY at Oneonta, 1975; State, 1974; M.A., Michigan, 1975; M.S., Wisconsin at M.S.Ed., SUNY at Binghamton, 1977; Ed.D., Madison, 1983; Ph.D., 1984. Vanderbilt, 1985. Rick S. Blum (1991, 2002), professor of electrical and Thoburn V. Barker (1953, 1984), professor emeritus of computer engineering. B.S., Pennsylvania State, 1984; speech. B.A., Speech, Ohio Wesleyan, 1943; M.A., M.S., Pennsylvania, 1987; Ph.D., 1991. Columbia, 1951. Philip A. Blythe (1968, 1970), professor of mechanical Henri J. Barkey (1987, 1999), professor of international engineering and mechanics. B.Sc., Manchester relations. B.Sc., City Univ. (London), 1975; M.Sc., (England), 1958; Ph.D., 1961. Univ. College (London), 1976; Ph.D., Pennsylvania, 1984. Alec M. Bodzin (1999), assistant professor of education and human services. B.S., Michigan, 1988; M.Ed., Robert F. Barnes, Jr. (1965, 1995), professor emeritus George Washington, 1992; Ph.D., North Carolina State, of philosophy; professor emeritus of computer science. 1999. B.S., MIT, 1957; M.A., Dartmouth, 1959; Ph.D., California at Berkeley, 1965. Teresa V. Bohlsen (1999), lecturer in spanish, modern languages and literature. B.A., Inst Tech Estudio Susan E. Barrett (1987, 1994), associate professor of Superiores, 1964; M.A., University of San Diego, 1984. psychology. B.A., Clark, 1981; ScM., Brown, 1983; Ph.D., 1987. John W. Bonge (1972, 2002), professor emeritus of management. B.S., Princeton, 1957; M.B.A., Donald D. Barry (1963, 2000), university professor Northwestern, 1959; Ph.D., 1968. emeritus of political science. B.A., Ohio, 1956; M.A., Syracuse, 1959; Ph.D. 1963. Berrisford W. Boothe (1989, 1996), associate professor of art and architecture. B.A., Lafayette, 1983; M.F.A., Richard W. Barsness (1978, 2004), dean emeritus, col- Maryland Institute, 1986. lege of business and economics and university service professor emeritus of management. B.S., Minnesota, Garold J. Borse (1966, 1977), professor of physics. 1957; M.A., 1958; M.A., 1960; Ph.D., 1963. B.S., Detroit, 1962; M.S., Virginia, 1964; Ph.D., 1966. Michael G. Baylor (1976, 1990), professor of history. Jennifer M. Brill (2002), assistant professor of educa- B.A., Knox, 1964; M.A., Stanford, 1966; Ph.D., 1971. tion and human services. B.S., Boston, 1986; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State, 1995. Barry S. Bean (1973, 1998), professor of biological sci- ences. B.S., Tufts, 1964; Ph.D., Rockefeller, 1970. Arthur L. Brody (1957, 1989), professor emeritus of psychology. B.A., George Washington, 1951; Ph.D., Gordon C.F. Bearn (1986, 2002), professor of philoso- Indiana, 1956. phy. B.A., Williams, 1977; B.A., Oxford, 1979; Ph.D., Yale, 1985. Addison C. Bross (1967, 1994), professor of english. B.A., Davidson, 1959; M.A., Duke, 1960; Ph.D., Gray E. Bebout (1991, 2003), professor of earth and Louisiana State, 1967. environmental sciences. B.S., Texas, 1981; M.A., 1984; Ph.D., UCLA, 1989. Derick G. Brown (2001), assistant professor of civil and environmental engineering. B.S., Boston, 1986; M.S., Michael J. Behe (1985, 1997), professor of biological California, 1994; M.A., Princeton, 1996; Ph.D., 2000. sciences. B.S., Drexel, 1974; Ph.D., Pennsylvania, 1978. Forbes T. Brown (1970, 2004), professor emeritus of Carl R. Beidleman (1967, 1995), DuBois professor mechanical engineering and mechanics. B.S., M.I.T., emeritus of finance. B.S., Lafayette, 1954; M.B.A., 1958; M.S., 1958; Mech.E., 1959; Sc.D., 1962. Drexel, 1961; Ph.D., Pennsylvania, 1968. Josef M. Brozek (1959, 1979), research professor emeri- Peter G. Beidler (1967, 1977), Lucy G. Moses distin- tus of psychology. Ph.D., Charles (Prague), 1937. guished professor of English. B.A., Earlham, 1962; M.A., Lehigh, 1965; Ph.D., 1968. Administration, Faculty and Staff 391

Stephen G. Buell (1973, 1995), professor of finance. Ravi Chitturi (2003), assistant professor of marketing. B.S., Lehigh, 1970; M.A., 1971; Ph.D., 1977. B.E., Regional Engineering College at Trichy (India), Sidney R. Butler (1969, 1991), professor emeritus of 1982; M.S., Illinios Institute of Technology, Chicago, materials science and engineering. B.S., Maine, 1954; 1984; M.B.A., Texas, 1996; Ph.D., 2003. M.S., Pennsylvania State, 1956; Ph.D., 1960. Paul Chou (1993, 2000), associate professor of music. Maria Bykovskaia (2002), assistant professor of biologi- B.Mus., Indiana, 1983; M.M., SUNY at Stony Brook, cal sciences. M.S., Leningrad (Russia), 1987; Ph.D., 1985. Russian Academy of Sciences (Russia), 1992. Shin-Yi Chou (2003), assistant professor of economics. B.A., national Taiwan University, 1994; Ph.D., Duke, C 1999. Huai-Dong Cao (2003), professor of mathematics. Ye T. Chou (1968, 1995), New Century Fund professor B.A., Tsinghua (Beijing), 1981; M.A., Princeton, 1983; emeritus of materials science and engineering. B.S., Ph.D., 1986. Chung King, 1945; M.S., Carnegie-Mellon, 1954; Hugo S. Caram (1977, 1986), professor of chemical Ph.D., 1957. engineering. B.S., Buenos Aires (Argentina), 1967; Mooi Choo Chuah (2004) associate professor of com- Ph.D., Minnesota, 1977. puter science and engineering. B.E., Malaya, 1984; M.S., G. Slade Cargill III (1997), chairperson and Sherman California, 1988; Ph.D., 1991. Fairchild professor of materials science and engineering. Curtis W. Clump (1955, 1988), professor emeritus of B.S., Georgia Institute of Technology, 1966; S.M., chemical engineering. B.S., Bucknell, 1947; M.S., 1949; Harvard, 1966; Ph.D., 1969. Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon, 1954. Kimberley Carrell-Smith (2002), professor of practice Christine L. Cole (1988, 2001), professor of school psy- of history. B.A., Wesleyan, 1979; M.A., Delaware, 1981; chology. B.A., St. Olaf, 1975; M.S., Wisconsin-Madison, Ph.D., 1989. 1977; Ph.D., 1982. Bobb Carson (1971, 2003), dean emeritus and profes- Karen M. Collins (1990, 1994), associate professor of sor emeritus of earth and environmental sciences. B.A., accounting. B.S., Salisbury State, 1976; MBA, 1984; Carleton, 1965; M.S., Washington, 1967; Ph.D., 1971. Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic, 1988. Franklin J. Carter (2004), assistant professor of man- Frank T. Colon (1965, 1980), professor of political sci- agement and marketing. B.S., Carnegie Mellon, 1978; ence. B.A., Geneva, 1954; M.A., Pittsburgh, 1960; M.B.A., Wharton, 1982; M.S., Carnegie Mellon, 1994; Ph.D., 1962. Ph.D., 1997. Helen L. Columba (1989, 1995), associate professor of Lynne U. Cassimeris (1992, 1996), associate professor education and human services. B.A., Morehead State; of biological sciences. B.S., Springfield, 1980; Ph.D., M.Ed., Louisville, 1977; Ed.D., 1989. North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 1988. Constance A. Cook (1989, 1996), associate professor of Alfred J. Castaldi (1966, 1987), professor emeritus of modern languages and literature. B.A., University of education and human services. B.S., Pennsylvania, 1951; Washington, 1976; M.A., 1980; Ph.D., U.C., Berkeley, M.S., 1956; Ed.D., 1964. 1990. Ward M. Cates (1991, 2001), professor of education Gail A. Cooper (1987, 1996), associate professor of his- and human services. B.A., Duke, 1971; Ed.D., 1979. tory. B.A., California at Santa Barbara, 1975; M.A., Marie-Helene Chabut (1988, 2000), professor of mod- 1980; Ph.D., 1987. ern languages and literature. Licene de Lettres Modernes, John P. Coulter (1990, 2001), associate dean of gradu- Universite de Toulouse; 1977; Maitrise de Lettres ate studies and research for the P.C. Rossin college of Modernes, 1979; C. Phil., California at San Diego, engineering and applied science and professor of 1982; Ph.D., 1984. mechanical engineering and mechanics. B.S., Delaware, Helen M. Chan (1986, 1995), professor of materials sci- 1983; M.S., 1985; Ph.D., 1988. ence and engineering. B.S., Imperial College of Science Kate Crassons (2004), assistant professor of English. Tech., 1979; Ph.D., 1982. B.A., Louisiana, 1996; M.A., Colorado, 1998; Ph.D., Marvin Charles (1970, 1981), professor of chemical Duke, 2004. engineering. B.S., Brooklyn Polytechnic, 1964; M.S., David L. Cundall (1975, 1992), professor of biological 1967; Ph.D., 1970. sciences. B.S., McGill, 1967; M.S., Arkansas, 1970; Manoj K. Chaudhury (1994, 2001), professor of chem- Ph.D., 1974. ical engineering and director of polymer interfaces Cassius W. Curtis (1946, 1971), professor emeritus of center. B.S., Calcutta, 1976; M.S., SUNY at Buffalo, physics. A.B., Williams, 1928; Ph.D., Princeton, 1936. 1980; Ph.D., 1984. Stephen H. Cutcliffe (1976, 2002), professor of science, John C. Chen (1970), Carl R. Anderson professor of technology, and society and history; and director of STS chemical engineering. B.S., Cooper Union, 1956; M.S., program. A.B., Bates, 1968; M.A., Lehigh, 1973; Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon, 1959; Ph.D., Michigan, 1961. 1976. Liang Cheng (2002), assistant professor of computer Robert B. Cutler (1954, 1979), professor emeritus of science and engineering. B.S.E.E., Huazhong (China), music. A.B., Bucknell, 1934; M.A., Columbia, 1935. 1994; M.S.E.E., Tsinghua (China), 1997; Ph.D., Rutgers, 2002. D Meng-Sang Chew (1992, 1995), associate professor of J. Hartley Daniels (1967, 1991), professor emeritus of mechanical engineering and mechanics. B.S., Columbia, civil engineering. B.S., Alberta (Canada), 1955; M.S., 1977; M.S., 1977; M.Ph., 1979; Ph.D., 1980; P.E. Illinois, 1959; Ph.D., Lehigh, 1967. P.E., Alberta Virginia, 1992. (Canada), 1955; P.E., Pennsylvania, 1975. Gautam Chinta (2004), assistant professor of mathe- Donald M. Davis (1974, 1984), professor of mathemat- matics. B.S., Yale, 1995; Ph.D., Columbia, 2000. ics. B.S., M.I.T., 1967; Ph.D., Stanford, 1972. 392 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

Frank L. Davis (1987, 1993), associate professor of Richard M. Durand (1999), Herbert E. Ehlers dean of political science. B.A., Nevada, 1973; M.A., North the college of business and economics and professor of Carolina, 1980; Ph.D., 1987. management and marketing. B.A., Florida, 1968; Brian D. Davison (2001), assistant professor of com- M.B.A., 1970; Ph.D., 1975. puter science and engineering. B.S., Bucknell, 1991; E M.S. Rutgers, 1995: Ph.D., 2001. Edna S. de Angeli (1963, 1982), professor emerita of Alwyn Eades (1997), professor of materials science and classics, B.S., Temple, 1938; M.A., Pennsylvania, 1960; engineering. B.A., Trinity, Cambridge (United Kingdom), Ph.D., 1965. 1962; Ph.D., Cambridge (United Kingdom), 1967. James A. Dearden (1989, 2000), professor of economics. Nikolai Eberhardt (1962, 1995), professor emeritus of A.B., Muhlenberg, 1982; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State, 1987. electrical engineering. M.S., Munich (Germany), 1957; Ph.D., 1962. Jack A. DeBellis (1964, 2002), professor emeritus of English. B.A., Florida, 1957; M.A., California-Los Alice L. Eckardt (1972, 1987), professor emerita of reli- Angeles, 1959; Ph.D., 1964. gion studies. B.A., Oberlin, 1944; M.A., Lehigh, 1966. D. Richard Decker (1982, 1984), professor of electrical Dominic G.B. Edelen (1969, 1993), professor emeritus and computer engineering. B.S., North Carolina State, of mathematics. B.E.S., Johns Hopkins, 1954; M.S.E., 1961; M.S., 1963; Ph.D., Lehigh, 1970. 1956; Ph.D., 1956. Mary E. Deily (1991, 1995), associate professor of eco- Lana L. Edwards (2000), assistant professor of educa- nomics. B.A., Maryland, 1979; M.A., Harvard, 1983; tion and human services, B.A., Wittenberg, 1993, EdM, Ph.D., 1985. Boston, 1997, Ph.D., Oregon, 2000. Gary G. DeLeo (1979, 1996), professor of physics. B.S., Bennett Eisenberg (1972, 1984), professor of mathe- SUNY at Fredonia, 1974; M.S., Connecticut, 1976; matics. A.B., Dartmouth, 1964; Ph.D., M.I.T., 1968. Ph.D., 1979. Mohamed S. El-Aasser (1972, 2001), dean of P. C. Terry J. Delph (1979, 1989), professor of mechanical Rossin college of engineering and applied science and engineering and mechanics. B.S., Georgia Inst. of Tech., professor of chemical engineering; B.S., Alexandria 1967; M.S., Calif. Inst. of Tech., 1968; Ae.E., 1969; (Egypt), 1962; M.S., 1966; Ph.D., McGill, 1972. Ph.D., Stanford, 1976. G. Mark Ellis (1967, 1989), associate dean, emeritus, col- Volkmar Dierolf (2000), associate professor, physics. lege of arts and science and professor emeritus of history. M.A., University of Stuttgart, 1987; Ph.D., University of B.A., Yale, 1943; M.A., Harvard, 1949; Ph.D., 1952. Utah, 1992. John H. Ellis (1971, 1994), professor emeritus of histo- David Diggs (1999), lecturer in music. B.Mus., ry. B.S., Memphis State, 1955; M.A., 1958; Ph.D., Oklahoma City, 1969; M. Mus., SUNY, 1974. Tulane, 1962. Robin S. Dillon (1987, 1993), director of women’s Raymond J. Emrich (1946, 1987), professor emeritus of studies program and associate professor of philosophy. physics. B.S., Princeton, 1938; M.S., 1946; Ph.D., 1946. B.A., Pittsburgh, 1978; M.A., 1981; Ph.D., 1987. Fazil Erdogan (1957, 2001), G. Whitney Snyder profes- Yujie Ding (2002), associate professor of electrical and sor emeritus of mechanical engineering and mechanics. computer engineering,. B.S.E.E., Jilin University M.S. Istanbul Tec. (Turkey), 1948; Ph.D., Lehigh, 1955. (China), 1984; M.S.E.E., Purdue, 1987; Ph.D., Johns Edward B. Evenson (1973, 1985), professor of earth Hopkins, 1990. and environmental sciences. B.S., Wisconsin, 1965; George A. Dinsmore (1955, 1987), professor emeritus of M.S., 1970; Ph.D., Michigan, 1972. civil engineering. B.E., Yale, 1946; M.S., Colorado, 1955. F Kathryn A. DiPietro (2002), assistant professor of edu- Dale F. Falcinelli (1978, 2002), professor of practice of cation and human services. B.A., North Florida, 1989; management and marketing. B.S., Lehigh, 1970; M.S., M.E., 1994. 1972. Vladimir Dobric (1987, 2000), professor of mathematics. Matthias M. Falk (2003), assistant professor of biologi- B.S., Zagreb (Croatia), 1974; M.S., 1980; Ph.D., 1985. cal sciences. B.A., Giessen (Germany), 1984; M.A., Bruce A. Dodson (1978, 1986), associate professor of 1987; Ph.D., Hiedelberg (Germany), 1992. mathematics. B.S., Oregon, 1972; M.A., SUNY at Stony Hsai Yang Fang (1966, 1996), professor emeritus of Brook, 1975; Ph.D., 1976. civil engineering. B.S. Hangchow, 1947; M.S., Purdue, Alexander M. Doty (1986, 2000), professor of english. 1957; Ph.D., West Virginia, 1966. B.A., Texas-El Paso, 1976; M.A., Illinois-Urbana, 1978; Gregory C. Farrington (1998), president, professor of Ph.D., 1984. materials science and engineering, and professor of Joseph A. Dowling (1958, 1994), distinguished profes- chemical engineering. B.S., Clarkson, 1968; A.M., sor emeritus of history. B.A., Lincoln Memorial, 1948; Harvard, 1970; Ph.D., 1972. M.A., New York, 1951; Ph.D., 1958. Douglas D. Feaver (1956, 1985), professor emeritus of George J. Du Paul (1992, 1998), professor of education classics. B.A., Toronto, 1948; M.A., Johns Hopkins, and human services. B.A., Wesleyan, 1979; M.S., Rhode 1949; Ph.D., 1951. Island, 1983; Ph.D., 1985. Jan S. Fergus (1976, 1988), professor of English. B.A., Ian P.H. Duffy (1975, 1989), professor of history. B.A., Stanford, 1964; Ph.D., CUNY., 1975. Oxford (England), 1965; M.A., 1966; Ph.D., 1974. Gregory S. Ferguson (1990, 1996), associate professor John N. DuPont (1991, 2002), associate professor of of chemistry. B.S., William and Mary, 1982; M.S., materials science and engineering. B.S., Ohio, 1990; Cornell , 1984; Ph.D., 1987. Ph.D., Lehigh, 1974. Debra Field (2002), lecturer of music. B.A., Central Missouri State, 1976; B.A., Houston, 1979. Administration, Faculty and Staff 393

Elizabeth N. Fifer (1973, 1989), professor of English. Michael J. Gill (1998), assistant professor of psychology. B.A., Michigan, 1965; M.A., 1966; Ph.D., 1969. B.A./B.S., North Carolina at Charlotte, 1993; Ph.D., John W. Fisher (1961, 2002), Joseph T. Stuart Professor Texas at Austin, 1998. emeritus of civil engineering . B.S., Washington, 1956; Norman J. Girardot (1980, 1987), professor of religion M.S., Lehigh, 1958; Ph.D., 1964. P.E., Illinois, 1960. studies. B.S., Holy Cross, 1965; M.A., Chicago, 1968; Robert A. Flowers II (2004), chairperson and professor Ph.D., 1974. of chemistry. B.S., East Stroudsburg, 1986; Ph.D., Steven L. Goldman (1977), Andrew W. Mellon distin- Lehigh, 1991. guished professor in the humanities. B.S., Brooklyn Robert T. Folk (1961, 1966), professor of physics. B.S., Polytechnic, 1962; M.A., Boston, 1966; Ph.D., 1971. Lehigh, 1953; B.S., 1954; M.S., 1955; Ph.D., 1958. Laura M. Gonnerman (2002), assistant professor of Joseph J. Forster (1995), assistant professor of military sci- psychology. B.A., Boston, 1988; M.A., Middlebury, ence. B.S., SUL Ross State, 1983; Captain, U.S. Army. 1989; M.A., 1991; M.A., Southern California, 1994; Ph.D., 1999. Amy Forsyth (2001), associate professor of art and architecture. B. Arch., Pennsylvania State, 1986; M. Paul N. Gordon (2003), professor of practice of Arch, Princeton, 1990. accounting. B.S., DePaul, 1996; M.B.A., Wisconsin- Madison, 1967. Natalie Foster (1981, 1989), associate professor of chemistry. B.S., Muhlenberg, 1971; M.S., Lehigh, 1973; Scott Paul Gordon (1995, 2001), associate professor of D.A., 1977; Ph.D., 1982. english and co-director of Lawrence Henry Gipson Institute for Eighteenth-Century Studies. A.B., Harvard, W. Beall Fowler, Jr. (1966, 2001), professor emeritus of 1989; M.A., 1989; Ph.D., 1993. physics. B.S., Lehigh, 1959; Ph.D., Rochester, 1963. Carole M. Gorney (1982, 1996), professor of journal- Drew Francis (1995, 2001), associate professor of theatre. ism and communication and director of center for crisis B.A., SUNY at Brockport, 1980; M.F.A., Brandeis, 1983. public relations and litigation studies. B.A., Neville Francis (2001) assistant professor of economics. Albuquerque, 1965; M.S.J., Northwestern, 1966. APR; M.A., West Indies, 1996; B.S., 1993; Ph.D., California, Fellow PRSA.\ 2001. Heidi Grant (2004), assistant professor of psychology. Barbara B. Frankel (1973, 1994), professor emerita of B.A., Pennsylvania, 1995; M.A., Columbia, 1997; sociology and anthropology. Ph.B., Chicago, 1947; B.A., Ph.D., 2001. Goddard, 1966; M.A., Temple, 1970; Ph.D., Princeton, James A. Greenleaf (1970, 1979), associate professor of 1973. finance and law and director, institute for the study of Douglas R. Frey (1977, 1998), professor of electrical commodities. B.S., Pennsylvania State, 1964; M.S., and computer engineering. B.S., Lehigh, 1973; M.S., Lehigh, 1966; Ph.D., New York, 1974. 1974; Ph.D., 1977. Joachim L. Grenestedt (2000), associate professor of Sharon M. Friedman (1974, 1986), professor of jour- mechanical engineering and mechanics. M.S., KTH in nalism and communication. B.A., Temple, 1964; M.A., Stockholm, Sweden, 1987; Ph.D., 1992; Docent, 1996. Pennsylvania State, 1974. Mikell P. Groover (1964, 1978), professor of industrial Bruce D. Fritchman (1969, 1981), professor of electri- and systems engineering, director of manufacturing tech- cal and computer engineering. B.S., Lehigh, 1960; B.S., nology laboratory. B.A., Lehigh, 1961; B.S., 1962; M.S., 1961; M.S., 1963; Ph.D., 1967. 1966; Ph.D., 1969; P.E. (PA), 1972. G Charles W. Guditus (1965, 1987), professor emeritus of education and human services. B.S., Pennsylvania State, Matthew W. Gaffney (1971, 1979), professor emeritus 1950; M.A., Bucknell, 1952; Ed.D., Lehigh, 1965. of education and human services. A.B., Hobart, 1935; M.A., Rochester, 1941; Ed.D., Buffalo, 1953. Samuel L. Gulden (1953, 1977), professor of computer science and engineering and mathematics. B.S., CCNY, Edward J. Gallagher (1969, 1984), professor of english. 1949; M.A., Princeton, 1950. B.S., St. Joseph’s, 1964; Ph.D., Notre Dame, 1970. Frank R. Gunter (1984, 1991), associate professor of Lucy C. Gans (1981, 1999), professor of art and design. economics. B.A., Pennsylvania State, 1977; M.A., Johns B.F.A., Lake Erie, 1971; M.F.A., Pratt, 1974. Hopkins, 1980; Ph.D., 1985. Gerald Garb (1967, 1989), professor emeritus of eco- James D. Gunton (1988), professor of physics. B.A., nomics. B.S., Pennsylvania, 1948; M.A., Linfield, 1958; B.A., Oxford, 1961; Ph.D., Stanford, California-Berkeley, 1951; Ph.D., 1957. 1967. Keith M. Gardiner (1987, 1989), director of center for Parveen P. Gupta (1987, 1994), associate professor of manufacturing systems engineering, and professor of accounting. B.Com., Delhi (India), 1976; L.L.B., 1980; industrial and systems engineering. B.S., Manchester M.B.A., Connecticut, 1983; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State, (England), 1953; Ph.D., 1957; P.E., California, 1978. 1987. John B. Gatewood (1978, 1991), professor of sociology and anthropology. B.A., Illinois, 1971; M.A., 1974; H Ph.D., 1978. Theodore Hailperin (1946, 1980), professor emeritus Samir N. Ghadiali (2003), assistant professor of of mathematics. B.S., Michigan, 1939; Ph.D., Cornell, mechanical engineering and mechanics. B.S., Cornell, 1943. 1994; M.S.E., Tulane, 1998; Ph.D., 2000. James A. Hall (1979, 1985), associate professor of B. Kumar Ghosh (1961, 1968), professor of mathemat- accounting. B.A., Tulsa, 1974; M.A., 1975; Ph.D., ics. B.S., Calcutta (India), 1955; Ph.D., London, 1959. Oklahoma State, 1979. Robert C. Giambatista (2004), assistant professor of William R. Haller (2001), professor of practice, electri- management and marketing. B.S., Pennsylvania State, cal and computer engineering. B.S., Lehigh, 1973; M.S., 1985; M.S., 1987; Ph.D., Wisconsin-Madison, 1999. 1975. 394 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

James E. Hansz (1974, 2001), professor emeritus of Erica Hoelscher (1996, 2001), associate professor of marketing. B.A., Albion, 1964; M.A., Michigan State, theatre. B.A., Simpson, 1989; M.F.A., Northwestern, 1965; Ph.D., Cincinnati, 1971. 1992. Bruce R. Hargreaves (1977, 1983), associate professor Christine Hofmeister (2000), assistant professor of of earth and environmental sciences. B.A., Pomona, computer science and engineering. A.B., Bryn Mawr, 1970; Ph.D., California-Berkeley, 1977. 1981; M.S., Lehigh, 1987; Ph.D., Maryland, 1993. D. Gary Harlow (1982, 1992), professor of mechanical Carl S. Holzinger (1964, 1979), professor of electrical engineering and mechanics. B.A., Western Kentucky, and computer engineering. B.S., Lehigh, 1956; M.S., 1973; M.S., Cornell, 1976; Ph.D., 1977. 1957; Ph.D., 1963. Martin P. Harmer (1980, 1988), Alcoa Foundation pro- Chuan C. Hsiung (1952, 1984), professor emeritus of fessor of material science and engineering, and center for mathematics. B.S., Chekiang (China), 1936; Ph.D., advanced material and nano-technology. B.S., Leeds Michigan State, 1948. (England), 1976; Ph.D., 1980. James Tsai-An Hsu (1986, 1993), director of biopharma- Robert R. Harson (1966, 1995), professor emeritus of ceutical technology institute and professor of chemical English. B.A., Wagner, 1963; M.A., Ohio, 1964; Ph.D., engineering. B.S., National Cheng-Kung, 1969; M.S., 1966. Rhode Island, 1972; Ph.D., Northwestern, 1979. Joseph C. Hartman (1996, 2002), associate professor of Ti Huang (1967, 1994), professor emeritus of civil engi- industrial and systems engineering. B.S., Illinois at neering. B.S., Tangshan (China), 1948; M.S., Michigan, Urbana-Champaign, 1992; M.S., Georgia Institute of 1952; Ph.D., 1960. P.E., New Mexico, 1960. Technology, 1994; Ph.D., 1996. Wei-Min Huang (1982, 1995), professor of mathemat- Ronald J. Hartranft (1966, 1977), professor of mechan- ics. B.S., Tamkang (Taiwan), 1973; M.S., 1976; M.A., ical engineering and mechanics. B.S., Lehigh, 1963; Rochester, 1980; Ph.D., 1982. M.S., 1964; Ph.D., 1966. John P. Huennekens (1984, 1994), professor of physics. Miltiadis K. Hatalis (1987, 1995), professor of electri- B.A., California at Berkley, 1973; B.S., 1974; M.S., cal and computer engineering. B.S., Aristotle U. of Illinois, 1976; Ph.D., Colorado, 1982. Thessaloniki (Greece), 1982; M.S., SUNY at Buffalo, Arthur E. Humphrey (1980, 1992), provost emeritus 1984; Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon, 1987. and T.L. Diamond Professor of chemical engineering. David Hawkes (1991, 1998), associate professor of B.S., Idaho, 1948; M.S., 1950; Ph.D., Columbia, 1953; English. B.A., Oxford, 1986; M.A., Columbia, 1988; M.S., M.I.T., 1960; Ph.D. (hon.), Idaho, 1974. M.Phil., 1990; Ph.D., 1992. James C.M. Hwang (1988), professor of electrical and Thomas M. Haynes (1952, 1983), professor emeritus of computer engineering. B.S., National Taiwan, 1970 philosophy. B.A., Butler, 1941; M.A., Illinois, 1949; M.S., Cornell, 1973; Ph.D., 1976. Ph.D., 1949. Thomas J. Hyclak (1979, 1990), chairperson and pro- Jeff Heflin (2001), assistant professor of computer sci- fessor of economics. B.A., Cleveland State, 1969; M.A., ence and engineering. B.S., William and Mary, 1992; 1970; Ph.D., Notre Dame, 1976. M.S., Maryland, 1999; Ph.D., 2001. Diane T. Hyland (1981, 1998), professor of psychology, Ned D. Heindel (1966, 1973), Howard S. Bunn profes- and director, center for social research. B.A., Bates, sor of chemistry. B.S., Lebanon Valley, 1959; M.S., 1974; M.A., Fairfield, 1978; M.S., Syracuse, 1980; Delaware, 1961; Ph.D., 1963. Ph.D., 1981. Sidney S. Herman (1962, 1991), professor emeritus of I biology. B.S., Georgetown, 1953; M.S., Rhode Island, 1958; Ph.D., 1962. Arpana G. Inman (2002), assistant professor of educa- Roy C. Herrenkohl (1966, 1975), distinguished service tion and human services. B.A., Ferguson (India), 1983; professor of sociology and anthropology and education. M.A., Pune (India), 1985; M.S., Wisconsin, 1985; B.A., Washington and Lee, 1954; Ph.D., New York, 1966. Ph.D., Temple, 1999. Richard W. Hertzberg (1964, 1998), New Jersey Zinc Jon T. Innes (1965, 2002), professor emeritus of eco- professor emeritus of materials science and engineering. nomics. B.S., Pennsylvania State, 1958; M.A., Oregon, B.S., CUNY, 1960; M.S., M.I.T., 1961; Ph.D., Lehigh, 1967; Ph.D., 1967. 1965. Mary Kathryn Iovine (2002), assistant professor of bio- Warren R. Heydenberk (1973, 1977), associate profes- logical sciences. B.S., Carnegie Mellon, 1993; Ph.D., sor of education and human services. B.S., Western Washington, 1998. Michigan, 1964; M.A., 1965; Ph.D., Northern Garth Isaak (1993, 1998), associate professor of mathe- Colorado, 1971. matics. B.A., Bethel, 1984; Ph.D., Rutgers, 1990. A. Peet Hickman (1994), professor of physics. B.A., Murray Itzkowitz (1979, 1991), professor of biological Rice, 1969; M.A., 1971; Ph.D., 1973. sciences. B.S., Illinois, 1965; M.S., Arizona State, 1967; Frank H. Hielscher (1971, 2001), professor emeritus of Ph.D., Maryland, 1970. electrical and computer engineering. B.S., Drexel, 1961; J M.S., Denver, 1963; Ph.D., Illinois, 1966. Ralph J. Jaccodine (1981, 1995), Sherman Fairchild Donald J. Hillman (1960, 1964), professor of computer professor emeritus in solid-state. B.S., U.S. Naval science and engineering. B.A., Cambridge (England), Academy, 1947; M.S., Stevens Inst. of Tech., 1951; 1955; M.A., 1959; Ph.D., 1962. Ph.D., Notre Dame, 1957. James B. Hobbs (1966, 1991), associate dean emeritus Anand Jagota (2004), professor of chemical engineer- of the college of arts and sciences, Frank L. Magee dis- ing. Bachelor of Tech., Indian Inst. of Technology, New tinguished professor emeritus of business administration Delhi (India), 1983; M.S., Cornell, 1986; Ph.D., 1988. (management and accounting). A.B., Harvard, 1952; M.B.A., Kansas, 1957; D.B.A., Indiana, 1962. Administration, Faculty and Staff 395

Himanshu Jain (1985, 1993), Diamond chair and pro- G. Drew Kessler (1999), assistant professor of computer fessor of materials science and engineering. B.S., Kanpur science and engineering. B.S., Virginia, 1992; M.S., (India), 1970; M.S., Banaras, 1972; M.Tech., Indian Georgia Tech, 1995; Ph.D., 1997. Inst. of Tech., 1974; Eng.Sc.D., Columbia, 1979. Samir A. Khabbaz (1960, 1968), professor of mathemat- Kristen L. Jellison (2003), assistant professor of civil ics. B.A., Bethel, 1955; M.A., Kansas, 1957; Ph.D., 1960. and environmental engineering. B.S., Cornell, 1997; Christopher J. Kiely (2002), professor of materials sci- Ph.D., M.I.T., 2003. ence and engineering. B.Sc., Bristol (UK), 1983; Ph.D., Li Jia (1998), assistant professor of chemistry. B.S., 1986. Lanzhou (China), 1991; Ph.D., Northwestern, 1996. Yong W. Kim (1968, 1977), professor of physics. B.S., Ruihua Jiang (2003), assistant professor of management Seoul National (Korea), 1960; M.S., 1962; Ph.D., and marketing. B.S., East China Normal University Michigan, 1968. (China), 1985; M.A., 1988; M.B.A., Baruch College, Arthur E. King (1976, 1990), professor of economics. 1997; Ph.D., Western Ontario (Canada), 2003. B.A., Middlebury, 1971; M.A., Ohio State, 1973; Ph.D., Asha K. Jitendra (1993, 2002), professor of special edu- 1976. cation. B.A., Univ. of Madras (India), 1976; M.S., Jerry P. King (1962, 1998), chairperson and dean emer- Purdue , 1986; Ph.D., Oregon, 1991. itus of the graduate school and professor of mathematics. David L. Johnson (1984), associate professor of mathe- B.S.E.E., Kentucky, 1958; M.S., 1959; Ph.D., 1962. matics. A.B., California at Berkeley, 1973; Ph.D., Richard J. Kish (1988, 2002), chairperson and profes- M.I.T., 1977. sor of finance. B.S., Clarion State, 1977; M.B.A., Heather B. Johnson (2001), assistant professor in soci- Florida, 1985; Ph.D., 1988. ology and anthropology. B.A., Colby, 1994; M.A., Shalinee Kishore (2003), assistant professor of electrical Northwestern, 1997; Ph.D., 2001. and computer engineering. B.S., Rutgers, 1996; M.S., Kashi K. Johnson (1999), assistant professor of theatre. 1999; M.A., Princeton, 2001; Ph.D., 2002. B.A., Lehigh, 1994; M.F.A., Pittsburgh, 1997. Andrew Klein (1979, 1990), professor of chemical engi- Robert L. Johnson (1970, 1994), professor emeritus of neering. B.S., CUNY., 1961; M.S., Stevens Inst. of civil engineering. B.S., Iowa State, 1957; M.S., 1963; Tech., 1965; Ph.D., North Carolina State, 1972. Ph.D., 1969. P.E., Iowa, 1961. P.E., Pennsylvania, 1971. Joseph P. Klein (1980, 1991), assistant dean emeritus of Stanley H. Johnson (1973, 1980), professor of mechan- the college of business and economics. B.S., Pennsylvania ical engineering and mechanics. B.S., California at State, 1950; M.B.A., Lehigh, 1977. Berkeley, 1962; M.S., 1967; Ph.D., 1973. Kamil Klier (1967, 1973), professor of chemistry. Dipl. K Chem., Charles (Prague), 1954; Ph.D., Czechoslovakia Academy of Sciences, 1961. Arturs Kalnins (1965, 2004), professor emeritus of Thomas L. Koch (2003), professor of electrical and mechanical engineering and mechanics. B.S., Michigan, computer engineering. A.B., Princeton, 1977; Ph.D., 1955; M.S., 1956; Ph.D., 1960. CALTECH, 1982. Alvin S. Kanofsky (1967, 1976), professor of physics. Kenneth P. Kodama (1978, 1989), professor of earth B.A., Pennsylvania, 1961; M.S., 1962; Ph.D., 1966. and environmental sciences. B.A., Pennsylvania, 1973; John J. Karakash (1946, 1966), distinguished professor M.S., Stanford, 1977; Ph.D., 1977. emeritus of electrical and computer engineering and Michael G. Kolchin (1979, 1992), chairperson and pro- dean emeritus of the college of engineering and applied fessor of management. B.A., Miami, 1965; M.B.A., sciences. B.S., Duke, 1937; M.S., Pennsylvania, 1938; 1970; D.B.A., Indiana, 1980. Eng.D. (Hon.), Lehigh, 1971, P.E., Pennsylvania, 1948. Henry F. Korth (2002), chairperson and professor of Stephanie Katz (1999), lecturer of spanish, modern lan- computer science and engineering. B.A., Williams, 1977; guages and literature. B.A., Pomona, 1970. M.A., Princeton, 1979; M.S.E., 1979; Ph.D., 1981. Chaim D. Kaufmann (1992, 1998), associate professor Celal N. Kostem (1966, 1978), professor of civil engi- of international relations. A.B., Princeton, 1983; Ph.D., neering. B.S., Istanbul Tech. (Turkey), 1960; M.S., Columbia, 1990. 1961; Ph.D., Arizona, 1966. Beth Dolan Kautz (2001), assistant professor of english. Mayuresh V. Kothare (1998, 2003), associate professor B.A., Davidson, 1989; M.A., North Carolina, 1992; of chemical engineering and co-director of chemical Ph.D., 1999. process model and control center. B.S., Indian Inst. of Edwin J. Kay (1971, 1988), professor of computer sci- Tech. (Bombay), 1991; M.S. Calif. Inst. of Tech., 1995; ence and engineering. B.A., Rensselaer Polytechnic, Ph.D., 1997. 1964; M.S., Lehigh, 1966; Ph.D., 1968; Ph.D., 1971. Kenneth L. Kraft (1990, 2001), professor of religion Jacob Y. Kazakia (1972, 1989), professor of engineering studies. B.A., Harvard, 1971; M.A., Michigan, 1978; mathematics. M.S., Istanbul Tech. (Turkey), 1968; Ph.D., Princeton, 1984. Ph.D., Lehigh, 1972. Charles S. Kraihanzel (1962, 2001), professor emeritus John D. Keefe (1955, 1987), professor emeritus of eco- of chemistry. B.S., Brown, 1957; M.S., Wisconsin, 1959; nomics. B.S., Lehigh, 1948; M.A., Miami, 1955. Ph.D., 1962. Dawn Keetley (2000), assistant professor of english. Steven Krawiec (1970, 1982), professor of biological B.A., South Alabama, 1985; M.A., Pennsylvania State, sciences. B.A., Brown, 1963; Ph.D., Yale, 1968. 1988; Oh.D., Wisconsin-Madison, 1994. Arnold H. Kritz (1991), professor of physics. Sc.B., Joseph P. Kender (1968, 1998), professor emeritus of Brown, 1956; M.S. Yale, 1957; Ph.D., 1961. education. B.A., Mount St. Mary’s , 1952; M.A. Barry M. Kroll (1995), Robert D. Rodale professor in Villanova, 1955, Ed.D., Pennsylvania, 1967. writing, english. B.A., Delaware, 1968; A.M., Boston U, Lee Kern (1999), associate professor in education and 1973; Ph.D., Michigan, 1977. human services. B.A., California at Santa Barbara, 1978; M.A., Marshall, 1988; Ph.D., South Florida, 1993. 396 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

Michael R. Kuchka (1988, 1994), associate professor of Stephen L. Liedtka (1999), assistant professor of biological sciences. B.A., Pennsylvania, 1978; Ph.D., accounting. B.S., Virginia, 1991; M.S., 1993; Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon, 1984. Maryland, 1999. Robert Kuchta (2002), professor of practice of manage- Lin Lin (2004), assistant professor of marketing. B.S., ment and marketing. B.S., Newark, 1975; M.S., 1982. USTC (Hefei, China), 1996; M.S., Arizona, 2000; Ph.D., 2004. L J. Ralph Lindgren (1965, 1995), Clara H. Stewardson Nicholas Ladany (1996, 1999), associate professor of professor emeritus of philosophy. B.S., Northwestern, counseling psychology. B.S., Maryland, 1985; Ph.D., 1959; M.A., Marquette, 1961; Ph.D., 1963. SUNY at Albany, 1992. Jeffrey T. Linderoth (2002), assistant professor of indus- Janet M. Laible (2001), assistant professor of political trial systems and engineering. B.S., Illinois at science. B.A., U.C. Berkeley 1990; M.A., Yale, 1993; Urbana-Champaign, 1992; M.S., Georgia Institute of Ph.D., 2002. Technology, 1994; Ph.D., 1998. James A. Largay III (1980), Arthur Andersen & Co. Benjamin Litt (1970, 2002), professor emeritus of man- Alumni professor of accounting. B.S., Denver, 1964; agement and marketing. B.M.E., Brooklyn Polytechnic, M.B.A., Texas Tech., 1965; M.S., Cornell, 1970; Ph.D., 1950; M.S., Stevens, 1957; M.B.A., New York, 1964; 1971. C.P.A., Colorado, 1967. Ph.D., 1970. Arthur I. Larky (1954, 1995), professor emeritus of Daniel P. Lopresti (2003), associate professor of com- electrical and computer engineering. B.S., Lehigh, 1952; puter science. A.B., Dartmouth, 1982; M.A., Princeton, M.S., Princeton, 1953; Ph.D., Stanford, 1957. 1984; Ph.D., 1987. John W. Larsen (1984, 2003), professor emeritus of Edward E. Lotto (1983, 1989), associate professor of chemistry. B.S., Tufts, 1962; Ph.D., Purdue, 1966. english and director of the center for writing, math and Judith N. Lasker (1981, 1989), NEH distinguished study skills. B.A., Amherst, 1969; M.A., Boston, 1973; professor of sociology and anthropology. B.A., Brandeis, Ph.D., Indiana, 1980. 1969; M.A., Harvard, 1973; Ph.D., 1976. Roland W. Lovejoy (1962, 1993), professor emeritus of Lucinda Lawson (2001), assistant professor of manage- chemistry. B.A., Reed, 1955; Ph.D., Washington State, ment. B.S., Arkansas State, 1995; M.B.A., 1996; Ph.D., 1960. Texas A&M, 2001. Linda J. Lowe-Krentz (1986, 2002), professor of bio- Kiri Lee (1994), associate professor of modern languages logical sciences. B.A., Northwestern, 1974; Ph.D., 1980. and literature. B.A., Nara, 1981; M.Ed., Lesley, 1982; Le-Wu Lu (1961, 2004), Bruce G. Johnston professor M.A., Harvard, 1993; Ph.D., 1998. emeritus of civil engineering. B.S., National Taiwan, Daniel Leenov (1963, 1988), professor emeritus of elec- 1954; M.S., Iowa State, 1956; Ph.D., Lehigh, 1960. trical engineering. B.S., George Washington, 1943; Robert A. Lucas (1959, 1969), associate chair and asso- M.S., Chicago, 1948; Ph.D., 1951. ciate professor of mechanical engineering and mechanics. Linda S. Lefkowitz (1974, 1979), associate professor of B.S., Lehigh, 1957; M.S., 1959; Ph.D., 1964. spanish, modern language and literature. B.A., Queens, Frank S. Luh (1965, 1995), professor emeritus of 1964; M.A., California at Berkley, 1966; Ph.D., accounting. B.S., National Taiwan, 1957; M.A., Illinois, Princeton, 1973. 1961; Ph.D., Ohio State, 1965. Henry Leidheiser, Jr. (1968, 1990), professor emeritus of John F. Lule (1990, 1999), professor of journalism and chemistry. B.S., Virginia, 1941; M.S., 1943; Ph.D., 1946. communication. B.A., SUNY at Binghamton, 1976; Robert L. Leight (1964, 1995), professor emeritus of M.A., Temple, 1980; Ph.D., Georgia, 1987. education and human services. B.S., Kutztown, 1959; J. Gary Lutz (1971, 1981), professor of education and M.A., Lehigh, 1961; M.A., 1964; Ed.D., 1966. human services. B.S., Lehigh, 1965; M.S., 1968; Ed.D., Gerard P. Lennon (1980, 1995), professor of civil engi- 1969. neering. B.S., Drexel, 1975; M.S., Cornell, 1977; Ph.D., William L. Luyben (1967, 1973), professor of chemical 1980. engineering and co-director of chemical process model Alexander Levine (1996, 2001), associate professor of and control center. B.S., Pennsylvania State, 1955; philosophy. B.A., Reed, 1988; C. Phil., California, San Ph.D., Delaware, 1963. Diego, 1991; Ph.D., 1994. Charles E. Lyman (1984, 1990), professor of materials Edward K. Levy (1967, 1976), professor of mechanical science and engineering. B.S., Cornell, 1968; Ph.D., engineering and mechanics and director, energy research M.I.T., 1974. center. B.S., Maryland, 1963; M.S., M.I.T., 1964; Sc.D., 1967. M David W. P. Lewis (1994), professor emeritus of modern Alistair K. MacPherson (1971, 1975), professor of languages and literature. B.A., Oxford (England), 1953; mechanical engineering and mechanics. B.S., Sydney M.A., 1968; Dipl. European Studies, College of Europe (Australia), 1957; M.S., 1965; Ph.D., 1967. (Bruges), 1957; Dr. de l’Univ., Sorbonne (Paris), 1973. Stefan Maas (2003), assistant professor of biological sci- Tiffany J. Li (2002), assistant professor of electrical and ences, M.A., Free University (Germany), 1993; Ph.D., computer engineering. B.S., Beijing (China), 1997; Heidelberg (Germany), 1996. M.E., Texas A&M, 1999. Barbara C. Malt (1985, 1998), chairperson and profes- Jerome C. Licini (1987, 1993), associate professor of sor of psychology and department chair. B.A., Wesleyan, physics. B.A., Princeton, 1980; Ph.D., MIT, 1987. 1978; Ph.D., Stanford, 1982. John O. Liebig, Jr. (1946, 1984), professor emeritus of Patricia H. Manz (2003), assistant professor of school civil engineering. B.S., Lehigh, 1940; M.S., 1949. psychology. B.S., Saint Joseph’s, 1986; M.S.Ed., Pennsylvania, 1987; Ph.D., 1994. Administration, Faculty and Staff 397

Arnold R. Marder (1986, 1991), R.D. Stout distin- Joseph R. Merkel (1962, 1988), professor emeritus of guished professor of materials science and engineering chemistry. B.S., Moravian, 1948; M.S., Purdue, 1950; and associate director of energy research center. B.S., Ph.D., Maryland, 1952. Brooklyn Polytechnic, 1962; M.S., 1965; Ph.D., Lehigh, April E. Metzler (1991, 1997), associate professor of 1968; P.E., 1988. counseling psychology. B.S., Florida, 1985; M.S., 1987; James M. Maskulka (1985, 1991), associate professor of Ph.D., 1991. marketing. B.S., Youngstown State, 1972; M.B.A., 1975; Fortunato J. Micale (1966, 1995), professor emeritus of D.B.A., Kent State, 1984. chemistry. B.A., St. Bonaventure, 1956; B.S., Niagara, Douglas S. Mason (2002), professor of practice of art 1959; M.S., Purdue, 1961; Ph.D., Lehigh, 1965. and architecture. B.F.A., Rhode Island School of Design. John A. Mierzwa (1966, 1995), professor emeritus of Janice Bially Mattern (2003), assistant professor of counseling psychology. B.S., Ohio, 1954; M.A., 1955; international relations. B.A., Wisconsin at Madison, M.Ed., Harvard, 1958; Ed.D., 1961. 1991; M.A., Yale, 1994; M. Phil, 1996; Ph.D., 1998. Jeffrey R. Milet (1976, 1989), professor of theatre. B.S., Richard K. Matthews (1986, 1991), NEH distin- Bridgeport, 1963; M.F.A., Yale, 1969. guished professor of political science. B.A., Muhlenberg, Rebecca S. Miller (2004), professor of practice of chem- 1974; M.A., Delaware, 1976; Ph.D., Toronto, 1981. istry. B.A., Shippensburg, 1992; Ph.D., Duke, 1996. C. Russell Mayo (1999), assistant professor, education Robert H. Mills (1964, 1991), professor emeritus of and human services. B.A., Old Dominion, 1970; M.A., accounting. B.S., Colorado, 1949; M.S., 1955; Ph.D., 1974; Ph.D., 1982. Wisconsin, 1960. C.P.A., Illinois, 1957. Alastair D. McAulay (1992, 1992), Chandler Weaver Wojciech Z. Misiolek (1997), associate professor of professor of electrical and computer engineering. B.A., materials science and engineering. M.Eng., Mining and Cambridge, 1961; M.A., 1964; Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon, Metallurgy, Krakow, Poland, 1980; Sc.D., 1985. 1974. Alden J. Moe (1988, 2003), university service professor Teresa M. McCarthy (2003), assistant professor of man- emeritus of education. B.S., Minnesota, 1963; M.A., agement and marketing. B.S. Massachusetts, 1987; M.S., Clarke, 1967; Ph.D., Minnesota, 1971. Rhode Island, 1998; Ph.D., Tennessee, 2003. Seth Moglen (1999), assistant professor of English. B.S., George E. McCluskey, Jr. (1965, 1976), professor of Yale, 1986; Ph.D., California at Berkeley, 1999. physics. B.A., Pennsylvania, 1960; M.S., 1963; Ph.D., 1965. Horace Keith Moo-Young (2002), associate professor of civil and environmental engineering. B.S., Morgan, Judith Ann McDonald (1991, 1996), associate profes- 1991; M.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic, 1992; Ph.D., 1995. sor of economics. B.A., Western Ontario, 1979; Ph.D., Princeton, 1986. Bruce E. Moon (1987, 1997), professor of international relations. B.A., Ohio State, 1972; Ph.D., 1977. Anthony J. McHugh (2002), chairperson and professor of chemical engineering. B.S., Cleveland State, 1966; Carl L. Moore (1948, 1986), professor emeritus of M.S., Delaware, 1970; Ph.D., 1972. accounting. B.A., Bucknell, 1943; M.A., Pittsburgh, 1948. C.P.A., Pennsylvania, 1952. James R. McIntosh (1966, 1984), chairperson and pro- fessor of sociology and anthropology. B.A., Colby, 1960; Edward P. Morgan (1976, 1989), distinguished profes- M.A., New School for Social Research, 1963; Ph.D., sor of political science. B.A., Oberlin, 1968; M.A., Syracuse, 1970. Brandeis, 1973; Ph.D., 1975. John R. McNamara (1973, 2001), professor emeritus of Donald P. Morris (1993, 1998) associate professor of economics. B.A., Columbia, 1959; M.A., Rensselaer, earth and environmental sciences. B.A., Colorado, 1978; 1965; Ph.D., 1971. M.A., 1985; Ph.D., 1990. Norman P. Melchert (1962, 1995), William W. Carl O. Moses (1987, 2002), interim dean and associate Selfridge Professor emeritus of philosophy. B.A., professor of earth and environmental sciences. A.B., Wartburg, 1955; B.D., Lutheran Theological Seminary, Princeton, 1978; M.S., Virginia, 1982; Ph.D., 1987. 1958; M.A., Pennsylvania, 1959; Ph.D., 1964. Gordon B. Moskowitz (2001), assistant professor of Matthew A. Melone (1993, 1998), associate professor of psychology. B.S., McGill, 1984; M.A., New York, 1989; law. B.S., Villanova, 1980; C.P.A. Pennsylvania, 1982, Ph.D., 1992. M.T., Villanova School of Law, 1987; J.D., Peter Mueller (1980, 1983), associate professor of civil Pennsylvania, 1993. engineering. Dipl. Ing., ETH (Zurich), 1967; Dr. sc. Anne S. Meltzer (1990, 2001), dean and professor of tech., 1978. earth and environmental sciences and director of the Rosemary J. Mundhenk (1973, 1986), professor of Lehigh earth observatory. B.S., Guilford, 1980; M.S., English. B.A., Southern California, 1967; M.A., North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 1982; Ph.D., Rice, 1989. California at Los Angeles, 1969; Ph.D., 1972. Michael Mendelson (1995, 2001), associate professor of Vincent G. Munley (1980, 1992), professor of econom- philosophy. B.A., Massachusetts-Boston, 1982; M.A., ics. B.A., Lehigh, 1974; B.S., 1974; M.A., SUNY at California at San Diego, 1988; Ph.D., 1990. Binghamton, 1977; Ph.D., 1979. Tamra C. Mendelson (2004), assistant professor of bio- Hector Munoz-Avila (2001), assistant professor of com- logical sciences. B.S., Wisconsin-Madison, 1991; Ph.D., puter science and engineering. B.S., Andes (Bogota, Duke, 2001. Colombia), 1989; B.S., 1991; M.S., 1991; Ph.D., Rajan M. Menon (1985, 1991), professor and Monroe Kaiserslautern (Kaiserslautern, Germany), 1998. J. Rathbone distinguished professor of international rela- Ziad W. Munson (2003), assistant professor of sociology tions. B.A., Delhi (India), 1974; M.A., Lehigh, 1975; and anthropology. B.A., Chicago, 1993; Ph.D., Harvard, Ph.D., Illinois-Urbana, 1979. 2002. 398 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

David H. Myers (2000, 2001), assistant professor of Laura K. Olson (1974, 1985), chairperson and profes- finance. B.A., Wesleyan, 1983; M.B.A., New York, sor of political science. B.A., CUNY, 1967; M.A., 1987; Ph.D., University of Washington, 2001. Colorado, 1972; Ph.D., 1974. Paul B. Myers, Jr. (1962, 2002), professor emeritus of Padraig G. O’Seaghdha (1990, 1996), associate profes- earth and environmental sciences. B.A., Colgate, 1955; sor of psychology. B.A., Univ. College Cork (Ireland), M.S., Lehigh, 1957; Ph.D., 1960. 1973; M.A., 1977; Ph.D., Toronto (Canada), 1986. N Boon-Siew Ooi (2003), associate professor of electrical and computer engineering. B.E., Glasgow (U.K.), 1992; Roger N. Nagel (1982), Harvey E. Wagner professor Ph.D., 1994. manufacturing systems engineering, professor of com- Alexis Ostapenko (1957, 1994), professor emeritus of puter science and engineering, and director, intelligent civil engineering. Dipl. Ing., Munich Inst. of Technology systems laboratory. B.S., Stevens Institute of Technology, (Germany), 1951; Sc.D., M.I.T., 1957. 1964; M.S., 1969; Ph.D., Maryland, 1976. H. Daniel Ou-Yang (1988, 2000), professor of physics. Clay J. Naito (2002), assistant professor of civil and B.S., Fu-Jen Catholic (Taiwan), 1975; M.S., 1977; environmental engineering. B.S., University of Hawaii, Ph.D., California-Los Angeles, 1985. 1993; M.S., U.C. Berkeley, 1994; Ph.D., 2000. Jerzy A. Owczarek (1960, 1995), professor emeritus of Monica Najar (2000) assistant professor of history. B.A., mechanical engineering and mechanics. Dip. Ing., Polish California, Berkeley, 1990; M.A., Wisconsin, Madison, Univ. College (London), 1950; Ph.D., London, 1954. 1992; Ph.D., 2000. Bradford B. Owen (1945, 1974), professor emeritus of Terrence J. Napier (1992, 1998) associate professor of biology. B.A., Williams, 1934; M.A., 1936; Ph.D., mathematics. B.S., Notre Dame, 1982; M.S., Chicago, Harvard, 1940. 1983; Ph.D., 1989. T.M. Ozsoy (1984, 1996), professor of mechanical engi- George A. Nation, III (1985, 2000), Sue and Eugene neering and mechanics. B.S., Technical University of Mercy Jr. professor of business and economics, and asso- Istanbul, 1971; M.S., 1971; Ph.D., 1980. ciate professor of law. B.S., Villanova, 1980; J.D., 1983. Alparslan Öztekin (1994, 2000), associate professor of Nandkumar (Nandu) Nayar (2001), Hans Julius Bär mechanical engineering and mechanics. B.S., Tech. Univ. Chair and professor of finance. B. Tech., Indian Instit. of of Istanbul, 1982; M.S., Arizona, 1987; Ph.D., Illinois Tech., 1981; M.S., Iowa, 1984; Ph.D., 1988. at Urbana-Champaign, 1991. Sudhakar Neti (1978, 1992), professor of mechanical engineering and mechanics. B.S., Osmania (India), P 1968; M.S., Kentucky, 1970; Ph.D., 1977. Sibel Pamukcu (1986, 1992), associate professor of civil William Newman (1968, 2003), professor emeritus of engineering. B.Sc., Bogazici (Turkey), 1978; M.S., psychology. B.S., CUNY, 1964; Ph.D., Stanford, 1968. Louisiana State, 1981; Ph.D., 1986. Mary A. Nicholas (1989, 1995), chairperson and associ- David W. Pankenier (1986, 1998), professor of chinese, ate professor modern languages and literature. B.A., modern languages and literature. B.A., Rochester, 1968; Wyoming, 1977; M.A., Illinois, 1979; Ph.D., M.A., Stanford, 1979; Ph.D., 1983. Pennsylvania, 1988. James M. Parks (1967, 1987), professor emeritus of Ageliki Nicolopoulou (1996, 2000), associate professor geological sciences. B.A., Kansas, 1948; M.S., of psychology. B.A., Rhode Island, 1973; M.A., 1977; Wisconsin, 1949; Ph.D., 1951. Ph.D., California at Berkeley, 1984. John W. Paul (1974, 1994), professor of accounting. Herman F. Nied (1995), chairperson professor of B.A., Cornell, 1965; M.B.A., Lehigh, 1971; Ph.D., mechanical engineering and mechanics. B.S., Rochester, 1978. C.P.A., Florida, 1972. 1976; M.S., Lehigh, 1978; Ph.D., 1981. Barbara R. Pavlock (1989, 1991), associate professor of Karl H. Norian (1982), associate professor of electrical English and head of the classical studies program. B.A., and computer engineering. B.S., Queen Mary (London), Barnard, 1969; M.A., Yale, 1972; Ph.D., Cornell, 1977. 1973; Ph.D., Imperial (London), 1977. Frank J. Pazzaglia (1999), associate professor of earth Michael R. Notis (1967, 2004), professor emeritus of and environmental sciences. B.S., Pennsylvania State, materials science and engineering. B.S., Lehigh, 1960; 1986; M.S., New Mexico, 1989; Ph.D., Pennsylvania M.S., 1963; Ph.D., 1969. State, 1993. John G. Nyby (1977, 1989), professor of biological sci- Raymond Pearson (1990, 2003), professor of materials ences. B.A., Texas, 1968; Ph.D., 1974. science and engineering and director of center for poly- mer science and engineering. B.S., New Hampshire, O 1980; Ph.D., Michigan, 1990. Anthony P. O’Brien (1987, 1998), professor of eco- Alan W. Pense (1957, 1997), provost emeritus and pro- nomics. Ph.D., California, Berkeley, 1987. fessor emeritus of materials science and engineering. John B. Ochs (1979, 1990), professor of mechanical engi- B.S., Cornell, 1957; M.S., Lehigh, 1959; Ph.D., 1962. neering and mechanics and director of the Integrated Pam Pepper (1986, 1994), associate professor of theatre. Product Development program. B.S., Villanova, 1971; B.A., Wooster, 1975; M.F.A., Ohio, 1981. M.S., Pennsylvania State, 1976; Ph.D., 1980. Eugene Perevalov (2001), assistant professor of industri- Nicholas G. Odrey (1983, 1991), professor of industrial al and systems engineering. M.S., Moscow Engineering engineering. B.S., Pennsylvania State, 1964; M.S., 1968; Physics Institute, 1993; Ph.D., Texas, 1998. Ph.D., 1978. N. Duke Perreira (1985, 1988), associate professor of Kathleen K. Olson (2000), chairperson and assistant mechanical engineering and mechanics. B.S., Rensselaer professor of journalism and communication. B.S., Polytechnic, 1972; M.S., 1973; Ph.D., California at Los Northwestern, 1985; J.D., Virginia School of Law, 1989; Angeles, 1977; P.E., Hawaii, 1980. M.A., Texas, 1995; Ph.D., North Carolina, 2000. Administration, Faculty and Staff 399

Stephen P. Pessiki (1990, 1996), associate professor of Joan M. Ramage (2004), assistant professor of earth and civil engineering. B.S., Drexel, 1984; M.S., Cornell, environmental sciences. B.A., Carleton, 1993; M.S., 1986; Ph.D., 1990. Pennsylvania State, 1995; Ph.D., Cornell, 2001. Tom F. Peters (1989), professor of art and architecture, Michael L. Raposa (1985, 1997), professor of religion and history, and director of The Building and Architectural studies. B.A., Yale, 1977; M.A.R., Yale Divinity School, Technology Institute. M. Arch., ETH Zurich 1969; Dr.sc. 1979; Ph.D., Pennsylvania, 1987. Techn. ETH Zurich 1977, Habilitation Fuer Manash R. Ray (1989, 1995), associate professor of Technikgeschichte TH Darmstadt, 1992. accounting. B.Com., St. Xavier’s (Calcutta), 1977; Stephen C. Peters (2003), assistant professor of earth M.B.A., Indian Institute of Management (Calcutta), and environmental sciences. B.S., Bates, 1992; M.S., 1981; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State, 1989. Dartmouth, 1997; Ph.D, Michigan, 2001. Richard J. Redd (1958, 1995), professor emeritus of art. John Pettegrew (1996, 2001), associate professor of histo- B.Ed., Toledo, 1953; M.F.A., Iowa, 1958. ry. B.A., Valparaiso, 1981; J.D., Marquette, 1984; M.A., Steven L. Regen (1985, 1999), university distinguished Chicago, 1986; Ph.D., Wisconsin at Madison, 1994. professor of chemistry. A.B., Rutgers, 1968; Ph.D., C. Robert Phillips III (1976, 1987), professor of histo- MIT., 1972. ry. B.A., Yale, 1970; B.A., Oxford (England), 1972; Katherine A. Restuccia (2003), professor of practice of M.A., 1979; Ph.D., Brown, 1974. psychology. B.A., Lehigh, 1992; Psy.D., Widener, 1998. Warren A. Pillsbury (1962, 1995), professor emeritus of Tina Q. Richardson (1991, 1997), associate professor of economics. B.A., New Hampshire, 1953; M.S., Florida counseling psychology. B.A., Maryland, 1985; M.A., State, 1958; Ph.D., Virginia, 1963. 1988; Ph.D., 1991. Brian K. Pinaire (2003), assistant professor of political sci- Martin L. Richter (1965, 2002), professor emeritus of ence. B.A., Whitman College, 1997; Ph.D., Rutgers, 2003. psychology. B.A., Rutgers, 1960; Ph.D., Indiana, 1965. A. Everett Pitcher (1938, 1978), university distin- Jeffrey M. Rickman (1993, 1998), associate professor guished professor emeritus of mathematics. A.B., of materials science and engineering. B.S., Miami Case-Western Reserve, 1932; A.M., Harvard, 1933; (Ohio), 1982; B.A. 1982; M.S. Carnegie-Mellon, Ph.D., 1935; D.Sc. (Hon.), Case-Western Reserve, 1984; Ph.D., 1989. 1957. James M. Ricles (1992, 2000), professor of civil engi- Louis J. Plebani, Jr. (1974, 1982), associate professor of neering. B.S., Texas, 1979; M.S., 1980; Ph.D., industrial and systems engineering. B.S., Lehigh, 1968; California at Berkeley, 1987; P.E., California. M.S., American, 1972; Ph.D., Lehigh, 1976. Catherine M. Ridings (2000), assistant professor of Peter P. Poole (1987, 2001), professor emeritus of man- management and marketing. B.S., Villanova, 1988; agement. B.S., Northeastern, 1959; M.B.A., 1964; M.B.A., Drexel, 1994; Ph.D., 2000. Ph.D., Pennsylvania State, 1986. Alice D. Rinehart (1965, 1984), professor emerita of Miren E. Portela (2003), assistant professor of modern education and human services. B.A., Smith, 1940; M.A., languages and literature. B.A., Navarra (Spain), 1997; Lehigh, 1965; Ed.D., 1969. M.A., North Carolina, 1999; Ph.D., 2003. Augustine Ripa, Jr. (1979, 1994), chairperson and pro- William M. Pottenger (1999), assistant professor of com- fessor of theatre. B.A., Loyola, 1974; M.F.A., puter science and engineering. B.S., Alaska, 1989; M.S., Northwestern, 1976. Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, 1995; Ph.D., 1997. Ronald S. Rivlin (1967, 1980), university professor Ann E. Priester (2001), lecturer, art and architecture. emeritus. B.A., Cambridge (England), 1937; M.A., B.F.A., Dartmouth, 1978; M.F.A., Princeton, 1982; 1939; Sc.D., 1952. Ph.D., 1990. James E. Roberts (1985, 1991), associate professor of Antonio Prieto (1985, 1992), associate professor of chemistry. B.S., Illinois at Urbana, 1977; B.S., 1977; modern languages and literature. B.A., Princeton, 1976; Ph.D., Northwestern, 1982. M.A., 1980; Ph.D., 1986. Richard Roberts (1962, 2004), professor emeritus of Hayden N. Pritchard (1964, 1993), professor emeritus mechanical engineering and mechanics. B.S., Drexel, of earth and environmental sciences. B.A., Princeton, 1961; M.S., Lehigh, 1962; Ph.D., 1964. 1955; M.S., Lehigh, 1960; Ph.D., 1963. Donald O. Rockwell, Jr. (1970, 1976), Paul B. Q Reinhold professor of mechanical engineering and mechanics. B.S., Bucknell, 1960; M.S., Lehigh, 1964; Clifford S. Queen (1972, 1976), associate professor of Ph.D., 1968. mathematics. Ph.D., Ohio State, 1979. Robert E. Rosenwein (1972, 1986), professor of sociol- R ogy and anthropology. B.A., California at Berkeley, Shelden H. Radin (1963, 2001), professor emeritus of 1962; M.A., Michigan, 1963; Ph.D., 1970. physics. B.S., Worcester Polytechnic, 1958; M.S., Yale, Andrew M. Ross (2002), assistant professor of industrial 1959; Ph.D., 1963. and systems engineering. B.S., Harvey Mudd, 1996; Padma Rajagopalan (2005), assistant professor of M.S., UC Berkeley, 1997; Ph.D., 2001. chemical engineering. B.S., Indian Institute of Nancy S. Ross (1996), lecturer of journalism and com- Technology (India), 1989; M.S., 1991; Ph.D., Brown, munication. B.S., Cincinnati, 1968; M.A.T., 1969. 1996. Robert Rozehnal (2003), assistant professor of religion Theodore K. Ralphs (2000), assistant professor of studies. B.A., Puget Sound, 1991; M.A., Wisconsin- industrial and systems engineering. B.S., Carnegie Madison, 1995; Ph.D., Duke, 2003. Mellon, 1991; M.S., 1991; Ph.D., Cornell, 1995. Herbert Rubenstein (1967, 1989), professor emeritus of leadership, instruction and technology. B.A., Pennsylvania, 1942; M.A., 1943; Ph.D., Columbia, 1949. 400 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

S Arup K. SenGupta (1985, 1998), chairperson and pro- fessor of civil engineering. B.S., Jadavpur (India), 1973; James S. Saeger (1967, 1985), professor of history. B.A., M.S., Houston, 1982; Ph.D., 1984. Ohio State, 1960; M.A., 1963; Ph.D., 1969. Russell A. Shaffer (1964, 1967), associate professor of Eric P. Salathe (1967, 1977), professor of mathematics physics. B.S., Drexel, 1956; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins, 1962. and director, institute for biomedical engineering and mathematical biology. B.S., Brown, 1960; M.S., Edward S. Shapiro (1983, 2004), professor of school Princeton, 1962; Ph.D., Brown, 1965. psychology, and Center Director for Promoting Research to Practice. B.S., Pittsburgh, 1973; M.A., Marshall, Colin J. Saldanha (2001), assistant professor of biologi- 1975; Ph.D., Pittsburgh, 1978. cal sciences. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus, 1988; M.A., Columbia, 1991; MPhil, 1993; Ph.D., 1995. Susan A. Sherer (1987, 2000), professor of manage- ment. B.S., SUNY at Albany, 1973; M.S., SUNY at Paul F. Salerni (1979, 1993), professor of music and Buffalo, 1975; M.S., Pennsylvania, 1986; Ph.D., director of Lehigh university very modern ensemble Wharton, 1988. (LUVME). B.A., Amherst, 1973; M.A., Harvard, 1975; Ph.D., 1979. George K. Shortess (1969, 1994), professor emeritus of psychology. B.A., Lycoming, 1954; M.A., Brown, 1960; Norman H. Sam (1962, 1986), professor emeritus of Ph.D., 1962. education and human services and director emeritus of summer sessions. B.S., Pittsburgh, 1951; M.S., 1955; George C. M. Sih (1958, 1995), professor emeritus of Ed.D., 1962. mechanics. B.S., Portland, 1953; M.S., New York, 1958; Ph.D., Lehigh, 1960. Steven P. Sametz (1979, 1991), professor of music and director of university choir. Dipl., Hochschule Fur Laurence J. Silberstein (1984, 1990), Philip and Muriel Musik (Germany), 1975; B.A., Yale, 1976; M.A., Berman professor of Jewish studies, professor of religion Wisconsin, 1978; D.M.A., 1980. studies, and director, Philip and Muriel Berman Center for Jewish Studies. B.A., Brandeis, 1958; M.A., Jewish Jeffrey A. Sands (1973, 1983), professor of biological Theological Seminary, 1962; Ph.D., Brandeis, 1971. sciences. B.S., Delaware, 1969; M.S., Pennsylvania State, 1971; Ph.D., 1973. Cesar A. Silebi (1973, 1991), professor of chemical engineering. B.S., Universidad del Atlantico (Colombia), Michael D. Santoro (2000), assistant professor of manage- 1970; M.S., Lehigh, 1974; Ph.D., 1978. ment and marketing. B.S., William Patterson, 1973; M.B.A., Adelphi, 1983; M.B.A., Rutgers, 1998; Ph.D., Gary W. Simmons (1970, 1983), professor of chemistry. 1998. B.S., West Virginia, 1961; Ph.D., Virginia, 1967. Robert G. Sarubbi (1968, 1995), professor emeritus of Neal G. Simon (1983, 1995), chairperson and professor mechanical engineering and mechanics. B.S., Cooper of biological sciences. B.A., SUNY at Binghamton, Union, 1953; M.S., Lehigh, 1957; Ph.D., 1963. 1974; M.S., Rutgers, 1977; Ph.D., 1979. Richard Sause (1989, 2000), professor of civil engineer- Roger D. Simon (1970, 1986), professor of history. B.A., ing and director of advanced tech for large structural Rutgers, 1965; M.A., Wisconsin, 1966; Ph.D., 1971. systems center. B.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic, 1981; M.S., Dale R. Simpson (1960, 1995), professor emeritus of California-Berkeley, 1983; Ph.D., 1989; P.E., California. earth and environmental sciences. B.S., Pennsylvania John Savage (2001), assistant professor of history. B.A., State, 1956; M.S., California Inst. of Tech., 1958; George Washington, 1985; D.E.A., Ecole des Hautes Ph.D., 1960. Etudes en Sciences Sociales (Paris), 1991; Ph.D., New Kenneth P. Sinclair (1972, 1988), chairperson and pro- York, 1999. fessor of accounting. B.A., Massachusetts, 1968; M.S., Kenneth N. Sawyers (1969, 1982), professor, mechani- 1970; Ph.D., 1972. cal engineering and mechanics. B.S., Illinois Inst. of Nadine J. Sine (1980, 1996), chairperson and professor Tech., 1962; Ph.D., Brown, 1967. of music. B.M.E., Temple, 1970; M.M., 1976; Ph.D., Murray Schechter (1963, 2001), professor emeritus of NYU, 1983. mathematics. B.A., Brooklyn, 1957; Ph.D., 1965. Amardeep Singh (2001), assistant professor of english. William E. Schiesser (1960, 2004), professor emeritus B.A., Cornell, 1995; M.A., Tufts, 1996; Ph.D., Duke, of engineering and mathematics. B.S., Lehigh, 1955; 2001. M.A., Princeton, 1958; Ph.D., 1960. Shivaji Sircar (2002), professor of practice of chemical Theodore W. Schlie (1989), co-director, management of engineering. B.E., Jadavpur (India), 1964; M.E., technology program and associate professor of manage- Pennsylvania, 1968; Ph.D., 1970. ment and marketing. B.A., Valparaiso, 1963; M.S., K. Sivakumar (2001, 2003), Arthur Tauck professor of Northwestern, 1969; Ph.D., 1973. international marketing and logistics and professor of Jill E. Schneider (1992, 1994), associate professor of marketing. B.E., Madras University (India), 1980; biological sciences. B.S., Florida State, 1977; Ph.D., PGDRM, Institute of Rural Management (Anand, Wesleyan, 1982. India), 1982; Ph.D., Syracuse, 1992. Keith J. Schray (1972, 1980), professor of chemistry. Robert V. Skibbens (1999), assistant professor of bio- B.S., Portland, 1965; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State, 1970. logical sciences. B.S., Ohio State, 1981; Ph.D., UNC at Chapel Hill, 1994. Eli Schwartz (1954, 1991), Charles W. Macfarlane pro- fessor emeritus of theoretical economics. B.S., Denver, Zdenek J. Slouka (1972, 1993), Bernard L. and Bertha 1943; M.A., Connecticut, 1948; Ph.D., Brown, 1952. F. Cohen professor emeritus of international relations. B.A., Masaryk (Czechoslovakia), 1948; M.A., New York, William R. Scott (1992), professor of history and direc- 1958; Ph.D., Columbia, 1965. tor of the Africana Studies program. B.A., Lincoln, 1960; M.A., Howard, 1966; M.A., Princeton, 1970; David B. Small (1987, 1998), professor of sociology Ph.D., 1972. and anthropology. B.A., SUNY at Albany, 1973; M.A., 1977; Ph.D., Cambridge, 1983. Administration, Faculty and Staff 401

Charles R. Smith (1978, 1983), professor of mechanical Lloyd H. Steffen (1990, 2000), university chaplain; engineering and mechanics. B.S., Stanford, 1966; M.S., chairperson and professor of religion studies. B.A., New 1968; Ph.D., 1971. College, 1973; M.A., Andover Newton Theo. School, Gerald F. Smith (1994), professor emeritus of mechani- 1978; M. Div., Yale Divinity School, 1978; Ph.D., cal engineering and mechanics. B.S., Buffalo, 1952; Brown, 1984. Ph.D., Brown, 1956. Vera S. Stegmann (1991, 1996), associate professor of John K. Smith, Jr. (1987, 1991), associate professor of modern languages and literature. B.A., Missouri, 1979; history. B.S., Delaware, 1974; B.A., 1974; M.S., M.A., 1981; M.A., Illinois, 1983; Ph.D., Indiana, 1989. Virginia, 1976; Ph.D., Delaware, 1986. Fred P. Stein (1963, 2001), professor emeritus of chemi- Wesley R. Smith (1958, 1995), professor emeritus of cal engineering. B.S., Lehigh, 1956; M.S.E., Michigan, physics. B.S., Lehigh, 1950; M.S., 1951; Ph.D., 1957; Ph.D., 1961. Princeton, 1957. Harvey G. Stenger, Jr. (1984, 1992), professor of chem- Oles M. Smolansky (1963, 2004), university professor ical engineering. B.S., Cornell, 1979; Ph.D., M.I.T., emeritus of international relations. B.A., New York, 1984; P.E. 1953; M.A., Columbia, 1955; Ph.D., 1959. Gilbert A. Stengle (1960, 2002), professor emeritus of Donald M. Smyth (1971, 1995), Paul B. Reinhold mathematics. B.S., Cornell, 1954; M.S., Wisconsin, Professor emeritus of materials science and engineering, 1957; Ph.D., 1961. and professor emeritus of chemistry. B.S., Maine, 1951; John E. Stevens (1975, 2003), professor emeritus of Ph.D., M.I.T., 1954. management and marketing. B.S., Dayton, 1968; Max D. Snider (1946, 1980), professor emeritus of M.B.A., 1970; M.A., Cincinnati, 1974; Ph.D., 1975. marketing and associate dean emeritus of the college of Hannah W. Stewart-Gambino (1989, 2002), associate business and economics. B.S., Illinois, 1936; M.S., 1937; dean, college of arts and sciences and professor of politi- M.B.A., Stanford, 1941. cal science. B.A., Coverse, 1979; M.A., Duke, 1981; Andrew K. Snyder (1964, 2000), professor emeritus of Ph.D., 1985. mathematics. B.A., Swarthmore, 1959; M.A., Colorado, Robert H. Storer (1986, 1999), professor of industrial 1961; Ph.D., Lehigh, 1965. and systems engineering. B.S.E., Michigan, 1979; M.S., Lawrence V. Snyder (2003), assistant professor of indus- Georgia Tech. 1982; Ph.D., 1987. trial and systems engineering. B.A., Amherst 1996; M.S., Karen Evans Stout (2001), associate professor of educa- Northwestern, 1999; Ph.D., 2003. tion. B.S., Minnesota, 1976; M.A., 1991; Ph.D., 1994. Steven E. Snyder (2004), assistant professor of econom- Robert D. Stout (1939, 1980), dean emeritus and pro- ics. B.A., Maryland, 1974; M.A., Virginia, 1977; M.A., fessor emeritus of metallurgy and materials engineering. Maryland, 1999; Ph.D., 2004. B.S., Pennsylvania State, 1935; M.S., Lehigh, 1941; Jean R. Soderlund (1993, 1994), chairperson and pro- Ph.D., 1944; D.Sc., Albright, 1967. P.E., Pennsylvania, fessor of history, and co-director, Lawrence Henry 1946. Gipson Institute for Eighteenth-Century Studies. B.A., James E. Sturm (1956, 1995), professor emeritus of Douglass, 1968; M.A., Glassboro State, 1971; Ph.D., chemistry. B.A., St. John’s (Minnesota), 1951; Ph.D., Temple, 1982. Notre Dame, 1957. Robert M. Sorensen (1982), professor of civil engineer- Jennifer Swann (1996), associate professor of biological ing. B.S., Newark College of Engineering, 1960; M.S., sciences. B.S., Pennsylvania State, 1976; M.S., Florida Lehigh, 1962; Ph.D., California at Berkeley, 1966. P.E., State, 1979; Ph.D., Northwestern, 1984. Texas, 1969. Susan Szczepanski (1982, 1989), associate professor of Andrey N. Soukhojak (2002), assistant professor of mate- mathematics. B.A., LaSalle, 1975; Ph.D., Rutgers, 1980. rials science and engineering. Engineer-chemist-technologist, Mendeleyev (Russia), 1995; T Ph.D., M.I.T., 2002. Donald L. Talhelm (1960, 1995), professor emeritus of John R. Speltzer (2003), assistant professor of computer electrical engineering and computer science. B.S., science and engineering. B.S., Temple, 1989; M.A., Lehigh, 1959; M.S., 1960. Johns Hopkins, 1993; M.S., Pennsylvania, 1999; Ph.D., Nicola B. Tannenbaum (1989, 2001), professor of soci- 2003. ology and anthropology. B.A., Grinnell, 1973; M.A., Leslie H. Sperling (1967, 2002), professor emeritus of Iowa, 1975; Ph.D., 1982. chemical engineering and materials science and engineer- Nelson Tansu (2003), assistant professor of electrical ing. B.S., Florida, 1954; M.A., Duke, 1957; Ph.D., 1959. and computer engineering. B.S., Wisconsin-Madison, Arnold R. Spokane (1989), professor of counseling psy- 1998; Ph.D., 2003. chology. B.A., Ohio, 1970; M.S.Ed., Kentucky, 1972; Qingjiu Tao (2002, 2004), assistant professor of man- Ph.D., Ohio State, 1976. agement and marketing. B.E., Beijing (China), 1991; Robert S. Sprague (1957, 1988), professor emeritus of M.S., 1992; Ph.D., Pittsburgh, 2004. chemistry. B.S., Washington and Jefferson, 1943; Ph.D., Stephen K. Tarby (1961, 2002), professor emeritus of Illinois, 1949. materials science and engineering. B.S., Carnegie Tech., William B. Stafford (1967, 1994), professor emeritus of 1956; M.S., 1959; Ph.D., 1962. education and human services. A.B., Ohio, 1954; M.A., Svetlana Tatic-Lucic (2002), assistant professor of electri- 1955; Ph.D., Indiana, 1965. cal and computer engineering. B.S., Belgrade (Yugoslavia), Lee J. Stanley (1982, 1994), chairperson and professor 1986; M.S., CALTECH, 1980; Ph.D., 1994. of mathematics. A.B., Princeton, 1971; M.A., California Larry W. Taylor (1984, 1996), professor of economics. at Berkeley, 1973; Ph.D., 1977. B.S., North Alabama, 1980; Ph.D., North Carolina, Michael Stavola (1989, 1993), chairperson and professor 1984. of physics. B.S., Trinity, 1975; Ph.D., Rochester, 1980. 402 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

Theodore A. Terry (1951, 1995), professor emeritus of Lawrence J. Varnerin, Jr. (1986, 1991), Chandler- mechanical engineering and mechanics. B.S., Drexel, Weaver professor emeritus of electrical engineering. S.B., 1950; M.S., Lehigh, 1951; Ph.D., 1963. P.E., M.I.T., 1947; Ph.D., 1949. Pennsylvania, 1957. Geraldo M. Vasconcellos (1988, 1992), associate pro- Stephen F. Thode (1982, 1988), associate professor of fessor of finance. B.S., Military Academy of Agulhas finance and director of the Murray H. Goodman Center Negras (Brazil), 1971; B.S., State Univ. of Rio de for Real Estate Studies. B.A., Coe, 1973; M.B.A., Janeiro, 1979; M.S., Federal Univ. of Rio de Janeiro, Indiana, 1979; D.B.A., 1980. 1981; M.S., Illinois, 1983; Ph.D., 1986. J. Bruce Thomas (1990, 1996), associate professor of Ramamirthan Venkataraman (1968, 1974), associate art and architecture. B.S., Cincinnati, 1972; M.Arch., professor of applied mathematics and statistics. B.S., St. California, 1982; Ph.D., 1989. Joseph’s (India), 1960; M.S., Brown, 1966; Ph.D., 1968. David A. Thomas (1968, 1994), professor emeritus of John F. Vickrey (1961, 1995), professor emeritus of materials science and engineering. B.S., Cornell, 1953; English. B.A., Chicago, 1949; M.A., 1952; Ph.D., Sc.D., M.I.T., 1958. Indiana, 1960. Eric D. Thompson (1983, 1995), professor emeritus of Ricardo Viera (1974, 1986), professor of art and direc- electrical engineering and computer science. S.B., tor of art galleries. Dipl., Boston Museum School, 1972; M.I.T., 1956; S.M., 1956; Ph.D., 1960. B.F.A., Tufts, 1973; M.F.A., Rhode Island School of Robert J. Thornton (1970, 1981), Charles W. Design, 1974. MacFarlane professor of economics. H.A.B., Xavier, Richard P. Vinci (1998), assistant professor of materials 1965; M.A., Illinois, 1967; Ph.D., 1970. science and engineering. B.S., MIT, 1988; M.S., Gregory L. Tonkay (1986, 1993), associate professor of Stanford, 1990; Ph.D., 1994. industrial and systems engineering. B.S., Pennsylvania Anthony Viscardi (1992, 1998), associate professor of State, 1981; Ph.D., 1987. art and architecture. B.Arch., Virginia Polytechnic, Jean Toulouse (1984, 1994), professor of physics. M.A., 1973; M.Arch., Georgia Inst. of Tech., 1988. Paris, 1971; M.S., Columbia, 1977; Ph.D., 1981. Arkady S. Voloshin (1984, 1991), professor of mechanical Barbara H. Traister (1973, 1986), professor of English. engineering and mechanics. Ph.D., Tel-Aviv (Israel), 1978. B.A., Colby, 1965; M.A., Yale, 1968; Ph.D., 1973. W Robert J. Trent (1993, 1998), associate professor of management. B.S., Michigan State, 1980; MBA, Wayne Israel E. Wachs (1987, 1992), professor of chemical State, 1982; Ph.D., Michigan State, 1993. engineering. B.E., City College of CUNY, 1973; M.S., Stanford, 1974; Ph.D., 1977. Walter W. Trimble (1978, 1984), chairperson and asso- ciate professor of journalism and communication. B.A., Meghanad D. Wagh (1984), associate professor of elec- Ohio State, 1970; M.A., 1972. trical and computer engineering. B. Tech., Indian Institute of Tech., 1971; Ph.D., 1977. LeRoy J. Tuscher (1971, 2004), professor emeritus of education and human services. B.S., Northern State, D. Alexander Waldenrath (1968, 2001), professor 1958; M.A., Stanford, 1964; Ph.D., Florida State, 1971. emeritus of German. Ph.D., California at Berkeley, 1969. Kemal Tuzla (2002), professor of practice of chemical engineering. M.S., Tech. Univ. of Istanbul, 1966; Ph.D., Andrew E. Walker (2002), assistant professor of educa- 1972. tion and human services. B.A., Washington State, 1995; M.S., Utah State, 2000. Kenneth K. Tzeng (1969, 1977), professor of electrical and computer engineering. B.S., National Taiwan, 1959; Vassie C. Ware (1985, 1991), associate professor of bio- M.S., Illinois, 1962; Ph.D., 1969. logical sciences. B.A., Brown, 1975; M.Phil., Yale, 1978; Ph.D., 1981. U Elvin G. Warfel (1966, 1990), professor emeritus of educa- Dean P. Updike (1965, 1995), professor emeritus of tion and human services. B.S., Shippensburg State, 1958; mechanical engineering and mechanics. B.S., Princeton, M.S., Pennsylvania State, 1958; Ed.D., Columbia, 1967. 1957; M.S., New York, 1960; Ph.D., Brown, 1964. William Warfield (1996, 1999), assistant professor of Christine Ussler (1984, 2001), professor of practice in music. B.Mus., Manhattan School of Music; M.M. art and architecture. B.A., Lehigh, 1981; M.Arch., George D. Watkins (1975, 1995), Sherman Fairchild Columbia, 1984. professor emeritus of solid-state studies. B.S., Randolph- Macon, 1943; M.S., Harvard, 1947; Ph.D., 1952. V Todd A. Watkins (1992, 1998), associate professor of Anje C. van der Naald (1969, 1995), professor emeritus economics. B.S., Rochester, 1984; M.P.P., Harvard, of Spanish. B.A., Carleton (Ottawa), 1963; M.A., 1986; Ph.D., Harvard, 1995. Illinois, 1965; Ph.D., 1967. Bob Watts (2004), professor of practice of English. B.S. John A. Van Eerde (1960, 1963), professor emeritus of B.A., Appalachian, 1985; M.A., North Carolina, 1990; modern languages and literature. B.A., Harvard, 1938; Ph.D., Missouri-Columbia, 2003. M.A., 1939; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins, 1953. Stephanie P. Watts (2003), assistant professor of David A. VanHorn (1962, 1995), professor emeritus of English. B.A., North Carolina, 1997; M.A., Missouri- civil engineering. B.S., Iowa State, 1951; M.S., 1956; Columbia, 1998; Ph.D., 2002. Ph.D., 1959. P.E., Iowa, 1957, Pennsylvania, 1986. Samuel C. Weaver (1998), associate professor of Elizabeth F. Vann (2003), assistant professor of sociolo- finance. B.S., Lehigh, 1975; M.B.A., 1978; Ph.D., 1985. gy and anthropology. B.A., Georgia State, 1994; M.A., Ben L. Wechsler (1974, 1982), professor emeritus of Virginia, 1998; Ph.D, 2003. industrial engineering. B.S., Carnegie, 1942; M.A., Eric Varley (1967, 1969), professor of mechanical engi- George Washington, 1962; Ph.D., Lehigh, 1974. neering and mechanics. B.S., Manchester (England), 1955; M.S., 1957; Ph.D., Brown, 1961. Administration, Faculty and Staff 403

Robert P. Wei (1966, 1988), Paul B. Reinhold professor Lenora D. Wolfgang (1980, 1989), professor of french, of mechanical engineering and mechanics. B.S., modern languages and literature. B.A., Pennsylvania, Princeton, 1953; M.S., 1954; Ph.D., 1960. 1956; M.A., 1965; Ph.D., 1973. Steven H. Weintraub (2001), chairperson and professor John D. Wood (1960, 1992), professor emeritus of of mathematics. A.B., Princeton, 1971; Ph.D., 1974. materials science and engineering. B.S., Case Inst. of Richard N. Weisman (1977, 1995), associate dean of the Tech., 1953; M.S., Lehigh, 1959; Ph.D., 1962. P.C. Rossin college of engineering and applied science and Benjamin G. Wright, III (1990, 2001), professor of professor of civil and environmental engineering. B.S., religion studies. B.A., Ursinus, 1975; M. Div., Eastern Cornell, 1967; M.S., 1968; Ph.D., 1973. Baptist Theological Seminary, 1978; Ph.D., Roslyn E. Weiss (1991, 1999), chairperson and profes- Pennsylvania, 1988. sor of philosophy. B.A., Brooklyn, 1973; M.A., Szu-Yung David Wu (1987, 1998), chairperson and Columbia, 1975; M.Phil., 1976; Ph.D., 1982. professor of industrial and systems engineering. B.S., Lenore E. Chava Weissler (1988, 1999), professor of Tunghai (Taiwan), 1981; M.S., Pennsylvania State, religion studies and Philip and Muriel Berman chair of 1985; Ph.D., 1987. Jewish civilization. B.A., Brandeis, 1967; M.S., Albert H. Wurth, Jr. (1985, 1993), associate professor Columbia, 1970; Ph.D., Pennsylvania, 1982. of political science. B.A., Northwestern, 1971; M.A., Wenlong Weng (2001), assistant professor of economics. Southern Illinois, 1981; Ph.D., North Carolina at B.E., Zhejiang (China), 1983; M.S., Tsinghua (China), Chapel Hill, 1987. 1986; M.A., Wichita State, 1993; M.S., Stanford, 1994; Raymond F. Wylie (1973, 1987), professor of interna- Ph.D., 2001. tional relations. B.A., Toronto, 1964; M.A., 1968; Leonard A. Wenzel (1951, 1988), professor emeritus of Ph.D., London (England), 1976. chemical engineering. B.S., Pennsylvania State, 1943; Y M.S., Michigan, 1948; Ph.D., 1950. P.E., Pennsylvania, 1958. Yuliang Yao (2003), assistant professor of management Howard R. Whitcomb (1967, 1999), professor emeri- and marketing. B.S., Shanghai Jiao Tong (China), 1995; tus, political science. B.A., Brown, 1961; M.A., Lehigh, M.B.A., Rensselear Polytechnic Institute, 1997; Ph.D., 1963; Ph.D., SUNY at Albany, 1971. Maryland, 2002. George P. White (1989, 2002), professor of education Zhiyuan Yan (2003), assistant professor of electrical and and human services. B.S., West Chester, 1974; M.A., computer engineering. B.E., Tsinghua (China), 1995; Northern Colorado, 1979; Ed.D., Vanderbilt, 1989. M.S., Illinois, 1999; M.S., Mathematics, Illinios, 2003; Ph.D., 2003. Marvin H. White (1981), Sherman Fairchild professor of Solid-State Studies in electrical engineering and direc- W. Ross Yates (1955, 1986), professor emeritus of gov- tor of Sherman Fairchild Center. A.S., Henry Ford ernment. B.A., Oregon, 1948; M.A., 1949; Ph.D., Yale, Community, 1957; B.S.E. 1960; M.S., Michigan, 1961; 1956. Ph.D., Ohio State, 1969. Ben T. Yen (1957, 2001), professor emeritus of civil Sally A. White (2001) dean of college of education. engineering. B.S., National Taiwan, 1955; M.S., Lehigh, B.E.D., Greenwich (England), 1983; M.S., Texas, 1985; 1959; Ph.D., 1963. Ph.D., New Mexico, 1988. Roland K. Yoshida (1996, 2000), provost, vice presi- Edward Whitely (2004), assistant professor of English. dent for academic affairs and professor of educational B.A., Brigham, 1997; M.A., 1999; Ph.D., Maryland, psychology. B.A., Southern California, 1970; M.S., 2004. 1971; Ph.D., 1974. John C. Wiginton (1983, 1993), professor emeritus of Donald R. Young (1986, 1992), professor emeritus of industrial engineering. B.A.Sc., British Columbia, 1957; electrical engineering. B.S., Utah State, 1942; Ph.D., M.B.A., 1966; M.S., Carnegie-Mellon, 1969; Ph.D., M.I.T., 1949. 1970. Zicheng Yu (2001), assistant professor of earth and envi- Albert Wilansky (1948, 1992), university distinguished ronmental sciences. B.S., Peking (Beijing, China), 1985; professor emeritus of mathematics. Ph.D., Brown, 1947. M.S., 1988 (Environmental Geoscience); M.S., Toronto, 1992 (Botany); Ph.D., 1997. David B. Williams (1976, 2000), vice provost for research. B.A., Cambridge (England), 1970; M.A., 1974; Joseph E. Yukich (1985, 1995), professor of mathemat- Ph.D., 1974. ics. B.A., Oberlin, 1978; Ph.D., M.I.T., 1982. Craig E. Williamson (1981, 1993), professor of earth Z and environmental sciences. B.A., Dartmouth, 1975; Ivan Zaknic (1986, 1994), professor of art and architec- M.A., Mount Holyoke, 1977; Ph.D., Dartmouth, 1981. ture. B.Arch., Cooper Union, 1972; M.Arch., Princeton, Robert C. Williamson (1963, 1984), professor emeritus 1975. of sociology. B.A., California at Los Angeles, 1938; Peter K. Zeitler (1988, 1996), professor of earth and M.A., 1940; Ph.D., Southern California, 1951. environmental sciences. B.A., Dartmouth, 1978; M.A., George R. Wilson (1978, 1984), associate professor of 1980; Ph.D., 1983. industrial and systems engineering. B.S., Pennsylvania Daniel Zeroka (1967, 1990), professor of chemistry. State, 1971; M.S., 1973; Ph.D., 1979. B.S., Wilkes, 1963; Ph.D., Pennsylvania, 1966. John L. Wilson (1982, 1988), professor of civil engi- Linghai Zhang (2002), assistant professor of mathemat- neering. B.S., Tufts, 1963; M.S., Yale, 1964; Ph.D., ics. B.S., Beijing Normal, 1986; M.S., Beijing Institute, Pittsburgh, 1972. 1989; Ph.D., Ohio State, 1999. Lisamarie Windham (2000), assistant professor of earth Weixian Zhang (1995, 2001), associate professor of civil and environmental sciences. B.A., California, 1991; and environmental engineering. B.S., Tong Ji Univ., M.S., Rutgers, 1995; Ph.D., 1999. 1984; M.S., Johns Hopkins, 1992; Ph.D., 1995. 404 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

Yunfeng Zhang (2001), assistant professor of civil and Pearson, Ph.D.; Manash Ray, Ph.D.; Richard Roberts, environmental engineering. B.S., Tongji (Shanghai, Ph.D.; Bruce M. Smackey, Ph.D.; Theodore Schlie, Ph.D.; China), 1993; M.S., Tsinghua (Beijing, China), 1996; Robert J. Trent, Ph.D.; George R. Wilson, Ph.D. Ph.D., California Institute of Technology, 2001. Center for Polymer Science and Emory W. Zimmers, Jr. (1969, 1980), professor of industrial and systems engineering and director, Engineering Enterprise Systems Center. B.S., Lehigh, 1966; B.S., 111 Research Drive; 758-3590 1967; M.S., 1967; Ph.D., 1973. Mohamed S. El-Aasser, Ph.D., director; Manoj K. Chaud- hury, Ph.D.; John Coulter, Ph.D.; Gregory Ferguson, Perry A. Zirkel (1977, 1979), Iacocca professor of edu- Ph.D.; Natalie Foster, Ph.D.; Ned Heindel, Ph.D.; Li Jia, cation and law. B.A., SUNY at Oswego, 1966; M.A., Ph.D.; Andrew Klein, Ph.D.; H. Daniel Ou-Yang, Ph.D.; Connecticut, 1968; Ph.D. 1972; J.D., 1976; LL.M., Raymond Pearson, Ph.D.; Steven L. Regen, Ph.D.; James Yale, 1983. Roberts, Ph.D.; Keith J. Schray, Ph.D.; Cesar A. Silebi, Ph.D.; Gary Simmons, Ph.D.; Arkady S. Voloshin, Ph.D. Research Organizations/ Center for Social Research 516-520 Brodhead Ave.; 758-3800 Directors and Staff Diane Hyland, Ph.D., director; Brenda P. Egolf, M.A., research scientist; John B. Gatewood, Ph.D.; Ellen C. Directors and staff members of the university’s research Herrenkohl, Ph.D., research scientist; Roy C. Her- centers and institutes are listed. Complete degree infor- renkohl, Ph.D.; Judith N. Lasker, Ph.D.; Carole Reese, mation may be found in the faculty and staff M.A., research scientist; M. Jean Russo, Ph.D., research alphabetical listings. In some cases, areas of research scientist; David B. Small, Ph.D.; Lori Toedter, Ph.D.; S. interest are given. Lloyd Williams, Ph.D. All addresses are Bethlehem, Pa. 18015, and the area code is (610). Chemical Process Modeling and Control Research Center Biopharmaceutical Technology Institute Iacocca Hall, 111 Research Drive; 758-4781 111 Research Drive; 758-5427 Mayuresh V. Kothare, Ph.D., co-director; William L. James T. Hsu, Ph.D., director; Jack A. Aldadeff, Ph.D.; Luyben, Ph.D., co-director; Hugo S. Caram, Ph.D.; Marvin Charles, Ph.D.; Natalie I. Foster, Ph.D.; Ned D. Mohamed S. El-Aasser, Ph.D.; William E. Schiesser, Heindel, Ph.D.; Steven L. Regen, Ph.D.; James E. Ph.D.; Stanley H. Johnson, Ph.D.; James T. Hsu, Ph.D.; Roberts, Ph.D.; Keith J. Schray, Ph.D. Harvey G. Stenger, Ph.D.; Robert H. Storer, Ph.D. Building and Architectural Technology Emulsion Polymers Institute Institute 111 Research Drive; 758-3590 17 Memorial Drive, East; Mohamed S. El-Aasser, Ph.D., director; Eric S. Daniels, David C. Amidon, Jr., M.A.; Lynn S. Beedle, Ph.D.; Ph.D., associate director; E. David Sudol, Ph.D., associate George C. Driscoll, Ph.D.; Roy C. Herrenkohl, Ph.D.; director; Victoria L. Dimonie, Ph.D.; Andrew Klein, Donald J. Hillman, Ph.D.; Ti Huang, Ph.D.; Celal N. Ph.D.; Thomas B. Lloyd, Ph.D.; H. Daniel Ou-Yang, Kostem, Ph.D.; Le-Wu Lu, Ph.D.; Benjamin F. Marcune; Ph.D.; James E. Roberts, Ph.D.; Cesar A. Silebi, Ph.D.; Peter Mueller, Dr.sc.techn.; Tom F. Peters, Dr.sc.techn.; Olga L. Shaffer, M.S. Warren A. Pillsbury, Ph.D.; Richard Roberts, Ph.D.; Roger D. Simon, Ph.D.; Steven Thode, D.B.A.; Bruce Thomas, Energy Research Center Ph.D.; John L. Wilson, Ph.D.; Ivan Zaknic. 117 ATLSS Drive; 758-4090 Edward K. Levy, Sc.D., director; Arlan O. Benscoter; Center for Crisis and Litigation Public Harun Bilirgen, Ph.D.; Philip A. Blythe, Ph.D.; Hugo S. Relations Caram, Ph.D.; John C. Chen, Ph.D.; Richard E. Conn, 29 Trembley Drive; 758-4178 Ph.D.; Terry J. Delph, Ph.D.; Vladimir Dobric, Ph.D.; Carole Gorney, MSJ, APR, Fellow PRSA, director; Berris- John N. DuPont, Ph.D.; Sharon Friedman, M.A.; ford Boothe, MFA; art and architecture; Richard Long, Joachim Grenestedt, Ph.D.; D. G. Harlow, Ph.D.; James public relations, Brigham Young University; Douglas Ann T. Hsu, Ph.D.; Stanley H. Johnson, Ph.D.; Kamil Klier, Newsom, Ph.D., public relations, Texas Christian Universi- Ph.D.; Mayuresh Kothare, Ph.D.; Arnold H. Kritz, ty; John Ochs, Ph.D., mechanical engineering and Ph.D.; Gerard P. Lennon, Ph.D.; Ursla S. Levy, M.B.A., mechanics, director iP3 program; Geraldo Vasconcellos, C.M.A.; Charles E. Lyman, Ph.D.; Arnold R. Marder, Ph.D., finance and economics; George White, Ed.D., edu- Ph.D.; Horace Moo-Young, Ph.D.; Sudhakar Neti, cation. Professional affiliates: Joel Burcat, Esq., Partner, Ph.D.; Herman F. Nied, Ph.D.; Sibel Pamukcu, Ph.D.; Kirkpatrick & Lockhart LLP; Brad Drexler, Vice President Alan W. Pense, Ph.D.; Donald O. Rockwell, Ph.D.; Car- University Relations, Lehigh; Rene Henry, APR, Fellow los E. Romero, Ph.D.; John W. Sale, M.S., P.E.; Nenad PRSA, director office of communications and government Sarunac, Ph.D.; Arup Sengupta, Ph.D.; Dale R. Simp- relations, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Mid- son, Ph.D.; Charles R. Smith, Ph.D.; Harvey G. Stenger, Atlantic States Region; T. Michael Jackson, APR, Fellow Jr., Ph.D.; Arkady Voloshin, Ph.D.; Israel Wachs, Ph.D.; PRSA, director, Jackson, Jackson and Wagner, and global Robert P. Wei, Ph.D.; Richard N. Weisman, Ph.D. corporate relations director (ret.), Dow Corning Corp.; James E. Lukaszewski, APR, Fellow PRSA, principal of Engineering Research Center for The Lukaszewski Group. Advanced Technology for Large Structural Systems (ATLSS) Center for Manufacturing Systems 117 ATLSS Drive, Imbt Laboratories, Mountain Campus; Engineering 758-3525; Fax 758-5902; www.atlss.lehigh.edu 200 W. Packer Avenue; (610) 758-5157 Administration: Richard Sause, Ph.D., director; John E. Keith M. Gardiner, Ph.D., director; John P. Coulter, Ph.D.; Bower, Ph.D., deputy director; Robert P. Alpago, B.S., Steven L. Goldman, Ph.D.; Mikell P. Groover, Ph.D.; associate director; Phyllis D. Pagel, financial services; Parveen P. Gupta, Ph.D.; Roger N. Nagel, Ph.D.; Raymond Peter Y. Bryan, B.S., computer systems; Frank E. Stokes, Administration, Faculty and Staff 405

MS, manager-structural laboratories; Richard Sause, ferences and research; Henri Barkey, Ph.D.; Richard W. Ph.D., co-director-Pennsylvania Infrastructure Technolo- Barsness, Ph.D.; Michael Baylor, Ph.D.; Raymond Bell, gy Alliance (PITA). Ph.D.; James Dearden, Ph.D.; Mary Beth Deily, Ph.D.; Faculty Associates: Le-Wu Lu, Ph.D., stability and steel Frank Gunter, Ph.D.; James Hall, Ph.D.; Thomas structures; Stephen P. Pessiki, Ph.D., NDE and concrete Hyclak, Ph.D.; Arthur E. King, Ph.D.; Stephen Liedtka, technology; James M. Ricles, Ph.D., and Clay Naito, Ph.D.; John McNamara, Ph.D.; Vincent Munley, Ph.D.; Ph.D., seismic design technology; Yunfeng Zhang, Ph.D., David Pankenier, Ph.D.; James Rebele, Ph.D.; James structural control; John W. Fisher, Ph.D., emeritus, fatigue Saeger, Ph.D.; Michael Santoro, Ph.D.; Ted Schlie, and fracture; Alan W. Pense, Ph.D., emeritus, welding and Ph.D., Roger Simon, Ph.D.; Oles Smolansky, Ph.D.; forensics; Helen Chan, Ph.D., John N. DuPont, Ph.D., Hannah Stewart-Gambino, Ph.D.; Richard Weisman, and Arnold R. Marder, Ph.D., Materials Science & Engi- Ph.D.; Howard Whitcomb, Ph.D. neering; Joachim Grenestedt, Ph.D., and Herman F. Nied, Ph.D., Mechanical Engineering & Mechanics; Hugo S. Center for advanced materials and Caram, Ph.D., Chemical Engineering. nanotechnology Research/Staff Associates: Robert J. Connor, Ph.D., 5 E. Packer Avenue; 758-3850 field assessment of structures; Eric J. Kaufmann, Martin P. Harmer, Ph.D., director; Lisa Friedersdorf, Ph.D., metallography/fractography; Lisa E. Frieders- materials industrial liaison program; Hugo Caram, dorf, Ph.D., corrosion. Ph.D., ceramics research laboratory; G. Slade Cargill, Ph.D., thin films laboratory; Helen M. Chan, Ph.D., Iacocca Institute director, ceramics research laboratory; Manoj Chaud- 111 Research Drive; 758-6723 hury, Ph.D., microelectronic packaging laboratory; John Dr. Richard M. Durand, Herbert E. Ehlers, dean, College Chen, Ph.D., microelectronic packaging laboratory; of Business & Economics; Richard Brandt, Director, Richard Decker, Ph.D., microelectronic packaging labo- Iacocca Institute and Director, Global Village; Vincent G. ratory; J. Alwyn Eades, Ph.D., director, electron optical Munley, Academic Director; Susan Scheller Arsht, Mar- laboratory; Greg Ferguson, Ph.D., microelectronic pack- keting Manager, Executive Education; Sherry L. Buss, aging laboratory; Gary Harlow, Ph.D., microelectronic Program Director, Career Awareness Program; Laurie packaging laboratory; Miltiadis Hatalis, Ph.D., thin Gostley-Hackett, Director, Diamond Center for Econom- films research laboratory; Richard W. Hertzberg, Ph.D., ic Education and Entrepreneurship; Christine M. Pense, mechanical behavior laboratory; Himanshu Jain, Ph.D., Programs Officer – Global Village; Mary Frances Schurtz- ceramics research laboratory; Charles E. Lyman, Ph.D., Leon, Candidate Manager, Global Village; Elizabeth electron optical laboratory; Wojciech Misiolek, Ph.D., Simmons, Manager, Executive Education. Iacocca Profes- microelectronic materials; Herman Nied, Ph.D., micro- sors: S. David Wu, professor of industrial and systems electronic packaging laboratory; Michael R. Notis, engineering; Rosemary Mundhenk, professor, department Ph.D., ceramics research laboratory; Sibel Pamukcu, of english; Vincent G. Munley, professor, department of Ph.D., environmental materials laboratory; Raymond A. economics; Edward S. Shapiro, chairperson, department Pearson, Ph.D., director, microelectronic packaging labo- of education and human services. ratory; Jeffrey Rickman, Ph.D., modeling research laboratory; Arup K. SenGupta, Ph.D., environmental Institute of Biomedical Engineering and materials laboratory; Gary Simmons, Ph.D., microelec- Mathematical Biology tronic packaging laboratory; Donald M. Smyth, ceramics 17 Memorial Drive, East; 758-3703 research laboratory; David Thomas, Ph.D., mechanical Eric P. Salathe, Ph.D., director; George A. Arangio, behavior laboratory; Jean Toulouse, Ph.D., ceramics M.D., visiting research scientist; Russell E. Benner, research laboratory; Richard Vinci, Ph.D., director, Ph.D., research scientist. mechanical behavior laboratory; Arkady Voloshin, Institute for Metal Forming Ph.D., microelectronic packaging laboratory; David B. 5 E. Packer Avenue; 758-4252 Williams, Ph.D., electron optical laboratory. Wojciech Z. Misiolek Sc.D., director, Arlan O. Benscot- Murray H. Goodman Center for Real er, John P. Coulter, Ph.D., John DuPont, Ph.D., Edwin W. Force II, Mikell P. Groover, Ph.D., Thomas Lloyd, Estate Studies Ph.D., Arnold R. Marder, Ph.D.; Michael Rex; David B. 621 Taylor Street; 758-4778 Williams, Ph.D. Stephen F. Thode, DBA, director. Musser Center for Entrepreneurship Lawrence Henry Gipson Institute for 621 Taylor Street; 758-3980 Eighteenth-Century Studies Polymer Interfaces Center 9 W. Packer Avenue; 758-3369/3360 111 Research Drive; 758-3701 Scott Paul Gordon, Ph.D., co-director; Jean R. Soder- Manoj K. Chaudhury, Ph.D., director; Eric S. Daniels, lund, Ph.D., co-director; Michael G. Baylor, Ph.D.; Ph.D.;Victoria L. Dimonie, Ph.D.; Mohamed S. El- Marie-Helene Chabut, Ph.D.; Stephen H. Cutcliffe, Aasser, Ph.D. Gregory Ferguson, Ph.D.; Andrew Klein, Ph.D.; Jan Fergus, Ph.D.; Edward J. Gallagher, Ph.D.; Ph.D.; H. Daniel Ou-Yang, Ph.D.; Raymond A. Pear- Philip A. Metzger, Ph.D.; Monica Najar, Ph.D.; James S. son, Ph.D.; James E. Roberts, Ph.D.; Olga L. Shaffer, Saeger, Ph.D. M.S.; Cesar A. Silebi, Ph.D.; Gary W. Simmons, Ph.D. Martindale Center for the Study of Philip and Muriel Berman Center for Private Enterprise Jewish Studies 621 Taylor Street; 758-4771 9 W. Packer Avenue; 758-4869, fax 758-4858 J. Richard Aronson, Ph.D., director; Robert J. Thornton, Laurence J. Silberstein, Ph.D., director; Chava Weissler, Ph.D., associate director; Todd Watkins, Ph.D., associate Ph.D.; Robert L. Cohn, Ph.D. (Lafayette College); Ruth director and director of the Kalmbach Institute for the Knafo Setton, Writer in Residence. Associated faculty: Study of Regional Political Economy; Judith McDonald, David C. Amidon, Jr., M.A.; Bunnie Piltch, M.A.; Oles Ph.D., associate director and director, Canadian Studies M. Smolansky, Ph.D.; Roslyn Weiss, Ph.D.; Benjamin Institute; Geraldo Vasconcellos, Ph.D., director of con- G. Wright III, Ph.D. 406 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

The Philip Rauch Center for Business Small Business Development Center Communications Sandra F. Holsonback, M.B.A., director; Mary Beth 621 Taylor Street; 758-4863 Zingone, A.C.A.S.; associate director; Kim Edwards, Robert R. Kendi, M.S., director. B.S.Ed., program director, financing assistance program; Jim Sinz, M.A., program director, government marketing Sherman Fairchild Center for Solid- assistance program; Cora Landis, program director, State Studies lexnet; Sally Handlon, M.B.A., program director, busi- 16A Memorial Drive, East ness education and training program; Greg Maclin, Marvin H. White, Ph.D., director; Gary G. DeLeo, M.S.; Mo Elbanna, B.A. Ph.D.; W. Beall Fowler, Ph.D.; Miltiadis Hatalis, Ph.D.; James Hwang, Ph.D.; Ralph Jaccodine, Ph.D., Sherman Fairchild Professor of Solid State Studies; Jerome Licini, Ph.D.; H. Daniel Ou-Yang, Ph.D.; Michael Stavola, Ph.D.; Jean Toulouse, Ph.D., Sherman Fairchild Profes- sor of Solid-State Studies; George D. Watkins, Ph.D., Sherman Fairchild Professor of Solid-State Studies; Don- ald R. Young, Ph.D. Science, Technology and Society Program and Technology Studies Resource Center 9 W. Packer Avenue; 758-3350 Stephen H. Cutcliffe, director; Henri J. Barkey, interna- tional relations; Gordon Bearn, philosophy; Lynn S. Beedle, civil engineering; Susan Cady, library and tech- nology services; Gail Cooper, history; Jack A. DeBellis, English; Robin Dillon, philosophy; Nikolai Eberhardt, electrical engineering and computer science; Edward B. Evenson, geological sciences; Sharon M. Friedman, jour- nalism; Edward J. Gallagher, English; Norman J. Girardot, religion studies; Steven L. Goldman, philoso- phy and history; Mikell P. Groover, industrial engineering; Ned D. Heindel, chemistry; Roy C. Her- renkohl, sociology; Chaim D. Kaufmann, international relations; Kenneth L. Kraft, religion studies; Judith N. Lasker, sociology; Benjamin Litt, management and mar- keting; John R. McNamara, economics; Anne S. Meltzer, earth and environmental sciences; Philip A. Metzger, Linderman Library; Jeffrey Milet, speech and theater; Vincent G. Munley, economics; Roger N. Nagel, electri- cal engineering and computer science; Michael R. Notis, materials science and engineering; Anthony O’Brien; economics; Alan W. Pense, materials science and engi- neering; Tom F. Peters, art and architecture; Michael Raposa, religion studies; Robert E. Rosenwein, sociology and anthropology; Christine M. Roysdon, Linderman Library; William E. Schiesser, chemical engineering; Keith J. Schray, chemistry; Roger D. Simon, history; Bruce M. Smackey, management and marketing; David Small, sociology and classical studies; John K. Smith, his- tory; Drew Snyder, art and architecture; Bruce Thomas, art and architecture; Ricardo Viera, art and architecture; Todd Watkins, economics; Albert H. Wurth, political science; Raymond F. Wylie, international relations; Ivan Zaknic, art and architecture; Peter K. Zeitler, earth and environmental sciences. Index 407 Index A Computer Engineering 101, 177 Academic Rules and Regulations 27 Computer Science 102 Accounting 87 Computer Science and Business Program 39, 179 Accreditation 5 Computer Science and Engineering 180 Admission Guidelines 5 Continuing Education 26 Admission to Graduate Study 52 Cooperative Education 188 Advanced Placement 7 Council on Tall Buildings and Urban Habitat 84 Advisement 27 Counseling and Psychological Service 24 Africana Studies 89 Credit and Grades Alcohol and Other Drug Programs 23 Undergraduate 28 American Studies 91 Graduate 54 Application for Degree 28 D Application Procedures 11 Degree Information Applied Mathematics and Statistics 92 Undergraduate 27 Applied Sciences 92 Graduate 56 Apprentice Teaching 48 Dentistry Program 36 Art and Architecture 93 Department Honors 31 Art Galleries 21 Design Arts 189 Arts and Sciences Courses 100 Disability Support Services 23 Arts-Engineering Courses 100 Distance Education 26 Asian Studies 106 Astronomy and Astrophysics 110 E Athletic Opportunities 17 Early Decision 6 Auditing 30 Earth and Environmental Sciences 192 Economics 205 B Education, College of 210 Ben Franklin Technology Partners 83 Education, Graduate Degrees in 63 Bethlehem 17 Electrical and Computer Engineering 220 Biochemistry 112 Electrical Engineering 102 Bioengineering 100 Emulsion Polymers Institute 75 Biological Sciences 113 Energy Research Center 75 Biology 123 Engineering 231 Biopharmaceutical Technology Institute 69 Engineering Research Center For Advanced Technology Bioscience and Biotechnology Program 123 For Large Structural Systems (ATLSS) 76 Board of Trustees 386 English Courses 232 Building and Architectural Technology Institute 70 English as a Second Language Program 46, 239 Business 128 English Language Learning Center (ELLC) 26 Business and Economics Graduate Courses 130 Enterprise Systems Center (ESC) 77 Business Information Systems 129 Entrance Examinations 5 C Environmental Engineering 103 Calendar 4 Environmental Studies 241 Campus Life 14 F Career Services 25 Faculty and Emeriti 389 Center for advanced Materials and Nanotechnology Faculty Development and Learning Innovations 21 (CAMN) 81 Finance 243 Center for Crisis Public Relations and Financial Aid 11 Litigation Studies 70 Financial Aid, Graduate 55 Center for Manufacturing Systems Engineering 71 Fine Arts 245 Center for Polymer Science and Engineering 72 First-Year Class (FYC) 35 Center for Promoting Research to Practice 51 Five-Year Programs 27, 245 Center for Social Research 72 Foreign Culture and Civilization 245 Centers and Institutes 40, 43 Foreign Language Study 33 Chemical Engineering 101, 139 Foreign Literature 245 Chemical Process Modeling and Control Fraternities and Sororities 14, 385 Research Center 73 French 245, 316 Chemistry 147 Chinese 315 G Civil and Environmental Engineering 159 Geology 245 Civil and Environmental Engineering and Earth German 245, 317 and Environmental Sciences 169 Global Union 45 Civil Engineering 101 Good Citizenship 17 Classical Studies 171 Government 245 Cognitive Science 174 Graduate Studies Organizations 64 College Scholar Program 35, 177 Graduate Study 50 Colleges Graduate Work, Preparation for 47 Arts and Sciences 31, 50 Graduation 54 Business andEconomics 38, 50 Graduation Honors 30 Education 41, 50, 210 Graduation Requirements 27 Engineering and Applied Science 41, 51 Greek 245 Communication 271 Guest Speakers 16 408 Index

H Philip Rauch Center for Business Communications 85 Health & Wellness Center 23 Philosophy 325 Health Professions Programs 35, 119 Physics 329 Hebrew 245, 318 Political Science 337 History 245 Polymer Interfaces Center 82 History and Purpose 377 Pre-Law Programs 35 Honor Societies 31 Premedical Program 36 Humanities 252 Presidents of the University 378 Principal Officers 387 I Psychology 343 Iacocca Institute 78 Industrial and Systems Engineering 255 R Industrial Engineering 104 Refunds of Charges 10 Information and Systems Engineering 104, 263 Registration, Graduate 53 Institute for Biomedical Engineering and Religion Studies 351 Mathematical Biology 78 Religious Activities 15 Institute for Fracture and Solid Mechanics 78 Research Centers and Institutes, Graduate 69 Institute for Metal Forming 79 Research Organizations/ Directors and Staff 404 Institute of Thermo-Fluid Engineering and Science 79 Residence Halls 14 Integrated Business and Engineering Residency Requirement, Undergraduate 27 Honors Program 266 Residential Facilities 384 Interdisciplinary Graduate Programs 65 Review-Consultation-Study Period 30 Interdisciplinary Graduate Study and Research 64 Russian 319, 356 Interdisciplinary Programs 44 Russian Studies 356 Interdisciplinary Technology 267 S International Multimedia Resource Center 46 Scholastic Averages and Probation 29 International Relations 267 School Psychology 356 International Students, Special Services for 45 Science, Environmental and Technical Writing 356 Internships 33 Science, Technology and Society 357 Interviews 6 Sherman Fairchild Center for Solid-State Studies 82 Intramural/Club Sports 17 Small Business Development Center 85 J Social Psychology 359 Japanese Courses 270, 318 Sociology and Anthropology 359 Jewish Studies 270 Spanish 319 Journalism and Communication 271 Special Academic Programs 26 Junior-Year Writing Certification 33 Special Undergraduate Academic Opportunities 43 Student Council, Graduate 64 L Student Employment 21 Languages 277 Student Resources 22 Latin American Studies 277 Student Responsibilities 14 Law 278 Student Rights 13 Lawrence Henry Gipson Institute for Eighteenth- Study Abroad 45 Century Studies 80 Summer Studies 26 Library and Technology Services 19 Supply Chain Management 368 M T Management 278 Teacher Certification Program 38 Management Science 280 Technology Studies Resource Center 83 Manufacturers Resource Center 84 Technology, Interdisciplinary Courses 369 Manufacturing Systems Engineering 281 The General College Division 49 Marketing 282 The Murray H. Goodman Center for Real Martindale Center for the Study of Private Enterprise 81 Estate Studies 81 Materials Science and Engineering 105, 284 Theatre 15, 369 Mathematics 291 Thesis 28 Mechanical Engineering and Mechanics 105, 299 Transfer Students 7 Media Center and Services 20 Tr ustees Emeriti 386 Military Science 311 Tuition and Fees 9 Modern Languages and Literature 313 Tuition and Fees, Graduate 54 Music 321 Tuition Refunds 55 Musical Organizations 15 Two Bachelor Degree Programs 27 Musser Center for Entrepreneurship 82 U N University Aid 12 Networking and Voice Communications 19 University Buildings 381 O University Press 22 Office of International Programs 51 University Related Centers 83 Office of International Students and Scholars 44 Urban Studies 372 Offices and Resources 387 V Optometry Program 37 Volunteer and Community Services 16 P W Pass-Fail Systems for Undergraduates 30 Women’s Studies 373 Philip and Muriel Berman Center for Jewish Studies 80